Starting April 18 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 18 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they
will be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
May 31 or June 1. Term I1 registrations
must be finalized on June 27 or 28. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on May 31 or June 1, and June
27 - 28. The balance owing for tuition
must be paid before registration is
finalized.
Augsburg students please note:
(Balance due on Augsburg account
from previous termls must be paid in
full before you can finalize
registration.)A late fee of $50.00 will be
assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 2. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations
completed on June 29. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 2 for Term
I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 29 for
Term I1 courses. This procedure applies
to internships and independent studies
as well as scheduled courses. Any
refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
@ Printed on recycled W e r
I
---
'~o@mg-L
-2
&edultnne
&*-&.*
April 18
April 18
May 31 -June 1 June 27-2f
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
May 31
May 31-June 1
Last day to:
I Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
June 27
June 27-21
I
.
June 13
June 2
June 2
1
July 15
June 29
June 29
(noregistrations will be
I accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
-
May 30
June 17
June 24
July 1
--
July 4
July 22
August 5
August 12
-
NONDlSCRlMINATION POLICY
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or
affectioml preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status wlth regard to pubhc
assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and
employment practices.
The tuition charge for 1994 Summer
School courses is as follows: $776.00 for
full-credit courses, $390.00 for half-credit
courses, and $195.00 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April 15,1994. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Financial
Aid Application from the Financial Aid
Officer.
I
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. Quad
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. SverdrupOftedal Memorial I3all
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. S t m I1 Theatre
-
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19.. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American IndianSupport and
Black Student Affairs
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
24. Murphy Square
25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
.
-- - -
Campus Location
26. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
A. Admissions Parking
-
B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/
Residence Parkine
E.
F.
G.
H.
Parking
Commuter - Sheet Parking
Resident Parking
Visitor Parking
Fairview/%. Marv's Parkine
..
rn rn 35W from the North -
I
rn
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
I
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
1
F '
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). .
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. $n active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful and
broadening experience.
Augsburg College provides
a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships
and independent studies. Term I runs
I
. l f r o m May 31 -June 24, Term II runs
from June 27 - August 5. This brochure
presents the Summer School Program
and was correct at the time of
publication.
1
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
r
Course levels are inaicated by tne first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
n the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
leed more information about a special
-ummer offering, please contact the
Summer School Office.
Independent study and internships, in
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships involve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Director of
I
Residence Life. Call 330-1109.
..
b
The College reserves the right to cancel
listed courses.
I.
Y
Information
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 61W330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8OOff88-5678
Ryan LaHurd, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Coordinator
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Coordinator of Summer School to ascertain
eligibility under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admission
though the Office of Admissions or
Weekend College.
..
.
ART
ART 389-A
AMERICAN ART
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
1:00-4:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Foss 43
B10 101-A
Mickelberg
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.) Dist.: Biology /Chemistry; Persp.:
Na tural World 2
12:00-3:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
SC1205
ACC 221-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Inkoduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 10
ACC 322-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY & PRACTICE I Kader
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222, ECO 113)
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
OM 23
BUS 242-A
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and responsibility;
analysis of the role of the professional manager.
6:00-9:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th . .
OM 10
BUS 301-A
BUSINESS LAW
Schield
An introduction to law and a survey of different
areas of law as they relate to the conduct of
business. Topics covered include contracts, torts,
employment discrimination, and labor law.
(Prereq.: BUS 221,222,252; ECO 112,113
recommended)
6:00-9:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
0~-29
BUS 331-A
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management
of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: Bus 222, ECO 113)
M,T,W,Th, F
OM I1
8:30-10:50 a.m.
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term One begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or
Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1
or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 112-A
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 16
9:30-11:50 a.m.
EDUCATION
EDE 382-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: P E T )
(1/2 course)
T,Th
L1
6:00-9:00 p.m.
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations. Required for all elementary
and secondary education majors. Open to all. P/N
only. (1/2 course)
M ,W
OM 18
6:00-9:00 p.m.
ENG 219-A
AMERICAN DIALECTS:
DIFFERENCES AND ATTITUDES
Schrnit
This course will examine the dialeck of various
English-speaking communities and attempt to
describe and understand their rules of speech:
their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and
their rules of discourse. Dist.: Urban/Women/
Minority; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
M,T,W,Th
OM 27
6:00-9:00 p.m.
ENG 245-A
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to
appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefore draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and races,
from male and female writers. As the prerequisite
for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to
Literature aims in particular to develop students'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
M , T , W , Th,F
OM 18
9:30-11:OO a.m.
HPE 499-A
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Staff
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
Arranged.
HISTORY
HIS 348-A
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET UNION
IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Kimball
The course offers an introductory historical survey
of the Soviet Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to
the Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lenin's consolidation of power. Later topics
include: the rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejection of
Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent
even$ since the emergence of Gorbachev. The
course will emphasize political, diploma tic,
economic and cultural history by focusing on
Soviet political practices and institutions.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 13
9:30-11:50 a.m.
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199-A1399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
-
MODERN LANGUAGE
GER Ill-A
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and - reading basic German for students with no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Level 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2
M,T, W,Th
OM 23
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
SPA I l l - A (Section I)
SPA I l l - P (Section 11)
BEGINNING SPANISH I
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Level 1; Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
8:30-10:50 a.ni.
M,T,W,Th,F (Section 1) OM 25
5:30-7:50 p.nr.
M,T,W,Th,F (Section 11) OM 25
MUSIC
MUS 271-A
MUSIC THERAPY TECHNIQUES AND
MATERIALS
Metzler
Study of non-symphonic instruments, OrffSchulwerk, applications of recreational music
activities to clinical settings. (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:OO p.nl.
T,Th
Music 3
PSY 105-A
PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOLOGY
Hanson
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Dist.: Psychology/Sociology; Persp.:
Human Identity
REL 385-A
PROCESS THEOLOGY
AND CHRISTIANITY
Lorenzen
This course is an introduction to process theology
which is based on the philosophy of A.N.
Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical
Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology,
sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page
paper will be written and presented to the class.
Class sessions will include video and discussion.
(Prereq.: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor.)
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:OO p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Music 23
SWK 260-A
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Staff
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life
cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturi,ng environment" in relation
to human growth, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:30-11:50 n.in.
M,T,W,Th,F
Foss 2 l A
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arrnnged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arranged
SOC 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND
THEATRE . A D'"S
SPC 352-A
PERSUASION
Holmquest
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to
persuasion; logical and psychological appeals;
empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales,
advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass
movements and campaigns; impact of the mass
media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and
promotional projects.
5:OO-8:OO p.m.
M,T,W,Th
Music 22
(These courses are available only to graduate level students.)
EDU 510
ETHICS AND LEADERSHIP: ISSUES AND
VALUES FOR TODAY'S SCHOOLS
Study of leadership withb thc cantext afpawnal
and professional ethics and velum, Introductpt-y
mrse for MEL pro$rarri. Offered a t dtscounM
.ition. Available to special students and fully
enrolled MEL students. 1.0 graduate course credits
(equivalent to 4 semester fledits or 6 quarter credits)
EDU 513
DIVERSITY AND EDUCATION
World concerns and cultural diversity as they
impact the field of education. Approval pending.
linnesota Human Relations licensure
.-.quirement. Open to special students and fully
enrolled MEL students. 1.0 graduate course credits
'2quivalent to 4 semester credits or 6 quarter
.edits). For informa tion on dates, times, tuition,
~structors,please call the Graduate Program
Iffice at 330-1786.
EDU 599
SPECIAL TOPICS: DEVELOPING A
MULTICULTURAL PERSPECTIVE:
LEADERSHIP IN A LATIN AMERICAN
CONTEXT
A graduate course for educators sponsored and
coordinated by the Center for Global Education,
and held on site in Cucrnavaca and Medco City,
Mexico, June10- 21,1994.?hts mme C daigncd
to developan appkatlon hmltuml di&rek@
and to assist in broadening your world view
through face-to-faceencounter with the people of
the third world. 1.0 graduate course (equivalent to
4 semester or 6 quarter credits). For more
informa tion, call Center for Global Education at
612/330-1159.
-
!
tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on
income determination considering price level
changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322)
M,T,W,Th,F
OM 23
10:05-11:30 a.m.
BUS 340-A
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the
of the firm and society. (Prereq.:
BUS 242)
BUS 440-A
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Concepts and principles related to the
Cerrito
mimagemen! of apemlng hhcftons. b m p l m
horn swim bdwrries. no-gofit orpnimtions
,
ART107-A
DRAWING
Bollman
An intrahction to and d e 6 r i h of drawing
methods and media. h w i n g h piwentdas a
diverseartformwMchmnbeeqwknceclina
wkty of wya. TradIbml and WR-tradttrml
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 17
5:30-9.00 p.m.
I
1
I
,
ART 118-A
PAINTING I
Bollman
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustra te the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 17
5:30-9:00 p.m.
ART 132-A (SECTION I)
ART 132-P (SECTION 11)
PHOTOGRAPHY
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.:
$175-$200. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
M , W (Section 1)
OM 4
1:30-5:00 p.m.
5:30-990 p.m.
M,W (Section 11)
OM 4
ADMlNlSTRATIONNIS
.BUSINESS
ACC 222-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221)
M,T, W,Th,F
Music 23
10:05-11:30 a.m.
ACC 323-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE I1
~~d~~
A continuation of BUS 322. An analysis of
accounting theory pertaining to investments,
and rnanuItlctwrhg.Taught ma managerla1
poht of v l w . Topi- indudean overview of
knceptsof quality, invcntury management,
prlncfplesofscfr&uling and operations1control
[&anation system. ( P r e q . :BU5242 or m w n t
of instrrrctor)
PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTING
FOR BUSINESS
Schwalbe
An InWducKon to mmpu!jq mnrepts and
mlcrocumpucer-bsed inhmtltmsystem Study
k;l$aes of W w a r e , operahg g.stems,
Ianguages and m n t a p p h l W . Ltmm k,use
MSDOS, Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase HI+.
May study other applications (M~crosoftWord,
Excel). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing
grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175.
(Prereq.: MPG 11 or a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced
Foss 20
gOMPUTER SCIENCE
CSC 160-A
INTRO T O COMPUTING AND
COMMUNICATIONS
Staff
Basic computer applications using word
processing, spreadsheets, and databases; files and
disks; simple programming; use of e-mail, Internet,
news, and information services. (Prereq.: MAT 114
or MAT 122 or MIS 379 or Math Placement Group
IV)
Foss 20
ECONOMICS -
3- -F- -
--
-
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
/
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or
Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1
or 2, or the City
Arrnnged
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Graduate Level Skill: Writing (Prereq.:PFST, EDU
265) (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Tli
LI
Dntes: June 28,30; July 5,7,12,14
ECO 113-A
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS SabeIIa
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M,W
OM 29
EDS 390-A
COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN
THE ENGLISH CLASSROOM
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T ,TI1
L 17
ECO 315-M (SECTION I)
ECO 315-T (SECTION 11)
MONEY AND BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112,113)
6:OO-9:30p.nr.
M,W(Section 1)
Foss 42
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Th (Section 11)
Foss 42
EDE 375-A
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor and PPST) (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
L 20
Dotes: June 28,30; July 5,7,12,14
EDE 377-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and pre~aration
of materials and
*
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.:PPST) (1/4 course)
IO:05-12:OO p.m.
T,Th
OM 4
&
July 19,21;luly 26,28; Aug~rst2,4
EDE 386-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. (Prereq.:PFST) (1/2 course)
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T
EDE 387-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Themes
Examination and preparation of materials and
EDS 391-A
TEACHING MASS MEDIA
LaDuca
This course is for English-educa tion majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of the media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching the
media, how to effectively go about it, what kind of
assumptions media education has been based on in
the past, and how to incorporate media education
into the English curriculum. The students will
become familiar with all forms of mass media and
will understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.:PPST) (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M
L 17
EDU 341-A
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teaching/learning situation. Computer training
will be included in this course. ( Prereq.:PPST) (1/2
course)
6:OO-9:30p.m.
W
Foss 175
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, of
communication techniques, and of the major
minority groups in Minnesota for the development
of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations.
Required for all elementary and secondary
education majors. Open to all. P/N only. (1/2
course)
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,W
L 17
ENGLISH
ENG I l l - A
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Castor
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning
research techniques and writing critical reviews.
At least one work of literature is assigned.
Attention is givcn to increasing students'
effectiveness in choosing, organizing and
developing topics, thinking critically, and revising
for clarity and style. Minimum passing grade for
credit is 2.0. Entry level skill: Writing
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Th
OM 18
ENG 241-A
INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell
An investigation of the citl~mmticqualities,
theoretical principles~lsdb t o f i c d evo!ubllm of
the film medium. fi*! empbals Is on film A6 an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the international
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as the American studio film and
its gcnres, German expressionism, Soviet montage,
Italian neorealism and the French New Wave.
Because of film lengths, some classes will go to 10
p.m. Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
Foss 175
I
I
1
ENG 282-Al482-A
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY:
GARDEN AND WILDERNESS
Griffin
In the city, remarks A h h dt! T o c q u ~ v i k
"humanity attains ils most mmplete development
and its most brutish here dvihtion works its
miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost
or
into a savage." The power of thP dty to &b
corrupt the human d is a persistmt heme in
western tradiliom milmune viu s a d y primarily
Amerimn mvcls, p m s , essays and films that
explorc th& theme. Tab will be supplemented by
&e rnewrcesof the Twin Cities. Course work will
involve discussion of texts, papers, exams, and an
out-of-class experiential component. Dist.: Literature
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M,W
OM 16
HIS 115-A
Zehnder
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of nationalism and the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th century to the
current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the
Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how
the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, and its role in the wider world.
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
M ,W
INS 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student deslgns a Iearing a p m e n t with a
hrutty member which links the idmsand methods
of theL major to t h ~ - n p p o r found
~ L ~ in the
p~amm~nr.
hrtrdpation in a weHy geminsr Is
ertpfftrd, May Idfill the City Pmpective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
INS 225A
Kader
INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims.
The course will cover the ideological foundations of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari' ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a
consideration of the differences between the Islamic
sects (Sunnis, Shi'ites, Sufis, etc.). There will also be
some effort to deal with the similarities and
differences between Islam and both Christianity
and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in
the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's
Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
11:40-1:25 p . ~ n .
M,T, W,Th
OM 16
MAT 163-A
INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS
Kaminsky
FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
The course includes treatments of some or all of the
following: descriptive statistics, elements of
probability, basic probability distributions, point
and interval estirna tion, test in^ of hypothesis,
regression, amlysb -of-uadance, cohiingcncy tables
and nonparamctric methods with appli,-atiom
chosen prhdP~l~y
from pmblems in-the life
scknms: biology, mcdiclnr. anthropology, ecology
and agriculture. Students will learn to use a
statistical computer package to solve problems.
(Prereq.: Math Placement Group 111) Dist.:
Ma th/Physics; Grad Skill: Quanhta tive Reasoning
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M,W
SC1112
-
-
GER 112-A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Dist.: Language Level 2;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM 27
SPA 112-A (SECTION I)
SPA 112-P (SECTION 11)
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I1
Aims to dEvelup the four b s i c skills:
undetsbnding,spmking, reading, and wr~tingof
elementary Spanish. Inimductlon b culture of
Spnishdspeirking world. &it.: Language Level 2;
Persp.. Intercultural Awareness 3
M,T, W,Th
OM 25
8.10-9.55 a.m.
5.30-735 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
OM 25
PHYSICS
---:
-
-
PHY 101-A
ASTRONOMY
Staff
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the ,development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made
of 12 inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celestron and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group
11) Dist.: Math/Physics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:00-9:30 p.m.
M,W
SC1123
REL221-A
,
BIBLICAL STUDIES
Quanbeck 11
The origin, literary character and transmission of
the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 1 or 3
1:30-3:15 p.?rr.
M,T, W,Th
OM 10
REL 373-A
RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN
Benson
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan
that are usually associated with religion, including
the popular religious traditions of China,
Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese
Shintoism. (Prereq,: REL 111,221, or consent of
instructor) Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 3
5:30-9:00 p.nr.
T,Th
OM 29
1
I
REL 440-A
VARIETIES OF
CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY
Holt
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian
tradition and of contemporary developments,
including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological,
and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An
introduction to the basic practices of spiritualities,
especially prayer and meditation.
(Prereq.: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor)
Dirt.: Religion; Persp: Christian Faith 2 or 3
5:30-9:00 p.nl.
M,W
OM 10
SOCIOLOGY
SOC 199-A1399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
SOC 356-A
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and
processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
OM I1
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Armnged
I
EATRE ARTS
SPC 351-A
ARGUMENTATION
Lapakko
Application of standards for sound evidence and
reasoning in public speaking, discussion and
debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in
analyzing argumenta tive claims, being able to
distinguish between strong and weak arguments,
understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning and learning to apply principles of
argumenta tion to contemporary public issues.
Students have the opportunity to enhance their
skills in debate and discussion and also learn to
analyze and critique arguments they encounter in
their daily lives. Grad. Skill: Critical Thinking
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
Foss 42
SPC 355-A
SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Gaetano
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors related to decision-making,
styles of leadership and conflict management. This
course combines lecture with practical experience
to help the student become a more effective and
productive member of a small, task oriented
group. (Prereq.: SPC 354)
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M,W
Murphy Ploce 1
SPC 414-AIINS 414-A
FEMINIST RHETORIC
NilssonlStratton
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical
perspective on American feminism, and 2) to
develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
OM 10
Augsburg
,r
-itas=
.I
Show less
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportunities f... Show more
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportunities found in this
vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's
setting allows its students to participate
in a host of cultural and
recreational activities, ranging
from the Guthrie Theatre and the
Minnesota History Center to
the Minneapolis
Aquatennial.
Augs burg in
the Summer
Augsburg College offers a varied
summer curriculum that includes over
70 courses in more than 25 academic
disciplines, as well as internships and
independent studies.
rerm I runs from May 30 to June 21.
Term I1 runs from June 26 to August 4.
For a detailed listing of courses, look
inside this brochure.
-
-
+'
"i
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
Summer School Office.
Independent study courses, in addition
to those listed, are arranged through an
individual faculty member in the
department of study.
II
m
a
Internships, in addition to those listed,
may be pursued during the summer in
most majors. Internships for credit
involve approved work experience
related to the academic program in an
agency, government or industry.
Consult the Internships Program Office
at (612) 330-1148 for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Residence Life
Offic; Call (612) 330-1109.
L-right to cancel
Ihe College reservese!t
listed courses.
Information
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place, Campus Box #68
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1795or call toll-free
1-800/788-5678
John Schmit, Director
Rachel Anderson, Assistant
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director of
Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admissicn
through the Office of Admissions or
Veekend College Admissions Office.
Map of
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
I
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. Quad
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8, Christensen Center
9. SverdrupOftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Husby-StrommenTr--'-
6.
College Relations
K.Nordic Center
.
17 Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youthand Family Institute
21. American Indian Support and
Blackstudent Affairs
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
24. Murphy Square
25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Fie
Campus Location
- arkina Lot..
,
A. Admissions Parking
B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/
Residence Parking
C. Faculty/Staff Parking
D. FacuIty/Staff/Commuter
Parking
E. Commuter - Sheet Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Fairview/St. Mary'
Ramp
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left on Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
d
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
Beginning April 18, you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrais Office between 8:00 a.m. and
4:30 p.m. A $50.00 tuition deposit must
be paid at that time for each course
scheduled.'This deposit will be applied
to your Summer School tuition and is
not refundable unless the course is
cancelled. If a course that you have
scheduled is cancelled, you may elect to
receive a refund or apply the deposit to
the tuition for another course. To insure
that you reserve a place in the courses
that you desire, we recommend that you
schedule your courses as early as
possible. Many courses fill early, and
courses with low enrollments may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm their registration
in person at the Business Office on the
dates specified below or they will be
dropped from the course.
Students taking courses during Term I
must confirm their registration on May
30 or 31. Term I1 confirmation must be
made on June 26 or 27. This procedure
applies to all summer registrations,
including internships and independent
studies. The Business Office is located in
the Science Hall, Room 114, and it is
open between 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on
the dates listed above. Tuition must be
paid in full in order for your registration
to be confirmed. (Augsburg students
who have unpaid balances from
previous terms must pay these balances
before they may confirm their Summer
School registrations.)
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
students who do not confirm on time.
No Term I registrations will be accepted
after June 2, and Term I1 registrations
will not be accepted after June 30.
To change your registration you will
need to fill out an Add/Drop form at
the Registrar's Office. There is a charge
of $50.00 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refunds and
adjustments to fees are outlined in the
"Tuition Refund Policy" section of this
brochure.
@ Printed on recycled paper.
Term I
Term I1
NONDlSCRlMINATION POLICY
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or
affectional preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status with regard to public
assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and
employment practices.
1
1
The tuition charge for 1995 Summer
School courses is as follows: $815.00 for
full-credit courses, $410.00 for half-credit
courses, and $205.00 for quarter-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
30 days long and does not meet the
federal definition of a term.
Students enrolled in one or more full
courses during Summer Terms I and I1
combined are eligible to apply for the
Federal Stafford Loan.
Tuition Refund
Students enrolled in 1.5 courses or more
(one-half of the minimum full-time
requirement during the regular school
year) through a combination of Term I
and I1 enrollments can be eligible for a
Pell Grant if they will not attend the
entire 1995-'96 academic year and qualify
guidelines.
Under the ~
~pell G~~~~
d
~
~
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
prtioriof the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial Aid Eligibility
For Summer Session Attendees
WEC Program
No aid is given for Summer Term I as it
runs concurrently with Spring trimester
of the preceding academic year.
Students are eligible for Federal Stafford
Loans if they are enrolled in one full
course or more during Summer Term 11.
Students are eligible for a Federal Pell
Grant if they are enrolled in one full
course (one-half of the minimum fulltime requirement during the regular
school year) during Summer Term I1
and will not attend the entire 1995-'96
academic year and qualify under the
Federal Pell Grant guidelines.
To Apply
The deadline for applying for financial
aid for Summer Session is April 1,1995.
Contact the Office of Student Financial
assistance.
~
ART 224A
Publication Design
Christopherson
Introduction to Publication Design explores
theory, practice and critique of a variety of
publication forms using traditional as well as
electronic tools. Dist.: Art/Music
1:W-3:20 pm
M,T, W,Th,F Foss Colnputcr
Lab Classroon~
ART 389A
American Art
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics; Grad Skill: Speaking
9:W-11:20 ant
M,T, W,Th,F
Foss 43
L
L
BIO lOlA
Human Biology
Pederson
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.) Dist.: Biology/Chemistry; Persp.:
Natural World 2
1:00-3:20 pm
M,T,W,Th,F Science Hall 205
0
ACC 221A
Kader
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements.
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Moin 10
ACC 322A
Kader
Accounting Theory & Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222, ECO 113)
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 23
BUS 242A
Cerrito
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accounhbility and responsibility;
analysis of the role of the professional manager.
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 10
BUS 252A
Principles of Marketing
Lohman
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues iii
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral,
economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and
pricing decisions.
9:00-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Music 24
BUS 368A
Responding to the Challenge
of Japan
LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business
practices using a cultural perspective. A
multimedia approach will be employed, involving
film, television documentaries, and readings from
current periodicals in addition to text materials. A
seminar model will be used with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
(Prereq: junior standing or consent of instructor)
Persp.: lntercultural Awareness I
9:OO-11:20am
M,T, W,Th,F
Music 23
BUS 399A
Internship
Kader
A student may receive course credits through an
internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunity to spend one
full term working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq: consent of instructor)
Arranged
ECONOMICS
ECO llOA
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term One begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or
Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1
or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 112A
Principles of MacroEconomics
Gupta
lntroduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1or 2
9:00-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
EDUCATION
EDE 382A
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Mathematics (.5 credit)
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:OO-9:00 pm
T,Th
Libray 1
EDE 386A
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Children's Literature (.5 credit)
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. (Prereq.:PPST)
Libra y I
6:OO-9:00pm
M,W
EDU 388A
Human Relations (.50 credit)
Amo
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations
skills applicable to teaching and other professional
vocations. Required for all elementary and secondary
education majors. Open to all. P/N only.
6:OO-9:00pm
M,W
Old Main 18
JGLISH
ENG 219A
American Dialects:
Differences and Attitudes
Schmit
This course will examine the dialects of various
English-speaking communities and attempt to
describe and understand their mles of speech:
their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and
their rules of discourse. Dist.: Urban/Women/
Minority; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:00pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 27
ENG 225A
Intermediate ExpositoryWriting
Swanson
This course builds on the practices and methods of
Effective Writing, ENG 111. Its workshop format
stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation and the
relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq:
ENG 111) Grad Skill: Writing
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 13
ENG 245A
Introduction to Literature
Palosaari
In this course students are initiated into the formal
studv of narra tive. drama..and .
Doetw, in order to
appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefoie draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and races,
from male and female writers. As the prerequisite
for all upper courses in literature, lntroduction to
Literature aims in particular to develop students'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main18
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 320A
School Health Curriculum
Borstad
Techniques for developing a course of study based
on growth and development for grades K-12.
Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
(Prereq: HPE 110)
Arranged
HPE 410A
Organization & Administration of
School Health Programs
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health
program and resources. Methods and materials in
health educa tion with laboratory experience in
classroom and community. (Prereq: HPE 110)
Arranged
HIS 336A
American Labor History
Kimball
This course surveys the history of work and
workers in the United States. Issues such as shifting
styles of work, the changing nature of working
class life and community, the evolution of
organized labor movements, and the relationship of
workers and unions to the state will be considered.
Issues of change in work and working people will
include race and gender. Dist.: History/Philosophy
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 23
TERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199N399A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
REL 369A
The Religious Imagination in
Modem Literature
Skibbe
Particularities of religious discernment,
symbolism, and world view. Reading and
discussion of seven novels. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 3
9:OO-11:20am
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 29
REL 386A
Speaking of Genesis
Stratton
How does the Bible talk about creation? How does
the Adam & Eve story affect our lives today? What
were families like in Bible times? Were ancient
problems similar to our own? What does the Bible
say? What does it mean? What values does it
portray and promote? This course addresses these
and other questions by exploring how scholars read
and speak about the book of Genesis. Evaluation is
based on quizzes, three speaking assignments, and
a project or short paper. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 1 or 3; Grad Skill: Speaking
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 29
IAL WORK
FRE 312A
French Expression
Pezechkian
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct
expression in speaking and writing. Attention to
grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics for business and personal use.
French phonology and speech group practice, study
of spoken models from the media. (Prereq: FRE 311
or consent of instructor.)
6:OO-9:00urn
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 25
GER 111A
Beginning German I
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for students with no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Level 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 13
SPA l l l A
Beginning Spanish I
Soto
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Level 1; Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 25
PSY 105A
Principles of Psychology
Hanson
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Dist.: Psychology/Sociology; Persp..
Human Identity
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T, W,Th
Music 23
SWK 230A
Peters
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework o n non-violent
social change and development in the global
context. It also identifies the focus of Social Work
in addition to many other disciplines which are
vital to fostering peace, development and
enhancement of a better quality of life for all
human kind. Persp.: Social World 2
1:00-3:20 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 10
SWK 260A
Humans Developing
Peters
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life
cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturine" environment" in relation
to human growth, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related td populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Foss 21A
SWK 399A
Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SWK 499A
Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal containing
rationale, objectives, methodology and evaluation of
the proposed study according to department
guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SOC 121A
Introduction to Human Society
Sheppard
What is society and how does it make us who we are?
As a unique way of understanding, sociology offers
insights into discovering the world and one's place in
it. Course study focuses on an understanding of
culture, social structure, institutions and our
interactions with each other.
!1:00-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 25
31 K U b b L E P U K JU31 ICE: 1IY 1 E K I Y A I I V I Y A L ,
SOC 265A
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender
and Race
Gerasimo
Why do we set people aside for negative Special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people to
whom we do this are often reflections of our own
fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and "other"
provides a way to examine racism, sexism and other
"-isms." Offered on P / N basis only. Dist.: Psychology/
Sociology; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:00-9:00 pin
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 29
SOC 199A1399A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement with a faculty member
which links the ideas and methods of their major to
the opportunities found in the placement.
Participation in a seminar is expected. Consult
instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
ArrAln~
nlYU
C ~ R I J1
1
~ R1 = ~P ~ V L I J ~
Summer Term in Geneva, Switzerland
1une 22 to August 3,1995
POL 356A
Topics: Struggle for Justice
"Struggle for Justice" focuses specifically o n Christian
response, both from the point of view of international
church organizations as well as the individual. It will
deal with the special role of the Christian community
and organizations in identifying and defining the
ethical questions related to international issues and
how these moral deliberations take place in the
?Internationalcommunity. Dist.: Economics/Political
REL 379A
Ecurnenism in the
Contemporary World
In this course you will examine the programs and
roles of church agencies, asking about the world
views that give rise to them. What is the basis for the
common action and common witness by the churches,
which is at the heart of ecumenism? How do the
churches' faith commitments shape their policies and
ethical positions on the world level? How do their
roles and contributions differ from organiza tions that
are not church-based? Among Christian organiu tions,
how do different assumptions about society, politics,
and the Church create different objectives for their
programs? Dist.: Religion
If '
vou need more information about either of these courses, please contact
Kathi Lutfi in Global Education at (612) 330-1655.
Augsburg
College
Summer School
I
I
BUS 340A
Human Resource Management
Cemto
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Old Main 18
BUS 440A
Operations Management
Cemto
Concepts and principles related to the
management of operating functions. Examples
from service industries, non-profit organiza tions
and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include an overview of
operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting,
concepts of quality, inventory management,
principles of scheduling and operational control
information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent
of instructor)
6:00-9:30 pm
M ,W
Old Main 13
ART 107A
Drawing
An introduction to and definition of drawing
methods and media. Drawing is presented as a
diverse art form which can be experienced in a
variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.:
Aesthetics
690-9:30 pm
T,Th
Old Main
MIS 175A
Principles of Computing
for Business
Schwalbe
An introduction to computing concepts and
microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages
and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS,
Wordperfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study
other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The
370 with a passing grade
cOm~letion
of
serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1
or a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course)
6;00-9;30pm
M,W
Foss 42
ART ll8A
Painting I
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium, Dist,:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
690-9:30 pm
T,Th
Old Main 17
ARTl32A
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.:
$175-$200. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30pm
M,W
old ~~i~ 4
ACC 222A
.
Principles of Accounting I1
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral .
considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
9:OO-10:45 am
M,T, W,Th
Music 23
BUS 331A
Financial Management
Myss
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management
of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: P.CC 222, ECO 113)
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Old Main
-
1
ECO llOA
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent study.
Studenk need signature of instructor before Term
Two begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.: Urban/
Women's/Minority Studies or Economics/Poli tical
Science; Persp.: Social World 1or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 112A
Principles of MacroEconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2
6:00-9:30 pm
T , Th
Old Main 16
ECO 113A
Principles of MicroEconomics
Sabella
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution'
of
economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
6:00-9:30 pm
M,
old d Z n 29
w
ECO 315A
Money and Banking
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112,113)
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Old Main 10
EDE 375A
Discovery in the World
of Kindergarten (.50 credit)
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor and PPST)
5:30-9:30 pm
Libra y 20
Dates: July 10,11,13,18,20
EDE 377A
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (.25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST)
9:00-10:45 am
Old Main 4
July 17,19,24,26,31; August 2
EDE 387A
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Language Arts (.50 credit)
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Grad
Skill: Writing (Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265)
5:30-9:30 pm
Libra y 17
Dates: July 10,11,13,18,20
EDS 390A
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-educa tion majors who
plan to teach high sciool English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum.
6:OO-9:30 pm
T,Th
Science 112
EDS 391A
LaDuca
Teaching Mass Media (-50credit)
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of the media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching the
media, how to effectively go about it, what kind of
assumptions media education has been based on in
the past, and how to incorporate media educa tion
into the English curriculum. The students will
become familiar with all forms of mass media and
will understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.: P E T )
6:00-9:30 pm
M
Foss 175
EDU 388A
Human Relations (.50 credit)
Amo
Emphasis on the study of values, of
communication techniques, and of the major
minority groups in Minnesota for the development
of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations.
Required for all elementary and secondary
education majors. Open to all. P/N only.
6:OO-9:30 pm
M
Old Main 18
ENG 241A
Introduction to Cinema Art
Mitchell
An investiga tion of the cinematic qualities,
theoretical principles and historical evolution of
the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the international
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as the American studio film and
its genres, German expressionism, Soviet montage,
Italian neorealism and the French New Wave.
Because of film lengths, some classes will go to 10
pm. Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Foss 21A
HIS 115A
Modem Middle East
Saadallah
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of natio~lalismand the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th century to the
current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the
Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how
the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, and its role in the wider world. Dist.:
History /Philosophy
6:OO-7:45pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 23
INS 199AM99A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their maior to the ovvortunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
..
1
MAT 173A
Math of Interest
Kaminsky
An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics
include life insurance, annuities, mortgages, loan
payments, and other topics in the mathematics of
financial transactions. Dist.: Math/Physics; Grfd
Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Old Main 25
!,
-
GER 112A
Beginning German I1
Quanbeck
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Level
2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 27
SPA 112A
Beginning Spanish I1
Soto
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Language Level 2;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
1:00-2:45 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 18
PHI 175A
Philosophy of Love &Sex
Apolloni
We begin by studying some common conceptions
and misconceptions of romantic love and some
philosophers' definitions of it. We then try to
decide what it is to be in love with someone and
how this differs from just being friends or sexually
desiring them. Finally, we consider issues such as
the ethics of sex, sexual attraction, marriage,
adultery and homosexuality. Dist.: History/
Philosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,W
Science 112
PHY lOlA
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made
of 12 inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celeshon and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group
11) Dist.: Ma th/Physics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,W
Science 123
PSY 353A
Developmental Psychology:
Middle Adult & Older Adult Robinson-Riegler
Emphasis on normal development and behavior.
Considera tion of data and theory related to
development during the middle adult and older
adult periods of life. Includes perspectives o n death
and dying. (Prereq: PSY 102 or 105)
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Music 22
PSY 373A
Organizational Psychology
Attridge
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. The study of the individual, groups,
structure and change and development in
organizations. (Prereq: PSY 102 or 105)
Music 22
6:OO-9:30 pm
T,Th
REL l l l A
Introduction to Theology
Holt
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the church
and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
690-9:30 pm
M,W
Foss 43
REL 221A
Biblical Studies
Quanbeck 11
The origin, literary character and transmission of
the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 1or 3
1:00-2:45 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 10
REL 385A
Process Theology and Christianity
Lorenzen
This course is an introduction to process theology
which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead
and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." lssues
such as theodicy, christology, sinand salvation will
be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written
and presented to the class. Class sessions will include
video and discussion. (Prereq.: REL 111,221, or
consent of instructor.) Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Music 23
h
POL 421A
Topics: Politics of Culture, Ethnicity
and Race
Aoki
What is an American? Observers have pondered
this question since colonial times, and,
periodically, it has triggered raging political
debate. This course addresses this issue by
examining political controversies involving
culture, ethnicity, and race. The emphasis is on
current issues, but there will be some historical
comparison so students can understand how these
concerns have recurred over the years and how
these controversies reflect an ongoing struggle
over the definition of this country. Dist.:
Economics/Political Science
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, W
Foss 21A
SOC 199N399A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a faculty
member which links the ideas and methods of their
major to the opportunities found in the placement.
Participation in a seminar is expected. Consult
instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
"
'
,
1
SOC35SA
Crime and Community
~l~~~
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts and community agencies. Special
attention to concepts of restorative justice.
1:30-5:00 pm
M,W
Old Main 1 I
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arranged
SPC 352A
Persuasion
Lapakko
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Examines obstacles to
persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the
use of logical and psychological appeals; empirical
research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in
politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal
contexts; the nature of mass movements and
campaigns; the impact of the mass media on
persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion.
6:00-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Music 24
SWK 257A
Exploring Human Services
Rooney
This course is designed to help students learn
about themselves in rela tion to a possible major or
future career in social work. Students must arrange
to perform 80 hours of work in a human service
agency and must attend the weekly seminar.
Persp.: The City
1:00-2:45 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 13
SWK 399A
Social Work Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the non-major
and supplements the required field work of majors.
(Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
Arranged
SPC 354A
Interpersonal Communication
Gaetano
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis
on factors that build rela tionships and help to
overcome communication barriers. This course
combines theory and practice to help the student
understand and manage communication problems
more effectively.
6:OO-9:30 pm
T,Th
Music 23
SWK 499A
Social Work Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
ML 599A
Topics: Colloquium on
Contemporary Theories
of Leadership
Endorf, McNeff, Noon
An overview of contemporary theories of
leadership; team taught with guest lecturers.
Opportunity to explore theory of one's choosing.
(Prereq.: A minimum of one year's course work
the MAL Program)
6:OO-990 pm
T,Th
I
For information and registration materials, call the
Graduate Programs Office at (612)330-1786. (This
course is available only to graduate students.)
I
Show less
-1
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportuniti... Show more
-1
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportunities found in this
vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's
setting allows its students to participate
in a host of cultural and
recreational activities,
ranging from the Guthrie
Theatre and the
Minnesota History
h,
#
,
Center to the
Minneapolis
A
Aquatennial.
Augsbuvg in
l
the Summer
Augsburg College offers a varied
summer curriculum that includes nearly
70 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines, as well as internships and
independent studies. Term I runs from
May 28 to June 20. Term I1 runs from
June 24 to August 2. For a detailed
listing of courses, look inside this.
brochure.
.
r
Course Loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during ~ e r m i 1 Unless
.
otherwise
indicated, all courses carry a value of one
course credit. One Augsburg course
credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter
credits.
Augsburg General Education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills
requirements are so noted along with the
description of the course.
The College reserves the right to cancel
listed courses.
I n f ~ v l l ~ a t iand
~rl
For~~zs
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
Augsburg College
Summer School Office
Campus Box #68
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 612/330-1795
Course Levels: The first digit of the three
digit course number indicates the course
level: course numbers beginning with a
1 or 2 are lower division courses, and are
intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores; course numbers beginning
with 3 or 4 are upper division and are
primarily for juniors and seniors.
rm
I
Independent aruuy: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultai
with individual faculty members
I
Internships: In addition to those listed,
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
carefully planned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated
by a faculty member. Consult the
Internship and Cooperative EducaticLL
Office at (612)
\
, 330-1148 for more
information.
Employer Reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
plans to pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office at
(612) 330-1109.
John Schmit, Director
Phoebe McDonald, Assistant
Eligibility ,
.
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
re eligible to attend Augsburg Summel
school. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the Director of
Summer School to ascertain eligibility
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at Augsburg should
apply to the Office of Admissions
612/330-1001 or the Weekend Colle:
Admissions Office 612/330-1743. 1
Map of
Interstate 94 West
i
1
College Map l n f o r r n a l l o n
I.AdmUonm Weekday Propram
'L
N
=
*b
e
March
h&tlsu~~ortand Black Student Attaln
4. ~nderoon-~mldn
~ i h i e l l cFleld and S w o n o l Al, Slrucluf.
5. U n l o t tor Globol EductMn and lntomohonolRoo#oms
6. Chr1d.m.n
Cod.,
8. E d Hbll
9. FOU, lobeck. MllesCenler for Woralp.
Drama and Communlcallon
1
a
II.b e Arena
12. Jsrov C. C o r l m m m n l U n l e r
13. Mdnlen-e
and Ground, Shop
14. M ~ r t e ~ n l o w e ~
Campus Location
.
Interstate 94 East
15. Murphy Place
Weekend Cdlege Admklonr ond
Groduote Program
16. Murphy Square
I
I~.MuIIc Hall
18. Nordlc Csnlw
1V.Old M0l"
20.08car Andemon Hall
21. Puod
22. ISlence Han
23. fsculty Dllpdch Center
24. Shlpplnamd ReceMng
26.51 Melby Hall
26. Sverdwp Ubrary
27. Sverdwp-Olf~dolMemortalHaU
+
P a r k l n g Lots
A. AdmUons Parktng
lor pr-clke
*dents and their parenlr
8. Faculty/Sldf/CommuterIReIIdenl ParLlnp
C. FcculW/StdlParkkg
D. Facuily/Sd/Commuler Parklnp
I.Commuler Street ~arklng
F. ReIIdsnl Parkkg
G. nnor Parklng
H. Wenlde Rol&nol
Bundlno Ramp
188 lnfamdlon desk In the Chhlerven Cer
for specla1 anongemenh
b ~ l m o b ~ laccess
ty
-
*orf-$nlww
28. Urneu Tower
29, Voulh and k m l w Inslllule
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left on Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis -
Take 25th Avenue exit turn left at 25t,
Avenue, turn left at Riverside
turn left at 21st Avenue Soufi;
1-94 West from St. Paul -
I.
Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
m
Beginning April 15, you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office between 8:00 a.m. and
4:30 p.m. A $50.00 tuition deposit must
be paid at that time for each course
scheduled. This deposit will be applied
to your Summer School tuition and is
not refundable unless the course is
cancelled. If a course that you have
scheduled is cancelled, you may elect to
receive a refund or apply the deposit to
the tuition for another course. To insure
that you reserve a place in the courses
that you desire, we recommend that you
schedule your courses as early as
possible. Many courses fill early, and
courses with low enrollments may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
You must confirm your registration in
person by paying tuition in full at the
Business Office (see deadlines below),
or you will be dropped from your
course(s).
Students taking courses during Term I
must confirm their registration by May
29. Term I1 confirmation must be made
by June 25. This procedure applies to all
summer registrations, including
Internships and Independent Studies.
The Business Office is located in the
Science Hall, Room 147, and is open
from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. The Business
Office will be open until 6 p.m. on May
28 and 29, and on June 24 and 25. The
Business Office is also open on
Saturdays when Weekend College is in
session; contact the Weekend College
Office at 330-1782 for more information.
Tuition must be paid in full in order for
your registration to be confirmed.
(Augsburg students who have unpaid
balances from previous terms must pay
these balances before they may confirm
their Summer School registrations.)
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
students who do not confirm on time.
No Term I registrations will be accepted
after May 31, and Term I1 registrations
will not be accepted after June 28.
To change your registration you will
need to fill out an Add/Drop form at
the Registrar's Office. There is a charge
of $50.00 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refunds and
adjustments to fees are outlined in the
"Tuition Refund Policy" section of this
brochure.
Summer 1996
Term I
Term I1
Scheduling begins
April 15
April 15
Confirmation of registration deadline
May 29
June 25
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
May 28
May 29
June 24
June 25
Last day to:
Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
June 10
May 31
May 31
July 8
June 28
June 28
June 14
June 20
June 24
July 4
July 26
August 2
August 7
accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's Office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discrimillatc on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or
affectional preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status with regard to public
assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendmeilts or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and
employment practices.
Tuition for 1996 Summer School courses
is as follows: $855.00 for full credit
courses, $430.00 for half-credit courses,
and $215.00 for quarter-credit courses.
Audits are charged at the tuition rates
listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial Aid Eligibilit
For Summer Sesszon A tendees
!
Day Program
Students enrolled in Summer Term I
only are not eligible for financial
assistance because the term is less than
30 days long and does not meet the
federal definition of a term for financial
aid purposes.
Students enrolled in Summer Terms I
and I1 combined or Term I1 only may be
eligible to apply for the Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant or the
Minnesota State Grant.
WEC Program
No aid is given for Summer Term I as it
runs concurrently with Spring trimester
of the preceding academic year.
Students enrolled in Summer Term I1
may be eligible for the Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the
Minnesota State Grant.
To Apply
The financial aid deadline for Summer
Session is March 15,1996. Contact the
Office of Student Financial Services at
(612) 330-1046 for application materials
and additional assistance.
J
\
ART 3 8 9 4
American Art
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts. Persp.:
Aesthetics; Grad Skill: Speaking
9:00-11:20 0111
M,T, W,TIt,F
Foss 43
!
I
I
ACC 221-S
Principles of Accounting I
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements.
1:00-3:20pi11
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Moil1 23
ACC 322-S
Accounting Theory & Practice I
Kader
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
9:OO-11:20 flit1
M,T, W,Til,F
Old Maitt 23
BUS 2 4 2 4
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility; analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
6:OO-9:30pnl
M,T,W,Th
Old Muin 11
BUS 252-S
Principles of Marketing
Lohman
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral,
economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and
pricing decisions.
9:00-11:20 a111
M,T, W,TIt,F
M~rsic24
BUS 368-S
LaFave
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business
practices using a cultural perspective. A
multimedia.approach will be employed, involving
film, television documentaries, and readings from
current periodicals in addition to text materials. A
seminar model will be used with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
(Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I
9:00-11:20 utrl
M,T,W,Tlr,F
Ml~sic23
.
ECO 110-S
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term One begins (call 330-1152),P/N only. Persp.:
Social World 1 or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 1124
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Persp.: Western Heritage
lor2
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
1
EDE 3824
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Mathematics (.50 credit)
Dyer
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST)
6:OO-9:00 pm
T ,w
Libray 20
ENG 2274
Journalism
Dalglish
An introductory news writing course with
emphasis on writing for the print media, including
practice in writing for radio and television.
Students consider how to recognize news, gather
and verify facts, and write those facts into a news
story. Basic copy preparation, editing practices,
and an introduction to legal and ethical questions
are included. Persp.: the City; Grad Skill: Writing
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th
Foss 175
ENG 2454
Introduction to Literature
Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to
appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefore draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and races,
from male and female writers. As the prerequisite
for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to
Literature aims in particular to develop students'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
9:00- 11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 25
ENG 2514
Readings in American Literature
Palosaari
An introduction to representative works that yield
an understanding of the Western heritage and
American world views. Themes could include the
emergence of national identity, the relationship
between humankind and God, the nature of
nature, dehitions of the American self,
individuality, the place of women and of racial and
ethnic minorities in the development of American
thought and the continuity of Western culture in
America. Persp.: Western Heritage
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 11
HIS 3314
Topics in U.S. Histow:
A History of Basebali
Kimball
In this course, we will examine the relationship
between the United States and its national pastime.
Our focus will not be on the game between the
lines, the great players and teams. Instead we will
take up several topics which can illuminate the
historical evolution of this country. Some of these
include: professionalization and its impact on
amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic
rivalry, the color line, the emergence of "big"
leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues,
women's baseball, labor relations, and the
empowerment of the players, the impact of
television, and the ballpark as an urban place.
Special attention will be paid to baseball in the
Twin Cities.
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th, F
Music 5
INS 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: the City
Arranged
GER Ill-S
Beginning German I
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for students with no
previous background in German. Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
9:00-11:20 am
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 21
SPA Ill-S
Beginning Spanish I
Soto
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Persp.: Intercultural Awarenes'S'2
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 25
PSY 3624
Behavior Disorders'
Hanson
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors
from social, organic and psychological points of
view. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Music 23
REL Ill-S
Introduction to Theology
Tranvik
An introductio'n to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the church
and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T, W,Th,F
Music 22
REL 221-5
Biblical Studies
Quanbeck I1
The origin, literary character and transmission of
the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. Persp.: Christian Faith 1
or 3
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 29
SWK 2604
Humans Developing
Rooney
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life
cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation
to human growth, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
1:OO-3:20 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Foss 175
SWK 3994
Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.:senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SWK 4994
Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.:SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arranged
SOC 1214
Introduction to Human Society
V'Neal
What is society and how does it make us who we
are? As a unique way of understanding, sociology
offers insights into discovering the world and one's
place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure,
institutions and our interactions with each other.
Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
690-9:30 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 27
SOC 2114
Human Communities
and the Modem Metropolis
O'Neal
The course asks a fundamental question of our
times: how is community possible in the face of
multicultural, economic and ideological forces that
are characteristicof urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics are a basis for exploring this
possibility. Persp.: the City
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T. W,Th,F
Old Main 27
SOC 2654
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Gerasimo
Why do we set people aside for negative special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people
to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and
"other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism
and other "-isms." Offered on P/N basis only.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 27
SOC 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: the City
Arranged
1
I
Awburs CONege
Summer F'mgmm in Paris, Fmce
May 28 to July 2,1996
FRE 211-S
Intermediate French
Pezechkian-Weinberg
To provide participants with a unique
opportunity to inaease their knowledge of
French language and culture, Augsburg College
Summer Program is offering a four-week
academicprogram in Paris, France, under
direction of Dr. Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg.The
program will feature intensive language study at
an intermediate level. This course is designed for
students who have successfully completed
French 111 and 112 at Augsburg College. For
students interested in other levels of French,
special arrangementscan be made.
Cost: $3,975 includes airfare, tuition,
accommodations, breakfast and lunch. Non-credit cost is $2,975.
For more information, please call Kathy Lutfi in
the Center for Global Education at 33@1655,or
Dr. Pezechkian-Weinberg at 33@1090.
The Bristol International Program
In Social Work, Bristol University, England
June 28 to July 14,1996
SWK 257-E
Exploring Human Services:
Link
International Program
This course is an orientation to human service in
an international context, with many visits to
human senrice agencies, lectures and seminars.
Full orientation takesplace at Augsburg for two
sessions before the course. Credit is
banscripted through Augsburg. The course is
also available for graduate aedit with a research
component.
Cost: $2,200 includes tuition, all ground
bansport in the U.K.,all accommodationsand
most food. Airfare is N m included. Students
must make their own flight arrangements.
ACC 222-S
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
Old Main 25
9:00-10:45 olrr
M,Th
ART 1074
Drawing
Bollman
An introduction to and definition of drawing
methods and media. Drawing is presented as a
diverse art form which can be experienced in a
variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional
media are used. Persp.: Aesthetics
Old Mnin 1 7
6:00-9:30 pnr
T,Th
ART 118-S
Painting I
Bollman
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium.
Persp.: Aesthetics
Old Mnin 17
6:00-9:30 p ~ n
T,Th
ART 132
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.:
$175-$200. Persp.: Aesthetics
Section SOld Main 4
1:00- 4:30 ptn
M, W
Section P6:00-9:30 p~il
M, W
Old Mail1 4
BIO 101-S
Human Biology
Pederson
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.) Persp.: Natural World 2
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,T,W,Tlr
Scierlce 205
BUS 340-S
Human Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS
242)
Old Mnin 11
6:00-9:30 pix
M,W
BUS 4404
Operations Management
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management
of operating functions. Examples from service
industries, non-profit organizations and
manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of
view. Topics include an overview of operations,
planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of
quality, inventory management, principles of
scheduling and operational control information
systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
Old Moil1 11
6:00-9:30 p~rl
T,Th
MIS 1754
Principles of Computing for Business Schwalbe
An introduction to computing concepts and
microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages
and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS,
Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study
other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will
serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or
a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course)
5:00-9:00 p~rl
M,W
Foss 42
ECO 110-S
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
metro-urban environment. By independent study.
Students need signature of instructor before Term
Two begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Persp.: Social
World 1or 2, or the City
Arrn~lged
ECO 112-S
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Persp.: Western Heritage
Old Mnin 16
6:00-9:30 p~rl
T,Th
ECO 1134
Principles of Microeconomics
Sabella
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1or 2
6:OO-9:30 pin
M,W
Old Main 29
ECO 3154
Money and Banking
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112,113)
6:OO-9:30 ptn
M,W
Old Main 16
EDE 3754
Discovery Learning in the
Graves
World of Kindergarten (.50 credit)
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor and PPST)
June 24,26; July 1,3,8,10
Library 20
5:30-9:30 p,n
EDE 3774
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.:PPST)
July 15,17,22,24,29,31
9:OO-10:45 atn
Old Main 4
EDE 384-S
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Social Studies,
Thematic Studies (.50 credit)
Roberts
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for social studies and thematic teaching
at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
June 24, 26; July 1,3,8
Old Main 22
6:OO-9:30 ptn
EDE 3864
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Children's Literature (.50 credit)
Olson
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. (Prereq.:PPST)
June 25; July 2,9,16,23,30
5:OO-8:OO ptn
Libra y 17
EDE 387-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Language Arts (.50 credit)
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Grad
Skill: Writing if EDU 478 is also taken. (Prereq.:
PPST, EDU 265)
June 24,26; July 1,3,8,10
5:30-9:30 pnl
Library 17
EDS 3904
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:00-9:30 pttr
T,Th
Science 112
EDS 391-S
Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit)
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of the media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching the
media, how to go about it effectively, what kind of
assumptions media education has been based on in
the past, and how to incorporate media education
into the English curriculum. The students will
become familiar with all forms of mass media and
will understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.:PPST)
6:OO-9:30 ptn
M
Science 112
EDU 210-S
Learning and Development
in an Educational Setting
Strait
A survey of educational psychology topics as
applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis
is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105:
Principles of Psych, is strongly recommended.)
Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30 pnt
T,TII
Library 20
EDU 3414
Media Technology (.50 credit)
Dyer
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication throurh the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials
for teaching/learning situations. Computer
training will be included in the course. (Prereq.:
PPST)
June 25,27; J~rly9,11,16,18,23
6:OO-9:OO ptn
T , Th
Foss 175
-
ENG 223-A
Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer
A practical course designed to improve writing
skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports,
letters, and proposals is emphasized. Students are
encouraged to use material from their own areas of
specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Graduation
Skill: Writing
6:OO-9:30 ptn
T , Th
Science 213
ENG 282-S
Topics in Literature: The Heroic Journey Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of the
heroic journey, as well as specific examples of such
journeys. It will emphasize the ideas of Joseph
Campbell, but will also consider other
interpretations of heroic journeys. Since western
civilization usually assumes that the hero is a man,
usually a white man belonging to a warrior class,
we will analyze the heroic warrior myth both as it
is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and
myths, but also as it appears in contemporary
American popular narratives. But the heroic
journey is a human journey, and thus the course
will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women
and men who may be neither white nor warriors
as they are depicted in folktales and novels.
6:OO-3:3Opnl
M, W
Old Mnin 27
HIS 4404
Topics in World History:
Liberation Movements in
Latin America 1850-1940
Winkler-Morey
A study of the foundations of contemporary social
and revolutionary movements in Latin America,
1850-1940. Topics include but are not limited to
the struggle for women's rights in Brazil and Cuba;
indigenous people's fight to protect their
autonomy in the Peruvian Andes; race-pride, labor
movements, and anti-colonialism among Afro~ a r i b b e a n Emiliano
s~
Zapata and the ~ i x i c a n
Revolution; Augusto Sandino and Nicaragua's
response to imperialism.
6:OO- 3:30 PIII
T, Tlz
Old Mni1123
INS 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: the City
Arlnrzged
GER 112-S
Beginning German I1
Quanbeck
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3
9:OO-10:45 nlrr
M,T,W,Th
Old Moin 21
SPA 112-S
Beginning Spanish I1
Soto
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3
1:OO-2:45~ I I I
M,T,W,TIz
Old Moil1 25
PHY 1014
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made
of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celestron and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.:Mathematics Placement Group
11) Persp.: Natural World 2
6:OO-9:30plrl
M, W
Scier~ce123
POL 3834
Defining America:
Aoki
Theories of Political and Social Change
Around the world, countries struggle with the
turmoil of social change. Shifting patterns of race
ethnicity, and culture often trigger fierce political
clashes over who belongs and who is an outsider.
This course examines these disputes, focusing
largely but not exclusively on the United States,
where racial and ethnic controversies are part of a
struggle over the definition of America. The goal
of this course is to enable students to make
thoughtful contributions to this debate.
6:OO-3:30~ I I I
M,W
Fuss 2 l A
PSY 1054
Principles of Psychology
Robinson-Riegler
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-3:30pfrl
T, TI1
Old Mnir123
REL 3734
Religions of China and Japan
Benson
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan
that are usually associated with religion, including
the popular religious traditions of China,
Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese
Shintoism. (Prereq.: Re1 111 or 221) Persp.:
Christian Faith 3
6:OO-9:30prrl
T,TII
Fuss 43
REL 4404
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
Holt
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian
tradition and of contemporary developments,
including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological,
and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An
introduction to the basic practices of spirituality,
especially prayer and meditation. (Prereq.: REL 111
or 221) Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-3:30~ I I I
T,TIz
Fuss 2 l B
REL 483-S
Christian Ethics
Forbes
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. (Prereq.: Re1 111or 221) Persp.: Christian
Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pnr
M, W
Foss 43
SOC 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: the City
Arrnnged
SOC 2654
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Gerasimo
Why do we set people aside for negative special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people
to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and
"other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism
and other "-isms." Offered on P/N basis only.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:30 pr~r
T, TI1
Old M ~ i 27
n
I SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND
SPC 9 ~ 7 - . 3
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
This course explores both the problems and the
potential of communications between persons of
different cultural groups. Students examine
Western and non-Western cultural rules, values,
assumptions and stereotypes and how they affect
the transmission of verbal and non-verbal
messages. The course stresses both a general
theoretical understanding of cross-cultural
interaction as well as specific knowledge of how
these principles relate to particular cultural groups.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Music 24
SPC 3544
Interpersonal Communication
Gaetano
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis
on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communication barriers. This course
combines theory and practice to help the student
understand and manage communication problems
more effectively.
T, Th
Music 23
6:OO-9:30 pm
-
SOC 356-S
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts and community agencies. Special
attention to concepts of restorative justice.
(Prereq.: Soc 121)
1:30-5:00 prrl
T,TI1
Old Main 11
SWK 2574
Exploring Human Services
Rooney
This course is designed to help students learn
about themselves in relation to a possible major or
future career in social work. Students must
arrange to perform 80 hours of work in a human
service agency and must attend the weekly
seminar. Persp.: the City
M,T,W,Th
Old Mnin 29
1:OO-2:45 p111
SWK 399-S
Social Work Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the non-major
and supplements the required field work of majors.
(Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
Arranged
SWK 4994
Social Work Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arratlged
Augsburg
College
Summer School
,
I.
1
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. Postage
PAID
Minneapolis, MN
Permit No. 2031
Show less
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college
affiliated with the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America and is
located in the heart of Minneapolis.
The small college environment, about
3,000 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many
opportunities f... Show more
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college
affiliated with the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America and is
located in the heart of Minneapolis.
The small college environment, about
3,000 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many
opportunities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting
allows students to participate in a
host of cultural and
recreational activities,
ranging from the Guthrie
Theater to the
Minnesota History
Center to the
Minneapolis
Aquatennial.
I
Augsburg in
the Summer
Augsburg College offers a varied
summer curriculum that includes over
50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships and
independent studies. Term I runs from
May 27 to June 20. Term I1 runs from
June 23 to July 31. For a detailed listing
I
of courses, look inside this brochure.
-
.
I
- -
-.I
w
I I
a
Information and
Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
Augsburg College
Summer School Office
campus
B~~ #68
2211 Riverside Avenue
I Minneapolis,
I
6121330-1795
Augsburg General Education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills
requirements are so noted along with
the description of the course.
Course Levels: lne rlrst aiglr or tne t
digit course number indicates the course
level. Course numbers beginning with a
1 or 2 are lower division courses and are
intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores; course numbers beginning
with 3 or 4 are upper division and are
primarily for juniors and seniors.
schmit, ~i~~~~~~
phoebe ~
~
~~
~
Eligiii
Independent Study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listec
internship opportunities may be I
u
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
I
carefully planned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated
by a faculty member. Consult the
Internship and Cooperative Education
Office at 6121330-1148 for more
C
information.
'
Housing: Students who need housing
mav contact the Residence Life Office
-
w44k
_
Employer Reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to pay for Summer Session courses.
rn
The College reserves the right to cancel
listed courses.
Course Loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise
indicated, all courses carry a value of one
course credit. One Augsburg course
credit is the equivalent of four semester
credits and six quarter credits.
.
.
,
.y
-I 1:
a
~~
~ -~ l
di
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions and
students admitted for the next fall term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
I
School. Good standing implies that the - I
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
I
hstitutian,
L-
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the director of
summer school to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
-
B
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at Augsburg should
apply to the Office of Admissions
6121330-1001 or the Weekend College
Admissions Office 6121330-1743.
'L
I
1
I
I
?
6th Street S
I"
7th Street S
mi-
Builer Place
94 West
-1nterslale
II
II
Interstate 94 East
...
-
-
~llegeMap Information
14. Murphy Place
Admlrrionr Weekday Program
1s. M l l , ~ l l ) ll q l l * , ~
16 M I $ = ]YA:
<
17 Nordic Center
18 Old Main
19 Orcar Anderson Hall
M Publlc Relatlanr and Communication I
21 Quad
22 Sdence Hall
23 Serurlty Dlrpatch Center
I
24 Shipplng and Receiving
LS S1 Melby Hall
26 Sverdrup Llbrary
27 Sverdrup-OttedalMemorial Hall
Marter 01 Sociol Wo* Admirrianr
28. Urness Tower
29. Youth and Farnlly Institute
30. New U b r a y l T to open Fall 1997
&I,
s!r.,t;:rt
!"l-z<,<~
,\',"~t,,L"'f 'f,~Wu~,f,
$*';,<I,
%.lhe~rc-,
~rudlrr,Slurlml
Juppon
brr !on tn I I'-#,-b?ri*rrr J l v l k n r Services
b.G~q/?:>i>
irl<br:
Athkti< r l ~ l 3
drd
Seasonal Air Structure
Center for Global Education and
International Programs
6 Chrlrtenren Center. Information Desk
7 East Hall
8. Fosr, Lobeck, Miles Center far Worrhlp,
Drama and Communlcatlon
9 Hurby-StrommenTennis Courts
10 Ice Arena
leray C Carlron Alumnl Center
Walntenance and Grounds Shop
Mortenren Tower
L
AMPUS
i
LOCATIC
-
1I , ,
L
-
--4
-
-
~3..
-
- I
4r
.
35W from the North .
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn leE
on Washington (turns right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right
at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis -
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 2J.st Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Beginning April 14, you may schedule
summer school courses at the Registrar's
Office between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. A
$50.00 tuition deposit must be paid at
that time for each course scheduled. This
deposit will be applied to your summer
school tuition and is not refundable
unless the course is canceled. If a course
that you have scheduled is canceled, you
may elect to receive a refund or apply
the deposit to the tuition for another
course. To insure that you reserve a
place in the courses that you desire, we
recommend that you schedule your
courses as early as possible. Many
courses fill early, and courses with low
enrollments may be canceled before the
first day of the term. You must confirm
your registration in person by paying
tuition in full at the Business Office
(see deadlines below), or you will be
dropped from your course(s).
Summer registration may be confirmed
beginning May 7. Students taking
courses during Term I must confirm
their registration by May 28. Term I1
confirmation must be made by June 24.
This procedure applies to all summer
registrations, including internships and
independent studies. The Business
Office is located in the Science Hall,
Room 147, and is open from 8:30 a.m.
to 4:00 p.m. The Business Office will be
open until 6 p.m. on May 27 and 28 and
on June 23 and 24. The Business Office is
also open on Saturdays when Weekend
College is in session. Tuition must be
paid in full in order for your registration
to be confirmed. (Augsburg students
who have unpaid balances from
previous terms must pay these balances
before they may confirm their summer
school registrations.)
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
students who do not confirm on time.
No Term I registrations will be accepted
after May 30, and Term I1 registrations
will not be accepted after June 27.
To change your registration you will
need to fill out an AddIDrop form at
the Registrar's Office. There is a charge
of $50.00 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refunds
and adjustments to fees are outlined in
the "Tuition Refund Policy" section of
this brochure.
Summer 1997
I
.
,=
Scheduling begins
Confirmation begins
Confirmation of registration deadline
(confirmation nzust be done irz
person at the Business Office)
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
Last day to:
.Change grading option
.Drop class without notation
.Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accep fed after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's Office
Term I
-
-
-1
April 14
May 7
May 28
April 14
May 7
June 24
May 27
May 28
June 23
June 24
June 9
May 30
May 30
July 7
June 27
June 27
-
-
June 13
June 20
June 25
July 4
July 25
July 33
August 6
I L is the policy or Augsburg Cullcgr not Lo Jiscriluinnli, on Llic b'isis o l wcc, color, crccd, religion, scxual
,iffeclion,~l prclcn%ncr,nalional ~ i r c l l i n i corigin, ~igc,mc~rit,ilsl,ilus, s(.u orslCiluswill1 rrg,ird Lo 11i1hlic
,issislancc, o~.disabiliLy,is ~ , c q ~ ~ i lby
t . d'l'illr I X l h r 1'17'2 E d u w l i o n Amcnclmcnls o~.Scclion504
Llic
I L ! h ~ i b i l i ~ , i l iA~c~l no l 1970, ,is ,~mcndcd,i n ils cidmissic>nspolitics, c.duc.,il~c~n
p ~ . ( ~ g ~ . ~I i ~ iLi si ~, i l i dc '~~ i ~
c m p l o y ~ n c n~pr,icliccs.
l
I
l
I
1
71h Street S .
7
Alr Structure Entrance
Seasonal Alr Structure
Center for Global Education and
lnternatlonal Programs
9. Hurby-Strornmen Tennlr Courts
1" Ice Arena
leroy C, Carlron Alumnl Center
Maintenance and Grounds Shop
Mortenren Tower
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (turns right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right
at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul -
Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
I
ACC 221-S
Principles of Accounting I
Stoller
IntwduoMwl toZruafnessactivities, basic concepts
md,fu&rnenlilb of aefounting, the accounting
cycle ffns p ~ e p w r a hof financial statements.
9:OO-11:20 ain
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Matn 23
ACC 322-S
Accounting Theory & Practice I
Kader
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
9:OO-11:20 arrr
M,T, W,Tlz,F
Old Main 25
BUS 242-5
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility; analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
6:OO-9:00prir
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 11
ECO 110-5
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment by independent study.
Students need signature of instructor before Term I
begins. Call 330-1152. P I N only. Persp.: Social
World 1 or 2, or The City
Arranged
ECO 112-S
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Persp.: Western Heritage
1or 2
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
EDE 382-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Mathematics (-50credit)
Dyer
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST)
6:00-9:30 prn
T,Th
Library 1
EDU 210-S
Learning and Development in an
Educational Setting
Strait
A survey of educational psychology topics as
applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis
is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105:
Principles of Psych. is strongly recommended.)
Persp.: Human Identity
M,T,W,Th,F
Library17
9:00-11:20 a m
EDU 341-5
Media Technology (.50 Credit)
Dyer
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through
" the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teachingllearning situations. Computer training
will be included in the course. (Prereq.: PPST)
M,W
Old Main 25
6:OO-9:30 pnt
ENG 2454
Introduction to Literature
Palosaari
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing on
works from several periods, different cultures and
races, and male and female writers. The course
aims to expand students' critical and analytical
skills in reading literature and writing about it as
the prerequisite for all upper level courses in
literature. Persp.: Aesthetics
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 10
9:OO-l1:20 an1
ENG 3474
Quantitative Journalism:
Computer-Assisted Reporting
Dalglish
This course introduces students to computerassisted informational investigation and the
interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of
expository essays and news reports. The course is
designed for persons wishing to explore the use of
computer-assisted research and those preparing to
enter the communication professions. (Prereq:
ENG 225, or ENG 227 or consent of instructor and
MPG 111) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
6:OO-9:00 pni
M, T, W,Th
Foss 20
HIS 3484
Russia and the Soviet Union in
the 20th Century
Kimball
This course provides an introductory historical
survey of Russia and the Soviet Union in this
century. It begins with an examination of Russian
history before turning to the Russian Revolutions
of 1917, the Civil War and Lenin's consolidation of
power. Later topics will include the rise of Stalin,
his Great Terror, the Cold War and the slow
rejection of Stalinism. We will conclude with an
examination of developments since the rise of
Gorbachev, the collapse of the Soviet Union and
the emergence of the Russian Republic. The course
will emphasize political, social, economic and
cultural history by focusing on Russian/Soviet
practices and institutions. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness I
M,T, W,Th, F
Old Main 13
9:OO-11:20 a m
ENG 225-5
Intermediate Expository Writing
Swanson
This course builds on the practices and methods of
Effective Writing, ENG 111.Its workshop format
stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. Graduation
Skill: Writing
9:OO-11:20 an1
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 1l
INS 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member that links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: The City
Arranged
GER l l l - S
Beginning German I
Van Cleve
Aims at developing basic skills. Students practice
speaking, understanding, and reading and writing
basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German
culture and uarticiuation in short conversations.
Laboratory materials available. Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
9:OO-11:45am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 22
.
SPA l l l - S
Beginning Spanish I
Farrell
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part
of this course. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2
1:OO-3:45prn
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 29
PSY 3624
Behavior Disorders
Hanson
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors
from social, organic and psychological points of
view. (Prereq.:PSY 102 or 105)
6:00-990 pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 23
REL l l l - S
Holt
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the church
and the world that concerns Christian doctrine.
Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:00pm
M,T,Th,F
Old Main 18
SOC 265-5
Gerasimo
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Why do we set people aside for negative special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people
to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and
"other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism
and other "-isms." Offered on P / N basis only.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:00pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 16
BUS 3404
Human Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
M,w
Old Main 11
6:OO-9:30 pm
BUS 4404
Operations Management
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management
of operating functions taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries
and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of
instructor)
T,Th
Old Main 11
6:OO-9:30 pm
ART 1074
Drawing
Bollman
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel
pencils. Subjects include still-life figures, building
interiors and exteriors and experimental work.
Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
Old Main 17
6:OO-9:30 pm
ART 118-S
Painting I
Bollman
Introduction to painting media and technique in
acrylic and oil. Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
Old Main 17
6:OO-9:30 pm
ART 1324
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera will be used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression using black and white
photographic processes. Students need access to a
35mm, single lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of
film, etc.: $200-$225. Persp.: Aesthetics
Section S1:OO-4:30 pm
M,w
Old Main 4
Section T6:OO-9:30 pm
M,w
Old Main 4
ART 3894
American Art
Anderson
A study of early colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture and folk arts. Persp.:
Aesthetics. Graduation Skill: Speaking
T,Th
Old Main 25
6:OO-9:30 pm
ACC 2224
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to
business activities, accounting for corporations.
Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling processes,
decision-making and behavioral consideratioils.
(Prereq.:ACC 221)
9:00-10:45 am
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 25
MIS 1754
Principles of Computing for Busidess Schwalbe
An introductory course to develop understanding
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
using microcomputer software (Windows, Word,
Excel, Access, Powerpoint, e-mail and the World
Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related
problems using software, especially Excel. Students
with a strong computer background are encouraged
to take MIS 370 (not offered Summer Session)
instead of MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or a "Pass" in
MAT 103, a self-paced course)
T,Th
Foss 42
6:OO-9:30 pm
ECO 110-S
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
metro-urban environment by independent study.
Students need signature of instructor before Term I1
begins. Call 330-1152. P / N only. Persp.: Social
World 1 or 2, or The City
Arranged
ECO 1 1 2 4
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and international
trade. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. Persp.: Western Heritage
T,Th
Old Main 16
6:OO-9:30 pm
ECO 1 1 3 4
Princivles of Microeconomics
Sabella
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1or 2
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,W
Old Main 29
ECO 3154
Money and Banking
Gupta
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems,
particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve
System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary
theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113),,
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,w
Old Main 16
I
,
1
I
'
EDE 3774
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST)
July 15,17,22,24,29,31
6:30-8:30 pnl
T,Th
Old Main 4
EDS 3904
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening and small group
discussions as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Science 112
EDS 3914
LaDuca
Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit)
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching
media, how to go about it effectively, what kind of
assumptions media education was based on in the
past and how to incorporate media education into
the English curriculum. Students will become
familiar with all forms of mass media and will
understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:OO-9:30pm
M
Science 112
ENG 2234
Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer
A practical course designed to improve writing
skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters
and proposals is emphasized. Students are
encouraged to use material from their own areas of
specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Graduation Skill:
Writing
690-9:30 pm
M,w
Old Main 13
ENG 282-SI382-S
Topics in Literature: The Heroic Journey Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of the
heroic journey as well as specific examples of such
journeys. It will emphasize the ideas of Joseph
Campbell but will also consider other
interpretations of heroic journeys. Since western
civilization usually assumes that the hero is a man,
usually white and belonging to a warrior class,
analysis of the heroic warrior myth, both as it is
depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths
and as it appears in contemporary American
popular narratives, will be explored. But the heroic
journey is a human journey, and thus the course
will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women
and men who may be neither white nor warriors.
6:OO-9:30pnl
M,w
Old Main 23
HIS 440-5
Topics in World History: The Meaning
of 20th Century European Diplomatic History
for 21st Century Europe
Anderson
This course provides historical perspective on
some of the security, political and economic
problems facing Europe at the end of the
millennium while attempting to assess and
understand the future of NATO, the possibilities of
a United States of Europe, the Yugoslav problem
and the relationship of Russia and the United
States to Europe. The course begins with a
consideration of World Wars I and I1 within a
diplomatic context and includes examination of the
motives for West European economic and political
integration.
6:OO-9:30pm
T,TI1
Old Main 10
INS 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which
students design a learning agreement with a
faculty member that links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: The City
Arranged
INS 2254
Introduction to Islam
Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims.
The course will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a
consideration of the differences between the
Islamic sects (Sumis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some
effort to deal with the similarities and differences
between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism
will be made, including a visit to one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness I
6:OO-9:30pnl
T ,Th
Old Main 29
MAT 1734
Math of Interest
Kaminsky
An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics
include life insurance, annuities, mortgages, loan
payments and other topics in the mathematics of
financial transactions. (Prereq.: MPG 111)
Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
6:OO-9:30pin
T ,Th
Old ~ a i 23
n
GER 1124
Beginning German I1
Van Cleve
Aims at developing basic skills. Students practice
speaking, understanding, reading and writing
basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narrative in simple German, insights into German
culture and participation in short conversations.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
9:OO-11:30 rrtn
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 22
SPA 112-S
Beginning Spanish I1
Soto
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of
the Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3
1:OO-3:30 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 29
PHY 101-S
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering the solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientificthought from early
civilization to the present day. Night viewing and
lab sessions are important components of the course.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement
Group 11), Persp.: Natural World 2
M, w
Science 212
6:OO-9:30 ptn
POL 2954
Topics in Political Thought:
Utopias & Dystopias
Riley
"War is peace. Freedom is slavery. Ignorance is
strength," so asserts the Ministry of Truth in
Orwell's bleak warning to humanity in his novel
"1984." In this course we will examine fundamental questions of human nature and human
society through the lens of utopian and dystopian
texts. What is the nature of freedom? Is freedom
and community compatible? How may sex and
gender be distinguished? What are the sources of
violence in human society? What are the legitimate
ends of state authority? Persp.: Human Identity,
Graduation Skill: Writing
M, W
Old Main 27
6:OO-9:30 pnr
POL 383-5
Defining America: Theories of Political
and Social Change
Aoki
Around the world, countries struggle with the
turmoil of social change. Shifting patterns of race,
ethnicity and culture often trigger fierce political
clashes over who belongs and who is an outsider.
This course examines these disputes, focusing
largely but not exclusively on the United States,
where racial and ethnic controversies are part of a
struggle over the definition of America. The goal is
to enable students to make thoughtful contributions
to debates in dire need of such offerings.
6:OO-9:30 pnt
M,w
Foss 43
PSY 105-5
Principles of Psychology
Robinson-Riegler
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30 pm
, M, w
Science 213
REL 3574
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
The lives of famous Christians are crossed with
tragedies and triumphs. This course combines
biography and theology to gain insights into the
history of the church. Figures as diverse as
Augustine, Julian of Norwich, Martin Luther and
Martin Luther King Jr. will be studied. Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, w
Old Main 10
REL 385-5
Process Theology & Christian Faith
Lorenzen
This course introduces students to the relational
world view of process philosophy and examines
how it has influenced Christian faith and ethical
deliberations. Special attention will be given to the
writings of John B. Cobb Jr., as a representative of
process theology. Classes will include videos, small
groups and some lecture to introduce topics. Ethical
issues addressed in the class include murder,
abortion, human sexuality and euthanasia. Grades
will be based on a paper (10-15 pages), the
presentation of the paper to the class and class
participation. (Prereq.: REL 111 or 221) Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
T, Th
Old Main 27
SWK 2604
Humans Developing
Rooney
This course provides an understanding of human
growth through life and of the sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors that influence
the growth of individuals and families. Growth
related to diverse populations and groups or special
stresses is also a focus. Persp.: Human Identity
6:00-9:30 pm
T,Th
Old Main 13
SOC 356-S
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctiollal programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion and site visits to
prisoiis, courts and community agencies. Special
atlention to concepts of restorative justice. (I'rereq.:
Soc 321)
1:00-4:30 ~ I I I
T,Tlr
Old M n i ~ r10
I
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND
The Bristol International Program
In Social Work
Bristol University, U.K.
June 28 to July 12,1997
THEATRE ARTS
SPC 3294
Intercultural Communication
Gaetano
This course explores cultural differences and their
implications for colnmunication, including
differences in values, norms, social interaction and
(.ode systems Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
,:00-9:3U ~ I I I
T,TII
Old Mniir 18
?PC 351-S
,\rgumentation
Lapakko
1 )evelops critical thinking skills by studying the
i heory and practice of argument, evidence,
:,illacres and refutation. Includes how to build and
n a l y z e public arguments that confront students in
ilieir everyday lives. Graduatioil Skill: Critical
l'hinking
1 :00-9:30 p ~ r ~
M,w
Old Mfliil 18
SWK 257-B
Exploring Human Senrices:
International Program
Bibus
This course is an orientation to human service
in an international context with many visits
to human service agencies, lectures and
seminars. Full orientation takes place at
Augsburg for two sessions before the course.
Credit is transcripted through Augsburg. The
course is also available for graduate credit
with a research component.
Cost: $1,990 includes tuition, all ground
transportation in the U.K., all accommodations and most meals. Airfare is NOT
included. Students must make their own
flight arrangements.
Augsburg
College
Summer School
Show less
-ru-
m
"!--c
1
auasbura in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships
and independent studies. Term I
runs from June 1 to June 26. Term
I1 runs from June 29 to August 7.
For a de... Show more
-ru-
m
"!--c
1
auasbura in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships
and independent studies. Term I
runs from June 1 to June 26. Term
I1 runs from June 29 to August 7.
For a detailed listing of courses, look
inside this brochure.
term one
June 1 to June 26
term two
June 29 to August 7
about
augsbur
Augsburg College is a four-year, accredited
liberal arts college affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and
is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000
students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in
a host of cultural and recreational activities, ranging from the Guthrie Theater to
the Minnesota History Center to the Minneapolis Aquatennial.
summer session info
Course Loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value
of one course credit. One Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter credits.
Augsburg General Education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation
Skills requirements are so noted along
with the description of the course.
Course Levels: The first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily
for juniors and seniors.
Independent Study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully
planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty member. Consult the Internship
and Cooperative Education Office at
(612) 330-1148 for more information.
Employer Reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at (612) 330-1109.
The College reserves the right to
cancel listed courses.
information
Additional information may be
obtained from:
Augsburg College
Campus Box #I44
22 11 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1787
Summer School Coordinator
Terry Cook
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next fall term are
eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the coordinator
of summer school to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
(612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office, (612) 330-1743.
3
to register
Bt
ning An]
su
er sch
Registrar's 0 t h
and 4:30 p.m.
calendar
-
ay s c h c d ~ ~ l c
at the
ween 8:00 a.m.
tuition deposit
must be paid z
at time for each
course sch
rhis deposit will hc
applied to you
r school tuition
r ~ ~ l e the
s s course
and is not ref1
1. If a co
you have
is cant
is cancclcd, ,..- may elect to
,.,
the tuition for another course. To
insure that you reserve a pl
I the
1n1nen~1
courses that you desire, M
as early
that yo^^ schedule your 1.1
rly, and
as possible. Many cour:
courses with low enroll
~ t may
s
he
canceled before the first day of the
term. You must confirm your registration in person by paying tuition in
full at the Business Office (see deadlines below), or you will be dropped
from your course(s).
Summer registration may be confirmed
beginning May 11. Students taking
courses during Term 1 must confirm
their registration by June 2. Term I1
confirmation must be made by June 30.
This procedure applies to all summer
registrations, including internships and
independent studies. T h e Business
en from _ ... . a.m.
Room 147 a n
siness Office will
to 4:00 p.m. l h t
be open until 6
o n June 1 and 2
and on Junc
and 30. T h e Business
Oftice is
i when
~n SI
n . Tuition
Weekencl couef
must he aid in tull in oruer for your
.. . -.
le confirmed. (Augsburg
j whc) have unpaid halances
? v ; . - . --rms
~
must pay these
,,,
a12
st
they [nay confirm their
summer sch~
trations.)
cheduling begins
:onfirmation begins
:onfirmation of registration deadline
,......
A late fee of $50 will he assessed for
students who dc? not confirm o n time.
No Term 1 registrations will he accepted after June 3, and Term 11 registrations will not he accepted after July 6.
To change your registration you will
necd to fill out an add/drop form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies
to illternships and independent studies
as well as scheduled courses. Refunds
and adjustments to fees are outlined in
the " T u i t i o ~Refund
~
Policy" section of
this brochure.
:
April 13
May 11
June 2
April 13
May 11
June 30
June 1
June 2
June 29
June 30
June 8
June 3
June 3
July 13
July 6
July 6
confirmation must be done in
erson at the Business Office)
:lasses begin
balance of tuition due
,ast day to:
Change grading option
Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations wiU be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's Office
#&
June 19
June 26
July 1
3
7
PL,
the hasis i f r m e , C ~ J L Jcreed,
~ , religioi~,sexmrl or affectionnl prefrreilce, natiunnl
A u ~ h h u r gdi~eriiot drscrimillnte
m reqriired by Tick
or erhiiic ongin, a ~ e marital
,
stiltus, gender, stntus with ~ c g a r dtro public ~ ~ s ~ s t a norc edr,ahility
,
I?: of the 1972 Educntion Atnendinents or Secrri~r~
504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its
admbsion poliilrs, edrtiatiunol Inr)groins, activities, m d etnpbyment pmctrceh
augsburg
fees
.-
The tuition charge for 1998 summer
school courses is as follows: $900 for
full-credit courses, $450 for half-credit
courses and $225 for quarter-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition refund policy
The $50.00 per course deposit i~
refundable. A refund of all or par
the remaining fee is calculz ' from
the date of the student's
cancellation at the
Schedule of Refunds:
Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting-100% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting-75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting -50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated
version of the schedule of refunds.
-
f inancia
>id
Eligibility for;$ummer
Session ~tten&es
!!
I
5
Financial aid is',available to students
enrolled in ~ & . 6 rW e ~ k ~ nPrograms.
d
Students wlip maintain3h81f-time
status (as defined by the program in
.-.L:cli they are enrolled) are eligible
nnl; for financial aid.
uay rrog
Students enrollea m summer Terms I
and 11 combined or only Term I1 may
be eligible to apply for the Federal
Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or
the Minnesota State Grant.
WEC Program
No aid is given for summer Term I as it
runs concurrently with the WEC
spring trimester.
14. Murphy Place
15. Mur h Square
16. ~ u s hall
t
17. Nardlc Center
10. Old Maln
19. Oscar Anderson Hall
20. Publlc Relatlons and Communlcatlon
College Map lnformatlon
1 Admlsslons Weekday Program
Alr Structure Entrance
2
Seasonal Alr Structure
5. Center far Global Educatlon and
lnternatlonal Programs
6. Chrlrtenren Center, lnformatlon Desk
7. East Hall
8. Forr Lobeck, Mlles Center for
~ o h h ,l Drama and Communlcatlon
9. Husby-gtrommenTennls Courts
10. Ice Arena
11. JeroyC. Carlson Alumnl Center
12. Malntenanre and Grounds Shoo
13. Mortensen Tower
Ramp
campus location
35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and rum left on
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue),
turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 2lst
Avenue South.
Students enrolled in summer Term I1
may be eligible for the Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the
Minnesota State Grant.
To Apply
The financial aid deadline for the
Summer Session is April 15, 1998.
Contact the Ofhce of Student
Financial Services at (612) 330-1046
for application materials and additional
assistance. Early application is advised.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn Left at 21st
Avenue South.
PI,4;q
-
- .-
a(
--
.
5;
:
-
.
,
I-.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.about augsburg
-
.7
!fI
lytical skills in reading literature and writing
about it as the prerequisite for all upper level
courses in literature. Persp.: Aesthetics
ACC 2 2 1 3
Principles of Accc
Introduction to bu
and fundamel
cycle, and prt
Stoller
--..;ities, basic concepts,
ounting, the accounting
f hnancial statements.
9:OO- 11:20 an
W,Th,F
Sabella
! E o n s of ~robkmsfacment by independent
tnnr* nf instructor before
~ly.Persp.:
Old Main 18
ACC 3 2 2 8
Accountino 1neul , ..--.
Kader
A n anal
f financial accou
nphasis
-- accol
g theory p e r t a i n ~ ~to~ gnmanct;
!nts, income concepts, valuation concepl
PASB statements, and other relevant issues
applied to assets. (Prereq.: A C C 222)
-
-
9:OO-ll:20 am
M,T; W,Th,F
Music 22
BUS 2 4 2 3
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organiration, staffing, planning, and control. The nature
of authority, accountability, and responsibility;
analysis of the role of the professional manager.
6:OO-9:00pm
M, T; W,Th
BUS 3 9 9 3
Internship
Arranged
Music 22
Kader
of Macroeconomics
Gupta
ductlon to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, mon~
~dfiscal policy, international
trade, econorr
,th.(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Persp.: Western
el012
9:OO-ll:20 am
,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
b
uU J 341.Media Technology (.50 Credit)
M,T;W,Th,F
Room TBA
Dyer
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials
for teachindlearning situations. Computer training
will be included in the course. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to Teacher Education Program)
6:OO-9:30pm
C H M 223-S
Elementary Organic Chemistry
TBA
This 10-week course is designed for students
whose professional goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered include synthesis,
properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and
aromatic compounds. This course will not count
toward a chemistry major and credit cannot be
given for this course if CHM 351, 352 is taken. It
does not fulfill the prerequisite requirement for
CHM 352 or the biochemistry requirements for
other programs. This course runs from June 1 to
Aug. 6 and has two three-hour lab meetings
every week. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116)
Time TEA
- --
June 2,4,9,11,23,25
Library 20
--.-ENG 2 2 3 3
Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer
A practical course designed to improve writing
skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and
proposals is emphasized. Students are encouaged to
use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq: ENG 111) Graduation Skill: Writing
6:OO-9:OO pm
M, T; W,Th
Old Main 13
ENG 2 4 5 3
Introduction to Literature
Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing
on works from several periods, different cultures
and races, and male and female writers. The
course aims to expand students' critical and ana-
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T;W.Th,F
Old Main 10
Eric Rhomer, Claude Chabrol, and others. Parallel
to a discussion on the aesthetic aspects specific to
each author and genre, we will study different
cultural themes. The films are in French with
English subtitles. The class work is in English.
1:OO-320 pm
M,T;W,Th,F
Old Main 25
SPA I l l - S
H I S _ S.
History of the Twin Cities
~ i ~ b ~ lBeginning
l
Spanish I
Soto
four basic skills: understanding,
~h~ ~
i
~and ~ paul ~area serves
~
lAimsi to develop
~
as~ a case~
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
study for the themes of frontier urbanization,
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
industrialization and economic change, transSpanish-speaking world. ~aboratorywork is an
portation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban
integral part of this course. Persp.: intercultural
politics and reform. Persp.: The City
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T;W,Th, F
Old Main 13
Awareness 2
st,
1:OO-320pm
PSYC
I N S 199-S/399-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a faculty
member that links the ideas and methods of their
major to the opportunities found in the placement.
M, T; W,Th,F
Old Main 29
,
PSY 3c- _
Behavior Disorders
Hanson
A n introduction to maladaptive human behaviors
from
organic, and p s y c ~ o ~ o g ipoints
c a ~ of
view, prereq,: PSY 102 or 105)
6:oo-g:oo pm
M,T;W,T~
Old Main 23
Arranged
I
MAT 105-S
Applied Algebra
Provides an introduction to algebra and its applications to the social, natural, and physical sciences,
business, and everyday life. Topics covered include
understanding and solving linear, quadratic, and
exponential equations, the connections between
equations, graphs, numbers and the situations they
describe, and the use of a scientific calculator.
(Prereq.: MPG 2 or consent of instructor)
9:OO-11:20am
M,T;W,Th,F
Science 108
-)))
Topics: French and
duRivage
Francophone Culture in Film
A n introduction to the main cultural issues that
characterize French and Francophone societies as
they have been portrayed in the works of such
filmmakers as Francois Truffaud, Maurice Pialat,
REL 353-S
Denominations and Religious
Groups in America
Bussert
A study of beliefs and worship practices of the
major Christian denominations and of many
contemporary religious groups. Some controversial
religious movements will also be considered.
Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
~:oo.g:oopm
M,T;W,T~
Foss 43
REL 357
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
Looks at the lives and thinking of some important
Christians. The mix of biography and theology
makes for stimulating reading and discussion. We
will study figures like Augustine, Martin Luther
King Jr., and Dorothy Day. Persp.: Christian
~a$a2~mqfn~on
M,,wTh
Science 212
\
term
I
7
-august
ART 107-S
Drawing
Drawing in gr;
pencils. Subjects in'
.
Cerrito
elated to the management
Persp.: A
ART 11'-'
Painting
o painting meala ana recnnlque
lntroduc
acrylic a m "11. Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30pm
T; Th
Old Mair;
ART 132-S/ART 132-T
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera will be used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression using black and white
photographic processes. Students need access to a
35mm, single lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of
film, etc.: $200-$225. Persp.: Aesthetics
Section S1:OO-4:30pm
Section T6:OO-9:30pm
M, w
Old Main 4
Music 22
i
~ r i n c i ~ l of
e s Comnuting for Business Schwalbe
re to develop understanding
An introducl
---7ts and specific skills in
of basic c o m p ~ ,
are (Windows, Word,
using microcoml
Excel, Access, Powerromt, e-mail, and the World
Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related
problems using software, especially Excel.
Students with a strong computer background are
encouraged to take MIS 370 instead of MIS 175.
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
6:OO-9:30pm
T; Th
FOSS42
Old Main 4
C H M 223-&See
ACC 222-S
Principles of Accounting 11
Kader
A coniinuation of ~ ~ ~ 2Introduction
2 1 .
to
business activities, accounting for corporations.
Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling processes,
decision-makine, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: A C C 221)
9:OO-lO:45am
M,T; W,Th
Foss 21
BUS 3 4 0 3
Human Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:
BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30pm
M, w
Music 22
0
Term one
0
ECO 110-S
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems
facing a metro-urban environment by independent study. Students need signature of instructor
before Term 11 begins. Call 330-1152. PIN only.
Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or The City
Arranged
ECO 1 1 2 3
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
lntroduction to macroeconomics, national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and
international trade. Application of elementary
economic theory to current economic problems.
Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2
Old Main 16
6:OO-9:30pm
T; Th
ECO 113-S
Principles of Microeconomics
Sabella
lntroduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
6:OO-9:30pm
M, W
Old Main 29
ECO 315-S
Money and Banking
Gupta
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems,
particularly commercial banks, and the Federal
Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary
theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112)
6:OO-9:30pm
M. W
Old Main 16
EDU 21023
Learning and Development in an
Educational Setting
Strait
A survev of educational osvcholow
= topics as
applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105
is strongly recommended.) Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30om
% Th
Library 17
.,
EDE 37723
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (.25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
Teacher Education Program)
June 29, July 1, 6, 8, 13,15
6:30-8:30pm
b Th
Old Main 4
EDE 386-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Children's Literature (.50 credit)
Graves
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences, (Prereq,: PPST and admission to Teacher
Education Program)
5:30-8:30pm
M, W
Library
EDE 387-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Language Arts (.50 credit)
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher
Education Program) Graduation Skill: Writing
5:30-8:30pm
Library 17
M, w
EDS 3 9 0 3
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed
to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group discussions as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to Teacher Education Program)
6:OO-9:30pm
T; Th
Science 112
EDS 391-S
Teaching Mass Media (a50 credit)
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of media, examining the whys
of teaching media, how to go about it effectively,
what kind of assumptions media education was
based on in the past, and how to incorporate
media education into the English curriculum.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher
Education Program)
6:OO-9:30pm
M
Science 112
ENG 282-S
Topics:Women Monsters
and Monstrous Best
Kramer
Enjoy reading horror novels like Frankenstein,
Dracula, or the works of S t e ~ h e nKine and Anne
Rice? This class explores why readers are attracted
to "monstrous" genres and how monstrosities affect
the representation of women and marginalized
groups in contemporary popular culture.
6:OO-9:36
M, w
Old Main 13
IHISTORY
. .-
INS 414-2
Rhetoric (forme
The rhetoris
colonial tin
rhetorical perspc
Rhetorical critic
-
of a UnitedlStates
Yugy Iav
relationship qf-md
the
prc' ' &the
1
s to Europe.
6Th
Ola
-
INS 199-S/399-S
Internship
Olson
dents design a learning aareemenz th a faculty
member that links the-ideas and methods of their
major to the opportunities found in the placement.
)
Nilsson
lerican feminists from
alyzed to develop a
American feminism.
e means of analvsis. Pers~.:
k i n g Spanish I1
Soto
Four basic skills: understandAims to deve
I, and writing of elementary
ing, speaking, ,
o the culture of the
Spanish. Introdt
Laboratory work is an
Spanish-speakin, .-.;.
integral part of the course. Persp.: lntercultural
Awareness 3
1:OO-2:45 pm
M, 6 W,Th
Old Main 29
POL 282-S
Asian Americans and the Politics
of Identity
Aoki
This course focuses on Asian Americans and
recent political battles over the American identity
We will seek to understand Asian American views
of these controversies, and we will also consider
the larger context in which Asian Americans find
themselves. The class will revolve around discussions of readings, films, and current political issues.
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, W
Old Main 10
REL 3 6 9 3
Religious Imagination in
Modem Literature
Stratton
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism,
and world view. Reading and discussion of several
novels. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, w
Old Main 11
Arranged
INS 225-S
Introduction to Islam
Kader
The course will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also
be a consideration of the differences between the
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). A visit
to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities is
included. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I
6:OO-9:30 pm
6 Th
Foss 43
PHY 101-S
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering the solar system,
stars, and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components of
the course. Additional viewing and/or lab sessions
are required. (Prereq.: MPG 2), Persp.: Natural
World 2
6:OO-9:30 prn
M, w
REL 4 7 2 3
Paul the Apostle
Quanbeck I1
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical
background, his relationship to the early church,
and some of the themes found in his writings.
Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3 and Graduation
Skill: Critical Thinking
3:OO-6:00 prn
6 Th
Old Main 16
Science 123
SWK 260-S
Humans Developing
Rooney
This course provides an understanding of human
growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors that influence
the growth of individuals and families. Growth
related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus. Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30pm
6 Th
Old Main 25
SOC 3 5 6 3
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special
attention to concepts of restorative justice.
(Prereq.: Soc 121)
1:OO-4:30pm
6 Th
Old Main 10
SPC 329-S
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
This course explores cultural differences and their
implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:30prn
M, w
Old Main 18
SPC 4143
Speaking of Women:
American Feminist Rhetoric
(formerly Feminist Rhetoric)
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists from
colonial times to now is analyzed to develop a
rhetorical perspective on American feminism.
Rhetorical criticism is the means of analysis.
Persp.: Human Identity; Graduation Skill: Speaking
6:OO-9:30prn
6 Th
Old Main 11
summer term a h
center for
global education
upcoming programs:
"Developing
- - a Multicultural Perspective:
A graduate level course for educators in Cue1 aca, Mexico"
July 6-19, 1998 (Augsburg ' . ' L course credit auuc~ole)
-
"Peace Issues in Central Americ:
June 12-22, 1998 with rhe 1.11thers
"Peo
July :
'
'
r Lives and (
I (wit1
"Guatemala in the
August 1-9, 1998
.,.
xas A
uM
El Salvador and Honduras'
University)
I Wgr Period"
3
;ions, Laying Foundations.
"South Africa: Heali
Transforming SoEietj
June 1 7 - ~ u 1 ~
Human Rights Travel/Study Seminar in Mexico
July 13-22, 1998 (includes Mexico G't and Chiapas)
9
For more information and other possible trips, contact the
Center for Global Education
directly at 330-1159 or: globaled@augsburg.edu
A
Show less
'
17
ssion '99
,
-v
#'
&/
augsburg in the summer
Augshurg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships
and independent studies. Term I
runs from June 1 to June 25. Term
I1 runs from June 28 to Aug~lst5... Show more
'
17
ssion '99
,
-v
#'
&/
augsburg in the summer
Augshurg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships
and independent studies. Term I
runs from June 1 to June 25. Term
I1 runs from June 28 to Aug~lst5.
A cietailed listing of courses begins
on page 8.
term one
June 1 to J ~ l n e25
term two
June 28 to August 5
about
augsburg
Augshurg College is a four-year, liberal arts
college locatcci in the heart of Min~~eapolis,
ancl affiliated with the Evangelical
Lutheran C h ~ l r c hin America, Augshurg is accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools."' T h e small college environment, ahont 3,000
s t ~ ~ d e n(luring
ts
the acacle~llicyear, is enriched by the Inany opport~lnitiesfound in
this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in
a host of c u l t ~ ~ rand
a l recreational activities.
summer session info
Course loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a valile
of one course credit. O n e Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter credits.
Augsburg general education:
Co~lrsesfillfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduatio~l
Skills requirements are so noted along
with the description of the course.
Course levels: T h e first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
n~llnhersheginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily
for juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent stildies [nay be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In acidition to those listed,
internship opportunities may he
arranged individually during the summer. Acade~nicinternships are carefi~lly
planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty me~nber.Consult the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning at (612)
330-1 148 for more information.
-'N r ~ l . l h(:?r~rl-nl
A > \ o c i n [ i o ~of~ College$ n l i d Schoolr, C o ~ i u m i \ s i o ~OILi Ili,tiurtiol~s ofHi~11e1. Edtrsarion,
(3 12) 263-0456.
\&I7
rite <zuit'u,.~lcnsihe.orfi>
Employer reimbursement: Students
who clualify for reimb~lrsement their
employers may use their reimbursement
- to pay tor Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students \vho need housing
lnay contact the Resicience Life Office
at (612) 330-1488.
The College reserves the right to
cancel listed courses.
information
Additional infor~nationmay be
obtained from:
Augsburg College
C a ~ n p u sBox #I44
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1787
Summer Session Coordinator
Terry Cook
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such instit~ltions,and students admitted for the next fall term are
eligible to attend Augshurg Summer
Session. Good stancling implies that the
st~ldenthas heen admitted and not subsecl~~ently
dropped by that institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the coordinatc>r
of summer school to ascertain eligibility
~ l n d e special
r
circumstances.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not ; u ~ t o ~ n a t i c agranted
ll~
admission
as reg~llarst~ldentsof Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program a t ALlgsbLlrg
shOLlldapply to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
(612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office, (612) 330-1 743.
of augsburg
r
Sum
iition (
1
cou
a
tuition rate:
tuition rerupa
!
T e $5'U.00
re
per course
DIIC
deposit
undable. A refund of all or
pa^^-
the remaining fee is calculated from
:ourse
t h e date of t h e student's oi
I
cancellation a t t h e Enroll
Financial Services Cent?
Schedule of refunds:
Prior to t h e second scheduled class
meeting-100% of the ref~~ndable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth s c h e d ~ ~ l eclass
d
~neeting-75% of the r e f i t n d a b l e
portion of t h e fee.
Prior to the sixth sched~lledclass
tneeting-50%
of t h e refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions w i l l use a prorated
version of the schedule of refi~nds.
,..,
-
ble to students
wee&mp"'.
aintai
2d by the program in
.e enrolled) are eligible
.or hnancial aid.
Day progi
I n t e r s l a t e 94 W e s t
n summer Terms I
Sti~dentser
and I1 comb~neo- o r only Term 11 may
be eligible to apply for the Federal
Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or
the M i n n e s o t a State Grant.
WEC program
N o aid i s given for summer Term Ias it
runs concurrently w i t h the WEC
spring trimester.
Students enrolled in summer Term I1
may be eligible for t h e Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or t h e
Minnesota State Grant.
1 Undergraduale Adrn~ss~ons
Oll~ce
2 Air Slructure Enlrance
November lhrough March
3 Amerlcan Indian Sludent Services
and Pan-Afrlkan Student Services
4. Anderson-Nelson Athlel~cFleld and
Seasonal Alr Struclure
5. Cenler for Global Educallon and
lnler!lallonal Programs
6. Chr~stensenCenler, lnfarmal~onDesk
7. East Hall
8 Foss, Lobeck, Mlles Center for Worsh~p,
Drama and Commun~cal~on
9. Husbv-Strommen Tennls Courts
10. Ice Arena
11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alurnn~Cenler
12,Malntenance and Grounds Shop
13. Mortensen Tower
14. Murphy Place
15. Murphy Square
16. MUSIC Hall
17. N o r d ~ cHouse
18. Old Maln
19. Oscar Anderson Hall
20. Public Relations and Comrnunicat~on
21 Ouad
22.Sclence Hall
23. Secur~tqDlspalch Center
24. Shlpplng and Recebvmg
25 SI Melby Hall
26,Sverdrup Hall
27,Sverdruo-Oltedal Memor~alHall
28. Urness ~ o w e r
29.Slle for N e w Residence Hall
3O.James G, Llndell Falnlly Llbrary
Parking Lols
A Adm~sr~onslFacullylStallPark~ny
8. FacullylStallICommuled
Res~dentParking
C. FacullylSlalf Parking
0. FacullylStalfICommuler Parking
E. Commuler Park~ny
F Resldent Parking
G. Visitor Parkong
H Fa~rview-Un~vers~tq
Med~calCenlet Ramp
Pay parking available
campus location
35W from
the North-
Taklkc W a s h i n g t o n A v e n ~ l ec s ~ and
t
t u r n l e f t on
W a s l ~ i n g t o n( t ~ ~ r t Ii isg l i t o ~ i t ( >C c l l a r A v c n ~ ~ c ) ,
t u r n left a t Rivcrsiclc A v c n u c , right a t 2 l a t
To apply
A\,CL~LIC
So~~tli.
The financial aid deadline for the
Summer Session i s April 15, 1999.
T'lkc 2 5 t h A v c n u c exit, t u r n I c f t a t 2 5 t h A v c n ~ ~ c ,
Contact the Enrollment and Financial
Services Center at (612) 330-1046 for
application materials and additional
assistance. Early application is advised.
1-94 E a s t from M i n n e a p o l i s u r n l e f t a t R i v e r s i d e A v c t i ~ ~ cturn
,
lcft a t 2 l s t
AVCIIII~S c ) ~ ~ t h .
1-94 W e s t from St. PaulT a k e R i v e r s i d e e x i t , t u ~ rni g h t a t R i v c r s i c l c
A v e n u e , tt11.n l c f t a t 2 l s t
Avenue
South.
35W from
t h e South-
Follow the
1-94 St, P a u l s i j i n s ( ~ u o v ct o r i g l i t
of t\vo m c r g c l - s ) . Takc 2 5 t h
lalie after cacli
A v e n u c e x i t and t u r n l e f t a t R i v e ~ j i d eA v c n u e ,
turn
left
a t 2 l s t A v e n u e S(,~~tli.
term one
iune I to
iuni
25
1
and adnlission to teal
L i m i t : I 6 students
9-1 7:20 am
Anderson
I through conteluporary
' T c t u l e and folk arts.
b t w r a A u a ; i o n Skill: Speaking
W,Th,F
Lindell 16
7
EDS 3 5 6 3
Music Methods: mass and
Percussion (.50 c&)
Stuily and ap
mate~ials,an,
A
Stacke
Music 3
C
es o f Accountine I
I
x i o n t o business act~vities,basic
and fi~ndalnentalsu f accounting, t1.p 3pcoun
nent .
cycle, and p ~ c p a r a t i oo~fi financial
9- 11:20 am
M,T;W,Th,F
Main
ACC 3228
,
Kader
Accounting T h e o r y & Practice
A n analysis o f financial account1 w ~ t hemphas~s
,
o n accounting theory pertaining tlr h l ~ a n c ~statcal
ments, income cc~ncepts,v a l u a t i ~ nconcepts,
FASB statements, and other relevant iss~~es
as
applied t o assets. (Prel-eq.: A C C 222)
9-71:20 am
M,T;W,Th,F
Music 22
B U S 242-S
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development o f tlie thecl~yo f Inanagcluent, organization, stafling, planning, and c o n t n ~ lT h e
nature o f a u t l ~ c i r i t ~
accciuntahility,
,
nnd rcsponsihility; analysis of the role of the pn~fessionalmanage!.
6-9 pm
M, T; W,Th,F
Music 22
E D U 2 10-S
Learning and Development
i n an Educational Setting
Strait
A survey o f educational psychology t~ipicsas
applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed o n classnlom applications. (PSY 105:
Principles o f Psychology is strongly reconunended.) Pe~sp.:Human Identity
3-6 pm
M,T; W,Th
Sverdrup 7
EDU3418
Media Technology (.50 credit)
Erickson
Psycl~ologicaland pl~ilosophicaldimensions o f
c o m ~ n u n i c a t i ( ~thn,ugh
n
the ilse o f instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation (if effective audio-visual ~naterials
for teachingllearning situations Computer t ~ a i n ing w i l l be included i n the course. (Prerecl : PPST
Intermediate
tory W r i t i n g
Swanson
This course hullcis o n the p~acticcsand meth(~ds
(if effective writing ( E N G 111). Its \ r ~ o ~ k s h oforp
lnat stlcsscs style and organization, the pn>cesso f
revision, self and peer ev;lluation, and the relationship hctwccn reading and writing. (Prcrcq:
E N G 111) Gradrlation Skill: W ~ i t i n g
3-6 pm
M, T; W,Th
Old Main 10
E N G 25 1-S
Readings i n American Literature
Clayton
This course considers selectcci l i t e ~ a r yand 11istcir1cal texts and hclw these texts lend thcmselvcs t o
an understancling o f the Western rvo~Id fiom a n
Amcrican perspectlvc. Rcadings w i l l include w ~ i t ings hy Auncrican women and people of c o l o ~
Persp.: Western Hel-irage
Old Main 16
6-9 pm
M,TW,Th
E N G 2821382-S
Aggergaard
Topics: W r i t i n g about the A r t s
It's easy tu say a movie is great, a h~icikwas dry, n
c(1ncert was ~uarvelous,111 a play was boring. Rut
i t is difhcult f01 luany people t o say (>I writc luorc
than that. This course w i l l help you put you^
opinions and analysis o f fine arts into words and,
i n tlie end, w i l l help yc~uappreciate the a1 ts more.
9- 7 7:20 am
M,T;W,Th,F
Old Main
H P E 0 0 2 3 (0.0 credit)
Lifetime Sports: Racquet Sports
Ludeman
This class is designed to introduce a variety o f
lifetime racket spurts to students Basic skills, tenminology, rules, and strategies w i l l hc intnlduced
and dcvelclped. Graduation Skills.: Lifetilile Sport
L i m i t : 8 students.
Melby Gym
10 am-noon
June 1-12
H I S 225-S
Kimball
H i s t o r y and the T w i n Cities
T h e Minneapolis and St. Paul alea scrvc as a case
study for the thc~uesof f ~ ( ~ n t i urhanizatic~n,
cr
i n d u s t ~ i a l i z a r i oand
~ rccinomic change, tr'insp<xrdtion, i m m i g ~ a t i o nand ethnicity, and u ~ h a n
politics anci r c f o r ~ uPe~sp.:T h e C i t y
9-1 7:20 am
M,T; W,Th,F
Old Main 73
HIS 3483
Russia and the Soviet
Anderson
U n i o n i n the 2 0 t h Century
This cc~u~se
f~icuseson events from the Russian
Revolutions 11f1917 thn,ujih tlic collapse ( i f the
Soviet U n i u l i and the cmelgcncc o f the Russian
Rcpuhlic. Pel-sp : lntcrcultural Awn~encss1
6-9 pm
M, T; W,Th
Old Main 73
INS 1053
Introduction t o American
Indian Studies
Jacobson
A n ovcrvien~o f the A n ~ e r i c a nIndian sti~diesCLIriculu~n-history and litcrciture, fede~alIndian
policy, land issues, reservation and LII ban issues,
c ~ o s s - c u l t u ~~nfluenccs,
al
art, music, and langi~age.
( R c q u i ~ e dfc11 American Indian studies mi no^)
P c ~ s p: I n t e ~ - c u l t ~Awareness
~~al
1
6-9 pm
T; Th
Old Main 18
INS 2603
Contemporary American Indians
Kiahna
This c~iurseexamines the si(uatio11of Amellcan
Indians in the United States since the Indian
Re<,rganization A c t (1934). Emphasis is tin
current issues o f tribal st~\;ereignty,treaty rights,
and educaticin. T h e tension o f cultural change is
lhighlipl~ted Persp : lntercultural A\\,arcncss 1
6-9 pm
M, w
Old Main 29
I N S 199-S/399-S
Internship
Olson
A wo~k-hasedleallling cxpcricnce i n which a student designs a learning agreelnent plan that links
tlie ~ ~ p o r t i ~ n ~ t i e s a
responsihilitics
and
found in the
placement w i t h specihc learn~ngobjectives that
al-e evaluated for academic credit T h e internship
placement and learning plan must be approvccl hy
the faculty supervisol-. P/N g~ading.
Arranged
'Note: Internships may also be
arranged with individual faculty. Contact the academic department directly to make arrangements.
SPA I l l - S
Beginning Spanish 1
Farrell
Aims to develop four hasic skills: i~nderstanding,
speaking, reading, and writing o f elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory w o ~ kis an
integrd part o f this cotuse. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 2
1-3:20pm
M,T;W,Th,F
Old Main 29
POL 1703
L a w in the U n i t e d States
Underhill-Cady
A n intrc~ductic~n
to A n ~ e r i c a nlaw and legal
pr<icesscs Theories o f law; law and society; roles
o f courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the U.S
Constitution as "supreme" law; and law as politics.
Pcrsp.: Social World 1 111 2
'
?Id Main 13
'-3:20 pm
M,T; W,T t
PSY 3 6 2 3
Abnormal Psychology
Hanson
An intnxiuction tc~psychokigical disorders.
(Prcreq : PSY 102 or 105)
6-9 pm
M,T;W,Th
Old Main 25
REL 3 5 7 3
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
A study o f the lives and tlicokigy o f well-known
Chi istian thinkers. Inclucled are figures like
Augustinc, Bonhoeffer, and Dorothy Day. Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
9-1 1:20 am
M,T;W,Th,F
Old Main 76
srttcn, CUMM~NIUAI IUN
IWD THEATRE ARTS
SPC 1 11-S
Public Speaking
Groven
T h e coulse focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and
overccming speech fright. (Note: Students lnay
take either SPC 111 or SPC 112 for credit, hut
n o t hoth) Graduation Skill: Speaking
Old Main 29
9-1 7:20 am
M, T; W,Th,F
r
d
term two
h
june 28 to au
I 5
M I S 175-S
I'rinsiplcq c ~ fCoin
7-S
Ura
ill gr.1
Dra,
cilh. Suhjccts il
intcri(>rr and c
Pc~dap.:A c s t h e ~
6-9 pm
.
c v c l ~ > ip~ n d c n t ~ ~ n i l ~ n g
skills i n
1-c (\Vi11cioivh, W , ~ t ~ i ,
-life hgu~'cs, huiWinC
<Ic s l > c r ~ ~ u c n rwork.
;il
h~~si~ic~.i-~clatccI
;a l ~ d
pecihc
.
Old Main 17
1
Student? 5v1
ART 11 8 - S
Paint
prrr
6-9 pm
J, Th
Foss 42
J, Th
ART 1 3 2 3
Photography
T h e camera i v i l l he 11scd.
'
.
ECO315-S
M o n e y and Banb ,,
Gupta
F u ~ i c t i o t u ~oi gf the n u ~ n c ~ n ;inJ
r y I~ankin:: syatcluc,
11x1-t~cularly
c o ~ i u u c ~ - c h.ink\,
~.ll
[he Fcdcr.rl
R c s c ~ v cSyatcni ancl its role 111 relation tti aggrcc ~ t c c o n < ~ l ~acrlvity.
iic
E~ilphnsispl;lceii o n mollcr.11-y t l i c ~ l l yancl policy- (I'rercq.: ECO 112)
3-6 pm
M.W
Old Main 10
EDS 3 9 1 3
LnDnca
Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit)
T h i s cti~lrbcIS for E n c l i s l ~ - c L i ~ l c n majols
t i ~ i ~ ~ \ell11
plan to tcnch h i g h \ch<~<,l
English. Sruclcnts w i l l
explore the n w t ~ ~ or cf mccli;i as "con.cilirlsl~csc
indus~rics,"cs;i~iiininl:the whys lit' ~ c ~ i c h i n g
m c d ~ ; i l,i l ~ \ r to
' En ahc~ilti t citccti\,cly, lint k i n d 11i
a*\ulupti,int m c d ~ aciluc;ition \\-,is h,lsc~l011 i n the
past, ;incl li<,\v t ~ ,incci~pc]~,;~tc
liicilin cduc.~tion
i n t o rhc English c111riculu111. S t ~ l d c n t \\.ill
?
hcct~~llc
i n \v111
h ~ m i l i a rw i t h ;ill iol-~nsn l m l r s ~ u c ~ l;ind
~ ~ n d c ~ - \ r the
a n Jinipwcr o f mc<lia ( i n t l i c ~ lI~vc.;.
uwrh
Stildcnts w i l l Icarn ho\v L<I he cliacr~~nin;ltin::ii~~iti~iji
[if mass mcdi.1 ;lnd lhcn\' tc> tcncli ntlic~.; to Ihc the
aaluc. (l'rcl-cil.: PPST and ;~dmissionLO rc;~clicr
cduc;~rl~]n
pn)graiii)
Sverdrup 1
M
6-9:30 pm
HIS4403
Topics in W o r l d H i s t o r y : F r o m H i t l e r to the
Anderson
Fall o f thc B e r l i n W a l l
T h i s c o i ~ r \ cp ~ o v i c l c historic;~l
\
pcrspccti\,c n n
slime o f the security, I x ~ l i t i w l ,and c c o n o ~ i ~ pmhic
lclus f x i n g ELIIN>~X
.it t l i c end o f the millcnnitllu
c~
the
~ l ~ l i iili ct t c ~ i l p t i l i gto nrscs and u n ~ l .;rnncl
f i ~ t t ~ (if
r c NATO, the possibilitic\ ,if.i U n i t e d
, 'iugc>slav p ~ l i h l c m and
,
the
Strites (if E u ~ . ~ i l wthe
rclati<insh~p
o f Russi;l ,ind the U n i t e d States to
EU~CI~C.T h e coLIr\c h c g i n ~wit11 ii c o ~ ~ s ~ d c t i iotfi ~ i ~ i
tic
LVc~rld\Vari I ancl II w i t h i n a c l ~ p l ~ ~ m acc>ntcst
.ind includcr c n a ~ i i ~ n a toi ~
f the
~ n ~ i i o t i v c stor West
Europe111cco110111icnnd Ipolitic.~l i n t c g r . r t i < i ~ ~ .
6-9 pm
J, Th
Old Main 13
usl'~ls~~iq
;~ti\,it, m i exp-c?.i<ui
~11itc1h
.-.
tojirapliic prc~ce~sci.
Stuclcntb 11
cccks to a
35m1n, single-lens reflex camel
i l i ~ a t c i co\t
l
of
t i l ~ u ctc.:
,
$2110-225. Pcrhp.: Aeathcticc
6-9 pm
M. w
Old Main 4
ACC 2223
Kader
Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g 11
A conrinllarion <if A C C 221. lntrc,duction t,,
Ihusincss ,ictivitic.;, a c c o u ~ ~ t for
i ~ ~co~.p,ir:itions.
g
n.ls~c cnnccpts nlul fllnd;l~ncnr,ils o f mnn:igc~-~;ll
acccinnting, 1il;lnning and cc>ntr<>ll~ng
prc~ccsscs,
~ I ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ l i - alicl
~ i l hcIi;i\,iolh,i1
a k i l i ~ , considcr.lti~ln\.
(Prcccil.: A(:C 22 1 )
9-10:45 am
M,J,W,Th
Foss 2 1
B U S 340-S
H u m a n Resoorce Management
Cerrito
,
Pcl:c<~nnclfilnctic~nin business, n c q i ~ i \ i t i o n and
utiliz;itic~no f h i ~ m a nrcsriul-cch; ~lcsir,il>lc\\,<irking
rel.~ti~~n.;hipz;
cftccrlvc intcjir.ltion <IF the \vc>~-kc~.
w i t h the gc,;il\ ( i f tlic tirill and x>cicty. ( P r c ~ ~ c l . :
nus 242)
6-9 pm
1; Th
Music 22
BUS 4403
Operations Management
cerrito
Concepts nnil principles r c l ; ~ t c ~t i[i the IiYnnagcnwnr (if cilwr.~tingh l i i c t i ~ ~ nt;iught
s
fn111i a liiann ~ c r l aviewl>oint
l
\\,it11 cxn~ulilcsfrom varicltl\
industries and scctcxa. (Prcrcq.: R U S 242 ,11~concent o f i n r r ~ ~ l ~ c t ~ i ~ ~ )
6-9 pm
M, W
Music 22
EDE 3 7 7 3
Kindergarten-Elementary C u r r i c u l u m :
Science (.25 credit)
Stan~I
(IF ~nntc~.l;ll\;and
Ex,imin;ition ; ~ n dpl-elwr,lti<~l~
r c \ < ~ ~ ~ l .hci cr \science at the k~nclcr.;~~.~cn nil clcnlcntnry Icvcl. (PI-crcq.: PPST ;inLl ;iiilnission to
r ~ ; l c I i c rcduc;ltio11prclgl.;ilu)
6:30-8:30 pm
T,Th
Science 315
EDS 3 9 0 3
C o m ~ n u n i c a t i o nSkills i n the
English Classrooln
LaDuca
nmjors w h o
TI115 ~ , ~ L I I . A ~ic for E11glisli-cdl1c;1tii111
plan 111 tc;icl~Ihiuli c l i o < i l English. I t 1s dcsijinccl
to Improve atllilcnt.;' b k ~ l l s111p ~ l h l i cspeaking, 111:11
i ~ l t c r p r c t a t ~ o li\rcning,
n,
and sui.~llgrcillp cli\cuscil~~~ics
hio115, CIS \\,ell as to cxl>lorc ~ i ~ c t l ~ ~ ~ c l for
\kills i n the hioh
tcachinc anil ~ n c ~ i r l i i i r a [ i nthc\c
c
\ c l u l ~ i lEllfili.;li c u r ~ ~ i c u l u l i(Prcrcq:
i.
PPST ;unil
a<luiiasi~into tc;ichcr c<lucatil~np ~ t i # r . i ~ n )
6-9:30 pm
T, Th
Sverdrup 20
E N G 282-S/382-S
Topics: T h e C i t y :
Garden and Wilderness
Griffin
T h e p ~ ~ \ (if
v et ~l ~ cclry to 1 1 c i l 1 1 i\h 01- c o ~ r u p tthe
lu~m,lns r i l ~ lIS ;ithcuic i n 11ii1cl1\VCI~CIIIIitcr.1turc. In Alncric,in ~iiyrIiol~,gy,i t appeils i n the
nlctal>lion ( i f rhc g.11dcn and rlic wilclcrnc\\. 7111s
ctiursc cxplo~.cs tlicsc t l i c n i c i ;as thcy ;~plw.ivi n
~ i i ~ , ~ l cAnlcric;in
rn
puctly, nc>vcls,plays, tilnb, ;~lud
essays. W c w ~ l turn
l
t c s t i 111tucspcricncc ;111d
cspcl-icncc i11Lc1 Lcxtr; w.ilking c ~ c u ~ s i o ni na
\YIII S I I ~ ~ ~ ~ C I I ~ C IcliissI~
M i n n c , i l x ~ l ~;ilal
s St. P,~LII
suIiject\ fol > t ~ ~ i l c ~ i t s '
r(111111i i i s c t ~ \ s ~ oiiliil
l ~ s f~11.1i1sl1
" u r l u n c\r,iy\ " P c ~ s ~ >T.h: e C i t y
Old Main 10
6-9 pm
M, W
I N S 199-S/399-S
Internship
Olson
A \ v o r k - l ~ a r c Ic.lrning
~i
csper~cncci n n d ~ i c lstili
dents clc>ign a learnin?: ; ~ g ~ c c l n c nwt ~ t h;I 6c~culty
mc~iil,cl- that link5 thc i~lc;i\;ind 111etlloilbo f their
in the ~>l;icc~ i i a j o rrci rlic o p l x m t ~ ~ n i r ~
Foi~ncI
c\
mcnt. ~ ; i r t i c i l i a r i o n111 a scmin'll I chpcctccl.
(1,nsult iiist~.i~ctc>r
for cl.irihcntion, Pcrbp.: T l l c
City
Arranged
*Note: Internships may also be arranged with
individual faculty. Contact the academic department to make arrangements.
INS 1053
I n t r o d u c t i o n to American
l n d i a n Studies
Jacobson
E N G 361-S
Thi, c , ~ i ~ r sisc an i n t ~ c ~ d u c t tci
l r i the
~ ~ content
Clayton
Studies in M o d e r n F i c t i o n
.iI.ca.i o f the A ~ u c r ~ c . lInl ~ d i a l,tililies
i
curriculu~ii,
c>nc o n t c m p ~ ~y ~20th-,~~
T h e ~ L I L I ~focusca
*~
century prclrc \vt,rks. I t inclucics N;iti\,c A ~ i i c ~ ~ c a n including ;111 ovcrvicw n f A l i ~ c r i c , l nIndian
history, Amcricnn I ~ i ~ l i al itr ic l n t u ~ e ,fcclc~,ll I n i l ~ ; r n
,ind Eu~c~pc;in
\vriLcrs, \\,it11 a n cmpliasls 011
policy, lancl ~ssucs,r c c c ~ v ; ~ r i <;anti
~ n ilrh.ln Icrucs,
nun-Wcstcrn (ASI;ILI and Af1ic;ln) hctio11.
cniss-cultillal intlucnccs, art, mucic, .ind I;inguagc.
(l'relcil.: EN(; 245 or cclnwnt o f instructor)
(Rcqrlircti for Auicl-ic;ln 1nill;ln studies ~ i i l n u r . )
I. (;ladu;iti<~n
Pcrsp.: l n t c r c u l t u ~ ; ~Awal-cncss
l
1
Pclrll-: 1ntcrcultur;ll A\\J,~I-cncs\
Skill: W r i t i n g
Science 212
6-9 pm
J, Th
6-9pm
J, Th
Old Main 10
_
T
25-S
uctiol.
wrbe i
-
ne 28 to a
Kader
~ x ~ i c t i c ~Mnugs l i ~ ut , ~
lust 5
=
Spb
I I to
~
non-Muslim.;.
: ~ ~ l i ~ g ~f<1~1~ici,it101ia
c;il
T l i c co~lrsc\
[IF Islam, its
PSY 3 5 2 3
Adolescrnt and Young
A d u l t Developlnent
Hanson
Cons~~lcr.itic~n
o f rc\carcli anil tlicc~ly~clatcclto
i l c v c l ~ ~ ~ x i iduring
cnt
the a ~ l ~ i l c s c c; ~~int dy ~ ) ~ ~ n g
ailulr y c ~ l ~ s(P~*cl-eq.:
.
PSY 102 (11. 105)
6-9 pm
M, T; W,Th
Old Main 25
Farrell
skilla: t~nderbtan~l-
:prs and tenets, Islamic 1;1\\,
m ~ > < ~ ~ i ~ii~i~l
i c p < ~ l i ~ i csysal
(Sliari'ali), 1
tculs, : ~ n dI.;]
<Ilk.T l i c r c \\,ill alacl
Ihc ii c o ~ ~ s i ~ l c
crcncca hct\vccn the
Islamic
cftll,l't t8
hctn.cc
d ivr~tin:: ( i f c l c m c n r ~ i ~ - ~
<IF the
the cult~l~.c
'
.... . .- ,
..
is a n
I~LI~<II
M, T; W,Th
SOC 3 5 6 3
C r i m e and C o ~ n ~ n u n i t y
Bloom
An;ilysi\ ( j f c t ~ ~ c c t i oplojirmis
~~il
aliii c c i ~ i i ~ ~ i u n ~ r y
Icsponacs. Lecture, ~ l ~ s c u s \ i o n
kind
, i r e visits t11
priscins, curlrts, and colluuunity agcncics. Spcci.il
c i r i \ ~jujticc.
c
; ~ t t e n t i o nto c<>nccprsof Icttc>~
(Prcrcq.: Sos 121 )
1-4:30 pm
J, Th
Old Main 18
Main 29
REL 1 1 1 3
H\v;lrcncss 1
6-9:30 pm
T; Th
'Id Main 16
h
MAT 1 0 5 3
A p p l i e d Algebra
Staff
;II~
i i i t ~ o ~ l ~ ~ to
c r;il~
::cl;n.s
o n . ~ n i ira
i uppliP~,t~vidcs
c,~rionsto tlic x ~ c i ; i l ,natul-'11,and p I i ~ s i c . ~acil
cnccs; hukincss; nil cvc~yclaglife. Tc>liica cri\,crcd
incluclc ~ ~ n ~ l e r s r a n dand
i n g sol\,in:. linc.~r,i l r l a d ~ a t ic, slid csponcntl;~l cqu;~ti,~na,rhc ct,~uicctic,ns
hctwccn c i l ~ ~ ~ ~ rg~-;iphc,
i ~ l n s , nr~nthcrb,nnd rllc a i t ~ ~ ; r t~c>nr
they clc.;cnhe, ,inJ the IIW of;^ scicntihc c.11culat<~r.(I'rcrcil.: MIJ(; 2 <,Iciinhcnt o f in\tructoi.)
6-9 pm
M, w
MAT 1 7 3 3
M a t h o f Interest
Kaminsky
Learn h < ~ \ to
v d e t c r n ~ i n cthe ~ n o n t h l yp a y ~ i i c n t \
or car. F ~ l uol u Iulrv
~
~ i i i ~ c~ lOi I I nccil tc,
o n ;I I~<ILIX
he stocking ;l\e,iy 11ow to have a m i l l i o n \ehcn y,,~
~ t c t ~ r cLC.I'-I
ho\~
;11ill~1itics,
pcrpctr~itics,and 11fc
~ n \ r ~ r a n c\v111'k,
c
ancl morc. Ev;ilua~ion\ r ~ ~hc
ll
hnbccl on cla\ctrx~mp a ~ ~ t i c i l ~ a t i q~~izzcs,
c~n,
and ;i
hnal cx;~~run;~ti<>n.
(P~.crcq.: MPC; 3) C;r,iJ~~:irion
S k i l l : Qu.ln~it;lti\~cRcnsoning
6-9 pm
J, Th
Science 205
MUS 2953
Topics: l n t r l
T h e o r y & Tec
t o Recording Studio
10.50 credit)
Mudge
ry, micn~pliones,unclc1st.ind111gnlr~sicalInstuu~iicnrc,s i j i ~ ~fl<~n,,
n l studio ~ ~ p c r . ~ ~t ~i nni cg c d u r c ,
rec~1nl111g
cons<~lc
~ p i r t and
\
f c ~ ~ ~ c t i o tn:c~,p c
c
~
I.cc,,l~~illg
tcc~lllieluca.
,11,,1
lu;lc(1incs,
111
i ~ l c l r ~cliissr~x1~ii
~ic~
Iccrurc, g r o ~ ~\v0rk<l101)s
l>
sclio<il f . ~ c ~ l ~ r i a
c co,~ \r,o~.ksIiol>
l
visits to .I pl-<,ks-
,
s i ~ l i i i f,iciIitY.
l
Lillllr: I 5 strIdellr~
Cont,lct the ~ l u ~ sdcPirrlncnt
ic
at (61 2) 330-1265
iClr
fill ther LICt;l~IC.
6-9 pm
W
Music 27
POL 2823
A s i a n Americans and
the Politics o f I d e n t i t y
Aoki
This cour\c f<>cuacs( i n ch.inginr: cc~nditlon.; filli\ nnitll conAa1;11i A~ncl-icans,P r i ~ i i a qconccrn
~
~ C I I ~ ~ O I ~ C IpI ~
~ l i t i c sillid tlic i l t ~ e a t i o OF
~l Asii~n
A~ue~.ic;iniilcntity. LVc n ~ i lc<in.;~dc~.Asinn
l
A ~ u c r i c . i n \ grtnving
'
politic.~l infltlclicc . ~ n dthe
role rhcy play I n i l e t c r ~ n i n i n gt l ~ cilynamics o f
Alilcrican p ~ ~ l i r i ci ns tlic 2 1st century. W c \r,ill
cs;iliilnc the i n f l ~ ~ e n coef Asian Anrcrlcnn illuiiia ' . * of itaclf. Pclrp.:
grant5 ,117 A ~ u c ~ ~ c i~n;lgc
I n t c ~ r u l t r ~ rAw.i~.cncss
al
1
6-9 pm
M. w
Old Main 29
~
~
~
SPC 3 2 9 3
I n t r o d u c t i o n to Theology
Holt
Intercultural Co~nlnunication
Gaetano
An ~ n t ~ r ~ i l u c t oi t tlic
~ n ; ~ c a c l c ~ uci~\cil>lrnr
~c
of
T h i s corl~sccspl~jrcshot11 the pnIhlclus ;and
thccilogy a ~ i cto
l the clialoguc hct\vccn the c l i ~ ~ ~ c h ~ i c > r c n t ~( ;~~clfo ~ u ~ i i ~ ~ n i c , .imonji
t r i o ~ i pe1~111s
of ilif.ind the wc~rldt h i t cC,nccllis (:hris~ial~c l ~ ~ cinc.
tl
fcrcnt culti11.1lgrc~ups.F.ictc~l-ssuch ;ir ctI1nocc11Pc~q'.: Cluisti;in F'iith 2 01 3
Lriam, stcrcorypcs, pl-cjudicc, ~ ~cspcctatic~nr,
l c
3-6 pm
M. W
Old Main 18
v,ilucs, l a ~ ~ g i ~and
; i ~nc~n-ve~-l,.~l
,
aynthols ;11-c
csa1ni11c~l.
Pc~sp.:I n t e l - c u l t u ~ aA\r.i~-cnccj
l
1
REL 4 7 2 3
6-9 pm
M.W
Old Main 16
P a u l the Apostle
Quanbeck 11
A s t ~ l i l y(if the Apcirtlc P.iul, ~nclucling,ippn,pri,1tc
SPC 480-S
\vitli the
histt~ricalIh.~cl\jirot~~~<l,
PiitllS I-CIB~~~IIISIIIP
P u b l i c Relations1
early c h t ~ ~ c ni;ijor
h,
thc111csI n Ilia \vriLin:,,
a~ul
Promotional Communication
Lapakko
I-cflcctit~n
concclllilig the Ica*on\ l'i1~11~ e ~ i i iill1
~ ~ ~ i s Puhlic ~ r c l ; ~ t ~ oInnsthe n i c ~ d c ~\r,(~l-lil
n
o f culiimrlnlirnlxxtiint hgrlrc .mi rliinkcr i n Christinn tlicoloof
catic,n, m n r k c t i l ~ g ancl
,
husincs. All ~ > v c r v i c w
C l i r ~ s t ~F; a
~ ~ ti hI <>I3. (;~.ICI~I,~~IC)~
gy. Pctq~:
lpt~I>l~c
~ c l ; ~ t i o,I>
~ i ;\I C;IIC~I '11icI :I Yilr\,ey o f lh,i<ic
Skill: C ~ i t i c aThinking.
l
I v o ~ ~ i o t i o n ;comnu~nicati<rn
il
i n p ~ < > t;inLl
i t Inon3-6 pm
T; Th
Old Main 76
IY-<+r 01g.1n iz.itions.
6-9 pm
T; Th
Old Main 29
~
SWK 2603
H u m ; ~ n sDeveloping
Rooney/Phan
T h i s ct,ur.*c p t ~ ~ v i ~ai nc s~lnclcrstandin:: 11f human
o f the s c ~ c ~ c ~ c u l t ~hio~~..~l,
gnnvtli t l i n ~ ~ ~IlFc
g l i;~lul
I~lgical,and psyclu>lo::ic,il f;1ctt,1s tli,~t i n f l u c l ~ c c
l s f;~niil~cs.(;i~)\\,tli
tlic g~?,wtli 1,F ~ n d ~ v l d u ; l ;uid
rcl.itc<l t c ~clivcrsc p o l x ~ l a ~ i c ~
nncl
n s gl<>rlpa(11- spcc ~ nsl t ~ c \ r c \IS nlro ,I f ~ ~ c uPr .c I ' ~ ~H. :~ l i i i ~I dl ic l i t ~ t y
6-9 pm
J, Th
Science 319
S O C 265-S
Culture: Ethnicity, Gendcr, and Race Gcrasimo
A c o ~ ~ fIlcs~gnecl
ic
tt, luok nt gnwps o f I X O I ~\vh<>
I~
for rc;isons o f Ihirtli, a c c i d c n ~ appearance,
,
or
Iiclii~vio~
have
.
hcen "act aslde" and d e l i ~ ~ a\
e~l
gradin::
"clificrcnt" by tllc larger s ~ ~ c i c t(PIN
y.
~ ~ n l Perbp.:
y)
I n r c ~ c u l r u ~A\r:;ucncsr
;~l
I
6-9 pm
M, w
Old Main 13
THR 116-S
Creative D r a m a
Engel1
A s t ~ ~ iof
l y \8.11101~\
i ~ > r uotl ~
i l ~ . ~ l u a t im<,\,c~ncnr,
c
p,iutc>~ilirnc,anel pI;iy t l u c ~ u g ;ictivity,
l~
rc.idi~~g,
E ~ i l l i h a s ~011
s iliip~c~\,i~ i h s e ~ ~ \ ~ , ;lit~~l coi ~I\CLI\\II)I~.
~i,
>,itional t c c l u ~ i q t ~ c;ind
s active ~ ~ a r t i c i p ~ t i u n .
L)cvclopnicnt o f clh,i~iiaric ~picccji1,1111 written,
auJthlc sources. Scioic iilnda\,c~-l>.il,visual, iili~l
;lctlng
~
~ i ~ c ~ ~I tIn
l s ale inrlil<luced. Pcly,.:
Acsthctics
6-9 pm
M, W
Foss 21
- H
center for
global education
other summer s1
Paideia Institute for Socratic II .
Great Ideas for Teaching in a New Millennium
June 14-18, 1999
Contact John Schmit tor rcgist~.;ltion,(612) 330-1083.
upcoming programs:
Marginalized Voices in Guatemala an'
April 25-May 9, 1 9 c
th Hiram College)
&
hiapas
1
ssues in the Post-War P
Guatemala: Indiger
May 16-27, 1999 (with St. Mary's.
The Bristol International Program in Social Work
Bristol University, U.K.
June 26-July 10, 1999
SWK 257-B
Exploring Human Services: International Program
ronteras:
Close of the 20th Ce
versity)
Dinis
This course is an orientation to human services in an international context
with many visits to human service agencies, lectures, and seminars. Full
orientation takes place at Augsburg for two sessions before the course. Credit
is transcripted through Augsburg. T h e course is also available for graduate
credit with a research component.
Cost: $2,800 includes tuition, all ground transportation in the U.K., all accommodations, and most meals. Airfare is N O T included (approximately $900).
Students must make their own flight arrangements. For further information,
contact Maria Dinis, (612) 330-1 704.
Department of Religion and
Augsburg Youth and Family Institute
Norwegian Teacher Academy in Bergen, Norway
May 27-June 12,1999
REL 316 Church and Culture in Context
Crossing BordersICruz
~ i c a r a e i aand the U@
inks
I
The Environmf
Lcxas A&M-Commerce)
Social Justice in Nicaragua
June 19-27, 1999 (wi;
y of Mary)
Cuernavaca, Mexico (Augshurg MAL credit availahle), Virgi
June 19-July 2, 1999
South Africa after Mandel
June 19-July 3, 1999
Anderson
A study of Norwegian culture, church life, and the contemporary religious
situation in Norway. Emphasis will be o n experie~lcesof the church in
era. This is an intergenerational
Norway and the U.S.in a post-Cl~ristendo~n
course for students, clergy, and other church professionals. Participants will
meet for a one-day course orientation May 26 at Augsburg College.
Cost: $2,835 includes ailfare, accommodation, meals, tramportation in Norway, and
entrance fees (except Bergen International Music Festival) . Twenty $1 000 scholarships available to At~gsburgColkge s t d n t s . $350 non-refundable deposit is required
to register. For more information contact David Anderson at (61 2) 330-1569.
El Salvador and Nicaragua:
Exploring Debt Issues and Reconstruction after Hurricane Mitch
July 6-17, 1999
Mexico: Education for Social Justice
A Faculty Development Seminar in Cuernavaca, Mexico
July 10-17, 1999
For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for
Global Education at (61 2) 330-1 159 or e-mail, <globaledQaugsbur~~d~~>.
Show less
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72
Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70
I
I
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970
June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
....................
Fri.
Final registration and
beginning of cl... Show more
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72
Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70
I
I
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970
June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
....................
Fri.
Final registration and
beginning of classes
Final examinations
M o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. ....................
Classes begin
Final examinations
......................
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1970
July 17
.................
July 20
Aug. 14
..................
..................
ACADEMIC YEAR 1970-71
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 8,9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 4 .....................
Nov. 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 18-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 25-Dec. 1 . . . . , . . . . . . . .
WINTER TERM
Dec.1 .....................
Dec. 2 .................
Dec.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 18,9:00 p.m. ..........
Jan.4,7:45a.m. ...........
Feb. 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2 2 . . ..................
Feb. 23 ....................
Feb. 24-Mar. 2 . . ...........
March 3-9 .................
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 10 ..................
March 16 ..................
April 7,9:00 p.m. ..........
April 13,7:45 a.m. .........
May5 .....................
May7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 19 ....................
May21 ....................
May24-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May30 ....................
....
Fri.-Tues. ................
Tues., Wed, ..............
Thurs. ...................
Wed. ....................
Wed. ....................
Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ....................
Wed.-Tues.
Wed.-Tues. ...............
Freshman Welcome Week
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Thanksgiving recess
Tues. ....................
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ....................
Fri. ......................
Mon. ....................
Tues. .....-......-.......
M o n .....................
Tues. ....................
Wed.-Tues. ..............
Wed.-Tues. ..............
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Christmas recess begins
Classes resume
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Term break
Tues. ....................
Wed. ....................
Tues. ....................
Wed. ....................
Tues. ....................
Wed. ...................
Fri. ......................
Wed. ....................
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Easter recess begins
Classes resume
Spring pre-registration
Last day for cancelling classes
Cap and gown day
Last day of classes
Final examinations
Baccalaureate,
Commencement
...............
Fri.
......................
Mon.-Fri. ................
Sun. .....................
Academic Calendar
FIRST S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1
......................
June7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
July 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final registration and
Beginning of classes
Holiday
Final examinations
S E C O N D S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1
July 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M o n.......................
Aug. 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Classes begin
Final examinations
ACADEMIC YEAR 1971-72
FALL TERM
Sept. 3-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 7,8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.9.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.l+% : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N o .
..............
N0v.p ....................
NOV-W. ././;i.ly. . . . . . . .
...
N o v . 2 e 3 g . a . -2
1..
7""
WINTER TERM
Nov. 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 17,9:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . .
Jan. 3, 1:45 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~ e b a. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F e b . M d p 3 - 3 .........
kke+iH+&-~~.,-.+.b
T
W
~
I
.lYI.\
.IL'VE 1 K 1
P
---. I. 1
2
3
l'GI
I
JL
1
......................
Tucs.
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Easter recess begins
, Classet resyne,;,
Spring pre-registration
Last day for cancelling classes
Cap and gown day
Last day of classes
Final examinations
Baccalaureate,
Commencement
Wed. ............ .: . . . - . . . .
..........--.......-..
Tues.
Wed. ......................
Tues.......................
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri.
%
.......................
Wed. ......................
Fri. .......................
Mon-Fri. ..................
Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lq-I
!
.....................
Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
S M T W T F
nr'TORTR 1971
SEPTEilRER 1 9 2
t"T1
Al1(;li-
910
6 , 7 8 91fil112 4 5 ' 6 7 8
11213
13 14,1516li11819 11 13 1314 131617
20 21 21'232425 26 1 18119 20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30
35 26 27 23 P.30 31
1 9P( T\IFlEH
1 . 1
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Christmas recess begins
Classes resume
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Term break
Mon.
SS H T W T F S
1
T u a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ......................
Mon.......................
SPRING TERM
March 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 8 . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . .
March 14 . . . . . . . ,
........
March 29,9:00 p.m. ........
April 4, 7:45 a.m. . . ..:,. . . . .
May3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May5 .....................
May 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 22-26 . . . . . . . . . . - - . . - . .
May28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M
Freshman Welcome Week
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Thanksgiving recess
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rues, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr i. .......................
/
'
S
Fri.-Tues. .................
Tues., Wed. ...............
Thurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed. ......................
Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues. ................
Wed.-Tues. ................
s
f
1314 51617
8 910111213114
~
1
M
T
W
T
F
NOVEMBER 1971
IMIWT-F-S
S SLT-W-T-PS
. 1 2,314
5 6 7 8 91011 3
1.516 17'18 192011 1213 1115 161718 10
22 23.24'25 2627 2R 19'2021122 23'2425 17
2'3'30 31
1
1
.
I,,
FEBKI' Z H I I'I':
242728230
I
1.
MARCH 1972
2425262718330212030
31
APRIL
1'1":
\ l A Y lq7>
Mile
6
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran
Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women.
MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges
and Universities.
COURSES O F STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of
Arts degree offered in several major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching,
business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work,
and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums,
and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs
and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
SETTING
The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent
to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals.
In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban
society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate
in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared
faculty.
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development program is in operation. Over the years it has provided
funds for land acquisition and additional buildings on the Augsburg College campus.
GENERAL INFORMrK>N
Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop along Interstate Highway 94. The
administrative offices are in the Science Hall at the corner of 21st Avenue South and 7th
Street. Information is available in the College Center at the corner of 22nd Avenue South
at 7% Street.
Prospective students and other interested persons are cordially invited t o visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment.
A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Call or write t o the Admissions
Office, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; 332-5181.
AlMS A N D OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church.
The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their
understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
To contribute to the true good of human life and society.
To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the
Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of Cod in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only
insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the
Christian Chl~rch;in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith,
the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society.
Where there i s an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming
advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination
or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth
and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education.
To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and
physical well-being of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits
and skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind,
both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the
enrichment of their homes and communities.
To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an
increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel
in its relation to every area of life and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work
appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities
of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation,
and an opportunity for service to God and man.
DlSTl NCTlVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which
i s appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by
Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life
and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the
college community today.
As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students to an
urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the
growing metropolitan community in which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in
relation to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices;
well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory,
on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was
erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary
architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a
visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach
and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and
physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general
auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and
Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide
vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
functional building for dramatic and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity
on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student
publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious
lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building
providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of
Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36
residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second
floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There i s
an observation lounge at the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for
some faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall incorporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. lver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named
in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The
building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident
head.
The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married
students and for faculty and staff members.
THE ARCHIVES
The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books,
and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate,
fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals,
manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The conveniently located George Sverdrup Library provides students and faculty ample
resources and reference works for research and study. It contains in total about 100,000
volumes exclusive of pamphlets, curriculum materials, and rare books. The yearly growth
rate during 1965-69 averaged about 7000 volumes. All books are kept on open shelves.
Reference service is provided by an able and well trained staff.
Special collections have been developed in music, chemistry, teacher education, library
science, and Scandinavian music. A separately administered AV Center is adjacent to
the library in Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall. Additional conveniences in the library
include carrels and individual study areas. A typing corner is also provided in the first
floor reading room. The library has the New York Times on microfilm as well as other
microforms. A Xerox Microprinter can provide printouts from any article on microfilm
or microfiche. The library subscribes to more than 600 magazines in numerous subject
fields. Many of the current issues are displayed in the library reserve room.
A cons.ortium of private Iiberal arts colleges of theTwin City area, CLFC, can provide
students of Au~sburgCollege combined resources of all the member libraries, a total of
750,000 volumes. Any student enrolled at Augsburg can read and obtain library services
from the collections of Bethel, Concordia and Macalester colleges, Hamline University,
the Colleges af St, Catherine and St. Thomas and the Hill ReferenceLibrary. The
proximity of the Wilson Library of the University of Minnesota and the Minneapolis
Public Library provides further opportunitieri for the serious student.
NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger
laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for
physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near
the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. An
astronomical observatory is located on the roof of Science Hall.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1971-72
R
t/
TUITION ($1.650)
New freshmen, transfer. or returning students
(not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
September 197 1 are charged $1,650 per year or
$550 per quarter.
Part-time students carrying 7-1 1 credits per term.
$45 per credit hour. Part-time students carrying
1-6 credits per term, $35 per credit hour.
Fee for auditing, $20 per credit hour. Students
carrying more than 18 credits per term are
charged $35 per credit hour for excess hours.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science, $20.
Student Teaching, $SO.
Improvement of Reading, $25.
Music Lessons (10 per term). $45.
Practice Studio Rental (one hour per day):
Organ. $1 2; Piano or Voice, $5.
Cinema Arts. $1 0.
BOARD AND ROOM ($957-$1,020)
For men $990 or $1,020 ($330 or $340 per
quarter) partial or full board.
For women $957 or $987 ($31 9 or $329 per
quarter) partial or full board.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week;
a partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week
(excludes breakfast). Available t o commuters
is a noon meal only plan, Monday thru Friday,
for $68 per quarter.
Linen service, required in residence halls.
approximately $30 per year.
FEES, required but not refundable or
transferable:
General Fee, $1 0 0 per year. (Applies t o
costs for subscription t o yearbook, newspaper.
admissions t o all regularly scheduled athletic
events. dramatic productions, convocations, and for
the support of Student Society activities and the
College Center.) Part-time students are charged
on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee, $10. Required of all new students.
OTHER COSTS
Change in registration after first three days of
classes: $2 per cancel or add. Late registration
after classes begin: $5 per day.
Graduation Fee: $1 5.
Transcript Fee: first copy free, additional copy.
$1.
Arrangements for special examinations are made
in the Registrar's Office, w i t h charges according
t o schedule on file.
Students required t o enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate
refund on room charges.
Books and supplies are available from the
bookstore at approximately $1 0 0 per year. on a
charge account.basis.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
Fees and costs are subject t o
minor adjustments.
DEPOSITS
Tuition Deposit-New Students, $100. (Not
refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; t o
be paid by April 1, 1971. The payment is applied
t o the tuition charge (under early decision
program. payment is due January 1 ).
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students,
$25. Required by July 1. 1971. t o reserve a
housing assignment for the term beginning
September 197 1 and applied t o the room charge.
Not refundable.
Breakage Deposit (required of all students) $ 2 0
Refundable upon graduation, transfer t o another
institution, or discontinuing educational program
at Augsburg College.
SElTLEM ENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded t o the student
early in August. Payment of one-third of the
annual charge is due August 20, November 20,
and February 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged w i t h the Business Office prior
t o August 20. A monthly payment plan is
available thru Education Funds, Inc., w i t h a
service charge of $25 per year.
No student is permitted t o register if his or her
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
REFUNDS
If a student decides t o cancel his registration,
refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed
as follows: during the first week of classes,
80%; during the second week, 70%; during the
third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and
during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given
after the fifth week. If a student is forced t o
cancel his registration because of accident or
illness during the first five weeks of the term.
the charge is one-half of the rate indicated.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial Aid in the form of scholarships,
Educational Opportunity Grants. loans and
employment is available.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship
Service (CSS) of the College Entrance
Examination Board. Participants in CSS
subscribe t o the principle that the amount of
financial aid granted a student should be based
upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's
financial aid officer in determining the student's
need for financial assistance. Entering students
seeking financial assistance are required t o
submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential
Statement (PCS) form t o the College Scholarship
Service. designating Augsburg College as one of
the recipients, by March 15.The PCS form may
be obtained from a secondary school or the College
Scholarship Service, Box 881. Evanston, Illinois
60204.
All upper-class students are required t o submit
a Parents' Confidential Statement Renewal form
each year.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the
basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are adAugsburg College Merit Scholarships. The college mitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for
in cooperation with the National Merit Scholarship a scholarship may be considered for an academic
grant or financial award. These awards range in
Corporation awards Merit scholarships up to
amount from $1 0 0 t o $600 and may be renewable
$1 500 a year and renewable for four years.
for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
All applicants must take the National Merit (C average).
Scholarship Qualifying Test which is given in the
spring of the junior year in high school. Informa- Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants. Resition may be obtained from the high school coun- dents of the State of Minnesota are eligible for
state financed scholarships and grants while atselor.
tending Augsburg College. Applications must be
obtained through the high school counselor. The
Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students awards vary from $200 to $800 and are renewable
with outstanding high school records and high for four years.
scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are
guaranteed enrollment in honors course work.
These awards range in amount from $100 t o full
tuition and are renewable for four years for stu- SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO
dents with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a UPPER CLASSMEN
student should rank in the upper five percent of The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholhis high school class and have a combined score arship was established in 1965 by her husband,
of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded
The scholarship committee also considers an indi- annually to a student studying choral music.
vidual's interests, abilities, and character.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial SchoHonor Scholarships are offered t o good students arship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from
who have strong potential for academic success the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide
at Augsburg College. These awards range in offering, t o honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntamount from $100 t o full tuition and may be re- vedt who was President of the Lutheran Free
newed for four years for students with a grade Church from 1930 t o 1958. One or more scholarpoint average of 2.50. Students who rank in the up- ships are awarded annually to a student or stuper fifteen percent of their high school class and dents in the senior class who are preparing for the
have above average scores in the Scholastic Apti- ministry.
tude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1966 by his family and friends t o honor
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards his memory. A Scholarship of $100 or more will
are offered each year by the Department of Chembe awarded annually t o an able and deserving stuistry t o students strongly interested in chemistry
dent as selected by the Scholarship Committee
or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from
based on Christian purpose, athletic interest, and
$2,000 to $4.000 over four years. A student qualiacademic ability.
fies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of
his high school performance, a special chemistry The Paul Dahlen-Gerald Pryd Memorial Schoexamination, financial need, and vocational arship was established in 1966 by members and
objective. Summer Research Awards are also friends of Gamma Phi Omega Society t o perpetuavailable t o students in chemistry. This award ate the memory of t w o members who died in a
provides a stipend of $600 for each student t o do plane crash. The award will be given annually on
research under the guidance of the chemistry the basis of personality, character, athletic and
department.
academic achievement.
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE
TO FRESHMEN
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty
from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or
senior students.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their
son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student
selected on the basis of academic achievement,
personal character, and ability in the field of
athletics.
The M . J . Estrem Scholarship was established
in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis t o provide an annual scholarship for some The Robert W . and Gladys Johnson Scholarship
worthy student of the College, such student t o be was established in 1968 by Mr. and Mrs. Robert
selected upon the recommendation of the Scholar- Johnson of Chetek. Wisconsin. An annual award
of $400 will be made t o a Junior or Senior student
ship Committee of the College.
who has declared his intent t o enter the ministry.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships
Preference is given to such students from Chetek
each year t o deserving students from other counLutheran Church, the Rice Lake Conference, or
tries. These scholarships may be awarded in
the Northern Wisconsin District of the American
amounts up t o the equivalent of full tuition.
Lutheran Church.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the
awarding of one or more scholarships each year
t o upperclass male students interested in careers
in the field of business.
The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language
Scholarship was established in 1969 from funds
given by friends and family t o honor the memory
of Mimi Baez Kingsley, a teacher of Spanish at
Augsburg from 1947 t o 1969. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually t o Junior
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was cre- or Senior students who are majoring in a modern
ated by the Augsburg College Board of Regents language with preference given to those who plan
on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Har- t o teach language as a career.
ald of Norway t o the Augsburg campus in
The American lndian Scholarship was estabOctober. 1965. This annual scholarship provides
lished in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran
one year's full tuition for a student from Norway
Church. Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200
who wishes to study at Augsburg. The recipient
is chosen from applicants by a committee in Nor- t o be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It
is t o be awarded t o an American Indian student
way set up for this purpose.
selected on the basis of scholarship and economic
need.
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship Fund
was established in 1969 by one of his former stu- International Milling Company Scholarships
dents and later augmented by other contributions, are funded by contributions made by the Intert o honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, a pro- national Milling Company t o the Minnesota Prifessor of History at Augsburg College from 1900 vate College Fund. These scholarships of varito 1952. One or more scholarships will be awarded able amounts are awarded annually t o able and
annually t o student(s) who are majoring in His- deserving upper-class students.
tory with preference given t o those who plan a
career in the field.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard.
One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and / or instrumental music. who show interest or potential in
conducting and who show promise of overall academic success.
The lver and Marie lversen Scholarship was
established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. lver
lversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded
annually to a student in the College. The award.
in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of
need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship
was established in 1956 by members of the family
t o honor their parents. The scholarship is award-
ed annually t o a student on the basis of academic
achievement. ~ersonal character, and promise
of achievemen; in the field of ohvsical
education.
. .
~
~-
-
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500
each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood
Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to
outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring
of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were
established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans lnsurance Company. These
scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually t o able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available t o qualified full-time
students in need of financial assistance during
the term in which they are doing student teachIng.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962
by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded
annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg
student or graduate who is preparing for service
in the Christian ministry.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established. in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth.
former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually t o a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established
in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually t o freshman students who would be unable t o pursue
higher education without assistance.
The Reader2 Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund,
established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by t w o anonymous
donors t o honor the memory of Reverend Olaf
Rogne. business administrator of the college from.
1940 t o 1952. Three awards of $500 each are
made annually t o selected students preparing for
Christian service.
'I.
?ii.
I
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Mernorial
Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family
and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice. this scholarship is awarded periodically
t o an American Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American
Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or
three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each
year t o students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran
faith who are enrolled in social work courses and
plan t o continue training in a graduate school of
social work. In addition t o scholastic achievement.
a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this
award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the
Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time
of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by
her parents, Mr. and Mrs. lver Solberg and her
brother. Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who
shows outstanding promise or achievement in the
art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial
Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family
and friends t o honor her memory. A scholarship
of $300 will be awarded annually t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student recommended
by the scholarship committee.
The Professor P. A . Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor
the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 t o 1952. The award of
variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded
annually t o outstanding Junior or Senior students
who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the
Tozer Foundation. Inc.. of Stillwater. Minnesota.
The Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by
the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes, Sr. An
annual award of one or more scholarships will be
made t o a needy Junior or Senior student pre-
paring for service as a missionary through the
World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris
E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by
the scholarship committee.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the
Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of
Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award
is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department
of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse.
professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to
1942. The annual award is made t o a student
whose academic record indicates promise of
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family
and friends and the Department of Chemistry t o
honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in
June, 1966. The annual award is made t o a student
whose academic background indicates promise of
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by
the chemistry staff. The award is made annually
t o a chemistry student whose record indicates
promise in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W . M . Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr.
Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry at
the University of Minnesota. The annual award is
made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of
chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemis-
try at Augsburg until the time of his death in
January, 1960. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic background indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This
annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry.
Educational Opportunity Grants are provided by
the Federal Government. The grants vary from
$ 2 0 0 t o $ 1 0 0 0 and are available t o all students
including freshmen and transfer students provided that the applicant has exceptional financial
need as determined by C.S.S.
The grants are restricted t o students taking a
full time load and are renewable for four years.
--
LOAN FUNDS
National Defense Student Loans established by the
National Defense Education Act of 1958. are available t o students capable of maintaining good
standing in their chosen course of study. Loans
will normally be granted for the academic year.
September through June. or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for
each succeeding loan period. Students may borrow up t o $ 1 0 0 0 per academic year. Repayment
begins nine months after graduation or leaving
school.
United Student Aid Fund Loan and Federal Insured Loan Programs are programs under which
an educational loan is obtained directly from a
bank or other commercial lender. The federal
government guarantees the loan t o the lender and
assists eligible students w i t h their interest payments until repayment begins which is nine
months after graduation or leaving school.
Students may borrow up t o $1 5 0 0 per academic
year. Applications are available in the Office of
the Dean of Students.
State Loan Programs are provided by some
states, e.g., Illinois, Michigan. New Jersey, New
York, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin which
have their own loan program. Students are eligible if they are a legal resident of the state
regardless of where they attend college.
Applications for these loans must be obtained
from the specific state agency that is responsible
for administering the program.
These loans are also federally insured and eligible for interest subsidy.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
An employment service assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the
school year. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs
are available.
The college also participates in the federally
financed College Work Study Program. Under this
program students are limited t o 1 5 hours of work
per week during the academic year and the job
must be on campus. Preference is given t o students from low income families.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high school.
type of course program, scores on college
aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation,
and recommendations are important factors in
considering an application for admission.
Augsburg College seeks students who rank high
in their high school graduation class, at least in
the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores
on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College
Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have at least
12 academic credits in his college preparatory
curriculum, which should include four credits of
English and at least t w o credits each of a foreign
language, social studies. mathematics, and
science. A credit is defined as a course covering
one academic year and equivalent t o at least 120
hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required.
Students will be provided with blanks early in
the summer t o be filled out and returned to the
Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will
be permitted t o register.
required t o make the $100 tuition deposit
within t w o weeks of notification of acceptance.
The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies
t o the cost of tuition.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10
application fee (non-refundable) and a
photograph to:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results.
Transfer students will request the previous
college or colleges t o send an official
transcript of grades together with results of
standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the
College Entrance Examination Board is
required for admission. The test should be
taken early in the senior year or late in the
junior year. A student can apply before taking
the SAT. See your counselor about registering
for the SAT or write t o the College Entrance
Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing
Service. Box 592. Princeton. New Jersey.
Transfer students are not required t o take the
SAT.
4. An interview on campus is encouraged.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and
submitted t o the Office of Admissions.
Applications may be obtained by visiting.
writing. or calling (332-5181). A majority of the
applications are received between September
and January of the students' senior year in high
school. Although the closing date for making
application for the fall term is August 1. the class
may be filled well in advance of this date.
Students applying under the Early Decision
Program which is described below will receive
the admissions decision about December 1. All
other applicants will be notified concerning
admission about two weeks after their
application is completed. A $100 tuition deposit
is due before April 1, with earlier payment
giving preference in the assignment of campus
housing. Students admitted after April 1 are
EARLY DECISION
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December I . After notification of
admission and adequate financial aid, if needed.
has been provided, the student must agree t o
withdraw applications made t o other colleges.
The admissions decision is based upon the
academic record through the junior year, test
scores, and recommendations A $100 tuition
deposit which is non-refundable is required by
January 1.
EARLY ADMISSION
An Early Admission Program is offered for a few
high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high academic
record and test scores, recommendation from the
high school, and the maturity to cope with a
college course after his junior year in high
school. Also, it is recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high school
diploma during the summer or during the first
year of college. A student applying for early
admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test
in January or March of his junior year.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. test results, and
recommendations. College credit is granted
for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed
at accredited institutions. A maximum of 108
quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a
junior college. The college reserves the right
not t o grant credit for courses where it considers
the work unsatisfactory. and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited
institutions. The grade point average for
graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted t o students who
qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond
the beginning course. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is. college credit, is
granted t o high school students who have
successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3.4. or 5 on
the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg College will also award credit on the
basis of scores received on the College-Level
Examinations offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the Registrar.
CAMPUS LIFE
CAMPUS LIFE
There are many influences which mold life and character in college. The exercises of classroom,
laboratory and library form the main dimensions of college life, but they need to be supplemented
by other programs, activities and opportunities.The climate of living and learning at a college is greatly
influenced by extra-curricular activities that take place both on campus and off campus.
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg
Community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student.
who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious
life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation
t o worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
An important part of Augsburg's program is the chapel service held four times a week. These services.
both experimental and traditional, provide an opportunity for students and faculty t o become involved
in corporate worship. Attendance is voluntary.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus
community with outstanding personalities i n various fields. A wide range of interests is covered.
including the scientific, political, social. religious. and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS
In attempting t o meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities
on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom
occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational,
educational and cultural activities. The activities program is designed t o complement the classroom
experience and t o enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the Center, in residence halls, and
elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics. films, banquets, dances,
talent shows, special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are
Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's
society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students
and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is
governed by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible t o the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for hoth participants and spectators. The intramural program
under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as billiard tables. ping-pong, and bicycles are available i n addition
t o the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview
Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally
organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic
contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus
transportation is arranged for those wanting t o attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center
there are art exhibits, discussions, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art work is
also exhibited in the Studio. The annual choir, orchestra. and band concerts are held in Melby Hall.
The college features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted
free t o on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under
the Program Commission are Social. Recreation. Fine Arts. Forum and Lecture. Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities t o make use of some of the
finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has t o offer. Excellent art collections
are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries.
The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives
access t o large collections of historical material. The Minnesota Orchestra programs and
other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities
such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater. Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, and St. Paul Civic
Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minnesota Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special
college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and
for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota
Twins baseball, North Stars hockey, and Viking football games at Metropolitan Stadium and sports
center.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education t o the end that individuals may
develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates t o this broad
objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members t o the
democratic process, developing a sense of community. fostering intellectual activity, and participating
in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president. resides in the executive branch. Seven
commissioners are each responsible t o the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch
of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject t o appeal only t o the
President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus
problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole,
and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration.
The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College
Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest t o the college community. These projects
include the annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week,
Homecoming. Student Lecture Series. Development Council. Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International
Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community
organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associtated Women Students, composed of all the women students. provides opportunity for the women
to develop meaningful self-government. It aims t o create a sense of ha,rmony and fellowship, t o promote
and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and t o encourage participation
in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students. a national
organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems
and programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a
voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience
in the many phases of journalistic work.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work
on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the
Office of Public Relations.
CO-CURRICU LAR PROGRAM
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue their interests beyond the classroom
For most effective participation. students w i t h similar interests have united t o form clubs. Several
of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted t o interests not offered
in the curriculum.
All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Commission of Student Organizations of the
Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts t o evaluate the clubs and societies and their activities.
and t o represent them at the Student Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open t o majors and minors in chemistry. Weekly meetings
consist of seminars given by outside speakers. faculty, or students on current topics or research
experiences in various areas of chemistry.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization for students in
the elementary education program. I t is concerned primarily w i t h professional standards in the teaching
profession, educational changes and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students w h o meet weekly w i t h a group of neighborhood
children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips and sports as they show
their concern for these children by their o w n personal involvement.
Augsburg College Republicans aim t o stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity
t o participate actively in local. state and national politics.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity t o learn
from participation in stage presentations and from field trips. as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open t o all students. Membership in the National Collegiate Players
represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open t o qualified upper
classmen.
The "A" Club is limited t o men w h o have w o n a major letter at Augsburg. The aim of this organization
is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and
t o keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
The Black Student Union of Augsburg College promotes a feeling of unity and creates a self awareness
among its members. I t aims toshare w i t h the total community its culturally rich heritage.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students w h o have a mutual
interest in the culture, language. and people of various countries.
The foreign lanugage clubs are made up of students studying French, German, Norwegian or Spanish.
In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the clubs also promote understanding
appreciation of the culture of their country, its achievements and customs.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg. is an organization that
expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg. as well as acquainting its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. There
are winter weekend ski trips which are open t o all students.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of
social service.
The aim of the Student Democratic League is t o join students in the College into an intelligent,
agressive and cooperative democratic group which seeks t o create and sustain a community awareness
of the problems and concerns in politics and education.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter. offers t o its members
associate membership in professional education associations and strives t o acquaint future teachers
with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic
Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
'
. q..
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In a d ~ t ~ o n
t o local appearances. the band tours annually t o various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition t o local
appearances, the choir goes on tour each year t o various parts of the United States and occasionally
t o Canada.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently i n campus programs and concerts and
sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as
well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition t o campus and local appearances, the orchestra
tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational
activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual
performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for
the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented
annually by teams in football. cross country, basketball. hockey. wrestling, baseball, track, soccer,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College t o provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony
with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is t o be reflected in the conduct and outlookof both the
players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play
are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if physical,
mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. lntercollegiate athletics as a phase of that program,
gives recognition t o the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development of student interests.
skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1)The student participating in athletics should
acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline,
honesty. sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2)The participant should develop the knowledge. interests.
and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational
leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal
or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either
contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary t o his other educational activities. (3)The student
spectator should acquire and axhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as
self-restraint, sense of fair play. appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4)The intercollegiate athletic program
should contribute t o the development of a unified and health "school spirit." Enthusiasm for
intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic
achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
In order t o participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility
requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list t o the Director of the
College Center for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert
Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading.
student publications, societies, or t o accept elected or appointed student-government offices of
chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated.
HONORS AND AWARDS
The purpose of Beta ChiEpilson is t o honor those senior women who have maintained a high level
of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving advice and leadership to the college
community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic
excellence, leadership. and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved
the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for
at least t w o years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open t o students with a major or
minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are t o recognize academic achievement
and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average
are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may
be admitted as pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma M u , the National Social Science Honor Society, which is
affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election t o membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the
previous term of work at Augsburg College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has made outstanding records both in
athletics and scholarship.
The HaroldA. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the
student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's
Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given t o scholarship,
leadership and participation in extracurricular activities, such as athletics. drama. music
organizations, societies, student government and community activities.
STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain assumption about man, his relationship
t o himself, his relationship to others and his relationship t o God.As a church-related liberal arts
college. Augsburg attempts t o take these relationships seriously and therefore seeks t o educate the
whole man.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus shall be
worthy of a member of a college community, and students who do not feel drawn t o this type of
community should not seek t o be enrolled at Augsburg College.
Without attempting t o dictate t o the individual conscience. the college reserves the right t o ask its
students t o adapt themselves t o the social and recreational program approved by the college. It
reserves the right t o dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources
of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus. disciplinary problems are first dealt with
through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled t o a student/faculty Judicial Council
through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a
hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking t o develop a constructive recreational program. some limitations have been placed on
certain activities. The college is opposed t o all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the
posse~sionor consumption of alcoholic beverages in any college-owned building, in residence halls,
in any college-approved place of residence or at any college-sponsored event. Minnesota state law
forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Institutional services for students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions. Counseling,
Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records. Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service.
Placement. Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these
services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
ADMISSIONS
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial
aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling
can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the
Upper Midwest. In addition t o high school seniors. sophomores and juniors are encouraged t o use these
services and also t o visit the campus if at all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort t o assist each student t o obtain the maximum benefits
from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational
choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty. health or financial problems. personal and social
adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in
counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic
understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and a keener awareness of resources available
t o them as they meet the problems of daily life.
A t Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels. All faculty members participate
in the counseling program. and each new student is assigned t o a faculty counselor w h o works w i t h
him until he chooses a major field of study. A t that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor.
In addition, there are staff members w h o have specialized training in counseling and techniques for
dealing w i t h problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling
program is coordinated by the Director of the Center for Student Development i n the Office of the
Dean of Students in accordance w i t h the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel
Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept i n the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These
records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in
non-academic activities, test scores, report of counseling and other information.
The office of the Center Director maintains a file of student government officers of clubs and societies.
including the constitutions, activities and schedules.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service w i t h registered nurses on duty. The college
physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent t o the
campus.
Physical examinations are given t o all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required
t o have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment
is prescribed where needed.
A voluntary hospital insurance plan is also available on a 12-month basis
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION
New students participate i n Orientation sessions before the beginning of classes each year. The students
take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted w i t h their fellow students.
w i t h the faculty, and especially w i t h their o w n faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement
test scores are used by counselors t o help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories
and the vocational interest profiles help the students t o know more about themselves, i n order t o make
a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen w h o expect
difficulty w i t h the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college
are especially urged t o enroll i n this course.
HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program the college aims t o develop a student's character, self-control and thoughtful
consideration of others. The college also realizes that a student's happiness, comfort and emotional
adjustment in his place of residence are direct influences on his general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort t o provide these opportunities for development. student residence councils assume the
responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation w i t h the head residents
and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt t o help residents with problems
of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these
counselors and handle cases referred t o them.
Any student who is 21 years old on or before the first day of classes in the Fall term may live off
campus. Juniors or Seniors who are not 21 years old may live off campus provided that a parental
permission form is on file in the Office of the Director of Housing by May 1.
All Freshmen and Sophomores not living at home are required t o live in college operated housing.
Students desiring t o live with relatives in the city must first secure approval for such an arrangement
from the Office of the Director of Housing.
All students living in residence halls take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides
a number of houses for upperclass men and women with a variety of board plan options.
Residence halls are open t o students no more than 2 4 hours before the day of registration or the
beginning of classes, and they close no later than 2 4 hours after a student's last examination or after
the beginning of a vacation period. Students who wish t o stay in residence during vacations must apply
for the privilege.
Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are
available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a
reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service
is available t o students living in houses.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit
is required of upper-class students t o hold a room. This fee is payable at the Treasurer's Office by
May 1. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from
the housing roster. No refunds are made after July 1.
All students living on campus are required t o pay a $20 key and breakage fee at the beginning of
each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture
is satisfactory and the key is returned.
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and Alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is
maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state. and
national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking
the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5.00. There is no placement
fee.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of the College Center serves as the coordinator of student activities by assisting student
officers in planning and implementing their programs. The office also keeps on file club constitutions
and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers t o student organizations are approved by the Director.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the
Student Organization Commission in addition t o other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg
Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Office of the Center Director, and the
College Master Calendar is also kept by the office.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below.
Completion of a major.
A total of 180 quarter credits.
At least 5 4 credits in courses numbered above 50.
A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken and "C" average (2.0) in courses which apply
toward the major.
6. Proficiency in English.
7. The last year of course work at Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements
as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.
English Writing and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
4
History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......................................................
5
Religion
11
Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
1
Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine
Arts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
Philosophy.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5
Foreign Language - Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-25
Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
4
Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech-Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Religion (above Religion 1 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five course requirements listed above should be taken in the freshman year. except that
students with majors in biology, physics, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history
or sociology until the sophomore year. I t is recommended that the general education requirements
be completed in the first t w o years of college, except item 12 above which should be taken in the
sophomore, junior, and/or senior years.
The requirement in English writing and literature consists of three options: (1) English 11 and 12:
(2) English 1 1 and either 12. 30. 35. 4 0 or 45; (3) English 30, 35, 40, or 45. Options will depend upon
high school rank, test. writing demonstrations. and teacher's recommendations.
t:.
The fine arts requirement may be met by successful completion of Music 30: Art 1, 86, 87, 88: Speech
41, 61 ; or exemption by petition on the basis of participation in drama, music, art, and extensive readings.
Philosophy 21.22.23 or any other course i n philosophy except 99. will meet the philosophy requirement.
The foreign language-literature requirement may be met in several ways. Students who have completed four or more years of one foreign language in high school are exempted from the requirement.
If they have studied from one t o three years of a foreign language in high school they have three
options: (1) complete the equivalent of four terms of one foreign language in college; (2) complete
t w o terms of one foreign language in college (or its equivalence) plus one term of study in a foreign
country (excluding Canada): (3) complete four terms of literature i n translation or at least t w o terms
of literature in translation and one or t w o 'ierms of linguistics and philosophy of language t o make
a total of four terms.
.his
I
Students who have studied no foreign language in high school have t w o options for meeting the foreign
language-literature requirement: (1 complete four terms of one foreign language in college: (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language and three terms of foreign literature in translation, linguistics,
or philosophy of language, of which at least one must be literature in translation.
In the natural sciences, t w o courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the t w o courses be taken in the same department. Students who obtain
a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for
the second course.
Students may choose from Political Science 20. 21. 2 2 or Economics 22, 23 for the requirement in
political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech-communication may be satisfied by: Speech 11. 15.
or 51; Philosophy 23; or English 55.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Classical Languages
Economics
Economics and
Business Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and Physical
Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech. Communication, and
Theater Arts
Students are required t o apply for the major and obtain approval of an adviser in the department
offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the freshman year.
A student may earn a minor in most of the fields listed above. Minors are also offered in Greek,
Latin, and Library Science.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed t o give the student an opportunity to elect credits beyond those
which are required for the major and for general education.
To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number
of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. Exception is
made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics
are considered separate departments for this purpose. A student may earn up t o five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied
toward the 180 credits required for the degree.
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
Students are required to take a writing test at the beginning of the junior year and must demonstrate
a proficiency in writing in order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
...
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5-3.79+
. -3.49+
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1
grade average
grade average
grade average
To be eligible for these honors. the student must have completed at least one year of work at Augsburg,
and his record at Augsburg. as well as his transfer record, must meet the requirements as given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. :Very
.
good. 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfacton/. 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable. 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Failure. 0 grade points per credit
f ........................................................
- . . . . . . . . . . .Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
..
W
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . course withdrawn during first eight weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass). N (no credit) indicate level of achievement. Grades of W, S, P. N do not
affect the grade point average. A grade of WF is computed with 0 grade points per credit.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five
weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks
of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an
incomplete or a condition received at the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only
the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar
for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes
begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning
of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal t o one-half the credit registration in determining laad and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered.
The college reserves the right t o cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period
a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted t o
students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding
term. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working
part-time are urged t o arrange the amount of their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's
Office. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes.
No course may be added after the first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first eight weeks of classes is followed by W. No course may
be cancelled after the eighth week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary t o leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration
at the Registrar's Office in order t o remain i n good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
In order t o be classified as full-time, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work
in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number
of credit hours and grade points:
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
Credits
36
84
130
Grade Points
72
168
260
Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Non-degree students are classified as special students. Students carrying less than 1 2 credits are
part-time students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the endof a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in-placing a student on probation:
Freshmen with a cumulative GPA below 1.5
Sophomores with a cumulative GPA below 1.6
Juniors with a cumulative GPA below 1.8
Seniors with a cumula.tive GPA below 2.0
A student will be removed from probation when his cumulative GPA exceeds the minimum listed
above,
If a student has been on probation 2 or more terms consecutively he is subject t o dismissal at the
end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised
t o withdraw before the end of spring term, but if he wishes t o do so he may continue on probation
until the end of the spring term.
Dismissal from the college at the end of the spring term will not be automatic. Each case will be
reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the college voluntarily must
have special permission t o re-enroll.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lower division courses. Attendance in upper
division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on
absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report
the reasons for the absence t o their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due t o illness.
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from
the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean
of the College. Lists of participants. with information as t o exact periods absent, are issued by the
Dean t o all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility
for reporting their presence to the teacher.
EXAM INATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades
attained by freshmen are made to the Registrs: who forwards them t o the students, parents, and
advisers. Final reports are sent at the end of each term t o the parents. students, and advisers.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each term. No student or class may
arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College or the Registrar t o take a final
examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $ 1 0 for such an examination.
Before he takes the examination, he must obtain a signed statement from the Dean or Registrar and
bring it t o the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions
and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
t o take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing t o this committee. When permission is
granted. the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University.
But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg.
Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at
the University may be transferred t o Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
SPEClAL PROGRAMS OF STUN
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, and Methodist hospitals
in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the
Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Hennepin County General and Swedish hospitals, Augsburg offers work which
enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first
three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at
one of the two hospitals.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a
joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the
sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore
or junior year in study at a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The
University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; and The lnstitute
for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence in France. Study at other institutions may be possible
through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee
on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must
be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records
whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Credit earned through
foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or,
occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general
education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in CorrectiveTherapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in
physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical
Education. Application should be made during the spring term of the sophomore year. Candidates are
required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical
Education regarding proper sequence of courses.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman students, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as
philosophy and history. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia (interdisciplinary honors
seminars) are offered each term. Some departments of the college offer programs through which the
student can earn honors in his major field. One provision available throughout the college that is of
particular value to able students is the opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest. For
students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, General Education requirements
are modified as necessary to meet a student's needs and interests. Students of high ability who are
r
t:.
.his
'.
I
interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program
for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are
selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural
exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered
into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place.
This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the
schedules of.the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of
his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), hisher major adviser, and various college officials. A further
general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require
a grade-point average of at least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President
of the Student Society.
-
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM
A Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors, applicable to a maximum of
one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows:
1. Juniorsand Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a
regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term.
2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field.
3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not
be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's
Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for
graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point
Average.
5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system
at the timeof his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week
of the term.
6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'shall be assigned to the student earning
the equivalent of a grade from 'A'to 'C'; the grade of 'N'to the student earning the equivalent
of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
MULTI-RACIAL CONCERNS
Augsburg College offers a core of courses which enable students to earn approximately 50 credits in
courses centered on multi-racial concerns. These courses are offered in American Studies and in the
departments of English, History, and Sociology. In addition, students may enroll in Interdisciplinary
Studies which include courses in Black History and Culture, offered at the University of the Way; and
at times they may be able to participate in an experimental program in which they live in an area
of the city where they can study the dynamic forces of the area firsthand and become involved in
the urban problems characteristic of that area. Other courses on multi-racial concerns are being
planned.
In addition, several courses, particularly in the departments of English, History, and Sociology, include
material dealing with multi-racial concerns in a wider context. The interested student should confer
with the chairmen of these departments.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Two summer sessions of six and four weeks, respectively, permit students to earn up to a full term's
credits in the Augsburg Summer School.
In 1970, the first session is set for June8 through July 17, the second session running from July 20
through August 14.
In addition to morning classes, most of which meet five times each week, a number of courses will
be taught evenings during the first term, meeting twice a week for about three hours.
Eligibleto attend Augsburg Summer School are present students and graduates of Augsburg and
of other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college
work.
Summer School courses are offered subject to demand. Early preregistration will help to assurethe
availability of desired courses, and, depending
the date of application,
may. .permit reduced
- upon
.
..
tuition charges.
For application forms and information concerning costs, tentative course offerings or other questions,
interested persons should write to:
Summer School Office
/
Augsburg College
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
. .--
raw d
.
,-
& ..& w:
.
.
M
'M
,-
I
.
.
-
.
.
II.
i
r
.--.
I
-
-
.
. ,.
-
-2
I
i , . . .
A
I
m
-&,.
-
1-
m=F
d
f
W'".@a""'lrl
-d -k -gH&
f
'
1-
hn
ma-
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in
planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include
the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include
all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives or Major
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Electives or Major
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
1/3
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
5
5
- 5
1/3 1/3
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 4-5
16 12 12
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math
Fine Arts
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Electives or Major
SENIOR
Religion
Electives or Major
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4
4
5-6 5-6 - - 4
- - 4
6
6
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 15 12 15
AMERICAN STUDIES M A J O R
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
History 21,22
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Religion 63*
History 55*
Psychology 81'
Sociology 58,* 59*
Philosophy 65*
Electives (non-major)
*Electives in the major program
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5
5
4
4
5
5
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4-5 - - 4
- - 5
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
4
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20,* 21
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5-6 5-6 4
5
4
4
5
Term
SENIOR
Religion 60*
Political Sci. 56*
History 56*
Education 87*
English 82*
Political Sci. 22*
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
1
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 r =
-
4
4
-
4, 4 -- 4 -
i
s
&
-
4-6
+
-
ART M A J O R W I T H HISTORY M I N O R AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
FRESHMAN
Religion II
English 11,12
Foreign Lang.
History I
Art 7,8
Art 13,12
Sociology II
H. P.E. 1,2,3
I
Cr.
5
5
2
4
lh
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5
4
2
4
1/3
5
5
;
4
1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Lang.
Natural Sci. or Math
Philosophy
Art 21
Art 18,55
History 2
History 61
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Art 87,88
Art 50,67
History 3
Speech-Communication
Music 30
History 21,22
Electives
- 4
4 4
4 4-5 4 - 5
-
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Art 86,68,78
Art 98
History 71,95
Art 99
Electives
4
-
-
5
8
Term
I
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
-
5
5
4
4
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
8
4
4
4
3
-
-
-
4
4
4
4
ART M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Art.
FRESHMAN
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion II
English l l , 1 2
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Art 7,8
Art 13,12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
- 5
- 5
5 - 4 2 2 4 - 4
- 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
JUNIOR
Teim
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr
Art 88,86,87
Art 50,67
H. P.E. 10
Education 50,58
Education 52,53,54
Education 62,59
Music 30
Elective
5
5
4
4
4
0
4
4
4
-
0
2
4
-
4
5
2
0
3
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Sci. or Math.
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Art 21
Art 18,55
Psychology 5
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83,87
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Art 68,99
Art 78
Electives
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
4 5 4
- 4 - 4-5 - 4
4 - 4
- - 5
4
.
-
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr.. Cr. Cr.
10
5
-
-
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
4
3
8
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below includes several courses in chemistry and education (for
teacher certification! as well as courses for a good background in biological science. When
making the choices between the biology course options, it i s important that the various
disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series
are required. Careful planning i s essential. This specific program should not be considered
as the best possible schedule for all students. If Chemistry 15, 1 6 is taken instead of Chemistry 5, 6, the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the fall
term.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Chemistry 5 , 6
Biology l l , l 2
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 6 6
6 6 Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Speech-Communication
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Education 50,59,74
Education 52,53,54
Biology 67
Biology Electives
-
4
4
4
0
4
-
5 - 4-5
4 - 5
0 0
5-6 5-6
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
H. P.E. 10
Chemistry 23
Mathematics 40
Biology Elective
Biology 72
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
-
-
5
-
5
5
5
5
6
-
-
-
-
-
5
-
-
6
6
SENIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 83,87
Education 84
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Biology Electives
Biology 91,93
Elective
5
4
- 10 4
- - 4
6
5-6
1
1
4-6 -
-
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is suggested for students who plan to do graduate work in biology.
Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully in accordance
with plans for the future. At least one term of botanical work is recommended and Biology
72 is required. Careful planning is essential. This specific program should not be considered
as the best possible, schedule for all students. If Chemistry 5, 6 is taken instead of Chemistry
1 5 , 1 6 , the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the winter term.
FRESHMAN
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Chemistry 15,16
Biology 11,12
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
6 6 6 6 -
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Speech-Communication
Chemistry 51,52
Mathematics 40,41,42
Biology Elective
Biology 72
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4-5
6 6
5 5
6
-
5
5
6
-
JUNIOR
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Physics 21,22,23
Biology Electives
Elective
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
-
5 5 5
5-6 5-6
- 4-6
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Biology Electives
Biology 91,92,93
Biology 99
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
6
1
-
- 5
4 4-5 5-6 1 1
- 3-5
- 6-8
M A J O R I'N BUSINESS A D M l NlSTRATlON
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance.
Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Business Ad. 31
Speech-Communication
Economics 51
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
5
5
5
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
-
5
4
4
-
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
-
5
-
4 - - 5
- 4-5
- 12 5
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 61
Business Ad. 62,63
Economics 22,23
Philosophy
Fine Arts
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83 or 84
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
-
5
5
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - - 5
12 12 12
5
M A J O R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALIZATION)
FRESHMAN
Term
I I I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History I , 2, or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E.1,2,3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 5
5 5
5-6 5-6
lh 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22,23
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 61
4
4
4-5
4
-
5
4
4
4
1/3
5
5
4
5
5
-
-
5
-
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51
Business Ad. 62
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
5
5
-
-
4
5
8
-
SENIOR
Term
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Business Ad. 78
Business Ad. 73
Electives
5
5 - 10 10 15
I
-
10
BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
ACCOUNTING AND OFFICE SPECIALIZATION
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1 or 2 or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Business Ed. 1
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 31
Natural Science or Math.
Business Ed. 60
Philosophy
Electives
*Accounting Specialization
**Office Specialization
Term
II HI
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
5
-
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
I
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
0
4
5
4
5
0
5
4
4
-
3
0
2
5
5
SOPHOMORE
Computer Science 45
Accounting 62,63*
Psychology 5
Economics 22,23
Foreign Language
Business Ed. 8
Speech-Communication
Busirless Ed. 10,50**
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 83
Sec. Educ. 84,87
Business Educ. 64
Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I I I III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 . - 5 - 10 4
- 4
4-5 5 . 8
BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Economics 22,23
History 1 or 2or 3
Business Educ. 1
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Econ. 51,58,91 or 92
Sec. Education 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Business Ad. 31
Business Ed. 60
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
4 4 4
1
4
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5 5
4
3
0 0 0
2
5
- 4 4
- 4 -
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Business Ad. 1,2
Psychology 5
Computer Science 45
H. P.E. 10
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 84,87
Sec. Educ. 83
Business Ed. 64
Bus. Ed. 65, or Econ. 51
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
5
5
5
- - 5
4
5
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 10 4
5
- - 4
4-5 4-5 4
8
BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H SECRETARIAL
SPECIALIZATION and COMPREHENSIVE M A J O R
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1 or 2 or 3
Business Ed. 1,lO
Sociology 11
Philosophy
Fine Arts
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Business Ad. 1,2
Economics 22,23
Business Education 50
Business Educ. 60,64
Computer Science 45
*Comprehensive Major
**Secretarial Specialization
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4
1
5
- 4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 3
4
0
0 0
2
5
5
4
4
- 5 4
4
4
-
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Psychology 5
Business td. 21,22,53
Speech-Communication
Business Ed. 8*
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 84
Sec. Educ. 83,87
Business Ad. 31
H. P.E. 10
Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
5
5
4
4
5
- 4-5 4
5
4** I
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 10 5
4
5
5
4-5 -
-
-
8
- -
-
CHEMISTRY M A J O R
The following guide for a course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts
degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students
who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5 4
6 5 5
1/3 1/3
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15,16
Mathematics 41,42
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5
6
113
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Chemistry 61,62
Chemistry 63
Foreign Language
Chemistry 91
Electives (Math., Physics)
6
5
0
4
SOPHOMORE
6
5
0
4
I
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr, Cr.
Philosophy 23
Chemistry 51,52
Chemistry 53
Physics 21,22,23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
SENIOR
5
5
0
5
6
5
5
-
5
6
5
-
5
5
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Chemistry 81,83
Chemistry 72
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Chemistry 91
Electives
5
4
0
5
4
4
4
0
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
0
-
M A J O R IN CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English l l , l 2 , 3 5
History 1
Sociology 11
Latin 1, 2
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Electives
5
5 5 5
4
- - 4
5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3
- 5 -
JUNIOR
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Art 83
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Creek or Latin
Mythology 65
Electives
4
4
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
Religion 21
Natural Sci. or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Latin 3,4
Creek 11,12,13
5
4
5
5
4
5
5
4
5
SENIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Creek 99 or Latin 99
History 60 or 61
Electives
- 5 - 2 4 - 12 10 16
COMMUNICATION MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Speech 11
Electives
JUNIOR
Fine Arts
Speech 40
Speech 51
Speech 52
Sociology 75
Nat. Sci. or Math.
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
4
-
-
1/3
5
4
5
1/3
-
5
1/3
4
-
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
-
4
-
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy 23
Psychology 5
Speech I 5
English 21
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Speech 80
Speech 87
Linguistics
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
4
-
4
-
4
5
5
-
-
5
5
4
3
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 - 1-5 5
5 5 15
10
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry,
and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools.
Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they
are interested about specific requirements.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Mathematics 40,41
Chemistry 15,16 or 5,6
H. P.E.1,2,3
Elective
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
5 5 5 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 6
SOPHOMORE
Pol. Sci. 20,21 or 22
Speech or Lit.
Psychology 5
Chemistry 51,52
Physics 21,22,23
Biology 11,12
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
6
5
6
6
5
6
4
4
5
5
-
ECONOMICS MAJORS
The following programs are suggested courses of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statements under the Department of Bus. Ad, Econ, and Bus. Ed.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History 1 , 2 or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
-
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr.
5
5-6
4
1/3 1/3
5
10
1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Economics 22,23
Electives
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
-
5
5
4
-
5
4
4
4
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51,58
Electives
Speech-Communication
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
5
-
4
5
5
-
5
8
4-5
SENIOR
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Economics 54
Electives
- 4 15 12 15
ECONOMICS - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(Combined Major)
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
- 5 5
4
5-6 5-6 - 4 - 10
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Economics 22,23
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Business Ad. 78
Electives
15
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51,58
Business Ad. 61
Speech-Communication
Electives
4
5
5
-
4
5
4
5
4-5
8
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
-
5
5
4
-
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
15
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are required to complete
the following curriculum. Except where a-choice is indicated substitutions may be made
only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects
and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the
Speech-Communication requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. Music 30 fulfills the fine arts requirement, and Pol. Sci.
20, 21, or 22 (American Government) fulfills the political science-economics requirement
in general education.
The major in this program i s Elementary Education. Each student is required to complete a minor area of study; an academic major i s highly recommended. The minor chosen
i s subject to departmental approval.
FRESHMAN
Religion
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, 3
Biological Science
*H. P.E. 10
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Elem. Educ. 52,53,54
**Elern. Educ. 55
**Elem. Educ. 56
Elern. Educ. 57
Elern. Educ. 61
Elem. Educ. 63
Elem. Educ. 64
**Mathematics 56
**Art 48
Elem. Educ. 58
Elective (minor)
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5
5
5
5
4
5
- - 5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
--
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
0 0 0
(4) 4
5 (5) 2
2
- - 4
6
(4) 4
2 (2) (2)
- (2)
2
4 4 5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
**Physical Science
Pol. Sci. 21,22, or 23
**Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
SENIOR
Religion
**Elem. Ed. 84
**Philosophy
**Speech11
**Elern. Ed. 65
**Elern. Ed. 87
**Elem. Ed. 79
Elective or minor
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 4 - - 5
(4-6) 4-6
4
4 (4)
5
4 4 5
-
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
(4) 4
15 (15) (15)
(4) 4
(4) 4
2
(2) - (4) 4
- (3) 3
(4) 8 4
*Highly recommended but not specifically required
**Parenthesis indicates that course i s offered more than one term
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program
outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high
school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during
his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the
education curriculum. He will need to be approved for teacher education before he can
proceed in the program. He will also need to apply for student teachihg during the junior
year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are:
Art
Biology
Business Education
Chemistry
English (Language Arts)
French
German
Health & Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Physical Education
Physics
Scandinavian Studies
Social Science
Spanish
Speech
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
FRESHMAN
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
SOPHOMORE
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
I
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History 1,2, or 3
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Electives
5 5 5 5
- 4
lh 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Psychology 5
Electives
- 5 4 4 4
5-6 5-6 - - 4
5
5
4
JUNIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 83
Education 84
Education 87
Electives in major
5
5 - 10 4
- 12 12
Philosophy
Speech 11
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. Methods 58-76
H. P.E. 10
Electives in major
7
- 4
4
0 0
- 5
12 8
4
3
0
2
8
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of
engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years
of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter
Mathematics 41. Those who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University
of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics)
and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the U. of M .
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Mathematics 41,42,43
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Physics 21,22,23
5
- 5 5
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
5 5 5
SOPHOMORE
Physics 61
History 1,2, or 3
Literature or Pol. Sci.
Sociology, Econ. or Phil.
Physics 45
Mathematics 58
Art 1
Chemistry 5,6
Speech 11
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
4
4
-
4
6
-
4
4
6
-
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of English.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11
English 12 or 30,35, 40, or 45
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
- 5 5
5 5 4
4 - -
- 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci., or Econ.
Speech-Communication
Philosophy
Natural Science or Math.
English 30,35,40,45
or Elective in the major
English 60; and 21 or 22
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
-
4
5
5
5
-
+
5
5
4
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Fine Arts
English 61,62,84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
5
4
5
4
4
5
SENIOR
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
English 90,91, or 92
Electives*
3
12 15 15
-
5
5
*Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82,86,88,92,95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11
English 12, or 30,35,40,45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5
4
lh
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52,53,54
Education 59,65
English 61,62,55
English 72 or 74,84
Speech 60 or 66
5
0
5
5
5
5 5
5 4
4
1/3 1/3
4
4
0
5
4
-
0
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12,52 or 55
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Natural Science or Math.
English 60, 21
English 30,35,40,45, or 55
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
H. P.E. 10
English 86 or 88
English 90,91, or 92
Library Science 75
Fine Arts
Elective
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4 4-5 4
- 4 - 5 5
5 4 - 5
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
3
4
-
10
5
-
-
-
-
4
4
5
4
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Beg. Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
5-6
1/3
Religion
Inter. Foreign Language
Speech
Philosophy
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Fine Arts
H. P.E. lo*
Electives or 56,57
5
5
5-6
1/3
5
5
4
-
1/3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
4
4
4
9
4
5
-
-
-
5
4
5
JUNIOR
Education 50*, 59*
Education 52,53,54*
Education 66*, 67*, or 75*
Psychology 5*
Conversation 55
Survey 63,64**
Literature 72 or 74
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
3
0 0 0
2
5
- 5
- 5
5
- - 5
8
5
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84*
Education 83*
Education 87*
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
Literature 72 or 74
Indep. Study 99
Electives
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 10
5
- - 4
I
-
5
-
-
-
-
2
-
5
2
5
5
-
*Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute 92,
99 or other electives for these courses.
**Courses 56,57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
BROAD M A J O R IN HEALTH A N D
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education.
Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Foreign Language
History l,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 43
H. P.E. 11,13 (W, M)
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 69
Pol. Sci., or Econ.
H. P.E. 57*
H. P.E. 51,52
H. P.E. 71,72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31'
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
5
- - 5
7
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
II ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
3
0 0 0
-
-
2
6
5
2
4
4
4-5
4
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Biology 6
Chemistry 5
H. P.E. 31,32,23
H. P.E. 50*
Fine Arts
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Philosophy
H. P.E. 73*
H. P.E. 60*
Electives
Speech-Communication
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
- - 5
5
- 6 5 4 5
1
4
4
--
Term
II Ill
Cr, Cr. Cr.
5
- 10
- 5 ;
I
-
-
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
5
4
4
4
-
4
-
*Starred courses are required for the broad maior in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY M A J O R
The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of History.
---
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2,3
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
4
1/3
JUNIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Fine Arts
Minor or Elective
Literature
5
4
4
4
-
5
5
4
1/3
5
8
4
-
5
5
4
1/3
4
4
4
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy
Psychology 5
Natural Sci. or Math.
- - 5
4 4 5 5 4
- - 5
5-6 5-6 -
SENIOR
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
Speech-Communication
4
4
8
-
5
4
8
-
4
3
4
4
HISTORY M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2,3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
1/3
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 70
Fine Arts
Geography I 4
Political Science 20,21
H. P.E. 10
History
0
4
5
8
5 5
5 5
4 4
4
1/3 1/3
4
0
4
4
4
3
0
2
4
8
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
4
5
5-6
SENIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84,87
Education 83
Sociology I 2
Speech-Communication
History
History 95
4
5
5-6
5
4
5
-
-
5
10
5
4
- 4
- 4-5
8 4
- 3
-
-
-
-
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of
study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study
the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies,
English, History, Political Science.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors
are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts
constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission,
it i s normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree
program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized
Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year at prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adviser,
chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS M A J O R
The following course of study is suggested:
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , l 2
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Mathematics 40,41,42
or
*Mathematics 41H, 42H, 43H
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Mathematics 71,72,73
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Computer Science 55
Electives
or
*Mathematics 83,84
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
5
5
5
-
5
-
5
4
5
-
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
8
4
4-5
4
4
5
4
8
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43,64,67 or
*Mathematics 58,64,67
SENIOR
Mathematics 58,83,84
or
*Mathematics 93,94,95
Electives
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4
- 4
5-6 5-6
5 4
4
4
4
4
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
*For students with strong background in Mathematics from High School.
MATHEMATICS M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following course of study i s suggested for students preparing for secondary education:
FRESHMAN
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11, I2
Foreign Language
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Mathematics 40,41,
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5 5 5 5 4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Mathematics 43,64,67
Physics or Chemistry
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 4
- 4
5 4
5-6 5-6
4
4
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Fine Arts
Education 50,59
Speech-Communication
Psychology 5
Mathematics 71,72,60
Education 52,53,54
Philosophy
Computer Science 55
Education 71
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
- 4 4
3
- 4-5
5
4 4 4
0 0 0
4
- 4 - - 2
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
Mathematics 83,84
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10 4
5
4
4
5
- 8 8
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with
a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology and it also includes the Augsburg
graduation requirements. Many modifications of this program are possible; one popular
alternative is substitution of Chemistry 15, 16 for Chemistry 5, 6. In the senior year, students
taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Sociology 11
Biology 11,12
Chemistry 5,6
History 1,2, or 3
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Chemistry 53
Biology 67,72
Biology 76
Biology 71 or 73
Biology 91,92
Elective (upper division)
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- + 5
5
5
4
6
6
6
6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
- 6
- 6
4
6
6
1
1
4
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Mathematics 40 (or 5)
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Chemistry 23
Philosophy
Physics 3
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5 (5) (4) 4
- 4-5 - - 4
- - 6
4
- - 5
SENIOR
Lectures, laboratory and practical work at
General or Swedish hospitals for 12 months.
45 crs.
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information
for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the
Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make
application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as trarislated into courses at Augsburg College, are as follows:
Credits
Biology 11, I 2
Chemistry 15,16
Chemistry 51,52
Chemistry 53
English l l , 1 2
Literature elective
Mathematics 40,41
Physics 21,22,23
Social Science and Humanities
General electives
12
12
12
5
10
4
10
15
27
34
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements.
In addition to the required courses, pre-medical students are encouraged to take additional
courses in the sciences, especially if the student is interested in an academic career in
medicine or medical research. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in biology, chemistry, or natural science. The requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for
a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry; for a natural science major under
Curriculums. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments or the Medical
School Advisory Committee early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Music.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Music l , 2 , 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5 5 5 5 - 4
4 4 5
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Music 4 , 5 , 6
Applied Music
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 68,73
Music 53*, 54
Music 60,61
Music 57,58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Speech-Communication
4
0
4
5
0
1
-
3
0 0
4
2
4 4 3 3
0 0
1 1
- 4-5
Religion
Education 84,87
Education 83
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy
Music Organization
Art 1
Electives
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
4
1
5
4
5-6 5-6
4 4
1 1
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
10
5
-
-
0
-
5
-
-
4
5
0
4
-
4
-
-
4
0
4
MUSIC MAJOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Music 1,2,3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4,5,6
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr
4
-
JUNIOR
Art 1
Music 60,61,62
Music 53*, 54 ,,
Music57,58 Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
5
4
4
4
4
-
1
0
3
1
0
-
3
1
0
8
4
-
-
5
4
4
-
-
4-5 4-5
4
4
4
4
1
0
I
0
1
0
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cd Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
5'- -
-
.
-
-'
4
1
0
4
:I '
8
4
4
-
a
--I
0
1
0
- 10 ..5
'Chorar Technique may besubstituted for Instrurnenial Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR PREMEDICAL STUDENTS
-b
=
This major is preented as an option for premedical students. It provides the necessary
coursa for admission to most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School. I n addition, the major allows a number of elective courses. The student should
choose elective courses carefully, keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical
schools to which he intends t o apply. care must also be taken t o ensure that enough upper..
t
division credits are included. (In this specific program 16 credits of electives ~ u s be
u ~ ~division
e r credits.)
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
Religion' 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H, P.E. < 2 , 3
Chemistry 15,16
Biology l l , 1 2
-6
6
,
-
Religiqn
Foreign Language
Physics 21,22,23
Biology Elective
Electives
5
5
4
I h
6 6
5
5
5
5
5
6
4 4-6
IF
I
II
Ill
Chemis~ry51,52,53
Mathematics40.41.42
,
.
,5
5
5
S~IOR
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-'
-,
T;
Speech-Cammunicat ion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
,
Biology Electii~e
-
erm
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
?
;
Term
SOPHOMORE
-
- 5
4
- I h 1h
"*
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Biology S'eminar
Electives
-
4
-
5
4
4
-
4
--
1 -A
9
1
R
.
e
*-a
-
I
P
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORFOR TEACHING
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least
27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits
in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Education 50,59
Natural Science or Math.
Education 52,53,54
H. P.E. 10
Education 74
Fine Arts
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
I n
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
-
4
Foreign Language
Natural Science o r Math.
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
11 11 11
- - 5
5-6 I n 1/3
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
SOPHOMORE
-
-
-
4
-
4
4
4
0
-
5
0
5
-
3
5
0
2
4
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Natural Science or Math.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10
5
5
5
-
-
5
-
4
4
4
4
-
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 52
Philosophy Electives
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
4
-
5
5
5
-
4
4
-
-
4
I h 1/3 1/3
-
-
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Fine Arts
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy 23
Philosophy 41,42,43
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 5-6 5-6
4
4
5
4 4 4
- 5 -
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
4
-
-
5
SOPHOMORE
5 5
10 10
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
2-5 5 5 5
- 11 10
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Physics.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Physics 21,22,23
Mathematics 40,41,42
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
French or German
Physics 51,52
Physics 62,63
Physics 77
Mathematics 58,83,84
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
-
5 5
5 5 5
5 5 5
lh 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
4
-
4
1
4
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Mathematics 43
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy
Physics 45
French or German
Fine Arts
Sociology 11
History 1,2, or 3
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Physics 86,87
Physics 77
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
-
5
4
5
-
-
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
1
4 4
1 1
- - 4-5
11 11 8
8
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a typical, not mandatory, course of study. Students are urged
to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Philosophy 21
Math. or Natural Science
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. 20,21
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
4
1/3
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 23
Sociology 61
Computer Science 45
Pol. Sci. 30,49
Pol. Sci. Electives
Art 1 or Music 30
JUNIOR
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. Electives
Economics 22,23
Psychology 5
Inter. Disc. St. 96
5
- 4 4 7-8 4 4-6
- 4 4
5
- 3 -
5
5-6
4
1/3
5
-
--
5-6
4
1/3
SENIOR
Political Sci. Electives
Lit. or Speech
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 - 5 5
5
5
4 - - 4 4
- 4 4
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
8
8
4
4
8
16
PSYCHOLOGY
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2, or 3
Sociology 11
General Psychology
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Computer Science 45
Psychology 59
Psychology 61,62
Psychology Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
113
- 5
5 5 4
4
5
1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4 4 4 4 4
8 8 12
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Natural Science
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Speech-Communication
Sociology 61
Psychology 64
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Psychology 81
Psychology 93
Psychology 99 (any term)
Psychology Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
5
4
-
-
-
4
5
--
4-5
4
-
-
-
4
-
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
- - 3
4
4 4 4
8 4 10
RELIGION MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Natural Science or Math.
History 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion 21
Religion
Foreign Lang.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Philosophy 21
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 23
Foreign Lang.
Psychology 5
Electives
Philosophy
5
6
4
-
5
5
5
-
5
6
4
-
5
4
4
4
5
4
8
-
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
-
-
5
5
-
5
4
- 4-5
4
4
Term
I I Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
8
5
4
8
5
4
8
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES M A J O R
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Scand. I , 2
History I , 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5*
Education 50*, 59:
Education 52,53,54*
Scand. 84,74
Philosophy 21
Scand. 62
Electives
Education 67*
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 5 5 4
- - 5-6 5-6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
0
5
-
5
4
0
-
4
3
0
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Scand. 3,4
Scand. 55
Scand. 51,26
Speech-Communication
Pol. Sci. o r Econ.
H. P.E. lo*
Fine Arts
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84*
Education 83*, 87*
Scand. 72
Scand. 99
Electives
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
4 5
- 5
- 4-5 - 4 - - 5
4
4 4 -
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
-
10 - 5 4
5 - 1-5 - 1-5
0-5 - 5-10
*Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute electives
for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions.
Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had
similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his
proficiency in the subject.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program.
A student in the two-year program must elect courses from the general education requirement to make a total of 90 credits.
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
English 11,12
Business Ed. 1,lO
Business Ed. 21,22
Business Ed. 50,53
History 1,2, or 3
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 5 5 1
5
4 4 - 5 5
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
SECOND YEAR
Religion
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Business Ad. 1,2
Business Ed. 8,60,64
Sociology 11
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4
5
4
4
5
4
-
-
-
-
5
4
4
4
SEMINARY
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission
into a theological seminary course. The following program gives the approximate preseminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student
may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History l , 2 , 3
Foreign Language*
Sociology 11
H. P. E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Greek
Philosophy 41,42,43
Speech 11
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- - 5 5
4 4 4
5
5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 5 5
4 4 4
4
4 8 8
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
I
Cr.
5
5-6
4
-
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5-6 4
4
4
4
6
4
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4-5 4 12 16
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING I N SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits, which may be earned in either of
the following distributions:
A. History concentration: 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
B. Behavioral science concentration: 14 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and
47 credits distributed as follows:
42-43 credits in economics, political science, and sociology, of which a minimum
of 16 credits shall be upper division, with at least one upper-division course in each
of the three disciplines;
4-5 credits in an additional upper-division course in one of the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology.
Plan A. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the
social sciences (history concentration).
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2 , 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4 4 4
- 4 - 4 113 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
5
5
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 70
Fine Arts
Political Science 30,21
Economics 23
History
H. P.E. 10
Sociology 12
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4 3
0 0 0
- - 2
4
- 4 4
4
8
4
- 5 - 4 -
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
Speech-Communication
Interdisciplinary St. 90
History 95
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10
5
-
-
4
- 4-5
2-3 - 3
12 4
-
Plan B. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the
social sciences (behavioral science concentration).
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Sociology 11, I 2
Political Science 20 or 21
Math. or Natural Science
Geography I 4
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. (upper div.)
Social Science*
Economics 58
Foreign Language
Interdisc. Studies 90
H. P.E. 10
Education 50,59
Ed. 52,53,54
Education 70
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4
4
4
1/3
- 5
- 5
4 4 5 5
4 1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4 4-5 - 5
- 5
- 2-3
- - 4
0 0
-
-
-
-
5
5
3
0
2
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Economics 22,23
History 21,22
Sociology 61
Political Science 30
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Speech-Communication
4
5
4-5
SENIOR
Term
I
11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Foreign Language
Social Science**
Electives
10 5 - 4
- 4 4
- 4-5 - 8 8
4
5
4
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
*Upper division course in economics, sociology, or political science.
**Upper division course in economics, history, political science, psychology,
or sociology.
SPANISH M A J O R
See under Curriculum for French major.
SPEECH M A J O R
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Fine Arts
JUNIOR
Speech 61
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Speech 60
Speech 51,55
Education 50
Education 52,53,54
Education 59,76
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 5 5 4
4 - - 4 I h 1/3 1/3
- - 4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 - 5 5 - 5
4 - 0 0 0
- - 5
- 5 - - 8
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 23
Speech 12 or 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
SENIOR
Religion
Speech 16 or 67
Speech 76
Speech 66
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
-
-
4 - - 6 6
5
- 4-5 - - 4
5 Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr,
5
4-5
- - 5
- - 5
- 10 - 5
- - 4
8 - -
-- --
-
-
THEATER ARTS MAJOR
The following program is suggested for students who plan to study theater arts in graduate
school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2 o r 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Speech 11
Electives
JUNIOR
Fine Arts
Philosophy
English 74
English 76
Speech 60
Speech 61
Electives
Term
1 II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 4
- 4 - 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
5 - Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 4 - - 4
- 4 5
5 - 7 11
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Nat. Sci. o r Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Speech 16
Speech 28
Speech 32
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
English 84
Speech 66
Speech 67
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
5
4
-
-
5
4
4
-
4
-
4
-
-
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 -
5
-
5
5
-
5
10 10
-
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11,12
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Philosophy 63
Sociology 61,' 62*
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 - 5
5 5 4
4
4 4 4
lh 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5 4
5 10 10
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Natural Science or Math
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Sociology 41,58,59
Psychology 5
- - 5
5-6 5-6 - 4 4
- 4 4 4 4
5
SENIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75*
Sociology 91,* 82
Soc. 85,86,87 or
SOC. 92,93,94
Electives
5
-
5
-
*Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology l l , l 2
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion.
Sociology 51,* 52,* 53*
Spciology 54,* 55,* 56*
Sociology 61*
Psychology 5*
Pol. Sci. 20,21, or 22 or
Economics
Electives
*Required for the major.
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
5
,
5 5
5 - - 4
4 4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1134
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
1
5
5
4
1
-
4
1
5
-
-
4
-
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech-Communication
Philosophy
Sociology 31,58,59
Elective
4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 4
5 4 4
- - 9
SENIOR
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75,82,73
Psychology 61,62
Electives
I
5
5
5
-
5
5
5
5
5
7
PERSONNEL
THE B O A R D O F REGENTS
Officers of the Board
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chairman
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Mr. Jerome Formo
Vice-chairman
john R. Winsor.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mr. Albert E. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - .
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Luther Theological Seminary (Retired)
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota Insurance Exchange
Dr. Harold I.Lunde, St. Louis, Missouri
Manager of Planning and General Research, May Department Store Co.
Mr. C.S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor; Director, Environmental Health and Safety, University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Nelson Resource Corp.
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson,Jr., Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Senior Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Bertil Sandberg, St. Paul, Minnesota
Secretary-Treasurer, N. H. Sandberg Erection Co.
Secretary
. . . . . Treasurer
Mr. Clifford C. Sommer, Owatonna, Minnesota
President, Security Bank &Trust Co.
The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack, St. Paul, Minnesota
Professor, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Burton P. Fosse
President
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College
......................................
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vice President and Executive
Assistant to the President
Vice President for Development
Miss Fern I. Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
.......................................
Vice President for Student Affairs
Thomas Holman
Miss Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miss Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . .
Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
...............
Assistant Registrar
Karlis L. Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
Sigvald Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Alumni Relations
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Coordinator
StevenVite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager,NewsBureau
Russell Jones . . Coordinator of Campus Events and Manager of Music Organizations
Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Director of Admissions
David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Warren D. Cuplin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager
Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller
Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Plant Services
Carl Stromer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services
Rafael Cuerrero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor
Douglas Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of College Center
Irving Hoel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D. C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D.Strong Company
Mr. R. J.Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Dain, Kallman &Quail, Inc.
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Northern States Power Company (Retired)
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman, Executive Committee, Tescom Corporation (Retired)
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. A. Herbert Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Lutheran Brotherhood
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Consultant to Management, IDS Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Randall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0. G. Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judgeof the District Court
General L. J.Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank (Retired)
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, JeffersonTransportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Cuplin, Fosse, G. Johnson
PRESIDENT'S CABINET: 0. Anderson, M i s s Martinson, M i s s Joel, Stromer, Ecklund,
M. Johnson, Mandsager, Lancaster, Walgren, Jones
FACULTY SENATE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Benson, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Palosaari,
Mrs. Noonan, Torstenson, Alton, Sulerud
EDUCATIONAL POLICIES: Bailey, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, E. Johnson, Ollila, P. Quanbeck,
Davis, Steinmetz, Mrs. Dyrud, Stenshoel, Gulden, Thorpe
LIBRARY: Ozolins, Reichenbach, Miss A. Pederson, R. Nelson, Hanwick
STUDENT PERSONNEL: G . Johnson, Miss Martinson, K. Paulson, Gustafson, Mrs.
Sibley, Dewey
ADMISSIONS AND STUDENT
Rozentals, D. Johnson, Holman
STANDING:
Bailey,
Miss Joel, Follingstad, Miss
INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION: Mrs. M. Johnson, Sargent, Miss Joel, Miss M. Anderson
ATHLETICS: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Persons, Kiive
FACULTY SOCIAL FUNCTIONS: Mrs. L. Peterson, Mosand, Koehler, Mrs. Nichols,
Mrs. Baltina
TEACHER EDUCATION: E.
J. Johnson, Pearson, G. Nelson
Johnson, Mrs. Ludeman,
Mrs.
Parker,
Miss
Lund,
FACULTY PERSONNEL POLICIES: Miss Cole, Fardig, Holman, Nordlie, Sateren
*JUDICIAL COUNCIL: E. Nelson, Gundersen, Rusch, Mrs. Anderegg
*STUDENT-FACULTY COUNCIL: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson,
Johnsrud, Herforth
*CONVOCATIONS: Agre, Gabrielsen, Thompson, Mrs. E. Olson, Wasko
*RELIGIOUS LIFE: Mandsager, Riley, Miss Kemmer
ARCHIVES: Ozolins, Chrislock, L. Hansen, M. Quanbeck
*Joint Student-Faculty Committees
THE FACULTY
RUTH AASKOV (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French (on leave Term 1, 196970
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
COURTLAND ACRE (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
EARL ALTON (1960), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., W61, University of Michigan.
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
BARBARA ANDERSEN (1969), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Northwestern College, 1949; M.A., Northwestern University, 1954.
ERNEST ANDERSON (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*MARGARET ANDERSON (1969), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1948.
MARY MARIE ANDERSON (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
OSCAR A. ANDERSON (1963), President of t h e College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; L.L.D., Concordia
College, 1963.
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University o f Minnesota.
*ALLEN H. BACHELDER (1967), Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
B.A., 1961, and B.S., 1966, University of Minnesota.
KENNETH C. BAILEY (1965), Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of t h e
College and Professor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University o f Minnesota.
VALERIA B. BALTINA (1967), Instructor i n German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933,
University o f Latvia.
*Part-Time Faculty
STEPHEN K. BATALDEN (1969), lnstructor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
JOHN E. BENSON (1963), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and
Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY (19661, Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948, Northwestern University.
*NELLY T. BLACKBURN (1963-64,1968), lnstructor of French
B.A., Earlham College, 1949.
*VERNON M. BLOOM (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*PENELOPE A. CAIRNS (1967), lnstructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School,
1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
*LOUIS H. CAMPBELL (1969), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., Westminster College, 1964; M.A., Brigham Young University, 1967.
CARL H. CHRISLOCK (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota.
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
*L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN (1959-60,1961-62,1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
ROBERT W. CLYDE (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank
of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa,
1964.
AILENE COLE (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
*EDWIN L. CROSBY (1969), lnstructor of Political Science
B.A., 1961, and M.A., 1966, University of Minnesota.
WARREN D. CUPLIN (1968), Business Manager
B.S., University of Illinois, 1955; M.S., Northern Illinois University, 1967.
K. BERNER DAHLEN (1941),Associate Professor of English (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
F. MARK DAVIS (1968),Associate Professor of English
B.A., William JenningsBryan College, 1956; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1958; Ph.D.,
Duke University, 1966.
CARLYLE C. DEWEY (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
BEVERLY C. DURKEE (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.M., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
GRACE B. DYRUD (19621, Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
EDGAR E. EKLOF (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955.
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON (1964-65,1969), Associate Professor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., Michigan State University, 1964.
SHELDON FARDIG (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.
1950.
BURTON P. FOSSE (1953), Vice President and Executive Assistant to the President
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN (1963), lnstructor in Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
ORLOU E GISSELQU IST (1956), Associate Professor of History (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., 1943, M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
RUTH ANN GJERDE(1968), lnstructor of Health and Physical Education for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
*EDWIN L. GROENHOFF (1966), Visiting Professor of Geography
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957; Ed.D.,
of Colorado, 1968.
LARRY G. GRU (1968), lnstructor of Business Administration
B.A., Colgate University, 1964; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967.
DEAN B. GULDEN (1966), Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967.
JOHN H. GUNDERSEN (19671, lnstructor of Scandinavian
B.A., City College of New York, 1961.
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON (1961-63,1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1969, University of
Wisconsin.
ARLlN E. GYBERG (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
CARL R. HAMMARBERG (19531, Director of Placement and Testing with rank of
Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
LElF E. HANSEN (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
THEODORE J. HANWICK (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and MS., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York
University, 1950.
THERESA G. HAYNES (19681, Director of the Audio Visual Services
University
MELVIN HELLAND (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919
and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*KATHERINE A. HENNIG (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.S., 1933 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
ROBERT S. HERFORTH (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., 1963, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska.
NORMAN D. HOLEN (1964), Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
THOMAS R. HOLMAN (1966), Vice President for Student Affairs,
Associate Dean of Students, and Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966.
JOHN R. HOLUM (1957-58,1959), Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
VALIJA JAUNLININS (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
VIVIAN JENKINS(1969), Special Education Counselor in the Center for Student
Development and Director of the F.A.M.E. Program with rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Dana College, 1965.
CAROL J. JENNINGS(1969), Special Skills Counselor in the Center for Student
Development and Assistant Professor of English
B.S., Wisconsin State University, 1962; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1969.
*IRENE KHlN KHlN JENSEN(1955-56,1959), Associate Professor of History
(on leave, terms ll & Ill 1969-70).
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, 1956.
*OLIVE J. JENSEN(1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
MILDRED V. JOEL (1947), Registrar with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
DUANE E. JOHNSON (1968), Associate Professor of Psychology
I
B.A., Huron College, 1954; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; M.E., South Dakota
m
State University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
ElNAR 0.JOHNSON (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.Q., 1961, University of Washington.
GLEN W. JOHNSON (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
JAMES D. JOHNSON (1961), Assistant Professor of Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958.
.
*MARY E. JOHNSON (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
SHERMAN J. JOHNSRUD (1960-61,1965-66,1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
ROBERT KARLEN (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
*JOANNE KARVONEN (1965-68,1969), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962.
*GRACE E. KEMMER (1966), Librarian I,Acquisition Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
*SYLVIA J. KERR (1968), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Carleton College, 1963; M.S., 1966 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
PRllDU KllVE (19661, lnstructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
BERNHARDT 1. KLEVEN (1937-46,1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
BOYD N. KOEHLER (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
*MAYNARD W. LlNN (1969), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy
B.A., Augustana College, 1962.
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota
KAREN P. LONG (1969), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1965.
RUTH G. LUDEMAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
GERTRUDE S. LUND (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
LYNN L. McCABE (1968), lnstructor of English
B.A., 1963; M.A., 1967; and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
*PATRICIA A. McCOLM (1969), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., University of Arizona, 1968.
*MARIE 0. McNEFF (1968), Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., 1960; M.Ed., 1963; and Ph.D., 1967, University of Nebraska.
ORLIN L. MANDSAGER (1960-61,1962), Campus Pastor and lnstructor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
FERN MARTINSON (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
MARTHA M. MAlTSON (1960-68), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
*DIANA L. METZKER (1968), Artist in Residence in Music (piano/organ)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
EDWlN D. MICKELBERG (1956), Associate Professor of Biology (on half-time leave
of absence 1969-70)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
SHEROD L. MILLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., Wheaton College, 1962; M.S.W., Florida State University, 1964.
J O H N R. MITCHELL (1968), lnstructor of English
B.A., Maryville College, 1962.
*AUGUST MOLDER (1963), Artist i n Residence and lnstructor o f A r t
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
GERDA MORTENSEN (19231, Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of
Centennial Committee
B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928.
J O H N B. M O S A N D (1967), lnstructor i n Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of
Technology, 1957-60; University o f Illinois, 1960-61.
D A V I D G. MUTCHLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Mathematics
B.A., Hamline University, 1964; M.A., Columbia University, 1965.
ARTHUR NASH (1922-661, Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
*CHESTER A. NELSON (19691, Visiting Lecturer o f Health and Physical Education
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1938.
EDOR C. NELSON (19461, Associate Professor o f Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University o f Minnesota, 1947.
G O R D O N L. NELSON (1967), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1963; M.A., University o f Chicago Divinity School, 1965.
RICHARD C. NELSON (1968), Assistant Professor o f History
B.A., University o f Nebraska, 1964; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
CRIER NICHOLL (1961), Associate Professor o f English (on leave Term 1,1969-70)
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D.,
University o f Minnesota, 1964.
CHERYL C. NICHOLS (19681, lnstructor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
* J O H N L. NIELSEN (19661, Artist i n Residence and lnstructor i n Music (Brass)
B.A., lowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University o f lowa, 1963.
N O R M A C. N O O N A N (19661, Associate Professor o f Political Science (on leave Term
I and one-half Term 11,1969-70)
B.A., University o f Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University.
D A V I D NORDLIE (1961), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University o f Minnesota, 1965.
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA (1966), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston
University, 1963.
ESTHER J.OLSON (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D., 1956, University o f Minnesota.
*NILS W. OLSSON (1967-68,19691, Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
GARY OSMAN (1968), lnstructor of Spanish
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
*WILLIAM E. OYLER (1969), lnstructor of German
B.A., Carleton College, 1954; B.S. in Ed, 1961, and M.A., 1963, University of Minnesota.
KARLIS OZOLINS (1955), Head Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961
and M.A. in Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
RONALD G. PALOSAARI (1965), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*PATRICIA A. PARKER (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952.
KERMIT E. PAULSON (19681, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1963.
WAYNE C. PAULSON (1969), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Luther College, 1965; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1968.
HOWARD E. PEARSON (1956), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
ANNE PEDERSON (1932-44,19461, Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
WARREN L. PERSONS (1968), lnstructor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1968.
LaVONNE PETERSON (1950), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1953.
*KATHRYN J. PFEFFER (1968), Instructional Assistant of Health and Physical
Education for Women
B.S., Moorhead State College, 1962.
RONALD D. PFEFFER (1966), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
*OLGA PULESTON (19691, lnstructor of Sociology
B.A., University of Delaware, 1964.
MARTIN QUANBECK (1938), Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th.,
1954 and D.Th,, 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary.
LLOYD E. RAYMOND (1969), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., Mankato State College, 1969.
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH (1968), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Wheaton College, 1965; M.A., 1967 and Ph.D., 1968, Northwestern University.
ri.
Yir
JOHN F. RILEY (1968), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1951; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1964, Catholic University of America.
FLOYD ROMSLO (1969), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
GUNTA ROZENTALS (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956; M.A., 1961, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
WILLIAM G. RUSCH (1968), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., 1959 and M.A., 1960, University of Buffalo; B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary,
1963; D. Phil, University of Oxford, 1965.
*THOMAS R. RYKKEN (1968), lnstructor in Computer Science
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
EDWARD M. SABELLA (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
JACQUELYN B. SAHLIN (1969), Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., Wayne State University, 1952; M.A., Roosevelt University, 1960.
RICHARD B. SARGENT (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
LELAND B. SATEREN (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg
College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakeland College, 1965.
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD (1959), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963.
*RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ (1968), Visiting Professor of Religion
A.B., University of Illinois, 1949; M.A., 1955 and Ph.D., 1960, Hebrew Union College.
JESSE M. SHAPIRO (1969), Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1950; M.A., 1951 and Ph.D., 1954, University of Minnesota.
*MARJORIE H. SIBLEY (1961), Librarian II, Reference Librarian
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
EUGENE SKIBBE (1964), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University
of Heidelberg, 1962.
DAlNA SMlTS (1968), lnstructor of Economics
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*CARROLL I.STEIN (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1956; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1966, University of Minnesota.
DONALD B. STEINMETZ (1968), Associate Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
*CHARLES A. STENDAHL, JR. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1969.
MYLES C. STENSHOEL (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
RALPH SULERUD (19641, Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska.
PHILIP J. THOMPSON (1959), Associate Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
NEAL 0.THORPE (19671, Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
JOHNTHUT (1947-66), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of
Music.
VERA THUT (1947-68), Instructor Emeritus
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
JOELS. TORSTENSON (1938-42,1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*THOMAS N. TWEETEN (1968), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry
B.S., Winona State College, 1968.
ERLING J. URDAHL (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*LEO B. VETVICK (1966), Lecturer of Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park
Seminary, 1955.
EUGENE VUlClCH (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*SISTER AGNES WARD (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
DOUGLAS P. WASKO (1968)) Director of College Center
B.S., 1961 and M.Ed., 1965, University of Minnesota.
BEVERLY A. WEGGE (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
Q. FREDERICK WESSMAN (1969), Assistant Director for the Center of Student Develop-
ment with rank of Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965; M.A., American University, 1967.
DAVID C. W O O D (1969), Associate Professor of English
B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1958; M.A., 1959 and Ph.D., 1969, Bowling Green State
University.
L. WILLIAM YOUNGDAHL (1968), Director of the Center for Urban Programs
B.A., Yale University, 1950; B.D., Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 1954; S.T.M.,
Union Theological Seminary, 1955.
Non-Returning Faculty
*CALVIN W. APPELBY (1968-69), Lecturer of Sociology
B.A., Kent State University, 1956.
JOYCE C. ASCHENBRENN ER (1968-69), Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., Newcomb College, 1954; M.A., Tulane University, 1956; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1967.
CRAIG B. CARLSON (1967-69), lnstructor of English
B.A., College of William and Mary, 1965.
GEORGE A. FEVlG (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.B.A., University of Chicago, 1965.
*CLIFFORD L. JOHNSON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Southern Illinois University.
*JAMES C. KINCANNON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., Washington & Lee University, 1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967
*ROBERT A. LEWIS (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953; B.D., Moravian Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A.,
University of Minnesota, 1966.
*WILLIAM 0. NILSEN (1968-69), Visiting Professor of Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1924; M.A., University of Minn-esota, 1935.
*KNUT NYSTEDT (1968-69), Artist in Residence in Music
Eksamen Artium, 1935; Oslo Conservatory of Music, 1936 and 1943.
WAYNE R. PARK (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Trinity College, 1958; M.S., Northwestern University, 1959.
*JAMES W. P R A n (1968-69), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., Macalester College, 1966.
*JERIE M. P R A n (1967-69), Instructor of Speech
B.A., Macalester College, 1966.
*BRIAN L. RAINER (1967-68), lnstructor of Greek
B.A., Luther College, 1964; M.A., University of Iowa, 1966.
*WILMA A.'SWEDBURG (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ed.Sp., 1962, University of Minnesota.
*ROBERT F. WALD (1968-69), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy
B.A., St. John's University, 1963.
GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1,
1967 to AUGUST 31,1968
Ackermann, Carol Martinez / Northfield,
Minn.
Ackerson, Constance M . /Cumberland, Wis.
Agrimson, lone Evangeline / Bismarck,
N. Dak.
Amdall, Elizabeth Ann /Barron, Wis.
Andell, Paul Arne / Miami, FI.
Andersen, Norman R. / Newport, Minn.
Anderson, Donna Mae /Red Wing, Minn.
Anderson, Dorothy L. /Madison, Minn.
Anderson, Margaret Rose / Richfield, Minn.
Anderson, Michael B. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Anthonisen, Ann Larson /Cokato, Minn.
Arndt, Michael John / Hutchinson, Minn.
Asp, Camilla Joy/Ames, lowa
Bachman, Jean Frances /Richfield, Minn.
Barnett, Robert ~ a d e / M i n n e a p o l i s ,Minn.
Batalden, Carol J. / Lamberton, Minn.
Beck, Joyce Ersted / Donnelly, Minn.
Behm, Christ Joseph /St. Paul, Minn.
Belter, Lois Lillian /Glencoe, Minn.
Bengtson, James Dennis /St. Louis Park,
Minn.
Benson, Donald R. Jr. / Bloomington, Minn.
Benson, W. Bruce/Center City, Minn.
Berg, Allan Jerome/Austin, Minn.
Berg, David F. / Beloit, Wis.
Berg, Gene Arthur / Wanamingo, Minn.
Berg, Priscilla Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Berglund, Jean Elizabeth /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Berndt, Bonita Louise /Osseo, Minn.
Bjerkestrand, JoelSilas Jr. /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Bjornlund, Robert Ronald / Holden, Mass.
Boe, David Eugene/Adams, Minn.
Bogeskov, Nancy Louise /Bloomington, Minn.
Bohnsack, John Richard /Chaska, Minn.
Bollerud, Gracia Mae /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bomsta, Stanley M. /St. Paul, Minn.
Braaten,.Janet Marie,/ Elk River, Minn.
Braud, Carole Sandra /South St. Paul, Minn.
Britt, Donald E. /La Crosse, Wis.
Britt, Judith Ann Hurtig / Hector, Minn.
Brown, Perilyn Ruth /Charles City, lowa
Buckman, Patricia Mariam / Le Center,
Minn.
Burch, Donna Marie /South St. Paul, Minn.
Burns, Mary Jane Larson /St. Paul Park,
Minn.
Carlson, James Ernest /Aitkin, Minn.
Carlson, Margery Lynette/Richfield, Minn.
Carlstrom, Geraldine E. /Red Wing, Minn.
Chilgren, Duane Allen /St. Anthony Village,
Minn.
Christensen, Linda Rae / Hartland, Minn.
Cox, Miriam Charlene /St. Paul, Minn.
Dale, Charles Vernon 11 /Forest Lake, Minn.
Derfler, David J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
DeVries, Jonathan W. /Bejou, Minn.
Digree, JoAnne Celeste /Minneapolis, Minn.
Dunshee, Sharon /Minneapolis, Minn.
Eckberg, John Charles /Gibbon, Minn.
Eggum, Elen ldell /Albert Lea, Minn.
Eidsvoog, Jane Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Engel, Margaret A. / Hanley Falls, Minn.
Elavsky, Jeffery Craig /Minneapolis, Minn.
Enger, William /Fairmont, Minn.
Ersfeld, Dean Arnold /Lakeville, Minn.
Erickson, Stephen Keith /St. Paul, Minn.
Fahlberg, John A. /Alexandria, Minn.
Farmer, William B. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Faue, Jeffrey Lawrence /Minneapolis, Minn.
Feig, Douglas Gregory /Minneapolis, Minn.
Firl, Mary Louise /Red Wing, Minn.
Fredrickson, Alan R. / Hutchinson, Minn.
Frisk, Douglas Quentin /Minneapolis, Minn.
Garmer, Gregory Richard /Elk River, Minn.
Gerken, John Ralph /Raymond, Minn.
Gilbertson, JoAnn /Richfield, Minn.
Cislason, Allen Wayne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Gravell, Carolyn J. /Mound, Minn.
Gudmestad, Kim A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Guetzkow, Denis G. /Anoka, Minn.
Gunderson, Lynn James/Minneapolis, Minn.
Gunderson, Thomas Harding /Dodge Center,
Minn.
Haack, Linda Caroline/Spring Lake Park,
Minn.
Hageseth, JonAubrey / Elk River, Minn.
Hallcock, Lois Arlene / Northfield, Minn.
Hansen, Wayne Norman /Mount Prospect,
111.
Hanson, Barbara Rae /Sand Creek, Wis.
Hanson Carolyn A. /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Hanson, Mark Stephen /St. Paul, Minn.
Hanson, Robert Nels /Harris, Minn.
Hartmark, Leif S. /Arden Hills, Minn.
Haugann, Else Dagny Momrak /Oslo,
Norway
Hendrkkson, Dale A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoekstra, Donna Anderson /St. Paul, Minn.
Hoel, Brian Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Holm, Virginia Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hopper, John Douglas /Fergus Falls, Minn.
Hoversten, Martha Annette / Brainerd, Minn.
Hukee, Byron Edgar /St. Francis, Minn.
Husbyn, Natalie M . /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Ilstrup, Duane Montor / Buffalo, Minn.
Ilstrup, Russell Emris /Buffalo, Minn.
Jacobson, Harold Leon / Lake Lillian, Minn.
Jedlund, Steven Douglas /Richfield, Minn.
Jensen, Gerald David / Menomonie, Wis.
Johnson,Alan R. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Dean Sheldon /Blaine, Minn.
Johnson, Dolores Johanna/Minneapolis,
Minn.
Johnson,Gail Linda/Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson,Gary Allan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Herald Allan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Nancy Wells /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson,Richard Lamson / Edina, Minn.
Johnson,Theodore Reynold / Kerkhoven,
Minn.
Johnson,Timothy L. /Tananarive, Malagasy
Republic
Johnson,William James/ Escanaba, Mich.
Jones, Nancy Lee / Hopkins, Minn.
Jopke,Walter Henry Jr. / Fridley, Minn.
Jordan, Rebecca Hedlund, Minneapolis, Minn.
Jorgensen, Linda Kay /Redwood Falls, Minn.
Jorgenson, Myrna Jean/Minneapolis, Minn.
Joyce, David Allen / Bloomington, Minn.
Jurgensen, Mary S. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Kahl, Meridel Louise / New Lenox, Ill.
Kanne, Karen Kay / Brainerd, Minn.
Kelly, Susan Dianne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Kendrick, Luther Wayne/Rapid City, S. Dak.
Kern, David M. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Knudson, Kathleen / Fairmont, Minn.
Kopperud, Vicki E. /St. Paul, Minn.
Korogi, Patricia A. /Golden Valley, Minn.
Kristenson, Stephen Paul /Wanamingo, Minn.
Larson, Elaine Marie/Toledo, Ohio
Larson, Melinda Anne Marie /Bayfield, Wis.
Lee, Rebecca / Hollywood, Calif.
Leitzke, Roberta J. Humphrey /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Lestrud, Karolynn /Menomonie, Wis.
Lawatsch, Frank Hjalman /Elk River, Minn.
Liljequist, Carolyn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lindeman, Glen Raymond / Paynesville,
Minn.
Linden, Patricia Ann /Grantsburg, Wis.
Lindgren, Richard A. /Cockeysville, Md.
Lindquist, Kathlynn M. /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Loftness, David Palmer / Hector, Minn.
Lukens, Argyle Ellis /Albert Lea, Minn.
Lunneborg, Mary Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Luukkonen, Thomas Lloyd /Big Lake, Minn.
Lyle, Carolyn Natalie /Minneapolis, Minn.
Malm, John Randolph /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Malotky, Lyle Oscar /Richfield, Minn.
Marks, Lyman E. /Lester Prairie, Minn.
McMullen, Max M. / Eden Prairie, Minn.
Melby, David John / Hendricks, Minn.
Mikutowski, Mary Julia/South St. Paul,
Minn.
Miller, Gary Allen /Minneapolis, Minn.
McMullen, Sharon Kay /Rogers, Minn.
Miller, Margaret A. /Vincent, Iowa
Neiderhauser, Audrey P. /Ellsworth, Wis.
Nelson, Dennis R. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Robert Dennis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Ronald E. / Portland, N. Dak.
Nelson, Ronald G. / Dawson, Minn.
Nelson, Suzann Johnson/Evansville, Minn.
Neseth, Sandra Avon / Kenyon, Minn.
Nichols, Donald Harold /Minneapolis, Minn.
Niles, Charles Arden / Hopkins, Minn.
Nilsson, Ronald Allan /Des Plaines, Ill.
Norine, JamesMichael / Pennock, Minn.
Nye, JamesHarry /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nyquist, Kathleen Louise /St. Paul, Minn.
Nystrom, NoReen /Golden Valley, Minn.
Odegard, Lorelyn Ann / Dubuque, la.
Ojeda, Bernard P. Jr. /Brooklyn, N. Y.
Olsen, Roberta Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Olson, Douglas K. /St. James, Minn.
Olson, Judith Kay /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Olson, Kathryn Elizabeth /Hoffman, Minn.
Olson, Marsha Strommen /St. James, Minn.
Oslund, Sam David / Escanaba, Mich.
Pagel, Sandra Kaye /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Palm, Gregory John /Richfield, Minn.
Pedersen, JaniceNaomi /Chicago, Ill.
Pedersen, Karen Elizabeth /Copenhagen,
Denmark
Pedersen, Linda Lee / Minneapolis, Minn.
Pederson, Jonathan Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Pederson, Kathleen L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peters Mary Joy/Chisago City, Minn.
Peters, Robert J. /Madelia, Minn.
Petersen, Lois Scott /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Joan Marie / Eden Prairie, Minn.
Peterson, Mary Roiland / Starbuck, Minn.
Peterson, Nancy Carolyn /New London,
Minn.
Pierson, Esther C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Pilcher, Pamela Jean/Blue Earth, Minn.
Pilgrim, David J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Prigge, Roger Irvin /St. Paul, Minn.
Quenemoen, Richard Wayne / Boyd, Minn.
Redeske, JoanCarol / Edina, Minn.
Robison, Thomas Lockert / Richfield, Minn.
Roebke, John M . /Hector, Minn.
Rogness, Audry JaneAnderson /Ashby,
inn.
Romerein, Judy Elaine/Minneapolis, Minn.
Romslo, James/ International Falls, Minn.
Ronning, Merrill Dean /Park River, N. Dak.
Rood, Lynette Kaye /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ruud, Robert Henry /Richfield, Minn.
Sackreiter, Karen Foss /Spooner, Wisc.
Salmonson, Cecelia E. /Roseau, Minn.
Sanford, Karen Jean/Wausau, Wisc.
Sateren, Leland Bernhard Jr./Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schaubach, JudithAnderson /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schivone, Mary Louise / Mound, Minn.
Schmidt, Gary Hugh /Minneapolis, Minn.
Schornstein, Robert Victor /St. Paul, Minn.
Schueler, Bette Ann /Melrose, Minn.
Schulz, Alan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn.
Seegmiller, Steven M. / Decorah, Iowa
Sethre, Earl William / Preston, Minn.
Severson, Clair Frederick / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Severson, JanA. /Cambridge, Minn.
Shaler, Emily Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Shelstad, Dennis LeRoy /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sie, Amy Yu-Mei / Hong Kong
Sletten, Donald A. /Souris, N. Dak.
Sorbel, Dorayne J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Stadum, Beverly Ann /Minot, N. Dak.
Stafsberg, Dianne Lea / Brainerd, Minn.
Stangland, Gary B. /Morris, Illinois
Starn, Susanne Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stavnes, Lowell E. / Lamberton, Minn.
Steen, Peter Timothy / Minneapolis, Minn.
Steenson, Robert L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Steffen, Jane Louise /Walnut Grove, Minn.
Stevens, Nancy E. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stivland, Sidney Ralph / Lowry, Minn.
Stratton, Terrance L. / Bloomington, Minn.
Struckmann, Ronald H. / Rochester, Minn.
Sundberg, Stanley Waldon /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Swanson, Bonnie Lee / Northfield, Minn.
Swanson, T. Leonard /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sylvester, JoAnne Lois / Hutchinson, Minn.
Tholen, Judith J. /Aitkin, Minn.
Thompson, James Kermit / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Thoreson, Larry B. /Kenyon, Minn.
/ North Branch, Minn.
Thorp, Janet ~ l a i n e
Tiedeman, Diane Joan / Richfield, Minn.
Timm, Mary R. / Bricelyn, Minn.
Turner,Jeanne Marie /West St. Paul, Minn.
Vaala, Janice E. /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Vaala, Leslie David /Granite Falls, Minn.
Van Ornum, Bonita Karen / LaMoure, N. Dak.
Volz, Joan L. /Frost, Minn.
Weinard, John P. Jr. /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Wellnitz, Lois Adel / Lafayette, Minn.
Wilkman, Helen I./ Deer River, Minn.
Williams, Kathleen Dianne /Sacred Heart,
Minn.
Wilt, Judith Kay /Minneapolis, Minn.
Wolslegel, Mary Ellen /Wausau, Wisc.
Young, Richard John /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Youngquist, Myrtis M. /St. Paul, Minn.
Zieserner, William M . /St. Paul, Minn.
GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1,
1968 to AUGUST 31,1969
Adix, Kathleen Ruby /Alden, Minn.
Affolter, Ronald H. /Lindenhunt, Ill.
Agre, Annetta Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ahrens, Dallas A. /Windom, Minn.
Alm, Karen Marie / Forest Lake, Minn.
Anderson, Bonnie L. /Sargeant, Minn.
Anderson, Douglas Scott hchaumburg, Ill.
Anderson, Stewart C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Anderson, Sydney J. / Braham, Minn.
Andreason, Marjorie Lucille / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Anthonisen, John Christopher / Richfield,
Minn.
Arvidson, Lynn A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bailey, Suzan K. /Randall, Minn.
Becklund, Sandra /Minneapolis, Minn.
Beenken, David Low /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bell, Thomas Paul /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bengtson, Ardell Thorpe / New Brighton,
Minn.
Bengtson, Dennis Ray / Richfield, Minn.
Benson, Lynn Barbara /Minneapolis, Minn.
Berg, Lona May /Welch, Minn.
Berg, Ronald A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Betzler, William F., Jr. /Buhl, Minn.
Bickel, Lynda Sue /St. Paul, Minn.
Bjorklund, Pamela Joan /Columbia Heights,
Minn.
Bjur, Yvonne Mae /Bloomington, Minn.
Blazina, Barbara Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Blomquist, Susan Joan /Watertown, Minn.
Boe, Darrell A. /Grand Rapids, Minn.
Boen, Gary Lee / Burnsville, Minn.
Bolstad, Nancy H. /Helena, Montana
Botten, Thomas Ford /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bottge, Brian Adrian /Renville, Minn.
Bottge, Donna Nordang /Granite Falls, Minn.
Branes, Joel Keith /St. Paul, Minn.
Bucka, Barbara Jean/St. Louis Park, Minn.
Carlson, Wayne Donald / Kerkhoven, Minn.
Challgren, C. Gene /Sylmar, Cal.
Childs, Maureen Gladys /Columbia Heights
Minn.
Christensen, Sonya Ruth /Minneapolis, Minn.
Christianson, Carol Anne/St. Paul, Minn.
Christian, Pamela Kaye /Sheridan, Ill.
Cina, David George / Richfield, Minn.
Clark, Sharon Ann /Coon Rapids, Minn.
DahI, Beth S. Foss /Wayzata, Minn.
Danielson, Maynard /Cadott, Wisc.
DeVries, Stephen James/ Edina, Minn.
Docken, Thomas Lloyd /Minneapolis, Minn.
Edstrom, Philip E. /Marine on St. Croix,
Minn.
Egertson, Bruce D. /Tulsa, Okla.
Erickson, Cheryl Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ersfeld, Diana Olson /New Brighton, Minn.
Essen, Michael D. / Edina, Minn.
Fenton, Richard William / Peoria, Ill.
Finke, Patricia Anne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Follingstad, Diane Ruth /Chicago, Ill.
Ford, Kathleen Page/Minneapolis, Minn.
Forseth, Marilyn Jeanne/ Minneapolis, Minn.
Franck, Michael J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Frank, Paul W. /Deer Park, Wisc.
Fredrickson, Pamela Ann /Burnsville, Minn.
Froyum, Dale Walter /Wanamingo, Minn.
Fundingsland, JohnAnderson /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Garmer, Mary Katherine Michaelsen /
Minneapolis, Minn.
Gisselquist, JamesClement / Story City, la.
Goetsch, Kristi Sanford / Wausau, Wisc.
Grams, Robert Warren /Anoka, Minn.
Greene, Mary Elizabeth /Minneapolis, Minn.
Greenfield, John C. / Northfield, Minn.
Hagel, Barbara Lee /St. Paul, Minn.
Hagestuen, Dorothy Sharon /Starbuck Minn.
Halseth, Roberta Loie /Mounds View, Minn.
Halverson, Joan Yvonne / Dallas, Wisc.
Halvorson, Carol Sue / Brainerd, Minn.
Hansen, Lois Batalden / Lamberton, Minn.
Hanson, David C. /Columbia Heights, Minn.
Hanson, Sandra Marie/Minneapolis, Minn.
Hausske, George Edward, Jr. /Wheaton, Ill.
Hawkins, Janice Elizabeth /Lake Lillian,
Minn.
Hedstrom, L. Keith /Scandia, Kansas
Heege, Nancy Johnson /Sioux Falls, S. Dak.
Helgeson, oiane Kay /Menomonie, Wisc.
Helgeson, Eunice May /Tracy, Minn.
Helmbrecht, Royce Ralph / Hayfield, Minn.
Hermann, Kaye Lilien /Delano, Minn.
Hermerding, Ertwin / Duluth, Minn.
Hoel, Mary Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Holden, Kristi Ellen /Westby, Wisc.
Holden, Ronald Edward / Eleva, Wisc.
Holmberg, Carole Lee /Fridley, Minn.
Holte, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoplin, David Glenn /Lowry, Minn.
Horner, Donald James/Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoseth, JamesAlan /Two Harbors, Minn.
Hubbling, John Randolph /East Greenwich,
Rhode Island
Huovie, Curtis Oliver /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Jacobs; Gerald John /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Jacobson, Miriam Janice/Kenyon, Minn.
Jacobson, Rosemary /Menomonie, Wisc.
Jamieson, Bonnie J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Jenneke, Cheryl Yvonne / Lester Prairie,
Minn.
Jensen,Juanita Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Jensen, Karen Elaine / Goodridge, Minn.
Jensen, LeRoy / Milltown, Wisc.
Jetzer, Thomas Carl /Sheboygan, Wisc.
Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, David John /Bloomington, Minn.
Johnson, Donna Lynne/Chisago City, Minn.
Johnson, Kay Lynn /Willmar, Minn.
Johnson, Laurel Jones/Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Norma Jean/Princeton, Minn.
Johnson, JonScott /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Johnson, Thomas Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Jones, Judith Lynn /Rochester, Minn.
Jones, Russell Keith /Massapequa, N.Y.
Jones, Sandra R. /Marshall, Minn.
Jurisch, John A. / Hector, Minn.
Kangas, Judith Johnson/Frazee, Minn.
Karkhoff, James Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Kelley, Suzanne /Golden Valley, Minn.
King, Peter C. / Rosemount, Minn.
King, Richard Earl / Rosemount, Minn.
Kirchner, Robert William /Anoka, Minn.
Kloster, Ingrid Rachel / Decorah, lowa
Kniefel, Jacqueline Mae /Medford, Minn.
Knudson, Curtis L. /Bemidji, Minn.
Koponen, Janet Kathryn /Detroit, Mich.
Kragnes, Kathleen /Bloomington, Minn.
Kraskin, Cheryl Ann /Bloomington, Minn.
Krinke, Susan / Lamberton, Minn.
Kulseth, Joyce Marie / Bellevue, Wash.
Kusel, Marilyn Janet/Orange, Cal.
Kwan, Peter K. W. / Hong Kong
Kyllo, Jeanne Marie / Wanamingo, Minn.
La Belle, Douglas H. / Rush City, Minn.
Larsen, Laurel Esther /Seattle, Wash.
Larson, Cynthia Joan / Edina, Minn.
Larson, Lawrence Louis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Leach, JoanneOgdahl /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lee, Janiel L. /Cottonwood, Minn.
Lempke, Diane K. /Ottawa, Ill.
Lien, Karen Elizabeth / Northfield, Minn.
Lindberg, Gary Leonard /Brainerd, Minn.
Locken, Carl M., Jr. /Coon Rapids, Minn.
Lofstrom, Hjalmer I., Jr. / Newfolden, Minn.
Louden, Michael Hughes /Cannon Falls,
Minn.
Lund, Marcia Ann /Forest City, lowa
Lund, Mark Alan /Forest City, lowa
Lunneborg, Sherman C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lyon, Melva Jean /Lake Crystal, Minn.
Machmueller, Nancy Lou /Birnamwood,
Wisc.
Malmberg, Rickard H. /St. Paul, Minn.
Mathison, JanisJune/Larsen, Wisc.
Matthews, Larry John/Fridley, Minn.
Mestemacher, Bruce Allen / Edina, Minn.
Mether, Mary L. / International Falls, Minn.
Mielke, Sharyn Lee /Montrose, Minn.
Mikkelsen, Clark L. /Cedar Falls, lowa
Moline, M . Stephen / Hopkins, Minn.
Molskness, Theodore Arthur / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Morgan, Susan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Moskal, Annette Joyce/Minneapolis, Minn.
Mueller, Paula Martha/ Prior Lake, Minn.
Neihart, Kenneth James/St. Paul, Minn.
Nelson, Charlotte Ann /Glencoe, Minn.
Nelson, David Dayton /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Stephen L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Thomas W. / Northfield, Minn.
Ness, Margaret Elaine / Hinckley, Minn.
Neuman, Judith L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Neumann, Nancy Lee / Edina, Minn.
Newhouse, John Orlando /Crystal, Minn.
Nichols, Paul William /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nord, Erland John / Goodhue, Minn.
Nordin, David Denton /Lake Lillian, Minn.
Odden, Shirley Jean/St. Paul, Minn.
Olmsted, Richard D. / Lakeville, Minn.
Olmsted, Sandra Larson /Richfield, Minn.
Olsen, David A. /Shakopee, Minn.
Olson, Arlene Eva /Blanchardville, Wisc.
Olson, Douglas Murlin / Paynesville, Minn.
Olson, Gary Leroy /St. Paul, Minn.
Ondov, Judy/Minneapolis, Minn.
Osman, Marshall Kent /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Paschke, Charles Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Perkins, Dan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn.
Perkins, Patrick Stephen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Person, JohnWalker /Big Lake, Minn.
Peterson, Dale Allen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Dale Howard /Ogilvie, Minn.
Peterson, Dale William / Fairmont, Minn.
Peterson, Daylen Craig /Austin, Minn.
Peterson, Glen J. / Burnsville, Minn.
Peterson, Jeffrey Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Lois Ann /Richfield, Minn.
Peterson, Michael David /St. James, Minn.
Peterson, Nancy Carol / Bloomington, Minn.
Peterson, Ronald L. /Annandale, Minn.
Petrich, Ronald /Minneapolis, Minn.
Piepenburg, Patricia Ann /Grove City, Minn.
Pietig, Sandra Olson /Minneapolis, Minn.
Polly, Richard Pierson /Elk Grove, 111.
Putnins, Dace / Milwaukee, Wisc.
Ramsden, Linda Lee /Circle Pines, Minn.
Ramstad, Darlene Joanne/ Minneapolis,
Minn.
Randall, Catherine Nadine / Richfield, Minn.
Rasmussen, Clyde Stephen / Neenah, Wisc.
Redman, Alan William /Wells, Minn.
Reiff, Mark Andrew /St. Paul, Minn.
Repinski, Patricia A. /Tampa, Florida
Richmond, Stewart George, Jr. /
Bloomington, Minn.
Riskedahl, Sharon Janine/ Independence,
Iowa
Rolfe, Nancy Karen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Roste, JamesB. /Sacred Heart, Minn.
Runquist, Diane Ellingson / Milaca, Minn.
Saiovici, Adriana /Sao-Paulo, Brasil
Salzman, Linda J. / Peshtigo, Wisc.
Sammler, JamesRichard /St. Paul, Minn.
Sandeen, Richard Ernest /Richfield, Minn.
Sandven, Lars Arild / Norheimsund, Norway
Sanford, Linda Sue / Richfield, Minn.
Schaller, Lee Franklin /Minneapolis, Minn.
Schaubach, Jerome E., Jr. /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schmidt, Donna Jean/Bloomington, Minn.
Schmidt, Judy Ann /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Schulte, Ellry L. /Brandon, Minn.
Schultz, Wilbur W. /Canby, Minn.
Schwanebeck, Lois Ann / Faribault, Minn.
Schwartz, Gary Lee /Minneapolis, Minn.
Scurrah, William L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sevig, Daniel A. / Brookings, S. Dak.
Sevig, Kathleen Ruth / Kensington, Minn.
Shaffer, Thomas Wayne /Rockville, Md.
Shefveland, Richard D. /West St. Paul, Minn.
Sims, Barbara S. /Richfield, Minn.
Skogerboe, Laurel Elaine /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Snow, Jon Frederic /LeSueur, Minn.
Solomonson, Earle /Minneapolis, Minn.
Solomonson, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Steinke, Steven H. /Bloomington, Minn.
Stendahl, Charles A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stensvaag, John-Mark/Minneapolis, Minn.
Stewart, Linda Marie /Robbinsdale, Minn.
,Stidand, Anna L. / Lowry, Minn.
Strand, Alvina Rae /Bonetraill, N. Dak.
Strandquist, Robert Adler / Richfield, Minn.
Strom, Gretchen Louise / Fairmont, Minn.
Strom, Mary Lynn /Red Wing, Minn.
Strommen, E. Peter / Richfield, Minn.
Stolberg, Larry J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sulzbach, John Harold /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sveom, Karen Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swanson, John E. /Litchfield, Minn.
Swanson, Paul D. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swanson, Roger L. /Columbia Heights, Minn.
Swanson, Ronald Allan /Riverside, Cal.
Swanson, Sally 0. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swee, Shirley Ann / Faribault, Minn.
Tabor, Judith Ann /Welch, Minn.
Tangen, JulieA. /Redwood Falls, Minn.
Teigland, Julie Anne / Hutchinson, Minn.
Thernell, Shirley Faye /Minneapolis, Minn.
Thomas, Donald C. /Madelia, Minn.
Tollefsrud, David Lawrence /Zumbrota,
Minn.
Torfin, James N. /Burnsville, Minn.
Trechock, Aimee Jean/ Hopkins, Minn.
Trechock, Mark Alan /Minneapolis, b t ~ n n .
Tripp, Allen Charles /Ashby, Minn.
Turner, Lawrence Paul /West Concord, Minn.
Uejima, Arlene Suyeko /Minneapolis, Minn.
Villwock, Gary /Minneapolis, Minn.
Wagner, Frank John/Mound, Minn.
Walton, Sue Ellen /St. Paul, Minn.
Weltzin, Marcia Virginia /Viroqua, Wisc.
Wesley, Raymond J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
West, John Charles / Minneapolis, Minn.
Westberg, Karen Lee / Hoffman, Minn.
Weum, Larry A. /International Falls, Minn.
Wiebusch, Anne Lynn /Long Lake, Minn.
Winkler, Linda Johnson /Buhl, Minn.
Wold, Jane Knudsen /Shakopee, Minn.
Wood, Patricia A. /St. Paul, Minn.
Zieske, Curtis Lee / Cambridge, Minn.
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
TOTAL
1870-1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3743
1967 (Jan. I-Aug. 31) ........................ 222
1968 (Sept. 1, 1967-Aug. 31, 1968) ............ 258
282
1969(Sept. 1, 1968-Aug. 31, 1969) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4505
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Augsburg College, September 1,1967 to August 31,1968
FIRST TERM
SECOND TERM
THIRD TERM
SUMMER SESSION
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
M e n Women Total
142
164
206
242
16
0
0
0
0
770
140
161
202
234
11
0
0
0
0
748
138
155
198
227
13
0
0
0
0
731
134 276
164 328
197 403
280 522
11
27
49
49
4 4
44
43
43
62
62
984 1754
124 264
165 326
197 399
272 506
9
20
49
49
4 0
40
42
42
60
60
958 1706
116 254
156 311
190 388
265 492
8
21
48
48
64
64
4 0
40
56
56
943 1674
Total Academic Year (1967-1968)
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Men
Women Total
155 136 291
173 170 343
221 204 425
253 290 543
24
18
42
0
49
49
0
78
78
0
43
43
0
62
62
826 1050 1876
Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1967-1968
SLA
Men Students
Women Students
Total
NURSES
Men
Women
Total
TOTAL
40
26
16
3
3
31
25
19
8
10
71
51
35
11
13
88 93 181
ENROLLMENT S U M M A R Y
Augsburg College, September 1,1968 to August 31,1969
SUMMER SESSION
FIRST TERM
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
SECOND TERM
Women Total
Men
161 158 319
168 157 325
214 214 428
242 266 508
13
20
33
0 4 8 4 8
0
50
50
0
56
56
0
74
74
798 1043 1841
140
161
213
241
12
Men
Women Total
139 279
151 312
199 412
259 500
18
30
47
47
43
43
55
55
71
71
767 982 1749
THIRD TERM
1ST SESSION
2ND SESSION
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
126
174
202
236
25
135 261
148 312
192 394
250 486
26
51
44
44
66
66
52
52
61
61
753 974 1727
Total Academic Year (1968-1969)
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D. H
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Men
Women
Total
169 166 335
179 163 342
233 219 452
261 274 535
66
29
37
48
0
48
86
0
86
56
0
56
74
0
74
871 1123 1994
Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1968-1969
SLA
M e n Students
Women Students
Total
NURSES
Men
Women
Total
TOTAL
38
39
19
12
5
34
28
15
8
5 1
72
67
34
20
0
113 90 203
20
10
7
4
2
7 17
8 18
5 12
1 5
1 3
33 22 55
INDEX
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Accreditation
....................... 6
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21. 33
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 46
Aims and Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 98
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . 54. 100
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Board of Advisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
10
Business Administration ......... 56. 101
Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59. 103
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 704
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62. 104
Classification of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . I31
Comprehensive Examinations . . . . . . . 43
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy .................46
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Communication Major . . . . . . . . . . . .94. 104
Degree
..............................
38
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . 105
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29. 96
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.
Education. Department of ...........
Education, Elementary . . . . . . . . . . 64.
Education. Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.
Electives
...........................
Eligibility Requirements
...........
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 67.
Enrollment
........................
Entrance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examinations
......................
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
105
63
106
107
39
31
108
108
148
22
42
14
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Financial Assistance ................ 15
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 109
.
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 109
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Graduates (1870-1966).
Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Health and Physical Ed. . . . . . . . . . . 70. 110
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72. 110
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 40. 46
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
34
Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . 50
Interdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
7..
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose
and Philosophy o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
......
Laboratories. Natural Science
12
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6. 8
Law Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
............................
..................
...........
Majors
38
Mathematics
74. 112
45. 733
Medical Technology
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses ......113
Membership i n Educational
Associations
......................
6
Metropolitan Opportunities
27
Ministry. Preparation for the
123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
M o d e r n Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Multi-Racial Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 80. 174
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . 30. 83
Mythology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
........
.......
-
Natural Science Major . . . . . . . . . .115. 1'16
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Norwegian ......................... 78
Numbering o f Courses ..............
50
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Objectives and Aims ................
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
9
34
~ass/No Credit Grading System
48
Payment of Accounts ..............I5
Personnel Services. Student ........ 33
Philosophy. Department o f ..... 83. 116
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . .31. 70. 110
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Physics. Department of ........ 84. 117
Placement Service for Graduates . . . 36
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86. 117
pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . 120
President's Board o f Advisors . . . . . . . 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Psychology. Department of . . . . . 88. 118
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31. 71
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Registration
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Religion and Philosophy. Division o f . 50
Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . 89. 118
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Requirements. Graduation . . . . . . . . . . 38
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scandinavian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 78. 118
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Secretarial Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59. 119
Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Social and Recreational Programs . . 26
Social Sciences. Division of t h e . . . . . . 50
Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . .91. 123
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79. 109
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 45
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 94. 121
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 33
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Suspension of Students . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 42
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
w
w
ii
b
w
w
1
-
rn
1
...>-;;
b
r,.
.
..
1
-
+:?
.
'-
-
-
.?:
I:?
.
-
.I$.
3
Theater Arts Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95. 122
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63. 107
Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Upper Division Requirements ....... 38
:+r
?>.
"
I
.
Additions to the Augsburg College Now
CHANGES EFFECTIVE
-
SEPTEMBER, 1972
1. CHANGES I N COSTS FOR THE 1972-73 ACADEMIC YEAR
(The following changes supersede the finallcia1 information stated on page 14)
Tuition
General Fee
Room and Board
2.
$1750
$ 150
$1017 to $1050
TUITION DEPOSIT CHANGED
(The following information supersedes financial information stated on page 15)
The tuition deposit has been changed from $100 to $50.
3.
ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS
(The following information supersedes requirement stated on page 22)
Either t h e Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board or the American College Testing (ACT) Program Examination is
required for admission of all freshmen.
4.
METRO-URBAN MAJOR ADDED TO THE CURRICULUM
Augsburg College now offers an interdisciplinary major in Metro-Urban Studies.
A metro-urban concentration is also available with appropriate majors such a s
history, sociology, religion, political science, and psychology.
5.
THE 4-1-4 CALENDAR TO BEGIN IN THE FALL OF 1972
The 4-1-4 calendar consists of two fourteen-week semesters of four courses
each, separated by a one-month interim in January when one course is taken.
6.
EXCHANGE PROGRAM
A student exchange program with the private colleges of St. Paul makes available a wider selection of courses for Augsburg students. Augsburg students
may register for one course a semester a t no additional cost a t the College of
St. Catherine, the College of St. Thomas, Hamline University, or Macalester
College.
(over)
Extra Issue, Vol. 34, No. 6, December 1970
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s published semi-monthly in January, March, August, September and
December and monthly in February, April, May, June, July, October and November by Augsburg
College, 731 21st Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second-class postage paid a t Minneapolis, Minn.
TENTATIVE SCHEDULE FOR THE 1972
-
73 ACADEMIC YEAR
Fall Semester
....................................
2qaknke-4
September 5, 6
Welcome-Week
.......................................
September 7
..........................
December 15
.........................................
December 18 - 22
Classes Begin
...............................
Registration
- Fall
Semester
Classes End
Final Examinations
Interim
January 3 - 30
.............................
..
.
.
.
,
January Interim
Spring Semester
r',
..........................................
&-mr33
February
6 .........................
Easter Recess
.............................................
Classes End
May 14 - 18
May 20
Classes Begin - Spring Semester
........................................
April 19 - 23
May 11
Registration
...................................
.........................................
Final Examinations
Commencement
Show less
Table of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
. . . Location . . . History . . . Nature
. . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
Identification
and Objectives
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Facu... Show more
Table of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
. . . Location . . . History . . . Nature
. . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
Identification
and Objectives
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Requirements
Majors
Pre-Professional T r a i n i n g
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
International
Study
Honors Program
Degrees
...
...
...
PAGE 13. STUDENT L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l
Recreation
Intercollegiate Athletics
Religious L i f e
Student Services
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
...
PAGE 16, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
...
...
The Application Process
Transfer
Early
Early Admission
Advanced Placement
Decision :
Advanced Standing
...
..
...
PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND F I N A N C I A L A I D
...
Expenses
1972-73 Cost Summary
Settlement o f Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
. . . Financial Aid
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
Graduation Requirements
Division Organization
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Credit
Grading
by Examination
...
...
...
PAGE 27. COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 78, PERSONNEL
PAGE 79, INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s b e e n w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer most o f t h e
q u e s t i o n s which might be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s
c u r r i c u l u m . Although a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t t h e time o f
p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change
without n o t i c e .
Introduction
There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and
v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy
o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l
c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h .
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t
o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y of events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s ,
c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on
campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c
programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s .
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t of t h e campus. The
Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y
chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design
your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major
requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o
design much o f your own education.
A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s
t h e "4-1-4."
In t h e s t u d y o f t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s
and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The
l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation o f
knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg Yecognizes t h a t
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s n e c e s s a r y i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose
from 33 majors f o r hundreds of c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s .
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis
and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope
of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education.
You may choose an evening a t t h e T y ~ o n eGuthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave
New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses.
You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby
Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups
t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s .
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g
academic program, a capable and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , an e a g e r s t u d e n t
body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s college a f f i l i a t e d with
t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years
ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s
second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education.
The c u r r e n t student body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y of Lutheran
background though many denominations a r e represented on campus.
About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from
t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a .
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n
t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of Arts, t h e Walker A r t Center, and many
other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing
organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music
of many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e
i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s .
A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided
by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known
Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater,
and t h e S t . Paul Civic Opera Company.
Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks
n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . In t h e
w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . Professional
s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s
provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l
Airport. Bus connections can be made from a l l areas of t h e
United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t of downtown
Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern border o f
t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 7)
History
Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian
~ u t h e r a n si n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,
as Augsburgls home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were
e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t college graduation was h e l d i n 1879.
4
Nature a n d
Objectives
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e context o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e following primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o expose s t u d e n t s t o a wide v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , while a s s i s t i n g them t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r major.
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e contemporary world.
t o develop s t u d e n t s 1 love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r
f a c u l t i e s o f reason, c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
imagination by encouraging and maintaining
academic e x c e l l e n c e .
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s understanding of t h e urban
environment and c u l t u r e , and t o enable them t o
gain t h e s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o
t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f t h e modern
city.
t o encourage s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r i n t e r e s t s
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d them i n d i s c o v e r i n g t h e
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them.
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , emotional,
and s p i r i t u a l growth; t o encourage them t o develop
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r compatible
with t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
L
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when
i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged with t h e
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther
Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same year.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of
a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged.
Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation o f Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
T h e Campus
Augsburgls compact campus i s located i n t h e h e a r t of
Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e first of t h e 155 parks
i n t h e "City o f Lakes." The college c u r r e n t l y has 13 major
b u i l d i n g s with a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very
popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University o f Minnesota and two
of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e
adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o
l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e college program, f a c i l i t i e s , and
admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange
information v i t a l i n t h e process of s e l e c t i n g a college and i n
making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and
an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended
b u t a r e n o t mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e
asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181).
P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays.
Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y
and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n
session.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e
college. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of
Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
6
CAMPUS GUIDE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.
t 3.
14.
15.
16.
West Hall
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
Urness Tower Residence for Women
The College Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
The Quadrangle
Murphy Square
The Art Studio
Organ Studio
The Music Building
Si Melby Hall
Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall
Speech and Drama Building
East Hall l r r . ~ s , . F~I ~ J ~ I ~ + )
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed
t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your
Here you w i l l
i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e is no singl.e'"mbld.
d i s c o v e r t h e world while prep*ng
f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d
o u t who you a r e . Augsburgls goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o
educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and p r e p a r e them f o r competency i n
t h e modern g o r l d .
_LX
.@
.a.
The
4-12a Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters
a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each
semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m
t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole
world becomes an arena of l e a r n i n g . C r e a t i v e e n e r g i e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation
and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e g e n e r a l
academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y
and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may
f i n d form i n t h e s t u d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l
agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your
i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburg's f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r
l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 15.7 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e
f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r
f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l
c l i m a t e , r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over
t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e .
General
Education
Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been
determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s , b u t a s a guide
through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be
i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course o f s t u d y (many of them would
be chosen even if t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) .
In g e n e r a l , t h e s e courses, w i t h choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t
o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and
drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics,
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r
l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must be
demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t of courses
containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as
well as p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s .
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and Physical
Education
History
Mathematics
Pre- Professional
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Physical Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Welfare
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Training
Students who plan t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine,
d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t
from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t
requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be
reviewed and then t h e course o f study a t Augsburg be planned
accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f courses i n t h e
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n
and philosophy which w i l l provide t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
f u t u r e p r o f e s s i o n a l study.
Inter
- Institutional
Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
S T . PAUL EXCHANGE. Students a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul
colleges of Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without
additional f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new
perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools,
o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s not o f f e r e d on t h e home campus.
Because t h e s e f i v e colleges have coordinated 4-1-4 calendars, t h e
interim term may a l s o be taken on another campus.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed of
1 2 colleges and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota.
Planned a c t i v i t i e s include innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r
students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r
college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t
sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development
of programs consistent with t h e needs and resources of t h e
community organizations of t h e Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between
Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e Junior College i n downtown
Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment of a four-year
program i n sociology o r psychology with a chemical dependency
s p e c i a l i t y . The program is designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o help
professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan
campuses
.
CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning classes b r i n g t o g e t h e r
Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and students a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n centers. A l l take courses
f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such places as t h e
S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r
S t a t e Prison, S t . P e t e r Security Hospital, and T r e v i l l a of
Robbins dale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n center. The courses
offered a r e from several college departments, and t h e response of
students involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e
i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely favorable.
The purpose of t h e course is t o get a f i r s t - h a n d view of t h e
prisons and h o s p i t a l s and personalize t h e study by a c t u a l l y
i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each year t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t
Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o help pay f o r inmates
matriculation i n these co- learning courses
.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar i s
coordinated with t h a t of Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students
who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two sessions
( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e offered t o permit students t o complete
courses toward t h e i r degrees.
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE (CDI )
.
Augsburg and CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r
t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t
Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e
Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview
h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t
Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing
should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with t h e Hennepin County
General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s ,
Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a
c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t
t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l
twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s .
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked
out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be
approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application
should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r .
Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work
completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l .
A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e
D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence o f
courses .
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences
a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s
.
.
Augsburg
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN)
This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN -program.
University o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each
y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s
a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer
i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications
t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore year. The
SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group
meetings during t h e school y e a r before departure, independent
study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and
t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n .
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under
which Augsburg students may spend t h e i r sophomore o r junior year
i n studv a t a number of Euro~eaneducational i n s t i t u t i o n s . These
i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The LJniv&sity of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r
College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r
American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In addition
t o these programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f opportunities
f o r study a l l over t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg students may
arrange t o take p a r t i n approved programs by making application
through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This-type of study must be
approved before departure by one's f a c u l t y adviser f i r s t , and
then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit
earned through foreign study may be applied t o t h e student's
graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , as elements of t h e major
sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some of t h e general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds of p o s s i b i l i t i e s
f o r those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e interim i s planned f o r each
year. See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg Interim Catalog. For
information on programs available through o t h e r colleges, contact
t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated s e c t i o n s a r e available t o freshman
students with outstanding high school records. For superior
students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e
offered each term.
Several departments of t h e college o f f e r programs through
which t h e student can earn honors i n t h e major. The opportunity
t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e
throughout t h e college.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as
Honors Scholars, general education requirements a r e modified as
necessary t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional
information on t h e honors program i s available upon request
from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s t h e Bachelor of A r t s (B.A.) degree.
I t i s expected t h a t i n t h e f a l l of 1972 Augsburg w i l l inaugurate
a program leading t o t h e degree of Bachelor o f Music.
12
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n
your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t student o r
commuter, y o u l l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t
Augsburg adds dimension t o your education.
Social and C u l t u r a l
Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l
a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s well a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s .
These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l dinners, b i g name
entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on
campus. Offices f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and
t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of
t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s
meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble,
t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform
on and o f f campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r
h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An intramural program provides
competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s well as i n d i v i d u a l
performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e
Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various
colleges.
Intercollegiate
Athletics
Augsburg i s a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e
A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n
s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l ,
hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad took p a r t i n
post season competition l a s t season. The pucksters f i n i s h e d t h i r d
i n t h e NAIA tournament.
This y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team
n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon.
t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship.
Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e
f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA
S e n i o r co-captain Pat Marcy won
The o t h e r co-captain, s e n i o r Ron
second time i n h i s c a r e e r .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s
a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , chaired by
a student and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e
s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel
s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d four times a week a r e both experimental
and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d
voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on questions o f academic procedure, personal,
academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, student l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s ,
residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning.
A l l members of t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic
a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s of academic
i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h close working
r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r adviser. The f a c u l t y takes both a
s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o
respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s
l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided.
The residence h a l l program is designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth
through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a n t i n group decision making. Each residence u n i t has one
o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process
o f group l i v i n g as well as discuss t h e personal concerns of
individual students
.
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower.
This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered
a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own
lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s .
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65
upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and
administrative offices.
West Hal 1 , an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it
was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s .
S i vertsen-Mortensen Hal 1 i n c o r p o r a t e s a b u i l d i n g donated t o
t h e c o l l e g e i n 1939 and a l a r g e r a d d i t i o n e r e c t e d i n 1955. The
b u i l d i n g provides housing f o r about 144 men s t u d e n t s a s w e l l as
apartments f o r t h e head r e s i d e n t .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n
t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women
s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores n o t l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d
t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s ,
and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s are a v a i l a b l e i n each
r e s i d e n c e . An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r
t h e e n t i r e school year. A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass
s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. S t u d e n t s
who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y
removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25
breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t t h e beginning o f each school y e a r .
The f e e i s refunded a t t h e end o f t h e y e a r i f t h e c o n d i t i o n of
t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s r e t u r n e d .
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e xop f l o o r o f t h e College Center,
i s t h e main f o o d s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s
small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and
modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s e a t t h e i r
meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r o f t h e Center,
f e a t u r e s s h o r t o r d e r s and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n
t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y o f board plan o p t i o n s f o r t h o s e
l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy
procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e
Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high
school performance, promise of success i n college a s shown by
c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and
personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l
persons without regard t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r
n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal
opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t
personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s .
A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission
counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your
questions.
The Application
Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an
o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2 . Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e
l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg
College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e
recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 6 examination a s e a r l y as
p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can
l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a .
4 . When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he
should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s
non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n
charge.
5. A f t e r t h e deposit has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must
complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form.
6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e : on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s ,
and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s
courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses
where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t
p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation is based on work taken a t
Augs burg.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t
Augsburg a s t h e i r first c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an
o f f e r o f admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate
must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e
admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of
admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been
provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o
o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n is based upon t h e
academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable
i s r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Ad mission
An Early Admission program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few h i g h school
j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high
academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high
school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope w i t h a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s
j u n i o r y e a r i n high s c h o o l . Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during
t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t
applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advance
Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e
b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n
courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined
by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y
completed.
Advance
Standing
College c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d
high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o
award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level
Examinat i o n s o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board.
Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
17
Expenses and Financial Aid
Expenses
TUITION
-
$1750.00
This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g
t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. Students a r e considered
f u l l time when they take t h r e e o r more courses during t h e semester
terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 calendar, t h e student must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e
semester periods. Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $975.00.
Tuition f o r t h e remaining semester i s $775.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a refund i s not
authorized.
A part-time r a t e o f $250 -00 a course i s charged t h e student
t a k i n g l e s s than t h r e e courses i n a semester o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an
i n t e r i m course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. For
part-time s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $125.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $150.00 payable
with t u i t i o n :
.. .
4-1 ( o r 1-4) . .$85 -00
Balance o f y e a r . . 65.00
(Applies t o Student Government c o s t s , admission t o
organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, choral, and
drama events and support o f College Center programs and o t h e r
s e r v i c e s . Part-time s t u d e n t s a r e charged on a proportionate
b a s i s of $20 a course.)
Application f e e , $10.00 is required from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15 -00.
R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s studying abroad on approved
non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00.
Seniors e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of
t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e
General Fee o f $150.00 b u t no t u i t i o n .
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f
c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s b e g i n i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement o f Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r
(14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day:
organ, $20 .OO ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an
interim).
OTHER COSTS
T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $2.00 o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e .
Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash
o r charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
- $987.00 t o $1,050.00
Men: $1,020.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,050.00 f o r f u l l board.
(Five month b i l l i n g , $570.00 and $596.00)
Women: $987.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,017.00 f o r f u l l board.
( F i v e month b i l l i n g , $550.00 and $565.00)
A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 21 meals a week, w h i l e a p a k t i a l
board p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) .
A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through
F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h
t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s
approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r .
1 9 7 2 - 7 3 Cost
Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,750.00
A p p l i c a t i o n Fee
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
Board and Room
Breakage Deposit
. . . . . . . . .$987.00
-
............$
1,050.00
25.00
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg. )
Deposits
.
TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not refundable)
Required of s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been
accepted; t o be p a i d by April 1, 1972 (payment i s due January 1
under Early Decision Program). The payment i s applied t o t h e
t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00
(not refundable). Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o
r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September,
1972, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
.
$25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another
i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be
prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of
t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second
semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be
arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t
i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceding
term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decided t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f
t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following
schedule :
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s ,
80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s .
70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance is given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. I f a s t u d e n t i s
f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s
d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by
50%.
Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a
f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s .
In a l l c a s e s , board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Financial Aid
About 65% o f a 1 1 Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s ,
l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e
i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f need and academic r e c o r d . Appl.ication
f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement
(PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s
must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500
s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g
$5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l
loans t o t a l i n g $330,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and
Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o
apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: Educational Opportunity
Grant, National Defense S t u d e n t Loan, College Work-Study, and
F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The d e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s March 15. For
i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg ~ ol elg e .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o
plan t h e i r own course of study with t h e help of f a c u l t y advisers
who a r e r e a d i l y available f o r consultation and guidance. A well
planned program of l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l include courses i n
t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l sciences, and t h e s o c i a l sciences.
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be able t o w r i t e
e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s outside
t h e United S t a t e s .
The general physical a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg are
designed t o equip students f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
activities.
Courses i n r e l i g i o n are intended t o a s s i s t students i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on the meaning of the Christian Church through t h e
study of i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered
i n t h e 300 ' s and 400 s ) and not more than 1 3 i n one
department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade point average of 2.0 (C average) i n a l l courses
taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t year i n residence.
5.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as
follows :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following four
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e ' ( f r o m t h e
Department of English); philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following
departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two o f t h e following departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department o f Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l o f t h r e e courses i n these
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses
l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f Religion meet t h i s
requirement
.
Division
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Two semesters o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r
demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s .
Students with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may
meet t h i s requirement w i t h one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n
o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and
cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each
d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
Chairman: M r . Raymond E
. Anderson
Department o f A r t
Department o f English
Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek,
Latin, Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department o f Music
Department o f Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r Arts
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman : Mr. Theodore Hanwi ck
Department
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Phys i cs
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
Plzilip A, Quanbeck
Department o f Phi 10s ophy
Department o f Religion
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Chairman: M r . Einar 0. Johnson
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f Education: Elementary Education, Secondary
Education, Geography, Library Science
Department o f History
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
Registration
A student must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n order t o receive
credit f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses per semester and one course i n
t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r
semester a r e defined as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Although a student may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e
semester begins, it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e regularly
scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s
a l s o charged f o r cancelling o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t
t h r e e days of t h e semester.
Students a r e urged not t o abandon courses f o r which they a r e
r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a grade of F .
Cancellation of courses o r cancellation from college must be done
i n t h e Registrar1s Office.
Students who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with C
average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on s c h o l a s t i c probation a t t h e end
o f a term i f h i s achievement is unsatisfactory.
I f a student has been on probation two o r more semesters
consecutively, he i s subject t o dismissal a t t h e end of t h e
following s p r i n g term. A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised t o withdraw before t h e end of spring
term, but i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on probation
u n t i l t h e end of t h e spring term.
Dismissal from t h e college a t t h e end of the s p r i n g term w i l l
not be automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on
Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation f o r two terms and
withdraws from t h e college v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l
permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Credit
Examination
Students who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n earning c r e d i t by examinations
should consult with department chairmen o r with t h e Registrar.
Credit may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations.
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of A, B, C, D, F with
f o u r grade points f o r a grade of A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C, one
f o r D and zero f o r F.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No Credit system,
with P meaning a grade of C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s than
s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade is not computed
i n t h e grade point average, and no c r e d i t i s granted f o r a course
i n which t h e student receives a grade of N.
A f u l l - t i m e student may t a k e up t o one course p e r semester on
t h e P/N grading system, but only two courses on P/N may be allowed
f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor.
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an
extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must f i l e a
p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing
s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r requesting it, t h e plan and date f o r
removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f
permission t o receive an I grade i s granted, i t must be removed
during t h e following semester.
A grade of X may be given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided
Study course t h a t i s t o be spread over more than one semester.
Such a course must be completed during t h e second semester o r t h e
grade of X w i l l remain on t h e record.
A course i n which a grade of F, D, N, I , o r X has been
received may be repeated f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades
earned t h e second time a r e counted toward graduation and i n t h e
grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated f o r c r e d i t ; they may, however, be
audited.
25
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered i n 1972-73 are given on t h e following pages.
See page 77 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
American Studies
Director:
G r i e r N ic h o l l
MAJOR: 1 3 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 11 courses i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n the U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f ' t h e o t h e r s ) . S e e d i r e c t o r f o r elective
c o u r s e s and o p t i o n s .
courses. Same as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r .
TEACHING MAJOR: 16
MINOR: 7 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n each o f above groupings
under major.
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion
under slavery, churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l )
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of the black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon the contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
295 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a significant problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study
of the approaches of various disciplines t o the issue. Practice i n the
integration of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n
depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l )
495 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
level of work.
all)
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a different
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One project of an interdisciplinary nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Field experience during interim
Art
P h i 1ip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ) two from
221, 223, 225, 350.
486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 ,
MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 107; one from 486, 487, 488; and t w o from 1 1 8 , 221,
223, 225, 350.
1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine a r t s i n the urban and world s e t t i n g . Participation i n the cultural l i f e
of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. ( 3 one h o u r l e c t u r e s .
Fall)
1 0 7 DRAWING
Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media.
and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Descriptive, experimental,
1 1 8 PAINTING I
Introduction t o p a i n t i n g media and technique.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 SCULPTURE I
Three dimensional and/or b a s - r e l i e f work i n t e r r a c o t t a and p l a s t e r .
(Fall,
Spring)
2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I
P r i n c i p l e s and methods o f printmaking i n a v a r i e t y o f media.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and p r a c t i c e o f v i s u a l perception and communication using elements
such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1
A study o f v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , f i l m , a d v e r t i s i n g
symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography,
and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 225. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 0 CERAMICS I
An introduction t o t h e making o f p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. ( F a l l , Spring)
351 CERAMICS I 1
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing
techniques. ( P r e r e q . : 350. F a l l , Spring)
3 5 5 PAINTING I 1
Advanced study o f p a i n t i n g .
(Prereq.: 118.
F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. e r e r e g . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING IIAdvanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
( P r e r e q . : 223.
F a l l , Spring)
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n m y o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
486 HISTORY O F P A I N T I N G
urvey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
f non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e and r e l a t e d minor a r t s from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern
times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, Pre-Colwnbian, and O r i e n t a l
t r a d i t i o n s , with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey of Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns o u t s i d e t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
(Fall, Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman:
Ralph Sulerud
M+70R1 &
-o
n
I f 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , f o u r upper d i v i s i o n m u r s e s , and
one t e r m
s e m n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 ,
352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
1
1x3
& bob% mf -ar.
351, 3 5 2 ) .
1
A
-
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 223 ( o r
-
11 1 1 1 - i ; r l
MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) .
--
Also
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n two
b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; one summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n on
academic work i n b i o l o g y and on d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t .
I' cL
101 P R I N C I P L E S OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 1 1 2
on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g for o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . :
C h e m i s t r y 103. S p r i n g )
1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of the ECBYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon the ecosystem with h i s urbanization, pollution, and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n the n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of the Christian e t h i c . Does
not apply toward the biology major. (Interim)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
For biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ;
112, Spring)
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major invertebrate types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours
laboratory.
Prereq.: 112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , marphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (Prereq. :
112. Interim)
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of heredity with emphasis on recent advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms ( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereg.: 112.
Spring)
.
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey o f t h e major divisions of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r
students taking 471, 474, 476. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 112, chemistry 223
or 352. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and
biochemistry, and an introduction t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . (3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 132, Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. Interim)
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study o f the physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112, and Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: Physics 1 2 3 . F a l l )
,
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur
during t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental a s well as d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e included i n t h e laboratory work.
( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory.
P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 367. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study o f micro-organism with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and
pathogenicity a r e considered as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , sonie S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223
or 351. Recommended: 367. S p r i n g )
491, 4 9 2 SEMINAR
Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy of s c i e n c e a s well as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e .
Seniors majoring i n Biology and Natural Science f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e
required t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e
i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e
expected t o a t t e n d . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , 4 9 1 , F a l l ; 492, S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual work on a research p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r .
Intended f o r biology majors . Primarily laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and
p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department of
Business
F a l l , Interim, Spring)
Administration,
Business Education, and
Economics
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 483 o r 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the two r e m a i n i n g
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478, and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 381, 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 262, 379, 381; and Economics 122 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a
s e n i o r t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f
concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
~ c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d
t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g
m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f
r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who
h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e
Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r graduation.
1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement. ( F a l l )
1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF F I N A N C I A L ACCOUNTING
Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m )
2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
(Prereq
.: 262.
Spring)
3 7 3 F I N A N C I A L MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantative and behavioral
topics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g )
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes f o r individuals
and various forms of business enterprises. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
alternate years)
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n relationships of various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both individual and i n s t i t u t i o n a l investors. Extensive
coverage of c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. (Prereq.: 261. F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
controls f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and subsidiary accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (INTERNSHIP PROGRAM)
A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an internship program which
i s applicable t o but not required f o r the major. This program w i l l afford t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l write a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
The student may also earn independent study c r e d i t s through individually
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MRTOR:
12-14 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
required.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 10 8 .
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION:
SECRETAIUAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALIZATIOiV:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s E c o n o d c s 251, 2 5 8 , 391 or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 2 1 , 3 5 0 , and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 other c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
E : Five
courses i n Business Education.
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a two-year s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 364, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i a n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 1 2 0 .
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from the g e n e r a l
education requirements
.
MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
HONORS
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
available t o students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
(rnt e r i m )
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o d a t a processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . I n t e r i m )
2 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
of speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g material d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed of 80 words a
minute. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e had one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development o f typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
t a b u l a t i n g , manuscripts , l e g a l documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : n i g h
s c h o o l t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g )
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study o f Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds o f 80-120 words a minute. (Pxereq.: 1 2 1 or
equivalent
.
Spring)
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g of
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and r e p o r t s . ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1972-73)
4 6 0 OFF1CE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g of employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e o f t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching o f
b a s i c business subjects and projects i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
Economics
MAJOR:
ECYINOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258, 454 and three o t h e r c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 379, a l s o r e q u i r e d . The
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended f o r those p l a n n i n g
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 273 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379.
ECONOMICS-BUSINfiSS ADMNISTRATION (Combined Major) :
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 1 , 373, 379 and me o t h e r c o u r s e from
b w i n e s s administration o f f e r i n g s a l s o required.
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h average o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r thesis and
comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who complete t h e major i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n
a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o the m a j o r ,
t h e y c o m p l e t e courses i n e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h l s t o r y ,
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They must a l s o c o m p l e t e the r e q u i r e d
e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h the Department o f Education.
Economics 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
120 ECONOMICS ISSUES OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics t o be discussed are: Population I t C r i s i s t t ;
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those students who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n the above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
An introduction of macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic, growth. Application of
elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken
independently of Economics 123 o r 120. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory o f t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application o f elementary economic
theory t o market policy. May be taken independently o f Economics 122 o r 120.
(Fa11 , S p r i n g )
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; introduction t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
3 9 1 P U B L I C FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s of t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l policy on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt policy and i t s economic implications.
(Prereq. : 123. F a l l )
3 9 2 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and p o l i c y . ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
4 5 3 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of l a b o r markets; determination o f wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n paid t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty a r e a s . ( P r e r e q . : 251 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 2 5 1 . S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , on demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( I n t e r n s h i p P r o g r a m )
A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which
is applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some organization.
In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may
a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s
designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n
depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chal rman:
Chemistry
E a r l A1 t o n
GRADUATION MAJOR I N CHEMISTRY:
115,.116
( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 3 5 2 , 353, 361 and
P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
one advanced c o u r s e which may i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y .
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e g u i r e d .
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 (or
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l c h e m i s t r y c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. Reading
a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 5 courses w h i c h m u s t i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 223, 353, and 361 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s t h e g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n as the advanced c o u r s e .
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS m a j o r ; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; one summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r both 1 0 5 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 251, 253, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3
hours o f laboratory.
105, F a l l ; 106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s , and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : h i g h school c h e m i s t r y ,
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry.
115, Fall; 116, Spring)
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
a r e a whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. A l i p h a t i c and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 105 or
115.
Spring)
351, 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important c l a s s e s of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms
and multi-step s y n t h e s i s . Descriptive m a t e r i a l i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of
modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations ,and r e a c t i o n mechanism;
many a p p l i c a t i o n s of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental
sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 106 or
116.
251, F a l l ; 252, S p r i n g )
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 106 or 1 1 6 . O f f e r e d I n t e r i m f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical Technology m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
361, 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
1 2 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125. 3 6 1 , F a l l ; 3 6 2 , S p r i n g )
253; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f i d e n t i f y i n g organic compounds i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s f o r IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including B e i l s t e i n ) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t s p e c t r a
Prereq. : 352,
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
3 5 3 , 361 o r #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s o f atomic and molecular spectroscopy a s applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods a s well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
a n a l y s i s . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 2 5 3 , 362,
or#.
Fall)
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r
compounds using a v a r i e t y o f techniques.
1a b o r a t o r y
P r e r e q . : 362 o r #.
Spring)
.
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems of t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s are introduced and used t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n s p i n , angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 361 or #. F a l l )
4 9 1 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
49 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience inay be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
during t h e academic year.
Department of
Chairman:
E i n a r Johnson
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or a b o v e . T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the department or be a d m i t t e d t o t h e t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n t h e S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary
Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 255, 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 470,
and t w o o f 481, 482, 483, 484. H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 110 and L i b r a r y
S c i e n c e 358 also r e q u i r e d . An academic m i n o r i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic
m a j o r i s s t r o n g l y remnrmended.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Elemen taw)
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession. Human r e l a t i o n s ,
opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing.
Fall, Spring)
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Development and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary
school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e g . : A d m i s s i o n t o e l e m e n t a r y
education.
F a l l , Spring)
371, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND' MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of the subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies i n
various methods t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n
classrooms. ( P r e r e q : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences in elementary school
under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. ( P r e r e q . : 3 6 1 ,
362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience
i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Secondary
Education
2 6 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S e c o n d a r y )
I n v e s t i g a t i o n of various aspects of t h e teaching p r o f e s s i o n . Human r e l a t i o n s .
Opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . (prereq. : sophomore
standing.
Fall, Spring)
359 METHODS I N SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, material and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l .
a r e i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t involvement i n t h e classroom (1973-74)
Seminars
369 SPECIAL METHODS I N THE MAJOR
Teaching procedures, m a t e r i a l s and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l i n t h e major
concentration. (1973-74)
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with
p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study o f educational
philosophy and t h e development o f American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n
education w i l l be s t u d i e d . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 0 , 4 8 1 STUDENT TEACHING
Students w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. Opportunities a r e
provided f o r experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences on t h e
secondary l e v e l under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel.
Seminars w i l l be h e l d on a r e g u l a r b a s i s during t h e s t u d e n t teaching
experience. ( P r e r e q . : 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 , 369. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HUMAN RELATIONS
This i s a s e r i e s o f a c t i v i t i e s designed t o a s s i s t t h e s t u d e n t t o meet, i n p a r t ,
t h e S t a t e Board o f Education r e g u l a t i o n f o r teachers regarding human r e l a t i o n
understanding and s k i l l . The program w i l l be c a r r i e d out a t both t h e college
and t h e school where t h e s t u d e n t w i l l do h i s s t u d e n t teaching. ( O f f e r e d
o n l y 1972-73)
Geography
114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c concepts and t o o l s of -geogr+hy followed by a
survey o f t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s t o be found i n our physical and human
environment.
Library
Science
2 4 5 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of m a t e r i a l s , including a c q u i s i t i o n , processing and c i r c u l a t i o n .
Services of t h e media c e n t e r and methods of evaluation. ( F a l l )
3 5 8 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and purposes of an elementary school l i b r a r y . Extensive study
of evaluation sources, book t a l k s , s t o r y t e l l i n g , curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance i n use o f p r i n t and non-print m a t e r i a l s . ( F a l l )
3 5 9 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY
Study of b a s i c information sources most frequently used by students and
l i b r a r i a n s . Includes preparation of bibliographies and l i b r a r y i n s t r u c t i o n .
(spring)
4 7 5 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation o f l i b r a r y materials on t h e secondary school l e v e l , with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e i r use i n r e l a t i o n t o c u r r i c u l a as well as f o r personal
i n t e r e s t s and needs of adolescents. ( S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of school
l i b r a r y s e r v i c e , worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y adviser. Open t o
juniors and s e n i o r s , with department approval.
Department of
English
A c t i n g c h a i rman : R o n a l d P a l os a a r i
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n British l i t e r a t u r e (1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e the Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR S E C Q N M Y TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e l i s t e d f o r the
major and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g (219) i s r e q u i r e d . Courses
250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 o r 352 o r 355, and 360 o r 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HCANORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r year; d e f e n d h o n o r s thesis b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r year. Honors thesis may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , one c o u r s e i n
American l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 o r 320. Teaching minors must i n c l u d e b o t h
219 and 320.
Prerequisite f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course i s s u c c e s s f u l completion
o f E n g l i s h 111. P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper division c o u r s e i s s u c c e s s f u l
completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 1 1 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study o f composition with emphasis upon expository w r i t i n g . Attention t o
c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l organization, t h e , r e s e a r c h paper, and a n a l y s i s o f t h e
short story. (Fall, Spring)
2 1 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y o f w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus o f each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g.,
Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
243 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
(Spring)
2 5 0 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1 9 2 0
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of
naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention i s also given
t o t h e contribution of the writer t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y
movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 1 MODERN F I C T I O N
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 7 1 CLASSICAL TRADITION
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers i n the various genre,
and the influence of the c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
( F a l l , Spring)
2 7 2 LITERARY CLASSICS
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European c l a s s i c s from the
Renaissance t o the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c studies. Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o
s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English language.
(Spring)
331 CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES
While the primary study of the course w i l l be the writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable attention w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND THE RENAISSANCE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM THE METAPHYSICALS TO THE POST AUGUSTANS
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and the major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
essayists and novelists and of the major l i t e r a r y movements of the century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of significant American writers and l i t e r a r y movements of the twentieth
century
(Spring)
.
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d t w e n t i e t h century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works o f American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists o f , t h e
t w e n t i e t h century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ]
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 375
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 376.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l )
American, and Continental novels.
428 STUDIES I N C R I T I C I S M
An examination of t h e major f o r c e s t h a t have shaped Western l i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m .
S e l e c t e d works of c r i t i c i s m a r e s t u d i e d . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , t r a g e d i e s --with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
490, 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ]
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o j u n i o r o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
s t u d e n t ' s choice. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Foreign Language
Dona1 d S t e i n m e t z
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of p r e p a r a t i o n . Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 y e a r of high school foreign language
equals 1 term o f college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l d i f f e r e n c e s ,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do s o , but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g t w o i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , o n e i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and three i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f w h i c h o n e s h o u l d be c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s o n e s e m e s t e r , o r o n e s e m e s t e r p l u s o n e summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g o n e i n c o n v e r s a t i on-composi t i o n , o n e i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and o n e i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern L a n g u a g e s , f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a s e c o n d l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e s t u d e n t with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. ( F a l l )
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study o f t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
( F a l l , Spring)
advanced placement.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals o f communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
l i t e r a r y study i n French. ( S p r i n g )
243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major o r minor.
( I n t e r i m , 1 9 7 3 , and y e a r l y o n demand)
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s o f current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
ideas. Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
courses. ( F a l l ; S p r i n g o n demand)
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French turns of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s .
French phonology and speech groups practiced t o overcome inadequacies and
incorrect speech h a b i t s .
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d once y e a r l y upon
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression.
d e n md )
331 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. Special a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c s e l f -awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use o f audio-visual materials. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r cansent
of instructor.
Offered alternate years.
F a l l 1973-74)
332 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas, c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r contribution t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
1974-75)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e t w e l f t h century renaissance
through t h e sixteenth century. These include t h e epic, courtly romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n reports i n French, some l f i o r a t o r y t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. ( F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f the major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France, and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and other prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1972-73.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
353 1 7 0 0 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose writers., poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s in French.
( S p r i n g 1973-74.
Offered every t h i r d year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
M
o f the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, e t c . ) ,
B a d 6 l d r e and h i s successors i n poetry, n-a
literature m d e a s that led
t o new forms and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n of t h e century (Proust, Gide,
A o l l i n a i r e e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n
A
*®.:
311 o r #.
F a l l 1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements since World War 1, including
the novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
written reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. S p r i n g
1972-73.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
4 1 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t the student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e f o u r s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and effectiveness, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
levels of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
indicate. Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation, Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux S t . Exu e
Robbe-Grillet, Duras, e t c . m s w e -&&re;
form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.:
354, or 355 r e c o m n d e d . S p r i n g 1974. Every t h i r d y e a r )
S a r t r e , Camus,
i n theme and
311 or #.
332,
4 5 2 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of the Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Reconmended 3 3 2 , 3 5 2 , or 353. S p r i n g 1974-75.
Offered every t h i r d year)
4 9 5 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, topic, o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions)
(Prereq.: 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced level.
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet individual
i n t e r e s t s . In l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . J u n i o r
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g . S u b j e c t and p l a n t o be c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 u p p e r division c o u r s e s ,
i n Germany s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d .
i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, Interim a n d / o r summer
MINOR: 4 u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES : Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e .
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German.
Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials available. (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s .
112 F a l l , Spring)
2 1 1 , 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms ( o r 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion o f materials representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 2 1 2 , S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works of German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
3 1 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Aims a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use of grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. Intensive p r a c t i c e i n
speaking i s supplemented with e x e r c i s e s i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331, 3 3 2 GERMAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language i s German, supplemented by
(Offered a l t e r n a t e years.
3 3 1 , F a l l 1972-73; 3 3 2 , F a l l
English when h e l p f u l .
1973-74)
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c e p i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e , mysticism,
humanism, t h e Reformation e r a and Baroque, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e
h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1972-73)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1 8 t h CENTURY
Representative works of Pietism, Enlightenment, Sturm und Drang and Classicism,
with s p e c i a l emphasis on Lessing, Goethe and S c h i l l e r . Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y
h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o enduring s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions.
( S p r i n g 1972-73)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
ROMANTICISM AND 1 9 t h CENTURY
Highlights of Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism, Naturalism and
Impressionism. Lectures and discussions consider t h e s e movements as antecedent
t o 20th century l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l 1973-74)
3 5 4 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of 20th century a r e read: Mann, Hesse,
-Kafka,
-Brecht,
Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as it r e f l e c t s t h e
concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( S p r i n g 1973-74)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Aims a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German a s a v e h i c l e f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including
control of s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German a s classroom language.
(Spring)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e p r e s e n t .
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1972-73)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e
h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1973-74)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. ( 1 1 1 , Spring 1972-73;
112, F a l l 1973-74)
21 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o parsing and
syntax of the Greek t e x t . ( F a l l , 1972-73; S p r i n g , 1973-74)
Latin
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING LATIN
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Latin grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Exercises i n t r a n s l a t i o n from and i n t o Latin. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ;
112, Spring)
Russian
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING RUSSIAN
For students having no previous Russian. Introduction t o b a s i c elements and
d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s of Russian. Simple prose readings accompanied by p r a c t i c e
i n speaking and writing. Prepares student f o r more advanced study of Russian.
(111, F a l l ) 112, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
MAJOR:
-
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i si on c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n t h e Augsburg College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department o r sub -department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor must a l s o present t h e equivalent o f
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
1 11, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction o f the four b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
expected. (111, F a l l . 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used a s b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and exercises. Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . 2 1 1 , F a l l , 212, Spring)
3 1 1 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 21 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Spring 1972-73)
331 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey o f Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and
developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
d e s i r a b l e but not required. ( O f f e r e d when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures ~ r o v i d ea survey of t h e Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based
on assign'ed reading of s e l e c t e d novels by Jonas Lie, S i r i d Undset S6lma
Lagerlof, P
ar h u t Hamsun, Halldor Laxness an others Knowledge
of a Scandinavian laneuane desirable. Lanauape
.- . majors and minors w i l l be
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
-%--
- -
( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Iljornsan, Strindberg, La e r k v i s t
Munk and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a-survey
-$ o
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindber
Knowledge of a
--+
Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors an minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n N o y g i a n . Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P s e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g , 1973-74)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354355. (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y reconmendad)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o w 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 331 or 332, and one course i n
l i t e r a t u r e . (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y r e c o m d e d )
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course.
2 1 3, 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use o f t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( P r e r e q . : 112 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school Spanish)
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND L A T I N AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading.and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student i s acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d .
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n c o r r e c t expression with t h e aims o f
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq. :
112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and o f Spanish c o n t r i b u t i o n t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. I n
Spanish.
3 3 2 L A T I N AMERICAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
A study o f t h e c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Spanish American countries from t h e
pre-Colombian c i v i l i z a t i o n t o t h e present. ( P r e r e q . : 315)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
A study o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
3 5 4 , 3 5 5 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE
A study o f t h e development o f Latin American l i t e r a t u r e , its major l i t e r a r y
movements, and i t s most r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors. Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( P r e r e q . : 315)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on i n c r e a s i n g f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical e x e r c i s e s .
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
4 5 6 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces o f dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n
r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
( P r e r e q . : One survey course)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study o f t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s o f t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. (Prereg. : One survey course)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department
and
of
Physical
Chairman:
Health
Education
E. W. A n d e r s o n
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 1 3 c o u r s e s . 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 ,
2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 6 0 , 369, 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 473, 482; B i o l o g y 1 0 3 ; C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , and
S o c i o l o g y 231.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 3 6 9 , 171, 6 7 2 .
2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 4 7 1 , 472.
10 c o u r s e s .
110, 223, 231, 232, 243, 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n '.~ h u s i c a le d u c a t i o n s e q u e n c e . 1 1 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 4 8 5 ,
4 9 1 , 495. P s y c h o l o g y 361, 362; S o c i o l o g y 375; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human
Physiology course are a l s o required.
~-
-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
COACHING ENDORSEMENT:
coaching.
5 courses.
5 courses.
4 courses.
1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 2 7 2 , and 2 4 3 .
1 1 0 , 3 5 1 , 360, 4 7 3 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
1 1 0 , 2 4 3 , 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d - c o a c h i n g a s s i g n m e n t i n M i n n e s o t a p u b l i c
s c h o o l s a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a w a c h i n g e n d o r s e m e n t i n the f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
102, 1 0 3 L I F E T I M E SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
(Fall, Spring)
110 HEALTH AND FIRST A I D
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s o f h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. Includes a l s o t h e American Red Cross F i r s t Aid
Course. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 1 I N D I V I D U A L AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL A C T I V I T I E S AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. ( S p r i n g )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
3 5 1 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e a c t i o n o f t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of e x e r c i s e s upon t h e systems o f t h e body.
(Prereq. : Biology 193, Chemistry 105.
Spring)
3 5 2 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
a n a l y s i s of f u n c t i o n a l and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey o f b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation of t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
360 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
Curriculum content i n a school h e a l t h education program.
(Fall)
3 6 9 METHODS AND MATERIALS I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d S t a n d a r d F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
F a l l , I n t e r i m , 1973-74)
4 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum a n a l y s i s and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures
(Fall)
4 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, a d s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s . Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
s a f e t y . Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet s e p a r a t e l y .
(Fall)
4 7 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM
Methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and procedures.
(Spring)
4 8 2 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 3 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH PROBLEMS
Analysis i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. Includes v i s i t a t i o n s by
h e a l t h resource e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t a t i o n s o f various off-campus h e a l t h
programs. ( I n t e r i m )
4 8 5 A P P L I E D ADAPTED A C T I V I T I E S
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . sunnner s c h o o l
4 9 1 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Summer s c h o o l o n l y )
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q .: 351, 352.
4 9 5 PROFESSIONAL A F F I L I A T I O N
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of c o r r e c t i v e therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) R e h a b i l i t a t i o n . (Prereq.: 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed i n t e n s i v e study i n t h e a r e a of Health Education o r Physical Education.
Open only t o majors.
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 courses plus 1 seminar.
A major must have at
least one course (either survey or upper l e v e l ) from each o f the four areas:
Ancient and Medieval: Europe: U.S.; and non-Western.
A t least four o f these courses must be upper division.
Majors with an average o f 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o
apply t o individual instructors for permission t o register for directed
independent study. A maximum o f one course i n independent study may be
applied toward the major.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 6 i n the major and 3.0 over-all; application before
the end o f the f i r s t term o f the junior year; two years o f a foreign language
at the college level (or i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course
credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR:
5 courses, at least three o f which must be upper division.
Students are required t o take a t least one survey course (numbered below 300)
before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not
be taken i n sequence.
Admission t o the seminars i s by permission o f the instructor.
1 0 1 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , Spring)
East through t h e high middle
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e p r e s e n t . (Fall, Spring)
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o r e c o n s t r u c t a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( S p r l n g )
2 2 2 U.S.
HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes o u r modern day.
(Fall)
.
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U. S : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth o f such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign policy t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (1973-74)
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and e l a b o r a t i o n by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study o f t h e development of Alexander's Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and sciences and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( O f f e r e d 1973-74)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
This course emphasizes c o n s t i t u t i o n a l development.
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e o f t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis i s a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern s c i e n c e and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may b e
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. ( S p r i n g )
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course c o n s i s t s of u n i t s on such t o p i c s as H i t l e r ' s fascism, t h e c o l l a p s e
of c o l o n i a l empires and t h e r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n t h e l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST A S I A
A study of t h e major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n t h e a r e a due t o
confrontation with and subjugation by t h e West. A comparative a n a l y s i s of t h e
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l e s p e c i a l l y focus on Vietnam, P h i l i p p i n e s , Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l , 1972-73)
464 MODERN CHINA
A s e l e c t i v e treatment o f Chinese h i s t o r y s i n c e t h e Opium war o f 1839.
The
erosion o f China's i s o l a t i o n i s m and collapse o f t h e .imperial system. The
N a t i o n a l i s t and Communist revolutions o f t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o f t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, t h e
opening o f Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. (1973-74)
474 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study o f t h e encounters between Europeans and t h e peoples o u t s i d e
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(1973-74)
.
495 SEMINAR
(Fall, Spring)
Department of
Mathematics
Chai rman : Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 2 2 4 , 314, 324, and 315 or 325.
MINOR:
5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n m a t h e m a t i c s ; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive o r a l
e x a d n a t i o n . Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o d e p a r t m e n t d u r i n g f i r s t term o f
j u n i o r y e a r , and m u s t i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , A l g e b r a , T o p o l o g y , and Mathematics-Education.
121, 122 CALCULUS I,I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane an'alytic geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e v a r i a b l e with a p p l i c a t i o n s
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l
sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , S p r i n g )
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I,11, I 1 1
Topics o f t h e elements o f pl,ane and s o l i d a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus including calculus of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s
and s e r i e s with a p p l i c a t i o n s primarily from t h e physical sciences Primarily
f o r students i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. ( 1 2 4 , F a l l ; 1 2 5 , S p r i n g ; 2 2 4 , F a l l )
.
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n . t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study o f mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l b e given
t o mathematics majors' o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational. t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P a r e g . : C o h s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . S p r i n g )
2 2 6 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s solutions; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 4 . Spring)
2 5 1 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 o r 125. Spring)
2 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and s t a t i s t i c s , including probability
distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central l i m i t
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of hypotheses. ( P r e r e q . : 2 24. F a l l )
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
3 1 5 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I 1
A study of t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of several
variables, includiqg transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper integrals, d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and vector analysis.
(Prereq.: 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of topics introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory.
(Prereq. : 31 4 .
Spring)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , risidues'. ( P r e r e q . : 324. F d l )
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 315, 324.
Spring)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countability axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n a r r a n t
registration.
Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Computer
Sclence
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a maj or o r minor i n mathematics. fFalL)
Medical Technology
This major involves t h e completion of t h r e e years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve months of i n t e r n s h i p a t Hennepin General Hospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwestern Hospit a1 S p e c i f i c recommended
courses vary t o some extent depending on t h e h o s p i t a l with which t h e student
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely with t h e Medical
Technology adviser.
.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
d i v i s i o n (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 1161, 223
( o r 351, 352), 353.
Department of Music
Chai man:
Leland Sateren
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 101, 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 4 7 6 , 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 years o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457,
458; one o f 354, 355, 365, 375; a n e l e c t i v e ; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ;
2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y .
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h double
- p e r i o d s i n the l a s t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n h o n o r s i n m u s i c i f t h e y
( 1 ) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : the promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n t h e Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t s b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h o n and o f f campus; the p e r f o r m i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
a n d / o r promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f t h e j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) t w o s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l a n d / o r i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r t h e s i s and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee and a solo r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by @
team of i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects o f musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l ; 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music from 1600 t o t h e present through t h e study of s e l e c t e d
works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s
between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of
t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . For t h e non-music
maj o r . (Fa11 , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Renaissance, Baroque, and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall]
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e a s r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. ( F a l l )
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique o f playing and teaching woodwind and b r a s s instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching o f s t r i n g instruments.
all)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence o f t h e music o f t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well as f o r o r g a n i s t s , c h o i r d i r e c t o r s , and p r e theological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation o f and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration o f choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental
scores, organization and administration o f instrumental ensembles. [ S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t o f o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental and vocal
ensembles o f varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music o f Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
(Spring)
4 8 8 , 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Class meeting and supervised lesson weekly. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPqNDENT STUDY
(Fall)
.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Majors and
minors must complete t h e f i r s t and second term i n t h e same a r e a with t h e same
teacher. For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be a p p l i e d toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique a s needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h c o n t r o l ,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g a s needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of song c l a s s i c s - both s a c r e d and s e c u l a r .
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments , S t r i n g Instruments
Tecl~nique as needed, rcpcrtoi re, ~>erf'ori~~ancc.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music s t u d e n t ,
b u t f o r any s t u d e n t of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
i s required o f p a r t i c i p a n t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n .
Orchestra
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n .
Choral Club, llepcrtoire Band, S t r i n h Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Me~nbership i s b y a u d i t i o n o r coliseltr o f d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and m a t h e m a t i c s w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
In b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 .
b e c h o s e n f r o m the u p p e r d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
59
In c h e m i s t r y , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , or ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
c o m p l e t e the t o t a l o f 5 courses, t w o courses may be chosen as f o l l o w s : 223
and 361;
-
or 351
352; or 351
361.
In m a t h e m a t i c s , C a l c u l u s Z and C a l c u l u s X I a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l courses t o be
c h o s e n a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s JBpartment.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s m a j o r i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r p r e m e d i c d s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a m e j o r w h i c h p r o v i d e s the science c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o mst m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d
c h o o s e electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the
m e d i c a l schools t o w h i c h he or she intends t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 or 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; C h e m i s t r y 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , or ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y ; Mathematics 121 or 1 2 4 ; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
Department of
Chairman:
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 343, and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s from 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i a n t o the P h i l o s o p h y Honors Program i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t t h e e n d o f the
o f the p h i l o s o p h y f a c u l t y .
j u n i o r year.
T h e program w i l l consist o f an honors thesis on an approved t o p i c
o f the s t u d e n t ' s choice, i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above the c o u r s e level, and a
d e f e n s e o f this t h e s i s b e f o r e the f a c u l t y o f the d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g the g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement
.
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through the study of the teachings of Socrates,
Plato and Aristotle. Concern w i l l be shown f o r the role t h a t these men played
i n developing ideas basic t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on topics such as the nature of the r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c .
all, Interim, S p r i n g )
120 ETHICS
Search for an adequate e t h i c a l principle through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; inquiry i n t o possible j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of these principles t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
130 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e of definition, premises, and
rules of inference i n an argument a r e investigated.
all, S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For description see under course 110.
( F a l l , I n t e r i m , ,Spring)
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An analysis of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of universals, existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 1I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major empiricists i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's synthesis of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Suggested p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V :
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century representatives o f a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 211,
2 4 2 , 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 9 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
Philosophy
.
S p r i n g 19 72-73)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical contributions o f Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n Philosophy
.
S p r i n g 1973-74)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world o f t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 o r 344.
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical sciences. Students a l s o w i l l work with
professor i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r a u r s e
i n science.
F a l l , 1973-74)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e writings -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n Jepth with such
themes as absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
(Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y .
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 7 5 P H I LOSOPHI CAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e :
340.
F a l l , 1973-74)
61
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e.g. P l a t o ,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r crourse: 241, 242, 343, or #.
S p r i n g , 1973-74)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas as t h e philosophy o f a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , philosophical psychology, philosophy o f c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
course i n philosophy.
S p r i n g , 1972-73)
4 9 0 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
s t u d e n t , worked out i n consultation with t h e f a c u l t y adviser. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physics
Chairman:
T h e o d o r e H a n w i ck
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 2 4 5 , 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
and g a l a x i e s . The necessary o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made
of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e a s well a s a 3-inch Questar. Occasional
n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects of
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences.
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t o f t h e
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
mechanics, thermodynamics,
modern t o p i c s .
The course i s designed as
Medical Technology program.
Spring)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I, I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts o f mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects o f modern physics. For majors i n
physics and o t h e r s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
121, Fall; 122, Spring)
2 4 5 MODERN PHYSICS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, n u c l e a r and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, Spring)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . :
122.
Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, I 1
A careful study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami ltoriian formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y s y s t e m ,
central-force motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I,I 1
The classical electromagnetic f i e l d theory is developed using t h e vector
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics, s o l u t i o n of Caplace's
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s of materials, p l u s
t h e theory n f electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour
l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. (Prereq.: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes f o r which temperature is an
important variable. The s u b j e c t is developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 351. F a l l )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from f i r s t p r i n c i p l e s , including de Brogliels p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
of s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 486. S p r i n g )
Department of
Chai rman:
Political Science
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 courses, p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 1 ) , i n c l u d i n g 1 5 8 , 384 and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 areas.* A seminar i n o n e o f the f i v e a r e a s may
be counted f o r t h a t a r e a .
The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g
158 and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 areas.*
MINOR:
HONORS MAJOR: T h e Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d above, p l u s t h e following:
T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e m u s t be
3.5 i n the m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l .
T h e s t u d e n t m u s t t a k e a n Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and m u s t s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r than A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , a n Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major no l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . F o r s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n the
department
.
* T h e f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , C o m p a r a t i v e P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y a n d
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area toward major o r minor requirements.)
--
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
T h e Urban R e q u i r e m e n t may b e f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y a n
I n t e r n s h i p o r Independent Study o n an urban-related t o p i c .
T h e m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n f o r s e c o n d a r y
s o c i a l s t u d i e s teaching, providing t h e s t u d e n t a l s o has one course each i n
e c o n o m i c s , g e o g r a p h y , h i s t o r y and s o c i o l o g y and the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and a f f e c t e d by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73)
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s i n f l u e n c i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
(No p r e r e q u i s i t e ;
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n .
I n t e r i m , 1972-73)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o o t h e r f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r r e l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i o n s . ( S t u d e n t s may n o t
t a k e both 326 and 356 e x c e p t b y s p e c i a l p e r m i s s i o n .
Offered Fall term o f
e l e c t i o n y e a r s . No p r e r e q u i s i t e
F a l l , 19 7 2 )
.
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; t h e uses and c o n t r o l of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s .
( S p r i n g 1972-73)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
See note under 326)
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
Spring, 1972-73)
11. COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An analysis of b a s i c patterns i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s . ( F a l l , Spring 1972-73)
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis o f t h e Soviet Union and other communist s t a t e s i n terms
of p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. F a l l , 1972)
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq. :
One course i n Political Science or #.
Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and t h e determinants of voter choice,
including study o f a t t i t u d e s , values and personality f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereg.: One
course i n Political Science or #)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study o f e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand.
Prereq. : #)
1 1 1 . INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S
1 6 0 ISSUES I N WORLD P O L I T I C S
Contemporary issues and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy. (Spring, 1972-73)
3 6 1 INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation of contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1972)
.-.
L
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation o f f o r e i g n p o l i c i e s
of Communist n a t i o n s , with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. ( P r e r e q . :
One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73)
I V . PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAM I
The l e g a l - p o l i t i c a l - p h i l o s o p h i c a l r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
C o n s t i t u t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment a s applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n o f human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e o r #. O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1972-73)
V.
P O L I T I C A L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
( F a l l , S p r i n g 1972-73)
380 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding of contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 8 1 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I 1
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
a n a r c h i s t , s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , C h r i s t i a n , democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s .
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST P O L I T I C S
An examination o f t h e Marxist-Leninist o r i g i n s of contemporary communism, t h e
development and uses of ideology, and t h e impact o f h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n
t h e p o l i t i c a l evolution of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s .
(Prereq.: One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 8 4 P O L I T I C A L ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l s o c i e t y , i n c l u d i n g communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, s t r u c t u r a l - f u n c t i o n a l i s m , power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey o f t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l s c i e n c e . ( P r e r e q . : S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 5 8 o r 356; o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73)
VI
.
SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
295 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d o n demand)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director t o determine project.
(Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(Prereq. : #
.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane J o h n s o n
MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s . One o r two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o be r e q u i r e d . The m a j o r program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n t h e psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 4 9 3 , and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, $ 6 4 , 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. The
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n the freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n the sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r y e a r . The
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l i n t e r e s t s and g o a l s o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r the major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more electives i n psychology,
s h o u l d be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r h o n o r s i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the major program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g the j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r the purpose o f understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with the study o f behavior. A
structure of the f i e l d of psychology including psychological principles i n
major sub -areas. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory
i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development o f c h i l d r e n . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior of t h e adolescent and a d u l t .
Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active consideration o f t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
theory have f o r t h e development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 351. S p r i n g )
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including o b j e c t i v e s , evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e l e a r n i n g process. ( P r e r e g . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily is included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
(Prereq. : 105.
Fall)
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
d i s o r d e r s . Consideration of diagnostic c a t e g o r i e s , treatment, and r e s e a r c h .
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s or 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall, Spring)
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups o f i n d i v i d u a l s i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study of p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration o f approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. ( P r e r e g . : 105. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points o f view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration o f t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq.: 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research r e p o r t according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of individual research p r o j e c t s . ( p r e r e q . :
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , t w o o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New Testament Greek. The
major s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t one course: 352-355, 360-363,
871-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the major and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s .
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e o f theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
2 2 1 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y o f I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e church. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department o f Philosophy
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e origin of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e vario*
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. V i s i t s w i l l be made t o
a v a r i e t y of worship services. ( F a l l )
3 5 3 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
A survey of some of t h e major l i v i n g religions of the world, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, and Islam, with some emphasis on t h e study of
primary documents from these f a i t h s . (Spring)
3 5 5 TEACHING RELIGION I N , SCHOOL AND CHURCH
The function of t h e teacher i n t h e Christian congregation with a consideration
of available materials and t h e organization of t h e church school. The
function of t h e teacher i n teaching about r e l i g i o n i n t h e public school and a
consideration of available materials. Distinctive c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of these
roles. ( S p r i n g )
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
practices. P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o religious systems, and t o an
of society and t h e relationship of these
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o the study of bureaucracy and i t s
exploration of t h e changing patterns
changes t o t h e i n s t i t u t i o n a l church.
(Fa11 )
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental doctrines from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine. ( I n t e r i m , 1973)
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e theological thought of t h e Protestant reformers of the
sixteenth century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings of Martin Luther and other
representative figures. ( F a l l )
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The Protestant ethos i n the United States. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
religious l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. ( F a l l )
3 8 0 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and relationships. Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
the h i s t o r i c a l Jesus. I f ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
relationship t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g , 1973-74)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas o f
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message o f t h e prophets. (Spring)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y of Judaism from t h e end o f t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. ( F a l l )
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some representative trends i n Christian theological thought
today, as seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
theological t a s k of t h e Christian Church. ( S p r i n g )
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New trends o f Roman Catholic theology a s expressed i n t h e w r i t i n g s of some of
its representatives. Relation of new theological and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s of t h e church. ( S p r i n g )
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms o f theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral action. ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n this a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may b e earned i n any one o f four d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l S c i e n c e and one o f t h e f o u r
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r m a j o r .
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n History: 2 i n American, 2 i n Ancient and Modern Europe, 2 i n
Non-Western, and 1 seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each
i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e
methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology
365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology o f the Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 o t h e r courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n courses; 1 a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology (Other than
educational psychology), o r sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e : H i s t o r y 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 o t h e r courses i n c l u d i n g : H i s t o r y 103; one course i n t h e methodology o f t h e
S o c i a l Science ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 362, 363, o r
365; and 4 a d d i t i o n a l e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology,
sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major w i t h a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
o f t h e S t a t e o f Minnesota f o r a h i g h school t e a c h e r o f t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses t a k e n a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r in
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , economics, anthropology combined.
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each o f geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses in h i s t o r y ,
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t
l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l
Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495; H i s t o r y 103, 104,
332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499.
Department of Sociology
Chairman:
Joel Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MAJOR IN SOCIAL WELFARE: 1 0 c o u r s e s i n c l . u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 , 351, 352, 353, 3 6 5 ,
383, 461, 462. A l s o r e q u i r e d : Psychology 1 0 5 , and 351 or 352.
1 1 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics o f t h e modern world viewed from t h e
p e r s p e c t i v e o f t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , w i t h a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
o f human community i n t h e c o n t e x t o f urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s .
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development o f s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s m o t i f s , p e r s p e c t i v e s , and
l i n g u i s t i c forms ; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
o f s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e o f s o c i o l o g y a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . B a s i c background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( F a l l )
231 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o h e i g h t e n awareness o f communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide p e r s p e c t i v e and s k i l l s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n p r e - m a r i t a l , m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact o f
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban c o n t e x t s on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e f a m i l y i s
examined. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e root o f contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 3 7 CRIME AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s o f crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION T O ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e idea of culture; the person's r e l a t i o n t o culture;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o multiple ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive" and "civilized1' world views, values, and systems o f thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play.
all)
3 5 1 SOCIAL WELFARE METHODS AND SYSTEMS
Basic features of casework and group work. Public welfare, s o c i a l s e c u r i t y ,
and p r i v a t e welfare systems. Two campus l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours agency
service p e r week. Course designed f o r general acquaintance with f i e l d s and
methods of human service. ( F a l l )
3 5 2 BEGINNING S K I L L DEVELOPMENT I N CASEWORK OR GROUP WORK
Orientation and application i n p r a c t i c e of one of these major s k i l l s . Student
i s assigned f u l l time under t h e teaching supervision of s t a f f i n a s e l e c t e d
agency. Maj ors only. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Analysis of methods, theory, operational p r i n c i p l e s , and techniques. Reflective
use of student's own experiences i n p r i o r f i e l d assignments. Open t o s t u d e n t s
having had beginning s k i l l f i e l d experience. ( S p r i n g )
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n sociological research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of sociological data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and data-getting t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l application of what i s learned as it i s learned.
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
data. Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures o f c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and association, s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. ( F a l l )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, the development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. S e l e c t i v e forms of c o l l e c t i v e behavior such a s crowd, rumor,
and audience. ( P r e r e q . : 121 or P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON URBANIZATION
A review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s a s T h n i e s , Weber, Park and l i r t h ;
and an examination of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s o m a n
and suburban l i f e . (Prereq.: 111. S p r i n g )
3 8 3 R A C I A L AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , racism and c i v i l
r i g h t s i n t h e American s e t t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
4 6 1 FUTURES I N SOCIAL WORK
Emerging i s s u e s and programs; s e l e c t i n g c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s through graduate
t r a i n i n g o r occupational choice. Advanced p r a c t i c a l experience a s a s o c i a l
work i n t e r n . Two hours c l a s s l e c t u r e and 10 hours i n t e r n s h i p experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l a c t i o n . F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s assigned a s a p r o f e s s i o n a l s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some s t u d e n t s s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended p o s i t i o n s . Up t o 20 hours p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : #. S p r i n g )
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e
course o f t h e i r development i n t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
l a r g e s c a l e organization i n an urban world. ( S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
( F a l l . Interim. S p r i n g )
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater
Chairman:
Arts
Raymond A n d e r s o n
CDMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 or 352, 354, 4 8 7 , and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t not c o u n t i n g toward t h e m a j o r :
S p e e c h 111; P h i l o s o p h y 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
Major electives c o u n t i n g t o w a r d the m a j o r : A r t 2 2 5 , 230; S p e e c h 1 1 6 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 ,
355, 360, 361, 476, 490, and i n t e r i m c o u r s e s i n communication.
Recommended s u p p o r t i n g electives:
E n g l i s h 2 6 1 , 320, 367, 368
Psych010gy 351, 352, 361, 3 6 2 , 473, 485
S o c i o l o g y 212, 2 3 1 , 459, 482
L i b r a r y 385
Computer S c i e n c e
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
SPEECH MAJOR:
5 courses
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 351 or 352,
355, 360, 361, 366, 4 7 6 . A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a
m a j o r i n E n g l i s h i f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s r e q u i r e d .
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 aurses. For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
or 352, 355, 360, 366; course 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
111, 1 1 6 , 360, 361, 476.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366,
467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be
c o u n t e d toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y an
E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l courses i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g : 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 3 6 0 , 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , three i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f honors q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f
the communication a r t s , c o m p r e h e n s i v e e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the senior y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and c r i t i c a l listening.
per week.
all, S p r i n g )
Meets f i v e times
-
I
-
1 1 6 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
practice i n story t e l l i n g and creative dramatics. Recommended f o r parish
workers and elementary school teachers. [ F a l l )
2 2 8 STAGECRAFT
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
Practical work i n pantomime and
participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring)
An introduction t o the a r t of acting.
improvisation;
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an a r t form; major developments i n film history; analysis of
significant films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than technical elements.
(Spring)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r role i n society.
(Spring)
3 5 1 ARGUMENTAT ION
Application of logic i n public speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
3 5 2 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech writing. (Spring)
3 5 4 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. [Spring)
3 5 5 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice i n
discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
Practice i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o history of the t h e a t e r and t o theories of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
3 6 6 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises i n planning
product ions and conducting rehearsals
(Spring)
.
76
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #. S p r i n g )
(Prexeq.:
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication theory. ( F a l l )
487 F I E L D EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r other publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e g . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , S p r i n g )
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use o f
primary sources and methddology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
( F a l l , Spring)
General Information
Courses
A l l courses have equivalent value unless o t h e m i s e indicated. A course has t h e
approximate value of 5 t o 6 quarter c r e d i t s o r 3* t o 4 semester c r e d i t s . A t o t a l
of 35 courses i s required f o r graduation.
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute periods o r two ninety-minute periods
per week i n addition t o laboratories. Each semester i s approximately 15 weeks
i n length.
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course offerings.
Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be cancelled. Students should consult
t h e schedule of classes t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 200 are lower division courses; those numbered 200 and
above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper division. In general, courses numbered i n t h e
100's a r e primarily f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300's f o r juniors; and
400's f o r seniors.
Symbol
Course may be taken with consent of t h e i n s t r u c t o r i r r e s p e c t i v e of
#.
prerequisites.
Personnel
Administration
...................................Oscar A.
...................Burton
President
Vice President and Executive
A s s i s t a n t t o t h e President
Anderson
P. Fosse
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Librarian.
....................Kenneth C . Bailey
....................................Miss Mildred J o e l
.........................Miss Beverly Wegge
...............................M s . Marjorie S i b l e y
Business A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Business A f f a i r s . .
Controller
D i r e c t o r o f Plant S e r v i c e s . .
Director of t h e College Center
Director of Food Services
Director of Housing/Purchasing Agent
Director of Data Processing..
Manager of t h e Book S t o r e
............Warren
Cuolin
...................................... Wayne Pederson
...............,,..Eugene Ecklund
...................Douglas Wasko
.........................Carl Stromer
...........James Lancaster
...................David Pederson
..........................I r v i n g Hoe1
Development
Vice President f o r Development
Associate D i r e c t o r of Development
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r of Development
Director of Alumni Relations
Public Relations Coordinator.
Manager, News Bureau
.................Glen
W. Johnson
...........Sigvald Hjelmeland
.................David Teslow
..................... J e r o y Carlson
................. .Michael Walgren
...............................Steven Vite
Student A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean o f Admissions
Associate Dean of Students; Director,
Career Planning and Placement
Director of Financial Aid.
Director of New Student Programs..
Director o f Residence Programs.
Associate Director of Admissions
Admissions Counselor
.....................Bruce L. Gildseth
............Miss Fern Martinson
......................Herald Johnson
...............Richard Thoni
.............Mrs. Joan Petersen
...............Donovan Lundeen
.............................David Gronner
Total Student
Enrollment
.............................. 1,968
....................................
332
................................ 1,817
.................................... 349
Academic Year, 1969-1970.
Summer Session, 1970
Academic Year, 1970-1971
Summer Session, 1971
Summary Of
Graduates
Graduates, 1870-1969
Graduates, 1970 (September 1, 1969 - August 31, 1970)
Graduates, 1971 (September 1, 1970 .August 31, 1971).
...
..
4,505
309
310
5,124
Show less
Table
of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
Identification . .
.
and O b j e c t i v e s
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
.
. Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature
. A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E
.
. .
. .
The 4-1-4.Calenda... Show more
Table
of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
Identification . .
.
and O b j e c t i v e s
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
.
. Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature
. A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E
.
. .
. .
The 4-1-4.Calendar . .
Faculty
. General Education
Requirements
Majors
. . Pre-Professional Training
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
. International
Study
Honors Program
. Degrees
. ..
. ..
.
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT L I F E
.
.
.
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l
. . Recreation .
I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c s . . . Religious Life
Student Services .
Housing .
Food S e r v i c e
MUS I P
..
.. .
. .
. . .
PAGE 15, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
.
.
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
. . Transfer . . Early
Decision
. Early Admission . . Advanced Placement
. . Advanced Standing
.
.
.
.
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL A I D
.
.
. . . Deposits . . .
. . F i n a n c i a l Aid
Expenses
. 19 73- 74 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts .
Refunds ,
..
PAGE 22, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
.. .
.
..
. ..
. .
Graduation Requirements
Division Organization
Registration
. P r o b a t i o n and Dismissal .
Grading
C r e d i t by Examination
. Classification .
Courses . . . Numbering .
Symbol
..
.. .
.
. .
PAGE 27, COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 78, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 79, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 8 6 , PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 87, INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o a n s w e r m o s t o f the
q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e and i t s
c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was correct a t the t i m e o f
p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change
w i t h o u t notice
.
Glossary
of Terms
This Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e
information you need t o know as a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t .
I n i t you w i l l f i n d most o f t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have
about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r
phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e c o l l e g e .
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
We hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC.
......The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and
customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
COURSE
.........A
MAJOR..
. . . . . . . .A
MINOR
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m
such as "Community Development and Organization."
Four courses a r e taken each semester a t Augsburg
and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
..........A
concentration i n a f i e l d of study other than
t h e major. Fewer courses a r e r e q u i r e d t h a n i n
t h e maj o r .
ELECTIVE.
FEE..
c o n c e n t r a t i o n of s t u d y i n one a r e a . Augsburg
o f f e r s majors i n 33 a r e a s . Students complete
t h e requirements f o r t h e major a s w e l l as t h e
g e n e r a l education requirements of the c o l l e g e t o
e a r n t h e b a c h e l o r o f a r t s degree.
. . . . . .A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor
b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e
department a s h i s i n t e r e s t s d i c t a t e .
. . . . . . . . . .Charges
made by t h e c o l l e g e f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s
such a s l a b o r a t o r y .
Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses
and l a t e r repays. S e v e r a l loan funds a r e
a v a i l a b l e through c o l l e g e , p r i v a t e and
governmental sources
LOA N . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
SCHOLARSHIP.. . F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t
based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t of
t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t
o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r ACT.
S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h o f
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e
f i n a n c i a l need of t h e s t u d e n t . There i s no
o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e
used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER. ......The c o l l e g e o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r .
Each semester i s 15 weeks i n length and t h e
i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
Vol. 36, No. 3, September 1972
AUGSBUAO COLLEGE NOW Is publlehsd seml-monthly In
January March, Augusl September and Oscember and monthly
In ~obrincyAprll ~ n y , ' ~ u nJuly
e
Octobor nnd November
bv ~utlsburb~ o 1 1 6 a o731
. 2f & ~ v e . S..
' Mlnnsa~olla.Mlnn. 66101.
sbcon7 c ~ n i spnn~hgepeld at Mlnneapolls, Mlnneuota.
There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and
v i t a l i t y o f a metropolitan c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy
o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l
colleges t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h .
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t
o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s ,
c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on
campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r intramural a t h l e t i c
programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s .
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t ' of t h e campus. The
Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y
chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y
.
You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design
your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major
requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o
design much o f your own education.
A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e calendar known a s
t h e "4- 1-4. I t
I n t h e study of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s
and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The
l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation of
knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t
concentration i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose
from 33 majors f o r hundreds o f c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s .
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis
and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope
of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education.
You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie Theater, t h e Brave
New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r coffee houses.
You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby
Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups
t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s .
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g
academic program, a capable and dedicated s t a f f , an eager s t u d e n t
body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
ldentif i c a t i o n
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with
Founded more than 100 years
t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC)
ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s
second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education.
.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran
background though many denominations a r e represented on campus.
About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from
t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a .
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n
t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many
other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing
organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e e n j oyment o f music
o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e
i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s .
A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided
by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such a s t h e n a t i o n a l l y known
Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater,
and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company.
Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks
n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e
w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s
provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l
A i r p o r t . Bus connections can be made from a l l a r e a s of t h e
United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown
Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern b o r d e r o f
t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 16)
History
Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,
as Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were
e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation was h e l d i n 1879.
4
Nature
and
Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
honest, competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e context of t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg e m p h a s i z e s the f o l l o w i n g p r i m a r y o b j e c t i v e s :
1
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r m a j o r .
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d .
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
a c a d e m i c excellence
.
I
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o
the problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city.
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which exist f o r them.
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when
i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther
Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of
a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t s t a n d a r d s by which e x c e l l e n c e i s judged.
Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North C e n t r a l Association o f Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The N a t i o n a l Council f o r t h e A c c r e d i t a t i o n o f Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical S o c i e t y
T h e Campus
Augsburgls compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t o f
Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t o f t h e 155 parks
i n t h e "City o f Lakes . I 1 The c o l l e g e c u r r e n t l y h a s 13 major
b u i l d i n g s w i t h a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very
popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and two
of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e
a d j a c e n t t o t h e campus.
Visiting
t h e Campus
The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o
l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e c o l l e g e program, f a c i l i t i e s , and
admissions requirements. A p e r s o n a l i n t e r v i e w a f f o r d s c a n d i d a t e s ,
p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o exchange
information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a c o l l e g e and i n
making admissions d e c i s i o n s . A student-conducted campus t o u r and
a n i n t e r v i e w with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended
b u t a r e n o t mandatory.
S t u d e n t s who wish t o a r r a n g e f a r a t o u r and an i n t e r v i e w a r e
asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181).
P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays.
Arrangements may a l s o b e made t o meet w i t h a member o f t h e f a c u l t y
and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n
session.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e
c o l l e g e . Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e O f f i c e o f
Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed
t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your
i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l
discover t h e world while preparing f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d
out who you a r e . Augsburgts goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o
educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and prepare them f o r competency i n
t h e modern world.
The
4 - 1 - 4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters
a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each
semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m
t h e r e i s concentration on one s u b j e c t
.
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole
world becomes an arena o f l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation
and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general
academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e study
and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may
f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l
agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your
i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgts f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r
l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o is 1 5 . 7 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e
f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r
first name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l
climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over
t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e .
General
Education
Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been
determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t a s a guide
through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be
incorporated i n t o t h e planned course o f study (many of them would
be chosen even i f t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) .
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t
of s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and
7
drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from b i o l o g y , chemistry,
mathematics , p h y s i c s , and psychology. A few c o u r s e s from economics ,
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , and f o r e i g n languages o r
l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n E n g l i s h must b e
demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses
c o n t a i n i n g an emphasis on m e t r o p o l i t a n concerns i s r e q u i r e d a s
w e l l a s p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n a c t i v i t i e s . (For d e t a i l s , see " A c a d e m i c
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n section. " )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and P h y s i c a l
Education
History
Mathemati cs
Pre- Professional
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Phi 1os ophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Pbysi c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Welfare
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Traini n g
S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine,
d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and e n g i n e e r i n g , can p r o f i t
from a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n a t Augsburg. I t i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t
requirements f o r admission t o g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r s e m i n a r i e s b e
reviewed and t h e n t h e c o u r s e o f s t u d y at Augsburg be planned
a c c o r d i n g l y . Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f c o u r s e s i n t h e
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , and i n r e l i g i o n
and philosophy which w i l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t - i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter
- Institutional
Programs
Augsburg c o o p e r a t e s w i t h o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
ST. PAUL EXCHANGE. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul
c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each s e m e s t e r a t a n o t h e r campus w i t h o u t
a d d i t i o n a l f e e . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o g a i n new
perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools,
o r because a s p e c i f i c c o u r s e i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus.
Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have c o o r d i n a t e d 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r s , t h e
i n t e r i m term may a l s o be t a k e n on a n o t h e r campus.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. T h i s group i s composed o f
12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota.
Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e i n n o v a t i v e c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r
s t u d e n t s , i n t e r c h a n g e and s h a r i n g o f academic p e r s o n n e l and o t h e r
college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t
s p o n s o r s h i p of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development
of programs c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e needs and r e s o u r c e s of t h e
community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A c o o p e r a t i v e e f f o r t between
Augsburg College and M e t r o p o l i t a n S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown
Minneapolis h a s r e s u l t e d i n t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t o f a f o u r - y e a r
program i n s o c i o l o g y o r psychology w i t h a chemical dependency
s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p
p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g w i t h chemical dependency problems.
Courses a r e t a k e n b o t h on t h e Augsburg and t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n
campuses .
CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning c l a s s e s b r i n g t o g e t h e r
Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e c o u r s e s
f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. C l a s s e s a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e
S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r
S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y H o s p i t a l , and T r e v i l l a of
Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses
o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f
s t u d e n t s i n v o l v e d i n t h e c o u r s e s , both from Augsburg and t h e
i n s t i t u t i o n s , h a s been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e
p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e s t u d y by a c t u a l l y
i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation o f Human Resources o f f i c e a t
Augsburg h o l d s t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay f o r inmates
m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co- l e a r n i n g c o u r s e s
.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg Is summer s c h o o l c a l e n d a r i s
c o o r d i n a t e d with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . P a u l . S t u d e n t s
who e n r o l l may s e l e c t c o u r s e s on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s
( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e o f f e r e d t o p e r m i t s t u d e n t s t o complete
courses toward t h e i r d e g r e e s .
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE ( C D I ) .
Augsburg and C D I have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r
t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t
Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e
Schools o f Nursing" a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview
h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t
Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing
should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. I n cooperation with t h e Hennepin County
General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s ,
Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a
c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t
t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l
twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s .
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked
out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be
approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application
should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester of t h e sophomore y e a r .
Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2 . 5 grade-point average i n work
completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l .
A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e
D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of
courses
.
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences
a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each
y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s
a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer
i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications
t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore y e a r . The
SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group
meetings during t h e s choo 1 y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent
study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and
t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n .
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under
which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r
i n s t u d y a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These
i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r
College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r
American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. I n a d d i t i o n
t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r s t u d y a l l o v e r t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may
a r r a n g e t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n
through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. T h i s ' t y p e of s t u d y must be
approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by o n e ' s f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and
t h e n by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t S t a n d i n g . C r e d i t
e a r n e d t h r o u g h f o r e i g n s t u d y may b e a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s
g r a d u a t i o n requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major
sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
u
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds o f p o s s i b i l i t i e s
f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer s t u d y i n g abroad. Recently
Augsburg s t u d e n t s have s p e n t summers i n ~ o r w a ~S p, a i n , Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each
y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For
i n f o r m a t i o n on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , c o n t a c t
t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l a c c e l e r a t e d s e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o freshman
s t u d e n t s w i t h o u t s t a n d i n g h i g h s c h o o l r e c o r d s . For s u p e r i o r
s t u d e n t s of a l l c l a s s y e a r s , i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e
o f f e r e d each term.
S e v e r a l departments o f t h e c o l l e g e o f f e r programs through
which t h e s t u d e n t can e a r n honors i n t h e major. The o p p o r t u n i t y
t o do independent s t u d y i n f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e
throughout t h e c o l l e g e .
For s t u d e n t s who apply f o r and r e c e i v e s p e c i a l s t a t u s a s
Honors S c h o l a r s , g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirements a r e modified a s
n e c e s s a r y t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . A d d i t i o n a l
i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e honors program i s a v a i l a b l e upon r e q u e s t
from t h e Honors Program D i r e c t o r a t Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg C o l l e g e o f f e r s t h e Bachelor o f A r t s (B.A.) degree,
and t h e degree o f Bachelor o f Music. ( S e e the Department o f
M u s i c f o r B .M . d e g r e e r e q u i r e m e n t s )
11
Student
Life
Your e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n
your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether a s a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r
commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e c l i m a t e f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t
Augsburg adds dimension t o your e d u c a t i o n .
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l
a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s w e l l a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s .
These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name
e n t e r t a i n m e n t , and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d s .
The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on
campus. O f f i c e s f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, rhe Augsburg Echo, and
t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of
t h e c l u b s t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s
meet i n t h e C e n t e r .
There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and O r c h e s t r a t o u r a n n u a l l y . The S t r i n g Ensemble,
t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l s t u d e n t - o r g a n i z e d groups a l s o perform
on and o f f campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r
h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program p r o v i d e s
competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l
performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e
Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r i n t r a m u r a l winners a t v a r i o u s
colleges.
Intercollegiate
Athletics
Augsburg i s a member o f t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e
A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e a n n u a l l y competes i n t e n
s p o r t s including f o o t b a l l , soccer, cross country, b a s k e t b a l l ,
hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad t o o k p a r t i n
p o s t season c o m p e t i t i o n l a s t s e a s o n . The p u c k s t e r s f i n i s h e d t h i r d
i n t h e NAIA tournament.
T h i s y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA
n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. S e n i o r c o - c a p t a i n P a t Marcy won
t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. The o t h e r c o - c a p t a i n , s e n i o r Ron
Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e second t i m e i n h i s c a r e e r .
Religious
Life
A n important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s
a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , c h a i r e d by
a s t u d e n t and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e
s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel
s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental
and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d
voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l ,
academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s ,
residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e as academic
a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic
i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working
r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a
s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s
.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o
respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s
l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided.
The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth
through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one
o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process
o f group l i v i n g as well a s discuss t h e personal concerns of
individual students
.
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower.
This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered
a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own
lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s .
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65
upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and
administrative o f f i c e s .
West Hall,
an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it
was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s .
13
TOWER APARTMENTS
-
now under c o n s t r u c t i o n .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n
t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women
s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d
t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s ,
and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each
residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r
t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass
s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students
who have n o t p a i d t h e room deposit by t h i s d a t e a r e automatically
removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25
breakage and f i n e deposit a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded
upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing
education program a t Augsburg if t h e condition o f t h e room and
f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e .top f l o o r o f t h e College Center,
i s t h e main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s
small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and
modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r
meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r of t h e Center,
f e a t u r e s s h o r t orders and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n
t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r t h o s e
l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) i s
Augsburgls new college-wide program. It provides s t u d e n t s i n a l l
f i e l d s of study with t h e opportunity t o g a i n p r a c t i c a l on-,thewjob
experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r
personal i n t e r e s t s . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h a v a r i e t y
o f companies, agencies and community o r g a n i z a t i o n s .
Admission to the College
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy
procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e
Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s of high
school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by
c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and
personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l
persons without r e g a r d t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r
n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal
opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t
personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s .
A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission
counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your
questions.
The Application
Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an
o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e
l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg
College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
3 . Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e
recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 5 examination a s e a r l y a s
p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r y e a r . Your high school counselor can
l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he
should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s
non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n
charge.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must
complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form.
6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s ,
and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s
courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t not t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses
where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t
15
p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t
Augs burg.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t
Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an
o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate
must apply by November 15 of t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e
admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of
admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been
provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o
o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e
academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n deposit which i s non-refundable
i s r e q u i r e d by January 1.
E a r l y Admission
An Early Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high school
j u n i o r s . To apply f o r Early Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high
academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high
school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s
j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during
t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t
applying f o r Early Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude Test
i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e
b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n
courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined
by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y previously
completed.
Advanced S t a n d i n g
College c r e d i t i s granted t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have scored
high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o
award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s of s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level
Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board.
Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg
.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup L i b r a r y )I
Science H a l l ( 5 , r a 3 - 3 3 0 )
Old Main (do. 1-29, C. d / A )
Future S i t e of Residence Tower
Urness Tower Residence
The College C e n t e r
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l [md 1 , A V )
The ~ r tS-t u d i o ( A )
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o [ 0 5)
The Music B u i l d i n g (m)
S i Melby H a l l (G)
Speech and Drama B u i l d i n g
YO- ~ 9 )
East Hall C E H )
(#a
Admissions (Science 156) 433-936
Alumni R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o ~
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ;
Augsburgi an (College C e n t e r ground i
Bookstore (College C e n t e r 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 135)
C a r e e r Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1s t f l o o r )
C e n t e r f o r S t u d e n t Development
(Memorial 1st f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o c
CHR (Memorial ground f l o o r ) 309-32;
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) y l a
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) q21
'
Development O f f i c e (Memorial 2nd f l c
.
Expenses and Financial Aid
Expenses
TUITION
-
$1,845.00
This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee p l a n ) e n t e r i n g
t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d
f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses d u r i n g t h e s e m e s t e r
terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e
s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,025.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $820 . O O
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t
authorized.
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e o f $264.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t
t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an
i n t e r i m course o n l y .
F u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course w i t h o u t charge. For
p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $132 .OO a c o u r s e .
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $155.00 payable
with t u i t i o n :
4-1 ( o r 1 - 4 ) . . . . .$88.00
Balance o f y e a r . $6 7.00
.
(Applies t o S t u d e n t Government c o s t s , admission t o
organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, c h o r a l , and
drama e v e n t s and s u p p o r t o f College C e n t e r programs, and o t h e r
s e r v i c e s . P a r t - time s t u d e n t s a r e charged ,on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e
b a s i s o f $22 a c o u r s e . )
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10 .OO i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved
non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one o f
t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e
General Fee o f $155.00 b u t no t u i t i o n .
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f
c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
- NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00
S t u d e n t Teaching, $35 .OO
Improvement o f Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r
(14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day:
organ, $20.00 ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8 .OO ($2 .OO an
interim).
Band-Orchestra i n s t r u m e n t r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $ 2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges according t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e .
Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash
o r charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
-
$1,040 to $1,100
Men:
$1,070.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,100.00 f o r f u l l b o a r d .
(Five month b i l l i n g , $606.00 and $624.00)
Women:
$1,040 .OO f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,070 .OO f o r f u l l b o a r d .
(Five month b i l l i n g , $589 .OO and $606.00)
A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 2 1 meals a week, w h i l e a p a r t i a l
b o a r d p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) .
A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through
F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h
t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s
approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r .
19
1973- 74
Cost
Summary
A p p l i c a t i o n Fee
Tuition
.............
$
10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,845.00
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 p a i d on a c c e p t a n c e
t o A u g s b u r g and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s .)
Board and Room
Breakage Deposit
. . . . . . . . $1,040.00-$1,100.00
.......
$
25.00
( R e f u n d e d o n t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg.)
Deposits
.
TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not r e f u n d a b l e )
Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission h a s been
accepted; t o be p a i d by ~ ~ r 1,
i i 1972
(payment i s due J a n u a r y 1
under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e
t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00
(not r e f u n d a b l e ) . Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o
r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term b e g i n n i n g September,
and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
$25.00. Refundable upon g r a d u a t i o n , t r a n s f e r t o a n o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g e d u c a t i o n program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A s t a t e m e n t o f e s t i m a t e d charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l b e
p r e p a r e d and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment o f
t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second
s e m e s t e r i s due J a n u a r y 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s s c h e d u l e must b e
a r r a n g e d w i t h t h e Business O f f i c e p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t.0 r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a p r e c e d i n g
t e r m has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
If a s t u d e n t d e c i d e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , r e f u n d s o f
t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g
schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t F r i d a y o f c l a s s e s .
80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of first week o f c l a s s e s .
70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s
f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s
d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by
50%.
Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a
f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s .
In a l l c a s e s , board r e f u n d s a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Financial Aid
About 65% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s ,
l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combina'tion o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e
i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic r e c o r d .
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l
Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass
s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l
Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500
s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g
$5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l
l o a n s t o t a l i n g $330,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and
Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o
apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: E d u c a t i o n a l Opportunity
Grant, Basic O p p o r t u n i t y Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t S t u d e n t Loan
( f o r m e r l y N a t i o n a l Defense S t u d e n t Loan), C o l l e g e Work-Study, and
F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d S t u d e n t Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The d e a d l i n e f o r s-ubmitting t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For
i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
Academic Administration
S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o
p l a n t h e i r own c o u r s e o f s t u d y w i t h t h e h e l p o f f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s
who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l
planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e c o u r s e s i n
t h e h u m a n i t i e s , t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg g r a d u a t e s a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e
e f f e c t i v e l y ; t h e y a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e
t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s c o u r s e s a t Augsburg a r e
designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
activities.
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e
s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s m i s s i o n .
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 c o u r s e s o f which 11 must b e upper d i v i s i o n (numbered
i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more t h a n 1 3 i n one
department.
2.
Completion o f a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average o f 2.0 (C average) i n a l l c o u r s e s
t a k e n and i n c o u r s e s which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r i n r e s i d e n c e .
5.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion o f d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as
follows :
a.
A c o u r s e i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department o f E n g l i s h ) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A c o u r s e from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g
departments : b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y , mathematics, p h y s i c s ,
psychology.
d.
A c o u r s e from one o r two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two c o u r s e s from t h e Department o f Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m c o u r s e . A l l c o u r s e s
l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f R e l i g i o n meet t h i s
requirement .
f.
A c o u r s e r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Two s e m e s t e r s o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r
demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s .
S t u d e n t s w i t h p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may
meet t h i s requirement w i t h one s e m e s t e r o f a c t i v i t i e s .
h.
Division
Four i n t e r i m c o u r s e s , one each y e a r .
Organization
The c o l l e g e c o u r s e s a r e o r g a n i z e d i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n
o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and
c o o p e r a t i v e aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each
d i v i s i o n i s a p p o i n t e d f o r a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Department o f Business. A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department o f P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
Department o f Psychology
Department o f Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Department
Library
Department
Department
of Education: Elementary Education, Geography,
S c i e n c e , Secondary Education
o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education
o f Music
HUMANITIES
Department of A r t
Department o f English
Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek,
L a t i n , Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of R e l i g i o n
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must b e r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e
credit for it.
A normal l o a d i s f o u r c o u r s e s p e r s e m e s t e r and one c o u r s e i n
t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r four courses p e r
s e m e s t e r a r e d e f i n e d as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e
s e m e s t e r b e g i n s , it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y
scheduled t i m e . A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s
a l s o charged f o r c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t
t h r e e days o f t h e s e m e s t e r .
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned c o u r s e s r e s u l t i n a grade o f F .
C a n c e l l a t i o n o f c o u r s e s o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done
i n the Registrar's Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven c o u r s e s with C
average a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 a s
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may b e p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end
of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 Fs having t a k e n 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 Fs having t a k e n 7-15 c o u r s e s
having t a k e n 16-24 c o u r s e s
having t a k e n 25 o r more c o u r s e s
I f a s t u d e n t h a s been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more s e m e s t e r s
c o n s e c u t i v e l y , h e i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who has a p o o r academic r e c o r d
may be s t r o n g l y a d v i s e d t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g
term, b u t i f h e wishes t o do s o he may c o n t i n u e on p r o b a t i o n
u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g t e r m w i l l
n o t be automatic. Each c a s e w i l l b e reviewed by t h e Committee on
Admissions and S t u d e n t Standing.
A s t u d e n t who has been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and
withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l
permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most c o u r s e s a r e graded on a s c a l e o f A, B , C , D , F w i t h
f o u r grade p o i n t s f o r a grade o f A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C , one
f o r D and z e r o f o r F . No f r a c t i o n a l courses a r e o f f e r e d .
Most c o u r s e s a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system,
w i t h P meaning a grade o f C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s t h a n
s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N g r a d i n g system t h e grade i s n o t computed
i n t h e grade p o i n t average, and n o c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d f o r a c o u r s e
i n which t h e s t u d e n t r e c e i v e s a grade o f N .
A f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t may t a k e up t o one course p e r s e m e s t e r on
t h e P/N g r a d i n g system, b u t only two courses on P/N may b e allowed
f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor w i t h approval of t h e department
chairman .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may b e given o n l y i n t h e c a s e o f an
extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a
p e t i t i o n w i t h t h e Committee on Admissions and Student S t a n d i n g
s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r
removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e course. I f
permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must b e removed
during t h e following semester.
A grade o f X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided
Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r .
Such a course must b e completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e
grade o f X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade of F, D, N , I , o r X h a s been
r e c e i v e d may b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades
earned t h e second t i m e a r e counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e
grade p o i n t a v e r a g e . Courses i n which h i g h e r grades have been
e a r n e d may n o t b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, b e
audited.
Courses i n Student Teaching a r e graded by P , D , o r N .
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations
s h o u l d c o n s u l t w i t h department chairmen o r w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r .
C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) o r b y comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore ....... 7 c o u r s e s . .......14 grade p o i n t s
32 grade p o i n t s
J u n i o r . . . . . . . . . .16 c o u r s e s .
S e n i o r ..........25 c o u r s e s ........50 grade p o i n t s
.......
To be c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r
f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two s e m e s t e r s and one course
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l o f seven c o u r s e s ) . To b e
c o n s i d e r e d f u l l t i m e f o r a s e m e s t e r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses.
Courses
A l l c o u r s e s have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d .
A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 5 t o 6 q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r
3% t o 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 c o u r s e s i s r e q u i r e d f o r
graduation.
Most c o u r s e s meet f o r t h r e e s i x t y - m i n u t e p e r i o d s o r two n i n e t y minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each. s e m e s t e r
i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making ch-anges i n
course o f f e r i n g s . Courses w i t h i n a d e q u a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n may b e
cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o
determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses ; t h o s e
numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper d i v i s i . o n . I n
g e n e r a l , c o u r s e s numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen;
200's f o r sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 4 0 0 ' s f o r s e n i o r s .
The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l o f t h e course; t h e second
i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s
t h e course.
Symbol
Course may b e t a k e n w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
26
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of t h e courses offered i n 1973-74 a r e given on t h e following pages.
See page 26 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
American Studies
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 4 9 9 , p l u s 11 m u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n the U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n o n e o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIVE COURSES A N D OPTIONS :
History o f t h e United S t a t e s
American S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 2 2 2 , 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
Li terature and F i n e Arts in tho Clr~ited S t a t e r
American S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o S p e e c h 2 4 1 ) , 2 5 0 , 351, 4 2 3 , 490
Social Sciences i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 114
E d u c a t i o n 4 7 8 , 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325, 326, 3 4 2 , 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 111, 231, 2 3 7 , 351, 383, 463
Economics 1 2 0 , 1 2 2 , 251, 453
TEACHINGMAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . Same a s a b o v e , p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n
a r e a t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r .
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above g r o u p i n g s
under m a j o r .
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e . g . , r e l i g i o n
under s l a v e r y , churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l )
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERI CAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a l i m i t e d period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study
of the approaches of various d i s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . P r a c t i c e i n t h e
i n t e g r a t i o n of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n
depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l )
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E
For d e s c r i p t i o n , see 295.
l e v e l o f work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t o f an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Art
P h i 1ip T h o m p s o n
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ;
2 2 1 , 223, 2 2 5 , 350.
-
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
8
I
t w o from 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 ,
27
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; one from 4 8 6 , 4 8 7 , 488; and two from 1 1 8 , 221
223, 225, 350.
1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine a r t s i n t h e urban and world s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e
of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . ( 3 one hour l e c t u r e s .
Fall)
1 0 7 DRAWING
Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media.
and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Descriptive, experimental,
118 P A I N T I N G I
Introduction t o painting media and technique.
all, S p r i n g )
2 2 1 SCULPTURE I
Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , l e a d ,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I
P r i n c i p l e s and methods of printmaking i n a v a r i e t y of media.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and p r a c t i c e of v i s u a l perception and communication using elements
such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1
A study of v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , film, a d v e r t i s i n g
symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography,
and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 5 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 2 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l laboratory experience. Discussion and
observation of t h e expressive and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . (Summer, I n t e r i m )
3 5 0 CERAMICS I
An introduction t o t h e making of p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 CERAMICS I 1
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing
techniques.
(Prereq. : 350.
F a l l , Spring)
355 PAINTING I 1
Advanced study o f painting.
(Prereq. : 118.
F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR P A I N T I N G
Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 .
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq. : 223.
F a l l , Spring)
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , s t o n e , p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 1 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and Oriental s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
(Fall, Spring)
Department
Biology
Chairman:
Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , f o u r u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
o n e t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 ,
352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
MAJOR, O p t i o n 11: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
one t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 2 2 3 ( o r
351, 352)
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper division c o u r s e s .
r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) .
Also
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t w o
b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; o n e summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n o n
academic work i n b i o l o g y and o n d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t .
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does n o t normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112
on consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , s p r i n g )
-
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
a
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function o f t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Fall f o r nurses o n l y ; Spring f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s o f microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . :
Chemistry 103. Spring)
1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explcsion. L a b o r a t o p demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of tile C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
1 1 1, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, g e n e t i c s , developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ;
A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b i o l o g i c a l s c i e n c e .
112, Spring.
3 hours l e c t u r e ; 3 hours laboratory)
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study d e a l i n g with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morpholog)l, e v o l u t i o n ,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on recent advances i n human g e n e t i c s .
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory.
Frereq
.: 112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey o f t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq.: 1 1 2 . S p r i n g )
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An i n t r o d u c t a r y consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r
s t u d e n t s t a k i n g 471, 474, 476. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223
o r 352. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, c y t o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and
biochemistry, and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Remmmended: C h e m i s t r y 223 or 3 5 1 , P h y s i c s 1 2 3 .
Interim)
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s .
( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 351; and P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e p h y s i o l o g i c a l and morphological changes which o c c u r
d u r i n g t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e a n i m a l s .
Experimental a s well a s d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e i n c l u d e d i n t h e l a b o r a t o r y work.
( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and
( 3 hours l e c t u r e ,
p a t h o g e n i c i t y a r e c o n s i d e r e d as w e l l a s c e r t a i n methods.
3 hours laboratory.
P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 3 5 1 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e s t u d y o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended:
C h e m i s t r y 361. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 , 4 9 2 SEMINAR
Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and r e s e a r c h . Topics may
concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy o f s c i e n c e a s w e l l as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e .
S e n i o r s majoring i n Biology and N a t u r a l S c i e n c e f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e
r e q u i r e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e
i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e
( 3 hours c l a s s . Prereq. : 112, 491, F a l l ; 492, Spring)
expected t o a t t e n d .
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an i n s t r u c t o r .
( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and
Intended f o r b i o l o g y majors. P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work.
p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department of
Business
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Administration,
Business Education, and
Economics
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 4 8 3 o r 4 8 4 . Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2 5 8 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g o n c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the t w o r e m a i n i n g
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 , 484 i s recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s ~ d m i n i s t r a t i o n1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3,73, 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 .
Economics 1'22, 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2.58 o r 391 o r
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and o n e o f 2 6 1 ,
3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 ; and o n e o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 ; a n d E c o n o m i c s 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a
senior thesis and c o m p r e h e n s i v e o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f
concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
Accountants (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t have completed t h e major i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Accounting, t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d
the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics general c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g
m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f
r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics.) S t u d e n t s who
h a v e completed the above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d under the r u l e s o f the
Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r graduation.
1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, c o s t c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement. ( F a l l )
1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives o f various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 101. S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m )
2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm:
sources and uses o f long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, c u r r e n t and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q : 262. S p r i n g )
.
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
p o l i c y . Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High School Algebra.
Fall)
1I ' '
'A
381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control o f economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard c o s t systems, as well a s o t h e r quantative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq. : 101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income taxes f o r individuals
and various forms o f business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
alternate years)
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types o f s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( P r e r e q . : 261. F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e a r e a s o f Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( INTERNSHIP PROGRAM)
A student may r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which
i s applicable t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. I n a d d i t i o n t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
The s t u d e n t may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-14 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
required.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATIQN:
SECRETAMAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
Show less
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calen... Show more
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Majors
Pre-Professional Training ,
Requirements
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
Honors Program
Degrees
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE
..
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l .
Recreation
Intercollegiate
Religious L i f e
Student S e r v i c e s
Athletics
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
MUSIP
...
...
...
. ..
...
PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID
. . . E a r l y Decision . . .
. . . Advanced
...
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
Transfer
E a r l y Admission
Advanced Placement
Standing
F i n a n c i a l Aid
...
...
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
.
I
PAGE 19, EXPENSES
. ..
Expenses
1974- 75 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
...
...
D i v i s i o n a l Organization
Graduation Requirements
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Grading
Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n
C r e d i t by Examination
Classification
Courses
Numbering .
. Symbol
...
...
...
...
...
.
PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 90. INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s
w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h
a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the
c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e .
Glossary of Terms
T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n
you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d
most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have
o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e
College.
-
-
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC..
COURSE..
MAJOR..
MINOR
LOAN
.. . . .The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which
c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
..... . . A
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s
"Community Development and Organization." Four courses
a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
. .......A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a .
majors i n 18 departments.
Augsburg o f f e r s
..........A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n
t h e major.
ELECTIVE..
FEE..
We
... . . A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by
t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s
dictate.
... .......Charges
made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s
l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l .
...........Money
a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r
r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.
SEMESTER
... F i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h
school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e
s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT
o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l
need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay.
The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
.......The
College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester
i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
.
PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e
a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be
e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department.
Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March,
August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May,
June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S.,
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
Introduction
There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a
m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g .
Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you
both.
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a
s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s ,
f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through
t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose
participation i n athletics.
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s
L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s
may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r
own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s
a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own
education.
A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e
"4-1-4.1'
I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and
e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s
e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a
number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary
i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t .
Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and
a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an
evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any
of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e
Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many
p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e
numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and
t h e Fighting Saints.
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic
program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a
remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e
American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago,
Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century
o f Christian higher education.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background
though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e
r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r
metropolitan area.
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis
I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s .
The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s
a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The
Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing
artists.
A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by
s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie
T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul
C i v i c Opera Company.
R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r
t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may
j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e
t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e
d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and
t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis
v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus.
( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.)
History
Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n
America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home
i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t
c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879.
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s
former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American
Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l
Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
r
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
academic e x c e l l e n c e
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o
the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the Christian f a i t h .
I
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis
surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of
Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of
cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The
University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview
and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n ,
first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions
requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e
admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e
process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A
student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r
a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked
Preferred
t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181)
times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may
a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s ,
Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n .
.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College.
Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg
College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o
s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l
t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while
p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal
and p r e p a r e
a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e
s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e
s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n
on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world
becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s
determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e
encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n
music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program.
I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies
provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r
what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e .
The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p
on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n
j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t
v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having
coffee.
General Education Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined,
n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l
a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course
of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required)
.
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f
s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and
r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e ,
sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and
p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved
l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s
r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section. )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
E a s t Asian S t u d i e s
Economics
Economics /Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro -Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
P h y s i c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Work
Sociology
Spanish 1
Speech
Theater A r t s
Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative
s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted
f o r f u r t h e r information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y ,
pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s
education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission
t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y
a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of
courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n
r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t .
Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e .
Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r
acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t
o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated
c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A
r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses.
Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning
s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and
S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e
i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r
should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12
c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned
a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s ,
interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s ,
cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a
metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t
with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper
Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg
College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis
has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y
o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s
designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with
chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and
t h e Metropolitan campuses.
These co-learning c l a s s e s
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR).
b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r
c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud
Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n ,
S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house
r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e
departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both
from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s
and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with
inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg
holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n
t h e s e co-learning courses.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with
t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t
courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d
t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees.
.
Augsburg and
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI )
CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of
t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o
Aupsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools
o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis
r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission
t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General,
Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s
work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major
i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t
Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e
three hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n
cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l ,
and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a
major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved
by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during
t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o
have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0
grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e ,
consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence
of courses.
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o
Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN),
Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r
t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted
p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y
i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n
t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e
s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e
departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e
following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n .
-
~
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a
number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e :
The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e
i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence
i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg
s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making
a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must
be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through
f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as
e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r
t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg
s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e
Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r .
See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on
programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study
Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students
with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s
years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term.
Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the
student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent
study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors
Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet
the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors
program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t
Augsburg
.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e
degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e
requirements)
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your
c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s
and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l
f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension
t o your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s
t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s
i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g
p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus.
Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e
t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e
classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In
a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert
Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club,
and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own
r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition
i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s .
Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r
intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s
.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c
Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g
f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l ,
t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s .
The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o
worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n
and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e
both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and
staff attend voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r
c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and
f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and
c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s .
Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e
encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r .
The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o
t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s ,
a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l
program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with
o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making.
Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o
f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l
concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s .
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower.
This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t
providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and
u t i l i t y areas.
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and
women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as
some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s .
West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an
apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms
and b a t h .
Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o
t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom
apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e
g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women.
The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e
i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n
u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses
rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and
bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An
o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s
and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e
e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s
payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d
t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing
r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and
f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation,
t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t
Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and
t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the
main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s
f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features
short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g
i n College houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new
College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with
the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be
r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are
available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Admission to the College and Financial Aid
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure.
Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e
accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n
c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r
motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal
o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel
s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s
without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background.
A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors
a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o
s e e t h e campus.
The Application Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor,
along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with
your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester
t o : Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn 55404
.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t
candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r
year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e
scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon
a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t
n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1
a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has
been awarded.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e
summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and
recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses
s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s
t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work
u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at
unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on
work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l
grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e
considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg
except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s .
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e
with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e .
2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y
a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g
t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f .
Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes
which a r e provided.
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon
a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e
s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d
w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f
a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded.
5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg
a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission
i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15
o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about
December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d ,
i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw
a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based
upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s
r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Admission
An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s .
To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d
and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o
cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also,
i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h
school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A
s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s
o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e
beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l
and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup Library
Science H a l l
Old Main
Mortensen Tower and
V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t )
Urness Tower
The College Center
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l
A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o
The Music Building
S i Melby H a l l
Speech and Drama Building
E a s t H a l l (Band Building)
A.
B.
F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required)
S,tudent Parking (Permit Required)
Offices
Admissions (Science 156)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r )
Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r )
A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128)
Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
Center f o r Student Development
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor)
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32)
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r )
Advanced Standing
College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on
t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on
t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by
t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d
information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from
t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment,
o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f
f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by
completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College
S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg
Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg
r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l
o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant
Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e
following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense
Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan.
Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information,
c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College.
Expenses
Expenses
TUITION
-
$2,115.00
T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g
s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r
beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e
t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r
p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d .
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g
l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m
course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge.
s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT
For p a r t - t i m e
REFUNDABLE
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg
programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e
h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00.
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s
i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r
c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer Science, $25 .OO
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e )
, $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement of Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) ,
o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ,
$20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) .
Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee:
f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students:
$2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e .
Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r
charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room
$1,161.00
P a r t i a l Board and Room
$1,125.00
Meal Coupons and Room
(Limited Residences)
$
801.00
5 Day Lunch Plan
$
234.00
In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these
board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract
year.
A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan
provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r
noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named
by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'.
A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides
f i v e noon lunches p e r week.
Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract
basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year.
1974-75 Cost Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00
Application Fee.
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
. . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00
Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
25.00
Board and Room
Breakage
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg)
Deposits
T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required
o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d
by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program).
The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not
refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a
housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e
room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00.
Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r
d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and
forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month
b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20.
V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office
p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r
account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n
and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s .
80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s .
70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d
t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t
f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%.
Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l
refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges.
In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r
own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y
a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l
a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s ,
and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they
a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some
understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o
equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s .
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f
i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e
300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses
which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College.
5.
Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s .
6.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows
(One course may meet one requirement only) :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments:
biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d
i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except
t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply.
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y
i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n
one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one
semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Divisional Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o
make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims
more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a
two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental
s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Earl R. A l t o n
Chairman :
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman :
Norma C . Noonan
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department o f Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman :
E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n
Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography,
L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education
Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman :
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
Department of A r t
Department o f E n g l i s h
Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek,
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of Religion
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t
f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e
i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e
defined as full-time students.
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r
begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A
f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing
r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e
days of t h e semester.
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n
of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average
a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s .
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term
i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses
having t a k e n 16-24 courses
having t a k e n 25 o r more courses
I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y ,
he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A
s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw
b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue
on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e
automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing.
A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from
t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as
follows :
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0
.b
Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e
Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course.
Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course)
.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P
meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of
l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e
grade p o i n t average.
A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n .
For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme
emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r
r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e
i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d ,
i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester.
A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study
course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course
must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain
on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d
may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e
second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average.
Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r
c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d .
Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0,
o r N.
Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g
system.
S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which
t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of
grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r .
A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s .
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows :
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9
3.6
3.3
-
4.0 grade average
3.89 grade average
- 3.59 grade average
-
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should
c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be
earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by
comprehensive examinations.
Classification
.......
..........
........
Sophomore
Junior
Senior..
........14 grade p o i n t s
........32 grade p o i n t s
7 courses
16 courses
25 c o u r s e s . .
..... .50
grade p o i n t s
To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e
i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a
semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s .
Courses
A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A
course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35
courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n .
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute
p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s
approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course
o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d .
Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y
t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered
300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses
numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores;
300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e
l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and
t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course.
Symbol
Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
Course Descriptions
American Studies
Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages.
See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS:
H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s
Amsrican S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s
A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490
S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 1 14
Education 478, 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463
Economics 120, 122, 251, 453
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s
i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y director.
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s
under major.
2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g.,
religion
under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c .
(Fall)
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today.,
e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various
m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak
first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of
pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open
t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores.
all)
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
l e v e l of work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
3 6 0 DRAWING
AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
all)
and a r c h i t e c t u r e .
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
( F a l l , Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman : Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h
o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y
(Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I )
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352;
Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g
t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major.
.
one c o u r s e from
e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology,
Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y ,
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r
Microbiology (Group V )
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n
secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major.
MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e
r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n
the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year.
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology
112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body.
and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
(Lecture
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y .
Prereq.:
Chemistry 103.
Spring)
110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
4\'
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory.
111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms.
( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e .
Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e
c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #;
P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m )
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur
d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory
work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e study
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy,
pathogenicity a r e considered
4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
morphology, physiology, genetics, and
as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s ,
112, 367 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4
h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.:
112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 SEMINAR
Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course
c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n
biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o
p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an
i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. :
112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer)
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman:
Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g
I n addition,
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
(392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.)
In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n
d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR:
6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t
must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l
a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s
or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed
a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t
(Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above
r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f
Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n .
101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement.
(Fall, Interim)
102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g )
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
l e c t u r e s , and case material.
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral
( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g )
topics
.
.
3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s
and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e years)
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
( P r e r e q . : #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261.
Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-18 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming
a r e recommended.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108.
ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALTZATION:
MTNOR:
or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219.
Five courses i n Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120.
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l
education r e q u i r e m n t s
.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration.
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not
a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting.
(Interim)
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m )
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a
minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High
school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent.
Spring)
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or
e q u i v a l ent
Spring)
.
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In
addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #.
F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr)
4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c
business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ,
1 9 74-75)
Economics
MAJOR : ECONOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer
p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR:
ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from
business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n
, d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d .
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s
a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y
c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l
s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n .
E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t .
1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl';
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ;
D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of
Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r
may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y
t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory
t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics
122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n
order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l ,
Interim, Spring)
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department o f Business Administration.
3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s .
(Prereq.: 123. F a l l )
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s
applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization.
In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised
p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e
i n depth. (Prereq.: #.
all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of Chemistry
Chairman:
E a r l Alton
GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and
one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r .
AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y
i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e .
T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n ,
n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp&
a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance
i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r .
P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<:
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3 hours o f laboratory.
105, Fall; 106, Spring)
1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g )
h i g h school chemistry,
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or
115.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern
t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many
applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour
351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
laboratory.
Prereq.:
106 or 116.
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g )
353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352,
353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362,
o r #. F a l l )
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g )
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l )
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before
grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
d u r i n g t h e academic year.
East Asian Studies
T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s
o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s :
Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language
Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n
Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases
Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z
o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t
may a p p l y toward t h i s major.
Department of Education
Acting Chairman:
Lauretta E . Pelton
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e
i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111,
and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an
academic m a j o r i s recommended.
2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y )
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity
f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g .
Fall, Spring)
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e
elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission
t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring)
3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o
each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . :
Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary
school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
(Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on
demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of
education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o
j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of English
Acting chairman:
Ronald Palosaari
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e
m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s
250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either
219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320.
E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower
d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s
successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o
correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
219 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term,
e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced
Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e
f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts
(Spring)
.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence
o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o
given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and
l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
261 MODERN FICTION
S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various
genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
(Fall, Spring)
272 LITERARY CLASS1CS
Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e
Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1
43
II
n
2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M
A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern
l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating
l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological,
t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches
t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e .
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction
t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English
1anguage
(Spring)
.
3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE
While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements.
Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as
s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e
twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 .
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See description under Scandinavian Studies 352.
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship
Director.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
all, S p r i n g )
s t u d e n t ' s choice.
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman:
Donald Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language
equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
all , Spring)
placement.
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
(Spring)
advanced placement
.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l )
2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
(Spring)
l i t e r a r y study i n French.
2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor.
(Fall)
3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
(Fall)
courses.
3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s
French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and
i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s .
y e a r l y on demand)
.
3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
Readings, r e p o r t s ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness.
extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t
o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976)
3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t '
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s
and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
19 7 5 )
3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance
through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
-
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1974-75.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French.
( S p r i n g 1976-77.
Offered every t h i r d year)
3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
g,
etc.) ,
Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d
t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide,
Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n
Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert,
3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including
t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring
1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus,
Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.)
shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and
form.
Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332,
354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year)
A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions)
( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355)
O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l .
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l
i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German.
A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
112 F a l l , Spring)
21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n
speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by
English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL
- 1780
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages,
t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm
und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and
i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0
- 1890
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c
Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n
t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal,
Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s
on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times.
( F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition
including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom
language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present.
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t
t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g )
2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and
syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y )
Linguistics
31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current
1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of
i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l
criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l
also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s
sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way
i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l
grammar. ( S p r i n g )
411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS
Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution
o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c
research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s :
t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e
i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators:
Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson
MAJOR:
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
1 112, S p r i n g )
expected. 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions
and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed
on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel
Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge
j
m d miltors w i l l bc
of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Spring)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist,
M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354.
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e .
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ,
Spring; 112, Spring)
2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g )
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l )
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.:
112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses.
Fall)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In
Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1
A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l
1974, 1976.
353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS
Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n
An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e .
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g )
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage.
( O f f e r e d o n demand)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written
r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
(Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y
c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar.
A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t
l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s :
A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s
a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level.
S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f
end o f the f i r s t t e r m
c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s
t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e
MINOR:
3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e
o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the
e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t )
a f a c u l t y conwittee.
5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n .
S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300)
b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be
t a k e n i n sequence.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g )
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l )
2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day.
(Spring)
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l )
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring)
3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY
A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic
l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th
Centuries.
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period.
An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs
o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y .
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring)
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse
of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o
c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l )
4 6 4 MODERN CHINA
The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839.
4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the
opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76)
4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(Fall)
.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics.
Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply
t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent
study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the
major.
Department of Mathematics
Chairman:
Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
- 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325.
M s :
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f
j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences.
( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11
Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with
of several variables
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w
and s e r i e s with applications primarily from
*$Peal sciences. Primarily
f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l )
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given
t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975,
alternate years)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g )
2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics
underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s
placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern
elementary s c h & -tics
c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor
i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g )
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
years)
3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y
d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e ,
224. F a l l )
e.:
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ]
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1
A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l
v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s .
( P r e r e q . : 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.:
314.
Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 ,
o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m )
Medical Technology
This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd
courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical
Technology adviser.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223
(or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
Director:
J o e l S. Torstenson
1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383;
p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one
course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study.
MAJOR:
The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102;
B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer
S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360;
S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s ,
b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l .
To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h
s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology,
r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e
Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
* The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e
o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o
t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
Department of Music
Chairman:
Robert Karl&
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457,
458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a
m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education.
. .
.
.
.
.
1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e
t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ;
and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y
(1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s
i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year.
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s .
A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music
R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests.
A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano
proficiw@#
'
o n b y t h e end o f the
year. I t i n c l u d e s :
i n v e r s i o n s , played two
(a) majw.
minor s c a l e s w i t h r
er and w i t h correct
a t moderate s p e e d and
o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3
from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi*
qd.+sical
sonata; ( c ) a
Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade.
One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory.
&ece*,
During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the
Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s
i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s
w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f
Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r
t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s .
TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC:
&
sew$&
b'da
m*
a
A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a
mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e
,
#a
r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 )
s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c
c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when
convenient.
1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a
team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS
The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers
from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e
o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall)
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments.
(Fall)
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Fall)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of
instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of
varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided
f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon
approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l ,
Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement
of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student,
but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles
Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112.
be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223
and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361.
-
In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e
chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department.
NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d
choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e
medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s
1 2 1 , 122.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman:
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the
o f t h e philosophy faculty.
j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c
o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a
d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement.
1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates,
P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played
i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 0 ETHICS
Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 3 0 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and
r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110.
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11:
(Fall, Spring)
MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241,
242, 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344.
F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with
p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e
i n science. F a l l , 1975-76)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such
themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75)
3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e :
344.
F a l l , 1975-76)
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o ,
Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #.
1975-76)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
1974-75)
course i n philosophy.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physical Education
and Health Education
Chairman:
E . W. Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472.
223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572.
10 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485,
491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y
course are a l s o required.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
5 courses.
5 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243.
1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
(PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499
Independent Study)
C@lWENG EN-PIT:
m&hg.
-
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c
schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
Physical Education
102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body.
(Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105.
Spring)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
Fall)
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Fa11 )
472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately.
(Fall)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q . : 351, 352.
Summer School on1 y)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education.
majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y )
Open only t o
Health Education
1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. ( F a l l )
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses.
American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring)
Also includes
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program.
(Fall)
Department of Physics
Chairman:
Theodore Hanwick
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made
of
n
12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a
Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l ,
3-inch Quostar.
Spring1
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s .
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program.
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Fall)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent
r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, F a l l )
2 6 1 ELECTRONICS
A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and
some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s
with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 ,
Mathematics 224.
Fall)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
P r e r e q . : 122.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1
A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems,
c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g )
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1
The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and
t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and
1 seminar hour p e r week.
Prereq.: Junior standing.
Spring)
4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an
important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.
:
351. S p r i n g )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u .
P r e r e q . : 486.
Spring)
Department of Political Science
Chairman:
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s
may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a .
MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g :
1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * .
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e
3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e
department.
* The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one
a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . )
-
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an
I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c .
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad
social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e
Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n .
For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s
Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
(Fall, Spring)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . :
1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not
take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of
election years. No prerequisite)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
description)
See note under 326.
See Section 11 for
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years.
See Section I V for description)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
11.
See Section I V for description)
COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s .
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms
o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s .
course i n Political Science or #)
(Prereq.: One
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice,
including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand. Prereq. : #)
I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L
POLITICS
160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS
Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
(Spring)
policy
.
361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s
of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
IV.
PUBLIC LAW
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered
alternate years. )
V.
P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
(See Section 11 for description)
3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
(Offered alternate years .)
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s
.
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of
ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s
i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. )
3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.)
VI.
SEMINARS,
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study f o r
Interim, Spring)
lower division students.
(Prereq. : #.
Fall,
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
Fall, Interim, Spring)
(Prereq.: #.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student.
(Prereq. : #
Fall, Interim, Spring)
.
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane Johnson
MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y ,
should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A
s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n
( F a l l , Spring)
major sub-areas.
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory
i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult.
Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e .
(Preraq. : 3 5 1 .
Spring),,
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
.. ..
I
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of
a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans.
S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e
adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e
environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral
development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l )
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research.
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.:
105. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
General Education requirement. )
(Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.:
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The
major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363,
471-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n
H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n
requirements.
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring)
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy.
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made
t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s .
all)
3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated
with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l
teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l
and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and
Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s
together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of
t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75)
3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1
The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism,
Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of
these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e
context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76)
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an
of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s
exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s
changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church.
(Fall)
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine
.
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e
s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin
Luther and o t h e r
representative figures. (Fall)
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. (Fall)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 5 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support
o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l )
4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought
today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g )
4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of
i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring)
4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and
s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
Adviser:
Orloue N. Gisselquist
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major.
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f
American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e
courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l
science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and
sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l
Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B
.
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology.
C.
NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of
t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495;
Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography,
anthropology, sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n
p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
D.
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e
and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following:
P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499;
History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123,
495, 499.
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman:
J o e l Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300
and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e
perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes.
( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and
l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( S p r i n g )
2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s
examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l
term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
362,
3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology
majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year.
(Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ;
h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra.
Fall, Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l
Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n
d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n .
Spring)
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l
components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena
such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance.
( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION
-
A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth;
and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban
and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring)
3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and
all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y )
c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g .
3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N
The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l
be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y
change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r
Psychology 105.
Fall)
Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s .
( P r e r e q . : #)
4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g
t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s .
( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y ,
i n c l u d i n g 121.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r .
of instructor.
(Prereq. : 121, permission
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director:
Paul T. Steen
MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t
freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other
s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384;
S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861
8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n
o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g
t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) .
(one
The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325
326; Psychology 351
352 (may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362
375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l
Work 257
357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231
and 232.
-
or
and
2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer
i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work
professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e
helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review
conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f
d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework,
group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems
i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l )
3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE
A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l
seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d
experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by
p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group
work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d
work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t
student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work.
(Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g )
3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
*
A summer work experience of t e n weeks o r longer i n a service-giving r o l e
through assignment as an employed s t a f f o r full-time volunteer member i n a
s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Special opportunity t o consider career aspects
of s o c i a l work. Reflective, a n a l y t i c a l reports and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminars
required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently
but not required. (summer)
3 5 8 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK-STUDY I N SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With f a c u l t y approval a t o p i c i s s e l e c t e d
f o r independent study r e l a t i n g t o t h e work experience. Study t o be reported
i n a major paper of high q u a l i t y . (Sunrmer)
4 6 1 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY I N SPECIAL AREAS
Students placed f o r refinement of p r a c t i c e s k i l l s i n programs serving s p e c i a l
groups such as aging, mental r e t a r d a t i o n , t h e chemically dependent, o r youth
subculture. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e .
Not open t o students taking 463. (Prereq.: 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l action. F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. Two l e c t u r e periods p e r week, plus e i t h e r (a) f o r majors, 8 hours
r e l a t e d f i e l d experience; o r (b) f o r non-majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d
experience o r an approved plan f o r independent work i n community study o r
planning. Not open t o students taking 461. (Prereq.: #. F a l l )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
Responsibilities assigned as a professional s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended positions. 12 t o 20 hours p e r week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major
Spring)
.
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman:
Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIQN MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 o r 352, 354, 487 and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t n o t c o u n t i n g toward t h e major:
Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
The communication m a j o r i s a f l e x i b l e i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y program which g l l o w s
f o r d i f f e r e n t emphases -- j o u r n a l i s m , a d v e r t i s i n g and p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s , r a d i o t e l e v i s i o n - f i l m , human r e l a t i o n s , and s u p e r v i s o r y management. Program g u i d e s
f o r e a c h a r e a a r e a v a i l a b l e from the Department Chairman o r the O f f i c e o f
Admissions.
P r o s p e c t i v e m a j o r s s h o u l d c o n t a c t the department a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e t o work
o u t a plan f o r the major and a personal c a r e e r a c t i o n p l a n . Freshmen s h o u l d
t a k e Speech 111, Psychology 1 0 5 , S o c i o l o g y 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR:
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR-TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 232, 2 4 1 , 351 o r
352, 3 5 5 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 476. A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined
w i t h a m a j o r i n ~ n b l i s hi f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s
required.
SPEECH.MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 c o u r s e s . For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
orL352, 3 T , ' - - 3 L 0 ; 3 6 6 ; c o u r s e 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 232, 360, 3 6 1 ,
3 6 6 , 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may
be counted toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y
a n E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l c o u r s e s i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
Freshmen p l a n n i n g t o m a j o r i n t h e a t e r a r t s s h o u l d t a k e c o u r s e s 111, 1 1 6 , and
228.
Experience requirement f o r t h e a t e r a r t s majors: Experience i s required i n
f o u r o u t o f the f i v e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : a c t i n g , set c o n s t r u c t i o n and p a i n t i n g ,
l i g h t and s o u n d , c o s t u m e , h o u s e management. Majors s h o u l d t a k e p a r t i n
dramatic productions during a l l four years.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 courses including:
2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , t h r e e i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f h o n o r s q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one
o f the communication a r t s , comprehensive e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the s e n i o r y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
1 11 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g .
(Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
p r a c t i c e i n s t o r y t e l l i n g and c r e a t i v e dramatics. Recommended f o r p a r i s h
workers and elementary school teachers. ( F a l l )
Construction, painting, and o t h e r aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
An introduction t o t h e a r t of acting. P r a c t i c a l work i n pantomime and
improvisation; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n dramatic presentations.
(Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of f i l m as an a r t form; major developments i n f i l m h i s t o r y ; analysis of
s i g n i f i c a n t films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than t e c h n i c a l elements.
(Spring)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study o f t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r r o l e i n s o c i e t y .
of P o l i t i c a l Science. ( S p r i n g )
See a l s o description under Department
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of l o g i c i n p u b l i c speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of g r e a t speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech w r i t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. ( S p r i n g )
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; p r i n c i p l e s and types of discussion; p r a c t i c e i n
.discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic p r i n c i p l e s of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
P r a c t i c e i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o h i s t o r y of t h e t h e a t e r and t o t h e o r i e s of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e d i r e c t i o n with laboratory exercises i n planning
productions and conducting rehearsals. Open t o upper d i v i s i o n students
on 1y
(Spring)
.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #.
Spring)
(Prereq. :
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o p r i n c i p l e s and methods of speech c o r r e c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t o p i c s i n speech and communication theory. (Fall)
487 FIELD EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r o t h e r publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e q . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected t o p i c s i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use of
primary sources and methodology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
*
( F a l l , Spring)
Total Student Enrollment
. . .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... 1,773
359
Academic Year, 1972-1973,
Summer Session, 1973
Summary of Graduates
................
Graduates, 1870-1972
Graduates, 1973 (September 1, 1972
-
May 20, 1973)
.
5,434
260
Faculty
RUTH AASKOV, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND AGRE, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
*WARREN A N , A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Michigan
(Physical Chemistry and I n o r g a n i c Chemistry), Department Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education and Psychology,
M.A. 1947, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Psychology) .
BARBARA ANDERSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of English, M.A. 1954,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (English Education)
ERNEST ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J . ANDERSON, L i b r a r i a n , I n s t r u c t o r , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, P r e s i d e n t of t h e College, B . D . 1942, Luther
Theological Seminary, L. L . D . 1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E . ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MICHAEL J . ARNDT, I n s t r u c t o r of S p e e c h / ~ r a m a , B.A. 1968, Augsburg College,
(Theater Arts D i r e c t o r )
KENNETH C . BAILEY, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean of t h e
College, Ph. D. 1960, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B . BALTINA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1933,
U n i v e r s i t y of L a t v i a (German and Russian)
JOHN E . BENSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1967, Columbia
U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f Religion)
*ROBERT E . BEVERLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1948,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M.A. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Health Economics)
VERN BLOOM, D i r e c t o r of t h e Conservation of Human Resources Program,
M.S.W. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal J u s t i c e
Studies)
WILLIAM CARIS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Health and Physical Education,
M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa (Head F o o t b a l l Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, Ph.D. 1972, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Concert Band)
*NELSON CARR, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
CARL H . CHRISLOCK, P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1955, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American History)
BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, P r e s i d e n t Emeritus, Ph D. 1929, H a r t f o r d
Seminary Foundation
*L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1935,
R a d c l i f f e College (Chaucer)
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate P r o f e s s o r , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa
( D i r e c t o r of t h e S o c i a l Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Speech, M.A. 1949, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Theater Arts) (Has a dog t h a t o f t e n v i s i t s t h e campus)
.
K . BERNER DAHLEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e )
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l
Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke U n i v e r s i t y
JOHN C . DAWSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program) (Enjoys
music, summer s p o r t s and p o l i t i c s )
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, Ph. D . 1972,
Arizona S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Teaching of Mathematics)
GRACE B . DYRUD, P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Learning)
*EDGAR E . EKLOF, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music, M . M . 1956, Manhattan School
of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Choral Club, B . A . 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N . ERICKSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Space Physics)
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
SHELDON FARDIG, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Education, Ph.D. 1966,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Human R e l a t i o n s i n Education)
NORMAN B . L . FERGUSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin ( P h y s i o l o g i c a l Psychology)
HENRY G . FOLLINGSTAD, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.A. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Complex Analysis) (Enjoys w r i t i n g n o n - f i c t i o n )
BURTON P . FOSSE, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management, B . B . A . and
B . M . E . 1949, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t , M.A. 1970, Penn S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y
(Visual Communications)
MARK FUEHRER, I n s t r u c t o r of Philosophy, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy)
(Enj oys f e n c i n g ,
c l a s s i c a l s t u d i e s and Renaissance a r t )
*WALTER FUNMAKER, I n s t r u c t o r of Indian S t u d i e s , B.A. 1967, C a l i f o r n i a S t a t e
U n i v e r s i t y a t Los Angeles
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph . D . 1966, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Chicago (Human Development)
BRUCE L . GILDSETH, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of
Admissions, Ph. D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Modern European H i s t o r y ) ( C o l l e c t s books and r a i s e s
roses)
*ROBERT GRAMS, I n s t r u c t o r of Sociology, B . A . 1969, Augsburg College
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Algebra), Department Chairman (Spends weekends
p l u s t h e e n t i r e summer i n t h e North Woods)
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph. D. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Modern World H i s t o r y ) , Department Chairman
ARLIN E . GYBERG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry) (Enjoys b a s k e t b a l l , f i s h i n g ,
p a d d l e b a l l and s o f t b a l l . Active i n p r o f e s s i o n a l education and
p r o f e s s i o n a l chemistry)
.
LEIF E . HANSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , M.A.
1950, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Norwegian) (Sometimes a s s o c i a t e s w i t h
Swedes. Spends summers as language camp d i r e c t o r )
THEODORE J . HANWICK, P r o f e s s o r of P h y s i c s , Ph.D. 1950, New York U n i v e r s i t y
(Astronomy and O p t i c a l Physics) Department Chairman
MILDA HEDBLOM, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Mass P a r t i c i p a t i o n and P o l i t i c a l Communication)
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r , L. L . B . 1961, W i l l i a m M i t c h e l l
College of Law (Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1930, H a r t f o r d Seminary
Foundation
*KATHERINE A . HENNIG, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.A. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Voice)
DAINA HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B.A. 1963,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Economics)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph.D. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Microbiology and Developmental Biology)
NORMAN D. HOLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f A r t , M.F.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Iowa ( S c u l p t u r e )
HOLGER HOLMEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ed. D . 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Missouri (School and S o c i e t y )
JOHN R. HOLUM, P r o f e s s o r o f Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
ERVIN INNIGER, I n s t r u c t o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, B .S. 1967,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( B a s k e t b a l l Coach)
VALIJA JAUNLININS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German)
* I . KHIN KHIN JENSEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1956,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Asian H i s t o r y )
MILDRED V. J O E L , P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Registrar)
DUANE E . JOHNSON, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph.D. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Development a 1 Psychology) Department Chairman
EINAR 0 . JOHNSON, P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Washington, Chairman o f t h e Department o f Education
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Development, B.S. E . 1952, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska and B . D. 1959, Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.S. 1958, J u i l l i a r d
School o f Music (Piano)
MARY E . JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Languages, M.A. 1950,
Columbia U n i v e r s i t y , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (French)
ROBERT KARLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Scandinavian Music, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg O r c h e s t r a ) ,
Department Chairman
*SYLVIA KERR, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Zoology)
*JAMES KINCANNON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph .D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, A s s i s t a n t Prcifessor o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
Middlebury C o l l e g e (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J . KLEVEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1941, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r . M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B. S. B . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Auditing)
*LORA LINDGREN, I n s t r u c t o r o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l Education, M. S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Wyoming
LORRAINE K . LIVINGSTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1932,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e and C r e a t i v e Writing)
GERTRUDE S . LUND, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Business Education, M.A. 1951,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Enjoys t r a v e l i n g )
ORLIN L. MANDSAGER, College P a s t o r and L e c t u r e r i n Religion, B . D . 1961,
Luther Theological Seminary
"KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M . B . A . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan ( S t a t i s t i c a l Methods i n Finance)
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r Education, Ed.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska (Elementary Education)
(Enjoys bargain-hunting)
DIANA LEE METZKER, I n s t r u c t o r i n Music, M.A. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organ, Piano, Theory)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( F i e l d Biology and Human Biology) (Spends h i s Sundays
preaching)
*SHEROD MILLER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l communication) (Enjoys s a i l b o a t i n g and
gardening)
JOHN R . MITCHELL, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Tennessee (Modern Poetry and Cinema) (Chief academic and p e r s o n a l
i n t e r e s t s i n c l u d e f i l m s t u d i e s and film-making, p o e t r y and c r e a t i v e
w r i t i n g , p a i n t i n g , Jungian psychology and dream a n a l y s i s , African
l i t e r a t u r e , e l e c t r o n i c music, t e n n i s , c r o s s country s k i i n g , archaeology)
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n A r t , LL.D. 1944, U n i v e r s i t y of
T a r t u , E s t o n i a ( S t a i n e d Glass)
GERDA MORTENSEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y
(Commissioner and Executive S e c r e t a r y f o r t h e Norsemen's F e d e r a t i o n ;
S e c r e t a r y of t h e Executive Committee o f t h e Norwegian-American 19 75
S e s q u i c e n t e n n i a l A s s o c i a t i o n f o r t h e Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHI NAKAMURA, I n s t r u c t o r o f Foreign Languages, M. A. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Greek) (Enjoys e x e r c i s e s i n a l l a s p e c t s - p h y s i c a l ,
mental and s p i r i t u a l )
ARTHUR NASH, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
EDOR C . NELSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Chicago ( E t h i c s and S o c i e t y )
RICHARD C . NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Ancient History)
"CATHERINE NICHOLL, Adjunct A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American S t u d i e s )
NORMA C . NOONAN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y (Comparative P o l i t i c s , S o v i e t P o l i t i c s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l
R e l a t i o n s ) Department Chairman (Has t r a v e l e d e x t e n s i v e l y through t h e
U.S. S. R . , E a s t e r n and Western Europe. Enjoys music, r e a d i n g and
gardening; a c t i v e i n p o l i t i c s .
DOUGLAS J . OLLILA, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f R e l i g i o n , Th.D. 1963, Boston
U n i v e r s i t y ( R e l i g i o n i n America)
ESTHER J . OLSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Theater Arts)
JOHN T. O'MALLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Business Administration, M.B.A.
1971, Mankato S t a t e College (Accounting)
*WILLIAM OYLER, I n s t r u c t o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (German)
"VALERIE PACE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Sociology, B.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa
(American C i v i l i z a t i o n )
RONALD G . PALOSAARI, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f English, Ph.D. 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) Acting Department Chairman.
(Likes r a c k e t b a l l , t e n n i s , conversation and f i l m s )
"PATRICIA PARKER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Library Science, M.A. 1952,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan
KERMIT E . PAULSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Physics, M.S. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin-Madison (Nuclear Radiation Physics)
ANNE PEDERSON, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1945, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
LAU&TTA PELTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
U n i v e r s i t y (Teacher Competencies) (Likes a r t c r a f t s , music, out door
camping with s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n water s p o r t s and t r a v e l )
WAR&N L . PERSONS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Mathematics, M.A. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Point S e t Topology)
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1953, Montana S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Cross country s k i i n g , camping,
mus i c)
JOYCE PFAFF, I n s t r u c t o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota. (Works with t h e mentally r e t a r d e d ; spends
weekends s k i i n g . )
MARTIN QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
PHILIP A . QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, P r i n c e t o n
Theological Seminary, Department Chairman of Religion
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f k l i g i o n , E x i s t e n t i a l i s m )
Department Chairman (Enjoys camping and t r a v e l )
STEVEN F. REUTER, I n s t r u c t o r of Education, M.Ed. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Antique c o l l e c t o r )
*JOHN F. RILEY, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Religion, Ph.D. 1964, C a t h o l i c
U n i v e r s i t y of America (Contemporary C a t h o l i c Theology)
GUNTA ROZENTALS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Spanish)
PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t (Film-Making)
.
EDWARD M. SABELLA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Economics, Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman (Theory, P u b l i c Finance,
Urban)
"KATHRYN SANDQUIST, I n s t r u c t o r o f Music, B.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B . SARGENT, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f English, B. A. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
o f North C a r o l i n a (Shakespeare, Drama, Renaissance L i t e r a t u r e )
LELAND B , SATEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College
and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Choir)
*IRENE SCHILLING, L i b r a r i a n I , M.A. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Library Science)
EDWIN J . SAUGESTAD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. MAY0 SAVOLD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.Mus.Ed. 1963, MacPhail
School o f Music
*RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1960,
Hebrew Union College (Judaism)
MARJORIE H . SIBLEY, Head L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1943,
U n i v e r s i t y of I l l i n o i s and M.A. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
*DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching A s s i s t a n t i n Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Religion, D.Th. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Heidelberg (Contemporary Theology)
PAUL T. STEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( S o c i a l Welfare) (Active i n mental r e t a r d a t i o n s e r v i c e s and
aging p r o j e c t s of t h e community)
*CARROLL I . STEIN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organizational Psychology)
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1973,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (German, L i n g u i s t i c s ) Department Chairman
MYLES C . STENSHOEL, P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y of Colorado ( C o n s t i t u t i o n a l Law, P o l i t i c a l Theory)
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1968, M . A .
1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph. D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Genetics) Department Chairman
PHILIP J . THOMPSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of A r t , M.F.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Iowa ( P a i n t i n g ) Department Chairman
*RICHARD THONI, I n s t r u c t o r of Psychology, B . A . 1966, S t . Olaf College
(Personality)
NEAL 0 . THORPE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin (Biochemistry and Biomedical Research)
JOHN THUT, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American
Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, I n s t r u c t o r Emeritus, B .Mus . 1927, American Conservatory of
Mus i c
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Metro-Urban Sociology), Department Chairman
ERLING J . URDAHL, P r o f e s s o r of Biology, M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( P l a n t Biology and I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology)
*EUGENE VUICICH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1967, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( I n s t r u m e n t a l Music, D i r e c t o r of t h e S t r i n g Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of S o c i o l o g y / S o c i a l Work, M.S.W.
1973, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, A s s i s t a n t R e g i s t r a r , B.S. 1958, S t . Cloud S t a t e College
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, L e c t u r e r i n A r t , M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Elementary A r t Methods)
*MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College
(Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Eighteenth Century L i t e r a t u r e , Journalism)
*
Part-time
Personnel
Administration
President
.....................
Finance and Management
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management
Controller
D i r e c t o r of P l a n t S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f Food S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r of Data Processing
D i r e c t o r of A u x i l i a r y S e r v i c e s
Manager o f t h e Book S t o r e
Oscar A. Anderson
. . . . . . Burton
P . Fosse
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a r l Stromer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . David Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko
. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . I r v i n g Hoe1
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y
and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Head L i b r a r i a n
D i r e c t o r of Audio V i s u a l S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f MUSIP
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth
.......
..
....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C..
Bailey
. . . . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred J o e l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beverly Wegge
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie S i b l e y
. . . . . . . . . . . . Larry Glenn
. . . . . . . . . . . . . John C . Dawson
Development and College R e l a t i o n s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Ucvelopment
D i r e c t o r of Deferred ~ i v i n ~
D i r e c t o r of Development
D i r e c t o r o f Alumni and P a r e n t s Programs
D i r e c t o r o f College R e l a t i o n s
Manager o f P u b l i c a t i o n s
Manager of t h e News Bureau
O f f i c e Manager
. . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . S i g v a l d Hj elmeland
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Tes low
. . . . . . . . J e r o y Carlson
. . . . . . . . . . . . Michael Walgren
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steven J . V i t e
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J e r r y Foley
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I r e n e Steenson
Student A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean of Admissions
D i r e c t o r of t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t
Development
D i r e c t o r of Student Development Resources
D i r e c t o r o f Residence Programs
D i r e c t o r of Career Planning and Placement
D i r e c t o r of Student Programs
D i r e c t o r o f F i n a n c i a l Aid
D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Associate D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Coordinator of Black Student A f f a i r s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Bruce L. G i l d s e t h
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
. . . . . . . Richard Thoni
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cindy Marsh
. . . . . . . . P a t Olsson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . J o e l Mugge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mark Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . Donovan Lundeen
. . . . . . . . . . . David Gronner
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Becker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dave Benzel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cene Carlson
. . . . , T e r r y H. Addison, Jr.
Index
......
...........
AcademicAdministration
22
Academic L i f e
7
Accreditation
6
Administration
89
Admission t o t h e College
15
Advanced Placement
16
Advanced Standing
18
American S t u d i e s
27
Anthropology
76
A r t . Department of
28
Bachelor of Music Degree
11. 57
Biology. Department of
29
Board. Cost of
20
Business Administration . . . . . . 32
Business Education
34
Calendar
7
Campus
6
CampusMap
17
Chemistry. Department of . . . . . 37
Classification
26
Communications
79
Computer Science
56
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR)
9
C o r r e c t i v e Therapy . . . . . . 10. 6 3
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 26
Course Desdriptions
27
C r e d i t by Examination
26
Degrees
11
D i v i s i o n a l Organization . . . . . . 23
East Asian S t u d i e s
39
Economics
35
Education. Department of . . . . . 40
Education. Elementary . . . . . . . 40
Education. Secondary
41
English. Department of
43
Enrollment
82
Expenses
19
Faculty
.7. 83
F i n a n c i a l Aid
18
F i n a n c i a l Information
20
Five College Cooperative . . . . . 8
Food S e r v i c e
14
French
45
Foreign Languages
45
Full-Time Student Defined
26
General Education Requirements
7
Geography
42
German
48
Grading
24
Graduates (1870-19 73)
82
Summary o f
82
Graduation Requirements
22
. . . .
. . .
.
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.....
..
...
.
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
.....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .
. . . . .
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
......
. . .
......
......
......
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
......
......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . . .
.
.......
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
. .
..
..
..
. . .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.............
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...........
..............
. . . . . . . . .
.....
. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............
..............
.......
...........
......
..
.......
..
....
........
. . . . . . . . . . . .
..
.
.
. .
...
.
.
.
.
.
Graduation With D i s t i n c t i o n
25
Greek
49
Health Education
63. 65
H i s t o r y o f Augsburg College
4
History. Department of
52
Honors Program
11
Housing
13
Identification
4
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
8
Intercollegiate Athletics
12
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
10
Journalism
43
Library Science
42
Linguistics
49
Location
4
Majors
8
Mathematics. Department of
54
Medical Technology
9. 56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP)
14
Music. Department o f
57
Nature and O b j e c t i v e s
5
N a t u r a l Science
60
Numbering of Courses
26
Pers onne 1
89
Philosophy. Department of
61
P h y s i c a l Education
63
Physics. Department of
65
P o l i t i c a l Science. Department of
67
Pre-Professional Training
8
Probation and Dismissal
24
Psychology. Department of
70
Recreation
12
Refunds
21
Registration
24
Religion. Department o f
72
Religious L i f e
12
Room Costs
20
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s
50
S o c i a l Science Majors
75
S o c i a l Work
78
Sociology. Department of
76
Spanish
51
Speech. Department of
79
Student L i f e
12
Student S e r v i c e s
12
Summer School
9. 10
Symbol (#)
26
T h e a t e r Arts
80
Transfer
15
T u i t i o n and Fees
19
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
. .
..........
...
.....
........
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
........
....
.
.
....
.
......
......
......
..
.
....
..
....
....
....
....
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.....
......
.....
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. .
..
. . . .
.
.
..
.
. . .
......
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.....
. . . . . . .
..........
.....
. . . . . . . . . .
.......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . .
..........
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.........
........
Show less
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change wit... Show more
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without
notice.
Table of contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 11, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 16, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 19, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 21, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 22, EXPENSES
PAGE 25, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 29, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 30, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 86, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 87, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 94, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 96, INDEX
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about
Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in thiscatalog may be unfamiliarto you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE,, . . , , , . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or interim such as "Community
Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each
semester at Augsburg and one is studied during thl? interim in January.
.
MAJOR . , . . . . . . . . . . .. . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 18
departments.
MINOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major
ELECTIVE..
. . .. . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE.. . , . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN..
. . , , . .. . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.. . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of
special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and
length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are
used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
.. . . , .. . . . .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in
length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE..
. .. . . ., A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
There are few colleges that combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural
setting. Augsburg is one of these few, very
special colleges that can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at avariety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to
you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or
intramural athletic programs you may choose
participation in athletics.
Religious activities are avital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government for the
purpose of overseeing, stimulating and perpetuating religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is not selfserving nor self-sustaining, but is that of
furthering the ministry of Christ on the
Augsburg campus.
.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude
for you to design much of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The College follows the calendar known as the
"4-1 -4,"
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You
may choose from 35 majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education. You may choose an evening at the
Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or
at any of the many galleries or coffee houses.
You might spend an afternoon touring the
newly renovated Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota
Orchestra or one by the many professional
touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities.
There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports
are also available-the Twins, the Vikings,
the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the
Buckskins.
Thus, Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a
strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body, and a
remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1969
and is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis - St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern,
Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny.
Bus or train connections can be made from all
areas of the United States.
The current student body of over 1500 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 50% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the greater metropolitan
area.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94
which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section
of this catalog.)
Location
History
Your education wil.1benefit from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art
Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1872. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types.
The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations are provided by several theaters in
the area such as the nationally known Guthrie
Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log
Theater, the St. Paul Opera, and Chimera
Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim in
one of the many area lakes. In the winter you
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into
the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety of
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them
to become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage
them to develop attitudes and qualities of
character compatible with the Christian
faith.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in a
number of associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged. Among the associations that recognize Augsburg are:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools.
The National Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 15 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St.
Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus.
Visiting the Campus
T h e purpose of the campus visit is t o permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information
vital in the process of selecting a college and
in making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not
mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked t o write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred
times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m.
weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to
meet with a member of the faculty and t o attend classes, Monday through Friday, when
school is in session.
School, church, and other groups are
welcome t o visit the College. Arrangements
may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
</
*
',
-
+..'
\ -
\--+-'
- r
,
. :-
I
\
.
.
,
.. , '. \ -
-
. .
.
, - I
'
.,
.*
J'
. . . , d.
4. Science Hall
5. Old Main
6. Mortensen Tower
7 . Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. The Quadrangle
10 Memorial Hall
1 1 Art Studio and Art Annex
12. Music Hall
13 SI Melby Hall
14. Augsburg College Ice Arena
15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
16. East Hall
17. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
- Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
A. Faculty-Staff Park~ng
B. Student Parking
..2
-f
Offices
?-.I
Adm~ssions(628 21st Ave. S )
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-V~sual(Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Programs (Science 156)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
College Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Sc~ence32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memor~al2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
d.
-
<
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Science 156)
Little Theater (Speech Building)
MUSIP (Memorial 1st floor)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Nursing Director (Memorial 1st floor)
Personnel Office (Science 135)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Publications (NOW series) (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 135)
S.O,S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Memorial 1 1 1)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern, well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a
broad liberal arts education as well as prepare
them for a career. A strong academic program
in the arts and sciences and in theology is
available. Pre-professional preparation for
such fields as engineering, medicine, law and
the Christian ministry is offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation for careers in
business, communications, medical technology, music, occupational therapy, social work,
and teaching is available.
Augsburg aims to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip
them to serve according to the interests and
abilities of each person.
opportunities for those interested in communications. No matter what your interest, the
interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able and dedicated faculty
who take a personal interest in their students.
The student-faculty ratio is approximately 17.8
to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They know students by
their first name and often join students in discussing the political climate, reactions to the
latest visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim there is concentration on one
subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in
this break in the general academic schedule.
Interest in music may take form in the study
and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and
participation in activities of a social agency.
Newspapers and advertising agencies provide
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would choose
many of them even if they were not required.
In the humanities division, students select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
speech, drama, and religion. Science courses
may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in
economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are
available. Proficiency in English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of
courses containing an emphasis on
metropolitan concerns is required as well as
physical education activities. (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section.)
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
East Asian Studies
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing (tentative, Fall, 1975)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Other majors are available through the Five
College Cooperative student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be
consulted for further information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that re- '
quirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in
the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutes in the Twin Cities areaon several
programs.
FIVE COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM.
Students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine
and St. Thomas may elect a course each
semester at another campus. No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to
do this to gain new perspectives, to get better
acquainted with the other schools, or because
a specific course is not offered on the home
campus. Because these colleges have coordinated calendars, the interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students free between
the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for
the January interim. For example, Augsburg
and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign
study opportunities for the interim. Since the
interim program is new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM.
This group is composed of 12 colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative
curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other
college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a
metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs
and resources of the community organizations
of the Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program is designed to train
specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and
the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates,
mental hospital patients, guards, and students
at rehabilitation centers. All take coursesfor
credit from Augsburg. Classes are held at
such places as the Shakopee Institution for
Women, Stillwater State Prison and Trevilla of
Robbinsdale (a halfway house rehabilitation
center). One purpose of the classes, which are
offered by several departments, is to get a
first-hand view of the prisons and hospitals,
and to personalize the study by actually interacting with inmates and their problems. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH LUTHERAN DEACONESS
HOSPITAL. Student nurses in the School of
Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in
Minneapolis receive instruction in biology,
chemistry, English, psychology, and sociology
at Augsburg. Application for admission to the
School of Nursing should be made directly to
the hospital.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables qualified
students to receive a college degree with a
major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and
a final twelve-month program is completed at
one of the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not
guarantee acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree
from Augsburg College and an engineering
baccalaureate degree from Washington
University in a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the last
two years at Washington University.
Each year the Conservation of Human
Resources office at Augsburg holds tuitionraising benefits to help pay for inmates'
matriculation in these co-learning courses.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer
school calendar is coordinated with that of
Concordia College in St. Paul. Students who
enroll may select courses on either campus.
Two sessions are offered each summer.
Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of
Physical Education. Application should be
made during the spring semester of the
sophomore year. Candidates are required to
have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as
soon as possible, consult with the Director of
Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
There are several types of international experience available to Augsburg students.
Some of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of
lnternational Programs.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries
are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to
spend a summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of
one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD.
Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg students may spend their
sophomore or junior year in study at a number
of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are The University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg;
Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de
Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American
Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon
in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany;
The University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University
of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and
through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England,
France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of
study must be approved before departure by
the Director of International Programs, one's
faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned
through foreign study may be applied to the
student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to
satisfy some of the general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
Honors Program
Some special accelerated course sections are
available to freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students
of all class years, interdisciplinary honors
seminars are offered each term.
Several departments of the College offer programs through which the student can earn
honors in the major. The opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest is available throughout the College.
For students who apply for and receive special
status as Honors Scholars, general education
requirements are modified as necessary to
meet the student's needs and interests. Addi-
tional information on the honors program is
available upon request from the Honors Program Director at Augsburg.
available with avariety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Degrees
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program
(MUSIP) is Augsburg's college-wide program.
It provides students in all fields of study with
the opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic
program or personal interests. Internships are
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Your experiences in the classroom are major
influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and
opportunities. Whether as a resident student
or commuter, you'll find that the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg adds dimension to your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, avariety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in theTwin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, big name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various
fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center.
ation. An intramural program provides competition in avariety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Climaxing
the intramural program is the Extramural Meet,
a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC). The
College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of
the Minnesota Women's Intercollegiate
Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete in
volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton,
golf and tennis.
Religious Life.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg
Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour
regularly. The String Ensemble, the Choral
Club, the Jazz Ensemble, and several studentorganized groups such as the Cabaret Singers
also perform on and off campus. Several plays
are given on campus each year under the
direction of the theater arts department.
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of
students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life,
and the stimulation of faith through discussion
and service. Chapel services are held four
times a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. Students, faculty and
staff attend voluntarily.
Recreation
Student Sewices
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and relax-
The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and
academic counseling and consultation on
questions of academic procedure, financial
problems, student activities, and residence
halls.
The Center for Student Development also provides avariety of programs focusing around
the themes of interpersonal identity, careerlifestyle planning, and utilizing the educational environment.
Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student
Development staff.
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
the basis of academic interests and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. The faculty
takes both a scholastic and personal interest
in students. Secondary Education students
may desire a second adviser: one in the major
and one in the area of education.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults
who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and
planning, a simplified time-saving registration
procedure, on-the-job experience prior to
graduation, and, for those who desire it, a
special course to ease the transition to
academic life.
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study
skills, career exploration, and discussion of
personal and family problems arising from the
return to school. The course enables returning
adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
is designed to promote student growth
through relationships with other students and
being an active participant in group decision
making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate
the process of group living as well as discuss
personal concerns with individual students.
Most new freshmen and many upperclassmen
live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story highrise houses 324. Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 36 students, two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall,
is an alternative to traditional residence hall
living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the
greater campus area.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at
home are required to live in college-operated
housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence. An
optional rental linen service is available to students in residence halls and annex housing
units.
Students engage a room at the beginning of
the fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must
sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June30 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 30 will be provided housing only if space
is available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $25 breakage and fine deposit when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is refunded
upon graduation, transfer to another institu-
tion, or discontinuing the educational program
at Augsburg if the condition of the room and
furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the
College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan living in residence
halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides avariety of board plan options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College
is a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school
performance, promise of success in college as
shown by college entrance examination
scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations.
didates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance
has been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to
all persons equal opportunity to benefit from
its educational programs, student personnel
services, financial aid, housing, student
employment and other services without regard
to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background.
5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form,
which will be sent by the College.
Avisit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during the summer.
The Application Process
Transfer
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission.
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universitieson the basis of their
academic record, test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the
right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to
grant provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions. The grade average
for graduation is based on work taken at
Augsburg, but to determine graduation with
distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer
students with the A.A. degree are considered
as having met all general education require-
2. Hand the completed application to your
high school counselor, along with the $10.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent
with your official high school transcript
through the last complete semester to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that can-
ments at Augsburg except for two courses in
religious studies.
The Transfer Process
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions
Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to
the:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Two personal recommendations will be requested. Upon receiving these forms, give
them to two persons to fill out and return
directly to the Admissions Office in the
postage paid envelopes which are provided.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is requested within one month after
acceptance has been made and/or financial
aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After a deposit has been made, the student
must complete a medical history form, which
will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December 1. After notification
of admission and adequate financial aid, if
needed, has been provided, the student must
agree to withdraw applications made to other
colleges. The admissions decision is based
upon the academic record through the junior
year, test scores, and recommendations. A
$50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable
is required by January 1.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, astudent must have a high academic
record and test scores, recommendation from
the high school, and the maturity to cope with
acollege course after his junior year in high
school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or during
the first year of college. A student applying for
Early Admission can take the Scholastic AptitudeTest in January or March of his junior
year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, o n the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis
of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
About 70% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college in the
form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus
employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial
need and academic record. Application for aid
is made by completing the Family Financial
Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers
the FFS, students may instead submit the
Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the
College Scholarship Service to be considered
for financial aid. Upperclass students must
also complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1973-74, approximately
1100 of the 1550 students at Augsburg
received scholarships or grants totaling
$915,000 from Augsburg and all other sources,
and federal loans totaling $480,000.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program for which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply,
and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student
Loan (formerly National Defense Student
Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April
1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial
Services at Augsburg College.
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION - $2,349
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning in September, 1975. Students
time when they take three
are 'Onsidered
or more courses during the semester terms.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. Such
registration is payable in this manner:
Tuition and Fees for the 4-1 (or 1-4) is $1,305.
Tuition for the remaining semester is $1,044.
If the student elects to omit an interim, a refund is not authorized.
A part-time rate of $310 a course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is $155 a course.
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Application fee, $10.00 is required from all new
students.
Graduation fee is $15.00.
Registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register
at Augsburg. The charge will be $190.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day,
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $15
Computer Science, $30 per course
Film Making Course (Laboratory fee), $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $98 a
semester (14 lessons), or $7.00 per lesson during the interim..
Practice Studio rental for each semester for
one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $8.00 ($2.00 an interim),
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $10 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Locker rental for commuter students: $2.00 or
$3.00.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office, with charges
according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,251
Partial Board and Room - $1,170
Meal Coupons and Room (Limited
Residences) - $819
5 Day Lunch Plan - $252
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week.
The partial board plan provides 14 meals per
week in acombination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are restricted to apartment
style residences named by the College in the
"Housing and Food Services contract."
A lunch contract is available to nbn-resident
students and provides five noon lunches per
week.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year.
1975-76 Cost Summary
Board and Room - $1,251
Breakage Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT- New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted;
to be paid by April 1,1975 (payment is due
January 1 under Early Decision Program). The
payment is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT- All resident students, $25.00 (not refundable). Required at the time of signing acontract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September, and applied to the room
charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT- All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon
graduation, transfer to another institution, or
discontinuing education program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the five-month billing period is due August 20, and the second
semester is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Business
Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full.
Refunds
Application Fee - $10.00
Tuition - $2,349
(Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance
to Augsburg and applied to the tuition
charges.)
If a student decides to cancel his registration,
refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed according to the following schedule:
100% through the first Friday of classes.
80% during the balance of first week of
classes.
70% during the second week of classes.
60% during the third week of classes.
No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a
student is forced to cancel his registration
because of accident or illness during the first
five weeks of the term, the charge is reduced
by 50%.
50% during the fourth week of classes.
Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges.
40% during the fifth week of classes.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are
readily available for consultation and
guidance. A well-planned program of liberal
arts studies will include courses in the
humanities, the natural sciences, and the
social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able
to write effectively; they are also expected to
be knowledgeable about urban concerns and
have some understanding of cultures outside
the United States.
The general physical activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to equip students for
lifetime sports and recreational activities.
Courses in reliaion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the
Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, it scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
MINIMUM GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one department. A maximum of 3 C.H.R. courses, 2
courses by independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
may apply toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward
the major.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one
less than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may
meet one requirement only):
a. A course in writing (English Ill) or demonstrated proficiency in writing.
b. A course from at least two of the following four groupings: N o r music;
literature (from the Department of
English); philosophy; speech or drama.
c. A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physiesrpsychology.
d. A course from one or two of the following departments: economics, h i 6 ,
political science, s o c i o d a n d one or
two courses from the Department of
Foreign Languages to make a total of
three courses in these five departments.
e. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
f. A course relating to urban concerns.
g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime
sports. Students with proficiency in one
or two sports may meet this requirement
with one semester of activities.
Divisional Organization
The college courses are organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Norma C. Noonan
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology and Social Work
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0. Johnson
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Japanese,
Linguistics, Russian, Scandinavian
Area Studies, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communications, and
Theater Arts
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester
and one course in the interim. Students
registered for.three or four courses in a
semester are classified as full-time students.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to do so at the regularly scheduled
time. A fee is charged for late registration. A
fee is also charged for changing registration,
i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first
three days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in afailing grade. Cancellation of
courses or cancellation from College must be
done in the Registrar's Office.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2.0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors,
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is
unsatisfactory.
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-15 courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
FRESHMAN,
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, be is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term.
A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised to withdraw before
the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Grading
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards.
.5
0
Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is not computed in the grade point
average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year.
Sociology 383, some education courses and
several interim courses are graded only on the
PIN grading system. Students are cautioned to
use the PIN grade option with care since some
graduate and professional schools do not look
favorably on a large number of P-graded
courses.
Students must indicate on their registration
card those courses which they wish to take on
the PIN grading system. Any changes in
choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is
charged after the first three days of classes.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the
plan and.date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A course in which a grade of 0 , l .O, 1.5, N, I, or
X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and
in the grade point average. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however, be
audited.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.89 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
lndependent Study
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent
study must first secure permission from the
faculty member who will direct the study as
well as from the department involved.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases,
a grade of X is given at the end of the first
term, and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to
their own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit
by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit
may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore. . . . 7 courses..
Junior.. . . . . . . . 16 courses..
Senior . . . . . . . . 25 courses..
. . . . 14 grade points
. . . . 32 grade points
. . . . 50 grade points
To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three
courses.
Courses
All courses have equivalent value unless
otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35
courses is required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be canceled. Students should consult the schedule
of classes to determine definitely the current
course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above
are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered in the 100's are primarily
for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for
juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number
indicates the level of the course; the second is
the division within the department; and the
third identifies the course.
Symbol
#. Course may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1975-76
are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and
a,
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and
399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the US., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one
of these areas and 3 in each of the others):*
History of the United States
American Studies 231
History 221,222,331,332,353,495 (American emphasis)
Religion 352,363
Literature and Fine Arts in the United
States
American Studies 232
Art 102
English 241 (also Speech 241), 250,351,490
and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences in the United States
American Studies 260
Economics 120, 122, 123,251
Education 478 #
Political Science 121, 122,325,326,370,
371, 421
Psychology 481 # Sociology 111,373,381,
383
Social Work 351, 463
credit value. The symbol # indicates that the
course may be taken with the consent of the
instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
American Studies
*American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2
courses in each of the above groupings under
major.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to
the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course Content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement.
(Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. Meets urban requirement. (Fall)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
A study of the characteristics of mid-western
and eastern Indian tribesof the 19th century,
with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian
cultural values in the modern world. (Offered
1974-75.)
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the
perspective of various disciplines. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1975-76)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
and the co-learning model when appropriate
to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores.
Meets urban requirement. (Fall, alternate
years. Offered 1976-77)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract. lntended for
majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
For description, see 295. Open to juniors and
seniors who will do a different level of work.
(Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American urban life. Includes
a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Philip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 107; two from
386,387,388; and three from 118,221,223,
225, 350.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as major but 350 required.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 107; one from
386,387,388; and two from 118,221,223,225,
350.
Department of Art
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other
media. Descriptive, experimental, and figure
studies. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING I
Introduction to painting media and technique.
(Fall, Spring)
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. (3
one hour lectures. Spring)
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white, color and photographic processes.
150 JEWELRY
351 CERAMICS II
Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process.
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing
with an introduction to throwing techniques.
(Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring)
221 SCULPTURE I
355 PAINTING II
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring)
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall,
Spring)
223 PRINTMAKING I
Principles and methods of printmaking in a
variety of media. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of
photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR
PAINTING
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure,
and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq.: 107. Spring)
368 PRINTMAKING II
Advanced work in various media, including
silk screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.:
223. Fall, Spring)
386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART
Survey of the early development of the visual
arts throughout the world with emphasis on
the Mediterranean region and Europe.
242 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART
A study of architecture, painting and sculpture
from the 15th century through the 19th century
in Europe and America.
350 CERAMICS I
388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
(Fall, Spring)
Contemporary developments in the visual arts
with emphasis on America and Europe.
478 SCULPTURE II
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring)
a,
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Biology
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Chairman: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, Option 1: 7 courses, including 111,
112, and at least one course from each of the
following three groups: 352,361 (Group I);
355,473,474 (Group 11); 367,471,476 (Group
Ill). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124,
125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate
school should ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR, Option 11: 9 courses, including 111,
112,352 and at least one course from each of
the following four groups: 355,474 (Group I);
361,481 (Group 11); 367,473 (Group 111); 471,
476 (Group IV). Participation in seminar.
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,
352) also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this major.
MINOR, 5 courses, including 111,112 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major. In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR, GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3.0 overall; active participation in seminar;
one course of approved independent study
with an oral defense of the research report.
Application for the honors major should be
made no later than the first term of the senior
year.
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. (Lecture and
laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for
other students)
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial features are considered as
well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses
only. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring)
111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must
be taken in sequence except by permission of
instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory.
11 1, Fall; 112, Spring)
352 ANIMAL FORM AND PHYLOGENY
An analysis of the structure of animals and the
evolutionary relationships revealed by this
analysis. This includes an inquiry into the
structural changes which occur and new
structures which appear in the course of
evolution, the way in which these structures
enable the animal to function in the environ-
ment, the phylogenetic relationships revealed
by this study, and the classification of animals
based on their phylogeny. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 172. Fall)
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy, life
histories, and taxonomy. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or
352 or #. Fall)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during
the development of organisms with emphasis
on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as
well as descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall)
481 ECOLOGY
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3
hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #; Physics 103
or 122 or #. Spring)
Discussions of topics based on biological
literature and research.Topics may concern
research performed by students in independent study projects. Course credit is not given
for seminar, but juniors and seniors who plan
to major in biology or natural science (for premedical students) are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers (Weekly meetings. Fall, Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on
the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352
or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall)
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor. Intended
for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
Department of
Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131,
261,262,263,379,381, and either 483 or 484.
Economics 122,123,251 and one additional
course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are
also required. Forthose planning on careers
in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484
is recommended. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101,102,131,261,
262,373,379,478, and one other course from
the sequence 381,382,483. Economics 122,
123,251 and one additional course selected
from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. (392
is strongly recommended.) In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,379,
478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics
122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural
Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12
courses of related business subiects (Eco-
nomics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students
who have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota
State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTlNG
to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101. Fall, Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property'and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code. (Interim, Spring)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities andfeserves, actuarial
topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes.
(Prereq.: 262. Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation
through literature, readings, lectures, and
case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVEMETHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High
School Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student
will write a report on his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting.
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the
areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring: On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Business Education
have had one year of high school typewriting,
(Interim)
MAJOR: 12-14 Courses.
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101,102,131; Business Education 110,364,
460,465; Economics 122,123; high school
typewriting or equivalent required. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended.
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators. (Fall)
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262,263, and Business Education 108.
Operation of transcription machines, filing
and records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties. (Interim)
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 219.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108,
121, 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, acertificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education
108,110,221,350,353,364,460 and Business
Administration 101,102,131 and Economics
120. A student in the two-year program must
select six courses from the general education
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit)
The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing
material dictated at minimum speed of 80
words a minute. (Not open to students who
have had one year of shorthand in high
school. Fall)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or
equivalent. Spring)
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with
rapid dictation and transcription of material
dictated at speeds of 80-120 words a minute.
(Prereq.: 121 or equivalent. Spring)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
(Fall. Offered alternate years, 1975-76)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and
training of employees; and human relations
within the office. (Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate
years, 1976-77)
Economics
MAJOR IN ECONOMICS:
Economics 122,123,251,258,454 and three
other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is
very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122,123,251, and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and
one other course from business administration
offerings also required. In addition, courses in
data processing and computer programming
are highly recommended.
MINOR:
Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other
course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some
of the topics to be discussed are: Population
"Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army;
Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing
Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to
facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned
topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic
course designed for those students who do
not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education.
Students who plan to major in the above three
areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than
120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term in
order for the student to progress more rapidly
to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics 122
or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken
in either order, or may be taken in the same
term in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing
of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122.
Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its
economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall)
placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority
groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #.
Spring)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, alternate years)
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national
and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, On
Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation
to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Earl Alton
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115,
116(or105,106),351,352,353,361andone
advanced course which may include
Biochemistry. Physics 121,122, and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Participation in
seminar. Since upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 124,
125 the freshman year, and Physics 121,122
the sophomore year.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106), and all chemistry courses above 350.
Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics
124,125 (which should be taken during the
freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics
121,122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German
equivalent to 2 semesters also required.
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 115,116
(or 105,106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same asthe graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced
course. certification after July, 1979 requires
course work in earth and life sciences.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
Department of Chemistry
of approved research; participation in semin ar
Credit will not be granted for both 105 and
115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general,
organic, and biological chemistry around the
theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high
schoolchemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward
the major.
lo59 lo6 PRINCIPLES OF
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not major
in chemistry, although students may go from
106 into 351,353,0r223. concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of
examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of
laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
115,116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemislry, qualitative analysis, and a
brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.:
high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 15, Fall;
76, Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course
Designed for medical technology students and
others in a paramedical science area whose
professional goals require less than the more
intensive two-semester organic course.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 115. Spring)
351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical
bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry
to the biological and environmental sciences.
(3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 106 or 116. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis
and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples,
and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or
116. Offered lnterim for majors as per lnterim
schedule. Offered Spring, especially for Medical Technology majors: 3 lectures, one 4.5
hour laboratory)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states of matter. Applications of these
concepts to areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry in the second
semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4.5-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122;
Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use
of the literature (including Beilstein); and
further study of reaction mechanisms. Infrared
and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours
lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,
361 or #; some reading knowledge of German.
Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using avariety of techniques.
(3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used
to develop molecular orbital theory for
molecules. Includes commutators, electron
spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
a,
This major, offered by the five colleges in the
Cooperative Program, consists of 12 to 16
courses distributed as follows:
Four courses in Chinese and/or Japanese Ianguage
Four Courses in cultural specialization
a,
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research
participation during the academic year.
East Asian Studies
Four courses in comparative emphases
Confer with Donald Gustafson of the history
department, or Donald Steinmetz of the
foreign languages department, for information
on specific courses that may apply toward this
major.
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teacher
education program. The student is advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN
SETTING (Elementary)
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education:
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, one interim, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371,372; and
481, 482 and electives
2. Physical Education 111, Safety and Drug
Education
3. Library Science 358, The Elementary
School Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq:
sophomore standing or above. Fall, Interim)
First Professional Semester (for juniors or
seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in
classrooms. (Prereq: Admission to elementary
education. Fall, Spring)
371,372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Concurrent
registration in 361, 362. Fall, Spring)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Department. Secondary Education students
are advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended
in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program:
481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq: 361,362,371,372. Fall,
Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481, 482. Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481,482 and483. Offered
on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary
Education)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Secondary Education
(teacher certification program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
1. Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with or after
the Orientation course. Application forms
are available in the Education Department
office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the
department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses
after the Orientation course only if he or
she has been admitted into the program of
the Department of Education.
2. Grade point average-minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2.0 overall.
3. Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
a) Educ. 265, Orientation to Education
(Secondary)
b) Educ. 359, Competencies: Secondary
Education
c) Educ. 478, School and Society
d) Educ. 480,481,482 (two courses
minimum), Student Teaching
e) Psych. 105, General Psychology
f) P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education
g) Educ. 361,365 or 373 for art, physical
education, or music majors
Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification - Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations (Suc-
cessful completion of Augsburg Education
program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
course P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program
courses.
General Information:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification:
Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and
Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all
grades (K-12) in their special area. A person
working for certification in one of these
special areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas is advised to take three courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
major in art will register for Educ. 361; the
major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in
Music for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term:
Student Teaching is taken concurrently
with School and Society in one full-time
term in professional education. Special
afternoon and/or evening seminars are held
during the term as part of the professional
work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course
in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term.
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, materials and projects,
both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching
methodology from the Education Department
and special methods from the department of
the major field. Human Relations Laboratory.
(Prereq: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission
into the secondary education program).
Special methods are offered in the following
major fields:
American Studies (Spring)
Art (Spring)
Business (Spring)
Health and Physical Education (Fall)
English (Spring)
Social Studies (Spring)
Mathematics (Spring)
Music (Spring)
Natural Science (Spring)
Foreign Language (Fall, Spring)
Speech and Drama (Spring)
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art
at the elementary and junior high school level.
(Spring)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Materials and methods for teaching physical
education. Includes also the American Red
Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq:
Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall)
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to
all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing.
Fall, Spring)
373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of
music at the elementary and junior high
school level. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by astudy of
educational philosophy and the development
of American education, current major issues
in education will be studied. (Prereq: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
Library Science
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of
the media center and methods of evaluation.
(Fall)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning
experiences on the secondary school level
under the supervision of college and high
school personnel. Seminars are held on a
regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265,359.
Fall, Spring)
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in
use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in avariety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
Geography
114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN
WORLD
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
An introduction to the basic concepts of
geography through an emphasis on the
historical development of the Mediterranean
World and the role of geography in the human
exploitation of the region.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on
the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interests and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
489 INTRODUCTION TO NON-PRINT
RESOURCES
Production and use of audio-visual materials
in libraries and library systems. This course
offered in conjunction with the 5-College
Cooperative Program. (Offered 1974-75.
Spring)
a,
Augsburg College and the Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science (St. Louis, Missouri) are cooperating
in aThree-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts
degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University in a five-year period,
with the first three years being spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the Washington University School of Engineering. Stu-
a,
Chairman: Barbara Andersen
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 3 courses in
British literature (1 course from literature
before 1660), 1 course in American literature,
1 course in world literature (a course outside
the Anglo-American tradition), and course
219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
10 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. A course in expository writing
(219) is required. Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or
366; and Library Science 475 are required.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and
3.0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some
topic of interest in the field of school library
service, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors,
with department approval.
Engineering
dents accepted into the program will be
guaranteed admission to the Washington
University Engineering School, provided they
are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science for continuing support.
Their applications will be evaluated using
need and academic performance as criteria.
Department of English
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
MINOR: 5 courses, including one course in
British literature, and either 219 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 219 and 320.
The English Department recommends but
does not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world concentration. A student arranges a concentration by
careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study
course that applies to the concentration, and
by the selection of some related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 412,416; English 271,331,
332,336,337,367,368,423,438, and sometimes 282, 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 221,222; American Studies 232; English 241,250,351,367,368, and
sometimes 282,490,491. A student with an
American literature concentration should take
some of the courses listed under the American
Studies major which are selected from the
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy
242,110,343,370; German 244; French 242;
Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352;
English 241,261,271,272,423, and sometimes
282, 490, 491.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser. Interim
courses, special courses, and courses given at
the other cooperating colleges will often fit
well into a concentration. A student with a
double major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department
should also work closely with an adviser in the
English department.
term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic value and the
historical significance of the film medium. See
also description under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring)
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works;
attention is also given to the contribution of
the writer to the historical development and
literary movements of American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
(Fall, Spring)
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
English 111 is strongly recommended but not
a prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course.
Study of the works of selected classical Greek
and Roman writers in the various genre, and
the influence of the classical tradition on later
Western literature. (Fall, Spring)
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
272 LITERARY CLASSICS
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected
European classics from the Renaissance to
the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers.
(Fall, Spring)
219 ADVANCED WRITING
282 TOPICS IN LITERATURE
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in avariety of writing specializations. The
focus of each course will shift from term to
Individual courses designed to investigate
specific themes, movements, authors, or
works. The subjects selected for study in any
year will be listed in the class schedule for that
year. (Fall, Spring 1975-76)
288 LITERARY CRITICISM
A course designed to introduce students to
the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt
to apply such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of the works of significant Romantic and
Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists
and of the major literary movements of the
century. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis is given to the city as setting
and symbol in modern American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
A study of modern English viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics
and a view of the development of the English
language. (Spring)
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with
attention to recent criticism. (Alternate years,
1975-76 Fall)
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
368 MODERN DRAMA
While the primary study of the course will be
the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote.
Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be
examined. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 1975-76)
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
367 MODERN POETRY
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel
through study of selected British, American,
and continental novels. (Alternate years,
1975-76)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to
the development of Shakespeare's dramatic
and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491,
a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
-
-
-
-
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of B or consent of department chairman,
Provides directed independent study in the
area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring)
-
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman: Ruth Aaskov
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the
formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign lanhowever, final placement is made according to
the results of a placement test which may be
taken at the beginning of any term and after
consultation with the instructor. Students
placed in a particular course wishing to
register for a more elementary course may do
so, but only for a grade of PIN.
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II
For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of
vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the
spoken language are reviewed and intensively
practiced using cultural readings in Chinese
characters and, in the second semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and
literature. Prereq.: one year of college-level
Mandarin Chinese or #)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 352. One interim plus one semester, or
one semester plus one summer of study in
France strongly recommended.
Chinese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. One interim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II
Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive
practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with
Chinese characters and the written language.
In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural
readings using Chinese characters.
Foreign Language Methods for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
011 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings. Once
weekly. No credit. Offered on demand.
-
-
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system, basic noun groups and verb forms,
and sentence structures are taught to enable
understanding and speaking on a rudimentary
level. Two hours laboratory work. See above
on advanced placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice,
and readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
advanced placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have studied most of the basic
structures may here review all tenses and
some other structures through a core of twentieth-century French literary readings. This
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. Two hours laboratory
work. (Fall)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes the review of basic structures and
more complex forms. Several twentieth-century literary works are explored with the goals
of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skill to pursue general reading
and literary study in French. (Spring)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French
literature read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore stand-
ing. Does not count toward a French major or
minor. (Fall)
311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate level. Explores topics of
current interest in both oral and written form to
build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment,
grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.(Fall)
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Offered Interim 1975, and on demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual political, social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In
French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
Offered alternate years. Fall 1976)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote understanding the French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years. Fall 1977)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of the major literary works from the
twelfth century renaissance through the six-
teenth century. These include the epic, courtly
romance, early historians, early theatre, lyric
poetry, fiction, and the essay. Oral and written
reports in French, some laboratory texts.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1977-78; offered every
third year)
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey of the major literary contributors to
the classical age in France and the intellectual, social, and ethical currents reflected in
their works. Theatre, poetry, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and
written reports, and laboratory work in French.
Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall
1976-77. Offered alternate years)
353 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of the major works contributing to the
enlightenment or age of reason and the romantic movement that followed. Primarily
prose writers, poets and dramatists. Classes,
oral and written reports, and laboratory texts
in French. (Spring 1976-77. Offered every third
year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
A survey of the nineteenth-century novel
(Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, etc.), Baudelaire and
his successors in poetry, and the literature of
ideas that led to new forms and literary emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide,
Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Fall 1975-76. Offered every third
year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism.
Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Spring 1975-76. Offered every third year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training
in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, junior standing. Spring)
451 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
Malraux, St. Exupery, Sartre, Camus, RobbeGrillet, Duras, etc.) that shows the evolution of
this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
#. 332,354, or 355 recommended. Spring 1977.
Every third year)
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays that shows the
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq.:311 or #. Recommended 332,352, or
353. Spring 1977-78. Offered every third year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study in depth of an author, topic, or genre in
French literature. Student presentations in
French. For advanced students. (See Interim
suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one survey
(351,352,353,354,355) Offered upon demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research,
or meet individual interests. In literature a ma-
jor paper and its defense are included.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Consultations with French
teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified
early with study adviser)
more universal perspective of world literature.
Credit for this course does not apply to a major or minor in German. (Fall)
German
311 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1, Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with less than 2 terms (or 2 years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic
German. Laboratory materials available. (1 11
Fall, Spring. 112 Fall, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high
school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of
German. Review of basic structures accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through
reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature.
(211, Fall. 212, Spring)
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition.
(Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary
scene is considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking people.
Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. (Offered
alternate years. Spring, 1977)
351 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
MEDIEVAL - 1780
Selected readings from the heroic and courtly
literature of the middle ages, the Reformation
era, Baroque and the pre-classic period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by
lectureson the history of German literature
and its cultural and geopolitical backgrounds.
(Fall 1976)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
352 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1780 1890
Principle works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings
are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also in the
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, Poetic Realism and
Naturalism. Lectures treat literary history and
its relation to social, political and intellectual
questions. (Spring 1977)
-
353 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
IMPRESSIONISM AND 20TH CENTURY
Principle works of Impressionism and 20th
century are read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Hesse,
Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war
literature. Stress on literature as it reflects the
concerns and crises of our times. (Fall 1975,
1977)
211 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Seleclion from the New Testament with
special emphasis given to parsing and syntax
of the Greek text. (Fall 1976, thenceforth
yearly)
Japanese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
111, 112 BEGINNING JAPANESE I, II
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Fall 1975, 1977)
Introduction to Japanese language and
culture. Practice in the basic sentence pattern,
conversational expressions and, in the second
semester, simple composition to enable students to speak and write Japanese. Japanese
syllabary and Chinese characters are learned
gradually from the very first lesson.
451 GERMAN PROSE
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I, II
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre
as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history.
(Spring 1977)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of general human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Spring 1976, 1978)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek.
(1 11 Fall, 112 Spring)
Continued practice in advanced sentence pattern, conversation, composition and reading
to improve the student's comprehension and
facility in expression of Japanese. Reading
materials will be chosen from avariety of
fields. Some general discussions on the history of Japanese language, literature and
culture. (Prereq.: one year of college-level elementary Japanese or #)
Linguistics
311 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguisticresearch: tagmemics, stratificational grammar, transformational-generative grammar,
case grammar, generative semantics, with the
aim of illuminating the underlying philosophical assumptions, the investigational criteria
and the explanatory goals which distinguish
them. The theories will also be contrasted with
respect to their affiliations with adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology,
logic and communication theory and the way
in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequacies of traditional grammar. (Spring)
present the equivalent of intermediate level
study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Inquiry into the psychological foundations of
language and the contribution of modern
linguistics to psychology. Relevant findings of
recent linguistic research are examined for
their implications for various psychological
topics: the acquisition and pragmatic use of
language, cognitive processes, innate ideas
and psychological universals. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
111, 112 BEGINNING RUSSIAN I, II
Basic language skills in Russian. (Fall, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and
Einar Johnson (Director)
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. Variable
courses such as 331 and 345 are offered each
year. These courses solicit students from the
community on a non-credit basis as well as
college students on a credit basis.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain 4 courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred
to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language department or subdepartment regardless of their content which
may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must also
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 11, Fall.
112, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as
basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief
literature survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. Fall)
311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND
CONVERSATION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
331 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered 1973-74. Fall)
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic Communities in Minnesota.
(Offered Fall, 1974-75, soliciting students from
the community on a noncredit basis, as well
as regular college students either on an audit
or credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring)
SPANISH
MAJOR: 8 courses above 214, including 315,
456 or 457,416,352-353 or 354. (Study in Spain
or Latin America strongly recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 214, including 315,
331, and one course in literature. (Study in
Spain or Latin America strongly recommended)
111, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course. (111, Fall,
Spring; 112, Spring)
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring
1977)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Some attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian.
Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent.
Offered on demand.)
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
213, 214 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
112 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 213,
Fall; 214, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit
in this course does not count toward a major
or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred. (Fall)
315 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory
work. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. This course
is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses.
Fa11)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
416 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring)
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through its
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Spring 1976, 1978)
417 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
352,353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
I, II
456 SPANISH DRAMA
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of
Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall
1974, 1976. 353, Fall 1975, 1977)
Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (Offered on demand)
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in
the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age
and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Spring 1976, 1978)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish American
literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Spring 1977)
a,
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR 8 courses plus 1 seminar
At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from each
of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval:
Modern Europe: US.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The history major
with certain supporting courses, qualifies a
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Spring 1977)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
student for certification as a social studies
teacher on the secondary level. See Mr.
Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser,
for details.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and
3.0 over-all; application before the end of the
first term of the junior year; two years of a
foreign language at the college level (or its
equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty
committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must
be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in sequence.
331 TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY U.S.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the
Progressive Movement, the New Deal, and the
post-New Deal era. (Fall)
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1200s. (Fall, Spring)
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Spring)
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; riseof the
Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late
19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE
TO 338 B.C.
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
The development of civilization in the Near
East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is
placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Fall, 1976-77)
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis
is placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and
the political process. (Fall, 1975-76)
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions by the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Fall, 1976-77)
with and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements will
especially focus on Vietnam, Phillippines, Burma and Indonesia. (Fall)
412 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period. An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history. (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern
science and its effect on intellectual history.
The chronological boundaries may be listed
as 1560-1714. (Spring)
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium war of 1839. The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Spring,
1976-77)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the distinctive features of
the Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of
Japan, the Meiji restoration, modernization,
and Japan's emergence as a major world
power in the 20th century. (Spring, 1975-76)
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the 12th to the 20th centuries, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples. The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(Fall, 1976-77)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and
Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring)
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events and
developments in the area due to confrontation
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Fall)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be applied toward the major.
a,
Chairman: Dean Gulden
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,224,
314,324, and 315 or 325. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must includeadvanced study in areas of Real
Algebra,
gy, and Mathematics-Education.
Department of Mathematics
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction to mathematical models and
structure. Primarily for students not intending
further study of mathematics. No course credit
will be giuen to mathematics majors or minors.
(Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Spring 1975, alternate years)
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA
AND TRIGONOMETRY
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio
and variation, progressions, binomial theorem,
and logarithms. (Fall)
Ordinary differential equations with applications; series solutions; systems of differential
equations; solution by special transforms;
numerical methods; and an introduction to
partial differential equations. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
121,122 CALCULUS I, II
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane analytic
geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications from the non-physical sciences. Primarily for students in the social sciences. (121,
Fall; 122, Spring)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall;
125, Spring; 224, Fall)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed
on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward
a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring)
314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 224.21 1 is
recommended. Fall)
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, the algebra of matrices and canonical
forms. (Prereq.: 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables, including transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and vector
analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring
1976, offered alternate years)
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions,
central limit theorem, estimation, regression
and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
416 TOPICS IN ALGEBRA
An in depth study of topics introduced in Introduction to Modern Algebra, including extension fields and an introduction to Galois
Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1977 offered
alternate years)
427 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and differentiation of complex func-
tions, Taylor and Laurent series, residues.
(Prereq.: 324. Spring 1977, offered alternate
years)
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq.:
315, 324. Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
454 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product
spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms.
(Prereq.: 324 or concurrent registration.
Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
245 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods and languages with the primary language being
FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. (Spring)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL
METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may
be granted towards a mathematics major or
minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 245 and
Mathematics 224 or concurrent registration.
Fall. Laboratory Fee: $25.00)
a,
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
a,
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 111,
362,363,381, and 383; plus a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning*; a
minimum of one course in internship and/or
independent study.
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 102; Biology 110;
Business Administration 131; Business Education 101; Computer Science 245; Education
478; English 351; History 431; Psychology 351
and 352; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internhips, and independent
studies, by approval of the Director and the
Advisory Council.
Medical Technology
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111,
112 and two additional upper division (usually
367 and 476); 2)Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,
116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
METRO-URBAN STUDIES CONCENTRATION:
To be linked with appropriate majors (such as
business administration, business education,
political science, psychology, religion,
sociology, speech). The following core
courses are required for the Concentration:
Economics 120; Political Science 122;
Sociology 111 ; a trans-disciplinary seminar in
metro-urban planning * ; an approved Social
Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study.
*The course in metro-urban planning is not as
yet a regular part of the course offerings. The
interim, independent study, and internship can
provide opportunities for such a course. For
planning either the Major or the Concentration, consult the Director of the program.
Creative alternatives to the above suggested
programs will be considered.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robert Karle'n
MAJOR: 12 courses: 101,102,223,224,260,
261,350 or 476,354 or 355,365 or 375,457,
458,4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in
a music organization; piano proficiency, and
music repertoire tests.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: 101,102,223,
224,260,261,350 or 476,457,458,two of 354,
355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies;
2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire test. Also see requirements of the Department of Education.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 13 courses plus 4
years of Performance Studies with double
periods in the last 2 years; 2 years in a music
organization; piano proficiency; and music
repertoire tests.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they (1) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus;
the performing organizations; the creation
and/or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0
in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors
Program at the beginning of the second term
of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: ( I ) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal
and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis
and its defense before a faculty committee or a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): 101,102,223,224,260,
261,354,355,365,382,395,435,457,476;
Clinical Experience in Music Therapy; 3 years
of Performance Studies; Psychology 105,362;
Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 111,121,
231, 232, 375; plus electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign
languages; and speech, communication and
theater arts. The major follows the approved
curriculum of the National Association for
Music Therapy.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101,102,260or 261,458
and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano
proficiency; and two music repertoire tests.
Attendance at 8 performance workshops and
campus recitals also required.
Those wishing to major in Music or to pursue
the Bachelor of Music degree must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory
102.
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop
and all campus faculty and student recitals is
required of sophomores, juniors, seniors. All
music majors and minors, must register for
Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital
in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during eitherthe
junior or senior year. A recital in their areaof
Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors
are required to pass three Music Repertoire
tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire
tests. Information regarding the test may be
secured from the Music Office.
Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8
terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2
terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double
lessons throughout the last 4 terms.
Performing Organizations Requirements: Major and Bachelor of Music, 2 years; Minor, 1
year.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, hands together and
with correct fingering, at moderate speed and
from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or
a classical sonata; (c) a Romantic or modern
piece; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymntune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be
played from memory.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given
required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study
is with a member of the Augsburg College
music faculty. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour
lessons.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counter-point,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather
than sequentially. (101,223, Fall, 102,224,
Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music through the study
of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine
arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques, and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program,
(1) pass an advanced standing test in music
theory, and (2) sing or play representative
pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done
immediately before registration or earlier
when convenient. Transfer students must pass
the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their
first term at Augsburg.
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of the music of the
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSlC
An objective analysis of musical stimuli:
design and implementation of experimental
research in music.
give individual lessons to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
495 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MUSlC
THERAPY
Observation of various music therapy programs in hospitals and treatment centers.
Dates and times to be arranged.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates with music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. (Alternate years)
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for
public performance. Acquaints students with a
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available
to all students. For statement of fees, see
under Financial Information. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years)
488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniques for teaching piano. Students will
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and ar-.
ticulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for
the benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year
required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
a,
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools.
MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 111,112.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen
from the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105,106, or (115,116), and 353
are required. In order to complete the total of 5
courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351
and 361.
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 121,122,245 are required;
two additional courses to be chosen after con-
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to
65 singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition,
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Choral Club, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire
Band, String Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
sultation with a member of the Physics Department.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits
a number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools
to which he or she intends to apply.
MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 111,
112,491 or 492, and 2 upper.division biology
courses; Chemistry 115, 116, or (105,106), 351,
352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry;
Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and
Physics 121, 122.
a,
Augsburg College has tentative plans to offer
a nursing program leading to the Bachelor of
Nursing
Science degree beginning in Fall 1975. Interested persons should write to the Office of
Admissions for further information.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach
120 ETHICS
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,
343. and 344.
Sometimes you say that a certain action is
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it is right? Because you like it? Are there
better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at
possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal
and social issues resulting from them. (Fall,
Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy HONORS PROGRAM is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the
junior year. The program will consist of an
honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
130 LOGIC
Courses 110,120, and 130 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
Suppose someone gave you reasons, and then
said you had to accept a given conclusion. Do
you? Does the conclusion follow from the
given premises? Here we examine the rules
which govern valid arguments and work to
develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring)
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND
ARISTOTLE
Socrates said that the unexamined life is not
worth living. We want you to take a look at
your beliefs to see whether or not they are
worth holding. What do you know? What
makes things what they are? Must you be able
to define the good before you can do it? These
and other questions will be looked at through
the eyes of the ancient Greek philosophers to
see what they have to say to modern man.
(Fall, Spring)
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? What did
Aristotle the scientist think of this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, and
explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance. (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with experience? What can we really know
about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies
the major empiricists of the 18th century
(Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's
love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a
rigorous science? These and other issues are
dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering?
Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the
basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1975)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1976)
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an individual be fully
human without it? How does language relate
to the world -can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is
it possible to have a language which only one
individual can understand? We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to these
and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1975)
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?
What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are
there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods
used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In
addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special
sciences. (Fall, 1976)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings- both philosophical
and literary -of prominent Existentialist
authors. Attempt will be made to deal in depth
with such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt,
despair, paradox, and the leap of faith. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies in such philosophical movements as
Analytic philosophy, American philosophy,
Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, etc.
(Suggested prior course: 344)
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of
culture, political and legal philosophy, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested: one prior course
in philosophy.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 241,242,
343, or #.)
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Department of Physical Education'
and Health Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses.
223, 231, 232, 243, 351, 352, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
10 courses. 111,223,231,232,243,351,352,
365, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical education 111,231,232,243,351,
352,471,472,485,491,495. Psychology 361,
362,355; and one additional Human Physiology course is also required.
required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of .physical
education and
.
athletics.
Physical Education
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Meets the general
education requirement. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall, Spring)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses.
111, 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 110,
111, 351, 360, and Sociology 231.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 5 courses. 111,
243,351,482 and practicum in coaching.
(Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study)
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota public schools are
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching individual and
dual sports. (Fall, Spring)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon hour activities, camp
nights, relays, modified games, simple
rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND
AQUATICS
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Theory and practice in teaching
swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open
only to majors and minors. (Fall)
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
351 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF
EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system.
The major effects of exercises upon the
systems of the body. (Prereq.: Biology 103,
Chemistry 105. Spring)
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 351,
352, Summer School only)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Physical education for the exceptional child
with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role
of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in
physical education. (Spring)
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
(Prereq.: 351, 352. Summer School only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross Instructors
Course in First Aid. (Prereq.: Currently valid
Standard First Aid card. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at
VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and
Cambridge State Hospital.'lncludes actual
hospital experience in the following four areas
of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485,491, and approval of department)
Consult department chairman.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fall)
Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or
senior only)
Health Education
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be
done for the abuses. Also includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
Curriculum, organization and administration
of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1975)
a,
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
121, 122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 245,351,362,
and 395.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures. 3-hour laboratorv.
frereq.: r at he ma tics 124 or concurrent
registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including 121,122, and
three courses above 122.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as
a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles,
but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health
science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement
for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This
course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimental basis of quantum mechanics.
(3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of
solid state diodes, transistors and integrated
circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 or 103
plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122. Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles, single
particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of twoparticle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122,
Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226.362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in
a,
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The major in Political Science will
consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics
(Sociology 365): 121 or 122; 158; 384; and at
least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of
physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq,: Junior standing. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints: the
experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied
include potential wells and potential barriers,
the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen
atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351,
352. Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
Department of Political Science
5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
MINOR: The minor in Political Science will
consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 122;
158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3
out of 5 areas*.
ing upon and affected by the Presidency, Congress and the Supreme Court.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors major in Political Science includes the requirements listed
above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 2.75 over-all. The student must take an
Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than April 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before
a faculty committee. Students should apply for
the Honors Major no later than the first term of
the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public Law,
and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course
listed in more than one area may be counted in
only one area toward major or minor requirements.)
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122,158 or
160.
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction.
(Prereq,: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The electoral process, emphasizing political
parties: their development, structure, and relationship to other factors in the process. Field
work with parties, pressure groups and other
relevant organizations. (Students may not take
BOTH 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No
prerequisite)
The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 122,342 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic.
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Students interested in secondary education
niay take one of the three broad social science
options with a concentration in Political
Science. See the Department Chairman for
more information.
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including
public opinion research and political public
relations.
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
(Offered in non-election years. See note under
326. See Section I1 for description)
121 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
Presidential, congressional and judicial policy-making in the American national political
system; contemporary political issues imping-
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state
focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or
#. Offered on demand.)
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and
the determinants of voter choice, including
study of attitudes, values and personality factors in political behavior. (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #.)
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: #)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with
some comparison of major political systems
and discussion of contemporary issues.
Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic
values and processes; moralism, legalism, and
realism in foreign policy.
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet
Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union
and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and policies. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science
or # I
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
353 POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process in developing
areas with particular attention to the creation,
maintenance, and administration of political
structures. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or #. Offered on demand)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional
system, emphasizing significant Supreme
Court cases involving the United States
government and the federal system. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
temporary Communism, and the impact of
historical traditions in the Soviet Union and
other communist states. (Prereq.: One course
i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and
economic approaches to political study, and a
survey of the methods common to empirical
social science. (Prereq.: SocialStatistics; Political Science 158 or 356; or # . Offered alternate years.)
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate
years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through
the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects
of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human
society. (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II
Recent political philosophy and ideology, including readingsfrom individualist, anarchist,
socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary
search' for political processes and structures
appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.)
382 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST
POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist theories,
the development and uses of ideology in con-
Special topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.:
#)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Duane Johnson
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
MAJOR: 10 courses. One or two supporting
courses from other departments may also be
required. The major program is planned in
consultaton with an adviser in the psychology
department and approved by the department
chairman. Required courses will include
105,264,265,493, and 498. Basic courses to
include in preparation for graduate study are
105,264,265,355,357,359,481,498, and at
least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will
usually include 105 in the freshman year, 264,
265 and often 355,357 in the sophomore year,
and 493 and 498 in the senior year. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and
toward the particular educational, vocational,
and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major
should be completed and approved by the
beginning of the junior year. The plan, which
may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of
a written plan later than the beginning of the
junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended.
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
It is recommended that psychology majors
take some course work from among the
following courses: Biology 103,111-112,355,
473; Chemistry 105-106 or 115-1 16,.223; Mathematics 121-122 or 124-125-224,373; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 103, 261.
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design
methodology. Experimental Psychology I may
be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be
taken in the term immediately following 264.
(Prereq.: 105.264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall,
Spring)
351 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq.: 105. Fall)
MINOR: 5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point
average over-all, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major
program. Application for honors consideration
is to be made during the junior year.
352 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the
meaning that data and theory have for the
development of persons in the adolescent and
adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351. Spring)
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture,
laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology,
and research methods. Emphasis will be given
to interactions of the central nervous system
with environmental events including the
effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and
one course in biology; two courses i n biology
are recommended. Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a
widevariety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with
the environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideraton of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment,
and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 361.
Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105.
Fa11)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology. (Does not
count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.)
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
History of psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology.
(Prereq.: 3 courses. Fall)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and
senior standing. Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal
issues. Consideration of the approaches and
methods of behavioral science to the study of
such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
498 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research in which students select
an area of investigation, plan the appropriate
design, collect data, and write a research re-
a,
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
port according to the standards established by
the American Psychological Association. Critical review and discussion of individual
research projects. (Prereq.: Senior standing
and #. Fall, Spring)
\'
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rational
and purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
and the emergence of the church. (Fall,
Spring)
MAJOR: 8 courses, two of which may be upper
division New Testament Greek. The major
shall include one interim course; and at least
three out of the following four areas shall be
represented by at least one course : 352-356,
360-363, 471-475, 481-484,
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.25 in the major
and 3.00 over-all; research project approved
by the department and a colloquium with the
department.
352 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
MINOR: 5 courses
Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other
courses.
See under Department of Philosophy.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the
development of the various liturgical traditions
and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention
will be given to both the theology and the form
of worship. Visits will be made to avariety of
worship services. (Fall)
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC
SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and
educational implications will be analyzed'and
discussed. (Spring)
-
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to
the history of religion. An historical survey
beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major
religious traditions and forms of faith found in
India, China, and Japan (special attention will
be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of
this survey is to introduce both the variety and
the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to
their participants, as well as their significance
to the rest of mankind.
(See under Department of Music)
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of
these changes to the institutional church.
(Fall)
361 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental
doctrines from the time of the Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction to the theological thought of
the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
-
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the
"quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring 1975-76)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
(Spring 1976-77)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from the
end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the
religious development. A special interest in
such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and
Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in
support of this course in Judaism offered in
the religion department. (Fall)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations
and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture.
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definintions of the
church. (Spring)
a,
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
This major is designed for those preparing for
secondary school teaching in social studies
and for others who desire a broad major in this
area. A major consists of 14 courses, which
may be earned in any one of four distributions.
A student may not list a double major in Social
Science and one of the several component
disciplines unless the distribution selected in
the Social Science major is significantly
different from the other major.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action. (Spring)
Social Science
ics, history, political science, psychology or
sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least 2 courses in
history and 2 courses in political science:
History 104,440,463,464,465,474,495; Political Science 351,353,361,363,382,495,499;
Religion 356; Philosophy 355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362,363 or 365);
and 4 additional electives; one each in
geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics.
.
. - . . .. - -
7 courses in history: adistribution of these
courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged -at
least 4 of these courses must be upper division
and one a seminar; 2 courses in political
science; 4 courses : 1 each in geography,
anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384,
Sociology 365 or 362,363; Economics 379 or
495).
For a Social Science major with a NonWestern emphasis to meet the requirements of
the State of Minnesota for a high .school
teacher of the social studies, there must be
among the courses taken at least 7 courses in
history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course in geography; 1 course in
anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses
in the methodology of the Social Sciences
(Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or
362,363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other
courses in economics, political science, and
sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1
additional upper division course in econom-
1 course in each of geography, anthropology,
statistics; 11 courses in history, political
science, and economics, with at least 3 in
each discipline and at least 5 upper division
courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158,160,350,351,353,361,363,
381,382,495,499; History 103,104,332,416,
440,463,464,465,474,495; Economics 122,
123, 495, 499.
a,
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman: Joel Torstenson
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including
121,362,363,375,485,487, and an interim
course.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121, and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilitiesof human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of sociological consciousness; its motifs, perspectives, and linguistic
forms; sociological models for analyzing the
structures and dynamics of society, community, groups, and personality; the role of sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
Basic background for advanced work in
sociology. (Fall, Spring)
historical, social and cultural contexts. An examination of their relativity and complex interaction as well as alternative approaches
towards solutions. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideaof culture; the person's relation to culture; language and its relation to multiple ways of seeing the world. A
comparison of "primitive" and "civilized"
world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, religion, work, and play. (Fall, Spring)
300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN
SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such
places as institutions for adult felons;
physically handicapped; emotionally disturbed; and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together
with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending on needs and interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
The structure and function of the family unit
and its place through time in the larger social
system. Includes interaction within the family,
sex roles, developmental stages and alternatives to the traditional family unit. (Fall, Spring)
232 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
An analysis of the causes and nature of the
contemporary social problems in light of their
362,363 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An integrated two-course sequence in
sociological research; analysis of attempts to
build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach; basic problems and procedures of research; statistical tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe
social life; use of data processing equipment
and computers in sociological research.
Stresson application of the skills and procedures learned. Sociology majors are
strongly encouraged to take this sequence
their junior year. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or # ; high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
utilized as a major learning laboratory.
(Prereq.: Soc. 111 or #. Spring)
365 SOCIAL STATISTICS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only)
Scientific methods of organizing, comparing
and interpreting socio-psychological data.
Constructing graphs and tables, calculating
measures of central tendency, variability and
association, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. Not open to sociology majors. Spring term is designed especially for
Social Work majors. (Prereq.: high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or lntership
Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis
upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime.
The theories of crime causation, treatment,
and prevention. (Prereq.: 121. Spring)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and the individual, the socialization
process, the development of personality, the
impact of grou,p norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Special attention is paid to the social and situational
components of phenomena commonly seen as
individual problems: phenomena such as
mental retardation, mental illness, I.Q. test performance. (Prereq.: 121 or Psychology 105.
Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and in various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; compelling challenges of the
emerging metropolis; and metro-urban policies, programs and systems for shaping the
future. The Twin Cities metropolitan area (its
central cities, suburbs, and new-towns) will be
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
487 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of social stratification and
social organization; their structural and
dynamic dimensions. Major attention is focused upon stratification and large-scale
organization in an urban world. (Prereq.: 2
courses in sociology, including 121. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director: Paul Steen
MAJOR: The core program of Social Work
begins in the junior year, but freshmen and
sophomores are advised to take Social Work
257 or to have other significant volunteer experience before majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: Psychology
105; Sociology 121,365,375, and 383; Social
Work 351,352,353,461 or 463, and 467. One
course in the Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) program should be taken
(see the index in this catalog to find where to
read about CHR courses).
The following are highly recommended: Economics 122; Political Science (one of the
following) 121, 122,325, or326; Psychology
351 and 352 (may be substituted for Sociology
375) and 362; Social Work 257 or 357 (to be
taken as freshman or sophomore); and
Sociology 231 and 232.
257 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social
work professionals, social service delivery
systems, and career aspects in the helping
vocations, Independent study with a term
paper report and review conferences.
Especially recommended for freshmen and
sophomores. (Interim)
351 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic features of the helping process; social
work as a profession; brief descriptive attention to the principal methods of social work;
public and private welfare systems in urbanizkd ~ r n e r i c aTwo
.
class periods and six hours
field experience per week. (Prereq.: junior
standing or #. Fall)
352 SELECTED PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
A pair of seminars consisting of social security
(required) and one additional seminar in such
topics as mental retardation, alcohol and
chemical dependency, or the ecology of
welfare. Field experience of 16 hours a week
to learn by practice the basic skills of social
work. (Prereq.: 351 and junior standing, or #.
Interim)
353 SOCIAL WORK METHODS
Direction and application of principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods. Reflective seminar use of prior and
concurrent experiences in field work. Two lectures a week plus 6-8 hours a week in field setting. (Prereq.: 352. Spring)
357 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
A summer work experience of ten weeks or
longer in a service-giving role through assignment as an employed staff or full-time volunteer member in asocial agency or institution.
Special opportunity to consider career
aspects of social work. Reflective, analytical
reports and participation in seminars required.
Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may
be taken concurrently but not required. (Summer)
358 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER
WORK - STUDY IN SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With faculty approval a topic is selected for independent
study relating to the work experience. Study to
be reported in a major paper of high quality.
,-- ......".,
/<~rmrnerI
461 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY IN
SPECIAL AREAS
Emphasis on the refinement of social work
practice skills and development of role models
for effective service in programs serving
special groups such as the aged, mentally
retarded, chemically dependent, and youth.
Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours
field practice. (Prereq.: 353. Fall)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTAND
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social planning, and social action. Two lecture periods a
week plus either (a) for majors, 8 hours related
field experience; or (b) for non-majors, 8 hours
related field experience or an approved plan
for independent work in community study or
planning. (Prereq.: #. Fall)
a,
467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL
WORK
Responsibilites assigned as a professional
social worker in some social welfare agency
with arranged linkage seminars. Some students selected for stipended positions. 12 to
20 hours per week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major. Spring)
Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIONMAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342,351 or 352,354,487 and English
219. Supporting courses required but not
counting toward the major: Speech 111;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology
111, 375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different
emphases -journalism, advertising and
public relations, radio-television-film, human
relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from
the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for
the major and a personal career action plan.
Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 111,116,228,232,360,361,366,467.A
course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a
theater arts major. This major should be supported by an ~ n ~ l i minor
s h or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Dramaor Scandinavian Drama.
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 111, 116, and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the
five following areas: acting, set construction
and painting, light and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify
one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses,
including 111,241, or 243,351 or 355,352,354,
360,476. Participation in forensics, and a
minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111,116,228,232,241 or
243,360,361,366,467,476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses. 111,228,232,241 or
243,351, or 355,352,354,360,361,366,467,
476 or avoice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in
English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: course 111
and six of the following: 241 or 243,351 or 355,
352, 354, 360,476 and participation in forensics.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,360,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in
the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field
of concentration. Application to be made early
in the senior year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE
DRAMATICS
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an art form; major developments in film history; analysis of significant
films, with emphasis on aesthetic rather than
technical elements. (Spring)
243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION
Practical experience in the production of radio
and television programs of diverse kinds:
news programs, talk shows, documentaries,
and drama in both media, noting the restrictions and specialties of each form. (Offered
1974-75. Fall)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
A study of the distinctive character of each of
the major mass media, with emphasis on their
role in society. See also description under
Department of Political Science. (Spring)
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Selection of stories for various age groups.
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers as well as elementary and
secondary school teachers. (Fall)
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study
of great speeches; practical work in speech
writing. (Spring)
228 STAGECRAFT
353 ADVERTISING
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Fall)
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in
modern marketing and communications.
(Offered 1974-75. Spring)
352 PERSUASION
-
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
399 INTERNSHIP
Introduction to communication dynamics
embracing scientific as well as humanistic
perspectives on human communication.
(Spring)
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring)
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and
types of discussion; practice in discussion
techniques. (Fall)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech. An introduction
to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring)
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
and communication theory. (Fall)
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Fall)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper
division students only. (Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research. (Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
a,--
Transdisciplinary Major
A student who wishes to follow an individually
designed major may do so under the title:
Transdisciplinary major. Although this major
may not be well suited for students who plan
to pursue graduate studies, it does enable
them to obain a broad major with concentration in two or more areas. The major must
include at least two-thirds of the number of
courses required in each of two major fields
offered at the college.
Students who plan to obtain a transdisciplinary major must sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of their sophomore year.
The contract must be approved by their adviser and by the Committee on Admissions
and Student Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1973-74 ..........................
.
,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,840
..
285
Summer Session, 1974 .................................................................
Summary of Graduates
Graduates,1870-1973 ................................................................
5,736
Graduates, 1974 (August 31, 1973-May 19, 1974) .........................................
315
A
RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin
(French). Department Chairman
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
JAMES AGRE, Soccer Coach
MARY ALEXANDER, Assistant Professor of Education, M.A. Kansas State University (Secondary
Education)
*WARREN ALM, Artist in Residence in Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947,
Northwestern University
BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University,
Department Chairman
ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Librarian, Instructor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D.
1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies
B
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1960,
University of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B. BALTINA, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, University of Latvia
(German and Russian)
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern University
(Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, Instructor of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERN BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959,
University of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal Justice Studies)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M. Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
WILLIAM CARIS, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, University of
Iowa (Head Football Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the
Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of lowa(Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater
Arts)
D
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966,
Duke University
JOHN C. DAWSON, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1962, University of Minnesota (Director of the
Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program)
MARSHA DEWELL, Instructor of English, M .A. 1971, University of Chicago
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music, M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of the Choral Club, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University
Department Chairman
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University
NORMAN 6. L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949,
University of Minnesota
*FABlOLA FRANCO, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor in Art, M.A. 1970, Penn State University
MARK FUEHRER, lnstructor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1969, Augsburg College
*JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Visiting Professor, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law
(Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
*KATHERINE A. HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
(Voice)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture)
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
* P. TERRENCE HOPMANN, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1969, Stanford
University
ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor of Health and Physical Education and Admissions Counselor, B.S.
1967, Indiana University (Head Basketball Coach)
*VALIJA JAUNLININS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, University of
Minnesota (German)
*I.KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin Madison
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota (Registrar)
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and
B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano)
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, Columbia University,
M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (French)
MOHAMED KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, (Director of
the Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman
*JAMES KINCANNON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor. M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
L
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, lnstructor of Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1951, University of
Minnesota
JOHN K. LUOMA, lnstructor of Religion, Ph.D. 1974, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
M
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
*MARVIN McCOY, lnstructor of Music (French Horn)
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
(Elementary Education)
*ANN MEISSNER, Director of Nursing Education, Ph.D. 1964, U~~iversity
of Wisconsin -Madison,
M.P.H. 1969, University of California - Berkeley
DIANA LEE METZKER, lnstructor in Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano)
*ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music
Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, LL.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
PETER MORICI, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics, M.A. 1971, University of New York at
Albany
GERDA MORTENSEN, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia University (Commissioner and
Executive Secretary for the Norsemen's Federation; Secretary of the Executive Committee of
the Norwegian-American 1975 Sesquicentennial Association for the Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHl NAKAMURA, Instructor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1972, University of Minnesota
(Greek)
ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago
RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D:1971,
University of Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota (American
Studies)
NORMA C. NOONAN, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairman
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University
ESTHER J. OLSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
(German)
*VALERIE PACE, lnstructor of Sociology, B.A. 1970, University of Iowa
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin Madison
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University,
Department Chairman
WARREN L. PERSONS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1968, University of Wisconsin
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana(String
Instruments)
Q
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
R
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University, Department Chairman
STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor of Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of NebraskafElementary
Education)
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS,Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
S
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*KATHRYN SANDQUIST, lnstructor of Music, B.A. 1958, University of Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England)
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, and D.Mus. 1965,
Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
"IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Library Science)
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, and
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany)
*ROBERT STACKE, lnstructor of Music (Percussion)
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
*CARROLL I. STEIN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Minnesota
DONALD 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska,
Department Chairman
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
TONI THORNTON, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D.1973, University of California - Santa
Barbara
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin Madison
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota(Metr0Urban Studies), Department Chairman
*EUGENE VUICICH, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1967, Indiana University (Instrumental
Music, Director of the String Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of Sociology/Social Work, M.S.W. 1973, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Associate Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*STEVEN WRIGHT, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass)
* Part-time
Administration
.........................................................
....................................................
President..
College Pastor,.
Oscar A. Anderson
Lowell Brandt
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management.. ........................ Burton P. Fosse
Wayne Pederson
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !. .
Director of Plant Services ...........................................Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services ........................................... Carl Stromer
Director of Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Beardsley
Director of Auxiliary Services ......................................... Douglas P. Wasko
Manager of the Book Store.. ........................................ Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services. ............................... Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel ............................................... Charles Gerster
Administrative Assistant for Operations
and Programs.. ................................................ Mildred Nelson
Supervisor, Printing and Mailing ..................................... Marcella Hagel
Ice ArenaManager ..................................................Doug Smestad
Custodial Supervisor.. .............................................. Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor. ............................................ Edwin Hovey
.......
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College ..........................................Kenneth C. Bailey
Associate Dean of the Faculty
F. Mark Davis
and Director of Special Programs..
Registrar.. ......................................................... Mildred Joel
Associate Registrar ................................................. Beverly Wegge
Head Librarian. ..................................................... Marjorie Sibley
Larry Glenn
Director of Audio Visual Services
John C. Dawson
Director of MUSIP ..................................................
Louise McColl
Coordinator of the New Dimensions Program
..............................
....................................
.........................
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Development.. .................................... Glen W. Johnson
Director of Deferred Giving .......................................... Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Foundation and Government Relations..
Donald A. Christenson
Jeroy Carlson
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs..
Office Manager.. ................................................... Irene Steenson
..................
...........................
INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT
Vice President for Institutional Advancement..
........................ Bruce L. Gildseth
College Relations
Director of College Relations ........................................James Dock
Associate Director of College Relations .............................. Michael Walgren
Steven J. Vite
Manager of Publications.,
...........................................
Admissions
Director of Admissions..
Donald E. Webber
Assistant Director of Admissions,.
Dave Benzel
Assistant Director of Admissions..
Barb J. Lundberg
Karen Nelson
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor ..............................................Alan Bachman
............................................
...................................
....................................
..............................................
Student Affairs
Dean of Student Affairs.. ............................................Marianne Sander
Director of Student Development Resources ..........................Richard Thoni
Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . ., .......................... Cindy Marsh
Director of Career Planning and Placement.. ......................... Pat Olsson
Joel Mugge
Director of Student Programs..
Coordinator of Student Advising ..................................... Pat Leone
Ralph Crowder
Coordinator of Minority Affairs.
.......................................
......................................
............................25
Academic Administration
Academic Life
Accreditation
Administration
Admission to the College
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
American Studies
Anthropology
Art. Department of
Bachelor of Music Degree
Biology. Department of
Board. Cost of
Business Administration
Business Education
Calendar
Campus
Campus Map
Chemistry. Department of
Chinese
Classification
Communications
Computer Science
Conservation of Human
,
.
Resources (CHR)
Corrective Therapy
Courses of Study
Course Descriptions
Credit by Examination
Degrees
Divisional Organization
Early Admission
Early Decision
East Asian Studies
Economics
Education. Department of
Education. Elementary
Education. Secondary
Engineering
English. Department of
Enrollment
Expenses
Faculty
Financial Aid
Financial Information
Five College Cooperative
Food Service
French
Foreign Languages
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education Requirements
Geography
German
Grading
Graduates (1870-1974)
Graduates. Summary of
Graduation Requirements
Graduation With Distinction
Greek
...................................... 11
.......................................
7
...................................... 94
.......................19. 32a
................................
20
................................. 20
...............................
30. 29a
..................................
80
...............................30. 7a
........................15. 62
...........................33. 9a
...................................... 23
........................35. 10a
.............................37. I l a
.......................................... 11
.......................................... 7
.......................................8
.......................40. 12a
.....................................49. 16a
......................................
29
...............................83. 13a
..............................60. 19a
............
................
13. 5a
..............................
13. 68
............................29. 30. 6a
.............................30. 7a
..............................
29
........................................15
.............................
26
................................
20. 32a
..................................
20. 32a
.............................
42. 29a
..................................... 38. 14a
.......................42. 15a
.........................
.42. 15a
...........................43. 15a
.....................................
13. 46
..........................46. 16a
.................................
...... 88
..........................................
22
.......................................... 11. 87
.......................................
21
...............................
22
....................
.
.
.
.. 12
.......................................
18
.................
.
.
....................49. 16a
............................. 49. 16a
...........................26
....................11
.................................... .a.
1.......................................
.52, 77e
............................................ 27
.............................88
.............................88
........................... 25
.........................28
..........................................53. 17s
...............................70. 22a
........................ 6
..........................56. 18a
....................................14
......................................... 17
.......................................6
..................................28
......................12. 3a
.........................16. 17a
..........................................
53
.........................................47
.................................
45. 15a
.....................................
53. 17a
...........................................6
.............................................
12
Health Education
History of Augsburg College
History. Department of
Honors Program
Housing
Identification
Independent Study
Inter-lnstltutional Programs
Intercollegiate Athletics
Japanese
Journalism
Library Science
Linguistics
Location
Majors
Mathematics. Department of
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Internship Program (MUSIP)
Music. Department of
Music Therapy
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
Natural Science
New Dimensions Program
Numbering of Courses
Nursing
Personnel of the College
Philosophy. Department of
Physical Education
Physics. Department of
Political Science. Department of
Pre-Professional Training
Probation and Dismissal
Psychology. Department of
Recreation
Refunds
Registration
Religion. Department of
Religious Life
Room Costs
Russian
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science Majors
Social Work
Sociology. Department of
Spanish
Speech. Department of
Student Life
Student Services
Summer School
Study Abroad
Symbol (#)
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary Major
Transfer to Augsburg
Tuition and Fees
Visiting the Campus
.....................59. 18a
........................13. 61. 19a
............................61. 29a
....................15. 4a
...........................62. 21a
......................................62
.................. 6
................................65. 29a
...........................17
..............................29
..........................................
66
............................84
......................66. 22a
.............................68. 22a
.........................70. 23a
.................71. 24a
.......................12. 29a
............................ 27
......................75, 25a
.........................................16
............................................23
......................................
26
.........................77, 2Se
......................................16
......................................... 23
........................................54. 17a .
..................... ma
..........................
78.
................................60.81. 26a
.64.
29a
....................... BO. 288
........................................55. 1Ta
.......................... 89.27a
........................................7%
.
............................
....
.16
..........................
,
.....
13. 14
......................................14
.....................................29. 30
....................................
63, 280
.........................
66,28a
.......................
18.20. 12a
....................................
22
................................ Z
Page numbers followed by the letter "a" refer only to pages in the Student Prospectus . Ifyou do not have a Prospectus. write the
Office of Admissions. Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. Minnesota 55404. for a copy .
Show less
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions
which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy
was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to
change without notice.
Each student is responsible ... Show more
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions
which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy
was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to
change without notice.
Each student is responsible to know the rules, regulations, requirements, and
academic policies contained in this publication. I f doubt should arise with regard to
any matter published herein, the student is responsible to consult with a faculty
adviser or the dean of the college.
Table of Contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 24, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 25, EXPENSES
PAGE 27, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 31, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 32, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 89, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 90, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 97, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 98, INDEX
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a
student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have
about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at
the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC . . . . .
. . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses
are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during the
interim in January.
. .
MAJOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 1 8
de~artments.
. . . . . , . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major.
. . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student
MINOR . . . . .
ELECTIVE..
.
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE. .
Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN
. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP. . . .
. . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result
of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts
and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria
are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER.
,
. . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1- 4 calendar. Each semester is 1 5 weeks
in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges cgmbine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special
Christian colleges which can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at a variety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to you
on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics.
Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government to
oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life
on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose
and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg.
You design your own learning experience.
While distributional and major requirements act
as guidelines, there is latitude to design a
portion of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The
college follows the calendar known as the "41-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration
is necessary in your chosen field. You may
choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg is in the center of the Twln Cities of
Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope d resources and
activities are available to enrich your educafion,
if you choose. You may select an evening at
the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop,
or at any of the many galleries or cofee
houses. You might spend an afternoon touring
the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may
choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra
or one by the many professional touring groups
that appear in the Twin Cities. There are
numerous opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the
Fighting Saints, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a
capable and dedicated staff, an eager student
body and a remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and
is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 65% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the surrounding
metropolitan area.
Location
You and your education will have the option of
benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin
Cities. Excellent art collections are available to
you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the
Walker Art Center, and many other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities
for the enjoyment of music of many types. The
Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations
is provided by several theaters in the area such
as the nationally known Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the
St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the
Chanhassen Dinner Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swlm in one
of the many area lakes. In the winter you may
join other students on skiing trips. Professional
sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport, including United,
Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North
Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the
United States.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (Directions are given in the map
section of this catalog.)
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were
enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college
graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 .
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed
to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the
sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of
the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety of
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to
become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding o f the
urban environment and culture, and to
enable them to gain the skills needed to
respond creatively to the problems and
potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their
interests and abilities, and to aid them in
discovering the occupational opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes and
qualities o f character compatible with the
Christian faith.
The Campus
I
1
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City
of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent to the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the
following associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is to permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the
process of selecting a college and in making
admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly
recommended but are not mandatory.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked to write for an appointment
or call the office ( 3 3 2 - 5 18 1 ) . Preferred times
for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet
with a member of the faculty and to attend
classes, Monday through Friday, when school
is in session.
School, church, and other groups are welcome
to visit the College. Arrangements may be
made by writing the Office of Admissions,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55454.
Library
Science Hall
Old Main
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
College Center
The Quadrangle
Memorial Hall
Art Studio and Art Annex
Music Hall
Si Melby Hall
Augsburg College Ice Arena
Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
East Hall
Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
Admissions ( 6 2 8 2 1st Ave. S.)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
--=
--Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 1 14)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21 st Avenue South.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as
well as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences and
in theology is available. Pre-professional
preparation for such fields as engineering,
medicine, law and the Christian ministry is
offered. The College prepares students for
graduate study in several disciplines.
Preparation for careers in business,
communications, medical technology, music,
nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand
themselves and the world and to equip them to
serve according to their individual interests and
abilities.
The 4- 1 -4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1.-4 calendar. Two 1 5 week semesters are separated by a 4-week
interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during
the interim concentration is on one subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual
interests determine the course of study.
Innovation and experimentation are encouraged
in this change from the general academic
schedule. Interest in music may take form in
the study and presentation of a concert
program. Interest in people may find form in the
study and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies
provide opportunities for those interested in
communications. Whether your interests are
sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the
opportunity to experience and experiment while
learning.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a
personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 1 7 . 8 to 1 , with
class size averaging 2 5 or less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual
problems. They often join students in
discussing the political climate, comparing
notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would probably
choose many of them even if they were not
required.
In the humanities division, students select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
speech, drama, and religion. Science courses
may be chosen from biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses
in economics, history, political science,
sociology, and foreign languages or literature
are available. Proficiency in English writing
must be demonstrated. One course from an
approved list of courses containing an
emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required
as well as physical education activities. (For
details, see "Academic Administration"
section.)
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
East Asian Studies
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Recommended Programs for students in Dual
Degree Programs of Liberal Arts and
Engineering at Augsburg College.
Any Augsburg academic major that meets the
recommendations listed below would be eligible
to participate in the Engineering program at
Michigan Technical University or Washington
University in St. Louis: 3 years at Augsburg,
and two years at either university. The majors
that would most typically meet the
recommendations would be physics, chemistry,
and mathematics.
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Other majors such as linguistics and library
science are available through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) student
exchange program. The Office of the Registrar
should be consulted for further information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that
requirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the
natural and social sciences, in the humanities,
and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
First Year
English 11 1
Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2
Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5
Religion 11 1
Electives in English or Social Science
Phy. Ed. 102, 1 0 3
Second Year
Economics 1 2 2
Math 2 2 4 , 226
Chem 1 1 5 , 1 1 6
Physics 245
Foreign Language
Religion
Electives in Humanities or Social Science
Third Year
Advanced Math or Science
Political Science 121
Electives to meet distribution requirements and
to make a total of 2 6 courses
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
1 1 1,
English - 2 courses; General Biology
11 2; Physics - 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 (complete basic
course required) Principles of Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) Organic Chemistry 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics - 1 2 4 ; Psychology 1 course
Some variation from these recommendations
can be accommodated since not all courses
listed above are required in every Engineering
curriculum and some may be transferred as
free electives in some curricula. Questions may
be answered by the Dual Degree Coordinator at
Augsburg College (Dr. Earl Alton) or by direct
communications with the head of the
appropriate department at either Michigan
Technological University or Washington
University in St. Louis.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty advisor early in the freshman year.
*Requirements have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the School of
Dentistry at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in law
should consult the handbook published by The
Association of American Law Schools. Early
consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr Miles
Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may
-
wish to take the Political Science course, Law
in the United States, to help determine whether
they possess an interest in law. Since law
schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student should
be aware that many graduate schools consider
the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their
class schedules.
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
General Biology 1 11 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English
and Literature 11 1 and another, 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ;
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ;
Biochemistry 3 6 7 ; Sociology and Behavioral
Sciences and Humanities - 5 courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical School of
the University of Minnesota. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Biology 11 1 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 , 3 5 1 ,
3 5 2 ; Economics 1 2 2 and a second course;
English 1 1 1 and a second course (English
21 9, Speech 1 1 1 or Speech 3 5 4 are
acceptable second courses, Students
exempted from the freshman English
requirement may elect higher level English
courses or general electives).
Health Ed. 11 0
Math 11 4 (students who have a math
proficiency beyond college algebra may elect
to take calculus or general electives).
Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ( 2 courses)
Elective - to fulfill the 6 0 credit semester hour
requirements courses should be chosen so as
to fulfill the distribution requirements in
humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer
to the bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of
Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary with any
of several different majors, e.g.. history,
philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. The student planning to enter seminary
should include Religion 11 I , 221 among the
courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum
should include at least two semesters of history
(Western Civilization) and one or more courses
in the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary at Augsburg
Freshman English1Communications 2 courses;
Mathematics 1 2 4 ; Public Speaking 1 course;
Chemistry (must include laboratory): General
11 5 , 11 6 or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ; Analytic 3 5 3 ; Organic
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Biology 11 1 , 11 2 , Physics 1 2 1 ,
1 2 2 ; Economics - 1 course of introductory
level; Other - anthropology, economics,
geography, history and political science,
psychology, social science and sociology
courses can usually be used to fulfill the
remainder of the distribution requirements.
Artistic expression - 2 courses (art, literature,
music, humanities, theater and upper division
foreign languages).
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill
the minimum requirements of the college
of Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutions in the Twin Cities area on several
programs.
LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER
Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the
statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0
volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of educational materials including
approximately 1 5 0 , 0 0 0 books, periodicals,
records, tapes, scores and films. The library is
open seven days a week, and the Audio-Visual
Center includes audio and television studios,
and provides film rental and related services.
ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF THE TWIN CITIES.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul
colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine
and St. Thomas may elect a course each
semester at another campus. No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music and some
independent studies. See under "Independent
Study" for further details. Students may elect
to participate in the cooperative program to
gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted
with the other schools, or to undertake a
specific course or major not offered on the
home campus. The colleges have coordinated
calendars. [he interim term may also be taken
on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus
shuttles students free between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for the
January interim. For example, Augsburg and St.
Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study
opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim Director
should be consulted regarding planned
programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM.
This group is composed of colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative
curricular programs for s t ~ ~ d e n t interchange
s,
and sharing of academic personnel and other
college resources, cooperative research
projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a
metro-urban affairs conference, and
development of programs consistent with the
needs and resources of the community
organizations of the Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in
sociology or psychology with a chemical
dependency specialty. The program is
designed to train specialists to help
professional people in dealing with chemical
dependency problems. Courses are taken both
on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan
camwses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates,
mental hospital patients, guards, and students
at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at
such places as the Shakopee Institution for
Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of
Robbinsdale (a center for the severely
physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg
campus. The classes offered through several
departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response of students involved in
the courses, both from Augsburg and the
institutions, has been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING.
Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive
instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for
admission to the school of nursing should be
made directly to the hospital.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables qualified
students to receive a college degree with a
major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a
final twelve-month program is completed at one
of the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not guarantee
acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan
Technological University in Houghton,
Michigan, enables a student to receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University, in a five-year
program. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated
university.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in
Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State
Hospital, is available to students who complete
a major in physical education with specialization
in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to the intercollegiate programs
requires an application to be approved by the
Director of Physical Education. Application
should be made during the spring semester of
the sophomore year. Candidates are required
to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work
completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as soon
as possible, consult with the Director of
Physical Education regarding proper sequence
of courses.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are
available to Augsburg students. Some of them
are briefly described below. For application
procedures and further information, request the
special brochure on lnternational Study at
Augsburg from the Director of lnternational
Programs.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges in
the state. Each year three or four countries are
selected, and qualified students are granted
partial scholarships to enable them to spend a
summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad on a topic
of one's choice auring the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg students may spend their sophomore
or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are
the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College
in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House
College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto
Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico;
the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe
Institute in Germany; The University of
Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville,
Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec.
In addition, through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg
students may take part in the Scandinavian
Urban Studies Term and through the
Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs in
Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany,
Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy,
Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and
Yugoslavia. This type of study must be
approved before departure by the Director of
lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser,
and the Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign study
may be applied to the student's graduation
requirements as electives, as elements of the
major sequence, or to satisfy some of the
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director
of lnternational Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg College is
undergoing re-evaluation. Students wishing to
pursue an honors program should address
inquiries to the Office of the Academic Dean.
lnternship Program
The Internship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all fields
of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests.
Internships are available with a variety of
companies, agencies and community
organizations.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
Bachelor of Science degree. The degree
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are major
influences in your college life. They need
supplementing, however, by other activities and
opportunities. Whether as a resident student or
commuter, you'll find that the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg can add
dimension to your education.
golf. Augsburg is also a member of the
Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association for
lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The
women annually compete in volleyball,
gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and
tennis.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various
fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation
in music and drama. In addition to campus and
local performances, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String
Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble,
and several student-organized groups such as
the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given on campus
each year under the direction of the theater
arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Climaxing
the intramural program is the Extramural Meet,
a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a
member of the National Association of
lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College
annually competes in ten sports, including
football, soccer, cross country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by a student and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation to worship,
devotional life, and the stimulation of faith
through discussion and service. Chapel
services are held three times a week and are
both experimental and traditional in character
Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily.
Student Services
The staff of the Center for Student
Development is available for personal, career,
and academic counseling and consultation on
questions of academic procedure, student
activities, and residence living.
Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student
Development staff.
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
the basis of academic interests and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. Secondary
Education students may desire a second
adviser: one in the major and one in the area of
education. Freshmen also have an upperclass
adviser.
Career Planning and Placement services are
available to all students, and a Minority
Coordinator provides special support services
and programs for minority students on campus.
The office of Student Financial Services
provides assistance with financial problems. A
special Foreign Student Adviser works with
students from other countries.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults who
have not attended or who have not graduated
from college. The program provides admissions
counseling, career guidance and planning, a
simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and,
for those who desire it, a special course to
ease the transition to academic life.
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment,
testing, counseling, training and practice in
study skills, career exploration, and discussion
of personal and family problems arising from
the return to school. The course enables
returning adults to get to know each other
through sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's
ability to respond to the learning environment
depends, in part, upon his or her living
conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is
provided. The residence hall program is
designed to promote student growth through
relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision making.
Each residence unit has one or more Resident
Assistants who are able to facilitate the
process of group living as well as discuss
personal concerns with individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclassmen live
in Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise
houses 3 2 4 . Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 3 6 students, two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall,
is an alternative to traditional residence hall
living. It contains 1 0 4 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
6 0 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are
located in the campus area.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All
freshmen and sophomores not living at home
are required to live in college-operated
housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the
fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg.
Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 1 will be provided housing only if space is
available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $ 5 0 advanced payment when they sign
the housing contract. The fee is credited to the
students' account when they move into the
residence.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center, is the main food service
facility. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the
College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan living in residence halls
eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
students' rights, and provides the means for
discussions and action on all issues pertaining
to student life at Augsburg. Student
government is organized into three branches:
the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch.
Student Government
The Buckley Amendment
Student government is the vehicle through
which students can secure a closer relationship
and better understanding with the
administration and faculty, and provide better
input into the decision making process at
Augsburg. Student government also sponsors
and directs student activities, protects
Students have the right to inspect all official
records, files, and data which pertain to them
and which are maintained in the office of the
registrar and the placement office, and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Challenges may be made to the judicial council
for a hearing.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is
a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and
students are accepted on the basis of high
school performance, promise of success in
college as shown by college entrance
examination scores, other motivational factors,
and personal recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to
all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its
educational programs, student personnel
services, financial aid, housing, student
employment and other services without regard
to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic
background.
A visit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
information will be mailed to the student during
the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at
accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions. The grade average for
araduation is based on work taken at
Augsburg, but to determine graduation with
distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer
students with the A.A. degree are considered
as having met all general education
requirements at Augsburg except for two
courses in religious studies.
The Application Process
1 . From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission, complete it.
2. Hand the completed application to your high
school counselor, along with the $1 0 . 0 0
application fee, and ask that these be sent with
your official high school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4
3 . Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that
candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is required by April 1 after
acceptance has been made andlor financial aid
(if applied for) has been awarded.
5 . After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical history form,
which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation
The Transfer Process
1 . From the Admissions Office, secure and
complete, an official application for admission.
This should be sent to the Admissions Office
with a $1 0 . 0 0 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4
3 . Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is requested within one month
after acceptance has been made andlor
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the student
will be requested to complete a medical history
form, which will be sent by the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 1 5 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December 1 . After notification
of admission and adequate financial aid, if
needed, has been provided, the student is
encouraged to withdraw applications made to
other colleges. The admissions decision is
based upon the academic record through the
junior year, test scores, and recommendations.
A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by January 1 .
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high
academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school, and the
maturity to cope with a college course after the
junior year in high school. Also, it is
recommended that the student complete the
requirements for a high school diploma during
the summer or during the first year of college.
A student applying for Early Admission can take
the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg
College and the United States Army makes
provision for an individualized plan of education.
A prospective student who qualifies for tHe
program may choose Augsburg as a home
school and carry on a pre-planned course of
study at other colleges while in the Army. An
adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the
selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student
matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of
$1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the
student's tuition, provided he or she
matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg
College within five years from initial registration
with the college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for
courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment,
when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the
Army provides 36 months of financial
assistance under the G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a
college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of
scores received on the College Level
Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the
College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 80% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college through
some form of scholarships, grants, loans,
campus employment, or a combination of
these. ~ s s i s t a n c eis awarded on the basis of
financial need and academic record. Application
for aid is made by completing the Family
Financial Statement (FFS) of the American
College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which is required for
students applying to the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program, students may
instead submit the Parents Confidential
Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship
Service to be considered for financial aid.
Upperclass students must also complete the
Augsburg Application for Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 , approximately
80% of the students at Augsburg received
scholarships or grants totaling $1 , 9 0 4 , 8 8 0
from Augsburg and all other sources. And
federal loans totaling $ 9 3 2 , 5 0 0 .
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program for which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and
the following federal programs: Supplementary
Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan
(formerly National Defense Student Loan),
College Work-Study, and Federally Insured
Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April 1
will be considered first. For further information,
contact the Office of Student Financial Services
at Augsburg College.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning September, 1 9 7 7 . Students are
considered full-time when they take three or
more courses during the semester terms.
Under the 4-1- 4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods.
If the student elects to omit an interim or to
graduate in December, a refund is not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $ 3 9 0 a course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is $1 9 5 a course. Part-time students
who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit
rate for that course.
- NOT REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from
all new students.
A registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register at
Augsburg. The charge will be $230.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $ 2 . 0 0 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $ 5 . 0 0 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
REFUNDABLE
- See Study Abroad
Adviser,
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 1 0 a
semester ( 14 lessons), or $8.00 per lesson
during the interim.
- $2,850.
SPECIAL FEES
Study Abroad
- NOT
Cinema Arts, $20
Practice Studio rental for each semester for
one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an
interim); piano or voice, $ 8 . 0 0 ( $ 2 . 0 0 an
interim).
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $1 5 . 0 0 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee; first copy free; additional copy,
$1 . o o .
Locker rental for commuter students: $ 5 . 0 0 or
$7.00.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office, with charges
according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0
Partial Board and Room - $1,310
Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences)
- $915
5 Day Lunch Plan - $ 2 8 0
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be
increased at any time before or during the
contract year.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week.
The partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per
week in a combination of breakfasts and dinner
or noon lunch and dinners.
Computer Science, $ 3 0 per course
The meal coupons are restricted to apartment
style residences named by the College in the
"Housing and Food Services contract.''
Student Teaching, $ 3 5
A lunch contract is available to non-resident
students and provides five noon lunches per
week.
No student is permitted to register if his or her
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply
company at about $50 per year,
1977-78 Cost Summary
Application Fee - $1 0 . 0 0
Tuition - $2,850.
(Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance
to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.)
Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; to
be paid by April 1 , 1977. (Payment is due
January 1 under Early Decision Program). The
payment is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident
students, $ 5 0 . 0 0 advanced payment. Required
at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a
housing assignment for the term beginning
September, and applied to the room charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration, $25.00. Refundable
upon graduation, transfer to another institution,
or discontinuing education program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the first half year
billing period is due August 2 0 , and the second
half year is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August 2 0 .
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of his
registration and/or being released from his
housing contract will be refunded charges for
tuition and room except for the minimum
deduction of $1 0 0 of fees to cover
administrative costs according to the following
schedule.. .
100% through the first five days of classes
90% from the sixth day through the tenth
day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through the
twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through the
twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day to the
middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle of the
term.
Should a student to forced to cancel his
registration during the first one-half of the term
due to illness or accident, upon submission of
a report from the attending physician stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued
matriculation, the charges will be reduced by
one-half.
Students required by military law to enter the
service will receive a full refund of tuition and
proportionate refund on room charges.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will be applied back to
the account of the student and all adjustments
for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be
gathered in the student's account before
eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are readily
available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will
include courses in the humanities, the natural
sciences, and the social sciences.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2 . 0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward the
major.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to
write effectively; they are also expected to be
knowledgeable about urban concerns and have
some understanding of cultures outside the
United States.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
The general recreational activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to acquaint students
with and to equip students for lifetime sports.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows (one course may
meet one requirement only):
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of
the Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
MINIMUM GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
I . A total of 3 5 courses of which 1 1 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 1 3 in one
department, except 1 7 for Bachelor of
Music degree and 1 8 for the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R.
courses, 2 courses by independent study or
directed study or a combination of directed and
independent study, 4 courses of internship and
8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major
[except Elementary Education] and one in the
minor if approved by the department chairman)
may apply toward the 3 5 total courses
required.
5 , Three interim courses. For transfer students,
the number of interim courses is one less
than the number of years at Augsburg.
a. A course in writing (English Ill) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
b. A course from at least two of the following four groups; art or music; literature
(from the Department of English);
philosophy; speech or drama.
c . A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, psychology.
d. A course from one or two of the following
departments (two different departments):
economics, history, political science,
sociology; and one or two courses from
the Department of Foreign Languages to
make a total of three courses in these
five departments.
e. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an
interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
f. A course relating to urban concerns.
g. Three recreational activities or
demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime
sports. Students with proficiency in one
or two sports may meet this requirement
with one or two additional activities in a
semester.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each
division is elected for a two-year term.
Registration
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course
listing section.
A normal load is four courses per semester and
one course in the interim. Students registered
for three or four courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students.
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Duane Johnson
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology and Social Work
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled
time. A fee is charged for late registration. A
fee is also charged for changing registration,
i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first
three days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses
or cancellation from College must be done in
the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in accounts
are effective as of the date the completed
Cancel From College form is returned to the
Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as
sophomores, 1 6 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors.
Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson
Probation and Dismissal
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his
achievement is unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Eugene Skibbe
JUNIOR,
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Linguistics,
Norwegian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communications, and
Theater Arts
SENIOR,
below 1 . 6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7 - 15
courses
below 1 . 9 having taken
1 6 - 2 4 courses
below 2.0 having taken
2 5 or more courses
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, he is subject to
dismissal at the end of the following spring
term. A student who has a poor academic
record may be strongly advised to withdraw
before the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice
of grading system must be made during the
first two weeks of the semester. A fee is
charged after the first three days of classes.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College
voluntarily must have special permission to
re-enroll.
Music organizations and performance studies,
Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are
graded PIN.
Grading
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the
plan and date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester. If the
incomplete is not removed during the following
semester, it becomes the grade submitted by
the teacher along with the incomplete.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to
0 with definitions as follows:
4 . 0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0 . Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2 . 0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system
the grade is recorded but not computed in the
grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year. Two courses in the major
(except Elementary Education) and one in the
minor may be on PIN grading system if
approved by the department chairman.
Sociology 3 8 3 , some education courses and
several interim courses are graded only on the
PIN grading system. Students may select
the traditional grading system in other courses.
Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade
option with care since some graduate and
professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration
card those courses which they wish to take on
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A course in which a grade of 0 , 1 .O, 1.5, N, I,
or X has been received may be repeated for
credit. Only the credits and grades earned the
second time are counted toward graduation and
in the grade point average. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however, be
audited.
Students who wish to take courses without
credit or grade may do so by registering for
Audit (V). Such students should confer with the
professor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance
requirements, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the student's
transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under Expenses.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.89 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
For transfer students all grades are averaged to
determine graduation with distinction.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases,
a grade of X is given at the end of the first
term, and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward
the 3 5 courses required for the degree.
lndependent Study
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These
programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis.
Students interested in registering for
independent study must first secure permission
from the faculty member who will direct the
study as well as from the department involved.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent
studies only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for
exceptions to this policy should be made
directly to their own academic dean. The
student will be charged for any special costs
attached to independent study by the host
campus.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit
by examinations should consult with
department chairmen or with the Registrar.
Credit may be earned through the College
Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by
comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore . .
7 courses . . . 1 4 grade points
Junior. . . . . . . 1 6 courses , . . 3 2 grade points
Senior . . . . . 2 5 courses . . . 5 0 grade points
.
To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course
during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
All courses have equivalent value unless
otherwise indicated. A course has the
approximate value of 4 semester credits. A
total of 3 5 courses is required for graduation.
periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is
approximately 1 5 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of
classes to determine definitely the current
course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 3 0 0 are lower
division courses; those numbered 3 0 0 and
above are classified as upper division. In
general, courses numbered in the 1 0 0 ' s are
primarily for freshmen; 2 0 0 ' s for sophomores;
3 0 0 ' s for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The
first number indicates the level of the course;
the second is the division within the
department; and the third identifies the course.
Symbol
# Courses may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
"Meets urban requirement.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1 9 7 7 - 7 8
are given on the following pages. See
preceding pages for information on numbering
and credit value. The symbol # indicates that
the course may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
American Studies
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 and
3 9 9 or 4 9 9 , plus 1 1 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. ( 5 courses in one
of these areas and 3 in each of the others): *
History of the United States
American Studies 2 3 1, 260
History 221, 222, 3 3 1, 332, 353, 4 9 5
(American emphasis)
Religion 352, 3 6 3
Humanities in the United
States
American Studies 232, 2 6 5
Art 102
English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 3 5 1,
490 and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences in the United States
Economics 120, 122, 123, 251
Education 4 78 #
Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326,
370, 371, 421
Psychology 48 1 # Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73,
381, 3 8 3
Social Work 3 5 1, 463
* "American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other
colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
MINOR: 7 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 plus
2 courses in each of the above groupings
under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to the
black experience, e.g. African backgrounds,
religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course
content subject to change from year to year.
Meets one religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis
upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. (Spring) *
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
A study of the characteristics of mid-western
and eastern Indian tribes of the 19th century,
with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian
cultural values in the modern world. (Spring)
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions
of women in America seen from the
perspective of various disciplines. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines
to the topic and practice in the integration of
primary source materials. Occasional use of
Twin Cities resource persons and the colearning model when appropriate to topic. Open
to freshmen and sophomores. * (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract. Intended for
majors only. Others # (Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
For description, see 295. Open to juniors and
seniors who will do a different level of work.
(Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary nature
in area of student's choice. Consult with
director to determine conditions of contract.
Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Art
Chairman: Philip Thompson
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses and 3
art history courses, including 107; and three
from 3 8 2 , 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 3 8 8 .
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white photographic processes.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major
but 3 5 0 required and 1 3 2 recommended.
STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses and 1
art history course, including 1 0 7 ; two from
1 1 8 , 2 2 1 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 5 , 350; and one from 3 8 2 ,
386, 387, 388.
150 JEWELRY.
Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis
on design, materials and process.
221 SCULPTURE l
ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses
including 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 388.
Three major works in any of the following
media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood,
stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic
sheets and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring)
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
223 PRINTMAKING I
Fine arts and the environment in the local and
world setting. Topics include art history, urban
archaeology and environmental design leading
towards appreciation and criticism.
Principles and methods of printmaking in a
variety of media. (Fall, Spring)
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other
media. Descriptive, experimental and figure
studies. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING 1
Introduction to painting media. Application of
historical and contemporary techniques in
acrylic and/or oil. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial
images. (Fall, Spring)
230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in magazines,
television, film, advertising symbols, and other
mass media. Practice in areas of photography.
typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall.
Spring)
242 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
350 CERAMICS l
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall,
Spring)
screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223.
Fall, Spring)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from
pre-history to modern times.
386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART
351 CERAMICS II
Survey of the early development of the visual
arts throughout the world with emphasis on the
Mediterranean region and Europe.
Creative clay pieces with the throwing and
handbuilding techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall,
Spring)
387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART
355 PAINTING II
A study of architecture, painting and sculpture
from the 15th century through the 19th century
in Europe and America.
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 1 1 8.
Fall, Spring)
388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY
360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR
PAINTING
Contemporary developments in the visual arts
with emphasis on America and Europe.
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape.
The functions of perception, structure, and
gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor.
(Prereq. : 10 7 or #)
399 INTERNSHIP
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school) (K-12)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art at
the elementary and junior high school level.
(Fall)
Advanced work in various media, including silk
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
478 SCULPTURE II
Three major works in any of the following
media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood,
stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic
sheets and others. (Prereq.: 22 1 . Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman: Neal Thorpe
MAJOR: Option 1 : 7 courses, including 1 1 1 ,
1 1 2, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following three groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1
(Group 1); 3 5 5 , 4 7 3 , 4 7 4 (Group 11); 4 4 0 ,
4 7 1 , 4 7 6 (Group Ill); Chemistry 1 1 5 , 11 6 (or
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5
(or 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ) ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 also
required. Students intending to enter graduate
school should ordinarily choose this major.
as applications of microbiology to the fields of
medicine and sanitation. ( 3 hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory. For student nurses only.
Prereq.: Chemistry 1 0 3 . Spring)
111, 112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
MAJOR: Option 11: 9 courses, including 1 1 1 ,
11 2 , 491 and at least one course from each of
the following five groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 (Group I);
3 5 5 . 4 7 4 (Group 11); 3 6 1 , 481 (Group Ill);
4 7 1 , 4 7 3 (Group IV); 4 4 0 , 4 7 6 , (Group V);
Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 2 2 3 (or
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) also required. Students who plan to
teach in secondary schools often select this
major.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1 , 11 2 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 3 5 3 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3 . 0 overall; active participation in seminar; one
course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application
for the honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an
anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes man
just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
influence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment,
especially the urban environment, have on
man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory.
A student may not receive credit for both
Biology 101 and 1 0 3 . )
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. (Lecture and
laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other
students. A student may not receive credit for
both Biology 1 0 1 and 1 0 3 . )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial features are considered as well
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary
mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. ( 3 hours lecture; 4
hours laboratory. 1 1 1 , Fall; 1 1 2 , Spring)
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing
classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours
lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall,
19 78. Offered alternate years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates. ( 3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Spring)
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory
work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112 . Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and
ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 1 12. Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2 ; Chemistry 2 2 3 or
3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71
and 4 76).
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as
descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. ( 3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and physical
mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water
relations in vascular and nonvascular plants.
The relationships of these processes to plant
structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq. 1 12. Fall, 19 77. Offered alternate
years).
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms
with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #. Fall)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics
103 or 122 or #. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq..
112, 361, or 4'. Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
491 SEMINAR
A study of the physical and chemical
processes occurring in animals with emphasis
on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or
3 5 2 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall)
Oral presentations and written papers relating
to recent biological literature and research. (For
seniors majoring in biology)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor Intended
for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 7 12, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall. Interim, Spring, Summer)
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on
476 MICROBIOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of Business
Administration, Business
Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING
SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration
101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381,
and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123,
251 and one additional course selected from
258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least
three upper division courses are required. For
those planning on careers in accounting,
completion of the two remaining courses in the
sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is
recommended. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101, 102, 131 , 261 ,
262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course
from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics
1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one additional course
selected from 2 5 8 or 3 9 1 or 3 9 2 are also
required. At least five upper division courses are
required. ( 3 9 2 is strongly recommended.) In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code. (Spring)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101 , 10 2 , and one of 261 ,
3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478; and one of 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381;
and Economics 1 2 2 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 0 in the major,
with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the
experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural
Sciences or Mathematics general college
requirement by taking mathematics, and
completed at least 5 courses but not more than
1 2 courses of related business subjects
(Economics, Finance, and Mathematics).
Students who have completed the above
requirements are qualified under the rules of
the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: 10 1. Fall, Spring)
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm: sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1 , 10 2 . Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination
considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262.
Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach
to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision-making, presentation through
literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 2 6 1, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High
School Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various
forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,
102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
Business Education
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
MAJOR: 12-14 Courses.
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
one full term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in
Interim only).
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110,
364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high
school typewriting or equivalent required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are recommended.
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1.
Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262, 263, and
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business
Education 108, 350, and English 21 9.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108,
121, 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
295, 495 TOPICS
If a student desires a two-year secretarial
program, a certificate will be awarded upon
completion of the following: Business Education
108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and
Business Administration 101 , 102, 131 and
Economics 120. A student in the two-year
program must select six courses from the
general education requirements.
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and readings in the areas of
Accounting, Finance or General Business.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand)
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Spring. Offered alternate years)
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit)
The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
have had one year of high school typewriting.
(Interim)
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators. (Fall)
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of transcription machines, filing and
records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties. (Interim)
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Development of speed in transcribing material
dictated at minimum speed of 8 0 words a
minute. (Not open to students who have had
one year of shorthand in high school. Fall)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating.
(Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.
Spring)
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand
systems may enroll for rapid dictation and
transcription of material dictated at speeds of
80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 22 1 or
equivalent. Spring)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
(Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 75- 76)
Problems relating to supervision and
management in the business office, selection
and training of employees; and human relations
within the office. (Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on
distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and
projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate
years, 19 76- 77)
Economics
MAJOR I N ECONOMICS:
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and
three other courses of economics offerings.
Business Administration 101 , 102, 379, also
required. The complete calculus sequence is
very strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373
may be substituted for Business Administration
379. In addition, courses in data processing
and computer programming are strongly
recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122, 123, 251 , and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
Business Administration 101 , 102, 261 , 373,
379 and one other course from business
administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly
recommended.
MINOR:
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other
course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3 . 0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Economics 120, 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 1 2 0 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring)
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income
distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are:
Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an AllVolunteer Army; Ecology and Income
Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass
Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate
discussion of the above-mentioned topics.
NOTE: Economics 1 2 0 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to
major in either Economics, Business
Administration or Business Education. Students
who plan to major in the above three areas
should enroll in 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 rather than 1 2 0 .
1 2 2 and 1 2 3 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Spring)
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models.
Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal
policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth.
Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken
independently of Economics 1 2 3 or 1 2 0 .
Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be takgn in
either order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory
of the household, firm, market structures and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be
taken independently of Economics 1 2 2 or 120.
Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be taken in
either order, or may be taken in the same term
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation
to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: 1 2 2 . Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular
attention paid to the economic problems of
minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.:
2 5 1 or #. Spring)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
Department of Chemistry
Chairman: Earl Alton
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry. Physics 121 , 122, and
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 also required.
Participation in seminar. Since upper division
courses have mathematics and physics
prerequisites, students should plan to have
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 the freshman year, and
Physics 121, 1 2 2 the sophomore year.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 1 1 courses including 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or
1 0 5 , 106), and all chemistry courses above
3 5 0 . Chemistry seminar participation;
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (which should be taken
during the freshman year); Mathematics 2 2 4 ;
and Physics 1 21, 1 2 2 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading ability in
German equivalent to 2 semesters also
required.
that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the
advanced course. Certification after July,
1 9 7 9 , also requires three courses in earth and
life sciences. Students are also advised to
consult with the Education Department early in
their planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same
as the graduation major. In addition, medical
schools expect at least two courses (and
usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3 . 5 0 in chemistry, mathematics,
and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or
course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 1 0 5 and
1 1 5 ; 1 0 6 and 1 1 6 ; 223 and 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 .
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 2 2 3 , 3 5 3 , and 3 6 1 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it is suggested
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general,
organic, and biological chemistry around the
theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward
the major.
105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 1 1 5 , 1 16;
designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go
from 1 0 6 into 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , or 2 2 3 . Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a
variety of examples including organic and
environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour lectures, 3
hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
11 5, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic
chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief
introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry.
11 5, Fall; 116 , Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed for medical technology students and
others in a paramedical science area whose
professional goals require less than the more
intensive two-semester organic course.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with
frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 11 5. Spring)
325 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
This course is intended to meet the needs of
medical technology majors and others not
working toward a chemistry major. Theory and
practice of gravimetric analysis, volumetric
.
analysis and electrochemistry is covered in
some detail. Equilibrium theory is stressed.
Theory and practice of spectroscopic,
chromatographic, and electroanalytical methods
is surveyed. Applications in the health sciences
are included. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Three
lectures, one 4 % hour laboratory. Does not
meet requirements for a chemistry major.)
351,352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction
mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and
industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 35 1,
Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and
solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques
of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative
analysis of a variety of samples, and includes
trace analysis. (Prereq. : 106 or 1 16. Offered
Interim for majors as per Interim schedule.)
361,362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and
states of matter are studied in the first
semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and
electrochemistry in the second semester. (3
one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory.
Prereq. : 353; Physics 1 2 1, 1 2 2 ; Mathematics
124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of
the literature (including Beilstein); and further
study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra
routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 3 6 1 or #; some
reading knowledge of German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. ( 3 hours
lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 3 6 2 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular momentum
and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 3 6 1 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate.
with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors
are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by
research participation during the academic year
(which may be counted as a course). (Junior
standing)
East Asian Studies
Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen
Major Concentration
A major concentration plan is constructed for
each student with the advice and assistance of
his or her adviser. A major plan ~ormally
consists of ten to twelve courses distributed
under one of the following general categories:
East Asian Culture
Two language courses including one year of
Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history
courses; four to six courses in cultural
specialization and/or comparative studies; two
or more independent study and/or seminar
courses.
East Asian Language and Culture
At least four language courses (a two-year
concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is
encouraged; however, one year of each
language is acceptable); two introductory
history courses; two to four courses in cultural
specialization and/or comparative studies; and
two or more independent study and/or seminar
courses.
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to
certification in Education at these levels:
Elementary Education, Kindergarten, and
Nursery School, and Secondary Education.
Certification programs are offered in the
following majors: American Studies, Art,
Biology, Business Education, Chemistry,
English-Language Arts, French, German,
History, Mathematics, Music, Physical
Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech, and Theater Arts.
Students wishing to become certified teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for certification requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all
students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teacher
education program. Students are advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program at
another college must be re-admissable to that
program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for certification
in Elementary Education:
1 . A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 2 5 5 , 3 5 1 , and two professional
semesters: 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ; and 4 8 1 ,
4 8 2 and electives
2. Physical Education 11 1, Safety and Drug
Education
3. Library Science 3 5 8 , The Elementary
School Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended.
5. GPA of 2 . 0 overall and maintain a 2 . 5 in the
major.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATIOKIN
URBAN SETTING (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing or above. Fall, Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Focus is upon the young child as a person and
the importance of the early years of hidher life
in relation to the effects of present-day society
and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start,
implementation of planned variations, and other
interventions and compensatory programs,
Class sessions and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #.)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching of
reading. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors or
seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms.
(Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary
education. Spring)
372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences
in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent
registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring)
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory
experience. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and
acceptance into the Dept. of Ed. Interim)
425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge
and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the
organization of a good program for children:
records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with children
who have uniquely different needs. Class
sessions, and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the
Department of Education and/or #.)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Certification Program:
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1 . Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with or after
the Orientation course. Application forms are
available in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department
or division of their declared major. A student
may take education courses after the
Orientation course only if he or she has
been admitted into the program of the
Department of Education.
2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2 . 0
overall.
3 . Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
a) Educ. 2 6 5 , Orientation to Education
(Secondary)
b) Educ. 3 5 9 , Competencies: Secondary
Education
c ) Educ. 478, School and Society
d) Educ. 480, 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 (two courses
minimum), Student Teaching
e) Psych. 1 0 5 , General Psychology
f ) P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education
g) Educ. 3 6 1 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 3 for art, physical
education, or music majors
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching
Certification Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning
experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 ,
3 72. Fall, Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 . Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 and 4 8 3 .
Offered on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary
Education)
Secondary Education
(teacher certification program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
Department. Secondary Education students are
advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher
certification. This consultation is recommended
in addition to conferring with the student's
major field adviser.
-
1 , B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3 . Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(Successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
course P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug
Education)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Certification Program
courses.
General Information:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
certification:
Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and
Physical Education receive a special
certificate which allows them to teach in all
grades (K-12) in their area. A person
working for certification in one of these
areas follows the secondary education
program even though he or she plans to
teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas is advised to take three courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching on both the secondary and
elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 3 5 9 ,
the major in art will register for Educ. 3 6 1 ;
the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major
in Music for Educ. 373.
2 , For social studies certification: The program
leading to certification in this area is being
revised to conform to new state guidelines.
See Einar Johnson or Orloue Gisselquist for
further information.
3 . The professional term:
Student Teaching is taken concurrently with
School and Society in one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon
and/or evening seminars are held during the
term as part of the professional work. A
student taking two courses in student
teaching may elect to take one course in
Independent Study. All students are
expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
(Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all
students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall,
Spring)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING
READING (See Elementary Education)
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY
EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, materials and projects,
both general and in the student's major
concentration. The two phases must be taken
concurrently as one course: general teaching
methodology from the Education Department
and special methods from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ.
265 and admission into the secondary
education program)
Special methods are offered in the following
major fields:
American Studies (Spring)
Art (Fall)
Business (Spring)
Health and Physical Education (Fall)
English (Spring)
Social Studies (Spring)
Mathematics (Spring)
Music (Spring)
Natural Science (Spring)
Foreign Language (See Language
Department for information)
Speech and Theatre Arts (Spring)
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art at
the elementary and junior high school level.
(Fall)
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching
health and physical education at the secondary
and elementary levels. (Fall)
373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of
music at the elementary and junior high school
level. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by a study of
educational philosophy and the development of
American education, current major issues in
education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience
in observing and directing learning experiences
on the secondary school level under the
supervision of college and high school
personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis
during the student teaching experience.
(Prereq.: senior standing and completion of
teacher aide work and human relations
elements of Education courses 265, 359. Fall,
Spring)
school library. Extensive study of-evaluation
sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum
needs. Concentration on guidance in use of
print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies and
library instruction. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in a variety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
Library Science
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition,
processing and circulation. Services of the
media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
AND GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the
secondary school level, with attention to their
use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interests and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some topic
of interest in the field of school library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Augsburg College is cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and
Michigan Technological University (Houghton,
Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies
which will enable a student to earn the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological Univeristy in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg
followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program
are guaranteed admission to the engineering
school, provided they have met course
requirements, have a B average, and are
recommended by a designated representative
of Augsburg College. Students receiving
-
financial aid who are participants in the Three.
Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications will be
evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria. Minimum course
requirements for admission to the Three-Two
Plan are: Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224, 226; Physics
121, 1 2 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 ; Computer
Science 245; English 1 11 ; additional courses
to meet general education requirements and a
total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally math
124, 1 2 5 and Physics 121. 122 are taken in
the freshman year. Students are encouraged to
apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the
adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged.
Department of English
Chairman: Barbara Andersen
MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 1) , including one
course in American literature, one course in the
Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and
three courses in British literature. Of the British
literature courses, one must concentrate on
literature before 1 6 6 0 (for example, 331 or
448) and one must survey a number of writers
(for example, 3 3 6 , 337, or 423). All majors
must take Advanced Writing: Expository.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in their
college work, course 2 4 5 Introduction to
Literature. Majors are strongly urged to consult
their departmental advisor regularly. A student
with a double major or special program that
involves considerable work in the English
department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 1 0 courses, including those listed for
the major and 320. Courses in earlyBAmerican
literature, Shakespeare and film are
recommended.
Speech: ( I ) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Group Leadership,
Interpersonal Communications, Argumentation,
Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative Reading or Stage
Direction
Library Science: 4 7 5 The High School Library:
Materials Selection and Guidance
In addition to field experience and student
teaching, as required by the Department of
Education, English Education majors will be
required to gain practical experience in the
teaching of writing, to be arranged through the
department chairperson.
Students interested in a teaching major are
encouraged to take courses toward their major
during the freshman and sophomore years,
enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term
of the sophomore year and apply for teacher
education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses of
study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an adviser in the
Department of Education.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 in the major and
3 . 0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 1 ) , including one
course in British literature, and either 21 9 or
320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9
and 320.
The English Department recommends but does
not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world literature
concentration. A student arranges a
concentration by careful selection of elective
courses in the major, by the design of an
independent study course that applies to the
concentration, and by the selection of some
related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 4 1 2 , 416; English 2 7 1 ,
3 3 1 , 3 3 2 , 3 3 6 , 3 3 7 , 3 6 7 , 3 6 8 , 423, 4 3 8
and sometimes 282, 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 .
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 2 2 1 , 222; American
Studies 2 3 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 5 0 , 3 5 1 , 3 6 7 ,
3 6 8 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491. A
student with an American literature
concentration should take some of the courses
listed under the American Studies major which
are selected from the offerings of several
departments at Augsburg.
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 ;
Philosophy 1 10, 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , 3 7 0 ; German 244;
French 2 4 3 ; Spanish 249; Scandinavian
Studies 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 7 1 ,
2 7 2 , 4 2 3 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491.
A student electing a concentration should work
closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses given at the other
cooperating colleges will often fit well into a
concentration. A student with a double major or
special program that involves considerable work
in the English department should also work
closely with an adviser in the English
department.
Enqlish 1 1 1 is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course or consent of the
instructor.
e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced
Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the
historical development of the film media. The
course includes the viewing and discussing of
both feature length and short films. See also
description under Speech, Communications and
Theatre Arts. (Spring)
245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama,
and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted
to developing critical and analytical skills in
reading and writing about literature. Strongly
recommended for English majors.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works
of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism.
Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
(Fall, Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE:
HOMER TO DANTE
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in a variety of writing specializations. The focus
of each course will shift from term to term,
A study of major works of Greek and Roman
literature, for example the epics of Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles,
and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural
background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance.
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval to the modern
period. (Fall or Spring)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE
-
A studv of modern Enalish viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student
an introduction to structural linguistics and a
view of the development of the English
language.
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature. Special
emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature. (Fall,
Spring)
367 MODERN POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets
and schools of criticism. Discussion may
include the poetry and aesthetics of the
Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics,
Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black
Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional
Poets, and other contemporary movements.
(19 76- 77)
While the primary study of the course will be
the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable
attention will be given to the medieval literary
milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval
poetry, romance, and drama will be examined.
(Alternate years, 19 76- 77)
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century.
(Alternate years, 19 76- 77)
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
388 LITERARY CRITICISM
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78)
A course designed to introduce students to the
various ways in which modern literary critics
have approached the problem of analyzing and
evaluating literature. Students will study the
works of historical, pyschological, textual, and
archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply
such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78)
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or
three novels of the period. Relationships among
these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their
relationship to their own age and their lasting
contribution to the forms of poetry and prose.
(Spring)
368 MODERN DRAMA
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel in
England from its eighteenth century beginnings
up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will
be selected from the works of such authors as
Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions,
contributing to the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the twentieth century as the
dominant literary form.
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies,
histories, tragedies - with attention to the
development of Shakespeare's dramatic and
poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading
analysis. (Fall, Spring)
490, 491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
4 9 1 , a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of B or consent of department chairman.
Provides directed independent study in the
area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring)
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman: Ruth Aaskov
Chinese
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited for their
particular level of preparation. Basically,
placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college foreign
language. However, final placement is made
according to the results of a placement test
which may be taken at pre-registration time
after consultation with the department.
Students who register below their level may do
so, but only for a grade of PIN.
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
Course 3 1 1 is prerequisite to all upper division
courses.
Language majors must consult with department
for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and
minors must consult with the Department of
Education for program. Methods courses by
language are joint five-college offerings and
should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A
3 . 0 average in Advance Conv. - Comp. is a
departmental requirement for teaching majors.
MLA Competency Exam needed for
certification.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later than
early in the senior year. Requirements: 3 . 3 0
GPA in the major, 3 . 0 GPA overall, and honors
thesis demonstrating ability in independent
study for one course credit. Consult
department chairperson for details.
111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II
Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive
practice in the basic structures and vocabulary
of the spoken language, as well as with
Chinese characters and the written language.
In the second semester, use of the spoken
language is in conjunction with graded cultural
readings using Chinese characters. (Offered
19 76- 7 7 and alternate years.)
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II
For students with a knowledge of basic
Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of
vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the
spoken language are reviewed and intensively
practiced using cultural readings in Chinese
characters and, in the second.semester,
selections from contemporary Chinese history
and literature. (Prereq.: one year of collegelevel Mandarin Chinese or #. Alternate years.)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2 , including two
in conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 3 5 2 . Study in France strongly
recommended.
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. lnterim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study
Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
11 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no
previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system and basic sentence structures are
taught to enable understanding and expression
on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 1 1 1 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills, and
acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. (Spring, also Fall with sufficient
enrollment)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century French
literary readings and a grammar review, this
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. For those who have
studied most of the basic structures. Two
hours of laboratory work. (Fall)
21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Several modern literary works are explored with
the goals of communicating ideas and building
sufficient reading skills to pursue general
reading in French. Completes the review of
basic structures and more complex forms.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
sig~ificanceof these works. Sophomore
standing. Does not count toward a French
major or minor.
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Explores topics of current interest in both oral
and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and
facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments.
Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other
upper division courses.
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome
inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (On
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural
manifestations of their intellectual, political,
social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials.
In French. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 )
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their
contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French.
(Alternate years. Spring, 19 7 7)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish
350)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT
Major representative works of French literature
read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
A survey of the major literary creators of the
Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
French intellectual, social and ethical currents
reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay,
theater, early novel, letters and other prose
forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory work in French. Required of all
majors. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On
demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and
the literature of ideas that led to new forms and
emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall 1975. Offered
alternate years.)
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in
French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry,
medieval works, Romanticism). Student
presentations in French. For advanced
students. (See also lnterim offerings. Prereq.:
352, 3 5 4 or 3 5 5 . Offered on demand)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers
required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser)
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including the
novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and
criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Fall 1 9 7 6 and
alternate years)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest
the student acquires extensive training in the
four skills at an advanced level. Attention to
accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic
levels of expression, refinements in style and
organization as individual needs indicate.
Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Spring 1 9 78 and alternate
years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
3 1 1 and 41 1 , lnterim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1 . lnterim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
111, 11 2, BEGINNING GERMAN
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust,
Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution
of this genre in theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. On demand)
452 FRENCH DRAMA
A study of French plays that shows the
Course 1 1 1 is for students with no previous
background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had
1 1 1 or equivalent or less than two years of
high school German. Aims at developing basic
skills. Classroom practice in speaking,
understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability to read extended narratives in
simple German, insights into German culture
and participation in short conversations.
Laboratory materials available. (1 11 Fall,
Spring. 112 Spring; also Fall with sufficient
enrollment)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high
school) of previous German. Aims at developing
basic skills into working knowledge of German.
Review of basic structures with emphasis on
extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary German
life and literature. ( 2 1 1, Fall. 2 1 2 , Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements
are read and discussed in English. The
readings are considered not only in the
particular context of German cultural history,
but also discussed in terms of their relevance
to perennial human problems. Credit for this
course does not apply to the major or minor in
German.
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility in the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common in
colloquial German. Intensive practice in
speaking is supplemented with exercises in
written composition. (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and
social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European
origins (ca. 3 , 0 0 0 B.C.) to the Thirty Years
War (1 6 4 3 ) , with emphasis on the impact of
Roman civilization, the re-emergence of
German cultural self-awareness during the
Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German.
(Spring 19 7 7)
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of
Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking peoples. In
German. (Alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish
350)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th
CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation,
Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Extensive readings and discussions
in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, supplemented by lectures on the
history of German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class discussions help to
improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (On demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th
CENTURY
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland,
poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism.
The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual
and the rise of materialism, technology and
mass man. Readings in German. Class
discussions help to improve students' ability to
deal with concepts and express themselves in
German. (On demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th
CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals
of our time. Writers of international stature are
discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht.
Readings in German with class discussions are
designed to aid students' self-expression in
German. (Fall, 19 76)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Spring 19 78 and alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic
genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Offered Spring 1 9 76)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the
drama. (Spring 1 9 7 7)
Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall 1 9 76)
Norwegian
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1
and two of 331 , 353, 41 1 , plus one course
under Scandinavian Area Studies.
For the teaching minor: 31 1 , 331, 353, 41 1
plus required education courses, including
special methods.
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in
Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics,
additional courses under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
111, 11 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Greek
See instructor for supporting courses at
Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature,
linguistics, which can apply toward classics
concentration in cooperation with Macalester
College.
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress
on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work expected. ( 1 1 1 , Fall. 11 2 ,
Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
11 1, 112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, with special emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and
into Greek. ( 1 1 I Fall, 11 2 Spring)
I
I
21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion
of vocabulary and development of reading skills
through selections from the New Testament
and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers,
historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing
and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or
#. Fall)
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS
An introduction to linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles
and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics. (Inquiry into the mechanics of
language learning and the structure of the mind
as revealed in language.) Theoretical questions
will be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite.
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian
used as basis for class discussion and
exercises. Laboratory work and some field
experience expected. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or
equivalent. Fall)
31 1 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages
of Norway. (Prereq.: 2 1 2 or equivalent. Some
laboratory work and field experience required.
Offered 1 9 77 Interim)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
This study of Norwegian cultural history will
include significant aspects of the contemporary
Norwegian society. Through extensive readings
(in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogenous population of
Norway will be examined. Written and oral
reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work. (Prereq.
3 1 1 or #. Offered Fall 19 77 and alternate
years.)
standing, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is arl
integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 11 2 ,
Spring)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian
literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending
back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given
to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written
reports are in the Norwegian language.
(Prereq.: Norw. 2 1 1 or equivalent. Offered
Spring, 19 77. Alternate years)
41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written
Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical
development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or f. Spring 19 78)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1,
4 5 6 or 457, 41 1, two of 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 5 4 .
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1,
3 3 1 or 3 3 2 , and one course in literature.
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, another language, Pre-Colombian
civilization, Latin-American Area Studies.
Consult department for other supporting
courses in humanities.
1 1 I, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills: under-
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
1 12 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class
discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in
this course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred.
31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility.
Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work.
(Prereq.: 21 2 or equivalent. This course is a
prerequisite for all upper-division courses. Fall)
31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Systematic study of the refinements of
grammatical usage. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through its
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Spring, 19 78)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
AND CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the Pre-Colombian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish.
(Prereq.: 3 11 or 2 12, with consent of
instructor. Spring 19 77 and alternate years.)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports
in the language. (On demand)
A first course in the theory and practice of
literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature,
literary genres, and different approaches to
literary analysis. In the practical component, the
class will divide into small groups according to
foreign language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of foreign literature
in the language. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
2 12 or #. Offered Spring 19 77)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of Spanish
literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral
reports in the language. (352, Fall, 1978. 353,
Fall, 1977)
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness
of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Spring 19 78. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the
Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Spring 19 78)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Offered 19 77. Alternate
years)
An introduction to Spanish-American literature.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar.
At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course
(either survey or upper level) from each of the
four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern
Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the
regular history major a social science major
with history emphasis is also available. See
"Social Science" in this catalog. Students
wishing to become certified teachers see
"Education Department" in this catalog and
consult with Education Department faculty for
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 6 in the major and
3 . 0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of
the junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 3 0 0 ) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in sequence.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1 200s. (Fall, Spring)
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the last
2 0 0 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or
study on topics not covered in the scheduled
courses. The proposed study must be
approved by the directing faculty member and
the chairperson of the department before
registration. A maximum of one course in
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.
history (excluding foreign policy; see History
3 3 2 ) . The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration. (Fall)
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations;
immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the
Twin Cities; economic and political
development. Primary emphasis will be on the
late 19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring)
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND
GREECE TO 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East
from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in
the arts and sciences and political institutions
(Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise
of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts
and sciences and Rome's contributions in law
and the political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 7- 7 8 )
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions by the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 )
399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division students
majoring in history. See department chairman.
41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history, (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state.
Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of
modern science and its effect on intellectual
history. The chronological boundaries may be
listed as 1 5 6 0 - 171 4. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 )
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities
in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th
century, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples, The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(SPrin g)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of Japan as a
major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study
of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era,
modernization factors since 1 8 6 8 , interaction
and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century. (Spring 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 )
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's
fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be
on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last
fifty years. (Fall, 1 9 77- 7 8 )
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to
individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments in this
area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist
movements and the process of decolonization
will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 781
Geography
114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN
WORLD
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium war of 1 8 3 9 . The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall)
An introduction to the basic concepts of
geography through an emphasis on the
historical development of the Mediterranean
World and the role of geography in the human
exploitation of the region. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 and
alternate years)
Interdisciplinary Studies
357 FIELD EXPERIENCE
lectures on Scandinavian Life and Institutions,
aimed at facilitating the students' studies of life
and learning in Urban Scandinavia.
The student works in a community agency or
institution. Reports and logs required.
373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY
BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA
358 SEMINAR: READINGS IN URBAN
STUDIES
A review of current literature on urbanism,
Seminar discussions.
This interdisciplinary core course in urban
studies is offered for 14 weeks. It examines
the extent, the nature, and the processes of
urbanization taking place in contemporary
Scandinavia and the changing settlement
patterns and community developments that
were associated with it.
Minneapolis Urban Studies Term
359 SEMINAR: CITY OF MINNEAPOLIS
An overall view of the city as a political,
economic, social system.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
372 ORIENTATION TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE
AND CULTURE
This course includes a two-week intensive
language study coupled with a series of
396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
This is the second core urban studies course.
In addition to the study of the housing
developments themselves, this course pays
close attention to the policies, the structures,
the processes and character of the
comprehensive social planning integrally related
to the housing programs.
Department of Math
Chairman: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5,
224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher certification, courses
351, 373, 441 must be included. Students
wishing to become certified teachers are
advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must
include advanced study in areas of Analysis,
Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA
AND TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations,
ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric
functions. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics in finite mathematics including linear
programming, probability, and statistics with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. (Fall)
the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes
the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics.
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
Differential and integral calculus of a single
variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. (Spring)
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures
of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: 2 15. Fall)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall;
125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction to the structure of mathematical
systems and math models which have had a
primary historical impact on the other liberal
arts. Primarily for students not intending further
study of mathematics. No course credit will be
given to mathematics majors or minors. (Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of
instructor)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean spaces,
transformations, sequences and series of
functions, improper integrals, differential forms
and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.:
224, 324, Spring; 325, Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation
methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 19 78,
offered alternate years)
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities,
expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, regression and tests of
hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
215 LINEAR ALGEBRA
399 INTERNSHIP
A study of vector spaces, linear
tran~f~rmations,
the algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with
applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations
with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq.:
3 14, 324. Spring 1 9 77, offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics in real and complex
analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability,
statistics, and computer science. (Prereq.:
3 14, 324, or consent of instructor. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL
PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods. COBOL
and non-scientific applications of FORTRAN.
Primarily for students in non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Spring. Computer Fee: $30.00)
245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC
PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer languages and
methods. Machine language and FORTRAN.
Materials primarily from science areas. Does
not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Prereq.: Mathematics 1 2 5 .
Computer Fee: $30.00 Fall)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL
METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems
and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit may be
granted towards a mathematics major or minor.
(Prereq.: Computer Science 2 4 5 or consent of
instructor. Fall. Laboratory Fee: $30.00)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent
depending on the hospital with which the
student plans to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 11 1,
11 2 and two additional upper division (usually
3 6 7 and 4 7 6 ) ; 2) Chemistry: 105, 1 0 6 (or
11 5 , 1 16), 2 2 3 (or 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) , 3 2 5 .
Metro-Urban Studies
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 1 20; Political
Science 122; Pyschology 3 7 3 ; Sociology
1 1 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; plus a
minimum of one course of internship and/or
independent study.
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 1 0 2 ; Biology 1 1 0 ;
Business Administration 131 ; Computer
Science 2 4 5 ; Education 478; English 3 5 1 ;
History 431 ; Psychology 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ;
Religion 3 6 0 ; Speech 3 4 2 ; others, including
interims, internships, and independent studies,
by approval of the Director and the Advisory
Council.
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors
(such as business administration, business
education, history, political science,
psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The
following core courses are required for the
Concentration: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Sociology I 1 1 ; Sociology 381 ;
an approved Social Science Research course;
an approved internship andlor independent
study.
Other Urban Studies options available through
the Higher Educational Consortium in Urban
Affairs (HECUA):
1 . Metropolitan Urban Studies Term (MUST)
A "semester in the city" program focused
upon the Twin City metro area.
2. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
A "semester in the city" located at the
University of Oslo and focused upon
Scandinavian Urbanization and city planning.
Other electives in Urban Studies can also be
taken at other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
For further information on these electives
through HECUA and ACTC, and for planning
either a major or minor in Metro-Urban Studies,
consult the director of the program.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robert Karlen
MAJOR: 1 2 courses: 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224,
260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 or 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 or
3 7 5 , 457, 458, 4 years of Performance
Studies, 2 years in a music organization;
Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and
3 music repertoire tests.
TEACHING MAJOR: 1 1 courses: 101, 102,
223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458,
two of 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 375; 3 years of
Performance Studies; 2 years in a music
organization; Performance Workshop; piano
proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests.
Consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 courses plus 4
years of Performance Studies with double
periods in the last two years; 2 years in a
music organization; Performance Workshop;
piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): Music 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223,
224, 260, 261, 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , or 3 6 5 , 457, 476,
or 350; 3 years of Performance Studies
including organ and voice; Performance
Workshop; piano and guitar proficiency; Music
Therapy 3 6 0 , 382, 383, 3 9 5 , 3 9 9 , 435,
495; Psych. 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 , and one of 264, 3 5 1 ,
352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of
11 1 , 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in physical
education (folk dancing recommended);
elective in speech (Speech 1 1 6
recommended). Eligibility for application for
certificationlregistration with the National
Association for Music Therapy is made possible
upon satisfactory completion of a six-month
internship in an NAMT approved institution, in
addition to the above degree program in Music
Therpy.
MINOR: 5 courses; 101, 1 0 2 , 260, or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests.
Attendance at all Performance Workshops
during the year of Performance Studies and 8
campus recitals also required.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they ( I ) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by
attendance at concerts both on and off
campus; the performing organizations; the
creation andlor promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; ( 2 ) have earned a GPA of at least
3.0 in music courses; and (3)apply for the
Honors Program at the beginning of the second
term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for
vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less
than 1 5 minutes duration and either a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty
committee or a solo recital of graduate quality;
(3) a senior thesis and its defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate
quality.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 4 ,
260, 2 6 1 , 354, 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 3 8 2 , 3 9 5 , 4 3 5 ,
457, 4 7 6 or 3 5 0 , 495; 3 years of
Performance Studies; Performance Workshop;
piano proficiency; Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 ;
Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 1 1 1 ,
121, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 375; plus recreational music
and electives in physical education,
psychology, art, English, religion, foreign
languages; and speech, communication and
theater arts. Eligibility for application for
certificationlregistration with the National
Association for Music Therapy is made possible
upon satisfactory completion of a six month
internship in an NAMT approved institution, in
addition to the above degree program in Music
Therapy.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260, or 261,
4 5 8 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and two music repertoire
tests. Attendance at 8 performance workshops
and campus recitals also required.
Students intending to major in Music or Music
Therapy must declare their intent not later than
the end of their Freshman year, or at the
completion of Theory 1 0 2 .
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 1 0 2 .
Performance Workshop and Recital
Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student
recitals is required of sophomore, junior and
senior music majors. Music minors must attend
8 faculty and student recitals as well as all
Performance Workshops during the year of
their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is required
of majors during either the junior or senior year,
except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors
are required to pass three Music Repertoire
tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire
tests. Information regarding the test may be
secured from the Music Office.
Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8
terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2
terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double
lessons throughout the last 4 terms. Major in
Music Therapy: 7 terms.
Performing Organizations Requirements: All
majors: 2 years; minor, one year.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and
minors are required to pass a piano proficiency
examination by the end of the sophomore year.
Confer with department regarding specific
requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given
required lessons in the area of his
concentration without extra cost. The total of
Performance Studies credits earned under this
provision may not exceed four terms of weekly
half-hour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College
as a Music major must, before registration and
acceptance into the major program, ( 1 ) take a
placement test in music theory, and ( 2 ) sing or
play representative pieces recently studied in
his or her area of applied music concentration.
This may be done immediately before
registration or earlier when convenient.
Transfer students must pass the Piano
Proficiency test by the end of their first term in
Augsburg.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. (Fall)
Music Theory is an integrated course extending
over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical
theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel,
rather than sequentially. (1 0 1, 223, Fall, 102,
224, Spring)
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
458 CONDUCTING
The development of music through the study of
selected works of great composers from each
period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships
between music and the other fine arts. For the
non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music
for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. (Alternate years)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
457 CONDUCTING
476 ORCHESTRATION
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to
advanced students upon approval of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Music Therapy
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of the music of the
110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSlC THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in the
surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions. This will be an introductory course
for the freshmen and sophomores who may be
considering music therapy as a major. This
course will give the students a broad
background in the many and varied ways in
which music is used as a therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSIC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings.
(Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and
response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process and
development of an experimental research
project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC II
Implementation of group and individual research
projects, emphasis on music in a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music,
musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSIC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates with music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to
all students. For statement of fees, see under
Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in piano taken after the piano
proficiency examination has been passed
may be applied toward the music major or
minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and
articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass
Instruments, String Instruments,
Percussion Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS
Full-time placement in an internship setting
approved by the National Association for Music
Therapy for six months. This is started after
completion of the senior year and is necessary
for registration by the NAMT.
The musical organizations exist not only for the
benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to
participate in groups affording opportunity for
musical expression. Membership for the full
year required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a
week, six terms. No credit.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for public
performance. Acquaints students with a
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to 65
singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band,
Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble,
Woodwind Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 7 9 .
Students now entering college should be alert
for changes in requirements after July 1,
1 9 79).
MAJOR: A total of 1 2 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 11 1 , 1 1 2.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from
the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105, 1 0 6 , or ( 1 15, 1 16 ) , and
3 5 3 are required. In order to complete the total
of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 2 2 3 and 3 6 1 ; or 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ; or
3 5 1 and 3 6 1 .
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 1 2 1 , 122, 2 4 5 are
required; two additional courses to be chosen
after consultation with a member of the Physics
Department.
Early consultation with adviser is
recommended.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a
number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools to
which he or she intends to apply. Early
consultation with a premedical adviser is
recommended.
MAJOR: 1 3 courses including Biology 1 1 1 ,
11 2, 4 9 1 or 492, and 2 upper division biology
courses; Chemistry 1 15 , 1 16 or (10 5 , 10 6 ) ,
351 , 3 5 2 , and Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , or 1 2 4
and 1 2 5 ; and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
Nursing
Chairman: Donna Peterson
Augsburg offers a second-step program in
nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree with a major in nursing. For admission
to the program, a student must have completesd
an associate degree or a diploma program in
nursing, with a minimum overall grade point
average of 2.3, and have a current license to
practice nursing in the state of Minnesota, or
be preparing to sit for the state board
examinations prior to enrolling. Nursing
students are expected to complete course
work in: Introductory sociology, introductory
psychology, English composition, inorganic
chemistry, organic chemistry, anatomy and
physiology, and microbiology at accredited
institutions of higher education. Students
enrolling without course work in these areas, or
having taken course work at non-accredited
institutions, are expected either to test out of
the courses or to take the required course
work before undertaking the last year of the
program.
MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing, including 3 0 1 ,
302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402,
and two of the following: 420, 421; or 425,
426. Speech 354, Interpersonal
Communications, is also required in addition to
the sociology, psychology, English, chemistry,
and biology listed above.
301, 302,401,402 NURSING SEMINAR
I, 11, Ill, IV
Discussions designed to facilitate the student's
progress throughout the nursing program and
to assist in career-goal attainment. One course
credit granted on completion of all four
seminars.
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Lecture courses which focus on the
investigation and application of the concepts
and principles of health promotion, health
maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and
rehabilitation to nurse-clientifamily relationships
in the community setting. Emphasis is placed
on involving the student in health teaching and
counseling activities with individuals and
families.
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Lecture, laboratory course which is an
extension of Nursing 31 0 .
nurse and the trends and issues evolving in
contemporary nursing practice.
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the
development of skills in comprehensive history
taking and physical examination which assist
the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families.
350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING
RESEARCH
Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic
research as applied to nursing. Students are
involved in designing, implementing, and
evaluating research projects.
420,421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC
NURSING
Seminarilaboratory courses in which the
student explores in depth a chosen area of
study and develops expertise in the selected
area of practice. Opportunities are available
which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop
behavioral objectives, select learning
experiences, and work cooperatively and
collaboratively with preceptor, instructor,
agencies and clients/families in initiating
complex nursing care. (Prereq.: 3 10, 3 1 1 ,
3 2 0 , and 325).
320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP
IN NURSING
425,426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN
DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current
leadership responsibilities of the professional
For course description see 420, 421.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,
343, and 344.
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy
Honors program is by recommendation of
the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year. The
program will consist of an honors thesis on an
approved topic of the student's choice,
involving research above the course level, and
a defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Courses 1 1 0 , 120, and 1 3 0 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS AND METHOD
Though each person has his own set of ideas
and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. The major
function of the course is to enable you to
develop the critical and analytical skills required
to evaluate and construct a system of ideas
and beliefs. (Fall, Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right
or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is
right? Because you like it? Are there better
reasons for thinking something right or wrong?
This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the
moral judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt
to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore
the worship of the world and the individual in
the Renaissance and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists, (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with ex~erience?What can we reallv know
about the world? What impact did oma antic ism
have on philosophy? This course studies the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV:
130 LOGIC
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then
says you must accept a particular conclusion.
Do you? When does a conclusion follow from
premises? Here we examine the rules which
govern valid arguments and work to develop
your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring)
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's
love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a
rigorous science? These and other issues are
dealt with in a study of the major
representatives of linguistic analysis,
pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring)
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
AND ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? How did
Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our
contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness
of God with human and animal suffering? Is man
really immortal? Are miracles possible? We
intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of
religious beliefs. (Spring, 1 9 7 9 )
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies
which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 )
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an individual be fully
human without it? How does language relate to
the world - can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the
mathematician and the scientist have a
language? Is it possible to have a language
which only one individual can understand? We
shall explore how philosophers have responded
to these and other important questions about
language. (Fall, 1 9 78)
Studies in such philosophical movements as
Analytic philosophy, American philosophy,
Phenomenology. Russian philosophy, etc.
(Suggested prior course: 3 4 4 )
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is
purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What
constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there
certain real questions which science cannot
answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition
to dealing with these questions, students will
work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Fall, 1 9 78)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and
literary - of prominent Existentialist authors
We will examine what it means to be a being-inthe-world, and explore such themes as
absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox,
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to problems
which arise in the areas of medical care and
delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for
the dying and euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes,
Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 2 4 1 ,
2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.)
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of
culture, political and legal philosophy, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses:
2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty
adviser.
Physical Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses
H.Ed. 11 1 P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 3 5 0 ,
351, 3 5 2 , 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
I 1 courses. 11 1 , 223, 231, 232, 243, 350,
351, 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472. Students wishing
to become certified teachers are advised to
consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: Physical Education 11 1 , 2 2 3 , 231,
232. 243, 3 5 0 , 351. 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472,
4 8 5 , 491, 495. Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 5 5 , 362.
Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy
major must be secured from Coordinator of
Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses.
11 1 , 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis
upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq.: Biology 1 0 3 . Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 1 10,
11 1, 350, 351, 360.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 6 courses, 11 1 ,
243, 350, 351, 482 and practicum in
coaching. (Practicum requires registration for
499, Independent Study)
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota public schools are
required to have at least a coaching
endorsement in the field of physical education
and athletics.
Physical Education
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
The major effects of exercises upon the
systems of the body. (Prereq. : Biology 1 0 3 .
Sprin g)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
Physical education for the exceptional child
with special reference to the analysis of
functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of physical education. Survey of basic
statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in
physical education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 . Spring)
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching
health and physical education at the secondary
and elementary levels. (Fall)
Three hours per week. Meets the general
education requirement. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
223 TEAM SPORTS
Consult department chairman.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating
team sports. (Fall)
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching individual and
dual sports. (Spring)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon hour activities, camp
nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq. : 2 4 3 , Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND
AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics,
stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety. Open only to majors
and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports - Swimming.
Fall)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention
and care of athletic injuries. (Spring)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or
senior only)
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq. : 3 50,
3 5 1 , 352. Summer School only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration
of neuromuscular re-education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 ,
35 1, 3 5 2 . Summer School only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at VA
Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge
State Hospital. Includes actual hospital
experience in the following four areas of
corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485, 4 9 1, and approval of
department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in the area of Physical
Health Education
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and the
community. (Fall)
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be
done for the abuses. Also includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Curriculum, organization and administration of
the school health program. (Offered alternate
years. Prereq.: 1 10. Fall, 19 77)
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 2 4 5 ,
3 5 1 , 3 6 2 and 3 9 5 plus three coursegabove
122. In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ,
and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 the freshman year, and
Mathematics 2 2 4 and 2 2 6 the sophomore
year.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and
three courses above 1 2 2 .
HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics
and 3 . 0 overall. An independent investigation
of a physics topic with an oral defense of the
written research report. Application for the
honors major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major.
Students are advised to refer to the Education
Department section of the catalog and consult
witti the Education Department early in their
planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of SPS provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in SPS is open to all students
interested in physics.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as
well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night
viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but
also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to
the life sciences. The course is designed to
serve students in biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs.
The course is also a very suitable elective or
distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour
laboratory. Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics,
fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent
registration. 1 2 1, Fall; 122, Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout.
Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an
introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122, Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms
of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion,
systems of particles, oscillatory systems,
central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems
and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures, Prereq. : 1 2 2 Mathematics 226,
351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour
lectures, Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226,
362, Fall; 363, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear and solid state physics. This course
indicates the need for, and develops the
experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall)
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring)
261 ELECTRONICS
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of
solid state diodes, transistors and integrated
circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures,
3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 1 2 2 or 103 plus
Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two
independent yet complementary viewpoints; the
experimental, macroscopic classical
thermodynamics and the theoretical,
microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 3 5 1, Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions,
expectation values, angular momentum, and
approximation methods. Specific problems
studied include potential wells and potential
barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq.:
245, 351, 352, Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to systematically
explore a problem in experimental or theoretical
physics, worked out in consultation with a
faculty advisor. Open to juniors and seniors
with departmental approval.
Political Science
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The major in Political Science will
consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics
(Sociology 3 6 5 ) : 121 or 1 2 2 or 1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ;
3 8 4 ; and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 areas*. A seminar in one
of the five areas may be counted for that area.
MINOR: The minor in Political Science will
consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 1 2 2 or
1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ; and at least 3 upper division
courses in 3 out of 5 areas*.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in
Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 2 . 7 5 over-all. The student must take an
Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than March 1 of the
senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students should
apply for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year. For specific
information, consult the Honors Adviser in the
department.
* The five areas are American Government and
Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis,
International Politics, Public Law, and Political
Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in
more than one area may be counted in only
one area toward major or minor requirements.)
General Education
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially
appropriate are Political Science 121 , 122,
158. 1 6 0 or 1 7 0 .
The Urban Requirement may be filled by
Political Science 1 2 2 , 3 4 2 or by an Internship,
Independent Study, or Seminar on an urbanrelated topic.
Students interested in secondary education
may take one of the three broad social science
options with a concentration in Political
Science. See the Department Chairman for
more information on these and pending options.
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS
The politics of American government including
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of
congressional, executive, and bureaucratic
policymaking; the contemporary structure of
federalism; and current issues in American
society.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #.
Offered on demand.)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political parties
in the lectoral process. Field work with political
parties and interest groups and media in
presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 2 1 or #,
Fall term of election years.)
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and
discussion of contemporary issues.
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including important
issues, actors, and structures influencing public
policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists. *
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation,
promotion and management, emphasizing
political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1
course in Political Science or #)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years).
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and
other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #)
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of elite and!or mass partipation
in the political system. (Offered on den:~nd.
Prereq.: #).
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including public
opinion research and political public relations. *
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism,
legalism, and realism in foreign policy.
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judical process, and policy
process in American politics; national, urban or
state focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of Communist
nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union
and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or #.)
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decision-
making, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years.)
conservative and liberal authors. The
contemporary search for political processes
and structures appropriate to human potentials
and limitations. (Offered alternate years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
382 MARXIST VISIONS:
PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process.
Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United
States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and
movements emphasizing Marxism as developed
in Russia and China. Consideration of the
political, social, and economic dimensions of
the theories, with some focus on the preferred
futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.:
158 or #. Offered alternate years.)
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional system,
emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases
involving the United States government and the
federal system. (Prereq.: One course in
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate
years.)
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding
political philosophers from Plato through the
eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of
their thought having continuing significance for
an understanding of contemporary political
issues and the problems of human society.
(Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II
Recent political philosophy and ideology.
including readings from individualist, anarchist,
socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic,
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological
and economic approaches to political study,
and a survey of the methods common to
empirical social science. (Prereq.: Social
Statistics; Political Science 158 or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship
Supervisor in the department to determine
project.
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics: Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq. :#)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Norman Ferguson
I
I
MAJOR: 10 courses. Additional supporting
courses from other departments will also be
required; Physics 103 is one of the required
courses. The major program is planned in
consultation with an adviser in the psychology
department and approved by the department
chairman. Required courses will include 105,
264, 265 and 493. Basic courses to include in
preparation for graduate study are 105, 264,
265, 355, 357, 359, 481, and at least one
course in Personality or Developmental
Psychology. The major program will include
105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the
freshman or sophomore year, 493 in the junior
or senior year. Beginning the Experimental
Psychology sequence (264-265) in the
freshman year is recommended. The overall
plan will be directed toward a basic
understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational, and professional interests and goals
of the individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by
the beginning of the junior year. The plan,
which may indicate one or more electives in
psychology, should be completed early in the
sequence of psychology courses. Completion
of a written plan later than the beginning of the
junior year may delay graduation; early planning
is recommended.
Not more than a total of two courses from
among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted
toward the minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that this
restriction applies toward the minimum
requirement; the student may actually take
more such courses.
It is recommended that psychology majors take
some course work from among the following
courses: Biology 103, 1 1 1-112, 353, 355,
367, 473, 474, 481 ; Chemistry 103, 105106, 1 15-116, 223; Mathematics 1 14, 121 122; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics
261. It is recommended that students
interested in physiological psychology,
comparative psychology, psychological
measurement, or experimental psychology
include at least three of these courses in their
psychology major program.
MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more
than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may
be counted toward the minor.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average
over-all, and completion of a high quality
research project culminating the major program.
Application for honors consideration must be
made during the junior year. Please consult
department chairman for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior, and
research procedures associated with the study
A structure the field
psychology include psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation
in human and animal learning, problem solving,
social psychology, and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and
experimental design methodology. Experimental
Psychology I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Experimental Psychology II.
Majors in psychology must take both terms of
the two-term sequence; 264 must precede
2 6 5 ; 2 6 5 should be taken in the term
immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105, 2 6 4 ,
Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission.
Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the
time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical
implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq. : 105, Fall)
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior
of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases
used for building understanding of and
appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data
and theory have for the development of persons
in the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq.: 35 1, Spring)
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture,
laboratory, and discussion regarding the
fundamentals of neuroanatomy,
neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis will be given to interactions of the
central nervous system with environmental
events including the effects of drugs on
behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in
biology; two courses in biology are
recommended, Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide
variety of species from lower animals
(invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with the
environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105, Spring)
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and
environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq. : 10 5 , Fall, Spring)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement,
interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105, Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideration of
theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105, Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders.
Consideration of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or
3 6 1, Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL:
FEMALE AND MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and
goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data
bearing on these differences. (Does not count
toward Natural Science General Education
requirement.) (Prereq.: 105 or consent of
instructor.)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of
individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality;
exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 1 0 5 ,
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology. (Does not
count toward Natural Science General
Education requirement.)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult with the
departmental internship coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register.
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology. (Prereq..
2 courses. Offered alternate years)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given to
goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN
PSYCHOLOGY
Study of selected areas and topics within
psychology that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific
topics will be published prior to registration.
(Prereq.: 1 0 5 and consent. Fall, Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal issues.
Consideration of the approaches and methods
of behavioral science in relation to the study of
such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student
must present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and
purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 3 5 6 ,
481 and also including a seminar especially for
majors to be taken in the junior or senior year.
Only one interim course may be applied to the
major. One upper division New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered 361 - 3 6 3
and one from those numbered 471 - 4 7 5 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 2 5 in the major
and 3 . 0 0 over-all: research project approved
by the department and a colloquium with the
department.
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim
course may be counted to the minor. Religion
11 1 or 221 are prerequisite to'all other
courses.
The Minnesota State Department of Education
does not at this time certify a Religion major or
minor. In order to prepare for teaching about
religion in public schools the student should
work closely with the Religion Department in
designing a program which includes: (a) a major
in an academic field which is certifiable for
elementary or secondary school teaching, and
(b) a Religion major with courses 3 5 6 , 3 6 0 ,
3 6 3 . 471. and 3 5 5 .
11 1 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian
doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of these
changes to the institutional church. (Fall)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
361 CHURCH FATHERS
The origin, literary character, and transmission
of the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OR RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy.
353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS
IN AMERICA
A study of the early Christian Church in the
context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the
development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions.
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several
early Christian leaders and a special unit on the
life and thought of Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of
the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
An introduction to the theological thought of the
Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century.
Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be
examined. The theological, as well as the
legal and educational implications will be
analyzed and discussed. (Spring)
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
(See under Department of Music)
A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to
the history of religion. An historical survey
beginning with pre-historic times and continuing
to the present of some of the major religious
traditions and forms of faith found in India,
China, and Japan (special attention will be
given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist,
Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose
of this survey is to introduce both the variety
and the continuity of these traditions and to
illuminate what they have meant or mean to
their participants, as well as their significance
to the rest of mankind.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and
the responses of religion to the challenges of
its environing culture.
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing
with their content, literary structure and
relationships. Attention to the vadety of
interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus."
(Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring 19 75-76)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD
TESTAMENT
the continuing theological task of the Christian
Church. (Spring)
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
(Spring 19 76- 77)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
475 JUDAISM
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as
expressed in the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological
and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions
of the church. (Fall)
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end
of the Old Testament period to modern times.
with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern
Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a
grant to Augsburg College in support of this
course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. (Spring)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
495 SEMINAR
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor.
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Scandinavian Area Studies
MAJCR: 8 upper division courses.
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to
Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language Department or
subdepartment regardless of their content
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural.
Students graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate
level study of a Scandinavian language.
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required.
The Old World background and use of
"America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land;
aspects of Norwegian-American culture.
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic communities in Minnesota.
(Offered Fall, 19 74- 75, soliciting students from
the community on a non-credit basis, as well as
regular college students either on an audit or
credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Lanugage majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered
alternate years. Fall, 19 76)
and other topics. Taught in English. Counts
toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when
readings and papers are done in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 19 7 5 )
372 ORIENTATdON TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE
AND CULTURE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs.
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 19 76)
373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY
BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs.
396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs.
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
360 EDDA AND SAGA
A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of
early Scandinavia, including Snorre's
Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas.
Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland.
Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology
495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON
EXPERIENCE
See under Department of History.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
This major is particularly designed for those
preparing for secondary school teaching in
social studies. The requirements for
certifications are in the process of being
changed. For those graduating after July 1,
1 9 7 9 a new "competency based" program will
be in effect. See Mr. Gisselquist, Social
Studies Education Adviser, or the Education
Department for further details. The Social
Science major is also recommended for others,
such as pre-law students who desire a broad
major in this area. This major consists of 1 4
courses, which may be earned in any one of
four distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of the
several component disciplines unless the
distribution selected in the Social Science
major is significantly different from the other
major.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses in history; a distribution of these
courses among the fields of American,
European, and Non-Western is encouraged at least 4 of these courses must be upper
division and one a seminar; 2 courses in
political science; 4 courses: 1 each in
geography, anthropology, economics, and
sociology; 1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences (Political Science 1 5 8 or 3 8 4 ,
Sociology 3 6 5 or 3 6 2 . 3 6 3 ; Economics 3 7 9
or 4 9 5 )
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384;
Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362, 363
or 365); and 4 additional electives; one each in
geography, anthropology, sociology, and
economics.
1 course in geography; 1 course in
anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses
in the methodology of the Social Sciences
(Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365
or 362, 363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other
courses in economics, political science, and
sociology, with at least 2 courses in each
discipline and at least 3 upper division courses;
1 additional upper division course in
economics, history, political science,
psychology or sociology.
For a Social Science major with a Non-Western
emphasis to meet the requirements of the State
of Minnesota for a high school teacher of the
social studies, there must be among the
courses taken at least 7 courses in history or
in political science, sociology, economics,
anthropology combined.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least 2 courses in
history and 2 courses in political science:
History 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Political Science 351, 353, 461, 363, 382,
495, 499; Religion 356; Philosophy 355.
1 course in each of geography, anthropology,
statistics; 11 courses in history, political
science, and economics, with at least 3 in
each discipline and at least 5 upper division
courses, to be selected from the following:
Political Science 158, 160, 350, 351 , 353,
461. 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103,
104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474,
495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499.
6 other courses including: History 103; one
course in the methodology of the social
Sociology and Social Work
-
Sociology
Chairman: Robert Grams
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 1 0 courses including
121, 362, 363, 375 and 485. Completion of
Graduate Record Examination in sociology.
[Highly recommended: a CHR course,
internship independent study or upper division
interim course in sociology.] This
recommendation is made in the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety of
learning models offered through the
department.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e,, 300 and above)
HONORS MAJOR: The student must have a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7
overall. Application for honors in sociology
candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis
proposal to Department Chairman before April 1
of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent
upon departmental approval of proposal by
April 3 0 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through
which work on thesis will be completed.
Honors degree in sociology will be granted to a
candidate if helshe successfully defends the
thesis before March 31 of senior year and
maintains GPA through graduation.
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilities of human community in the context
of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basic aspects of society; socialization, family
life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element in the way we see the
world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a
comparison of alternate realities as found in
different cultures and varying social contexts.
An analysis of selected aspects of U.S.
culture. (Fall, Spring)
300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS
IN SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Aubsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in
such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed,
and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together with
college students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending on needs and interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach.
Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of
quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical
analysis. Designed especially for political
science and sociology majors. Sociology
majors should take Soc. 3 6 3 the following
term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence.
Overview of commonly-used research designs
and measurement techniques. Applications for
program evaluations. Practice doing research
by way of class activities and individual
projects. To be taken immediately after Soc.
3 6 2 . (Prereq.: Soc. 3 6 2 or #. Spring.)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
AND PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview of methods of organizing,
comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data processing equipment
for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially
experimental designs and applications to
program evaluations. Designed for social work
majors, (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring)
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juvenile
justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections.
Major attention is focused on the causation and
prevention of crime and delinquency, and the
various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121.
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "gr.oupn, its
relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity"
and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at the
major assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the
ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic
Interaction", an important orientation in social
psychology, will be used as a way of dealing
with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.:
121 and Psych 1 0 5 . Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in
urban sociology; the metropolis as an ecosystem; metro-urban planning and policy
systems; major issues related to shaping the
future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan
area is utilized as an important learning
laboratory.
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status
and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of the
amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning
inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 1 2 1.
Spring)
The core program of Social Work begins in the
junior year, but all students are advised to take
Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores
unless exempted by the faculty.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for
students preparing for social work practice is
the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor
of Arts degree should be chosen only if the
student is not interested in a professional
social work position. Core program consists of
psychology 105, and either psychology 3 5 1
and 3 5 2 or sociology 3 7 5 ; sociology 1 2 1 ,
231, 3 6 5 , and 3 8 3 ; and social work 257
(optional and if available), 3 5 1 , 352, 3 5 3 , 461,
463, and 4 6 7 . Students may take up to 1 5
courses in the Department of Sociology and
Social Work. Re~ommendedcourses are: one
CHR; economics 122; political science 121 or
1 2 2 or 3 2 5 or 3 2 6 ; psychology 3 6 2 .
Specializations in social work are available by
appropriate selection of field experience and
selection of a course as follows: for Aging,
social work 372; for Corrections, sociology
373; and for a youth, sociology 2 5 5 (Summer
School).
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or Internship
Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the course
of their development in the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according
to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 12 1 and
permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director: Anthony R. Wagner
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS
DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose
the BA program unless there are definite plans not
to enter social work practice after graduation.
The core program consists of the same courses
as specified for the BS except that Sociology
231 is not required and only one of Social Work
461 or 4 6 3 is required. Students may take a
second major, but cannot take a Social Work
Specialization. A maximum of 1 3 courses in
Sociology and Social Work is allowed.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED
FOR PREPARATION FORGRADUATESTUDY
IN SOCIAL WORK:
Broad preparation in all areas of social science
with at least one course in each social science
is recommended if graduate training in social
work is considered. The following are highly
recommended: Economics 1 2 2 ; Political
Science (one or more) 121, 1 2 2 , 1 5 8 , 325,
and 3 2 6 ; Psychology 3 6 1 and 362; and
Sociology 241, 3 7 3 , and 3 7 5 .
SPECIALIZATIONS: One specialization may
be taken in the BS major. The department has capability of offering
specializations in Aging, Crime and Corrections,
and Youth. A specialization consists of one
Sociology course descriptive of dysfunctional
and programmatic aspects of the special area,
plus field work assignments in two senior year
Social Work courses in the area of
specialization. Completion of a specialization
sequence will be noted on the student's
transcript.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hourslweek as a volunteer in
a social agency or institution. Opportunity to
know social work professionals, social service
delivery systems, and career aspects of the
helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper report and weekly review
conferences. Especially recommended for
freshmen or sophomores. (Interim)
363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL
WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social
work practice with individuals and small groups;
development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Two class periods (a
lecture-discussion session and a laboratory
session) and 6 - 8 hours field experience per
week. (Prereq.: 3 6 1, Junior, Fall)
362 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
Seminars consisting of an introduction to social
policy formulation and analysis associated with
the delivery of services in selected areas of
social work practice. Examination of the
development and impact of policy in such areas
as mental retardation, chemical dependency,
youth, aging, and public welfare and social
security. Field experience of 1 6 hours per
week. (Prereq.: 36 1, and junior, or #. Interim)
361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects of the
various systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the role of social work in them. Special
emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions
and movements contributory to the rise of the
welfare state; description of the various
programs and services of the welfare system;
the profession of social work; exploration into
the future of welfare. Two class periods and 6 8 hours field experience per week. (Prereq.:
Junior, or #. Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS AND
SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK
Refinement of practice skills in direct service
social work through field practice, seminar
analysis, and regular class work. Examination
of the alternatives, modes and subrnethods in
social work. Some emphasis upon development
of an eclectic practice style. Attention to
professionalism and futurism in social work. 6 - 8
hours of field work, 2 hours lecture per week.
(Prereq. : 353 or #, Fall. NOTE: Corrections
specialists: Prereq. Soc. 3 73, or #, Spring.
Non-majors in this section 4 6 1 meet one extra
class period per week.)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 )
surveyance of historical forms of social change,
2) understanding the basic issues and
strategies relevant to social protest and
change, 3 ) examination of the structure,
function and dysfunction of various community
organizations and other corporate and political
systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential
principles and techniques of organizing. (Fall)
467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL
WORK
Responsibilities assigned as a professional
social worker in selected social welfare agency
with arranged reflective seminars. (Prereq.:
46 1 or 4 6 3 and major.)
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in
the major, 3 . 0 0 over-all, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive
examinatiqn in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior year.
Courses 11 6 and 4 7 6 are strongly
recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Communication Arts
COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 3 4 2 , 3 5 1 or 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 9 9 and
English 21 9. Supporting courses required but
not counting toward the major: Speech 1 1 1 ;
Philosophy 130: Psychology 105; Sociology
1 1 1 , 3 7 5 . Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different
emphases - journalism, advertising and public
relations, radio-television-film, human relations,
and supervisory management. Program guides
for each area are available from the Department
Chairman or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action
plan. Freshmen should take Speech 1 1 1 ,
Psychology 1 0 5 , Sociology 11 1 , and
Philosophy 1 3 0 .
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses.
SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved
by department.
English minor, preferably a major. The
communications major or minor does not qualify
one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0
courses, including 1 1 1 , 241 or 243, 3 5 1 or
3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 . Participation in
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 1 1 1
and six of the following: 241 or 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 or
3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 and participation in
forensics.
11 1 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art.
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM
See under Department of English.
225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II
See under Department of Art.
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See under Department of English.
242 FILM-MAKING
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
An introduction to commercial television with an
emphasis on the director's role; some emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting,
casting, and lighting. (Fall, Spring)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
and communication. (Fall)
See under Department of Political Science.
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Selected topics in speech and communication,
with emphasis on the use of primary sources
and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical
work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and
communications. (Spring)
Theater Arts
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , 228. 232. 3 6 0 , 361 ,
366, 467. A course in cinema arts and 2
courses in drarntic literature may be counted
toward a theater arts major. This major should
be supported by an English minor or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and
help to overcome communication barriers.
(Spring)
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND
DISCUSSION
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors involved in effective group
functioning. (Fall)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts majors:
Experience is required in four out of the five
following areas: acting, set construction and
painting, lighting and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in
dramatic productions during all four years.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0
courses, including 11 1 , 116, 228, 232, 241
or 243, 3 6 0 , 361, 366, 4 6 7 , 476 or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
476
SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech An introduction to
principles and methods of speech correction.
f SP rin g)
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 11 1 , 228, 232, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , one of the
following: 241 , 243, 4 7 6 , and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 366.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 1 2 courses. 11 1 . 228, 232, 241
or 2 4 3 , 351 or 355, 3 5 2 , 354. 360. 3 6 1 ,
3 6 6 , 467, 476 or a voice and diction course,
and participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a
minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
361 THEATER HISTORY
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for
elementary and secondary school teachers and
recreation leaders. (Fall)
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall)
228 STAGECRAFT
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper
division students only. (Spring)
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Fall)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
399 INTERNSHIP
232 ACTING
Consult Department Chairman for details.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by
combining appropriate portions of two majors
may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The
Transdisciplinary Major enables students to
respond to a particular career interest. While
such an individually developed major may
satisfy the particular interests of a student,
broad majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary
Major are to observe the following:
a. The major program should include at least
two-thirds of the courses required in the
normal major programs of two major fields
offered at the college;
b. The student should design, and sign, a
contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year; (the contract
forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1975-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,906
Summer Session, 1976. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 0
Summary of Graduates
Graduates, 1870-19 7 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,315
Graduates, 1976 (August 31, 1975-May 18, 1976) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Faculty
RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970. University of
Wisconsin (French), Department Chairman
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1 9 4 7 ,
Northwestern University
BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 5 4 , Northwestern University,
Department Chairman
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D,
1 9 6 2 , Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 , University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET ANDERSON, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1 9 4 2 , Luther Theological Seminary;
L.L.D. 1 9 6 3 , Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972. University of Minnesota
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 0 , University of Minnesota
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
*MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct Instructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1 9 4 8 , Northwestern
University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program,
M.S.W. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1 9 7 0 , Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Indiana University, (Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
*RANDALL CASPER, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1 9 7 6 , Augsburg College
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 5 , University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 2 9 , The Hartford Seminary
TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California - Santa
Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Iowa (Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMIN COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Adjunct Instructor in Norwegian, M.A. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 0 , University of Minnesota
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 ,
Duke University
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Arizona State
University, Department Chairman
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota
*JOHN ECKBERG, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), M.M. 1 9 7 3 , Catholic University of
America
'EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1 9 5 6 , Manhattan School of Music
MARK ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 6 , University of Minnesota
*ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 0 , Colorado State
University, Department Chairman
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , Northwestern University
NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairman
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949,
University of Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , Penn State University
MARK FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
STEPHEN M . GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Chicago
BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Executive Assistant to the President and Director of Planning, Ph.D.
1 9 6 8 , University of Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968. University of Minnesota
*STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Communications
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women
*JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , Southern Illinois University
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota
*DEBORAH SUE HANSEN, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1 9 7 3 , Augustana College
LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 5 0 , New York University
MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1 9 6 1 , William Mitchell College of
Law (Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 0 , The Hartford Seminary Foundation
*KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1 9 5 6 , University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 6 2 , University of Iowa (Sculpture)
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 5 4 , University of Minnesota
*CARLA HOWERY, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , St. Olaf College
ERVIN INNIGER, Instructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities,
M.S. 19 7 5 , St. Cloud State University, (Head Basketball Coach)
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 6 , University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Assistant to the Dean and Director of Summer School, M.A. 1 9 4 7 , University
of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Washington
GLEN W . JOHNSON, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, B.S.E. 1 9 5 2 , University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1 9 5 9 , Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1 9 5 8 , Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D.
1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of
Minnesota, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , Columbia University (French)
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 , University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959. University of Minneosta, (Director
of Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 4 1 , University of Minnesota
ALVIN KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University
of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
"ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn)
BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota
*ROY H. LA FAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, M.S. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota
PAMELA S. LARSON, Instructor in Nursing, M.S. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass)
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1 9 5 1 , University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 ,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of Minnesota
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Nebraska
*ANN MEISSNER, Associate Professor of Nursing, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Wisconsin, M.P.H.
1 9 6 9 , University of California - Berkeley
DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota
(Organ, Piano)
ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1 9 7 1 , University of Kansas (Music
Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota
*HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Wisconsin
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L1.D. 1 9 4 4 , University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
'JON E. MONDA, Lecturer in Music Education, B.Mu.Ed. 1 9 6 5 , Mac Phail College of Music
CAROL MORK, lnstructor in Education, M.A.T. 1 9 6 9 , Reed College
*GEORGE MOUDRY, Lecturer in Sociology. M.S.W. 1 9 5 8 , Catholic University
ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 8 , University of Minnesota
*R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 ,
University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of Chicago
RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota
*GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota (American Studies)
NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , Indiana University,
Department Chairman
'CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1 9 6 3 , Boston University
JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, B.A., 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota
WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of
Minnesota (German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D, 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of
Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M S. 1 9 6 3 , University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 5 , University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 6 , Marquette University,
Department Chairman
*DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1 9 6 8 , University of Cincinnati,
Department Chairman
LA VONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 5 3 ,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 9 , University of
Minnesota
"ALICE PREVES, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1 9 6 4 , University of Illinois - Urbana
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 5 2 , University of Minnesota
PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 5 8 , Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , Northwestern
University
STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Exeter
(England)
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1 9 6 5 , Gettysburg College D.Mus. 1 9 6 5 ,
Lakeland College, (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 6 4 ,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
*IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1 9 4 3 , University of Illinois,
and M.A, 1 9 6 1 , University of Minnesota
*DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1 9 6 2 , University of Heidelberg (Germany)
*DANA SKOGLUND, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Piano), B.M. 1975, Augsburg College
*EMMA SMALL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Voice)
*NANCY SOLI, Assistant Volleyball Coach, B.A. 1 9 7 5 , Augsburg College
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1 9 6 6 , Augsburg College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
*CARROLL I. STEIN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University
of Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska
*MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct Instructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Brass), M.M.Ed., 1964, University of
Minnesota
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 5 8 , University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Wisconsin,
Department Chairman
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1 9 3 4 , American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1 9 2 7 , American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota (MetroUrban Studies)
ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of SociologylSocial Work, M.S.W. 1 9 7 3 , University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist-in-Residence (Flute), B.A. 1 9 3 8 , Macalester College
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , Bowling Green State University
PERSONNEL
ADMINISTRATION
President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Assistant to the President. . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collegepastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oscar A. Anderson
Bruce Gildseth
Lowell Brandt
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Auxiliary Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager,IceArena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assistant Manager, Ice Arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GroundsSupervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Burton P. Fosse
Wayne Pederson
Eugene Ecklund
Carl Stromer
Douglas P. Wasko
Robert Gores
Herald Johnson
Charles Gerster
Mildred Nelson
Therese Morrison
Michael Walgren
James Carey
Joseph Roberts
Edwin Hovey
Dennis Easley
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Deanofthecollege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . .
AssistanttotheDean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadLibrarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Audio Visual Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FineArtsManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charles Anderson
F. Mark Davis
Mildred Joel
Beverly Wegge
Marjorie Sibley
James Olson
Louise McColl
Cynthia Mandl
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Institutional Advancement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OfficeManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glen W. Johnson
Sigvald Hjelmeland
Donald A. Christenson
Jeroy Carlson
Irene Steenson
a
.
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Coordinator of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Darralu Lindholm
Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stella Rosenquist
Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pat Mattos
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Transfer Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David Benzel
Jennifer Harvey
Kathryn Lange
Raymond Dahlof
Leslie Samuelson
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni
Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . Tod Hanson
Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pat Olsson
Director of Student Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joel Mugge
Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder
Head Resident, Mortensen and Director of Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . Debra Bergh
........................
..................................
.........................
................ .
..........
Academic Administration
27
Academic Life.................................
-12
Accreditation
7
Administration .................................
97
Admission to the College
22
Advanced Placement
23
AdvancedStanding ............................. 2 3
American Studies
32
Anthropology
.84
Art. Department of
-3-2
Bachelor of Music Degree
17, R 3
Biology. Department of
-34
Board. Cost of ................................. - 2 5
Business Administration
38
Business Education ............................ -30
Calendar
12
Campus
7
CampusMap
8
-41
Chemistry. Department of
Chinese
51
Classification ..................................
31
Communications
87
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-62
Conservation of Human
15
Resources (CHR)
Corrective Therapy
1 5 70
Courses of Study
31 -32
Course Descriptions
32
31
Credit by Examination
Degrees ...................................... 1 7
Divisional Organization
27
Early Admission ................................
23
Early Decision
23
East Asian Studies .............................. 43
Economics .................................... 3 9
Education. Department of
43
Education. Elementary
44
Education. Secondary ........................... 4 5
Engineering
1 5 . 47
English. Department of .......................... 4 8
Enrollment
89
Expenses
25
12. 9 0
Faculty ...................................
Financial Aid
-24
Financial Information
-25
Five College Cooperative ......................... 1 5
Foodservice
19
51
French
ForeignLanguages .............................
51
25
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education Requirements
12
Geography ....................................
59
53
German
Grading ......................................
29
89
Graduates (1870.1975)
Graduates. Summary of
89
27
Graduation Requirements
Graduation With Distinction
30
...............................
..................................
.............................
....................
..........................
.........................
......................................
......................................
...................................
.......................
.......................................
...............................
.
.............
..............................
.......................... .
...........................
.............................
...........................
..........................
..................................
........................
...........................
...............................
....................................
.....................................
.................................
...........................
...................................
........................................
........................
..................
....................................
...........................
..........................
........................
......................
Greek ........................................ 55
HealthEducation
72
History of Augsburg College ...................... 8
History Department of
57
Honors Program ................................ 1 7
Housing
19
Identification ..................................
6
Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-30
Inter-Institutional Programs
14
Intercollegiate Athletics
18
Journalism ................................... -87
Library Science ................................ 4 R
Location
6
Majors ........................................ 12
Mathematics. Department of
60
Medical Technology ......................... 15 â¬32
Metro-Urban Studies
62
Metro-Urban Studies
17
Internship Program (MUSIP)
Music. Department of ............................
63
Music Therapy ................................. 6 5
6
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
Natural Science
67
New Dimensions Program ........................
19
Norwegian
55
Numbering of Courses ........................... 31
Nursing
67
Personnel of the College
97
Pre-Professional Training
13
Philosophy Department of
68
Physical Education
70
Physics Department of .......................... 7 2
Political Science Department of
74
Probation and Dismissal ........................ - 2 8
Psychology. Department of
77
Recreation
18
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6
Registration
-28
Religion. Department of .......................... 7 9
Religious Life .................................. 1 8
Room Costs
-25
Scandinavian Area Studies ....................... 81
Social Science Majors ........................... 8 2
Social Work ....................................
85
Sociology. Department of
-83
Spanish ....................................... 5 6
-87
Speech. Department of
Student Life ................................... 1 8
18
Student Services ...............................
Summer School
17
Study Abroad .................................. - 1 7
Symbol(#)
31 . 3 2
88
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary Major
89
Transfer to Augsburg
22
25
Tuition and Fees ................................
7
Visiting the Campus
...............................
...........................
.
......................................
.
............
.......................
..........................
......................................
......................
.
............................
....................
.................
................................
....................................
.......................................
.........................
........................
........................
.
.
..............................
.
...................
.......................
....................................
..................................
..................................
........................
..........................
................................
.................................
...................................
..........................
............................
.............................
Academic Calendar For 1977-78
(Tentative: Subject to Change)
Fall Semester 1977
Sept. 6-7
Sept. 8
Sept. 21
Oct. 2 4
Nov. 2 3
Nov. 2 3
NOV.24-27
Nov. 2 8
Dec. 1 4
Dec. 1 5
Dec. 16-21
Dec. 22-Jan. 2
Registration and Welcome Days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Reading Day
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
lnterim 1978
Jan. 3
Jan, 27
Jan. 31
lnterim Begins
lnterim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1 978
Feb. 1
Feb. 1 4
Mar. 1 7
Mar. 18-Mar. 26
Mar. 2 7
Apr. 21
May 1 2
May 15-18
May 21
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the
time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the
time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic
policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerning any matter
published herein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the dean of the
college, or the registrar.
Table of Contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 1I,
PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 25, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 32, EXPENSES
PAGE 34, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 38, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 39, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 101, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 102, FACULTY
PAGE 110, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 112, INDEX
PAGE I 13, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a
student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have
about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at
the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses
are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim in
January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation.
MAJOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20
departments.
MINOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major.
ELECTIVE.
. . . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for
the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result
of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts
and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria
are used for Grants-ln-Aid.
SEMESTER.
. . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks
in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special
Christian colleges which can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at a variety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to you
on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics.
Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government to
oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life
on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose
and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg.
You design your own learning experience.
While distributional and major requirements act
as guidelines, there is latitude to design a
portion of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The
college follows the calendar known as the "41-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration
is necessary in your chosen field. You may
choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg Is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Mlnneapol~sand St. Paul. In thls rnetrapolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education,
if you choose. You may select an evening at
the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop,
or at any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon touring
the M~nneapolisInstitute of Arts. You may
choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra
or one by the many professional touring groups
that appear in the Twin Cities. There are
numerous opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the
Fighting Saints, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a
capable and dedicated staff, an eager student
body and a remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and
is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 65% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the surrounding
metropolitan area.
Location
You and your education will have the option of
benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin
Cities. Excellent art collections are available to
you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the
Walker Art Center, and many other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities
for the enjoyment of music of many types. The
Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations
is provided by several theaters in the area such
as the nationally known Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the
St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the
Chanhassen Dinner Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim In one
of the many area lakes. In the winter you may
join other students on skiing trips. Professional
sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport, including United,
Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North
Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the
United States.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (Directions are given in the map
section of this catalog.)
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were
enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college
graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 .
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed
to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the
sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of
the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to
become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to
enable them to gain the skills needed to
respond creatively to the problems and
potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their
interests and abilities, and to aid them in
discovering the occupatio~~al
opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes and
qualities of character compatible with the
Christian faith.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex
or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its
admissions policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices. Inquiries
regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed to Charles Gerster, Science Hall,
Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall,
(332-5181), or to the Director of the Office for
Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education
and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the
Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom
as promulgated by the American Association of
University Professors and the Association of
American Colleges.
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City
of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent to the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the
following associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is to permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the
process of selecting a college and in making
admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly
recommended but are not mandatory.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked to write for an appointment
or call the office (332-5181 ). Preferred times
for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet
with a member of the faculty and to attend
classes, Monday through Friday, when school
is in session.
School, church, and other groups are welcome
to visit the College. Arrangements may be
made by writing the Office of Admissions,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55454.
Memorial Hall
Art Studio and Art Annex
Music Hall
Si Melby Hall
Augsburg College Ice Arena
Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
East Hall
Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
Olivet Hall (notshown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H R . (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 1 35)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1 st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 1 14)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
2 1st Avenue South.
The Physical Plant
Instructional facilities and student housing at
Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to
each other.
Following is a brief description of each building.
A new music/classroom building is designed
and scheduled for completion in 1978.
Old Maln, erected in 1900, contains a large
number of classrooms and offices.
Sclence Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer
Center; well-equipped laboratories for
chemistry, physics, and biology; a mediumsized auditorium; and several classrooms and
faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory
on the roof of Science Hall, was complefed in
the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor
of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science
Hall and of similar contemporary architectural
design, it provides excellent resources for
research and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms,
and a number of faculty offices.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was
completed in 1961. This building named in
honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men
from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head
of the Christianity department, provides
excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics,
chapel services, and general auditorium
purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966, houses the pipe
organs and equipment for class-piano
instruction.
The Music Bullding, acquired by purchase in
1947, has been remodeled to provide vocal,
string and piano studios as well as a rehearsal
room for large groups.
dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student
government and student publications have
quarters in this building. The bookstore is also
located here. Spacious lounges and
recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, is an
eleven-story building providing living quarters
for 324 students. The building was named in
honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who
have given several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the building is that
each floor is considered a "house unit"
providing the 36 residents, housed two to a
room, with their own lounge, study and utility
areas.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in
1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The building
houses about 60 students and provides space
for several faculty and administrative offices.
Mortensen Tower, erected in 1973, named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of
women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964,
contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments
providing housing for 31 2 upperclass students.
A spacious lounge area as well as conference
rooms are located in this building.
The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964,
houses the Department of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased
in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It
provides excellent housing for married students.
Annex Houses, located in the campus area
provide accommodations for students, faculty,
and staff members.
The Admissions House, located at 628 21 st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired
in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other
speech activities.
The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for hockey,
recreational skating, and figure skating.
The Augsburg College Center, completed in
1967, is a center of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the Commons,
which is the main dining area, plus private
Ollvet Hall, a gift to Augsburg from the
congregation of Olivet Lutheran Church, is used
as a practice room for the band and other
instrumentalists.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a broad
liberal arts education as well as prepare them
for a career. A strong academic program in the
arts and sciences and in theology is available.
Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and the Christian
ministry is offered. The College prepares
students for graduate study in several
disciplines. Preparation for careers in business,
communications, medical technology, music,
nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand
themselves and the world and to equip them to
serve according to their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student As Learner
A great deal has been written during the last
few years describing the responsibilities of a
college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its
task to provide consistently high quality
opportunities for learning along with support
systems which enhance the teaching-learning
process.
Learning is not, however, a commodity which
can be purchased. It is not equal to simply
buying so many courses and being exposed to
the activities of professors. Learning involves
the solitary inner struggle of the student who
investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the
materials and insights offered. When these
have become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities in this process. Neither party
can elude its basic task.
problems. They often join students in
discussing the political climate, comparing
notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make the
library a favorite place to study. The main
library, centrally located next to the Science
Hall, houses over 150,000 volumes including
books, periodicals, records and various other
media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are
located within the departmental areas.
Access to over a million volumes is available
via daily interloan and courier service among
the seven private liberal arts colleges and the
Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the
statewide network, the additional resources of
Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are
accessible to the Augsburg faculty and
students.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with
assistance to meet diverse information needs
including instruction in the use of the library,
standard reference service, guidance in
pursuing term paper topics, and directions to
other local sources of information.
The AV Center of the Library provides facilities
for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual
materials. Assistance with the production of
slides, transparencies, filmstrips and
audiolvideo tape recordings are available for
both faculty and students. Equipment such as
movie and slide projectors and tape recorders
may be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice on materials
selection are also available.
Faculty
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a
personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 16.3 to 1, with
class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg follows the 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week
interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during
the interim concentration is on one subject.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual
interests determine the course of study.
Innovation and experimentation are encouraged
in this change from the general academic
schedule. Interest in music may take form in
the study and presentation of a concert
program. Interest in people may find form in the
study and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies
provide opportunities for those interested in
communications. Whether your interests are
sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the
opportunity to experience and experiment while
learning.
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would probably
choose many of them even if they were not
required.
,
In the humanities area, students may select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion.
Science courses may be chosen from biology,
chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in
social and behavioral sciences are offered in
the departments of economics, history, political
science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency
in English writing must be demonstrated. One
course from an approved list of courses
containing an emphasis on urban concerns is
required as is also proficiency in two lifetime
sports. For details on general education
requirements see under Academic
Administration.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area
Studies are available through cooperative
programs with the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these
programs for further information. It is possible
for students to complete other majors also
through ACTC. Make application for such
majors through the Registrar.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that
requirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the
natural and social sciences, in the humanities,
and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 11 1, 11 2; Physics
121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106),
351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1
course.
Biology 1 11 , 1 12; Chemistry 1 15, 1 16, 351 ,
352; Economics 122, 123; English 11 1, and a
second course; Health Ed. 1 10; Mathematics
124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60
semester-hour requirements should be chosen
from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please
refer to the bulletins published by the College
of Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Requirements have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the School of
Dentistry at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of
liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with
the Washington University School of
Engineering and Applied Science and the
Michigan Technological University. See under
Engineering for information on the course
requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in law
should consult the handbook published by The
Association of American Law Schools. Early
consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles
Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may
wish to take the Political Science course, Law
in the United States, to help determine whether
they possess an interest in law. Since law
schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student should
be aware that many graduate schools consider
the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their
class schedules.
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
Biology 11 1 , 112, 355; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; English 11 1, and one
or more writing and literature courses;
Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122;
Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral
sciences and humanities, 5 courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical School of
the University of Minnesota. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
This two-year program has been designed to
fulfill minimum requirements of the College of
Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary with any
of several different majors, e.g., history,
philosophy, English, psychology, sociology,
religion. The student planning to enter seminary
should include Religion 11 1, 221 among the
courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum
should include at least two semesters of history
(Western Civilization) and one or more courses
in the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses: Mathematics 124; Public
Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; Biology 11 1, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic
expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music,
humanities, theater, and upper division foreign
languages); anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science,
psychology, and sociology courses to fulfill the
remainder of the distribution requirements.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutions in the Twin Cities area on several
programs.
LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER
Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the
statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000
volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of educational materials including
approximately 150,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes, scores and films.
ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF TH6 TWIN
CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the
St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course
each semester at another campus. No
additional fee is required for such an exchange,
except for private instruction in music and
some independent studies. See under
"Independent Study" for further details.
Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives,
to get better acquainted with the other schools,
or to undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges
have coordinated calendars. The interim term
may also be taken on another campus. A
regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free
between the campuses.
'
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in
social work, sociology or psychology with a
chemical dependency specialty. The program is
designed to train specialists to help professional
people in dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring together
Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental
hospital patients, guards, and students at
rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such
places as the Shakopee Institution for Women,
Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically
handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments
give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for the
January interim. For example, Augsburg and St.
Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study
opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim Director
should be consulted regarding planned
programs.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING.
Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive
instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for
admission to the school of nursing should be
made directly to the hospital.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This
group is composed of colleges and universities
in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned
activities include innovative curricular programs
for students, interchange and sharing of
academic personnel and other college
resources, cooperative research projects,
foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metrourban affairs conference, and development of
programs consistent with the needs and
resources of the community organizations of
the Upper Midwest.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical
Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg
offers work which enables qualified students to
receive a college degree with a major in
Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program is completed at one of
the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not guarantee
acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan
Technological University in Houghton,
Michigan, enables a student to receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University, in a five-year
program. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated
university.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in
Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State
Hospital, is available to students who complete
a major in physical education with specialization
in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to this program requires an
application to be approved by the director of
the program. Application should be made
during the spring semester of the sophomore
year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5
grade-point average in work completed in the
major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all.
All candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult with the Director regarding proper
sequence of courses.
ANTIOCH-MINNEAPOLIS COMMUNIVERSITY.
Students at Augsburg College and AntiochMinneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan
school emphasizing experiential-based learning,
may take classes at each other's campuses
under certain mutually satisfactory
arrangements. Interested persons should
contact the Academic Dean.
ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved
Officers Training programs for the various
armed services of the United States, such
programs are available in the metropolitan area
and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For
information, confer with the Dean of the
College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are
available to Augsburg students. Some of them
are briefly described below. For application
procedures and further information, request the
special brochure on lnternational Study at
Augsburg from the Director of lnternational
Programs. Since there is a limit on the number
of students who may study abroad each year it
is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one
wishes to participate in an international
program.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG
NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges in
the state. Each year three or four countries are
selected, and qualified students are granted
partial scholarships to enable them to spend a
summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad on a topic
of one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior
year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are
the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College
in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House
College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto
Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico;
the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe
Institute in Germany; the University of
Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville,
Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In
addition, through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experiment in
lnternational Living, Augsburg students are
offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark,
England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece,
Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal,
Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This
type of study must be approved before
departure by the Director of lnternational
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign study
may be applied to the student's graduation
requirements as electives, as elements of the
major sequence, or to satisfy some of the
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director
of International Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
both credit and non-credit, through its
Continuing Education Program. Classes are
generally in the evening. Since continuing
education courses are offered on a semesterhour basis, the courses vary in length from four
weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write the
Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults who
have not attended or who have not graduated
from college. The program provides admissions
counseling, career guidance and planning, a
simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and,
for those who desire it, a special course to
ease the transition to academic life.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed
to provide opportunities for qualified students to
pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated
course of study. Special seminars, colloquia,
honors student forums and options in
completing the general education requirements
are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom,
Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all fields
of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests.
Internships are available with a variety of
companies, agencies and community
organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses,
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment,
testing, counseling, training and practice in
study skills, career exploration, and discussion
of personal and family problems arising from
the return to school. The course enables
returning adults to get to know each other
through sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts,
the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of
Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in
Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing,
and Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or
the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with
majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of
Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a major
aspect of your college life, but learning and
development also occur in formal and informal
activities and opportunities of the college and
metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident
or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can add
dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation to worship,
devotional life and the stimulation of faith.
Chapel services are held three times a week
and are both experimental and traditional in
character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist
service in the College Center is a valued
worship experience for many students. Students,
faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special
events are sponsored throughout the year and
a number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor
has an office in the College Center where you
can contact him for counseling, consultation or
ways to get more involved.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities in
various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the
yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower
level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or
non-classroom related interests meet in the
Center.
There are several opportunities for participation
in music and drama. In addition to performing
on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String
Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and
several student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given on campus
each year under the direction of the theater arts
department.
Recreation
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Broomball
has been an especially popular coed sport.
Climaxing the intramural program is the
Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural
winners at various colleges. Check schedules
for times when there is open use of the
gymnasium and the ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and
is a member of the National Association of
lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College
annually competes in ten sports, including
football, soccer, cross-country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and
golf. Augsburg is also a member of the
Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association for
lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW).
The women annually compete in volleyball,
gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf, tennis,
and track.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerned with educating
the whole person and recognizes that the
context in which learning takes place is a
critical factor in achieving optimal growth.
Knowledge grows from more than intellectual
endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring
values, identifying life styles, developing
autonomy and interdependence, finding
purpose and commitment - all combine with
intellectual content and skills to produce the
desired educational impact of the college on its
students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created to support this task. During the summer
before your freshman year, or at the time of
transfer, you will receive a copy of
SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College
Education. This book will help you assess the
possibilities in your education, choices i o make,
directions to consider and different destinations
for which to plan. SEMAPHORE was designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development provides a
variety of services to help make your journey
as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of
the opportunities you may wish to participate in
are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first
academic year and register for classes. You
and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend
events in the metropolitan area and seek
answers to the many questions you have about
college life.
Career Planning and Placement. You may be
uncertain about where you want to be when
you finish your undergraduate experience,
whether your life style will be a balanced one,
how work will provide opportunity for service
and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career
development plan to help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare
for entry into the next phase of your life. All
new students will have a chance to review their
interests with a counselor.
Human Development Seminars. A series of
informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to
help you grow in understanding of yourself and
your relationship to others. Such topics as
PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in
Relationships), Issues in Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information on current
offerings and opportunity to register are
provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to
improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studying, note-taking, and testing by attending
one or more of the workshops offered. You
also will have an opportunity to meet with a
counselor to diagnose your needs. If a
particular course proves difficult, you can
arrange for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for
all of us where we can handle challenges more
effectively by finding and discussing things with
someone who has more expertise. Counselors
are available to help you think through how you
can handle major or minor problems in a
constructive way. Consultation is provided on
questions of policy and procedure.
Minority Concerns. If you have some special
needs or simply want to expand your crosscultural awareness, you can contact a staff
member to help you find out which resources
and programs will help meet your needs.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's
ability to respond to the learning environment
depends, in part, upon his or her living
conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is
provided. The residence hall program is
designed to promote student growth through
relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision making.
Each residence unit has one or more Resident
Staff who are able to facilitate the process of
group living as well as discuss personal
concerns with individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is
considered a house unit providing 36 students,
two to a room, with their own lounge, study
and utility area.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is
an alternative to traditional residence-hall living.
It contains 104 one and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are
located in the campus area. One way to
maximize the living-learning aspects of your
housing situation is to avail yourself of the
opportunity to bid for a house as a Special
Interest House. Groups of students have
created exciting projects by writing and
implementing educational impact proposals on
such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's
and Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
the basis of academic interests, and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. Secondary
Education students have available a second
adviser; one in the major and one in the area of
education. Freshmen also have an upperclass
adviser.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All
freshmen and sophomores not living at home
are required to live In college-operated
houslng.
You may wish to contact this office for
information on types of assistance available and
for answers to questions about deadlines and
procedures. Work opportunities both on and off
campus are also recorded. If you have financial
problems, this is a good place to work them
out.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linens,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the
fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg.
Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 1 will be provided housing only if space is
available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $50 advanced payment when they sign
the housing contract. The fee is credited to the
students' account when they move into the
residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and
clubs and by events sponsored by the student
government. If you need information or wish to
initiate a new group or activity, contact the
Student Activities Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
Student Financial Services
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of
Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside
Avenue across the street from the campus.
Vkfts are free except for special testing or
service, and prescriptions are available through
the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to
check your family health coverage to determine
if you are included; if not, a student health
insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center is the main food-service facility.
This pleasant room features small table units for
easy conversation and overlooks the College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan who live in residence halls eat their
meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Student Government
Student government is the vehicle through
which students can secure a closer relationship
and better understanding with the
administration and faculty, and provide better
input into the decision-making process at
Augsburg. Student government also sponsors
and directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions
and action on all issues pertaining to student
life at Augsburg. Student government is
organized into three branches: the executive
branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial
branch. Student-government elections are held
in the spring except for freshmen who elect
their representatives in the fall of their first year,
Many kinds of involvement are possible from
program planning to writing or editing to service
opportunities. If you want to get involved,
contact the President or Vice President in their
offices in the College Center.
International Students
If you are a student from a foreign country or
would like to be part of the activities of this
group, contact the faculty member who is
appointed as adviser.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and has
provided for due process in matters of
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
Judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and
review matters of concern. Any student who
wishes to identify appropriate procedures for
complaint should contact the Vice President for
Student Affairs if the concern is related to
student life and the Vice President for
Academic Affairs if the concern is related to
academic matters.
The College operates in compliance with the
Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX.
Students have the right to inspect all official
records, files and data which pertain to them
and which are maintained in the office of the
registrar and the placement office and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Exceptions are parents' financial records and
confidential letters and statements placed in the
record before January 1 , 1975, or placed under
conditions where students have signed a
waiver of right of access. Students have the
right to experience education free from
discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or
cultural background, creed, marital status or
age.
Persons seeking additional information on these
topics should contact the Center for Student
Development.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is
a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and
students are accepted on the basis of high
school performance, promise of success in
college as shown by college entrance
examination scores, other motivational factors,
and personal recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex
or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its
admission policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices.
A visit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
The Application Process
For Freshmen
1 . From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and complete
it.
2. Hand the completed application to your high
school counselor, along with the $1 0.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent with
your official high school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that
candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is required by April 15 after
acceptance has been made andlor financial aid
(if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data form,
which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during
the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at
accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based on
work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education
requirements at Augsburg except for two
courses in religious studies.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure and
complete, an official application for admission.
This should be sent to the Admissions Office
with a $1 0.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is requested within one month
after acceptance has been made and/or
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the student
will be requested to complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special (Non-degree)
Students
1 . Obtain an application form from the Office of
the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
731 21 st Ave. South
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need to have sent only the
transcripts of colleges attended since the last
enrollment at Augsburg.)
3. Special students will submit a $1 0.00
matriculation fee with their application form.
4. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made in
the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed at
Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser is
available to help them in the transition to
college and ta the United States. Admission Is
based upon performance in secondary school
and previous college work, If any. EvIdence of
proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship Is required, A very llmlted number
of scholarships is available.
'
Medical insurance is required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg.
If they have an internationally valid health
insurance policy, a copy of the policy is
required.
For application forms and further information,
write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by December 10 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about January 1. After notification of
admission and financial aid, if needed, the
student is encouraged to withdraw applications
made to other colleges. The admissions
decision is based upon the academic record
through the junior year, test scores, and
recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit
which is non-refundable is required by February
1
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high
academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school and the
maturity to cope with a college course after the
junior year in high school. Also, it is
recommended that the student complete the
requirements for a high school diploma during
the summer or during the first year of college.
A student applying for Early Admission can
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg
College and the United States Army makes
provision for an individualized plan of
education. A prospective student who qualifies
for the program may choose Augsburg as a
home school and carry on a pre-planned course
of study at other colleges while in the Army. An
adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the
selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student
matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of
$1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the
student's tuition, provided he or she
matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg
College within five years from initial registration
with the college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for
courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment,
when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the
Army provides 36 months of financial
assistance under the G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a
college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of
scores received on the College Level
Exmination Program (CLEP) offered by the
College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 82% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college through
some form of scholarships, grants, loans,
campus employment, or a combination of
these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of
financial need and academic record.
Application for aid is made by completing the
Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the
American College Testing Program. While
Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is
required for students applying to the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students
may instead submit the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) of the College Scholarship Service.
Upperclass students must also complete the
Augsburg Application for Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1976-77, approximately
82% of the students at Augsburg received
scholarships, grants, or loans totaling
$2,802,788 from Augsburg and all other
sources.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program to which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and
the following federal programs: Supplementary
Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan
(formerly National Defense Student Loan),
College Work-Study, Federally Insured Student
Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both
on-campus and off-campus work opportunities
are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April 1
will be considered first. For further information,
contact the Office of Student Financial Services
at Augsburg.
Other college-related expenses are those for
transportation to and from the campus.
Estimates should be based on nine months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts
should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.)
After you have written down estimates of your
expenses, make a list of all possible sources of
income, such as: contributions from parents'
earnings; personal and family savings; personal
earnings during vacation periods; earnings from
part-time jobs during academic year; benefits
from Social Security and/or Veteran's
Administration; aids or loans from other
relatives or friends; aid or loans from sources
other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers,
their parents' employers and any union to
which a family member belongs for possible
scholarship programs. High school guidance
counselors may have information about student
aid offered by church, civic, professional, or
fraternal organizations in a given locality.
Following you will find a summary of financial
aid programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan is
available from the Augsburg College Office of
Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses
and of all potential financial resources is the
best way to do your financial planning. Both
your own financial ability and that of your family
are considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for books and
supplies. Tuition and fees for 1978-79 are
$31 00 per year. Books and supplies may be
estimated at $200 per year. Room and board is
$1 500 per year.
Baslc Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG)
For students with proven financial need.
Available to full-time and part-time students.
Up to $1 400 per year depending on the
institutional costs and the student's eligibility.
Obtain application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Adrnlnistratlon Benefits1G.I. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children
of disabled or deceased veterans may
qualify for special benefits. Amount is
dependent upon eligibility as determined by
the Veteran's Administration. To apply,
contact the Federal Veteran's Administration
Office in your area.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from Minnesota
State Student Loan Office.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one parent
(covered by Social Security) is retired,
deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent
upon eligibility as determined by the Social
Security Administration. To apply, contact
the Federal Social Security Administration
Office in your area.
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emotional
disabilities may qualify for special
assistance. Amount is dependent upon
eligibility as determined by the Vocational
Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your
local Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
National Scholarship and Grant Program for
Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and ethnic
minorities and other eligible groups who are
either seeking admission to an American
Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are
members of an ALC congregation.
Up of $1 000 per year. Renewable. Obtain an
application from the American
Lutheran Church, Division of College and
University Services, 422 South Fifth Street,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 5541 5. Application
deadline is April 1.
Federally insured Student LoanslMinnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half the
normal full-time academic load.
If the adjusted family income of the student
is less than $25,000 per year or if financial
need is established for those not in this
category, the Federal Government pays the
full interest on the loan while the student is
in college. When repayment begins, the
student pays the full 7 % interest on the loan.
Maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost
of education whichever is less and the
aggregate maximum is $7500. Freshmen are
limited to $1 500. in the Minnesota State
Student Loan.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents on the
basis of scholastic achievement and need.
High School seniors who are Minnesota
residents are expected to apply.
Range: $1 00 to $1 100; but shall not exceed
one half of the applicant's demonstrated
financial need.
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of
evident need. High school seniors and
community I junior college transfer students
who are Minnesota residents are expected to
apply.
In addition, persons who have not attended
a post-secondary institution for twelve
months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
ScholarshipIGrant will be mailed to all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not
receive an application by December 1, contact
your high school guidance counselor or the
college financial aid office.
Return completed application and FFS to The
American College Testing Program, Financial
Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa
52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080)
and the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant
Program (Code 6500) to receive the FFS
analysis.
NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications
are automatically considered for the State
Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED
THROUGH THE COLLEGE
How To Apply
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking in
the top 15% of their high school class with
above average aptitude test scores.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for a
maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who have
shown academic potential and have financial
need.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for a
maximum of 4 years based on 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
Range $1 00 to $1 000. Renewable for a
second year.
Educational
For students having exceptional financial
need who could not otherwise attend
college, and who carry at least one-half the
normal academic load.
Range $200 to $1 500 per year. Renewable
for 3 years. Will be matched by other
financial assistance such as loans,
scholarships, employment.
1. Apply for admission; for new students
this application is also the financial aid
application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS)
from high school counselor or Augsburg
College Financial Aid Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent to Augsburg
College. Augsburg's ACT code number is
2080. Financial statements received by April
1 will be considered first.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the
College will accept the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) of the College Scholarship Service.
Augsburg's CSS code number is 601 4.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descrlptlons of awards are copied
verbatlm from statements of the donors' wlshes.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
For students with proven financial need and
who carry at least one-half the normal
academic load.
1. The Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal
Scholarship
awarded annually to able and
Averages approximately $1 000 per year.
Can be reapplied for each year although
renewal is not guaranteed.
2. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dlckerson
Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to
-
deserving juniorlsenior students as recommended
by the committee.
-
two deserving juniorlsenior students.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial need and
who carry at least one-half the normal
academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further fulltime study and with proven financial need.
- awarded
annually to a worthy student of the College
selected by the scholarship committee.
3. The M. J. Estrem Scholarshlp
-
awarded annually to an
able and deserving upperclass student as
recommended by the scholarship committee.
4. Memorial Scholarship
5. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Scholarships
established in 1972 to be
-
distributed by the scholarship committee to needy
students
6. The Reader's Dlgest Endowed Scholarshlpsawarded to able and deserving upperclassmen.
7. The Tozer Foundatlon Scholarships-up to
$1 000 each - awarded on the basis of
scholarship, achievement, character, leadership,
industry, personality, and need. Winners must be
junior or senior students who are residents of the
State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine,
Kanabec or Washington Counties. Separate
appllcatlon requlred of semi-finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent to
Tozer Foundation (code 6577)
-
8. The Edward Yokle Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
-
1. Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans
awarded to
able and deserving upperclass students who are
policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans
Insurance Company.
2. Mlldred Ryan Cleveland Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded annually to able and deserving
students, who have physical disabilities and have
demonstrated financial need.
-
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
1 . Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans Mlnorlty
-
awarded annually to
Scholarshlp Program
Lutheran American minority students who show
financial need.
2. Minnesota Mlnlng & Manufacturlng Mlnorlty
Student Scholarshl~ established in 1973 to be
awarded to a Black student.
-
3. The Marlys Johnson Slmengaard Memorlal
Scholarshlp
Awarded periodically to an
American Negro student.
-
4, Natlonal Scholarshlp & Grant Program for
Mlnorlty Students
sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to
members of racial and ethnic minorities. Separate
applications required. FFS must be sent to ALC
(Code 6591).
-
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
t , The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorlal
Scholarship-awarded annually to a student(s) in
the senior class who is preparing for the ministry.
-
2. The lver and Marle lverson Scholarshlp
awarded on the basis of need, character and
interest in Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and
interest in Christian Service.
-
4. The Morrls G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
awarded to a
Mlsslonary Scholarshlp Fund
Juniorlsenior student preparing for service as a
missionary through the World Missions
Department of the American Lutheran Church.
-
-
5. Oneslmus Scholarshlp
awarded periodically to
students preparing for the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerlte Hamllton Storley Memorlal
Scholarshlp
awarded annually to an able and
deserving juniorlsenior student recommended by
the scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are
interviewed and selected by donor.
-
-
7. Gerda Mortensen Memorlal Scholarshlp
Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the
Christian faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical
Education faculty to the Student Personnel
Committee.
-
1 . The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
awarded annually to an able and deserving male
student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and
academic achievement.
-
2. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship
awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in
field of physical education.
3. The James Wlnkler Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and
academic achievement.
-
4. Women's Physical Education Scholarship
awarded to able and deserving women students
showing ability in women's athletics.
-
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded
to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
-
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to
a football player on basis of financial need.
-
7 Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field
of athletics.
8. David Gronner Memorlal Scholarship Fund
-
awarded to two or more students participating in
athletics or music. The award is "made to
students who have demonstrated financial need"
andlor "of high Christian character". The athletic
scholarship is for male candidate only, with a
preference for basketball.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology
Department faculty.
-
Blology Scholarships
established in 1972 by the
faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology,
Natural Science or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the
Business Administration faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
t . The GambleSkogmo Foundatlon Scholarship
- awarded to one or more upperclass students
interested in the field of business.
-
2. The Reld Scholarshlp awarded to one or more
upperclass students who are interested in
business andlor education.
CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry
faculty,
Awarded to students whose academic record
indicates promise of achievement in the field of
Chemistry.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
5, The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6, The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
7, The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty
-
awarded to
The Davld Mathre Scholarshlp
qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term in which they are
student teaching.
ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty
-
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarshlp
awarded
annually to juniorlsenior students who
are majoring in English with preference given to
those who plan to teach English as a career.
2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorlal Scholarshlp
-awarded to an outstanding student in the field
of English.
HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty
-
The H. N. Hendrlckson Hlstory Scholarshlp
awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given to those who plan a career
in the field.
LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winners selected by Library
staff.
-
1. The Llbrary Sclence Scholarshlp
established
in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding
juniorlsenior student@) choosing librarianship as a
career.
MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by
Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel
Committee.
1. Mlnneapolls Gas Company Scholarshlp
generally awarded to able and deserving
juniorlsenior students majoring in mathematics or
the sciences on basis of need and academic
ability.
-
2. Davld and Mlchelle Chrlstianson Mathematics
Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving
student in the field of mathematics.
-
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern
Language faculty.
The Miml Baez Klngsley Modern Language
Scholarshlp
awarded annually to juniorlsenior
students who are majoring in a modern language
with preference given to those who plan to teach
language as a career.
-
MUSIC
- Winners
selected by Music faculty.
-
1 . 0. T. Hertsgaard Scholarshlp
awarded
annually to juniorlsenior students who have
demonstrated proficiency in choral andlor
instrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of over-all
academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Muslc Scholarshlp
awarded to a sophornoreljunior student of
outstanding promise in the field of music.
-
-
3. The Marllyn Solberg Volca Scholarshlp
awarded to an Augsburg student who has music
as a majorlminor and who shows outstanding
promise for achievement in the art of singing.
acquire musical and performance skills in
instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
-
6. David Gronner Mernorlal Scholarship Fund
awarded i o two or more students participating in
athletics or music. The award is "made to
students who have demonstrated financial need"
andlor "of high Christian character."
7. Peggy Chrlstensen Benson Mernorlal
Scholarshlp awarded annually to a student
studying choral music.
-
-
4. The lngaborg C. Chrlstenson Scholarshlp
awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in stringed instruments.
5. The Leonard and Sylvla Kuschel Scholarshlp
awarded to upperclass students seeking to
SOCIOLOGY
-
-
Adolph Paulson Mernorlal Prlze awarded
annually to a student in the general field of
Christian Sociology.
.-
--
..-#
,
l..\
y
C--m:;:
,, ,
C
;
, ..
.
.
. .
. r
, * ;
.
,-
-.
. ...
,-.-.:
.'
.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION
- $3,100
Film Making, $70
Life Drawing, $1 0
Stagecraft, $20
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning September, 1978. Students are
considered full-time when they take three or
more courses during the semester terms for a
total of seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1 -4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. If the student
elects to omit an interim or to graduate in
December, a refund is not authorized.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 20 a
semester (1 4 lessons), or $8.60 per lesson
during the interim.
Practice Studio rental for each semester for one
hour a day: organ, $25.00 ($1 0.00 an interim);
piano or voice, $1 0.00 ($4.00 an interim).
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $20.00 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
A part-time rate of $425 per course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is one half the part-time rate per
course. Part-time students who take Lifetime
Sports are charged the audit rate for that
course.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office with charges
according to the schedule on file.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all
new students.
A registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$1 25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register at
Augsburg. The charge is $250.00.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
REFUNDABLE
Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,500
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office
of Auxiliary Services.
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be
increased at any time before or during the
contract year.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply
company.
- NOT
Cinema Arts, $25
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
1978-79 COST SUMMARY
Application Fee - $1 0.00
Tuition - $3,100
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
Board and Room - $1,500
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
-
TUITION DEPOSIT
New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; to
be paid by April 15, 1978. (Payment is due
February 1 under Early Decision Program). The
deposit is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All
resident students: $1 00.00 advanced deposit.
Required at the time of signing a contract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September. Applied to the room
charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT
All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable
upon graduation, transfer to another institution,
or discontinuing educational program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the first half-year
billing period is due August 20, and the second
half-year is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August 20.
No student is permitted to register if his or her
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of hislher
registration andlor being released from hislher
housing contract will be refunded charges for
tuition and room except for the minimum
deduction of $1 00 of fees to cover
administrative costs according to the following
schedule:
through the first five days of classes.
from the sixth day through the tenth
day of classes.
from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
from the sixteenth day through the
twentieth day of classes.
from the twenty-first day through the
twenty-fifth day of classes.
from the twenty-sixth day to the
middle of the term.
No ref1und will be made after the middle of the
term.
Should a student be forced to cancel hislher
registration during the first one-half of the term
due to illness or accident, upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued
matriculation, the charges will be reduced by
one-half.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will be applied back to
the account of the student and all adjustments
for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc, shall be
gathered in the student's account before
eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are readily
available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will
include courses in the humanities, the natural
sciences, and the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to
write effectively; they are also expected to be
knowledgeable about urban concerns and have
some understanding of cultures outside the
United States.
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Duane Johnson
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson
The general recreational activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to acquaint students
with and to equip students for lifetime sports,
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of
the Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course
listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Linguistics,
Norwegian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communication, and
Theater Arts
Minimum Graduation Requirements
Include the Following:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one
department, except 17 for Bachelor of
Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of
Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R.
courses, 2 courses by independent study or
directed study or a combination of directed
and independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
(two in the major except Elementary
Education and one in the minor if approved
by the department chairman) may apply
toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward the
major.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester and
one course in the interim. Students registered
for three or more courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students. Students must
petition and receive permission to register for
more than 4.5 courses.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students,
the number of interim courses is one less
than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (English I 1 I ) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. A course from each of the following eight
areas (One course may fulfill the
requirement in one area, only):
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology - Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English - Speech, Communications
& Theater Arts
Foreign Language
Art - Music
C. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an
interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
D. A course related to urban concerns.
Courses approved to meet this
requirement are published each term.
E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee is also charged for changing
registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses
after the first five days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses
or cancellation from College must be done in
the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in accounts
are effective as of the date the completed
Cancel From College form is returned to the
Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or her
achievement is unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer
courses
below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-1 5 courses
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, helshe is subject to
dismissal at the end of the following spring
term. A student who has a poor academic
record may be strongly advised to withdraw
before the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College
voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured,
primarily, by means of final examinations.
Shorter examinations or tests, written papers,
oral reports, and other types of evaluation are
also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is recorded but not computed in the
grade point average.
the PIN grading system. Some education
courses are graded only on the PIN system;
some others are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Students may select the traditional grading
system in most other courses. Students are
cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care
since some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration card
those courses which they wish to take on the
PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of
grading system must be made during the first
two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged
after the first five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance studies,
Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are
graded P1O.O.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing stating the reasons for requesting it,
the plan and date for removing it, and
comments from the instructor of the course. If
permission to receive an I grade is granted, it
must be removed during the following
semester. If the incomplete is not removed
during the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along with the
incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year. Two courses in the major
(except Elementary Education) and one in the
minor may be on PIN grading system if
approved by the department chairman.
A course in which a grade of 0, 1 .O, 1.5, N, I,
or X has been received may be repeated for
credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and grades
earned the second time are counted toward
graduation and in the grade point average.
Courses in which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated for credit; they
may, however, be audited.
Sociology 383, Nursing 301, 302, 401, 402,
and several interim courses are graded only on
Students who wish to take courses without
credit or grade may do so by registering for
Audit (V). Such students should confer with the
professor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance
requirements, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the student's
transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under Expenses.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward
the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent
studies only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions
to this policy should be made directly to their
own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to
independent study by the host campus.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.8 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.79 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
In order to qualify for graduation with distinction
transfer students must have completed two
years (fourteen graded courses) of work at
Augsburg College.
lndependent Study
Veterans
Augsburg College is approved by the State
Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of the
Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of
other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more courses
are classified as full-time students. It is the
responsibility of each veteran to report any
change in registration andlor academic load to
the Office of the Registrar.
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These
programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis.
Students interested in registering for
independent study must first secure permission
from the faculty member who will direct the
study as well as from the department involved.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive
terms in which they did not earn a minimum of
three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I)
may b e given only in the case of extreme
emergency. See section on Grading.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a
grade of X is given at the end of the first term,
and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's
academic load for the term below three courses
will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirements of
the Veterans Administration regarding
repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit by
examinations should consult with department
chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be
earned through the College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive
examinations.
Classification
..
Sophomore . . 7 courses. . .
I 4 grade points
Junior. . . . . . . 16 courses. . . . . 32 grade points
Senior . . . . . 25 courses. . . . 50 grade points
.
.
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course
during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
A full course is offered for one course credit.
A few fractional courses (one-half course credit)
are offered in the Division of Professional
Studies.
A full course has the approximate value of 4
semester credits. A total of 35 courses is
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods of two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is
approximately 1 5 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes
to determine definitely the current course
offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300 and
above are classified as upper division. In
general, courses numbered in the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores;
300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some
departments course numbers also designate
areas within the department.
Symbol
#Consent of instructor
Course Descriptions
The description of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics to be
Eonsidered For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and
clarification of content and requirements for
individual courses, please consult the
respective instructors of the courses.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
American Studies
Director: Grief Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and
399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of
these areas and 3 in each of the others):*
Hlstory of the United States
American Studies, 23 1, 260
History 221, 222, 331, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2
courses in each of the above groupings under
MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to the
black experience, e.g. African backgrounds,
religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course
content subject to change from year to year.
Meets one religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Humanities in the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 351,
490 and 49 1 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis
upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. (Spring)
Social Sciences in the United States
Economics 120, 122, 123, 251
Education 4 78#
Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326,
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
370, 371, 421
Psychology 48 1 #; Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73,
381,383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other
colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
The situation of Indians in the United States
since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal
sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural
traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the
class will collectively assess the position of
black and white women in American culture
from the founding of the colonies to the
present. (Fall)
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract, Intended for
majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American life. Includes a study
of the approaches of several disciplines to the
topic and practice in the integration of primary
source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities
resource persons and the co-learning model
when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
For description, see course 295. Open to
juniors and seniors who will do a different level
of work. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary nature
in area of student's choice. Consult with
director to determine conditions of contract.
Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Art
Chairman: Philip Thompson
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major
but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses
including 107; two from 118, 221, 223, 225,
and 250.
118 PAINTING I
Introduction to painting media and technique in
acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white, color and photographic processes.
ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses
including 386, 387, 388.
150 JEWELRY
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
An introduction to the making of jewelry in
copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring)
Fine arts in the urban and world setting.
Concern for the visual content of experience in
the environment leading toward appreciation
and criticism. (Spring)
221 SCULPTURE l
STUDIO ART
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels.
Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
(Fall, Spring)
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media:
clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and
stone. (Fall, Spring)
223 PRINT MAKING I
Principles and methods of print making in a
variety of media including etching, silk-screen
and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
399 INTERNSHIP
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.(Fall, Spring)
Consult chairman or internship director to
determine project.
242 FILM MAKING
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media:
clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and
stone. (Prereq.: 2 2 1. Fall, Spring)
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
250 CERAMICS l
An introduction to the making of pottery with an
emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall,
Sprin g)
478 SCULPTURE II
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's choice.
Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring)
ART HISTORY
290 ART HISTORY SURVEY
330 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in
magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of
photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
351 CERAMICS II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis
on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation
of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring)
355 PAINTING II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118.
Fall, Spring)
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits to museums. (Offered summer,
1977)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from
pre-history to modern times. (Spring, 1978,
Alternate years)
385 PREHISTORIC AND ANCIENT ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period to the 4th century A.D. (Offered 1 9 8 0 8 1)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
360 DRAWING AND WATER-COLOR
PAINTING
Early Christian through late Gothic and protoRenaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture in Europe. (Offered 1979-80)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape.
The functions of perception, structure, and
gesture in drawing and transparent water-color
(Prereq.: 1 0 7. Offered alternate years. Fall,
1978)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture
from the early Renaissance through the 18th
century. (Offered 1 9 78-79)
368 PRINT MAKING II
388 19th AND 20th CENTURY ART
Advanced work in various media, including silkscreen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223.
Fall, Spring)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture
from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Offered 1 9 78- 79)
387 RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE ART
389 AMERICAN ART
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its
relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 and
alternate years.)
Department of Biology
Chairman: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 11 1,
112, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following three groups: 351, 353, 361
(Group I); 355, 473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471,
476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,
106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121,
122); Physics 1 21 , 122 also required. Students
intending to enter graduate school should
ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, including 111,
112, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following five groups: 351, 353 (Group I);
355, 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471,
473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352) also
required. Students who plan to teach in
secondary schools often select this major.
Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also
requires three courses in earth and life
sciences. Students are advised to consult with
the Education Department early in their
planning.
anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes man
just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
iniluence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment,
especially the urban environment, have on
man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory.
A student may not receive credit for both
Biology 10 1 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other
paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical
Education, Music Therapy and other interested
students. A student may not receive credit for
both Biology 1 0 1 and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
108 MICROBIOLOGY
MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1, 112 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major. In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one
course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application
for the honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an
Basic microbial features are considered as well
as applications of microbiology to the fields of
medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring.
Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with
community people taking the course together
with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and
interest. Applies towards the Natural Science
requirement.
111 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary
mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4
hours laboratory. 1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and physical
mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water
relations in vascular and nonvascular plants.
The relationships of these processes to plant
structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 1 12. Fall, 1 9 79. Offered alternate
years).
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics
1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Spring)
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing
classification, morphology, behavior, life history,
and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 1 9 7 8 .
Offered alternate years).
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis on
the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and
chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 ; Chemistry 1 0 6 or
1 16; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Fall)
355 GENETICS
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory
work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring)
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as
descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging,
and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class,
4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and
ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2; Chemistry 2 2 3 or
3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71
and 4 76).
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms
with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 3 6 7 or #. Fall)
481 ECOLOGY
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.;
1 12, 3 6 1, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers relating
to recent biological literature and research. (For
seniors majoring in bklogy)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor. Intended for
biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 1 12, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Department of Business
Administration, Business
Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
Business Administration
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the
experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the MathematicsPhysics general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses
but not more than 12 courses of related
business subjects (Economics, Finance and
Mathematics). Students who have completed
the above requirements are qualified under the
rules of the Minnesota State Board of
Accountancy to sit for the examination
immediately after graduation.
MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING
SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration
101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and
either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251
and one additional course selected from 258 or
391 or 392 are also required. At least three
upper division courses are required. For those
planning on careers in accounting, completion
of the two remaining courses in the sequence
381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261,
262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from
the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122,
123, 251 and one additional course selected
from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At
least five upper division courses are required.
(392 is strongly recommended.) In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are strongly recommended.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101 , 102, and one of 261 , 373,
379, 478; and one of 262, 379, 381 ; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
Students who plan to major in the department
are strongly encouraged to select a department
adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan
well their program of study.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq: 10 1. Fall, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code, (Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics.(fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School
Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm: sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102, Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination
considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262.
Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach
to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision-making, presentation through literature,
readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.:
261, Spring)
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various
forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 1 0 1,
102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
one full term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in
Interim only).
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint of
both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1.
Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq: 263. Fall)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108, 121,
350 and 353.
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fa//) TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
Spring. Offered alternate years)
If a student desires a two-year secretarial
program, a certificate will be awarded upon
295, 495 TOPICS
completion of the following: Business Education
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
Business Administration 101, 102, 131 and
methodology and readings in the areas of
Economics 120. A student in the two-year
program must select six courses from the
Accounting, Finance or General Business.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand)
general education requirements.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING (No Credit)
Business Education
NOTE: The major in Business Education is
being phased out, effective 1979-80. A limited
number of courses will be offered in 1978-79.
See class schedule for courses offered.
MAJOR: 1 2-1 4 Courses.
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364,
460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school
typewriting or equivalent required. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are recommended.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262, 263, and
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business
Education 108, 350, and English 21 9.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
have had one year of high school typewriting.
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators.
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of transcription machines, filing and
records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties.
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Development of speed in transcribing material
dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a
minute. (Not open to students who have had
one year of shorthand in high school.)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating.
(Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.)
379. In addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand
systems may enroll for rapid dictation and
transcription of material dictated at speeds of
80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 221 or
equivalent.)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
Business Administration 101, 102, 261, 373,
379 and one other course from business
administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly
recommended.
MINOR:
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #.)
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems relating to supervision and
management in the business office, selection
and training of employees; and human relations
within the office.
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on
distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and
projects in marketing.
Economics
MAJOR IN ECONOMICS:
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three
other courses of economics offerings. Business
Administration 101, 102, 379, also required.
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373
may be substituted for Business Administration
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
examination in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general
education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department
are strongly encouraged to select a department
adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well
their program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are:
Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer
Army; Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems,
etc, Fundamental microeconomic tools
introduced to facilitate discussion of the abovementioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a
basic course designed for those students who
do not plan to major in either Economics,
Business Administration or Business Education.
Students who plan to major in the above three
areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than
120. 122 and 123 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application
of elementary economic theory to current
economic problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and
123 may be taken in either order, or may be
taken in the same term in order for the student to
progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall,
Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory
of the household, firm, market structures and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken
independently of Economics 122 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term in order
for the student to progress more rapidly to other
courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to
aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on
monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122.
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through an
internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
250 DATA PROCESSING
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics.(Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing
of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models.
Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122.
Fa4
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention
paid to the economic problems of minority
groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #.
Spring)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of
the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
The student may earn independent study credits
through individually supervised projects designed
to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth.(Prereq.:#. Fall,
Spring)
Department of Chemistry
- -
Chairman: Earl Alton
approved research; participation in seminar.
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115,
116 (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361 and one
advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics
121, 122, and Mathematics 124, 125 also
required. Since upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites,
students should plan to take Mathematics 124,
125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121,
122 in the sophomore year.
Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115;
106 and 1 16; 223 and 351, 352.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 11 courses including 11 5, 116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350.
Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics
124, 125 (which should be taken during the
freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics
121, 122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German
equivalent to one semester also required.
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 11 5,
116 (or 105, 106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic,
and biological chemistry around the theme: the
molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward
the major. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry
within last 3 years or #. Fall)
105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 1 16;
designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go
from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of
examples including organic and environmental
systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of
laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it is suggested
that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the
advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979,
also requires three courses in earth and life
sciences. Students are advised to consult with
the Education Department early in their
planning.
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic
chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief
introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq: high
school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry.
1 15, Fall; 1 16, Spring)
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same
as the graduation major. In addition, medical
schools expect at least two courses (and
usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
I
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of
Designed for nurses in the degree program,
medical technologists and others in allied health
science programs whose professional goals do
not require either of two-term organic course or
the one-term biochemistry course. The organic
chemistry most relevant to a survey of
biochemistry is studied followed by the
structures and metabolic reactions of
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids,
enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour
bctures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 1 15. Spring)
351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactior
mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and
industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 3 5 1,
Fall; 3 5 2 , Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and
solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques
of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative
analysis of a variety of samples, and includes
trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Spring)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and
states of matter are studied in the first
semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and
electrochemistry in the second semester. (3
one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353; Physics 12 1, 122; Mathematics
124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory
and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours
lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq: 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq: 362 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbital theory for molecules, Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular momentum
and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq:
361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors
are occasionally invited to participate.
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of
the literature (including Beilstein); and further
study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra
routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some
reading knowledge of German. Spring)
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by
research participation during the academic year
(which may be counted as a course). (Junior
standing)
East Asian Studies
Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen
MAJOR CONCENTRATION: A major
concentration plan is constructed for each
student with the advice and assistance of his or
her adviser. A major plan normally consists of
ten to twelve courses distributed under one of
the following general categories:
East Asian Culture
Two language courses including one year of
Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history
courses; four to six courses in cultural
-
specialization andlor comparative studies; two
or more independent study andlor seminar
courses.
East Aslan Language and Culture
At least four language courses (a two-year
concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is
encouraged; however, one year of each
language is acceptable); two introductory
history courses; two to four courses in cultural
specialization andlor comparative studies; and
two or more independent study andlor seminar
courses.
-
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
I
I
Augsburg College offers programs leading to
licensure in Education at these levels:
Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early
Childhood, and Secondary Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education
are offered in the following areas: American
Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health,
History, Mathematics, Music, Physical
Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech, and Theater Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for licensure requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all
students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teachereducation program. Students are advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program at
another college must be re-admissable to that
program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for licensure in
Elementary Education:
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361, 362, 371, 372; and 481,
482 and electives.
2. Health Education 1 14 and 1 15.
3. Library Science 358.
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 in the
major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement.)
Requirements for Kindergarten License are the
same as those for elementary education plus
Education 375 and 483.
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching of
reading at both secondary and elementary
level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
Early Childhood Education
Steve Reuter. Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood
Education are the same as those for elementary
education plus the following courses:
SOC.231
Psych. 351
Ed. 325
Ed. 425
Ed. 484
Sociology of the Family
Developmental Psychology:
Child
Contemporary Influences in
Early Childhood Education
Early Childhood Curriculum
Student Teaching (160 hours)
For an Early Childhood License with other than
an education major, consult with the Early
Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN
URBAN SETTING (Elementary)
362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms
(Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary
education. Spring)
372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences
in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent
registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring)
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore
standing or above. Fall, Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory
experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and
acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING
PROBLEMS
Focus is upon the young child as a person and
the importance of the early years of hislher life
in relation to the effects of present-day society
and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start,
implementation of planned variations, and other
interventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of lab.
experience in a day care center andlor nursery
school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #. Fall)
(See Secondary Education)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
(See Library Science)
425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge
and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the
organization of a good program for children:
records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with children
who have uniquely different needs. Class
sessions, and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the
Department of Education and/or #. Spring)
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
1. Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with, or after
the Orientation course. Application forms are
available in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department
or division of their declared major. A student
may take education courses after the
Orientation course only if he or she has
been admitted into the program of the
Department of Education.
2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2.0
overall.
3. Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human
Relations (successful completion of
Augsburg's Education program meets this
requirement).
5. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program: Psych.
105; Health Educ. 1 15; Educ. 265, 359,
478; a minimum of one-half course in
special methods in the area of the student's
major, and a minimum of two courses in
Student Teaching.
481. 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning
experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 351, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 371,
372. Fall, Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 48 1, 482. Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 481, 4 8 2 and 483.
Offered on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Secondary Education
(teacher licensure program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
Department. Secondary Education students are
advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher
licensure. This consultation is recommended in
addition to conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education
will take one full course in special methods and
three courses in Student Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching in Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(Successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
courses H.Ed. 115.)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Licensure Program
courses.
General Information:
1 . For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in
Art, Music and Physical Education receive a
special license which allows them to teach
in their area in all grades from Kindergarten
through twelve (K-12). A person preparing
for licensure in one of these areas follows
the secondary education program even
though he or she plans to teach at the
elementary school level. A person with a
major in one of these special areas will take
three courses in student teaching and do
some student teaching at both the
secondary and elementary levels. In addition
to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for
Educ. 361 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365;
and the major in Music for Educ. 373.
2. For social studies licensure: The program
leading to licensure in this area is being
revised to conform to new state guidelines.
See Einar Johnson for further information.
3. The professional term: Student Teaching is
taken concurrently with School and Society
in one full-time term in professional
education. Special afternoon and/or evening
seminars are held during the term as part of
the professional work. A student taking two
courses in student teaching may elect to
take one course in Independent Study. All
students are expected to be involved full
time in the activities of the professional term.
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN
AN URBAN SETTING (Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all
students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall,
Spring)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY
EDUCATION (1/2 course)
Teaching procedures, materials and projects.
With this general methodology course, must be
taken one or more of the following education
courses in special methods from the
department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych.
105, Educ. 265 and admission into the
secondary education program)
Special Methods Courses (1/2 to 1 course)
Methods and materials in teaching special areas
360 American Studies Methods
l/2 course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary
and junior high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
% course (Fall)
363 Business Methods
% course (Spring)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
l/2 course
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods
l/2 course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
41 0 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 41 0,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING
PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristics of
different kinds of learning problems found in
regular classroom environment. The primary
focus of the course will be on teaching
strategies, but attention also will be given to
procedures for the identification of different
kinds of learning problems, prescriptive
procedures, referral processes, and alternatives
for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fall)
media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
% course
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship
Director.
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production
and evaluation of effective audio visual
materials for teachingllearning situations. (Fall)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by a study of
educational philosophy and the development of
American education, current major issues in
education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary
school library. Extensive study of evaluation
sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum
needs. Concentration on guidance in use of
print and non-print materials. (Fall, Spring)
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience
in observing and directing learning experiences
on the secondary school level under the
supervision of college and htgh school
personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis
dur~ngthe student teaching experience (Pmreq:
senior standing and completion of teacher aide
work and human relations elements of
Education courses 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 . Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
lndependent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Library Science
Patricia Parker, Coordinator
1
I
I
I
,(
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition,
processing and circulation. Services of the
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies and
library instruction. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in a variety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation of library materials on
the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
lndependent study and research on some topic
of interest in the field of school library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Earl Alton: Adviser
Augsburg College is cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and
Michigan Technological University (Houghton,
Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies
which will enable a student to earn the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg
followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program
are guaranteed admission to the engineering
school, provided they have met course
requirements, have a B average, and are
recommended by a designated representative
of Augsburg College. Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications will be
evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria. Minimum course
requirements for admission to the Three-Two
Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics
121, 122; Chemistry 11 5, 116; Computer
Science 245; English 11 1 ; additional courses to
meet general education requirements and a
total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math
124, 125 and Physics 121, 122 are taken in the
freshman year. Students are encouraged to
apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the
adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged.
Department of English
Chairmen: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 I ) , including one
course in American literature, one course in the
Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three
courses in British literature. Of the British
literature courses, one must concentrate on
literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438)
and one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336, 337, or 423). All majors must
take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are
encouraged to take, early in their college work,
course 245, Introduction to Literature. Majors
are strongly urged to consult their departmental
adviser regularly. A student with a double major
or special program that involves considerable
work in the English department should also
work closely with an adviser in the English
department.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
Engllsh: 1 0 courses, including those listed for
the major and 320. Courses in early American
literature, Shakespeare, and film are
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group
Communication, Interpersonal Communication,
Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative
Reading or Stage Direction
Library Science: 475, The High School Library:
Materials Selection and Guidance
In addition to field experience and student
teaching, as required by the Department of
Education, English Education majors will be
required to gain practical experience in the
teaching of writing, to be arranged through the
department chairman.
Students interested in a teaching major are
encouraged to take courses toward their major
during the freshman and sophomore years,
enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term
of the sophomore year and apply for teacher
education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses of
study with the department chairman, students
should consult an adviser in the Department of
Education.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and
3.0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
A student electing a concentration should work
closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses given at the other
cooperating colleges will often fit well into a
concentration.
English 11 1 is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course or consent of the
instructors.
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 I ) , including one
course in British literature, and either 21 9 or
320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9
and 320.
The English Department recommends but does
not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world literature
concentration. A student arranges a
concentration by careful selection of electives
in the major, by the design of an
independent study course that applies to the
concentration, and by the selection of some
related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 41 2, 41 6; English 271,
331, 332, 336, 337, 367, 368, 423, 438 and
sometimes 282, 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 221, 222; American
Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368,
and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student with
an American literature concentration should
take some of the courses listed under the
American Studies major which are selected
from the offerings of several departments at
Augsburg.
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in a variety of writing specializations. The focus
of each course will shift from term to term, e.g.,
Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced
Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the
historical development of the film media. The
course includes the viewing and discussing of
both feature length and short films. See also
description under Speech, Communications and
Theater Arts.
245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama,
and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted
to developing critical and analytical skills in
reading and writing about literature. Strongly
recommended for English majors.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102, 360, 361 ; Philosophy
110 , 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243;
Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352;
English 241, 261, 271, 272, 423, and
sometimes 282, 490, 491.
Reading and analysis of some significant works
of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism.
Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall,
Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE:
HOMER TO DANTE
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
A study of major works of Greek and Roman
literature, for example the epics of Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles,
and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural
background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or
three novels of the period. Relationships among
these writers and their influence on one another
will be emphasized as well as their relationship
to their own age and their lasting contribution to
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval to the modern
period. (Spring)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student
an introduction to structural linguistics and a
view of the development of the English
language. (Offered on demand)
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
While the primary study of the course will be the
writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable
attention will be given to the medieval literary
milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval
poetry, romance, and drama will be examined.
(Alternate years, 1 9 78-79)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature. Special
emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature. (Fall,
Spring)
367 MODERN POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets
and schools of criticism. Discussion may
include the poetry and aesthetics of the
Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics,
Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black
Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional
Poets, and other contemporary movements.
368 MODERN DRAMA
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century.
(Alternate years, 1 9 78- 7 9 )
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
388 LITERARY CRITICISM
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 79-80)
A course designed to introduce students to the
various ways in which modern literary critics
have approached the problem of analyzing and
evaluating literature. Students wil study the
works of historical, psychological, textual, and
archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply
such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Offered on demand)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship
Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel in
England from its eighteenth century beginnings
up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will
be selected from the works of such authors as
Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions
contributing to the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the twentieth century .as the
dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1 9 7 8 79)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention
to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic
and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairman. Provides directed independent study
in the area of the student's choice. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Foreign Languages
Chairman: Gunta Rozentals
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited to their level
of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign
language courses follows the formula: 1 year of
high school foreign language equals 1 course
of college foreign language. However, final
placement is made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the
department. Students who register below their
level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the
language. Courses numbered 21 1, 21 2 meet
useable skill levels.
Course 31 1 is prerequisite to all upper division
courses.
See department faculty for career information
Language majors must consult with department
for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course.
Teaching majors and minors must consult with
the Department of Education for program.
Methods courses by language are joint fivecollege offerings and should be taken in the fall
of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced
Conversation and Composition is a
departmental requirement for teaching majors.
MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later than
early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3
GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors
thesis demonstrating ability in independent
study for one course credit. Consult department
chairman for details.
Chinese
21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Several modern literary works are explored with
the goals of communicating ideas and building
sufficient reading skills to pursue general
reading in French. Completes the review of
basic structures and more complex forms.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including two in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 352. Study in France strongly
recommended.
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. Interim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French literature
read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of these works. Sophomore
standing. Does not count toward a French
major or minor.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study
Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no
previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system and basic sentence structures are
taught to enable understanding and expression
on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 11 1 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills, and
acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. (Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century French
literary readings and a grammar review, this
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. For those who have
studied most of the basic structures. Two hours
of laboratory work. (Fall)
Explores topics of current interest in both oral
and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and
facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments.
Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other
upper division courses. (Fall 1978)
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome
inadequacies and incorrect speech habits.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural
manifestations of their intellectual, political,
social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
In French. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring 1979)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their
contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual
materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. Alternate years. Spring 1 9 79)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of French
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT
a
A survey of the major literary creators of the
Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
French intellectual, social and ethical currents
reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay,
theater, early novel, letters and other prose
forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory work in French. Required of all
majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest
the student acquires extensive training in the
four skills at an advanced level. Attention to
accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic
levels of expression, refinements in style and
organization as individual needs indicate.
Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate
years)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust,
Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of
this genre in theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. On demand)
452 FRENCH DRAMA
A study of French plays that shows the
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq. : 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On
demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and
the literature of ideas that led to new forms and
emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Offered alternate
years)
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in
French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry,
medieval works, Romanticism). Student
presentations in French. For advanced
students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq:
352, 3 5 4 or 355. Offered on demand)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including the
novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and
criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #.
alternate years. Prereq: 3 1 1 or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers
required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1
and 41 1. interim and/or summer in Germany
strongly recommended.
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility in the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common in
colloquial German. lntenslve practice in
speaking is supplemented with exercises in
written composition, (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
111,112, BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 11 1 is for students with no previous
background; 112 is for students who have had
11 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high
school German. Aims at developing basic skills.
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to
read extended narratives in simple German,
insights into German culture and participation in
short conversations. Laboratory materials
available. (1 11, Fall; 11 2, Spring)
21 1,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years high
school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills into working knowledge
of German. Review of basic structures with
emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and
discussion of materials representing
contemporary German life and literature. (21 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements
are read and discussed in English. The
readings are considered not only in the
particular context of German cultural history,
but also discussed in terms of their relevance
to perennial human problems. Credit for this
course does not apply to the major or minor in
German.
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and
social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European
origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War
(1 643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman
civilization, the re-emergence of German
cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages,
and the intellectual and religious upheavals of
the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or
#. Spring 1 9 79 and alternate years)
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of
Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking peoples. In
.
Spring 19 78)
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of German
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th
CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation,
Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Extensive readings and discussions in
Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, supplemented by lectures on the
history of German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class discussions help to
improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th
CENTURY
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland,
poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism.
The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual
and the rise of materialism, technology and
mass man. Readings in German. Class
discussions help to improve students' ability to
deal with concepts and express themselves in
German. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th
CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals
of our time. Writers of international stature are
discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht.
Readings in German with class discussions are
designed to aid students' self-expression in
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 Or #.)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic
genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I.)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the
drama. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
See instructor for supporting courses at
Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature,
linguistics, which can apply toward classics
concentration in cooperation with Macalester
College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, with special emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and
into Greek. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion
of vocabulary and development of reading skills
through selections from the New Testament
and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers,
historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing
and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 112 or
#. Fall)
Japanese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS
An introduction to linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles
and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics (inquiry into the mechanics of
language learning and the structure of the mind
as revealed in language). Theoretical questions
will be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite.
Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
Norwegian
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 ,
and two of 331, 350, 353, 41 1 ; plus one course
under Scandinavian Area Studies.
For the teaching minor: 31 1, 331, 353, 41 1 plus
required education courses, including special
methods.
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in
Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics,
additional courses under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
11 1, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading .and writing. Stress
on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work expected. (1 1 1, Fall; 1 12,
Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian
used as basis for class discussion and
exercises. Laboratory work and some field
experience expected. (Prereq.: 11 2 or
equivalent. Fall)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages
of Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prereq.: 21 1 or
equivalent. Spring)
353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian
literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending
back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given
to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written
reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.:
2 1 1 or equivalent. Spring, 1 9 79. Alternate
years)
41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written
Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical
development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required.
(Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
This study of Norwegian cultural history will
include significant aspects of the contemporary
Norwegian society. Through extensive readings
(in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogenous population of
Norway will be examined. Written and oral
reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years.)
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 31 1,
41 1 , 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study
in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 31 1,
331 or 332, and one course in literature. (Study
in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics,
another language, Pre-Colombian civilization,
Latin-American Area Studies. Consult
department for other supporting courses in
humanities.
11 1, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an
integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 112,
Spring)
31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speaking skills in
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive
practice to improve oral and written expression
with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of
grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.
Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
1 1 2 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
AND CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the Pre-Colombian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or 2 12, with #. Spring 1 9 79)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class
discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in
this course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred.
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works of literature in Spanish.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to
all qualified students. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #.
Offered 1 9 76-77 and 1 9 77-78)
31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility.
Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work.
This course is a prerequisite for all upperdivision courses. (Prereq.: 2 12 or equivalent.
Fall)
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of
Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11
or 1.352, Fall, 1978; 353, Fall, 1 9 79)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature.
Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered
1 9 7 7 and on demand)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness
of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the
Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course.
On demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four
of these courses must be upper division. A
major must have at least one course (either
survey or upper level) from each of the four
areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe;
U.S.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the
regular history major a social science major
with history emphasis is also available. See
"Social Science" in this catalog. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers see
"Education Department" in this catalog and
consult with Education Department faculty for
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and
3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of
the junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must
be upper division.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1200s. (Fall, Spring)
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in seauence.
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or
study on topics not covered in the scheduled
courses. The proposed study must be
approved by the directing faculty member and
the chairman of the department before
registration. A maximum of one course in
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.
history (excluding foreign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration. (Fall)
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
I
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations;
immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the
Twin Cities; economic and political
development. Primary emphasis will be on the
late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Spring)
I
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND
GREECE TO 338 B.C.
I
I
The development of civilization in the Near East
from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in
the arts and sciences and political institutions.
(Spring 1978-79)
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis
is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences
and Rome's contributions in law and the
political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 9 - 8 0 )
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions during the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation. (Spring, 1980-8 1)
399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division students
majoring in history. See department chairman
41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period. An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history. (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state.
Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of
modern science and its effect on intellectual
history. The chronological boundaries may be
listed as 1 560-1 71 4. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities
in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th
century, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples. The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's
fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be
on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last
fifty years. (Spring 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments in this
area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist
movements and the process of decolonization
will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 1 9 7 9 80)
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of Japan as
a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study
of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era,
modernization factors since 1868, interaction
and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 1 9 7 8 79)
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century. (Spring 1 9 79-80)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to
individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
Geography
114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools
of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical
and human environment. (Fall 1 9 7 8 and
alternate years)
Department of Mathematics
Chairman: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5,
224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses
351, 373, 441 must be included. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers are
advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must
include advanced study in areas of Analysis,
Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations,
ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric
functions. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. Students who have
completed 124 may register for credit only with
consent of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL
AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a single
variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. Students who
have completed 1 2 4 may not register for
credit. (Spring)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with
applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations
with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq: 224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on
the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes
the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Admission to Elementary Education Program)
31 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures
of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq: 2 15. Fall)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (1 24, Fall;
125, Spring; 2 2 4 , Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean spaces,
transformations, sequences and series of
functions, improper integrals, differential forms
and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq:
224. 3 2 4 , Spring; 325, Fall)
An introduction to the structure of mathematical
systems and mathematical models which have
had a primary historical impact on the other
liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending
further study of mathematics. Does not apply
toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq: #)
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities,
expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of
hypotheses. (Prereq: 224. Fall)
21 5 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear
transformations, and matrices. (Prereq: 224.
Spring)
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation
methods. (Prereq: 122 or 125. Spring, 1980.
Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq: 3 14,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring,
19 79. Offered alternate years)
245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from real or
complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology,
probability, statistics, or computer science.
(Prereq: 3 14, 324, or #. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods including
flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation.
Extensive programming in a non-scientific
higher level language, such as COBOL.
Primarily for students in non-science areas.
An introduction to computer languages and
methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and
manipulation, hardware register operations, and
computer organization. Programming in
machine language, assembly language, and
FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily
from science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math
125 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems
and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit may be
granted toward a mathematics major or minor.
(Prereq: C.S. 2 4 5 and Math. 224 or
concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent
depending on the hospital with which the
students plan to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 1 11, 112
and two additional upper division (usually 367
and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116),
223 (or 351, 352), 353; 3) Physics: 103 (or
121, 122); one math course.
Students transferring to Augsburg College with
an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent
should expect to spend two years at Augsburg
before participating in the internship year. The
Medical Technology major is not designed for
persons who already have the baccalaureate
degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies (Interdisciplinary)
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 1 5 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 11 1 ,
362, 363, 381, and 383; plus a minimum of one
course of internship or independent study.
visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the
Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation,
populations, ethnic communities, transportation,
planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 102; Biology I01 ;
Computer Science 245; Education 478; English
351 ; History 431 ; Religion 360; Speech 342;
others, including interims, internships, and
independent studies, and urban courses at
other ACTC colleges by approval of the
director and the Urban Studies faculty.
Each student's major program must be
approved by the director.
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors
(such as business administration, history,
political science, psychology, religion,
sociology, speech). The following core courses
are required for the Concentration: Economics
120; Political Science 122; Sociology 11 1 ;
Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science
Research course; an approved internship andlor
independent study.
Students are placed in a variety of public and
private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST
faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study is done in conjunction with
a one-course internship. In consultation with
MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic
for library andlor field research related to
subjects of seminars andlor major academic
interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This program is located at the University of
Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Other Urban Studies options available through
the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA):
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
Students are placed in beginning, intermediate
or advanced study depending on proficiency.
Instruction emphasizes conversational
vocabulary to support student course work and
daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current
issues in Norwegian life and society is
coordinated with the language instruction.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement
morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal
articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: TWIN CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom, students
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution,
and social organization of Scandinavian cities
are approached through a combination of
lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban
development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian
approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips,
and guest speakers. Course focus is on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative
analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or
major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is
located in Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon
urbanization and development in the Third
World.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced
levels.
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION IN
LATIN AMERICA
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both
English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Colombian urbanists.
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY,
AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY
Structured field course focusing on plight and
prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities
for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and to public and private agencies
dealing with urban problems.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or
major academic interests.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robed Karle'n
Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg
College must make application to the Music
Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such
application should be made no later than the
beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music
Department handbook for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must
take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses:
101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, pass a piano
proficiency test, perform in a music
organization for 2 years, participate in
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
re~ertoiretests.
MAJOR: 1 2 courses including Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355;
365 or 375; 457, 458; and 4 years of
Performance Studies.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses including Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457, 458; two of
354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; and education courses. Consult with
Department of Education for requirements in
education.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE: 1 3 courses
including Core Curriculum plus 350, two of
354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or
other elective; and 4 years of Performance
Studies with double periods in the last two
years.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or
476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of
Performance Studies including at least one term
of voice; Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395,
399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of
264, 351, 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and
one of 11 1, 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in
physical education (232 recommended);
elective in speech (1 16 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music
Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses
required for graduation.
Students need to apply for internship sites nine
months in advance of starting date. Since the
number of sites in Minnesota is limited,
students may need to seek out-of-state
internship placements.
This major normally requires four and one-half
years for completion Upon satisfactory
completion of the program, the student is
eligible to apply for certificationlregistration with
the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458
and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests.
Attendance at all Performance Workshops
during the year of Performance Studies and 8
campus recitals also required.
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
I
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they (1) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by
attendance at concerts both on and off campus;
the performing organizations; the creation
andlor promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least
3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the
Honors Program at the beginning of the second
term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate
quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal
andlor instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis
and its defense before a faculty committee or a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty
committee and a solo recital of graduate
quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital
Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student
recitals is required of sophomore, junior and
senior music majors. Music minors must attend
8 faculty and student recitals as well as all
Performance Workshops during the year of
their Performance Studies. All music majors
and minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is required
of majors during either the junior or senior year,
except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or
Bachelor of Music degree, is given required
lessons in the area of his concentration without
extra cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may not
exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour
lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College
as a Music major must, before registration and
acceptance into the major program, ( I ) take a
placement test in music theory, and (2) sing or
play representative pieces recently studied in
his or her area of applied music concentration.
This may be done immediately before
registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer
students must pass the Piano Proficiency test
by the end of their first semester at Augsburg.
101,102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course extending
over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical
theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel,
rather than sequentially. (10 1 , 223, Fall. 102,
224, Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music through the study of
selected works of great composers from each
period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships
between music and the other fine arts. For the
non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras,
(Spring)
Works of 20th Century composers will be
chosen according to instrumentation and
abilities represented by the class, so that indepth analysis can prepare for performance.
An evaluation will be made of each
composition studied with regard to its
significance and relationship to the total output
of that composer. (Prereq: 224. Spring.
Alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of choral
ensembles. (Fall)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
458
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
476 ORCHESTRATION
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music
for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. (Alternate years)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniaues for teachina ~ i a n oStudents
.
will
give individual lessons-to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Development and influence of the music of the
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. (Fall)
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to
advanced students up0n
Of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Music Therapy
Offers an opportunity to apply information and
techniques acquired in music theory and history
classes to the study of the music of our time.
110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in the
surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions. This will be an introductory course
for the freshmen and sophomores who may be
considering music therapy as a major. This
course will give the students a broad
background in the many and varied ways in
which music is used as a therapy. (Interim)
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq: 3 9 5 )
495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a
week, six terms. No credit.
Recitals, Lessons, Organizations
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings.
(Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and
response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process and
development of an experimental research
project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning
music, musical talent, and performance.
(Prereq: 3 8 2 )
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement in an internship setting
approved by the National Association for Music
Therapy for six months. This is started after
completion of the senior year and is necessary
for registration by the NAMT. Applications for
internship sites must be made nine months in
advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for public
performance. Acquaints students with a
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available
to all students. For statement of fees, see under
Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in piano taken after the piano
proficiency examination has been passed
may be applied toward the music major or
minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and
articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass
Instruments, String Instruments,
Percussion Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance.
MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the
benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to participate
in groups affording opportunity for musical
expression. Membership for the full year
required of participants. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to 65
singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band,
Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble,
Woodwlnd Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 79.
Students now entering college should be alert
for changes in requirements after July 1,
19 79).
MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 11 1, 112.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from
the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105, 106, or (1 15, 11 6), and 353
are required. In order to complete the total of 5
courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351
and 361.
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 121, 122, 245 are required;
two additional courses to be chosen after
consultation with a member of the Physics
Department.
Early consultation with adviser is
recommended.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a
number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools to
which he or she intends to apply. Early
consultation with a premedical adviser is
recommended.
MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 11 1,
112, 491 or 492, and 2 upper division biology
courses; Chemistry 115, 116 or (1 05, 106),
351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124
and 125; and Physics 121, 122.
Department of Nursing
Chairman: Donna Peterson
Augsburg offers a second-step program in
nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree with a major in nursing.
Requirements for admission to the major are:
completion of an associate degree or a diploma
program in nursing with a minimum overall
grade point average of 2.5; a current license to
practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota;
and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy
and physiology, and microbiology at accredited
institutions of higher education. These courses
may be taken at Augsburg prior to admission
into the nursing program.
Nurses who have not been actively engaged in
the practice of nursing for five years must take
a refresher course prior to acceptance into the
program.
Courses in introductory psychology,
introductory sociology, English composition,
and organic chemistry are also required for the
major. Students may take these courses at
Augsburg during their first year in the program
or they may take CLEP examinations to validate
credits.
MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing including 301,
302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and
two of the following: 420, 421 ; or 425, 426.
Speech 354, Interpersonal Communication is
highly recommended. The required courses in
sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and
biology listed above may apply toward
distribution requirements as well as toward the
major.
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Lecture, laboratory course which is an
extension of Nursing 31 0.
320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP
IN NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current
leadership responsibilities of the professional
nurse and the trends and issues evolving in
contemporary nursing practice.
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the
development of skills in comprehensive history
taking and physical examination which assist
the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families.
350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING
RESEARCH
Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic
research as applied to nursing. Students are
involved in designing, implementing, and
evaluating research projects.
301, 302, 401, 402 NURSING
SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV
420, 421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC
NURSING
Discussions designed to facilitate the student's
progress throughout the nursing program and to
assist in career-goal attainment. One course
credit granted on completion of all four
seminars. PIN grading only.
Seminarllaboratory courses in which the
student explores in depth a chosen area of
study and develops expertise in the selected
area of practice. Opportunities are available
which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop
behavioral objectives, select learning
experiences, and work cooperatively and
collaboratively with preceptor, instructor,
agencies and clientslfamilies in initiating
complex nursing care. (Prereq: 3 10, 3 1 1 ,
320, and 325).
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Lecture courses which focus on the
investigation and application of the concepts
and principles of health promotion, health
maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and
rehabilitation to nurse-ciientlfamily relationships
in the community setting. Emphasis is placed
on involving the student in health teaching and
counseling activities with individuals and
families.
425, 426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN
DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING
For course description see 420, 421.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Kenneth Bailey
130 LOGIC
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,
343. and 344.
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then
says you must accept a particular conclusion.
Do you? When does a conclusion follow from
premises? Here we examine the rules which
govern valid arguments and work to develop
your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy
Honors program is by recommendation of the
philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will
be made at the end of the junior year. The
program will consist of an honors thesis on an
approved topic of the student's choice,
involving research above the course level, and
a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the
department.
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS AND METHOD
Though each person has his own set of ideas
and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. The major
function of the course is to enable you to
develop the critical and analytical skills required
to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and
beliefs. (Fall, Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right
or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is
right? Because you like it? Are there better
reasons for thinking something right or wrong?
This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the
moral judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
AND ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? How did
Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our
contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt
to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore
the worship of the world and the individual in
the Renaissance and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with experience? What can we really know
about the world? What impact did Romanticism
have on philosophy? This course studies the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HI,STORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV:
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love
affair with language? Is truth that which works?
Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous
science? These and other issues are dealt with
in a study of the major representatives of
linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring)
constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there
certain real questions which science cannot
answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition
to dealing with these questions, students will
work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Fall, 1 9 78)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical
and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a
being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as
absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness
of God with human and animal suffering? Is
man really immortal? Are miracles possible?
We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of
religious beliefs. (Spring, 19 79)
Application of ethical principles to problems
which arise in the areas of medical care and
delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for
the dying and euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies
which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1978)
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes,
Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses:
24 1, 242, 3 4 3 , or #.)
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
440 THEORY OF BEING
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an ir~dividualbe fully
human without it? How does language relate to
the world - can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the
mathematician and the scientist have a
language? Is it possible to have a language
which only one individual can understand? We
shall explore how philosophers have responded
to these and other important questions about
language. (Fall, 1 9 78)
Being is the most important concept which
philosophy investigates. This course studies
some of the perennial theories of metaphysics
along with some modern applications of these
theories. Students will have the opportunity to
read and discuss primary texts as well as
contemporary articles dealing with
metaphysics. (Prereq: one prior course in
philosophy)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is
purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture,
political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar
format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1, 242,
343, or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty
adviser.
Department of Physical Education and Health Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
Physical Education
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: H.Ed. 11 4,
115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351,
471, 472, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232,
243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472; Biol. 103.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 1 15, 354, 355; P.E. 223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 485, 491,
495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362.
Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy
Major must be secured from the Coordinator of
Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
485, 491 ; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 11 4, 115;
P.E. 243, 350, 351, 475, one of 476-480, and
practicum in coaching (Practicum requires
registration for Independent Study 499).
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota high schools are
required to have at least a coaching
endorsement in the field of physical education
and athletics.
102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement. No
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and
officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and
officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
AND RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon-hour activities, camp
nights, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis
upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq: Biology 103; Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term)
The major effects of exercise upon the systems
of the body and physiological principles applied
fo exercise programs and motor training.
(Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
'12 course
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching
physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 MODERN DANCE
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration
of movement, energy, form, and design. No
previous dance experience necessary.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairman
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
'
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq: 243. Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS AND SWIMMING
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics,
stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior
and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq:
Swimming competence as determined by pretest or satisfactory completion of Lifetime
Sports, Swimming. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF
ATHLETIC INJURIES
% course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room
procedures. (Prereq: 350. Spring, 1st half of
term)
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of
term)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALLISOFTBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd
half of term)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq: 350,
35 1; H. Ed. 355. Summer School only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration
of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq: 350,
351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation
required. Includes actual hospital experience in
the following four areas of corrective therapy:
(1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology,
(4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq: 485, 491, and
approval of department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in an area of physical
education. Open only to junior or senior majors.
C
.
Health Education
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: I 10, 1 1 4 , 1 1 5 ,
320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem.
105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241.
Techniques for developing a course of study
based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and
diseases. (Prereq: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200
series; also #.)
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
11 0 , 11 4, 11 5, 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103,
108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231,
241 ; Educ. 265, 478, 480, 481, 482.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5;
Biol. 103, 11 I .
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and the
community. (Fall)
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD
% course
Education of the exceptional child with special
reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school
health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: P. E. 350. Spring)
355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT
% course
114 SAFETY EDUCATION
% course
Survey of basic statistical procedures and
evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
Principles and practices of safety education in
school and community life. Includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
41 0 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION
OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
% course
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abused. (Fall, Spring)
Historical background, legal bases, school
health services, and relationship to community
health program and resources. Methods and
materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
(Prereq: 320.)
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245,
351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above
122. In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have Mathematics 124, 125,
and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and
Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and
three courses above 122.
HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics
and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of
a physics topic with an oral defense of the
written research report. Application for the
honors major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major.
Students are advised to refer to the Education
Department section of the catalog and consult
with the Education Department early in their
planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of
membership in a national physics society and
of participating in the physics community on a
professional basis. Membership in SPS is open
to all students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor
society is open to those students who have
completed the equivalent of a minor in physics
and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0
overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as
well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night
viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments are
selected not only to illustrate fundamental
principles, but also to demonstrate the
relevance of physics to the life sciences. The
course is designed to serve students in biology,
psychology, physical education (therapy
programs), medical technology and other health
science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hour laboratory. Prereq: Elem. algebra. Fali)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics,
fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq:
Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration.
12 1, Fall; 122, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear and solid state physics. This course
indicates the need for, and develops the
experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C, and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube and
some circuit applications. The study of solid
state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits
with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq: 122 or 103 plus
Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout.
Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an
introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122. Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms
of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion,
systems of particles, oscillatory systems,
central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems
and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.
35 1, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus throughout.
Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of
Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and
magnetic properties of materials, and the theory
of electromagnetic radiation based on
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 362, Fall;
363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq: Junior standing. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject is developed
from two independent yet complementary
viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic
classical thermodynamics and the theoretical,
microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq. : 3 5 1 . Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation
values, angular momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include
potential wells and potential barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 3 5 1, 352.
Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to explore
systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and
seniors with departmental approval.
Department of Political Science
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis
(Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 170;
158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one
of the five areas may be counted for that area.
MINOR: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or
170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses
in 3 out of 5 areas*.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in
Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 3.0 over-all. The student must take an
Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than March 1 of the
senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may work
with any member of the Department on their
Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan.
Students should apply for the Honors Major no
later than the first term of the junior year.
* The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis,
International Politics, Public Law, and Political
Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in
more than one area may be counted in only
one area toward major or minor requirements.)
General Education
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially
appropriate are Political Science 121, 122, 158,
160 or 170.
The Urban requirement may be filled by
Political Science 122, 342 or by an Internship,
Interim, lndependent Study, or Seminar on an
urban-related topic.
Students interested in secondary education
may take a political science major in
combination with specified social science
courses, in compliance with state requirements.
For more information, see the department
chairman or the Social Studies Education
adviser.
opinion research and political public relations.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS
The politics of American government including
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of
congressional, executive, and bureaucratic
policymaking; the contemporary structure of
federalism; and current issues in American
society.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national, urban or
state focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq: Two courses in Political Science or #.
Offered on demand.)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
I
Politics in the urban setting, including important
issues, actors, and structures influencing public
policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and
discussion of contemporary issues.
1
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation.
promotion and management, emphasizing
political and economic interaction. (Prereq: 1
course in Political Science or #)
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years).
I
I
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and
other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics.
(Prereq: One course in Political Science or #)
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political parties
in the lectoral process. Field work with political
parties and interest groups and media in
presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #.
Fall term of election years.)
(See Section V for description)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including public
Indepth study of elite andlor mass participation
in the political system. (Offered on demand.
Prereq: One course in Political Science or I.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism,
legalism, and realism in foreign policy.
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of
Commurlist nations, with emphasis upon the
Soviet Union and China. (Prereq: One course in
Political Science or #.)
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process.
Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United
States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional system,
emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases
involving the United States government and the
federal system. (Prereq: 170 or #. Offered
alternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq: 1 70 or #. Offered alternate years.)
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT
A study of influential political philosophers from
Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values,
goals, and assumptions which continue to
inform and to rationalize human governance.
(Prereq: One course in Political Science or # .)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public policy
practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare
state in comparative perspective. (Prereq: One
course in Political Science or #.)
382 MARXIST VISIONS:
PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and
movements emphasizing Marxism as developed
in Russia and China. Consideration of the
political, social, and economic dimensions of
the theories, with some focus on the preferred
futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq: 158
or #. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological
and economic approaches to political study,
and a survey of the methods common to
empirical social science. (Prereq: Social
Statistics; Political Science 158 and two upper
division courses, or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship
Supervisor in the department to determine
project.
-
-
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
determine project. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
Special topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
495 SEMINAR
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.
#)
Independent study for lower division students.
(Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
- -
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Norman Ferguson
MAJOR: 10 courses. Supporting courses from
other departments will also be required;
Physics 103 is one of the required courses.
The major program is planned in consultation
with an adviser in the psychology department
and approved by the department chairman.
Required courses include 105, 264, 265 and
493. Additional courses to include in
preparation for graduate study are 355, 357,
359, 481, and at least one course in Personality
or Developmental Psychology. The major
program should include 105 in the freshman
year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or
sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior
year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology
sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is
recommended. The overall plan will be directed
toward a basic understanding of the discipline
of psychology and toward the particular
educational, vocational, and professional
interests and goals of the individual student. A
written plan for the major should be completed
and approved by the beginning of the junior
year. The plan, which may indicate one or
more electives in psychology, should be
completed early in the sequence of psychology
courses. Completion of a written plan later than
the beginning of the junior year may delay
graduation; early planning is recommended.
Not more than a total of two courses from
among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted
toward the minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that this
restriction applies toward the minimum
requirement; the student may actually take
more such courses.
It is recommended that psychology majors take
additional course work from among the
following departments: Biology, Mathematics,
and Computer Science. It is recommended that
students interested in physiological psychology,
comparative psychology, psychological
measurement, or experimental psychology
include at least three of these courses in their
psychology major program.
MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more
than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may
be counted toward the minor.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average
over-all, and completion of a high quality
research project culminating the major program.
Application for honors consideration must be
made during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairman for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior, and
research procedures associated with the study
of behavior. A structure of the field of
psychology including psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture and
laboratory regarding the fundamentals of
neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research
methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions
of the central nervous system with
environmental events including the effects of
drugs on behavior. (Prereq: 105 and one
course in biology; two courses in biology are
recommended. Fall)
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation
in human and animal learning, problem solving,
social psychology, and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and
experimental design methodology. Experimental
Psychology I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Experimental Psychology II.
Majors in psychology must take both terms of
the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265;
265 should be taken in the term immediately
following 264. (Prereq.: 105. 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring;
265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission.
Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the
time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical
implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq.: 105. Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide
variety of species from lower animals
(invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with the
environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and
environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq.: 1.05. Fall, Spring)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement,
interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior
of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases
used for building understanding of and
appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data
and theory have for the development of
persons in the adolescent and adult periods of
life (Prereq.: 35 1. Spring)
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideration of theories
of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders.
Consideration of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or
3 6 1 . Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL:
FEMALE AND MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and
goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data
bearing on these differences. (Prereq: 105 or
#.)
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology. (Prereq:
2 courses. Offered alternate years)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given to
goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN
PSYCHOLOGY
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of
individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality;
exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105.
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult with the
departmental internship coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register.
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and
Study of selected areas and topics within
psychology that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics
will be published prior to registration. (Prereq:
105 and #. Fall, Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal issues.
Consideration of the approaches and methods
of behavioral science in relation to the study of
such issues. (Prereq: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student must
present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and
purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
Religion 1 1 1 or 221 are prerequisite to all other
courses.
major. One upper division New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered 361-363
and one from those numbered 471 -475.
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 356,
481 and also including a seminar especially for
majors to be taken in the junior or senior year.
Only one interim course may be applied to the
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and
3.0 over-all; research project approved by the
department and a colloquium with the
department.
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim
course may be counted to the minor. In order
to prepare for teaching about religion in public
schools the student should work closely with
the Religion Department in designing a program
which includes: (a) a major in an academic field
which is certifiable for elementary or secondary
school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with
courses 356, 360, 363, 471, and 355. The
Minnesota State Department of Education does
not at this time grant licensure for a Religion
major or minor.
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian
doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
An introductory survey of some of the major
living religions of the world, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and
Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of
primary documents from these religious
communities.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of these
changes to the institutional church.
361 CHURCH FATHERS
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
See under Department of Philosophy.
A study of the early Christian Church in the
context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the
development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several
early Christian leaders and a special unit on the
life and thought of Augustine.
353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS
IN AMERICA
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of
the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
An introduction to the theological thought of the
Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century.
Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
354 LIFE AND WORK OF THE CHURCH
Congregational life in its varied character with
attention directed to Christian education and
curriculum, youth work and parish work.
(Offered 1 9 7 7-78)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
The origin, literary character, and transmission
of the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and
the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture.
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be examined.
The theological, as well as the legal and
educational implications will be analyzed and
discussed. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
(See under Department of Music)
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing
with their content, literary structure and
relationships. Attention to the variety of
interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus."
(Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD
TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from the
end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern
Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a
grant to Augsburg College in support of this
course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian
Church. (Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as
expressed in the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and
biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of
the church. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action.
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
Russian Area Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major in Russian Area Studies is a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to
give the student the broadest possible exposure
to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics,
literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition
to providing a good liberal education, the
program can enable students to prepare for
graduate study, or careers in areas such as
government, international business, or teaching.
The Major consists of 11 courses:
4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian
(or equivalent competencies)
2 courses in Russian history
1 course in Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course in Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
Scmdinavim Area Studies
Director: Mildred Joel
331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT IN
AMERICAN HISTORY
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to
Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language Department or
subdepartment regardless of their content
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural.
Students graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level
study of a Scandinavian language. See
Norwegian courses listed under Department of
Foreign Languages.
255, 355 OIL AND NORWAY:
MUTUAL IMPACT
An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging
Norwegian petroleum industry upon the politics
and economy of Norway and, conversely, of
Norwegian political perspectives and institutions
upon the development and use of this recently
discovered resource. (Interim, 1 9 7 8 )
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 78)
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
The Old World background and use of
"America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land;
aspects of Norwegian-American culture.
(Offered 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 )
How did the Old Stock American host society
receive the waves of new comers to the U.S. in
the 19th and 20th centuries? How did the
immigrants respond to the reception? Through
case studies, selected readings, class lecture,
and discussions, this course examines the
encounter of the new American culture with the
older European cultures. (Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 )
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic communities in Minnesota.
(Offered 1 9 7 4 - 7 5 , soliciting students from the
community on a non-credit basis, as well as
regular college students either on an audit or
credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered
alternate years. Fall, 1 9 7 8 )
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Fall, 1979)
See description under Department of Art.
360 EDDA AND SAGA
396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA
A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of
early Scandinavia, including Snorre's
Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas.
Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland.
Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology
and other topics. Taught in English. Counts
toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when
readings and papers are done in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 1 9 7 5 )
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History. (1977-78).
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Department of History. (1 974-75).
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
In consultation with a faculty member, student
selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquisl
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for
those preparing for secondary school teaching
in social studies. The requirements for licensure
are in the process of being changed. For those
graduating after July I , 1979 a new
"competency based" program will be in effect.
See Department of Education for further details.
The Social Science major is also recommended
for others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This major
may be earned in any one of four distributions.
A student may not list a double major in Social
Science and one of the several component
disciplines unless the distribution selected in
the Social Science major is significantly
different from the other major.
A. History Emphasis
7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in
Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2 in
Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at least 4 of
these courses must be upper division.
2 courses in political science
1 course in the methodology of the social
sciences selected from the following:
Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 - Quantitative
Methods for Economics and Business
Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I
Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis
Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation
4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines:
geography, anthropology, economics,
sociology, psychology
B. Behavioral Science Emphasis
14 courses from the following disciplines:
economics, history, political science,
pyschology, sociology (including
anthropology); at least 5 courses must be
upper division.
Included in this requirement are the
following:
( I ) at least 2 courses fr.om each of 3 of
the 5 disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th
discipline excluding history.
(2) 1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the
following:
Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365
(3) 1 course in American history
C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis
Hist. 103 - The Modern World
1 course in the methodology of the social
sciences selected from the following:
Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365
12 courses in non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least four
disciplines represented.
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474;
history seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic.
Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political
science seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant t o ~ i c .
Econ. 122, 258.
Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104;
Econ. 122
4th term of college work in a modern
foreign language.
2) Required: upper division
Pol. Sci. 363, 461 ; Hist. 332.
3) Electives: 7 courses selected from this
list. No more than five from any one
discipline.
Pol. Sci. 350, 351, 380, 381, 382;
political science seminar, independent
study, or interim course on a relevant
to~ic
Hist. 41 6, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474;
history seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic
Econ. 251, 258, 495; economics
independent study or interim course on a
relevant topic
Sociology 241
4th term of college work in a second
modern foreign language.
Sociology 241
Religion 356
Philosophy 355
D. International Relations Emphasis
1) Required: lower division
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
each of five disciplines, selected from the
following: anthropology, economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology, and
sociology. The selection of courses must be
approved by one of the faculty supervising the
social science major.
Department of Sociology
Chairman: G. Nelson
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including
121, 362, 363, 375 and 485, Completion of
Graduate Record Examination in sociology.
(Highly recommended: a CHR course,
internship, independent study or upper division
interim course in sociology.) This
recommendation is made in the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety of
learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairman
concerning areas of concentration.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper
division courses (i.e., 300 and above).
HONORS MAJOR: The student must :~ave a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7
overall. Application for honors in sociology
candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis
proposal to Department Chairman before April
1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent
upon departmental approval of proposal by
April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through
which work on thesis will be completed. Honors
degree in sociology will be granted to a
candidate if helshe successfully defends the
thesis before March 31 of senior year and
maintains GPA through graduation.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in
such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed,
and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these
institutions take the course together with
college students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and interest.
11 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
See under Department of Religion.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilities of human community in the context
of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basic aspects of society; socialization, family
life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element in the way we see
the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a
comparison of alternate realities as found in
different cultures and varying social contexts.
An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture.
(Fall, Spring)
300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS
IN SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach.
Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of
quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical
analysis. Designed especially for political
science and sociology majors. Sociology
majors should take Soc. 363 the following
term. (Prereq: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence.
Overview of commonly-used research designs
and measurement techniques. Applications for
program evaluations. Practice doing research
by way of class activities and individual
projects. To be taken immediately after Soc.
362. (Prereq: Soc. 362 or #. Spring.)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
AND PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview of methods of organizing,
comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing eqiriprnent
for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially
.experimental designs and applications to
program evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq: high school algebra. Spring)
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juvenile
justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections.
Major attention is focused on the causation and
prevention of crime and delinquency, and the
various modes of treatment. (Prereq: 1 2 1. Fall)
relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity"
and what part they play in understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at the
major assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the
ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic
Interaction", an important orientation in social
psychology, will be used as a way of dealing
with the major issues in the course. (Prereq:
121 and Psych 105. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban
sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system;
metro-urban planning and policy systems; major
issues related to shaping the future metropolis.
The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as
an important learning laboratory. (Prereq: 11 1
or 1 2 1 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status
and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of the
amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning
inequality in the U.S. (Prereq: Soc. 121.
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or Internship
Director for details. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. (Prereq: 2 courses in
sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according
to department guidelines. (Prereq: 1 2 1 and
permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Department of Social Work
Chairman: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins in the
junior year, but all students are advised to take
Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores
unless exempted by the faculty.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for
students preparing for social work practice is
the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor
of Arts degree should be chosen only if the
student is not interested in a professional social
work position. Core program consists of Psych.
105, and either Psych. 351 and 352, or Soc.
375; Soc. 121, 231, 365, and 383; and Social
Work 257 (optional and if available), 361, 363,
461, 463, 465 and 467. Recommended
courses are: one CHR; Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. 121
or 122 or 325 or 326; Psych. 362.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS
DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose
the BA program unless there are definite plans
not to enter social work practice after
graduation. The core program consists of the
same courses as specified for the BS except
that Sociology 231 is not required and only one
of Social Work 461 or 463 is required. Students
may take a second major, but cannot take a
Social Work Specialization.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED
FOR PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
IN SOCIAL WORK:
Broad preparation in all areas of social science
with at least one course in each social science
is recommended if graduate training in social
work is considered. The following are highly
recommended: Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. (one or
more) 121, 122, 158, 325, and 326; Psych. 361
and 362; and Soc. 241, 373, and 375.
SPECIALIZATIONS: Specialization may be
taken in the BS major. Specializations in Aging,
Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections,
and Youth are possible. Specialization consists
of courses descriptive of dysfunctional and
programmatic aspects of the special area, plus
field work assignments in the senior year.
Completion of a specialization sequence will be
noted on the student's transcript.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
Opportunity to know social work professionals,
social service delivery systems, and career
aspects of the helping vocations. Independent
study with a term paper report and weekly
review conferences. Especially recommended
for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim)
361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects of the
various systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the role of social work in them. Special
emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions
and movements contributory to the rise of the
welfare state; description of the various
programs and services of the welfare system;
the profession of social work; exploration into
the future of welfare. Three class periods per
week plus special assigned work. (Prereq:
Junior, or #. Fall)
363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social
work practice with individuals and small groups;
development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Two class periods of
lecture-discussion sessions or small group
discussions per week plus 10 hours of field
experience per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , Junior.
Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS AND
SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK
Refinement of practice skills in direct service
social work through field practice, seminar
analysis, and regular class work. Examination of
the alternatives, modes and submethods in
social work. Some emphasis upon development
of an eclectic practice style. Attention to
professionalism and futurism in social work. 1 0
hours of field experience per week. (Prereq.:
363 or #. Fall)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 )
surveyance of historical forms of social change,
2) understanding the basic issues and
strategies relevant to social protest and change,
3) examination of the structure, function and
dysfunction of various community organizations
and other corporate and political systems, and
4) knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #.
Fall)
465 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
Seminars consisting of an introduction to social
policy formulation and analysis associated with
the delivery of services in selected areas of
social work practice. Examination of the
development and impact of policy in such areas
as mental retardation, chemical dependency,
youth, aging, and public welfare and social
security. Field experience of 10 hours per
week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , 4 6 3 , and senior or #.
Interim)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER
AS A PROFESSIONAL
Futurism in social work; professional education;
application of ethics and all professional
principles to practice. Field assignment of 1 0
hours per week as a professional social
worker. (Prereq.: 461, Spring)
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPAof 3.25 in the
major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive
examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly
recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Communication Arts
COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 21 9. Supporting courses required but
not counting toward the major: Speech 111 ;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology
11 1 or 241, 375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows for
different emphases - journalism, advertising
and public relations, radio-television-film, human
relations, and supervisory management.
Program guides for each area are available
from the Department Chairman or the Office of
Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action
plan. Freshmen should take Speech 11 1,
Psychology 105, Sociology 11 1, and
Philosophy 130.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
English minor, preferably a major. The
communications major or minor does not
qualify one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses,
including 11 1, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352,
354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a
minor in English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 11 1
and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation in
forensics.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art.
219 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM
See under Department of English.
225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II
See under Department of Art.
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See under Department of English
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses.
242 FILM-MAKING
SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved
by department.
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
An introduction to commercial television with
an emphasis on the director:^ role; some
emphasis on producing, programming, writing,
acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee:
$10. Fall, Spring)
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
COMMUNICATION
See under Department of Political Science.
Selected topics in speech and communication,
with emphasis on the use of primary sources
and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring)
351 ARGUMENTATION
Theater Arts
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical
work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and
communications. (Prereq: Jr., Sr.,
Communication major or #. Spring)
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and
help to overcome communication barriers.
( S ~ r iinns)
355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and
organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology
I
399 INTERNSHIP
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses,
including: 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 360, 361, 366,
467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in
dramatic literature may be counted toward a
theater arts major. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 111, 1 16, and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts major:
Experience is required in four out of the five
following areas: acting, set construction and
painting, lighting and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in
dramatic productions during all four years.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 241 or
243, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and
diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 11 1, 228, 232, 361, 366, one of the
following: 241, 243, 476, and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech. An introduction
to principles and methods of speech
correction. (Spring)
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses. 11 1, 228, 232, 241 or
243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366,
467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a
minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
361 THEATER HISTORY
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for elementary and secondary school teachers
and recreation leaders. (Fall)
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Fall)
228 STAGECRAFT
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Laboratory fee $20. Fall)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upperdivision students only. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Department Chairman for details.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq: 228 or #. Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (fall)
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by
combining appropriate portions of two majors
may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The
Transdisciplinary Major enables students to
respond to a particular career interest. While
such an individually developed major may
satisfy the particular interests of a student,
broad majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary
Major are to observe the following:
a. The major program should include at least
two-thirds of the courses required in the
normal major programs of two major fields
offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract
forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar);
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1976-77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,821
Summer Session, 1977. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,314
Summary of Graduates
Graduates,1870-1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,675
Graduates, 1977 (August 31,1976-May 22,1977). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6
Faculty
RUTH L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin
(French)
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D.
1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARGARET ANDERSON, Acting Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota.
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D.
1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972, University of Minnesota
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department
Chairman
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of
Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
*MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
'ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Percussion)
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern
University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959,
University of Minnesota
*ANNE BOLLATI, lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota (Spanish)
*RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*DANIEL G. BRICK, lnstructor in Business Administration
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the
Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English and Director of Summer School, Ph.D. 1973,
University of California - Santa Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMIN G. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Adjunct lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966,
Duke University
*DAVID DOMAAS, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1977, Augsburg College
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech & Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairman
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music
MARK J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
'KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University,
Department Chairman
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University
NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairman
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Planning and Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University
Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
MARK L. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota
*STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Speech and Communications
*ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women
"JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969,
University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota
LElF HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of
Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary
*KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
EDWINA L. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
GARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture)
*KENNETH HOLMEN, Instructor in Biology, B.A. 1974, Augsburg College
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
*WILLIAM IACONO, Lecturer in Psychology, B.S. 1972, Carnegie-Mellon University
ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities,
M.S. 1975, St. Cloud State University (Head Basketball Coach)
*I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies Program, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and
B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota
*JAMES ROBERT JOHNSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech and Theater Arts, B.A. 1974,
University of Minnesota
*LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University
of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
*NORMA KNUTSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Religion, M.A. Columbia University
*ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn)
BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*ROY H. LaFAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University0 f Minnesota
PAMELA S. LARSON, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), B.A. 1971, Augsburg College
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California
- Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
*EDWARD McGAA, Adjunct lnstructor in American Studies
*MARIE McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, E.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ,
Piano)
ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas
(Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1971, University of Wisconsin
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor in Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota
SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University
of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago,
Department Chairman
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota,
Department Co-chairman
*GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, Yniversity of Minnesota (American Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota
NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department
Chairman
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University
PATRICIA O'KANE, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1971, Emory University
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, lnstructor in Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
'WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
(German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin, On
Leave 1977-78
*PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois
- Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University,
Department Chairman
*DOUGLAS PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
DANIEL W. PETERSON, lnstructor in Physics, B.A. 1973, Augsburg College
*DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1968, University of Cincinnati,
Department Chairman
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960,
Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
R
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University
STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairman
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art (Film Making)
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D
1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England),
Department Co-chairman
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D.Mus. 1965
Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M. Mus. Ed. 1963, Mac Phail School of Music
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, M.A.
1961, University of Minnesota, On Leave 1977-78
DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech
*R. JOHN SINGH, lnstructor in Religion, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany)
*DANA SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), 6. M. 1975, Augsburg College
*EMMA SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
*GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass)
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1966, Augsburg College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department
Chairman
*DEBORAH S. SWANSON, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1974, Augustana College
*MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, On
Leave 1977-78
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Metro-Urban
Studies)
*GERALD VIZENOR, Instructor in American Studies, B.A. 1960, University of Minnesota
*MARY JO WAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*DEBRA A. WILSON, Women's Tennis Coach
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Flute), B.A. 1938, Macalester College
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*Indicates part-time
ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Planning and Facility Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avalon Okerson
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Acting Vice President for Finance and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carl Stromer
Director of Auxiliary Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko
. . Gores
Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Robert
Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Charles Gerster
Manager, College Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred Nelson
Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Therese Morrison
Manager, Ice Arena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Carey
Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dennis Easley
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . Charles S. Anderson
Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis
.
Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BeverlyWegge
Head Librarian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie
.
Sibley
.
Olson
Director of Audio Visual Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Louise McColl
Fine Arts Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cynthia
.
Mandl
..
Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Borghild
Estness
Assistant Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pamela
.
Louisa
Executive Secretary to the Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roberta
.
Henke
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glen W. Johnson
Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeroy Carlson
Director of Annual Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Michael Walgren
Assistant to Vice President for Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. B. Batalden
.
Executive Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Irene
Steenson
PUBLIC RELATIONS
C. Boatman
.
Director of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anthony
Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stella
. Rosenquist
Mattos
Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patricia
.
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel
Director of Transfer Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jennifer
.
Edwins
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,.. . , . . . , . . Kathryn Lange
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . William Ross
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . , . , . , . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leslie Samuelson Larson
a
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni
Dlrector of Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linda Schrempp
M. Olsson
Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Patricia
.
. . Slater
Director of Student Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joan
Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder
Head Resident, Mortensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joe Voelker
Director of Human Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Judy Essman
Director of Academic Achievement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Phyllis Miller
.
Head Resident, Urness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Janet
Grant
Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JanSollon
Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JoelMugge
.
Index
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
.
AcademicLife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. .
.
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Admission to the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-22
.
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
.
American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
.
Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
..
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
.
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. .
Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
.
Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
.
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
CampusMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. .
Chemistry. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
.
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
..
.
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
.
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). . . . . . . . . 15
Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
.
. 80
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
...
Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Course Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
..
Credit by Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
..
Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.7
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
..
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
..
.
East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
.
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
.
Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.
. . 56
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
..
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10)
.
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
..
Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I02
..
Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
.
Five College Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
..
Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
French
60
.
Foreign Language. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Full-Time Student Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
.
General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 13. 35
..
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
..
.
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
.
Graduates. Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
.
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Graduation With Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
..
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
..
Health Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
..
.
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Inter-Institutional Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Intercollegiate Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Internship Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
..
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
..
Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
.
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.70
Metro-Urban Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
.
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
.
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
New Dimensions Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
..
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Personnel of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 10
..
Pre-Professional Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
.
..
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
.
Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
..1
Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Psychology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
...
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Religious Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
...
Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
.
Scandinavian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
..
Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Social Work. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
.
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
..
.
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
.
.
Student Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
.
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Symbol(#) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
.
..
Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
.
Transdisciplinary Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Transfer to Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
.
TuitionandFees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
..
Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Visiting the Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Academic Calendar For 1978-79
(Tentative: Subject to Change)
Fall Semester 1978
Sept. 5-6
Sept. 7
Sept. 20
Oct. 23
Nov. 22
Nov. 22
NOV.23-26
Nov. 27
Dec. 13
Dec. 16-20
Dec. 20-Jan.
Registration and Welcome Days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
Interim 1979
Jan, 3
Jan, 26
Jan. 31
lnterim Begins
Interim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1979
Feb. 1
Feb. 14
Apr. 6
Apr. 7-1 5
Apr. 16
Apr. 20
May 11
May 14-17
May 20
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirement... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies
contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpub1ishedherein;the
student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Table of C o n t e n t s
PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 23, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 29, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE
PAGE 33, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 42, EXPENSES
PAGE 45, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 52, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 54, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 142, FACULTY
PAGE 151, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 153, INDEX
PAGE 155, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog i s designed togive you the information you need to know
as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions
you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the
Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hopethe following brief
definitions will be helpful.
ACADEMIC
COURSE
.......... The
practices, principles, regulations, and customs which
characterize school and college.
............. A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four
courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the
interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for
graduation.
MAJOR
.............
.A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in
20 departments.
MINOR.. .......... ..A concentration in a field or study in less depth than the major.
ELECTIVE
FEE
.......... ..A
course not required for the major or minor but taken by the
student from any college department as his or her interests
dictate.
.................. Charges
LOAN
made by the College for special services such as
laboratory equipment or locker rental.
...............Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays.
See "Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP ...... .Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or
the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships
vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally
depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no
obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
......... .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15
weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE
...... .A course which a student i s required to complete before another
one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the
same or another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the
excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of
the rural setting. Augsburg i s one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which
can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables
you to be a participant or a spectator at a
variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are
regularly available to you on campus,
as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic
programs.
Religious activities are a vital part of the
campus. The Religious Life Commission
has been established by the Student
Government to oversee, stimulate and
perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg
campus. Its primary purpose and goal is
neither self-serving nor self-sustaining,
but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning
experience. While distributional and
major requirements act as guidelines,
there is latitude to design a portion of
your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are
central. The college follows the calendar
known as the "4-1-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will
encounter ideas and experiences from
the whole range of human knowledge.
The liberal arts education, however, i s
more than an education of knowledge
from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration i s necessary in
your chosen field. You may choose from a
variety of majors for hundreds of career
possibilities.
Augsburg i s in the center of the Twin
Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this
metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope
of resources and activities is available to
enrich your education, if you choose. You
may select an evening at the Guthrie
Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at
any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon
touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in
the Twin Cities. There are numerous
opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North
Stars, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an
eager student body and a remarkable
location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege
affiliated with the American Lutheran
Church (ALC). Founded more than 100
years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s
centennial in 1969 and i s i n its second
century of Christian higher education.
The current student body of over 1600 i s
largely of Lutheran background though
many denominations are represented on
campus. About 65% are residentstudents,
while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area.
Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several
major airlines provide daily service t o
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient,
Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and
Allegheny. Bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United
States.
The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes
east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border
of the campus. (Directions are given in the
map section of this catalog.)
History
Location
You and your education will have the
option of benefiting from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art
collections are available t o you in the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker
Art Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded
by Norwegian Lutherans in America.
Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first
college students were enrolled i n 1874
and the first college graduation was held
in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area
performing organizations afford rich
opportunities for the enjoyment of music
of many types. The Twin Cities also appear
regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists.
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with
the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters
in the area such as the nationally known
Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round,
the O l d Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera,
Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen
Dinner Theater.
Nature and Objectives
Recreational activities abound. You can
play tennis at parks near the campus or
swim in one of the many area lakes. In the
winter you may join other students o n
skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
of the American Lutheran Church. It i s
committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and
humanities in the context of the Christian
faith.
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g
primary objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting
them to become proficient i n onearea
or major.
Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
t o h e l p students understand t h e
Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world.
The College and i t s faculty subscribe t o
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulagated by the American Association of American Colleges.
to develop students' love o f learning
and their faculties o f reason, criticism,
curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic
excellence.
to increase students' understanding o f
the urban environment and culture,
and to enable them to gain the skills
needed to respond creatively to the
problems and potentialities o f the
modern city.
to encourage students to ascertain
their interests and abilities, and to aid
them i n discovering the occupational
opportunities which exist for them.
to assist students i n their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes
and qualities o f character compatible
with the Christian faith.
Policies
It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed t o Charles Gerster, Science Hall,
Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial
Hall, (332-5181), or t o the Director of the
Office for Civil Rights, Department of
The Campus
Augsburg's campus is located i n the heart
of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 16
major buildings with a number of cottage
housing units that are very popular with
the students. The University of Minnesota
and two of the city's largest hospitals,
Fairview and St. Mary's are adjacent t o the
campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation
in the following associations that set
standards by which excellence i s judged:
North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is t o
permit students t o learn, first-hand, about
t h e College program, facilities, and
admissions requirements. A personal
interview affords candidates, parents, and
the admissions counselor the opportunity
to exchange information vital i n the
process o T - T e r e a K - aTdtege and i n
making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions
officer are strongly recommended but are
not mandatory.
of the faculty and to attend classes,
Monday through Friday, when school is in
session.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour
and an interview are asked to write for an
appointment or call the office (332-5181).
Preferred times for campus visits are 9
a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements
may also be made to meet with a member
School, church, and other groups are
welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office
o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454.
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
,<
- \.-
.-'
.Z
Campus Guide
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1. Admissions House
2. West Hall
3. Library
4. Science Hall
5. O l d Main
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. The Quadrangle
10. Memorial Hall
11. Art Studio and Art Annex
12. O l d Music Hall
13. Si Melby Hall
14. Augsburg College Ice Arena
15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
16. East Hall
17. Music Hall
18. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
- Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus o n Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St.*Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
Admissions (628 21st Ave. 5.)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 114)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
The Physical Plant
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located i n
relation t o each other.
Following i s a brief description of each
building.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a
large number of classrooms and offices.
offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat
recital hall.
The Speech and Drama Building, was
acquired in 1959 and remodeled for
dramatic and other speech activities.
Science Hall, erected i n 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories
for chemistry, physics, and biology; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several
classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa
Odland Observatory on the roof of
Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960.
The Augsburg College Center, completed
in 1967, is a center of non-academic
activity on campus. The building houses
the Commons, which i s the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and a
coffee shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this
building. The bookstore i s also located
here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided i n this three-story
building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
was erected and dedicated i n 1955.
Adjaceant t o Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it
provides excellent resources for research
and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an
eleven-story building providing living
quarters for 324 students. The building
was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given several
generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building i s that each floor i s
considered a "house unit" providing the
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium,
was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel
services, and general auditorium purposes.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected
in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The
building houses about 60 students and
provides space for several faculty and
administrative otfices.
The Music Hall, erected in 1978, is the
newest building on the campus. It contains classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, a music library, practice studios,
Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973,
named in honor of M i s s Gerda Mortensen,.dean of women at Augsburg from
1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing
for 312 upperclass students. A spacious
lounge area as well as conference rooms
are located i n this building.
-
-
The Art Studio Building, dedicated in
1964, houses the Department of Art on its
two floors.
West Hall, i s an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for
married students.
Annex Houses, located in the campus
area p r o v i d e accommodations f o r
students, faculty, and staff members.
The Admissions House, located at 628-21st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for
hockey, recreational skating, and figure
skating.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide its students
with a broad liberal arts education as well
as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences
and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and t h e
Christian ministry i s offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation f o r
careers i n business, communications,
medical technology, music, nursing,
occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks t o assist its students
through their academic experience t o
better understand themselves and the
world and to equip them t o serve accordi n g t o their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student as Learner
A great deal has been written during the
last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to i t s students. Augsburg
recognizes its task to provide consistently
high quality opportunities for learning
along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process.
Learning is not, however, a commodity
which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o
simply buying so many courses and being
exposed to the activities of professors.
Learning involves t h e solitary i n n e r
struggle of the student who investigates,
analyzes and synthesizes the materials
and insights offered. When these have
become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities i n this process. Neither
party can elude its basic task.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try t o
take a personal interest i n their students.
The student-faculty ratio i s approximately
15.5 t o 1, with class size averaging 25 or
less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as
academic advisers and are available for
help on individual problems. They often
join students in discussing the political
climate, comparing notes on a visiting
speaker, or talking over the latest sports
victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place t o study. The
main library, centrally located next to the
Science Hall, houses over 150,000volumes
including books, periodicals, records and
various other media. The Music and
Chemistry libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
Access to over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service
among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library.
Through Minitex, the statewide network,
the additional resources of Minnesota
and Wisconsin libraries are accessible t o
the Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff p r o v i d e s
students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction
in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance i n pursuing term
paper topics, and directions t o other local
sources of information,
The AV Center of the Library provides
facilities for classes in broadcasting and
audio-visual materials. Assistance with the
production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings
are available f o r b o t h f a c u l t y and
students. Equipment such as movie and
slide projectors and tape recorders may
be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice o n
materials selection are also available.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two
15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each
semester the student generally enrolls i n
four courses; during the interim concentration i s on one subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an
arena of learning. Creative energies and
individual interests determine the course
of study. Innovation and experimentation
are encouraged in this change from the
general academic schedule. Interest i n
music may take form in the study and
presentation of a concert program. Interest i n people may find form i n the study
and participation i n activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising
agencies provide opportunities for those
interested' i n communications. Whether
your interests are sedate or spectacular
the interim will afford the opportunity t o
experience and experiment while learning.
General Education
Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation
are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f
courses. A student seeking a liberal arts
education would probably choose many
of them even if they were not required.
I n the humanities area, students may
select courses i n literature, philosophy,
art, music, foreign languages, speech,
drama, and religion. Science courses may
be chosen f r o m biology, chemistry,
mathematics, or physics. Courses in social
and behavioral sciences are offered i n
science, psychology and sociology.
Proficiency in English writing must be
demonstrated. O n e course f r o m an
approved list of courses containing an
emphasis on urban concerns i s required
as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports.
For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
wide scope of courses in the natural and
social sciences, in the humanities, and in
religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
many graduate schools consider the
grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their class schedules.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course.
Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116
(or 105,106), 351,352,353; English Ill,
and
one or more writing and literature
courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics
121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology,
behavioral sciences and humanities, 5
courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year. Requirements have been designed
to fulfill the minimum requirements of
the School of Dentistry at the Universityof
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program
of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied
Science and the Michigan Technological
University. See under Engineering for
information on the course requirements
in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical
School of the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may
vary. Programs have been designed to
fulfill the minimum requirements of the
Medical School of the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in
law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American
Law Schools. Early consultation with the
pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is
strongly suggested. Students may wish to
take the political science course, Law in
the United States, to help determine
whether they possess an interest in law.
Since law schools encourage students to
maintain a high grade point average, the
pre-law student should be aware that
Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,
352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and
a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to
fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements
should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the
bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
This two-year program has been designed
to fulfill minimum requirements of the
College of Pharmacy at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary
with any of several different majors, e.g.,
history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology, religion. The student planning
t o enter seminary should include Religion
111, 221 among the courses selected. A
pre-seminary curriculum should include
at least two semesters of history (Western
Civilization) and one or more courses i n
the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior and/or senior
year. .
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C.,
the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and Minitex, the statewide
library network, the Augsburg community has access t o over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus.
No additional fee i s required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction
in music and some independent studies.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
See under "Independent Study" for
further details. Students may elect t o
English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124;
participate in the cooperative program t o
Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology Ill, gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or t o
112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1
undertake a specific course or major not
course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art,
offered on the home campus. The colliterature, music, humanities, theater, and
leges have coordinated calendars. The
upper division foreign languages); aninterim term may also be taken o n
t h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography,
another campus. A regularly scheduled
history, political science, psychology, and
bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e
sociology courses to fulfill the remainder
campuses.
of the distribution requir,ements.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed t o fulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges i n planning study opportunities for the January interim. For
example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly
plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
The Higher Education Consortium. This
Computer Programming. Augsburg and
group is composed of colleges and uniControl Data Institute have an arrangeversities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South
ment whereby students may transfer the
Dakota. Planned activities include inequivalent of three courses in computer
novative curricular programsfor students,
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg
interchange and sharing of academic perCollege.
sonnel and o t h e r college resources,
cooperative research projects, foreign
Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursstudy, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban
ing students in the school of nursing at
affairs conference, and development of
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive inprograms consistent with the needs and
struction in biology, chemistry, and other
resources of the community organiza~ basic courses at Augsburg. Applications
tions of the Upper Midwest.
for admission t o the school of nursing
should be made directly t o the hospital.
Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year
program i n social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program i s designed t o train
specialists to help professional people i n
dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards,
and students at rehabilitation centers.
Classes are held at such places as the
Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison,Trevillaof Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response o f students
involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been
extremely favorable.
Medical Technology. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers w o r k which
enables qualified students t o receive a
college degree with a major in Medical
Technology. The first three years of this
work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program i s completed at
one of the three hospitals when the
student i s accepted by the participating
hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by
the hospitals.
Engineering. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and
Michigan, enables a student t o receive
the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the
last two at the affiliated university.
Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home,
is available to students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
wishes t o participate i n an international
program.
Admission t o this program requires an
application t o b e approved by t h e
director of 'the program. Application
should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are
r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the major
and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All
candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult w i t h t h e Director regarding
proper sequence of courses.
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations. Augsburg participates i n the
SPAN program. This i s a joint venture of
the University of Minnesota and several
colleges i n the state. Each year three or
four countries are selected, and qualified
students are granted partial scholarships
to enable them t o spend a summer in
informal study in one of the countries
chosen. Applications to the program are
made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and
group meetings during the school year
before departure, independent study
abroad on a topic of one's choice during
the following summer, and the writing of
a paper upon return.
Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity.
Students at A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e a n d
Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity, a
metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at
each other's campuses under certain
m u t u a l l y satisfactory arrangements.
Interested persons should contact the
Academic Dean.
While Augsburg
not
Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United
States, such programs are available i n the
area and may be pursued by
Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study
Abroad
Several types of international experience
are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on
lnternational Study at Augsburg from the
Director of International Programs. Since
there is a limit on the number of students
who may study abroad each year it i s wise
to apply in the fall prior t o the year one
Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or
junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at
San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
lnstitute for American Universities at
Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France;
The Goethe Institute in Germany; the
University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. In addition,
through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs i n
Columbia, Denmark, England, France,
Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type
o f study must be approved before
departure by the Director of International
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's
graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or t o
satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School. Again there i s a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish
t o spend a summer studying abroad. Re-
cently Augsburg students have spent
summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England.
Those interested in further information
should contact the Director of International Programs.
fourteen weeks. Students wishing to
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write
the Office of the Associate Dean of the
Faculty.
New Dimensions Program
Interim. Study abroad during the interim
is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and
in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following
January.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed t o provide opportunities for
qualified students to pursue an enriched
and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors
student forums and options in completing
the general education requirements are
all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain
practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or
personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies
and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of
courses, both credit and non-credit,
through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses
are offered on a semester-hour basis, the
courses vary in length from four weeks to
The New Dimensions Program i s for
adults who have not attended or who
have not graduated from college. The
program provides admissions counseling,
career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special
course to ease the transition to academic
life.
The transitional course, "The Adult
Student: Issues and Challenges," i s offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training
and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and
family problems arisingfrom the return to
school. The course enables returning
adults to get to know each other through
sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, i s awarded t o
graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and
Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of
Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a
major aspect of your college life, but
learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan
area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can
add dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg
is religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of
faith. Chapel services are held three times
a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. The Wednesday
evening Eucharist service in the College
Center i s a valued worship experience for
many students. Students, faculty and staff
participate voluntarily. Special events are
sponsored throughout the year and a
number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The Campus
Pastor has an office in the College Center
where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more
involved.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, special dinners,
name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo,
and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are
on the lower level. Many of the clubs that
unite classroom or non-classroom related
interests meet i n the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition
to performing on campus and in the city,
the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the
Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several
student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given o n
campus each year under the direction of
the theater arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged t o participate i n
some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as
well as individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges. Check schedules for times when
there i s open use of the gymnasium and
the ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg i s affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and i s a member of the National
Association of lntercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA). The College annually competes
in ten sports, including football, soccer,
cross-country, basketball, hockey,
wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
Augsburg i s also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association
for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete i n
volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, tennis, track & field, and
softball.
Student Services
Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the context i n which learning takes
place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge growsfrom more
than intellectual endeavors. Expanding
relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and
interdependence, finding purpose and
commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills t o produce the
desired educational impact of the college
on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created t o support this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at
the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide t o a
College Education. This book will help
you assess the possibilities in your education, choices t o make, directions t o
consider and different destinations for
which t o plan. SEMAPHORE was designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development
provides a variety of services t o help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as
possible. Some of the opportunities you
may wish to participate in are listed
below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your
first academic year and register for classes.
You and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory,
attend events in the metropolitan area
and seek answers t o the rnany questions
you have about college life.
you think through how you can handle
major or minor problems i n a constructive
way. Consultation i s provided on questions of policy and procedure.
Career Planning and Placement. You may
be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide
opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance t o
review their interests with a counselor.
Minority Concerns. If you have some
special needs or simply want t o expand
your cross-cultural awareness, you can
contact a staff member t o help you find
out which resources and programs will
help meet your needs.
Human Development Seminars. A series
of informal "mini-courses" are offered
each year t o help you grow i n understanding of yourself and your relationship
t o others. Such topics as PEER (Positive
Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information o n
current offerings and oppoi-tunity t o
register are provided several times during
the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want t b
improve your skills in such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and
testing by attending one or more of the
workships offered. You also will have an
opportunity t o meet with a counselor t o
diagnose your needs. If a particular
course proves difficult, you can arrange
for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations
occur for all of us where we can handle
challenges more effectively discussing
things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability t o respond t o the learning
environment depends, in part, upon his
or her living conditions, a variety of
housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an
active participant i n group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or
more Resident Staff who are able t o
facilitate the process of group living as
well as discuss personal concerns with
individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students l i v e i n Urness Tower. This
eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each
floor is considered a house unit providing
36 students, two t o a room,with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence
hall, is an alternative t o traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and
t w o - b e d r o o m apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
about 60 upperclass men and women.
Memorial's special advantage is that it i s
large enough t o meet new people, but
small enough to retain a friendly, close
atmosphere.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom
apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Another alternative option is Annex
Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of
upperclass men or women share living
space, house responsibilities, and cooking.
Houses are located in the campus area.
One way to maximize the living-learning
aspects of your housing situation is to avail
yourself of the opportunity to bid for a
house as a Special Interest House. Groups
of students have created exciting projects
by writing and implementing educational
impact proposals on such topics as
Environmental Concerns, Men's and
Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Married student housing i s available in
annex housing and Kueffner Apartments.
All freshmen and sophomores not living
at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels,
blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning
of the fall term for the entire school year.
New students receive room assignments
during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make
housing arrangements in the spring. All
resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged
to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1 will be provided
housing only if space i s available.
All students living on campus are required
to pay a $100 advance paymentwhen they
sign the housing contract. The fee i s
credited to the students' account when
they move into the residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups
and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities
Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty
serve as academic advisers. Advisers are
assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to
establish close working relationships with
their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one
in the major and one in the area of
education.
Student Financial Services
You may wish to contact this office for
information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about
deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also
recorded. If you have financial problems,
this i s a good place to work them out.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff
of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the
campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy
at cost. Be sure t o check your family
health coverage t o determine if you are
included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
to writing or editing t o service opportunities. If you want to get involved,
contact the President or Vice President i n
their offices in the College Center.
International Students
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor
of the College Center is the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e
Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor
of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the
evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Student Government
Student government i s t h e vehicle
through which students can secure a
closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and
faculty, and provide better input into the
decision-making process at Augsburg.
Student government also sponsors and
directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student l i f e at Augsburg.
Student government is organized intothe
executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Elections are
held i n the spring except for freshmen
who elect their representatives i n the fall
of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning
If you are a student from a foreign country
or would like to be part of the activities of
this group, contact the faculty member
who i s appointed as adviser.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in matters of
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
Judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves t o conduct hearings
and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should
contact the Vice President for Academic
Affairs if the concern i s related to academic matters.
The College operates in compliance with
the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Students have the right t o inspect all
official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained i n
the office of the registrar and the placement office and t o challenge inaccurate
or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed i n
the record before January 1, 1975, or
placed under conditions where students
have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact thecenter
for Student Development.
Admission t o the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application i s reviewed by the Admissions
Office and students are accepted on the
basis of high school performance, promise
of success in college as shown by college
entrance examination scores, other motiv a t i o n a l factors, a n d personal
recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended in its admission policies,
educational programs, activities and
e'mployment practices.
A visit t o the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions,
and arrange for you to see the campus.
The Application Process
for Freshmen
1. From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and
complete it.
2. Hand the completed application to
your high school counselor, along with
the $10.00 application fee, and ask that
these be sent with your official high
school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these
tests are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file is complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by
April 15 after acceptance has been made
and/or financial aid (if applied for) has
been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the
student during the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from
other colleges and universities on the
basis of their academic record. College
credit i s granted for liberal arts courses
satisfactorily completed at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the
right not t o grant credit for courses where
it considers the work unsatisfactory, and
to grant provisional credit for work taken
at unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based
on work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except
for two courses i n religious studies.
Registered Nurse Students, seeking a
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
must also complete the Department of
Second Step Nursing entrance tests.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure
and complete, an official application for
admission. This should be sent t o the
Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended to be
sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file i s complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s requested
within one month after acceptance has
been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the
student will be requested to complete a
medical data form, which will be sent by
the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during
the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special
(Non-degree) Students
1. Obtain an application form from the
Office of the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcriptsfrom all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need to have sent
only the transcripts of colleges attended
since the last enrollment at Augsburg.)
4.. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made
in the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed
at Augsburg College. A foreign student
adviser i s available to help them in the
transition to college and to the United
States. Admission is based upon performance in secondary school and previous
college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship i s required. A very limited
number of scholarships is available.
Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending
Augsburg. If they have an internationally
valid health insurance policy, a copy of
the policy is required.
For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an
offer of admission if it i s extended. An
Early Decision candidate must apply by
November 15 of the senior year and will
receive the admission decision about
December 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the
student i s encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The
admissions decision is based upon the
academic record through the junior year,
test scores, and recommendations. A
$50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by April 1.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program i s offered for
a few high school juniors. To apply for
Early Admission, a student must have a
high academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school
and the maturity to cope with a college
course after the junior year in high school.
Also,it is recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or
during the first year of college. A student
applying for Early Admission can take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army
makes provision for an individualized
plan of education. A prospective student
who qualifies for the program may choose
Augsburg as a home school and carry on a
pre-planned course of study at other
colleges while in the Army. An adviser at
Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 i s charged. This fee will
apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time
student at Augsburg College within five
years from initial registration with the
college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the
tuition for courses under Project Ahead.
After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36
months of financial assistance under the
G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work
taken in high school or elsewhere, t o
enroll in courses beyond the beginning
level. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the
study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit i s granted to high school
students who have successfuIly completed
a college level course and who have
scored high on the Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award
credit on the basis of scores received on
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the
Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college
through some form of scholarships,
grants, loans, campus employment, or a
combination of these. Assistance i s
awarded on the basis of financial need
and academic record. Application for aid
i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which i s required
for students applying to the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial
Aid Form (FAF) of the CollegeScholarship
Service. Upperclass students must also
complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1977-78, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg
received scholarships, grants, or loans
totaling $3,789,000 from Augsburg and all
other sources.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program to
which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal
programs: Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity
Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study, Federally insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student
Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by
April 1will be considered first. For further
information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg.
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all
expenses and of all potential financial
resources i s the best way to do your
financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are
considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for
books and supplies. Tuition and fees for
1979-80 are $3365 per year. Books and
supplies may be estimated at $225 per
year. Room and board is $1620 per year.
Other college-related expenses are those
for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine
months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but
amounts should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics,
incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses,
etc.)
After you have written down estimates of
your expenses, make a list of all possible
sources of income, such as: contributions
from parents' earnings; personal and
family savings; personal earnings during
vacation periods; earnings from part-time
jobs during academic year; benefits from
Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other
than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.,
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any
union to which a family member belongs
for possible scholarship programs. High
school guidance counselors may have
information about student aid offered by
church, civic, professional, or fraternal
organizations in a given locality. Following
you will find a summary of financial aid
programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan
i s available from the Augsburg College
Office of Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant
(BEOG)
For students with proven financial
need. Available to full-time and parttime students. Up to $1600 per year
depending on the institutional costs
and the student's eligibility. Obtain
application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Administration Benefits/
G.1. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans
may qualify for special benefits.
Amount i s dependent upon eligibility
as determined by t h e Veteran's
Administration. To apply, contact the
Federal Veteran's Administration
Office in your area.
National Scholarship and Grant Program
for Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and
ethnic minorities and other eligible
groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church
(ALC) college or are members of an
ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per
year. Renewable.
Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half
the n ~ r m afull-time
l
academic load. If
the adjusted family inconk of the student i s less than $25,000 per year or if
financial need i s established for those
not i n this category, the Federal
Government pays the full interest on
the loan while the student is in college.
When repayment begins, the student
pays the full 7% interest on the loan.
Maximum loan i s $2500 per year or the
cost of education whichever i s less and
the aggregate maximum i s $7500.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one
parent (covered by Social Security) i s
retired, deceased or disabled. Amount
is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal
Social Security Administration Office
in your area.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for
special assistance. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation
Office. To apply, contact your local
Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of scholastic achievement and
need. High School seniors who are
Minnesota residents are expected to
apply. Range: $100 to $1100; but shall
not exceed one half of the applicant's
demonstrated financial need.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from
Minnesota State Student Loan Office.
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of evident need. High school
seniors and community/junior college
transfer students who are Minnesota
residents are expected t o apply.
In addition, persons who have not
attended a post-secondary institution
for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
Scholarship/Grant will be mailed to all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you
do not receive an application by
December 1, contact your high school
guidance counselor or the college
financial aid office.
Return completed application and FFS
to The American College Testing Pro-
gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O.
Box 1000, Iowa City, Iowa 52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code
2080) and the Minnesota Statescholar-
ship'Grant
(Code 6500'
receive the FFS analysis.
NOTE: Unsucce5sful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE
COLLEGE
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their: high school
class with above average aptitude test
scores.
Up to full tuition per year. Available
for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who
have shown academic potential and
have financial need.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for
a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise
attend college, and who carry at least
one-half the normal academic load.
Range $200 to $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched
by other financial assistance such as
loans, scholarships, employment.
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
For students with Droven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
Averages approximately $1000 per
year. Can be reapplied for each year
although renewal i s not guaranteed.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further
full-time study and with proven financial need.
Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable
for a second year.
How to Apply
1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the
financial aid application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement
(FFS) from high school counselor or
Augsburg College Financial Aid
Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code
number is 2080. Financial statements
received by April 1 will be considered
first.
5. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female
students transferring from Waldorf
College. Preference given t o those in
music and/or elementary education.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS,
the College will accept the Financial
Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code
number i s 6014.
6. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the
scholarship committee.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
7. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Scholarships
established in 1972 t o
be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students.
-
Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descriptions of awards are
copied verbatim from statements of the
donors' wishes.
8. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o a
deserving student.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards
Memorial Scholarship - established
i n 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or
health.
2. The Alma JensenDickerson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
two deserving junior/senior students
as recommended by the committee.
3. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen
Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
-awarded annually t o twodeserving
junior/ senior students.
-
4. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student
of the College selected by the scholarship committee.
9. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and
deserving upperclassmen.
10. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial
Scholarship -distributed annually t o
needy and deserving students.
-
11. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships
up t o $1000 each - awarded on the
basis of scholarship, personality, and
need. Winners must be junior or
senior students who are residents of
the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec orwashington
Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must
be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code
6577)
12. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee
1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders
with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
able and deserving students, who have
physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need.
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. Aid Association for Lutherans Minority
Scholarship Program - awarded
annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need.
2. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 t o be awarded to a Black
student.
3. The M a r l y s Johnson Simengaard
Memorial Scholarship - Awarded
periodically t o a Black American
student.
4. National Scholarship & Grant Program
for Minority Students - sponsored by
the American Lutheran Church (ALC).
Awarded annually t o members of racial
and ethnic minorities.
5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass
Oriental students.
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE
SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to
a student(s) i n the senior class who i s
preparing for the ministry.
2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship
- awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial
Scholarship - awarded on the basis of
need, scholarship and interest i n
Christian service.
4. The Morris G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student
preparing for service as a missionary
through the World Missions Department of t h e American Lutheran
Church.
5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded
periodically t o students preparing for
the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o an able and deserving
junior/senior student recommended
by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected
by donor.
7. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected o n the
basis of scholarship, characteristics of
service and devotion t o the Christian
faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by
Physical Education faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to an able and
deserving male student on basis of
Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually to a male student or students
on basis of personality, character,
athletic and academic achievement.
3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male
student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of
physical education.
4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male
student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic
achievement.
The award is "made to students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character".
The athletic scholarship i s for a male
candidate only, with a preference for
basketball.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the
Biology Department faculty.
Biology Scholarships - established in
1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who
intend to major in Biology, Natural Science
or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by
the Business Administration faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation
Scholarship -awarded to oneor more
upperclass students interested in the
field of business.
2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded to
.one or more upperclass students who
are interested i n business and/or
education.
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player
on basis of financial need.
CHEMISTRY
Winners selected by the
Chemistry faculty.
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of
financial need.
Awarded to students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of Chemistry.
7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
- awarded to a student because of his
academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
7. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music.
-
5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by
Education faculty.
The David Mathre Scholarship - awarded
to qualified full-time students in need of
financial assistance during the term in
which they are student teaching.
MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. Minneapolis Gas Company Scholarship
- generally awarded to able and
deserving junior/senior students
majoring in mathematics or thesciences
on basis of need and academic ability.
2. David and Michelle Christianson
~
~
t scholarship
h
~ - awarded
~
~
to an able and deservingstudent inthe
field of mathematics.
- Winners selected by English
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners
selected by Modern Language faculty.
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with
preference given to those who plan to
teach English as a career.
The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language
Scholarship - awarded annually to
juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach
language as a career.
ENGLISH
faculty.
2. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial
Scholarship -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English.
HISTORY - Winners selected by History
faculty.
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students
majoring in history with preference
given to those who plan a career in the
field.
LIBRARY SCIENCE -Winners selected by
Library staff.
MUSIC
faculty.
-
Winners selected by Music
1. O.T. Hertsgaard
Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental
music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise
of overall academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship - awarded to asophomore/junior
student of outstanding promise in the
field of music.
3. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship
1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or
more outstanding student(s) choosing
librarianship as a career.
-
awarded to an Augsburg student
who has music as a major/minor and
who shows outstanding promise for
achievement in the art of singing.
4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on thk
basis of skilled performanceor aptitude
in stringed instruments.
7, Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually to a
student studying choral music.
5' The leonard
and Sylvia KuschelPHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics
Scholarship - awarded to upperclass
students seeking to acquire musical
and performance skills in instrumental
music with preference given to
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award is "made to students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
faculty.
The Theodore
,.
-
icho~rs~ip
awardedannually
to an upperclass
student majoring in
SOCIOLOGY
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the
general field of Christian Sociology.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are for the
1979-80 academic year, and are subject t o
change without notice.
TUITION
Fee for change in registration after the
first three days of classes is $2.00 for each
course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin i s $5.00 per day.
- $3,365
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not
on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
the academic year beginning September,
1978. Students are considered full-time
when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms for a total of
seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student
must register for the semester periods. If
the student elects t o omit an interim or t o
graduate in December, a refund i s not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $470 per course is
charged the student taking less than three
courses i n a semester or registering for an
interim course only.
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. For part-time students,
the charge for auditing i s one half the
part-time rate per course. Part-time
students who take Lifetime Sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $10.00 is required
from all new students.
A registration fee for students studying
abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $125.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals
must register at Augsburg. The charge i s
$280.00.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T
REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $35
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
Film Making, $90
Life Drawing, $20
Stagecraft, $30
Nursing Admission Test, $15
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad
Adviser.
Music lessons i n addition t o tuition are
$130 a semester (14 lessons), or $9.30 per
lesson during the interim..
Practice Studio rental for each semester
for one hour a day: organ, $35.00 ($15.00
an interim); piano or voice, $20.00 ($6.00
an interim).
Band - Orchestra instrument rental
$30.00 a semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional
copy, $1.00.
Locker rental for commuter students:
$5.00
Arrangements for special examinations
are made i n the Registrar's Office with
charges according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account
basis.
BOARD A N D R O O M
Full Board and Room - $1,620.
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the
Office of Auxiliary Services.
BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another
institution, or discontinuing education
program at Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
In the event of excessive increases in the
cost of operation, these board rates may
be increased at any time before or during
the contract year.
Linen service i s available in residence halls
on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
A statement of estimated charges for the
year will be prepared and forwarded to
the student early in August. Payment of
the first half-year billing period i s due
August 20, and the second half-year i s due
January 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August
20.
1979-80 COST SUMMARY
Application Fee - $10.00
Tuition
- $3,365
No student i s permitted to register if his or
her account for a preceding term has not
been paid in full.
Board and Room - $1,620
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT - New students,
$50.00 (not refundable). Required of
students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by April 15,
1979. (Payment is due February 1 under
Early Decision Program). The deposit is
applied to the tuition charge.
R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - AII
resident students: $100.00 advance
deposit. Required at time of signing a
contract, to reserve a housing assignment
for the term beginning September.
Applied to the room charge.
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of his/her
registration and/or being released from
his/her housing contract will be refunded
charges for tuition and room except for
the minimum deduction of $100 of fees to
cover administrative costs according to
the following schedule:
100% through the first five days of classes.
90% .from the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through
the twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through
the twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day through
the middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle
of the term.
Should a student be forced to cancel his/
her registration during the first one-half
of the term due to illness or accident,
upon submission of a report from the
attending physician stating the inability or
inadvisability of continued matriculation,
the charges will be reduced by one-half.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will beapplied back
to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and
deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the
student's account before eligibility for a
cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College
are encouraged to plan their own course
of study with the help of faculty advisers
who are readily available for consultation
and guidance. A well-planned program of
liberal arts studies will include courses in
the humanities, the natural sciences, and
the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be
able to write effectively; they are also
expected to be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United
States.
The general recreational activities courses
at Augsburg are designed to acquaint
students with and to equip students for
lifetime sports.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into
four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily
achieved. A chairperson for each division
i s elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in
the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE A N D
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairperson: Duane lohnson
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the
study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its
mission.
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of
Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s
awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing
and Social Work. Majors in Music may
select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and
Health Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College.
Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages:
Chinese, French, .German, Greek,
Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian,
Russian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
5. Three interim courses. For transfer
students, the number of interim
courses is one less than the number of
years at Augsburg.
6. The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic advisers,
department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Minimum Graduation
Requirements Include the
Following:
7. Each student must apply for graduation
at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available in the
Registrar's Office.
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must
be upper division (numbered in the
300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in
one department, except 17 f o r
Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy
and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18
for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2
courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4
cours,es of internship and 8 courses
with a grade of P (two in the major
except Elementary Education and one
in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward
the 35 total courses required.
8. All degree and course requirements
must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there
may be no incompletes or open courses
on the academic record).
2. Completion of a major. Requirements
for each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all
courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major. (Except for
elementary education and Second
Step Nursing, where 2.5 averages are
required.)
9. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (EnglishIll)
or
certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of
English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. An approved course from each of
the following eight areas (One
course may fulfill the requirement
in one area, only):
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology - Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Foreign Language
Art - Music
C. Three courses in religious studies
of which not more than one may
be an interim course. For transfer
students, the number required i s
one for each year of study (or
equivalent) at Augsburg.
D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet
this requirement are published
each term.
E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course
in order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester and one course i n the interim.
Students registered for three or more
courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and
receive permission to register for more
than 4.5 courses.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee i s also charged for
changing registration, i.e., cancelling or
adding courses after the first five days of
the semester.
Students are urged not t o abandon
courses for which they are registered.
Abandoned courses result in a failing
grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the
Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in
accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel From College form i s
returned to the Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least
7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified
as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or
her achievement i s unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
below 1.6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7-15
courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken
16-24 courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken
25 or more courses
If a student has been on probation two or
more semesters consecutively, he/she i s
subject to dismissal at the end of the
following spring term. A student who has
a poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of the
spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by
the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for
two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation are also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0
to 0 with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course
standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the
course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a Pass/
No Credit system, with P meaning a grade
of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit
and a grade of less than 2.0. On the P/N
grading system the grade is recorded but
not computed in the grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of Ptoward graduation. For transfer students the maximum i s an average of
two courses per year. Two courses in the
major (except Elementary Education) and
one in the minor may be on P/N grading
system if approved by the department
chairperson.
Sociology 383, and several interim courses
are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded
only on the P/N system; some others
are graded only only P, 1.0, N. Eng. Ill i s
graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Students may
select the traditional grading system in
most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care
since some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish
to take on the P/N grading system. Any
changes in choice of grading system must
be made according to dates published
each term. A fee i s charged after the first
five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance
studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
An incomplete grade (I)may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an I grade, a student must file a
petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the
reasons for requesting it, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from
the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an 1 grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
If the incomplete is not removed during
the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along
with the incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course
that is to be spread over more than one
semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the
grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N,
1, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade
point average. Courses i n which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however,
be audited.
Students who wish t o !ake courses without credit or grade may do so by register-
ing for Audit (V). Such students should
confer with the professor within two
weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the
student's transcript as having been
audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed witti a grade
of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. The charge for part-time
students i s listed under Expenses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s composed of students
whose grade point average for a semester
is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of
three full courses (or equivalent) graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes in courses offered for credit.
The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a
letter of commendation from the Dean of
the College.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined
as follows:
Summacumlaude
3 . 8 - 4.0 grade
Magnacumlaude
3.6
- 3.79
Cum laude
3.3
-
average
grade
average
3.59 grade
average
In order to qualify for graduation with
distinction transfer students must have
completed two years (fourteen graded
courses) of work at Augsburg College.
l ndependent Study
Independent study programs are offered
by many departments in the College.
These programs are often available to
conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on
an independent basis. Students interested
in registering for independent study must
first secure permission from the faculty
member who will direct the study as well
as from the department involved.
A student who registers for independent
study should normally expect to complete
it in one semester but may extend it into
the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is
given at the end of the first term, and the
student will register again for the course
in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may
count toward the 35 courses required for
the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in
which the independent study is proposed
i s not available on their home campus.
Requests for exceptions to this policy
should be made directly to their own
academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to
independent study by the host campus.
Veterans
Augsburg College i s approved by the
State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training.
Veterans should consultwith the Officeof
the Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more
courses are classifiedas full-time students.
It i s the responsibility of each veteran to
report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the
Registrar.
Veterans will be referred to the State
Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not
earn a minimum of three courses per
term. An incomplete grade (I) may be
given only i n the case of extreme
emergency. See section on Grading.
Grade reports are issued to students following each term.
A non-punitive grade which brings a
veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to
the Veterans Administration. Veterans
will need to meet the requirements of the
Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning
credit by examinations should consult
with department chairpersoris or with the
Registrar. Credit may be earned through
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Courses
A full course i s offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses (one-half
course credit) are offered in the Division
of Professional Studies.
Classification
.
Sophomore.. . 7courses . I 4 grade pts.
Junior . . . . . .16courses . . 3 2 grade pts.
Senior.. . . . , .25courses . .50 grade pts.
..
.
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three
courses each of the two semesters and
one course during the interim (for a total
of seven courses). To be considered full
time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses.
A full course has the approximate value of
4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a
week in addition to laboratories. Each
semester is approximately 15 weeks in
length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings.
Courses with inadequate registration may
be cancelled. Students should consult the
schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300and
above are classified as upper division. I n
general, courses numbered in the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for
seniors. In some departments course
numbers also designate areas within the
department
Symbol
#Consent of instructor
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1977-78 .................................................
1,838
Summer Session, 1978 ..................................................... 478
Summary of Graduates
.................................................... 6,991
.............................. 299
Graduates, 1870-1977
Graduates, 1978 (August 31, 1977-May 21, 1978)
Course Descriptions
The descriptions of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics t o
be considered. For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and
requirements f o r individual courses,
please consult the respective instructors
of the courses.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
Courses and terms listed are subject t o
change.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
American Studies
Director: Crier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495
and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S.
History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the
U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5
courses in one of these areas and 3 in each
of the others).*
History of the United States
American Studies, 237, 260
History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
Humanities in the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 247 (also Speech 247), 250,351,
490 and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences i n the United States
Economics 720, 722, 123, 251
Education 478#
Political Science 727, 722, 770,325,326,
370, 377, 427
Sociology 777, 373, 387,383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken
during the Interim, Summer Schoolandat
other colleges should-be approved by the
director for inclusion i n the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization t o be approved by director.
M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495
plus 2 courses in each of the above
groupings under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN
HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related
to the black experience, e.g. African
backgrounds, religion under slavery,
evangelicalism. Course content subject t o
change from year to year. Meets one
religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the
black experience i n urban America, e.g.
Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II,
with emphasis upon the contributions of
literature, art and music of the period.
Course content subject t o change from
year t o year. (Spring)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN
INDIANS
The situation of Indians in the United
States since the Indian Reorganization Act
(1934) with an emphasis upon current
issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights,
and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions
among selected Indian tribes today.
(Spring)
phenomenon in American life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines t o the topic and practice i n the
integration of primary source materials.
Occasional use of Twin Cities resource
persons and the co-learning model when
appropriate to topic. Open t o freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
265 W O M E N I N AMERICAN CULTURE
495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the
position of black and white women in
American culture from the founding of
the colonies t o the present. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
For description, see course 295. Open t o
juniors and seniors who will do a different
level of work (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature i n area of student's choice. Consult
with director t o determine conditions of
contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only.
Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
Art
Chairperson: Philip Thompson
ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history
courses including 386, 387, 388.
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art
major but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses
including 107; two from 118,221,223,225,
and 250.
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience
i n t h e environment leading t o w a r d
appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980)
STUDIO ART
242 FILM M A K I N G
107 DRA'WING
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation
of the expressive and structural elements
of film. (Summer, Interim)
Drawing i n pencil, charcoal, ink, and
pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures,
building interiors and exteriors, and
experimental work. (Fall, Spring)
250 CERAMICS I
118 PAINTING I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o p a i n t i n g media and
technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
An introduction t o the making
- of .pottery
with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1
The camera used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression with attention
given t o black and white,
and
photographic processes.
A study of visual communications in
magazines, television, film, advertising
symbols, and other mass media. Practice
in areas of photography, typography, and
illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
150 JEWELRY
An introduction t o the making of jewelry
in copper, brass, pewter, and silver.
(Spring)
221 SCULPTURE l
An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring)
351 CERAMICS I1
Advanced work in ceramics with an
emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:
250. Fall, Spring)
355 PAINTING I1
223 PRINT M A K I N G I
Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 718.
Fall, Spring)
Principles and methods of print making i n
a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING
225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements
such as color, line, shape, texture, and
pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks
of water-color painting with emphasis o n
the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing
and transparent water-color. (Prereq.:
707. Offered alternate years. Fall, 7978)
368 PRINT M A K I N G I1
478 SCULPTURE II
Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring)
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 227. Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult chairman or internship director
to determine project.
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice, intended for senior art majors.
(Fall, Spring)
proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Offered
7979-80)
ART HISTORY
290 ART HISTORY SURVEY
A survey of art from prehistoricto modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing
of slides, visits to museums. (Offered
Summer, 7977, 7979-7980)
387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART
European painting, sculpture, and archit e c t u r e t h r o u g h t h e 18th century.
(Offered 7 935-75)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia
f r o m pre-history t o modern times.
(Spring, 7979, Alternate years)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicisp through the
present. (Offered 7978-79)
385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART
389 AMERICAN ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period to the 4th Century A.D. (Offered
7 980-87)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
Early Christian through late Gothic and
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and
its relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements. (Offered Fall
7977 and alternate years)
Biology
Chairperson: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one
course from each of the following three
groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473,
474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill);
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352;
Mathematics 124,125 (or 121,122); Physics
121,122 also required. Students intending
to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses,
cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least
course from each of the following
groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355,
inone
five
474
(Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473
(Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352)
also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this
major. Licensure for teaching after July,
1979, also requires three courses i n earth
and life sciences. Students are advised to
consult with the Education Department
early in their planning.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 111,112and
three upper division courses. Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The
same as Option I major. In addition,
medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology
and 3.0 overall; active participation i n
seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the
research report. Application f o r t h e
honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
deal?What threats are posed by pollution,
the prospect of war, and by shortages of
food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of
genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of
health care? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours
laboratory. Does not apply to the major or
minor. Fall)
108 MICROBIOLOGY
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt t o
answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic
fold? Does man have a niche in the
ecosystem? What influence does man
have on the environment? What influence
does the environment, especially the
urban environment, have on man? (3
hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. A
student may not receive credit for both
Biology 707 and 703. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structureand
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain
other paramedical students, or #; Spring
for Physical Education, Music Therapy
and other interested students. A student
may not receive credit for both Biology
107 and 703. Does not apply to the major
or minor).
105 BIOLOGY AND SOCIEN
What are some of the biologically-based
problems with which our society must
Basic microbial features are considered as
well asapplications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours
lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student
nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.:
Chemistry 703. Spring. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS I N BIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people ta-king the
course together with college students i n a
co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needsand interest. Applies
towards the Natural Science requirement.
111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science
majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular
biology, genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l
biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be
taken in sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours
laboratory. 717, Fall; 172, Spring)
323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N
PHYSIOLOGY
A laboratory-based course in which the
principles of human function are learned
by experimentation and class discussion
of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended
for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health,
physical education and related programs
as well as b i o l o g y majors (primarily
Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall,
7980. Offered alternate years.)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the
plant kingdom including the study of
anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the
chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture.
Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #.
Fall; this course is prereq. to 477 and 476.
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
351 INVERTEBRATE Z O O L O G Y
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior,
life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7978. Offered alternate
years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE
ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772.
Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and
physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7979. Offered alternate
years).
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes
microtechnique, cytological studies, cell
physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367
or #; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Spring)
473 A N I M A L PHYSIOLOGY
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis
on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila
genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis
on the vertebrates. Wherever possible,
functions are explained on the basis of
physical and chemical principles. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772;
Chemistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722 or
#. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes w h i c h occur
during the development of organisms
with emphasis on the vertebrate animals.
Experimental as well asdescriptive studies
are included i n the laboratory work. In
addition to embryonic development, the
topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4
hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers
relating t o recent biological literature and
research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n
biology)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and
viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology,genetics,and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain
methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors
who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772,
and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Business Administration and Economics
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
MAJOR I N ACCOUNTING: Business
Administration 101,102,131,261,263,379,
381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122,
123, 251 and o n e additional course
selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also
required. At least three upper division
courses are required. For those planning
on careers i n accounting, completion of
the two remaining courses in the sequence
381, 382, 483, 484 i s recommended. I n
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
MAJOR I N FINANCE: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379,
478, and one other course from the
sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122,
123, 251, and one additional course
selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also
required. At least five upper division
courses are required. (392 i s strongly
recommended) In addition, courses i n
data processing and c o m p u t e r p r o gramming are strongly recommended.
NOTE: The department i s currently
planning to introduce a new major in
marketing and a new major in management information systems.
In addition to the courses listed below,
the following courses are offered under
the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Computer-
aided Research Methods, lntroduction
to Marketing, Managerial Economics,
Managerial decisionmaking, Intermediate Quantitative Methods, Operations
Research and Research Methods for
Economics and Business.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101, 102, and one of 261,
373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the
major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in
the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who
wish to take the Certified PublicAccountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must
have completed the major i n Business
Administration-Accounting, taken all
accounting and business-law courses
offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics
general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5
courses but not more than 12 courses of
related business subjects (Economics,
Finance and Mathematics). Students who
have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the
Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
Students who plan to major in thedepartmerit are strongly encouraged to select a
department advisor as soon as possible,in
order t o carefully plan their program of
study.
101 PRlNClPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle and preparation of
financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 707, Fall,
Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor i n
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm;
sources and uses of long and short term
funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
A, analysis
of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, capital stock and surplus
accounts, current and long-term assets.
(Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserved, actuarial topics. Additional
emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.:
262, Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
dent the opportunity to spend one full
term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will
write a report on his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer.
Cannot be taken in Interim only).
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Advanced financial theory: a systems
approach to financial structure and policy.
Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures
and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring)
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships
of various types of securities from the
viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of
capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s
strongly recommended. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
483 AUDITING
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied
problems in business and economics.
(Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls
for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.)
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq.: 701, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring.
Offered alternate years.)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
readings in the areas of Accounting,
Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation, but not to the
major. This program will afford the stu-
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity to analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
ECONOMICS
MAJORI N ECONOMICS: Economics 122,
123,251,258,454 and three other courses
of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required.
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics.
Mathematics 373 may be substituted for
Business Administration 379. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are strongly recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics
122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other
course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379
and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly
encouraged to take other courses offered
in the department in addition to those
listed above.
NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in applied
economics and a new area of public
policies studies.
In addition to the courses listed below.
the following courses are offered under
the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Consumer
Economics, Managerial Economics, Managerial Decision-Making, Mathematical
Economics, History of EconomicThought,
Intermediate Quantitative ~ e t h d d s ,
Research Methods for Economics and
Business and Advanced Economic
Theory.
MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258and
one other course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the
major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination
in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as
possible, in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit
Systems, etc. Fundamental m i c r o economic tools introduced t6 facilitate
discussion of the above-mentioned
topics.
NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not
plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the
above three areas should enroll in 122and
123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also
open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
(MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics;
national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade, eco-
nomic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory to current economic
problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122
and 123 may be taken in either order, or
may be taken in the same term in order for
the student to progress more rapidly to
the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
(MICRO)
macro-models. Attention paid to areas of
monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the
business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
An introduction to micro-economics.,the
theory of the household, firm, market
structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
-
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction to COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry;
the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 723, Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal
policy on economic activity; debt policy
and its economic implications. (Prereq.:
122, 723. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks,
the Federal Reserve System and its role in
relation to aggregate economic activity.
Emphasis placed on monetary theory and
policy. (Prereq.: 722. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation but not to the
major. This program w i l l afford the
student the opportunity to spend some
time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on
his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be
taken i n Interim only)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND
POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination
of wages, collective bargaining. Particular
attention paid to the economic problems
of minority groups and poverty areas.
(Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring).
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare
functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring,
alternate years)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity to analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
Chemistry
Chairperson: Earl Alton
GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY:
115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar.
Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125
also required. Since upper division courses
have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take
Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman
year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
A M E R I C A N CHEMICAL SOCIETY
APPROVED MAJOR: I 1courses including
115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry
courses above 350. Chemistry seminar
participation; Mathematics 224; and
Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading
ability in German equivalent to one
semester also required.
M I N O R : 5 courses which must include
115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses
in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361
are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it i s suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken
as the advanced course. Licensure after
July, 1979, also requires three courses in
earth and life' sciences. Students are
advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry
department for assistance in planning a
course program early in their college
career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS
major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one
summer or course of approved research;
participation i n seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 105
and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352.
Concerning prerequisites: Most courses
in this department have prerequisites,
courses that must be completed before
enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of
2.0 or higher in order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s
necessary. These requirements must also
be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second
term.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of
general, organic, and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of
life. Does not apply toward the major.
(Credit cannot be earned for both Chem.
103 and any one of Chem. 105, 106, 115,
116, 223, 357, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 7 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3
years o f #. Fall)
105,106 PRINCIPLES O F CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116;
designed especially for students who will
not major in chemistry, although students
may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated
by a variety of examples including organic
and environmental systems. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 705, Fall;
706, Spring)
reactor mechanism; many applications of
organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour
lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq. :
706 o r 176, 357 Fall; 352, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL A N D QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester
includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory
with examples from inorganic chemistry.
The second emphasizes equilibrium and
solution chemistry.
Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c
analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The
laboratory involves quantitative analysis
of a variety of samples, and includes trace
.analysis. (Prereq.: 706 or 776. Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC A N D
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r non-chemistry majors,
medical technologists, and others i n
allied health science programs whose
professional goals do not require either of
two-term organic course or the one-term
biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant t o a survey of biochemistry i s studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids,
enzymes and certain hormones. (3 onehour lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory.
Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol.
367. Credit cannot be earned for both
Chem. 223 and any one o f Chem. 703,357,
352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 705 or 775.
Spring)
351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds
with special emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material
is correlated by means of modern theories
of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum
theory, and states of matter are studied i n
the first semester. Applications of these
concepts t o areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry i n the
second semester. (3 one-hour lectures,
one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353;
Physics 727, 722; Mathematics 724, 725.
367, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f
identifying organic compounds i n the
l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e
structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the
literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and
further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and
ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
352,353,357 or #; some readingknowledge
o f German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium
theory and principles of atomicand molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical
methods as well as chromatographic and
electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3
hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using
the electrostatic, valence bond, and
molecular orbital models. Coordination
chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand
field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a
variety o f techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r
lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation t o solve the problems of the
harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen
atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular
orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular
momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 367 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit,
is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors
under the direction of the Augsburg
Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniorsare
expected t o participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited t o participate.
497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research
careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n the department (not counted as
a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). (Junior standing).
East Asian S t u d i e s
Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen
The major i n East Asian Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This
program enables students t o obtain a
broad exposure to Japan and China as
important world cultures. Components of
the program include language, history,
cultural specialization, comparative
studies, and seminar work or independent studies.
Requirements for the major consist of a
minimum of ten courses, distributed as
follows:
4 courses i n Japanese
2 introductory history courses
2 courses in cultural specialization or
comparative studies
2 seminars or independent studies
Each student's major program must be
submitted to the coordinator for approval.
-
Education
Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these
levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary
Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas:
American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Mathematics,
Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social
Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
?he courses, Orientatio" to Education,
both elementary and secondary, are open
to all students of sophomore standing or
above. To enroll in other education
courses, a student must first apply and be
admitted to the teacher-education program. Students are advised to apply for
admission in the spring semester of the
sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program
at another college must be re-admissable
to that program.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2),
373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and
electives.
2. Health Education 114 and 115.
3. Library Science 358.
4. An academic minor. An academic
major i s recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5
average in the major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations.
Requirements for Kindergarten License
are the same as those for elementary
education plus Education 375 and 483.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Steve Reuter, Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for
Elementary Education plus the following
courses:
Soc 231
Sociology of the Family
Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
Ed. 325
Contemporary Influences in
Early Childhood Education
Ed. 425
Early Childhood Curriculum
Ed. 484
Student Teaching (160 hours)
Coordinator: Marie McNeff
Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education:
For an Early Childhood License with other
than an education major, consult with the
Early Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY)
371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art,
Music (1/2 course)
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students.
(Prereq.: sophomore standing or above.
Fall, Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for art and music taught at
the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N
EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION
372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Science, Mathematics (M course)
Focus i s upon the young child as a person
and the importance of the early years of
h i d h e r life in relation t o the effects of
present-day society and culture upon the
child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of
planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center
and/or nursery school. (Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265, concurrent registration i n 367, 362.
Spring)
341
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
(W course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources i n the teaching
of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys.
Ed., Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for physical education and
health taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265. Fall)
374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Social Studies, Language Arts
(% course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for social studies and
language arts taught at the elementary
level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361,
362. Spring)
361,362 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY
375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD O F
KINDERGARTEN
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265 or #. Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of
teaching approaches. The course requires
laboratory experience. Required f o r
Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the
Dept. of Ed.)
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
Electives
483,484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
(See Secondary Education)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select
a
situations for professional work experiA learning'Ontract
must be developed and must have education faculty
approval.
425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating
knowledge and skills of teaching the
young child. The course concentrates on
details essential to the organization of a
good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with
children who have uniquely different
needs. Class sessions, and two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care
center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Observing and directing learning at the
following levels: N, K, and/or elementary
levels under the supervision of college
and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmentalcurriculum.
A projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
(TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM)
It i s the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult
with Education faculty regarding state
requirements for teacher licensure. This
consultation i s recommended in addition
to conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor
meeting requirements in a teaching major
and licensure are available through the
Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access to computer.)
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation
2.
3.
4.
5.
course. Application forms are available
in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department or division of their declared
major. A student may take education
courses after the Orientation course
only if he or she has been admitted into
the program of t.he Department of
Education.
GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5
average in the major.
Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching.
Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation in
Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program
meets this requirement.)
Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265,
359,478; a minimum of one-half course
in special methods in the area of the
student's major, and a minimum of two
courses in Student Teaching.
Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special
methods and three courses in Student
Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching i n Secondary
Schools (Through the Augsburg College
Education Department Program)
Education Department Licensure Program courses.
GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors
in Art, Music and Physical Education
receive a special license which allows
them to teach in their area in all grades
from Kindergarten through twelve
(K-12). A person preparing far licensure in one of these areas follows the
secondary education program even
though he or she plans to teach at the
elementary school level. A person with
a major in one of these special areas
will take three courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching
at both the secondary and elementary
levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
major in art will register for Educ. 361;
the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the
major in Music for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School
and Society in a one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are
held during the term as part of the
professional work. A student taking
two courses in student teaching may
elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfull State Department of Education
265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
A N URBAN SElTING (Secondary)
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsb u r g E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m meets
requirement)
4. Health Educ. 114 and 115
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.:
sophomore standing. Fall, Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY
(% course)
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255,256
or #. Fall, Spring)
With the general methodology course,
one or more of the following education
courses in special methods must be taken
from the department of the major field.
(Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 or #)
Special Methods Courses (% to 1 course)
Methods and materials in teaching special
areas
360 American Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior
high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
% course (Fall)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
% course
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
?hcourse (Spring)
376. Speech and Theater Arts Methods
% course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristicsof
different kinds of learning problems
found in regular classroom environment.
The primary focus of the course will be on
teaching strategies, but attention also will
be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning
problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select from a variety of
situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be
developed and must have education
faculty approval.
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course i s on the
school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American
education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
481, 482,483, 484
STUDENT TEACHING
Observing and directing learning at the
secondary level under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel.
(Prereq.: Admission to student teaching
and program approval. Fall, Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
A N D GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of
evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance i n use of print and non-print
materials (Fall, Spring)
--
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized
359 REFERENCE SERV~CES
IN THE
research projects not otherwise provided
LIBRARY
for in the departmental curriculum. A
projected program must be outlined Study of basic information sources most
which meets the
of
frequently used by studentsand librarians.
faculty.
Includes preparation of bibliographies
and library instruction. (Spring)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
399 INTERNSHIP
M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475.
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o do field work i n a variety of
library situations i n the metropolitan area.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION A N D
ADMINISTRATION
475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION A N D
GUIDANCE
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation.
Services of the media center and methods
of evaluation. (Fall)
Survey and evaluation of library materials
on the secondaryschool level, with attention to their use inrelation
to curricula
as well as for personal interest and needs
of adolescents. (Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Psychological and philosophical d i mensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production and evaluation
of effective audio visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
Independent study and research o n some
topic of interest in the field of school
library service, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniorsand
seniors, with department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson: Adviser
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis,
Missouri) and Michigan Technological
University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a
Three-Two Plan of studies which will
enable a student t o earn the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College and
an engineering baccalaureate degree
from Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year
period. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted
into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided
they have met course requirements, have
a B average, and are recommended by a
designated representative of Augsburg
College. Students receiving financial aid
who are participants in the Three-Two
Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications
will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum
course requirements for admission to the
Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224,
226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116;
Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at
Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and
Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman
year. Students are encouraged t o apply
for admission t o the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with
the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged.
English
Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard
Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in American literature, one
course in the Western literary tradition
(271 or 272) and three courses in British
literature. Of the British literature courses,
one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and
one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must
take 225, Advanced Expository Writing.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in
their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly
urged t o consult their departmental
adviser regularly.,A student with a double
major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department:
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 10 courses, including those listed
for the major and a course i n the English
language. Courses in early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course i n public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction.
Library Science: 475, The High School
L i b r a r y : M a t e r i a l s Selection and
Guidance.
In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education
majors will be required to gain practical
experience in the teaching of writing, to
be arranged through the department
chairperson.
Students interested in a teaching major
are encouraged to take courses toward
their major during the freshman and
sophomore years, enroll in Orientation
to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses
of study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an advisor in the
Department of Education.
H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall; submit program to
department chairperson early in senior
year; defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis
may be an independent study program.
M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in British literature, and one
writing course. Teaching minors must
include both 225 and a course in the
English language.
The English Department recommends
but does not require that English majors
consider developing an area of emphasis
broader than the major as listed above.
The most likely areas would be a British
concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration,and
a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec-
tion of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course
that applies to the concentration, and by
the selection of some related courses
outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416;
English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423,
438 and sometimes 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222;
American Studies 232; English 241, 250,
351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A
student with an American literature concentration should take some of the
courses listed under the American Studies
major which are selected from the
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360,361;
Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German
244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490,
491.
WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition to Advanced Expository Writing,
Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect
Interim courses in writing.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser.
lnterim courses, special courses, and other
courses given at the other cooperating
colleges will often fit well into a concentration.
English 111 i s strongly recommended but
not a prerequisite for a lower division
literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature
course or consent of the instructor.
111 EFFECTIVE WRlTlNC
The study of composition with emphasis
on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the
research paper. The grading system for
this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In
order to hold a place in their course the
student must either attend class the first
day or personally notify the instructor that
s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring)
225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING
The development of essays in a variety of
rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and
analysis. Particular attention will be given
to stylistic and organizational matters
through the course's workshop format, in
which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 711, Fall, Spring)
226 CREATIVE WRITING
The purpose of the course i s to encourage
and guide, by means of appropriate
models, theories, and criticism, writing in
narrative and poetic modes of expression.
Short stories, personal narratives, and
poems may be selected by students for
experimentation and development, according to the student's preference.
227 JOURNALISM
An introduction to newswriting, with
secondary emphasis on the feature and
the news feature. The student is first
introduced to the principles of writing the
news story, what constitutes news, copy
preparation, and editing practices, then
goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and
community news stories. A unit on the
feature and the news feature concludes
the course. Throughout the semester,
attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons
and contrasts with the electronic media,
and stylistic trends inside and outside
the journalism establishment.
241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities
and the historical development of the film
media. The course includes the viewing
and discussing of both feature length and
short films. See also description under
Speech, Communications and Theater
Arts.
245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction,
drama, and poetry. Particular attention
will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing
about literature. Strongly recommended
for English majors. (Fall, Spring)
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant
works of selected American writers from
colonial times t o the emergence of
literary naturalism. Attention i s also given
to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 M O D E R N FICTION
Significant works of selected prose
writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth
century. (Fall, Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER
T O DANTE
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M
D O N N E T O BLAKE
A study of major works of Greek and
Roman literature,for example the epics of
Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the
comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's
Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be
studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring
relevance. (Fall)
Reading, analysis and discussion of works
of selected writers from the metaphysical
poets t o Blake, with attention t o the
historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M
THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N
PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval t o the
modern period, including such authors as
Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe,
Dostoyevsky.
331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE
While the primary study of the course will
be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer,
attention will be given to the medieval
literary milieu out of which Chaucer
wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and
drama may be examined. (Alternate years,
7 980-87)
332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and
selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which
Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 7979-80).
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE
ROMANTICS A N D THE
VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two
or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their
own age and their lasting contribution t o
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention
is given to the dynamics of American
society and i t s intricate relationship to the
literature. Special emphasis is given t o the
city as setting and symbol in modern
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
367 M O D E R N POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism.
Discussion may include the poetry and
aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance,
M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n
Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and
other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 7 979-80)
368 M O D E R N D R A M A
Significant works of American, British,
and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements
such as Naturalism, Existentialism,Theater
of the Absurd, and Transformationalism.
Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 7980-87)
399 INTERNSHIP
The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students
should consult the Department
Chairpersons.
Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the
conditions contributing t o the rise of the
novel and i t s emergence by the twentieth
century as the dominant literary form
(Alternate years. 7980-87)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with
attention t o the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work.
Enrollment open to juniors and seniors.
423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A survey of the development of the novel
i n England from its eighteenth century
beginnings up t o the twentieth century.
Novels studied will be selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens,
Open t o junior or senior English majors
with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the
student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Chairperson: Gunta Rozentals
below their level may only do so for a
grade of P/N.
Students with previous
language
study should register in courses suited t o
their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college
foreign language. However, final placement i s made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with
the department. Students who register
Course 112 completes basic elements of
the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useableskill levels.
Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper
division courses.
See d e p a r t m e n t f a c u l t y f o r career
information.
Language majors and minors must consult
with the department for limits o n nonAugsburg courses, and majors for midpoint evaluation after the third postintermediate course.
Teaching majors and minors must consult
with the Department of Education for
program. Methods courses by language
are joint five-college offerings and should
be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0
average in Advanced Conversation and
Composition i s a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
de.partmental honors must apply no later
than early i n the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 GPA
overall, and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
two in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and three i n literature, of
which one should be course 352. Study in
France strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 courses above 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one i n literature. Interim
or summer of study in France strongly
recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature.
Study Abroad. Also see lnterim catalog.
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed t o introduce the student with
no previous background in French t o the
language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence
structures are taught t o enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary
level. Two hours laboratory work. See
above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and
forms i s completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills,
and acquaintance with French culture
and way of life. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century
French literary readings and a grammar
review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading.
For those who have studied most of the
basic structures: Two hours of laboratory
work. (Fall)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating
ideas and building sufficient reading skills
t o pursue general reading in French.
Completes the review of basic structures
and more complex forms. Laboratory
work. (Spring)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Major representative works of French
literature read i n English translation.
Through individualized background
reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities
and cultural-historical significance of
these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or
minor.
Explores topics of current interest i n both
oral and written form to build fluency,
accuracy, and facility o f expression.
Emphasis o n vocabulary enrichment,
grammatical r e f i n e m e n t s , e f f e c t i v e
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.
(Fall 7 979)
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and
correct expression. Attention t o grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics. French
phonology and speech groups practiced
to overcome inadequacies and incorrect
speech habits. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION:
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of
the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual,
political, social and artistic self-awareness.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 377
or #. Spring 7980)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems,
ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and
their contribution to the contemporary
scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of
audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n
French. (Prereq.: 371 or#. Alternate years.
Spring 7980)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works of French literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
377 or #. Offered o n demand)
352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT
A survey of the major literary creators of
the Renaissance and Classical periods,
and the French intellectual, social and
ethical currents reflected in their works.
Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel,
letters and other proseforms. Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory work
i n French. Required o f all majors.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER A N D
OUTER WORLDS
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry,
and the literature of ideas that led to new
forms and emphases with the turn of the
century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts i n French.
(Prereq.: 377 or#. Offered alternate years)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including
the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay,
and criticism. Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts i n French.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing
on topics of intellectual,social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive
training i n the four skills at an advanced
level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression,
refinements i n style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for
self-improvement and self-evaluation.
Laboratory assignments. Required for all
majors (Prereq.: 377 or#. Alternate years)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette,
Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola,
Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.)
that shows the evolution of this genre i n
theme and form. Analyses, discussion,
and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Recommended 337. O n demand)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study in depth of an author, topic or
genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French.
For advanced students. (See also lnterim
offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. Offered
on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement,
or genre at an advanced level. Designed
t o complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense
are included. (Consultations with French
teachers required. Junior standing. Fall,
Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be
clarified early with study adviser.)
German
M A J O R : 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer
in Germany strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r
teachers; European History, a second
language, linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who
have had 111 or equivalent or less than
two years of high school German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice i n speaking, understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives
in simple German, insights into German
culture and participation i n short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
(177, Fall; 772, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g
knowledge of German. Review of basic
structures with emphasis on extending
range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary
German life and literature. (277, Fall; 272,
Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English.
The readings are considered not only i n
the particular context of German cultural
history, but also discussed in termsof their
relevance t o perennial human problems.
Credit for this course does not apply to
the major or minor in German.
311 GERMAN CONVERSAT'ON AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility i n the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n
colloquial German. Intensive practice i n
speaking i s supplemented with exercises
i n written composition. (Fall)
331 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE l
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000
B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with
emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle
Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the- elements of' theory
through reading, analyzing and discuss.
Ing selected works of German literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
377 or #. Offered on demand)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH
18TH CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und
Drang literature. Extensive readings and
discussions i n Classic and Romantic
periods. Readings i n German, supplemented by lectures on the history of
German literature i n i t s cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o
improve students' ability t o express ideas
in German. (Prereq.: 377 or#. O n demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 19TH CENTURY
332 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland since
the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of i t s
roots in the intellectual, geopolitical,
artistic and scientific history o f t h e
German-speaking peoples. I n German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980)
I n c l u d e s l a t e r Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction
to the decline of idealistic philosophy and
the importance of the individual and the
rise of materialism, technology and mass
man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o
deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n
demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 20TH CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse,
Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with
class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German.
(Prereq.: 371 or #.)
411 ADVANCED GERMAN
COMPOSITION A N D
CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing his own ideas and opinions.
Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through
use of German as classroom language,
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Coethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the
epic genre as a mirror of cultural and
geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 377 or #.)
452 GERMAN D R A M A
Representative dramatic works from late
18th century t o the present are discussed
and read as symptomatic of perennial
human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #)
literature, linquistics, which can apply
toward classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n
morphology. Translation exercises from
and into Greek. (777, Fall; 712, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development
of reading skills through selections from
the New Testament and other Hellenistic
writings (early fathers, historians, etc.)
Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of
the Greek text. (Prereq.: 172 or #. Fall)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
A first course i n the theory and practiceof
literary studies. A theoretical component
(in English) treats the basic principles of
literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. I n the
practical component, the class will divide
into small groups according t o foreign
language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for
foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors.
Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.:
272 or #. Offered on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
See the instructor for supporting courses
at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
Japanese
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS
An introduction t o linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus
on linguistic universals (organizational
principles and features common t o all
languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry
in t o the mechanics of language learning
and the structure of the mind as revealed
i n language.) Theoretical questions will
be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
wegian used as basis for class discussion
and exercises. Laboratory work and some
field experience expected. (prereq.: 772
or equivalent. Spring)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
A N D COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian
with emphasis on pronunciation and
original composition. Some attention
given to regional variations in spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between
the two official languages of Norway.
Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring)
Norwegian
312 OLD NORSE
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411;
plus one course under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
For the teaching minor: 311,331,353,411
plus required education courses, including special methods.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under
Scandinavian Area Studies.
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given to O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter i s desired but not reauired.
Norwegian language minors wili have
special assignments. ( O f f e r e d Spring
7 980)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language
skills: speaking, listening, reading and
writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (777, Fall; 772, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition
t o improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Nor-
This study o f Norwegian cultural history
will include significant aspects of the
c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society.
Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work i n the
comparatively homogeneous population
of Norway will be examined. Written and
oral reports i n the Norwegian language
will be required along with some field
work. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and
alternate years.)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open t o all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 o r #. Offered o n demand)
353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN
LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the
study of original works from earlier
periods extending back to O l d Norse
literature. All genres are examined, and
considerable attention i s given t o writings
i n the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and
written reports are i n Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring
7987. Alternate years)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN
CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and
written Norwegian. Attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and t o the
historical development of the Norwegian
language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354.
(Study i n Spain or Latin America i s
strongly recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American
Area Studies. Consult department for
other supporting courses i n humanities.
111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld.
Laboratory work i s an integral part of the
course (777, Fall; 772, Spring)
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with
emphasis on active use of the language,
supplemented by readings in culture and
literature. (Prereq.: 772 or 2 years o f high
school Spanish. 277, Fall; 272, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various
periods and movements are read i n
English translation. Through background
reading and class discussion i n English the
student i s acquainted with the salient
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this
course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred.
311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice i n
correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course i s a
p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speakingskills i n
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis o n conversational facility, stressing idiomatic
usage and the finer points of grammar.
Readings t o stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted i n Spanish. (On demand)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
A N D CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the
Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations t o the present. I n
Spanish. (Prereq.: 317 or 272, with #.
Spring 7980)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n
Spanish. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open t o all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
352,353 SURVEY O F SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors i n
Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. 352,
Fall, 7980; 353, Fall, 7979)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of
Spanish contribution to world civilization
through historical, intellectual, literary,
and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate
years)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC
AMERICAN AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377
or #. Offered on demand)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311
or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH D R A M A
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature in Spain. Oral and written re-
ports in the language. Emphasis on the
Golden Age and the Modern Period.
(Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in
Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
History
Chairperson: Richard Nelson
M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least
four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four. areas. Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course.
Lower level courses need not be taken i n
sequence.
M A J O R FOR TEACHING: I n addition t o
the regular history major a social science
maior with historv, em~hasisis also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog.
Students wishing t o become licensed
teachers see "Education Department" in
this catalog and consult with Education
Department faculty for requirements.
.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the
major and 3.0 overall; except in special
instances, application before the end of
the first term of the junior year; two years
of a foreign language at the college level
(or its equivalent); an honors thesis
(equal t o one course credit) t o be
defended before a faculty committee.
101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE
WESTERN CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations i n
the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of
Europe into the13th century.(Fall,Spring)
102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN
CIVILIZATION
A consideration of European institutions
and values from the waning of the middle
ages through the remodeling of Europe
by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE M O D E R N WORLD
A study of the main currents i n western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to
the present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN
WORLD
An introduction to various centers of
cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation
torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study
must be approved by the directingfaculty
member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of
one course i n directed study may be
applied to the major.
332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN
FOREIGN POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy t o
general American development is stressed
as i s the period of the Cold War. (Fall
7980-87)
353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating t o the mergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic
adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities;
economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and
early 20th centuries. (Fall)
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D
GREECE T O 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the
Near East from earliest times through i t s
extension and elaboration by the Greeks.
Emphasis i s placed on the development of
writing, achievement in the arts and
sciences and political institutions.
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E
T O 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the
rise of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the
arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
(Fall, 1979-80)
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES T O 1560
331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY
Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n
U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see
History 332). The specific topics to be
offered will be-announced prior t o registration. (Fall)
A study of the scholastic tradition and the
role of the Church and state through the
changes forced on these institutions
during the Italian Renaissance and the
early years of the Reformation. (Spring,
7 980-87)
399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division
..
students majoring i n history. See department chairperson.
412
PERIODS
AND STUART
A study of English history from a 15th
century background through 1714. The
emergence of modern constitutionalism
is the major theme of the course. Emphasis
i s also placed on 16th and 17th century
aspects of England's subsequent role i n
the world economy and on the English
literary renaissance of Elizabethan and
early Stuart periods. (Fall)
416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most
critical period in the rise of the modern
state. Emphasis i s also placed on the
emergence of modern science and its
effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. (Fall 7980-87)
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth,
the distinctive institutions, and the culture
of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire
t o the 20th century, with focus on specific
historic cities as examples. The course i s
designed for history students, urban study
majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. (Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial
empires and the rise of the third world.
The emphasis will be o n Western Asia.
Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years.
(Spring 7980-87)
463 MODERNSOUTHEAST
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments
in this area. A comparative analysis of the
nationalist movements and the process of
decolonization will especially focus on
Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and
Vietnam. (Spring 7979-80)
464 MODERN
A selective treatment of Chinese history
since the Opium Warof 1839. The erosion
of China's i;olationism and collapse of the
imperial system. The Nationalist and
Communist revolutions of t h e 20th
century. (Fall)
465 M O D E R N JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of
Japan as a major world power i n the 20th
century. Components of the course will
include a study of the distinctive features
o f t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization
factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring
7980-87)
474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers
cultural interaction and conflict, and the
building of European empires in Asia and
the Americas, and concludes with the
breakdown of these imperial systems at
the end of the 18th Century. (Spring797980)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission
of the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply
for directed independent study. A maxi-
mum of one course in independent study
may be applied toward the major.
114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the basicconceptsand
tools of geography followed by a survey of
the distribution patterns to be found in
our physical and. human environment.
(Temporarily cancelled. See History Department Chairman)
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Beverly Durkee
M A J O R : 9 courses including 124,125,215,
224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure,
courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224.
,
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be submitted
to department during first term of junior
year, and must include advanced study in
areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and
Mathematics-Education.
ties in two variables. Does not apply
toward a major or minor in mathematics.
Does not satisfy the general education
requirement in mathematics.
114 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O COLLEGE
ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, functions and graphs, linear
equations, exponents and radicals,
quadratic equations, ratio and variation,
progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms
and trigonometric functions. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may register for credit only with consent
of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
104 BASIC MATHEMATICS
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and
a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities
in one variable, including linear and
quadratic; and graphs of linear and
quadratic equations and linear inequali-
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major
or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a
single variable with applications to the
social and behavioral sciences. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may not register for credit. (Spring)
techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.:
224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F
MATHEMATICS
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including
calculus of several variables and series
with applications primarily f r o m the
physical sciences. Primarily for students i n
the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725,
Spring; 224, Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure o f
mathematical systems and mathematical
models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts.
Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g
further study of mathematics. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational
to abstract mathematics. A study of the
integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is
placed on the inductive techniques of
discovery. Includes the ideas of modern
elementary school mathematics curricula.
Does not apply toward a major or minor i n
mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 INTRODUCTION T O M O D E R N
ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings,
integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275.
Fa11)
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean
spaces, transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and
vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring;
325, Fall)
215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
A study of Euclidean and other geometries
by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. (Prereq.: 722 or
725. Spring, 7980. Offeredalternate years.)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by
special integral transforms; systems of
differential equations with matrix algebra
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions
and densities, expectation, sampling dis-
tributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses.
(Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems.
(Prereq.: 374, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 7987. Offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from
real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 374, 324, or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation
between student and department.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL
COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G
An introduction to computer methods
includingflowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming
in a non-scientific higher level language,
such as COBOL. Primarily for students in
non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor
in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G
An introduction t o computer languages
and methods. Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register
operations, and computer organization.
Programming i n machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from
science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Math 725 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems
on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms
for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language
i n numerical analysis. Topics include the
general concept of iterative formulas,
solution of equations, Newton's method,
linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit
may be granted toward a mathematics
major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and
Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of
three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship
at Hennepin County Medical Center,
Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended
courses vary t o some extent depending
on the hospital with which the students
plan t o affiliate. It i s important to work
closely with the Medical Technology
adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by
the hospitals for the 12-month internship.
Students must negotiate directly with the
hospitals involved.
Although it i s not recommended, Chemistry 223 may be taken instead of Chemistry
351-352. However, credit for both Biology
367 and Chemistry 223 is not given. If
Chemistry 223 is taken, then the two
required upper division biology courses
may not include Biology 367.
Required science courses: 1) Biology 111,
112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,
106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics:
103 (or 121,122); one math course.
Students transferring t o Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to spend two
years at Augsburg before participating in
the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons
w h o already have t h e baccalaureate
degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl
Director: Carry W. Hesser
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics
123; Political Science 122; History 431;
Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379
or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or
Sociology 363; a minimum of one course
of internship or independent study; plus
two urban-related non-social science
courses with an urban emphasis, at least
one of which must be i n the humanities
(current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics
103, Biology 101, 105).
To complete the major, the student has a
choice among three emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or
CeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a widevariety of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges, as well as those offered
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below).
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate
majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following
core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science
122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an
a p p r o v e d Social Science Research
course; an approved internship and/or
independent study.
Other Urban Studies options available
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA):
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN
ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution
publications, journal articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom,
students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues i n the Twin Cities area. Topics
include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
Students are placed in a variety of public
and private agencies for work experience.
A learning contract is developed with
MUST faculty approval. Students may
choose an internship of one or two
courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n
consultation with MUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or
field research related t o subjects of
seminars and/or major academic interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST)
This program is located at the University
of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Students are placed i n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on
proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student
course work and daily living i n Oslo. An
orientation t o current issues i n Norwegian life and society i s coordinated
with the language instruction.
373GROWTHANDDEVELOPMENTOF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a
combination of lectures, guest speakers,
and field work. Emphasis is placed on
Norwegian u r b a n development w i t h
comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING I N
SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are
viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers.
Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of
other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related t o subjects of seminar
and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program i s
located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t
focuses upon urbanization and development i n the Third World.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or
advanced levels.
various types of barrios and t o public and
private agencies dealing w i t h urban
problems.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N
LATIN AMERICA
Readings, discussions, and lectures i n
both English and Spanish, with aid of
SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n
urbanists.
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH,
POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y
DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN
AMERICAN CITY
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty,
student selects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related t o subjects
o f seminar and/or major academic
interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a
field seminar, an internship, and independent study.
382 FIELD EXPERIENCE
Structured field course focusing o n plight
and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota,
with field trips t o other Colombian and
foreign cities for comparison. Visits to
383 FIELD SEMINAR: SAN FRANCISCO
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Music
Chairperson: Robert Karlen
Students wishing t o major i n Music at
Augsburg College must make application
t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into
the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of thesophomore
year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors
must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261;
pass a
piano proficiency test, perform i n music
organizations for 3 years, participate i n
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
repertoire tests.
MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or
355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of
Performance.Studies; recital performance.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two
of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department
o f Education for requirements i n
education.
BACHELOR O F M U S I C DECREE: 13
courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, two or
354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or
other elective; 4 years of Performance
Studies with double periods in the last two
years, and junior and senior recitals.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus
350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3
years of Performance Studies including at
least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382,
383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362,
and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc.
241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective
in physical education (232 recommended);
elective in speech (116 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and
Music Therapy may be applied toward the
35 courses required for graduation.
Students need to apply for internship sites
nine months in advance of starting date.
Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s
limited, students may need t o seek outof-state internship placements.
This major normally requires four and
one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the
student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
MINOR: 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organizations; piano proficiency; and 2 music
r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all
Performance Workshops during the year
of Performance Studies and 8 campus
recitals also required.
Those wishing t o minor in music should
declare their intent by the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify
for graduation honors i n music if they (1)
provide leadership in: the promotion of
higher music performance standards
within the Department of Music; breadth
of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/
or promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at
least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for
the Honors Program at the beginning of
the second term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of
the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental
ensemble of not less than 15 minutes
duration and either a senior thesis and i t s
defense before a faculty committee of a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a
senior thesis and its defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of
graduate quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 14 campus faculty and
student recitals i s required of sophomore,
junior and senior music majors. Music
minors must attend 8 faculty and student
recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration
i s required of majors during either the
junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both
their junior and senior years.
Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required t o pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a
student who has been certified by the
Department of Music as a major for the
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music
degree, receives required lessons in the
area of his concentration without extra
cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A
junior or senior student transferring t o
Augsburg College as a music major must
take a placement test in music theory
before registration. Application f o r
acceptance into a music program should
be made at the end of the student's first
term at Augsburg, after passing the piano
proficiency test.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course
extending over four terms. Taught by a
team of instructors, the various aspects of
musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are
presented in parallel, rather than in
sequence. (707,223, Fall. 702,224, Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
The
Development and influence of the music
of the Christian church. Designed for the
general student as well as for organists,
directors, and pre-theological stu-
of music through the
selected
of great 'Omstudy
posers from each period. Emphasis is
placed upon
between music
and the other fine arts. For the non-music
major (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras.
(Fall)
261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D
ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related
t o choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
dents.
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Offers an opportunity t o apply information and techniques acquired in music
theory and history classes to the study of
the music of our time. Works of 20th
Century composers w i l l be chosen
according t o instrumentation and abilities
represented by the class, so that in-depth
analysis can prepare for performance. An
evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard t o its significance and relationship t o the total output
of that composer. (Prereq.: 224. Spring.
Alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation
of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental en~wnbles.(Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of
varying sizes and types. (Alternate years.)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
Advanced technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
488,489 P I A N O TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods,
and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons t o child r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e
instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
O F M U S l C II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and specialized studies
and projects not otherwise provided for
in the departmental curriculum. Open
only to advanced students upon approval
of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
M U S l C THERAPY
110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C
THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs i n
the surrounding area, with field trips t o
various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y
course for the freshmen and sophomores
considering music therapy as a major;
gives the students a broad background i n
the ways in which music is used as a
therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL
MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
OF MUSlC I
An objective approach t o musical stimuli
and response, with an emphasis on the
socio-psychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process
and development of an experimental research project.
395 INFLUENCE O F M U S l C O N
BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association
for Music Therapy for six months. This i s
started after completion of thesenior year
and is necessary for registration by the
NAMT. Applications for internship sites
must be made nine months i n advance.
Sites i n Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC I N THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of
music with the emotionally ill, mentally
retarded, and physically handicapped.
(Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM I N MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two
hours a week, six terms. No credit.
RECITALS, LESSONS, ORGANIZATIONS
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for
public performance. Acquaints students
with a repertoire of musical excellence.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
Vocal and instrumental instruction i s
available to all students. For statement of
fees, see under Financial Information. No
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
The music organizations exist not only for
the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes to
participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Normally,
membership i s reserved for full-time students. Membership for the full year i s
required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of
songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
Choir
Membership by audition.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra.
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Brass Ensemble,
String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
N a t u r a l Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching
in Secondary Schools.
The Minnesota Board of Teaching has
approved the licensure program for
science teachers and has authorized
Augsburg to recommend candidates for
licensure in:
Life Science, grades 7-72
Life Science, (minor) grades 7-72
Physical Science, grades 7-72
Earth Science, grades 7-72
Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-72
Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72
Physics, (minor) grades 7-72
Middle School Science, grade 5-9
PROGRAM COMPONENTS
The program of courses is designed to
provide a broad, basic background i n
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and, in
the physical science, have at least one year
of calculus.
BROAD BASE COURSES - 7 COURSES
Seven courses comprise the set for the
broad base background.
1. Earth Science - 1 course
Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics
161 - Understanding the Weather
2. Life Science - 2 courses
Biology 111,112 - General Biology
3. Physical Science - 4 courses
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106)
General Chemistry
Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR
Biology 473 - Animal Physiology
Group V Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR
Biology 476 - Microbiology
BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE
Grades 5-9 - 7 courses
-
In order to make the program slightly
more flexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science
have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 - Physics for
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics.
LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES
1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry
2. Biology Component - 7 courses
Biology 491 - Seminar
At least one course from each of the
following groups:
Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology
OR Biology 353 - c6mparative
Vertebrate Zoology
Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology
474 - Developmental Biology
Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant Biology OR
Biology 474 - Ecology
1. Earth Science - 2 courses
Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR
Physics 161 - Understanding the
Weather (the alternative course not
taken in the BROAD BASE section)
2. Life Sciences - 2 courses
Any two biology courses above 112.
3. Physical Science - 3 courses
Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic
Chemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
CERTIFICATION WITH MINOR
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation in life science
shall complete 7 courses in Biology in
addition to the BROAD BASE.
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation in chemistry or
physics shall complete the broad basic
competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry
351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For
Physics, these are any four courses above
122.
-
Nursing
Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson
Augsburg offers a second-step, upper
division major in nursing leading t o a
Bachelor of Science degree.
Requirements for admission t o the major
are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. in
the state of Minnesota; and completion of
inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition; and i n t r o d u c t o r y courses i n
psychology and sociology at accredited
institutions of higher education. These
courses must be taken prior t o admission
into the nursing major. CLEP examinations may be taken to validate credits.
I n addition, each applicant to the nursing
major must successfully complete theoretical and clinical testing prior t o acceptance into the major.
Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing within the
past five years, must take a refresher
course prior to acceptance into the major.
A course in organic chemistry is also required for the major. Students must take
this course at Augsburg by the end of the
first year.
MAJOR:11 courses (10 course credits) i n
nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325,
350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354
(Interpersonal Communications) i s
highly recommended. The r e q u i r e d
courses in sociology, psychology, English,
chemistry, and biology listed above may
apply toward distribution requirements as
well as toward the major. A 2.5 overall
GPA in the nursing courses i s required.
303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I
This course is designed t o explore the
contemporary role of the nurse as a client
educator. Content on learning theories,
assessment, planning, communicating via
negotiated objectives, matching
methodology and evaluation techniques
within an experiential setting as presented. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major. 1/2 course credit.)
304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II
Through lecture-discussions, the class will
explore factors affecting one's influence
with individuals. Students will explore
their own leadership style as it relates t o
the professional nurse's role and the
theory of planned change. (Spring-junior
year. Prereq.. 303. 1/2 course credit.)
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Through a lecture-discussion format, the
class develops a holistic health framework
within a family and community context.
Factors such as cultural values, environment, change, epidemiology, and social
trends are considered, as they relate t o
the individual's perception and state of
health. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.)
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Clinical application of health concepts.
Students participate i n negotiated health
intervention and facilitation within a
selected community setting. (Springjunior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325)
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
The professional nurse's role as advocate
and facilitator i s strengthened via the use
of a systematic process of assessment and
planning, intervention, and evaluation.
This negotiated process isexplored within
a developmental frame of reference with
application t o the adult individual. (Falljunior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the
major.)
350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING
RESEARCH
The research process and methodologies
appropriate t o nursing are the focus of
this course. Issues of ethics and nursing
research i n nursing studies are explored.
Students will critique nursing research
and design individual research projects.
(Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance
into the nursing major.)
403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill
This course will explore the process of
negotiating with individuals and groups
to identify learning needs and goals. We
will experience a variety of teaching
methods as we integrate therapeutic
communication techniques w i t h t h e
teaching process. (Fall-Senior year.
Prereq.: 303,304,310,317,325,350. To be
taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing
423.)
404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I V
This is a nursing synthesis seminar course
dealing with the integration of a professional role and the utilization of professional nursing tools, such as effective
communication techniques, in facilitating
complex group or family interaction.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,370,
317, 325, 350, 403, 423, 430. To be taken
prior to or concurrent with Nursing 427.)
423 PRECEPTORSHIP I
The preceptorship practicum is a flexible
approach t o learning and allows the student an opportunity t o explore a chosen
area of study i n a selected practice setting.
This approach allows opportunity to practice self-objectives, select learning
expe.
riences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor(s), faculty,
agencies, and clients i n initiating complex
nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.:
303, 304, 310, 322, 325, 350. To be taken
after or concurrent with Nursing 403.)
427 PRECEPTORSHIP II
This course builds upon the knowledge
and skills obtained i n Contemporary
Nursing IV. Applies leadership skills to
groups. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423,
430. To be taken after or concurrent with
Nursing 404.)
430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES I N NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored
in light of their implications for nursing
practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.)
Philosophy
Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey
120 ETHICS
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241,
242, 343, and 344.
Sometimes you say that a certain action is
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it i s right? Because you like it? Are
there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a
long, hard look at possible grounds for
making moral decisions, and at the moral
judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses
from 241, 242, 343, and 344.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission to the
Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such
recommendationswill be made at the end
of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
topic of the student's choice, involving
research above the course level, and a
defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement.
130 L O G I C
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and
then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid
arguments and work to develop your
ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring).
110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS A N D M E T H O D
Though each person has his own set of
ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been
critically analyzed or evaluated for their
consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the
needed skills. Another i s that they may
have had little opportunity to examine
critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are to provide the student with some
experience i n examining ideas, and
thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall,
Spring)
241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
A N D ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle
and the Stoics; what did they believe?
Why did Plato think that the physical
world was not overly important, and what
did he value? How did Aristotle, the
scientist, respond to this? The answers to
these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11:
MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE
PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and
enlightenment. How dark were the
Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the
grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was
carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the
individual in the Renaissance and the new
methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
What i s the relation between faith and
reason?Does God exist, and what can be
said about him if he does?Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and
animal suffering? I s man really immortal?
Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious
beliefs.
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism.
360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE
343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 1 9 f H
CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate
ideas or with experience? What can we
really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major
empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis-ofphilosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Neitzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV:
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth
that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?These and
other issues are dealt with in a study of the
major representatives of linguistic
analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring)
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with
friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How
does language relate to the world - can
we really learn about the nature of things
from words? Do the mathematician and
the scientist have a language?I s it possible
to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to
these and other important questions
about language.
365
PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s
purported to be profoundly different and
better than that of the non-scientist. I s this
true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions
which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist
to recover knowledge? In addition to
dealing with these questions,students will
work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special
sciences.
-
370 EXISTENTIALISM
440 THEORY O F BEING
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine
what it means to be a being-in-the-world,
and explore such themes as absurdity,
freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course i n philosophy)
Being i s the most important concept
which philosophy investigates. This
course studies some of the perennial
theories of metaphysics along with some
modern applications of these theories.
Students will have the opportunity to read
and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq.: one prior course i n
philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical
care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care f o r t h e dying and
euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of
art, philosophy of literature, philosophy
of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested
prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard,
Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the
student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty adviser.
Physical Education and Health Education
Chairperson: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R : H.Ed.
114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350,
351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G
MAJOR: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,472; Biol.
103. Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R W I T H
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 495,
491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355,
362. Approval for admission to Corrective
Therapy Major must be secured from the
Coordinator of Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R WITI..
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
485, 491; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed.
114,115; P.E. 223,231,232, or 472, and 243.
C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480,
and practicum in coaching (Practicum
requires registration for Independent
Study 499).
Physical education major meets t h e
coaching requirement.
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment in Minnesota high
schools are required t o have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching,
and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating individual and dual sports.
(Fall)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHYMS
355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT
(See Health Education)
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon-hour
activities, camp nights, modified games,
simple rhythmic games, folk and square
dancing. (1/2 course. Interim)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for
teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
234 OUTDOOR EDUCATION
373 MODERN DANCE
This course will look at a wide variety of
outdoor activities that can be taught in a
school setting. The following activities will
be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing,
cycling,. outdoor cooking, camping and
water safety. Students must be prepared
to spend some weekends participating in
these activities. (I/.
course. Spring)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, principles, and philosophy of
physical education. (Spring)
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form,
and design. No previous dance experience
necessary. (1/2 course. Interim)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairperson
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
Mechanics of movement with special
emphasis upon the action of the muscular
system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (1/2 course. Fall)
The major effects of exercise upon the
systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs
and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103.
Spring)
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL
CHILD
(See Health Education)
474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open
only to junior and senior P.E. majors and
minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming.
1/2 course. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHL n I C INJURIES1/2 course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring,
1st half of term)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games,
and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354. Summer school
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL %course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall,
1st half of term)
A study of the treatment of disease and
injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular reeducation. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354
Summer school only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd
half of term)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half
of term)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring,
2nd half of term)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball.
(Spring, 2nd half of term)
Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation
required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485,492, andapproval of department.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in an area of
physical education. Open only to junior
or senior majors.
HEALTH EDUCATION
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114,
115, 320, 354, 410; Biol. 103, 108, 111;
Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231,
241.
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 110,114,115,320,354,355,310; Biol.
103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych.
105; Soc. 231, 241; Educ. sequence for
teaching license.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114,
115, 320; Biol. 103; SOC. 231
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATlON 1/2 course
1 1 0 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y
HEALTH
An analysis of chemical abuse and what
can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring)
Modern concepts and practices of health
and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall)
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
114 SAFETY EDUCATION 1/2 course
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid
course. (Fall, Spring)
Techniques for developing a course of
study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
i n nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l
courses i n the major sequence numbered
i n the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L
CHILD % course
evaluation of tests i n health and physical
education. (Spring)
Education of the exceptional child with
special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
410 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVIS I O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH
PROGRAM
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/z course
Survey of basic statistical procedures and
Historical background, legal bases,school
health services, and relationships to community he:<lth program and resources.
Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physics
Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122,
245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses
above 122. I n planning their courses of
study, students are encouraged t o work
closely with members of the physics
faculty. Normally, students should have
Mathematics 124,125, and Physics 121,122
the freshman year, and Mathematics 224
and 226 the sophomore year.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122,
and three courses above 122.
H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent
investigation of a physics topic with an
oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major
should be made no later than the first
term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
major. Students are advised to refer t o the
Education Department section of the
catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
SOCIETY O F PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the
physics community o n a professional
basis. Membership in SPS i s open t o all
students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership i n the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open t o those students
who have completed the equivalent of a
minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in
physics and 3.0 overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and
galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a
12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a3-inch Questar.
Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour
lectures. Fall; Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments
are selected not only t o illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life
sciences. The course i s designed t o serve
students i n biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable
elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem.
algebra. Fall)
transistors and integrated circuits, with
applications to both digital and analog
circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 722 o r 703 plus
Mathematics 722 or 125 and consent o f
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical optics, using
t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. Interference, diffraction,
polarization, and an introduction to the
electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722.
Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, 11
A rigorous study of the concepts of
mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics,
electricity and magnetism, and some
aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other specified majors. Must
be taken i n sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 724 or concurrent registration. 727,
Fall; 722, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from
a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state
physics. This course indicates the need
for, and develops the experimental basis
of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 722. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis i s on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of
D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing
solid state devices. The study of diodes,
351,352 MECHANICS I, I1
A careful study of classical mechanics in
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles,
single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion,
dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation,
kinematics of two-particle systems and
noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 722; Mathematics 226.
357, Fall; 352, Spring)
362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory
is developed using the vector calculus
t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's
equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of
electromagnetic radiation based o n
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation i n
physics seminars. Experiments i n the area
of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum
physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per
week. Prereq.: Junior standing o r consent
o f instructor. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject i s developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS
A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 245, 357, 352. Fall)
488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o
specific topics chosen from the areas of
solid state physics, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear physics, and particle
physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students t o explore
systematically a problem in experimental
or theoretical physics, worked out in
consultation with a faculty adviser. Open
to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
Political Science
Chairperson: Norma Noonan
M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical
Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or
122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5
other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5
areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122
or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division
courses in 3 out of 5 areas.*
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major i n
Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following:
The student's grade-point average must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The
student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis t o be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may
work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements, consult the Honors Ad-
viser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply
for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year.
*The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public
Law, and Political Theory and Analysis.
(Any course listed i n more than one area
may be counted i n only one area toward
major or minor requirements.)
Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major
in combination with specified social
science courses, i n compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the department chairperson or the Social
Studies Education adviser.
For precise listing of terms in which
courses are o f f e r e d , see t h e Class
Schedule.
1. AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
121 AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the
dynamics of congressional, executive,
and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and
current issues i n American society.
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental
regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 course i n Political
Science or #)
326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D
BEHAVIOR
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political
parties in the electoral process. Field work
with political parties and interest groups
and media i n presidential election3
(optional in non-presidential election
years). (Prereq.: 727 or #. Fall term o f
election years.)
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N
SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of
mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship,
newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including
important issues, actors, and structures
influencing public policy i n the modern
urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts
and activists.
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national,
urban or state focus; topic t o be included
in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n
Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D
ANALYSIS
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
160 ISSUES IN W O R L D POLITICS
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics i n the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy.
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES
An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation,
and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon
the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL
POLITICS
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing
on political behavior, institutions, and
processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet
Union and other communist states i n
terms of political behavior, institutions,
processes and politics. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
(See Section V for description)
Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of
international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries;
t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic
and contemporary legal issues.
459 TOPICS IN ELITE A N D MASS
BEHAVIOR
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass
participation i n the political system.
( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e
course i n Political Science or #.)
The legal-political-philosophical role of
the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant
Supreme Court cases involving the United
States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 770 or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of
Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment
as applied by the Supreme Court to the
protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 770 or #.
Offered alternate years.)
V. POLITICAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
deration of the political, social, and
economic dimensions of the theories,
with some focus on the preferred futures
envisaged in the doctrine.(Prereq.: 758or
#. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches
t o political study, and a survey of the
methods common to empirical social
science. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 758 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL T H O U G H T
A study of influential political philosophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls,
emphasizing t h e values, goals, and
assumptions which continue to inform
and t o rationalize human governance.
(Prereq.: One course i n Political Science
or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public
policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism
and the welfare state i n comparative
perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY
A N D INTERNSHIPS.
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department t o
determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject
matter. (Offered o n demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST,
PRESENT, A N D FUTURE
399 INTERNSHIP
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory
and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consi-
Consult Chairperson or Internship
Director t o determine project. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Selected topics. Consult department
chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.)
Topics defined through consultation
between instructor and student.(Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Chairperson: Norman Ferguson
MAJOR: 10 courses including 105, 264,
265,381, or 399, and 493. Physics 103 i s also
required. The major program should include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and
265 in the freshman or sophomore year,
381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 in the
senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the
psychology department and it i s approved
by the department chairperson. The overall plan i s directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational and professional goals of the
individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior
year.
Not more than two courses from 299,399,
and 499 may be counted toward the
minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that
this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The student may
actually take more such courses.
I t i s recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from
other areas that will complement and
strengthen their particular interests i n
psychology. For example, developing a
minor in business administration, biology,
or communication i s recommended for
many students.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 105. Not
more than one course from among 299,
399, and 499 may be counted toward the
minor.
H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify
for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade
point average in the major, a 3.0 grade
point average overall, and completion of
a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for
honors consideration must be made
during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairperson for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the methods and
approaches used in psychology for the
purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. (Fall, Spring)
264, 265 RESEARCH METHOD: DESIGN,
PROCEDURE, & ANALYSIS I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation i s human and animal learning,
problem solving, social psychology, and
sensation-perception. Emphasis will be
placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research
Methods I may be taken for credit without
continuing i n Research Methods 11.
Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must
precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the
term immediately following 264. (Prereq.:
105. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must
be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development
and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and
applications of data and theory in respect
to the development of children. (Prereq.:
7 05)
-
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used for building
understanding of and appreciation for the
developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory
have for the development of people in
the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq. : 357)
355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR
A survey of the functions of the nervous
system which are responsible for behavior
in animals and human beings. Major
topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory,
and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and
one course i n biology. Fall)
356 A N I M A L BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior. Emphasis i s placed on studying
animals and human beings in their natural
habitats and upon understanding behavior patterns which have been produced through interaction with the environment. Major topics include: behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals
and human beings. (Prereq. 705. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Learning concepts, behavior change
principles and psychology of instruction.
Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 705)
361 PERSONALITY
An introduction to the field of personality
study with special attention directed
toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
A review of maladaptive human behaviors
from the social, organic and psychological
points of view. Experience in a variety of
community service units will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE
INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society
upon values and goals, differential legal
status and feminist movement views, and
physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices
such as management styles, evaluation
and maintenance of work effectiveness,
and social influences. An organizational
field experience. (Prereq.: 705)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
381 PSYCHOLOGY I N HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
Historical development of psychological
viewpoints and theoretical positions.
(Prereq.: two psychology courses)
399 INTERNSHIP
490 CURRENT TOPICS I N PSYCHOLOGY
Study of selected areas and topics in
psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings.
Specific topics will be published prior to
registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #).
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator
regarding requirements and permission
to register.
Discussion of contemporary societal
issues from a psychological viewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and
methods used by psychologists i n
studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses.
Fall, Spring)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical
guidelines for a counseling relationship.
(Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing.
Spring)
Limited registration by special permission
for advanced students in psychology.
Students must present a written plan prior
to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the
proposed study.
Religion
Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all
other courses.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the
major and 3.0 over-all; research project
approved by the department and colloquim with the department.
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 111, 221,
356, 481 and also including a seminar
especially for majors to be taken in the
junior or senior year. Only one interim
course may be applied to the major. One
upper division New Testament Greek
course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered
361-363 and one from those numbered
471-475.
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one
interim course may be counted to the
minor. In order to prepare for teaching
about religion in public schools the
student should work closely with the
Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an
academic field which is certifiable for
elementary or secondary school teaching,
and (b) a Religion major with courses 356,
Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe
360, 363, 471, and 355. The Minnesota
State Department of Education does not
at this time grant licensure for a Religion
major or minor.
teacher and the actual teaching itself will
be examined. The theological, as well as
the legal and educational implicationswill
be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087)
111 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O THEOLOGY
356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The
task of biblical interpretation. The history
of Israel and the emergence of the
church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy
353 D E N O M I N A T I O N S A N D SECTS IN
AMERICA
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and
sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
354 LIFE A N D W O R K O F THE C H U R C H
Congregational life in its varied character
with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and
parish work. (Offered 7979-80)
An introductory survey of some of the
major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary
documents from these religious cornrnunities.
360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
361 C H U R C H FATHERS
A study of the early Christian Church in
the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and
martyrdom, the development of the
creeds, Christianity i n conflict with
Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of
several early Christian leaders and a
special unit on the life and thought of
Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS
355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with
such efforts, the resources available to the
An introduction to the theological
thought of the Protestant reformers of the
sixteenth century. Special attention to the
writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION I N AMERICA
475 JUDAISM
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o
the challenges of its environing culture.
A survey of the history of Judaism from
the end of the O l d Testament period t o
modern times, with emphasis placed upon
the religious development. A special
interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as
Buber and Heschel. TheJewishChatauqua
Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in
Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall)
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, .literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the
variety of interpretations given the person
of Jesus, including the "quest for the
historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship t o
the early church, and some of the themes
to be found in his writings. (Offered
7 979-80)
473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D
TESTAMENT
An introduction to some representative
trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
(Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N
CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology
as expressed i n the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic
definitions of the church. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility,
in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
495 SEMINAR
The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew
thought with emphasis on the message of
the prophets. (Offered 7980-87)
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall)
-.
Russian Area Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It
seeks t o give the student the broadest
possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet
life, history, politics, literature, tradition,
and philosophy. I n addition t o providinga
good liberal education, the program can
enable students to prepare for graduate
study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching.
The Major consists of 11 courses:
4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian
(or equivalent competencies)
2 courses i n Russian history
1 course in Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course in Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
A minor is presently under consideration.
F o r i n f o r m a t i o n , p l e a s e see t h e
coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Director: Mildred )oel
255,355 O I L A N D NORWAY: M U T U A L
IMPACT
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses
listed i n the Augsburg College catalog or
transferred t o Augsburg as upper division
Scandinavian Language courses, i.e.,
courses t a u g h t by a Scandinavian
Language Department or subdepartment
regardless of their content which may be
linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian
language. See, Norwegian courses listed
under Department of Foreign Languages.
An inquiry into the early impact of the
emerging Norwegian petroleum industry
upon the politics and economy of Norway
and, conversely,- of Norwegian political
perspectives and institutions, upon the
development and use of this recently
discovered resource. (Interim, 7980)
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
The O l d World background and use of
"America Fever," adaptation t o the New
Land; aspects of Norwegian-American
culture.
331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT I N
AMERICAN HISTORY
How did the O l d Stock American host
society receive the waves of newcomers
to the U.S. i n the 19th and 20th centuries?
How did the immigrants respond t o the
reception? Through case studies, selected
readings, class lecture, and discussions,
this course examines the encounter of the
new American culture with the older
European cultures.
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST
SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience
i n the Midwest with emphasis on M i n nesota, especially among Norwegians,
Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also
given t o the Danish and Icelandic communities i n Minnesota. ( O f f e r e d o n
demand)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on
assigned reading of selected novels by
Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof,
Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor
Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required to do
assigned readings and written work i n a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 7981)
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk
and other twentieth century dramatists.
Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian
drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge o f a Scandinavian
language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and
written work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Offered alternate years. Fall, 1980)
360 EDDA AND SAGA
A study of the major poetic and prose
eddas of early Scandinavia, including
Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland
sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de
Roland. Guest lectures in O l d Norse,
Norse mythology and other topics. Taught
in English. Counts toward Scandinavian
Area Studies major when readings and
papers are d o n e i n a Scandinavian
language. (Offered on demand)
364 NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN
CHURCH LIFE
Offered under Department of Religion.
(1980-81)
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
See description under Department of Art.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
See description under Department of
Music.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Department of History.
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with a faculty member,
student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed
for those preparing for secondary school
teaching in social studies. The requirements for licensure are in the process of
being changed. For those graduating after
July 1, 1979 a new "competency based"
program will be in effect. See Department
of Education for further details. The Social
Science major i s also recommended for
others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This
major may be earned in any one of four
distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of
the several component disciplines unless
the distribution selected in the Social
Science major i s significantly different
from the other major.
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics
and Business Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I
Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis
Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation.
4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: geography, anthropology,
economics, sociology, psychology.
B. Behavioral Science Emphasis
14 courses from the following disciplines: economics, history, political
science, psychology, sociology (including anthropology); at least 5
courses must be upper division. Included in this requirement are the
following:
(1) at lea~t2coursesfrom
each of the 5
disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th discipline excluding history.
(2) 1course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362,
365.
(3) 1 course in American history.
\
A. History Emphasis
7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in
Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2
in Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at
least 4 of these courses must be upper
division. 2 courses in political science,
1 course in the methodology of the
,
C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis
Hist. 103 - The Modern World
1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362,
365
12 courses in non-western studies;
selected from the following, with at
least four disciplines represented.
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 465, 474; history
seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic.
Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political
science seminar, independent study,
or interim course on a relevant topic.
Econ. 122, 258
Sociology 241
Religion 356
Philosophy 355
D. International Relations Emphasis
(1) Required: lower division
Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104;
Econ. 122
4th term of college work in a modern foreign language.
(2) Required: upper division
Pol. Sci. 363, 461; Hist. 332.
(3) Electives: 7 courses selected from
this list. No more than five from any
one discipline.
Pol. Sci. 351,351,380,381,382; political
science seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic.
Hist. 416,440,463,564,465,474;
history
seminar, independent study, or interim
course on a relevant topic.
Sociology 241
4th term of college work i n a second
modern foreign language.
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
each of five disciplines, selected from the
f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science,
psychology, and sociology. The selection
of courses must be approved by one of
the faculty supervising the social science
major.
Social Work
Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins
i n the junior year, but all students are
advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by
the faculty, and should seek advisement
from faculty as t o sequence of requisite
courses from other departments.
MAJOR LEADING TO A BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DECREE: The approved program for students preparing for social
work practice is the Bachelor of Science
program. The Bachelor of Arts degree
should be chosen only if the student does
not plan t o pursue a professional social
work career. Core program consists of
Psych. 105*, Psych. 351* and 352*, Soc.
121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social
Work 257, 361, 363, 461, 462, 463, 464,
466, and 467. Recommended courses are:
one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 723, Pol.Sci.727,
325,326, Biology 707 or 105, Psych.367 and
362, Speech 354 and/or 355.
*These courses are t o be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
M A J O R LEADING T O A BACHELOR O F
ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised
to choose the B.A. program unless the
student does not plan to enter social work
practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same program as
specified for the B.S. except that Social
Work 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, 467, are not
required.
S P E C I A L I Z A T I O N S : Specializations i n
Aging, C h e m i c a l D e p e n d e n c y ( b y
arrangement with Metropolitan Community College), Crime and Corrections
and Youth are possible. Specialization
consists of courses descriptive of functional, disfunctional and programmatic
aspects of the special area, plus field work
assignments in the senior year. A Human
Services Management specialization is
also available. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript.
257 P R A C T I C U M IN THE H U M A N
SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems,
and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term
paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open t o all students. (Interim)
340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D
SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G
This course will include the study of the
impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social
policy, services planned t o address needs
of olde,r population and skills needed t o
work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior. Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.)
361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects
of the various systems of social welfare i n
the U.S. and the role of social work i n
them. Special emphasis on analysis of the
major assumptions and movements contributory t o the rise of the welfare state;
description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social
work, i t s ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per
week; guest lectures, research paper.
(Prereq.: lunior, o r #. Fall)
363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F
SOCIAL WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods, and practical experience necessary for social Work practice with indi-
viduals and small groups; development of
the student's repertoire of relationship
building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory
exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, lunior.
Spring)
364 FIELD WORK I
Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship
building. Ten hours per week, plus one
small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS
IN SOCIAL WORK
Enlargement and refinement of practice
skills through lecture, classroom exercise
and regular class work. Enlargement of
social group work skills, emphasis o n
development of generalist practice skills
and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour
class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises
per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and364, or#.
Fa11)
463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on:
1)surveyance of historical forms of social
change, 2 ) understanding the basic issues
and strategies relevant t o social protest
and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various
community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4)
knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior
or #. Fall)
462, 464, FIELD W O R K II A N D IV:
Ten hours per week in a Social Service
agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families,
groups and/or communities. Ten hours
per week, plus one supportive/discussion
seminar per week. (Prereq: completion
and 2.0 i n 367, 362; concurrent with 467
and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D
DEVELOPMENT
This course will include the study of
theories of Social Policy formulation and
methods of analysis associated with needs
and services and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed
first hand through work with a public
policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class
period per week, readings, analytical
paper integrating class concepts with
practical experience. (Prereq.: 367, 463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 FIELD W O R K Ill
Continuation of 462 conducted during
Interim. (1/2 course. Interim.)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS
PROFESSIONAL
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival,
professional job attainment, personnel
policies and practices, organizational
theory, and resourcedevelopmentwill be
studied i n the course. The field work
practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464;
Spring)
468 SPECIAL TOPICS
Current issues in social work theory or
practice. To be announced. (# half or full
credit. Interim)
Sociology
Chairperson: C. Nelson
M A J O R IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121,362,363,375 and 485. (Highly
recommended: a CHR course, internship,
independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology.) This recommendation i s made i n the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety
o f learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e., 300 and
above.)
H O N O R S M A J O R : The student must
have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major
and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n
sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal t o Department
Chairperson before April 1 of the junior
year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April
30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499)
through which work on thesis will be
completed. Honors degree i n sociology
will be granted t o a candidate if he/she
successfully defends the thesis before
March 31 of senior year and maintains
GPA through graduation.
111 H U M A N COMMUNITY AND THE
MODERN METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of
the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation,
with a focus on the possibilities of human
community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce.
The relationship of the family to i t s institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element i n the way we
see the world. An examination of the
ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and
"progress"; a comparison of alternate
realities as found in different cultures and
varying social contexts. An analysis of
selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall,
Spring)
300,301,302,303,304
SPECIAL TOPICS
I N SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult
felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens.
Residents and staff of these institutions
take the course together with college
students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and
interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms and sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n
American society.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts t o build a body of
k n o w l e d g e b y way o f a s c i e n t i f i c
approach. Tools and approaches used to
evaluate ideas and describe social life
through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment
and computers for statistical analysis.
Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors
should take Soc. 363 the following term.
(Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of
class activities and individual projects. To
be taken immediately after Soc. 362.
(Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D
PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview o f methods o f
organizing, comparing and interpreting
quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical
analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program
evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
orientation i n social psychology, will be
used as a way of dealing with the major
issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 727 and
Psych. 705. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives
in urban sociology; the metropolis as an
eco-system; metro-urban planning and
policy systems; major issues related t o
shaping the future metropolis. The Twin
Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an
important learning laboratory. (Prereq.:
711 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY CROUP
RELATIONS
373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various
theoretical components of criminology
and corrections. M a j o r attention i s
focused on the causation and prevention
of crime and delinquency, and the various
modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 127, Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and
society. An analysis of the ideas of "self"
and "identity" and what part they play i n
understanding interpersonal relations
and human behavior. A sociological view
of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted.
"Symbolic interaction", an important
The dimensions of racial and minority
g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the
role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring.
P/N grading only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth,
status and power i n the U.S. and other
selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality.
Detailed analysis of current issues and
policies concerning inequality i n the U.S.
(Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson or
Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the
course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.:
2 courses i n sociology including 727 or #.
Fall)
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study
according t o department guidelines.
(Prereq.: 727 and permission o f instructor.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication and Theater A r t s
Chairperson: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25
in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality,
distinguished performance in at least one
of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early i n the,senior
year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary
education.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS
C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses,
including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 225, or 226, or 227. Supporting
courses required but not counting toward
the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130;
Psychology 105; Sociology 111 or 241,
375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows
for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for
each area are available from the Department Chairperson o r t h e O f f i c e o f
Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work
out a plan for the major and a personal
career action plan. Freshmen should take
Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology I21
or 241, and Philosophy 130.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary
schools may specialize in any of three
majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor,
preferably a major. The communications
major or minor does not qualify one for
teaching speech.
SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation i n
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course
111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,
351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation i n forensics.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
353 ADVERTISING
See under Department of Art
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: ]r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring)
227 ADVANCED WRITING:
JOURNALISM
See under Department of English
225,230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS
I, I1
See under Department of Art
241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART
354 INTERPERSONAL
COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build
relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring)
See under Department of English
242 FILM-MAKING
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
An introduction to commercial television
with an emphasis on the director's role;
some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting.
(Laboratory fee: $70. Fall)
355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
A study of group dynamics and leadership
with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups
and organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N
SOCIETY
Consult the Department Chairperson for
details.
See under Department of Political Science.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Physical and psychologicalfactors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction to principles and methods of
speech correction. (Spring)
352 PERSUASION
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda,
practical work in speech and promotional
projects. (Spring)
Cooperative investigation of topics i n
speech and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N
COMMUNICATION
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use
of primary sources and methodology of
research. (Fall, Spring)
THEATER ARTS
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus
Beginning Speech. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least
by several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning
to major in theater arts should begin with
courses 111, 116, and 228.
A. Acting Emphasis: 111, 116, 228, 229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, plus a course in
advanced acting and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended:
courses in voice and movement, dance,
cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting
emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of
crew work, and 1 internship.
0. Directing Emphasis: 111,116,228,229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the
children's theater interim. Strongly
recommended: courses in voice and
movement, cinema art, and dramatic
literature. Performance requirements for
the directing emphasis include 4 units of
crew work, 3 unitsof acting, 2of directing,
1 in stage management, and 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 111, 228, 229, 361,
362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in
cinema art, art, and dramatic literature.
Performance requirements for the design
emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2
in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in
assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship.
THEATER ARTS MAJORFORTEACHING:
10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229,
232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts
majors, and a minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FORTEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation
in dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 365.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360, 361,
366,476 or a voice and diction course, and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and
a minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
A study of creative improvisation using
stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self,
human relations, etc. Uses of creative
dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I
An introduction to the backstage world of
the theater: its organization, crafts, magic,
and art. Practical craft projects, theater
tours, and production experience. Open
to all students. Should be taken in freshmen or sophomore years. Lab fee.
(Offered alternate years.)
229 STAGE DESIGN I
366 STAGE DIRECTION I
lntroduction to scenery and lighting
design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical
studio projects. (Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.)
Basic directorial process: choice of plays,
casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play
analysis, blocking, and characterizationto
a specific play chosen by the class. Term
project: direct a one-act play. Upper
division students only. Offered alternate
years.)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting.
Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose,
poetry, and drama. (Fall)
367 STAGE DIRECTION II
In-depth analysis
and practice in directingtypes of plays:
serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a
one-act or exerpt from a longer play.
(Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor.
Offered alternate years.)
399
Consult faculty in area of emphasis.
361 THEATER HISTORY
428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION II
Overview of theater history; examination
of plays from various periods. Attendance
at local theater productions. Introduction
to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered alternate years.)
Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery,
and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent
of instructor. Lab fee. Offered alternate
years.)
429 STAGE DESIGN I1
362 THEATER CRITICISM
A study of forms and ideas as they are
expressed through the art of drama.
Attendance at local theater productions;
classical, experimental, and new plays.
Lectures and discussions on theory and
criticism using theater productions as
focus for discussion. (Offered alternate
years.)
Advanced design projects based on Stage
Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent
of instructor. Offered alternate years.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual projects in oral interpretation
and theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing t o develop their own
major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary
Major enables students t o respond t o a
particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy
the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not be suitable for those
wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic
fields. Students wishing t o develop a
Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the
following:
a. The major program should include at
least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two
major fields offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior t o the
end of his or her sophomore year
(contract forms are available i n the
Office of the Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
BOARDOFREGENTS*
Mr. Ernest A. Alne
C.P.A.
Pasadena, California
Mr. Charles W. Arnason
Senior Vice President and
Secretary
Minneapolis Star and Tribune
Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Norman R. Carpenter
Attorney
Faegre & Benson
Mr. Lawrence 0. Hauge
Chairman of the Board
Citizens State Bank of St. Louis
Park
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Mrs. Norma Knutson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Minnesota Gas Comaanv
,
,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Rev. Harris W. Lee
Pastor
Lutheran Church of the Good
Shepherd
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Clayton L. LeFevere
Attorney
LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson,
O'Brien & Drawz
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman
Mr. john Lienemann
President
Estate and Business Planning
Consultants
Edina, Minnesota
Mr. James C. Lindell
Treasurer
West Publishing Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Treasurer
Chairman, Finance and Management Committee
*as of September, 1978
Dr. Harold I.Lunde
Vice President, Planning and
Research
The May Department Stores
Company
St. Louis, Missouri
Dr. Arthur Naftalin
Professor, Public Affairs
University of Minnesota
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr.
Chairman of the Board
Nelson Resource Corp.
Secaucus, New Jersey
Mr. Donald C. Padilla
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
Padilla and Speer, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. George T. Pennock
Chairman of the Board
Tennant Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, Jr.
Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Secretary
Chairman, Facilities Development Committee
Dr. Carl N. Platou
President
Fairview Community
Hospitals
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman, Nominating Committee
Mr. Martin 0. Sabo
Speaker, Minnesota House of
Representatives
St. Paul, Minnesota
Mr. Bertil Sandberg
President
N.H. Sandberg Erection Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Rev. Paul C. Sonnack
Professor, Church History
Luther Theological Seminary
St. Paul, Minnesota
Mr. N. Stanley Stake
Vice President and General
Manager
Commercial Division
Honeywell, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Clair E. Strommen
General Agent
Strommen & Associates, Inc.
of Central Life Assurance Co.
St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice Chairman
Mrs. Mary Lou Williams
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. John R. Winsor
Executive Vice President
Piper, Jaffray & H o p w o o d
Incorporated
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College Faculty
R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson
LYLA M A E ANDEREGG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern
University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College,
Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University
of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological
Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairperson
K E N N n H C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933,
University of Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D.
*MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
*ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence in Music (Percussion)
JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence i n Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948,
Northwestern University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W.
1959, University of Minnesota
RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University
of Minnesota
*MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
*MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor i n Economics, M.S. University of Minnesota
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University o f California Santa Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the
Social Science Research Center)
AlLENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Instructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965,
Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairperson
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of
Music
M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State
University, Department Chairperson
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIC, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern
University
N O R M A N B. 1. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University o f
Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
HENRY C. FOLLINCSTAD, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University
*MICHAEL H. FOOTE, lnstructor i n English, Ph.D. 1977, University of California - Santa
Barbara
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of
Minnesota
*FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMETZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota (Spanish)
BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Minnesota
STEPHEN M. CABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of
Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY CERASIMO, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE CISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota
*BONNIE Z. GOLDSMITH, Lecturer i n English, Ph.D. 1978, O h i o State University
*STEPHEN 1. C O R D O N , Lecturer i n Speech and Communications
ROBERTCRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota
*BRIAN CRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone)
* J O H N GRYCELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. CUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois
University
D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D.
1969, University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University o f
Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University o f
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
M l L D A K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor o f Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University
of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer i n Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell
College of Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Nebraska
EDWINA 1. HERTZBERC, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson'
CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Notre Dame
CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa
(Sculpture)
JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota, O n
Leave 1978-79
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL,Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of
Minnesota
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958,Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and computer Science,
Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Pyschology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950,
University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971,
Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University
of Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
*JOANNEKARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia
MARY MARIE KINCSLEY, ASsistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,Middlebury College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970
University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
* N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University
*ERIK KODNER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (French Horn)
BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University o f
Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1971, Augsburg College (Brass)
*JAY G. LINDGREN, Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology, M.S.W. 1967, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of
California - Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
*MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967,Universityof Nebraska
ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of
Kansas (Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of
Minnesota
JOHNR. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia
(Stained Glass)
1. ELIZABnH MOORE, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1975, University
of Minnesota
JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor i n Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of
Minnesota
WILLIAM PAUL M U L D O O N , lnstructor in Chemistry, B.S. 1972, Massachusetts School
of Pharmacy
SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota
Head Baseball Coach
G O R D O N 1. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, PI1.D. 1972, University of
Chicago, Department Chairperson
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
*CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson
*CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota, (American
Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairperson
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano)
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
*JACK OSBERG, Assistant Football Coach
*WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of
Minnesota (German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Minnesota
PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs,
Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University
of Illinois - Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963,
Concordia College
LAURElTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
University, Department Chairperson
DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor i n Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1953, Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969,
University of Minnesota
*GEORGE 1. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A.
1960, Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
(Strings)
Q
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological
Seminary
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University
STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor i n Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of
America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University
of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making)
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics,
Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England), Department Co-Chairperson
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus and Director of the Augsburg Choir, L.H.D.
1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College
EDWlN J. SAUCESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of
Music
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois,
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
*R. J O H N SINGH, lnstructor i n Philosophy, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma
EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany), Department Chairperson
* D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music, B.M. 1975,Augsburg College (Piano)
* E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
* H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Organ)
*GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass)
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg
College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota
D O N A L D B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965,University of Colorado
*LORI STURDEVANT, Lecturer in English
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of ~ebraska,Department Chairperson
*MARY T. SWANSON, lnstructor in Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota
LARRY TALLMAN, lnstructor in Music, M.S. 1978,Michigan State University, Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting)
Department Chairperson
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin
J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of
Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D.1959, University of Minnesota
*PAUL WALTON, Artist in Residence i n Music (Tuba)
*MARY JOWAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University
DAVID C. WOOD, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
Administrative Personnel
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President ..............................................Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Facility Development ....................... .Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. ...... .Avalon Okerson
FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management .............Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing ............... .Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer
Director of Auxiliary Services.. ..........................Douglas P. Wasko
Manager, Book Store and Vending ......................Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services ....................Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel. ................................. .Charles Gerster
Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey
Custodial Supervisor.. ................................. .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor
.Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Dennis Easley
Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman
...............................
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
of the College ......................................Charles S. Anderson
Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker
Registrar ............................................. .Beverly Wegge
Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson
Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ..................Louise McColl
Coordinator of Black Student Affairs.. ...................Ralph Crowder
Counselor/Advocate, Native American Studies ...........Bonnie Wallace
Recorder ..............................................Elizabeth DeaKyne
Assistant Registrar ......................................Pamela Louisa
Executive Secretary to the Dean ........................ .Roberta Henke
DEVELOPMENT
.Glen W. Johnson
Vice President for Development
.Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Deferred Giving..
Director of Annual Fund..
.Michael Walgren
Asst. to the Vice-president ............................. .A. B. Batalden.
Director of Alumni and Parents Program
.Jeroy Carlson
Executive Secretary .....................................Irene Steenson
........................
..........................
.............................
................
-
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Director of Public Relations .............................Anthony C. Boatman
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information ..... .Patricia G. Mattos
Fine Arts Coordinator ..................................Monica Maye
Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions ................................
Assistant Director
Director of Transfer Programs
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor .................................
Admissions Counselor .................................
.David Benzel
..................................... Kathryn Lange
......................... .Jennifer Edwins
................................. .William Ross
.Anthony Harris
.Susan M. Bonner
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs.. ..................... .Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni
Director of Student Life.. .............................. .Linda Schrempp
Director of Career Planning and Placement
.Patricia M. Olsson
Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater
Head Resident, Mortensen ............................. .Cindi Anderson
Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren
Head Resident, Urness.. ............................... .Cindy Ragan
.............
Index
. .
.............................................................
Academic Administration
45
Academic Life
14
Accreditation
7
Administration
151
Admission t o the College
29
Advanced Placement
32
Advanced Standing
32
American Studies
54
Anthropology ..............................
133
Art, Department of
55
Biology. Department of
58
Board of Regents
141
Business Administration
61
Calendar
155
Campus Map ........................................................................
70
Chemistry, Department of
66
Chinese
82
Classification ........................................................................52
Communications
736
Computer Science
96
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
19
Continuing Education
21
Corrective Therapy ..............................................................
19. 710
Costs ............................................................................... 42
Course Descriptions
54
Course Value
52
Credit by Examination ................................................................
52
Dean's List
50
Degrees
22
Divisional Organization
45
Costs
42
East Asian Studies
70
Economics
61
Education, Department of
73
Engineering
19, 77
English, Department of
77
Enrollment ..........................................................................
53
Expenses ..........................................................................
42
Faculty ............................................................................. 142
Financial Aid
27,33
Five College Cooperative .............................................................
18
Food Service
28
French ............................................................................... 62
Foreign Language, Department of
81
Full-Time Student Defined ............................................................
52
General Education Requirements
15.46
Geography
94
German
85
Glossary of terms .....................................................................
4
Grading
48
Graduates, Summary of
53
Graduation Requirements
46
Graduation With Distinction ..........................................................
50
Greek
87
Health Education
110
Health Service .......................................................................
27
History of Augsburg College ...........................................................
6
.......................................................................
.........................................................................
.....................................................................
.............................................................
.................................................................
..................................................................
....................................................................
........................................
..................................................................
..............................................................
...................................................................
..............................................................
..........................................................................
............................................................
.............................................................................
....................................................................
...................................................................
..............................................
................................................................
.................................................................
........................................................................
..........................................................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................
...............................................................................
....................................................................
..........................................................................
............................................................
......................................................................
...............................................................
.....................................................................
........................................................................
.....................................................
..................................................
..........................................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................
............................................................
..............................................................................
...................................................................
...............................................................
.....................................................................
............................................................................
..................................................................
...........................................................
..............................................................
..................................................................
............................................................................
....
......................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................................
.........................................................
...........................................
................................................................
....................................................
............................................................
.........................................................
..........................................................................
...............................................................
............................................................
..........................................................
..................................................................
........................................................................
..............................................................
.....................................................
..............................................................
.......................................................................
.........................................................................
.............................................................
........................................................................
................................................................
...........................................................
H.istory. Department of
91
Honors Program
22
25
Housing
50
Independent Study
18
Inter-Institutional Programs
24
Intercollegiate Athletics
22
Internship Program
87
Japanese
136
Journalism .........................................................................
76
Library Science ...................
6
Location
Majors
15
94
Mathematics, Department of
19, 96
Medical Technology ..............................................................
....
97
Metro-Urban Studies .............
99
Music, Department of
103
MusicTherapy .....................................................................
6
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
104
Natural Science .....................................................................
22
New Dimensions Program
7
Non-Discrimination Statement
88
Norwegian
53
Numbering of Courses
106
Nursing ............................................................................
151
Personnel of the College
15
Pre-Professional Training .............................................................
108
Philosophy, Department of
110
Physical Education
12
Physical Plant
115
Physics, Department of
117
Political Science, Department of
47
Probation and Dismissal
Psychology, Department of .......................................................... 121
43
Refunds
47
Registration
124
Religion, Department of
23
Religious Life
127
Russian Area Studies
127
Scandinavian Area Studies
129
Social Science Majors ...............................................................
130
Social Work, Department of .........................................................
133
Sociology, Department of
89
Spanish ......................................................................
136
Speech, .Department of
23
Student Life .........................................................................
28
Student Rights
24
Student Services
21
Summer School
20
Study Abroad
Symbol (#)
53
136
Theater Arts
140
Transdisciplinary Major
30
Transferto Augsburg
42
Tuition and Fees .....................................................................
50
Veterans
7
Visting the Campus
...........................................................
............................................................
......................................................................
.....................................................................
......................................................................
.......................................................................
..........................................................................
........................................................................
..............................................................
.................................................................
............................................................................
...................................................................
Academic Calendar For 1979-80
(Tentative: Subject t o Change)
Fall Semester 1979
Sept. 4-5
Sept. 6
Sept. 19
Oct. 22
Nov. 21
Nov. 21
NOV.22-25
Nov. 26
Dec. 12
Dec. 14-18
Dec. 19-Jan. 2
Registration and Welcome days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
Interim 1980
Jan. 3
Jan. 30
Feb. 6
lnterim Begins
lnterim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1980
Feb. 7
Feb. 20
Mar. 28
Mar. 29-Apr. 6
Apr. 7
Apr. 25
May 16
May 19-22
May 25
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
OFFICIAL
PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
731 2 1 AVENUE
~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN
, 55454
:I1
yI
..
'
b:
612-330-1000
in.
This catalog should answer most questions students have'
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is... Show more
OFFICIAL
PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
731 2 1 AVENUE
~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN
, 55454
:I1
yI
..
'
b:
612-330-1000
in.
This catalog should answer most questions students have'
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is subject
to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each
student to know the requirements and academic policies in
this publication. If you have questions about anything in this
catalog, consult a faculty advisor, the Dean of the College or
the Registrar. Key offices are listed at the back of the catalog
for correspondence or telephone inquiries.
':
I
i
,
k
1
I
;
Location -Augsburg College was
founded in 1869in Marshall, Wisconsin.
The College moved to Minneapolis,
Minnesota,in 1872
increase awareness and provide
assistance for students with disabilities.
cal Lutheran Church in America
Financial Aid -Over 80 pacent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
(ELCA).Although a strong plurality of
students are Lutheran, two in 10
represent other Protestant denominations while approximatelytwo in 10 are
Roman Catholic.
Libmy -Over 175,000 items, access to
over 5,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin
Cities private college library consortium, and Minitex, the regional library
network
Accreditation -North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education. Approved by
American Chemical Society,Council on
Social Work Education, National
Assodation for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schoolsof
Music, National League for Nursing.
School Year -Septemberto May, 4-14
calendar, with January Interim. Two
summer school sessions. Augsburg
Weekend College-trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program
-trimesters, W b e r to June.
Member -Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Eoard,as d d b e d on page 11.
Off Campus Programs-Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA), Minnesota Studies in
InternationalDevelopment (MSID),
Study Abroad, International Business
Program, Upper Midwest Association
of Intedtural Education (UMAIE) and
extensive cooperative education
P'ogram.
Athletic Affiliation -Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference 0,
and National Collegiate Athletic
Assodation (NCAA), Division III.
Religious Affiliation -The Evangeli-
Enrollment (1990-'91) -2,%5 from 26
states and 28 nations.
Graduates -10,781 from 1870 through
August 31,1990 .
StudentlFaculty Ratio -15.6 to 1.
Class size averages 20-30.
Campus -15mapr buildings. Mapr
renovation 1979-'80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
Accessibility -Augsburg is now one
of the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway-tunnelelevator
system provides access to 10 major
buildings without going outside. In
addition to building modifiaations,
Augsburg has a student-run program to
Majors -More than 45 in 22 departments.
Policy -Augsburg College does not
. . . on the basis of race, creed,
e-t
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as requiredby
Title D( of the 1972EducationalAmendments or Section 504of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admission
policies, educational pmpms, activities
and employment practices.
Fads and Figures ................................................................................. 2
Introducing Augsburg ........................................................................ 7
Admissions ......................................................................................... 15
.................................... 21
Financing Your Education ......................
.
College Costs ................................................................................. 22
Financial Aid ................................................................................. 25
Scholarships
. ................................................................................... 30
Student Life ........................................................................................
47
Academic Information .....................................................................-59
General Information .................................................................. 6 0
Academic Organization and Programs .................................... 63
Majors and Minors ....................................................................... 63
Academic Policies and Procedures ............................................76
General Education CurriculumRequirements .........................81
Evaluation and Grading ..........................................................
-89
Departments and Programs (including course descriptions) .....97
Art ................................................................................................... 99
Biology ........................................................................................104
Business Administration and
Management Information Systems (MIS).............................108
Chemistry .....................................................................................116
East and Southeast Asian Studies ............................................121
Economics ............................ .
.
............... 123
Education .....................................................................................127
Engineering..................................................................................136
English .........................................................................................138
First Year Experience ..................................................................144
Foreign Language Department .................................................145
General Studies .................................-........
156
Global Education Programs ......................................................157
Health and Physical Education ...............................................161
History ..................................................................................... 165
Humanities ...................................................................
169
.
.
Interdisciplinary Studies............................................................170
American Indian Studies ....................................................
171
Ethnic Studies .........................................................................172
Women's Studies ...................................................................
173
International Relations .............................................................174
Mathematics and Computer Science .......................................175
Metro-Urban Studies.......................... .
.
.
............................... 182
Music ..... ............
.............................................................. 188
Natural Science
................................ 198
Nursing ....................... ,
.
.
..................................................... 1 9 9
Philosophy ...................................................................................
203
Physics ..........................................................................................207
Political Science ...........................................................................
212
Psychology ...................................................................................217
Religion ......................................................................................222
Scandinavian Area Studies........................................................
227
Social Science
.............................................. 228
Social Studies.....................................................
....*. .....228
Social Work ..................................................................................229
Sociology ......................................................................................
234
Soviet and East European Studies ............................................238
Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts .............................239
College Information ........................................................................ 247
Board of Regents ......................................................................... 248
ELCA Education Division .........................................................249
Directory ......................................................................................250
Administration ................
........................................... 251
Faculty Emeriti ............................................................................ 253
Academic Calendar ....................................................................254
Faculty ..........................................................................................Z 6
Index ..................................................................................................
269
Maps ..................................................................................................274
.....
....................
...
.......................
.
.
.
.
............ ..
A GREETING
FROM THE
On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg
College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and
to use thisopportunity to welcome new and returning students.
Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts
college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and
its metropolitanlocation attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which
is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another
country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg.
The College continues to grow at a mnarkable pace, building on a tradition
of excellence in its programs, faculty, students and facilities. It is a place
where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and
ideas.
I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an
exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future.
I look forward to meeting you on campus.
President
Augsburg College is grounded in traditions -the traditions of its founders,
of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to
the challenges of today's -and tomorrow's -changing world.
Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouragingand
respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education,
understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect
the future in positive ways.
The phrase, 'Think globally, act locally, rings true at Augsburg. The
College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities
for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural
enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg
students.
Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a
difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto,
"Education for Service," and to the Mission of the College:
To dmelopfuture ltnders of service to the world by proznding high quality educational oj?prtunifies which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by
an intentionally diverse campus community.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in
Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college
students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879.
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal
and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of
Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and
to provide such "college1' studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates;
second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer,
worker, and businessman The statement stressed that a good education is
also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower
concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been
Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years.
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (18761907), required students to get pre-ministerial
experience in city congregations.Student involvement in the community
gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for
Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called
the Lutheran Free-Church.The church was a group of independentcongregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity.
This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the
small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily
as an attachment to the seminary.
This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,
Jr. became President He worked to develop college departmentswith an
appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be
ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
College as a teacher and administrator.
The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937,
Augsburg elected Bernhard Quistensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher,
to be pmident (1938-1%2).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles
made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life.
After World War JI, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and
improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the
institution than the seminary, and received the most attention.
Augsburg added departmentsessential to a liberal arts college, offering a
modern college program based on general education requirements and
elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effortto become
accredited.
The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had
entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time.
A study in 1962 definedthe College's mission now as serving the good
society as a whole first and the interests of the Lutheran Fnx Church
second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963.
President Oscar A. Anderson (19&1980) continued Augsburg'semphasis
on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out b non-traditional
student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people.
During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen
Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980.He guides
Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and
freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws
on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom.
Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting Weekend College and three
Master of Arts degree programs, hosting national and international figures
at College-sponsoredforums and events, increased accessibility and the
addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community
and church;
Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension
in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens;
The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metre
politan center. There are now more than lO,W Augsburg alumni. In a world
that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still
sends out graduates who make a differencewhere they live and work.
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes."
The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest
medical centers -Riverside Medical Center -are adjacent to the campus,
with the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theater district just a few
blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of
arts, sports, entertahment and recreation opportunities, are minutes west
and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus,
or on bus routes that also conned with the suburbs. (See map in back)
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to
Minneapolis-St. Paul Internationalm r t and bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United States.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
d,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Ad of 1973, as amended, in its admissionspolicies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries
regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinatorslisted in the
directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota
Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota
Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on
Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of
University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary).Our programs are approved by the
American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for
Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National
Association of Schoolsof Music (NASM).
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsementof the institution.
Registration does not mean that &its earned at the institution can be
transferred to other institutionsor that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer.
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently
located near each other.A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower
dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall,
Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st
Avenue South and pmvides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
American Indian Support Program and International Center -Located at 620
21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to
American Indian and international students, as well as others who wish to spend a
term studying abroad.
Christensen Center -Center of non-academic activity, with spacious lounges
and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore and offices for student government
and student publications. (1%7)
Center for Global Education -Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides
offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global
issues.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication-The
newest building on campus establishes a new "front doof' for the College on
Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and
June Foss and those from a great number of alumni and friends of the College. The
Tpmhom-Nelson Theater is also housed in this complex, which contains space for
the campus ministry pmgram, drama and communication. Augsburg's computer
lab is located in the lower level of this facility. (1988)
Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational
skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974)
Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, Dean of Men from 1920 to 1942,
basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department, provides facilities for the
health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics,
chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961)
Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women from
1923to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass
students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973)
Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978)
Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with class-
rooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, and made
accessible in 1990, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details
from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900)
Science Hall -Houses classrooms, wellequipped laboratories, a medium-sized
auditorium and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the
roof was completed.
South Hall and Annex Houses -All located in or near the campus area,provide
additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the
Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955)
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and
third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938)
Tutor Center -This house at 2011 South Seventh Street has rooms for individual
tutoring sessions, quiet study and assistance with study skills.
2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special
Programs, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964)
Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have
given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324
students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room,
with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967)
West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966)
Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction - InterRace facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work,
communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal
study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership ( M M l T ) -A program that
encourages the retention and graduation of students of color. The program
coordinates the existing resources of schools, families and communities and
also develops new resources. Located at 2018 South Eighth Street.
Scandinavian Center -Coordinates the efforts of individuals and groups
interested in the five Nordic nations. Located at 2400 Butler Place.
Youth and Family Institute -Designed to help churches better serve the
changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2018 South Eighth
Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels,
as well as seminar/workshops, a resource center and counseling services.
A u g s b ~ college
r ~ is looking forstudents with intelligenceand
characler. We want people who can ben+t from and contribute to their
community -the College community and the community at large.
Becausefirsthand appraisal qf programs, facilities and academic*a
sphere is valuable,fieshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to
visit the campus and me& with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member 4 the jkulty and to attend
classes when schml is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with
college planning. Just call the Admissions Ofice any weekday behoeen
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. -(612)330-1001, or toll-free (800)788-5678.
They will answer your questions and arrange a tour@ any duy
(including Saturhy mornings during the school year). The @ce is on
the northwest corner qf Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in
Minneaplis. (Pleasecall first.)
Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful
consideration of each candidate's academic achieuemmt, psonal
qualities and interests,participation in activities and employment and
potential for development as a student and a graduate of Augsburg
College. lle Collegeselects students on individual merit without
regard to race, creed,disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application
for admission and essay and return them to the Admissions Office together
with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
Transcripts-An o f f i d transcript from the high school is required of
freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students
at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent,
followed by a final transuipt upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree
scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school tramaipt.
Test Scores -Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the
Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT), or the American College Test (ACT).It will suffice if test scores are
recorded on the official high school transcript.
Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included
with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor.
Academic recommendationsmay be required by the Admissions Cornmittee before an admissions decision is made.
On occasion, the AdmissionsCommittee may also defer a decision on a
candidate's admission until other information has been received. For
example, more recent test scores, results of the present semesteis
coursework, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may
be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the
Admissions Office will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision -Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Studentsare notified of the admissions decision, usually
within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within
30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in
writing to the Diredor of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in
College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a
degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the
senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete
the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic
recommendationsfrom the high school faculty and arrange a personal
interview with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at
Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information.
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having
completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is
granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorilycompleted at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses
where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for
work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Augsburg College limits transfer from two-year colleges once a student has
reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year
college as freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 18Augsburg courses, or
% quarter credits, will be accepted toward the minimum of 35 Augsburg
course credits required for the baccalaureate degree.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA)of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental
catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary.
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without
requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for readmission through the Registrais Office. Students who have attended any
other institution(s1during the absence from Augsburg must have an official
transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
In some circumstances,people may be admitted as special students (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually
part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree
by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at
Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be
sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from
the Admissions Office.
A u g s b e welcomes students from countriesaround the world. Intemational students from more than 47 countries have attended Augsburg since
1954. Studentsshould contact the Admissions Office for an International
Student Application and informationon the application pracedm. Applications must be d v e d two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1
for Fall,November 1for Spring.
For more information, call (612)33@1001or write to:
InternationalStudent Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
A l l students re~eiiw~nancial
k l p iindrecttly, since a quality liberal arts
education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College r a k that
difference in
-fim alumni,faculty, stafi parents, church,^,
foudutions and endowment income.
Howeuer, the primay responsibilityfor paying@ a college education
r ~ ton
s students and theirfamilks.Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources.
sffs
The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1991-'92 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as
required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic
conditionsnecessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
..........................................................$10114S.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1991.
Studentsare considered full-time when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school
year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to
most College-supportedevents, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable
in two equal installmentsat the beginning of each semester.
,.-..-.
-.-....
.....
Tuition (part-timeenrollment)per course
,
,
.
, $768.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester
and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
....................................
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
$384.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students
taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
.......................................................$2,00400
Full Board (19 meals a week)...............................................................$1,828.00
Room Rent (includes telephone)
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet
available from the Office of Student Life.
Partial board (14 meals a week) ......................
Flex 5 point plan
-...-.l-l.ll.$l1776.00
....................................................................................$1,616.00
Fees Billed on Student Account
Fees Payable by CheddCash
ACTC Bus (full-time
$ 12.00
students only)
Late Registration (per day
after classesbegin)
$ 50.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change/grade
option, or combiition
$ 5.00
at one time)
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) $384.00
Private Music Lessons,
per semester (14 lessons) $225.00
Student Teachiig (per course
$ 30.00
for full-time students)
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) $326.00
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) $150.00
Student Activity Fee
$ 85.00
Student Activity Fee (parttime students)
$ 4250
Application (new and/or
special students)
$ 15.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests
$110.00
Nursing
Comprehensive Exam
$ 10.00
Locker Rental (commuters) $ 15.00
Student Parking Lot Permit
-~ar
$ 55.00
-motorcycle
$ 25.00
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) $ 2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file in Registra/s
BOOKS AND ~
U
P
P
w)
~
These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year.
.................................................
$100.00
Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable)
Required of all new studentsafter acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is
credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated.Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be
refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the
Admissions Office.
......................................................................
$100.00
Housing Damage Deposit
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve
a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or
fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages
and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract.
New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the
conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be respon-
sible for all costs i n c u r d due to late cancellationor lack of proper notification. If the new contrast is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or
January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as
a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellationis after
these dates.
Semester Fees -Rior to the start of each semester a 'Statement of Estimated
Qlarges" showingbasicchargesandfinancial aid dtsdesignatedbythe
Student Financial !%rvices Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options -(1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2)
Semester Payments, due August 15and January 15as billed; (3) Payment
Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is
available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges
letter; (4) lGmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval,
and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual charges may be paid in
10equal installmentsbegmung June 15 and ending March 15. No finance
charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will
be sent upon request.
I
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a IGmonth payment
plan in which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annualbasis, payable in two equal installments at the
begmmng of each semester.
W t r a t i o n is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all
student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds
administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing
Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules
and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed.
Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Office of
Student Affairs.They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to
the Reg~~trar's
Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to parttime, are dismissed or ~IPreleased from a housing contract will have their
accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction
of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule:
100%90%80%70%60%50%-
through the first five days of classes (less$100 administrativefee)
from the 6th through 10th day of classes
from the 11th through 15th day of classes
from the 16th through 20th day of classes
from the 21st through 25th day of classes
from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term
No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board
refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to .withdrawdue to illness or an accident, the refund
will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not
entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students
who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for
a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available
in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustmentsfor aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before
eligibility for a cash refund is determined.
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a
person or family makes in a lifetime. So,proper planning and wise choices
are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used
to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial
Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and
advisory assistanceto protect access to a quality education in spite of
i n m i n g costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of
scholarships,grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College
cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in pmviding
various aid programs. For the 1989-'90 academic year approximately 83
percent of all students at Augsburg received xholarships, grants, loans and
part-time employment totalling over $11,500,000 from all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the
student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and
family resources.
The Family Financial Statement (FFS)of the American College Testing
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship
Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student
is eligible. This analysis estimatesthe amount a student and family can be
expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family
financial factorsas current income, assets, number of dependents, other
educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations.
How AND WHENTO APPLY
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is
made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS)or Financial Aid Form (FAF)
from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application
and send it to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for
priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS, which
includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program.Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents
using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014.
3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet
and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be
sent to you detailing your financial aid.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline
stated. If necessary, the appropriateloan forms and/or work applications
will be sent to you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid
transcript forms are available through the Admissions Office or Fiicial Aid.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by
the applicationand Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on
the familfs financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academicprogress
and fund availability.
A student applyingfor aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a s@c scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various
forms of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be
available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with
churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs and fraternal organizationsfor information on aid
available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these
sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children and others.
Gift Assistance
President's Scholarships-President's Scholarships,which assuxe gft
assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically
qualified full-timefreshmen students. These scholarships are awarded
without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on
academic performance at Augsburg. Ekcause this is a d e d programffull
tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween
non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell
grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details
from the Admissions Office.
Dean's Scholarships-Dean's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance
equal to tuition, are awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualified
full-time students who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following
completion of an A.A. or AS. degree, having maintained a 35 GPA on a 4.0
scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are
renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified programffull
tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween
non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell
grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due April 1.Details from
the Admissions Office.
Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards -Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or
grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from
the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1.
Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown
academic potential and have financialneed. A student's academic performance, financial need and high school and community involvement are
taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants -Awarded by the state to
Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 199G91, they ranged from
$100 to $ 5 3 3 . All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
SupplementalEducational Opportunity Grants -A federal program
administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S.
citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined
by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfadory academic standing at the College; and (4)be accepted for admission
Pell Grants -Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible
institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for
1991-'92 is $2,400. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and
requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to
the Pell Grant Program.
Bureau of Indian Afâ¬airs/Tribaland State Indian Scholarships-Bureau of
Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarshipsand Augsburg American
Indian Scholarshipsare available to Indian students (both full- and part-time)
who meet speclfic criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State
Indian Scholarships,studentsmust be 1/4 degree American Indian ancestry
and be enrolled with a federally recogruzed tribe. Eligibility criteria for
Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsvary; contact the American Indian
Support Rogram office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial
aid. Questionsmay be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to
your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office.
Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate
financialeligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any
time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and
repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begn nine
months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The
loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be
borrowed for undergraduate study is $9,000, ($18,000 including graduate
school).
Sta£ford Student Loans -Loan funds are obtained directly from a local
lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the
student is attendingat least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple
annual interest of 8 percent (10 percent after the first four years of repayments) on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begins six
months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The
maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining
years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, and some banks.
The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered
through the Minnesota Higher Education CoordinatingBoard. Applications
are available from the Office of Student Financial Services.
Undergraduates may borrow up to $4,000 per year minus any other student
loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $16,000. The
minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begn 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue
quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begm
the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments.
Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the
Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing.
Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The
maximum loan is $4,000 per year.
SupplementalLoans for Students (SLS)-SLS is a federally sponsored
loan program which permits independent students to borrow to finance
their cost of education.
Students can borrow up to $4,000 per year. Interest is variable with a 12
percent cap and interest payments begin 60 days after the loan is disbursed,
but in many cases, can be allowed to accrue and add to the principal.
Repayment begms 60 days after you leave school or cease to be enrolled at
least half-time. Deferments exist for continued education or disability.
Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents
meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
$4,000 per student per year with an aggregate maximum of $20,000. Repayment begm within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate
not to exceed 12 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month.
Application forms are availableat Augsburg College or the lending institutions Applicationsare normally filed with the bank or thrift institutionwith
which your family has an account.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven
finand need who a~ at least one-half time students. Assignment is made
on the basis of need and potential competence in
the duties
assigned.Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial
aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended.
All oncampus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made
monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study
positions.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program
-Under theseprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on
a matchingbasiswith the College to provide some part-tine work opportunities.
Scholarshipwinners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the
faculty unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners
are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of
awards are from statements of the donors' wishes.
*Indicates endowed scholarships.
Charles and Ellora AUiss Educational Foundation Scholarships-A number of
awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of
financial need and ability. Established in 1973by the foundation.
The Dain BosworthlIFG Foundation Scholarship -Awarded as funds are made
available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deseming junior/senior students. Established in 1961to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1%9by Alma
Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
needy and deserving upper class students. Established in 1979 in memory of their
husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs.
Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established
in 1965by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem.
EW. Hallet Scholarship-Awarded, as funds are available, to students with
demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an Augsburg student of any class or major, based on
academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Mr. Joseph Hsieh
(6
' 11, Andover, Ma., in loving memory of his mother, his honorable teacher and his
respected advisor at Augsburg College.
The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
students who demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by
Edwin C. Johnson ('25), Powers Lake, N.D.
Memorial ScholarshipFoundation Scholarships*-Awarded annually to an able
and deserving upper class student. Established in 1964by undesignated memorial
gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts ScholarshipsGiven annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
Northern States Power Company Scholarship-Awarded to deserving students
in each class year on the basis of financial need and ability.
The Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors
who are U.S.citizens, have a B average or above and qualify for need based aid.
Established in 1987by Mr. Nystrom as an expression of his belief in young people
and his hope that they will become meritorious leaders.
The Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship -Awarded annually to a
student(s)of any class or major based primarily upon financial need and evidence
of personal financial commitment. Established in 1991through a bequest in the will
of Rev. Martin J. ('23 Academy; '26, College; '29, Seminary) and his late wife, Olga
S. (2' 1) Olson, along with the gifts of many family and friends.
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to freshman students
who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in
1963by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck.
The Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*- Awarded annually to students
of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Establish
in 1990 by Dr. Martin ('29) and Mrs. Esther Quanbeck, Minneapolis, Minn.
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving
students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
The Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Estab
lished in 1990 by Ernest and Vivian Tinseth, Edina, Minn.
The Robert W. Wauyniak Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
junior or senior, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established
in 1986 in memory of Robert Warzyniak, ('65) through memorials, supplemented
by gifts of his wife, Sharon, and family.
The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one
or more students of any class who have potential and financial need. Established in
1986through the gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, Minn.
A
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving
junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved
father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
*Indicatesendowed schokuships.
Aid Association for Lutherans -Awarded annually to able and deserving upper
class students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for
Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966.
The Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to students who help the College fulfill its mission of being "an intentionally diverse campus community." Awards are based upon financial need and good
academic achievement (3.0 or higher G.P.A.), with preference given to students
who are planning some form of Christian service. Established in 1989 by Dr.
Charles S. and Mrs.Catherine G. Anderson, St. Paul, M i n .
The Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student
mapring in purnalism or social work. Awards are based upon academic performance and finanaal need. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Ruth M. Baker, Edina, Minn.,
in loving memory of her daughter, Phyllis M. Baker, a 1952 graduate of Augsburg
College.
The Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students of any class, based upon academic achievement, financial need and service
to others. kference will be given to a student who is taking private music lessons
and a student who shows teamwork in College physical recreation activities.
Established in 1991by friends, alumni, faculty and staff of Augsburg College, in
honor of Jeroy ('48) and Lorraine Carlson, and in appreciation for their commitment to and expression of the highest ideals of the College.
The Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
science students of any class, based upon academic achivement (32+ GPA), interest
and ability in the field of study, and a demonstrated sense of social and spiritual
community. Established in 1989by Dr. Carl C. ('59) and Mrs. Kathleen A. ('62)
Casperson, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
able and deserving student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Est?:olished in 1972by her husband, moyd Cleveland, to
honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian
leader and devoted wife.
The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto one or
more female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church
(ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Raymond D. Erickson GO), in memory of his daughter, Laura
Ann Erickson.
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and
achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in
1979by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David J.
Formo, 1964 alumnus.
The JulianP. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has
financial need, shows promise, and demonstratesfaith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances.Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Ariz.
The Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student at or
above the sophomorelevel who demonstrateshigh academic achievement and is
preparing for a career in some form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational, speech,
music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving 1986, by Dr. TheodoreJ. and
Mrs. Fern S. Hanwick, in gratitudeto the therapists who aided in the recovery of
their son, Theodore T. Hanwick ('66), from a severe accident.
The King Harald Scholarship -Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1965on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince
Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from
Norway. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge
Amerika Foreningen.
The Rev. JohnHjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund*-Awarded annuallyto
second or third generation freshman or upper class students of any major who have
attained a 3.0 grade point average or better. Established in 1986 by Sigvald ('41) and
Helen Hjelmeland, and John ('70) and Lynn Hjelmeland.
The Hoversten Peace Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class
or major, based upon academic merit and financial need. Preference will be given
to students who have demonstrated an interest in peace and/or whose personal
outlook and career plans show promise of contributingto the cause of peace.
Members of the Hoversten family and international students are encouraged to
apply. The fund may also provide aid to students or faculty who undertake projects
that will contribute to peace and global understanding. Established in 1989 through
a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif.
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class women
of high moral character, with preference given to female or male students transferring from Waldorf College who are in music and/or elementary education.
Established in 1975in memory of Catha Jones, 1970alumna, by her parents, Mr.
and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior
Challenge Program.
The Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually
to a junior or senior who is interested in serving others, e.g. majoring in religion,
education, music, social work, medicine, and based upon academic achievement
and financial need. Established in 1990 through a bequest in the will of Rev.
Torgney (1
' 7 B.A. and '21 B.Div.1 and Valborg (Nydahl)Kleven, and memorial gifts
by family and friends.
The Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an
upper class student of any major, based upon academic achievement (3.0 G.P.A. or
higher) and financial need. Preference given to college students who have demonstrated an interest in community service by active participation and whose parents
have not achieved a Bachelor's Degree. Established in 1989 by family and friends in
memory of Harold Lanes ('11, Academy) and in honor of Laura Lanes.
I
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship-Awarded on the
basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum
award $800.00, maximum $1,500. The scholarship is renewable.
McVay Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Preference given to students majoring in
education, religion or social work. Established in 1986by the McVay Foundation.
The Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)Monson Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to students of any major after their first year, based upon financial need,
diligence in scholastic achievement, and active membership in a Lutheran congregation. Established in 1989 by Forrest ('37) and Thelma ('37) Monson, San Diego,
Calif.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
senior student(s)who has successfullyovercome adversity and has achieved
excellence in academic and extracurricularperformance. Established in 1977to
honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminarywho
overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who served
others with humanity and wisdom.
The Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students
with financial need. Preference given to students from Canada or transferring from a
public mllege or university who indicate an interest in religion, music or Scandinavian studies. Established in 1988by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('63),
in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson ('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday.
The Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any
class or major who show academic potential, financial need and a strong desire to
earn a college degree, with preference given to females of high moral character.
Learning disabled students are encouraged to apply. Established in 1985, and
endowed in 1989by Rosemary J. Shafer, Wayzata, Minn.
The John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of
any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students from Madagascar, or if none with financial need,
then to students from other developing nations. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Agnes
Siverson, Hendricks, Minn., thereby continuing a long tradition of generosity by
Agnes and her late husband, John.
I
The Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students of any class or major, based upon high personal motivation, rather than
high academic achievement or extreme financial need. Established in 1989through
a bequest in the will of Mrs. Genevieve E. Stelberg, St. Paul, Minn.
* Indiuztes endowed scholarship
The Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually
to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1988through the estate and trust of Ada
Bakken, St. Charles, M i n .
The Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance
and financial need, with preference given to students who are affiliated with a
federally-recognized American Indian tribe. Established in 1990 with the proceeds
of a benefit perhrmance at Augsburg College by Louie Anderson, a native of St.
Paul, Minn., who resides in Los Angeles, Calif.
The Asian-Pacific Student Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are
available, to two Asian-Pacific students with demonstrated financial need and who
reside in Minnesota.
The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to
American Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community service
project during the year.
The Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore,junior or senior Chinese students who
have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese
people. Established in 1983by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace
Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922alumna.
The Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American
Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have
experienced other unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian
Program Director and the Financial Aid Director.
The Hearst American Indian Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annually to an American Indian upper class student(s)who has a
cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in
1984by The Hearst Foundation.
The Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upper class international students who have overcome
adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracunicular performance.
Established in 1981by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family
members and friends in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at
Augsburg 1971-1973.
The KerridgelMuellerAmerican Indian Scholarship-Awarded annually to an
American Indian student of any class or major who demonstrates academic
potential and financialneed. Established in 1988by Dr. "Mike" Kerridge) and Dr.
Van Mueller, Minneapolis, M i n .
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annually to upper class Oriental international students. Established in
1978by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion
to sharing and loving people, especially her service to students.
Pillsbury, Inc, Minority Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to
minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964in memory of Marlys
Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice.
The St. Paul Companies, Inc Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to
Minnesota minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The JamesR Thorpe Foundation Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available,
to non-traditional and minority students with demonstrated need for financial
assistance.
'Indicates endowed schoLzrships
Art
The Queen Sonja Art Scholarship-Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978to honor the Crown Princess of Norway.
Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need.
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upper class students mapring in art. Established in 1982by
his wife,family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and
teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and
deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in
memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College.
Paul DahledGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an
able and deserving male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and
academic achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of
these two Augsburg College students.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more
students, participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need
and high Christian character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only,
with a preference in basketball. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and
children Richard, Carol, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of
David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually based on academic
achievement, personal character and ability in athletics. Established in 1945by Mr.
and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of
Okinawa.
Rory JordanMemorial Scholarship-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upper class students participating in intercollegiate sports, with
preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980by the
William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler.
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students on
the basis of achievement, personal character and promise in the field of physical
education. Established in 1958by their children in memory of their parents.
The Hovt Messerer Athletic Scholarshiv*- Awarded annuallv to a male athlete
of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department.
Established in 1987by Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia.
James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student
committed to Christian service, based on academic achievement and financial need.
Preference given to students who are interested and participate in athletics and
recreation. Established in 1990 by Ralph and Katherine Pederson, Santa Rosa, Calif.,
in memory of James, a 1934graduate, exceptional all-around athlete and coachathlete director at Augsburg College.
The Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
male students of any class or academic major who participates in the College's
athletic program and shows evidence of academic achievement and financial need.
Established in 1986by Glen and Gerald Person, in memory and in honor of their
brother, Stan Person.
Biology
Biology Scholarships-Established in 1972by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science
or medical technology.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* -A
merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in biology. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
('74) Holmen.
Business Administration/Economics
Marianne Anderson Entrepeneurial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
woman who is interested in entrepreneurshipor engaged in business, based upon
academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend
College women who are older and have family responsibilities. Established in 1990
by members of the Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs (MINN-WE), in memory of
Marianne Anderson, a successful woman entrepreneur, and in honor of all
Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs.
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within
the Departments of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business
alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community.
The Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship-Awarded annually,
as funds are available, to second, third and fourth year students in the fields of
insurance, mathematics, business administration, personnel and other areas related
to the insurance industry, based primarily on the basis of financial need. Recipients
will be expected to have maintained at least a 2.5 G.P.A. and are expeded to conduct
themselves acording to the laws of the United States and the state of Minnesota.
First Bank Systems -Awarded each year, as funds are available, without regard
to a speclfic mapr, but to students with demonstrated leadership ability and an
interest in entrepreneurial development.
The Forss-Herr Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior business
student who has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has financial need. Preference will be given to students from
families where two or more children are in college at the same time. Established in
1987by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr. Douglas P. Herr, Danville, L.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
upper class students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965by The
GarnbleSkogmo Foundation.
The Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* -Awarded annually to working
women of any class who want to improve their skills and education by attending
Augsburg College part-time. The scholarship is designated for women who show
potential and have financial need, with preference given to those studying business. Established in 1989 by two working sisters-in-law, Mildred Krohn, Berkeley,
Calif., and Mrs. Eleanor Krohn, St. Louis Park, Minn.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*-One or more awards are made
annually to a junior or senior student(s)majoring in business administration.
Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund,
Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College.
The Minnesota Mutual Life Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are
available, based upon academic promise and financial need with preference given
to majors in business or economics.
The Norberg Business Scholarship-Awarded
achievement to a student majoring in business.
annually on the basis of scholastic
The David L Shaver Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to business
administration students of any class, based upon financial need and academic
' 61, through his
performance. Established in 1988by the late David L. Shaver (7
participation in the Senior Challenge Program.
The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class
student of any mapr who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business manage
ment. The award is based upon academic performance and financial need.
Established in 1987by Joan L. Volz, a 1968graduate.
Chemistry
Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior and senior students
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
Established in 1968by family, friends and the Augsburg College Chemistry
Department to honor:
Manivald Aldre
Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Dr. W.M. Sandstrom
Walter Gordon Schnell
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr.
Covey Hendrickson
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
Established in 1986by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, Minn.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student mapring or
minoring in chemistry. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda
Wey)('74) Holmen.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship-Awarded to
chemistry maprs who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979.
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to
junior/senior students mapring in chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and,
prefaably, graduate or professional xhool goals. Established in 1984through the
Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915alumnus who was the first Augsburg
College graduate to earn a J?h.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator,
researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of
lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
The S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors and
seniors mapring in elementary education, based upon academic achievement and
financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College students. Established
in 1990 by family and friends in memory of S. Luther Kleven ('50) and in honor of
the Kleven family.
David Mathre Scholarship*-Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s1
in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
The Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship* -Awarded annually to education students
of any class who plan to teach. Awards are based upon academic achievement and
financial need, with preference given to students who are black, older or single
parents. Established in 1991by Mrs. Elva B. Lovell, Minneapolis, Minn., as an
expression of her belief in diversity and literacy.
The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K Nelson Scholarship*-Awarded
annuallyto a student of any class, based upon financial need, with preference
given to a person preparing for a career in elementary education. Established in
1986in honor of an alumna, Barbara (Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard
K. Nelson.
The St. Paul Companies, Inc., Minority Education Scholarship-Awarded to
Minnesota minority students, majoring in education, who have a demonstrated
need for finandal assistance.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to
teach English as a career. Established in 1971by faculty members of the English
Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at
Augsburg College.
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in
memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952.
Foreign Language
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
junior/senior students who are mapring in modem language, with preference
given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Kingsley.
Health-Related
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983by
The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association.
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
upper class student(s)preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in
1978in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards' devotion and service in health
care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder,
Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen.
History
The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a
senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to
honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness.
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshipr -Awarded annually to students
mapring in history, with preference given to those who plan a career in the field.
Established in 1969by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other
contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, professor of history at
A u g s b q College, 1900-1952.
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to history
students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to minority females. Established in 1990by parents, family and
friends of Dr. John R. Jenswold, Assistant Professor of History, Augsburg College.
The Nydahl History Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who
have potential and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986through a bequest in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl.
Mathematics and Computer Science
Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student
in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics Department.
Minnegasco Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to able and
deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the
basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco.
Metro-Urban Studies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs*-One or more
scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students who actively contribute
toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's
urban involvement. Established in 1982by colleagues, former students and friends
to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development
and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a
student of choral music. Established in 1965by Thomas I. Benson in memory of
Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna.
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship8-Awarded annually to a
student of any academic class who is a choir member not mapring in music.
Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in memory
of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the value of Christian higher education and
choral music.
The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a musically-gifted student, with preference given to a student of organ
and/or choral music who desires to serve, professionally or otherwise, in the
ministry of music of the Lutheran Church. Established in 1986 by the family.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more
students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need
and are of high Christian character. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner
and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David
Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus.
0.I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who
show promise of academic success and have financial need. Reference given to
those who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instnniental music and
intaest or potential in conducting. Established in 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard.
The Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a freshman student member of the College Choir, based upon suitable
academic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to a choir
member who is a minority person. Established in 1990 by Garfield Hoversten ('a),
family and friends, in loving memory of Bernice Kolden Hoversten ('501, a soloist
with the choir.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*-Awarded to upper class students
seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with
preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
Established in 1975by Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message
of music.
The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a music
student of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department.
Established in 1987by Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia.
-
Kenneth 0.Lower Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to an upper class student mapring in music, based upon academic
performance and b c i a l need, with preference given to a person studying choral
music. Established in 1986 in memory of Kenneth 0.Lower ('28) and in recognition
of the heritage of the Nordkap Male Chorus.
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annuallyto upper class student(s1preparing for careers in church music.
Established in 1980by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the
teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music.
The Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) -Awarded annually to new incoming
freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to
10 scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications
and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15 of each year.
St. John's Lutheran Church -John Norris Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded
annually in honor of St. John's Lutheran Church's faithful sexton for 35 years, Mr.
John Norris. Applicants must be U.S.citizens majoring in music who are sophomores or above. The awards are based upon financial need and satisfactory
academic progress, with preference given to racial minority students.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a sophomore or
junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953by
his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding
students who are participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program.
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a student of any class who is a member of a College instrumental group
but is not studying music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda
(Ehiley)Holmen, in memory of Rev. Mark Ronning, who dedicated his life to
helping young people.
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a participant in the
concert band, based on talent and academic record.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an Augsburg
student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise
for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955by her parents, Mr. and
Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg,
member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-'53.
String Scholarships-Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on
violin, viola, cello or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble and orchestra.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded
annually to upper class students who have achieved excellence in performance in
voice or piano. Established in 1980by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends.
The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of
which were at Augsburg.
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*-A merit scholarship awarded
annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in philosophy. Established
in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bailey's
20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg College faculty.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper
class student majoring in physics. Established in 1976by the Augsburg College
Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a
member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
The Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upper class students pursuing careers in political science. Established in
1980by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel.
The Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to seniors
majoring in history k d political science, based upon substantial academic accomplishment and financial need. Established in 1989 by Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven,
graduate of 1922 and Professor Emeritus, History and Political Science.
Psychology
The Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of
any class. Preference will be given to students studying psychology, especially
family understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester
T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif., in honor of his parents.
Religion and Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by
Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to
the family, congregation, Augsburg College and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*-Available to both North
American and international students to encourage men and women to enter fulltime Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral
character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev.and
Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*Awarded annually to a student(s)in the senior class who is preparing for the
ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the
memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 19S1958.
The Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund -Awarded annually to
students of any class or major, who plan to enter the ministry, based upon aca-
demic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to students who
are members of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, Edina, Minn.
Established in 1989by a family of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church,
acting through the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina Foundation,
in memory of Rev. Donald C. Carlson ('421, founding pastor of the Normandale
Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina.
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
an upper class student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to
honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg.
The Luthard 0. Gjerde Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors
who are declared pre-seminary or pre-medicine students or to students mapring in
social work or a related field of Christian service. Awards are based upon academic
excellence and predicated upon Rev. Luthard Gjerde's commitment to the Gospel
of Jesus Christ as central to the ministry of healing and wholeness. Established in
1989by Mrs. Sophia Gjerde, family and friends in memory of Rev. Luthard 0.
Gjerde, Augsburg College (3
' 3) and Augsburg Seminary ('36).
The Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student(s) in
the junior or senior class who is preparing for the ministry, with preference given to
those studying history, including church history. Established in 1991by the family
to honor the memory of Elias P. Harbo, a graduate of Augsburg College (1886) and
Augsburg Seminary (1889), the first President of the Lutheran Free Church, and
later Professor of Systematic Theology at Augsburg Seminary, 1909-1927.
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character
and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson.
The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to one or
more students of any class who demonstratepotential and financial need, with
preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Established
in 1985by Kenneth and Vera Nelson in memory of their pastor, The Rev. Arnold J.
Melom, a 1947 graduate of Augsburg College.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service and devotion to the Christian
faith. Established in 1975by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Gerda
Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg
College.
Onesimus Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to students preparing for the
Christian ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson.
Johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annuallyto Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in
Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory
of Johan J. 0.Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister,
as well as his scholarly research and pioneering thought concerning the Apostle
Paul's traditionally misunderstood attitude toward the question of equal rights and
equal status for women.
The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded on the basis of need,
scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958to honor the Rev.
Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the College, 1940-1952.
The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation
in the church.Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor
the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church,
Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years.
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary ScholarshipFund* -Awarded
annually to a junior or senior student preparing for service as a missionary through
the World Mission Department of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes.
The Johan L Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper
division Lutheran students. Awards are based upon academic performance and
financial need, with preference given to students who would like to serve in foreign
missions. Established in 1987 by Pastor H. Alfred Weltzin ('411, Viroqua, Wisc., and
Pastor TheodoreJ. Weltzin ('37), Watford City, N.D., in memory of their brother,
Johan L. Weltzin ('73).
Scandinavian Studies
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class
studenfds)with academic ability, in the pursuit of a degree with concentrationin
Scandinavianlanguages, literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by
their children and their families and friends to honor Iver and Myrtle Olson on the
occasion of their golden wedding anniversary.
Social Work
Stem Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* -Awarded
annually to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's
potential and financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for
professional careers in social work Established in 1985 by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene
Steen, as representatives of the Steen Family.
The Lisa M. Weeding Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a female
junior or senior social work student, based upon financial need and suitable
academic accomplishment. Established in 1989 in memory of Lisa M. Weeding
('871, by her parents, Donald and Marilyn Weeding, family and friends.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*- Awarded annually to a student in the general
field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor
the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg
from 193W35.
SpeechlCommunicationrrheatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*-Awarded
talent, scholarship and theatre participation.
to a senior student based on
The Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama ) -Awarded annually to new incoming
freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to
seven scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15of each year.
The Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/Religion Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a junior or senior majoring in Theatre Arts, Communication or Religion,
based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to
students involved in drama who are preparing for a career in religious senrice.
Established in 1989by her daughter, Carolyn Canfield, family and friends in
memory of Dr. Esther J. Olson, Professor of Drama at Augsburg College.
'Indicates e n d o d scholarships
Experiences in the classroom are an important part college llife, but
learning and development also occur in formal and infomral activities
@the College and the metropolitan area. Whetherstudents are residents m commuters, the climatefor learning and living at Augsburg
will add dirnensiun to their education.
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as
academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in
the opportunitieswe encourage and provide for students to explore their
own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different
religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a
similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups,
outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums,
concerts and plays are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thank. and hear the
Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity
Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of
the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian
heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and is
available for spiritual guidance, counseling. support or information.
Through student government, students secure a closer relationship with
and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide
input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and
provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to
student life at Augsburg.
Student government is orgaruzed into the executive branch, the legislative
branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next
year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many
kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing editing or
service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or
Vice Fresident of the Student Body in their officesin the Christensen Center.
Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on
campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special
dinners, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalitiesin
various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus.
Officesfor the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook,
the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite
classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR,a
studentaperated non-profit radio station senring the needs of Augsburg
and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess
Tower.
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In
addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and international tours.
Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical
styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department and
have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with
visiting artsprofessionals.
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intemllegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic
M a t i o n (NCAA) Division 111.Men annually compete in football, soccer,
cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field
and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer,
basketball, track and field, softball and tennis.
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been
an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is
open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services
and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These
programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and
interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students;
and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention
and environmental management. The following information provides a
brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division.
When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they
benefit from the programs of the Learning Center. The Center offers services
that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test
preparation and math, as well as techniques to improve and enrich even the
best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination,
time management or study skills in general, the Center has programs that
help.
This office, located at 620 21st Avenue South, was created in 1978 to recruit
and retain American Indian students. It is recognized as a national model
for success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian studentsin the State of Minnesota.
The American Indian Support program provides direct services a d
assistance in areas that include but are not limited to: Indian student
admissions and financialaid procedures, orientation and registration,
coursework selection and academic advising, career counseling, community
and professional referrals, employment assistance, internships, student
housing, personal and crisis counseling. It advises and supports the
Interhibal Student Union
The program also provides advocacy in areas pertaining to health care, child
care, mental health, court services, public assistance issues, chemical
dependency and other areas that require or necessitate intervention.
An academic component in the form of an American Indian Studies Minor
is available (see INS, American Indian Studies).
Periodically, cultural activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office.
The Black Student Affairs Office is committed to enhancing the education
and personal development of students of African descent, and to providing
cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. The Pan-African Student Union provides service to students and holds
monthly meetings in the Office of Black Student Affairs. In addition, the
Office sponsors events and activities such as Spiritual Life Series, Martin
Luther King's Birthday, poetry readings and Augsburg Black Alumni
Association meetings.
Career Services assists students in many ways. The staff can help students
explore interests for majors, find Internships and locate part-time jobs to try
out career possibilities. The staff provides seminars on career development,
interviewing skills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for
each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate programs.
All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions and
confusion about themselves, their values or their relationships. Sometimes
students need to talk things out or receive information about the excellent
helping services in the Twin Cities. The Counseling Center provides a
supportive environment where students may gain greater self-knowledge
and are assisted in the self awareness/personal exploration process by
experienced counselors.
The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (C.L.A.S.S.) has
been recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students
with learning and physical disabilities. The C.L.A.S.S. program at Augsburg
is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a highquality liberal artseducation for students with diverse backgrounds,
experiences and preparation.
The staff include three licensed learning disabilities specialists, one physical
disabilitiesspeclalist, and support staff members specializing in taped texts
and specla1testing arrangements.This favorable staff/student ratio allows
Augsbmg to offer an intense level of personal attention that is unique in the
college setting. In addition to individual academic support provided by
specdists, other services include advising, computer assistance and advocacy both on and offampus.
The Minnesota Multiple Sclerosis Society has recognized Augsburg as an
outstanding accessible organization in the field of higher education for its
unique system of tunnels and skyways.
FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to
college for our students -an enriching beginning for a college career. To
provide focus for this introduction, FYE is centered on a series of themes.
These themes will be reflected in and expanded upon in readings, d i m s
sions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and
what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the
Program.
The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence
hall, aparhnent buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex The
housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educa-
tional and social programming which balances and complements the
educational experience of students. The staff is comprised of three professional staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closely
with the resident students to provide a safe environment for living and
learning.
The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to
enhance their leadership skills through active involvementin developing
events, activities and organizationswhich serve the student community.
Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a
dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment.
The Tutor Center, located at 2011 S. Seventh Street, arranges for students to
meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomore level
courses. Study rooms and a graduate student study skills counselor are
available at the Center to help students.
The International Programs Office focuses on the needs of international
students and students interested in studying abroad. It also serves as a
resource for those interested in international events and global issues.
InternationalStudents -Augsburg welcomes students from countries
around the world. International students from over 47 countries have
attended Augsburg since 1954.
International students receive assistance in meeting their educational
objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa
problems, financialmatters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing,
daycare) and personal concerns (adjustment to U.S. educational system and
society).
New international students participate in an orientation program before the
begnmng of the term which provides practical information on housing,
banking, using local transportation and course registration. Students also
learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg.
i
Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking
advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas
experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots
women's organizationsin Mexico, work in a small business or artisan
program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspechves on world peace in
Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state
opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical
thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths,
experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly
interdependent world.
Students intemted in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting
programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives.
Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing
and travel arrangements. Orientation and reentry programs are offered to
assist students integrate the experience abroad into their coursework and
personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15for offcampus study the following year.
All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study o f f ~ p u sThe
. cost for many programs is equivalent to full
tuition, room and board for a semester oncampus. Financial aid is granted
on the same basis as oncampus study.
Students n o d y receive the same number of course aedits abroad as they
would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by
academic advisers and the International Programs Office before departure.
Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to
utilize the crosscultural perspectives of its international students and
students with experienceoverseas to educate the college community on
world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development
programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club
and the InternationalHouse, forumson world issues sponsored by the
Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of crosscultural communication for faculty and staff.
The College has a contract for its student health service with Srnileys Point
Chic, a teaching clinic of the University of Minnesota Medical School. The
Clinic is located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus.
Officevisits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students.
Students must check family health coverage to determine if they ~ I inP
cluded; if they aw not, contact the Dean of Students' office for information
regarding student health insurance.
The Commons-Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is
themain food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant,
spaciousroom feasmall table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions ~ I P
generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's -Located on the ground floor of the Center, Murphys features
gnll items, soups and salads, desserts and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in
College houses or nearby apartments.
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the
learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a
variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group
decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more resident staff who
facilitatesthe process of group living and discusses personal concerns with
individual students.
Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomoresnot living at home to live
in College-operated housing. Manied student housing is available in annex
housing and South Hall. Studentsrent a room at the beginning of the fall
term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the
summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing
arrangementsin the spring. All resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by
June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be
provided housing only if space is available.
AU studentsliving on campus must pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when
they move into the residence.
Umess Tower -AU new students and some upperclass students live in
Umess Tower. This 11story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is
considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their
own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads and lamps. Laundry
facilities a~ available in each residence.
Mortensen Tower -This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to
traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Mortensen Tower is
carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished.
South H
all -Contains 12apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West H
all -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Annex Housing -This provides an alternative opportunity for group
living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house
responsibilities and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One
way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid
for a special interest house. Groups of students have created exciting
projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such
topics as environmental concerns, men's and women's awareness, international living honors program and Scandinavian studies.
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities
and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint
should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act
and Title IX.Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and
data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the
Registrar and the Placement Officeand to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential
letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed
under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination
based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, a d ,marital
status or age.
Persons
additional information on these topics should contact the
Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the
directory at the end of the catalog.
A.ugsburg College constructs its cuwiculum upon the premise that
students must be educated as fully human sons -intellechcally,
spiritually and physically. To act tff&.vely, human beings must have a
broad grasp of the ofthe wmldPam which they have come as well as the
m
l
d in which they live. By prouiding courses in the humanities, natural
sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces
students to the breadth and camplmPXIty
of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are liesigned to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition a d encourage them to r$ect upon the importance
and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses qf2r
students the opportunity to deuelop skills for participation in exe~cise
and sporting activities.
Students choosefrom over 45 majar areas of study to gain a depth of
knowledge in a disciplineand to preprefor a career mfurther study.
Thus, through a balance of cuwicuiizr activities supported by full pre
grams in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strim to educate its students in a ral wmldfar the ral wmld.
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts,the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The BS. degree is awarded to graduates with maprs
in Chemistry (ACS),Computer Science (BS.option), Music Therapy,
Nursing, Physics (B.S. option) and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded
to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance.
Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Augsburg also offers a Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and Master of Social Work
Augsburg follows the 4 1 4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of
approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4week January Interim. Full-time
students normally take four courses each semester and one course during
Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual
summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on
another campus during the regular term. (SeeRegistration.) January
Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to
employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigatequestions
and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular t e r n
The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all
students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to
classesoffered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities
within the United Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and
internships are among the many Interim options.
Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog
is published in the winter of each year and is distributed to all students, and
is available by contacting the Summer School Office.
Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester
calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and GraduatePrograms).
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty and Augsburg College
is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors.
Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider
their teaching to be the f m s of their activity. Faculty are involved in
research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of
medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union and homelessness in
American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and
national level and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries
and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as
supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty
development program which introduces them to current thought in many
fieldsbut especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and
counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is
assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close
interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants
make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over
175,000 books,journals, records, sound cassettes, films and microforms.
Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
A service-oriented staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction in the use of the library, &nce
service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide
variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements
are made for access by students with physical limitationsand special needs.
Students have access via a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier
service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of
the Twin Cities and the JamesJ. Hill Reference Library.
The Library AudieVisual Center houses and supplies media equipment,
films and video tapes free of charge for instructionaluse. Audio and video
tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are
charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for
lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video
editing tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and
movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and
advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center.
The fall 1991completion of a new computer classroom and lab is an irnportant addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to
Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters located in the dormitories, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are
connected via a campus-wide network that offers a wide range of network
services.
Augsburg College became a member of the National Science Foundation's
Internet in the fall of 1990, connecting Augsburg to hundreds of universities
and other institutionsin the US. and around the world. Internet access and
a focus on educational technology allows Augsburg to integrate these new
electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process.
The College curriculum is offered by 22 departmentswhich are grouped
into four divisionsfor administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages,Philosophy, Religion, Speech,
Communication and Theatre Arts, College Librarians
Natural Science and Mathematics -Mark Engebretson (chaqmwn)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences -Richard Nelson (Chairperson)
Business Administration/Management Information Systems (MIS),
Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology
Professional Studies -Marie McNeff (Chairpemn)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing Social Work
MAJORS AND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within
one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major
or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before
deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth
semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in
the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part
of the B.A. degree.
Studentsmay contact the Registrar about creating a unique major.
Art
Art History
Studw Art
Biology
Business Administration
Accounting, Finance,
International Business, Mi2~gt??nent
and Marketing
Chemisty (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Education
Kindergarten-Elementary
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese, French, Getman,Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (BMS
Music P e r ~ n c (BM.)
e
Music Therapy (B.S.1
Nursing (B.S.)
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese' French, German,Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish
Health Education
History
International Business
Phiiosophy
Physical Education
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Soviet and East European Area Studies
'
speech
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Phiiosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area Studies
social Welfare
Sociology
Soviet and East European Area Studies
Special Education
Speech
Theatre Arts
Theatre Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for studentsto complete other maprs through the Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a rnapr offered at one of
the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrafs Office.
I Cooperative Program of the Assodated Colleges of the Twin Cities and a g r m t s with
the University ofMinnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate
courses in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrm, Japaneseand Russian. Other languages may be
milable through special arrangement.
Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,Washington Unimsity School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological
Uniwsity.
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education:
English-LanguageArts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics,
Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies,
Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band
(K-12)and Classroom Music (grades5-12), Orchestra (K-12),Vocal and
Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grade35-12), and
Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary
level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their
academic major(s).
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the
ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineeringcan profit from a
liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned
accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in
their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to
arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum
requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota:
ENG, two courses; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirementsat other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables
students to complete introductory core requirementsin mathematics,
science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the
program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees
in engine*
while others elect to participate in a dual degree program.
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute
of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students
the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts,including an elected major, with the study of engineering.
Pre-Law -Students considering a career in law should examine the
handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and
consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Robert Clyde. Students may wish
to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine
their interest in law. Prelaw students should major in a discipline of their
own choosing and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with
a m r d of solid achievement in the liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts
education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and
Chemistry Departmentshave majors which can fulfill the academic +rements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
MAT 124,125; and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM
353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses.
The biology major also requires BIO 111,112,201,491 and at least one from
each of five groups -(367,386,471), (355,474), (351,353,473), (361,440),
(476,481) -with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school.
Designed to meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requirements,
both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and
humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other
medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota:
BIO 111,112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112or 113; ENG 111and a
second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122; electivesfrom humanities,
literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of
several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology or religion Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at
least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in
the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior yea..
Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College
of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are
recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 124; public speaking, one course;
CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122;
economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities,
theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to
fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Honors Program
The Honors Program is a set of opportunities designed to challenge the
most academicallydistinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines
academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities.
The main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of
honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics
seminars, a senior honors Interim course and a bi-monthly program of
speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students. Through
the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of its very best
students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for
transfers and others. Requirementscenter on full participation in the
program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries for the freshman and sophomore program to Joan Griffin and the junior
and senior program to Larry Gockett.
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the
Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday
students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline,
Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester
at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instructionin music and some independent
studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to
parbcipate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get
better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or
mapr not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated
calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A
regularly scheduled bus shuttles studentsbetween the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study
opportunities for the January Interim.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg,
in cooperation with 17other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semes
ters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All
HECUA programs are interdisciplinaryand address the critical issues
associated with social change and the human community. The consortium
also facilitatesinnovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing
among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies.
Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effortbetween Augsburg
College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis
has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work,
sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialiststo help professional people in dealing
with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses.
Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force
RO'K program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC
scholarships. For more information,contact the Office of the Registrar.
Naval ROTC -Augsburg studentsmay participate in the Naval ROTC
program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between
Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Officeof the Registrar.
Students are encouraged to consider study abroad as part of their educational program at Augsburg College. Study abroad provides opporhmities
to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further
career paths, experience differentcultures and gain knowledge about the
increasingly interdependent world.
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standingat Augsburg may apply for perrnission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to
students studyingabroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to
prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15to
study off-campus for the next academic year.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for
a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis an oncampus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid
Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg but will add
an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in
a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the
humanities, study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same
number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus.
Coursesabroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and
graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and
department chairs before departure.
I
E
I
A sample of study programs is highhghted below. For information on these
or other programs overseas, contact the InternationalPrograms Office.
Fall Term
Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives
This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education explores the
experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic
development, social change strategiesand the connectionswomen are
drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. Students
begin at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuemavaca, Mexico, for most of the
semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition,
room and board for one semester on campus.
Application deadline: April 1
I
Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America
Each fall, Augsburg's Center for Global Education offers this program
introducingparticipants to the central issues currently facing Latin America
by focusing on new models of political organizing,popular education and
human services. Students b e p at the US./Mexico border, live in
Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America.
Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus.
Application deadline: April 1
HECUA
Augsburg, in consortiumwith other colleges and universities, offers
programs through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA)in three different fullsemester programs in Norway, Ecuador or
Columbia. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize
intense language experience, internships and field trips.
For more information on HECUA programs, see the Metro-Urban Studies
listing in this catalog.
HECUAlSouth American Urban Semester: Ecuador or Columbia (SAUS)
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the relationshipsbetween Third
World development and the consequences of urbanization on the growth of
cities in South America.
Application deadline: March 15
HECUAlScandinavianUrban Studies Term: Norway (SUST)
(Also offered Spring Term.)
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on contemporary Scandinavian
societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and
urban life. Field study in Scandinavia and the U.S.S.R. is included.
Application deadlines: November 1(Spring term), March 15 (Fall term)
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25-30courses are offered around the world by Augsburg
professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International
Education W A I E ) . Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall
terms for the followingJanuary.
Application deadline: October 25
Spring Term
Program in Global Community
This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education examines the
history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the
chwch in Latin America. The program also explores the importance of
community and the responsibility of U.S. citizens in working for social and
political change. Students begm at the U.S./Mexico border, live in
Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central
America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester
on campus.
Application deadline: October 15
Minnesota Studies in International Development (MSID)
Augsburg, in cooperation with the ACTC colleges and the University of
Minnesota,offers the opportunity to study development issues in one of
seven countries: Ecuador, Colombia, India, Jamaica, Kenya, Morocco and
Senegal.The program consists of coursework in the U.S., a development
related internship in the country and community outreach upon return.
During the Fall semester, two required predeparture courses are offered at
the University of Minnesota.Directed study, internship or field research is
offered in the country during Interim and Spring terms.
Application deadline: May 15
HECUNLiterature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Educador (USLA)
This interdisciphaxyprogram focuses on development and social change
in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature and
arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities.
Application deadline: November 1
HECUNScandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway (SUST)
See description under listings for Fall term.
ACTC German Program: Germany and Austria
Students participate in intensive language study at the Goethe Institute in
Germany during January and February and in a course on AustrdXrman
culture, language and civilization in Vienna, Austria.
Application deadline: Odober 15
Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN)
Augsburg participates in SPAN as a joint venture with other colleges and
the University of Minnesota. Each January four countriesare selected and
applicationsare accepted during Spring term. Students participate in
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study/research on the topic of one's choice during the
summer, and writing a paper and community projects upon return
Application deadline: May 15
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in the Intemational Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead
State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of
countries through the Internationaland American Independent School
Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student
teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department.
EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION
PROGRAMS
Internships, Cooperative Education and Service-Learning
Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service,
Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal artseducation by
embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service
placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career
interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community
Service programs link employers, community organizationsand the
academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is
that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and
citizenship. The integration of "knowingand doing" adds breadth and
depth to the liberal artscurriculum and assists students in making more
informed academic, career and personal decisions.
The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiencesin small and
midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools,
government agencies and community-based organizations.
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning
objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor
and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and
evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved,
supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which
the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships
are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199.
Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps:
1. Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship
and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signaturesof the faculty
supervisor and Director of Internshipsand Cooperative Education.
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The
signed permission form must be tumed in at the time of registration.
(Students may preregister without a placement seared, but a suitable
internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add
period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and
Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member
responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The
completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education
Office.
Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester
(or Weekend College trimester),interim or summer session. For extension of
an internship beyond one term see the section of the catalog under grading.
A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the 35 courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
CooperativeEducation is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career
objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice.
Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining
important on-the-job experience.Job placements typically are part-time
during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible
and can begn and end anytime. Co-op Ed is not aedited in and of itself,but
a nonaedit CooperativeEducation transcript entry is available during the
academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged
to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their
Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg
students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing.
Service-Learning
Augsburg's ServiceL.eaming program combines response to human needs
in the community with a conscious awareness and understandingof issues,
reflection and educationalgrowth. Augsburg students learn from and about
the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation
sessions, direct servicelearningactivities and seminarsor class discussions.
Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring
building housing for low income people or working with environmental
groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach
which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s1and the community.
The Service-I-eamhg Program works with community organizations and
organizes @c
projects to enhance student involvement and also assists
with and supports the integration of service-learninginto departmental
courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg
LINK program and campus ministry.
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult
students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a
means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a
second mapr or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
Students may take from one to four classes each term.
Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same
courses as the day school program, the cumculum is limited to selected
liberal arts courses and the followingmajors: Business Administration
(specializationsin accounting, finance, international business, management,
and marketing), Communication (concentrationsin human relations,
marketing communications, public relations/advertising, and supervisory
management), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary
Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work.
Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of
Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the
Master of Social Work
Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on
alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are thnx
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter
and approaches of the traditional liberal arts.This cross-disciplinary
program directs its acadanic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to orpnimtional leaders. AugsbUrg's
program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to
provide them with a more comprehensive understandingof their world.
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipprogram values the role that
good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief
that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without
relinquishingthe role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a
process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and
works toward progress.
The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offerstwo concentrations:Family
Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. In the
Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the
family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective.
The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has
been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership
and administration of policies and servicesthat respond to human need.
Both concentrations are founded on the asumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutionsmust be based on solid research, and that
the world is interdependent in all areas, includinghuman needs and the
services to address them.
These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984)
that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences.
OrFmPRContinuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers selected courses through ContinuingEducation.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for
Graduate and Special Programs.
Canadian Program
The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985 with an endowment from
the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports
s p e d events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty
activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community
involvement, increased awarenessof the importance of Canadian/U.S.
relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians
through visits and exchanges.
Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator
Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education, founded at Augsburg in 1985 facilitates
crosscultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are
grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice
and human dignity. Students can participate in semester abroad programs,
as well as Weekend College and Graduate Program courses offered at the
Center's program sites in Latin America, the Middle East, Southern Africa,
and the Asia/Pacific region.
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Full-time students normally register for four courses per semester and one
course in the Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a
semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4 5
courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to five days after the semester b e p s ,
registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are
charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancellingor
adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a
semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the
followingsemesters. As some courses are offeredonly in alternate years,
students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning
their class registrations.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer
School Office,Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for
those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specificinformationon registration and help with registration on another
campus are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms
Interim Ofice -Memorial 230
Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place
Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Mace
Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may preregister during
the fall for the Spring and during the spring for the Fall terms.
Class Confirmation
All students must confirm their registration at the begnning of each semester and complete financialarrangements.
Students who do not confirmtheir registration before the first day of classes
(unless s p e d arrangementshave been made) will lose all classes. They
may register and confinn during the first five days, but special late fees a=
assessed and added to their account.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered
because this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellationof
courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office.
Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week
unless a petition is approved by the Student StandingCommittee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts an? effective as
of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the
Registrar's Office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a leave of absence for academic or personal reasons.
A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of Students.
It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and
by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed
form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office.
A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an
extension of a leave of absence is needed, it should be requested in the same
manner as the original leave of absence, and the completed form must be
turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous leave
of absence, or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing
must be observed by returning students. A leave of absence does not defer
repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines.
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the
Associate Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
AU degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the
Registrar'soffice prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be
no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about
requirements for these honors.
1. Completion of 35 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one
department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or
20 (Music Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18for the
The course total must include three Interimsfor students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must
include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is
calculatedon each transfer s t u d d s evaluationof transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses
q d two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of
internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional
grading (PIalso has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approvedby the department dxiqxmn
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrais Office about specific requirements for
a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2 Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under
the departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as
freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily
the FYE Fall Orientationand Seminar. See the program section on the First
Year Experience for a full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0
is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward
the major. Some majors, licensure and certificationrequire higher grades in
each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensurein
education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing,
socialwork.) See the departmental section for details.
5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of
seven courses for part-time students)must be at Augsburg. Contact the
Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
Because a new general education curriculumfakes effkc.3Septemberf 1991,other
graduation ~equirementsdiffer depending on a studenYs class$katratrow
Former Students
Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice
between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or
using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission.
Regular Students Enrolled Before June, 1991
Students enrolled b e f o June,
~
1991, have a choice of using all graduation
requirements in effect when first enrolled or c h a n p g to the graduation
requirements in effect begmmngin September, 1991.No combination of
requirements may be made.
Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later
Students entering under the followingclassificationswill follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below.
Students entering in 1991-1992 who are classified as Sophomores,
Juniors, or Seniors;
Those entering in 1992-1993classified as Juniorsor Seniors;
Those entering in 1993-94 classified as Seniors .
All other entering students will follow the requirementslisted in the section
titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum Requirements"
(see pages 81-89).
Writing -A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of En@k Exemption tests are given
during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven mas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech, Communication
and Theatre Arts (devoted to the
study of literature)
Psychology-sociology
Economics-PoliticalScience
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's
Office.
Foreign Languages-Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language at
Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will
take one additionalcourse at placement level in that language or two
courses (111and 112)of another foreign language. International students
should consult with the Registrar.
Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one
may be an Interim course, are required. The number of religion courses
required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students
should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the
Reglstrar'sOffice.
Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies -One course.
Courses approved to meet this requirement arr published each t e r n
Information is available at the w s t r a f s Office.
Lifetime Sports -Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime
Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-courserequirement.
Rationale for the Augsburg General Education Curriculum:
The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supportingcourses and elective
courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal artsas expressed in the General Education
component of the college curriculum.
Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists 'To develop
future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational
opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting,
and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the
College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General
Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings:
liberal artsperspectives and skills.
The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search
for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a
variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to
the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional
disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciphq
reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content
with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the
student a more effective learner and participant in society.
The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen
to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are
embodied in the General Education Perspectives: 'The Character and
Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These
Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliationwith the Lutheran
Church,its insistence on the value of howing the approach which derives
from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve
s p e d considerationin Augsburg's educational program.
The third feature-that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is also
emphasized in the other Liberal Arts Perspectives. Certain dimensions of
human life -of what it is to be human -form the core of the required
liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human
can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic
disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a
social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the
Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in
which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage,
students need to learn about and reflect on sigruficant aspects of this
heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time,
to focus on the West,alone would be ethnocentric:We live in a global
society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-CulturalAwareness. Attention to
moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and
Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other
perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students
to foms upon aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which
convey fundamentalinsights, express beauty and enhance life.
Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with
academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we
teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence
presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work.
The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays
attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entry-level
skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing,
quantitative reasoning and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given
to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that
students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg
experience.
The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address
the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do
they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the
desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent
description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear
statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and
understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an
urban setting.
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in:
reading
writing
word processing
critical thinking
quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement)
Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these
inventories.
Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college
credit courses) and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) Transfer
Students:
Take entry level skills tests and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate
course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students
are q i i r e d to take the assessments before registering for the second term
and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first
year at Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy
the entry level skill in writing will be required to take Developmental
Writing before Effective Writing. Freshmen must complete the writing
requirement before the begnmng of their Sophomoreyear.
Students who pass the writing assessment inventory at the advanced
levels (to be determined by the English Department)will not be required to
take Effective Writing.
Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable
work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory.
Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are
exempt from the critical thinking inventory.
Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course are exempt from
the quantitative reasoning inventory, and will be given information about
taking the Math Placement Test based upon previous mathematics courses.
Freshman and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) transfer students
will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements.
Junior and Senior Transfer Students
Entering Junior and Senior transfer students (entering 1993294 or after) are
I
exempt from word processing, reading and critical thinking assessments.
Those who have not taken an Effective Writing course or a college level
mathematics course must take entry level tests in writing and/or quantitative reasoning. If they do not achieve exemption from those mpirements,
they must satisfy the requirement in those areas.
Those who have a transfer mathematics course accepted for college credit
by Augsburg College are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory
and will be given information about taking the Math Placement test based
upon previous college mathematics courses.
Junior and Senior transfers (entering 1994'95 or after) are required to
satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only one
writing component course is required.
1
Graduation Level Skills
General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years
in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking spealung and quantitative reasoning are deliberatecomponents of certain courses. Completion of
the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for
graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative
reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill
requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives.
1
Lifetime Spohs
Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required.
Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35course
requirement.
The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of
providing the basis for begmmng to understand what it means to be a
human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the
criteria established for each Perspechve. Although courses approved for
each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every
course meets all the goals of each Perspective.
Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled
by the following policies:
A student will choose one course from each category.
No single course can fulfill the requirementsin two or more categories.
No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the
same department in meeting perspective requirements.
No student may count more than one course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single perspective except:
1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective,
"The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith."
2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or
physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World."
3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet
part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness."
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College:
The Christian Faith
This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as
a basis for its educationalprogram the doctrines of the Christian faith as
~vealedin Scriptureand the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It
consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scrip
tures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values and
dgious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.The Bible ( for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation).
2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious
beliefs.
3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside
the Christian faith.
4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the
possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and
defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society.
Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following
1. Junior transfer students will be required to take two courses in the
Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg; and
2. Senior transfer students will be required to take one course in the
Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City
This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges.In
addition, students should experience the community and should explore
opportunities for service in the community.
This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship
and cooperative education experiencesor by designated or college a p
proved noncredit experiences (such as volunteer service or college pmgrams). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by
seminars related to the experience.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Western Heritage
This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes
(found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that
have historically shaped Western civilization Attention should be paid to
the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic
minorities.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been
sighcant for Western society and the relation of these to present
world views.
2. S p d c historical themes, trends, events and persons and their
roles in shaping both the past and the present.
3. Historical and literary methods of ascertaining and conveyingthe past.
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Human Identity
This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons,
men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiencesand
behaviors.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Methods and approachesthat attempt to explain how individual
persons think,feel and ad.
2. Scientific or humanistic interp~tationsof their own development as
persons.
3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and
professional lives.
4. Fadors involved in physical and mental health.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Aesthetics
Aesthetic creationsconvey fundamental insights and values, expressbeauty
and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic
expressions by oneself and others.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Forms of artistic expression.
2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms.
3. Different theories of aesthetics.
4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: The Social World
This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identdy, examine and
critique &, economic or political systems:to understand how and why
such systems develop, to see the connectionsamong these systems and to
use this knowledge as a participant in society.
I
From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and
critically reflect on:
1.The characteristicsand dynamics of human organization at the group
and societal level.
2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or
economic systems.
3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political
structures.
4. The relationship between various social, political, or economic systems
and the student's own responsibilities in society.
5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across
cultures and affect diverse groups in society.
Two courses are required for this Perspective.
Perspective: lntercultural Awareness
This Perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is
required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural
biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better
able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially
by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstreamNorth American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to
speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of
the Perspective, studentsare required to have demonstrated proficiency in a
foreign language. The foreign language requirement will be based upon
placement:
Foreign Language
Placement
Course
Requirement
111,112
112
211
212
No course required
Students who are m p r e d to complete two semestersof foreign language
must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language.
Perspective: The Natural World
This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in
relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and
moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific
knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for
critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Selected aspects of the natural world.
2. The characteristics, strengthsand limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at
least in part through practical laboratory experience.
3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social develop
ments and the variety of ways persons and civilizationshave approached
the natural world.
4. The relations and differencesbetween science and theology; the
mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/physical
environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment,
and the interconnectedness of all living systems.
5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting
to describe, classify, and model objects and events.
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective.
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a
4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of
2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students
who chose the P/N option are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a
grade of 2.0
Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C".
For transfer students, P-graded courses do not count in the requirement
that 14traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be
considered for graduation with distinction.
See P/N limitationsunder Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and
several Interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some
education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the
traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other
courses are graded only PI 1.0 or N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports
are graded P/N.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/
N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made
according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes
after the first five days of classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performancebelow basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P 8ass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents
work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency.
To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the
instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request,
the work q u i d to complete the course, the plan and date for completing
the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of
the R e t r a r . Ifpermission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and
filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is
not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0.
Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last
longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the
grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of
registration A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study
is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to
communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory
progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically
continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be
issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated
(but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactoryprogress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal
from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their
registration Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by the student
would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of
initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be
necessary.
A course in which a grade of 0,05,1.0,15, N, I or X has been received may
be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned
may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses
taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses,
are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs.
Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two
weeks of the beguuung of the term to determine expectations, attendance
and any other requirement. If expestations have been met, the course will be
listed on the tramaipt as having been audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred
from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded,
but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total a a d e mints - 2 (P or TransferCourses)
Courses taken - 8 or Transfer Courses)
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim
terms.
Sophomores-Seven courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors-16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors-25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Advanced Placement Program Test
Advanced placement in courses beyond the begnning level is granted to
students with scores of 3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the
department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
International Baccalaureate Program
Coursesearned from the International BaccalaureateProgram will be
considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate d
Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Regstrar.
t
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many
life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal
arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at
Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning other
than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be
presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a
baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential
criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either
by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students
may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The
following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment:
The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to
students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for
this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th
percentile on a subject e&nination may receive academic credit for that subject at
Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the
Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in
obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
There is a departmental instrument available for s u b j j area in question.
There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the
exam.
The Student StandingCommittee approves the student's request to take the
exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only,
and there is a charge per exam.
The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)-This is a credit assessment alternative in
which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio
submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and
two faculty members from fields of study diredly related to the student's previous
learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who
wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may
include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation
of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the followingcriteria:
There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous
learning experiencethat involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content
material found within liberal arts coursework.
The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the
presenting student.
The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four
courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA
of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or
fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the
credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the
student's transcript if credit is approved.
Transaipt credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of
courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course
number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements
I
and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College
recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, thii learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based
liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (onefourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through
previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous
experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment
processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams and
credit granted through CAP Committee assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL) Program
Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary
language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing or Effective
Writing will be detenriined by their scores on the Michigan test (8@90 range
for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on
this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional
ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade
of 35 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/
218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally
be granted for no more than two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course
completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation.
Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal
The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a
cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore-A student who has taken fewer than 16courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 25 courses with a cumulative
GPA of 1.9 or higher
Senior -A student who has taken 25 or more courses with a cumulative
GPA of 2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is q u i r e d for graduation
with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelineswill
either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be
continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a
freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three
zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, d i s
missal fromthe College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the
Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the studenfs commitment to
academic progress is the major considerationin deciding whether or not to
dismiss a student. Studentswho have a poor academic record may be
strongly advised to withdraw beforethe end of a term. Those on probation
who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are
dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as
freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned
additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades
may be removed from probation if their classificationchanges to junior and
their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal
the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of
three full courses, or equivalent, for a weekday schedule student or two full
courses, or equivalent, for a Weekend College student, graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for
credit. If permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown
newspaper of each student on the Dean's List.
/
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinctionis determined as follows:
Summa cum laude -3 8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
M a p cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 38 cumulativeGPA
Cum laude -3 3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulativeGPA
To quahfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is appmveci by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to
the Veterans Administration.
Augsburg's standards of academic progress are given in this Catalog.When
a veteran or eligible person fails to maintain these p&bed
standards of
progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Administration. It is the
responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the
equivalent for which they had been certified.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirementsof the Veterans Administration
regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received.
m
DEPARTMENTS
AND PROGRAMS
Aands atruth
liberal a* institution,
College beliews thnt knaoledge
are infmrehtai and are infiegrakd infoa whole. The ktiditwn
Augsburg
ofthe academic world, however, divides this unified truth into m e
manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of indid u a l disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more
ac:cmItrleto studenti 17fese c o u can
~ be arranged in various ways to
coastruct majorsI fo crmte the suhtance of a broad general education
atd fo give M a t s the oppfunihj to study areas of particular
individual interest.
Wm'ptions qf c m r m are arranged by departments and programs.
k d s u i p i i ' i o p r s ofu a brkf summay ofthe subject matter to aid
students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed
explanation of content, approach arid requirementsfor a partkular
course can be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its gmls and its place in the
College's program. A listing of requirementsfm individual majors and
minms follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/
or Spring terms. The ACTC Schedule of Classes published each spring lists
offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the
student review major requirementsand course offeringswith an adviser to
ensure that all requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offered in January Interim, Summer
School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in Leadership,
Master of Arts in Leadership-Educationand the Master of Social Work
programs are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offeredfor one credit A few fractional courses, for one-half
or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A
full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter
hours. Most courses meet for three 6Gminute periods or two 90-minute
periods a week, in addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Coursesnumbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in
the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors,
and 400sfor seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are
listed in the course description.A student ky
enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not beenfulfilled if there is prior approvalby the professor
teaching the course and of the academic adviser.
Augsburg College offers a minor in American Indian Studies. See listing
under InterdisciplinaryStudies (INS).
Am DETT~~ENT
(ART)
Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our suryival as a
culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and
beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this,we have
made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the
art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that
it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of
visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher
and art historian is to celebrate visual experiencethrough a variety of media
and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see.
Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts,the visual arts,as
taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a
human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly
significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such
as language,history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology,
business, physical education and science.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art
because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas,
I
lI
I
I
disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg art study is further enhanced by
associations with a sigruticant number of artgalleries and museums in the
Twin Cities area.
Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide
on-the-pb, supervised, evaluated experienceswhich contribute to the
student's overall education and development. Primary goals include
improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies.
Hundreds of s m c careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg
graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public
schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making antique restoration and
sales, film and video work, portrait painting and gallery and museum work.
The f u t u holds
~
a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills
with a breadth of understanding.
Art Faculty Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman,
Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen
Studio Art Major: Nine-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; three art
history courses including 240. One course must be in two4imensional art (118,223,
360) and one in three-dimensional art (221,250). Majors are required to begin their
programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; four studio disciplines from
118,132,221,223 and 250; second level courses in two areas; 240 and two other art
history courses. Consult with the Education Department for requirements in
education for teacher licensw.
Art History Major: Eight art history courses including 240 and 388; two studio
courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118or 221.
Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and
development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the Department Chairperson before the last term of
the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: Four studio courses including 107and 240.
Art History Minor: Five art history courses including 240.
Certificate in ATt: Eight art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses
may be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art
102
Environmental Design
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of
experience in the environment leading toward appreciationand criticism.
Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work.
225
Communication Design I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such as color, line, shape, type, symbols and pictorial images. An
emphasis will also be placed on the creative thought process.
Studio Art
100,300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the
Department.
106
108
Calligraphy
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on
the broadedged pen. Attention is given to the historical development of
calligraphyand the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. This course also has an Upper Division option.
Introduction to Art Therapy
An introdudion/overview to art therapy as a human setvices profession,
recognizing individualdevelopment through art and the creative process.
This course will study the various populations served through art therapy
and explore the various media and processes used.
118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with
attention to black and white photographic process. Students need access
to a 35 rnm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$1!5&175.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
221
Sculpture l
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and
assemble the respective media.
223
Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silk-screen and woodcut.
Publication Design
An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to
publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and
practice of coordinatingvisual images and typography with content in
publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters,
books and miscellaneouspublications. Students design and produce a
publication as a group project. (Weekend College only.)
Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog.
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on
handbuilding and glazing.
Tribal Arts and Culture
(see INS,American Indian Studies)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Communication Design II
A study of visual communicationsin magazines, television, film,advertising symbols and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography,
typography and illustration. (Prereq.:225)
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or
handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: W))
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118)
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in
transparent watercolor.
Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching and woodcut, includingJapanesewoodcut technique.
(Prereq.: 223)
Internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine prow.
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221)
499
Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art
maprs.
Art History
240
Art History Survey
A survey of Western art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes
reading, research,viewing of slides, visits to museums.
Note: Thefollowing m r s e s are @ad
infemitfently, usually one or two sections a yem.
352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, includingthe fine
arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women.
382
Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from prehistory to modern times.
385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D.
386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proteenaissance painting,
sculpture and architecture in Europe.
387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculptureand architecture, from the 14ththrough the
18thCenturies.
388
19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculptureand architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present.
389
American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with
specific emphasis on 19th and 20th Century art and its relationship to
European art as well as indigenous movements.
BIOLOGY
DEP-
(BIO)
Biology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living
matures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us.
This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological
world, an understandingof the basic biological processes common to all
organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain seIf-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions.
Another si@ant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that
even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of biologists.
This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of
intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research
for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organismshas
accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made
in understandingimportant biological processes, particularly those at the
cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some
extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine,
veterinary medicine, agricultureand food science have depended on the
findingsof basic biological research.
Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based.
Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on
applicationsof the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background
in the physical sciences is also important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduatemajor in biology serves primarily as a basis for
further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further
studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and
dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences,
leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and
applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have
embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high
school teaching and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty Robert Herforth (Chairperson),Thomas Herbst, Esther
McLaughlin, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud
Major: Nine courses, including 111,112, 201 and at least one from each of the
following five groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386,471; Cellular to
Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants: 361,
440; Environmental: 476,481.
The ninth course may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division biology course, including
an Interim course. BIO 491,a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and
seniors. Also required: CHM 105 or 115,106 or 116,and 223; PHY 103;Math
Placement Group III.
Studentswho intend to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools
should consult with the Department because these schools vary in their science
admission requirements. These may include CHM 351,352 instead of 223,PHY 121,
122instead of 103,and MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146.
Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also q u i r e s three courses in earth and life
sciences. For secondary teaching we recommend the broadest possible program in
biology. Studentsplanning to teach are advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their academic program.
The Department works with the CooperativeEducation Office in identifying and
defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities.
This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should consult
with the Biology Department CooperativeEducation Coordinator.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0overall, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior yea..
Minor: Five courses, including 111,112 and three Upper Division courses; CHM
115,116 (or CHM 105,106).
101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view. An
attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the -system?
What influence do humans have on the environment?What influence
does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on
humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both
101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories is considered. No
animal dissectionswill be done in the laboratory. (Three hours lecture;
three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
(Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
105
Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society
must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implications of
pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war,
occupational safety and health. An historical s w e y of American agriculture, world food supply and biological determinism.A critical evaluation
of the socialapplication s of biological concepts. (Three hours lecture.
Does not apply to the mapr or minor)
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (Three hours lecture, three
hours laboratory. For student nurses, health maprs, or consent of
instructor. Prereq.: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Weekend College
only. Does not apply to the mapr or minor)
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology,
cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionarymechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of
organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instrubor.
(Three hours lecture; fourhours laboratory)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship. (Rereq.: 112)
201
Methods in Biological Research
An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research,
which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation, microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas
chromatographyand physiological recording. The theoretical basis of
each method is discussed and experiments are conducted to demonstrate
the utility of each method. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory.
Pweq: 112)
203
Principles of Nutrition
A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption,
transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort
will be made to differentiate"fact from fiction" in this controversial
biological field. Clime hours lecture. Prereq.: 112or consent of instructor)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112)
351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology,
behavior, life history and evolutionaryrelationships. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
353
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparativestudy dealing with the classification, morphology,
distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the verte
brates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human
genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (Threehours
lecture, fourhours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Plant Biology
A survey of the mapr divisions of the plant kingdom including the study
of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. kereq.: 112)
Biochemistry
An introdudory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (Three
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112,CHM 223 or 352or consent of instructor. )
Immunology
A study of the structureand function of the immune system at molecular,
cellular and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental
principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Internship
Upper Division Internship. Students must be juniors or seniors. (Prereq.:
112)
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in
photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations
in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationshipsof these processes to
plant structures. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Cellular Biology
A study correlating functionwith ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and
eukaryotic cells. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.Prereq.: 112,
367 or consent of instructor. )
Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever
possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical
principles. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112;CHM
106 or 116;PHY 103 or 122 or consent of instructor)
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which
occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the
vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as desaiptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development,
the topics of malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on
bacteria and viruses.Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods.
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.)
481
Ecology
A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal
relationshipsbetween organisms and their environments. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361
or consent of instructor. )
491
Seminar
A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta
Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniorsand seniors is
required. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for
the major.
499
Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor)
BUSINESS
ADMINERMION
(BUS)AND MA NAG^
INFO-ON
SYSTEMS
(MIS)DEPANMEW
The Department of Business Administration and Management Information
Systems (MIS) is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical
tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other
organizations as well as preparation for graduate study. To this end, three
majors are offered: Business Administration, Management Information
Systems (MIS) and a combination major in Economics-Business Admhistration. Business Administration and MIS should be considered separately in
regard to the limitation of no more than 13courses in any one department.
Within Business Administration, there are five specdizations:Accounting,
Finance, Management, Marketing and InternationalBusiness.
Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal arts
with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing
the occupational realities of the business disciplines, the Department is
equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This
balance is achieved in part by fosteringclose ties with the corporate community, which in turnprovides a wealth of practical expertise and a wide
variety of Internship opportunities as well as future job prospects.
Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the
community by contributing to an education which is ethically based,
technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration Faculty:Amin Kader (Chairpason), Diane Busico,
Thomas Busico, John C. Cenito, Mary Dean, Earl Eames, Steven Freimuth, Peter
Gillen, Abo-el Yazeed Habib, M. Anaarn Hashmi, Wendy B. Hines, Marilyn
Horowitz, Jane Kammerman, Myron J. Kapel, Roy LaFayette, Lori L. Lohman,
Linda McKeag, Robert Kramarczuk, Fekri Meziou, Kinney G. Misterek, Thomas
Morgan, Robert M. Murphy, Paul Pender, Paul E. Portz, Hamed Sallam, Milo
Schield, Gregg Schneider, Robert Schultheis, Stanley H. Solnick, Stuart M. Stoller,
James Urbach, Cheree Waiters, Robert D. Wykstra
BUSINS (BUS)
Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance,
Management and Marketing specializations:BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,
391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315.
*Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or
425.
Specialization in Finance: 12Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or
415.
Speckdimtion in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or
SOC 349.
Specialization in Marketing: 12Core courses, 352,355 or 357,450, ECO 415.
Specializationin International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO
112,113,313. BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as three semesters of a foreign
language (or tested equivalent).Also the following: one International Economics
course and BUS 362,364 and 466. Other configurations may be permitted on
consultation with the Department.
Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: Six Economics courses
(112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division); eight Business Administration/
MIS courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and two other Upper Division).
Notes: Studentswho plan to major in the Business Administration department are
strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible, in order to
carefully plan their program of study.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and camp*
hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration.
Minor in Business Administration: Six courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO
112and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Minor in International Business: Six courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,
and three International Business courses. Other configurationsmay be permitted
on consultation with the Department.
*CPA. Certification: Studentswho wish to take the Certified Public Accountants
(CPA) examinationprior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have
completed the mapr in Business Administration-Accountingand taken all accounting and business law offered. Students mapring in Business AdministrationAccounting are qualiiied under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester.
*C.MA Certification: Students who have taken a prescnied course of study in
accountingmay take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination
prior to fulfilling the experiencerequirement. This certificateindicates proficiency
in the area of managerial accounting.
Notes: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in accounting may
take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fullilling
the experience requirement.This certificateindicates profiaency in the area of
managerial accounting.
In addition to the comes listed under Ihe title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS295,495), the Department has also offered: Research Methods for
Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for
Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship,
M i m Computer Accounting, Ethics in Business, and Risk Management and Insurance.
175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(see under MIS 175)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship
221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities,basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuationof 221. Introductionto business activities, accounting for
corporations.Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations.(Prereq.:BUS 221)
242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing
planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager.
252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 279.)
Topics
Ledures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of h c i a l accounting with emphasis on accountingtheory
pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
BUS 222 and ECO 113)
Accountlng Theory and Practice II
A continuationof 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied
to liabiities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: BUS 322)
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for manage
rial decision making. Manning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252,
279, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accountlng
The more common and important provisions of planning apd compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: BUS 221,331, ECO 112,113, or consent of
instructor)
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the
firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital,
capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.:
BUS 222,279; ECO 113)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the
effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.:BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or
consent of instructor)
Marketing Communications
This course looks at the communicationsaspects of marketing by integrat-
ing advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into
a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and
evaluation of marketing communicationsprograms, particularly advertising; selection of media; copycreative effort; advertiseragency relationship; management of the personal selling function including sales force
selection, compensation, territorial design and performance appraisal.
(F'rereq.: Bus 252) Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit.
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as
important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Note:
Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit)
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an
international context. Appreciation of the prospective required for
successfulplanning and management of any enterprise operating abroad
is emphasized by foreseeingboth the opportunities and the difficulties
inherent in internationalbusiness. (Prereq.: Two Business and Economics
courses or consent of instructor)
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program
which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with
some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to
form the basis of opinion on a &t of financial statements. (Prereq.: BUS
323)
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323)
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial struchue and policy. Emphasis on
decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lechrres and
case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331)
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risk/rehun relationships of various types of securities
from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management.
(Prereq.: All Core courses or consent of instructor)
440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and
manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include
an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing
management and decision making, planning marketing programs,
channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies.
(Prereq.:BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357)
465
International Management
To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the
influence of national and international institutionson the multinational
corporation and on the strategies, structures, practices and effects of the
national co'potation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242,362)
466
International Marketing
Designed primarily for students interested in the study of business
activities on a global xale. More specifidly, the majority of the come
will be devoted to those issues and activities unique to marketing a
product or service in an "international setting." Topics will include
internationalenvironment scanning and analysis; comparative marketing
research; strategic planning; produd, price, promotioiand distribution issues in multinational markets. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362)
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and
MIS
(See under MIS 479.)
495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. Brereq.:consent of instructor)
Major in MIS: Eve business courses (BUS 221,222,242,252 and 3311, four Economics courses (ECO 112,113,313 and 318), one Mathematics course MAT 121or 171),
two Computer Science courses (CSC 170 and 210), and six MIS courses (MIS175,
279,370,375,475 and 476). CSC 352 can be taken in place of MIS 370.
Notes: MIS maprs are strongly urged to consider PHI 130, MAT 122, ECO 425 and
MIS 479. Students who wish to major in MIS should select an MIS faculty adviser as
soon as possible to plan their degree program.
Transfer Students:MIS maprs must either earn at least four of their Upper
Division courses at Augsburg or must receive an exemption from the Department
faculty.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and an oral
examination on some aspect of the major.
Course Prerequisites: If you lack either the course mpkements or the Mathematics
Placement Group (MPG)quimnents, you may not be admitted by the instructor.
Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) requirements: MIS 175,279,370,479, CSC
170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since
all maprs in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 279, they all must have at
least MPG 111.
Mathematics Placement Group Information: To obtain your current Placement
Group, contact the Mathematics Department, Weekend College, or the secretaryin
the Departments of Business, Economics, and MIS.A Mathematics Placement Group
(MPG) is based on: 1) a review of course transfers, 2) the score on the most recent
placement exam,or 3) passing various 100level Mathematics coqrses at Augsburg.
If you have previous courses that are not in your MPG, submit your transcript
to the Mathematics Department for review.
If you plan to take the placement exam,consult the Mathematics Department
for specific information on the exam schedule, the materials covered and the
availabilityof computerized tutorials.
see which mathematics courses will generate a particular Placement Group,
consult the Mathematics Department.
Placement Group time limits: The MathematicsDepartment may disregard
courses taken more than five years ago and may choose to lapse an MPG given
more than five years ago.
175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123(graphics, database and logical
functions)dBase HI+ and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing
grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (prrreq.: MPG 11or else a Pass
in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399)
279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,descriptivemeasures, probabil-
ity, sampling distributions, infaence and estimation. Emphasis on their
use in applied problems in business and economics. Minitab may be
required to analyze and survey data. e r e q . : MIS 175and either Math
F'lacement Group III or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104).
Topics
Lebures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of
Management InformationSystems.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499)
Advanced Computing for Business, Economlcs and MIS
An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic algorithms and
associated flow charts and pseudocode. Apply these concepts by programming some of these software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus and dBASE.
(Prereq.: MPG III or a Pass in MAT 104. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with
permission of instructor, extensive knowledge of Lotus and DOS).
Management lnformation Systems in the Organization
Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in
organizations. Review the features of computers (hardware and software)
and various types of information systems. May involve several case
studies: review business needs, summarize the relevant findings (hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options and communicatethe
recommendations.Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for
systems analysis. (Preq.: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer
course such as MIS 175or 370). Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.
Internship Program
A student may receive credit through an internship program which is
applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities
involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Systems Analysis and Design
Identifythe necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate
various representations for information, processes and relationships.
Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as
Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Preq.: MIS 375)
lnformation Systems Projects
Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and
extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.:MIS 475)
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business Economics and MIS
Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming
tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages.
Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and
statistical inhence plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade
of at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended:MIS 370)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to provide an opportunityto analyze a topic
in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes
and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of
physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been
described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical
world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves.
Chemists as scientistsmust be well versed in the science of chemistry,
howledgeable in fad and theory for solving scientific problems, capable of
providing a public understandingof their work including potential problems as well as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand
themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the
arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human
and therefore truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of Approved Schoolsof the American
Chemical Society (ACS)and offers a chemistry major which meets the
chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists
To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully
with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions.
To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain
lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that
may change after graduation and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise.
To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to
seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and
To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an
example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world
around us. The presentation of mapr concepts underlying the changes in
matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the
reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments
concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty:Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg,John R. Holum,
Joan C. Kunz, Michele Nielsen
Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry:115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,
353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Because Upper
Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan
to take MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or 105,
106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; and one advanced course; PHY 121,122 and
two additional physics courses. Modem Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation mapr. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistancein planning a
course program early in their college career.
Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS mapr and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree.
American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelorof Science): 12 courses
including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,
497,499); Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124 or 145, MAT 125 or 146, and
224 or 245; PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year).
Reading ability in German equivalent to two semesters, computer proficiency,
Modem Physics, additionalmathematics and research experience are recommended.
Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Minor: Five courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106), 353 and two other
chemistry courses from 223,351,352,361 or BIO 367.
Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106 and 116.
Other restrictions are in course descriptions.
E
Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with
a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is
necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a tw*
term course in registering for the second tam.
Placement in 105or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement
Examination: 105requires Group II placement; 115requires Group I11 placement.
High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115.
105,106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students
who will not mapr in chemistry, although students may go from 106to
351,353. This course covers basic concepts in chemistry, often from an
historical, technological or environmentalperspective. (Three onehour
lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of
general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas
such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program),
inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education and others. Open
also to students in the humanities and social sciences.
Fmt term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic
chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special
applicationsto human physiological chemistry. (Three onehour lectures,
two hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the mapr or
minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109and 105 or 115,
nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.:High school
chemistry within the last five years)
115,116 General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First
semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics and
bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second
emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and
electrochemistry. Many topics are presented from an historical approach
and bring in discussion regarding technologies and values resulting from
science, with recognition of current events or concerns. (Three onehour
lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, Math
Placement Group III)
199
Internship
A work-based learning experienceat the sophomorechemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the
opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a concurrent
seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration,
interested students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding quirements and permission to register. Students
are encouraged to seek an appropriateplacement site by registering with
the Intanship and Cooperative Education Office.
223
Elementary Organic Chemistry
This onsemester course is designed for students whose professional
goals require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of
the year-long organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will
include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and
aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry
major, nor will credit be given for this course if Chemistry 351,352 is
taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for Chemistry 352.
Credit cannot be given for Chemistry 110and Chemistry 223, nor does
Chemistry 223 meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs.
(Preq.: 106 or 116.Three lectures and one threehour laboratory per
week)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing.
Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty
member in the Chemistry Department.
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated
by means of modern theohesif chemical bonds, energy relations and
reaction mechanisms; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmentaland industrial fields. (Three onehour lectures, one
four-hour laboratory. Prerq.: 106or 116)
353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysisand solution equilibrium in
detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of
a variety of samples and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lech.m,
one four-hour laboratory. Pweq.: 106or 116)
361,364 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoreticalconcepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics,
quantum theory and states of matter are studied in the first semester.
Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria
and electrochemistryin the second semester. (Threeone-hour lectures.
Prerq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121,122; MAT 124or 145, MAT 125or 146)
363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112 course each)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data
collection and analysis and experimental application of concepts p r e
sented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken the first half
of the semester and involves experiments related to 361. CHM 365 is to be
taken the second half of the semester by aJl persons taking 364, except that
special students may ask the Department for exemption.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experienceat the junior-senior chemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the
opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent
seminar is ex@.
Prior to the beginning of the term/registration,
interested students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students
are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with
the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifyingorganic compounds in the
laboratory. Lecture topics include struchm-spectra correlations for IR,
UV,N M R and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including
Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (Threehours
of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of
instructor; some reading knowledge of German.)
481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic
and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical mkhods as well as
chromatographic and eledroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (Three
hours lecture, one four and onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,361, or
consent of instructor.)
482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Selected topics, including descriptivechemistry, spectroscopicdata
interpretation, correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic,
valence bond and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Threeonehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. kereq.:352,361, or consent of
instructor.)
483
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodingeis wave equation and
uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the
hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to
develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators,
electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Threeone-hour
lectures. Prereq.:364 or consent of instructor.)
491
Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry maprs under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.Juniors
and seniors are expeded to participate, with seniors presenting papers.
Outside visitors are also invited to participate.
497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before graduation. Such experiencemay be obtained by working on a
summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or
by research participation during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunityto
be involved in industrial research projects. @mior or senior standing)
499
Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. aunior or senior standing)
COMMUNICATION
(See listing under Speech, Communicationand Theatre.)
Khin Khin Jensen, Director
Major or minor in East Asian Studiesare offered through Augsburg and the
other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an intercollege, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers
in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work
with socialand recreational agencies or graduate studies.
Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or
Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There
also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East
Asian Studies Department for Japanese and Chinese language studies.
Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutesare available
in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the Director for
information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese
language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including four courses (two years) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; two courses in history;
two courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies, and two courses from
a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the
Director of the program.
Minor in East Asian Studies: Five courses, includingtwo courses (one year) of
basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; one course in history
of East Asia; and two Upper Division courses in cultural specializationfrom a list of
approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diredor
of the program.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentrationat
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be
useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies: Five courses, two from HIS 322,
323,324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,282;
and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is stronglyrecommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may
be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director.
226
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under History Department.)
299
Directed Study
(See Director of Program.)
322
Modern Southeast Asia
(See under History Department.)
323
Modern China
(See under History Department.)
324
Modern Japan
(See under History Department.)
351
Communist Political Systems
(See under Political Science Department, Comparative Politics and
Analysis.)
363
Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Political Science Department, International Politics.)
382
From Marx to Mao
(See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis.)
399
Internships
(See Director of Program for guidelines to apply for an internship.)
474
The World and the West
(See under History Department.)
495
Seminar
(See Diredor of Program.)
499
Independent Study
(See Director of Program for guidelines.)
ECONOMICS
(ECO) D E P .
The Department of Economicsat Augsburg College offers a program
stressing a strong theowtical background, quantitative techniques and an
emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate
with a degree in Economics are well prepared to continue their education in
a variety of fields due to the strong liberal arts emphasis within the mapr.
Three majors are offered to students within this Department. The General
Economicsmajor is designed for students who are planning graduate or
professional studies. The Applied Economics mapr generally leads to
careers in the business world. Finally, the combined Business Administration/Economics major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in plannning their program of study.
Economics course offerings are designed to meet the needs of students
preparing for advanced studies as well as for those who, immediatelyafter
graduation, are interested in starting a career. An Augsburg Economics
mapr provides a solid foundation on which to build national or international careersin business, law, government or public service.
The program allows students, once they have completed the core courses, to
concentrate on their specrficareas of interest. Studentsare able to combine
an Economics major with other disciplines. For example, business, international relations, mathematics, management information systems (MIS),
political science, Soviet and East European area studies or Scandinavian
area studies are often combined with economics.
Economicsmajors and minors are available both through Day School and
Weekend College.
Economics F a d * Satya P. Gupta (Chairperson),Jeanne Boeh,Magda PalecznyZapp, Edward Sabella.
Adjunct Faculty: Paul Halverson, M. Shahid Islam, Eli Ndosi, Edward Raupp,
Hamed Sallam, Yong Narn Song
Major in Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three
other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 279; and MAT 114.
The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended.
Major in Applied Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and
three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 175,279,479; MAT 121;and PHI
130.
Combined Major in EconomicsBusiness Administration:S
i
x Economics coursg
(112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division);eight Business Admhktration/MIS
corn (BUS221,222,242,252,331; MIS 279 and two other Busings Upper Division)
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre
hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration.
Minor in Economics: ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper
Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Notes: Students who plan to mapr in the Department are strongly encouraged to
select a Department Adviser as soon as possible in order to c a d y plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO
295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research
Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Soviet Economy.
110
112
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metreurban
environment.Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis,"
Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free
Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools
introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a
basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an
Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business
Administration, MIS and/or Economics should enroll in ECO 112and 113
which are also open to non-majors.)
Principlesof Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, internationaltrade, economic growth. Application of
elementaryeconomic theory to current economic problems. May be taken
independently of 113or 110. ECO 112and 113maybe taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress
rapidly to the other courses.
113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics,the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or
113. ECO 112and 113may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the
same term for the student to progress moR rapidly to other courses.
175
Computers for Business, Economicsand MIS
(See Business, M I S 175.)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
215
Elements of Mathematical Economics
Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from
finance, management and marketing are also examined. Prerq.: ECO 113)
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political,
economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be
on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems. Major topics may include anaent, medieval, mercantilist,
classical, socialist/utopian and modern economicthought.
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See Business, MIS 279.)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodologyand current national and
international economics problems and policies. (Prereq.:consent of
instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112)
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Contemporary East-West Economic Relations
This course explores the motivations for economic cooperationbetween
countries with different political and economic systems. The conditions
for East-West economic cooperation and its
will be analyzed. The
focus is on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. The institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance
will be explored and explained (including institutional changes in the
directing of foreign trade in centrally-planned economies).At the global
level, effects of GATT, IMF, the World Bank, EEC and CMEA on EastWest economic relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commer-
cial banks, the Federal Resenre System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
Comparative Economic Systems
This is an interdisciplinarycourse with emphasis on the differences and
similarities between market and planned economies and the recent
institutional changes in Eastern Europe. The course evaluates the performance of different economic systems with resped to their allocation of
resources. Different theoretical models are examined and compared to
their real-world variants in an attempt to assess the relevant merits of
capitalism, socialism and market socialism. (Prereq.: ECO 112or 113)
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and
economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from
the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental
protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc.
(Prereq.:ECO 313)
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of
payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (kereq.: ECO
112or 113)
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program
which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with an
organization.In addition, the student &ill write a report on his/h&
activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination
of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society.
(Prereq.:ECO 313. On demand.)
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts
of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313)
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business.
Among the topics considered are theories anapractices in forecasting,
estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations and an analysisof economic
problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.:MIS 279, ECO 313)
416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macm-emnomictheory. (Prereq.:ECO
312,313 and at least MAT 122or equivalent.On demand.)
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See Business, MIS 479.)
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor.)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunityto
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Renq.: consent of instructor.)
E D U ~ ODEPARTMENT
N
(EDE, EDS, EDU)
Studentsintemted in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find
opportunities in the Department of Education
Professional education combinesthe study of theory with practice, and field
experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of
Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences
because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the
Twin Cities.
Classroom teachingis the career that first comes to mind for graduates of
teacher education pmgmns. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities m.In addition, they provide educational
services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries.
The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves
as a solid base for graduate education Some teaching fields mquire graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementaryor secondary
education However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings.
Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas.
As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take basic competency tests
(prescribedby the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills
and mathematics prior to begnning Upper Division courses.
All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any
course grade below 2.0 must be retaken.
Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is availableboth through
Day School and Weekend College.Selected secondary education programs
are also available in Weekend College.
Education Faculty: Mary Ann Bayless, Carolyn Clemmons, Bruce Drewlow, Mary
Endorf, Marian Enos, Joseph Erickson, Ann F'leener, Ethelind Garetz, Rich
Gerrnundsen, Hamet Johnson, Marie McNeff, Phyllis Metcalf, Vicki Olson,
JacquelineRichardson, Mary Jo Stump
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 265,341,351,352,
381,382,383,384,386,387,388,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; SWK 260; PHY 103; and
an academic minor. If those persons also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375:
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, is also required.
A GPA of 2 5 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in
student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.5
in all Education courses. Students must also fulfill requirements of the Minnesota
Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The criteria for acceptance
into the Department Licensure Rogram are available in the Education Department.
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
The examination and preparation of materials and resources for Elementary School science teaching. This course fulfills the math requirement for
licensure as well as the science methods course. Students must have a
Level I11 Math Placement before enrolling in this course.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore education as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek a n appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
245
International Education
An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in
international education.
255
Orientatlon to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experlence
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizationsis required. @rereq.: sophomore
standing or above)
EDU 263 Critical Thinking
Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine
validity of claims and position as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines.
EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s
This course provides an opportunityfor students to serve as tutors in
urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand
the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to
understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban
educational settings.
EDU265 Orientation to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizationsis required. (kereq.: Sophmore
standing)
282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education.)
295
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offaings. Specifictopics will be announced.
299
Directed Study
Lower Division Independent Study.
EDU 341 Media Technology (1 12 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through
the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audievisual materials for teaching/leamingsituations. Computer training will be included in this CO351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in
reading, and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties.
352
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary
and Fleld Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the
contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required.
370
Classroom Management
A class for Elementary and Secondaryeducation students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategiesof classroom manage
ment techniques.
EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner
A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the
educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategiesfor
teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as
teaching the student at risk Students are encouraged to take introduction
to Special Education (282) prior to registering for this course.
375
Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (1/2 course)
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. (Required for all persons seeking kindergarten licensure.)
381
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementarylevels. Laboratory experiences.
382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
383
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
(1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
384
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic
Studies (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
386
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resouKes for children's
literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
387
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
EDU388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and
site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Partidpation in a c o n m t seminar is acpebed. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
478
School and Society
(SeeSecondaryEducation.)
481,482,483,484
Student Teaching K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary
levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required.
Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to
enrolling for the courses. Four courses in student teaching (481,482,483
and 484) are recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education
Department. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily
completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission
into the Education Department Licensure Program and admission for
Student Teaching)
491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(SeeSpecial Education.)
495
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
498
lndependent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
499
lndependent Study
Opportunityfor advanced and specialized reseamh projects not otherwise
provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be
outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary faculty.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the
international and American School network Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad
will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg
faculty supervision.
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to
conferring with the student's mapr field adviser.
Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure
Program: Baccalaureatedegree; academic mapr in an approved teaching area; EDS
265,354,388,478, methods course(s) in major area, EDS 481,482 (and 483 for Art,
Music, and Physical Education teaching maprs); HPE 114,115; SWK 260; GPA of
2.5 overall, 2.5 in all education courses, 2.5 in academic mapr and P in student
teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure &gram
q u i d . Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education
Department.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do %me student
teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art
mapr will register for 361,362; the physical education mapr for 365; and the music
mapr for 355.
Art and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades
K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1)
Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom music
(5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), see Foreign Language Department for information on the required
competencyexams.
Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching
in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be
accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject
area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be
recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College.
The Professional T e r n School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at student teaching
seminars is required. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the
activities of the professional term.
199
Internship
A work-based learningexperiencein which a student, faculty member and
site supervisordesign a learning agreement which enables the student to
explore education as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/
registration, interested students should consult with the departmental
Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by register-
ing with the Internship and Cooperative Education Ofke.
245
International Education
An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in
internationaleducation.
EDU 263 Critical Thinking
Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine
validity of claims and positions as well as articulate positions and
reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines.
EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s
This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in
urban educational environments.Students will be trained to understand
the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to
understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban
educational settings.
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigatesvarious aspeas of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizations is required. (Prerq.:Sophomore
standing)
282
Introduction to Special Education
(See SpecialEducation.)
295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
EDU 341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Elementary Education.)
350
Reading in the Content Areas (1/2 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist
students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required
for Secondary Education. Upper Division.
354
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning
settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required.
355
Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The developmentof music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience.
356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings
(1/2 course each)
Study and application of instructionalmethods, materials and techniques.
361
Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching maprs only.
362
Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
senior high school. (To be taken concurrentlywith 361.)
364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools.
Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching
experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literatureis
included. (Prereq.:EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments)
HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Health and Physical Education Department.)
366
370
Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department)
Classroom Management
A class for Elementary and SecondaryEducation students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage
ment techniques.
EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner
A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the
educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching
specla1education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the
student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282: Introduction to
Special Education prior to registering for this course.
374
Natural Science Methods (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. Consult with the Education Department.
375
Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategiesand curriculum
development.Consult with the Education Department.
376
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and
theatre and the directing of d c u l a r speech and theatre activities.
377
Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics
education. Consult with the Education Department.
EDU 388 Human Relations (112 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expeded. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the
departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and
permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate
placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
HPE 410 Health Methods
(See Health and Physical Education Department, HPE 410: Admiistration and Supervision of the School Health Program.)
478
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society
and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Prereq.:
Senior standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483, or 484)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all majors and four courses required of Art, Music, and
Physical Education majors. Four courses required of double majors.
(Concurrent registration with 478)
495
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
498
Independent Study (1I2 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
499
Independent Study
Opportunityfor advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the Departmental curriculum. A projected program must
be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty.
Phyllis Metcalf, Coordinator
Minor: Minimum of six courses (282,491; PSY 351,357; one course chosen from
HPE 354, MUS 110 or 395; PSY 362; EDS 385 or SWK 304); and one course chosen
from PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course.
282
Introductionto Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the
nature, causes and educationalinterventions for such exceptionalities as
mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment,
l e g disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness.
491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar.(Prereq.:completion of courses for Special
Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this
course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a
placement prior to registering for the course.)
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineeringdegree from either the University of Minnesota Institute
of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science, St. Louis,Missouri; or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. Becau~of the specla1requirements and
opportunitiesof these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg
Engineering Adviser is necessary.Applications for these programs require
the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Stuart Anderson, Adviser
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for
two dual degree engineeringprograms:
Bachelor of Amachelor of Engineering ( B A K E . ) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three
years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that
time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtslMaster of Engineering (BAJME.) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota.This program involves four years at
Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology.
The curriculum is thesame as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of several
extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize
the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the
University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The number of
such courses varies by lT department and area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during
the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participantsin the B.A./M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology.
Washington University (Three Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University
in a fiveyear period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to
the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite
cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser
of Augsburg College.
Students are also enmuraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further informationon these
and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
FinancialAid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual
degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineeringschool of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
E
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226 or MAT
145,146,245,247; PHY 121,122;additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 or 145,
146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Studentsinterested in
Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352.
Those who study Enghsh believe that an intense concern for words, ideas
and images helps people understand who they are and who they can
become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature
helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the
study of English we see life's complexity, experiencelifeas others do and
undentand better the world in which we live and work
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the
contemplation of works of art. With psychology and socjology, English is
concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With
sciencerEnglish is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication,English studies the effective use of
language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities,
English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times
and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to
assigned or recommended plays, films and readings available near the
campus. Enghsh majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills
through Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second
-ge
(ESL ) studentsrtutoring in the Writing Lab or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program
Students with an Augsburg Enghsh major pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the minis
try,library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing,
writing and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty: Kathryn Swanson (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Cathleen
Dalglish, Douglas Green,Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari, John Schmit
Major:Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245;one Upper Division course
in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271or 272); and
three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or
438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their Departmental Adviser regularly. A student with a double
mapr or special program that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the D e v e n t . Note: Transfer
students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg.
English-Language Arts Teaching Major:Ten courses, including those listed under
the major, ENG 345,and an Internship in the teaching of writing. One course must
include a component in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses,
Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are
required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their mapr during the
freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education not later than the
spring of their junior year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the
English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements
for the mapr.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chairperson by October 15in senior year for Department approval. Submit
and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent
Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines).
Minor: Five courses above ENG 111,including ENG 245, an Upper Division
literaturecourse, and an additional writing course.
Note: Transfer students must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Note on Concentration:In addition to meeting requirements for the rnapr, English
maprs may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the
mapr, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department. English
majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration.
Interim courses, special courses and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit
well into a concentration.
The English Placement Test: A writing sample is q u i r e d of students to determine
their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show
competence in composition skills such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructingparagraphs and sentences are required to enroll in
Developmental Writing where they will receive more individual instruction than is
possible in Effective Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing
before enrolling in Effective Writing.
Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite
for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature
course is ENG 245 or consent of the instructor.
101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 111:Effective Writing required of students
identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing
additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based
on their own observations, experiences and thoughts. P/N grading only.
Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation
requirement in writing.
111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and
writing a-itical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned.
Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing,
organizing and developingtopics, thinking critically, and revising for
clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
216
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected Arnerican Indian writers. Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which
literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions.
217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL)
Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American
idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these
courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments and sessions with ESL
tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and i n m their
fluency. Understanding spoken Akerican English, speaking,reading
college-level materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two
cow&. Testing will determine
in these courses, and testing, as
well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is
met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will
continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. By successfully
completing the courses, students will have fulfilled the foreign language
distribution requirement.
223
225
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and
proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use
material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111)
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG
111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationshipbetween reading
and writing. (Prereq.: 111)
226
Introductionto Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of
creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short
fiction but including journal keeping and creative prose.
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on
writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and
television as well. Students will consider how to recognize news, how to
gather and verify facts and how to write those facts into a news story or
news feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing
practices and include an introductionto legal and ethical questions faced
by journalists. (Prereq.: 111)
241
lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and
historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of
both feature length and short films illustrating the international develop
ment of film form and selected esthetic movements such as the American
Studio Film and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage,
Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave.
245
lntroduction to Literature
In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative,
drama and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of
literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and
therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures
and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper
courses in literature, Introduction to Literatureaims in particular to
develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature.
251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative works by 10 to 12American authors
focusing on themes that yield an understandingof the Western heritage
and American world views. These themes could include the emergence of
national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the
nature of nature, definitionsof the American self, individuality, the place
of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of
American thought and the continuity of Western culture in America.
271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature -for example, the
epics of Homer and Virgd, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and
Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's "Metamorphoses."
Dante's "Inferno" will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the
classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background,
their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance.
272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval
to the modem period, including such authors as Cervantes, Rabelais,
Molike, Voltaire and Ibsen.
E
Topics In Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed
t
have included
in the ACTC Class schedule for that year. ~ e c &offer&
ContemporaryPoetry and Women and Hction.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis
and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished
product. (Prereq.: 111,245;226 also recommended, or consent of instructor)
Advanced Journallsm: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is placed first on interviewingand then on organizing and
writing the i n t e ~ e w
story. The second half of the course will concentrate
on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course
will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews
and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be
laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227)
British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the develop
ment of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the
Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will
be examined. (F'rereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th Century,emphasizingRomantic
poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the
period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their relationshipto their own age
and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
Creative Non-Fiction
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasizethe
conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice,
subjects and techniques for gathering information. l3y the end of the
course, the student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of
publishable quality. (Prereq.: 225 and consent of instructor)
341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve
creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the ACTC Class
Schedule. (Prereq.: 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted
work Offered on demand.)
345
Introduction to the English Language
This course is designed to give students a structuraland historical overview
of theoreticaland social issues concerning the English language. It will
include a summary of theories of language development and the impact of
cultural, social,economic and geographic forces on language acquisition.
Students will be introduced to the primary componentsof linguistics and to
the development of the English language. F i i y , this course will consider
the social impact of language as a marker of identity and membership in a
speech community. ((kereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysisof some works of selected American writers from
colonial tim& to WWI. We will study established writers such as
Hawthorne, Dickinson and Twain along with some lesser known writers
who also demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to American
civilization. Attention will be given to the ways writers approach issues
relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions of the individual in relation
to society, the nature of nature and regional differences will also be
studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
351
American Literature since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to
represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity
of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary
works to the changing conditions of modem American l i i . (Prereq.: 245
or consent of instructor)
361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European and nonWestern, of the 20th Century. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
The Department offers oncampus Internships in teaching writing and
ESL, and various off-campusInternships. Interested students should
consult the Department Chairperson.
423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th
Century beginnings up to the 20th Century. Novels studied will be
selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot and Hardy. Attention
will be given to the conditions contributingto the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the 20th Century as the dominant literary form. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
438
Shakespeare
Study of 10 or 12 major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with
attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art.
Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of
instructor)
482
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed
in the A f f C Class Schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry,Women and Fiction and Literary Criticism. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a GPA of 3.0 or consent of
Department Chairperson.Provides Independent Study in the area of the
student's choice.
The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of
transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the transition to being a college student successfully and to help them become part of
this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the
College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the
process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated
seriously, and the logistics of being a college student.
The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminarsand FYE Interim Term Courses.
Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is
required of all students who begm Augsburg College as freshmen in the day
schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by
attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of
a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript. Studentswithout
a P for FYE 005 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree.
005
FYE Seminar
A series of Fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College
communityof learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a
variety of disciplines and sources colleded in "The Augsburg Anthology."
(P/N grading only; evaluationbased on attendance and participation.)
The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in
many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts
education for b c e in today's world. The Department is committed to the
view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed,
foreign language study goes beyond the developmentof new cornrnunications skills to foster an abiding awarenessthat the splendid diversity of
human languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy
developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the language
and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of
global perspective and hence is indispensablein the education of Augsburg
students.
The Foreign Language Department offers language, literatu~,and culture
courses in French, German,Norwegian, Ojibwe, Russian and Spanish.
Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are available to Augsburg
students through the College's affiliation with A m , a consortiumof Twin
Cities colleges.
A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in
the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department.
Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the
general principles which operate in and shape all languages. In thisway the
study of linguisticsaffords the student a unique view of one of the most
intriguingand central facets of the human mind.
Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are
essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable
specla1qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of
n
teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps or
fields such as f o ~ i g language
international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps
combined with a major in some other field. In addition, students pursuing
careersin many other fields such as health care, social work, the ministry,
psychology or philosophy, to name just a few, often find that a foreign
language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special
assignmentsin their chosen field.
[i
Foreign Ianguages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Nancy Aarwold, Ruth
Aaskov, Rick Greczyk, Roxie Hale, Nelly Hewett, Gunta Rozentals, Frankie
Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz, Ronald Walter
Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in
courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of
high school semesters one has studied that language: zero-two = 111;threefour =
112; fivesix = 211; seven = 212; eight = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the Chairperson.
Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a
course above the level determined by previous studies in that language.
Students who elect to takea course below the one in which they are placed by the
Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement
will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was
originallyplaced. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional.
Basic Requirements: Maprs must take four of the Upper Division courses at
Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the Upper Division
courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisiteto all Upper Division courses.
Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a m i n i of one Upper
Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must
consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment
in the program as well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0
average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a Departmental requirement for teaching maprs. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in
Secondary Schools under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmental honors must apply in the junior year.
Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall and honors thesis demonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department
Chairperson for details.
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the ACI'C East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director.
Major Eight courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355,
351 or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: Four courses above 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in
civilization and one in literature. Interim, summer or semester in France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor:Five Upper Division courses beyond 212, including
one in conversationcomposition,one in literature, one in civilization. Study in
France strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog.
011
Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Ondemand)
111,112 Beginning French
Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings,
these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of
life. Four class meetings per week Laboratory work is an integral part of
the course.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
211,212 Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar.
Laboratory work
243
French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English
translation. Through individualized background reading and class
discussion, studentsbecome acquainted with artistic qualities and
cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or minor. (Ondemand)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effectiveorganization
of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A pmquisite
to other Upper Division courses.
312
French Expression
A twepronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use.French phonology
and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.:311 or
consent of instructor)
332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th Century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understandingof French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor.)
350
Introduction to Ltterature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to a l l qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351,353 Survey of French Literature
The study of mapr French authors and literary movements in France
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lebures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor)
355
Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the mapr French literary movements since World War I,
including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor)
399
Internship
Upper Division Internship.
411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness,
characteristic levels of expression, refinements style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
450
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Indepth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presenta-
tions in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings.
Preq.: 311 or c o m t of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced lwel.
Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet
individualinterests. In literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser)
GERMAN
(GER)
Major: Eight upper division courses, including 311; 411, one in civilization, and one
in literature. Semester in Germany required.
Minor: Four Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or
semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: Eve courses beyond 212, including one in conversation<omposition, one in literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses
must be Upper Division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, European History, another
language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
GER 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students
who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school
German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking,
understandingand reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199
Internship
Cower Division internship.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous
German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of
German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporaryGerman life and literature.
244
German Lierature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and
movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also
discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit
for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore
standing. On demand)
299
Independent Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German.
Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written
composition.
331
German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the
German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-EUIY)~~&
origins
(ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the
impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of
cultural selfawareness during the Middle Ages and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Rereq.:311 or consent of
332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment.
The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking
peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351
German Literature through the 18th Century
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and
Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussionsin Classic
and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on
the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in
&rman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352
German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism,Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions
help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
353
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of
international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings
in German with class discussionsare designed to aid students' selfexpression in German.(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399
lndependent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle
for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of
German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
451
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the
present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of
cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
452
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th Century to the present are
discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
499
lndependentStudy
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the A C E East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department.See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director for more information.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
289
Introduction to Llnguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general liiguistic principles,
with focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features
common to all languages) and psycholiiguistics (inquiry into the mechan-
ics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in
language).Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples
of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language
majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical
assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which
distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent
disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication
theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequaciesof traditional grammar. (On demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
NORWEGIAN
(NOR)
Major: Eight courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in
Norway required.
Minor: Four courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition,one in
civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation:A second foreign language, linguistics,
European history.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211
Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience
expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in
spoken Norwegian and to &fferences between the two official languages
of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent)
331
Norweglan Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects
of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in
Norwegian as much as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at
work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be
examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work (Preq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base
for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old
Norse literature. All genres are examined and considerableattention is
given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures,
readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or
equivalent)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention
given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience
required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg,both as part of
the Foreign Language Department and as part of the American Indian
Studies minor.
111,112 Beginnlng Ojibwe
Aimed to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe
at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Emphasis on spoken
Ojibwe, but secondary goals with be to develop reading and writing skills
as well. Courses taught with assistance of Ojibwe elders.
Through dialogues, classroom practice, oral stories from elders and
readings, these courses work toward the discovery of Ojibwe culture and
tradition. It will help Ojibwe students re-connect with their rich tribal
heritage (though all students are welcome).
Beginning Ojibwe 112continues to develop basic vocabulary and grammar
in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level.
Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Soviet and East European StudiesProgram,
which requires two years of language for the major. See Soviet and East
European Studies Program Campus Coordinator.
111,112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short
compositions and acquaintancewith Russian culture.Extensive use of the
language lab.
211,212 Intermediate Russian
Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking
with an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar
topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACT0
SPANISH(SPA)
Major:Eight courses above 212,including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354,
and either 331 or 332 Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minor:Four courses above 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in literature, one in civilization and two electives. All courses must be
Upper Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended.
Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, another language, preColumbian
civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult Department for other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginnlng Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding,
students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with two to
four years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See Global Education, Program in Global Community.)
249
Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing
various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through
background reading and class discussion in English the student is
acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a
major or minor in Spanish. Sophomorestanding preferred. (Ondemand)
261
Spanish Language
(See Metro-Urban Studies, South American Urban Semester (SAUS) and
Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correst expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work This
course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.:212 or
equivalent)
312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to i m p v e
oral and written e x ~ s i o with
n emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to
stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary
literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (Ondemand)
331
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world
civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic move
ments. In Spanish. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor)
I
332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the precolumbian avilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or
212, with consent of instructor.)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory
through reading, analyzingand discussing selected works of literature.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualifed students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. @rereg.:
311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
354
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern
Period. (Prereq.: one survey course)
457
Spanish Novel
Study of the outstandingnovelists of the 19th and 20th Century in Spain.
Oral and written reports in the language. (Rereq.:One survey course)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
GENEIRAL
STUDIES
(GST)
Some courseshelp to integrate learning around topics in ways which are
different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include
speciakd academic enrichment programs, an integrative p m s m h a r
created by cooperating faculty and offerings of the Center for Global
Education.
General Studies Faculty:Joel Mugge, Donald Warren
009
Cooperative Education
Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of
evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op
Education staff.No course credit.
140,141 Introductionto the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The
course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic
success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook
reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training,
career planning and making decisions.
230
Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community.)
The Center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, facilitates
crossculturallearning experienceswhich prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are
grounded in the p p e d i v e s of the poor and of others struggling for justice
and human dignity.
The Center for Global Education offersa Spring semester program, the
Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an
academic program that explores the history of political change, issues of social
justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Studentslive together as a
communityin the Augsburg Study Center, but wiU also live with Mexican
familiesin their homes for several weeks. The semester also includes a trip to
Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at
Augsburg. Coursesare offered for credit in the disciplinesas listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
macement level determined by Program Director.)
GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of minicourses offered in a number of
relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each minicourse
consists of 12 hours. Any four minicourses fulfill the requirements of the
seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required.)
INS 311 The Development Process
An integrative seminar providing opportunity to reflect critically on issues
of development, hunger, injustice and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and
educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will
be examined.
HIS 347 Mexico: An Historical Perspective
Four specific minicourses together provide an overview of Mexico's
historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day.
(Either this course or GST 230 required.)
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated
by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly
involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca.
(Prereq.: one course in religion or theology)
The Center for Global Education offers a semester program, Social Policy
and Human Services in Latin America, each fall in Cuernavaca, Mexico.
Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care have
evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt to teach
critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousnessand increase their ability to
work together to change their situations.SocialPolicy and Human !%mice in
Latin America is a three and one-half month study program designed to
introduceparticipants to the central issues currently facing the third world,
and to focus on Latin American models of education and serviceand their
contribution to the process of socialchange. These models have grown out of
the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with
the empowerment of individualsand groups to control their own lives.
The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to
full tuition, room and board at Augsburg College. Courses are o f f e d for
d t in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
POL 295 Development Issues: Latin America
A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly
changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and
development, economic change and international trade, diminishing
resources, war and revolution, peace and justice, cultural diversity.
Emphasis on the development of a global~Fspective which recokizes
human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and
priorities.
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs
Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are
involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping
networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal
government services and private initiatives.Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to w i a l work in
several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze
the current response to human needs in Latin America.
SWK 399 Internship
A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on
acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations
are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. Thae
are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to
Social Work maprs. One and onehalf years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement.
EDE IEDS 412 Latin American Models of Education
A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being
developed in Latin America. Studentswill apply their knowledge of
educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic
processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical
thinking, consciousness-raisingand cooperative problem-solvingExploring the transferabilityof these learning models to North America
will be a focus throughout the course.
SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work
- Upper Division or Sociology - lower division)
Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members
of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the
distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups,
the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that
have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies.
(Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as
SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5Independent Study to supplement the
North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on
the Augsburg campus.)
The Center for Global Education offers a second Fall semester program Women and Development Latin American Perspectives -in Cuemavaca,
Maico. It is a three and onehalf month intensive program of study and
travel designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Latin
America with emphasis on the experience of women. The program explores
gender roles in Latin America; women's roles in development; connections
that Latin American women are drawing between gender, race, class, and
global economics; and the ways in which liberation theology and feminism
interface.
The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent
to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit
in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are approved for credit in
Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's Studies,
depending on the mini-courses chosen.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency lwels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
INS 311 The Development Process
An integrative seminar pmviding opportunity to reflect critically on issues
of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special
emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development
and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies
will be examined.
POL 359 Toplcs: Women In Comparative Politics -Women In Latin
America
An examination of critical global issues affeding Latin America, and the
impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and internationaltrade,
political ideologies and revolution.
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated
by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly
involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca.
Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween women
and religious institutions. (Prereq.:one course in religion or theology)
POL 495 Seminar
Any three mini-courseoffered in POL 359 plus an independent study minicourse in order to do substantial research into one of the course themes.
Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in
their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It
is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in
professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical
activity. In addition, the N e d athlete as well as the occasional player will
find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities.
The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework
for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and
minor programs general education in Physical Education; men's and
women's intercollegiateathletic programs; intramural programs for men and
women; and athletic facilitiesfor developmental and recreational activities.
Department graduateshave traditionally found employment in educational
settings. Additional career opportunitiesare possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness
instructors, and in working with people with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), Brian
Ammann, Carol Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Jack
Osberg, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Pam Schreurs,Jeff Swenson.
Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;BIO 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105;SOC
231 or HPE 216,336.
Teaching Major: Same as Health Education major plus 355. Students wishing to
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320or 410;â¬310103;SOC 231 or HPE 216.
Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individualand the community.
Health and Safety Education (It2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes informationabout xhool health programs and prevalent health
needs, problems of school age children and American Red Cross Erst Aid
course.
Health and Chemical Dependency Education (It2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
Includes information about xhool health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children.
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student
to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career
alternatives.Studentsshould consult with the departmentalInternship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human
sexuality. Open to all students.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and
development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and
diseases. (Prereq.:All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100
and 200 series and consent of instructor)
Introduction to DevelopmentaltAdapted Physical Education
(112 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from
early childhood to grade 12and the role of school-based health and
physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students.
(Prereq.: HPE 243)
Tests and Measurement (112 course)
S m e y of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education.
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materi-
als in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community.(Prereq.: 320.Odd number years)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.
Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355;223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,
472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department
Chairperson for individualprogram planning.
Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243.There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 103), 475 (Prereq.: 350), a coaching
theory course from 476483,and pradicum in coaching (499is an optional method
for meeting the practicum requirement).
Notes: Coaches entering their first assignment as head coach in Minnesota high
schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota
teacher's license.
002,003 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education
requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department
Chairperson) No course credit
101
199
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify
personal health and fitness.
Internship
A workbased learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student
to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career
altematives. Studentsshould consult with the departmentalIntanship
Coordiitor regarding requirements and permission to register.
I
223
Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiatingteam sports.
231
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiatingindividual and dual
sports.
232
Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in
teaching and performing selected social dances.
243
History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport
History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
350
Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.:BIO 103)
35t
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.:
BIO 103)
354
Introduction to DevelopmentaVAdaptive Physical Education
(1 /2course)
(SeeHealth Education.)
355
Tests and Measurement
(SeeHealth Education.)
365
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education at the
elementary and secondary levels.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
471
Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decisionmaking for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.:243)
472
474
Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics.Opporhmityto teach and
perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and
skill analysis.
Swimming and Aquatics (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety.
Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors.
(Prereq.: swimming competenceas determined by pretest.)
475
476
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures.
(Prereq.:350. Even numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd
numbered years)
477
Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching basketball.
(Odd numbered years)
478
Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.(Odd
numbered years)
479
Coaching of Track and Field (112 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching track and field.
(Odd numbered years)
480
Coaching of Baseball/Softball(1/2course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coachingbaseball and
softball. (Odd numbered years)
483
Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd
numbered years)
499
Independent Study
D i e d intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to
junior or senior majors.
~
R
DEPARTMEW
Y
(HIS)
History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalistJ.R
Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institu-
tion can function without constant reference to past experience. We are
ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are
ruled by the collective memory of the past It is thememory of common
experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us
to deal more knowledgeablywith the continuitiesand changes in m m n t
issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by
developingconcepts and skills that enable one to deal with masses of
information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer
enjoyment of travel, cultural events and the broad reading enjoyed by the
educated person. Accordingy, history has long held a mapr role in the
liberal arts.This is true at Augsburg.
The Department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four
main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States and the
non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented
among professional historians; at present, some are in graduate schools
preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social
studies teachers in elementaryand secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history
majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides
one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for
personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices.
History Faculty: Richard Nelson (Chairperson), Orloue Gisselquist, Donald
Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen
Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be
Upper Division. A mapr must have at least one course (either survey or Upper
Level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a History mapr in combination with specified social science courses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more
information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: Eve courses, at least three of which must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign
language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: First year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses.
Distribution/general education credit is normally given only for courses 101-104.
200 level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students.
Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are
normally required to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper
Division course.
The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical
world of Greece and Rome and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th
Century.
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
The Modern Non-Western World
An introdudion to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
U.S. History to 1877
A survey of U.S. history from Jarnestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by the Civil War.
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to
consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and
events that have created the modern United States.
A Tale of Twin Cities: MinneapolisISt. Paul
A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area
as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban
history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization
and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and
urban politics and reform.
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiencesand contributions of selected women in
China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines and the state of Hawaii. Includes
a p s d i u a l perspective, gender and class issues, responses to impact of
modernization and Western education.
Directed Study
An opportunityfor a student to do readings or study on topics not
covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved
by the direding faculty member and the chairman of the Department
before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be
applied to the major.
Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the mapr historical events, personalities and political develop
ments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements
and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
Modern Chlna
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839.The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th Century.
Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan as a mapr world power in the
20th Century. Components of the course will include a study of the
distinctive fea-s
of the PreMeiji era, modernization factors since 1868,
interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological
problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
American Indian History: PreColombian to Modern
(See under INS, American Indian Studies.)
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign
policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is
stressed.
The American Century: The U.S. Since 1900
The interaction of popular ideas and formal thought within United States
society during a time of national ascendency and worldwide crisis and
unrest. Topics considered include American nationalistic exceptionalism,
social Darwinism, refonnism, racism, radicalism, liberalism, conservatism
and other ideologies and movements.
The American City
A study of the development of urban centers in the United States: their
colonial and frontier roots, their growth during the age of industrialization and immigration, and their adjustment to new realities in the late 20th
Century. Topics for study include the dynamics of urban growth, politics
and reform, urban planning, the growth of urban culture in America and
shifting definitions of community in U.S. cities and suburbs.
Mexico: An Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community.)
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times
through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks.Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and
political institutions.
361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 AD.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic
kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is
placed on personalities, the arts and sciences, and Rome's contributionsin
law and the political process.
370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the church and state
through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation.
399
Internship in History
A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper
Division students mapring in history. In this connection, students are
encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program.
440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included
in regular course offerings.The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
474
The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world,
considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European
empires in Asia and the Americas and concludes with the breakdown of
these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century.
495
Seminar
Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course
is designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admission by
permission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year.
499
Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged
to apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in
Independent Study may be applied toward the major.
The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experiencethe ways in which different academic disciplines
appmch similar questions and issues and to participate in interdisciplinary
learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing
a theme or topic you wish to study and then by taking courses in various
departmentsrelating to that theme.
The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in the
humanities but in such areas as science, business or social science to
broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second
major.
Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiirson),John Benson and Richard Nelson
Major: Nine courses, five of which must be Upper Division. Courses must be
selected from at least four of these seven departments -Art, English, Foreign
Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and
Theatre Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to
satisfy the requirement.
Note: Each student taking a Humanities major will focus on some particular theme or
Six of the nine
perspective which will constitute the core of the major .pcourses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet
the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and
must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of
the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be
created by the student in consultationwith an adviser in the humanities. Further
information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook
A student may not list a double major in Humanities and in one of the component
disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the Humanities major is
significantly different from the other major.
499
Independent Studies
Individual study and research on some interdisciplinaryhumanities topic,
worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved
by the Humanities Major Committee.
&CAN
INDIAN
Smm, ETHNICS m m & W O ~S m
Sm
InterdisciplinaryStudies covers a broad spectrum of experienceand
coursework. Through Interdisciplinarycourses, students gain greater
insight and understandingof cultures and perspechves different from their
own. Through these experiences studentsare better prepared to become
contributing members of the global community.
For other Interdisciplinarycourse listings, see Global Education Programs
and Metro-Urban Studies.
Courses listed in these areas may be used to fulfill the Urban Concerns,
Women's Studies or Minority Studies requirements under the general
distributionrequirements.Consult the General Education list for courses
which fulfillthe specihc Perspectives.
Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to minor in American Indian
Studies or Women's Studies.
The American Indian Studies program offers courses that encompass the
range of American Indian contributions to North American culture including art, religion, literature and history. Also offered m two begnning
courses in Ojlbwe (Chippewa),the original language of one of Minnesota's
native people.
Mildred Mueller, Coordinator
Minor:Five courses including INS 105 and at least one Upper Division course.
Indian Studies courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other
academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements.
INS 105 Introduction to American lndian Studies
An introduction to the content areas of American Indian Studies, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature,
federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, crosscultural influences, art, music and language. Required for American
Indian Studies minor.
OJB 111, OJB 112 Beginning Ojibwe
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa)
Indians including vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
The second course continues vocabulary, reading, writing, oral skills and
culture, with increased emphasis on comprehension.This course is crosslisted with the Foreign Language Department.
ENG 216American lndian Literature: Traditional and Modern
Comparative studies of tribal oral traditions, early writings and modem
literature written by or about American Indians. Problems of translation,
interpretation and exploitationwill be examined. Modern novelists, poets
and historians will be included. This course is cross-listed with the English
Department.
HIS 223 American lndian History: Pre-Columbian to Modern
The government, tribal structures, philosophy, agricultureand commerce
among the native people of North America are explored from p r e
Columbian eras through European exploration and settlement. American
Indian contributionsto world economics, agriculture, government,
architecture, art and philosophy are included, as are wars, treaties,
relocations and inter-governmentalrelations. This course is cross-listed
with the History Department.
INS 260 Contemporary American Indians
The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934)with an emphasis on current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty,
treaty rights and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/
cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United
States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In
addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific and
Southwest Indians, some content will include drama, dance, poetry,
mythology, rituals and religion. Students will produce art work such as
weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. This course is
cross-listed with the Art Department.
INS 320 American lndian Women
This course focuseson the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of
native North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over
time as well as changes in these roles as a result of the influence of
Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women of the
past and present and assesses the contributions made by women to Indian
community life today. (Rereq.:one course in Women's Studies or
American Indian Studies or consent of instructor) This course is applicable
to Women's Studies also.
REL 370 American lndian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Within these broad areas,the subjects of medicine,
healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual power are also
included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual
ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife. This course is cross-listed with the
Religion Department.
Also approved as an elective:
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
(See under Women's Studies.)
231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g.
African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism.This course
is cross-listed with the Religion Department.
232
Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the mapr issues
related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion,
art, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's
consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the
evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American
society.
Women's Studies values the experiencesand perspectives of women by
placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine women's
contributionsin life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to complement
other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women, addressing
misconceptions and raising new questions which spark further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership.
Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to
raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and existing
social practices, to recover past achievements of women and encourage the
work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to provide a basis for
decision making and critical evaluation of future learning.
mi no^: Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives, one of which must
be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC
colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written
approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
INS 199 Internship in Women's Studies
INS 201
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course is designed to raise awareness of women's
status and women's diversity; to critically examine disciplines and social
practices through the lens of feminist theory; to recover past achievements
of women and survey the work that women now do; to expand perspectives; and to provide a basis for critical evaluation of future learning.
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological,
evolutionaryand historical origins of women's roles a i d status in human
society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in
different cultures. This comparison will include such North American
models as the Navap, 0jib;e and Iroquois; African models such as the
Pygmies and other tribal groups; the peasant societies of eastern Europe,
Mexico, the Middle East and China.
INS 265 Women in American Culture
Through discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other
aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black
and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies
to the present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other
"invisible" women minorities will be included.
INS 281 Topics in Women's Studies
INS 311 Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives
(See Global Education Programs.)
INS 320 American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies.)
INS 399 Internship in Women's Studies
INS 481 Topics in Women's Studies
INS 495 Women's Studies Seminar
Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives.
INS 499 Independent Study
In consultationwith a faculty member and with the approval of the
Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study.
Required of minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar.
See department listings for descriptionsof the following approved electives from
other departments:
ART352 Women and Art
ENG 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction
HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the
20th Century
WL421 Topics in American Politics
POL459 Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371 Psychology of Gender
REL441 Feminism and Christianity
International Relations is an interdisciplinarymajor which offers the student
both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses
and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and
other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an
Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required and some
students study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studieswith considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin
America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia and others.
Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a
foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are
possible with the InternationalRelations major.
Norma Noonan, Director
Major: 13courses. (1) Seven required courses: ECO 112or 113, HIS 103or 104, POL
158or 160; two of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of
college work in a modem foreign language. (2) Six of the following electives (not
more than three from any one disciplinemay be counted toward the mapr): ECO
360,495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 350,351,381,382,455,459; Rn
356; SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and
courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of
the Program Direstor; fourth tern or higher of college work in a second language.
Minor:Seven courses and one year of foreign language. Required: ECO 112or 113,
E3IS 103or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One
year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for
the major. Not more than two courses from any department could count toward
the minor.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major;
prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13required
courses. Students should confer with the Program Director about regional and
disciplinaryconcentrations possible within the mapr, for example, a concentration
on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program.
At least since b t e s , scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics
in developing the skills of critical thinking, understandingabstrad concepts,
and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs
of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential for any liberally
educated person. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg
are intended to help develop these skills.
1
Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on
the development of civilization and the development of compute& has also
influenced modern society. To the extent that a liberal education must
include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of
these influences is important.
An increasingnumber of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department
serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields.
Majors within this Department are prepared for graduate school, work in
industry or service professions, with opportunities to focus on either the
theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. In fad, the Department
offers a concentration in applied mathematics as well as the more traditional
major. Internshipand Cooperative Education options help studentstake
advantage of Augsburg's proximity to the many technicaUy+riented enterprises in the city. Thus the Department aims to provide its own majors with
skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of m s .
MathematidComputer Science Faculty: Larry Ragland (Chairperson), Larry
Copes, LarryCrockett, Suzanne Dor&, Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Noel Petit,
Beverly Stratton, Stephen Zhang
Mathematics Major: Nine courses in mathematics including MAT 145,146,245,
246,324 and three electives from MAT courses above 210, at most one of which is at
the 200 level; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior
and senior years. Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270. At least two of the Upper
Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. For teaching licensure,
the three electives must be 351,373, and 441. Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for other require
ments.
Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics: Nine courses
including MAT 145,146,245,246,324 and three electives from MAT 327,328,355,
373,374, and approved topics courses (MAT 481). Also required: CSC 170 or CSC
270, PHY 121,122; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during
junior and senior years. A minimum of two Upper Division mathematics courses
must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor: Five courses, including 145,146,245, and 246 or 247, and one
elective from MAT courses above 300. For a teaching minor the additional course
must be selected from MAT 314,328,351,373,441.
Prerequisites/PlacementExam -Before enrolling in any mathematics course the
student must have placed appropriatelyon the Augsburg Mathematics Placement
Exam, or have completed college courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course
must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite.
The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except those
who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics course
taken at another college or who have passed the College Board Advanced Place
ment Exam. These students and those who place into Group V should consult with
the Department about appropriate courses to take.
103
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and
transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers,
ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals and evaluation of
algebraic expressions.Counts as one course in semester's load but does not
give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics
Placement Test. (kereq.:Placement Group I. P/N grading only)
104
Intermediate Algebra
A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic algebraic skills
and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational
expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions.
Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward
graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam.
(Prereq.: 103or Placement Group 11. P/N grading only)
114
Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 145. Students who have completed 124 or 145 may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
(Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111)
121
Finite Mathematics
Topics of finite mathematics (combinatorics,probability, matrices, linear
programming and graph theory) of primary interest to students in the
social and behavioral sciences, business and information science. Students
who have competed MAT 171 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or
Placement Group 111)
122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 or 145may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. )
124,125,224 Calculus I, ll, Ill
Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several variables
and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences,
integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily
for students in mathematics or the sciences. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement
Group IV for 124; 124for 125; 125 for 224)
131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group IID
145,146 AUGMENT Mathemetics I and II
The Augsburg Mathematics Enrichment Program provides exploration of
mathematical ideas. Attention will be paid to historical and philosophical
connections and to reading, writing and thinking in mathematics.
Includes calculus concepts such as: limit, continuity, derivative, antiderivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics from linear
algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability geometry, topology,
dfnarnical systems, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq: 114 or
Placement Group IV for 145; 145 for 146)
171
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics,
probabfity, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra
and graph theory of primary interest to students in Computer Science and
Mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 121 may register for
credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: Placement Group IV)
211
Number Theory
An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
215
Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices. (Prereq.: 224)
226
Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutionsby
special integral transforms; systems of differentialequations with matrix
algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224)
245,246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I & II
Topics introduced in 1 6 1 4 6 are further applied, generalized and
abstracted. Emphasis is on mathematical structures, logical reasoning and
proof formats. Additional topics include: multiple variable calculus,
vectors and vector spaces and linear transformations. (Prereq.: 146 for 245;
245 for 246)
247
Introduction to Applied Mathematics
Designed primarily for applied mathematics, preengineering and
physical science majors, this course includes additional topics from vector
calculus, differentialequations, complex functions and linear algebra.
(Prereq.: 245)
299
Directed Study
Independent Stuclyfor Lower Division credit. (Pmq.: Consent of imtmctor)
Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups,
rings, integral domains and fields. (Rereq.: 215 or 246)
Analysis
An introductionto the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous
study of mapr concepts used in the calculus and their applicationto more
abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224,246 or 247)
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
Complex Variables
An introductionto complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation
and integration, series, analytic functions, conformal mappings and
applications. (Rereq.: 224,246 or 247)
Modern Geometry
A study of transformational geometry including complex number
representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: 215 or 246)
Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of
computational problems and development of algorithms for their
solutions, applications of a procedur&riented programming language in
numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems,
interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224 or
245; CSC 170)
Probability and Statistics I
A study of the structure of modem probability, enumeration techniques,
special discrete and continuous probability distributions with applications
to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, Chebyshds inequality,
the central limit theorem. (kereq.: 224 or 245)
Probability and Statistics II
A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other
distributions and methods of estimation: point estimation, interval
estimation; hypothesis testing, regression and analysis of variance,
nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: 373 or equivalent)
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices
of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship
Supervisor.
Foundationsof Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of number systems.
(Prereq.: completion of or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or
328; or consent of instructor.)
481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract
algebra, topology, pmbability, statistics or computer science. (Prereq.: 314
and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.)
491
MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the
mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developmentsin the field and about interestingideas that don't
arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are
welcome. Sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors.
499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
Introductory Courses: 170,210, MAT 171 and MAT 124 or 145
Core Courses: 320,330,345,450
Computer Science B.A. Major: 11 courses including the four introductory courses,
the four core courses and three electives. The electives must be selected from MAT
355, MAT 373 and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two electives must
be selected from 270 or 271,340,352, and 445. At least two of the Upper Division
courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium
(CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors.
Computer Science B.S. Major: 16 courses including the four introductory courses;
the four core courses; 270 or 271,340,352,445, MAT 125 or MAT 146, MAT 224 or
MAT 245, MAT 215 or MAT 246, and one elective selected from MAT 355, MAT
373, and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two of the Upper Division
courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium
(CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Computer Science Minor: Six courses including the four introductory courses and
any two of the four core courses.
145
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming and computer applications,
as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with
computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply
toward either a computer science major or minor.
Structured Programming
An introductionto computers, problem-solving, algorithm development
and programming using Pascal. This course provides a foundation for
further studies in computer science. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 121or
MAT 122or BUS 279 or Math Placement Group IV)
Data Structures
Data structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and
sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods
using Pascal. (Prereq.: 170. Coreq.: MAT 121or MAT 171)
Electronics
(See PHY 261.)
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done
programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
COBOL
Study of COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student
has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in
some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a
programming language)
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms and tree and graph
traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP,
NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT
124or MAT 14.5)
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata,
computability and computational complexity. Topics include Turing
machines, Church's thesis, the halting problem and unsolvability.
(Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124 or MAT 145)
Digital Communicationsand Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing
systems, network protocols and securityand general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: 210)
Principles of Computer Organization
An introductionto computer architecture, processors, operating systems,
instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: 210)
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organiza-
tion and security, includingthe development of an elementary database
system. (Prereq.: 210)
399
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices
of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Computer Science
Internship Supervisor.
445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management,
interactions among major components of computer systems, and a
detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating
systems. mereq.: 345)
450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming
languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics,
BNF,parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures
and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: 210)
491
MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium
(See MAT 491.)
495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in
other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
METRDUANSTUDIES
(INS)
Metro-Urban Studies is a tramdisciplinary major and minor taught by
faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and
other related disciplines. The Metro-Uhan Studiesprogram seeks to blend
classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which focus the
content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process
of urbanization.
The M-Urban
Studiesmapr and minor a~ designed to provide underpduate pqaration forpostgraduate studiesin planning,&kchmI law, public
..
admmstmtion, environmental studies, social
government, community
organkition and theology. 7he program and collegewideurban mpkment
introduce studentsto the wide e e t y of developing mdated to urt.>an and
metropolitan affairs,equipping studentswith the analytical and theoreticaltmls
n q m e d to understand the metropolitancommunity.
Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the
quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan
opportunities afforded by the College's location The Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)and Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty:Garry W. Hesser (Director, SOO, Andrew Aoki
(POL), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY)
Major: 13 courses including POL 122 and 421; PSY 356; SOC 211 and 381; an
approved Urban History course; SOC 362 or ECO 279; SOC 363 or POL 484;an
Internship (399);and any four approved urban-related c o w . HECUA offcampus programs are highly recommended, especiallythe MUST Twin Cities
program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Micrc-Economics.
Minor: Three lower level Urban Studies courses, two of which must be POL 122 and
SOC 211; and two upper division courses from the following:POL 421; PSY 356; SOC
381 or Internship (399), with the Internship highly recommended where appropriate.
Other combinations are feasible if approved by the Director of the Program.
199
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty.memberand
site supervisor design a learning apmnent which enables the student to
exploremetro-urban studies as a mapr and consider its career alternatives.
Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regardjig requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Wee.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of
instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211)
399
lnternship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of metmurban studies with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the terrn/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
b
-
498
lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. ledures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is
designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty
member. (Prereq.:POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor)
499
lndependent Study
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.:
POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor)
URBAN STUDIES~ O N THROUGH
S
HEWA
Augsburg co-foundedand plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortiumfor Urban Affairs (HECUAIIa consortiumof 17 colleges and
universities.Augsburg's Metro-Urbandirector served as its president from
1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg studentshave access to five
interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional qualityI located in
ScandinaviaISouth AmericaI Central America and the Twin Cities.
This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings conned experiences and direct observation
with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social
inequality and unequal urban development. Competingtheories and
strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined and
assessed in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people
who challengeit.
359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing-views on the Twin Cities
"civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews
and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories
and strategies for explaining and overcoming it.
399
Internships (2 credits)
Internshipsplace students with sponsoring organizations that provide
supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week
Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments
and writing to meet the objectives of the internship.
n. SGWDINAVIAN
URBAN
STUDIES
TERM(SUST)
This interdisciphary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and
examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia.
372
Norwegian Language
Intensivelanguage instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature.
Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department.
377
Scandinavia in the World
Global perspedives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and
their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, EastWest relations, European security, trade and the Thii World. Emphasis
on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for
discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives.
393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as
reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian
history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a
variety of media.
394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformationsfrom rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative
perspective.
499
Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option
of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language
skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the
appropriatehome college faculty adviser.
III.SOUTH
AMERICAN
URBAN
SEMEER (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in either Quito, Ecuador, or
Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and developmentin the
Third World.
261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language
emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS
program and field work.
361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics,
culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus on
economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin
America.
362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implicationsfor social change in Latin
America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies'and urban elites.
Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and
applied to Latin America.
363
Wealth, Poverty and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on
field study in bamo communities and site visits to public and private
agenciesdealing with urban problems.
499
Independent Study
Studentswith advanced Spanish a= required to prepare an Independent
Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required,
supervision by a professional at a local college or research institution or by
SAUS faculty.
N.CITY ARE
This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship
between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides
rich sources for the program.
330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers
and community organizers for understanding the difkrencesbetween
formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and
participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and
culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions
integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social
change and activism.
399
Internships (2 Credits)
Internshipsinvolve participation in an ongoing project with an individual
artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of
learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement
varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences.
A Spring semester interdisciplinaryprogram that examines relationships
among literature, ideology and society and how these shape perceptions of
socialrealities.
360
Latin American Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
Study of selected literary works that illustrate s d &ties and express a
variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change.
Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as
manikted in major artistic periods.
364
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships
among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by
theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America.
367
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to
development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their
implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependencia
and Marxism.
499
Independent Study
All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design
approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and
others appropriate for Spanish language credit.
(See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)).In the ACTC Class
Schedule, Minority Studies courses are listed under Ethnic Studies.
Music has the power to move and change us. Whether we experience music
as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds a significant and satisfying
dimension to our lives. As a college of the church, Augsburg celebrates the
study of music as one of the @Is of God. Music in the Christian liberal arts
setting reflects Augsburg's mission of educating the whole person.
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and
music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human
history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have
the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental ensembles
which perform locally, nationally and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of
Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education
needs of students and offers professional training in music. The Music major
combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide
range of graduate and professional opportunities. Studentsmay choose
from among four maprs in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts-Music
Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor of Music-Music
Education Major, and Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunitiesas professional musicians, teachers of music, and
music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders
in the professions and business regard a liberal arts mapr as an excellent
preparation for satisfymgand effective service in many occupational areas.
I
1
Music Faculty: Thomas Rossin (Chairperson), Trudi Anderson, Laine Bryce, John
Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Andy Heglund, Mary Homzaniecki, Kenneth Huber,
Robert Karlkn, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz,Cynthia Lohman, Steven Lund,
Charles McDonald, Roberta Metzler, Celeste (YBrien, Gordon W. Olson, Lila Olson,
Sandra Powers, Nicholas Raths, Robert Stacke, George Stahl, Angela Wyatt
Music Coordinato~Mary Ella Pratte
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program.
Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (LevelI1
repertoire) in their mapr performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then
apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of
study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies.
Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarshipmust
have the recommendation of their ensemble director or private lesson instructor.
Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, s u b j j to Departmental approval of a performance hearing and petition during their first semester in
residence. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the
first class meeting of MUS 101 or 102.
Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the Department during the
sixth term of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the
Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program.
Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses are
necessary for the education licensure program.
All other music major and minor candidates must apply, by petition, to the
Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses.
Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, followingapplication,
during summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration, or during the first week of the school year.
Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from
among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A
faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and
certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate
quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble; conducting
an ensemble concert; or combinations of the above. Consult the Music Department
Student Handbook for more information.
Core Curriculum (requiredof all majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311,
312,341,342 or 344; eight quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance Studies
and recital quirements as given under each specific degree and major. (See
Applied Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education
requirements.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major: Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student
for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities.
Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter
one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose
this course of study.
Requirements: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music
elective; Performance Studies -six quarter courses and two half courses in the major
instrument or voice, two quarter courses in the minor jnstrument or voice and a half
senior recital (Music 458); keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire
tests.Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information.
Requirements for the Music Minor: Six course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or
232; 341; 342 or 344;four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses in Performance Studies.Music minors must pass one
Music Repertoire test.
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become
teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework
which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementarythrough the
secondary levels.
Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202,212; Performance
Studies -two quarter courses, four half courses, two full courses in the mapr
instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half
junior recital (MUS 358) and a full senior recital (MUS 459); improvisation compe
tency on mapr instrument or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing three Music
Repertoire tests, and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2 5 in all music courses and in
the major performance medium.
Vocal emphasis -MUS 251,252,253,254,435
Instrumental emphasis -MUS 151,155, and one course credit of music elective
Other requirements:10 and onehalf course credits: HPE 114,115; PSY 105; EDS
265,354,355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Student Handbook and program adviser.
Music Performance Major: Designed for students who display advanced compe
tence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by
students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who
intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance.
Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202,212; Performance
Studies-two quarter courses and six full courses in the mapr instrument or voice;
two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals
358,459; keyboard proficiencytest, passing three Music Repertoire tests and
achieving a cumulativeGPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more
information.
Vocal Emphasie MUS 251,252,253,254,435, one course of music elective, two
courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements.
Piano or Organ Emphasis- 301,302,436,456, one-half course credit of music
elective.
Instrumental Emphasis MUS 301,302, one and onehalf course credits of music
electives.
Bachelor of Science
Music Therapy Major: Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration
with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and prepares students for
the professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for
Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become
registered music therapists.
Requirements: 18course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music
elective; two of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479;
Performance Studies -six quarter courses in the mapr instrument or voice, two
quarter COW
in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458;
keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and
achieving a minimum grade of 2.5 in each music therapy course. Other require
ments: EDS 282,356,357,358; PSY105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification
examination.
Applied Music
Ensembles (MUD:
One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members
of mapr ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no credit.
Traditional grading is required for music maprs and minors in ensemble courses.
The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading,
or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two
course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies for credit:Four synergistic elements are required -lessons,
jury examination at end of each semester, performance workshop, and listening
attendance at concerts, recitals and performance workshops).
Areas of Concentrations
The music mapr/minor student must declare an area of concentration. A secondary area, required of Music Education students, necessitates additional lessons, jury
examination and performance.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available
for all students in the following categories:
No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter course credit -one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per
week
One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per
week
One course credit -two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of practice per
week.
Performances: All students registered in PerformanceStudies for credit must
perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a
faculty panel, and additional performances as required by the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in Performance Studies for credit are required to
attend eight designated music events during each semester. Failure to attend the
required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, mapr ensemble concerts, or other
designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in
Performance Studies. Music maprs must pass a total of three Music Repertoire
tests; music minors must pass one. (Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for contents of Music Repertoire tests.)
Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music
faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a
prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance Major recitals. Concurrent registration in Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for
recital performance.
Students should carefully read the Music Department Student Handbook and
consult continually with their applied teacher. The following guidelines provide an
outline of requirements and procedures which must be followed by all recitalists.
Departmental Sponsorship
Recitals required for the fulfillment of the BM., BA., or B.S. degree requixements or
Honors Major will be sponsored by the Music Department. Other student recitals
may be departmentally sponsored.
Duration and Repertoire Level
All departmentally sponsored recitals must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in the College Catalog and Repertoire Lists available in the
Music Department.
1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS358) will be one-half hour in duration, and will
be at repertoire Level 111for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at
Level IV for Music Performance majors.
2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration at repertoire
Level IV for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level V for Music
Performance majors.
3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS458) will be one-half hour in duration at
repertoire Level 111.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test. (Consult the Music
Department Student Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency test.)
Many music courxs are offered in alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class
Schedule or the Music Department for course offeringsin each term.
Theory
101
Materials of Music 1 (112 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing.
102
Materials of Music 11 (112 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations.
Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight
singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.:
concurrent registration in or completion of 101)
Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102.
(Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102)
Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.:
102)
Form and Analysis (1/2 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
Century practice. (Prereq.: 201)
Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201.
(Prereq.: 112and concurrent registration in or completion of 201)
Aural Skills IV (1/2 course)
Further developmentof listening skills to parallel progress in 202.
(Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202)
Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course)
16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double
counterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211)
Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course)
Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Soenberg,
Bartok, Hidemith, Stravinskyand Carter. (Prereq.: 301)
Composition 1 (1/2 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound,ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple
forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed.
Composition 11 (1/2 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instmental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. Contemporarytechniques, atonal systems and larger
forms are studied and used.
Basic Conductlng (1/2 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature.
Choral Conducting (1/2 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir.
344
InstrumentalConducting (112 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced
conductingtechniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles.
History and Literature
130
Introductionto Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For
non-music majors.
230
Electronics in Music
Ekploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The
study and application of practical eledronictechnology used in music will
be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the
art. For non-music majors.
231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.:112,
201)
232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.:112,201)
330
Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural
relationship. For the general as well as the music student.
The following four half courses a~ extensive studies of special eras in the history of
music. (Prereq.:231,232)
331
Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course)
332
Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course)
333
Music of the Romantic Period (112 course)
334
Music of the 20th Century (112 course)
432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemp*
rary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and
theology student.
435
Voice Repertoire (1I2 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232)
436
Piano Repertoire (112 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by
listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.:231,232)
498
lndependent Study (1/2 course )
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
499
lndependent Study
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
Technique
151,152 Voice Methods (114 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155,156 Piano Methods (1I4 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity,simple accompaniment and music reading
skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. (Prereq.: MUS 101)
157,158 Guitar Methods (114 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251
English Diction (114 course)
Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing.
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all
students rqjstered for vocal instruction.
The following three quarter courses are continuations of 251 with application for
the Italian, German and French languages.
252
Italian Diction (1I4 course)
(Prereq.:251)
253
German Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.:251)
254
French Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251)
358
Junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level III for Music Education Majors; full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No
course credit.
456
Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
458
Senior Recftal
Half recital by BA. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course
d t .
459
Senior Recital (1 12course credit)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
faculty committee.Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and
Level V for Music Performance maprs.
Therapy
110
Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to
various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and
sophomores consideringmusic therapy as a major to give students a
broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy.
(Interim only)
271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applicationsof
recreational music activities to cliical settings.
274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis
on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding
of the research process and developmentof an experimental research
project.
373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talent, and performance.
374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
472
Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on
psychological, cultural and biological aspects of musical behavior.
Understanding of the theory of music therapy.
473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussionsof theories and research as they apply to therapeutic
settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with music.
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prenq.:three of 274,275,374,375)
479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship (112 course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months.
Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
These musical organizationsexist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is
determined by audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrange
ment with the ensenibledirector. Assignment to an ensemble is then made
at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire
academic year which, on occasion, includesInterim.
While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel
Choir will satisfy the major, minor or distribution/general education
requirements. Instruments are available for rent.
111 Augsburg Choir (114 course)
112 Chapel Choir (Y4 course)
114 Advent Vespers Choir (0)
121 Orchestra (Y4 course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131Woodwind Ensemble (0)
141 Concert Band (Y4 course)
142 Brass Ensemble (0)
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are
available to the non-music major or minor. AU lessons are adapted to the
individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented
by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following
expectations:No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor
-Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors -Enter I and attain III; B.M. Education
Major -Enter I1 and attain IV;B.M. Performance Major -Enter 11 and
attain V.
l l x Voice
14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,Baritone, Tuba
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello,
15x Piano
Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe,Bassoon,
Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute
Recorder, Horn
4
16x Guitar
Percussion
18x Organ
19x Harp
Note carefully the following provisions:
1.Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes.
2. Senior music maprs who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in their
mapr instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarshipwhich
provides for free lessons in that mapr medium during the two semesters preceding
graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen.
3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the
Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
4. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher
at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a
lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
5. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College
Music Department.
The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide
strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure
requirements.
The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in
science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs
assume that the student will meet the distribution/general education
requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors,the
courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical
sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of
Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is
essential.
Arlin Gyberg, Coordinator
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend
candidates in:
Life Science, grades 7-12
Life Science (minor), grades 7-12
Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12
Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12
Physics (minor), grades 7-12
Middle School Science, grades 5 9
Broad Base Requirement: Seven courses: two in Earth Science (Astronomy or
Meteorology, Geology), two in General Biology, three in Physical Science (Physics
for the Life Sciences or a year of General Physics, and two courses of General
Chemistry).
Biology Major (For licensure in L
ife Science):The Broad Base requirement plus
eight courses: seven BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the
following p u p s : 0351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or 353 (Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology), (ID 355 (Genetics) or 474 (DevelopmentalBiology), (III)361 (Plant
Biology) or 481 (Ecology), (W) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology),
(V) 440 (Plant Physiology)or 476 (Microbiology),and one course in Organic
Chemistry.
Chemistry Major (For licensure in Physical Science):The graduation major in
Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (GeneralChemistry) (or 105,106), 351,352 (Organic
Chemistry), 353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (PhysicalChemistry), 363
(PhysicalChemistry Laboratory), one Advanced Chemistry course, and Chemistry
Seminar.In addition, a year of General Physics and two additional physics courses
above General Physics. Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Physics Major (For licensure in Physical Science): The graduation major in Physics:
PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (ModernPhysics), 351 (MechanicsI), 362
(Electromagnetic F'ields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and three additional
courses to be selected from 261 (Electronics),352 (MechanicsII), 363 (Electromagnetic Fields 11), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488 (Quantum
Physics II). In addition, a year of General Chemistry and one course each of Organic
Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry.
Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus seven
courses in Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistry minor-and an additional Upper
Division course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus one additional course above
PHY 122.
Science (For Middle School Licensure -grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirement and
an additional seven Natural Science courses, two in Earth Science (Meteorology
and Mineralogy or equivalent), two Biology courses above General Biology, and
three in Physical Science, at least one each in Chemistry and Physics above the level
of General Chemistry or General Physics.
Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it is a program for licensure. Students
must still complete a college major.
Professional nursing is a scholarly discipline that offers a unique service to
individuals, families and communities as they pursue goals to promote,
maintain or restore their health. This service, as defined by the profession, is
the diagnosis and treatment of human responses to actual or potential
health problems.
The xope of professional nursing practice is changing and expanding.
Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ
from those in the past. Today nurses work not only in hospitals and clinics
but in corporations, government agencies, communities and their own
independent practices; they are direct care-givers, researchers, teachers,
leaders, managers, administrators and consultants.
The expanding practice of professional nursing mpkes practitioners who
are liberally educated in the humanities, in the natural and social sciences
and in nursing theory and methodology, and who are critical thinkers and
ethical decision-makers.The nursing major, informed by study in the liberal
artstradition and nursing theory, process, and research, prepares registered
nurses for professional practice based on knowledge, reasoned inquiry and
professional values.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a
major in Nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse registration
in Minnesota. With one additional course, they are eligible to apply for
School Nurse certification.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate
degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point
average of 25; a w e n t license to practice as a registered nurse in the state
of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition,
introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take
these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior
to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology,
psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward
distribution/general education requirements as well as toward admission to
the major. All prerequisite courses must be taken using the traditional
grading system and must have been completed at the 2.0 level or above.
Courses with grades below 2.0 must be repeated or challenged satisfactorily.
In addition, applicants must validate their theoretical knowledge via written
testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg
through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of
current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include
1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion
of a nursing refresher course, or an acceptableequivalent
All students are required to take the NLN Baccalaureate Comprehensive
Examination during the last semester of their senior year.
Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marian Enos, Sharon
Ostwald, Pamela Weiss-Faman, Teri Welcher
Major: 10 courses in Nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403, 404,423,
427; an approved Upper Division science course; and an ethics course, either PHI
380 or REL 483. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the required
science and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the
Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required.
Courses in the Nursing major are offered on weekends with clinical courses requiring
additional weekday time. The courses are designed so that the mapr may be
completed within three years. However, more time may be required to complete the
total course of study depending on the number of d t s transferred from other
colleges or universities.Studentsin nursing may take non-nursing courses in both
day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the Nursing mapr
should consult with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; applicationto the
Department Chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by
Nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April
15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis.
305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
This is a transitional course that introduces the componentsof the pro&
sional role and begins the professional wcialkation process. The
communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse
client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are
explored for their applicabilityto changing professional ro1'es and practice.
A teaching project is required. (Rereq. or current enrollment: an a p
proved Upper Division science class)
306
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of
professional development is provided in this course. The function of
theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing
conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Clinical application of a holistic
health assessment is required. (kereq.:305)
310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuseson community health delivery systems and the
practice of public health nursing. Concepts of health are examined as they
apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content includes the assessment of an elderly person and
definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific community.
Ethical issues related to community health decision-making with aggre
gate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330)
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum*
This course provides a clinical experiencein the practice of public health
nursing in which the student provides direct care to culturally diverse
clients and groups. The student will provide care to both disease and
disability and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a specific
community system and the community's provision of health related
s e ~ c e s(Prereq.:
.
310)
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for
nursing practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment)
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and the methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored.
Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice.
(Prereq.: 330)
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing of culturally diverse
families throughout the life span. Content includes family as a social
system and explores theories related to family structure and functioning
as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to
the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 350. To be taken prior
to or concurrentlywith 423.)
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as
emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and
advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism.
(Prereq.:403)
Practicum In Nursing I: Nursing of the Family*
This is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunityto apply
content from 403 in providing nursing care to complex families in a
selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment)
Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management*
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected
practice setting. (Prereq.: 404)
Topics in Nursing
This course is designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics
in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and
interests of the students and faculty. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent
of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study
a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and
submit written study proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation
prior to registration.
*If the pracficums in nursing me not taken concurrently with their respectice theory
courses, students me required to consult zvithfaculty prior to registration regarding reztiezv
of the theoretical content.
The Philosophy Department assists students to understand issues raised in
the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of
knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values
and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals am to instill in students a love of
truth, to inspire a curiosity about the sipficance and meaning of the world
they experience and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative
synthesis.
The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore
different aspects of the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines.
Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arts by encouraging students to
explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong,
the world and God.Ekpmng with two Somatic principles: "The
unexamined life is not worth living" and l'Know yourself," the study of
philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for
understanding and self-fulfillment
Four courses in the history of philosophy -begmmng with the ancient
Greeks and Romans and continuing through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present -form the core of the philosophy program. In
these courses students are taught how to read, understand and criticize
great texts of Western civilization.
In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to other disciplines and to take advanced seminarsin special topics.
This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily have two
majors. Though some majors go on to graduate school in philosophy, most
use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine
or the Christian ministry. Many enter the marketplace, confident that the
study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically.
I
Philosophy Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiierson), David Apolloni, Kenneth
Bailey, Mark Fuehrer, Paul Holmer
Major: Nine courses, including 230,241,242,343,344, and a course in the 400s
(other than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty.Such recommendations will be made at the end of
the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic
of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of
this thesis before the faculty of the Department.
Minor: Five courses including two from 241,242,343, and 344.
I
110
Introduction to Philosophy
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely
have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed
skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunityto examine
critically some of the ideas basic to Western culture. The purpose of this
course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas
and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to
evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs.
120
Ethics
Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping studentsto consider the basis
which they use to make moral judgments. The course explores the rnapr
philosophical approachesto evaluating moral actions and then applies
these approaches to contemporary personal and social moral issues. This
enables students to be aware of the nature of value disputes, the different
perspectives taken and the reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout
the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking
120 may not take 125.
125
Ethics and Human Identity
This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding,
feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by
asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assessing the role of
reason, will and passion with respect to this end, and then deciding on the
moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of
friendship and human loves is investigated next. The course ends with an
analysis of human happiness. Students taking 125 may not take 120.
230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn
the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course
focuses on inductive reasoning.
241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and
analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other
philosophical schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied:
Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism, in order to familiarizethe
student with the other elements that constitute classical philosophy.
242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesisof elements of Christian
revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course
students will read writings by St. Anselm, St. Bonaventure, Occam, St.
Thomas Aquinas, Hildegard and Nicholas of Cusa in order to understand
the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructinga
Christian philosophy. Sincethe Renaissance intensified the medieval
synthesis, students willbe exposed to the thought of Pico, Ficino and
Bruno.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
343
Historyof Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Does knowledge begin with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get
beyond our own concepts to know the world itself! What is an idealistic
view of the world? This course studies the mapr rationalists of the 17th
Century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz), the mapr empiricists of the 18th
Century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy and
19th Century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard,
Nietzxhe). (Suggestedprior course, 241 or 242)
344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy
What lies behind 20th Century philosophys love affair with language? Is
truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous
science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major
representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism and
phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 241,242 or 343)
350
Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so,
what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with
human and animal suffering? Are miracles possible? Are we really
immortal? We will conduct a systematicinquiry into these questions
which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion 350)
355
Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianismand Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy)
360
Political Philosophy
By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquityup to the
modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions
concerning the organization of human society.The relation of the nature
of the state to religion, the home and the aty will be looked at through the
eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli.
365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores whether scientists' knowledge of the world is
profoundly different from and better than that of the nonscientist, what
constitutes scientific knowledge and the degree of certainty yielded by the
methods used by scientists to attain knowledge. In addition to dealing
with these questions, students will work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course,
230 or one course in natural science)
370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
paradox. (Suggested:one prior course in philosophy)
380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia.
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem or
interdisciplinaryproblems. S e m iformat. May be taken more than once
for credit. (Suggestedprior courses: any from 241,242,343,344 or consent
of instructor)
430
Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers. Seminar
format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses:
241,242,343 or consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to
the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
See Health and Physical Education
Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their
aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in
previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of
controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the
study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of
galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to
the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinatingand expanding area of study
and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal
arts disciplines and contributesto society's understandingof such areas as
energy, weather, medical science and space exploration
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing M e n g e ,
the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but
also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects
challenges to arise, be met and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment and an interest in experimental techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in
Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees
at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics
provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in
related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmentalscience, engineering and medical and health related fields.
In addition, the Physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportiverole
for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer
science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineeringprogram with
degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelois
and the advanced degree levels.
The Department maintains active research programs through its Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work each academic year
and summer as research assistants in these efforts, which are supported by
NASA, the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies.
The Department also administers Augsburg College's portion of funds
designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, fundedby
NASA.
Cooperative Education, Internship and Undergraduate Research programs
provide opportunitiesfor students to apply their physical science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, govemmental and academic settings. Studentsmay participate in alternating term
Co-op programs or work part-time during two or moR academic terms.
Internship opportunitiesalone generally involve only one semester.
The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the
non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding
of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic
starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to
follow new developments with some degree of comp~hension.
Physics Faculty Kenneth Erickson (Chairperson),Stuart Anderson, Mark
Engebretson, JeffreyJohnson, Robert Stenstrom,William Momma.
Physics Research Staff: Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, Miriam Peterson,
David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences.
BA. Major:Nine courses, including 121,122,245,351,362,363,395 and 3% (onehalf course each), plus two courses above 122.
B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396
(one-half course each), and 486, plus two courses above 122. A year of introductory
chemistry is also required.
B.S. Major with Concentrationin Space Physics: 13courses, including 121,122,
245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 3% (one-half course each). 420 and 486,
plus one course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the Physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124or 145,
125or 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245 and
226 or 247 during the sophomoreyear.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to
the Education Department section of the Catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3 5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
Minor: Five courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students
provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society
and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership
in SPS is open to all students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a
minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper
third of their class.
101
Astronomy
A descriptivecourse covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In
addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from
early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instnunents are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celestron and a threeinch Questar. Night viewing and laboratory
sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11)
103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a
broad survey of physics. The course stresses a hands-on intuitive a p
proach to physics and is designed to serve students in biology and
education. (ll-me onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 111)
106
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.The course is
designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles
required for kderstanding weather and climate. Attention will be given
to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects
of weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tomadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting,
the influence of weather on pollution, fronts, cyclones and optical
phenomena of the sky. Laboratory exercises are included as an integral
part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the
distribution/generaleducation requirement for the liberal arts student.
(Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11)
111
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical
science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its
associated technology with philosophy, religion and culture. Study of
mechanics, electricity and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of
the meaning of 20th Century physics and of the role of electronics and
computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in
the laboratory. (Three onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Praeq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 11)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion,
thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for Physics
majors, Pre-Engineering students and other specified majors. Must be
taken in sequence. ('Tluee one-hour lectures, %hour
laboratory.
Prereq.: MAT 124 or 145, or concurrent registration)
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore physics as a major and consider its career alternatives.
Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modem physics from an historical and experimental
basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear
and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
F'rereq.: 122)
261
Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises
the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital
electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and
microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122or 125 or 146)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
320
Introductionto Space Science
A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary,
magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics. Topics
include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms and
magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and a m r a .
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245)
327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
An introduction to mathematical physics at an intermediate level, with
emphasis on functions which have been developed to aid in analyzing
problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex
numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series
solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other
orthogonal functions, partial differential equations and functions of a
complex variable. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122or consent of
instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent.)
351,352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of
motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (Three orle-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226 or 247)
362,363 ElectromagneticFields I, II
The classical electromagneticfield theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's kuations, electric and magnetic properties of materials and
the theory of electromagneticradiation based on Maxwell's equations.
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247)
395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each)
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including
participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics,
thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism,
optics and modem physics. (One threehour laboratory and one seminar
hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of physics with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, intaestd students should consult with the
departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and
permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate
placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
420
Plasma Physics
A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma
parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic
fields, kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function and
Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, plasma waves and
instabilities and transport processes. The applicationsof plasma physics to
laboratory and space plasmas will be emphasized. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: 362,363 or concurrent registration)
481
Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperatureis
an important variable. The subject is developed from two independentyet
complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical
thermodynamicsand the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics.
(Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 351)
486
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Sduoedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values,
angular momentum and approximation methods. Specific problems
studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. (Three onehour lecture. Prereq.: 295,
351)
488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics
and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:486)
499
Independent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematicallya problem in
experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval.
P O ~SCIENCE
L DEP-
(POL)
Firmly grounded in the liberal artstradition, political science has mots in the
humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical
analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and sigruficanceof authority in human
affairs establish the focusof political science; because politics is a central and
enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human
concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The
student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and
values, investigatepolitical cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare
political systems and develop perspectives on international relations. In the
process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal
arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history and
sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies
the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in
public adminstration, public policy analysis, law and other professions. It
also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications and other fields. Lqplative and other Intemships, as well as si@cant independent research projects, are within easy
reach of Augsburg Political Science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special
opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a
successful career.
Augsburg Political Science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as
speual strengthsin interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental
faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it
does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of
informed choice in human affairs, is an important as@ of liberal learnings.
Political Science Faculty Norma Noonan (Chairpason), Milda Hedblom,
Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Morris, Myles
Stenshoel
Major: Nine courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122or
160 or 170; 158; 484; and at least five other Upper Division courses in fourout of
five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for
that area.
Honors Major:The Honors Mapr in Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5 in
the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and
a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors
Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any
member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the Departmental Chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors
Major no later than the first term of the junior year.
Minor: Five courses, including 121or 122or 170; 158; and at least three Upper
Division courses in three out of five political science areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics, (ID Comparative
Politics and Analysis, (III) InternationalPolitics, (IV)Public Law and (V)Political
Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in
only one area toward major or minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a Political Sciencemajor
in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political
ideas, the pattern of participation, the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking, and current issues in American
society.
122
Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors and
strudures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation and meetings with political experts and
activists.
325
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in
the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizingpolitical and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor.)
E
326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizingpublic opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties
and interest p u p s and media in presidential elections (optionalin nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor. Fall term of electionyears.)
342
Mass Communications In Society
Effects of mass communicationson individual behavior; the uses and
control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study
of censorship, newsmaking entertainmentand public affairs programming. gunior and senior students only.)
370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
371
Topics in Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
421
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executiveor judicial process and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus;topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent
of instructor. On demand.)
II. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process, with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporaryissues.
350
Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies,
focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
351
Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (F'rereq.:
one course in politid science or consent of instructor)
359
Topics: Women In Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored.
Themes will vary. (Prereq.: One course in political science or consent of
instructor)
459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and
comparisons of political p m s s e s such as political participation, communications, political developments, political change and revolution. Topic
to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor. On demand.)
Ill. lnternational Politics
160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including
the dynamics of the international system, theories of international
relations and a focus on recent problems.
363
Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
461
Topics in lnternational Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
490
Seminar in lnternational Relations
Capstone semjnar for students mapring in International Relations;
analysis of some methods for studying internationalrelations; analysis of
mapr trends; senior thesis. Open to other studentsby consent of instructor. (kereq.: four courses in the International Relations sequence)
IV. Public Law
170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and
society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary
legal issues.
370
Constitutional Law
The legal-plitical-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of
powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170
or consent of instructor)
371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in Constitutional Law, especially Civil Rights. Content will
vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (preq.: 170 or consent of
-. -.--,
:- -.
375
Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics
A study of key issues and contemporaryconflicts in media ethics and
regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the
media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative
justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined.
(Prereq.: Lower Division political science course, speech/communications
course, SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section 11for description)
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasiig the values, goals
and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
381
Topics in DemocraticTheory
A study of democratic theory. The s u b j j matter will vary and be defined
by the subtitle of the course: American political thought, comparative
democratic theory, etc. (prereq.:one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
382
Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political,
social and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the
preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.:158or consent of
instructor)
484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for
political study; mapr research required. (F'rereq.:SOC 362 Statistical
Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the Department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship
Supervisor grants exception.)
295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (On demand)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
399
lnternshlp
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prerq.:
consent of instructor. P/Ngrading only unless Internship Supervisor
grants exception)
484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of &fferent approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examinationof the requirements of science as a model for
political study; major research required. (Prereq.: SOC 362 Statistical
Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
490
Seminar in International Relations
(See W o n 111for description)
495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerningterms and
subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
498
lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independentlydesigned course a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p
sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional College resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499
IndependentStudy
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(prey.: consent of instructor)
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides
a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal
education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studyinghow people cope with their
environment and interact with each other.
The Department's courseshave three basic goals: (1)to introduce the
student to the m m n t information and methods in psychology as well as
earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability to
analyze, interpret and evaluate behavioral researchIand (3) to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The Department program
provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Cooperative
Education and Internships are designed to provide students with practical
pre-professional experience.On-thepb experience gives students the
opportunity to test career fields and develop professional contacts.
Psychologistsuse a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the
Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology,
human development, personality and computer applications.
The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving
approach, the acquisition of information about human development and
interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be beneficial
in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and
government, as well as in careers such as research, law and medicine.
Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire
practical, pre-professional experienceand develop professional contacts.
This program mutually benefits the students and the community.
I
I
Psychology Faculty Nancy Steblay (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud,
Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 105,230,330,381,399, and 493. A minimum of five
courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also acpeded to select one course
from the Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the
mapr. Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted
toward requirements for a mapr. It is recommended that Psychology majors take
additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their
particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration, biology or communication.AU psychology maprs must have an adviser in the
Psychology Department.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the mapr program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department
Chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: Five courses including 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg.
Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
101
Self-Identity and Values
A study of self-identity and values as related to personal l i i . This course
uses a psychological perspective to explore the role of the individual in
the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, develop
ment and evolution of self-identity and values and the influence of sex
roles. (This course does not substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto
Upper Division psychology courses.)
102
The Individual in a Social World
An investigation of the behavior of the individual as it occurs in social
environments. Examples of human behavior which are best understood
through analysis of both individual and social factors will serve as the
course framework. The scientific method is emphasized as an aid in
understandingissues of influence in social systems, with major topics
including attitude formation and group processes. (This course does
substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto Upper Division psychology
courses.)
105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. Application of psychological
concepts to everyday situations is emphasized.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and
site supervisor design a lezrning agreement which enables the student to
explore psychology as a possible major and consider its career options.
See PSY 399 for additional information. (Prereq.: 102or 105 and one other
psychology course)
230,330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in such areas as human
learning, problem solving, social psychology and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design
methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in Psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence;230 must precede 330; 330 should be
taken in the term immediately following 230. (Prereq.: 102or 105and
MPG III)
251
Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems.
Emphasis on the processing of environmentalinformation and how this
relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience.Topics include:
adaptationto novel environments, machine intelligence and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.:102or 105. On demand)
299
Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study
must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
325
Social Behavior
Social factors which influence individual and group behavior in naturalis-
tic and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child developmentand behavior. Consideration of
theoretical systems used for viewing developmental sequence and
continuity.Inquiry into practical implications and applicationsof data and
theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Considerationof data
and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to developmentduring the middle adult and older
adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.:
102or 105)
Brain 81Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and
wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental
disorders. (Prereq.: 102 or 105)Additional lab hours required. (On
demand)
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence
which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior.
Major topics include: overcrowding and environmentalstress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as rooms,
buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of
instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects.
(Prereq.: 102or 105)
PsychologicalAssessment
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: 102or 105. On demand)
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study including theory,
research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Behavior Disorders
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and psychological points of view. (F'rereq.: 102or 105)
Psychology of Gender
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of
sex difkrences and roles, the effed of society upon values and goals,
differentiallegal status of each sex and psychophysiologicaldata bearing
upon these differences. (Prereq.:102 or 105 or consent of instructor)
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. A study of the
individual, groups, structure, change and developmentin organizations.
(Prereq.: 102 or 105)
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical developmentof psychological viewpoints and theoretical
positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses)
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and
site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the principles and
methods of psychology with the opportunities available at the placement.
Prior to the be$nning of registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office. (Prereq.:junior class standing and four psychology
courses)
Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to
programs for social improvement.Designing information systems for the
ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing
program effectiveness and efficiency.The political and organizational
context of program monitoring and evalukion. The role of evaluation
research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC
362;SOC 363.O n demand)
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process.
Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: three psychology courses and junior class standing)
Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be
published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 102 or 105 and consent of
instructor)
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by
psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five psychology courses)
499
Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in
psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed
Study.
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from
which to undertake its educational task The biblical faith and tradition of
the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much
greater than is sometimes recogruzed. They have affected and continue to
influence language, literature, history, values and political structures.
The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other
areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history and that of
the Christian church and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the
Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes
more thanis represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different
from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to
introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Coursesin religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other
disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the
Department that students will become better acquainted with the content
and character of the Christian faith, enabling them to reflect theologically on
their own religious commitment.
The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Studentswho wish
to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriatefor that purpose.
Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson),John Benson, Bradley Holt,
Lynne Lorenzen, Curtis Peter, William Russell, Eugene Skibbe
Major: Eight courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially
for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major
must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the Department Chairperson. Only one Interim course may be applied to the major. One
Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Religion Major with a Concentrationin Youth and Family Minis*
This major requires nine courses including an Internship. In addition to the courses
required for a Religion mapr, namely REL 111,221,356,481 and 495, the following
are required: REL 342,343,415, and a supervised Internship in the Youth and
Family area. Consultation with one of the staff members in the Youth and Family
Institute is required in order that proper preparation in discipline areas outside the
Department of Religion may be achieved.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular
teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for
licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five
courses in reliion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in
both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are intmsted in teaching in Christian day
schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America,
although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; research project approved
by the Department and colloquium with the Department.
Minor: Five courses. Not more than one Interim course may be counted for the
minor.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit. All maprs are urged to
consult with the Department Chairperson.
111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
199
Internship
Internship on Lower Division level.
221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation.The history of Israel and the emergence
of the church.
231
Religion in African-American History
(See INS Minority Studies.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study on Lower Division level.
342
Theology of Youth and Family Living
Contemporarytheories of youth and family living are examined within
the context of Christian teachings. Emphasis will be placed on individual
development at every age, how individuals relate in systems and how
Christian ideas intersect to enhance the functioningof families, particularly in relationshipto current crises in teenagers &d families. Theology of Marriage
The Christian tradition provides the opportunityfor wholeness by
promising forgiveness of unworthy aspects of oneself, access to God's
love, and greater acceptanceof one's spouse. In this course, parallel
concepts of psychological wholeness, in the Jungiantradition, and of
repentance and forgiveness in the Christian tradition are applied to
marital relationships.
Philosophy of Religion
(See Philosophy Department)
Denominationsand Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations
and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam.
Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious
communities.
Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and
modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to
interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its
inner life, its relation to the state and the development of its doctrine will
be major elements of the study.
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to
Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire,
including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of
the creeds, Christianityin conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship. Also includes the
theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life
and thought of Augustine.
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the 16thCentury.Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and
other representative figures.
Religlon In America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the
rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominationsand the responses of
religion to the challengesof its environing culture.
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits)
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(See Global Education, Program in Global Community)
American Indian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought
(See INS,American Indian Studies)
Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses,
have at least first semester junior standing and satisfy Department
guidelines.
The Gospels and Personality Theory
The ministry of Christ, as recorded in the Gospels, will be studied as a
context and foundation for the maximum utilization of personality theory
In effectively responding to contemporaryissues of teenagers such as food
disorders, suicide, addictions and perfectionism, among others.
Eastern Orthodoxy
This course will explore the history, theology, and liturgical life of the
Eastern Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be
considered primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in
Greece, Turkey, Bulgaria, Romania, Yugoslavia and Czechoslovakia, with
special attention to the Orthodox Church in the Soviet Union.
Church Music and Worship
(See Music Department.)
Feminism and Christianity
This course will consider the centralideas of Christianityand feminism
and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious
influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of
the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in
terms of language and metaphor.
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention
to the variety of interpretationsgiven the person of Jesus, includingthe
"quest for the historical Jesus."
Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his
writings.
The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature.The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament
period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber
and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Sodety annually makes a grant to
Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in
the Religion Department.
Contemporary Theology
An introductionto some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task of the Christian Church.
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociologicaldynamics. Emphasis on developing a c o m c t i v e perspective
for critical reflection upon moral action.
Psychology of Rellglon and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the
view of human nature. Special attention will be given
traditional -tian
to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor.
Independent Study
Limited to students who are Religion majors and satisfy Departmental
guidelines.
Scandinavian Ama Studies is an interdiscipharyprogram drawing on the
combined resourcesof the A C E and the ScandinavianCenter at Augsburg
College. An expansion of the curriculum is underway, with plans to introduce new COW
in Scandinavian design, political science,social work,
history and geography beginning in the 1992-'93 academic year.
Major: Eight Upper Division courses.
Minor: Four Upper Division courses.
Note: At least four of the Upper Division courses required for the mapr must come
from the list below. The remainder may be transferred to Augsburg and included
in the mapr on approval of the program adviser. Students graduating with a mapr
or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a
Scandinavianlanguage. See Norwegian course listings under the Foreign Language
Department.
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Scandinavia (see Metro-Urban
Studies, SUST), and elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history,
political science, urban studies, business administration, internationalrelations,
sociology or socialwork
Frankie Shackelford, Advisor
330
Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on
conditions and developments in the 20th Century.Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Ondemand)
351
The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Ledures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlof, PZr Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
352
The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bpmson, Strindberg,
Lagerkvist, Munk and other 20th Century dramatists. Lectures provide a
survey of Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavianlanguage desirable. Language maprs and
minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
364
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See Department of Religion.)
372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
3T7
Scandinavia in the World
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art.)
393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
394
Urbanizationand Development in Scandinavia
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
499
Independent Study
In consultationwith a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for
study.
A student may not list a double major in Social Science ahd in one of the
component disciplinesunless the distribution selected in the Social Science
major is significantly different from the other major.
Khin Khin Jensen, Coordinator
Non-WesternMajor: 14 courses: HIS 104; one social science methodology course
(ECO 279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses in at least four disciplines from
the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382,461;
PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Study or Interim courses on
relevant topics in history and/or political science The student planning to fuJfiU
this social science major should consult the Chairperson of the Department of
History in choosing a major adviser.
Studentspreparing to teach social studieson the high &ool lwel must
complete, in addition to the professional requirementsto be met within the
Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences.
1
JerryGerasimo, Coordinator
Social StudiesTeaching Licensure:Seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, geography,
HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science,psychology or sociology. Geology and
anthropology are also acceptablefields, although they are not offered as majors on
the Augsburg campus.
Students consideringa career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
SOCIALWORKDEPARTMEW
(SWK)
The SocialWork mapr prepares graduates for entry-level professional
practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education and leads to a Bachelor of Science degree.
The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates
to work with individuals, families, groups, communities and to develop and
analyze social policy. Several courses within the program utilize a student
empowerment model for teaching and learning.
Augsburg's social work mapr also provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields.Augsburg also offers a full-time Master of
Social Work d e p e on a weekend schedule.
The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with
education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its
emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity,
openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for
socialwork education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a
person who knows everytlung there is to know about his/her p b except its
ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective .socialworkers should
not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are entry level professionals.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the SocialWork Department. Unique learning opportunities for field
work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan
setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts,
outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work
opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of
its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides
both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external
experts for the classroom The ethnic and economic diversity present in this
metropolitan area provides opportunities for socialwork students to learn
to understand, appreciate, respect and work with people different from
themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse
clients and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as
to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a
wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop the
LINK program on campus, mobilizing studentsto assist a social service
agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local
neighborhood center.
The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students to
support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs and
growth, human services and the methods of effective citizenship. Students
taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about
public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that sees the central
importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond
knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents and skills to
address the needs of society in the interest of the public good.
Social Work Faculty:Mary Lou Williams (Chairpenon), Maria Brown, Francine
Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link, Vincent Peters, Edward Skarnolis
Major: 11core program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and
SOC 365; and eight supportingprogram courses: 257,260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC
121,231,265,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A
minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0
average is required in the supporting program.
Concentration: Concentration in aging, chemical dependency, crime and corrections, social ministries, and youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses
descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work
placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in
religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is
noted on the transcript.
Candidacy: Social Work maprs must apply for candidacy status before the
beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion of all core and
supportingprogram courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacyreview.
SocialWelfare Minor: Six courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,
463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and one of 465, POL 121,158,325.
School SocialWork Certification:State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of EDS 388 plus a senior year field placement in a school setting.
1
Elective Courses Open to All Students:
230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and develop
ment in the global context. It also identifes the focus of Social Work in
addition to the many other disciplines which are vital to fosteringpeace,
development and enhancement of a better quality of life for all human
kind.
The dynamics of peace and dwelopment are speafically drawn from the
Social Work point of view with an overview of the socio-political, cultural,
geographical, economic, religious and scientific facets of peace and how
peace (or absence of peace) affects development and change. This is
presented in the form of dialogue on current and future issues such as
people-centered development, socialjustice, resource allocation, environmental depletion, and the women's movement in relation to peace
concerns. This course also explores the non-violent alternativesto the
current global arms build-up which is a contributing force in world-wide
problems such as hunger, poverty, environmentalproblems, and the
oppression of powerless and disenfranchised segments of society and/or
racially segregated communities.
257
Exploring Human Services
Experiential learning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours (in a services
agency or institution which students select.) The placement must be
approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context
of this volunteer experience students have opportunityto interact with
human service professionals, clients and communities of diverse culture/
ethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socioeconomicstatus, lifestyles,
developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to
help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or
future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is dwoted to discussions which assist
students in integrating agency experiencesand readings which explore
the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the
nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also
examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political
structure impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value
system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms".
260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human
growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of
individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized
is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth,
the impact of "sustaining environment" and other special stresses relevant
to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent
ethnic and/or Westyle diversity is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstandingthrough use of their own experiences.
299
Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of
interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
340
Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course includes the study of the impact of socialpolicy on the older
population, the older population's impact on social policy, services
planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work
with this population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.:
sophomore standing or consent of instructor)
361
Soclal Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major
assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the
charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.:
junior standing or consent of instructor.)
399
Internship*
Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplementsthe
required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
463
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and socialchange through community organization, social planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1)s w e y of historical
fonns of community organization and social change, 2) understanding the
theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to socialprotest and change,
3) examination of the role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual
practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques
of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official.
Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical
experience. (Prereq.: 361,463 and senior standing or consent of instructor)
468
Speclal Topics (1 R to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim.)
498
Independent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independentlydesigned course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p
sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
-
499
Independent Study
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, o b ' j v e s
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.:257 and consent of instructor)
*Canbe takenin coordination with Cooperatize Education, which may provide payment for
work in fieldsites.
Courses Reserved for Social Work Majors Only
363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques of social work interventivemethods and practical
experience necessary for social work pradice with individuals and small
groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; dwelopment
of the student's repertoire of relationshipbuilding skills. L,ecture
discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week (Prereq.: 361,
junior standing)
364
Field Work I*
Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency
which focuses on interviewing experience and relationshipbuilding. Ten
hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per
week. (Prereq.: 361, junior standing, concurrent with 363)
461
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof
the problemsolving model to diverse populations through lecture,
classroom exerciseand regular class work Enlargement of social group
work skills, emphasis on developmentof generalist practice skills and
eclectic approacheswith a focus on diversity of professionals and client
populations. (Preq.: 2.0 GPA in 363 and in 364, candidacy status.
Concurrent with 462)
462
Field Work II*
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in
a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/
discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with
461)
466
Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)'
Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: candidacy
status, 2.0 GPA in 461,462,463)
467
The Soclal Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional p b attainment,
affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and
practices, organizationaltheory and resource development will be studied
in the course.The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 461,463)
469
Field Work IV'
Continuation of 466. ( P r q . : candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 466, concurrent
with 467)
*Can be faken in coordinationwith CoopcratizeEducation, which may pr&
work in field sites.
payment for
Sociologyis a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively
young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme
which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum,
namely the theme that humans a w "social animals." Sociologyemphasizes
the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to
exhibit r e g u l m patterns over time. These pattern together form a
society or a social structure.
Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociologyalso seeks
to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a
society.
The SociologyDepartment at Augsburg is designed to help students think
sociologically in terms of obtaining an understandingof society and developing skills in analyzing social institutions and patterns.
Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as internships, independent study, Interim
courses and field studies. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's
urban setting as a laboratory for learning. A major in sociology can p-are
one for a variety of Careers or for advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education and Internships enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg
alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the
personnel departmentsof both government and private corporations, in
industrial relations work and in program evaluation Others have used their
majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry,
social work and urban planning.
The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a
liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding
and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our world.
SociologyFaculty:Diane Pike (Chairperson), Vern Bloom, JerryGerasimo, Gordon
Nelson, Garry Hesser
Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362, 363,375,485. Highly recommended: an
internship, cooperativeeducation, independent study or Upper Division Interim
course in sociology.This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will
take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the Department.
Consult the Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration
Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociologycandidacy shall consist of submission
of thesis proposal to the Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year.
Candidacy is contingent upon Departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of
the junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to
complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology willbe granted to a candidate who
successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the
GPA through graduation.
Minor: Five courses including 121and two Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and
above).
121
Introduction to Human Society
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic
discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles,
groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. Sociology is an
essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
211
Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modem world viewed from
the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutionsand
processes.
220
Sociology of Law
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society and the effect
of society on it. From a sociologicalperspective, we will explore crosscultural notions of law, deterrence, the criminal justice system, the legal
profession and corporate crime. The basic course format will be lecture
and discussion based on the reading assignments. Evaluation is based on
participation and two examinations. Students desiring Upper Division
credit will be asked to write a paper on an assigned topic in addition to
the exam.
231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
An examination of the famiiyas a social institution. The structures and
processes within families are studied within their institutional and
culturalcontexts.
265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
The dimensions of =cia1 and minority group relations. Mapr attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.P / N
grading only)
273
Crime and Corrections
This course includes an examination of corrections programs (prison,
probation, treatment center, etc.) within the context of the American
society and justice system. Attention is also given to theoretical formulations as to possible causes of criminal behavior and attempts at prevention
and control. Field visit arranged to correctional facilities.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. Prereq.: 121and consent
of instructor. )
300,301,302,303,304
Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests
which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
336
Introductionto Cultural Anthropology
The concept of cultureexamined in anthropology and in the way we see
and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the
ideas of "primitive," " c i v i l i i and "progress." The course will examine
the person's relation to cultureand conduct an analysis of selected aspects
of Western culture.(Prereq.: 121)
349
Complex Organizations
Organizationsaffect almost everythingin contemporarylife. This course
examines organizations as corporate actors, looking at the topics of
culture,technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121or
permission of instructor)
360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society.
(Prereq.: 121recommended)
362
Statistical Analysis
The fundamentals of descriptiveand inferential statistics for the social
sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors,
but recommended for others needing a statistical background for social
science quantitative analysis. (Prereq.: Group 111Math Placement Test. For
maprs, to be taken preceding 363.)
363
Research Methods
An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data
analysis. The practice of social research is learned through class activities
and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken
immediately after 362.(Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor)
365
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer o v e ~ e w
of
methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Designed
for social work maprs. Not to be taken by sociology maprs. (Prereq.:
Level 111 Math Placement Test)
375
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual
behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and
what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human
behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the
trivial, the o r d i i and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an
important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of
dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121,junior or senior
students only)
381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confrontingthe
present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on altemative theories and approachesto shaping the future metropolis. Current
developmentsin the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted
to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources
include extensive readings, simulations, films,outside speakers and field
trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site s u p e ~ s odesign
r
a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminaris expested. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions withii sociology,
tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th Centuries.
(Prereq.: two courses in sociology including 121or consent of instructor)
498
lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultationwith and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: 121or 211 and consent of instructor)
499
lndependentStudy
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor)
-
Soviet and East European Studies is an ACTC pint major which seeks to
give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet
history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciphary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is quired.
This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in
government, teaching internationalbusiness or law, espeaally when
combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics,
history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation
for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or
international relations.
Magda Palmy-Zapp, Campus Coordinator
Major: 11courses: four courses (two years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); two courses in Russian history; one course in Marxist theory; one
course in Russian literature; one course in Soviet politics; two other courses from
approved electives.
Minor: Six courses: two courses (one year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); one course in Russian history; one course in Soviet politics; one
coursein Marxist theory; one other course from the approved list of electives.
East European ConcentrationMinor: Consult the Coodinatorform& information.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality of our communication. A communication major at Augs
burg is designed to enhance understandingof communication in a variety
of contexts and to improve communicationskills.
Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the
Department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields
such as business, economics, Enghsh, history, international relations,
political science, psychology, religion, social work or sociology.
The Augsburg communicationmajor focuses on competencyin both speech
and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of
communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences,
majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics,
philosophy, logic, literature, statisticsand search methods in their p r e
grams. All communicationmajors must complete a core p u p of eight
required courses and participate in Augsburg's Interscholastic Forensics
Program. In addition to these requirements, majors must complete a
program of five electivesfrom one of three concentrations: general cornmunication studies, business communicationor mass communication.
Majors in all three concentrations are strongly encouraged to include an
intemship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. Prospective majors should
meet with a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an a p
proved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: David Lapakko (Chairperson),
Deborah Bart,Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, James Hayes, Anne Holmquest,
Martha Johnson
Honors Major:The Honors Mapr is designed to encourage overall excellence as well
as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors ma@ must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the mapr and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499). Honors andidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser
prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Majo~:13courses overall -eight required core courses and five
courses within one of three concentrations.
Required of all Communication majors: 111,342,351,352,354,355, and any two of
the following: ENG 223, ENG 225, ENG 226, ENG 227. Also required: participation
in at least two interscholastic forensicstournaments.
F
General Communication Studies Major: Five additional electives from the
following: 329,343,345, 347,350,360,399, 495; LIN 311; PSY 325, PSY371; SOC 362,
SOC 375.
Communication Major with Business Concentration: Five additional electives
from the following 132, 225 329,330,345,399, 495; BUS 340, BUS 355, BUS 357;
PSY325, B Y 371, F'SY 373; SOC 349, SOC 375.
Communication Major with Mass Communication Concentration: Five additional electives from the following: 132,225,232,325,330,343,347,350,360,375,
399,495; ENG 241, ENG 327.
For all three concentrations:Students may petition the Department to include as
part of their mapr concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such
requests must be submitted in writing to the Departmental Adviser for prior
approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the Registrar and adviser or
Department chair.
Communication Minor: Six courses, including 111,342,351 or 352,354,345 or 355,
and ENG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval
from a Communication faculty adviser.
Speech Major f or Teaching Licensure:10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350,
351,352,354,360; participation in at least five interscholasticforensics t o m e n t s
in at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation);and a minor in
English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama.
Speech Minor for Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343,
350,351,352,354,360, and participation in at least five interscholastic forensics
tournamentsin at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation).
111
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effeaive speaking and critical listening. Students
have the opportunityto give several speeches and receive feedback about
their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on
such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and
organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style
and language, and critical thinking and listening.
132
Photography
(See Department of Art.)
199
Internship
Consult mapr adviser for details.
225,330 Communication Design I, II
(See Department of Art.)
227
Journalism
(See Department of English.)
lntroductlonto Cinema Art
(See Department of English.)
Dlrected Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Advanced Journallsm
(See Department of English.)
Intercultural Communication
This course exploresboth the problems and the potential of communication
between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western
and non-Westem cultural rulesIvaluesI assumptionsand stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and non-verbal messages. The
course stressesboth a general theoretical understanding of the d d c s of
cross-culturalinteraction as well as spedficknowledge
- of how these
principles relate to particular c u l d groups.
Mass Communications in Society
(See Department of Political Science.)
Junior and senior students only.
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept
development, scriptwriting, directing and
for video. s t u d i t s
will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of
equipment.
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational
settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships,
formal and informal communication networks, management styles,
power and authorityImotivation of employees, organizational culture,
performance appraisal, effective use of meetings and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication
skills of both managers and subordinates. Studentsboth investigate the
literature on orp&tional communication and attempt to aPPiy it to
their own experiences in organizations.
Broadcast Production II
This course is an advanced television production course in which students
apply knowledge and experience gained in Broadcast Production I. This
course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Studentswork in production teams to create and
produce a one-hour magazine format news program. (Prereq.:Broadcast
Production I)
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating,
articulating,listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism.
Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers,
voice tapes and individual coaching.
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public
speaking, discussion and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill
in analyzing argumentativeclaims, being able to distinguish between
strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and
fallacies in reasoning and learning to apply principles of argumentation to
contemporarypublic issues. Students have the opportunityto enhance
their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and aitique
arguments they encounter in their daily lives.
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior.
The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to
persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and
psychological appeals; empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion
is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the
nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media
on persuasion, and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze
persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in
speech and promotional projects.
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communicationbarriers. This course combines theory and
practice to help the student understand and manage communication
problems more effectively.
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors
related to decision making, styles of leadership and conflict management.
This course combines lecture with practical experienceto help the student
become a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small
BOUPOrganlzational Psychology
(See Department of Psychology.)
Media Regulation, Law and Ethics
(See Department of Political Science.)
Internship
(Consult mapr adviser for details.)
Communication Topics
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of
primary sources and methodology of research.
499
Independent Study in Communicatlon
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory for learning that uses all of theliberal arts, theatre
is the essence of a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people
throughout history were thinkingfeeling and strugghg, students have a
greater understandingof their own humanity. Theatre enables students to
experience the beauty, mystery and ambiguity of life.
Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one
of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students
expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by
working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities.
Our theatre faculty have professional experience which enables them to
provide students with realistic guidance and contacts.
The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects
of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of
emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing or design.
Graduates enter many fields, such as professional theatre, television,
film, advertising, law, journalism, business and religion.
Theatre Arts Major: 11courses (222,228,229,232,361,362,366, &d four of the
following: 116,226,295,325,393,50,, 60,, 367,428,429,432, 495); one Internship,
one theatre Interim course, and 10 production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work (four required), playwriting,
direction, design and theatre management.
Because of the many professional and semi-professional theatres located in the
Twin Cities, internships are a significant part of the educational experience. Theatre
majors have the opportunity to work in the areas of design, technical, acting
management, directing and dramaturgy.
This mapr should be supported by coursesin dramatic literature including
Shakespeareand Modern Drama or ScandinavianDrama. Strongly recommended:
courses in movement, dance, art and media art (cinema, radio, television, video).
Maprs must participate in dramatic productions everyyear. Students must maintain
an overall 2 0 GPA to have mapr participation in productions. Freshmen planning to
mapr in theatre arts courses should begin with courses 116,222,232 and 228.
Honors Major: Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding
achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors
must maintain a 35 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their
mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC
499). Honors candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to
their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project.
Theatre Arts Minor: Five courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366,
and five production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical
crew work (two required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management.
Theatre History and Criticism Minor: Five courses: 222,325,361,362 and 366.
Theatre Arts Major for Teaching Licensure:10 courses: 116,222,228,232,241 or
343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111, a minor in Engliih, and 10 production units in
three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work
(fourrequired), playwriting, direstion, design and theatre management.
Theatre Arts Minor for Teaching Licensure: Five courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or
116,361 or 362,366, plus 111, and four production units in the following areas:
acting (one required), technical crew work (one required), playwriting, direction,
design and theatre management.
Speech-TheatreArts Major for Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or
229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in English
and partiapation in two activities (forensics, theatre, media).
116
Creative Drama
A study of various forms of dramatic movement, pantomime and play
through activity, reading, observation and discussion. Emphasis on
improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of
dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual and audible sources. Some
fundamentals of acting are introduced.
199
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists;
dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques
of the play production process.
228
lntroduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, aafts,
magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and
theatre tours. Open to all students. (Lab required, lab fee.)
229
Stage and Llghting Design
An introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student
will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. The
class will also taketheatre tours, have visiting designers and have
practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab
required, some materials needed.)
232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and
emotional preparation and exploration of the aeative approach to scene
and character study in American drama.
Introduction to Asian and Asian-American Theatre
This course is a survey of the rich theatrical performance styles, aesthetic
theories, and plays of traditional Asian cultures. A s w e y of 20th Century
Asian America performers, productions, theatre companies, and plays
will also be explored. The course will include lecture, films, videos and
demonstrationsby visiting performers. Students will read and analyze
selected Asian and Asian American plays and will be required to attend
and review one live production.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script
analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to
finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226
also recommended.)
Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poehy and drama. Study,
discuss, practice and perform readings in prose, poehy and drama before
small and large groups.
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
classical Greek through the Medieval period. The theatres of Asia are also
introduced. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre
productions are required.
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays
and attendance at local theatre productions are required.
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production
organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and
characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or
excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.:a 200 or 300 level theatre course)
Stage Direction II
Indepth analysis and practical experiencein direding different play
forms and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction
of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play).
(Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor)
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428
Advanced Technical Methods
Advanced construction and problem-solvingtechniques in technical areas
of scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes and make-up. (Prereq.:228 or
consent of instructor. Lab fee)
429
Advanced Deslgn
Advanced projects in set and lighting design. Introduction to costume
design. (Prenq.: 229 or consent of instructor)
432
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics, including Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, Restoration
comedy, realism and non-realism, epic and the absurd culminating in
preparation and presentation of a professional audition.
495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
499
Independent Study In Theatre
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
Augsburg College offers a minor in Women's Studies. (See listing under
Interdkciphary Studies (INS).
COLLEGE
BOARDOF REGENTS
Chak
Wee Chair
Raymond A. Grinde
Trnasurer
David L.Swanson
RodneyP.3urwd
betaw
Barbara C Gage
Theyeminpmenthesesaffereachnmneis
the expi~ationdate of current term.
Nancy H. Bottemiller
(1992) Homemaker, Wadena, Minn.
Rodney P. Burwell
(1994)
Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Rev. stephen J. Comils, (19%) Senior Pastor, Central Lutheran Church,
Ph.D.
Minneapolis, Minn.
H. David Dalquist III
(19%) President, Northland Aluminum Products,
Inc., st. Louis Park, Minn.
Darrell J. Egertson
Julian P. Foss
(1994) Chief Financial Officer, Dart Transit Co.,
St. Paul, Minn.
(19%) Retired Businessman, Mesa, Ariz.
Barbara C. Gage
(1992) Homemaker, Long Lake, Minn.
Raymond A. Grinde
Carolyn T. Groves
(19%) Retired Businessman, Roseville, Minn.
(19%) Admhktrator, S. J. Groves and Sons
Company, Minneapolis, Minn.
Norman R. Hagfors
(1995) President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis,Minn.
Elling B. Halvorson
(19%) President, PapiUon Airways, Inc.,
Kirkland, Wash
Men A. Housh
(1995) President, Cargill Marine and Terminal,
Edina, Minn.
George 0.
Johnson, Ph.D. (19%) Associate Professor and Division Head,
Health ServicesAdministration,
University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, Minn.
'ZheHonLaJwe'lhamas
(1995) Judge, Hennepin County
Government Center, Minneapolii, Minn.
L;lngt=J.D.
Gary H. Lohn
(1994) Control Data Business Advisors,
Bloomington, Minn.
The Hon. Kenneth G. Nelson (19%) State Representative, Miiesota
House of Representatives, 9.
Paul, Minn.
The Rev. Maymid L. Nelson (1996) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran
Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
I b d y n J. Nordaune, J.D.
Donald G. Oren
Harvey M. Peterson
Curtis A. Sampson
Richard L. Shepley
Ronald K. Speed
Gladys I. Strommen
Leland N. Sundet
David L. Swanson
Michael W. Thompson
Pamela L. Tibbetts
William A. Urseth
flo wiger, Ph.D.
May Ka-Yee Yue
DMSION
(1994) Partner, Nordaune & Friesen,
St. Louis Park, Minn.
President, Dart Transit Company,
St. Paul, Minn.
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, Minn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Communications Systems, Hector, Minn.
Partner, Marshall F m c i a l Group,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Vice President, Public Afhirs,
Honeywell, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn.
Chaiian and Chief Executive Officer,
Sundet Companies, Bloomington, Minn.
Retired Businessman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn.
Vice President, Strategic Planningand
Development
Fairview, Minneapolis, Minn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
US. Directives, U.S. Restaurant
Minneapolis, Minn.
Associate Professor, St. Cloud State
University, 9.
Cloud, Minn.
President, Financial Services Associates, Inc.,
Edina, Minn.
m~ED~CUION
THEEVANGELICAL
LUTHERAN
CHURCH INArvmua (ELCA)
Board
Chair: The Rev. Dennis H. Dickman
Secretary:Solveig Gregory
Vice-Chair Mary Ellen H. Schmider
Executive Staff
Executive Director: The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen
Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson
Director for Colleges and Universities:James M. Unglaube
Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell
I
I
I
I
I
Area Code: 612
President ..............................................................................................................330-1212
Academic Affairs ..................................................................................................330-1024
Admissions ...........................................................................................................330-1001
Toll free number ........................................................................................143M-788-5678
Alumni Programs .................................................................................................=I179
Business Office (Feesand Accounts) .................................................................. 330-1029
Campus Ministry (CollegePastor) ..................................................................... 330-1732
330-1162
Career M c e s .................................................................................................
College Center Manager/Coordinator, SpecialEvents ...................................330-1121
College Relations (News and Publications) ...................................................... 330-1180
330-1171
Development (Fmancial Gifts to the College) ............,......-.............................
..................... 330-1120
Facilities Office ......................................................................
Fiicial Aid (Scholarships)...............................................................................330-1046
General Information (Other office numbers;
business hours only) ....-..............................................+.....*............................... 330-1000
Evenings ..............................................................................................................330-1234
330-1786
Graduate Program ..............................................gramgram.gram............gram......gram....g
Ice Arena Manager ...............................................................................................330-1251
Interim Office ........................................................................................................330-1025
Library ...................................................................................................................330-1017
Parent Programs ....................-...........................................+................................
330-1179
Personnel Office .............................................................................................
330-1058
Registrar ................................................................................................................330-1036
Student Activities Office ......................................................................................330-1111
Student Affairs .....................................................................................................330-1160
Student Government Office ...............................................................................-330-1110
Student Life (Housing) ........................................................................................=I109
Summer School Office ......................................................................................... 330-1786
Weekend College .................................................................................................330-1782
...-....
The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for disaimination inquiries or grievances:
Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race. creed. national or ethnic
origin)-Contact the Office of Finance and Management (612/330-1026)
Vern M.Bloom. Assistant Professor. Sociology- Memorial Hall (612/330-1133).
504 Coordinator (mattersbased on physical or mental handicap)
William R.Rosser. Vice President for Student Affairs Memorial Hall (612/3S
1168). Title D( Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Sandra Jacobson. Director of Personnel- Ground Floor. Memorial Hall (612/3301023). Employment
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual at Augsburg
College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. MN 55454.Formal grievance
procedures are described in the Student Guide.Copies are available from the
Personnel Office.
Office of the President
President ........................................................................................... Charles S. Andason
Executive Secretary to the President ............................................... Carolyn S. Canfield
College Pastor ............................................................................................ David T. Wold
Director, Church Relations ............................................................................Curtis Peter
Director, Admissions .................................................................................1
A. Stack
Cook
Assistant to the President for Diversity .........................................................n
Assistant to the President for CommunityRelations .................................. Rita Kaplan
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College .................................................................Ryan A. LaHurd
Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................................... i s M. Nielsen
Associate Dean for Academic Affairs ................................................. David Gabrielson
Associate Academic Dean for Graduate
Vander Schaaf
and Special Programs ..................-........................................ a
Assistant to the Academic Dean for Advising ..............................Anita Johnson Gwin
Director, Weekend College .............................................................. J. Thoni
OperationsManager, Weekend College...............................................Nancy Shmickle
Graduate Program Coordinator ..............................................................Laura Erickson
Acting Registrar ............................................................................................. Jay Phinney
InstitutionalResearch Analyst .............................................................. R o W.Clyde
Director of Library ......................................................................................... e
Cline
P. Hackney
D i o r , Audio-visual Center .............................................................B
Interim Director ....................................................................................David Gabrielson
Director, Faculty Development ................................................................. M e McNeff
Director, CooperativeEducation .......................................................... Garry W. Hesser
Enrollment Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................Deirdre Middleton
Admissions Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................... JeanetteWittmer
Student Affairs
Vice President of Student Affairs and
Dean of Students ............................................................................... a
m R. Rosser
Executive !3ea&q .................................................................................. Casey McGuire
Assodate Dean of Students ...................................................... Linda SchremppAlberg
Director, Counseling ............................................................................ N a n Guilbeault
Warren
Director, Academic Enrichment ........................................................d
Coordinator, C.L.A.S.S. ..................................................................................... Jo Weir
Director, Career Services ..............................................................................T Wagner
Director, Residence Life .............................................................................char lie^ strey
Housing Coordinator, Tower ...............................................................Michael Peterson
Housing Coordinator, Area .............................................................................. Pat Sorac
Coordinator, International Programs ....................................................... Kathleen Lutfi
Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace
I
Housing Coordinator, Area ..............................................................................Pat Sorcic
Coordinator, InternationalPrograms .......................................................Kathleen Lutfi
Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace
Director, Black Student Affairs ..................................................................M . Anita Gay
Coordinator, Student Activities ..................................................................e l l Krebs
Development and College Relations
Vice President for Development..............................................................Gregory Ritter
Executive !3cretaryto the Vice President ..................................................Betty Arnold
Director, Development ..............................................................................Gordon Olson
o m s I. Benson
Director, Planned Giving .....................................................................
C. Carlson
Senior Development Officer ..................................................................Jy
Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..........................................Carol Forbes
Pam Meyer
Assistant Director, Alumni/Parent Relations ..........................................
Acting Director, Alumni Parent Relations/
Director, Annual Fund ......................................................................Donna McLean
Associate Director of the Augsburg Fund ........................................N o Okerstrom
-or,
College Relations .........................................................................P e Davies
Director, Publications ..............................................................M q r Westman Safgren
Publications Specialist ......................................................................
Holland-TUE
Finance and Management
Vice President for F i n c e and Management .......................................Michael Ranum
Executive Secretary to the Vice President ....................................................Pat Ostreim
Director of Student Enancial Swices ........................................H e r d A. Johnson
Assistant Director of Student Financial Services ........................................i s Larson
Financial Aid Counselor .....................................................................................................
Director, Personnel .................................................................................a
Jacobson
Dick Adamson
Controller ...................................................................................................
Director, Administrative Computer Center ........................................w e Terrien
Manager, College Center ...................................................................
M
A. Nelson
r
e E. Christopherson
Manager, Central Services ....................................................
Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .............................................................Robert P. Gores
Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services .......................................................T Wagner
Director, Plant Services ..........................................................................Weninger
Supervisor, Maintenance .........................................................................Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena ....................................................................................James J- Carey
Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Luther Theological !hninary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Margaret J. Anderson, Lib&,
B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and
Theater, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Val& Baltha, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages.
Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia.
Carl Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
L Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English.
Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
K.Bemer Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota.
Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A.
Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics.
Orlue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of History, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Theodore J.Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0.Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James D. Johnson,Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Laurette E. Pelton, Professor Emerita, Education.
LaVonne J.Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education.
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marianne D. Sander, Dean of Students
Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College;
D. Mus., Lakeland College.
Marjorie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library
Dr. Paul G. Sonnack, Professor Emeritus, Religion
Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JohnThut, Professor Emeritus, Music
Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Fall 1991
Labor Day recess .......................................................................................
Upperclass validation, Freshmen registration
M, Sep 2
Classes begin .............................................................................................. w1Sep4
Last day to register,
add a class,
drop a class without notation on record,
move Upper/Lower Division course
to Upper Division or Lower Division ...................................................T , Sep 10
Last day to designate grading option ................................................................ F Oct 25
Mid-term break ....................................................................................................F, Od 25
Interim registration ......................................................................... M, Od 28 - F, Nov 1
Spring term pre-registration ........................................................... M, Nov 18- F, Dec 6
Last day to withdraw from a class .............................................................. F Nov 15
Thanksgiving recess begins ............................................................................ Th,Nov 28
Classes resume ..................................................................................................... M, Dec 2
Classes end ........................................................................................................... F, Dec 13
F i i examinationsbegin .................................................................................. M, Dec 16
F i i examinations end ....................................................................................Dec 19
F d grades due and Incompletes due
from spring and summer '91 ................................................................. W, Dec 27
Interim 1992
Classes begin ........................................... ............................................
M. Jan 6
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record
or move Upper/Lower Division course
to Upper Division .......................................................................................T. J 7
Last day to designategrading option .................................................................F Jan 17
Last day to withdraw from a class ......................................................................F Jan 17
Classes end ............................................................................................................9Jan 29
Interim grades due ................................................................................................F Feb 7
Spring 1992
Validation of registration. Classes begin ...........................................................MI Feb 3
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
move Upper/Lower Division course to
Upper Division or Lower Division ............................................................F Feb 7
Mid-term break begins .....................................................................................M Mar 23
Classes resume .................................................................................................M Mar 30
Last day to designate grading option .................................................................F Apr 3
Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Apr 17
Easter break begins ............................................................................................. F Apr 17
Classes resume ................................................................................................... MI Apr 20
Early registration for fall ..................................................................M Apr 27- F. May 8
Classes end .......................................................................................................... F. May 15
Fiiexaminations begin .....................................................................
...M ,May 18
Fiiexaminations end ................................................................................... May 21
Badureate and Commencement ............................................................... Su,May 24
F i i grades due and Incompletes due
from fall '91 and Interim '92 .................................................................. F May 29
Summer School 1992
Term I ............................................................................................ T May 28 .F. June21
Term I1 .............................................................................................. M. June24 .F. Aug 2
Correct as of February 8,1991.
Beginning yem of seruice on f m l t y is indicated with pmenthesis.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary;Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary,New York.
Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1%0). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Gerald E. Allan (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Earl R Alton (1960). Professor and Department Ch-on
of Chemistry. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Patricia K. Amo (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Lyla M. Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology, B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1%9). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Computer Science
and Education. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990).Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M. Northwestern University.
Andrew L Aoki (1988). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Visiting Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Mary Claire Baldus (1991). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St.
Benedkt; M.S.W., Saint Louis University.
Deborah Bart (1980). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communicationand Theatre.
B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Shelley S. Baxter (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A. The Evergreen State
College; M.A., University of Notre Dame.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David L Beaulieu (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
JohnE. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Vem M. Bloom (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Joseph C Bodziock (1986). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's College;
M.A., University of New Hampshire, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Illinois.
Nancy C Bologna (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., Regis College;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Washington State University.
JulieH. Bolton (1975). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Health and Physical Education. B.A., MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JamesA. Brothen (1988). Visiting Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American
University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies.
B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Michael R Burden (1990). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre (Designer and Technical Dirxtor). B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A,
University of Minnesota.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Louis H. Cairoli (1990). Instructor in Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S.,
M.S., John Carroll University; M.S., Syracuse University; M.S. Kansas State
University.
Laura V. Castor (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Muhlenberg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
JohnCerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work B.S., Augsburg
College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Marisha A. Chamberlain (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and
Theatre. M.F.A., Goddard College.
Stephen D. Chapman (1991) Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A. Augsburg College;
M.A., Hamline University.
Rosalie Clark (1979). Instructor, par-time, Social Work. BAS., M.S.W., University
of Minnesota.
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research
Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Carolyn S. Clemmons (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Talladega
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Elaine R. Cline (1990). Assistant Professor, Director of Library. B.A., College of
William and Mary; M.L.S., University of Michigan.
Mariette S. Cole (1989). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., University of
California; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Larry Crockett (1985).Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Kenneth R Croken (1988).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., St. Joseph's
University;J.D., New England School of Law.
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A.,
College of St. Catherine, M.F.A., Vermont College.
Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of
Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont.
Laurel R. Davis (1991). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Springfield College;
M.A., University of Iowa.
Mary E.Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown
University.
Suzanne I. Dorke (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., University of Wisconsin.
Bruce K. Drewlow (1988).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State
University, M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
John Dunham (1987). Studio Artist/Cello, Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M.,
University of Michigan-Ann Arbor.
Beverly C Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A.,
B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State
University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Earl W. Eames, Jr. (1987) Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. S.B.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Mary G. Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University;
M.S., SUNY-Cortland;Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976).Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Marian S. Enos (1987). Instructor, part-time, Nursing and Education. B.S.N., M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph k Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of
St. Thomas; MA. Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary;Ph.D. University
of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor and Department Chairpason of Physics.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State
University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
University of Montana.
Phillip F. Fishman (1988). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University.
Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical
Education and Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St.
Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, F-time, Rdigion BA, Morningside Collegq
M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph-D., Princeton TheoIogical %mi~~ary.
Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel
College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Steven W. Freimuth (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of Minnesota.
Mark L Fuehrer (1%9). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M.Gabrielsen (1963). kofessor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Frieda Gardner (1990). Instructor, part-time, English, B.S.. Columbia University;
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Etheline K Garetz (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University,
Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; MA.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.A., School of International Service, American University; Cand.
Mag. Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and
Men's Athletic Director. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; MEd., University of
Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of Enghsh. B.A., Amherst University;
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University.
Richard A. Gresczyk (1990), Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.S., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Joan L Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University;
M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Brian G r h a (1990). Studio Artist/Saxophone, part-time. B.A., Dartmouth College.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics and Department Chairperson. B.S.,
M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southan Illinois University.
Donald R Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Roxannne Hale (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., University
of Pacific; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University.
James Hayes (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University, F'h. D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Summer Hamille (1989). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Adrninistration/MIS.
B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi; M.B.A., Ball State
University; D.BA., Kent State University.
Milda K Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science and Director, Canadian
Studies Program. B.A., Macalester College; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Andrew Heglund (1989). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. BM., University of
Minnesota.
Thomas J. Herbst (1990). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., St. John's University,
M.S, Hofstra University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A.,
Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Edwina L Hertzberg (1977). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
G a q W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies,
Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Melissa S. ("Mickey") Hessler (1991). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education, B.A., Augsburg College.
Nelly Trocme Hewett (1988). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Earlham College.
Wendy B. Hines (1991). Instructor, part-time. Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Southern University.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. BA., Concordia College, Moorhead;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Paul L Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy. B.A.,M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University.
Anne Holmquist (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A.,
Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale
University.
JohnR Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marilyn N. Homwitz (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Admjnistration/MIS.
B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Mary Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artistfliolin and Viola. B.M., Indiana
University.
Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano. BM., M.M., Indiana University.
David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Sally M. Hunter (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., College of St.
Scholastics; M.T., University of Wisconsin.
M. Shahidul Islam (1989).Instructor, part-time, Economics. M.B.A., Dhaka
University, Bangladesh; University of Minnesota.
I. Khin Khin Jensen(1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and
Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E.Johnson(1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A.,
Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Harriet W. Johnson(1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of
Richmond; M.A., University of Minnesota.
JeffreyE. Johnson(1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., MA., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Mary E (Mimi)Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business
Admiiistration/MIS. B.Comm., University of Cairo,Egypt; M.B.A., University of
Michigan.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. A.B.,
M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University.
Jane Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Mike Kapel(1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Robert Karl& (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Randall W. Kindley (1991). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., M.P.A.,
University of North Carolina;Ph.D, Duke University.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
M d e e I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Thomas Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette
University; M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of MissouriSt. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cheryl Leitschuh (1989). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.Ed., South Dakota State University; Ed.D, University of South
Dakota.
Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., SouthwestState
University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L Libertus (1985). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studis. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A, Windham College.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Sodal Work M.Sc, London
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistfloice, part-time. B.A., MM,
University of Minnesota.
Lori L Lohman (1990). Assistant Professor of Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of
Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; MA., The
Qaremont Graduate School.
Joyce Paxton Lumpkin (1991).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education. B.A., California State University.
Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA, Smith
College; M.A, Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South
Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa.
Linda McKeag (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Admiistration/MIS. B.S.,,
University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph-D., University of California Berkeley.
Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development.
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Phyllis M. Metcalf (1989) Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A.,
Eastern Michigan University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B.
Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Felai Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Tunis, Tunisia; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956).Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
JoAnn Michna (1991). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A.,
Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
Jay A. Miskowiec (1991).Instructor, part-time. English. B.A, University of Minnesota; M.A., Universite de Paris Vm.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of M i e s o t a .
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College;
M.A., University of Tennessee.
William Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College;
M.Div., Calvin Seminary;Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon.
William D.Moms (1987). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Mildred (Mike) Mueller (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A.,
Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert M. Murphy (1986). Instrustor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of Toledo.
Sr. Mary Henry Nachtsheim (1989).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A.,
College of St. Catherine; M.A., Ph.D. Lava1University.
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967).Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary;M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A.,
University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Pamela Nice (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Cluistie NicholI (1973). Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A.,
University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michele M. Nielsen (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Chemistry. B.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.S., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.,
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political
Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Celeste M. WBrien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Hamline
University.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Michael O'Neal(1989). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathleen H. Olsen (1990).instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Gordon W. Olson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Concordia College.
JeremiahOlson (1989). Instructor, par-time, Religion. B.A., Minot State University;
M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary.
Lila J. Olson (1990). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.M., University of Kansas;
M.M., University of Nebraska.
Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Magdalena M. Paleczyny-Zapp (1986). Assistant Professor of Economics. BA.,
M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia
Ekonorniczna, Krakow.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div.,
Bethel Seminary; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker (1960). Instructor, part-time, Education; B.A. Eastern Michigan
Universtiy; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Cathy Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time. Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College, M.A.,
Lone Mountain College.
Curtis Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Wisconsin.
Helene Peters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. M.A., University of
Toulouse; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Vincent Peters (1988). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College,
Madras; M.A., Madras School of Social Work, Madras, India.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane L Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Paul E. Pork (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS., B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota; M.B.A., Mankato State University.
Sandra L Powers (1990). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.M., Eastman School;
M.M. Northwestern School.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary;M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Randi Quanbeck (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Langauges. B.A., Concordia
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at
Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of
Minnesota.
Edward R Raupp (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Carnegie Tech; M.B.A., Wharton School.
Patrick M. Redmond (1989). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of
Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Jacqueline 0.Richardson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Morris
Brown College; M.S., Fort Valley State College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Robin (1990). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A, M.S.W., M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Thomas C. Rolfs, Jr. (1986).Studio Artistflrumpet, part-time. B.F.A., University of
Minnesota; M.M., Northwestern University.
Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Music. M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Eleni Roulis (1987). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A.,
New York University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. BA., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
William R Russell (1991). Assistant Professor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Iowa; M.Div., Luther Northwestern Seminary.
S
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode
Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University,
Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D., Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Instructor, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University;
M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas.
Gregg W. Schneider (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business/M.I.S. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College;J.D., Hamline University; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
Robert T. Schultheis (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.B. A., College of Sante Fe; M.B. A., College of St. Thomas.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Edward R Skarnulis (1990).Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., Omaha
University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th.,
Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg Germany.
William W. Smith, I11 (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota
Metropolitan State University; M.Div., I.T.C. Morehouse School of Religion.
Stanley I-LSolnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Meredith J. Sommers (1991). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota
Metropolitan State University; MA.L., Augsburg College.
Yong Nam Song (1987). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Jeon Buk National
University, Korea.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas.
Nancy K.Steblay (1988). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D. University of Montana.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Robert Stenstrom (1990). Assistant Professor of Physics and Mathematics. B.S.,
M.S., University of South Dakota.
Lynn J. Stevensen (1990).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Southwest Minnesota University; M.S., University of Windsor, Mankato
State University.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
M.S., Long Island University.
Diane L Strandberg (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato
State University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., MA., Boston University.
Marie Struss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.S., Mankato State University.
Mary Jo Stump (1988).Part-time student teacher supervisor, Education. B.A., Ball
State University; M.A., Northern State College.
Grace K.Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ralph L Sulerud (1%4). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
K a h y n Swanson (1985).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
William Swenson (1989).Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership
Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
James Thomas (1991).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.S., Concordia Teachers
College; M.Div., Christ Seminary/Seminex; M.Ed., The City University of New
York; S.TM., Union TheologicalSeminary;D.Min, Graduate Theological
Foundation.
Philip J. Thompson (1959).Professor and Department Chaiierson of Art. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
James D. Urbach (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
Ronald F. Walter (1988).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A. ,
Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
G l o M.
~ Warner (1988).Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Olaf Collge; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Donald M. Warren (1978).Instructor, part-time, Introductionto Liberal Arts,
Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha A. (Cary)Waterman (1991).Instructor, part-time, English. B.A, University
of Denver; B.S., M.A., Mankato State University.
Pamela Weiss (1983).Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of
Nebraska; M.P.H., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Theresa Welcher (1986).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S. and two M.S. degrees,
South Dakota State University.
Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984).Assistant Professor and Department
Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Maria K Woroby (1990).Assistant Professor, Reference Librarian. B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt (1981).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University.
Peter G. Yackel(1990). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.L.T., Wittenberg
University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
William C. Youngblood (1990).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., Indiana University; M.Div., Bethel Theological Seminary;Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
RD.Zehnder (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
Stanford University, University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Kansas University.
Stephen Y. Zheng (1990). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., Sichuan University, Chengdu;Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg ..........................8
ElAbout
Academic Affairs .....................251
Academic Calendar ........2.60. 254
Academic Internships................73
Academic Information .........59-96
Academic Organization and
Programs ...................................63
Academic Policies and
Procedures ............ ...
.....76
Academic Progress. Probation
and Dismissal ...........................94
Academic Requirements and
Credit .........................................69
Academic Skills Enrichment .....50
Accessibility..................................2
Accounting Specialization ......109
Accreditation ............................2. 9
Accreditation and
Memberships ........................211
Activities ..................................... 53
Adapted Physical Education
Major .......................................163
Administration ......................... 251
Admissions ......................1215-19
Advanced Placement
Program Test ............................92
American Indian Studies .........171
American Indian
Support Program ................1250
Annex Houses ......................13. 56
Application Procedures .............16
Art ............................................ -.-99
Art History ................................103
Assessment of Previous
Learning (APL) Program .........92
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities
( A m Programs ...61.65.67. 71
Associated Support
Organizations .....-.,-............... 13
Athletic Affiliation .......................2
Athletics ....................
.
...... 49
Audio-visual Services ...............62
.-.....
Audit Fee .................................... 22
Auditing Courses ....................... 91
Augsburgian ..............................49
Augsburg Echo .......................... 49
................................ 37. 104
:%Student
Support Program ..................... 51
Board of Regents ...................... 248
Books and Supplies ...................23
Business .................................... 109
Business Administration and
Management Information
systems ................................... 108
..............................60. 254
ElCalendar
Campus ......................................... 2
Campus Guide ......................... 269
Campus Location ............... 11. 270
Campus Ministry .......................48
Campus Tours ............................ 16
Canadian Program.....................76
Cancellation of Courses .............78
Career Services ...........................51
Center for Global
Education ............................ 12. 76
Chemical Dependency
Program .................................... 68
Chemistry ................................. 116
Chinese ..............................121. 146
Choir .........................................
49
Christensen Center .........12.49. 55
City Arts ....................................186
Class Confinnation ....................77
Class Schedule............................ 98
Classification (Sophomores.
Juniors. Seniors) .......................92
Coaching Endorsement ...........163
College Costs 1991- '92 .............. 22
College Level b i n a t i o n
Program (CLEP) ....................... 93
College Relations ..................... 252
Commons ................................... 55
Communication ....................... 239
Computer Resources .................62
Computer Science ....................180
Concert Band ..............................49
Continuing Education
Program ................................... 75
Cooperative Education ........72, 73
Costs and Financial Aid ............69
Counseling Services...................51
Course Descriptions ...........99-246
C.M.A. Certification .................110
C.P.A. Certiiication .................. 109
Credit Assessment
Program (CAP) ......................... 93
Credits ......................................... 98
la
Dean's List .................................. 95
Degrees Offered ......................... 60
Departmental
Comprehensive Exams ............93
Departments and
Programs ............................ 97-246
Deposits .................... .
.
............. 23
Development and
College Relations .................... 252
Diredory ................................... 250
Disabled Student Program ........ 52
Distribution Requirements .......80
Division for Education
(ELCA) .................................... 249
Dismissal ..................................... 94
Divisions and Departments ......63
Dual Degree Programs ......65, 137
Early Admission of
Freshmen .................................. 17
East and Southeast Asian
Studies ..................................... 121
49
Echo .............................................
Economics ................................. 123
Economics-Business
Adminstration Major .............109
Education .................................. 127
Education for Senrice .................. 9
Elementary Education ............. 128
Eligiiility and Application ........69
Employment ............................... 30
Engineering .............................. 136
English ......................................1 3
English as a Second Language
(ESL) Program ..........................94
Enrollment .................................... 2
Entry Level Skills
Requirements ........................... 83
Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America (ELCA) .....................2.49
Ethnic Studies ...........................172
Experiential Education
Programs ...................................72
Evaluation and Grading ............89
Explanation of Grades ...............90
Facilities and Housing ...............12
Facts and Figures .........................2
Faculty .................................61. 256
Faculty Emeriti ......................... 253
Fees ........................................2 3
Finance and Management .......252
Finance Specialization .............109
Financial Aid .....................2.25. 69
Financial Policies ........................24
Financing Your
Education .............................21-46
Fine Arts .....................................49
First Year Experience
Program .......................52.79. 144
Food Service ...............................55
Foreign Study .................54.68. 72
Former Students ...................18. 79
Foreign Language Placement ...89
Foreign Language Department
..,,.......,.............
,
................. -145
Foreign Study .................54.68. 72
Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center
for Worship. Drama and
Communication ....................... 12
French ........................................ 146
Freshmen ,
16
Full-Time Student ......................22
..................-.......-...-
Education Curriculum
ElGeneral
Requirements .................79.8 1-89
Skills Component ....................83
Liberal Arts Perspedives ........85
General Information
(Academic) ................................60
General Studies ........................156
George Sverdrup Library ..........13
German ...............................72. 149
Gift Assistance............................28
Global Education
Programs ...............69.70. 71. 157
Grade Point Average ...........79. 91
Grades .........................................90
Graduate Program .....................75
Graduates .................................... 2
Graduation Level Skills ............. 84
Graduation Requirements ........78
Graduation with
Distinction .................................%
Grants ....................................27. 28
and Physical
HHealth
Education ................................161
Health Education ...................161
Health Service ............................54
Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) ....................... 68.70. 71
History ................................40. 165
History of Augsburg
College ........................................ 8
Honors Program ........................67
Housing ...........................12.23. 52
Humanities ............................... 169
Ice Arena ..................................... 12
Incomplete Grade ......................90
Intercollegiate Athletics.............49
InterdisciplinaryStudies .........170
254
Interim .....................................
Interim Abroad
.. 70
Inter-Institutional
67
Programs ...................................
International Baccalaureate
Program .................................... 92
International Business
Specialization.......................... 109
International Programs .............53
International Relations ............174
International Students .........19, 53
Inter-Race ....................................13
Internships, Cooperative
Education and
S e ~ e L e a r n i n g..................... 72
Intramural Athletics ..................50
Introducing Augsburg ...........7-13
KCMR Radio ..............................49
Kindergarten-Elementary
Education ................................128
27
Kinds of Aid ............................
Learning Disabilities
Program ....................................52
Leave of Absence .......................78
Liberal Arts Perspectives ..........84
Library .............................. 2.13. 62
Licensure Program for
Science Teachers .....................198
Lifetime Sports ...........................84
Linguistics.................................151
Literature. Ideology and
Society in Latin America
(LISLA) ....................................187
Living on Campus ..................... 55
Loan Assistance ........................ 2 8
Location ...............................11. 270
Majors and Minors (also see
Course Descriptions) ...........2 6 3
Management Information
Systems (MIS) .........................113
Management Specialization ....109
Maps ..................................269. 270
Marketing Specialization ........109
Master's Degrees ..................60. 75
Mathematics .............................176
Mathematics and Computer
Sdence .....................................175
Melby Hall ..................................12
Memberships .......................... 2,11
Memorial Hdl ............................ 13
Metro-Urban Studies ...............182
Metreurban Studies
Term (MUST')..........................184
Minors ...................................63, 64
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (MMEP) ................13
Minnesota Studies in International
Development ........................3. 71
Minority Studies
(see Ethnic Studies) ................172
Mortenson Tower ................. 12. 56
Murphy Place ............................. 13
Murphy's .................................... 55
Music .........................................188
Music Education ...................... 190
Music Ensembles ..............191. 197
Music Hall ..................................12
Music Performance
Studies .....................190. 191. 197
Music Therapy ..................190. 1%
Natural Science ........................198
New %dents .Regular
Admission .................................26
No Credit Grades .......................91
Norwegian (NOR) .................152
Numbering of Courses ..............99
Nursing ..................................... 199
Off-CampusPrograms ................2
....................................... 153
Old Main ..................................... 12
Orchestra ....................................49
Orientation (First Year
Experience Program) ...............52
m.
.
Part-Time Students .................... 22
s-No credit .................... 90.
Pastor ........................................ . 48
Payments .................................... 24
Perspectives ..........................84. 85
Philosophy ................................ 203
Physical Education ..................163
Physical Disabilities
Program .................................... 52
Physics ...................................... 207
Policies .........................2.11.24. 76
Political Science ........................212
Pre-Professional Programs ........65
PreRegistration ......................... 77
Plwqlisiks ..........................-... 99
President's Greeting ...............- 5
President's Office ..................... 251
.
Probation .................................... 94
Program in Global
Community .......................71, 157
Psychology ................... . 217
..
Refunds
El Ewts
........................*.*...........24
......................................
248
Registration ....................-.-....... 76
Religion ..................................... 222
Religious Affiliations ...................2
Residence Life ............................ 52
Residence Requirement .............79
Room and Board ........................22
ROTC .............-..........*................68
Russian ......................................154
Center ..................13
QScandinavian
ScandinavianArea Studies .....227
Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term ( S u m ........................... 185
Science Hall ..............-............ 13
Scholarships.....................27, 30-46
Secondary Education ...............132
Senrice-Learning
74
Sigma Pi Sigma ........................208
Smiley's Point Clinic ..................54
Social, Cultural,
Recreational .............................. 49
Social Policy and Human
Servicesin Latin America ......158
Social Science ............................228
Social Studies ............................ 228
Social Work ...............................229
Sociology...................................234
Society of Physics
Students .................................. 208
South American Urban
Semester (SAUS) ....................186
South Hall and
Annex Houses ....................13, 56
Soviet and East
European Studies ...................238
Space Physics ............................208
Spanish ...................................... 154
Special Education ..................... 136
Special Interest Houses .............56
Spcial Students
(Non-Degree) ............................ 18
Speech/Communication/
Theatre Arts ............................ 239
--
........................
Sponsored Scholarships ............30
Student Activities .......................53
Student Affairs .........................251
Student Affairs Division ...........50
Student Employment ................30
Student/Faculty Ratio .................2
Student Government .................48
Student Life ...........................47.57
Student Project for Amity
Among Nations (SPAN)..........72
Student Publications..................49
Student Rights ............................56
Student Teaching Abroad .........72
Studio Art ....................,.......,..
101
Study Abroad (also see
Interim Abroad) ............54,68, 72
Sverdrup Library .......................13
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall ..........................13
Teaching Licensure
also majors) .......................65
Test Scores ..................................
16
Theatre Arts ......................239. 243
Transcripts ..................................16
Transfer Students .................17. 83
Tuition. Fees. Room
and Board ..................................22
Tutor Center .........................13. 53
. (
Midwest Association
DlUpper
for International Education
(UMAIE) ...................................70
Urban Studies Options ............184
Umess Tower .......................13. 56
veterans ...................................... %
Weekend College ......................
mW&W
..................................
Withdrawal from College ...........
Women and Development:
Latin American Perspectives 160
.......
Work Study Program ................a
O Y o u t h and Family Institute .......13
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall (S)
4. Old Main (OM)
5 . West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall (M)
11. 2222 Murphy Place (MP)
12. Melby Hall (MH)
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. Center for Global Education
16. ScandinavianCenter
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama,
and Communication (F)
18. Youth and Family Institute
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
22. Inter-Race
A. Admissions Parking
Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
H. Riverside Medical Center
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
Accessible Entrance
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
Allposted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use
from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th
Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st
Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week.
Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or
U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Offlclal Publlcatlon of Augsburg College
Spring 1993
731 21st Avenue South
Mlnneapolls, MN 55454
6121330-1000
This catalog supplement amends information given in the 1991-1993
Augsburg Catalog. Only those sections which have substantial changes
are included. Consult the Registrar's Office for information on new or
deleted courses, changes in course titles or descriptions.
Supplement information is listed under the same headings as in the
Catalog, followed by page numbers in parentheses. Refer to these pages
in the Catalog for complete information.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and
academic policies contained in this publication and the 1991-1993 Catalog.
If you have questions about anything in this Supplement or !te Catalog,
consult a faculty adviser, the Academic Dean of the College or the
Registrar.
A1though information was current at the time of publication, it is subject
to change without notice.
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board
Special Fees
.....................................................-5
.............................................................................
,5
Refunds ...................................................................................- 6
Financial Aid
................... ......................................................
-6
........................ ....--...
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION
Kindsof Aid
Graduation Requirements
...................................
7
......................
.
..................................
.8
Liberal Arts Perspectives .............................................................. .9
..................................................................10
Map ...........................................................................~........ 11
Academic Calendar
Augsburg College does not discriminateon the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or
Section 504 ofthe Rehabilitution Act of1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices
I
I
I
TUITION,
FEES,ROOMAND BOARD(P. 22)(1993'94)
Tuition (full-timeenrollment)
......................................... $11,292.00
Tuition (day school part-time enrollment) per course ...............$ 1,050.00
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
Room Rent (includestelephone)
Full Board (19 meals a week)
........................$
434.00
$ 2,168.00
.......................................
....................
...............$
.
.
.
2,036.00
Partial Board (14 meals a week) ..........................................$ 1,976.00
............................................................$
Fees - ACTC Bus Fee ......................................................$
Flex 5 point plan
Fees - Student Activity Fee
...................
.....
OTHER SPECIAL
Fm (NoN--ABLE)
(P.
................$
1,800.00
12.00
100.00
23)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ......... $ 25.00
Application (new and/or
special students) ............$ 15.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change grade
option, or combination
at one time) .................. $ 5.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests
............$122.00
Nursing
Comprehensive Exam
...$ 15.00
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) ...$434.00
LockerRental (commuters) ...$ 20.00
Private Music Lessons, per
semester (14 lessons) ......$256.00
Student Parking Lot Permit
-car ........................$ 72.00
-motorcycle ............... $ 36.00
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ......$ 38.00
Student Teaching (per course for
day school
part-time students) ......$240.00
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) $184.00
Student Activity Fee
(part-timestudents)
......$ 50.00
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) ...$ 2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Scheduleon file in Registrar's
Wce)
Refundswill be calculated on a pro-rata basis for students attending
Augsburg for the first time. The refund will be a portion of tuition, fees,
and expenses equal to the period of enrollment up to the 60 percent point
in time of the period of enrollment. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee.
Current financial aid regulations and program provisions are disclosed
with the financial aid notice.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is normally a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The
College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in
providing various aid programs. Nine out of 10Augsburg students
receive financial aid in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and/or
part-time employment.
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application determine the amount of assistance for which
a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and
family can be expected to provide for college expenses, using the a p
proved federal formula and taking into account such family financial
factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations.
How AND WHEN
TO APPLY
(P.26)
General Information
The Financial Aid Office can supply you with detailed instructions when
applying for financial aid. Financial aid applications are processed and the
awards are released in the order they are completed. All financial aid is
contingent on available funds and current regulations. It is the student's
responsibility to obtain funds from non-Augsburg sources (e.g., Pel1 Grant,
Minnesota State Grant). Although Augsburg will estimate these resources
where appropriate, they must be confirmed by the funding source.
Application Process
1.Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification
is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) from a
high school or college financial aid office and complete the application
form. Mail the completed application to Federal Student Aid Programs in
the envelope provided.
3. Obtain and complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application. Submit
this form and the required 1992 Federal Tax forms to the Student Financial ServicesOffice at Augsburg.
I,
,I
1
4. Priority will be given to applications filed by April 15,1993. Application
materials postmarked after April 15 will be awarded on a first-come, firstserved basis, based on available funds. Applications completed after July
1,1993, may not be processed by Augsburg until October 1,and then
based on available funds. Students enrolling for the fall term with incomplete financial aid applications must be prepared to meet the full cost of
the term without financial aid.
5. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will
meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter
will be sent to you detailing your financial aid offer.
6. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline
stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications
will be sent to you.
7. All transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each
institution previously attended regardless of whether or not you received
aid at the institution. Returning students who attend summer sessions at
another school are also required to provide the Financial Aid Transcript.
These forms are available through the Admissions Office or the Student
Financial ServicesOffice.
KINDS OFAID (27)
Gift Assistance
I
B
Regents' Merit Scholarship Program -The Regents' Merit Scholarships
are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen of high academic achievement
Depending on rank or score, Augsburg will award scholarshipsof $ l , W to
$4,000 each year, renewable each year, regardless of financial need.
Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Distribution
Requirements for Graduation - No changes.
Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Perspective
Requirements for Graduation - See below.
Completion of 33 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in
one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for
the Bachelor of Science (SocialWork) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The
course total must include two Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 33
total courses required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/
directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a
grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P) also has the following
limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one
in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses
taken that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements (extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or Graduation Skills requirements.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrafs Office about specific requirements
for a second baccalaureatedegree or for the equivalent of a major.
Students Matriculating prior to January 1, 1993, under
Perspective Requirements for Graduation - See below.
Completion of 34 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in
one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for
the Bachelor of Science (Social Work) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The
course total must include two Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is
calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 34
total courses required: three Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits
with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits:
two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the
minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken
that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements
(extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or
Graduation Skills requirements.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements
for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The
Christian Faith
Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following:
1. Transfer students entering with 14-23 courses will be qMto take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at A u g s b w and
2. Transfer students entering with 24 or more courses will be required to
take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at
Augsburg.
Perspective: Western Heritage
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is
required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or
more courses.)
Perspective: The Social World
Two courses are required for this Perspective. (One course is required to
meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more
courses.)
Perspective: The Natural World
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is
required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or
more courses.)
[
1
Fall 1993
Interim 1994
New student
orientation
Su, Sept. 5 - Tu, Sept. 7
Freshman registration
W, Sept. 8
Upperclass validation
W, Sept. 8
Classes begin
W, Sept. 8
Last day to register
Classes end
Last day to designate
grading option
F, Od. 22
Spring 1994
Mid-term break
F, Oct.22
Interim
registration
M, Od. 25 - F, Oct. 29
Spring Term
registration
-
M, Nov. 15 - Tu, Dec. 3
F, Nov. 19
Last day to add a class
or drop a class
without notation on record
F, Feb. 4
Last day to
withdraw from a class
F, Mar. 25
Mid-term break begins
M, Mar. 28
M, N ~29 ~ Last
. day to designate
Final exams end
M, Jan. 31
F, Feb. 4
Classes resume
Final exams begin
W, Jan. 26
Last day to register
n,N
~25 ~ Classes
,
resume
F, Dec. 10
F, Jan. 14
Classes begin
Thanksgiving recess
begins
Classes end
I
Last day to designate
grading option,
or withdraw from a class
Last day to add a class or
drop a class without
notation on record
Tu, Sept. 14
Last day to withdraw
from a class
II
T"* Sept. l4
Interim classes begin
M, Jan. 3
Last day
register,
add a class, or drop a class
without notation on record T, Jan. 4
grading option
Tu, Apr. 5
F, Apr. 8
M1Dee. l3
Early registration
for fall
M, Apr. 25 - F, May 6
Th'
Classes end
F, May 13
Final exams begin
M, May 16
Final exams end
Th, May 19
Baccalaureate/
Commencement
Su, May 22
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdmp Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Umess Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdmp-OftedalMemorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11.2222 Murphy Place
12 Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American Indian Support and Minority
Education Partnership
22 Oscar Anderson Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview/% w s Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Stromrnen TennisCourts
J. Resident Parking Only
K. Student/Commuter Parking
Accessible Entrance
Show less
A Greeting
from the
President
On behalf of the entire college
community, I welcome you to
Augsburg College. It is a pleasure
to introduce the College to
prospective students and to use
this opportunity to welcome new
and returning students.
Augsburg has earned a reputation
as an affordable... Show more
A Greeting
from the
President
On behalf of the entire college
community, I welcome you to
Augsburg College. It is a pleasure
to introduce the College to
prospective students and to use
this opportunity to welcome new
and returning students.
Augsburg has earned a reputation
as an affordable, quality liberal arts
college of the church. The mission of
the College, its academic programs
and its metropolitan location attract a
wide variety of students, a diversity
which is actively encouraged.
Whether from a small town, a large
city or another country, all students
enjoy the sense of community here
at Augsburg.
The College continues to grow,
building on a tradition of excellence
in its programs, f a d t y , students
and facilities. It is a place where
community, national and world
leaders meet to discuss issues
and ideas.
I invite you to become part of this
tradition of excellence -Augsburg
is an exciting and challenging place
to prepare for your future.
I look forward to meeting you
on campus.
Charles S. Anderson
President
- AUCSBURC LOLLECE FACTS AND FIGURES
Location -Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Religious Affiliation - The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 18 percent represent other
Protestant denominations and 21
percent represent the Roman Catholic
Church.
Accreditation -North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education. Approved by the
American Chemical Society, Council on
Social Work Education, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schools of
Music, and National League for Nursing.
Member -Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education
Council in North America, Minnesota
Private College Council. Registered
with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board, as described on
page 11.
Enrollment (1993-'94) - 2,964 students
from 26 states and 26 nations.
I Graduates - 11,839 undergraduates
from 1870 through July 31,1993.
StudentIFaculty Ratio - 13.84 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 20-25.
Campus - 16 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-'80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
Accessibility - Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway-tunnel-elevator
system provides access to 10 major
buildings without going outside.
I Financial Aid -Over
90 percent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
I Library -Over 175,000 items, access to
over 7,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin
Cities private college library consortium
and Minitex, the regional library
network.
School Year - Semesters from September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January
Interim. Two summer school sessions.
Augsburg Weekend College -trimesters, September to June. Augsburg
Graduate Program - trimesters,
September to June.
Majors -More than 40 majors in 22
departments.
Off Campus Programs - Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA),International
Business Program, Upper Midwest
Association of Intercultural Education
(UMAIE)and extensive cooperative
education and internship programs.
Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),
and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division 111.
I Policy - Augsburg College does not
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual preference, marital status or
handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admission
policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
A
ugsburg College
in
- is grounded
traditions - the traditions of its founders,
of the church and of higher education in
the liberal arts. From this framework
springs a dynamic, challenging and
evolving institution that rises to the
challenges of today's - and tomorrow's changing world.
Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in
September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The
first college stude,ntswere enrolled in 1874
and the first graduation was in 1879.
Augsburg is committed to educating
the whole person, encouraging and
respecting diversity and serving the larger
community. Through education, understanding and service, Augsburg faculty,
staff and students can affect the future in
positive ways.
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The phrase, "Think globally, act
locally" rings true at Augsburg. The
College's location in the heart of the Twin
Cities provides rich opportunities for
experiential education, volunteer service,
internships and cultural enrichment. In a
sense, the cities are an extended campus
for Augsburg students.
Mission Statement
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, "Education for service,"
and to the Mission of the College:
To developfuture leaders of service to the
world by providing high quality educational
opportunities which are based in the liberal arts
and shaped by the faith and values of the
Christian Church, by the context of a vital
metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally
diverse campus community.
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary
founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of
faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg,
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first
president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two
teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal and
Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly
articulated the direction of Augsburg: to
educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister
to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students
for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan:
First, train ministerial candidates; second,
prepare future theological students; and
third, educate the farmer, worker and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg's
theme for over one hundred years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist"
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (1876-1907),required
students to get pre-ministerial experience
in city congregations. Student involvement
in the community gave early expression to
the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
About Augsburg 7
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations
committed to congregational autonomy
and personal Christianity. This change
made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran
body. But the college division was still
important primarily as an attachment to
the seminary.
The Focus Changed
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, Georg Sverdrup, Jr.,
became President. He worked to develop
college departments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg
admitted women in 1922 under the
leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of
Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
College as a teacher and administrator.
The College's mission assumed a
double character -ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and
improve academic offerings. Now the
College was a larger part of the institution
than the seminary, and received the most
attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modern
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With curriculum change came a long effort
to become accredited.
The College reached full accreditation
in 1954, although many alumni had entered
graduate schools and teaching positions
long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The Seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963.
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to non-traditional student
populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of
leadership the College became a vital and
integral part of the city. Also in these years,
Augsbwg added the Music Hall,Mortensen
Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center,
Ice Arena and Murphy Place.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the
College since 1980. He guides Augsburg's
commitment to liberal arts education,
spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs and a curriculum
that draws on the resources of the city as
extensions of campus and classroom.
Augsburg continues to grow under his
leadership. Some of the accomplishments
during his tenure include instituting three
graduate degree programs, hosting
national and international figures at
College-sponsored forums and events,
increased accessibility and the addition of
the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and
Communication.
- About Augsburg
Augsburg continues to reflect the
commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative and
successful citizens;
The city, with all its excitement,
challenges and diversity is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts
institution set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center. There are now more
than 11,800 Augsburg alumni. In a world
that has changed much since those first
days of the College, Augsburg still sends
out graduates who make a difference
where they live and work.
CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg's campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in
Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The
University of Minnesota West Bank
campus and one of the city's largest
medical centers - Riverside Medical
Center - is adjacent to the campus, with
the Mississippi River and the Seven
Corners theater district just a few blocks
away. Downtown Minneapolis and St.
Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports,
entertainment and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via
Interstate 94, which forms the southern
border of the campus. (See map in back.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport and bus or
train connections can be made from all
areas of the United States.
FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student
housing at Augsburg are conveniently
located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/
skyway system connects the two tower
dormitories, the fi;e buildings on the
~ u a d r i ~ lplus
e , Music Hall, Murphy
Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Admissions Office -The central
admissions office is located at 628 21st
Avenue South and provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
American Indian Support Program
and Black Student Affairs Program
Offices - Located at 620 21st Avenue
South, these programs provide support
services and information to American
Indian and Black students.
Anderson Hall -Named in honor of
Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg
College from 1963 to 1980, this residence
hall is the newest building on campus.
Located at 2016 S. Eighth Street, Anderson
Hall contains four types of living units and
houses 192 men and women. (1993)
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field - The
athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue
South, is the playing and practice field of
many of the Augsburg teams. An air
supported dome covers the field during the
winter months, allowing year-around use.
Christensen Center - Center of nonacademic activity, with spacious lounges
and recreational areas, dining areas,
About Augsburg 9
bookstore and offices for student govemment and student publications. (1967)
program and two admissions representatives.
College Relations House - Located at
709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for
College Relations staff, who oversee public
relations and publications for the College.
Ice Arena -Two large skating areas
for hockey, figure skating and recreational
skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan
community. (1974)
Center for Global Education Located at 609 22nd Avenue South,
provides offices for the Global Center staff
and a resource room for those interested in
global issues. It is also the office for the
Coordinator of Academic Programs
Abroad.
Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942,
basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department. It provides facilities for the
health and physical education program,
intercollegiate and intramural athletics,
chapel services and general auditorium
purposes. (1961)
East Hall -Houses the Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership (MMEP)
and the Center for Atmospheric Space
Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and Communication Establishes a new "front door" for the
College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss
Center is named in recognition of the gifts
of Julian and June Foss and was built with
the additional support of many alumni and
friends of the College. The TjornhomNelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel and the
Amold Atrium are also housed in this
complex, which provides space for the
Campus Ministry program, drama and
communication offices. Augsburg's
computer lab, the Karen Housh Tutor
Center and the John Evans Learning
Laboratory are located in the lower level
of this facility. (1988)
The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center Named in 1991to honor Jeroy C. Carlson,
senior development officer and former
alumni director, upon his retirement from
Augsburg. Located at 2124 S. 7th Street, the
center houses the offices of Alumni/Parent
Relations, the Augsburg Fund, Community
Relations, the Hispanic/Latino support
Mortensen Tower - Named in honor
of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from
1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom
apartments that house 312 upper-class
students, plus conference rooms and
spacious lounge areas. (1973)
Music Hall - Contains a 217-seat
recital hall, classroom facilities, two
rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice
studios and offices for the music faculty.
(1978)
Old Main -Home for the Modem
Language and Art Departments, with
classrooms used by other departments.
Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main
combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on
the National Register of Historic Places.
(1900)
Science Hall ,- Houses classrooms,
well-equipped laboratories, a mediumsized auditorium and faculty offices. In
1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the
roof was completed. (1949)
South Hall and Annex Houses -All
are located in or near the campus area and
provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
Iu
-
About Augsburg
George Sverdrup Library -Named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it
contains reading rooms, seminar rooms,
work rooms, an audio-visual center, the
Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty
offices. (1955)
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Named in honor of Augsburg's second and
third presidents, it provides space for
administrative and faculty offices. (1938)
2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices
for Weekend College, Graduate and Special
Programs, Cooperative Education and
classroom space. (1964)
Urness Tower -Named in honor of
Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have
given several generous gifts to the College.
The tower provides living quarters for 324
students. Each floor is a "floor unit,"
providing 36 residents, housed two to a
room, with their own lounge, study and
utility areas. (1967)
W ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and to programs which
increase both individual and group
understanding and achievement. In
addition to the programs listed below, the
College is also home to Elderhostel and
College of the Third Age programs.
Inter-Race: The International Institute
for Interracial Interaction- Inter-Race
facilitates interracial understanding in
families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides
training and consultation, research,
education, resource centers, publications,
public policy and legal study in five
centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st
Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (MMEP) -The Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a
non-profit membership organization that
works closely with students, the communities of color and representatives from
education, business, government and nonprofits to develop programs that help
students of color succeed academically. By
drawing on the talents and resources of
others concerned with the success of
students of color, MMEP creates collaborative, workable approaches to complex
problems. MMEP believes that concentrating on the needs of students of color helps
them move from thinking to doing, from
wanting to having, and from dreaming to
achieving. The MMEP office is located in
East Hall.
Nordic Center - The Nordic Center
promotes interest in contemporary Norden,
encourages the pursuit of Nordic studies
and nurtures intercultural relations
between the United States and the five
Nordic nations of Denmark, Finland,
Iceland, Norway and Sweden. The Nordic
Center is located at 2400 Butler Place.
Augsburg Youth and Family Institute
- The Institute is designed to help
churches better serve the changing needs of
youth and families. The Institute at 2011
South Seventh Street offers academic
programs at both undergraduate and
graduate levels, as well as seminar/
workshops, a resource center and counseling senices.
W POLICIES
It is the policy of Augsburg College not
to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, gender,
sexual preference, marital status or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
About Augsburg Ir
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment
practices. Inquiries regarding compliance
may be directed to the coordinators listed
in the directory in the back of this catalog,
or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower,
Seventh Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul,
MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American
Chemical Society, the Council on Social
Work Education, National Association for
Music Therapy, Inc., and the National
League for Nursing. Augsburg College is
an institutional member of the National
Association of Schools of Music (NASM).
We are a member of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America and Minnesota Private College
Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating
Board. Registration is not an endorsement
of the institution. Registration does not
mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions or
that the quality of the educational programs
will meet the standards of every student,
educational institution or employer.
For Freshmen - 14
Early Admission of Freshmen - 15
For Transfer Students - 15
For Former Students - 15
For Special Students - 15
International Student Services - 16
- ADMISSIONS
A
ugsburg College is looking for
students with intelligence and character.
We want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community, the College
community and the community at large.
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities and academic atmosphere
is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an Admissions Counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready
to help students and parents with college
planning. Call the Admissions Office any
weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 430 p.m.
- (612) 330-1001 or toll-free (800) 788-5678.
We'll answer your questions and arrange
a tour for you (including Saturday momings during the school year). Our office is
on the northwest comer of Seventh Street
and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
(Please call first.)
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration
of each candidate's academic achievement,
personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and
potential for development as a student and
as a graduate of Augsburg College. The
College selects students on individual merit
without regard to race, creed, disability,
national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
.
.
1 FRESHMEN
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for
admission and the essay and return them
to the Admissions Office together with the
non-refundable $20.00 application fee.
Transcripts - An official transcript
from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. General Education
Development scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript.
Test Scores - Freshman applicants are
required to submit results from the college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results
from SAT or PSAT are also accepted. It will
suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
Additional Information- If there is
personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a
candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more
recent test scores, results of the present
semester's course work, additional letters
of recommendation or writing samples
may be requested by the Committee. If any
additional credentials are needed, the
Admissions Office will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision, usually within two
weeks after the application file is complete
and has been evaluated by the Admissions
Committee.
Admissions
Confirmation of Admission - Accepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $loo*
tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may
be requested in writing to the Director of
Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$loo* tuition deposit. Those students who
wish to live in College housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
*Non-refundableafter May 1.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who
wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to
begin full-time work toward a degree
following completion of their junior year or
first semester of the senior year of high
school. Applicants for early admission
must complete the normal procedures for
freshman applicants, submit two academic
recommendations from the high school
faculty and arrange a personal interview
with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are
interested in the possibility of enrolling at
Augsburg under the auspices of the
Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
Options Act should contact the Admissions
Office for specific information.
I TRANSFER STUDENTS
Augsburg College welcomes students
who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or
universities. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed
at accredited institutions. The College
reserves the right not to grant credit for
courses where it considers the work
unsatisfactory, to grant provisional aedit
for work taken at unaccredited institutions
and to require that certain courses be taken
at Augsburg.
Augsburg College limits transfer course
work from two-year colleges once a student
has reached junior status. If all transfer
work has been taken at a two-year college
as a freshman or sophomore, a maximum
of 17 Augsburg courses, or 96 quarter
credits, will be accepted toward the
number of Augsburg course credits
required for the baccalaureate degree.
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work.
Admission to a major, as well as
admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental section of
this catalog to see if admission to the major
is necessary.
I FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have intempted attendance at Augsburg College without
requesting a leave of absence and who
wish to return must apply for re-admission
through the Registrar's Office. Students
who have attended any other institution(s)
during the absence from Augsburg must
have an official transcript sent from each
institution to the Registrar's Office.
Returning students do not pay the application fee.
I SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DECREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Usually part-time
l3
- Admissions
students, they may subsequently become
candidates for a degree by petitioning
through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
A transcript must be sent to the Admissions
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student
(non-degree) status is available from the
Admissions Office.
Augsburg welcomes students from
countries around the world. International
students from more than 50 countries have
attended Augsburg since 1954.
Students should contact the Admissions
Officefor an International Student Application and information on the application
procedure. Applications must be received
two months prior to the start of the
semester: July 1for Fall, November 1for
Spring.
,
For additional information, call
(612) 330-1001, or 1-800-788-5678 (toll free),
or write to:
International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis MN 55454
College Costs
Tuition and Fees - 1
Room and Board - 1
Special Fees - 18
Deposits and Payments - 19
1
Financial Policies
Refunds - 20
I
Financial Aid
How and When to Apply - 21
Kinds of Aid
I
1
a
I
.I
I
I
I
Merit Scholarships - 22
Gift Assistance - 23
Loan Assistance - 23
Student Employment - 24
Sponsored Scholarships - 25
X OUR LDUCATION
A
11students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts
education costs more than tuition and fees
cover. The College raises that difference in
gifts -from alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
church, friends, foundations and endowment income.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on
students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
Room Rent
(includes telephone
and basic service)
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 1994-'95 academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
TUITION, FEES, ROOM AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment)
..................$485.00
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate
for that course.
.......... $2,234.00
(Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week)
......... $2,138.00
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week)
Flex 5 point plan
Fees
......... $2,076.00
..........
$1,890.00
....................... $112.00
..... $ 11,902.00
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September, 1994. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more courses during the semester terms.
The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts and lectures.
The amount is payable in two equal
installments at the beginning of each
semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course ....... $1,270.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate
for that course.
OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NON-REFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (full-time
students only) ............... $12.00
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ...........$25.00
Registration Change after first five
days (cancelladd/ change/grade
option, or combination
at one time) .................. $5.00
Music Therapy Internship
(one-half course credit) ...... $485.00
Private Music Lessons, per
semester (14 lessons) ........ $270.00
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ........ $50.00
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) ....... $100.00
Financial Information Is
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) .... $193.00
Student Activity Fee ............. $100.00
Student Activity Fee
(part-time students) .......... $50.00
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Application (new and/or
special students) ............. $20.00
$128.00
Nursing Credit Validation Tests
Nursing Comprehensive Exam .... $16.00
Nursing Name Pins ............... $5.00
Locker Rental (commuters) ........ $26.00
Student Parking Lot Permit
- car ....................... $81.00
-motorcycle ................ $41.00
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) ........ $2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file in Registrar's
Ofice)
..
BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to be $500.00
per year.
DEPOSITS
Enrollment Deposit
(non-refundable)
........ $100.00
Required of all new students after
acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is
credited to the student's account only when
his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net
credit balance (after all charges and/or
fines) will be refunded upon request of the
student. For more information, contact the
Admissions Office.
Housing Damage Deposit
..... $100.00
Required of all resident students at the
time of signing a contract, to reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is
retained against damages and/or fines and
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by the
contract. New contracts may be terminated
for Fall or Spring Term by following the
conditions delineated in the housing
contract. The resident will be responsible
for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the
new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for
Fall Semester or January 1for Spring
Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the
$100 deposit as a service charge. The entire
deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is
after these dates.
I PAYMENTS
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of
each semester a Statement of Estimated
Charges showing basic charges and
financial aid credits designated by the
Student Financial Services Office is sent to
the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1)Annual
payments, due August 15 as billed;
(2) Semester payments, due August 15 and
January 15 as billed; (3) Payment Plan upon application and after College
approval, a three-month plan is available
each semester. Details are included with
the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) 10-month
Payment Plan -upon application, College
approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid
in 10 equal installmentsbeginning June 15
and ending March 15. No finance charge
will be assessed on accounts which are
current. An application will be sent upon
request.
-
Financial Information
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of 1percent per month on any account
with an open balance of 30 days or more or
on a 10-month payment plan in which
payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis,
payable in two equal installments at the
beginning of each semester.
Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release
academic student transcripts until all
student accounts are paid in full or, in the
case of student loan funds administered by
the College (Perkins Student Loan and the
Nursing Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment
schedules and the loan entrance and exit
interviews have been completed.
REFUNDS
Students fill out Withdrawal from
College forms available in the Advising
Center or Registrar's Office. They must be
filled out completely, signed and turned in
to the Registrar's Office. Students who
properly withdraw, change to part-time,
are dismissed or are released from a
housing contract will have their accounts
adjusted for tuition and room (except for
the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover
administrative costs) according to the
following schedule:
100% - through the first five days of
classes (less $100 administrative
fee)
90% - from the 6th through 10th day
of classes
80% - from the 11th through 15th day
of classes
70% - from the 16th through 20th day
of classes
60% - from the 2lst through 25th day
of classes
50% - from the 26th day of classes
through the mid-point of the
term
No refund will be made after the
middle class day of the term. Board refunds
are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to withdraw due
to illness or an accident, the refund will
include the normal percentage plus onehalf of the percentage adjustment, upon
submission of a report from the attending
doctor stating the inability or inadvisability
of continued e ~ o h e n t .
Students who elect to omit an Interim or
to graduate in December are not entitled to
a refund of Interim tuition, room and board
charges. Students who participate in an
approved off-campus Interim are eligible to
apply for a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are
available in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to
the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc.
will be made before eligibility for a cash
refund is determined.
REFUNDS FOR NEW STUDENTS FIRST TERM AT AUCSBURC
Refunds will be calculated on a pro-rata
basis (using federal government guidelines) for students attending Augsburg for
the first time. The refund will be a portion
of tuition, fees and expenses equal to the
period of enrollment up to the 60 percent
point in time of the period of enrollment.
The federal statute guidelines and requirements for refunds are more stringent for
Financial Information 21
first-term new students. Students may
appeal refund decisions through the
Petition Committee.
Financing higher education could be the
most significant investment a person or
family makes in a lifetime. So, proper
planning and wise choices are important,
not only in choosing a college, but also in
the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg
College, through its Office of Student
Financial Services, will help students and
their families with both monetary and
advisory assistance to protect access to a
quality education in spite of increasing
costs.
Financial assistance awarded through
Augsburg is a combination of scholarships,
grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal,
state, church and private agencies in
providing various aid programs. For the
1993-'94 academic year, nearly 9 out of 10
students at Augsburg received scholarships,
grants, loans and part-time employment.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid is intended to
supplement student and family resources.
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application help determine
the amount of assistance for which a
student is eligible. This analysis estimates
the amount a student and family can be
expected to provide for college expenses,
taking into account such family financial
factors as current income, assets, number of
dependents, other educational expenses,
debts, retirement needs and special
considerations.
HOW AND WHEN TO APPLY
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg
College. No financial aid notification is
made until the student has applied and
been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)from a high
school or college financial aid office.
Complete the application, enter the
Augsburg College Code 002334, and send
the application to the processing agency
after January 1but before April 15 for
priority consideration.
3. Complete the Augsburg Financial
Aid application and submit it to Student
Financial Services.
4. After Augsburg receives the analysis
and you are accepted for admission, the'
Financial Aid Committee will meet and
review your eligibility for all the programs
available. A letter will be sent to you
detailing your financial aid.
5. Acceptance of this financial aid
package is required within the deadline
stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan
forms and/or work applications will be
sent to you.
6. Transfer students must submit a
financial aid transcript from each postsecondary institution previously attended
before financial aid will be offered. The
financial aid transcript forms are available from the Admissions or Financial Aid
offices.
7. All applicants (and parents of dependent students) are required to provide a
copy of their most recent federal tax form.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-
:L
Financial lntormation
established each academic year by filing
the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid
and the Renewal Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Renewal is
based on the family's financial eligibility,
the student's satisfactory academic
progress and fund availability.
KINDS OF AID
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships,
grants and loans that might be available in
their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company
or business employing parents or spouses,
high schools, service clubs and fraternal
organizations for information on aid
available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some
students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance
for Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children and other sources.
Merit Scholarships
President's Scholarships - President's
Scholarships, which assure gift assistance
equal to tuition, are awarded annually to
the most academically qualified full-time
freshmen students. These scholarships are
awarded without regard to need. The
awards are renewable for three years based
on academic performance at Augsburg.
Because this is a unified program, full
tuition is assured; that is, the College
guarantees the difference between non-
Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as
state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full
tuition. Special application is due February
15. Details are available from the Admissions Office.
Transfer Scholarships - Transfer
Scholarships up to $5,000 are available to
full-time students in the day schedule who
are direct transfers to Augsburg College
following two years of full-time study at a
community college or other approved twoyear college. Students must have maintained at least a 3.3 GPA on a 4.0 point
scale. Scholarships are awarded without
regard to need and will be renewed for a
second year given satisfactory academic
performance. Special application is due
April 1.Details are available from the
Admissions Office.
Regents' Merit Scholarships -The
Regents' Merit Scholarships are awarded to
incoming full-time freshmen of high
academic achievement. Depending on high
school class rank or college entrance test
score, Augsburg will award scholarships of
$1,000 to $4,000 each, renewable each year,
regardless of financial need.
Performing Arts Scholarships -These
recognize student excellence in music or
theater. Students with talents in music
(vocal and instrumental), acting, stage
design or production are qualified for this
$1,000 annual award. Selection is based on
individual performance auditions, good
academic standing and letters of recommendation. These scholarships are renewable as students maintain involvement with
a co-curricular performance group.
Hoversten Peace Scholarships Recognize students who have demonstrated a commitment to peace, service and
community. Examples of involvement of
recent scholarship recipients include
Financial Information z!
Amnesty International, Habitat for
Humanity, community service and church
activities.
Lutheran Leader Scholarships These scholarships recognize incoming
freshmen of high academic achievement
with a demonstrated record of leadership
within their congregations. Students
eligible for the $1,000 annual renewable
award are those who rank in the top 30
percent of their high school class and have
the recommendation of their pastor.
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg
College will match the first $500 a year of a
student's scholarship or grant from a
Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or
grant check from the congregation must be
received at Augsburg by October 1.
Gift Assistance (Need Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available
to students who have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A
student's academic performance, financial
need, and high school and community
involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and
Grants - Awarded by the state to Mimesota residents who have financial need. For
1993-'94, these ranged from $100 to $5,889.
All applicants from Minnesota are expected
to apply.
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grants - A federal program
administered by the College. To be eligible,
a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or
permanent resident; (2) have exceptional
financial need as defined by the program;
(3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory
academic standing at the College; and
(4) be accepted for admission.
Federal Pell Grants - Federal Pell
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education and
are based on financial need as defined by
program guidelines. The maximum grant
eligibility for each student for 1994'95 was
$2,300. Application is made by filing the
FAFSA.
Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and
State Indian Scholarships -Bureau of
Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full- and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships, students must be of 1/4 degree
Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a
federally recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary; contact the American
Indian Support Program office. Indian
grants supplement all other forms of
financial aid. Questions may be directed to
the American Indian Support Office or to
your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian
Education Office.
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan -A
joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College
for students who demonstrate financial
eligibility. Loans are interest-free during
your education. No interest accrues nor do
payments have to be made on the principal
at any time you are enrolled at least halftime. Simple interest of 5 percent and
repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin nine months
after you leave school. Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The loan cames a
teacher cancellation clause. The maximum
which may be borrowed for undergraduate
- Financial Information
L4
study is $15,000 ($30,000 including graduate school).
Federal Stafford Student Loans Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
local lender or state agency in states which
provide such programs. Subsidized
Stafford Loans are need-based loans which
the federal govenunent subsidizes by
paying accrued interest while in school and
during the grace period. Therefore, the
borrower is not responsible for interest
accrued while in school or during the sixmonth grace period.
Interest begins accruing on the date of
disbursement for the Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may
choose to make payments while in school
or may defer payments and allow interest
to be capitalized (added to the balance of
the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan is variable and changes
annually based on the 91-day Treasury Bill.
For students with existing loans, the
interest rate will match the interest rate on
their existing loans (7%,8%, 9% or
S%/lO%).
The following borrowing limits apply
to the Stafford Loan program after July 1,
1994:
Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined
Subsidized & Unsubsidized Stafford)
Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized & Unsubsidized
Stafford)
Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Aggregate maximum: $46,000
Federal Nursing Student Loan -A
federal program with provisions similar to
the Perkins Student Loan program, but
restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the
baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients
must have financial need and be registered
at least half-time. The maximum loan is
$4,000 per year.
Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS)
- PLUS is a loan program to help parents
meet college costs of their dependent
childreri. Parents may borrow up to the cost
of attendance (minus other aid). Repayment
begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not toexceed
10 perceni and a minimum payment of $50
per month. Application forms are available
at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications are normally filed with
the bank or thrift institution with which
your family has an account.
The Student Educational Loan Fund
(SELF) - SELF is administered through
the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Applications are available
from the Office of Student Financial
Services.
Undergraduates may borrow up to
$6,000 per year minus any other student
loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $25,000. The minimum
loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest
rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90
days after the loan is disbursed and
continue quarterly thereafter, while the
student is enrolled. Principal payments
b e p the 13th month after you leave
school. There are no deferments.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students with proven
Financial Information 2s
financial need who are at least one-half
time students. Assignment is made on the
basis of need and potential competence
in performing the duties assigned. Parttime work provided by the College is
considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15
hours of on-campus employment per week
is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee. Students
should make application to both the
Financial Aid and Personnel offices for
work study positions.
Federal College Work Study Program
and Minnesota State Work Study
Program - Under these programs the
federal or state government supplies funds
on a matching basis with the College to
provide some part-time work opportunities.
Augsburg College, through generous
gifts from alumni, faculty, staff and friends
of the College, offers more than 175
sponsored scholarships. For more detailed
information about sponsored scholarships,
contact the Student Financial Services
Office or your admissions counselor.
Sponsored scholarships are available in
the following categories: general scholarships, special scholarships, minority/
international student scholarships, and
departmental scholarships.
Social, Cultural, Recreational- 28
Fine Arts - 29
IntercollegiateAthletics - 29
Intramurals - 29
Student Affairs - 29
Academic Skills Enrichment - 29
Program for Students
with Disabilities (CLASS) - 30
Support Programs - 30
American Indian - 30
Asian American - 31
Black Students - 31
Hispanic/Latino - 32
Career Services - 32
'1
' I
1
Center for Counseling and
Health Promotion - 32
Health Service - 33
Id
First Year Experience - 33
,
Student Activities - 33
International Programs - 33
I
Food Service - 34
(
Residence Life Program - 35
(Housing)
I
I ,
'1
L
Student Standards of Behavior,
Complaints, Records - 36
2g 3TUDENT LIFE
I bxperiences in the classroom are an
important part of college life, but learning
and development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
leaming and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as
academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide for
students to explore their own faith.
Through student government students
secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and
faculty, and provide input into the decisionmaking process at Augsburg. Student
govemment also sponsors and directs
student activities, protects student rights
and provides the means for discussions and
action on all issues pertaining to student life
at Augsburg.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each day
to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gfts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
The College Pastor and Campus
Ministry staff have offices in the Foss,
Lobeck, Miles Center and are available for
spiritual guidance, counseling, support or
information.
Student govemment is organized into
the executive branch, the legislative branch
and the judicial branch. Elections are held in
the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect
their representatives in the fall of their first
year. Many kinds of involvement are
possible -program planning, writing,
editing or service opportunities.If you want
to get involved, contact the president or vice
president of the Student Body in their
offices in the lower level of the Christensen
Center.
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities take place on campus
as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, films, theme events, name
entertainment and visiting personalities in
various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of
Student Life
leisure-time activity on campus. The
Gameroom and Student Lounge, popular
hang-outs, are located in the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom and
non-classroom related interests meet here.
Student offices in this area include the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo; the
yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student
Government and the Augsburg Student
Activities Council. KCMR, a studentoperated non-profit radio station serving
the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding
Cedar-Riverside community, is located in
Urness Tower.
Students have many opportunitiesto
participate in music and drama. In addition
to appearing on campus and in the city, the
Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and
Orchestra perform on national and intemational tours. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of
musical styles and previous musical
experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of the
Theatre Arts Deparbnent and have the
opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
v,&shops
with visiting arts professionals.
I INTRAMURALS
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check schedules for times when there
is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services and
activities dedicated to complementing and
enhancing students' educational experience
and the academic programs of Augsburg
College. These programs, services and
activities provide students with an enriched
collegiate experience which celebrates our
rich diversity of student needs and interests;
attends to the social, cultural and career
development of students; and enhances
students' academic performance through
direct intervention and environmental
management. The following information
provides a brief introduction to the major
efforts of the Student Affairs Division.
I ACADEMIC SKILLS ENRICHMENT
INTERCOLLEGIATEATHLETICS
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota IntercollegiateAthletic Conference
(MIAC) and is a member of the National
Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA)
Division LII. Men annually compete in
football, soccer, cross country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and
field and golf. Women annually compete in
volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball,
track and field, softball and tennis.
The Academic Enrichment Program is
designed to offer students study skills
assistance so that they may achieve their
best from their studying. The program
includes four components: the Learning
Center, the Tutor Center, the Learning
Laboratory and the Center for Learning and
Adaptive Student Services (CLASS).
The Learning Center, located in
Memorial Hall, Room 119 and Foss Center,
Room 18, assists students in improving their
skills in such areas as time management,
30 Student Life
-
notetaking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and
memory improvement. Diagnostic testing
is also available to assess skills in reading,
vocabulary, spelling, study strategies and
learning styles. The staff will assist students
in developing effective and efficient study
skills.
The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges
for students to meet with tutors for content
tutoring in most freshman and sophomorelevel courses. The Center also notifies
students of tutoring labs available, as well
as supplementary instruction sessions, in
which tutors attend the classes and lead
discussions after class on major concepts of
the courses.
The JohnEvans Learning Laboratory,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers
students the opportunity to improve skills
in reading, writing and mathematics
through the use of computer software.
Tutors are available to demonstrate the uses
of the software, and students are able to
monitor their progress.
W PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH
DISABILITIES (CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS) serves over 150
students and is recognized nationally as a
leader in the field of educating students
with diagnosed learning and physical
disabilities. The CLASS program is a logical
outgrowth of the College's commitment to
provide a high quality liberal arts education
for students with diverse backgrounds,
experiences and preparation. Augsburg has
a commitment to recruit, retain and
graduate students with learning and
physical disabilities who demonstrate the
willingness and ability to participate in
college-level learning.
The staff includes three licensed learning
disabilities specialists, a physical disabilities
specialist, and an accommodationspecialist,
who supervises work-study students and
coordinates accommodation services for
students. One-on-one meetings between
students and specialists are the centerpiece
of the program model. Accommodations
include individualized academic support,
advocacy with faculty and staff, special
testing arrangements, taped textbooks, peer
tutors, securing notetakers, access to and
training on computers, and adaptive technology, such as a Braille printer, dictation
and voice recognition software, and adaptive keyboard equipment. Modified and
accessible dormitory rooms are available.
During the 1980s Augsburg spent nearly
one million dollars to make the campus
accessible to persons with physical disabilities by constructing a skyway-tunnelelevator system that connects 10 major
buildings. Augsburg has the oldest and
most extensive learning disabilities program
among the private colleges in Minnesota.
For more information, please contact the
CLASS office at 612/330-1053 to request a
copy of the CLASS brochure and/or
schedule an ~nformationalappointment
with a specialist.
W AMERICAN INDIAN SUPPORT
PROGRAM
The American Indian Support Program,
located at 621 21st Avenue South, is a
multifaceted office established in 1978 to
recruit and retain American Indian students. It is a national model of success and
continues to have one of the highest
retention and graduation rates of Indian
students in the state of Minnesota.
Student Life
Components of the program are as
follows:
American lndian Support Services:
Assistance in admissions procedures,
financial aid procedures including BIA,
Tribal and Minnesota Indian State Scholarship applications, orientation and registration, course work selection, individual education plans, academic advising, career
counseling, employment, community and
professional referrals, internships, student
housing and crisis intervention. It advises
and supports the Intertribal Student Union
(ITSU).
Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves
as a peer support group for incoming and
currently enrolled American Indian
students. ITSU also organizes and cosponsors cultural events.
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership:MNITTP is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis Public School District, intended to increase the number of American
Indian teachers in the Minneapolis public
schools. Funded by the Minnesota State
Legislature in 1990, this project is designed
as a special grant and loan forgiveness
program. Students who are awarded state
teaching licensure may then apply for loan
forgiveness for each year the student
teaches, one fifth of the loan will be forgiven.
American lndian Studies Minor: An
academic component encompassingthe
range of American Indian contributions to
North American culture. Courses offered
include art, religion, history, literature,
Ojibwe language and women's issues. For
more information, contact Dr. Virginia
Allery, 612/330-1385, or see course listings
under Interdisciplinary Studies in the
academic section of the catalog.
Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000
books, a variety of journals and scholarly
publications, research materials, American
Indian magazines and newspapers and over
125VHS videos are housed in the Sverdrup
Library and at the American Indian Support
Program Office. The library project offers
both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of various tribal nations
in the United States.
H ASIAN AMERICAN SUPPORT
PROGRAM
The Asian American Support Program
was created in 1992 to recruit and retain
Asian American students and to enhance
the quihty of their total experience while at
Augsburg College. The program seeks to
create opportunitieswhere Asian American
students can be involved in and contribute
to all aspects of academic and student life.
The Program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and
course work selection, career development,
academic and non-academic difficulties,
and employment and placement referrals.
The Asian American Association is
affiliated with the Support Program. The
Association carries out various activities
during the acadeinic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asian
American and other students at Augsburg.
BLACK STUDENT SUPPORT PROGRAM
The Black Student Affairs Office (BSA) is
committed to enhancing the education and
personal development of students of
African descent, and to promote cultural
and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. BSA sponsors
31
-
32
Student Life
events and activities, such as celebrating
Martin Luther King's birthday, Afrikana
History Month, the Each One Reach One
mentoring program and Augsburg Black
Alumni Council gatherings.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
provides support to students, including a
schedule of social and cultural activities.
The headquarters is in the BSA Office, as is
the Pan-Afrikan Center.
HISPANIC/LATINO SUPPORT
PROGRAM
The Hispanic/Latino Support Program
offers students individualized attention in
many areas, including academic support,
counseling and advocacy.
Students find assistance in: admissions
and financial aid procedures, orientation
and registration, academic planning, career
counseling, housing, internships and
employment and placement referrals.
The program advises the Latino Student
Association and supports academic, social,
cultural events, and other activities that
improve the academic and personal
development of Hispanic/Latino students
and provides awareness of the unique
aspects of the Hispanic culture.
CAREER SERVICES
The Career Services Department is
committed to assisting all students with
their career planning. This process is an
important part of a student's development
while attending college. To aid students in
this process, Career Services offers students
the opportunity to actively participate in
career seminars, career assessments, oneon-one counseling, self-paced computer
career planning modules, and use of the
Alumni Resource Network for informational interviews.
S e ~ c eare
s available to all students, but
some programs are sponsored especially for
seniors. Seniors are encouraged to attend
one of three annual job fairs with recruiters
representing business, education or
nonprofit and government sectors. There is
also an annual graduate and professional
school fair for seniors to explore educational
options after graduation.
CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Counseling
Counseling provides a supportive
environment where students have many
opportunitiesto gain self-awareness
through personal exploration with the
assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction.
Services include individual counseling,
group counseling, psychological testing,
assessment and referral, workshops, and
consultation and outreach.
Through the relationship with a skilled
counselor, a student may discuss personal
issues such as stress, depression, roommate
problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use,
family problems, motivation, transitions,
breaking away from family, self-image,
difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc.
Counseling is an educational process in
which students learn to think objectively
about themselves and learn methods of
understanding themselves and others.
Professional counseling can make a
substantial contribution to the educational
experiences of the student by providing the
opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth.
Student Life 3:
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a wide spectrum of activities and events that increase
awareness of health issues and assist
students in adapting new behaviors for a
healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion also
works with various campus agencies to
foster positive change within the campus
environment.
Professional staff offer private consultations, individual assessments and group
workshops to accommodate the needs of all
students. Topics include varied health
issues such as fitness, nutrition, weight
management, stress reduction, alcohol and
other drug use, sexuality, etc. Students
interested in health issues can combine
learning and practice through involvement
with Health Promotion services. Academic
and practicurn opportunities are also
available to students from a variety of
academic disciplines.
HEALTH SERVICE
Riverside University Family Practice
Clinic serves as the Augsburg College
Health Service and is a family practice
residency clinic affiliated with the University of Minnesota. The clinic is located one
block from campus at 2615 Franklin Avenue
South. Office visits for illness and injury are
free for all Augsburg students.
Students must check family health
insurance coverage to determine if they are
included. If not, contact the Vice President
for Student Affairs Office for information
regarding student health insurance.
FIRST YEAR EXPERIENCE PROGRAM
(FYE)
The FYE program assists students in
their first Augsburg registration, provides
orientation events before classes begin, and
also includes a seminar series.
FYE reflects the College's commitment
to a meaningful introduction to college for
our students - an enriching beginning for a
college career. To provide focus for this
introduction, the ME seminar is centered
on a series of themes. These themes are
reflected in and expanded upon in readings,
discussions and other activities. Diversity,
tradition, change, ways of knowing and
what it means to be an educated person are
all themes associated with the program.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Student Activities program creates
opportunities for students to enhance their
leadership skills through active involve
ment in developing events, activities and
organizations which serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming
effortsand targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through
these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic
and enjoyable interactive environment.
INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS
The International Student Services Office
focuses on the needs of international
students. It also serves as a resource for
those interested in international events and
global issues.
International Students -International
students receive assistance in meeting their
educational objectives through advising on
academic concerns, immigration and visa
problems, financial matters, practical
matters (taxes, insurance, housing, daycare)
and personal concern.
New international students participate
in an orientation program before the
beginning of the term which provides
14
Student Life
practical information on housing, banking,
using local transportatiod and course
registration. Students also learn about the
U.S. educational system and adjusting to
life at Augsburg.
Study Abroad -An increasing number
of Augsburg students are taking advantage
of the opportunity to gain academic credit
for an overseas experience. Through study
abroad students may meet with grassroots
women's organizations in Mexico, work in a
small business or artisan program in Kenya,
examine Scandinavian perspectives on
world peace in Norway, or thrill to the
sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese
state opera house. Study abroad provides
opportmities to develop critical thinking
skills, strengthen language competencies,
further career paths, experience different
cultures and gain knowledge about the
increasingly interdependent world.
Students interested in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting programs which best fit their academic, career
and personal objectives. Assistance is given
with program application, course registration, financing and travel arrangements.
Orientation and re-entry programs are
offered to assist students in integrating the
experience abroad into their course work
and personal lives.
The deadline for application is
December 15 for off-campus study the
following year.
All students in good academic standing
at Augsburg may apply for permission to
study off-campus. The cost for many
programs is equivalent to full tuition, room
and board for a semester on-campus.
Financial aid is granted on the same basis as
on-campus study.
Students normally receive the same
number of course credits abroad as they
would if studying on-campus. Courses
abroad can fulfill major, distribution/
general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers
and the Study Abroad Adviser before
departure.
Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to utilize the
cross-culturalperspectives of its intemational students and students with experience overseas to educate the college community on world issues. This is done
through faculty, staff and student
development programs which include
activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural
Club and the International House, forums
on world issues sponsored by the Global
Community and Amnesty International
student groups, and seminars focusing on
issues of cross-cultural communication for
faculty and staff.
FOOD SERVICE
The Commons -Situated on the top
floor of the Christensen Center, this is the
main food service facility for students,
faculty and staff. %s pleasant, spacious
room features small table units for easy
conversation and overlooks the College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's - Located on the ground
floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's
features grill items, pizza, soups and salads,
desserts and beverages. -
Augsburg provides a variety of board
Student Life
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
RESIDENCE LIFE PROGRAM
Augsburg recognizes the importance of
the residence experience during the college
years. Research indicates that students who
live on campus will be more likely to
complete their college degree successfully.
Augsburg provides a diverse and dynamic
residence program which fosters the
development of community, and supports
and enhances the academic experience.
Live-in staff assist students by providing
social and educational programming,
facilitating conflict resolutions and assisting
in emergencies.
Each complex contains 24hour study
rooms, computer services, laundry and
vending services and access to security staff.
Augsburg expects all freshmen and
sophomores, not living at home, to live in
college-operated housing. Housing for
married students and students with families
is available.
Students rent a room at the beginning of
the Fall term for the entire academic school
year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at
Augsburg. Upper-class students make
housing arrangementsin the Spring. All
resident students must sign room and board
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are
urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1
in order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1will be provided
housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus must pay
a $100 deposit when they sign the housing
contract. The fee is credited to the student's
account when he or she moves out.
The College houses approximately 700
students in residence hall rooms, apartments, floor houses, and townhouses. A
wide variety of options are available,
including single rooms.
Urness Tower -All new students and
some upper-class students live in Urness
Tower. This 11-story high-rise houses 324
students. Each floor is considered a house
unit providing 36 students (two to a room),
with their own lounge, study and utility
areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished
with a bed, dresser, desk and chair. Linens
are not provided.
Mortensen Tower -This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 onebedroom and twobedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Tower is
carpeted, air conditioned and contains
kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished.
Anderson Hall - Opened in Fall 1993,
this is the newest residence hall. It contains
four types of living units: two-bedroom
apartments, two-room suites, floor houses
and townhouses. This residence houses 192
men and women. All rooms are furnished
with beds, dressers and desks. It is
equipped with telephones, cable TV and
computer hook-ups.
Special Interest Housing -Students
may submit proposals in the Spring for a
program which allows them to live as a
group with a special educational contract.
Examples of programs include Campus
Ministry, healthy living options and
international floors.
3!
-
l6
Student Life
STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR,
COMPLAINTS, RECORDS
The C O 1 l e ~
a statement of
standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal.
The College operates in compliance with
the Family Rights and Privacy Act. Students
have the right to inspect certain official
records, files and data which pertain to
them and which are maintained in the
Officeof the
and the Placement
Office, and to challenge inaccurate or
misleading information.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact the Vice
President for Student Affairs Office.
General Information - 3,
Degrees Offered - 38
Academic Calendar - sa
,
Computer Resources - 39
Academic Advising Center - 39
I
Academic Organ'mtion and Programs
Divisions and Departments - 40
Majors and Minors - 40
Teaching Licensure - 42
Pre-Professional Programs - 42
Honors Program - 43
Inter-Institutional Programs - 44
Study Abroad - 45
Experiential Education - 48
Weekend College -50
Graduate Programs - .
Other Programs - 51
Academic Policies and Procedures - 5
Registration- 51
Withdrawal from College - 52
Leave of Absence - 52
General Education Curriculum - 53
Quick Check Summary of
Graduation Requirements - 53
Graduation Requirements - 55
Students Entering 1993 and After Students Who Entered Prior to 1993 Students Entering Under Distributio
Curriculum Requirements - 64
Skills Component - 57
Liberal Arts Perspectives - 58
Rationale for Perspectives - 63
Evaluation and Grading - 66
Assessment of Previous
Learning Program - 68
Academic Progress, Probation
and Dismissal - 70
Four Year Assurance Program - 71
- ACADEMIC INFORMATION
A
ugsburg College constructs its
curriculum upon the premise that students
must be educated as fully human persons
-intellectually, spiritually and physically.
To act effectively, human beings must have
a broad grasp of the of the world from
which they have come as well as the world
in which
live.
providing courses in
the humanities, natural sciences and social
sciences, the general education curriculum
introduces students to the breadth and
complexity of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition and encourage them to
reflect upon the importance and meaning of
spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses
offer students the opportunity to develop
skills for participation in exercise and
sporting activities.
Students choose from over 40 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge
in a discipline and to prepare for a career or
further study. Thus, through a balance of
curricular activities supported by full
programs in student life and religious life,
an Augsburg College education strives to
educate its students in a real world for the
real world.
DECREES OFFERED
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the
Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of
Science undergraduate degrees. Augsburg
also offers the Master of Arts in Leadership,
the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership
and the Master of Social Work graduate
degrees.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar,
with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4-week
January Interim. Full-time students normally take four course credits each semester
and one course during Interim. A maximum
of three course credits can be earned in the
two annual summer sessions, one of four
weeks and one of six weeks.
fiecalendar is coordinated with
of the four other colleges of the Associated
CoU,ges of the Twin Cities, so students can
t&e courses on another
during the
regular term. (SeeRegistration on page 51
and Calendars on page 269 and 270.)
January Interim is~&cularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to
employ different styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and
topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
The Interim catalog, published in the fall
of each year, is distributed to all students
and is available by contacting the Interim
Office. In addition to classes offered on
campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel
opportunitieswithin the United States and
abroad. Augsburg offers two Summer
School sessions. The Summer School catalog
is published in the winter of each year, is
distributed to all students, and is available
by contading the Summer School Office.
Augsburg Weekend College and
Graduate Programs follow a trimester
calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College
and Graduate Programs, pages 50 and 51).
FACULTY
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. ~ o sfaculty
t
hold the
dodorate or other terminal degree and all
consider teaching to be the focus of their
activity. Faculty are involved in social,
professional and a variety of research
activities, but see these activities as supporting their teaching. They are actively
involved in an exciting faculty development
program which introduces them to current
thought in many fields but especially in
teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement
between professors and students. Faculty
act as academic advisers and participate
regularly in campus activities. Every
freshman is assigned a First Year Experience
(FYE) adviser and, later, chooses a major
adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act
as both mentors and models for students.
tapes and films, and supplies media
equipment free of charge for instructional
use. Audio and video tape duplication
within the limits set by copyright law is
available. Fees are charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as
for lamination. The Center supplies
television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video
editing, tape recorders, microphones, slide,
overhead, filmstrip, opaque and movie
projectors as well as screens and carts. Film
bibliographies and advice on materials
selection are available. Facilities for classes
in broadcasting are located in the Center.
I COMPUTER RESOURCES
I LIBRARY AND AUDIO-VISUAL
SERVICES
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff
and friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place to study and do
research. The main library houses over
175,000 books, journals, records and
microforms. Music, chemistry and art
history slide libraries are located within
departmental areas.
A se~ce-orientedstaff provides
students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction in
the use of the library, reference service and
guidance in pursuing research. Students
have access to a wide variety of local,
regional, national and international
databases. Arrangements are made for
access by students with physical limitations
and special needs.
Students have access via a computerized
online catalog and daily courier service to
all the library holdings of the seven private
liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities and
the James J. Hill Reference Library.
The Library Audio-Visual Center houses
a large collection of sound recordings, video
The recent completion of a new computer classroom and lab in the Foss Center
was an important addition to the growing
list of computer resources accessible to
Augsburg students and faculty.
Computing clusters -located in the
residence halls, the Foss Center computer
lab, the Library and the Science Building are connected via a campus-wide network
that offers a full range of network services.
Students also have 24-hour access seven
days a week to more than 30 computers in
the Mortensen/Umess study lounge.
Augsburg College, a member of the
National Science Foundation's Internet since
1990, is connected to hundreds of universities and other institutions in the U.S. and
around the world. Internet access and a
renewed focus on educational technology is
allowing Augsburg to integrate these
electronic resources into many different
areas of the learning process.
I ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER
The Academic Advising Center advises
transfer students and students with
undeclared majors, provides information on
- Academic lntormation
matters of general education, administers
and tracks all entry level skills assessments,
interprets catalog and graduation skills
requirements, and advises both students
who have been placed on academic
probation and re-entering suspended
students regarding GPA requirements. The
Center also coordinates summer advising
for the orientation program and provides
in-service training and development for
f a d t y advisers.
DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
The College curriculum is offered by 22
departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities -Catherine Nicholl
(Chair).Art, English, Modern Languages,
Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication, Theatre Arts, College Librarians.
Natural Science and Mathematics Mark Engebretson (Chair).Biology,
Chemistry, Mathematics, Computer Science,
Physics.
Social and Behavioral Sciences Richard Nelson (Chair).Business Administration, Accounting, Economics, History,
Management Information Systems (MIS),
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology.
Professional Studies -Vincent Peters
(Chair).Education, Health and Physical
Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work.
MAJORSAND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one
division or cross academic disciplines. Some
students decide on a major or majors before
they enter college. Others test a variety of
disciplines before deciding. Normally a
major should be elected by the end of the
fourth semester and earlier in some
disciplines. Details of majors and minors are
in the course description section. Unless
otherwise indicated, majors are part of the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Students may contact the Registrar
about creating a unique major.
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Administration/Economics
Business Administration/Finance
Business Administration/Intemational
Business
Business Administration/Management
Business Administration/Marketing
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
General CommunicationStudies
Mass Communications
Organizational Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
East and Southeast Asian Studies'
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Education
Kindergarten-Elementary
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering2
Academic lntormatlon -
English
Health Education
History
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Applied Mathematics
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages'
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S. -Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Speech
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Women's Studies
Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Health Education
History
International Business
International Relations
Linguistics
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modern Languages '
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Nordic Area Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Social Welfare
Sociology
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies'
Special Education
Speech
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for students to complete
other majors through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
- Academic lntormation
'L
Students who wish to complete a major
offered at one of the other ACTC colleges
must apply through the Augsburg
Registrar's Office.
Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of
Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning1
intermediate/advanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese,Hebrew, Japanese,
Russian, and other infrequently taught languages.
Students register directly with the ACTC ofice.
*Dualdegree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington
University School o f Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University.
W OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are
offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following
fields in Secondary Education: EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health,
Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science
(Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91,
Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre
Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121,
Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades
5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom
Music (grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom
Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music
(grades 5-12), and Physical Education
(K-12).
Students planning to teach on the
secondary level have advisers both in the
Education Department and the area of their
academic major($
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields
of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education
at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for
admission to graduate schools or seminaries
be reviewed and the course of study at
Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty
adviser is available in each field to assist
students in their planning. Students who
want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the Assistant to the Dean for
Academic Advising early in their freshman
year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are
recommended to fulfill the minimum
requirements of the School of Dentistry at
the University of Minnesota: ENG, two
courses; BIO 113,114; PHY 121,122; CHM
115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124;
PSY 105. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Pre-Engineering-This program
provides a course of study which enables
students to complete introductory core
requirements in mathematics, science and
the liberal arts necessary for engineering.
Some students in the program choose to
transfer after two years to an institution
granting degrees in engineering, while
others elect to participate in a dual
degree program.
Augsburg College has cooperative
arrangements with three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts
degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
Minneapolis; Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science, St.
Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual
degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in
the liberal arts, including an elected major,
with the study of engineering.
Academic Information
Pre-Law - Students considering a
career in law should examine the handbook
published by the Association of American
Law Schools. Students may wish to take
the course POL 170 (Law in the United
States) to help determine their interest in
law. Pre-law students should major in a
discipline of their own choosing and will
satisfy most law school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in
the liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools
are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. At
Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry
Departments have majors which can fulfill
the academic requirements for pre-medical
students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or
105,106),MAT 145,146;and PHY 121,122.
The chemistry major also requires CHM
353,361, one advanced course, seminar and
two or more biology courses. The biology
major also requires BIO 113,114,201,491
and at least one from each of five groups (BIO 367,386,471), (BIO 355,474), (BIO 351,
353,473), (BIO 361,440), (BIO476,481) with BIO 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to
meet the University of Minnesota ( M i m e
apolis) requirements, both programs also
encourage courses in the behavioral sciences
and humanities, including psychology and
sociology. The University of Minnesota
(Minneapolis)requires two years of English.
Requirements at other medical schools may
vary. Students are encouraged to consult
with their faculty adviser early in the
freshman year.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician's Assistant and Pre-Physical
Therapy - Course work in preparation
for these training programs should be
discussed with a faculty member in the
Biology Department.
Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a
program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at
the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,114;
CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112 or 113;
ENG 111and a second course; MAT 145,
146; PHY 121,122; electives from hurnanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the
semester hour requirements. Requirements
at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philose
phy, English, psychology, sociology or
religion. Recommended preparation
includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (WesternCivilization);one or
more courses in the history of philosophy
and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, these courses are recommended:
ENG, two courses; MAT 145; public
speaking, one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105,
106),351,352,353; BIO 113,114; PHY 121,
122; economics, one course; two courses in
art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or
Upper Division modem languages; and
anthropology, economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology or
sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the
curriculum requirements. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Honors Program
The Honors Program is designed to
challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg.
The program combines academic and
cultural components with social activities.
Members of the program normally enter as
freshmen, with opportunities for transfers
-
4:
14
Academic Information
and others. Students graduate from the
Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on
the transcript and which provides a n
advantage for both employment and
graduate school application.
During the freshman and sophomore
years, students take a four course honors
sequence that satisfies four Perspectives.
They also participate in a Monday Forum
program that affords an opportunity to hear
outside speakers, assess films, and pursue
course sequence topics in greater depth. The
First-Year Experience (FYE) is also integrated into the freshman sequence.
During the junior and senior years,
students take four mini-seminars (one full
course credit upon completion),one each
semester and participate in a six week
Monday Forum program each term. Seniors
take a Senior Seminar during Interim, which
satisfies a Perspective requirement, and are
obliged to complete an approved Honors
project. Some seniors satisfy this requirement by serving on the Augsburg Honors
Review, a yearly journal which publishes
outstanding student papers.
Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of
at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4
the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two
years. Please direct enquiries to Dr. Joan
Griffin, Director of Freshman and Sophomore Honors, or Dr. Larry Crockett,
Director of Junior and Senior Honors.
INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center -Through
CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges
library consortium, and MINITEX, the
regional library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000
volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at
Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and
universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at one of the other
campuses. No additional fee is required for
such an exchange, except for private
instruction in music and some independent
studies. See Independent Study for additional details. Students may elect to
participate in the cooperative program to
gain new perspectives, to get better
acquainted with the other schools or to
undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges
have coordinated calendars. The Interim
term may also be taken on another campus.
A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students
between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa
and South Dakota, develops and offers offcampus study semesters in Scandinavia,
South and Central America and the Twin
Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues
associated with social change, inequality
and the human community. The consortium
also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among
faculty, cooperative research, international
and experiential education and conferences
on planning and metro-urban studies.
Academic Information 4!
Chemical Dependency Program -A
cooperative effort between Augsburg
College and Minneapolis Community
College in downtown Minneapolis has
resulted in the establishment of a four-year
program in social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program is designed to train
specialists to help professional people in
dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses.
Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students
may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under
the ACTC consortium agreement. Students
are eligible to compete for two and three
year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar.
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies may
apply toward the total credits required for
graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as non-degree credits.
Naval ROTC -Augsburg students
may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more mformation, contact the Office of
the Registrar.
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies may
apply toward the total credits required for
graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as non-degree credits.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD
An increasing number of Augsburg
students are taking advantage of the
opportunity to gain academic credit for an
overseas experience. Through study abroad,
students may find themselves exploring the
ancient Mayan ruins in Mexico, meeting
with women's groups in Namibia, examining Scandinavianperspectives on world
peace or hilling to the sounds of music at a
Viennese opera house.
International Study at Augsburg College
is intended to motivate students to act
responsibly and effectively in society
by expanding their awareness of other
cultures, deepening their understanding
of the human condition on a global scale,
and helping them to understand the
connections between social justice and
global interdependence.
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off-campus.
Although foreign language skills are an
asset to students studying abroad, they are
not required. Since it takes some time to
prepare for studying abroad, students
should start planning during their freshman
and sophomore years. Students must apply
by December 15 for study off-campus for
the next academic year.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent
to full tuition, room and board for a
semester on-campus. Financial aid is
granted on the same basis as on-campus
study. Cost estifnates are drawn up to assist
the Financial Aid Office in awarding aid to
students studying overseas.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of
several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
- Academic
16
Information
program. Students majoring in a variety of
disciplines, from the natural sciences and
mathematics to the humanities, are among
those who study abroad each year. Students
normally receive the same number of course
credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus. Courses abroad can fulfill major,
distribution/general education and
graduation requirements when approved by
academic advisers and department chairs
before departure.
A sample of study programs is highlighted below. For information on these or
other programs overseas, contact the
Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad.
Also see the International Studies section of
the Department and Programs section of
this catalog for full course descriptions of
the programs listed below.
The Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education
facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work
toward a more just and sustainable world.
The Center's programs explore a diversity
of viewpoints and are grounded in the
perspectives of the poor and of others
struggling for justice and human dignity.
The Center's study programs are
conducted in Mexico, Namibia, Norway and
Switzerland. Students experience three
distinct types of living situations, which
include living with other participants in a
community house, spending several days in
a rural setting and several weeks living with
host families. They also travel together on
two-week seminars -in Mexico to Central
America, in Namibia to South Africa, and in
Switzerland to Italy and Germany. The cost
of these programs is equivalent to full
tuition, room and board for one semester on
campus plus airfare.
Augsburg College/OstFold, Norway
Semester or Academic Year
Augsburg, in cooperation with the
University of North Dakota and the city of
Moss, offers this semester or year-long
exchange program in Moss, Norway.
Students are taught in English. Courses
offered may meet perspectives for general
education requirements, or count as
electives in communication, international
business and Nordic Area Studies. Students live with host families on the island
of Jeby. Application deadline: April 15.
Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives - Fall
This program explores the experience of
women in Latin America, focusing on their
roles in economic development, social
change strategies, and the connections
women are drawing among issues of
gender, race, class and global economics.
The course offers credit in areas such as
religion, political science and Spanish.
Application deadline: April 1.
Social Policy and Human Services in Latin
America - Fall
This program introduces students to the
central issues currently facing Latin
America by focusing on new models of
political organizing, popular education and
human services. Credit may be earned in
social work, sociology, education, political
science and Spanish. Application deadline:
Apnl 1.
Southern Africa Societies in Transition
- Fall
This intensive progrim of study and
travel is designed to introduce participants
to the central issues facing Southern Africa.
Namibia is a nation that has recently gained
independence and is making a transition
Academic Information 43
from colonialism to independence. Students
will explore the complex political, social and
economic dynamics of building a new
nation. Credit may be earned in history,
political science and religion. Internships
are available with development agencies.
Application deadline: April 15.
Contemporary Issues in Mexico and
Central America - Spring
This program examines the history of
political change, the dynamics of social
justice and the role of the church in Latin
America. Students explore the importance
of community and the role of U.S. citizens in
social and political change. Credit may be
earned in areas such as history, religion and
Spanish. Application deadline: October 15.
International Development and Human
Rights in Latin America - Spring
This program focuses on the themes of
international development and human .
rights. It includes coursework in human
rights, international development, Hispanic
literature and Spanish composition and
conversation. Credit may be earned in
Spanish, Latin American studies, international relations, political science, economics,
peace studies, anthropology and pre-law
studies. Internships in human rights
organizations are available. Application
deadline: October 15.
Women and Development: A Southern
Africa Perspective - Spring
This intensive study and travel program
is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa, with
emphasis on the experience of women. The
program introduces students to the struggle
of women in Southern Africa, to the history
of their role in society, and to the situation
that exists for women in Africa. Students
may earn credit in political science, religion
and sociology. Internships are available
with agencies providing special services to
women. Application deadline: October 15
Global Issues and World Churches Summer
This intensive program of study and
travel is designed to introduce participants
to the workings of international nongovernmental organizations, especially ecumenical
church agencies. The program will focus on
justice issues (international responses to the
challenges of humans rights, refugees and
relief, and social and economic development); peace issues (international responses
to conflict);and the integrity of creation
(international responses to environmental
and ecological travel).
The Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in three different full
semester programs in Norway,
Ecuador or Colombia. AU programs
emphasize the impact of the social change
and cross-cultural factors on the human
community. HECUA programs emphasize
intense language experience, internships
and field trips.
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies, and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Norway - Fall
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society,
culture and language, and the development
'8
Academic Information
of cities, urban problem solving and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
study and site visits in Copenhagen,
Stockholm, Helsinki, and the former Soviet
Union, will provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics.
Application deadline: March 15.
Community Internships in Latin America:
Ecuador - Fall or Spring
This interdisciplinaryprogram enables
the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization
with study of the community development
process and increasing language skills.
Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community
agencies or groups working with or for
low-income and other disenfranchised
populations in Latin America. Application
deadlines: November 1for Spring Term
and March 15 for Fall Term.
Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin
America: Colombia or Ecuador - Spring
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on development and social change in Latin
America through the study of ideology, as
reflected in literature, the arts and the
ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application
deadline: November 1.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department
students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program
coordinated through Moorhead State
University or the University of Minnesota,
Morris. Students have options for student
teaching in dozens of countries through
the International Independent School
Network. Students who teach abroad will
also do part of their student teaching under
direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
For additional information, contact the
Education Department.
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25 to 30 courses are
offered around the world by Augsburg
professors and through the Upper
Midwest Association for International
Education (UMAIE).Course registration is
held during the Spring and Fall terms for
the following January. Application
deadline: October 25.
EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION
PROCRAMS
Through Internships, Cooperative
Education and Community Service,
Augsburg students integrate and expand
their liberal arts education by embracing
the worlds of work and service. Each work
or community service placement is closely
related to a student's major, course work or
career interest. Augsburg's Internship,
Cooperative Education and Community
Service programs link employers, community organizations and the academic
program in a way that enriches and
expands a student's educational experience
and personal development. An underlying
assumption is that a liberal arts education
is an effective preparation for careers and
citizenship. The integration of "knowing
and doing" adds breadth and depth to the
liberal arts curriculum and assists students
in making more informed academic, career
and personal decisions.
The College's metropolitan location
makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable
learning experiences in small and midsize
companies, large corporations, non-profit
organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations.
Academic Information 4
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully
planned work-based learning experience
where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A
learning agreement plan, negotiated with a
faculty supervisor and work supervisor,
outlining the internship objectives, strategies and evaluation methods is required.
An academic internship is approved,
supervised and evaluated by a faculty
member in the department in which the
student wishes to earn the Internship credit.
Upper Division Internships are numbered
399 and Lower Division Internships are
numbered 199.
Registration for Internships consists of
the following steps:
1.Obtain the Internship registration
permission form from the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office and secure
the signatures of the faculty supervisor and
Director of Internships and Cooperative
Education.
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship
during the registration period. The signed
permission form must be turned in at the
time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement secured, but a
suitable internship must be found by the
end of the registration or drop/add period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available from the Internship and Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated
with the faculty member responsible for
grading the experience and the work
supervisor. The completed original is
turned in to the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office, with copies made for the
faculty, supervisor and student.
Internships are available in all majors
and can be taken during a semester (or
Weekend College trimester), Interim or
summer session. For extension of an
Internship beyond one term see Evaluation
and Grading on page 66.
A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the total courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative Education is a college
supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to
a student's major or career objective. The
goal is to combine theory with practice in
work or servicebased settings.
Students also earn money to help defray
educational costs while gaining important
on-the-job experience. Job placements
typically are part-time during the academic
year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs
are flexible and can begin and end anytme.
Co-op Ed is not credited in and of itself, but
a non-credit Cooperative Education
transcript entry is available during the
academic terms the student is employed.
Co-op Ed students are encouraged to
complete at least one Internship for credit in
conjunction with their Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to
Augsburg students who have completed
their freshman year and are in good
academic standing.
Service-Learning
Augsburg's Service-Learningprogram
combines respoke to human needs in the
community with a conscious awareness and
understanding of issues, reflection and
educational growth. Augsburg students
learn from and about the community and
society in which they live by participating in
orientation sessions, direct servicelearning
activities and seminars or class discussions.
-
Academic Intormation
Through direct service, such as volunteering
at a homeless shelter, tutoring, building
housing for low income people or working
with environmental groups, students
engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal
learning between the student(s) and the
community. Service Learning includes
course-imbedded community service,
tutoring, internships, cooperative education
and a wide range of volunteer options.
The Service-LearningProgram works
with community organizations and
organizes specific projects to enhance
student involvement and also assists with
and supports the integration of servicelearning into departmental courses. The
program works closely with the student
directed Augsburg LINK program and
campus ministry.
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg Weekend College provides an
educational alternative for adult students
who work or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which
men and women may earn a college degree,
complete a second major or pursue a
personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on
alternate weekends. There are three
trimester terms during the early September
through June academic year. Students may
take from one to four classes each term.
Although the Augsburg Weekend
College program involves the same courses
as the day school program, the curriculum
is limited to selected liberal arts courses and
the following majors: Accounting, Business
Administration (specializationsin finance,
international business, management and
marketing), Communication (concentrations
in general communication, organizational
communication and mass communication),
Computer Science, Economics, Elementary
and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing,
Psychology, Religion and Social Work.
1 GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Augsburg College offers three
graduate degree programs: the Master of
Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and the Master of
Social Work.
Designed for working adults, the
Augsburg Graduate Program operates on
alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday
evenings. There are three trimester terms
during the early September through June
academic year.
The Master of Arts in Leadership
program is based on the subject matter and
approaches of the traditional liberal arts.
This cross-disciplinaryprogram directs its
academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems
relevant to organizational leaders.
Augsburg's program recognizes that
today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understandinn
., of their world.
The Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program values the role that
good educators play in the lives of students,
and operates from the belief that educators
need to exercise leadership within the
workplace without relinquishing the role of
teacher. The program promotes leadership
as a process, promotes productivity within
and beyond the organization and works
toward progress.
The Master of Social Work at Augsburg
offers two concentrations: Family Practice
and Program Development, Policy and
Academic Information
Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a
developmental and holistic perspective.
Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program
Coordinator.
The Program Development, Policy and
Administration concentration has been
developed in response to the growing
demand for creative leadership and
administration of policies and services that
respond to human need.
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and is host to both
Elderhostel and College of the Third Age
programs. For more information, contact the
Academic Dean's office.
Both concentrations are founded on the
assumptions that analysis of complex social
issues and solutions must be based on solid
research, and that the world is interdependent in all areas, including human needs
and the services to address them.
These programs bring working adults to
the campus. They are complemented by the
College's Cooperative Education Program
(begun in 1984) that places Augsburg
students into paid work experiences.
OTHER PROGRAMS
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers selected
courses through Continuing Education.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office
of the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs.
Canadian Program
The Canadian Program was inaugurated
in 1985with endowment from the
Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies.
The program supports special events and
conferences as well as student internships
and faculty activity in Canadian studies.
The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness
of the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to
learn directly from Canadians through visits
and exchanges.
Elderhostel and College of the Third Age
REGISTRATION
A student must be registered for a
course to receive credit for it.
Full-time students normally register for
four course credits per semester and one
course during Interim. Students registered
for three or more course credits in a
semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course
credits, students must contact the
Registrar's office to petition the Committee
on Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to
five days after the semester begins,
registration is encouraged at the regularly
scheduled time. Special fees are charged for
late registration. Special fees also are
charged for cancelling or adding courses or
changing grading option after the first five
days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each
Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
academic year. As some courses are offered
only in alternate years, students should
also consult with Departmental advisers
when planning their academic program.
Separate catalogs of courses are
published by the Interim Office, Summer
-5'
- Academic Information
iz
School Office, Weekend College Office
and Graduate Program Office for those
sessions at Augsburg, listing registration
times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar -Science Hall
114, for Fall and Spring Terms
Interim Office -Memorial Hall 230
Summer School Office -2222 Murphy
Place
Weekend College Office -2222
because this may result in a failing grade
on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College
must be completed in the Office of the
Registrar. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal
from College form may be obtained in the
Advising Center or in the Office of the
Registrar. Withdrawal from College cannot
occur during final examination week unless
a petition is approved by the Student
Standing Committee. Withdrawal from
College and any consequential adjustments
in accounts are effective as of the date the
Withdrawal from College form is returned
to the Office of the Registrar.
Murphy Place
Graduate Program Office -2222
Murphy Place
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may
pre-register during summer for courses in
the Fall. All currently enrolled students
may pre-register during the Fall for the
Spring term and during the Spring for the
Fall term.
Class Confirmation
All students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment
arrangements prior to the start of classes.
Students who do not confirm their
registration before the first day of classes
(unless special arrangements have been
made) will lose all classes. They may
register and confirm during the first five
days, but special late fees are assessed and
added to their account.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
Leave of Absence
Students may request a Leave of
Absence for academic or personal reasons.
A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from
College form must be picked up in the
Advising Center or the Office of the
Registrar. It must be signed by Advising
Center staff or authorized representative.
The completed form must be submitted to
the Office of the Registrar.
A leave of absence may be granted for
one term or one academic year. If an
extension is needed, an updated Leave of
Absence form must be submitted to the
Office of the Registrar prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence
period or an application for readmission
will be required.
A student on leave of absence is
responsible for keeping the Office of the
Registrar informed of his or her mailing
address. All deadlines for financial aid and
housing must be observed by the returning
student. A leave of absence does not defer
payment of loans or extend incomplete
course deadlines.
:(sluaua~!nba~ OZ"""'
('yy.0) a3wuuojrad >!snyy
' - ' - ' ' '
('yy.0) uo!+e:,npg 3!snn
asaqloj Aldde Aeu j!pam ~ a p u w l )uop '1
PI-............
( y g ) Oqquno3~y
-enpe~601 ~ o p d
qua~aJ!nbal6 u ! ~ o l l o ~
:suogda3xa % u y i o ~ ~ o j
aql alaldwo3 lsnu '£661 '1 henuel
aq+
q
q
!
~' ~ u a q e d a pauo liue
laye (q!pa~>a l o u JO p~ q l ! 6u!~alua)
~
â¬1 ut!q+aroux ON
u!
aq
lieu1
sasmo:,
quapnls JapueJl Jo!uas pue ~o!un!IIV
sasmo:, uqraluI aq Jsnu OML
8quosear aageq!quenb q asmo:, aug
8 q e a d s u! asmo:, auo
- m u ) uo!s!a!a
.
( ~ ~ [ Eaq+
LXI
u!q+!~auo) ~ U I + U Mu! sasrno3 OML
(.sa~g:,adsradro ro[eux aqj u!
sasmo3 q + !+am
~ aq dew s+uauxar!nbar
a s a q ~.J
) ro 0.z 30 ape18 urnur!qw
e VIMS I I ~ uSo ! ~ n p e ~~U!MOIIOJ
3
aqq n g ~ ~y e sqa s~~ n aqa1duo3
o~
uayeq s! axanbas $1101-read
e ssaIun squaqedap juarajpp woq
OML
'sanypadsrad p p o 1erweN
~
a8eduel anlqeu mod ueqq
raqqo q 'sanypadslad aSe&uel OMJ,
.
.
.
(anoqe ro 0 0 paraq
~
raddn aq qsnux 11
:asaqq jo .s+!par3 asmo:, EE aqaIduIo3
(-qdmaxaare
squaprqs rajsuerq arouxoqdo~).ieu!uraS
put! uoqequauo n q m a q a~a1dwo3
:(quauaJ!nbaJ asaqloa Aldde
Aeu ypaJ3 ~ajsueq)uopenpe~601 J O ! J ~
q u a u a ~ ! n b a6~u ! ~ o l l oaql
~ alalduo3
lsnu ' ~ 6 '1
6 ~
henuef JaUe 6u!~alua
sluapnls Japueq a~ouoqdosput?
uetuysay Ile pue uauqsay Mau llv
.a8e~ane
~ q o aped
d
~~LII+II qeqqen
.ro[eu~e 30 uo!qalduxo3
aged
uo paqtrxap are sumuqxauI raqw
.
-uo!qenpefi lo3 pux
are s+uauIar!nbar ne qeq arnsua o+srasrape
r!aq+ q q ! ~lil+uanbayqnsuo:, oq pue
s~uauxa~!nbal
uogenper8 IInj aqq d ~ ~ y a
peal oq pasrnpe ale spaprqs .SS a8ed uo
q8aq q:,!q~ squamar!nbar aadap a~a~dmo:,
y
Jouue:, pue an!s
aqq 103 d l ~ aqwqsqns
-uaqarduxo~IOU q +! lXleuxuxns a s y -uo!~
-enper%roj squawar!nbar urnln:,!un3 uo!q
-e:,npg praua3 aqq 30 uoysraa paqeparqqe
ut! q +syppaq:, a:,uarajar p n b y u
i4
Academic Information
Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
writing.
Demonstrate proficiency in two
different Lifetime Sports.
Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of III.
Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
Complete courses that fulfill the
following Perspective Requirements:
Two Christian Faith perspectives
(One Christian Faith perspective
for transfer students entering with
24 or more course credits)
One City perspective
11 must be Upper Division (numbered 300 or above)
Two must be Interim courses
One Western Heritage perspective
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the
following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A. ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M) . . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
One Social World perspective
Other maximums are described on
page 57.
Completion of a major.
Maintain minimum grade point
average.
One Human Identity perspective
One Aesthetic perspective
One Intercultural perspective
Two Language perspectives, in other
than your native language
One Natural World perspective
Complete courses that fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These
requirements may be met with courses
in the major or perspectives.)
One course with a writing component within the major
One course with a critical thinking
component
One course in speaking
One course in quantitative reasoning
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the Assistant to the
Dean for Academic Advising and the
Registrar are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning. Students
who enter an academic program with a
baccalaureate or higher degree should
contact the Registrar's Office about specific
requirements for a second baccalaureate
degree or for the equivalent of a major.
Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of
their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application
forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and verified in the
Registrar's office prior to the anticipated
date of graduation (there may be no
incompletes or open courses on the
academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation
with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors, page 71.
Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a
major, the First Year Experience (FYE), a
minimum GPA, residence, and general
education courses. Because the College is in
transition during the change from Distribution to Perspective graduation requirements, the minimum number of credits
required may vary depending on date of
matriculation, as follows:
Students Entering After January1, 1993,
Under Perspectives Curriculum Requirements For Graduation:
1. Completion of 33 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s.
Not more than 13 course credits may be in
one department, except in certain approved
majors: Accounting (B.A.) - 14; Music
Education (B.M.) - 17; Music Performance
(B.M.) -20; Music Therapy (B.S.) - 17;
and Social Work (B.S.) - 15.
The course total must include two
Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg.
For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than
the number of years at Augsburg (but no
more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer
student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 33 total course credits
required: two Interim courses; two courses
by independent/directed study; four
courses of internship; and eight course
credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits:
two in the major except Elementary
Education (two in the major plus student
teaching) and Nursing (no PIN grading is
permitted); one in the minor if approved by
the department chairperson. Interim
courses taken that are not counted among
the credit total for graduation requirements
(extra interim courses) may still be counted
for meeting perspective or graduation
skills requirements.
2. Completion of a Major - Requirements for each major are listed under the
departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) - All
students who enter the College as freshmen
in the weekday schedule program must
complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall
Orientation and Seminar. See the program
- Academic Information
section on the First Year Experience for a
full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for
most majors. A grade point average of 2.0
is required over all courses taken and
specifically in all courses which apply
toward the major. Some majors, licensure
and certification require higher grades in
each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance,
music therapy, nursing, social work.) See
the departmental section for details.
5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 credits) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
exchange program. No less than a total of 9
credits are to be taken at Augsburg College.
Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
Students Entering Prior to January1,
1993, Under Perspectives Curriculum Requirements For Graduation:
1. Completion of 34 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s.
Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 14 (Accounting)for the Bachelor of Arts
degree, 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music
Performance) for the Bachelor of Music
degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science
(Social Work), and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of
Science (Nursing) degree. The course total
must include two Interims for students
whose complete academic work is at
Augsburg. For transfer students, the course
total must include one less Interim course
than the number of years at Augsburg (but
no more than two Interim courses are
required). This is calculated on each trans-
fer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 34 total course credits
required: three Interim courses; two
courses by independent/directed study;
four courses of internship; and eight course
credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits:
two in the major except Elementary
Education (two in the major plus student
teaching) and Nursing (no P/N grading is
permitted); one in the minor if approved
by the department chairperson. Interim
courses taken that are not counted among
the credit total for graduation requirements (extra interim courses) may still
fulfill perspective or graduation
skills requirements.
2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the
departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All
students who enter the College as freshmen
in the weekday schedule program must
complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall
Orientation and Seminar. See the program
section on the First Year Experience for a
full description.
4. Grade Point Average - 2.0 for most
majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is
required over all courses taken and
specifically in all courses which apply
toward the major. Some majors, licensure
and certification require higher grades in
each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance,
music therapy, nursing, social work.) See
the departmental section for detalls.
5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 credits) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
Academic Information
exchange program. No less than a total of 9
credits are to be taken at Augsburg College.
Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
Note: Students completing under
Distribution Curriculum Requirements, go
to page 64. A definition of students who
fall under the Distribution Curriculum or
prior catalog requirements is on page 64.
SKILLS COMPONENT
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory
assessments in:
Reading
Word processing
Writing
Mathematics
Critical thinking
Placement in writing courses, math
courses and critical thinking courses
is determined by the assessments. (See
page 68.)
Freshmen (all students entering
Augsburg with fewer than seven college
credit courses) and Sophomore Transfer
Students:
Take entry level skills assessments
and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students
will be enrolled in the appropriate course
or advised on preparation for retaking the
respective tests. Students are required to
take the assessments before registering for
the second term and to have demonstrated
removal of deficiencies by the end of their
first year at Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is
required. Students who do not satisfy the
entry level skill in writing will be required
to take ENG 101Developmental Writing
before ENG 111Effective Writing. Fresh-
men should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their Sophomore year.
Those with demonstrated word
processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable work
experience, are exempt from the word
processing inventory.
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking inventory.
Freshman and Sophomore transfer
students will be required to satisfy all the
graduation skill course requirements.
Juniorand Senior Transfer Students
Transfer students who enter as juniors
and seniors in 1993-'94 or after are exempt
from word processing, reading, critical
thinking and quantitative assessments.
Those who have not taken the ENG
111Effective Writing course must take the
entry level test in writing. If they do not
achieve exemption from the writing
requirement, they must take ENG 111
Effective Writing at Augsburg.
Junior and Senior transfers (who enter
1994'95 or after) are required to satisfy all
the graduation skill course requirements,
except that only the writing component
course within the major is required.
Math Requirement
In order to graduate, students must take
the Math Placement exam and achieve a
score placing them in Group I11 (college
algebra skills).
Students with an acceptable transfer
mathematics course will have their
placement level determined by the
Registrar's Office. Students who have
passed the College Board Advanced
Placement Exam should consult the
57
- Academic Information
Mathematics Department. Math placement
is indicated on the Evaluation of Transfer
Credit form for students who have transfer
courses in college-level math.
All students are required to have their
Math Placement Group determined. The
exam is given during college registration
sessions and at other announced times
during the year. Students needing to
advance their Math Placement Group may
take the appropriate MAT course or study
on their own and retest. Additional
information about the Math Placement
Exam is available from the Director of
Testing in the Academic Dean's Office.
Please note that all students majoring in
Accounting, Business, Economics, Elementary Education, and Management Information Systems and all students under the
current General Education Perspective
Curriculum Requirements must attain a t
least Math Placement Group 111. In
addition, many courses have Math Placement Group requirements. In particular,
MIS 379,479; CSC 170,210; SOC 362; PHY
103; all MAT courses; and all courses with
a Graduation Skill Component in Quantitative Reasoning have at least Math Placement Group I11 as a prerequisite. In
addition, MIS 175 and introductory Physics
courses have at least Math Placement
Group I1 as a prerequisite. Students should
refer to the course descriptions to check the
Math Placement Group prerequisites for
courses that they are interested in taking.
Graduation Level Skills
General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in
college. Skills related to writing, critical
thinking, speaking and quantitative
reasoning are deliberate components of
certain courses. Completion of the requisite
courses with a miriimum grade of 2.0 or P
is required for graduation. Students are
required to have two courses with writing
components (at least one within the major)
and one course each with critical thinking,
speaking and quantitative reasoning
components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and
graduation requirements for the major or
general education perspectives.
Lifetime Sports
Demonstrated proficiency in two
different Lifetime Sports is required.
Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and
are not included in the 35,34, or 33 course
credit requirement.
W LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES
The General Education Liberal Arts
Perspectives have the primary goal of
providing the basis for beginning to
understand what it means to be a human
being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of
courses which have been approved as
meeting the criteria established for each
Perspective. Although courses approved
for each Perspective meet the General
Education requirements, not every course
meets all the goals of each Perspective.
Students will choose from a list of
courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the
Registrar. These choices are controlled by
the following policies:
1. A student will choose a minimum
of one course from each required perspective category.
2. No single course cim fulfill the
requirements in two or more categories.
3. No student will be permitted to
count more than three courses from
Academic Information
the same department in meeting perspective requirements.
4. No student may count more than one
course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single
perspective emphasis area except:
Up to three courses in religion may be
used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The
Christian Faith."
Up to two courses in a year-long
sequence (biology, chemistry or physics)
may be used to meet the perspective, "The
Natural World."
Up to two courses of the same foreign
language may be used to meet part of the
perspective, "Intercultural Awareness."
THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE
REQUIREMENTS
Christian Faith (CF 1, 2 and 3)
Emphasizes the college's affiliation with
the Lutheran Church. Area 1 is biblical
studies, Area 2 covers Christian theology
and area 3 includes the study of values or
religions outside the Christian faith. Three
course credits are required to meet this
Perspective except for the following:
Transfer students entering with 14-23
course credits will be required to take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective
while registered at Augsburg.
Transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits will be required to take
one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
The City (C)
This Perspective emphasizes the
College's location in the heart of a metro-
politan area, and its mission of education
for service. One course credit or experience
is required to meet this Perspective.
Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2)
Reflection on western themes from
politics, art, literature and other disciplines
that have shaped our own society. Two
course credits from different departments
are required to meet this Perspective. One
course is required to meet this Perspective
for transfer students entering with 14 or
more course credits.
Human Identity (HI)
An opportunity for self discovery and
the study of what it means to be a person.
One course credit is required to meet this
Perspective.
Aesthetics (A)
Emphasizes creativity, beauty and selfexpression, and how these enhance the
human experience. One course credit is
required to meet this Perspective.
Social World (SW 1 and 2)
The study of social, economic or
political systems and how individuals exist
within society. One course must focus on
current theories.and methods of a social
science. Two course credits from different
deparbnents are required to meet this
Perspective. One course is required to meet
this Perspective for transfer students
entering with 14 or more course credits.
InterculturalAwareness (IA 1)
The study of a specific, non-Western
culture and how that culture has shaped
the world. One course credit is required to
meet this part of the Intercultural Awareness Perspective.
59
60 Academic Information
(IA 2 and 3)
Study of a modem language other than
the native tongue. Up to two course credits
of a beginning language or one at your
placement level is required. Students with
previous language study should contact an
admissions counselor or the Registrar's
Office for placement information. Students
whose native language is not English
should contact their admissions counselor
or the Registrar's Office.
Natural World (NW 1 and 2)
The study of the self in relation to the
physical world. One course must cover the
scientific method through laboratory
experience. The other reflects history of
science, the difference between science and
technology and the importance of symbols.
Biology, chemistry, physics and other
natural sciences may satisfy this requirement. Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this
Perspective unless a two-year sequence is
taken. One course is required to meet this
Perspective for transfer students entering
with 14 or more course credits.
THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVES:
EXPLANATION
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith
This Perspective focuses on Augsburg
as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran
Church in America. As a college of the
Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its
educational program the doctrines of the
Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and
the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran
Church. It consciously affirms that all
students should reflect upon the Christian
Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical
values, their own faith and values, and
religious concepts outside of the Christian
faith as part of becoming educated.
From this perspective, students should
gain an understanding of and critically
reflect on:
1. The Bible (for example, its origins,
structures, content or interpretation).
2. Christian theological and religious
concepts and their own religious beliefs.
3. Religious concepts and practices
found in religious traditions outside the
Christian faith.
4. Their own and others' values, their
relation to Christian values, the possible
grounds for these values, how these values
might be critiqued and defended and the
role values play in the issues that confront
our society.
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The City
This Perspective focuses on the
College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective,
students should gain an understanding of
and critically reflect upon the city with its
diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students
should experience the community and
should explore opportunities for service in
the community.
This requirement must be covered
either by specific courses, by internship
and education experiences or by designated or college approved non-credit
experiences (such as volunteer service or
college programs). Experiences that satisfy
the requirement must be accompanied by
seminars related to the experience.
Academic Information
Perspective: Western Heritage
Perspective: Aesthetics
This Perspective is intended to help
students critically examine themes (found,
for example, in literature, philosophy and
the arts) and events that have historically
shaped Western civilization. Attention
should be paid to the contributions of and
to critiques of Western thought by women
and ethnic minorities.
Aesthetic creations convey fundamental
insights and values, express beauty and
enhance life. This Perspective focuses on
aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by
oneself and others.
From this Perspective, students should
gain an understanding of and critically
reflect on:
1. Central ideas, texts or works of art
that historically have been significant for
Western society and the relation of these to
present world views.
From this Perspective, students should
gain an understanding of and critically
reflect on:
1. Forms of artistic expression.
2. Historical development and variation
in aesthetic taste and performance across
cultures and how different cultures have
expressed themselves through various
aesthetic forms.
3. Different theories of aesthetics.
2. Specific historical themes, trends,
events and persons and their roles in
shaping both the past and the present.
4. Their own creation or performance of
a work of art.
3. Historical and literary methods of
ascertawg and conveying the past.
Perspective: The Social World
This Perspective is intended to help
students view themselves as persons, men
and women with unique abilities, values,
beliefs, experiences and behaviors.
This Perspective is intended to help
students learn to identify, examine and
critique social, economic or political
systems: to understand how and why such
systems develop, to see the connections
among these systems and to use this
knowledge as a participant in society.
From this Perspective, students should
gain an understanding of and critically
reflect on:
From this Perspective, students should
gain an understanding of and critically
reflect on:
1.Methods and approaches that attempt
to explain how individual persons think,
feel and act.
1.The characteristics and dynamics of
human organization at the group and
societal level.
2. Scientific or humanistic interpretations of their own development as persons.
2. Current theories and methods for
understanding social, political or
economic systems.
Perspective: Human Identity
3. Questions of faith, ethics and
moral choice in their personal and professional lives.
4. Factors involved in physical and
mental health.
3. The historical development of selected
social, economic or political structures.
4. The relationship between various
social, political or economic systems and
61
'L
Academic Information
the student's own responsibilities
in society.
5. The ways that social, economic or
political structures differ across cultures
and affect diverse groups in society.
Perspective: Intercultural Awareness
This Perspective is intended to comple
ment the Western Heritage Perspective by
expanding students' awareness of other
cultures. One course is required in which
students critically reflect upon ways their
own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become
better able to communicate with persons of
other cultural backgrounds partially by
being introduced to a specific culture other
than European or mainstream North
American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry
into another culture by learning to speak
and read a language other than their
native language. For this part of the
Perspective, students are required to have
demonstrated proficiency in a modern
language or American Sign Language for
hearing students.
The modem language requirement will
be determined by assessing previous
experience and subsequent placement:
Modem Language
Course Placement
Experience
or Requirement
College level - none
(0-2 semesters in High School)
111,112
College level - 111
(3-4 semesters in High School)
112
College level - 112
(4-6 semesters in High School)
211
College level -211
(7 semesters in High School)
212
College level -212
(8 or more semesters in High School) No
course required
Students who are required to complete
two semesters of modern language must
complete the requirement with sequential
courses in the same language. Hearing
students who have demonstration compe
tence in American Sign Language by
passing an approved course sequence will
have fulfilled IA-2 and IA-3 Perspectives.
Perspective: The Natural World
This Perspective is intended to help
students understand themselves in relation
to the physical world. Their active role as
observers, explorers and moral agents will
be emphasized. Sufficient technical training
in scientific knowledge, concepts and
methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues.
From this Perspective, students should
gain an understanding of and critically
reflect on:
1. Selected aspects of the natural world.
2. The characteristics, strengths and
limitations of science and the scientific
method, and the complex relations between
data and theories, at least in part through
practical laboratory experience.
3. The history of science, its relations to
other historical/social development and
the variety of ways persons and civilizations have approached the natural world.
4. The relations and differences between
science and theology; the mutual influences
of technology, values, and the natural/
physical environment; the limits imposed
on humans by the natural environment and
the interconnectednessof all living systems.
5. The importance of symbol systems
such as mathematics in attempting to
describe, classlfy and model objects
and events.
Academic Information
H THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVES:
RATIONALE
The Augsburg faculty has designed
a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses,
supporting courses and elective courses
leading to the bachelor's degree. The
core of the Augsburg curriculum is found
in the liberal arts as expressed in the
General Education component of the
college curriculum.
Augsburg, in its Mission Statement,
declares the College exists "To develop
future leaders of service to the world by
providing high quality educational
opportunities which are based in the liberal
arts and shaped by the faith and values of
the Christian church, by the context of a
vital metropolitan setting, and by an
intentionally diverse campus community."
One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through
its General Education curriculum, which
Augsburg has divided under two headings:
liberal arts perspectives and skills.
The term "perspective" assumes that
not only are we engaged in the search for
truth, but that this requires the searcher to
consider questions from a variety of
viewpoints, each of which has something
valuable to contribute to the whole. These
perspectives are not strictly identified with
traditional disciplines, but are understood
in ways which encourage multi-disciplinary reflections on the questions at issue.
They combine concerns about content with
those of process and approach, directed
ultimately to making the student a more
effective learner and participant in society.
The following requirements reflect the
way in which Augsburg has chosen to view
the liberal arts. Two of the four features of
the Mission Statement are embodied in the
General Education Perspectives: "The
Character and Mission of Augsburg
College: The Christian Faith and the City."
These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with the Lutheran Church,
its insistence on the value of knowing the
approach which derives from the Christian
roots of the College and its location in the
city, deserve special consideration in
Augsburg's educational program.
The third feature - that Augsburg is a
liberal arts institution - is also emphasized in the other General Education
Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human
life -of what it is to be human - form
the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it
is to be human can themselves be studied
from the vantage points of the various
academic disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity.
But the person exists in both a social
community and a natural world. Hence,
the importance of the Perspectives on the
Social World and the Natural World.
Because the way in which we understand
ourselves derives largely from our Western
heritage, students need to learn about and
reflect on significant aspects of this
heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the
Western Heritage. At the same time, to
focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric: We live in a global society. Hence
the Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Attention to moral values is found not
only in the Perspective on the Character
and Mission of the College: the Christian
Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic
Values enables students to focus upon
-
6:
54
Academic Information
aesthetic works created by themselves or
others, which convey fundamental
insights, express beauty and enhance life.
Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic
excellence. This has a number of features,
including the way we teach all the courses
in General Education. Beyond this,
academic excellence presupposes that
students have the requisite skills to do
college-level work. The General Education
Requirements are couched in a context
which pays attention to the skills of both
incoming and graduating students. Entrylevel skill requirements in a number of
critical areas, including reading, writing,
mathematics and critical thinking, will be
assessed and help given to students who
need it. Graduation-level skills are also
emphasized, so that students not only
maintain but develop their skills during
their Augsburg experience.
The General Education Requirements
provide a coherent way to address the
Mission of Augsburg College. They are not
the only way, neither do they guarantee
that students who graduate from
Augsburg possess the desired knowledge
and character traits. What they do is
provide a coherent description of the
context in which we liberally educate
students, a clear statement of expected
outcomes and an opportunity for students
to see and understand the complexity of
what it is to be human and Christian in an
urban setting.
STUDENTS ENTERING UNDER
DISTRIBUTION CURRICULUM
Former Students
Former Augsburg students, readmitted
to complete a degree, have a choice
between using the catalog in effect when
they first enrolled, if possible, or using the
catalog in effect at the point of readmission
provided that they have been away from
college for at least one calendar year.
Regular Students Enrolled Before June,1991
Students enrolled before June, 1991,
have a choice of using all graduation
requirements in effect when first enrolled
or changing to the graduation requirements
in effect beginning in September 1991. No
combination of requirements may be made.
Students Entering Augsburg September,
1991, or Later
Students entering under the following
classifications will follow the Distribution
Requirements as outlined below.
Transfer students who entered in
1991-1992 as sophomores, juniors or seniors;
Those entering in 1992-1993classified
as juniors or seniors;
Those entering in 1993-1994 classified
as seniors.
All other students entering Augsburg
September, 1991, or later will follow the
requirements listed in the section titled
"The Augsburg General Education
Curriculum" (see page 55).
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION DISTRIBUTION CURRICULUM
1. Completion of 35 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s.
Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 14 (Accounting) for the Bachelor of Arts
degree, 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music
Performance) for the Bachelor of Music
degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science
(Social Work), and 18 for the Bachelor of
Academic Information 6:
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of
Science (Nursing) degree. The course total
must include three Interims for students
whose complete academic work is at
Augsburg. For transfer students, the credit
total must include one less Interim course
than the number of years at Augsburg. This
is calculated on each transfer student's
evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 35 total course credits
required: two courses by independent/
directed study; four courses of internship;
and eight course credits with a grade of
Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (7)also
has these limits: two in the major except
Elementary Education (two in the major
plus student teaching) and Nursing (no P/
N grading is permitted); one in the minor if
approved by the department chairperson.
2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the
departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All
students who enter the College as freshmen
in the weekday schedule program must
complete satisfactorily the ME Fall
Orientation and Seminar. See the program
section on the First Year Experience for a
full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most
majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is
required over all courses taken and
specifically in all courses which apply
toward the major. Some majors, licensure
and certification require higher grades in
each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance,
music therapy, nursing, social work.) See
the departmental section for details.
5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 credits) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
exchange program. No less than a total of 9
credits are to be taken at Augsburg College.
Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
Writing
A course in writing (English 111) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are given during the summer and fall
orientation periods and periodically
throughout the year.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these
seven areas:
Mathematics/Physics
Psychology/Sociology
Chemistry/Biology
Economics/Political Science
English/Speech, Communication
History/Philosophy and Theatre
Arts (devoted to the study of
literature)
Art/Music
A list of approved courses is available
from advisers and the Registrar's Office.
Modem Languages
Two courses (111and 112) of one
language at Augsburg. Students who place
above the 111level of a language will take
one additional course at placement level in
that language or two courses (111 and 112)
of another language. International students
should consult with the Registrar.
Religion
Three approved courses in religion, of
which not more than one may be an
Inte* course, are required. The number
- Academic Information
of religion courses required for graduation
is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer
students should check their Evaluation of
Transfer Credit form, or consult the
Registrar's Office.
Urban Concerns or Women's Studies
or Minority Studies
One course. Courses approved to
meet this requirement are published each
term. Information is available at the
Registrar's Office.
Lifetime Sports
Demonstrated proficiency in two different lifetime sports is required. Lifetime
sports are no-credit courses and are not
included in the 35-course requirement.
EXPLANATION OF GRADES
Student achievement in courses is
measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports
and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading
options -traditional grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system,
in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
PassINo Credit
Students who choose the P/N option
are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade of P, a
student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank
each as a "C".
P-graded courses do not count
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
graduation with distinction. Transfer
students should be especially aware of
this requirement.
See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, pages 55 and 56.
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(i.e. Lifetime Sports are graded only PIN).
In courses where there is a choice,
students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their
registration that they wish to use the
P/N grading option. Any changes in choice
of grading system must be made according
to dates published each term. A fee is
charged for any changes after the first five
days of classes.
Number Grades
Number grades are used with these
definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
Achieves above basic course
standards
Meets basic standards for the
course
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards
0.5
0.0 Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
not computed in the grade point average.
Academic lntormation
An incomplete grade (I) may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an incomplete grade, a student
must receive permission of the instructor of
the course; must file a form stating the
reasons for the request, the work required
to complete the course, the plan and date
for completing the work, and comments
from the instructor; and must gain the
approval of the Registrar. If permission is
granted, the necessary work must be
completed in enough time to allow
evaluation of the work by the instructor
and filing of a grade before the final day of
the following semester. If the work is not
completed by that date, the grade for the
course becomes a 0.0.
Internships, Independent Studies and
Directed Studies may sometimes last
longer than one term. When this is the case,
they must be completed by the grading
deadlines within one year from the
beginning of the first term of registration.
A grade of X is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final
grade will be issued at the end of the term
in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactory progress is
not demonstrated.
A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,
1.5, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for aedit and a grade, but may be
audited. All courses taken and grades
earned each term remain on the academic
record. Only the credits and grades earned
the second time, for legitimately repeated
courses, are counted toward graduation
and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it
is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses
without aedit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V). Full-time
students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under College Costs in the Financing
Your Education section on page 18. The
signature of the instructor is required to
register an audit. Students who audit a
course should confer with the instructor
within two weeks of the beginning of the
term to determine expectations, attendance
and any other requirements. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on
the transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the
course will be listed with a grade of W
(Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is
based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and
grade points for work transferred from
other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N
grading option are recorded, but not
computed in the GPA. The formula for
computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of courses taken.*
*Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Classification
Students are classified in August and at
the end of the Fall and Interim terms.
6;
Academic Information
Sophomores - Seven courses
completed.
Juniors - 16 courses completed.
Seniors - 24 courses completed.
International Baccalaureate Program (IB)
Courses earned from the International
Baccalaureate Program will be considered
by the College for advanced placement and
appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the Registrar's Office.
ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes that
learning can and does take place in many
life situations. Some of this learning may
be appropriate for credit recognition
within the disciplines that compose the
academic program of a liberal arts college.
The APL program (Assessment of
Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides
a means by which a student's previous
learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution,
may be presented for examination for
possible credit toward the completion of
a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for aedit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is
relevant to course work in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts cumculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg
provides several means by which
students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. f i e
following is a brief description of each
of these means of assessment:
Advanced Placement Program
Test (AP) - Advanced placement in
courses beyond the beginning level is
granted to students with scores of 3,4
and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office
of the Registrar.
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) -This is a series of
standardized tests which have been
developed by the College Board and are
offered to students for a small fee at
regional testing centers. (The regional
testing center for this area is the University
of Minnesota.) Students who score at or
above the 65th percentile on a subject
examination may receive academic credit
for that subject at Augsburg College.
Additional information about CLEP tests is
available from the Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams
- These are available for students to use in
obtaining credit for previous learning if the
following conditions are met:
There is a departmental instrument
available for the subject area in question.
There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
The Registrar approves the student's
request to take the exam. Credit for
departmental exams is available on a pass/
no credit basis only, and there is a charge
per exam of $485.00 for a full course aedit.
The Credit Assessment Program
(CAP) - This is a aedit assessment
alternative in which a faculty committee
completes a credit evaluation of a learning
portfolio submitted by the student. The
faculty committee is composed of the
Registrais Office representative and two
faculty members from fields of study
Academic Information 6!
directly related to the student's previous
learning. Informational meetings and
consultation are provided for students who
wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment. This may
include a personal meeting with the CAP
committee. In completing the evaluation of
a student's previous learning, the CAP
committee applies the following criteria:
There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous
learing experience that involved prescribed
and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts course work.
The learning has been objectively
verified by individuals in addition to the
presenting student.
The learning lends itself to both
qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the
student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved
are current and could be used at the
present time.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four courses of academic work at
Augsburg College with a cumulative
Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly
recommended that the process not be used
when four or fewer courses remain for
graduation. There is an application deposit
to initiate the credit assessment process,
and a charge for each semester credit
applied to the student's transcript if credit
is approved.
Transcript credit will be granted on the
basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided
by four to determine the number of course
credits applied to graduation. These credits
will be recorded with the course number of
CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward
distribution requirements, Upper Division,
and academic majors and minors may be
subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal
request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning -While Augsburg
College recognizes the validity of
learning that takes place outside the
traditional classroom, this learning must be
placed in the context of formal study in
campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight
courses (about one-fourth of a baccalau'Ieate degree) on transcript credit that is
obtained through previous experiential
learning. In compiling the eight courses of
credit for previous experiential learning,
the student may use any combination of
the four assessment processes available
in the APL program: AP exams, CLEP
exams, departmental comprehensive
exams and credit granted through CAP
Committee assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program
Students who declare a language other
than English to be their primary language,
or who are citizens of another country,
must take the ESL placement test in
conjunction with the English writing
placement test at orientation. Students'
placement in ESL, ENG 101Developmental
Writing or ENG 111Effective Writing will
be determined by their scores on the
Michigan test (80-100 range for exemption
from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English
as a Second Language course, an objective
test will be administered to all students in
the class. The score on this test and the
grade earned in the class will determine
- Academic Information
'O
whether additional ESL course work is
required. Usually a score of 80 to 100 and a
course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the
student's ESL requirement.
If students do not meet the ESL
requirement, they will remain in ENG 2171
218 until they meet the criteria stated
above. Academic credit toward the degree
will normally be granted for no more than
two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language
requirement for graduation.
ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION
AND DISMISSAL
The College requires that students
maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman -A student who has taken
fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore -A student who has
taken fewer than 16 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
Junior-A student who has taken
fewer than 24 courses with a cumulative
GPA of 1.9 or higher
Senior - A student who has taken 24
or more courses with a cumulative GPA of
2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a minimum
GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with
certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic achievement
falls below these guidelines will either be
placed on scholastic probation at the end of
the term or will be continued on probation
or will be dismissed from the College. In
addition, a freshman who receives two zero
grades or a sophomore who receives three
zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from
the College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Committee on Student
Standing. Evidence of the student's
commitment to academic progress is the
major consideration in deciding whether or
not to dismiss a student. Students who
have a poor academic record may be
strongly advised to withdraw before the
end of a term. Those on probation who
voluntarily withdraw from the College, as
well as those who are dismissed, must have
special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from
probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels stated above.
Students placed on probation as freshmen
for having earned two zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not
earned additional zero grades, and if their
cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for
having earned three zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative
GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to
dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the
decision within 10 days to the Committee
on Student Standing.
Dean's List
The Dean's List, compiled after
each semester, lists students whose grade
point average for a semester is 3.5 or
Academic Information
better. Students must be full-time students
(a minimum equivalent of three full
course credits for a weekday schedule
student or two equivalent full course
credits for a Weekend College student),
graded on the traditional grading system,
with no incompletes in courses offered for
credit. Lf permission is given by the
student, an announcement is sent to the
hometown newspaper of each student on
the Dean's List.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0
cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude -3.6 up to but not
including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude -3.3 up to but not
including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To quallfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded
course credits) of work at Augsburg.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State
Approving Agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the Office of
the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration. Veterans will need to meet
the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational
assistance funds received.
W FOUR YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM
This program applies to students who
enter the Day School schedule as full-time
freshmen in the fall of 1994 and thereafter.
New freshmen are assured that they will be
able to graduate,in four years -if they
maintain continuous full-time enrollment
for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA and
follow advising guidelines - or they will
receive the needed remaining courses free
of additional tuition. A few professional
majors are excluded from this program.
Contact the Academic Advising Center in
Memorial Hall for details.
7'
- LOURSE VESCRIPTIONS WITH MAJOR AND
'4
A
s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge and truth
are interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more
Parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses
which make it more accessible to students.
These courses can be arranged in various
ways to construct majors, to create the
substance of a broad general education and
to give students the opportunity to study
areas of particular individual interest.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a
program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach
and requirements for a particular course can
be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals
and its place in the College's program. A
listing of requirements for individual majors
and minors follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered FaU and/or
Spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The Schedule of Classes published by the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) each spring lists offerings and
locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Since some courses are offered in
alternate years, it is important that the
student review major requirements and
course offerings with an adviser to ensure
that all requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedulesfor courses
offeredin January Interim, Summer School,
Augsburg Weekend College and the Master
of Arts in leadership, Master of Arts in
Education-Leadershipand the Master of
sSocial
Work
are published in
separate
Credits
A full course is offered for one credit. A
few fractional courses, for one-half or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of
Professional Studies. Unless noted, all
courses are one course credit. A full course
has the approximate value of four semester
credits or six quarter hours. Most courses
meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90minute periods a week, in addition to
laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are Lower
Division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as Upper Division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily
for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for
juniors, and 400s for seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
in the course description. A student may
enroll in a course when a prerequisite has
not been fulfilled if thereis prior approval
by the professor teaching the course and the
academic adviser.
ACCOUNTING
See listing under Business Administration,
Accounting and Management Information
Systems.
AMERICAN
lNDIAN STUDIES
See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies.
A
rt is important as a field of study for
our time. &survival as a culture may
very well depend on whether we are able
to create order and beauty in the design
and function of communities. Realizing
this, we have made design and sensitivity
to all aspects of visual experience central to
the art program at Augsburg.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is
an ideal setting for the study of art because
it provides a constant possibility for the
interaction of ideas, disciplines and
attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a sigruficant
number of art galleries and museums in the
Twin Cities area.
Giving and receiving visual messages is
so much a part of everyday life that it is
often taken for granted. At the same time,
however, the interchange of visual ideas is
frequently misunderstood. The task of the
artist, art teacher and art historian is to
celebrate visual experience through a
variety of media and art examples. In short,
the visual arts teach us how to see.
Cooperative Education and Internships
in studio art and art history provide onthe-job, supervised, evaluated experiences
which contribute to the student's overall
education and development. Primary goals
include improvement of art and museum
skills, production and creative strategies.
Because of the College's commitment to
the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at
Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from
all disciplines. Art as a human activity does
involve manual skill, although to become
broadly sigruficant it should interact with
the content available in other fields, such as
language, history, drama, music, literature,
philosophy, theology, business, physical
education and science.
Hundreds of specific careers exist in the
general area of art, such as teaching in
public schools and colleges, ceramics,
interior design, photography, film and
video work, painting, gallery and museum
work and design. Augsburg Art Department graduates have worked in many of
these fields.
Art Faculty
Kristin Anderson (Chair), Lynn Bollrnan,
Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen,
Philip Thompson
'O
Art
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the Studio Arts Foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
or ART 225 Communication Design I
or ART 360 Watercolor Painting
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
And two additional art history courses
Art History Major
Eight art history courses including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art
Two studio courses from:
ART 102 Design
or ART 107 Drawing
ART 118 Painting
or ART 221 Sculpture
Honors Majors
GPA-of 3.5 in the major, general
growth and development and/or special
projects such as senior exhibition and
research. Application should be made to
the Deparfment Chair before the last term
of the senior year.
Studio Art Minor
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107 and three additional studio courses.
Art History Minor
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one
in art history. Up to four courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions.
ART 102
Design
A study of design as the unifying foundation for the visual arts. T w e and
three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design
elements and principles.
ART 107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pen&, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimentalwork.
Art
STUDIO ART
ART 100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the
Department.
ART 106
Calligraphy
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with
emphasis on the broad-edged pen.
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression and communication with attention to black and white photographic processes. Students
need access to a 35 mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost
approximately $175-200. (Fall)
ART 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to consider art as a major and/or explore career alternatives.
Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before
registering for academic credit.
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and
assemble the respective media.
ART 223
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of
printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil and mono methods are explored.
ART 225
Communication Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design.
Students will develop visual communication skills working with typography, symbols, logos and illustration.
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on
handbuilding and glazing.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual
arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry,
dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian
tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basketmaking, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints.
ART 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
7;
-
-
Art
ART 306
Calligraphy II
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
ART 330
ART 351
Communication Design II
An advanced study of graphic design using various techniques and tools,
including the computer, to create visual communications for the print
medium. (Prereq.: ART 225. Spring)
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or
handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 360
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in
bansparent watercolor.
ART 368
Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique.
(Prereq.: ART 223)
ART 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of art to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must
consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for
academic credit.
ART 478
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: ART 221)
ART 499
Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art
majors.
ART HISTORY
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Western world from preliistoric to modem times.
Includes reading, research, viewing of slides and visits to museums.
Note: Thefollowing courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine
arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women.
Art 7!
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D.
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting,
sculpture and architecture in Europe.
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries.
ART 388
19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture and architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present.
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture and folk arts.
See listing under East and Southeast Asian
Studies.
- DIOLOGY
'"
UEPARTMENT - BIO
B
iology is the study of life and it is
natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of
the living world that envelops us. This
search has led to the realization that the
earth is filled with an enormous variety of
living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanding
of the basic biological processes common to
all organisms, as well as those features
which are unique to humans, is essential to
attain self-understanding and to provide a
basis for wise decisions.
Another significant insight that has
emerged from the study of life is that even
the simplest organisms are incredibly
complex and a complete understanding of
even one of these has, as yet, eluded the
grasp of biologists. This is true even though
some organisms have been subjected to
years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will
thus continue to be a fertile field for
research for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has
accumulated over the years. In recent
decades great strides have been made in
understanding important biological
processes, particularly those at the cellular
and molecular levels. Biological research
has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in
medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture
and food science have depended on the
findings of basic biological research.
Because the biological world reveals
such variety, complexity and knowledge,
an undergraduate major in biology needs
to be broadly based. Because a complete
understanding of biological systems
depends on applications of the principles
of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also
important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduate major in
biology serves primarily as a basis for
further study. In past years Augsburg
graduates have gone on to further studies
in professional schools such as medicine,
veterinary medicine and dentistry. Others
have entered graduate programs in the life
sciences, leading to careers in areas such as
college or university teaching, basic and
applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have
embarked directly after graduation on a
variety of careers, including high school
teaching and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty
Esther McLaughlin (Chair), Mary K.
Chelberg, Robert Herforth, Dale Pederson,
Ralph Sulerud
Major
Nine courses including:
BIO 113 General Biology
BIO 114 General Biology
BIO 201 Introductory Cellular Biology
and at least one from each of the five
following groups:
A. Molecular and Cellular:
BIO 367 Biochemistry
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
B. Cellular to Organismal:
BIO 355 Genetics
BIO 474 Developmental Biology
C. Organismic/Animals:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
BIO 473 Animal Physiology
D. Organismic/Plants:
BIO 361 Plant Biology
BIO 440 Plant Physiology
Biology
E. Environmental:
BIO 476 Microbiology
BIO 481 Ecology
The ninth course may be BIO 203
Principles of Nutrition or any Upper
Division biology course, including an
Interim course.
BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is
required of all juniors and seniors.
Required Supporting Courses
CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 116 General Chemistry
CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
Math Placement Group IV
Graduate and Professional Training
Students who intend to enter graduate
school or professions such as medicine,
dentistry or veterinary medicine should
consult with the Biology Department as
schools vary in their admission requirements. These may include CHM 351/352
instead of CHM 223, PHY 121/122 instead
of PHY 116, and MAT 145/146 or one year
of calculus.
Training as a physician's assistant,
physical therapist or occupational therapist
requires specific coursework which should
be discussed with a member of the Biology
Department.
Cooperative Education
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall,
active participation in seminar, one course
of approved Independent Study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
The Department works with the
Cooperative Education Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in
laboratories and other settings in the Twin
Cities. Students interested should consult
with the Biology Department Cooperative
Education Coordinator.
Minor
Teaching Licensure Major
Five courses, including BIO 113,114
and three Upper Division courses; CHM
115,116 (or CHM 105,106).
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
81
-
32
Biology
BIO 101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view: what
makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not
receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or
minor. Fall)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered.
(Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major
or minor. Fall)
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
(Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive
credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.
Fall)
BIO 105
Biology and Society
A consideration of the biological basis of some of the problems facing
society, such as toxic pollutants in air, water and soil, genetic engineering,
AIDS, genetic diseases and counseling, extinction, wilderness ethics,
global warming, cancer, hunger, drugs, biodiversity. (Three hours lecture.
Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring)
BIO 113, 114 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction to cellular biology,
genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy,
physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be
taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Fall: 113; Spring: 114)
BIO 199
lnternshi~
A work-based experience in which a student, faculty member and site
supervisor design a learning agreement which,enablesthe student to
consider biology as a major and/or explore career alternatives. Students
must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering. (Prereq.: BIO 114)
BIO 201
Introductory Cellular Biology
An introduction to function and structure in the basic unit of life, the cell.
A variety of methods are employed, including microscopy, cell culture
and various separation and analytical techniques. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring)
BIO 203
Principles of Nutrition
A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption,
transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort
will be made to differentiatefact from fiction in this controversial
biological field. (Threehours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring)
BIO 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification,morphology,
behavior, life history and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, organ system
structure and function, and evolution of the vertebrates. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring)
BIO 355
Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human
genetics. Laboratory work stresses Drosophila genetics. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Fall)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi and plants, including the
study of structure, physiology, life histories and phylogeny. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring)
BIO 367
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleic acids including intermediate metabolism. (Three hours lecture.
Prereq.: BIO 201, CHM 223 or 352 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Internship
A work-based experience in which a student, faculty member and site
supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of biology to the opportunities found in the placement. Students
must consult with the Department and Internship office before registering. (Prereq.: BIO 201)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, respiration,
growth, development and water relationships in plants including the
relationships of these processes to structure and life histories. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201 and CHM 223 or
352. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of the molecular organization of the cell, including the
nature and function of organelles, chemical communication, growth and
division, cytoskeleton and motility, the cell surface and gene expression.
- Biology
~4
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201 and CHM
223 or 352. Spring)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Topics
include digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement and
sensory perception as well as the neural and hormonal control of these
functions. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201;
CHM 106 or 116; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of instructor. Fall)
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which
occur during development, with emphasis on the vertebrate animals.
Experimental and descriptive studies are included in the laboratory.
Embryonic development, malignancy, aging and regeneration are
discussed. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201.
Spring)
BIO 476
BIO 481
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on
bacteria and viruses. Environmental, industrial and medical issues are
discussed, with particular attention paid to human pathogens. (Three
hours lecture, four hour laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Fall)
Ecology
A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal relationsh$s between organisms and their environments. (Threehours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.:
BIO 114. Spring)
BIO 491
Seminar
(.O course)
A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and
seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest
speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring)
BIO 499
Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: BIO 201 and previous arrangement with instructor.)
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION,
0
ur mission is to -prepare
- students
for professional careers in business or for
graduate studies. This preparation involves
a curriculum which stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community. The Department
fosters close ties with the corporate
community which provide a wealth of
practical expertise, a variety of internship
opportunities and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best
serve both the student and the community
by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based and
socially aware.
Faculty
Amin Kader (Chair, Accounting and
International Business Coordinator),John
C. Cemto (Management Coordinator),
Fekri Meziou (Marketing Coordinator),
Milo Schield (MIS Coordinator),Thomas
Morgan (Finance Coordinator), Diane F.
Busico, Steven J. LaFave, Lori L. Lohrnan,
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp, Kathy
Schwalbe and Stuart M. Stoller.
Within the Business Administration
major there are four specializations:
Marketing, Management, Finance and
International Business. Within the Accounting major there are three specializations:
General Accounting, Public Accounting
and Managerial Accounting.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate without intentionally
taking courses in excess of the minimal
number required (see page 55), students
must avoid taking too many electives or
exceeding the 13-courselimit per academic
department. Courses designated as ACC,
BUS and MIS are considered as being in
the same academic department. Taking
extra electives, or choosing a particular
combination of major and minor may
require students to complete more than
the minimum number of credits required
for graduation.
Transfer Students
Transfer students must complete at
least four of the Upper Division courses
required in the major at Augsburg or
obtain an exemption from the Department.
Advising
Majors
The Department of Business, Accounting and MIS offers four majors: Business
Administration (BUS), Accounting (ACC),
Management Information Systems (MIS),
and a combined major in Business and
Economics.
Specializations
Students who plan to major in Business,
Accounting or MIS are strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who
teaches in their major. This should be done
by the end of the sophomore year at the
latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel majors on their
careers, assist majors in obtaining intemships or jobs, and provide letters of
85
- Business Administration
recommendation for prospective employers
or graduate programs.
Internships
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Cooperative Education and
Department faculty to obtain an Internship
(BUS/ACC/MIS 399) during their junior or
T
he major in Business Administration
prepares students for professional careers
in business administration or for graduate
studies. The four specializations within this
major share a common business core. This
common core provides students with a
broad foundation so they can readily adapt
to internal changes in interests and goals
and to external changes in circumstances
and opportunities.
Business Core
10 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Miaoeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 331 Financial Management
senior year. Although an Internship may
count against the 13-course limit, students
may petition for an exception. An Internship may satisfy the perspective on the
City. Internships can provide students with
experience that may be v~luablein
competing for jobs after graduationyour adviser on this matter.
Specialization in Marketing
Business core plus 3 courses:
BUS 352 Marketing Research and
Analysis
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
or BUS 357 Advertising
BUS 450 Marketing Management
Specialization in Management
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Operations Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project ~ a n a ~ e m e n t
or ECO 318 Management Science
Specialization in Finance
Business core plus 4 courses:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy
and Practice
BUS 438 Investment Theory
and one of the following:
ECO 311 Public Finance
ECO 312 Intermediate Maaoeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 315 Money and Banking
MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative
Methods for Business and Economics
Specialization in International Business
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
BUS 466 International Marketing
and one additional Upper Division course
in either International Business or
International Economics.
I
,
GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.1 overall
?nior thesis and comprehensive oral
.m in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should conta~
the Department Chair.
Minor in Business Administration
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or
equivalent). The language requirement
may be waived for international students.
Contact the International Business Coordinator for details on language equivalents or
other configurations.
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221 and 222,
BUS 242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379.
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
BUS 252, and three Upper Division courses
in International Business (or one Upper
Division course in International Economics
i ~in i ~ ~
and two upper~ i ~courses
international ~
~
~
i
~
~
~
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in Accounting or
MIS.
Minor in International Business
11 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
of
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other Upper Division Economics
course
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or BUS 331 Financial Management
and one other Upper Division Business
Administration, Accounting or MIS course
BUS 199
Students should consult the area
coordinator concerning acceptable altematives in International Economics.
Internship
Lower Division Internship
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing,
planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager.
Business Administration
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
BUS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit
BUS 301
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
BUS 302
Business Ethics
Examines individual choices in business using various ethical standards.
Reviews critical thinking skills in relation to moral reasoning. Analyzes
and evaluates various business practices and policies. Emphasizes
conceptual precision in thinking, writing andspeaking (&ereq.: BUS 301
or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or Junior/Senior standing)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the
firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital,
capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.:
ECO 113, ACC 222)
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision-making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the
effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,379, ECO 113, or
consent of instructor)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion and
personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis is placed on
the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs.
(Prereq.: BUS 252) Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation
credit but not both.
BUS 357
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as
important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note:
Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
Business Administration
BUS 362
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an
intemational context. Appreciation of the perspective required for
successful planning and management of any enterprise operating abroad
is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties
inherent in intemational business. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242
or 252, or consent of instructor. Spring)
BUS 364
Contemporary East-West Relations
An analysis of the conditions and motivations for East-West trade,
economic and industrial cooperation. The commercial policies will be
explained, including the changes in the organization of foreign trade in
the organization of foreign trade in Eastern Europe and Russia. The
effectsof GATT, the World Bank, IMF, and EEC on East-West relations
will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
BUS 368
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural
perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed, involving film,
television documentaries, and readings from current periodicals in
addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial
participation expected on the part of students. (Prereq.:junior standing or
consent of instructor)
BUS 399
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program
which is applicable to graduationbut not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with
some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and
case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risk/retum relationships of various types of securities
from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management.
(Prereq.: all core courses or consent of instructor)
BUS 439
Risk Management and Insurance
Analyzes exposure to accidental loss - its identification, measurement
and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control.
Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various
industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
89
90
Business Administration
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing
management and decision-making, planning marketing programs,
channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies.
(Prereq.: BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357)
BUS 465
International Management
To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the
influence of national and international institutions on the multinational
corporation and on the strategies, sbuctures, practices and effects of the
national corporation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is
recommended)
BUS 466
International Marketing
This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing
mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS
252,362)
BUS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACCOUNTING - ACC
T
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
he major in accounting
- prepares
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
students for professional careers in a wide
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
variety of accounting-related positions.
Business and Economics
This major has two tracks: General
BUS 301 Business Law
Accounting and Professional Accounting.
BUS 331 Financial Management
The General Accounting specialization is
4
-2E-35adequate for a wide variety of positions.
Practice I
The Professional Accounting track includes
ACC 323 Accounting Theory and
two specializations: public accounting and
Practice I1
managerial accounting. The public accountACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
ing specialization is recommended for
ACC 425 Advanced Accounting
positions with CPA firms. The managerial
accounting specialization is recommended
(It is recommended that students take
for positions with large or rapidly-growing the courses in the sequence given above.)
companies.
Specialization in General Accounting
The two professional specializations
No
additional courses required.
relate to two professional designations: the
-
CPA and the CMA. A Certified Public
Accountant (CPA) focuses on external
reporting; a Certified Management
Accountant (CMA) focuses on internal
reporting. The public accounting specialization includes the materials emphasized
on the CPA exam; the managerial specialization includes the materials emphasized
on the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA
designation have an experience requirement in addition to passing the national
exam. Under the rules of the Minnesota
State Board of Accountancy, Accounting
majors in the Public Accounting specialization are qualified to sit for the CPA
examination during their last semester.
Accounting Core
14 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 326
Tax Accounting and 423 Auditing.
Specialization in Managerial Accounting
Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 424
Internal and Operational Audit and MIS
375 Management Information Systems in
the Organization.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact
the Department Chair.
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322,323
and one of the following: MIS 175,379,
ECO 112 or 113.
This minor is recommended for majors
in MIS and Finance.
Accounting
ACC 199
Internship
Lower Division Internship
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
ACC 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory
pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
ACC 222)
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied
to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.:ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221,222, BUS
242,252, MIS 379, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of
instructor)
ACC 399
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program
which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with
some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
Accounting 93
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to
form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC
323)
ACC 424
Internal and Operational Audit
Integrating the business arts of accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS to incorporate and learn the techniques of internal and
operation auditing. Also integrated are the professional skills of oral and
written communications, problem-solving in an unstructured environment and team projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221,222, BUS 242,252,
331, MIS 175,379)
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
ACC 323)
ACC 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
v4
IVIANAGEMENT INFORMATION 3YSTEMS - MIS
T
he major in Management Information
Systems prepares students for professional
careers in information systems. MIS studies
information systems as both a resource and
a tool for decision-making. Students learn
to analyze and evaluate existing systems
and to design and program new systems.
MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and
includes courses from Computer Science,
Mathematics, Economics, Business and
Accounting, as well as from MIS.
Management Information Systems Major
16 courses including:
A. Six courses in Economics, Business and
Accounting:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
B. Three courses in Mathematics and
Computer Science:
CSC 170 Structured Programming
MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
or MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics
and one of the following: '
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 270 FORTRAN
CSC 271 COBOL
CSC 272 UNIX and C
C. Seven courses in MIS:
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
or CSC 160 Introduction to
Computing and
Communications
MIS 370 Advanced Computing for
Business, Accounting,
Economics and MIS
or CSC 352 Data Base Management
and Design
MIS 375 Management Information
Systems in the Organization
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476 Information Systems Projects
and one of the following;
MIS 376 Project Management
MIS 479 Advanced Quantitative
Methods for Business and
Economics
ECO 318 Management Science
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and
Communications
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concent~ation.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact
the Department Chair.
Minor in MIS
Seven courses including:
MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
BUS 252, MIS 370 or CSC 352, MIS 375,
ECO 113 and one of the following: MIS 376,
475,479 or ECO 318
Mathematics Placement Croup (MPC)
Requirements
MIS 175,370,379,479, CSC 170,210 and
all 100 level Math courses have Placement
Group requirements. Since all majors in
Business, Economics and MIS must take
MIS 379, they all must have at least MPG 111.
MIS 95
-
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for Business
An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Introduction to business applications, operating systems, computer hardware and
languages. Strong emphasis on spreadsheets (basic commands, functions,
graphics and database.) Lesser emphasis on database. Emphasis on
concepts and relation to business. (To test out of MIS 175, pass either a '
comprehensive exam or MIS 370.) (Prereq.: MPG I1 or a Pass in MAT 103.)
MIS 199
Internship
Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399).
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of
Management Information Systems.
MIS 299
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499).
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business
An investigation of p~ogrammablesystems using personal computers.
Examine basic algorithms and associated flow charts. Apply these
concepts by programming various applications (spreadsheets, word
and database) and application-oriented languages such as
Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG I11 or a Pass in MAT 105. Also, MIS 175 or
CSC 170, or, with permission of instructor, extensive experience with
spreadsheets and personal computers. Fall)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in
organizations. Analyze various kinds of information systems in terms of
their computer components and their benefits to staff and management.
Introduction to a CASE tool such as Excelerator. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS
242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, CSC 160 or
170. Recommended: ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 379, BUS 331.
Spring)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical
and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes and
problems associated with project management. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS
242, MIS 175 or 370.)
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading
and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability,
sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing. Emphasis on
their use in applied problems in business and economics. Computer
software may be used to analyze survey data. (Prereq.: MIS 175 and either
Math Placement Group I11 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
MIS 399
Internship Program
A student may receive credit through an internship program which is
applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities
involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate
various representations for information, processes and relationships.
Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as
Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Prereq.: MIS 375.
Fall)
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and
extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 475.
Spring)
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Areas of interest
include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations.
(Prereq.: MIS 379. Fall)
MIS 499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to provide an opportunity to analyze a topic
in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
c
hemistry is the science of the changes
in matter, examining those changes and
working toward an understanding of them.
Correlating the results of physics and
opening the vistas of molecular biology,
chemistry has been described as the central
science because matter includes the entire
physical world such as the things we use,
the food we eat and even ourselves.
*To provide an afmosphere of learning
so that students will want to remain
lifelong learners, thereby remaining
competent in their field however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
Chemists as scientists must be well
versed in the science of chemistry,
knowledgeable in fact and theory for
solving scientific problems, and capable
of providing a public understanding of
their work including potential problems
as well as benefits.
*To present the excitement of chemistry
to non-science majors as an example of the
methodology of the natural sciences in
examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world and
the reflection of the implications and
limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts
core of religion, humanities, the arts and
the social sciences is imperative if a
chemist is to be truly human and therefore
truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of
Approved Schools of the American
chemical Society (ACS) and offers a
chemisty major which meets the chemistry
background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students
develop into mature scientists:
*To provide a course of study of
sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with
their peers of similar ability in graduate
school or research positions.
*To provide programs of study for
professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
*To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to seriously
study areas outside of the sciences.
Chemistry Faculty
Earl R. Alton (Chair), Arlin E. Gyberg, Joan
C. Kunz, Sandra L. Olrnsted
0
.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Graduation Major in Chemistry
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
and one additional course from:
CHM 364 Physical Chemistry
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
- Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry
BIO 367 Biochemistry
Also required:
PHY 121,122 General Physics I, II
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics
I & I1
or one year of calculus
Because Upper Division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites,
students should plan to take MAT 145,146
in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in
the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The
state requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identdy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major
The same as the Graduation Major. In
addition, medical schools expect at least
two courses (and usually more) in biology.
Students should consult members of the
Chemistry Department for assistance in
planning a course program early in their
college career.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
12 courses including:
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics
I & I1
or one year of calculus
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
or approved math course
PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1
(should be taken in sophomore
year)
Recommended: Modem Physics, additional mathematics, research experience,
reading ability in German and computer
proficiency.
Honors Major
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall;
one course or summer of approved ,
research; participation in seminar.
Minor
Five courses which must include:
CHM 105,106 or CHM 115,116, CHM 353,
and two other Chemistry courses from:
CHM 223, CHM 351,352, CHM 361, or BIO
367
Note: credit will not be granted for both
CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106
and 116. Other restrictions are in the course
descriptions.
Chemistry
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105,106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background
in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and
major in chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall)
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon
equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three onehour lectures,
one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG III. Spring)
CHM 115
General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists.
Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding
theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 111. Fall )
CHM 116
General Chemistry
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour
lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: 115. Spring)
CHM 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience at the sophomore chemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the
opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Participatim in a mcurrent
I
seminar is expected. Prior to the b e w i n g of the ~ I BJregistrzrtim,
interested students must consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and
permission to register.
CHM 223
Elementary Organic Chemistry
This onesemester course is designed for students whose professional
goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered will include
synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic
compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry major, nor
will credit be given for this course if CHM 351,352 is taken, nor does it
fulfill the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352, nor does it meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116.
Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Spring)
CHM 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing.
Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty
member in the Chemistry Department.
- Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated
by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy relations and
reaction mechanism. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; Spring; CHM 352)
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in
detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of
a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture,
one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 111. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry; thermodynamics, kinetics and
quantum chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116;
MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122. Fall)
CHM 363
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(.5 course)
Physical c h e m i s e ~ a b o r a t ointroduces
j
students to techniques of data
collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical
Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves
experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-onehalf hour laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration.)
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry
Applications of concepts studied in CHM 361 to areas of solutions, phase
equilibria, electrolytes, molecular structure and electrochemistry. (Three
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments
relating to CHM 364. (One four one-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.:
CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring)
CHM 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience at the junior-senior chemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the
opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent
seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration,
interested students must consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and
permission to register.
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the
laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlationsfor IR,
UV, NMR and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including
Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. (Three one-hour lectures,
six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,353,361 or consent of instruc-
Chemistry
tor. Some reading knowledge of German recommended. Fall)
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and
molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as
chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (Three o n e
hour lectures, one four-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353,
361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in
terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of
inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Three onehour
lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of
instructor. Fall )
CHM 483
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger'swave equation and
uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the
hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to
develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators,
electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: CHM 364 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.O course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors
and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers.
Outside visitors are also invited to participate.
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before graduation which may be obtained by working on a summer
research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial
research projects. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
CHM 499
Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
See listing under Speech/Communication
and Theatre Arts.
-1'
"
LOMPUTER 3CIENCE - CSC
T
he Augsburg Computer Science
~e~artmentstrives
to give students a
sound theoretical and practical foundation
in computer science. We offer both a B.A.
and a B.S. major. The computer science
curriculum places emphasis on networks,
communications and the use of computers
as an information access tool. The course
work provides students a strong base in
computer science, with emphasis on
concepts rather than on applications. We
encourage students to strengthen their
course work by electing an Internship or
Cooperative Education experience. Our
location in the Twin Cities provides us an
excellent resource of such experiences for
students, and allows them to add practical
applications to their education.
and two courses, at least one of which is
upper division, from:
PHY 261 Electronics
CSC 270 FORTRAN
CSC 271 COBOL
CSC 272 UNIX and C
CSC 352 Data Base Management and
Design
CSC 399 Internship
CSC 440 Advanced Networking and
Communications
CSC 445 Operating Systems and
Computer Architecture
CSC 450 Principles of Programming
Languages
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in
Computer Science (may be
repeated once)
CSC 499 Independent Study
Computer Science Faculty
Larry Ragland (Chair), Larry Crockett,
Noel Petit
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Computer Science Major
11 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computing
and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 330 Theory of Computation
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer
Science (may be repeated)
MAT 145 Augment Mathematics I
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Computer Science Major
15 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computing
and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 330 Theory of Computation
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 440 Advanced Networking and
Communications
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer
Science
MAT 145 Augment Mathematics I
MAT 146 Augment Mathematics I1
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning II
Computer Science 1
and two courses, at least one of which is
upper division, from:
PHY 261 Electronics
CSC 270 FORTRAN
CSC 271 COBOL
CSC 272 UND( and C
CSC 352 Data Base Management and
Design
CSC 399 Internship
CSC 445 Operating Systems and
Computer Architecture
CSC 450 Principles of Programming
Languages
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in
Computer Science (may be
repeated)
CSC 499 Independent Study
CSC 145
CSC 160
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in computer science and
mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an
independent study project.
Minor
Six courses including CSC 160,170,210,
345, MAT 145, and one Upper Division
Computer Science course.
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications,
as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with
computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply
toward a computer science major or minor.
Introduction to Computing and Communications.
Basic computer applicationsusing word processing, spreadsheets and
databases; files and disks; using the computer as an information accessing
tool through remote access to the library; use of e-mail, Internet, news,
and information services; simple programming. (Prereq.: MPG 111)
CSC 170
CSC 210
Structured Programming
An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or BUS 279 or
MPG Iv)
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks and queues; recursion; objects,
classes and methods. (Prereq.: CSC 170)
CSC 270
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
- Computer Science
CSC 271
COBOL
Study of the COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
CSC 272
UNIX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and
has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or
another course with a study of a programming language)
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of
algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems and intractable
problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MAT 145)
CSC 330
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata and
computability. Topics include regular and context-free languages, finite
automata, Turing machines, the halting problem and unsolvability.
(Prereq.: CSC 170 or 345; MAT 145)
CSC 340
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory,
distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.:
csc 345)
CSC 345
CSC 352
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems,
instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 160)
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC
210)
CSC 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of computer science to the opportunities found in the placement.
Students must consult with the Computer Science Department and
Internship Office before registering for academic credit.
CSC 440
Advanced Networking and Communications
Network management; client/se~erdatabases and workstations; TCP/IP,
IPX, Appletalk networks. (Prereq.: CSC 340)
Computer Science
CSC 445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management,
interactions among major components of computer systems, and a
detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating
systems. (Prereq.: CSC 345)
CSC 450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming
languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics,
parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the
run-time environment. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in
other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
CSC 499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
-
EASTAND SOUTHEASTASIANSTUDIES
A
major in East Asian Studies is
offered through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which is available
as a result of the cooperation and crossregistration possibilities among Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, The College of St. Catherine and
the University of St. Thomas. The program
pools the resources and expertise within
the five institutions. This major enables
students to acquire a broad knowledge of
Japan, China and other East Asian nations
and to gain a functional knowledge of the
language of one country.
Career opportunities for those who
attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian
Studies are diverse. Majors have the
opportunity to be involved in government
service, international business, journalism,
language instruction, Asian arts and
intercultural communication. The major
provides a foundation for graduate
work in various fields such as anthropology, economics, history, international
relations, business, law, political science,
sociology and theatre. This major is also
recommended for those interested in
education and work with social and
recreational agencies.
East and Southeast Asian Studies Faculty
Martha Johnson, Director
courses, two of which must be Upper
Division (strongly recommended that one
of these be a history course on China or
Japan); and an East Asian Studies Seminar.
A term of study abroad and the completion
of a minor in a discipline are strongly
recommended.
Study abroad opportunities for the
semester or a year are available in Hong
Kong, Japan, Korea and the People's
Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by
offering a cross-cultural experience in the
country of specialization.
Language Courses
Elementary and intermediate courses in
Chinese are offered at Hamline University.
Elementary and intermediate courses in
Japanese are offered at Macalester College
and the University of St. Thomas. There is a
contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota to take Chinese or
Japanese languages (without extra tuition
charges); see campus adviser. Non-majors
are also eligible to take the Chinese and
Japanese language courses.
Minor in East Asian Studies
Five courses, no more than two of
which may be in the language. A minor in
East Asian studies provides exposure to an
area of East Asia which would complement
other disciplines.
Minor in East a'nd Southeast Asian
Studies
Major in East Asian Studies
The requirements for the major consist
of nine courses. Courses in the major must
be approved by the campus adviser, and
are distributed as follows: four courses in
an East Asian language; four additional
A minor in East and Southeast Asian
Studies is an area of concentration at
Augsburg College that does not include a
language component. It is designed to be
useful for a variety of careers when
combined with other majors.
East and Southeast Asian btudies -
Five courses including one from:
PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy
REL 356 History of Religions
SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural
Anthropology
and one course from:
HIS 474 The World and the West
POL 351 Topics in Communist/Post
Communist Systems
POL 363 Foreign Policy: China and
Russia
and one course from:
HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American
Women in Public Life
HIS 399 Internship
HIS 495 Seminar
Recommended:
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
Note: Interim courses or new courses
related to the East and Southeast Asian
Studies Program may be substituted when
appropriate, with the consent of the
campus adviser. Faculty advising is
recommended at all stages of the major to
plan a coherent and effective program.
Each campus has a member on the
ACTC East Asian Studies committee who
can assist students. The current advisers
are: Augsburg College -Khin Khin Jensen
330-1193, Hamline University -Richard
Kagan 641-2433, Macalester -Yue-him
Tam 696-6262, St. Catherine -Martha
Hardesty 690-6189, St. Thomas -Robert
Werner 962-5565.
Approved Augsburg College courses
for the East Asian Studies Program (consult
program director for ACTC listing of
approved courses):
BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge
of Japan
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy
POL 363 Foreign Policy: China and
Russia
REL 356 History of Religions
THR 245 Introduction to Asian American
Theatre
- tCONOMlCS DEPARTMENT - ECO
T
he Economics Department at
Augsburg offers s t u d e k a program which
stresses a strong theoretical background,
quantitative analysis and an emphasis on
both national and international issues.
Students who graduate with a major in
the Economics Department are well prepared to continue their education in a
variety of fields or to work successfully in
the business world and government
because of the strong liberal arts emphasis
within the major.
Currently, three Economics majors are
offered to students. The Economics major is
designed primarily for students who are
planning graduate or advanced professional studies. The Applied Economics
major generally leads to careers in the
business world or government. Finally, the
combined Economics/Business Administration major is designed for those who
wish to have more flexibility in planning
their program of study.
As graduates, students will face a world
in constant change. Students have to
prepare themselves to take advantage of
whatever opportunities become available.
The study of Economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze
and to make choices. Some reasons for
studying economics are: economics deals
with current problems; economics is a
successful and prestigious social science;
economics employs theoretical models and
the scientific method; an economics major
prepares students for community leadership; and an economics major leads to a
great diversity of career opportunities.
These include careers in business, law,
teaching, journalism, politics, banking and
finance, service in government, educational
administration, both private and public
international service and industrial
relations. A degree in Economics may
prove to be a valuable credential. We
encourage students who major in economics to learn to be somebody rather than to
simply learn to do something.
Students are also able to combine an
economics major with other disciplines
such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, computer
science, management information systems
(MIS), political science, history and Nordic
Area Studies.
Internships are available and
highly recommended. Students must
consult with the Department chair and
the Internship office before registering for
academic credit.
Economics Faculty
Satya P. Gupta (Chair), Jeanne Boeh,
Edward Sabella.
Maior in Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Maaoeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 414 Welfare Economics
and three other Upper Division Economics
courses:
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
or MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social
and Behavioral Sciences
Economics 1(
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in Economics. Computer
courses are also strongly recommended.
BUS 331 Financial Management
or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
and one other Upper Division Business
course
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 311 Public Finance
or ECO 312 Intermediate
Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 318 Management Science
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
ECO 413 Labor Economics
ECO 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499 Independent Study
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human
Identity
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
Five Economics courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
And one other Upper Division Economics
course
and six Accounting/Business Adrninistration/MIS courses including:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis
from the Augsburg major requirements.
The state requirements may also be
subject to change after publication of this
catalog. Students therefore should consult
with the Augsburg Education Department
to identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0
overall; a senior thesis and compre-hensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Minor in Economics
ECO 112,113,312,313, and one
additional Economics Upper Division
course. Other configurations may be
permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Note: Students who plan to major in the
Department are strongly encouraged to
select a Department adviser as soon as
possible in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed on the
following pages, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295,495 Topics:
Consumer Economics, Research Methods
for Economics and Business, Advanced
Economic Theory, Decision-Making with
Finite Markov Chains and Soviet Economy.
lo
Economics
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental
microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics,
e.g. crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or
Business Administration or MIS).
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic
theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of
ECO 113 or 110. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.:
MPG 11)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken independentlyof ECO
110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.:
MPG 11)
ECO 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to consider Economics as a major and/or explore career alternatives.
ECO 219
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political,
economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be
on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems. Major topics may include ancient, medieval, mercantilist,
classical, socialist/utopian and contemporary economic thought. (Prereq.:
ECO 112 or 113)
ECO 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economics problems and policies.
ECO 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall)
Economics 11
ECO 312
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall, Spring)
ECO 313
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112)
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries
that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources,
including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are
examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and
economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from
the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental
protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc.
(Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 111)
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of
payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO
113. Spring)
ECO 399
Internship Program
A work-based leaming experience in which a student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of Economics to the opportunities found in the placement.
(Prereq.: 50 percent completion of major or consent of instructor)
ECO 41 3
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination
of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society.
(Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 414
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
'f Economics
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business.
Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting,
estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition,
production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems
of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313. Spring)
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO
312,313, MAT 122)
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
ECO 499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford hirn/her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth.
LDUCATION DEPARTMENT - EDE,
s
tudents interested in attaining teacher
licensure or developing a background in
education as a base for advanced study in
other careers will find opportunities in the
Department of Education.
Professional education combines the
study of theory with practice, and field
experiences are an essential part of the
course offerings. The location of Augsburg
College is particularly advantageous for
field experiences because of the wide
variety of public, private and special
schools in the Twin Cities.
Classroom teaching is the career that
first comes to mind for graduates of teacher
education programs. Augsburg graduates
are found in many classrooms within the
Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide
educational services in classrooms across
the nation and abroad.
The teacher education program coupled
with the liberal arts program serves as a
solid base for graduate education. Some
teaching fields require graduate work
beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. However, not
all graduates choose to teach in school
settings. Teacher education graduates are
also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas.
As of April 1,1988, all persons are
required to take the PPST (a set of basic
competency tests prescribed by the
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and
Licensure Requirements:
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDS, EDU
Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading,
writing skills and mathematics prior to
beginning Upper Division courses.
All students must apply for acceptance
into the Education Department. Any
Education course grade below 2.0 must
be retaken.
Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary
Education is available both through Day
School and Weekend College. Selected
secondary education programs are also
available in Weekend College.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department
students may participate in an International Student Teaching Abroad program.
Students have options for student teaching
in dozens of countries through the international and American School network. Those
interested in further information should
contact the Education Department.
Students who student teach abroad will do
part of their student teaching in the Metro
area under direct Augsburg faculty
supervision.
Education Faculty
Rich Germundsen (Chair), Virginia
Allery, Mary Ann Bayless, Bruce Drewlow,
Mary Endorf, Joseph Erickson, Ann
Fleener, Ethelind Garetz, Gretchen Irvine,
Marie McNeff, Mildred Mueller, Vicki
Olson
EDU 341 Media Technology
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching
Reading
EDE 352 Creating Learning
Environments: Kindergarten Elementary and Field Experience
l4 Elementary Education
-
EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculm: Art, Music
EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Mathematics
EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curridum: Physical Education
EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Social Studies,
Thematic Studies
EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Children's
Literature
EDE 387 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curridum: Language Arts
EDE 388 Human Relations
EDE 481,482,483 student hi^^ K-6
EDE 484 Student Teaching K-6 (optional)
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
PHY 103
HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators
SWK 260 Humans Developing
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
or MAT 131 Mathematics for the
Liberal Arts
EDS 377 Mathematics Methods
and an academic minor
If students also desire kindergarten
licensure, EDE 375 Discovery Learning in
the World of Kindergarten is also required.
A GPA of 2.5 overall and 2.5 in the
major and grades of P in student teaching
courses is required for licensure, as well as
minimum grades of 2.0 in all Education
courses. The criteria for acceptance into the
Department Licensure
are
available in the Education Department.
Conceptual Physics
(See Physics Department for course description.)
EDU 120
EDE 199
Learning in an Urban Setting
This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in
urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand
the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to
understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban
educational settings.
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore education as a major and/or consider its career
is expected. Students
alternatives. Participation in a concurrent se*ar
must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator before
registering for academic credit. Seminar participation required.
EDU 265
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
hvestigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing
and ENG 111)
EDU 282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
Elementary Education EDE 295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDE 299
Directed Study
Lower Division independent study.
EDU 341
Media Technology
(.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication
through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation,
and evaluation of effective audievisual m&erks for teaching/leaming situations. Computer training will be included in this course.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources
in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 352
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field
Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the
contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDU 370
Classroom Management
(.5 course)
A class for Elementary and Secondary education students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage
ment techniques. It is designed to empower future teachers with insights
and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build self esteem in their
students. (Prereq.: PPST. Spring)
EDU 371
Teaching the Individual Learner
(.5 course)
A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the
educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for
teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as
teaching the student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282
Introduction to Special Education prior to registering for this course.
(Prereq.: PPST. Fall)
EDE 375
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten
(.5 course)
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 381
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
lo Elementary Education
-
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 383
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 384
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's
literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and r,esources for language arts
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265)
EDU 388
Human Relations
(.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all. (P/N grading only)
EDE 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, f a d t y member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education to the opportunities found in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult
with the Department and the Internship Office before registering.
EDE 478
School and Society
(See Secondary Education for course description.)
EDE 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar
Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels under
the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership
in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. Students must
apply to student teach at least three months prior to enrolling for the
courses. A full term of student teaching is required for all students
pursuing an initial license. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary course work
satisfactorily completed and admission into the Education Department
Licensure program.)
EDE 491
Pradicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education for course description)
Secondary Education
EDE 495
Topics in Education
(.5 course)
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDE 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
EDE 499
Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be
outlined and approved by the Kindergarten-Elementary education
faculty.
1
t is the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are expected to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to
conferring with the student's major field
adviser.
Licensure Requirements in the state of
Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg
College Education Department Licensure
program: Baccalaureate degree; academic
major in an approved teaching area; and
the following courses:
EDU 210 Learning and Developing in an
Educational Setting
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDU 341 Media Technology
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas
EDS 354 Creating Learning
Environments: Secondary Field
Experience
EDU 388 Human Relations
EDS 478 School and Society
EDS 481,482,483 Student Teaching
EDS 484 Student Teaching Seminar (for
Art, Music, and Physical
Education teaching majors)
HPE 114 Health Safety Education (or
equivalent)
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators
Methods course in major/minor areas
GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in Education, 2.5
in academic major and P in student
teaching required. All required EDU/EDS
courses must have a grade of 2.0 or higher.
Application for and acceptance into the
Augsburg Licensure Program required.
Criteria for admission to the program are
available in the Education Department.
'1
Secondary Education
Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure
A person preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follows the secondary
education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school
level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take four courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching at both the secondary and
elementary levels. In addition to 354, the
art major will register for 361,362; the
physical education major for 365; and the
music major for 355.
Art and physical education teacher
education programs lead to licensure for
grades K-12. Music teacher education
programs lead to licensure in the following
areas: 1) Band (K-12) and classroom music
(5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom
EDU 120
music (5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom
music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom
music (512).
Modern Language Licensure
For modern language teachers (French,
German, Spanish), see Modem Language
Department for information on the
required competency exams.
Teaching in the Minor Field
Minnesota State Rule provides for
restricted teaching in selected fields in
which a person has received a minor.
Students must be accepted into the
Education Department Licensure Program,
take the minor subject area methods
course, and student teach in the minor area
to receive licensure or be recommended for
an endorsement by Augsburg College.
Learning in an Urban Setting
(See Elementary Education for course description.)
EDS 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore education as a major and/or consider its career
alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students
must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator before
registering for academic credit. Seminar participation required.
EDU 210
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and
learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. PSY 105
Principles of Psychology is strongly recommended.
EDU 265
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing
and ENG 111)
Secondan, Education
EDS 282
Introduction t o Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
EDS 295
Topics i n Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDS 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
EDU 341
Media Technology
(-5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description)
EDS 350
Reading i n the Content Areas
(.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist
students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required
for Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Prereq.: P E T )
EDS 354
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning
settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDS 355
Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring)
EDS 356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings
(.5 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials and techniques.
Courses offered on two-year cycle. Even year: Woodwinds. Odd year:
Brass and Percussion, Strings. (Prereq.: PPST. Fall)
EDS 361
Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only.
(Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Fall)
EDS 362
Art Methods (Senior High School)
(.5 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
senior high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361. Prereq.: EDS 354
and PPST. Fall)
EDS 364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools.
Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching
experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is
included. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(.5 course)
(See Health and Physical Education Department for course description.
Prereq.: P E T )
11
-
Secondary Education
EDS 366
Modern Language Methods
(.5 course)
World language learning theory. The theory and practice of world
language teaching. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Consult with the Modem
Language Department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
EDU 370
Classroom Management
(.5 course)
A class for Elementary and Secondary Education students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom management techniques. (Prereq.: PET. Spring)
EDU 371
Teaching the Individual Learner
(.5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description. Prereq.: PPST)
EDS 374
Natural Science Methods
(.5 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and
PET. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods
(.S course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum
development. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354
and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Winter: WEC)
EDS 376
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods
(.5 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and
theatre, and directing of cmxn-ricular speech and theatre activities.
(Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring)
EDS 377
Mathematics Methods
(.5 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics
education. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and
PET. Spring)
EDU 388
Human Relations
(.5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description.)
EDS 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the
departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and
permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate
placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
S~ecialEducation
EDS 478
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society and
final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. (Prereq.: senior
standing, EDU 265 and P E T )
EDS 481,482,483,484
Student Teaching and Seminar
Obsenring and directing learning at the secondary level under supemision
of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses required of all 712 licensure majors. Four courses required of K-12 Art, Music, and
Physical Education licensure majors and of double majors. (Prereq.:
completion of all education coursework and admission to the Department.)
EDS 495
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
EDS 499
Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the Departmental cumculum. A projected program must
be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty.
See Department listing for a description of the following approved electiue:
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(See Health and Physical Education Department for course description.
Prereq.: PPST)
Minor
Minimum of six courses:
EDU 282 Introduction to Special
Education
EDE 491 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
One course chosen from:
HPE 354 Physiology of Exercise
MUS 110 Interim Course
PSY 362 Behavior Disorders
SWK 340 Interim Course
and one course chosen from:
PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
PSY 359 Psychological Assessment
EDS 388 Human Relations
LIN 289 Introduction to Linguistics
Recommended as an additional course:
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
12
zZ
Special Education
EDU 110
Introduction to Deafness and Language of Deaf People
Introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of cornmunication used by deaf people. Through lectures, guest speakers, videotapes,
reading and field trips, we examine the language, education, social
and political aspects, and cultural issues within the deaf community.
(Odd years)
EDU 282
Introduction to Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the
nature, causes and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as
mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment,
learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Fall)
EDU 491
Practicurn and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar. (Students planning to take this course should
consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior
to registering for the course. Prereq.: completion of special courses for
Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Spring)
A
ugsburg College has cooperative
arrangements with three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts
degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering degree from either the
University of Minnesota Institute of
Technology, Minneapolis; Washington
University School of Engineering and
Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or
Michigan Technological University,
Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special
requirements and opportunities of these
programs, early consultation with the
Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs
require the recommendation of the
Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Engineering Adviser
Stuart Anderson
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and
Augsburg cooperative arrangement
provides for two dual degree engineering
programs:
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering
(B.A. / B.E.) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg
College and a Bachelor of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota.
The program typically involves three years
at Augsburg and two years at the Institute
of Technology.
Students may apply for the program
after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their
status in the program and any further
conditions necessary for final acceptance
into the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering
(B.A. / M.E.) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg
College and a Master of Engineering degree
from the University of Minnesota. This
program involves four years at Augsburg
and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A./
B.E. curriculum with the addition of several
extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to
minimize the number of undergraduate
courses, if any, that students must take at
the University before proceeding through
the graduate curriculum. The number of
such courses varies by IT department and
area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the
B.A./M.E. program should be initiated
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg. Formal application for
the program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
Washington University (Three Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University (Dual
Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering
degree from Washington University School
of Engineering and AppEed Science or
Michigan Technological University in a
five-year period.
24
Engineering
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted into
the program will be considered for
admission to the engineering school if they
will complete course requirements, have
the requisite cumulative grade point
average and are recommended by the
Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College.
Minimum course requirements for
admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENG 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
Students are also encouraged to explore PHY 122 General Physics II
Four Mathematics courses from A or B:
opportunities for graduate work at
A.
Washington University and Michigan
Technological University. Further informa- MAT 145 AUGMENT I
tion on these and other graduate programs MAT 146 AUGMENT II
is available from the Augsburg Engineering MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
Adviser.
MAT
247
Mathematical
Structures and
Financial Aid: Students receiving
Reasoning
II
financial aid who are participants in these
B. (For WEC students. See WEC catalog for
dual degree programs will be encouraged
course
descriptions.)
to apply to the engineering school of their
MAT
124 Calculus I
choice for continuing support. Their
MAT 125 Calculus II
applications will be evaluated using need
MAT
224 Calculus 111, Differential
and academic performance as criteria.
Equations
MAT 226 Calculus III, Differential
Equations
Additional courses to meet general
education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,
125 or 145,146 and PHY 121,122 are taken
in the freshman year. Students interested in
Chemical Engineering also should take
CHM 351,352.
- ENC
T
hose who study
- English
- believe that
an intense concern for words, ideas and
images helps people understand who they
are and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life's
complexity, experience life as others do and
better understand the world in which we
live and work.
English relates closely to other majors.
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual
and group behavior. With philosophy,
English is interested in ideas and in the
relation between meaning and language.
With science, English is interested in
discovering order and determining
structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of
language. With history and the other social
sciences and humanities, English studies
the way people have acted and thought at
different times and in different cultures.
ism, government, law, the ministry, library
science, medicine, advertising, public
relations, publishing, writing and other
professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Barbara
Andersen, Cathleen Dalglish, Douglas
Green, Joan Griffin, John Mitchell,
Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari,
John Schmit
Major
The Augsburg English Department
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opporhmity to use and refine their
skills through working in Internships on
and off campus, tutoring English as a
Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring
in the Writing Lab or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program.
Nine courses above 111, including:
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
One course in European literature:
ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to
Dante
or ENG 272 European Literature:
From the Renaissance to the
Modem Period
Two survey courses in British literature
from:
ENG 331 British Literature, Medieval to
Elizabethan
ENG 336 British Literature, 17th and
18th Centuries
ENG 337 British Literature, the
Romantics and the Victorians
One Upper Division course in American
literature:
ENG 350 American Literature to 1920
or ENG 351 American Literature
Since 1920
One 400 level course
Two additional electives
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, journal-
Majors are encouraged to consult their
Departmental adviser regularly. A student
with a double major or special program
12
-
26
English
that involves considerable work in the
English Department should also work
closely with an adviser in the Department.
Note: Transfer majors must take at least
three of their English courses at Augsburg.
10 courses, including those listed under the
major, and:
ENG 345 Introduction to the English
Language
ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing
EDS 364 English Methods
and one course with a component in nonWestern literature (for example, ENG 361).
In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom
and Teaching Mass Media, are required.
Courses in early American literature,
Shakespeare and film are recommended.
Students are encouraged to take courses
toward their major during the freshman
and sophomore years, and apply for
teacher education no later than the spring
of their junior year.
Minor
Five courses above ENG 111, including
ENG 245; an upper~ i ~literature
i ~ i
course; and an additional writing course.
Transfer Students
Transfer students with a B.A. in English
from another college must take at least two
of their English courses at Augsburg
(preferably Upper Division). These courses
must be taken before the Department can
recommend a student for student teaching.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of
students to determine their placement in
an appropriate writing class. Students who
do not show competence in composition
skills - such as stating and supporting a
thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing
paragraphs and sentences - are required
to enroll in ENG 101 Developmental
Writing where thev receive more individual instruction than is possible in
ENG 111Effective Writing. These students
must pass ENG 101Developmental
Writing before enrolling in ENG 111
Effective Writing.
V
Students in this program must work
with advisers in the English Department
and the Education Department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the Education Department as well as the
requirements for the major.
Prerequisites
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall;
submit proposal to Department Chair by
October 15 in senior year for Department
approval. Submit and defend paper before
faculty committee. Honors project may be
an Independent Study program (refer to
Departmental guidelines).
ENG 111Effective Writing is strongly
recommended but not a prerequisite for a
Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature course
is ENG 245 Introduction to Literature and/
or consent of the instructor.
~
Enalish
ENC 101
DevelopmentalWriting
A preparatory course for ENG 111Effective Writing, this course is
required of students identified by a writing sample (the English
Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition.
Students receive course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation
requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
ENC 111
Effective Writina
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and
writing critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing anddeveloping topics, thinking critically
and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those
needing additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENC 216
American Indian Literature
A study of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers.
Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which literature reflect and
illuminate American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring)
-
ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses.
Testing will determine placement in these courses, and testing, as well as
c o ~ r s ~ ~ e r f o r m a nwill
c e , determine whether the ESL requirement is met.
Students will continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. (Fall:
ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218)
ENC 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and
proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from
their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111.Spring)
ENC 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing,
ENG 111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process
of revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationship between reading
and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but
including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111.Fall)
ENC 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the
print media, including practice in writing for radio and television.
Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and
write those facts into a news story. Basic copy preparation, editing
12
28
Enalish
practices and an introduction to legal and ethical questions are included.
(Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 241
Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and
historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of
both feature length and short films illustrating the international development of film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring)
ENC 245
Introduction to Literature
An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing
on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and
female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature,
Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop students' critical
and analytical skills in reading literature and writing about it.
ENC 251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative works that yield an understanding of
the Western heritage and American world views. Themes could include
the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humankind
and God, the nature of nature, definitions of the American self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the
development of American thought and the continuity of Western culture
in America. (Fall)
ENC 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including works by
such authors as Homer, Virgl, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides,
Aristophanes, Ovid and Dante. These works are studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence
on later literature and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
ENC 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to
the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes,
Rabelais, Voltaire and Ibsen. (Spring)
ENC 282
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in
the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction.
ENC 299
Directed Study
Directed study for Lower Division credit. Supervised but largely independent study of a topic not normally offered among course selections.
Instructor's and Department Chair's consent required. Students are
responsible for proposing topics before the term in which they wish to
undertake the study.
English 11
ENC 327
Advanced Journalism:Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is on interviewing, organizing and writing the story, editing the
work of others and learning layout and design. Includes workshop
sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the
interview skills of others and laboratory sessions devoted to layout and
design. (Prereq.: ENG 227. Alternate years)
ENC 331
British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan
A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development
of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 336
British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245
or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 337
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers are emphasized, as well as their
relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of
poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve
creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule.
(Prereq.: ENG 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.)
ENC 345
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues
concerning the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students will be introduced to the primary components of linguistics,
the development of the English language and the social impact of language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
ENC 350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of selected American writers from colonial times to
WWI. Attention is given to issues relating to race, class and gender.
Conceptions of the individual in relation to society, the nature of nature
and regional differences are also studied. The approach is historical as
well as topical. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to
represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity
of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary
works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Emphasis is on sigruficant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor.
Fall)
ENC 399
Internship
The Department offers on-campus Internships in teaching writing and
English as a Second Language, and various off-campus Internships in
writing and editing. Interns meet with faculty advisers or seminar groups.
Interested students should consult the Department Chair.
ENC 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th century
beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Eliot, Joyce and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 438
Shakespeare
Study of major plays -comedies, histories and tragedies. Additional
plays are assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
ENC 445
Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the
conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice,
subjects and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and
consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 480
Criticism
The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches
with which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a
seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and
experiment with applications to a small group of literary and cinematic
texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 482
Topics in Language and Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in
the class schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary
Poetry and Women and Fiction. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ENC 499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with an overall GPA of 3.0 or
consent of Department Chair. Designed to enable advanced students to
pursue a topic not covered by course offerings. The student must define a
topic and a tentative reading list, then seek a faculty member willing and
able to supervise the project. Department chair approval required.
See Department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
THR 325
Playwriting
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
T
he initial months after entering
college as a freshman are a period of
transition. The faculty and staff wish to
assist students in making a successful
transition to being college students and to
help them become part of this academic
community. Students are introduced to the
character of the College, its heritage as an
urban liberal arts college of the church, the
process of learning in a community where
ideas are valued and treated seriously, and
the logstics of being college students.
The First Year Experience (ME)is
composed of four parts: Summer Registra-
CST 005
FYE Seminar
tion, Fall Orientation, ME Seminars and an
optional FYE Interim Term Course.
Participation in the Fall Orientation
program and in the ME Seminars is
required of all students who begin
Augsburg College as freshmen in the day
schedule program. Students who meet the
requirement satisfactorily by attendance at
and participation in an FYE Seminar will
receive a notation of a passing (P) grade for
ME 005 on their official transcript and a
0.25 credit. Students without a P for ME
005 will not be permitted to graduate with
an Augsburg degree.
(.25 course)
A series of Fall term meetings with an ME faculty adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the.Augsburg College
community of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a
variety of disciplines and sources collected in the "Augsburg Anthology."
(P/N grading only; evaluation based on attendance and participation.)
See listing under Modern Languages.
See listing under Modern Languages.
s
ome courses help to integrate learning
around topics in ways which are different
from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies includes specialized academic
enrichment programs, an integrative proseminar created by cooperating faculty and
CST 009
Cooperative Education
offerings of the Center for Global Education.
General Studies Faculty
~~~lM
~~
~ ~warren
~ ~ ~ l ,
d
(.O course)
Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of
the evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by
Cooperative Education staff. No course credit.
CST 140, 141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts
(.5 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The
course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic
success: reading rate and comprehension, notetaking and textbook
reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training,
career planning and making decisions.
GST 209
City Seminar: Experiential Education
(.O course)
Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of intemship/service/
cooperative education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about
the Twin Cities as an urban community system. Students do a series of 5-6
reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a systematic way of
thinking about how their particular organization functions in the larger
community. The seminar enables the student to utilize experiential
education options to meet the objectives of the City Perspective. Permission of Instructor. Non-credit.
CST 230
Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of mini-courses offered in a number of
relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course
consists of 12 hours. Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the
seminar.
See listing under Modem Languages.
HEALTH
AND PHYSICAL
DUCATI ION
v
irtually all students at Augsburg
College will interact at some point in their
college years with the Department of
Health and Physical Education. It is the
philosophy of the Department to provide
quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the
gifted athlete as well as the occasional
participant will find ample opportunity for
athletic and developmental activities.
The Physical Education Department
provides the organizational framework for
a wide range of educational experiences,
including several major and minor programs: general education in Physical
Education; men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural
programs for men and women; and athletic
facilities for developmental and recreational activities.
Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational
settings. Additional career opportunities
are possible in YMCA/YWCA programs
and community services, municipal park
and recreation departments as adult fitness
instructors, and in working with people
with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty
Carol Enke and Edwin J. Saugestad (CoChairs), Brian Amrnann, Richard Borstad,
Marilyn Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin
Kloppen, Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Jeff
Swenson.
HEALTH EDUCATION
Health Education Major
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 216 Human Sexuality
HPE 254 Introduction to Developmental/
Adapted Physical Education
HPE 320 School Health Curriculum
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
HPE 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
BIO 114 General Biology
PSY 105 General Psychology
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
or PSY 352 Developmental
Psychology: Adolescent and
Young Adult
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
14
Health and Physical Education
Teaching Minor
Students interested in the Teaching
Minor should consult with the Department Chair.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Physical Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness for Life
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 210 History and Principles of
Physical Education and Sport
HPE 220 Motor Learning
HPE 223 Team Sports
HPE 231 Individual and Dual Sports
HPE 232 Dance
HPE 254 Introduction to Development/
Adaptive Physical Education
HPE 340 Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Jnjuries
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Major with Specialization in Adapted
Physical Education
Students interested in this program
should consult with the Department Chair
for individual program planning.
Minor
HPE 101,115,210 223,231,232,351.
There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota
Public Schools.
Coaching Endorsement (not a major)
HPE 310 Psychology of Sport
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
HPE 486 Organization and
Administration of Coaching
HPE 489 Practicum
One course from:
HPE 476 Coaching of Football
HPE 477 Coaching of Basketball
HPE 478 Coaching of Hockey
HPE 479 Coaching of Track and Field
HPE 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball
HPE 483 Coaching of Volleyball
HPE 487 Coaching of Wrestling
(Interim only)
Internship in Athletic Training
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 350 KineSiology
HPE 351 Physiolggy of Exercise
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
And advanced athletic training (ACTC
schools)
Also required: 1500 hours of practical
experience under the direction of a
Certified Athletic Trainer.
Health and Physical Education 1
HEALTH EDUCATION
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individual and the community.
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification.
HPE 115
HPE 116
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
Includes information about school health education and services.
Health Concepts for Educators
(.5 course)
A course to prepare future teachers for their role in the school health
program. Includes common childhood health problems with an emphasis
on prevention.
HPE 199
1
HPE 216
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its
career alternatives. Students should consult with the departmentalIntemship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human
sexuality. Open to all students.
HPE 254
Introduction to DevelopmentalIAdapted Physicat Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from
early childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and
physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students.
HPE 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
HPE 320
School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and
development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
(Prereq.: HPE 110)
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement
(.5 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education.
HPE 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
- Health and Physical Education
of health or physical education with the opportunitiesinherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community. (Prereq.: HPE 110)
HPE 499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports
(.O course)
Three hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education
requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chair.)
No course credit.
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to mod~fypersonal health and fitness.
HPE 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to consider Health/Physical Education as a major and/or explore
career options.
HPE 210
History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport
(.5 course)
History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport.
HPE 220
Motor Learning
(.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills
relative to physical activity.
HPE 223
Team Sports
Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules and skill
development.
HPE 231
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports including history, rules and skill development.
HPE 232
Dance
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances.
HPE 254
Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
(See Health Education for course description.)
Health and Physical Education 1:
HPE 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
HPE 310
Psychology of Sport
(.5 course)
The application of psychology to athletes and athletic situations. Psychology of Sport deals with the effect of psychological factors on behavior in
sports, and the effect that participation in sport or physical activity has on
the performer.
HPE 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership and decision making for Physical
Education and athletic programs. (Prereq.:HPE 210)
HPE 350
Kinesiology
(.5 course)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103)
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training.
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement
(-5 course)
(See Health Education for course description.)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in
grades K-6.An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementary aged children. (Consult with Department Chair
for prerequisites)
HPE 368
(.5 course)
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in
secondary schools. (Consult with Department Chair for prerequisites)
HPE 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
of health or physical education with the opportunitiesinherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210)
HPE 475
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(.5 course)
Preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in
taping and training room procedures. (Even years. Interim)
HPE 476
Coaching of Football
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football.
(Odd years)
- Health and Physical Education
HPE 477
Coaching of Basketball
(-5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball.
(Odd years)
HPE 478
Coaching of Hockey
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.
(Odd years)
HPE 479
Coaching of Track and Field
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field.
(Odd years)
HPE 480
Coaching of Baseball/Softball
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and
softball. (Odd years)
HPE 483
Coaching of Volleyball
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball.
(Odd years)
HPE 486
Organization and Administration of Coaching
(.5 course)
Principles of athletic administration at the interscholastic level. (For
non-physical education majors seeking coaching endorsement.)
HPE 489
Pradicum
HPE 499
Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to
junior or senior majors.
HISTORY
- HIS
H
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The
distinguished medievalist J.R. Strayer
expressed it this way: "No community can
survive and no institution can function
without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as
much as by laws, which is to say that we
are ruled by the collective memory of the
past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals
into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse
of human experiences that enables us to
deal more knowledgeably with the
continuities and changes in current issues.
Established disciplines, as history long has
been, train the mind by developing
concepts and skills that enable one to deal
with masses of information. Many have
found that history is an entree into the
richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events
and the broad reading enjoyed by the
educated person. Accordingly, history has
long held a major role in the liberal arts.
This is true at Augsburg.
The Department has strength in, and
requires of its majors, work in four main
areas: ancient and medieval, modem
Europe, United States and the non-Western
world. The Department's graduates are
well represented among professional
historians; at present, some are in graduate schools preparing for such careers.
More have distinguished themselves as
social studies teachers in elementary and
secondary schools and current projections
indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history majors. For
most of our students, however, the study
of history provides one of the better
undergraduate liberal arts experiences,
valuable both for a wide variety of career
choices and personal enrichment.
History Faculty
Richard Nelson (Chair), William Green,
Donald Gustafson, Christopher Kimball
Major
Eight courses plus one seminar. At least
four of these courses must be Upper
Division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis from
the Augsburg major requirements. The
state requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least three of which
must be Upper Division.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall;
except in special instances, application
before the end of the first term of the junior
year; two years of a foreign language at the
college level (or its equivalent); an honors
thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
- History
Prerequisites
First year students should enroll in
one or more of the 101-104 courses. 200level courses are normally reserved for
sophomore or Upper Division students.
Upper Division courses are numbered
300 and above.
Satisfactory completion of a Lower
Division course is normally required before
enrolling in an Upper Division course. See
instructor for permission.
Transfer Students
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
courses at Augsburg. A minor normally
requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
HIS 101
The Beginning of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical
world of Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th
century.
HIS 102
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
HIS 103
The Modem World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
HIS 104
HIS 199
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
Internship
A limited number of work-based Lower Division experiences may be
available to qualified students in which the student, faculty member and
site supemisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to
consider history as a major while exploring career alternatives. Consultation with the Department and Internship Office is required before
registration.
HIS 220
America to 1815
The historical evolution of America to 1815beginning with the contact of
American, African and European cultures, then turning to the political,
religious and racial diversity of colonial life. After treating independence
and the creation of a new republic, the course will conclude with examination of the expansion and democratization of that republic.
HIS 221
19th Century U.S.
An historical survey of the United States during the 19th century, empha-
sizing the social changes brought about by immigration, expansion,
sectionalism and the slavery debate. After considering the Civil War and
History 14
Reconstruction, the course will conclude with an examination of political,
economic, and cultural changes influenced by industrialization and
urbanization.
HIS 222
20th Century U.S.
An historical survey of the United States in the 20th century, focusing on
the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal government, the implications of inaeasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the
impact of affluence.
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area
as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban
history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization
and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and
urban politics and reform.
HIS 241
Topics in African-American History
Selected topics in African-American history including the history of civil
rights, African-Americans in Minnesota, contributions to world culture
and leadership. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior
to registration.
HIS 242
History of African-American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
An examination of the historical development of civil rights for African-
Americans from the appearance of black slaves brought to Jamestown to
1915, focusing on the legal, economic and political issues stemming from
race and class, with special consideration of perception, emancipation and
integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African-American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of the examination of the historical development of civil
rights for African-Americans for the period 1915-1972,with special
emphasis placed on the contributions of W.E.B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey,
A. Philip Randolph, Charles Houston, Thurgood Marshall and Martin
Luther King, Jr.
HIS 2451345
The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage
An exploration of key aspects of the cultural history of the United States
and Scandinavia from the 19th century to the present. Emphasis is placed
on the Atlantic migration and the similarities and differences between
these cultures, especially in their movement from agrarian to industrial
society. (Offered only in the Augsburg College/lZlstfold, Norway program. See International Studies)
HIS 299
Directed Study
An opportunity for the student to do readings or study on topics not
covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved
by the directing faculty member and the chair of the department before
registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied
to the major.
wL
History
HIS 326
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian
period through European exploration and settlement to the present,
emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal
structure and inter-governmental relations.
HIS 331
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly
examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered
will be announced prior to registration.
HIS 332
History of U.S. Foreign Relations
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through
the Cold War. Attention will be paid to changing definitions of war and
peace, tensions between internationalismand isolationism, the emergence
of the U.S. as an economic and military power, and the making of diple
macy in the nuclear age.
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings
through the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics
of urban growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of
urban culture.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective
An historical overview of Manibia and South Africa including the
experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of South African occupation,
the war for independence, and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (For offerings see International Studies)
HIS 347
MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror
Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's
historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day.
(For offerings see International Studies)
HIS 360
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times
through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion and political
institutions.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's ~ m ~ i rthe
e , Hellenistic
kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is
placed on personalities, the arts and Rome's contributions in law and the
political process.
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state,
eniphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance
and the early years of the Reformation.
History 1'
HIS 399
Internship
A limited number of work-based Upper Division learning experiences are
often available to qualified history majors in which the student, faculty
member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which unites the
study of history with opportunitiesfound in the placement. Consultation
with the Department and Internship Office is required before registration.
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included
in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 474
The World and the West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world,
considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European
empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of
these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 495
Seminar
This course is required for the major and enrollment is normally restricted
to students who have nearly finished their course work. Selected topics
will be announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is
required. (Offered at least once each year, during the Fall term.)
HIS 499
Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 GPA or above in history courses are
encouraged to apply for Independent Study. The proposed study must be
approved by the directing faculty member and the chair of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in Independent Study
may be applied to the major.
1
nterdisciphary Studies covers a
broad specof experience and course
work. Through Interdisciplinary courses,
students gain greater insight and understanding of cultures and perspectives
different from their own. Through these
experiences students are better prepared
to become contributing members of the
global community.
Courses listed in these areas may be
used to fulfill the Urban Concerns,
Women's Studies or Ethnic Studies
requirements under the General Distribution Requirements. Consult the General
Education list for courses which fulfill the
specific perspectives.
Augsburg also offers students the
opportunity to major and minor in
Women's Studies, and to minor in American Indian Studies.
For other Interdisciplinary course
listings, see International Studies.
INS 105
AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES
The American Indian Studies minor
offers nine courses that encompass the
range of American Indian contributions to
North American culture including art,
religion, literature and history. Also offered
are two beginning courses in Ojibwe
(Chippewa), the original language of one of
Minnesota's native people.
Approved electives from other departments include Women, a Cross-Cultural
Perspective; Contemporary American
Indians; and American Indian Women.
Coordinator
Virginia Allery
Minor
Five courses including INS 105 and at
least one Upper Division course. Indian
Studies courses may also be taken as part
of majors or minors in other academic
subjects or to meet distribution/general
education requirements.
Introduction to American Indian Studies
This course is a n introduction to the content areas of the American Indian
Studies curriculum, including an ovemiew of American Indian history,
American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation
and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music and language.
(Required for American Indian Studies minor.)
OJB111, OJB112 Beginning Ojibwe
(See Modem Languages for course description.)
ENC 216
American Indian Literature
(See English Department for course description.)
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological,
evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in society.
Interdisciplinary Studies Comparative roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across
various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native
American and African tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico,
the Middle East and China. (Cross-listedwith the Women's Studies
Department.)
INS 260
Contemporary American Indians
This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United
States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such
current issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights and education. The
tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among
selected American Indian tribes today is highlighted.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
(See Art Department for course description.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North
America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as
changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their
contributions to Indian community life today. (Prereq.: one course in
Women's Studies or American Indian Studies or consent of instructor.
This course also applies to Women's Studies.)
HIS 326
American Indian History
(See History Department for course description.)
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
(See Religion Department for course description.)
ETHNIC STUDIES
REL 231
Religion in African-American History
(See Religion Department for course description.)
INS 232
The African-American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to the African-Americanexperience, focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal and psychological aspects of that experience.
HIS 241
Topics in African-American History
(See History Department for course description.)
METRO URBAN STUDIES - INS
Metro-Urban Studies is a
transdisciplinaTy major and minor
by faculty in sociology, economics, history,
political science, psychology and other
related disciplines. The Metro-Urban
Studies program seeks to blend classroom
and field experience, theory and internships which focus the content of liberal
learning On the
community
and the process of urbanization.
The Metro-Urban Studies major and
Interdisciplinary Studies
graduate preparation for postgraduate
studies in planning, architecture, law,
public administration, environmental
studies, social welfare, government,
community organization and theology. The
program and General Education City
requirement introduce students to the wide
variety of developing careers related to
urban and metropolitan affairs and equip
students with the analybcal and theoretical
tools required to understand the metropolitan communitv.
Internships, Community ServiceLearning and Cooperative Education are
available as ways to enhance the quality of
the major and make fuller use of the
extensive metropolitan opportunities
afforded by the College's location. The
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the
overall program.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty
Garry Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew
Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO),Robert
Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY), Chris
Kimball (HIS)
Major
13 courses including:
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 421 Topics in American Politics
PSY 356 Environmental Psychology
SOC 211 Human Communities and the
Modem Metropolis
SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban
Planning
HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities
HIS 335 Urban American History
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
or SOC 363 Research Methods
INS 399 Internship
Plus three additional approved urbanrelated coursees. (Courses fulfilling the
City Perspectives generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.)
HECUA off-campus programs are
highly recommended, especially the MUST
Twin Cities program. Students interested in
graduate school are encouraged to take
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics.
Minor
POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225 and two of
the following: POL 421, PSY 356, HIS 335,
SOC 381 or INS 399.
The Internship, INS 399, is highly
recommended where appropriate. Other
combinations ate feasible if approved by
the Director of the Program.
INS 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supemisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore Metro Urban Studies as a major and consider its career
Interdisciplinary Studies
alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students
must consult with the Department and Internship and Cooperative
Education Office prior to registration.
INS 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of
instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of Metro Urban Studies with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students
must consult with the Department and Internship and Cooperative
Education Office prior to registration.
INS 498
Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops, which utilizes resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is
designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty
member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor)
INS 499
Independent Study
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor)
I URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH
HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a
leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a
consortium of 18 colleges and universities.
Through HECUA, Augsburg students have
access to five interdisciplinary field
learning programs of exceptional quality,
located in Scandinavia, South America,
Central America and the Twin Cities.
For information on the international
HECUA progams, see International
Studies listings.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
INS 358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinaryreadings connect experiences and direct observation
with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social
inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and
strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined in the
context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
14
18
Interdisciplinary Studies
INS 359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing -views on the Twin Cities
"civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews
and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories
and strategies for explaining and overcoming it.
INS 399
Internships
(2 course credits)
Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide
supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week.
Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments
and writing to meet the objectives of the internship.
II. City Arts
This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between
emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the
program.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers
and community organizers for understanding the differences between
formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and
participant observation at a variety of arts performances and cultural
events.
INS 331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and
culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions
integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social
change and activism.
INS 399
Internships
(2 course credits)
Internships involve participation in an ongoing project with an individual
artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of
learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement
varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences.
NORDIC AREA STUDIES - NAS
(Formerly Scandinavian Area Studies)
Nordic Area Studies is an interdisciplinary program drawing on the combined
resources of the ACTC schools and the
Nordic Center at Augsburg College. The
curriculum treats Norden (Denmark,
Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden) not
only as a geographical area, but as an
integrated cultural region with a shared
history, common values, and a high degree
of political, social, and economic interdependency. Courses in Nordic Area Studies
postulate a Nordic regonal identity as a
context in which to appreciate the differences between the five individual countries
and to understand the complexity of their
interactions among themselves and the
global community.
Interdisciplinary Studies 14
Advisor
Frankie Shackelford
Major
Eight Upper Division courses.
Minor
Four Upper Division courses.
Note: At least four of the Upper
Division courses required for the major
must be Augsburg courses. The remainder
NAS 330
may be transfer credits included in the
major on approval of the program adviser.
Students graduating with a major or minor
must also present the equivalent of
intermediate level competence in a
Scandinavian language. See Norwegian
language course listings under the Modem
Language Department.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study in Denmark, Norway, Sweden,
Finland or Iceland (see International
Studies Department - Qstfold Program,
Metro-Urban Studies, SUST or Oslo Year
Program), and elective courses or a second
major such as Norwegian, History, Political
Science, Urban Studies, Business Administration, International Relations, Sociology
or Social Work.
Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language
not required. (Fall: altemate years)
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion
based on reading of selected works in translation, including masterpieces
from all five Nordic countries. Norwegian majors will be required to do
appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate
years)
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th
century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the
development of the Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will be required to
do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring:
altemate years)
NAS 372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
NAS 377
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
- Interdisciplinary Studies
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Art Department.)
NAS 393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
NAS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See Intemational Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
NAS 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, a faculty member
and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the
student to apply theoretical knowledge of Nordic culture in a professional
context and to explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office.
NAS 499
Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member, the student selects a specific topic
for study.
H WOMEN'S STUDIES
The program in Women's Studies
provides students with the oppormn~vto
examine critically women's contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. This is an inter-college
program with course offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, the College of
St. ~aiherineand the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical,
practical and research components that
focus not only on gender, but also acknowledge that race, class and sexual identity are
crucial aspects of women's experiences.
The Women's Studies Program offers
both a major and a minor, and provides
students with academic preparation for
careers in human services, education, and
social work as well as graduate study.
Women's Studies Faculty
Maria Woroby (Coordinator),Kristin M.
Anderson, Maria Brown, Grace B. Dyrud,
Mary G. Endorf, Milda Hedblom, Victoria
Littlefield, Lynne Lorenzen, Mildred
"Mike" Mueller, Catherine Nicholl, Beverly
J. Nilsson, Norma Noonan, Nancy K.
Stebla~f
,
,
J. Stratton
, ,,
, ,,
1
f
Major
Ten courses which must include INS
201 Foundations in Women's Studies, INS
495 (Seminar),and INS 199 or INS 399
(Internships).The remaining seven
electives are to be selected from approved
Women's Studies courses. At least three
courses must be Upper Division courses.
Students may take courses at any of the
colleges participating in the Women's
Studies Program. However, at least three
courses must be completed at Augsburg.
The writing component of the Graduation
Skills Requirements for the Women's
Studies major must also be completed at
Augsburg. Each student's program must
Interdisciplinary Studies 15
have the written approval of the Women's
Studies Program Coordinator.
Minor
Upper Division; and INS 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student's program must have the written
Five courses which must include INS
201; three electives, one of which must be
INS 199
of the
Studies Program
Internship
Must be approved by Women's Studies Program Coordinator.
INS 201
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinarycourse introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences and the arts,
and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when
seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of
women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientations and class, and
other contemporary issues.
INS 233
Women: A Cross Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women
in non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social
contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed
on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
INS 265
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, literature and other aesthetic creations, the
class analyzes the position of women in American culture. Emphasis will
be placed on the perspectives of women of color and other women
minority groups.
INS 281
Topics in Women's Studies
INS 311
The Development Process
(See International Studies, Women and Development.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
INS 325
African American Women: Social, Historical and Creative Perspectives
This course examines the historical roots of African American women
from Africa to locations in the United States and other parts of the African
Diaspora. The effects of slavery and its resulting effect on African women
are examined in depth, as well as past and current contributions by
African American women to government, business and family.
INS 399
Internship in Women's Studies
(Must be approved by the Women's Studies Program Coordinator.)
bL
Interdisciplinary Studies
INS 481
Topics in Women's Studies
INS 495
Women's Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and
minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study (499). It is offered at
a different college each year.
INS 499
Independent Study
The student must present a written proposal containing rationale,
objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to program
guidelines. (Must be approved by the Women's Studies Program Coordinator.)
See department listings for descriptions of the following approved electives:
ART 352
Women and Art
ENC 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
1
ntemational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both
breadth and depth. The student may focus
on a discipline or geographic area of the
world. The program consists of a core of
seven courses and six electives chosen from
a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg
and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an
Interim or semester. Competency in one
language is required, and some students
study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give
students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their
studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double
majors in History, Political Science,
International Business or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors
and minors are possible with the Intemational Relations major.
Director
Norma Noonan
POL 490 Seminar in International
Relations
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four terms of college
work in a modem language
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362, 465,466
ECO 314; 317,360
HIS 440,474
PHI 355
POL 350,351,359,382,459
REL 356,420
SOC 336
SPC 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331, SPA
332, SCA 330 (See Modem Languages.)
Interim courses, seminars, Independent
Study, topics courses and courses at other
colleges/universitiescan be considered
here with the approval of the Program
Director, as well as a fourth term or higher
of college work in a second language.
Honors Major
Major
Required courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modem World
or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
GPA of 3.6 in the major; 3.0 overall.
In addition to fulfilling the requirements
for the major, the student must complete
an Honor's Thesis no later than March 1 of
one's senior year and must defend the
thesis before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to
complete an Honor's Major by the end of
their junior year.
International Studies
Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS 332,
POL 363 or 461. One year of modem
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
I
ntemational Study at Augsburg College
is intended to motivate students to act
responsibly and effectively in society by
expanding their awareness of other
cultures, deepening their understanding
of the human condition on a global scale,
and helping them to understand the
connections between social justice and
global interdependence. The Center for
Global Education administers international study opportunities available
to Augsburg students.
Study abroad is an integral part of
several majors at Augsburg, but will add
an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in a
variety of disciplines, from the natural
sciences to mathematics, study abroad each
year. Students normally receive the same
number of course credits abroad as they
would if studying on-campus. Courses
abroad can fulfill major, distribution/
general education and graduation requirements when approved by the Coordinator
of Academic Programs Abroad and
appropriate faculty before departure.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
languages counts toward the major;
prerequisite courses or competencies
cannot be credited toward the 13 required
courses. Students should confer with the
Program Director about regional and
disciplinary concentrations possible within
the major; for example, a concentration in a
geographic area or one of the major
disciplines in the program.
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off-campus
through the Center for Global Education.
Students must apply by December 15 for
study off-campus for the next year. The
cost for many programs is equivalent to
full room, board and tuition for a semester
on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the
same basis as on-campus study.
International study programs approved
through Augsburg are listed below. For
information on these or other programs,
contact the Coordinator of Academic
Programs Abroad.
THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL
EDUCATION
The Center for Global Education
facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work
toward a more just and sustainable world.
The Center's programs explore a diversity
of viewpoints and are grounded in the
perspectives of the poor and of others
International Studies
struggling for justice and human dignity.
The Center's study programs are
conducted in Mexico, Namibia, Norway
and Swiberland. Students experience Ulree
distinct types of living situations, which
include living with other participants in a
community house, spending several days
in a rural setting and several weeks living
with host families. They also travel
together on two-week seminars: in Mexico
to Central America, in Namibia to South
Africa, and in Switzerland to Italy and
Germany.
WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES - FALL
This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their
roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are
drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics.
Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also
approved for credit in Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's
Studies, depending on the mini-courses chosen.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four
weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
INS 31 1
The Development Process
An integrative seminar providing opportunity to rdkct critically on issues
of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special
emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development
and educational theories and practices are examined, as well as social
change strategies.
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics -Women in Latin America
A n examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the
impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade,
political ideologies and revolution.
REL 366
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging "Theology of Liberation" as articulated by
prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly
involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuemavaca.
Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween
women and religious institutions.
13
j6
-
International Studies
1 SOCIAL POLICY AND HUMAN SERVICES IN LATIN AMERICA - FALL
This program introduces students to the central issues currently facing Latin America
by focusing on new models of political organizing, popular education and human services.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four
weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
POL 295
Latin America: Development Issues
A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly
changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and
development, economic change and international trade, diminishing
resources, war and revolution, peace and justice and cultural diversity.
Emphasis on the development of a global perspective which recognizes
human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and
priorities.
SWK 361
International Models of Social Work
Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are
involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping
networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal
government services and private initiatives. Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to social work in
several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze
the current response to human needs in Latin America.
SWK 399
Internship
A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on
acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations
are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. There
are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to
Social Work majors. One-and-one-half years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement.
EDE/EDS 412 Latin American Models of Education
A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being
developed in Latin America. Students will apply their knowledge of
educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic
processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical
-&inking, con&iousness-raising and cooperative problem-solving.
Exploring the transferability of these learning models to North America
wzl be a focus throughout the course.
SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social justice
(Social Work - Upper Division, or Sociology - Lower Division)
Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members
of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the
International Studies
distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups,
the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that
have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies.
(Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as
SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5 Independent Study to supplement the
North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on
the Augsburg campus.)
SOUTHERN AFRICA SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION - FALL
This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained
independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will
explore the complex political, social and economic dynamics of building a new nation.
INS 312
The Development Process - Southern Africa
This course will provide the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of
development, hunger, injustice and human rights. The course will
examine basic theories of development as well as particular strategies of
development that are being implemented in Namibia and South Africa.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with
people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within
churches and religious organizations. Readings include selections of
biographies and personal accounts of some key religious leaders in
Southern Africa who played important roles in the anti-apartheid
struggle.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective
This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa,
including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation
by South Africa and the war for independence. An exploration of the
historical roots of apartheid and the process by which it has been institutionalized during the 20th century is an integral component.
POL 353 or SOC 304 Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative
Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester. The Namibian
situation is a case study for exploring the process of political and social
change occurring in Southern Africa during the second half of the century.
The legacy of apartheid in Namibia will be examined with particular focus
on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle
for independence. The structure and process of Namibian politics will be
compared to those of South Africa and Zimbabwe.
INS 399
Internship
A limited number of Internships will be available to provide students with
opportunities to gain hands-on work experience in a development agency.
13
58
International Studies
W
AUCSBURC COLLEGE OSTFOLD, NORWAY - SEMESTER OR ACADEMIC YEAR
Augsburg, in cooperation with the University of North Dakota and the city of Moss,
offers this semester or year-long exchange program in Moss, Norway. Twenty U.S.
students and 20 Norwegian students join to explore the cross-cultural dimensions of a
variety of fields.
NOR 1111112 Beginning Norwegian
This course aims to develop the four basic language skills of speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Special emphasis will be placed on helping
students learn to use Norwegian in their daily lives, including at school,
with host families and in the community of Moss. Television, radio,
movies, newspapers, magazines and visits by native Norwegians are
incorporated into class sessions. (Intermediateand advanced Norwegian
courses can be arranged for students who have already completed a year
of Norwegian language study.)
NAS 1991399 Internships
Students are placed in local businesses, institutions, or organizations in
the Moss area where they work approximately 8 to 10 hours per week. In
addition, students complete the academic component of the internship,
which usually includes reading appropriate books and articles, keeping a
journal, writing a paper, and participating in seminars with other interns.
Students, faculty, and work supervisors cooperate to develop learning
contracts which spell out the work and study obligations of the students.
HIS 2451345
The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage
An exploration of key aspects of the cultural history of the United States
and Scandinavia from the 19th century to the present. Emphasis is on the
Atlantic migration and the similarities and differences between these
cultures, especially in their movement from agrarian to industrial society.
NAS 250
Comparative Social Structures in Scandinavia and the United States
This course examines concepts basic to the study of sociology, including
group interaction, social institutions and culture. It also explores the
development and current status of social structure in Scandinavia and the
United States.
NAS 2991499 Directed Studyllndependent Study
(Some of the Lower Division courses may also be taken for Upper
Division credit.)
SPC 332
Intercultural Communication
This course will explore both the opportunities and the problems associated with communication between people from different cultural backgrounds. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role
expectation, values and non-verbal symbols will be examined. The
Western cultures of Norway and the United States will be examined as
well as the non-Western culture of Asian foreign workers.
SPC 346
Theories of Communication and Media
This course will explore the relationship between communication and
International Studies
media by examining texts, ideas, media products and technical facilities.
Special attention will be given to the social, psychological, ethical and
demographic issues from American and Scandinavian cultures, which
have resulted in the development of two distinct media traditions.
SPC 349
Interactive Communication and Media
This course will explore interactive communication and media. In this
context, interactive communication refers to a two-way exchange of
messages, and the media most commonly used for this purpose are
computers, television and interactive video systems. Scandinavian and
American media systems and their interactive media products will serve
as the framework for this study.
ART 382
Scandinavian Art
(See Art Department for course description.)
INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND HUMAN RIGHTS IN LATIN AMERICA - SPRING
This program examines approaches to development in Latin America and the relationship of these approaches to achievement of basic human rights.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four
weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director)
ECON 495
Topics of Economic Development in the Third World
Study the models of economic development implemented in Latin
America during the past 50 years. Examine the economic strategies
utilized in Mexico and Central America during the past decade, as well as
the impact of U.S. economic policies in the region. Learn about the current
debate on economic development as well as the irhplications of the North
American Free Trade Agreement for Latin America. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or
equivalent)
POL 495
Seminar on Human Rights in Latin America
Examine the philosophical foundations and contemporary definitions of
human rights, including international standards and covenants. Become
familiar with the work of international agencies, grassroots organizations
and churches in promoting respect for human rights. Concentrate on the
ways in which human rights affect women, children and other
marginalized groups. Study international humanitarian law and the
relationship of human rights to both international development and U.S.
foreign policy.
CST 230
Cultural Issues Seminar
Look at aspects of Latin American culture, history and contemporary
realities. Through a series of mini-seminars gain an understanding of
Mexican cultural identities and develop a cultural framework for understanding contemporary issues.
15
- International Studies
HIS 347
Mesoamerican Legacy of Conquest
Obtain a comprehensive view of Mexico's development from preColombian times to the present day. Through a series of mini-seminars
trace the roots of pre-Colombian civilization in Mexico, study the turmoil
of the Mexican revolution and its effects on modem Mexican society, and
investigate the strategies of current revolutionary movements in Mexico,
Nicaragua and El Salvador.
REL 366
The Church and Social Change
Learn about the role of religion past and present within situations of
political oppression and social injustice. Focus on the role of women in the
church and emerging theologies of liberation.
INS 399
Internship
Gain hands-on work experience in a human rights organization or
development agency located in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Provide 80 hours of
service to the agency, attend field placement seminars, and report to
fellow students about experiences.
WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: A SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVE - SPRING
This intensive travel and study program is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The
program introduces students to the struggle of women in Southern Africa, to the history
of their role in society and to the situation that exists for women in Africa.
SOC 236
Family Systems and Social Policy in Southern Africa
Using a cross-cultural approach, this course will examine the family as a
social institution in Namibia and South Africa. A family stay will serve as
a laboratory for students to observe various aspects of family life in
Namibia, including kinship, child-rearing, courtship and the marriage
relationship. The course will also examine formation of social policy
responses to family issues in post-independent Namibia.
INS 312
The Development Process - Southern Africa
This course will provide the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of
development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis
given to the experience of women. The course will examine basic theories
of development as well as particular strategies of development being
implemented in Namibia and South Africa.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with
people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within
churches and religious organizations. Readings include selections of
biographies and personal accounts of some key religious leaders in
Southern Africa who played important roles in the anti-apartheid
struggle.
International Studies It
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics - Southern Africa
This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of
women in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in newly independent Namibia. The experience of Namibian
women in the political process will be compared to that of women in
South Africa and Zimbabwe.
INS 399
Internship
A limited number of internships will be available to provide students with
the opportunity to gain hands-on work experience in a development
agency working with or providing special services to women.
GLOBAL ISSUES AND WORLD CHURCHES - SUMMER
This intensive program of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the
workings of international nongovernmental organizations, especially ecumenical church
agencies. The program is focused on peace and justice issues and the integrity of creation.
Based in Geneva, Switzerland, the program will also include seminars in Italy and a
family stay in Eastern Germany.
POL 356
International Organizations and Religious NCOs
A study of the functional organization and role of nongovernmental
agencies, with emphasis on world church agencies, and their relationship
to other voluntary agencies and to intergovernmentalorganizations
(United Nations committees) responding to global issues.
REL 379
Ecumenism in the Contemporary World
A study of the policies and programs of world church agencies with
attention to the ethics, theology and socio-political assumptions on which
their work is grounded.
i2
International Studies
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTlUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in three different full
semester programs in Norway, Colombia
and ~cuadorAll programs emphasize the
impact of social change and cross-cultural
factors on the human community. FIECUA
programs include intense language
experience, internships and field trips. The
cost of HECUA programs is equivalent to
full tuition, room and board for one
semester on-campus plus airfare.
For non-international HECUA courses,
see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies.
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)
- FALL
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies
and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Local,
regional and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet
Union.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with .
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the Chair of the
Modem Language Department for language credit.
INS 377
Scandinavia in the World
Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world
of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and
arms control, East-West relations, European security, trade and the Third
World. Includes field travel to other capitals for discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives.
INS 393
Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as
reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian
history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a
variety of media.
INS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to other capitals for a comparative view.
International Studies It
INS 499
Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option
of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language
skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the
appropriate home college faculty adviser,
SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (SAUS)
- FALL
This semester in the city program is located in either Bogota, Colombia or Quito,
Ecuador. This interdisciplinary program focuses on the relationships between Third
World development and the consequences of urbanization, especially inequality in Latin
America. Analyses of competing theories of development are integrated with field study
in the host city and outlying regions.
INS 261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language
emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS
program and field work.
INS 361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics,
culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is
on economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin
America.
INS 362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin
America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies and urban elites.
Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and
applied to Latin America.
INS 363
Wealth, Poverty and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis
on field study in barrio communities and site visits to public and private
agencies dealing with urban problems.
INS 499
Independent Study
Students with advanced Spanish are required to prepare an Independent
Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required,
supervision is by a professional at a local college or research institution or
by SAUS faculty.
COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (CILA) - FALL OR SPRING
This interdisciplinary program enables the student to combine intense involvement in
a community-based organization with the study of community development process and
the increase of language skills.
i4
International Studies
LITERATURE, IDEOLOGY, AND SOCIETY IN LATIN AMERICA: COLOMBIA OR
ECUADOR (LISLA) - SPRING
This interdisciplinary propam focuses on developments and social change in Latin
America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts and the ways in
which ideologies shape social realities.
INS 360
Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Study of selected literary works that illustrate social realities and express a
variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change.
Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as
manifested in major artistic periods.
INS 364
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships
among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by
theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America.
INS 367
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to
development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their
implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependence
and Marxism.
INS 499
Independent Study
All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design
approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and
others appropriate for Spanish language credit.
See listing under Business Administration,
Accounting and Management Information
Systems.
A
t least since Soaates, scholars have
appreciated the value of mathematics in
developing the skills of a-itical thinking,
understanding abstract concepts, and
analyzing and solving problems. Coupled
with the more modem needs of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential
for any liberally educated person. Mathematics courses at Augsburg are intended
to help develop these skills.
Mathematical ideas have had a formative impact on the development of civilization. Since a liberal education should
include a variety of perspectives on our
culture and heritage, a study of mathematics and its influences is an important part
of a liberal arts education.
The Department aims to provide its
majors with skills necessary to serve the
larger community through a variety of
careers. Mathematics majors are prepared
for graduate school or work in industry or
service professions. Students may pursue a
concentration in applied mathematics or
the more traditional major. Internship and
Cooperative Education options help
students take advantage of Augsburg's
proximity to the many technically-oriented
enterprises in the city.
Additionally, an increasing number of
academic disciplines require a working
knowledge of the tools of mathematics.
This Department serves students majoring
in a wide variety of fields. Toward the goal
of serving students with a diversity of
needs, the Department uses an integrated
curriculum that introduces mathematics
and science majors to modern mathematical developments and a wide variety of
concepts in the first two years, not just
calculus. A major federal grant supported
the development of this AUGMENT
curriculum.
Mathematics Faculty
Larry Copes (Chair), Suzanne Dorge,
Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Beverly
Stratton
Major
Eight courses including:
MAT 145 AUGMENT Mathematics I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Mathematics I1
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I1
MAT 314 Abstract Algebra
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 491 ~ a t h e m a t i c s / ~ o m ~ uScience
ter
Colloquium (junior and senior
years)
CSC 170 Structured Programming
or CSC 270 FORTRAN
And three electives from MAT courses
above 200, at least two of which are above
300.
Note: At least two mathematics courses
above 300 must be taken at Augsburg.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Mimesota teacher
licensure requirements.
-
Mathematics
Mathematics Major with concentration in
Applied Mathematics
Ten courses including:
MAT 145 AUGMENT Mathematics I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Mathematics I1
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I1
MAT 247 Introduction to Applied
Mathematics
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 491 Mathematics/Computer Science
Colloquium (junior and senior
years)
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
CSC 170 Structured Programming
or CSC 270 FORTRAN
And three electives from:
PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
MAT 328 Complex Analysis
MAT 355 Numerical Analysis
MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
MAT 374 Probability and Statistics I1
MAT 481 Topics (must be approved)
Note: At least two mathematics courses
above 300 must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major, 3.1 overall, and
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor
MAT 145 AUGMENT Mathematics I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Mathematics I1
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I1
or MAT 247 Introduction to Applied
Mathematics
And one elective above MAT 300.
At least one of the MAT courses above
200 must be taken at Augsburg.
Math Placement Croup (MPC)
Before enrolling in any mathematics
course, the student must have appropriate
math placement. All students are required
to have their Math Placement Group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students
who have transferred in a college-level
mathematics course taken at another
college may have their Math Placement
Group determined by the Registrar's
Office. Students who have passed the
College Board Advanced Placement Exam
should consult with the Mathematics
Department. All other students must take
the Augsburg Math Placement Exam. The
exam is given during college registration
sessions and at other announced times
during the year. Students who need to
advance their Math Placement Group may
take the appropriate MAT course or study
on their own and retest. Additional
information about the Math Placement
Exam is available from the Director of
Testing in the Academic Dean's Office.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
MAT 103
Basic Mathematics
A review of arithmetic and an introduction to algebra. Topics include
integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, exponents, radicals
and evaluation of algebraic expressions. Successful completion advances
the student to Math Placement Group 11. P/N grading only. Counts as one
course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation.
(Prereq.: MPG I. Fall, Spring)
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra
A review of basic algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include polynomials and rational expressions, exponents and radicals, solving and graphing
linear and quadratic equations, and inequalities. Successful completion
advances the student to Math Placement Group 111. P/N grading only.
Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward
graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall, Spring)
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
An exploration of applications of algebra to the social and natural
sciences, business and everyday life using linear, exponential, logarithmic
and other models. Use of calculator, estimation and graphs are stressed.
Successful completion advances students to MPG 111. Students in Math
Placement Group III or IV should consult the Mathematics Department.
Students preparing for MAT 114 should consult the Mathematics Department. (Prereq.: MPG 11 and a year of high school algebra)
MAT 114
Elementary Functions
A study of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and Mpnometric fmctions. For students planrung to take MAT 145 or calculus. Studens who
h a w completed MAT 145 or l r l d u s may register for credit only wiLh
consent of instructor. S u c c ~ ~ fcompletion
ul
advances student to Math
Placement Group IV. (Prereq.: MPG I11 and two years of high school
algebra. Spring)
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Topics of finite mathematics including combinatorics, probability,
matrices, linear programming and graph theory. Students who have
completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG III. Fall:
odd years)
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG In. Offered occasionally)
MAT 131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 111. Offered occasionally)
Mathematics
MAT 145, 146 AUGMENT Mathematics 1 & 11
An exploration of mathematical ideas, paying attention to historical and
philosophical connections and to reading, writing and thinking in
mathematics. Includes calculus concepts such as limit, continuity, derivative, anti-derivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics
from linear algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability, geometry, topology, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq.: MPG IV for
MAT 145; MAT 145 for 146. Fall: 145; Spring: 146)
MAT 173
Math of Interest
An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics include life insurance,
annuities, mortgages, loan payments, and other topics in the mathematics
of financial transactions. Offered occasionally. (Prereq.: MPG 111)
MAT 245
Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I
Further exploration of topics introduced in hL4T 145-146 including
calculus, vectors, matrix theory, graph theory and set theory. Emphasis is
on mathematical thinking, including logical reasoning and understanding
algorithmic procedures and proof formats. Part of the AUGMENT
curriculum. (Prereq.: MAT 146 or a year of college calculus. Fall)
MAT 246
Mathematical Structures and Reasoning II
Emphasis on mathematical thinking continues from MAT 245 with
conjecturing, generalizing, abstracting and communicating mathematics
in both written and oral forms. Topics include ideas from linear algebra,
dynamical systems, analysis, number theory and abstract algebra. Part of
the AUGMENT curriculum. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Spring)
MAT 247
Introduction to Applied Mathematics
Designed primarily for applied mathematics, pre-engineering and
physical science majors. Includes topics from calculus, differential
equations, discrete mathematics and applied algebra. Emphasis is on
modeling and reading mathematics. Part of the AUGMENT curriculum.
(Prereq.:-MA~245 orthree semesters of college calculus. Spring)
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
An introduction to modern abstract algebra: a rigorous study of the basic
structures of modem abstract algebra, such as groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or three semesters of calculus and
one course in linear algebra. Fall)
MAT 324
Analysis
An introduction to mathematical analysis: a rigorous study of major
concepts used in the calculus and their application to more abstract
situations. (Prereq.: ENG 111, MAT 246 or 247 or three semesters of
calculus and one course in linear algebra. Spring)
MAT 328
Complex Analysis
A study of complex numbers, functions, limits, derivatives, integrals,
series, analytic functions, conformal mapping and applications. (Prereq.:
MAT 246 or 247 or three semesters of calculus and one course in linear
algebra. Fall: even years)
Mathematics
MAT 351
Modern Geometry
A study of transformational geometry including complex number representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or three
semesters of calculus and one course in linear algebra. Spring: even years)
MAT 355
Numerical Analysis
A study of approximation methods and an analysis of the computational
algorithms used. Topics include approximating solutions of nonlinear
equations, linear systems of equations and differential equations, interpe
lation, extrapolation, curve fitting, numerical differentiationand integration, and error analysis. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or three semesters of calculus,
CSC 170. Fall: odd years)
MAT 373
Probabilitv and Statistics I
A study of modern probability, enumeration techniques, discrete and
continuous probability distributions with applications to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, ~ h e b ~ s h e vinequality
's
and the central
limit theorem. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or three semesters of calculus. Fall)
MAT 374
Probability and Statistics II
A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other
distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, analysis of variance and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373. Spring)
MAT 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of
mathematics to the opportunities found in the Internship. Presentation at
a departmental Colloquium is expected. Students must consult with the
Department and Internship Office before registering.
MAT 441
Foundations of Mathematics
A rigorous investigation of some of the foundations of mathematics
including set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of the real
number system. (Prereq.: MAT 314, Coreq.: MAT 324. Spring: odd years)
MAT 481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
MAT 491
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
(.O course)
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep
students informed about contemporary developments, career opportunities, and other interesting ideas in Mathematics and Computer Science.
Junior and senior majors must attend. Others are welcome. Sessions are
presented by students, faculty members or outside visitors. (Fall, Spring)
MAT 499
Independent Study
The student, with the guidance of a faculty member, selects and studies an
advanced topic. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
PHY 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See Physics Department listing for a description of this approved elective)
1'
See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies.
See Ethnic Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
T
he Modem Languages
- - Department at
Augsburg College contributes in many
ways to realizing the College's mission of
providing liberal arts education for service
in today's world. The Department is
committed to the view that education
should go beyond career preparation. So
viewed, second language study goes
beyond the development of new communication skills to foster an abiding awareness
that the splendid diversity of human
languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy developed in
different ways by many nations to be
shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the
language and culture of another people is
an essential step in the development of a
global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students.
The Modem Languages Department
offers language, literature, and culture
courses leading to majors in French,
German, Norwegian and Spanish. Intre
ductory courses in Qibwe and Russian are
offered at Augsburg, and courses in
Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are
available to Augsburg students through the
College's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges.
In addition to courses in language and
culture, the Department offers linguistics
courses in which students may go beyond
the study of individual languages to
investigate the general principles that
operate in and shape all languages. In this
way the study of linguistics provides a
unique view of one of the most intriguing
and central facets of the human mind.
Knowledge of several languages,
perhaps combined with the study of
linguistics, is essential in preparing for
careers in second-language education and
translation, but also represents a valuable
special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in
international business, social work, the
diplomatic corps, the health professions, or
the ministry may wish to take a second
major or minor in modem languages. In
addition, a minor in languages or linguistics is a valuable research tool for those
intending to pursue graduate study in most
academic disciplines.
Modem Languages Faculty
Frankie Shackelford (Chair), Nancy Aarsvold,
Ruth Aaskov, Mary Kingsley, Randi
Quanbeck, R o d n Soto, Donald Steinmetz
Modern Languages Transfer Students
Major Requirements
Majors must take nine Upper Division
courses, five to seven of them at Augsburg
and two to four on an approved studyabroad program.
The major must include the following:
350; two courses in culture; two courses in
language (311 or above); two courses in
literature; two electives (from any of the
three areas above).
Minor
Minors must take at least two Upper
Division courses at Augsburg. 311 is a
prerequisite to all other Upper Division
courses.
The minor must include four courses
above 212, including one each in language,
literature and culture.
Honors Major
Majors seeking Departmental honors
must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA
overall and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in Independent Study for one course
credit. Consult Department Chair for
details.
Transfer students intending to major or
minor in languages must take a minimum
of one Upper Division course per year at
Augsburg. See Department faculty for
limits on non-Augsburg courses.
Study Abroad
Study abroad is required of all language
majors (minimum of one semester) and
highly recommended for minors. An
advanced-level Internship in the major
language (399) or an interdisciplinary
internship (INS 199), linking language
skills with community service and career
exploration, is strongly encouraged.
Teaching Licensure
Teacher candidates in French, German
and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information
and enrollment in the program as well as
for information on Special Methods
courses. All transfer teacher candidates,
including those who have completed a
college language major elsewhere, must
take at least two courses in language,
literature, or culture at Augsburg. A 3.0
average in Conversation and Composition
(311) is a Departmental requirement for
teaching majors. Licensure requires
successful completion of the Competency
Exam prior to student teaching. See
requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for Teaching in Secondary
Schools under Department of Education.
I CHINESE (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information.
'2
Modern Languages
FRENCH (FRE)
FRE 111, 112
Beginning French
Aimed to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking,
reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and
readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and
way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral
part of the course. (Fall: 111; Spring 112)
FRE 21 1,212
Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar.
Laboratory work. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212)
FRE 243
French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English
translation. Through assigned readings, class discussion and written
reaction, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not
count toward a French major or minor. (On demand)
FRE 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
FRE 31 1
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization
of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other Upper Division
courses. (Fall)
FRE 312
French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology
and speech group practice, study of spoken models from the media.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE
311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
Modern Languages 1;
FRE 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 351, 353
Survey of French Literature I, II
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 355
20th Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I,
including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311
or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, a faculty member,
and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the
student to apply advanced French skills in a professional context and to
explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
FRE 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness,
characteristiclevels of expression, refinements in style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
FRE 450
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
In-depth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim Catalog. Prereq.:
FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 499
Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced level.
Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet
individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultationswith French teachers required. Junior standing.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.)
GERMAN (CER)
CER 111, 112 Beginning German
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, under-
- Modern Languages
'*
standing and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations.Laboratory materials available. (Fall: 111;
Spring: 112)
GER 21 1, 212 Intermediate German
For students with two tenns (or four to five semesters high school) of
previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending
range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and
discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and
literature. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212)
GER 244
German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing Medieval to modem
periods (including Mann, Hesse, Grass, Kafka, Brecht) are read and
discussed in English. Readings are considered in the context of German
cultural history as well as in context of the universal human condition.
Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor.
(Sophomore standing. On demand)
GER 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
GER 311
GER 331
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German.
Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written
composition. (Fall)
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to
the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of Roman
civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness in the
Middle Ages and the upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.:
GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment.
The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking
peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on
rotational basis)
GER 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) beats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
Modern Languages
CER 351
German Literature through the 18th Century
Survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Enlightenment, Storm
and Stress, Classic and Romantic literature. Readings in German supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class discussions help improve students' ability to
express ideas in German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 352
German Literature: The 19th Century
Study of later Romanticism, Yowg-Germany, Poetic Realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. Lectures include the literary reaction to the decline of
idealistic philosophy and the rise of technology and science. Readings in
German. Class discussions help improve students' ability to express ideas
in Gennan. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
CER 353
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of
international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings
in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' selfexpression in Gennan. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
CER 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, a faculty member
and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the
student to apply advanced German skills in a professional context and to
explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
CER 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of.German as a vehicle
for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of
German as classroom language. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Fall)
CER 451
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the
present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of
cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
GER 452
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are
discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: GER 311
or consent of instructor. On demand)
CER 499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
1;
'6
Modern Languages
JAPANESE (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information.
1 LINGUISTICS (LIN)
LIN 289
Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles,
with focus on linguistic universals and psycholinguistics. Theoretical
questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages.
No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors.
(On demand)
LIN 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
LIN 311
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic research with the aim of distinguishing underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria and explanatory goals. The
theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines (anthropology, psychology, logic and communication theory). (On demand)
LIN 499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
NORWEGIAN (NOR)
Two courses in Norwegian are also offered as part of the 0stfold Program, listed
under International Studies.
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress is on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112)
NOR 211
Intermediate Norwegian
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking,
listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and
integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used
as a basis for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar
review. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
NOR 299
Directed Study
Study for Lower Division credit.
NOR 311
Conversation and Composition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative contexts and integrated vocabulary. Some attention given to regional
dialects and to differencesbetween the two official languages of Norway.
Modern Languages
Readings in history, social science and literature form a basis for
class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.: NOR 211 or
equivalent. Spring)
NOR 331
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural
developments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community,
into an historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by
newspaper articles and video tapes. Readings, lectures, class discussion,
writing assignments and periodic oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.:
NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a
basis for the study of major works from earlier periods, including several
in nynorsk. Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays and oral
reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall:
alternate years)
NOR 399
Internship
A work-based experience in which the student, a faculty member and the
site supemisor design a learning agreement that enables the student to
apply advanced Norwegian skills in a professional context and to explore
career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the Departmental
Internship Coordinator and Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
NOR 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary
and cultural readings. Some attention is given to the historical develop
ment of the Norwegian language. Students serve as peer-tutors for those
registered in NOR 311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing,
written and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
NOR 499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
OJlBWE(OJB)
Two courses in Qibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the
Modem Language Department and as part of the American Indian Studies minor.
OJB111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
-
-
- Moaern Languages
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
The second course extends vocabulary usage, reading, writing, oral skills
and cultural studies, with increased emphasis on comprehension.
RUSSIAN (RUS)
One year of Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian, Central and East European Studies Program, which requires
two years of language for the major. See Russian, Central and East European Studies
Program Campus Coordinator for more information.
RUS 111, 112 Elementary Russian
Aimed 'to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, elementary readings, short compositions and a growing acquaintancewith Russian culture. Extensive use of
the language lab. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112)
SPANISH (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall:
111;Spring: 112)
SPA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding,
students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with four
to five semesters of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (Fall: 211;
Spring: 212)
SPA 249
Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing
various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through
background reading and class discussion in English the student is
acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit for this course does not apply to a
Spanish major or minor. (On demand)
SPA 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of
Modern Languages fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This
course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212
or equivalent. Fall)
SPA 312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve
oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Conducted in
Spanish. (Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 331
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world
civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on
rotational basis)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the pre-Colurnbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA
311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of
literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
SPA 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.:
SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 354
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of
instructor. Note: Students who have taken SPA 356 [taught in Mexico]
may not take 354. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 399
Internship
A work-based leaming experience in which the student, a faculty member
and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the
student to apply advanced Spanish skills in a professional context and to
explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral
expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written
Modern Languages
compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall)
SPA 456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern
Period. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 457
Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the 19th and 20th century in Spain.
Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: one survey course.
Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
MUS
M u s i c has the power to move and
change us. Whether we experience music
as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds
a significant and satisfying dimension to
our lives.
The Music Department at Augsburg
College offers courses in music and music
performance to give students access to this
essential aspect of human history and
culture. In addition, all students of the
College community have the opportunity
to participate in choral and instrumental
ensembles which perform locally, nationally and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the National Association of
Schools of Music. The Music Department
serves the general education needs of
students and offers professional training in
music. The Music major combines a broad
education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide range of graduate and
professional opportunities. Students may
choose from among four majors in three
degree programs: Bachelor of Arts -Music
Major; Bachelor of Music - Performance
Major; Bachelor of Music - Music Education Major, and Bachelor of Science - Music
Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music and
music therapists, graduates have access to a
wide variety of careers. Leaders in the
professions and business regard a liberal
arts major as an excellent preparation for
satisfying and effective service in many
occupational areas.
Music Faculty
Merilee Klemp (Chair),Stephen Gabrielsen,
Robert Karlen, Roberta Metzler, John
Moye, Robert Stacke
Music Coordinator
Mary Ella Pratte
Bachelor of Arts
Freshmen will enroll in the regular
Bachelor of Arts program. Theory tests will
be required of all incoming students and
will be given the first week of class. The
petition to be accepted as a B.A. candidate
will be submitted to the Department prior
to registration for Upper Division courses.
Bachelor of Music - Education
Theory placement tests will be required
of all incoming students and will be given
the first week of class. Students wishing to
become Bachelor of Music - Education
candidates must perform (Level 11 repertoire) in their major performance medium
for a faculty panel. They may then apply,
by petition, to the Department as early as
their second semester of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply
to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure
program. Departmental approval and a
cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music
courses is necessary for the education
licensure program.
Bachelor of Music - Performance
Theory placement tests will be required
of all incoming students and will be given
the first week of class. Students wishing to
become Bachelor of Music - Performance
candidates must perform (Level I1 repertoire) in their major performance medium
for a faculty panel. They must then apply,
by petition, to the Department before the
end of their second semester of study.
uL Music
-
Candidate approval is necessary to register
for B.M. level performance studies. A
cumulative GPA of 2.5 in music courses
and a 3.0 in performance studies must be
maintained.
Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy
Theory placement tests will be required
of all incoming students and will be given
the first week of class. Students considering
a music therapy major should consult with
the director of the program. An equivalency program is available for those who
have a four-year college degree.
juniors with a GPA of at least 3.0 in music
courses. A faculty committee must approve
the candidate's honors project proposal
and certify successful completion. The
following possibilities are indicative of
acceptable projects: a senior thesis and its
defense; an additional senior recital of
graduate quality; composition of a work for
vocal and/or instrumental ensemble;
conducting an ensemble concert; or
combinations of the above. Consult the
Music Department Student Handbook for
more information.
Music Minor
Candidates must apply by petition to
the Department prior to registration for
Upper Division courses.
Freshman Performance Scholarships
Available to freshmen taking lessons for
credit. Consult with individual instructors
or the Music Office.
Transfer Students
Transfer students will enter the B.M.
program on probation, subject to Departmental approval of a performance hearing
and petition during their first semester in
residence. All transfer students will be
required to take the theory placement test
the first week of class.
Core Curriculum (required of all majors):
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 102 Materials of Music I1
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 112 Aural Skills I1
MUS 201 Materials of Music 111
MUS 211 Aural Skills 111
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1
Plus ensemble participation, performance
studies, and recital requirements as given
under each speafic degree and major (see A p
plied Music section).Also, French or German
study as stated in General Education Require
ments and in speafic degree requirements.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Ensembles
Music Major
Auditions for membership in ensembles
are scheduled, following application,
during summer orientation sessions or
during the first week of the school year.
Offers the broadest education in liberal
arts and prepares the student for the greatest
range of graduate, business and professional
opportunities. Students who intend to pursue
non-performancegraduate study, or desire to
enter one of the many music-related business
fields of employment, most often choose this
course of study.
Honors Major
Candidates for the honors program are
nominated each spring from among those
Music Requirements: 12 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 202 Form and Analysis
MUS 212 Aural Skills IV
One music credit elective
And two semesters chosen from:
MUS 311,312 Composition
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era
MUS 332 Music of the Classical Era
MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period
MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century
Performance Studies
Eight quarter course credits in the major
instrument/voice.
Eight quarter course credits in a major
ensemble
Four semesters in a non-credit small
ensemble
Keyboard proficiency
Pass tluee Music Repertoire tests
Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for more information on
individualized degree requirements.
Music Minor
Six course credits including:
MUS 101,102 Materials of Music I, I1
MUS 111,112 Aural Skills I, I1
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
or MUS 232 History and Literature of
Music I1
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
And one additional course in Music
History or Conducting
Plus four consecutive quarter courses
in a major ensemble concurrent with
four quarter courses of Performance
Studies in the student's major instrument.
Music minors also must pass one Music
Repertoire test.
W BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Education Major
Offers students the preparation
necessary to become teachers of music in
the public schools. This preparation
includes course work which allows the
student to become certified to teach at the
elementary through the secondary levels.
Requirements: 16.5 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 202 Form and Analysis
MUS 212 Aural Skills IV
MUS 311,312 Composition I, 11
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
or MUS 344 Instrumental
Conducting
Performance Studies
Two quarter course credits in the major
instrument/voice
Four half course aedits in the major
instrument/voice
Two full course credits in the major
instrument/voice
Two quarter course credits in the minor
instrurnent/voice
MUS 358 Half junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
Eight quarter course credits in a major
ensemble
Four semesters in a non-credit small
ensemble
Improvisation competency on major
instrument or voice
Keyboard proficiency
Pass three Music Repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all
music courses and in the major performance medium.
Choose one area of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253,
254,435
Music
Instrumental emphasis - MUS 152,
155, and one course credit of music elective
Other Requirements
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Healthy Concepts for Educators
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDS 341 Media Technology
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas
EDS 354 Creating Learning
Environments: Secondary and
Field Experience
EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12)
EDS 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass
and Percussion, Woodwinds,
Strings
EDS 388 Human Relations
EDS 478 School and Society
EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
and Seminar
Consult the Education Department and
Music Department Student Handbook and
program adviser.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Performance Major
Designed for students who display
advanced competence and achievement in
music performance. This degree program is
chosen by students who wish to become
professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate
degree in music performance.
Requirements: 19.5 course credits:
Core Curriculum plus:
MUS 202 Form and Analysis
MUS 212 Aural Skills IV
MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
or MUS 344 Instrumental
Conducting
Performance Studies
Two quarter course credits and six full
course credits in the major instrument/
voice
Two quarter course credits in the minor
instrument/voice
MUS 358 Full junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
Eight quarter courses in a major ensemble
Four semesters in a non-credit small
ensemble
Keyboard proficiency test
Pass three Music Repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all
music courses and 3.0 in the major
performance medium.
Choose one area of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253,
254,435, one course credit of music
elective. French or German to fulfill
language requirement.
Piano or Organ emphasis - MUS 301,
302,436,456, one-half course credit of
music elective.
Instrumental emphasis - MUS 301,302,
one and one-half course credits of music
electives.
Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for more information.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Music Therapy Major
Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and
prepares students for the professional
Music
certification examination developed by the
Certification Board for Music Therapists.
This course is chosen by students who wish
to become registered music therapists.
Requirements: 16.5 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 152 Basics of Singing
MUS 155 Class Piano
MUS 158 Class Guitar
MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
Materials
MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 372,373 Psychological Foundation of
Music I, I1
MUS 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 472 Human Identity Through the
Creative Arts
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
Internship
Performance Studies
Eight quarter course credits in the major
instrument/voice
MUS 458 Half senior recital
Four quarter course credits in major
ensemble
Four semesters in major (credit) or small
(non-credit) ensemble
Four semesters in small ensemble (no
credit)
Keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency
Pass three Music Repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in each
music therapy course
Additional required courses:
EDS 282 Introduction to Special
Education
EDS 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass
and Percussion, Woodwinds,
Strings
PSY 105 General Psychology
PSY 362 Behavior Disorders
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or PSY 230 Research Methods:
Design, Procedure and Analysis I
Graduates are eligible to take the
National Association for Music Therapy
certification examination.
APPLIED MUSIC
Ensembles (MUE)
One quarter course credit per semester
is granted to members of major ensembles
(MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles
carry no credit. Traditional grading is
required for music majors and minors in
ensemble courses. The general student way
register for credit with either traditional or
P/N grading, or may choose no credit
status with audit (V) designation. A
maximum of two course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation
requirements.
Performance Studies for Credit
Four elements are required of music
majors/minors - lessons, jury examination at end of each semester, mandatory
attendance at performance workshop and
attendance at off- and on-campus performances. See Music Department Student
Handbook for details.
Areas of Concentration
The music major/minor student must
declare an area of concentration. A
secondary area, required of Music Educa-
18
Bd
Music
tion students, necessitates additional
lessons, jury examination and performance.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice,
piano, organ and any instrument is
available for all students in the following
categories:
No credit - one half-hour lesson and
three hours of practice per week.
One-quarter course credit - one halfhour lesson and four hours of practice per
week.
One-half course credit -two halfhour lessons and eight hours of practice
per week.
One course credit -two half-hour
lessons and 12 hours of practice per week.
Performances: All students registered
in Performance Studies for credit must
perform each year in a general student
recital, at the end of each semester for a
faculty panel (jury examination), and
additional performances as required by the
instructor.
Listening: All music majors/minors
registered in Performance Studies for
credit are required to attend designated
music events during each semester
(recommended:four on-campus and four
professional off-campus) during each
semester. Failure to attend the required
number of recitals, major ensemble
concerts, other designated events and the
Performance Workshops or student
recitals will be a factor in determining the
final grade received in Performance
Studies. Music majors must pass a total of
three Music Repertoire tests; music
minors must pass one. Consult the Music
Department Student Handbook for
contents of Music Repertoire tests and
specific degree requirements.
Recitals: A committee composed of the
student's teacher and two other music
faculty members will determine the final
grade for all recitals. A pre-recital hearing
will be mandatory for all students performing recitals that partially fulfill degree
requirements. The charge of the recital jury
shall be to determine if the recital is likely
to be adequately prepared by the recital
date for the student to receive a grade of
3.0 (B.M. Performance) or 2.5 (B.A., B.M.Education, B.S.) as specified in Department
guidelines. Concurrent registration in
Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for recital
performance.
Students should carefully read the
Music Department Student Handbook and
consult continually with their applied
teacher. The following guidelines provide
an outline of requirements and procedures
which must be followed by all recitalists.
Departmental Sponsorship
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A. or B.S. degree requirements
or Honors Major will be sponsored by the
Music Department. Other student recitals
may be departmentally sponsored.
Duration and Repertoire Level
All departmentally sponsored recitals
must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog and
Repertoire Lists available in the Music
De~artment.
1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration, and will
be at repertoire Level I11 for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at
Level IV for Music Performance majors.
2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration at repertoire
Music l a
Level IV for Music Education majors and
one hour in duration at Level V for Music
Performance majors.
Keyboard Proficiency
B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must
demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test.
(Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency
test.)
3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals
(MUS 458) will be one-half hour in duration at repertoire Level 111.
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class Schedule or
the Music Department for course offerings in each term.
THEORY
MUS 101
Materials of Music 1
(.5 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Fall)
MUS 102
Materials of Music 11
(.5 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. To be
taken concurrentlywith MUS 112. (Spring)
MUS 111
Aural Skills 1
(.5 course)
Rhyhmc and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight
singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. (Prereq.:
concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 101. Fall)
MUS 112
Aural Skills 11
(.5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS
102. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 102.
Spring)
MUS 201
Materials in Music 111
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation.
(Prereq.: MUS 102. Fall)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
(.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
century practice. (Prereq.: MUS 201. Spring)
MUS 21 1
Aural Skills 111
(.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. (Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of
MUS 201. Spring)
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
(.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202.
(Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS
202. Spring)
-
Music
MUS 301
Counterpoint 1
(.5 course)
Sixteenth through 18th century contrapuntal techniques including double
counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: MUS 201,211.
Alternate years: Fall 1995)
MUS 302
Counterpoint 11
(.5 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg,
Bartok, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Alternate years: Spring 1996)
MUS 31 1
Composition 1
(.5 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple
forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Fall)
MUS 312
Composition 11
(.5 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger
forms are studied and used. (Spring)
MUS 341
Basic Conduding
(.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall)
MUS 342
Choral Conduding
(.5 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Alternate years:
Spring 1995)
MUS 344
Instrumental Conduding
(.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Alternate years:
Spring 1996)
W HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For
non-music majors.
MUS 230
Electronics in Music
Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th century music. The
study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will
be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the
art. For non-music majors.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS
112,201. Fall)
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 112,201.
Spring)
Music
The following four half-courses are extensive studies of speaal eras in music history:
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall 1994)
MUS 332
Music of the Classical Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1995)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(-5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall 1995)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1996)
MUS 432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and
theology student. (Alternate years: Spring 1995)
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire
(.5 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
century to the present, with an emphasis on literature and source materials used for teaching voice. (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring
1995)
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire
(-5 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by
listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231 and 232. Alternate
years: Spring 1995)
MUS 498
lndependent Study
(.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
MUS 499
lndependent Study
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
W TECHNIQUE
MUS 152
Class Voice
(.25 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing. (Spring)
MUS 155
Class Piano
(-25 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sightreading, and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary
to pass the Piano Proficiency Test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or consent of
instructor. Fall)
MUS 158
Class Guitar
(.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar. (Spring)
-11
- Music
MUS 252
English Diction
(.25 course)
Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing.
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all
students registered for vocal instruction. (Alternate years: Fall 1995)
The following three quarter-courses are continuations of MUS 252 with application for the
Italian, German and French languages.
MUS 251
Italian Diction
(.25 course)
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet and its application to basic Italian song literature. (Prereq.: MUS 252. Alternate years:
Fall 1995)
MUS 253
German Diction
(.25 course)
Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic German
song and choral literature. (Prereq.:MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring
1996)
MUS 254
French Diction
(.25 course)
Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic French song
and choral literature. (Prereq.: MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring 1996)
MUS 358
junior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111, Music Education
majors or full recital at Level IV, Music Performance majors. No course
credit.
MUS 456
Piano Pedagogy
(.5 course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Alternateyears: Spring 1996)
MUS 458
Senior Recital
(.O course)
Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course
credit.
MUS 459
Senior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
faculty committee. Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and
Level V for Music Performance majors. No course credit.
THERAPY
MUS 271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of
recreational music activities to clinical settings. Includes on-campus
practicum with children.
MUS 272
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural and biological
aspects of musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the
creative therapies of art, music, drama and movement. (Alternateyears:
Fall 1995)
Music 19
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
MUS 372
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis
on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding
of the research process and development of an experimental research
project. (Alternate years: Fall 1994)
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talent and performance. (Alternate years: Spring 1995)
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
MUS 472
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
(See course description for MUS 272.) Enrollment for Upper Division
credit required for music therapy majors, and will include an additional
course module. (Alternate years: Fall 1993)
MUS 473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic
settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with music. (Alternate years: Spring 1994)
MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums
(.25 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prereq.: three of MUS 274,275,374,375.)
MUS 479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship
(.5 course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT internship setting for six months.
Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
W ENSEMBLES AND PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Ensembles (MUE)
These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for
any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the
first week of Fall semester or by arrangement with the ensemble director. Assignment to
an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble
membership, preference is given to Concert Band members.
While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble
experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel Choir will satisfy the
major, minor or Distribution/General Education Requirements. Some instruments are
available for use by students.
92
Music
MUE 111Augsburg Choir (.25 course)
MUE 131Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course)
MUE 112 Chapel Choir (.25 course)
MUE 141 Concert Band (.25 course)
MUE 113 Vocal Chamber (.O course)
MUE 142 Brass Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 114 Advent Vespers Choir (.O course) MUE 143Jazz Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 121 Orchestra (.25 course)
MUE 144 Percussion Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 122 Sbing Ensemble (.O course)
Performance Studies (MUP)
Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are available to
the non-music major or minor. All lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the
student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements;
Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - Enter I and attain 111; B.M. - Education
Major - Enter I1 and attain IV; B.M. - Performance Major -Enter I1 and attain V.
MUP 111-411 Voice lessons
MUP 121-421 Violin lessons
MUP 122-422 Viola lessons
MUP 123-423 Cello lessons
MUP 124-424 Bass lessons
MUP 131-431 Oboe lessons
MUP 132-432 Bassoon lessons
MUP 133-433 Clarinet lessons
MUP 134-434 Saxophone lessons
MUP 135-435 Flute lessons
MUP 137-437 Horn lessons
MUP 141-441 Trumpet lessons
MUP 142-442 Trombone lessons
MUP 143-443 Baritone lessons
MUP 1 4 - 4 4 Tuba lessons
MUP 152-452 Piano lessons
MUP 159a
Piano accompanying
MUP 161-461 Guitar lessons
MUP 171-471 Percussion lessons
MUP 181-481 Organ lessons
MUP 191-491 Harp lessons
Note carefully the following provisions:
1. Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes.
2. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the
Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
3. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher
at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson,
the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
4. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College
Music Department.
T
he Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to
strong preparation for science teaching and
satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
The program of courses is designed to
provide a broad, basic background in
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the Distribution/
General Education Requirements of the
College, the requirements for appropriate
majors, the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical
sciences, have at least one year of calculus.
Consult with the Department of Education
for requirements in Education. Early
consultation with adviser is essential.
Coordinator
Arlin Gyberg
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis from
the Augsburg major requirements. The
state requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Broad Base Requirements
Two Earth Science (PHY 101 Astronomy,
PHY 106 Meteorology or Geology)
BIO 113,114 General Biology
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
Biology Major
(for licensure in Life Science)
Broad Base Requirements, plus:
BIO 201 Introduction to Cellular Biology
BIO 491 Seminar
Six other Biology courses, including at least
one from each of the following groups:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
or BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 440 Plant Physiology
BIO 367 Biochemistry
or BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 476 Microbiology
or BIO 481 Ecology
And one course in Organic Chemistry
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Two courses: one in Earth Science
(Astronomy, Meteorology or Geology), and
one in General Biology.
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in Physical Science)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Graduation Major in Chemistry:
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, I1
or MAT 124,125CalculusI, II (WEC only)
One advanced Chemistry Course
One year of General Physics and
Two Physics courses above General Physics
(Recommended: PHY 245 Modem Physics
and PHY 261 Electronics)
- Natural Science
l4
Physics Major (for licensure in Physical
Science)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Graduation Major in Physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modern Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields 11
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, 11
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1
WEC only)
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 247 Introduction to Applied
Mathematics*
or MAT 224,226 Calculus Ill,
Differential Equations
(WEC only)
Two additional Physics courses above 122
One year of General Chemistry
One course of Organic Chemistry and
One course of Analytical Chemistry
*Note: PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics may substitute for
MAT 247
NORDIC
AREASTUDIES
See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies.
NORWEGIAN
See listing under Modem Languages.
I
he Augsburg Nursing Program is
designed exclusively for registered nurses
who want to increase their opportunities in
the health care field.
The scope of nursing practice is
changing and expanding. Nurses are being
called on to function in a variety of settings
that differ from those in the past. Today
nurses work in hospitals, clinics, corporations, government agencies, schools and
community organizations. Some are selfemployed, m i n g their own businesses.
All of these nurses provide comprehensive
health assessment for individuals from all
cultures and socioeconomic levels. From
helping parents have safe deliveries of
healthy infants to coordinating home care
for the dying, nurses assist people through
the entire life span.
The bachelor's degree equips the nurse
with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral and nursing
sciences. The nursing program at Augsburg
College also provides the educational
opportunities to increase skills in critical
thinking, clinical investigation and
decision-making that prepare nurses to
handle challenging new positions in
today's health-care field.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading
to a Bachelor of Science degree with a
major in Nursing, is accredited by the
National League for Nursing. Graduates of
the program are eligible to apply for public
health nurse registration in Minnesota.
With one additional course, they are
eligible to apply for school nurse certification.
Nursing Department Faculty
Beverly Nilsson (Chair),Marian Enos,
Lucie Ferrell, Sharon McDonald, Pamela
Weiss
Major
Nine courses including:
NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I:
Communication
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing LI:
Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11:
Practicum
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing
Research
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:
Families
NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing
of the Family
NUR 431 Leadership and Management:
Theory and Practice
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing
course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the
completion of Level I and Level 11 courses
of study are required. Students also must
complete Augsburg's residence and
General Education Requirements.
The program has been planned so that
the Nursing major can be completed within
two academic years, however, students
may pursue their studies at a slower pace.
Courses in the Nursing major are
offered on weekends with clinical courses
requiring additional weekday time. While
courses are designed so that the major may
be completed within two years, more time
may be required to complete the total
course of study depending on the number
of credits transferred from other collegeso r
universities. Students in nursing may take
non-nursing courses in both day school and
Weekend College. Students interested in
"- Nursing
pursuing the Nursing major should consult
with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning.
Honors Major
GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3
overall; application to the Department
Chairperson by November 1of the senior
year; recommendation by Nursing faculty;
honors thesis to be defended before a
faculty committee by April 15. Candidates
register for NUR 499 to complete the thesis.
*If the practicums in nursing are not
taken concurrently with their respective
theory courses, students are required to
consult with faculty prior to registration
regarding review of the theoretical content.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the
Nursing major.
1. Admission to Augsburg College:
Before you can apply for the Nursing
Program, you must first be admitted into
Augsburg College. All applicants must
present a high school diploma or equivalent and a 2.0 GPA.
2. RN Licensure in Minnesota: Applicant must be a registered nurse licensed in
Minnesota or be registered to take the State
Board Exams prior to beginning at
Augsburg.
3. Prerequisite Course Content: The
following courses must have been completed with a GPA of 2.0 or better: chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory
sociology and introductory psychology.
These courses may be taken at Augsburg or
at another accredited college or university.
4. Written Entrance Exam: Applicants
must validate their theoretical knowledge
by taking the AD Comprehensive written
exam. There is a fee for this examination,
which is given at Augsburg through the
Department of Nursing. Upon successful
completion of the validation testing, credits
for up to six courses may be granted.
Scores for this test may be transferred.
5. Current Clinical Practice: Applicants
must give evidence of current nursing
clinical practice (within the past five years).
This may include: graduation from a school
of nursing (a minimum overall GPA of 2.5
is required), work experience, or completion of a nursing refresher course or an
acceptable equivalent.
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have
a variety of time schedules, personal
responsibilities and work demands that
must be taken into account in any decision
to work toward a college degree. For this
reason, Augsburg offers full and part-time
alternatives for pursuing this degree.
Courses are offered at different times
throughout the year to suit various
schedules. The entire Nursing major and
the necessary prerequisite courses are
available through Augburg's Weekend
College. Classes usually meet on alternate
weekends for one three-and-one-half hour
time block.
Students also can complete their
liberal arts General Education Requirements by taking courses in day school and
Weekend College.
Nursing
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A course that introduces the components of the professional role and
begins the professional socialization process. The communicative process
is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
negotiated. Interactive and group theories are explored for their applicability to changing professional roles and practice.
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of
professional development. The function of theory in piding nursing
practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied
and their application to practice is examined.
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on community health delivery systems. Health care is
examined within the cultural, political, and economic diversity of the city.
Students complete an assessment of an elderly person and an urban
community and critically discuss the ethical issues of health care delivery.
NUR 311
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum'*
This course provides a clinical experience in the practice of p ~ ~ b lhealth
ic
nursing in which students give direct care to culturally diverse clients
and groups. Students will provide care to both disease and disability
and health promotion clients. Students analyze a specific community
system and the community's provision of health related services.
(Prereq.: NUR 310)
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This transitional course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Current economic, social, political and
professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice.
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized
in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students
critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice and
design a research proposal.
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with
culturally diverse families and explores theories related to family structure and functioning throughout the life span. Consideration is given to
the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq:NUR 311)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family**
A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to provide
complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.:
NUR 403)
1!
-
Nursing
NUR 431
Leadership and Management: Theory and Practice**
This course examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager.
Concepts of change, conflict and system dynamics are explored. Ethics,
accountabilityand advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied.
Application of theory occurs in selected practicesettings. (Prereq.: NUR
423)
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in
nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of
the faculty and students.
NUR 499
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study
a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with f a d t y and
submit written proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation prior to
registration.
** This course involves an additional clinical fee.
T
he Philosophy Department assists
students to understand issues raised in the
traditional areas of philosophy. To this end,
we consider problems of knowledge and
questions of truth, the nature of reality, the
basis of values and rules for correct
reasoning. Our goals are to instill in
students a love of truth, to inspire a
curiosity about the sigruficanceand
meaning of the world they experience, and
to develop the skills of critical analysis and
creative synthesis.
studies such as law, medicine or the
Christian ministry. Many enter the
marketplace, confident that the study of
philosophy has given them the ability to
think critically.
The liberal arts curriculum provides an
opportunity for students to explore
different aspects of the world from a
variety of perspectives or disciplines.
Philosophy plays a central role in the
liberal arts by encouraging students to
explore questions about themselves,
human experience, right and wrong, the
world and God. Beginning with two
Socratic principles: "The unexamined life is
not worth living" and "Know yourself," the
study of philosophy assists students in the
realization of their unique potential for
understanding and self-fulfillment.
Major
Nine courses including:
PHI 230 Logic
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The
Classical Philosophers
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111:
Enlightenment and 19th
Century Philosophy
PHI 344 History of Philosophy lV:20th
Century Philosophy
A 400 level course (other than PHI 499)
Three elective courses in Philosphy
Note: Five courses must be Upper Division.
Four courses in the history of philosophy -beginning with the ancient Greeks
and Romans and continuing through the
Medieval and the Renaissance periods to
the present - form the core of the philosophy program. In these courses students are
taught how to read, understand and
criticize great texts of Western civilization.
In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to
other disciplines and to take advanced
seminars in special topics.
This major has been carefully planned
so that students can easily have two
majors. Though some majors go on to
graduate school in philosophy, most use
the major to prepare for other professional
Philosophy Department Faculty
Mark Fuehrer (Chair),David Apolloni,
Bruce Reichenbach.
Honors Major
Admission to the Philosophy Honors
program is by recommendation of the
Philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors
thesis on an approved topic of the student's
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the Department.
Minor
Five courses, including two from PHI
241,242,343 and 344.
- Philosophy
lo
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
Philosophy raises some of the most basic questions that human beings can
ask about meaning, ideas, beauty and truth. The purpose of this course is
to provide the student with some experience in examining these concepts,
thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate
and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring)
PHI 120
Ethics
Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping students to consider the bases
they use to make moral judgements. The course explores the major
philosophical approaches to evaluating moral actions, and then applies
them to contemporary personal and social moral issues. Throughout the
course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking
PHI 120 may not take PHI 125. (Fall, Spring)
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding,
feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by
asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assess the role of reason,
will and passion with respect to this end, and then decide on the moral
and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of friendship
and human love is investigated next. The course ends with an analysis of
human happiness. Students taking PHI 125 may not take PHI 120. (Fall,
Spring)
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
We begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions
of romantic love and some philosophers' definitions of it. We then try
to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs
from just being friends or sexually desiring them. Finally, we consider
issues such as the ethics of sex, sexual attraction, marriage, adultery
and homosexuality.
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn
the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course
focuses on inductive reasoning.
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western civilization. In this course students read and analyze
some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle, as well as work in Stoicism,
Epicureanism and Neoplatonism. (Fall)
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesis of elements of Christian
revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course
students will read writings by various Medieval and Renaissance philoso-
Philosophy 2'
phers in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation
involved in constructing a Christian philosophy. (Suggested prior course:
PHI 241. Spring)
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
What is artistic creativity?What is a work of art and what makes great
works of art great? What is it to appreciate works of art? Is one's appreciation of music or art simply a matter of taste? Does aesthetic experience
differ from other kinds of experience? We will consider answers to these
and many other related questions.
PHI 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (On request)
PHI 343
History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes,
Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th century
Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested
prior course: PHI 241 or 242. Fall)
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is
truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?
These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, phenomenology
and post-modernism. (Suggested prior courses: PHI 241,242, and 343)
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so,
what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with
human and animal suffering? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of Western religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion Department. Offered annually)
PHI 355
Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 360
Political Philosophy
By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquity up to the
modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions
concerning the organization of human society. The relation of the nature
of the state to religion, the home and the city will be looked at through the
eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli. (Alternate years)
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's
knowledge of the world is profoundly differentand better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific
- Philosophy
l2
methods. Students will also work in researching and developing philosophical responses to sigruficant issues in this area. (Suggested prior
course: PHI 230 or one course in natural science. Alternate years)
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, g d t , despair and
paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. (Alternate years)
PHI 399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific
area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an
idea or specific problem, or inter-disciplinary problems. Seminar format.
May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: any
from PHI 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor. Offered annually)
PHI 499
Independent Study
Jndividual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest
to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
(On request.)
See listing under Health and Physical
Education.
P
hysicists are not only curious about
the woild, but ambitious as well. Their aim
is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all
physical aspects of the universe. Called
"natural philosophers" in previous
centuries, physicists investigate natural
systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics
includes the study of systems ranging in
size from sub-atomic particles to the largest
of galaxies and from the relative stillness of
near absolute zero temperature to the fiery
activity of the stars. As a fascinating and
expanding area of study and as a basic
science, physics plays an important role in
many of the liberal arts disciplines and
contributes to society's understanding of
such areas as energy, weather, medical
science and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and reaIizing that
keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an
ever increasing challenge, the Department
intends to bring to the students not only
basic concepts but also insights into recent
developments. In this process, the faculty
expects challenges to arise, be met and
stimulate sound thinking, perceptive
judgment and an interest in experimental
techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides
students with the in-depth preparation
required for graduate study. More than
two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have
completed or are currently working toward
graduate degrees at a number of fine
universities across the nation. A major in
physics provides flexibility. It also serves as
a stepping stone for graduate work in
related areas such as computer science,
atmospheric science and meteorology,
astronomy, oceanography, biophysics,
environmental science, engineering and
medical and health related fields.
In addition, the Physics program at
Augsburg functions in a supportive role for
students majoring in mathematics, chemistry,biology and computer science. The
Department also supervises the PreEngineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor's and the advanced
degree levels.
The Department maintains active
research programs through its Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several
students work each academic year and
summer as research assistants in these
efforts, which are supported by NASA, the
National Science Foundation and other
federal agencies.
The Department also administers
Augsburg College's portion of funds
designated for the Minnesota Space Grant
College Consortium, funded by NASA.
Cooperative Education, internship and
undergraduate research programs provide
opportunities for students to apply their
physical science knowledge and problem
solving skills in practical.situations in
industrial, governmental and academic
settings. Students may participate in
alternating term Cooperative Education
programs or work part-time during two or
more academic terms. Internship opportunities alone generally involve only one
semester.
The Department serves the liberal arts
tradition by offering courses for the nonscience students that will enable them to
attain a general understanding of a
particular area of science. These courses
seek to provide the basic starting point for
further study and the opportunity to enable
students to follow new developments with
some degree of comprehension.
4 Physics
-
Physics Department Faculty
Jeffrey Johnson (Chair), Stuart Anderson,
Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson,
William Monsma, Robert Stenstrom.
Physics Research Staff
Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson,
David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences
Research Group, Augsburg College Center
for Atmospheric and Space Sciences.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major
13 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective Physics courses above PHY
122
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, I1
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1
(WEC only)
MAT 245,247 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I, I1
or MAT 245 Mathematical Structures
and Reasoning I
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
or MAT 224,226 Calculus 111,
Differential Equations (WEC
only)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Major
17 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics 11
PHY 245 Modern Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 352 Mechanics I1
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 486 Quantum Physics I
One Physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, 11
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, II
(WEC only)
MAT 245,247 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I, I1
or MAT 245 Mathematical Structures
and Reasoning I
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
or MAT 224,226 Calculus 111,
Differential Equations (WEC
only)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
18 course credits. It is the same as the
B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320
and PHY 420, and the omission of the
elective Physics course.
Honors Major
A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.0 overall.
An independent investigation of a physics
topic with an oral defense of the written
Physics 2'
research report. Application for the honors
major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely
with members of the Physics faculty.
Normally, students should have MAT 124
or 145,125 or 146, and PHY 121,122 during
the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245
and 226 or 247 (or PHY 327) during the
sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
PHY 101
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
Three elective Physics courses above PHY
122
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, II
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, II
(WEC only)
Society of Physics Students
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of
Physics Students provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics comunity on a professional basis.
Membership in SF'S is open to all students
interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of
this national physics honor society is open
to those students who have completed the
equivalent of a minor in physics, have a
GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank
in the upper third of their class.
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In
addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from
early civilization to the present day. Night viewing and laboratory
sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall, Spring)
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles of physics. The
course stresses a hands-on intuitive approach to physics and is designed
to serve students in education. (Two three-hour lectures/laboratories.
Prereq.: MPG IlI. Fall, Spring)
PHY 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles involved in understanding the earth's
weather and climate. Topics include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and
- Physics
precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and
climate change, global warming and ozone depletion. (Three onehour
lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall)
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems
and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and
provide a broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 111. Fall)
PHY 121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion,
thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for physics
majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be
taken in sequence. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG IV.Fall: PHY 121; Spring: PHY 122)
PHY 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to consider physics as a major and/or explore its career alternatives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office
before registering for academic credit.
PHY 245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental
basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear
and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimentalbasis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures,
one oneand-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall)
PHY 261
Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises
the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital
electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and
microcomputer systems. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125 or 146. Spring.
Cross-listed with Computer Science Department.)
PHY 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
PHY 320
lntroduction to Space Science
A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary,
magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics (solar
dynamics, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet,
magnetic storms, substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and
aurora). (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring)
PHY 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
An introduction to special functions in physics and engineering (complex
numbers, partial differentiation, Fourier series, series solution of selected
Physics 2
differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions,
and functions of a complex variable). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent. Spring.
Cross-listed with Mathematics Department.)
PHY 351, 352 Mechanics I, II
Classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include consenration
principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems,
central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, two-particle
kinematics, noninertial reference frames, thermodynamics and statistical
mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 226 or 247
(or PHY 327). Fall: PHY 351; Spring: PHY 352)
PHY 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic
properties of materials, and the theory of electromagneticradiation based
on Maxwell's equations. (Three one- hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or
247 (or PHY 327). Fall: PHY 362; Spring: PHY 363)
PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory
(.5 course each)
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including
participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics,
thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism,
optics and modem physics. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar
hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor.
Fall: PHY 395; Spring: PHY 396)
PHY 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
a learning agreement which links the ideas and
and site s u p e ~ s odesign
r
methods of physics with the opportunities found in the placement.
Students must consult with the Internship Office before registering for
academic credit.
PHY 420
Plasma Physics
A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma
parameters, plasma drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields,
kinetic theory, Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function, Boltzmam
equation, magnetohydrodynamics,plasma waves, instabilities, transport
processes and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration)
PHY 486
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values,
angular momentum and approximation methods. Applications include
potential wells and barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen
atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245,351. Fall)
Physics
PHY 488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics
and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 486. Spring)
PHY 499
Independent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in
experimentalor theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval.
F
irmly grounded in the liberal arts
tradition, political science has roots in the
humanities, including philosophy and
history. Through its use of statistical
analysis, it relates not only to other
behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and
sigruficance of authority in human affairs
establish the focus of political science;
because politics is a central and enduring
reality in the world, it affects and is
affected by many other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political
science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to
suggest and test alternatives. The student
who majors in political science will explore
political ideas and values, investigate
political cooperation and conflict, analyze
and compare political systems and develop
perspectives on international relations. In
the process, the student will be encouraged
to relate insights from other liberal arts
disciplines such as philosophy, psychology,
economics, history and sociology to the
study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of
political science, the major supplies the
breadth appropriate for graduate work in
the discipline, as well as in public administration, public policy analysis, law and
other professions. It also serves as a
foundation on which to develop careers in
public service, business, communications
and other fields. Legislative and other
Internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy
reach of ~ u ~ s b uPolitical
rg
Science
students in the Twin Cities area. Combined
with broad, balanced and flexible course
offerings, these special opportunities
enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career.
Augsburg Political Science students
have the benefit of an experienced faculty
that brings a balanced expertise to the
course offerings, as well as special
strengths in interpreting politics in the
contexts of the mass communications
media, communism and American public
law. The Departmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics,
involving as it does an understanding of
the human heritage and the importance of
informed choice in human affairs, is an
important aspect of liberal learning.
Political Science Faculty
Milda Hedblom (Chair), Andrew Aoki,
Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan,
Myles Stenshoel
Major
Nine courses:
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective - one of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
And at least five other Upper Division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
O Political Science
-
Minor
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Deparlment to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three Upper
Division courses in three out of five
political science areas.
Honors Major
Political Science Areas
The Honors Major in Political Science
includes the requirements listed above,
plus the following: The student's GPA
must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall.
The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must
submit, not later than March 1of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may
work with any member of the Department
on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements, consult the Department
Chair. Students should apply for the
Honors major no later than the first term of
the junior year.
(I) American Government and Politics,
(11) Comparative Politics and Analysis, (III)
International Politics, (IV) Public Law, and
(V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a Political Science
major in combination with specified social
science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the Department Chair.
See the class schedule for precise listing
of terms in which courses are offered.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
POL 121
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political
ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional,
presidential and bureaucratic policy making; and current issues in
American society.
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and
focusing on actors, structures and other influences on urban public policy.
Discussion-lecture, case studies of the Twin Cities metro area, and
meetings with public officials and activists.
POL 325
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in
the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor)
Political Science
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties
and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
POL 342
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and
control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study
of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of the instructor)
POL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
(See Section I V for description.)
POL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
W II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporary issues.
POL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions and processes of European
states. The course will focus on either European Community Law and
Politics or Domestic Politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor)
POL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union and/or other communist/postcommunist states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions
and political processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored.
Themes and countries vary. (Prereq.:one course in political science or
consent of instructor)
- Political Science
I*
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and
comparisons of political processes such as political participation, political
development, political change and revolution. Topic to be included in
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including
the dynamics of the international system, theories of international
relations, and a focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and
the former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis
of some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major
trends; senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor.
(Prereq.: four courses in the International Relations sequence)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and
society; roles of courts, police, lawyers and juries; the United States
Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary
legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of
powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.:
POL 170 or consent of instructor)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutional law, especially civil rights. Content will
vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent
of instructor)
POL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content,
Political Science
access, ethics and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science,
POL 342, or consent of instructor)
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description.)
POL 380
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values,
goals and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize
human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
A study of democratic theories. Topics vary and may include the emergence of political democracy in comparative perspective or American
political thought. Topic to be included in the subtitle. (Prereq.: one course
in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 382
Marxist Theory
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on
the changing role of Marxist doctrines in society. (Prereq.: POL 158 or
consent of instructor)
POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for
political study. Major research is required. (Prereq.: POL 495 or SOC 362;
POL 158 and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
POL 199
Internship
Lower Division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the Department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception.) (Fall, Interim, Spring)
POL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult Department Chair concerning terms and subject
matter. (On demand)
POL 299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
POL 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of political science to opportunities found in the placement.
21
Students must consult with the Depariment supervisor and the Internship
and Cooperative Education Office. (P/N grading only unless Internship
Supervisor grants exception.) (Fall, Interim, Spring)
POL495
.
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult Department Chair concerning terms and subject
matter.
POL 499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instriictor and student. (Fall,
Interim, spring)
IJSYCHOLOCY DEPARTMENT - PSY
P
sychology, with its emphasis on
behavioral observation and data, provides
a perspective on human activities which is
an integral part of a liberal education. The
goal of the Psychology program is the
improved understanding of human
behavior by studying how people cope
with their environment and interact with
each other.
The Department's courses have three
basic goals: (1) to introduce the student to
the current information and methods in
psychology as well as earlier approaches to
psychological questions; (2) to develop the
ability to analyze, interpret and evaluate
behavioral research, and (3) to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The Department program provides
an emphasis on both field experiences and
the theoretical foundation for graduate
study in psychology and related areas.
Cooperative Education and Internships are
designed to provide students with practical
pre-professional experience. On-the-job
experience gives students the opportunity
to test career fields and develop professional contacts.
Psychologists use a variety of methods
to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis.
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology at Augsburg have varied
professional specializations which include
areas such as counseling, physiological
psychology, human development, personality, social, and organizational psychology
and analysis of public policy.
The Psychology program's emphasis on
the use of a problem solving approach, the
acquisition of information about human
development and interaction, and the
development of human relations skills can
be beneficial in careers in business,
education and other social services, the
church and govenunent, as well as in
careers such as research, law and medicine.
Psychology Faculty
Nancy Steblay (Chair), Grace Dyrud,
Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson.
Victoria Littlefield
Major
10 courses including:
PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
or PSY 105 General Psychology
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure and Analysis I
PSY 330 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure and Analysis I1
PSY 399 Internship
PSY 381 Psychology in Historical
Perspective
or PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary
Issues
PSY 354 Perception and Cognition
or PSY 355 Brain and Behavior
PSY 325 Social Behavior
or PSY 359 Psychological Assessment
Three additional Upper Division Psychology courses.
Note: A minimum of five courses must
be from Augsburg. No more than two
courses from among PSY 299,399, and 499
may be counted. It is recommended that
Psychology majors take additional course
work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular
interests and skills in psychology. All
Psychology majors must have an adviser in
the Psychology Department.
l8
Psychology
PSY 356
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence
which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior.
Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as room,
buildings and cities. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learning. Behavior change principles and their application to
instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 359
PsychologicalAssessment
Theory,principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: PSY 230)
PSY 361
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study, including theory,
research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: PSY 102
or 105)
PSY 362
Behavior Disorders
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from social, organic
and psychological points of view. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
Psychological theory and research on biosocial aspects of behavior.
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives
and behavior of individuals. Consideration of such topics as cognitive,
physical and soda1 development, social relationships, and economic and
political power. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizationsof organizational behavior. The study of
the individual, groups, structure and change and development in
organizations. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 381
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical
positions. (Prereq.: two PSY courses)
PSY 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of psychology with the opportunities found in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is required. Students must consult
with the Department and the Internship Office before registration.
(Prereq.: PSY 330)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process.
Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: three PSY courses and junior class standing)
PSY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be
published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and consent of
instructor)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five PSY courses)
PSY 499
Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in
psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration
including a carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed
study. (Prereq.: PSY 330)
- KELICION DEPARTMENT - REL
!O
A
\ ugsburg College understands itself
as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an
appropriate perspective from which to
undertake its educational task. The biblical
faith and tradition of the Christian church
have influenced the whole world and they
have affected and continue to influence
language, literature, history, values and
political structures.
The student encounters this religious
tradition in studying these and other areas.
The study of religion and theology is
intended to make such encounters more
meaningful by a better knowledge of
biblical history and that of the Christian
church and by a larger acquaintance with
theological thought.
While it is true that the fundamental
orientation of this College is to the Christian faith, it is also true that the field of
religion obviously includes more than is
represented by the Christian faith. Large
segments of the earth's population live
by religious concepts and ideas which
are different from Christianity. The
Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major
religious traditions.
It is the hope and expectation of the
Department that students will become
better acquainted with the content and
character of the Christian faith, enabling
them to reflect theologically on their own
religious commitment. Courses in religion
are not intended to be footnotes to courses
in other disciplines and departments. The
study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own.
The College offers both a major and a
minor in Religion. Students who wish to
work in the church as a parish or youth
worker or as a director of Christian
Education may find a major in Religion
appropriate for that purpose.
Religion Faculty
~Lynne~
Bradley ~ ~(chair),
l tJohn B
LorenZen, philip Quabeck 11, Eugene
Skibbe
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 356 History of Religions
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
Three additional Religion courses.
Note: Seminar, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior year.
Before taking the seminar, each major must
have written one formal research paper
and placed it on file with the Department
Chair. Only one Interim course may be
applied to the major. One New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major.
Religion Major with a Concentration in
Youth and Family Ministry
Nine courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 342 Theology of Youth and Family
Living
REL 343 Theology of Marriage
REL 358 Life and Work of the Church
REL 399 Internship
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
and a supervised Internship in the Youth
and Family area.
~
Reliaion
Consultation with one of the staff
members in the Youth and Family Institute
is required in order that proper preparation
in discipline areas outside the Department
of Religion may be achieved.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall;
research project approved by the Department and colloquium with the Department.
Minor
Five courses. Not more than one Interim
course may be counted for the minor.
REL 111
Religion 111or 221 is prerequisite to all
other courses and is to be taken in either
the freshman or sophomore year at
Augsburg. Exceptions may be made for
junior or senior transfer students, but the
basic courses are still highly recommended
as preparation for Upper Division courses.
Department approval is necessary
before courses taken in other colleges can
be accepted for Religion Department credit.
All majors must consult with the
Department Chair. See also International
Studies Department: Global Issues and
World Churches.
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
REL 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience designed by the student, faculty
member and site supervisor to meet the goals of the student; i.e. exploring
career alternatives in religion. The learning agreement must be completed
before registering.
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence
of the church.
REL 231
REL 299
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g.,
African backgrounds, religion under slavery and evangelicalism.
Directed Study
Independent study on Lower Division level. Limited to special cases, on
application to Chair.
REL 342
Theology of Youth and Family Living
Contemporary theories of youth and family living are examined within
the context of Christian teachings. Emphasis will be placed on individual
development at every age, how individuals relate in systems and how
Christian ideas intersect to enhance the functioning of families, particularly in relationship to current crises in teenagers and families. (Fall)
21
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Croups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian
denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups.
Some controversial religious movements will also be considered. (Spring)
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam.
Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious
communities. (Fall)
REL 357
Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and
modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to
interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its
inner life, its relation to the state and the development of its doctrine will
be major elements of the study.
REL 358
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention to Christian
education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Spring)
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
REL 361
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship and theology.
REL 362
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the 16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and
other representative figures.
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of
religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall)
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Within these broad areas, the subjects of medicine,
healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual powers are also
included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual
ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife.
Religion
REL 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience designed by the student, faculty
member and site supervisor focusing on methodology and specialties
within the field of religion. The learning agreement must be completed
before registering.
REL 420
The Russian Orthodox Church
This course will explore the history, theology and liturgical life of the
Eastern Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be
considered primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in
Greece, Turkey and Eastern Europe, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia. (Spring)
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism
and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious
influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of
the Bible and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in
terms of language and metaphor. (Fall)
REL 471
Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the
Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quests for the historical Jesus."
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his
writings.
REL 473
The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
REL 475
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament
period to modem times, with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modem Jewish thinkers as Buber
and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to
Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism. (Fall)
REL 481
REL 483
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring)
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action.
2;
Religion
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor. (Fall)
REL 499
Independent Study
Limited to students who are Religion majors and satisfy Departmental
guidelines.
See Department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
Coordinator
Minor
Magda Paleczny-Zapp
Six courses including:
Two courses (one year) of basic college
Russian (or equivalent competencies)
One course in Russian history
One course in Marxist theory
One course from the approved list of
electives.
Major
11 courses including:
Four courses (two years) of basic college
Russian (or equivalent competencies)
Two courses in Russian history
One course in Marxist theory
One course in Russian literature
One course in Soviet politics
Two courses from the approved list of
electives.
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Central and East European Concentration
Minor
Consult the Coordinator for information.
Courses that are regularly offered in
Augsburg College are: POL 351, POL 363,
POL 382, POL 459, ECO 317, REL 356, REL
420, HIS 348, RUS 111, RUS 112.
s
tudents preparing to teach social
studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based
program designed to provide a broad
foundation in the social sciences.
Coordinator
Jerry Gerasimo
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Seven courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 222 20th Century U.S.
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
PSY 105 General Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural
Anthropology
One course in geography (human or
cultural)
plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science,
psychology or sociology. Geography and
anthropology are also acceptable fields,
although they are not offered as majors on
the Augsburg campus.
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult, as
soon as possible, the Augsburg Department
of Education and the Social Studies
Coordinator.
For students beginning in Fall, 1994 or
later: New requirements for the social
studies licensure were under consideration
as this catalog went to press. Contact
Prof. Gerasimo and the Department of
Education for information on curriculum
and requirements.
- 30CIAL VVORK UEPARTMENT - SWK
!6
T
he Social Work major
. prepares
- graduates for entry-level generalist
professional practice in the field of human
services. The program is accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education and
leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The
program is based on a generalist model of
practice, enabling graduates to work with
individuals, families, groups, communities
and to develop and analyze social policy.
Courses within the program utilize a
student empowerment model for teaching
and learning.
of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the
hub for these services, provides both a
variety of field placements for social work
students and external experts for the
classroom. The ethnic and economic
diversity present in this metropolitan area
provides opportunities for social work
students to learn to understand, appreciate,
respect and work with people different
from themselves and to be enriched by this
opportunity to interact with diverse clients
and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to
contribute to its environment as well as to
gain from it. Appropriately, social work
students have been involved in a wide
variety of community service efforts
including helping to develop the LINK
program
on campus, mobilizing students
The College's commitment to the liberal
to
assist
a
social service agency in their
arts is highly compatible with education for
annual
Christmas
giving program, and
professional social work practice. The
tutoring
at
a
local
neighborhood
center.
liberal arts with its emphasis on breadth of
The Social Welfare minor and electives
understanding, cultural and ethnic
in the Department allow students to
diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis
support another major while gaining
and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for
knowledge about human needs and
social work education. As Sir Richard
growth, human services and the methods
Livingston has said, "A technician is a
of effective citizenship. Students taking
person who knows everything there is to
know about his/her job except its ultimate these courses have the opportunity to
purpose and social consequence." Effective become knowledgeable about public issues
and develop and nurture a perspective that
social workers go beyond being technisees the central importance of diversity to
cians. Augsburg social work graduates are
the social fabric of this country. But beyond
entry-level professionals.
knowledge, students are encouraged to use
Augsburg College's motto, "Education
their talents and skills to address the needs
for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of
of society in the interest of the public good,
the Social Work Department. Unique
always emphasizing social justice.
learning opportunities for field work
Augsburg's social work major also
provides a strong foundation for graduate
studies in a variety of fields. Augsburg also
offers a full-time Master of Social Work
degree on a weekend schedule.
placement and cultural enrichment are
provided by a metropolitan setting known
for a humane quality of life which is
enhanced by the arts, outstanding human
services and a highly-educated populace.
Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance
Social Work Faculty
Rosemary Link (Chair), Vern Bloom, Maria
Brown (BSW Program Director),Francine
Chakolis (MSW Program Director),
Anthony Bibus, Blanca Rosa Egas, Hans
Eriksson, Carol Kuechler, Sharon Patton,
Social Work
Curt Paulsen, Vincent Peters, Michael
Schock, Edward Skamulis, Mary Lou
Williams
Major
11 core courses:
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social
Work
SWK 364 Field Work I
SWK 365 Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation
SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills
in Social Work
SWK 462 Field Work I1
SWK 463 Community Development and
Organization
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and
Development
SWK 466 Field Work I11
SWK 467 The Social Worker as
Professional
SWK 469 Field Work IV
and seven supporting courses:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
BIO 101 HumanBiology
PSY 105 General Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and
Race
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required
for each course in the core program and a
2.0 average in the supporting program.
Concentration
Concentrations in Aging, Chemical
Dependency, Crime and Corrections, Social
Ministries, and Youth are possible. A
concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and
programmatic aspects, plus field work
placement in the senior year in the special
area. For Social Ministries, a minor in
Religion with specific coursework is
required. Completion of a concentration is
noted on the transcript.
Candidacy
Social Work majors must apply for
candidacy status before the beginning of
the senior year. Certain 400 level courses
list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written
self-statement, reference letters, and the
completion of all core and supporting
program courses below the 400 level is
necessary for candidacy review.
Social Welfare Minor
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
SWK 463 Community Development and
Organization
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and
Race
and one course from:
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and
Development
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325 Public Administration
School Social Work
State Department of Education required
coursework includes EDU 255; HPE 115,
and 400 hours in a senior year field
placement in a school setting. See adviser
for additional specifics.
2;
-
!8
Social Work
H ELECTIVE COURSES OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development in the "
~lobalcontext. It also identifies the focus of Social Work in
addition to many other disciplines which are vital to fostering peace,
development and enhancement of a better quality of life for all human
kind.
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
This course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation
to a possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange
to perform 80 hours of work in a human service agency and must attend
the weekly seminar.
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human
growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of
individuals and families in contemporary American society. Growth
related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style
diversity or special stresses relevant to growth is also a focus. Students
will gain self-understandingthrough use of their own experiences.
SWK 299
Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of
interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration.
(Prereq.: SWK 257 and consent of instructor)
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major
assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the
charitable and govenunental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.:
junior standing or consent of instructor)
SWK 399
Internship*
Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplements the
required field work of majors (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical
forms of community organization and social change; 2) understanding the
theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to social protest and change;
3) examination of the role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations; and 4) knowledge of and actual
practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques
of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
Social Work
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official.
Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical
experience. (Prereq.: SWK 361,463 and senior standing or consent
of instructor.)
SWK 499
Independent Study
An independently designed course a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g., lectures, syrnposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
* Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work in field sites.
W COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques of social work interventative methods and practical
experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small
groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; development
of the student's repertoire of relationship-building skills. Includes videotaping laboratory sessions. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior standing)
SWK 364
Field Work I*
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency
which focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A
total of 120 hours, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar
per week. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior standing, concurrent with SWK 363)
SWK 365
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer overview of
methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative and
qualitative information.Use of data-processingequipment for statistical
analysis. (Prereq.: MPG El)
SWK 461
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptations of
the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture,
classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group
and family work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice
skills and eclectic approaches with a focus on diversity of professionals
and client populations. (Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week)
2:
SWK 462
Field Work II*
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities
in a social service agency. A total of 120 hours, plus one supportive/
discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent
with SWK 461)
SWK 466
Field Work 111
(.5 or 1.0 course*)
Continuation of field work, a total of 60 or 120 hours. (1/2 course option
during Interim. (Prereq.: candidacy status)
SWK 467
The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment,
affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and
practices, organizational theory and resource development will be studied
in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy status)
SWK 469
Field Work IV*
Continuation of SWK 466. (Prereq.: candidacy status. Concurrent with
SWK 467)
* Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work in field sites.
30CIOLOCY DEPARTMENT - soc
S
ociology is the study of society as a
whole and i f human social organization
and groups. The sociological perspective
provides a way to better understand the
social world and how individuals come to
think and act as they do.
The goal of the Department is to help
students develop their understanding of
the social order and how it affects them in
their daily lives. Sociology majors develop
an understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, leam to create and use
sociological tools of analysis, and leam
how to apply sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as intemships, independent study, Interim courses
and field studies. The Department urges
students to use Augsburg's metropolitan
setting as a laboratory for learning.
Internships and Cooperative Education
enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they
explore career alternatives. Augsburg
alumni who have majored in sociology are
currently employed in the personnel
departments of both government and
private corporations, in industrial relations
work and in program evaluation. Others
have used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as law, the
ministry, social work, urban planning and
criminal justice.
The Department of Sociology welcomes
students who, in their quest for a liberal
education as a foundation for work and
life, are looking for new and different ways
of understanding- the often taken-forgranted aspects of our world.
Sociology Faculty
Diane Pike (Chair), Jeny Gerasimo, Gany
Hesser, Gordon Nelson, Rita Weisbrod
Major
10 courses including:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 485 Modem Sociological Theory
and four additional Sociology courses.
Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended.
An Internship, Cooperative Education
experience, independent study or Upper
Division Interim course in Sociology is
recommended to take advantage of the
variety of learning models offered through
the Department. Consult the Department
Chair concerning areas of concentration.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis
from the Augsburg major requirements.
The state requirements may also change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Education Department to identify current
Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Honors Major
To complete the Honors Major in
Sociology, the student must have a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and
overall. In addition, she or he must: 1)
successfully complete an internship,
independent study or cooperative educa-
- Sociology
tion experience; 2) submit a portfolio of
completed papers and projects, including a
theory paper, a research methods project,
and two projects or papers of the student's
choosing which represent outstanding
work in sociology; and 3) write an acceptable reflective statement on the sociology
major and on the work included in the
portfolio.
Application for Honors Major can be
obtained from the Department Chair. A
SOC 121
letter of intent to apply for Honors should
be received by the Chair no later than Nov.
1of the Senior year. The application and
portfolio must be submitted for Department acceptance by March 1.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and
two Upper Division courses (i.e., SOC 300
and above), at least one of which must be
taken at Augsburg College.
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? As a unique way of
understanding, sociology offers insights into discovering the world and
one's place in it. Course study focuses on an understanding of culture,
social structure, institutions and our interactions with each other. (Fall,
Spring)
SOC 199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a leaming agreement which enables the
student to consider sociology as a major and/or explore career altematives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office
before registering for academic credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
SOC 21 1
Human Communities and the Modern Metropolis
The course asks a fundamental question of our times: how is community
possible in the face of multicultural, economic and ideological forces that
are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and structural dynamics of the
Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this possibility. (Fall, Spring)
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
The human family system is explored in its variation among world
cultures and within sub-culturesin the United States. Students prepare
and deliver oral reports on topics of their choice including a world family
pattem, an American sub-cultural pattern and a family process. (Fall)
SOC 265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Why do we set people aside for negative special treatment? How are they
stigmatized?The people to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and "other" provides a way to
examine racism, sexism and other "-isms." Offered on P/N basis only.
(Fall, Spring)
SOC 299
Directed Study
Lndependent Study for Lower Division students. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
Sociology 2.
SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests
which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture is examined in anthropology. In what way do we
see and live in the world? An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the
ideas of "nature," "primitive," "civilized and "progress." The course will
examine the person's relation to culture and conduct an analysis of
selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of
instructor. Fall, Spring)
'
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so
much of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed
with respect to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as
corporate deviance. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 recommended. Fall)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
The amount of quantitative information in the world is ever-increasing.
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding
quantitative analysis -be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper.
(Prereq.: MPG III. Fall)
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good research -how do you know it when you see it, can you produce it
yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice
and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and
data analysis. (Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An examination of the ideas of group, role and self in the understanding of
the relationship between the individual and society. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life using interaction
theories. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring)
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the
present and future metropolis. Emphasis will center on alternative
theories and approaches to planning and shaping metropolitan areas.
Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films, outside speakers
and field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
- Sociology
SOC 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas
and methods of sociology with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. (Prereq.: consent
of instructor)
SOC 485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology,
tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries.
(Prereq.: two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of
instructor. Fall)
SOC 498
SOC 499
Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121
or 211 and/or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
Independent Study
The student must present a written proposal containing rationale,
objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. Limited registration by permission for advanced
students in Sociology. (Prereq.: SOC 121 and consent of instructor.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
SPANISH
See listing under Modern Languages.
-A
31JttLH/ LUMMUNiLAl IUN AND I H t A l K t
ur quality of life, both personally
and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality of our communication. A
communication major at Augsburg is
designed to enhance understanding of
communication in a variety of contexts and
to ,jrnprovecommunication skills.
-
p
-
p
-
Since communication careers demand
a broad educational background, the
Department strongly encourages a second
major or two minors in fields such as
business, economics, English, history,
international relations, political science,
psychology, religion, social work or
sociology.
The Augsburg Communication major
focuses on competency in both speech and
writing, as well as effective use of media.
Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities
and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as
aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic,
literature, statistics and research methods
in their programs.
Prospective majors should meet with
a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts
~aculty
David Lapakko (Chair), Deborah Bart, Julie
Bolton, Michael Burden, James Hayes,
Anne Holmquest, Martha Johnson
I BACHELOR OF ARTS
Communication Major
12 courses overall - seven required
core courses and five courses within one of
three concentrations. For transfer students,
at least six of these 12 courses must be
Upper Division courses offered at
Augsburg.
Required of all Communication majors:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 351 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 355 S m d Group Communication
POL 342 Mass Communication in Society
One of the following: ENG 223,225,226,
227.
Note: Participation &I at least two
interscholastic forensics tournaments in
two different events is also required.
General Communication Studies
Concentration
Five additional electives from the
following: SPC 329,343,345,347,399,495,
499; THR 350,360; LIN 311; PSY 325,371;
3753621
Organizational Communication
Concentration
Five additional electives from the
following: ART 132,225,330; SPC 329,345,
399,495,499; BUS 340,355 or 357; PSY 325,
371; SOC 265,349,375.
Mass Communication Concentration
Five electives from the following: SPC
343,347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,225,
330; ENG 241,327; POL 375; THR 232,325,
350,360.
/--
For All Three Concentrations
Majors must participate in Augsburg's
Interscholastic Forensics Program by
attending at least two interscholastic
speech tournaments in at least two different events. Students should be aware that
the tournament season is essentially from
October through mid-March, and should
plan schedules accordingly.
Majors in dl three concentrations
should plan to include at least one Internship (SPC 399) as one of their electives.
Students may petition the Department
to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the Departmental Adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the Registrar and adviser or
Department chair.
Honors Major
The Honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific
project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in
the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their major program, complete a
substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors
candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Minor
Six courses including:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
POL 342 Mass Communications In
Society
SPC 351 Argumentation
or SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
or SPC 355 Small Group
Communication
ENG 223,225,226 or 227
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be Upper
Division courses offered at Augsburg.
Prospective minors must obtain prior
approval from a Communication faculty
adviser.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
idenhfy current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
SPC 111
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students
give several speeches and receive feedback from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on developing self-confidence, speech preparation
and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery,
style and language, and critical thinking and listening. (Note: Students
may take either SPC 111and 112 for credit, but not both.) (Fall, Spring)
SPC 112
Contest Public Speaking
Theory and practice of preparing speeches for delivery in formal and
contest situations. Students are expected to attend three interscholastic
speech tournaments and compete in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate, speaking to
entertain and/or communication analysis. (Note: Students may take either
SPC 111or 112 for credit, but not both.) (Fall)
SPC 329
lntercultural Communication
This course explores both the problems and potential of communication
between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, language and
non-verbal symbols are examined in this course. (Fall: altemate years)
SPC 343
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept
development, script-writing, directing and producing for video. Students
will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of
equipment. (Fall)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational
settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships,
formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power
and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings and sources of communication
problems in the workplace. (Fall: altemate years)
SPC 347
Documentary Video
A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with
hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work
as production teams, gaining experience in field production editing. The
production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. This
course requires additional lab time for editing.
SPC 348
Broadcast Production I1
This course is an advanced television production course in which students
apply knowledge and experience gained in Broadcast Production I. This
course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and
produce a one-hour magazine format news program.
SPC 351
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public
speaking, discussion and debates. Stresses skill in analyzing the quality of
argumentative claims, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students enhance their skills in debate and discussion and learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their
daily lives. (Fall)
SPC 352
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior.
Examines obstacles to persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the
use of logical and psychologcal appeals; empirical research in persuasion;
how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal
contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the
mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion.
(Spring)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communication barriers. This course combines theory and
practice to help the student understand and manage communication
problems more effectively. (Fall, Spring)
SPC 355
Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors
related to decision making, styles of leadership and conflict management.
This course combines lecture with practical experiences to help the
student become a more effective and productive member of a taskoriented small group. (Spring)
SPC 399
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis)
SPC 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
SPC 499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Theatre Arts
See Department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
ART 225
ART 330
BUS 340
BUS 355
BUS 357
LIN 311
Photography
Communication Design I
Communication Design I1
Human Resource
Management
Marketing Communications
Advertising
Theories of Grammar
(see Modem Languages)
T
he study of theatre is essential to a
liberal arts education in that theatre is a
laboratory for experiencing, experimenting
and integrating knowledge from many
disciplines. Theatre enables students to
seek, confront and experience authentic life
in its mystery, ambiguity and beauty. We
seek to create every opportunity for
students to grow as human beings by
encouraging connections between theory
and application through course study,
production work and the Artist Series.
Currently we offer a solid base in
classical, modem and contemporary
theatre and we are exploring ways of
incorporating non-Western and nontraditional theatre to support our commitment to the multicultural experience.
Augsburg is an ideal place to study
theatre as it is located in one of the major
theatre centers in the United States.
Augsburg students expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending,
but by working with numerous local
theatre artists and professional theatre
companies. Our theatre faculty, currim-
POL 342
POL 375
PSY 325
PSY 371
SOC 265
SOC 362
SOC 375
Mass Communication in
Society
Media Law
Social Behavior
Psychology of Gender
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender
and Race
Statistical Analysis
Social Psychology
1um and program are models for other
small colleges.
At Augsburg we encourage students to
participate in all aspects of theatre production, while providing each student the
opportunity of emphasizing a specific area
of interest. We prepare students to enter
graduate school, law school, seminary,
education and various communication
fields including professional theatre,
television and film.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Theatre Arts Major
10 courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism II
THR 366 Stage Direction I
2
O
Theatre Arts
Three of the following:
THR 116 Creative Dance
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian
American Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 350 Voice and Diction
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
THR 399 Internship
or THR 499 Independent Study in
Theatre
Ten production units in three or more of
the following areas: acting (two required),
technical crew work and design (four
required), and theatre management/
miscellaneous (two required).
Freshmen planning to major in theatre
arts should begin with courses THR 116,
222,232; sophomores:THR 228,245,361,
362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361,
365; seniors THR 365,366.
Please Note: Several courses are offered
alternate years only.
This major should be supported by
courses in multi-cultural dramatic literature, and Shakespeare, Modem Drama and
Scandinavian Drama. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, art
and media art (cinema, radio, television,
video). A capstone course is encouraged,
but not required.
Majors must participate in dramatic
productions every year. Students must
maintain an overall 2.0 GPA to have major
participation in productions.
Honors Major
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement
on a specific project of special interest to
the student. Honors majors must maintain
a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA
overall and, as part of their major program,
complete a substantial independent project
of honors quality (THR 499). Honors
candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
Theatre Arts Minor
Five courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 232 Acting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
or THR 362 Theatre History
Criticism I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Five production units in the following
areas: acting (one required), technical crew
work (two required), and theatre management/miscellaneous (one required).
Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy
Minor
Five courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
idenhfy current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Theatre Arts
THR 116
Creative Drama
A study of various forms of dramatic movement, pantomime and play
through activity, reading, observation and discsussion. Emphasis on
improvisational techniques and active participation. Development of
dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual and audible sources. Some
fundamentals of acting are introduced. (Fall)
THR 222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists;
dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques
of the play production process. Students attend and review live productions. Crew requirement. (Fall)
THR 228
Introduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and
theatre tours. Open to all students. Lab required, lab fee. (Fall)
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and
emotional preparation and exploration of the aeative approach to scene
and character study in American drama. Students attend and review live
productions. (Spring)
THR 245
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
This course is a survey of the rich theatrical p e r f o m c e styles, aesthetic
theories and plays of traditional Asian culture, as well as Asian American
drama. The course will include lecture, films, videos and demonstrations
by visiting performers. Students will read and analyze selected plays and
attend and review one live production. (Fall: altemate years)
THR 299
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division aedit.
THR 325
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script
analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to
finished product. (Prereq.:ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226
also recommended. Cross-listed with the English department. Fall:
altemate years)
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student
will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. The
class will also take theatre tours, have visiting designers and practical
involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, some
materials needed. Prereq.: permission of instructor. Spring)
-2,
*- Theatre Arts
THR 350
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement,
relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics
and the vocal mechanism. Emphasis on healing vocal vulnerabilities.
reports and papers,
Theory and practice are combined in oral
voice tapes and individual coaching. (Fall: alternate years)
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry and drama. Study,
discuss, practice and perform readings in prose, poetry and drama before
small and large groups. (Spring)
THR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
classical Greek through the Medieval period. The theatres of Asia are also
introduced. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre
productions are required. Need not be taken sequentiallywith THR 362.
(Spring)
THR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays
and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be
taken sequentially with THR 361. (Spring)
THR 365
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterizationthrough character
analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics, including Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, restoration
comedy, realism and non-realism, epic and the theatre of the absurd,
culminating in preparation and presentation of a professional audition.
(Prereq.: THR 222 and THR 232. Spring: alternate years)
THR 366
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production
organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and
characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or
excerpt from full-length play). Permission from instructor required.
(Prereq.: THR 361, THR 362, THR 328. Spring)
THR 399
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
THR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
THR 499
Independent Study in Theatre
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
Chair
Vice Chair
Rodney P. Burwell
Raymond A. Grinde
Secretary
Treasurer
Barbara C. Gage
David L. Swanson
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date $current fern.
President, Augsburg College, Minneapolis,
Minn.
Chairman, Xerxes Corporation/Burwell
Mr. Rodney P. Burwell (1994)
Enterprises, Minneapolis, Minn.
Chief Financial Officer, Dart Transit
Mr. Darrell J. Egertson (1994)
Company, St. Paul, Minn.
Retired
Businessman, Mesa, Ariz
Mr. Julian P. Foss (1996)
Homemaker, Long Lake, Minn.
Ms. Barbara C. Gage (1998)
Retired businessman, Roseville, Minn.
Mr. Raymond A. Grinde (1996)
Administrator, S.J. Groves & Sons Company
Ms. Carolyn T. Groves (1996)
Guelzow & Senteney, Ltd.
Mr. Thomas K. Guelzow (1998)
President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. Norman R. Hagfors (1995)
President, Papillon Airways, Inc., irkl land,
Mr. Elling 8. Halvorson (1996)
Wash.
Homemaker, Apple Valley, Minn.
Ms. Beverly J. Thompson Hatlen (1996)
President, A.A. Housh and Associates, Edina,
Mr. M e n A. Housh (1995)
Minn.
Associate
Professor and Division Head,
Dr. George 0.Johnson (1996)
Health Services Administration, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Hon. LaJune Thomas Lange, J.D. (1995) Judge, Hennepin County Govenunent Center,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Control Data Business Advisors, Mankato,
Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1994)
Minn.
The Hon. Kenneth G. Nelson (1996)
Senior Fellow - Education, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1996)
Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune (1994)
Partner, Nordaune and Friesen,
St. Louis Park, Minn.
Mr. Richard A. Norling (1998)
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Fairview Hospital and Healthcare Services,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson
*as of December, 1993
Mr. Donald G. Oren (1994)
Mr. Glen E. Person (1999)
Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1996)
Mr. Curtis A. Sampson (1995)
Ms. Inez Schwarzkopf (1998)
Mr. Ronald K. Speed (1994)
Ms. Gladys I. Strommen (1994)
Mr. Leland N. Sundet (1998)
-Mr.David L. Swanson (1996)
Mr. Michael W. Thompson (1996)
Ms. Pamela L. Tibbetts (1994)
Ms. Kathryn H. Tunheim (1998)
Mr. William A. Urseth (1998)
flo wiger, Ph.D. (1995)
Ms. May Ka-Yee Yue (1994)
President, Dart Transit Company,
St. Paul, Minn.
Retired businessman, Eden Prairie, Minn.
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, hhn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
CommunicationSystems, Hector, Minn.
Program Administrator, Communications
Director, Region 3 - ELCA, St. Paul, Minn.
Vice President, Public Affairs,
Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Sundet
Companies, Eden Prairie, Minn.
Retired businessman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn.
Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, h.
Tunheim Santrios Co., Minneapolis, Minn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
U.S. Directives, U.S. Restaurant,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Associate Professor, St. Cloud State
University, St. Cloud, Minn.
President, Financial Services Associates, Inc.,
Edina, Minn.
IN AMERICA
(ELCA)
Chair
The Rev. Stephen P. Bournan
Executive Director
The Rev. W. Robert Sorenson
Secretary
The Rev. David L. Echelbarger
Assistant Director for Finance
Ms. Beata H. Sorenson
Vice-Chair
The Rev. Karen S. Parker
Director for Colleges and Universities
Mr. James M. Unglaube
Asst. Dir. for Colleges and Universities
Ms. Naomi E. Linnell
-
48
+
.................................... .Thomas I. Be
u m m r , C q o r a t e and Foundation Relations ........................... Carol Fc
Senim Development Officer ........................................ Jeroy C. Car
Senior Development Officer ......................................... Howard 0
D i P e c t ~College
,
Relations ........................................... Forrest M
Director, Publications ...................................... Shirley Westman Safg
&rector, Sports Information ........................................ Gene McGi
Graphics S p h l i s t ............................................ .Chris Holland-T
Director,AludJParent Relations ................................... Donna McL
Associate Director, Augsburg Fund ................................. Norm Okerst
Assistant Director. Augsburg Fund .................................... Kay Helm
Enrollment Management
Vice President for Enrollment Management ........................... Richard J. Th
Secretary .............................................................
Julie Sz
Director, Admissions .................................................
Sally Dan
Associate Director of Admissions ......................................... Deb Ba
Associate Director of Admissions ........................................ Heidi B
Associate Director of Admissions ....................................... .Tom Lar
Registrar .......................................................... .Paul Simm
Associate Registrar ................................................... .Jay Phim
Coordinator, Institutional Research .................................... Kathy Ku
Admissions Coccrdinator, Weekend College .......................... .JeanetteWitt
Director, Hispanic Support Program .............................. Eloisa EchavezDirector of Studcrnt Finandal Semi=; .............................. Herald A. John
Associate Director of Student Financial Services ........................... Lois Lar
Assistant Director of Student Financial Services ....................... Sheila Ander
Assistant Direct0.r of Student Finanaal Services ........................... Paul Te
Student Loan Coordinator .......................................... Kaye Schro
Finance and Management
Vice President for Finance and Management .......................... Michael Ran
Administrative Assistant ............................................... Pat Ostr
Director, Personnel .................................................. Gaye Lind
ControlIer ......................................................... Dick Adam
Director, Administrative Information Services ...........................Steve Ter
Manager, Christensen Center .....................................Mildred A. Nel
Manager, Central Services ................................. Charles E. Christopher
Manager, Bookstore ................................................. Mark Eck
Director. Food Senrices ................................................ Tim Wag
Fireftor, Plant Services ............................................. James Wenin
Supervisor, Maintenance ........................................... .Robin A. Cu
Manager,Ice Arena ..................................................JamesJ. Ca
Managa, Telecommunications ...................................... Vivian Skord
Manager, Safe@and Senuity ....................................... Vada Ander
Dr. Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of
Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lyla M. Anderegg, Professor Emerita of
Psychology.
Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of
Health and Physical Education.
Dr. Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A.,
St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Margaret J. Anderson, Professor Emerita,
Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus
of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina, Professor Emerita of Modem
Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of
History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of
English.
Dr. Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Speech,
Communication and Theatre. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of
Education. B.A., Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Dr. Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of
Mathematics. B.E.E., MS., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Orloue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of
History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Theodore J. Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of
Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig, Artist-in-Residence - Music.
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Edwina L. Hertzberg, Professor Emerita of
Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dr. John R. Holum, Professor Emeritus of
Chemistry.
Dr. Irene Khin Khin Jensen, Professor Emerita
of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma;
M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Einar 0. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of
Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
James D. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Music.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mary E. "Mimi" Johnson, Professor Emerita of
Modem Languages.
Edwin D. Mickelberg, Professor of Biology. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Health
and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Patricia A. Parker, Associate Academic Dean.
B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Michigan.
Anne Pederson, Professor Emeritus of English.
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lauretta E. Pelton, Professor Emerita of
Education.
Dr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Professor of Religion.
B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg
Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton
Theological Seminary.
Dr. Gunta Rozentals, Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marianne B. Sander, Dean of Students.
Dr. Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of
Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus,
Lakeland College.
Mq-orie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library.
B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Dr. Myles C Stenshoel, Professor Emeritus of
Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Colorado.
Dr. Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of
Sociology. Ph.D., University of Mimesota.
John Thut, Professor Emeritus of Music. A.B.,
Northwestern University; B.M., M. Mus.,
American Conservatory of Music.
Dr. Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of
Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beginning year of service flaculty is indicated zuith parentheses.
Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New
York.
Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Mt. Camel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of WisconsinMadison.
A
Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Modem Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960).Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Michael L. Agin (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Beloit College; M.A., Loyola
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Virginia P. Allery (1993). Associate Professor of Education/Director of American Indian
Studies Minor. B.S., Viterbo College; M.S., Eastern Montana College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Earl R. Alton (1960).Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Michigan.
Patricia K. Amo (1990).Instructor, Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Barbara L. Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College;
M.A., Northwestern University.
Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College;
M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984).Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989).Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
H. Janice Antholz (1983). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988).Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Rene C. Aravena (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Whitman College;
M.M., M.A., University of Nevada; D.M.A. (A.B.D.), University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 25
Jermaine D. Arendt (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B,A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Ten L. Aslakson (1993).Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Eric J. Aureille (1993).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., Georgetown University.
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
Deborah L. Bart (1981).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Eustolio Benavides, 111 (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Creighton University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson (1963).Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Anthony A. Bibus, 111(1992). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Randi S. Birk (1993). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas; Ph.D., Minnesota School of Professional Psychology.
Beverly J. Blinde (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Nebraska.
Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1976). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Borstad (1977). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lisa A. Broek (1993).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central
College; M.A., University of Iowa.
Maria L. Brown (1980).Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce (1987).Studio Artiit/Bassoon, part-time, Music. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1981). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
- Augsburg College Faculty
Michael R. Burden (1990). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Thomas L. Busico (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Laura V. Castor (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A.,
A.B.D., University 0f'~innesota.
John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Rhode
Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Margaret (Peggy) Murphy Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/
MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work/MSW Coordinator. B.S.,
Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Hamline University.
Mary Knop Chelberg (1992). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Illinois,
Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Samir Cherif (1993). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University
of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Carolyn S. Clemmons (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Talladega College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor, part-time, Sociology, Institutional Research
Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Patrick J. Conge (1993). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., M.A., Arizona State
University; Ph.D., The University of Texas-Austin.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan
University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of
Minnesota.
Lany J: Crockett (1985).Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific
Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St.
Catherine; M.F.A., Vermont College.
Mary E. Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University
of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown University.
Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware;
M.A., University of Wisconsin.
Marilyn Doyle (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of St. Thomas; Psy.D., Minnesota School of Professional Psychology.
Bruce K. Drewlow (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State
University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Francoise duRivage (1993). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Universite de
Bordeaux 111; M.A., Universite de Paris IV (Sorbonne); M.A., Ph.D., Duke University.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University
of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Grace B. D p d (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Earl W. Eames, Jr. (1987). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. S.B.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Rabbi Joseph A. Edelheit (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of
California - Berkley; M.A., Hebrew Union College.
Blanca-Rosa Egas (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. M.P.H., University of M i m e
sota; Lic.Ed., M.D., University of Guayaquil, Ecuador.
Mary G. Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S.,
State University of New York-Cortland; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., University
of Minnesota.
Marian S. Enos (1987).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Heid Ellen Erdrich (1994). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., Johns Hopkins
University.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964).Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Lynn M. Erickson (1991).Studio Artist/Trumpet, part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.F.A., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
Hans G. Eriksson (1993).Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wilmington College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Jacqueline R. Fendler (1992).Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., M.S.W., University of
Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lucie K. Ferrell(1992). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S., College of St. Catherine; M.N.,
University of Califomia-Los Angeles, Ph.D., Adelphi University.
Anita L. Fisher (1991).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
Phillip F. Fishman (1988).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University.
Ann C. Fleener (1987).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980).Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990).Instructor, part-time, Religon. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Karen B. Franzmeier (1993).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert P. Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College;
M.A.,Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969).Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
David A. Gabrielson (1991).Associate Dean for Academic Affairs, Instructor, part-time,
Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
George M. Gaetano (1993). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty
Ethelind K. Garetz (1989).Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University, Baton
Rouge; M.A., Howard University.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971).Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Richard A. Germundsen (1987).Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.A., American University; Cand. Mag.,Universitet i Bergen, Norway;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter J. Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
Ronald D. Grace (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Wisconsin-Milwaukee; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Karen M. Graves (1991).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Amherst College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Brown University.
William D. Green (1991).Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Gresczyk (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A.,
Ph.D., Hanard University.
Nancy J. Grundahl(1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Katherine A. Guenther (1993). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Lawrence University.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy G. Guilbeault (1988). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education, Director
of Counseling. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961).Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967).Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Instructor, part-time, Education, Director of Audio-Visual Center.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
-2
- Augsburg College Faculty
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., American University.
Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Eau
Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh;
Ph.D., University of Toledo.
M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instmctor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.E.,
N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi, India; M.B.A, Ball State
University; D.B.A., Kent State University.
James T. Hayes (1991).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971).Professor of Political Science, Director of Canadian Studies
Program. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David A. Heitke (1993). Instructor of Computer Science. B.A., North Central College,
Naperville; M.S. (Mathematics), Brown University; M.S. (Computer Science), University of Rhode Island.
Robert S. Herforth (1967). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Susanne M. Herrlin (1994).Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Linkoping, Sweden.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Experiential Education, Director
of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
Anne Holmquest (1991).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981).Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Marilyn N. Horowitz (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.A.,
M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artist/Violin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M.,
Indiana University.
Martha J. Houser (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., Indiana
University.
David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of
Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
M. Shahidul Islam (1989). Instructor, part-time, Economics. M.B.A., Dhaka University,
Bangladesh; University of Minnesota.
Willie B. Jackson (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., McKendree College; M.S.,
Southern Illinois University.
William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of M i m e
sota. B.S., MS., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Hamet W. Johnson (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Richmond;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Karen E. Johnson (1993).Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Luther College; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre.
Director, East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.Comrn.,
University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State
University.
Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert A. Karl6n (1959). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
John W. Kenny (1992). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., John Carroll University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Christopher W. Kimball(1991).Assistant Professor of History. B.A., McGill University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
-2
- Augsburg College Faculty
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Carol F. Kuechler (1994).Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Marquette University;
M.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Madison; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Thomas L. Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University;
M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.S.B.,University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Andrew P. Lawson (1992). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Portland State University;
M.Ed., Penn State University.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artist/French Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University.
Lynn Lindow (1985). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S.
North Dakota State University.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Southampton; M.Sc., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Victoria M. Littlefield (1992). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., University of
Michigan-Flint; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University.
Cynthia D. Lohman (1985). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., M.M., University of
Minnesota.
Lori L. Lohman (1990).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., University of Iowa; M.Div.,
Northwestern Lutheran Theological Semirary; M.A., The Claremont Graduate School.
Mark E. Ludwig (1993). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Steven P. Lund (1982).Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty -2
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Milton H. Luoma, Jr. (1992). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Case
Institute of Technology; M.S., M.B.A., University of Dayton; J.D., William Mitchell
College of Law.
Ann Lutterman (1993).Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Earlham College; M. Div., Yale
Divinity School.
Janet L. MacKenzie-Polanski (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota;
M.A., University of Iowa.
John B. McAllister, I11 (1991). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Bates College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Elena McCollim-Medina (1991).Instructor, Global Education. B.A., University of California-Berkeley; M.A., Johns Hopkins University.
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of
California-Berkeley.
Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development. B.S.,
M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Roberta K. Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B.Music Ed.,
M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University
of Tunis,Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ernest Miel (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.A.,
M.Ed., Macalester College.
JeannetteH. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social
Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Dawn L. McDougal Miller (1993).Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus
College; M.M.Ed., University of Kansas.
Jay A. Miskowiec (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Universite de Paris VIII, France; Ph.D., City University of New York.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
- Augsburg College Faculty
William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M-Div.,
Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas F. Morgan (1983). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; PkD.,
University of Minnesota.
William D. Morris (1987). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland University;
Ph.D., Camegie-Mellon University.
John N. Moye (1991). Assistant Professor of Music, Orchestra Director. B.M., M.A., Jacksonville University; Ph.D., Florida State University.
Mildred ("Mike")Mueller (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., Central
Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert M. Murphy (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Toledo.
Sharol A. Nau (1993).Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Carleton College; M.F.A., Michigan
State University.
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Leslie D. Nelson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer (1984).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary.
Melissa R. Newman (1993).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. Ph.D., University of Mimesota.
Catherine C. Nicholl(1973).Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., MS., PhD., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania;
M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.A., Harnline University.
JohnJ. O'Brien (1992). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Augustana College; M.Phil.,
University of Dublin, Ireland; A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty -2
Michael E. OfNeal(1989).Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of Missouri;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979).Assistant Professor, Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Bettye Olson (1992). Director, College of the Third Age. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
JeremiahOlson (1989). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Minot State University; M.Div.,
Trinity Lutheran Seminar; D.Th., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary.
Lila J. Olson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.M.,
University of Nebraska.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., M.A., Central
School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw, Poland; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna,
Krakow, Poland.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker (1960). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine L. Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Lone Mountain College.
Curtis Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Fielding Institute.
Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of St.
Thomas.
Dale C. Pederson (1992).Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul E. Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A.,
University of Wisconsin.
Rick Penning (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
Curtis C. Peter (1983). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College; M.Div.,
Wartburg Theological Seminar.
Vincent Peters (1988). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College, Madras,
India; M.A., Madras School of Social Work.
- Augsburg College Faculty
Noel J. Petit (1984).Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Glenn S. Pickering (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.E.E., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota; M. Div., United Theological Seminary.
Diane L. Pike (1981).Professor of Sodalogy. A.B., Comecticut College; PhD., Yale University.
Alisa M. Potter (1993). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., Concordia College, St. Paul;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sandra L. Powers (1990).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.M., Eastrnan School of
Music; M.M., Northwestern University.
T. Peter Przytula (1993).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. M.A., University of Lodz,
Poland; M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota A.B.D., University of Poznan, Foland.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg
Theological Seminar; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Randi Quanbeck (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., Northwestern University.
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central
Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Minnesota.
Patricia L. Redding (1992). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Indiana University; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968).Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Cynthia D. Richards (1992). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Brown University; M.A.,
M. Phil., New York University.
James F. Rodde (1993). Choral Director/Instructor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
D.M.A., University of Iowa.
Steven P. Rohde (1993). Visiting Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and
Theatre Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.S., University of WisconsinLacrosse; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty
I. Michael Romanov (1992). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Hofstra University; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Glenda D. Rooney (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., University of North
Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois.
Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
William R. Russell (1991).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Luther Northwestern Seminary.
Edward M. Sabella (1967). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Northwestern College;
M.M.Ed., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jack B. Schaffer (1993). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Buena Vista College;
M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Iowa
State University; MS., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990).Assistant Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University; M.A.,
University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Costume Designer, part-time, Speech, Communication, and
Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M.F.A, University of Minnesota.
Robert T. Schultheis (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.B.A.,
College of Santa Fe; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University.
Laura Sewell (1991). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard School;
M.M., The Cleveland Institute of Music.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas
Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Judith E. Shevelev (1991). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., University of California at
Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
Deep Shikha (1991). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Delhi University, India; M.A.,
M.Ph., Delhi School of Economics; Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Barbara J. Shin (1991).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
*(
- Augsburg College Faculty
Edward R Skarnulis (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Omaha University;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Gail S. Smogard (1993). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., St. Cloud State College; M.F.A., Southern Methodist University.
Yong Nam Song (1987). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Jeon Buk National University, Korea.
Roman Soto-Feliu (1993). Assistant Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A.,
Universidad de Concepcion, Chile; Ph.D., The Catholic University of America.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music, Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., University of St. Thomas.
John J. Stangl(1991).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A.; University of Minnesota.
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Montana.
John P. Stein (1992).Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Robert Stenstrom (1990). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., University of South
Dakota.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., M.S.,
Long Island University.
Diane L. Strandberg (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., M.A., Boston University.
Marie J. Struss (1988). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University.
Mary Jo Stump (1988). Student Teacher Supervisor, part-time, Education. B.A., Ball State
University; M.A., Northern State College.
Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud (1964).Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985).Associate Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gabriela Sweet (1992).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., State University of
New York, Oneonta.
William Swenson (1989). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy. A.B., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Augsburg College Faculty
Philip J. Thompson (1959).Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993).Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Mimesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
Mark A. Thomsen (1994).Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Diane Thoreson (1993).Instructor, part-time Education. B.S., University of South Dakota;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
James Trelstad-Porter (1993). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Augustana College; M.A.,
American University.
Cynthia K. Troy (1990).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of California,
Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Mimesota; Ph-D.,
Iowa State University.
Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, M.A.L. Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Mimesota.
Anthony R. Wagner (1993).Instructor) part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Ronald F. Walter (1988). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Swarthrnore
College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Gloria M. Warner (1988).Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Mimesota.
Donald M. Warren (1980). Instructor, part-time, Introduction to Liberal Arts, Director of
Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha A. (Cary) Waterman (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A.,University of
Denver; B.S., M.A., Mankato State University.
Charee M. Watters (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Mimesota; M.&g.L., College of St. Catherine; M.B.A., University of St.
Thomas.
-2,
- Augsburg College Faculty
Mark I. Wegener (1993).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Concordia Senior College;
M.Div., Concordia Theological Seminary; M.S.Th., Christ Seminary-Seminex;Th.D.,
Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago.
Rita R. Weisbrod (1991). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; Ph.D., Cornell University.
Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of
Nebraska; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia F. Weiss (1991).Associate Professor, part-time, Education, Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill.
Mary Louise Williams (1984). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Theartrice Williams (1993).Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., University of Illinois;
M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Helen Woelfel(1993).Adjunct Faculty in Nursing, Coordinator of Nursing Center. M.S.,
Marquette University; M.S. University of Minnesota.
Maria K. Woroby (1990). Assistant Professor, Librarian, Director of Women's Studies. B.S.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St.
Olaf College.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.k, Calvin
College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University.
R. D. Zehnder (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Stanford
University, University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Kansas University.
Fall 1994
New student
orientation ..... Su. Sept.4 - Tu. Sept. 6
Freshman registration ........... summer
Upperclass validation ......... W. Sept.7
Classes begin ................ W. Sept. 7
Last day to register .......... Tu. Sept. 13
Last day to add a class. drop
a class without notation
on record ................. Tu. Sept. 13
Last day to designate
grading option .............. F. Oct. 21
Mid-term break ............... F. Oct. 21
Interim registration . M. Oct.24 - F. Oct. 28
Spring term
registration .... M. Nov . 14 - Tu. Dec. 2
Last day to withdraw
from a class ................ F. Nov . 18
Thanksgiving recess begins ...Th, Nov . 24
Classes resume .............. M. Nov .28
Classes end .................... F. Dec. 9
Final exams begin ............ M. Dec. 12
Final exams end ............. Th,Dec. 15
Interim 1995
Interim classes begin ............ T. Jan. 2
Last day to register. add a
class. or drop a class without
notation on record ............ T. Jan.3
Last day to designate
grading option. or withdraw
from a class ................. F. Jan. 13
Classes end .................. W. Jan. 25
Spring 1995
Classes begin ................ M. Jan. 30
Last day to register ............. F. Feb . 3
Last day to add a class or
drop a class without notation
on record .................... F. Feb . 3
Last day to withdraw from
a class ...................... F. Apr. 7
Mid-tern break begins ....... M. Mar.20
Classes resume .............. Tu. Mar. 27
Last day to designate
grading option .............. F. Apr. 7
Early registration
for fall .......... M. Apr.24 .F. May 5
Classes end .................. F. May 12
Final exams begin ............ M. May 15
Final exams end ............. Th. May 18
Baccalaureate/
Commencement ........... Su. May 21
Fall 1995
New student
orientation .....Su. Sept. 3 - Tu. Sept.5
Freshman registration ........... summer
Upperclass validation ......... W. Sept. 6
Classes begin ................ W. Sept. 6
Last day to register .......... Tu. Sept. 12
Last day to add a class. drop
a class without notation
on record ................. Tu. Sept. 12
Last day to designate
grading option .............. F. Oct. 20
Mid-term break ............... F. Oct. 20
Interim registration . M. Oct. 23 - F. Oct. 27
Spring term
registration .... M. Nov . 13 - Tu. Dec. 1
Last day to withdraw
from a class ................ F. Nov . 27
Thanksgiving recess begins ... Th.Nov . 23
Classes resume .............. M. Nov . 27
Classes end .................... F. Dec . 8
Final exams begin ............ M. Dec. 11
Final exams end ............. Th. Dec. 14
Interim 1996
Interim classes begin ............ T. Jan. 2
Last day to register. add a
class. or drop a class without
notation on record ........... W. Jan. 3
Last day to designate
grading option. or withdraw
from a class ................. F. Jan. 12
Classes end ..................Th. Jan.25
Spring 1996
Classes begin ................ M. Jan. 29
Last day to register ............. F. Feb.2
Last day to add a class or
drop a class without notation
on record .................... F. Feb.2
Last day to withdraw from
a class ...................... F. Apr .5
Mid-term break begins ....... M. Mar. 18
Classes resume .............. Tu. Mar. 25
Last day to designate
grading option .............. F. Apr .5
Early registration
for fall .......... M. Apr .22 .F. May 3
Classes end .................. F. May 10
Final exams begin ............ M. May 13
Final exams end ............. Th. May 16
Baccalaureate/
Commencement ........... Su. May 19
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. Quad
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Umess Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11.2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American Indian Support and Black
Student Affairs
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
24. Murphy Square
25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
26. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
Parking Lots
A. Admissions Parking
B. Faculty/Staff/Comrnuter/Residence
Parking
C. Faculty/Staff Parking
D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking
E. Commuter - Street Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
I
Directions to Campus
Public Parking
From Minneapolis on 1-94 EastTake the Riverside/25th Avenue
exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 21st Avenue South.
All posted Augsburg College faculty/
staff/commuter lots are free and open
for use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through
Sunday evening. Lots are located on
7th Street between 21st and 22nd
Avenues and north or south of 8th
Street between 24th and 25th Avenues.
Most street parking is four hour
parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the
Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U
of M parking lots on the north side of
Riverside Avenue.
From St. Paul on 1-94 WestTake the Riverside Avenue exit,
turn right at Riverside, turn left at
21st Avenue South.
From the South on 35WFollow 1-94St. Paul signs, take the
Riverside/25th Avenue exit, turn
left on 25th Avenue, turn left at
Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue
South.
Froni the North on 35WTake the Washington Avenue exit,
turn left on Washington (turns to
the right onto Cedar Avenue), turn
left at Riverside Avenue, turn right
at 21st Avenue South.
-
I
-
.
--
-
*- - -
'I
1
I
I
I
I
-
--. .
-.
-
.-
-
-
.
.
-
,
-
-
_
- --I
- -
-
7
;
--
It is the policy of Augsburg
College not to discriminate
on the basis of race, color,
creed, religion, sexual or
affectional preference,
national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex, status
with regard to public
assistance, or disability as
required by Title IX of the
1972 Education Amendments
or Section 504 of the
RehabilitationAct of 1973,
as amended, in i t s admissions
policies, education programs,
activities and employment
practices.
d-
About Augsburg 6, 245
Academic Advising Center 39
Academic Affairs 51, 248, 249
Academic Calendar 38
Academic Information 38
Academic Internships 49
Academic Policies and Procedures 51
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 70
Academic Skills Enrichment 29
Accessibility 4
Accounting 91-93
Accreditation 4, 7
Accreditation and Memberships 4, 11
Activities 28, 33
Administration 249
Admissions 1416
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 68
Alumni Center 9
American Indian Studies 31, 75, 144
American Indian Support Program 30
Anderson Hall 8, 35
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 8
Anishinabe Library Project 31
Annex Houses 9
Application Procedures 14
Art 75-79
Art History 78
Asian American Support Program 31
Asian Studies 106-107
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 68
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 44
Associated Support Organizations 10
Athletic Affiliation 4
Athletics 29
Audio-Visual Services 39
Audit Fee 18
Auditing Courses 67
Augsburg Echo 29
Augsburgian, The 29
Biology 80-84
Black Student Support Program 31
Board of Regents 246
Books and Supplies 19
Business Administration 86-90
Calendar 38
Campus Location 4, 8, 272
Campus Map 271
Campus Ministry 28
Campus Tours 14
Canadian Program 51
Career Services 32
Center for Global Education 9, 46, 154
Center for Global Education Courses
154-157
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 30
Chemical Dependency Program 45
Chemistry 97-101
Chinese 171
Choir 29
Christensen Center 8
Class Confirmation 52
Class Schedule 74
Classification (Class Year) 67
Coaching Endorsement 134
College Costs 1994-'95 18
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 68
College of the Third Age 51
College Relations 9, 249
Commons 34
Communication 235-239
Community Internships in Latin America
163-164
Community Service-Learning 49
Computer Resources 39
Computer Science 103-105
Concert Band 29
Contemporary Issues in Mexico and
Central America 47
Continuing Education Program 51
Cooperative Education 48, 49
Counseling 32
Counseling and Health Promotion 32
Course Descriptions 74243
Credit Assessment Program (CAP) 68
Credits 74
Index
Dean's List 70
Degrees Offered 38
Departmental Comprehensive Exams 68
Departments and Programs 74243
Deposits 15, 19, 35, 69
Development and College Relations 249
Directory 248
Disabled Student Program 30
Dismissal 70
Distribution Requirements 64-66
Divisions and Departments 40
Dormitories 8, 35
Dual Degree Programs 42, 124
Early Admission of Freshmen 15
East and Southeast Asian Studies 106-107
East European Studies 41, 178
East Hall 9
Echo 29
Economics 87, 108-112
Education 113-122
Education for Seniice 6
Elderhostel 51
Elementary Education 113-117
Employment 24, 32
Engineering 123-124
English 125-130
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program 69-70
English Placement Test 126
English-Language Arts Teaching Major 126
Enrollment 4
Enrollment Deposit 19
Enrollment Management 250
Ensembles 182, 185
Entry-level Skills 64
Ethnic Studies 131, 145
Evaluation and Grading 66
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 4, 247
Experiential Education Programs 48-50
Explanation of Grades 66
Facilities and Housing 8, 35
Facts and Figures 4
Faculty 38, 252-268
Famlty Emeriti 251
Federal Work Study Program 25
Eees - 18-19
Finance and Management 250
Finance Specialization 86
Financial Aid 4, 21-25
Financial Policies 20
Fine Arts 29
First Year Experience 33, 39, 55, 56, 131
Food Service 34
Foreign Languages 59, 60, 170-180
Foreign Study 34, 35, 153-161
Former Students 15
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication 9
Four Year Assurance Program 71
French 172-173
Freshman Performance Scholarships 182
Freshmen 14-15
Full-time Students 18
General Education Curriculum 53-54, 5559, 64
General Education Requirements 5354, 55-59, 64
General Studies 132
German 173-175
Gift Assistance 23
Global Education Center 9, 46, 154
Global Education Program Courses 46,
154-157
Global Issues and World Churches 47, 161
Grade Point Average 67
Grading 66
Graduate Program Office 52
Graduate Programs 38, 50
Graduation Level Skills 58
Graduation Requirements 53-54, 5559, 64-66
Graduation with Distinction 71
Grants 23
Gymnasium (Si Melby Hall) 9, 29
Index
Health and Physical Education 133-138
Health Promotion 33
Health Service 33
HECUA Courses 162-164
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 44, 47, '162
Hispanic/Latino Support Program 32
History 139-143
History of Augsburg College 6
Honors Program 43
Housing 8, 18, 35
Hoversten Peace Scholarships 22
Ice Arena 9
Incomplete Grade 67
Inter-InstitutionalPrograms 44
Inter-Race 10
Intercollegiate Athletics 29
Interdisciplinary Studies 144-152
Interim 38
Interim Abroad 48
Interim Office 52
International Business Minor 87
International Development and Hurhan
Rights in Latin America 47, 159-160
International Programs 33
International Relations 153-154
International Student Services 16
International Students 33
International Studies 154-161
Internships 47, 4E-50, 134
Intertribal Student Union 31
Intramural Athletics 29
Japanese 176
KCMR Radio 29
Language Courses 106, 170-180
Learning Disabilities Program 30
Learning Laboratory 29, 30
Leave of Absence 52
Liberal Arts Perspectives 58-64
Library 4, 10, 39, 44
Lifetime Sports 58, 66
Linguistics 176
Loan Assistance 23
Location 4, 8, 272
Lutheran Leader Scholarships 23
Majors and Minors 4, 40-41, 74243
Management Information Systems 9496
Management Specialization 86
Maps 271, 272
Marketing Specialization 86
Master's Degrees 38, 50
Math Placement Group (MPG) 166
Mathematics 165-169
Mathematics Placement Group (MPG)
Requirements 94, 166
Media Center 44
Melby Hall 9
Memberships 4, 11
Memorial Hall 10, 29
Merit Scholarships 22
Metro Urban Studies 145-147
Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) 147
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership 31
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership
(MMEP) 10
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants 23
Minnesota Work Study Program 25
Minority Studies 66, 144
Minors 4, 40-41, 74-243
MIS Courses 94-96
Mission Statement 6
Modern Languages 170-180
Mortensen Tower 9, 35
Murphy Place 10
Murphy's 34
Music 181-192
Music Education 183-184
Music Ensembles 29, 182
Music Hall 9
Music Performance Major 181, 184-185
Music Therapy Major 184-185
Index
Natural Science 193-194
No-Credit Grades 66
Nordic Area Studies 148-150
Nordic Center 10
Norwegian 176177
Notification of Admissions Decision 14
Number Grades 66
Numbering of Courses 74
Nursing 195-198
Off-Campus Programs 4
Ojibwe 177-178
Old Main 9
Orchestra 29
Orientation @YE) 33
Ostfold, Norway Exchange Program
46, 158-159
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME) 23
Part-Time Students 18
Pass/No Credit 66
Pastor 28
Payments 19
Performance Studies 183
Performing Arts Scholarships 22
Perspective Requirements 59-64
Perspectives 58-64
Philosophy 199-202
Physical Disabilities Program 30
Physical Education 133-138
Physics 203208
Piano Proficiency Test 187
Policies 4, 10, 248
Political Science 209-214
Pre-Professional Programs 42
Pre-Registration 52
Prerequisites 74
President's Greeting 3
President's Office 249
President's Scholarships 22
Probation 70
Psychology 215-219
Refunds 20
Regents 246
Regents' Merit Scholarships 22
Registrar's Office 52
Registration 51
Religion 220-223
Religious Affiliation 4
Residence Life Program 35
Residence Requirements 56, 65
Room and Board 18
ROTC 45
Russian 178
Russian, Central and East European
Studies 224
ScandinavianStudies 225, 234
ScandinavianUrban Studies 47, 162-163
Scholarships 22-23
School Year 4
Science Hall 9
Secondary Education 117-121
Secondary Education Courses 118
Service-Learning 49
Sigma Pi Sigma 205
Skills Requirements 57-58
Social, Cultural, Recreational 28
Social Policy and Human Services in Latin
America 156
Social Studies 225
Social Welfare Minor 227
Social Work 226-230
Sociology 231-234
South American Urban Semester 163
Southern Africa Societies in Transition 157
Space Physics 204
Spanish 178-180
Special Education 121-122
Special Interest Housing 35
Special Students (Non-Degee) 15
Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts
235242
Sponsored Scholarships 25
Student Activities 33
Student Affairs 29, 249
Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 24
Student Employment 24
Student/Faculty Ratio 4
Student Government 28
Student Life 28-36
Student Newspaper 29
Student Project for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN) 4
Student Publications 29
Student Rights 28
Student standards of Behairior, Complaints,
Records 36
Student Teaching Abroad 48
Studio Art 77
Study Abroad 34, 45, 48
Summer School Office 52
Support Programs 30
Sverdrup Library 10
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10
Teaching Licensure (see also Majors) 42
Test Scores 14
Theatre Arts 239-242
Transcripts 14
Transfer Scholarships 22
Transfer Students 15, 53, 57
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 18-19
Tuition Grants 23
Tutor Center 30
Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural
Education 4
Urban Studies 147-148
Urban Studies Options 147-148
Urness Tower 10, 35
Veterans 71
W
Weekend College 50
Withdrawal from College 52
Women and Development: A Southern
Africa Perspective 46, 160-161
Women and Development: Latin American
Perspectives 46, 155
Women's Studies 150-152
Work Study Program 25
X, Y, Z
Yearbook 29
Youth and Family Institute 10
Show less
f
,
,
,
- - /
.
.
A
-LA--,--
b
I.
a & ' -
d
'
-
L'
_
-
1
, ,
'
'
.*
L
,1
L?
e:
c.:
.-
-1
'
:em7r.7
.-
"&
i" 2'-'
,:,
;,
"
Z
"J L!
(3 w s I ;
1 .c]
7,
,&, ,::
,
L 1
r-7
5
2
4
2
.
..
.
<.'
:
-.; ;
:
.
1
. -.
-
.
;.
, . .~.
-11
-
I
.G
-... Show more
f
,
,
,
- - /
.
.
A
-LA--,--
b
I.
a & ' -
d
'
-
L'
_
-
1
, ,
'
'
.*
L
,1
L?
e:
c.:
.-
-1
'
:em7r.7
.-
"&
i" 2'-'
,:,
;,
"
Z
"J L!
(3 w s I ;
1 .c]
7,
,&, ,::
,
L 1
r-7
5
2
4
2
.
..
.
<.'
:
-.; ;
:
.
1
. -.
-
.
;.
, . .~.
-11
-
I
.G
-.
.. -. - ,
.
K > 7 Z kP:
2 ?< ;z v-
-
Ll.
.,:t
-
. _
1
--
..A'
..
I . . "
. ..
:::
I
'-
- ..-
- --
2'
( I
f"
i
I
.?
,
-
.-
,
-IL
I
-
..
I..
--
-
.:,
:
4
.
. -
C
..
-
I
,'
I =
.:
.;.
I
I
-
.
-
.
,
,
--
,
-- I
I
:'
I
L
'
..
-
.
-1
--
4
11
-4'
A
-
L I
-
A Greeting
from the
President
Welcome to Augsburg College
from all of us who teach, study
and work here. It is always a
pleasure to introduce the
Augsburg experience to prospective students and to welcome
new and returning students.
Some people refer to us as "the
small town campus in the heart of
the city." That phrase does indeed
capture our character and our
strength as a college. Augsburg is
an affordable, quality liberal arts
college of the church, a place
where people know and care
about you. Here you can also gain
"real world" experience to complement your education - before
you enter the workplace for the
first time.
The College continues to grow
and build on its long tradition of
academic excellence. I invite you
to become a part of the Augsburg
experience by joining this caring
and diverse community of learners and teachers.
I look forward to meeting you
on campus.
Sincerely,
Charles S. Anderson, Ph.D.
President
Fall Term 1996
Summer .........................................
Freshman regstration
Sept. 1-3/Sun.-Tues. ....................New student orientation
Sept. 4/Wed. ................................. Upperclass validation
Sept. 4/Wed. .................................Classes begin
Sept. 10/Tues. ............................... Last day to register
Sept. 10/Tues. ............................... Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on
record
Oct. 25/Fri. ....................................Mid-term break begins
Nov. 8/Fri. .................................. Last day to designate grading option
Nov. 15/Fri. ..................................
Last day to withdraw from class
Nov. 18-Dec. 6/Mon.-Fri. ........... Interim registration
Nov. 18-Dec. 6/Mon.-Fri. ........... Spring term registration
Nov. 28/Thurs. .......................... Thanksgiving recess begins
Dec. 2/Mon. ..................................Classes resume
Dec. 13/Fri. ................................... Classes end
Dec. 16-19/Mon.-Thurs............... Final exams
Interim Term 1997
Jan. 6/Mon. ................................... Interim classes b e p
Jan. 7/Tues. ................................... Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without
notation on record
Jan. 17/Fri. ................................... Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from ,
class
Jan. 29/Wed. .................................Classes end
Spring Term 1997
Feb. 3/Mon. ................................... Classes begin
Feb. 7/Fri. ...................................... Last day to register
Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation
Feb. 7/Fri. ..................................
on record
Mar. 24/Mon. ................................Mid-term/Easter break begins
Apr. 1/Tues. ................................ Classes resume
.
......... Last day to designate grading option
Apr. 11/Fri. .................... .
Apr. 18/Fri. ................................... Last day to withdraw from a class
Apr. 28-May 9/Mon.-Fri. ............ Early regstration for fall
May 16/Fri ................................. Classes end
May 19-22/Mon.-Thurs. .............Final exams
May 25/Sun. .................................
Baccalaureate/Commencement
1997-1998 ACADEMIC
CALENDAR
rENTATlVE - CONSULT THE 1997-1998 ACTC CLASS SCHEDULE OR AUCSBURC
IECISTRAR'S OFFICE FOR CHANCES
Fall Term 1997
Summer .......................................... Freshman registration
Aug. 31-Sept. 2/Sun.-Tues. ........ New student orientation
Sept. 3/Wed. .................................
Upperclass validation
Sept. 3/Wed. .................................
Classes b e p
Sept. 9/Tues. .................................
Last day to register
3ept. 9/Tues. ................................. Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on
record
Dct. 24/Fri. .................................... Mid-term break b e p s
Nov. 7/Fri. ....................................Last day to designate grading option
Nov. 10-28/Mon.-Fri. .................. Interim regstration
Nov. 14jFri.. ................................. Last day to withdraw from class
Nov. 17-Dec. 5/Fri.-Fri................ Spring term registration
Nov. 27/Thurs. ............................. Thanksgving recess begins
Dec. 1/Mon. .................................. Classes resume
Dec. 12/Fri. ................................... Classes end
Dec. 15-18/Mon.-Thurs. .............. Final exams
Interim Term 1998
[an. 5/Mon. ...................................Interim classes begin
[an. 6/Tues. ................................... Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without
notation on record
[an. 16/Fri. .....................................Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from a
class
[an.28/Wed. .................................
Classes end
Spring Term 1998
Feb. 2/Mon. ...................................Classes begin
Feb. 6/Fri. .................................... Last day to register
Feb. 6/Fri. ...........................
.
......Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation
on record
Mar. 23/Mon. ................................Mid-term break begins
Mar. 3O/Mon.. ..............................Classes resume
Apr. 9/Thurs. ................................Last day to designate grading option
4pr. 10/Fri. ...................................Easter break begins
Apr. 14/Tues. ................................
Classes resume
Apr. 17/Fri. ...................................Last day to withdraw from a class
Apr. 20.-May l/Mon-Fri. ............ Early registration for fall
May 15/Fri ....................................
Classes end
May 18-Zl/Mon.-Thurs. ............. Final exams
May 24/Sun. ................................. Baccalaureate/Commencement
5
-
Area Code
612
Academic Advising ............................................................................................................
330-1025
330-1024
Academic Affairs ...................................................................................................................
Admissions .............................................................................................................................
330-1001
Toll free number ..............................................................................................1-800-788-5671
Alumni/Parent Relations .................................................................................................... 330-1171
330-1242
Athletics ..................................................................................................................................
Business Office (fees and accounts) ....................................
...............................................
330-102s
Career Services ......................................................................................................................330-1162
. .
College Pastor/Campus Mlrustry ....................................................................................330-1732
330-118C
College Relations (news and publications) ......................................................................
Conference/Events Coordinator ........................................................................................ 330-1105
,.,..................................... 330-1612
Development (financial gifts to the college) ............................
Facilities Management ......................................................................................................
330-1104
Financial Aid (scholarships) .................................... .....................................................
330-1046
General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ............................
330-100C
Graduate Programs ..............................................................................................................
330-17%
Human Resources .................................................................................................................330-1058
Interim Office.........................................................................................................................330-1024
330-100C
Lost and Found ......................................................................................................................
330-1219
President .................................................................................................................................
.
......................................................................................
Registrar ....................................... .
330-103t
Residence Life (Housing) ..............................................................................................330-1105
Student Activities Office ................................................................................................330-1113
Student Affairs ......................................................................................................................330-116C
Student Government Office ................................................................................................330-lllC
Summer School Office ..........................................................................................................330-179E
Weekend College ..................................................................................................................330-1782
Mailing Address:
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis. Minnesota 55454
Web Site Address:
http: / /www.augsburg.edu
Majors Offered - 8
About Augsburg - 9
Mission Statement - 9
History - 9
Campus Location - 11
Facilities and Housing Associated Support
Organizations- 13
Accreditation and
Membership - 14
Augsburg Facts and Fig1
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Administration/Finance
Business Adrninistration/Intemational
Business
Business Administration/Management
Business Administration/Marketing
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
General Communication Studies
Mass Communications
Organizational Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies (nonlicensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary (licensure)
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering
English
~ e i l t Education
h
History
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Applied Mathematics
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S. - Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physician Assistant
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies '
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Women's Studies
It is possible for students to complete
other majors through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Students who wish to do so must apply
through the Augsburg Registrar's Office.
Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of
Minnesota. It is possiblefor students to take beginning1
interrnediate/advanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese,
Russian, and other infrequently taught languages.
Students register directly with the ACTC o f i e .
'Dual degree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University.
A
\ t Augsburg College, we believe that
the college experience should be a time of
exploration, of discovery, of new experiences and new possibilities. We also
believe that a liberal arts education is your
best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing and complex world of
today and tomorrow. Upon graduation,
you will be able to demonstrate not only
the mastery of a major field of study, but
also the ability to think critically, solve
problems and communicate effectively.
Select from 50 majors
Augsburg offers more than 50 majors or you can create your own major either on
campus or through the Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See page 49 for
a complete list of majors and minors.) This
five-college consortium allows students to
take courses on other campuses without
charge. The ACTC includes Augsburg
College, Harnline University, Macalester
College, the University of St. Thomas, and
the College of St. Catherine.
We emphasize values, perspectives,
experience and skills
The heart of an Augsburg education is
the Augsburg Curriculum - the College's
general education program that structures
your liberal arts studies through challenging and thought-provoking courses that
require students to consider important
issues and examine values questions. These
liberal arts perspectives include western
heritage, intercultural awareness, human
identity, the social world, Christian faith,
the city, aesthetics and the natural world.
At the same time, courses across all
disciplines stress the skills that will serve
you for a lifetime - writing, speaking,
critical t h d u n g and quantitative reasoning, to name a few.
Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in
the heart of a thriving metropolitan area,
many courses are able to offer rich and
varied learning opportunities in real-life
situations through academic internships,
experiential education, volunteer community service and cultural enrichment. In a
sense, the resources of the Twin Cities are
an extended campus for Augsburg
students.
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, "Education for Service,"
and to the Mission of the College:
To nurture leaders in service to the world
by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and
shaped by the faith and values of the Christian
Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan
setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus
community.
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary
founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of
faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg,
Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in
September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The
first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and
the first graduation was in 1879.
l o About Augsburg
-
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The Focus Changed
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first
president (1869-1876).
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, Georg Sverdrup, Jr.,
became president. He worked to develop
college departments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg
admitted women in 1922 under the
leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of
Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
College as a teacher and administrator.
Professor Weenaas recruited two
teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal and
Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly
articulated the direction of Augsburg: to
educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister
to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students
for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan:
first, train ministerial candidates; second,
prepare future theological students; and
third, educate the farmer, worker and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg's
theme for over one hundred years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist"
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (1876-1907),required
students to get pre-ministerial experience
in city congregations. Student involvement
in the community gave early expression to
the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations
committed to congregational autonomy
and personal Christianity. This change
made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran
body. But the college division was still
important primarily as an attachment to
the s ~ m i n a ~ .
The College's mission assumed a
double character - ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962).His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College
was a larger part of the institution than the
seminary, and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modem
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With curriculum change came a long effort
to become accredited.
The College reached accreditation in
1954, although many alumni had entered
graduate schools and teaching positions
long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The Seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Serninarv) in St. Paul in 1963.
About Auasbura l1
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to nontraditional student
populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of
leadership the College became a vital and
integral part of the city. Also in these years,
Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen
Tower, Umess Tower, the Christensen
Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the
College since 1980. He guides Augsburg's
commitment to liberal arts education,
spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs and a curriculum
that draws on the resources of the city as
extensions of campus and classroom.
Augsburg continues to grow under his
leadership. Some of the accomplishments
during his tenure include instituting three
graduate degree programs, hosting
national and international figures at
College-sponsored forums and events,
increased accessibility, and the addition of
the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and
Communication and the Oscar Anderson
Residence Hall.
Augsburg continues to reflect the
commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative and
successful citizens;
The city -with all its excitement,
challenges and diversity - is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts
institution set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center. There are now more
than 13,000 Augsburg alumni. In a world
that has changed much since those first
days of the College, Augsburg still sends
out graduates who make a difference
where they live and work.
In addition to a traditional undergraduate liberal arts and sciences "day" program,
Augsburg offers a Weekend College
program for nontraditional students and
master's degree programs in social work,
leadership and education-leadership.
CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg's campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in
Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The
University of Minnesota West Bank
campus and one of the city's largest
medical centers -Riverside Medical
Center - is adjacent to the campus, with
the Mississippi River and the Seven
Comers theater district just a few blocks
away. Downtown Minneapolis and St.
Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports,
entertainment and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via
Interstate 94, whch forms the southern
border of the campus. (See map in back.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, and bus
or train connections can be made from all
areas of the United States.
l2 About Augsburg
W FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student
housing at Augsburg are conveniently
located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/
skyway system connects the two tower
dormitories, the five buildings on the
Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Murphy
Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Admissions Office - The central
Admissions Office is located at 628 21st
Avenue South and provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
American Indian Support Program
and Afrikana Support Program Offices Located at 620 21st Avenue South, these
programs provide support services and
information to American Indian and Black
students.
Anderson Hall -Named in honor of
Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg
College from 1963 to 1980, this residence
hall is the newest building on campus.
Located at 2016 S. Eighth Street, Anderson
Hall contains four types of living units and
houses 192 men and women and the
Physician Assistant Program. (1993)
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field - The
athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue
South, is the playing and practice field of
many of the Augsburg teams. An airsupported dome covers the field during the
winter months, allowing year-around use.
Center for Global Education Located at 609 22nd Avenue South,
provides offices for the Global Center staff
and a resource room for those interested in
global issues. It is also the office for the
Coordinator of Academic Programs
Abroad.
East Hall -Houses the Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership (MMEP)
and the Center for Atmospheric Space
Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and Communication Establishes a new "front door" for the
College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss
Center is named in recognition of the gifts
of Julian and June Foss and was built with
the additional support of many alumni and
friends of the College. The TjornhomNelson Theatre, Hoversten Chapel and the
Arnold Atrium are also housed in this
complex, which provides space for the
Campus Ministry program, drama and
communication offices. The Foss Center's
lower level is home to the Gage Family
Academic Enrichment Center, which
includes the Learning Skills Office, the
CLASS (Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services) Program, the Groves
Computer Lab, the Karen Housh Tutor
Center and the John Evans Learning
Laboratory. (1988)
Christensen Center - Center with
spacious lounges and recreational areas,
dining areas, bookstore and offices for student government and student publications.
The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center Named in 1991 to honor Jeroy C. Carlson,
senior development officer and former
alumni director, upon his retirement from
Augsburg. The Center also houses the
offices of Alumni/Parent Relations and is
located at 2124 S. Seventh Street.
College Relations House - Located at
709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for
College Relations staff, who oversee public
relations and publications for the College.
Ice Arena - Two large skating areas
for hockey, figure skating and recreational
skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan
community. (1974)
About Augsburg 13
Library/lnformation Technology
Center (under construction) - This new
four-level brick structure is scheduled to
open during the 1997-'98 academic year. It
will house all library functions and bring
together the computer technology resources of the College. construction is in
progress on the block of campus bordered
by 22nd and 21st Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and Seventh St.
Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S.
Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942,
basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department). It provides facilities for
the health and physical education program,
intercollegate and intramural athletics,
fitness center and general auditorium
purposes. (1961)
Mortensen Tower - Named in honor
of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from
1923to 1964), it has 104 one and twobedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and
spacious lounge areas. (1973)
Music Hall - Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios and offices for the
music faculty. (1978)
Old Main - Home for the Modem
Language and Art Departments, with
classrooms used by other departments.
Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main
combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included
on the National Register of Historic
Places. (1900)
Science Hall - Houses classrooms,
well-equipped laboratories, a mediumsized auditorium and faculty offices. In
1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the
roof was completed. (1949)
South Hall and Annex Houses - All
are located in or near the campus area and
provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
George Sverdrup Library - Named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it
contains reading rooms, seminar rooms,
work rooms, the Augsburg archives,
classrooms and faculty offices. (1955)
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Named in honor of Augsburg's second and
third presidents, it provides space for
administrative and faculty offices. (1938)
2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices
for Weekend College, Graduate and Special
Programs, Cooperative Education and
classrooms. (1964)
Urness Tower -Named in honor of
Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have
p e n several generous gfts to the College.
The tower provides living quarters for 324
students. Each floor is a "floor unit,"
providing 36 residents, housed two to a
room, with their own lounge, study and
utility areas. (1967)
ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and to programs which
increase both individual and group
understanding and achievement. In
addition to the programs listed below, the
College is also home to Elderhostel and
College of the Third Age programs.
Inter-Race: The International Institute
for Interracial Interaction - Inter-Race
facilitates interracial understanding in
families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides
training and consultation, research,
education, resource centers, publications,
l4 About Augsburg
-
public policy and legal study in five
centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st
Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (MMEP) -The Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a
nonprofit membership organization that
works closely with students, the communities of color and representatives from
education, business, government and nonprofits to develop programs that help
students of color succeed academically. By
drawing on the talents and resources of
others concerned with the success of
students of color, MMEP creates collaborative, workable approaches to complex
problems. MMEP believes that concentrating on the needs of students of color helps
them move from thinking to doing, from
wanting to having, and from dreaming to
achieving. The MMEP office is located in
East Hall.
Nordic Center - The Nordic Center
promotes interest in contemporary
Norway, encourages the pursuit of Nordic
studies and nurtures intercultural relations
between the United States and the five
Nordic nations of Denmark, Finland,
Iceland, Norway and Sweden. The Nordic
Center is located at 2400 Butler Place.
Augsburg Youth and Family Institute
- The Institute is designed to help
churches better serve the c h a n p g needs of
youth and families. The Institute offers
academic programs at both undergraduate
and graduate levels, as well as seminar1
workshops, a resource center and counseling services.
POLICIES
It is the policy of Augsburg College not
to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, gender,
sexual preference, marital status or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment
practices. Inquiries regarding compliance
may be directed to the coordinators listed
on page 44 or to the Director of the
Minnesota Department of Human Rights,
Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota
Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American
Chemical Society, the Council on Social
Work Education (BSW and MSW), National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and
the National League for Nursing.
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the National Association of
Schools of Music (NASM), the Council of
Independent Colleges, the American
Association of Colleges and Universities,
and the American Association of Higher
Education.
We are members of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America and Minnesota Private College
Council.
About Augsburg
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration
does not mean that credits earned at the
institution can be transferred to other
institutions or that the quality of the
educational programs will meet the
standards of every student, educational
institution or employer.
5
1 Location - Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
1 Religious Affiliation - The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 20 percent represent other
Protestant denominations and 21
percent represent the Roman Catholic
Church.
II Accreditation - North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education. Approved by the
American Chemical Society, Council on
Social Work Education, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schools of
Music, and National League for Nursing.
1 Member - Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education
Council in North America, Minnesota
Private College Council. Registered
with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board, as described on
page 14.
1 Enrollment (Fall 1995-'96) - 2,858
students from 37 states and 31 nations.
1 Graduates - 13,225 undergraduates
from 1870 through August 31,1995.
II StudentIFaculty Ratio - 14 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 20-25.
II Campus - 16 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-'80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
1 Accessibility - Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway-tunnel-elevator
system provides access to 10 major
buildings without going outside.
II Degrees Granted - B.A., B.S., B.M.,
M.A., M.S.W.
1 Financial Aid -Over 85 percent of the
students receive some form of fmancial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
II Library - Over 175,000 items, direct
access to over 1,300,000 through CLIC,
the Twin Cities private college library
consortium. The new Library and
Information Technology Center is
scheduled to open during the 1997-'98
academic year.
School Year - Semesters from September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, wifh January
Interim. Two summer school sessions.
Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June. Augsburg
Graduate Program - trimesters,
September to June.
LI Majors - More than 50 majors in 23
departments.
1 Off Campus Programs - Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA), International
Business Program, Upper Midwest
Association of Intercultural Education
(UMAIE) and extensive cooperative
education and internship programs.
1 Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),
and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division 111.
II Policy - Augsburg College does not
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual preference, marital status or
handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admission
policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
A
ugsburg College is looking for
students with intelligence and character.
We want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community, the College
community and the community at large.
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration
of each candidate's academic achievement,
personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and
potential for development as a student and
as a graduate of Augsburg College. The
College selects students on individual merit
without regard to race, creed, disability,
national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Visit the Campus
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities and academic atmosphere
is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an Admissions Counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg's Admissions staff is ready
to help students and parents with college
planning. Call any weekday between 8:00
a.m. and 4:30 p.m. - (612) 330-1001 or tollfree (800) 788-5678. We'll answer your
questions and arrange a tour for you
(including Saturday mornings during the
school year). The Admissions Office is
located on the comer of Seventh Street and
21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. (Please
call first.)
FRESHMEN
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for
admission and the essay and return them
to the Admissions Office together with the
nonrefundable $20 application fee.
Transcripts - An official transcript
from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Examinz
tion Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcripl
Test Scores - Freshman applicants are
required to submit results from the college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results
from SAT or PSAT are also accepted. It wil
suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
Additional Information- If there is
personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with a
Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information
has been received. For example, more
recent test scores, results of the present
semester's course work, additional letters
of recommendation or writing samples
may be requested by the Committee. If
additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions DecisionAugsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision, usually within two
Admissions
weeks after the application file is complete
md has been evaluated by the Admissions
Zomrnittee.
Confirmation of Admission -Ac:epted students who are applying for
'inancia1aid are asked to make a $100 *
uition deposit within 30 days of their
hancial aid notification. Extensions may
Je requested in writing to the Director of
Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applyng for financial aid are asked to make a
6100 * tuition deposit. Those students who
~ i s to
h live in College housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
*Nonrefundable after May 1.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who
~ i s to
h accelerate their educational proTarn may be granted admission to begin
ill-time work toward a degree after
:ompletion of their junior year or first
;emester of their senior year of high school.
4pplicants must complete the normal
~roceduresfor freshman applicants,
;ubmit two academic recommendations
rom their high school faculty and arrange
1 personal interview with the Director of
Jndergraduate Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are
nterested in the possibility of enrolling at
4ugsburg under the auspices of the
vlinnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
lptions Act should contact the Admissions
Iffice for specific information.
I TRANSFER STUDENTS
Augsburg College welcomes students
who wish to transfer from other accredited
:alleges or universities. College credit is
panted for liberal arts courses satisfacto-
rily completed at accredited institutions.
The College reserves the right not to grant
credit for courses where it considers the
work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional
credit for work taken at unaccredited
institutions and to require that certain
courses be taken at Augsburg.
Augsburg College limits transfer course
work from two-year colleges once a student
has reached junior status. If all transfer
work has been taken at a two-year college
as a freshman or sophomore, a maximum
of 17 Augsburg courses, or 96 quarter
credits, will be accepted toward the
number of Augsburg course credits
required for the baccalaureate degree.
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of 2.2 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work.
Acceptance of courses submitted for
transfer is done by the Office of the
Regstrar based upon the official student
transcript(s).Acceptance of courses
presented for a major or minor also
requires approval of the department.
Students transferring from the Minnesota State University and College System
who have completed the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum, have earned the
Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU
and have a 2.5/4.0 cumulative GPA or
higher will be given transfer status as
outlined below.
The following applies only to the
MNSCU AA graduate:
1. Admission will be with junior standing.
A maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent
courses (96 quarter credits or 64 semester
credits from a community college) will be
accepted once junior status is reached. No
additional courses may be transferred from
a community college.
19
- Admissions
2. All Augsburg general education
requirements will be waived except:
The City Perspective
Two courses in Christian Faith (any
two areas)
The language requirement as stated
One course that meets the quantitative
reasoning graduation skill requirement
One graduation skill writing course in
their major
become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
A transcript must be sent to the Admissions
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student
(non-degree)status is available from the
Admissions Office.
3. One interim course is required.
Note: Courses with D grades will not be
accepted as prerequisites or for application to
majors. Some Augsburg majors require additional prerequisite course work beyond the A.A.
degree. Also, the Physician Assistant major
requires a higher cumulative GPA than 2.5.
Students are advised to consult major departmentsfor major requirements upon transfer.
Admission to a major, as well as
admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental section of
this catalog.
W SPECIAL STUDENTS (SECOND DEGREE)
Students who have completed a four
year degree at an accredited college or
university may complete a second degree
at Augsburg College.
Depending on the student's previous
degree, completion of a second major (nondegree) may also be an option. Second
degree requirements include: a minimum
of eight course credits taken at Augsburg,
completion of a major, and completion of
any liberal arts requirements not covered
by the previous degree.
W FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without
requesting a leave of absence and who
wish to return must apply for readmission
through the Registrar's Office. Students
who have attended other institution(s) during their absence from Augsburg must
have an official transcript sent from each
institution to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee.
W SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DEGREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Subsequently they may
Augsburg welcomes students from
countries around the world. (See International Programs on page 42.)
International students should contact
the Admissions Office for an International
Student Application and information on
the application procedure. Applications
must be received two months prior to the
start of the semester: July 1for fall, Dec. 15
for spring.
For more information, call (612) 330-1001
or 1-800-788-5678 (toll free), or write to:
International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
II
1
>:.-
'
I..
-1
1
.-
II
.
'2
I
.
.-
-
- -- II
1
---
C
--.I
. .
!, .
..
! I
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
I
,
1
I
I '
1
11
College Costs
Tuition and Fees - 22
Room and Board -22
Special Fees - 22
Deposits and Payments - 23
Financial Policies
Refunds - 24
Financial Aid
How and When to Apply - 26
Kinds of Aid
Merit Scholarships - 27
Gift Assistance - 28
Loan Assistance - 28
Student Employment - 29
Sponsored Scholarships - 30
A
11students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts
education costs more than tuition and fees
cover. The College raises that difference in
gfts - from alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
church, friends, foundations and endowment income.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course ..................................... $
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on
students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
Room Rent
(includes telephone
and basic service) ......................... $ 2,45(
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 1996-'97 academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
1 TUITION, FEES, ROOM AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment) ................. $13,140
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September 1996. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more courses during the semester terms.
The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts and lectures.
The amount is payable in two equal
installments at the beginning of each
semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course .................. 16 1,420
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate
for that course.
536
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate
for that course.
(Room rates and housing options are
available through the Office of Residence
Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week)
........................
$ 2,3W
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week)
........................
Flex 5 point plan ..........................
Student Activity Fee .....................
$ 2,27t
$ 2,071
$
13(
1 OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NONREFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Student Activity Fee (part-time
students) .................................
$ 61
ACTC Bus (full-time
students only)............................. $ 1t
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ...................... $ 2!
Registration Change after first five
days (cancel/add/change/grade
option, or combination
at one time)
$ !
Music Therapy Internship
(one-half course credit) ............... $ 53(
Private Music Lessons, per ,
semester (14 lessons)
$ 30'
...
...............,..............
..................
Financial Information 23
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ................. $ 55
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) ................ $ 110
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) ........... $213
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Application (new and/or
special students) ......................... $
Vursing Comprehensive Exam ......... $
Locker Rental (commuters) ............... $
Student Parking Lot Permit
- car .......................................... $
-motorcycle ............................. $
rranscript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) .............. $
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
20
16
30
90
45
2
(Scheduleon file
in Registrar's Ofice)
I BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to be $585 per
{ear.
B DEPOSITS
inrollment Deposit
(nonrefundable) .......................
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by the
contract. New contracts may be terminated
for Fall or Spring Term by following the
conditions delineated in the housing
contract. The resident will be responsible
for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the
new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for
Fall Semester or January 1for Spring
Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the
$100 deposit as a service charge. The entire
deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is
after these dates.
$ 100
Required of all new students after
icceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is
zredited to the student's account only when
us/her enrollment is terminated. Any net
:redit balance (after all charges and/or
ines) will be refunded upon request of the
itudent. For more information, contact the
4dmissions Office.
-lousing Damage Deposit ............... $ 100
Required of all resident students at the
ime of signing a contract, to reserve a
lousing assignment. This deposit is
setained against damages and/or fines and
PAYMENTS
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of
each semester a Statement of Estimated
Charges showing basic charges and
financial aid credits designated by the
Student Financial Services Office is sent to
the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1)Annual
payments, due August 15 as billed;
(2) Semester payments, due August 15 and
January 15 as billed; (3) Payment Plan Upon application and after College
approval, a three-month plan is available
each semester. Details are included with
the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) 10-month
Payment Plan - Upon application, College
approval, and payment of a $50 adrninistrative fee, the annual charges may be paid
in 10 equal installmentsbeginning July 15
and ending April 15. No finance charge
will be assessed on accounts which are
current. An application will be sent upon
request.
Financial Information
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of 1percent per month on any account
with an open balance of 30 days or more or
on a 10-month payment plan is wluch
payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis,
payable in two equal installments at the
beginning of each semester.
Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release
academic student transcripts until all
student accounts are paid in full or, in the
case of student loan funds administered by
the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan
including the National Defense and
National Direct Student Loans and the
Nursing Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment
schedules and the loan entrance and exit
interviews have been completed.
for tuition and/or room (except for the
minimum deduction of $100 to cover
administrative costs).
Augsburg College Refund Policy:
Applies to Augsburg students who
withdraw from all courses in a term and
are not receiving Federal Title IV financial
aid (Federal Title IV financial aid includes
the Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan and PLUS Loan). This policy
also applies to all students who drop
courses during a term.
Refund Amount
100%
Through the first five days of
classes (less $100 administrative
fee)
90%
From the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes
80%
From the 11th day through the
15th day of classes
70%
From the 16th day through the
20th day of classes
60%
From the 21st day through the
25th day of classes
50%
From the 26th day of classes
through the midpoint of the
term.
W REFUNDS
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of a
portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid
may be adjusted for those students who
withdraw from the College or drop
course(s) and receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from
Augsburg should complete the Leave of
AbsencelWithdrawal from College form
available in the Academic Advising Center
or the Registrar's Office. It must be filled
out completely, signed and turned in to the
Regstrar's Office. Students who properly
withdraw, change to part-time, are
dismissed or are released from a housing
contract will have their accounts adjusted
Refund Period
Pro-Rata Refund Policy: Applies to
Augsburg students who withdraw from al:
courses during their first term at Augsburg
and receive Federal Title IV financial aid
(Federal Title IV financial aid includes the
Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan and PLUS Loan).
Tuition, fees and room costs will be
calculated based on the pro-rated portion
of the term completed. The student may bc
eligible for a pro-rata refund up to the 60
percent point in time of the term. The
student account will be credited for that
portion of tuition and room for which the
Financial Information 25
student was not enrolled. This calculation
will use federal govenunent guidelines.
All students who wish to be considered
for financial assistance must establish
financial aid eligibility on an annual basis.
This includes completing the application
process as outlined below and meeting the
academic progress standards outlined in
the brochure, Academic Progress Standards
for Financial Aid. This brochure is available
Augsburg College is required by federal from Student Financial Services and is
regulations to complete two refund calcula- distributed to students on an annual basis.
tions for students who have completed at
Financing higher education could be the
least one full term at Augsburg and receive most significant investment a person or
Title IV funds. Refunds will be based on
family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning
and wise choices are important, not only in
the calculation which provides for the
choosing a college, but also in the methods
greatest refund of tuition, fees and room
used to pay for it. Augsburg College,
charges to the student's account and the
through its Office of Student Financial
greatest refund of financial aid dollars to
Services, will help students and their
the fund from which they were awarded.
families protect access to a quality
The refund calculations used are the
Augsburg education in a time of increasing
Augsburg College Refund Policy as stated
financial challenge.
above and the Federal Refund Policy as
stipulated by federal guidelines stated
Financial assistance awarded through
below.
Augsburg may be a combination of
Federal Refund Policy: Applies to
returning Augsburg students who withdraw from all courses for the current term
and receive Federal Title IV financial aid
(Federal Title IV financial aid includes the
Pel1 Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan and PLUS Loan).
Refund Amount
Refund Period
100%
Through the first day of classes
(less $100 administrative fee)
90%
After the first day of classes
through the 10 percent point in
time of the term
50%
After the 10 percent point in time
through the 25 percent point in
time of the term
25%
After the 25 percent point in time
through the 50 percent point in
time of the term
Students may appeal refund decisions
through the Petition Committee.
scholarships, grants, loans and part-time
work opportunities. The College cooperates
with federal, state, church and private
agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 1995-'96 academic year,
nearly eight out of 10 students at Augsburg
received financial assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid supplements
student and family resources.
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA)and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application help determine
the amount of assistance for which a
student is eligible. This analysis takes into
account such family financial factors as
current income, assets, number of depen-
- Financial Information
dent family members, other educational
expenses, debts, retirement needs and
special considerations.
HOWTO APPLY
The following are required to process
your financial aid application:
1.Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular
student or be a returning student in good
academic standing with the College.
2. Complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)or the
Renewal FAFSA. FAFSA forms are
available from the Student Financial
Services Office at Augsburg College or
from high school guidance counselors.
Renewal FAFSAs will be mailed to those
students who applied for assistance during
the prior school year. Be sure to include
the Augsburg College Code, 002334, on
your application. Mail your application to
the processing agency after Jan. 1.
Applications must be mailed by April 15
for priority consideration.
3. Complete the Augsburg Financial
Aid Application and submit it to Student
Financial Services.
4. All applicants (and parents of dependent students) are required to provide a
copy of their most recent federal income
tax retum and W-2(s). Spouse's tax returns
are also required if filing separately.
5. New transfer students must submit a
financial aid transcript from each postsecondary institution previously attended
before financial aid will be offered. Forms
are available from the Admissions or
Student Financial Services offices.
WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?
Once all documents are received, we
,.nx,;n..,
+Lo & n C , n A C , l
-;A
C,--l;ooG?.-
+A
determine financial aid eligibility for all
available programs. A financial aid
package will be sent to the student. This
package includes:
Letter detailing the financial aid
award
Information regarding financial aid
programs and requirements for continued
eligibility
Subsidized/Unsubsidized Stafford
loan application promissory note
Students are encouraged to complete
and retum one copy of their award letter to
Student Financial Services. In addition, the
student must complete and return the
Stafford loan application promissory note
to receive Stafford loan funds. Applications
for the SELF loan and the Parent PLUS loan
are sent upon request.
KINDS OF AID
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships,
grants and loans that might be available in
their own communities. It is worthwhile to
check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs and fraternal organizations for information on aid available
to students who meet their requirements.
In addition to these sources, some students
are eligible for aid through Vocational
Rehabilitation, Educational Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children and other sources.
,
>
S,K
.--
;
>LC'&
,
,J.
,'. ,, - ,
,-
-
".< LL :\>
;'
Merit Scholarships
President's Scholarships - President's
Scholarships, which assure g f t assistance
equal to tuition, are awarded annually to
the most academically qualified full-time
freshmen students. These scholarships are
awarded without regard to need. The
awards are renewable for three years based
on academic performance at Augsburg.
Because this is a unified program, full
tuition is assured; that is, the College
guarantees the difference between nonAugsburg grants and scholarships (such
as state scholarships, Pel1 grants, etc.) and
full tuition. Special application is due
Feb. 15. Details are available from the
Admissions Office.
Regents' Scholarships - The Regents'
Scholarships are awarded to incoming fulltime freshmen of lugh academic achievement. Depending on high school class rank
or college entrance test score, Augsburg
will award scholarships of $1,500 to $5,000
each, renewable each year, regardless of
financial need. No special application is
required, but application for admission
must be made by May 1.
Regents' Transfer Scholarships Regents' Transfer Scholarships are
awarded to all transfer students who are
transferring from a two-year college with a
minimum of 84 quarter credits (56 semester
credits) and at least a 3.0 cumulative GPA.
Depending on college GPA, Augsburg will
award scholarships of $3,000 to $5,000 per
year to full-time transfer students in the
day schedule regardless of financial need.
No special application is required, but
application for admission must be made by
May 1.
Transfer Merit Scholarships Transfer Merit Scholarships up to $5,000
are available to full-time students in the
-
,
FC:
J
-r-; -
.3
'
,
< . '
it.q5
-
Financial Information
--
day schedule who are direct transfers to
Augsburg College following two years of
full-time study at a community college or
other approved two-year college. Students
must have maintained at least a 3.3 GPA on
a 4.0 scale and accumulated a minimum of
84 quarter credits in transfer. Scholarships
are awarded without regard to need and
will be renewed for a second year based on
a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0. Special
application is due May 1. Details are
available from the Admissions Office.
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships These new scholarships are designated for
transfer students from community colleges
who are members of Phi Theta Kappa. To
qualify for one of these $5,000 annual
renewable awards, students must have
completed at least 84 credits and have a
minimum GPA of 3.3 during two years of
full-time study. Award decisions are based
on academic record, letters of recomrnendation, co-curricular activities and a
personal statement. Application deadline is
May 1.
Performing Arts Scholarships - These
recognize student excellence in music or
theater. Students with talents in music
(vocal or instrumental), acting, stage design
or production are qualified for this $1,500
annual award. Selection is based on
individual performance auditions, good
academic standing and letters of recommendation. These scholarships are renewable as students maintain involvement with
a co-curricular performance group.
Application deadline is Feb. 15.
Hoversten Peace Scholarships Recognize students who have demonstrated a commitment to peace, service and
community. Examples of involvement of
recent scholarship recipients included
Amnesty International, Habitat for
27
-
28 Financial Information
-
Humanity, community service and church
activities. Application deadline is March 15.
Community and Public Service
Scholarships - Recognize students of high
academic ability for their demonstrated
contribution to community or public
service. Students eligible for this $2,000
annual, renewable scholarship are those
who have actively participated in community or public service projects and are
planning careers in this area of study.
Application deadline is March 15.
Lutheran Leader Scholarships These scholarships recogruze incoming
freshman of high academic achievement
with a demonstrated record of leadership
within their congregations. Students
eligible for the $1,500 annual renewable
award are those who rank in the top 30
percent of their high school class and have
the recommendation of their pastor.
Application deadline is Feb. 15.
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME) Awards -Augsburg
College will match the first $500 a year of a
student's scholarship or grant from a
Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or
grant check from the congregation must be
received at Augsburg by Oct. 1.
Gif? Assistance (Need Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available
to students who have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A
student's academic performance, financial
need, and high school and community
involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships
and Grants - Awarded by the state to
Minnesota residents who have financial
eligibility. For 1995-'96, these ranged from
$300 to $5,890.
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grants - A federal program
administered by the College. To be eligible,
a person must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, have exceptional financial
need as defined by the program and be
capable of maintaining satisfactory
academic standing at the College. Awards
range up to $4,000 annually.
Federal Pell Grants - Federal Pel1
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education and
are based on financial need as defined by
program guidelines. The maximum grant
for 1995-'96 was $2,340. Application is
made by filing the FAFSA.
Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and
State Indian Scholarships - Bureau of
Indian AffairsITribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
AffairsITribal and State Gdian Scholarships, students must be of 1/4 degree
Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a
federally recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary. Contact the American
Indian Support Program Office. Indian
grants supplement all other forms of
financial aid. Questions may be directed to
the American Indian Support Office on
campus or to your local BIA, Tribal or State
Indian Education Office.
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan -A
federally funded program administered
through Augsburg College for students
who demonstrate financial eligibility. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to
be made on the principal at any time you
own onwr\lloA
o t l o o c t h o l f t i m n
C4mnlo
Financial Information
interest of 5 percent and repayment of
principal (at the minimum of $40 a month)
begin nine months after you leave school.
Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The
loan offers a teacher cancellation clause.
The maximum which may be borrowed for
undergraduate study is $15,000 ($30,000
including graduate school).
Federal Stafford Student Loans
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
lender or state agency in states which
provide such programs. Subsidized
Stafford Loans are need-based loans which
the federal government subsidizes by
paying the interest while the student is in
school and during the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,
interest begins accruing on the date of
disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may
choose to make payments while in school
or may defer payments and allow interest
to accrue and be capitalized (added to the
balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan is variable and changes
annually on July 1,based on the 91-day
Treasury Bill.
The following borrowing limits
apply to the Stafford Loan program after
July 1,1994:
Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Aggregate maximum: $46,000 (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized)
Federal Nursing Student Loan -A
federal program with provisions similar to
the Federal Perkins Student Loan program,
but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the
baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients
must have financial need and be registered
at least half time. The maximum loan is
$4,000 per year.
Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS)
- PLUS is a loan program to help parents
meet college costs of their dependent
children. Parents may borrow up to the
cost of attendance (minus other aid).
Repayment begins within 60 days of check
disbursement at a variable interest rate not
to exceed 9 percent and a minimum
payment of $50 per month. Application
forms are available at Augsburg College or
the lending institution.
The Student Educational Loan Fund
(SELF) - SELF is administered through the
Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office. Applications are available from the
Office of Student Financial Services.
Undergraduate freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $4,500 per year
minus any other student loan indebtedness;
juniors and seniors up to $6,000 year.
Maximum undergraduate borrowing is
$25,000. The minimum loan amount per
year is $500. The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begin 90 days after the
loan is disbursed and continue quarterly
thereafter, while the student is enrolled.
Principal payments begin the 13th month
after you leave school. There are no
deferments.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students. Assignment is
based on need and potential competence in
29
30 Financial Information
-
performing the duties assigned. Part-time
work provided by the College is considered
financial aid, just like scholarships, loans
and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of
on-campus employment per week is
recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee.
Federal College Work Study Program
and Minnesota State Work Study
Program - Under these programs the
federal or state government supplies funds
on a matching basis with the College to
provide part-time work opportunities.
Augsburg College, through generous
gifts from alumni, faculty, staff and friends
of the College, offers more than 400
sponsored scholarships.
All returning students are encouraged
to apply for these funds by completing the
Sponsored Scholarship Application. This
form is available each February for the
upcoming school year. Selection is based on
academic achievement, financial need and
selection criteria established by the donor.
A list of scholarships follows.
Note: For a complete description of
Augsburg scholarships, request a copy of
the Scholarship Catalog Supplement from
the Office of Admissions.
* Indicates endowed scholarships.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ADC TelecommunicationsScholarships
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational
Foundation Scholarships
Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship*
Class of 1931 Scholarship*
Dain Bosworth/IFG Foundation Scholarship
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson
Memorial Scholarship*
Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*
E.W. Hallet Scholarship
W.R. Hotchkiss Foundation Scholarship
Reuben I. and Marion Hovland Scholarship*
Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson and
Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*
Jostens Foundations Scholarships
Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship
Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Liberal Arts Scholarships
Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship
Northern States Power Company Scholarship
Norwest Foundation Scholarship
Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarshipa
Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*
Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship
Casey A.T. O'Neil Foundation Scholarship
Pentair Challenge Program Scholarship
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund*
Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*
Rahr Foundation Scholarships
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship*
St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial
Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*
UPS Foundation Scholarship
Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial Scholar-L.
-*
Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment
Fund*
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship*
I SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
lohn Andrew Adam Memorial Scholarship*
Aid Association for Lutherans
Alne-Swensen Scholarship*
American Express Minnesota Foundation/
IDS Financial Service, Inc.
C.A.L. and Esther Anderson Scholarship
Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity
Scholarship*
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*
leroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship*
Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson
Scholarship*
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship*
Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship*
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*
lulian P. Foss Scholarship*
Kay Halverson Scholarship*
Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*
King Harald Scholarship
Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund*
Hormel Foods Company Scholarship
Hoversten Peace Scholarship*
hternational Dairy Queen, Inc. Scholarship
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*
I'orgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial
Scholarship*
Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*
Mary E. Larsen International Studies
Scholarship*
Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship*
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior
College Scholarship
Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity
Scholarship
McVay Foundation Scholarship*
Financial Information 31
Minnesota Power Company Scholarship
Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)
Monson Scholarship*
Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship*
Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship*
Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*
Timothy 0 . Olson Memorial Scholarship*
Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation
Scholarship
ReliaStar Foundation Scholarship
Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial Scholarshp*
John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*
Student Government Alumni Scholarship
Dr. James L. Tuohy Scholarship
MULTICULTURAL/INTERNATlONAL
STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship*
Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian
Scholarship*
CBS Foundation Scholarship
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial
Scholarship*
Cargill Foundation American Indian
Scholarship
First Bank System Foundation Scholarship
General Mills Foundation Scholarship
General Mills Southeast Asian Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan American Indian
Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan Food Sector Foundation Scholarship*
Hearst American Indian Scholarship*
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship*
Kerridge/Mueller American Indian
Scholarship
Little Six, Inc. Scholarship*
McKnight Foundation Scholarship
Financial Information
Medtronic Foundation Scholarship
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership
Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship*
Prairie Island Indian Community Scholarship*
Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota Community Scholarship*
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial
Scholarship*
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Teaching Assistants scholarship
James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship
Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th
Anniversary Scholarship*
UPS Foundation
West Publishing Company Scholarship
Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile
Mission Scholarship*
Women of the ELCA (Evangelical Lutheran
Church in America) Native Women's
Achievement Award
PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Margaret E. Andrews Public Service
Scholarship Fund
Kleven Public Service Scholarship Fund
Person Public Service Scholarship Fund
Adeline Marie (Rasmussen)Johnson
Memorial Scholarship*
Martin 0 . and Sylvia A. Sabo Scholarship
for Leadership in Public and Community
Service
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in
Urban Affairs*
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Art
Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*
Queen Sonja Art Scholarship
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarslup*
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*
Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship*
Robert D. and Carolyn W. Odegard
Scholarship
James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*
Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*
Biology
Biology Scholarships
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Biology Scholarship*
Business Administration1Accounting1
Economics
Allianz Life Insurance Company Scholarship
Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial
Scholarship*
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship
Fund*
Farmers Insurance Group of Companies
Scholarship
Forss-Herr Scholarship*
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*
Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*
Minnesota Mutual Life Scholarship
David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship*
Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen Scholarship
Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship*
Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*
Chemistry
Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship
Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni
Scholarship*
Chemistry Department Scholarships
Financial Information
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Chemistry Scholarship
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry
Scholarships*
Dr. Bemhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*
Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History
Scholarship*
Education
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music
Scholarship*
Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music
Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*
Marjorie and James R. Gronseth Jr. Memorial Music Scholarship*
Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship*
0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*
Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial
Choral Scholarship*
Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music
Scholarship*
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*
Kenneth 0 . Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus
Music Scholarship*
Arthur Carl Marnmen Music Scholarship*
Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*
Music Education Scholarship
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship*
Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial Scholarship*
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Music)
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental
Music Scholarship*
St. John's Lutheran Church - John Norris
Memorial Scholarship*
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*
S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*
Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship*
David Mathre Scholarship*
Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial
Scholarship*
Barbara Tjomhom and Richard K. Nelson
Scholarship*
English
Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship*
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*
Foreign Language
Emil M. Fossan Modem Language Scholarship*
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language
Scholarship*
Theodore and Virginia Menzel Scholarship*
Health-Related
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association
Scholarship*
Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Minnesota
Scholarship
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial
Scholarship*
Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship*
Dr. James L. Tuohy Scholarship
History
Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History
Award
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship*
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*
Mathematics and Computer Science
Allianz Life Insurance Company Scholarship
Mathematics Scholarship
Music
33
34 Financial Information
-
String Scholarships
John and Vera Thut Scholarship*
Tinseth Music Education Scholarship
Nordic Area Studies
Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship*
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey
Scholarship*
Physics
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*
Alfred A. Iverson Scholarship
NASA Space Grant Scholarship
Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship*
Political Science
Myles Stenshoel Scholarship"
Psychology
Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*
Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship
Religion and Christian Service
Scholarships
C.A.L. and Esther J.E. Anderson Scholarship*
Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson Scholarship
Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance
Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship*
Luthard 0 . Gjerde Scholarship*
Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship*
Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship*
Arnold and Neda Hardel Memorial
Scholarship*
Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial
Scholarship*
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*
Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*
Onesirnus Scholarship*
Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship*
Johan H. 0 . Rodvik Memorial Scholarship'
Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren
Scholarship*
Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack Scholarship*
Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Mission
ary Scholarship Fund*
Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*
Social Work
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship*
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students*
Bodo F. Suemnig Memorial Scholarship*
Lisa M. Weeding Memorial Scholarship
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship*
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*
Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama)
Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/
Religion Scholarship*
Campus Ministry - 36
Student Government - 36
Student Activities - 36
Social, Cultural, Recreational
Fine Arts - 37
Athletics & Sports - 37
Intramurals - 37
Student Affairs - 38
Academic Enrichment - 38
Program for Students with
Disabilities (CWS) - 38
I
T I P ~ ~ ~ I P ~ ; CLi:c
~ . L Pro:]rClm - 12
- :
,I I:.
- r -. : ,
-
>,v:-81,;
!
8
I
In
.
-
I
-
I
.
I
I
1
''
Colleae Policies - A3
Student Standards of Behavior,
Complaints, Records - 43
Family Educational Rights
and Pr~vacyAct - 43
Discrimination Complainb - 44
E
xperiences in the classroom are an
impo&t part of college life, but learning
and development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as
academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide
for students to explore their own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each day
to give thanks and hear the Gospel
proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gfts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor and Campus
Ministry staff have offices in the Foss,
Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama
and Communication and are available for
spiritual guidance, counseling, support or
information.
Through student government students
secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and
faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student
government also sponsors and directs
student activities, protects student rights
and provides the means for discussions
and action on all issues pertaining to
student life at Augsburg.
Student government is organized into
the executive branch, the legislative branch
and the judicial branch. Elections are held
in the spring for the next year. Freshmen
elect their representatives in the fall of their
first year. Many kinds of involvement are
possible -program planning, writing,
editing or service opportunities. If you
want to get involved, contact the president
or vice president of the Student Body in
their offices in the lower level of the
Christensen Center.
The Student Activities program creates
opportunities for students to enhance their
leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities and
organizations which serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming
Student Life
efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through
these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic
and enjoyable interactive environment.
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities take place on campus
as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, films, theme
events, name entertainment and visiting
personalities in various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of
leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's
Attic (the gameroom and student lounge) is
a popular hangout located in the lower
level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests
meet here. Student offices in this area
include the College newspaper, the
Augsburg Echo; the yearbook, The
Augsburgian; Student Government and the
Augsburg Student Activities Council.
KCMR, a student-operated nonprofit radio
station serving the needs of Augsburg and
the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess Tower.
FINE ARTS
Students have many opportunities to
participate in music and drama. In addition
to appearing on campus and in the city, the
Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and
Orchestra perform on national and
international tours. Many other ensembles
are available to cover the entire range of
musical styles and previous musical
experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of
the Theatre Arts Deparbnent and have the
opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
workshops with visiting arts professionals.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and is a member of the National
Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA)
Division IU.Men annually compete in
football, soccer, cross country, basketball,
ice hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track
and field and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer,
basketball, ice hockey, softball, tennis, track
and field and golf.
When Augsburg announced on Feb. 17,
1995 that it was adding women's ice hockey
as a varsity sport, it became the first college
or university in Minnesota to do so. The
women's ice hockey program at Augsburg
offers participants the same opportunities
that the men's program receives.
INTRAMURALS
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check schedules for times when there
is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
SPORTS AND RECREATION
At Augsburg, sports are for the average
student as well as the intercollegiate
athlete. The campus offers on a space
available basis a double-rink ice arena,
gymnasium, six tennis courts, a fitness
center with workout machines and weight
room, and an air supported dome over the
athletic field for winter fitness use by
walkers and runners. (See Fitness Center
on Dage 41.)
37
38 Student Life
-
The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services
and activities dedicated to complementing
and enhancing students' educational
experience and the academic programs of
Augsburg College. These programs,
services and activities provide students
with an enriched collegiate experience
which celebrates our rich diversity of
student needs and interests; attends to the
social, cultural and career development of
students; and enhances students' academic
performance through direct intervention
and environmental management. The
following information provides a brief
introduction to the major efforts of the
Student Affairs Division.
GAGE FAMILY ACADEMIC ENRICHMENT CENTER
The Gage Family Academic Enrichment
Center, located in Rooms 17 and 18 of Foss
Center is designed to offer students study
skills assistance so that they may achieve
academic success. The Center contains four
offices: The Learning Skills Office, The
Tutor Center, The Learning Laboratory,
and The Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS).
The Learning Center, located in Room
17, Foss Center, assists students in improving their skills in such areas as time
management, notetaking, textbook reading
and comprehension, test-taking, and
concentration and memory improvement.
Diagnostic testing is also available to assess
skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling,
study strategies and leafning styles. The
staff will assist students in developing
effective and efficient study skills.
The Karen M. Housh.Tutor Center,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges
for students to meet with tutors for content
tutoring in most freshman and sophomorelevel courses. The Center also notifies
students of tutoring labs available, as well
as supplementary instruction sessions, in
which tutors attend the classes and lead
discussions after class on major concepts of
the course.
The JohnEvans Learning Laboratory,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers
students the opportunity to improve skills
in reading, writing and mathematics
through the use of computer software.
Tutors are available to demonstrate the
uses of the software, and students are able
to monitor their progress.
PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH
DISABILITIES (CLASS)
The CLASS program serves over 150
students and is recognized nationally as a
leader in the field of educating students
with diagnosed learning and physical
disabilities. The CLASS program is a logica
outgrowth of the College's commitment to
provide a high quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds
experiences and preparation. Augsburg ha:
a commitment to recruit, retain and
graduate students with learning and
physical disabilities who demonstrate the
willingness and ability to participate in
college-level learning.
The staff includes four licensed learning
disabilities specialists, a physical disabilities specialist, and accommodation
specialists, who supervise work-study
students and coordinate accommodation
services for students. One-on-one meetings
between students and specialists are the
centerpiece of the program model. Accommodations include individualized academic support, testing arrangements, tapec
Student Life 39
:extbooks, peer tutors, securing notetakers,
vccess to and training on computers, and
~daptivetechnology, such as a Braille
?rinter, dictation and voice recognition
joftware, and adaptive keyboard equipment. Modified and accessible dormitory
rooms are available.
ship applications, orientation and registration, course work selection, individual education plans, academic advising, career
counseling, employment, community and
professional referrals, internships, student
housing and crisis intervention. It advises
and supports the Intertribal Student Union.
The Groves Computer Lab is especially
lesigned for students with disabilities and
:ontains computers and adaptive equipment
to assist them in their academic progress.
Intertribal Student Union: lTSU serves
as a peer support group for incoming and
currently enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and co-sponsors
cultural events.
During the 1980s Augsburg spent
nearly one million dollars to make the
:ampus accessible to persons with physical
disabilities by constructing a skywaytunnel-elevator system that connects 10
major buildings. Augsburg has the oldest
md most extensive learning disabilities
program among the private colleges in
Minnesota.
For more information, please contact
the CLASS office at 612-330-1053 to request
3 copy of the CLASS brochure and/or
schedule an appointment with a specialist.
I AMERICAN INDIAN SUPPORT
PROGRAM
The American Indian Support Program,
located at 621 21st Avenue South, is a
multifaceted office established in 1978 to
recruit and retain American Indian
students. It is a national model of success
and continues to have one of the highest
retention and graduation rates of Indian
students in the state of h4innesota.
Components of the program are:
American lndian Support Services:
Assistance in admissions procedures,
financial aid procedures including BIA,
Tribal and Minnesota Indian State Scholar-
Minnesota lndian Teacher Training
Partnership: MNITm is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis Public School District,
intended to increase the number of
American Indian teachers in the Minneapolis public schools. Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990, this project is
designed as a special grant and loan
forgiveness program. Students who are
awarded state teaching licensure may then
apply for loan forgiveness for each year the
student teaches, one fifth of the loan will be
forgiven.
American lndian Studies Minor: An
academic component encompassing the
range of American Indian contributions to
North American culture. Courses offered
include art, religion, history, literature,
Ojibwe language and women's issues. For
more information, contact Dr. Virginia
Allery, 6121330-1385, or see course listings
under Interdisciplinary Studies in the
academic section of the catalog.
Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000
books, a variety of journals and scholarly
publications, research materials, American
Indian magazines and newspapers and
over 125 VHS videos are housed in the
Sverdrup Library and at the American
Indian Support Program Office. The library
Student Life
project offers both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of
various tribal nations in the United States.
ASIAN AMERICAN SUPPORT
PROGRAM
The Asian American Support Program
was created in 1992 to recruit and retain
Asian American students and to enhance
the quality of their total experience while at
Augsburg College. The program seeks to
create opportunities where Asian American
students can be involved in and contribute
to all aspects of academic and student life.
The Program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and
course work selection, career development,
academic and non-academic difficulties,
and employment and placement referrals.
The Asian American Association is
affiliated with the Support Program. The
Association carries out various activities
during the academic year to increase the
network of friendship and support for Asian
American and other students at Augsburg.
AFRIKANA SUPPORT PROGRAM
The Afrikana Support Program is
committed to enhancing the education and
personal development of students of
African descent, and to promote cultural
and historical awareness, academic
achievement and social interaction. It
sponsors events and activities, such as
celebrating Martin Luther King's birthday,
Afrikana History Month, the Each One
Reach One mentoring program and
Augsburg Black Alumni Council gatherings.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
provides support to students, including a
schedule of social and cultural activities.
The headquarters is in the Afrikana
Support Program Office, as is the PanAfrikan Center.
HISPANIC/LATINO SUPPORT
PROGRAM
The Hispanic/Latino Support Program
offers students individualized attention in
many areas, including academic support,
counseling and advocacy.
Students find assistance in: admissions
and financial aid procedures, orientation
and registration, academic planning, career
counseling, housing, internships and
employment and placement referrals.
The program advises the Latino Student
Association and supports academic, social,
cultural events, and other activities that
improve the academic and personal
development of Hispanic/Latino students
and provides awareness of the unique
aspects of the Hispanic culture.
The Career Services Department is
committed to assisting all students with
their career planning. This process is an
important part of a student's development
while attending college. To aid students in
this process, Career Services offers students
the opportunity to actively participate in
career seminars, career assessments, oneon-one counseling, self-paced computer
career planning modules, and use of the
Alumni Resource Network for informational interviews.
Services are available to all students,
but some programs are sponsored especially for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to
attend one of three annual job fairs with
recruiters representing business, education
or nonprofit and government sectors. There
Student Life
is also an annual graduate and professional
school fair for seniors to explore educational options after graduation.
W CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Counseling
Counseling provides a supportive
environment where students have many
opportunities to gain self-awareness
through personal exploration with the
assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction.
Services include individual counseling,
group counseling, psychological testing,
assessment and referral, workshops, and
consultation and outreach.
Through the relationship with a skilled
counselor, a student may discuss personal
issues such as stress, depression, roommate
problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug
use, family problems, motivation, transitions, breaking away from family, selfimage, difficult decisions, eating concerns,
etc. Counseling is an educational process in
which students learn to think objectively
about themselves and learn methods of
understanding themselves and others.
Professional counseling can make a
substantial contribution to the educational
experiences of the student by providing the
opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth.
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a wide
spectrum of activities and events that
increase awareness of health issues and
assist students in adapting new behaviors
for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion
also works with various campus agencies
to foster positive change within the campus
environment.
Professional staff offer private consultations, individual assessments and group
workshops to accommodate the needs of all
students. Topics include varied health
issues such as fitness, nutrition, weight
management, stress reduction, alcohol and
other drug use, sexuality, etc. Students
interested in health issues can combine
learning and practice through involvement
with Health Promotion services. Academic
and practicum opportunities are also
available to students from a variety of
academic disciplines.
W HEALTH SERVICE
Riverside University Family Practice
Clinic serves as the Augsburg College
Health Service and is a family practice
residency clinic affiliated with the University of Minnesota. The clinic is located five
blocks from campus at 2615 Franklin
Avenue South. Many services are available
for all Augsburg students. Please refer to
the Student Guide handbook for details.
Students must check family health
insurance coverage to determine if they are
included. If not, contact the Health Service
Coordinator for information regarding
student health insurance and other services
available through RUFPC.
W FITNESS CENTER
Located on the lower level of Melby
Hall, the Fitness Center was built in 1993
and equipped with stationary bicycles, stair
steppers, a treadmill and other aerobic
workout machines. It includes a weight
room with universal and free weight
systems. All staff, students and faculty may
use the Center.
41
42 Student Life
-
The International Student Services
Office in the Admissions House focuses on
the needs of international students. It also
serves as a resource for those interested in
international events and global issues.
International Students - International
students receive assistance in meeting their
educational objectives through advising on
academic concerns, immigration and visa
problems, financial matters, practical
matters and personal concerns.
New international students participate
in an orientation program before the
beginning of the term which provides
practical information on housing, banking,
using local transportation and course
registration. Students also learn about the
U.S. educational system and adjusting to
life at Augsburg.
(Also see English as a Second Language
on page 73.)
Augsburg Community - Study abroad
Augsburg recognizes the importance of
the residence experience during the college
years. Research indicates that students who
live on campus wiU be more likely to
complete their college degree successfully.
Augsburg provides a diverse and dynamic
residence program which fosters the
development of community, and supports
and enhances the academic experience.
Live-in staff assist students by providing
social and educational programming,
facilitating conflict resolutions and assisting in emergencies.
Each complex contains 24-hour study
rooms, computer services, laundry and
vending services and access to security staff.
Augsburg expects all freshmen and
sophomores, not living at home, to live in
college-operated housing. Housing for
married students and students with
families is available.
Students rent a room at the beginning of
the Fall Term for the entire academic school
year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at
Augsburg. Upper-class students make
housing arrangements in the spring. All
resident students must sign room and
board contracts.
works to utilize the cross-cultural perspectives of its international students and
students with experience overseas to
educate the college community on world
issues. This is done through faculty, staff
and student development programs which
include activities sponsored by the CrossFreshmen and transfer students are
Cultural Club, forums on world issues
urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1
sponsored by the Global Community and
Amnesty International student groups, and in order to secure housing. Students who
seminars focusing on issues of cross-cultural deposit after June 1will be provided
housing only if space is available.
communication for faculty and staff.
(Also see Study Opportunities Abroad
on page 53 and Student Teaching Abroad
on page 56.)
All students living on campus must pay
a $100 deposit when they sign the housing
contract. The fee is credited to the student's
account when he or she moves out.
The College houses approximately 700
students in residence hall rooms, apartments, floor houses and townhouses. A
Student Life 43
wide variety of options are available,
including single rooms.
Urness Tower -All new students and
some upper-class students live in Urness
Tower. This 11-story high-rise houses 324
students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room),
with their own lounge, study and utility
areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk and chair.
Linens are not provided.
Mortensen Tower - This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 one-bedroom and twobedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Tower is
carpeted, air conditioned and contains
kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished.
Anderson Hall -Opened in fall 1993,
this is the newest residence hall. It contains
four types of living units: two-bedroom
apartments, two-room suites, floor houses
and townhouses. This residence houses 192
men and women. All rooms are furnished
with beds, dressers and desks. It is
equipped with telephones, cable TV and
computer hook-ups.
Special Interest Housing - Students
may submit proposals in the spring for a
program which allows them to live as a
group with a special educational contract.
Examples of programs include Campus
Ministry, healthy living options and
international floors.
W FOOD SERVICE
The Commons - Situated on the top
floor of the Christensen Center, this is the
main food service facility for students,
faculty and staff. This pleasant, spacious
room features small table units for easy
conversation and overlooks the College
A . - A
----
1-
--A
XK-.-L--C
------
TL-
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's - Located on the ground
floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's
features gnll items, pizza, soups, sandwiches and salads, desserts and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
W STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR,
COMPLAINTS, RECORDS
The College has adopted a statement of
standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal.
The College operates in compliance
with the Family Education Rights and
Privacy Act. Students have the right to
inspect certain official records, files and
data which pertain to them and which are
maintained in the Office of the Registrar
and the Placement Office, and to challenge
inaccurate or misleading information.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact the Vice
President for Student Affairs Office.
W FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND
PRIVACY ACT
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg is required to give notice of the
various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's
policy is published in this catalog on page
75 and in the Student Guide distributed
44 Student Life
-
Augsburg College understands that no
information other than "Directory Information" can be released without the written
permission of the student. Students must
give permission in writing for educational
information to be released to anyone
outside of the official personnel (faculty
and administration) at Augsburg. This
means that faculty or others cannot write
letters of support/recommendation or
nominate students for awards unless
explicit written permission is given by the
student to release non-"Directory Information." It is not sufficient to ask for letters of
recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg's
procedures with regard to FERPA are
available from the Office of the Registrar.
DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS
The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievances:
Affirmative Action Coordinator (for
matters based on race, creed, national or
ethnic origin) - Contact the Office of
Finance and Management, Ground Floor,
Memorial Hall (612/330-1026).
504 Coordinator (for matters based on
physical or mental handicap) - Contact
Vern M. Bloom, Assistant Professor of
Social Work, Memorial Hall 332 (612/3301133).
Title IX Coordinator (for matters based
on sex or marital status) - Contact William
R. Rosser, Vice President for Student
Affairs, First Floor, Memorial Hall
(612/330-1160).
Employment - Contact Director of
Personnel, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall
(612/330-1058).
AU correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual at
Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue,
Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal grievance
procedures are described in the Student
Guide. Copies are available from the
Human Resources Office.
A
ugsburg College constructs its
curriculum upon the premise that students
must be educated as fully human persons intellectually, spiritually and physically. To
act effectively, human beings must have a
broad grasp of the world from which they
have come as
as the
in which
they live. By providing courses in the
humanities, natural sciences and social
sciences, the genera' education
introduces students to the breadth and
complexity of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition and encourage them to
reflect upon the importance and meaning of
spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses
offer opportunities to develop skills in
exercise and sporting activities.
Students choose from over 50 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge
in a discipline and to prepare for a career or
further study. Thus, through a balance of
curricular activities supported by full
programs in student life and religious life,
an Augsburg education strives to educate
students in a real world for the real world.
W DECREES OFFERED
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts,
the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of
Science undergraduate degrees. Augsburg
also offers the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership and the Master of Social Work
graduate degrees.
W ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4calendar,
with Fall and Spring Semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4week
January Interim. Full-time students nor-
mally take four course credits each semester
and one course during Interim. A maximum
of three course credits can be earned in the
two annual summer sessions, one of four
weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those
of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can
take courses on another campus during the
regular term. (See Registration on page 59 .
and Calendars on pages 4 and 5.) January
Interim is particularly intended to be a
time for both students and faculty to
employ different styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and
topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
The Interim catalog, published in the fall
of each year, is distributed to all students
and is available by contacting the Interim
Office. In addition to classes offered on
campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel
opportunities within the United States and
abroad. Augsburg offers two Summer
School sessions. The Summer School catalog
is published in the winter of each year, is
distributed to all students, and is available
by contacting the Summer School Office.
Augsburg Weekend College and
Graduate Programs follow a trimester
calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College
and Graduate Programs, pages 57 and 58).
W FACULTY
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a
doctorate or other terminal degree and all
consider teaching to be the focus of their
activity. Faculty are involved in social,
professional and a variety of research
.."L:..:L:-
I...L
--.,&
.I
.."L:..:G--
.-
-..---d
Academic Information
ing their teaching. They are actively
The Audio-Visual Center houses a large
involved in an exciting faculty development collection of sound recordings, video tapes
program which introduces them to current
and films, and supplies media equipment
thought in many fields but especially in
free of charge for instructional use. Audio
teaching techniques and theories.
and video tape duplication within the
limits
set by copyright law is available. The
Augsburg's size and small classes
Center
supplies television sets, VCRs,
encourage its tradition of close involvement
video
cameras,
video editing, tape recordbetween professors and students. Faculty
ers,
microphones,
slide, overhead, filmact as academic advisers and participate
strip,
opaque
and
movie
projectors as well
regularly in campus activities. Every
as
screens
and
carts.
Film
bibliographies
freshman is assigned a First Year Experiand
advice
on
materials
selection
are
ence (FYE) adviser and, later, chooses a
available.
Facilities
for
classes
in
broadcastmajor adviser. In this close interaction,
ing are located in the Center.
faculty act as both mentors and models for
students.
The Library and Information Technology Center is scheduled to open during the
1997-98 academic year. The new four-level,
LIBRARY A N D AUDIO-VISUAL
77,000-square foot facility will house all
SERVICES
library functions and bring together the
A relaxed atmosphere, a carefully
other computer departments of the college.
selected collection of both print and nonIn addition, the Center will include an Art
print resources, a helpful staff and friendly Gallery, the Special Collections and
student library assistants are the strengths
Archives, a Curriculum Library and
of the Augsburg Library. The main library
Instructional Technology Lab, library
houses over 175,000 books, journals, records instruction classroom, and facilities for
and microforms. Music, chemistry and art
media viewing and listening. A bridge will
history slide libraries are located within
link the new building to the current library
departmental areas.
which will be renovated to house addiA service-oriented staff provides
tional computer labs and multi-media
students with assistance to meet diverse
classrooms, as well as a lounge and
information needs including instruction in
vending area.
the use of the library, reference service and
guidance in pursuing research. Students
COMPUTER RESOURCES
have access to a wide variety of local,
Augsburg College has built a reputation
regional, national and international
as
a
leader in its commitment to provide
databases. Arrangements are made for
students
with the best access to information
access by students with physical limitations
technology
and training. In Newsweek
and special needs.
magazine's Cyberscope section on Aug. 1,
Students have access via a computerized 1994, Augsburg was cited as one of two
online catalog and daily courier service to
first-rate sources for information about the
all the library holdings of the seven private Internet.
liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities.
Students have access to over 125 onElectronic access to the world of scholarship
campus computer systems, including 50
is available through the Internet.
47
- Academic Information
personal computers in a main computer
center, 30 personal computers in the
residence halls (available 24 hours a day),
plus another 25 computers located in the
general department offices and the
Sverdrup Library.
FIRST YEAR EXPERIENCE PROGRAM
WE)
The FYE program assists students in
their first Augsburg registration, provides
orientation events before classes begin, and
also includes a seminar series.
A campus-wide computer network
offers a full range of network services.
Augsburg College, a member of the
National Science Foundation's Internet
since 1990, is connected to hundreds of
universities in the U.S. and around the
world. Internet access and a renewed focus
on educational technology allows
Augsburg to integrate these electronic
resources into many different areas of the
learning process.
FYE reflects the College's commitment
to a meaningful introduction to college for
our students - an enriching beginning for
a college career. To provide focus for this
introduction, the FYE seminar is centered
on a series of themes. These themes are
reflected in and expanded upon in readings, discussions and other activities.
Diversity, tradition, change, ways of
knowing and what it means to be an
educated person are all themes associated
with the program. (Also see page 136.)
The construction of the new Library/
Information Technology Center will
enhance further the College's computer
resources for students.
Augsburg maintains its own Gopher
and World Wide Web site. The Web
address is: http: / /www.augsburg.edu
(Also see Honors Computing and
Communication Labs under Honors
Program on page 52.)
ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER
The Academic Advising Center advises
all incoming students with undeclared
majors, provides information on matters of
general education, administers and tracks
all entry level skills assessments, interprets
catalog and graduation skills requirements,
and advises students who have been placed
on academic probation and reentering
suspended students regarding GPA
requirements. The Center also coordinates
summer advising for the orientation
program and provides in-service training
and development for faculty advisers.
DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
The College curriculum is offered by 23
departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities - Douglas Green (Chair).
Art, English, Modem Languages, Philose
phy, Religion, Speech, Communication,
Theatre Arts, College Librarians.
Natural Science and Mathematics Larry Ragland (Chair). Biology, Chemistry,
Mathematics, Computer Science, Physics.
Social and Behavioral Sciences Garry Hesser (Chair). Business Administration, Accounting, Economics, History,
Management Information Systems (MIS),
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology.
Professional Studies - Vicki Olson
(Chair). Education, Health and Physical
Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work.
Academic Information
MAJORSAND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one
division or cross academic disciplines.
Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others test a
variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by the
end of the fourth semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Details of majors and
minors are in the course description
section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors
are part of the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Students may contact the Registrar
about creating a student-designed major.
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Adrninistration/Finance
Business Administration/Intemational
Business
Business Administration/Management
Business Administration/Marketing
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
General Communication Studies
Mass Communications
Organizational Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies
(non-licensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary(licensure)
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering
English
Health Education
History
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Applied Mathematics
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages1
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S. - Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physician Assistant
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
-
49
- Academic Information
Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Stud10 Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
Economics
English
Health Education
History
International Business
International Relations
Linguistics
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages'
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Nordic Area Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Social Welfare
Sociology
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies'
Special Education
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for students to complete
other majors through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Students who wish to complete a major
offered at one of the other ACTC colleges
must apply through the Augsburg
Registrar's Office.
I CooperativeProgram of the Associated C o k p 4
the Twin Cities and agreements with the Unmersity
Minmwiz lf is possible for students to take bqimfing!
infemd&/admnced courses not available at amsortium 00lLzp in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, lapme,
Russimr,and ofher infrequently taught Ianpges.
Students register directly with the ACTC office.
ZDunldegree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington
U n i m d y School of Engineering and Applied Science,
and Midigan Technological University.
OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are
offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following
fields in Secondary Education: EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Life
Science, Mathematics, Physical Science
(Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades59)
Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre
Ark, and in the special areas of Art 6-12),
Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades
5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom
Music (grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom
Music 6-9), Vocal and Classroom Music
(grades 5-12), Health (K-12) and Physical
Education (K-12). (See Education Department on pages 117-126.)
Students planning to teach on the
secondary level have advisersboth in the
Education Department and the area of Iheb
academic major(s).
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields
of law. medicine. dentistrv. ministrv.
Academic Information
science, pharmacy or engineer-
-etr-
ng can profit from a liberal arts education
t Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for
dmission to graduate schools or xminaries
e reviewed and the course of study at
Lu&Sburg planned accordingly. A faculty
dviser is available in each field to assist
tudents in their planning. Studentswho
vant to plan a pre-professionalprogram
hould contact the Assistant to the Dean for
Lcademic Advising early in their freshman
.earto arrange for help from the approprite faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry -These courses are
mommended to fulfill the minimum
q u k m e n t s of the School of Den*
at
he University of Minnesota: ENG, two
auses;BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM
15,116 (or 105,106),351,352; MAT 124;
5Y 105. Requirements at other universities
"a7 varyPre-Engineering -See Engineering
legree and major requirements on pages
2i-128.
Pre-Law - Students considering a
a -in law should examine the handbook
tublished by the Association of American
a w Schools. Students may wish to take
aw-related courses to help determine their
&rest in law. Pre-law students should
najor in a discipline of their own chousjng
md will satisfy most law school entrance
quimments with a record of solid achieve
llent coupled with an acceptable LSAT score.
Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools
m
e encouraging a liberal arts education to
y for study in medicine. While a
mjor in chemistry and biology is not
q u i d to apply to medical schools, many
t d e n t s with an interest in the sciences
b o w to major in these fields. Course work
L
.
3
. ,
3 . 1
--1 1 -
includes: CHM 115,116 (or 105,106); CHM
351,352; BIO 113,114; MAT 145,146; PHY
121,122. Because admissions requirements
can vary between medical colleges (e.g.
some require a course in Biochemistry or in
Vertebrate Anatomy), students should
consult with a prehealth sciences adviser in
the Biology or Chemistry departments.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician's Assistant and Pre-Physical
Therapy -Course work in preparation
for these training programs should be
discussed with a faculty member in the
Biology Department.
Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a
program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at
the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,114;
CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,352; ECO
112 or 113; ENG 111and a second course;
MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122; electives from
humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill
the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philose
phy, English, psychology, sociology or
religion. Recommended preparation
includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or
more courses in the history of philosophy
and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, these courses are recommended:
ENG, two courses; MAT 145,146; public
speaking,one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105,
loti), 351,352,353; BIO 113,114; PHY 121,
122; economics, one course; two courses in
art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or
U ~ w Division
r
modern lanrmaees: and
51
52 Academic Information
-
anthropology, economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology or
sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the
curriculum requirements. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
HONORS PROGRAM
The Honors Program is designed to
challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg.
The program combines academic and
cultural components with social activities.
Members of the program normally enter as
freshmen, but students may enter the
program as late as the beginning of the
junior year. Students graduate from the
Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on
the transcript and which provides an
advantage for both employment and
graduate school application.
The Honors Program at Augsburg was
awarded a National Science Foundation
Grant, for the years 1995-1997, to establish
two Honors Computing and Communications Labs, one in Foss 20 and the other in
Library 20, and to put the program on a
computational footing. Students entering
the program as freshmen are required to
take an Honors version of CSC 160,
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communications, which establishes crisp
computing and communications skills at
the outset of their collegiate careers. Other
courses in the program make use of these
computing skills in lab-oriented sequence
exploring literature, writing, history,
religion, philosophy and social and natural
science.
During the junior and senior years,
students take four mini-seminars (one full
course credit upon completion), one each
semester and participate in a six-week
Monday Forum program each term.
Seniors take a Senior Seminar during
Interim, which satisfies a Perspective
requirement, and are obliged to complete
an approved Honors project. Some seniors
satisfy this requirement by serving on the
Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal
which publishes outstanding student
papers.
Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of
at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4
the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two
years. Please direct enquiries to Dr. Joan
Griffin, Associate Director of the Honors
Program, 330-1045, or Dr. Lany Crockett,
Director of the Honors Program, 330-1060.
INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center -Through
CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges
library consortium, the Augsburg community has direct access to over 1,300,000
volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at
Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and
universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at one of the other
campuses. No additional fee is required for
such an exchange, except for private
instruction in music or approved independent studies. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new
perspectives, to get better acquainted with
the other schools or to undertake a specific
course or major not offered on the home
campus. The colleges have coordinated
ralendars The Tntenm term mav alsn he
-
Academic Information
taken on another campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students between
the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities, offers off-campus study
semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central
America and the Twin Cities.
(See HECUA programs on page 55.)
Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students
may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under
the ACTC consortium agreement. Students
are eligible to compete for two and three
year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar.
Army ROTC -Augsburg students
may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the Office of
the Registrar.
Naval ROTC -Augsburg students
may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the Office of
the Registrar.
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies may
apply toward the total credits required for
graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as nondegree credits.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD
An increasing number of Augsburg
students are taking advantage of the
opportunity to gain academic credit for an
overseas experience. Through study abroad
students may meet with grassroots women's
organizations in Mexico, work in a small
business or artisan program in Kenya,
examine Scandinavian perspectives on
world peace in Norway, or thrill to the
sounds of The Magic Flute at the Viennese
state opera house. Study abroad provides
opportunities to develop critical thinking
skills, strengthen language competencies,
further career paths, experience different
cultures, and gain knowledge about the
increasingly interdependent world.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of
several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as if
studying on-campus. Courses abroad can
fulfill major, general education, and
graduation requirements when approved by
academic advisers and department chairs
before departure.
Students receive advice on selecting
programs which best fit their academic,
career and personal objectives. Assistance is
provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements.
Orientation and reentry programs assist
students in integrating the experience abroad
into their course work and personal lives.
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off-campus.
Although foreign language skills are an
53
54 Academic Information
-
some time to prepare for studying abroad,
students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years.
The deadline for application is Dec. 15
for off-campus study the following year.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a
semester on-campus. Financial aid is
granted on the same basis as on-campus
study. Cost estimates are drawn up to
assist the Financial Aid Office in awarding
aid to students studying overseas.
The Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education
facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work
toward a more just and sustainable world.
The Center's programs explore a diversity
of viewpoints and are grounded in the
perspectives of the poor and of others
struggling for justice and human dignity.
The Center's study programs are
conducted in Central America, Mexico,
Namibia and Norway. Students experience
three distinct types of living situations,
which include living with other participants
in a community house, spending several
days in a rural setting and several weeks
living with host families. They also travel
together on two-week seminars -in
Mexico to Central America, and in Namibia
to South Africa. The cost of these programs
is equivalent to full tuition, room and board
for one semester on-campus plus airfare.
Moss, offers this semester or year-long
exchange program in Moss, Norway.
Students are taught in English. Coursg
offered may meet perspectives for g
d
education requirements, or count as
electives in Communication and Nordic
Area Studies. Students live with host
families on the island of Jeley or in studen
housing- To be discontinued Fall 1997.
Women and Development: Latin
American Perspectives - Fall
This program explores the experience oi
women in Latin America, focusing on their
roles in economic development, social
change strategies, and the connections
women are drawing among issues of
gender, race, class and global economics.
The program offers credit in Religion,
Political Sence and Spanish. Application
deadline: April 1.
Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, N i i
gua) - Fall
This program introduces students to tht
key issues facing the Central Amerians- Fc
two decades the people of Central Amaim
have been in upheaval and have experienced fundamental social and political
change. Students examine the impact of
revolution and civilwar on the lives and
culture of the people and the environment
of Guatemala,El Salvador, and Nicaragua
Course credit may be earned in Spanish,
Religion,Sociology, and Economics.
Application deadline: April 1.
Southern Africa Societies in Transition
- Fall
Augsburg College/Ostfold, Norway Semester or Academic Year
Augsburg, in cooperation with the
University of North Dakota and the city of
This intensive program of study and
travel is designed to introduce participants
to the central issues facing Southern Africa
Namibia is a nation that has recently gainw
Academic Information
dependence and is making a transition
mncolonialism to independence. Students
dl explore the complex political, social and
amomic dynamics of building a new
ation.Credit may be earned in History,
bliiical Science and Religion. Internships
re available with development agencies~pplicationdeadline: April 1.
iender and the Environment: Latin
-can
Perspectives (Mexico) -Spring
This program introduces students to the
m%-econornicand political issues of the
*with
a focus on the impact of
nvironmental policies on the lives of
romen and men from varying economic
lasses and ethnic groups in Mexico and
h k d America. Students examine this
omplex web of issues and how the people
&Mexicoare responding to the pressures
nfamily, society, and the natural environoentCentral to this program is a service
mning course, in which students gain
landson experience in community service
ndsocialjustice organizationsby conduct~g participatory research or serving as an
Riemalongside people working on gender
ndlor environmental issues. Course credit
may be earned in Spanish, Sociology,
kligion,and Interdisciplinary Studieselication deadline: Oct. 15.
Women and Development: A Southern
Lfrica Perspective - Spring
This intensive study and travel program
i designed to introduce participanb to the
e n i d issues facing Southern A£rica, with
mphasis on the experience of women The
~ogram
introduces students to the skuggle
If women in Southern Africa, to the history
&theirrole in society, and to the situation
bat exisis for women in Africa. Students
may earn credit in Political Science, Religion
nd Sociology. Internships are available
with agencies providing special services to
women Application deadline: Od. 15.
The Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different full
semester programs in Norway, Ecuador or
Colombia. All programs emphasize the
impact of the social change and crosscultural factors on the human community.
HECUA programs emphasize intense
language experience, internships and field
trips.
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies, and for non-international programs, see MetrwUrban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Noway - Fall
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society,
culture and language, and the development
of cities, urban problem solving and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
study and site visits in other countries
including
- the former Soviet Union, will
provide comparative perspectives on
welfare states and global politics. Application deadline: March 15.
Community Internships in Latin America:
Colombia - Fall or Spring
This interdisciplinaryprogram enables
the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization
with study of the community development
process and inaeasing language skills.
Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community
55
5 Academic Information
agencies or groups working with or for
low-income and other disenfranchised
populations in Latin America. Application
deadlines: Nov. 1for Spring Term and
March 15 for Fall Term.
Culture and Society in Latin America:
Colombia or Ecuador - Spring
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses
on development and social change in Latin
America through the study of ideology, as
reflected in literature, the arts and the
ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application
deadline: Nov. 1.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University
or the University of Minnesota, Morris.
Students have options for student teaching
in dozens of countries through the International Independent School Network.
Students who teach abroad will also do
part of their student teaching under direct
Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education
Department.
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25 to 30 courses are
offered around the world by Augsburg
professors and through the Upper
Midwest Association for International
Education (UMAIE).Course registration is
held during the Spring and Fall Terms for
the following January. Application
deadline: Oct. 25.
EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION
PROGRAMS
One advantage of Augsburg's metro
location is its highly successful Experiential
Education programs which link the
College's academic program to Twin Cities
employers and organizations. The result is
a resume that is more attractive to potential
employers after graduation.
Through Internships, Cooperative
Education and Community ServiceLearning, Augsburg students integrate and
expand their liberal arts education by
embracing the worlds of work and service.
Each work or community service placement is closely related t i a student's major,
course work or career interest. Augsburg's
Internship, Cooperative Education and
Community Service programs link employers, community organizations and the
academic program in ways that enrich and
expand a student's educational experience
and personal development. An underlying
assumption is that a liberal arts education
is an effective preparation for careers and
citizenship. The integration of "knowing
and doing" adds breadth and depth to the
liberal arts curridum and assists students
in making more informed academic, career
and personal decisions.
The College's metropolitan location
makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable
learning experiences in small and mid-size
companies, large corporations, nonprofit
organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations.
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully
planned work-based learning experience
where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A
-
Academic Information 57
2arning agreement plan, negotiated with a
aculty supervisor and work supervisor,
d i n i n g the internship objectives, stratejes and evaluation methods is required.
in academic internship is approved,
upervised and evaluated by a faculty
nember in the department in which the
tudent wishes to earn the Internship credit.
Jpper Division Internships are numbered
*99and Lower Division Internships are
lumbered 199 (see pages 78-79.)
Internships are available in all majors
nd can be taken during a semester (or
Yeekend College trimester), Interim or
ummer session. For extension of an
nternship beyond one term see Evaluation
tnd Grading on page 69.
A maximum of four courses of Internhip may count toward the total courses
equired for the degree.
Iooperative Education
Cooperative Education is a college
,upported and monitored, paid, workearning experience that is closely related to
I student's major or career objective. The
;oal is to combine theory with practice in
vork or service-based settings.
Students also earn money to help defray
rducational costs while gaining important
)n-the-jobexperience. Job placements
ypically are part-time during the academic
rear and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs
Ire flexible and can begin and end anytime.
zo-op Ed is not credited in and of itself, but
I non-credit Cooperative Education
ranscript entry is available during the
lcademic terms the student is employed.
b o p Ed students are encouraged to
:omplete at least one Internship for credit in
:onjunction with their Cooperative Educaion participation. Ceop Ed is avadable to
Yugsburg students who have completed
their freshman year and are in good
academic standing.
Service-Learning
Augsburg's Service-Learningprogram
combines response to human needs in the
community with a conscious awareness and
understanding of issues, reflection and
educational growth. Augsburg students
learn from and about the community and
society in whch they live by participating in
orientation sessions, direct service-learning
activities and seminars or class discussions.
Through direct service, such as volunteering
at a homeless shelter, tutoring, building
housing for low-income people or working
with environmental groups, students
engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal
learning between the student@)and the
community. Service-Leaming includes
course-embedded community service,
tutoring, internships, cooperative education
and a wide range of volunteer options.
The Service-LearningProgram works
with community organizations and
organizes specific projects to enhance
student involvement and also assists with
and supports the integration of servicelearning into departmental courses. The
program works closely with the student
directed Augsburg LINK program and
Campus Ministry.
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg Weekend College provides an
educational alternative for adult students
who work or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which
men and women may earn a college degree,
complete a second major or pursue a
personal interest or skill.
Academic Information
Weekend College classes meet on
alternate weekends. There are three
trimester terms during the early September
through June academic year. Students may
take from one to four classes each term.
Although the Augsburg Weekend
College program involves the same courses
as the day school program, the curriculum
is limited to selected liberal arts courses and
the following majors: Accounting, Business
Administration (specializationsin finance,
internationalbusiness, management and
marketing), Communication (concentrations
in general communication, organizational
communication and mass communication),
Computer Science, Economics, Elementary
and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing,
Psychology, Religion, Social Work and
Studio Art.
W GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Augsburg College offers three
graduate degree programs: the Master of
Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and the Master of
Social Work. Catalogs for each degree
program should be consulted for complete
information.
Designed for working adults, the
Augsburg Graduate Program operates on
alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday
evenings. There are three trimester terms
from early September through June of the
academic year.
The Master of Arts in Leadership
program is based on the subject matter and
approaches of the traditional liberal arts.
This cross-disciplinary program directs its
academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems
relevant to organizational leaders.
A~~v~hi~ro's
nrnoram r ~ r n c m i 7 ~that
s
today's leaders need a broad spectrum of
abilities to provide them with a more
comprehensiveunderstanding of their
world.
The Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program values the role that
good educators play in the lives of students
and operates from the belief that educators
need to exercise leadership within the
workplace without relinquishing the role of
teacher. The program promotes leadership
as a process, promotes productivity within
and beyond the organization and works
toward progress.
The Master of Social Work at Augsburg
offers two concentrations: Family Practice
and Program Development, Policy and
Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a
developmental and holistic perspective.
The Program Development, Policy and
Administration concentrationhas been
developed in response to the growing
demand for creative leadership and
administration of policies and services that
respond to human need.
OTHER PROGRAMS
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers selected
courses through Continuing Education.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office
of the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs.
Canadian Program
The Canadian Program was inaugurated
in 1985with endowment from the
Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies.
The program supports special events and
conferences as well as student internships
and faculty activity in Canadian studies.
uty involvement, increased awareness
~f the importance of Canadian/U.S. relaions, and provision of opportunities to
earn directly from Canadians through visits
md exchanges. For more information
:ontact Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian
?rogram Coordinator.
Elderhostel and College of the Third Age
Augsburg College has a commitment to
ifelong learning and is host to both
Elderhostel and College of the Third Age
xograms. For more information, contact the
Academic Dean's office.
Academic Information
only in alternate years, students should
also consult with departmental advisers
when planning their academic program.
Separate catalogs of courses are
published by the Interim Office, Summer
School Office, Weekend College Office
and Graduate Program Office for those
sessions at Augsburg, listing registration
times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar -Science Hall
114, for Fall and Spring Terms
Interim Office -Memorial Hall 230
I REGISTRATION
Summer School Office -2222 Murphy
Place
A student must be registered for a
:ourse to receive credit for it.
Weekend College Office -2222
Murphy Place
Full-time students normally register for
four course credits per semester and one
:ourse during Interim. Students registered
for three or more course credits in a
semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course
:redits, students must contact the
Registrar's office to petition the Committee
Dn Student Standing for permission.
Graduate Program Office -2222
Murphy Place
Although a student may register up to
five days after the semester begins,
registration is encouraged at the regularly
scheduled time. Special fees are charged for
late registration. Special fees also are
harged for cancelling or adding courses or
hanging grading option after the first five
days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each
spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
academic year. As some courses are offered
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may
pre-register during summer for courses in
the fall. AU currently enrolled students
may pre-register during the fall for the
Spring Term and during the spring for the
Fall Term.
Class Confirmation (payment of fees)
AU students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment
arrangements prior to the start of classes.
Students who do not confirm their
registration before the first day of classes
(unless special arrangements have been
made) will lose all classes. They may
register and confirm during the first five
days, but special late fees are assessed and
added to their account.
59
Academic Information
Withdrawal from College
Former Students
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
because this may result in a failing grade
on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College
must be completed in the Office of the
Registrar. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal
from College form may be obtained in the
Academic Advising Center or in the Office
of the Registrar. Withdrawal from College
cannot occur during final examination
week unless a petition is approved by the
Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal
from College and any consequential
adjustments in accounts are effective as of
the date the Withdrawal from College form
is returned to the Office of the Registrar.
Former Augsburg students, readmitted
to complete a degree after being away fror
the college for at least one calendar year,
have a choice between using the catalog in
effect when they first enrolled, if possible,
or using the catalog in effect at the point o
readmission. Students must meet all of the
requirements in effect under the catalog
they choose. Choosing to complete under
the current catalog will require reevaluation of prior course work, including
transfer credit, to determine applicability t
current academic requirements.
Leave of Absence
The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests wit
the student. Academic Advisers, Academil
Advising Center, Department Chairpersons, the Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advising and the Registrar are
available for counsel and assistance in
program planning.
Students may request a Leave of
Absence for academic or personal reasons.
A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from
College form must be picked up in the
Academic Advising Center or the Office of
the Registrar. It must be signed by Advising Center staff or authorized representative. The completed form must be submitt ~ to
d the Office of the Registrar.
A leave of absence may be granted for
one term or one academic year. If an
extension is needed, an updated Leave of
Absence form must be submitted to the
Office of the Registrar prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence
period or an application for readmission
will be required.
A student on leave of absence is responsible for keeping the Office of the Registrar
informed of his or her mailing address. All
deadlines for financial aid and housing must
be observed by the returning student. A
leave of absence does not defer payment of
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Students who enter an academic
program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrar's Offic
about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent
of a major. See page 20: Admissions - Special
Students (Second Degree).
Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of
their last academic year to confirm remain
ing graduation requirements. Application
forms are available in the Registrar's Offic
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and verified in the
Academic Information
This quick reference checklist is an
bbreviated version of the General Educaon Curriculum requirements for graduaon. As a summary, it is not comprehenive and cannot substitute fully for the
~mpletedegree requirements which begin
n page 60. Students are advised to read
erefully the full graduation requirements
nd to consult frequently with their
dvisers to ensure that all requirements are
let for graduation.
All new freshmen and all freshman
nd sophomore transfer students must
omplete the following requirements
,rior to graduation (transfer credit may
pply to these requirements):
1 Complete the FYE Fall Orientation and
Seminar. (Sophomore transfer students
are exempt.)
1 Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
Mathematics
Writing
Critical Thinking
I Demonstrate proficiency in two
different Lifetime Sports.
1 Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of 111.
1 Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
11must be Upper Division (numbered 300 or above)
Two must be Interim courses
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the
following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A. ) ..............14
Music Education (B.M.) ........ .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . 19.5
Social Work (B.S.) .............. .15
Other maximums are described on
page 55.
O Completion of a major.
17 Maintain minimum grade point
average.
U Complete courses that fulfill the
following Perspective Requirements:
Three Christian Faith perspectives
One City perspective
Two Western Heritage perspectives
from different departments
One Human Identity perspective
One Aesthetic perspective
Two Social World perspectives, from
different departments
One Intercultural perspective
Two Language perspectives, in other
than your native language
Two Natural World perspectives,
from different departments unless a
year-long sequence is taken
C1 Complete courses that fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These
requirements may be met with courses
in the major or perspectives.)
Two courses in writing (one within
the major)
One course in critical thinking
One course in speaking
One course in quantitative reasoning
Two lifetime sports
61
62 Academic Information
-
All transfer students (entering with
14 or more credits) must complete the
following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these
requirements):
n
Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
writing.
Demonstrate proficiency in two
different Lifetime Sports.
U Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of m.
Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
11 must be Upper Division (numbered 300 or above)
Two must be Interim courses (The
number of interim courses required
may be adjusted for transfer students
- consult your evaluation of transfer
credit)
No student will be permitted to
count more than three courses from
the same department in meeting
perspective requirements.
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the
following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A. ) ............. .14
Music Education (B.M) ......... . 1 7
Music Performance (B.M.) ...... .20
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . 19.5
Social Work (B.S.) .............. .15
Other maximums are described on
page 63.
O Completion of a major.
Maintain minimum grade point
average.
Ei Complete courses that fulfill the
following Perspective Requirements:
Two Christian Faith perspectives
(One Christian Faith perspective
for transfer students entering with
24 or more course credits)
One City perspective
One Western Heritage perspective
One Human Identity perspective
One Aesthetic perspective
One Social World perspective
One Intercultural perspective
Two Language perspectives, in other
than your native language
One Natural World perspective
fl Complete courses that fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These
requirements may be met with courses
in the major or perspectives.)
One course with a writing component within the major
One course with a critical thinking
component
One course in speaking
One course in quantitative reasoning
Academic Information
:ontinuedfrom page 60
Registrar's office prior to the anticipated
date of graduation (there may be no
incompletes or open courses on the
academic record).
Degree requirements include completion of a minim- number of credits, a
major, the First Year Experience (FYE), a
minimum GPA, residence, and general
education courses.
Requirements For Undergraduate
Graduation:
1. Completion of 33 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s.
Not more than 13 course credits may be in
one department, except in certain approved
majors: Accounting (B.A.) - 14; Music
Education (B.M.) - 17; Music Performance
(B.M.) - 20; M9ic Therapy (B.S.) - 17;
Physician Assistant (B.A.) - 19.5; and Social
Work (B.S.) - 15.
The course total must include two
Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg.
For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than
the number of years at Augsburg (but no
more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer
student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 33 total course credits
required: two Interim courses; two courses
by independent/directed study; four
courses of internship; and eight course
credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two
in the major except Elementary Education
(two in the major plus student teaching)
and Nursing (no P/N grading is pennit-
ted); one in the minor if approved by the
department chairperson. Interim courses
taken that are not counted among the credit
total for graduation requirements (extra
interim courses) may still be counted for
meeting perspective or graduation
skills requirements.
2. Completion of a Major - Requirements for each major are listed under the
departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All
students who enter the College as freshmen
in the weekday schedule program must
complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall
Orientation and Seminar. See the program
section on the First Year Experience for a
full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for
most majors. A minimum grade point
average of 2.0 is required over all courses
taken and specifically over all courses
which apply toward a major or special
program. Some majors, licensure and
certification require higher grades in each
course or a higher grade point average.
(For example, see licensure in education,
music education, music performance,
music therapy, nursing, social work.) See
the departmental section for details.
5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 credits) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
exchange program. No less than a total of 9
credits are to be taken at Augsburg College.
Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Some departments have a
minimum number of courses which are
required to be taken in residence within
the major. Consult the catalog description
of the major or the chairperson of the
department.
63
- Academic Information
SKILLS COMPONENT
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory
assessments in:
Writing
Mathematics
Critical thinking
Placement in writing courses, math
courses and critical thinking courses is
determined by the assessments (see
page 71.)
Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg
with fewer than seven college credit
courses) and Sophomore Transfer
Students having fewer than 14 courses:
Take entry level skills assessments
and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students
will be enrolled in the appropriate course
or advised on preparation for retaking the
respective tests. Students are required to
take the assessments before registering for
the second term and to have demonstrated
removal of deficiencies by the end of their
first year at Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is
required. Students who do not satisfy the
entry level skill in writing will be required
to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing
before ENG 111 Effective Writing. Freshmen should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their sophomore year.
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking inventory.
Freshman and Sophomore transfer
students will be required to satisfy all the
graduation skill course requirements.
Advanced Transfer Students
Transfer students who enter with 14
credits or more are exempt from critical
thinking assessments.
Those who have not passed the
equivalent of ENG 111 Effective Writing
course must take the entry level test in
writing. Augsburg's entry level test in
writing will determine placement in an
appropriate writing course.
Advanced transfer students are
required to satisfy all the graduation skill
course requirements, except that only the
writing component course within the majc
is required.
Math Requirement
In order to graduate, students must tal
the Math Placement exam and achieve a
score placing them in Group III(college
algebra skills).
Students with an acceptable transfer
mathematics course will have their
placement level determined by the
Registrar's Office. Students who have
passed the College Board Advanced
Placement Exam should consult the
Mathematics Department. Math placemen
is indicated on the Evaluation of Transfer
Credit form for students who have transfe
courses in college-level math.
All students are required to have their
Math Placement Group determined. The
exam is given during college registration
sessions and at other announced times
during the year. Students needing to
advance their Math Placement Group maj
take the appropriate MAT course or study
on their own and retest. Additional
information about the Math Placement
Exam is available from the Academic
Advising Center.
Academic Information
Please note that all students must attain
~tleast Math Placement Group 111. In
tddition, many courses have Math Placenent Group requirements. In particular,
dIS 379,479; CSC 170,210; SOC 362; PHY
-03; all MAT courses; and all courses with
t Graduation Skill Component in Quantitaive Reasoning have at least Math Placenent Group III as,a prerequisite. In
tddition, MIS 175 and introductory Physics
:ourses have at least Math Placement
;roup I1 as a prerequisite. Students should
,efer to the course descriptions to check the
dath Placement Group prerequisites for
:ourses that they are interested in taking.
Lraduation Level Skills
General Education includes enhancenent of certain skills during the years in
:ollege. Slulls related to writing, critical
hinking, speaking and quantitative
,easoning are deliberate components of
:ertain courses. Completion of the requisite
:ourses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P
s required for graduation. Students are
'equired to have two courses with writing
:omponents (at least one within the major)
md one course each with critical thinking,
;peakingand quantitative reasoning
:omponents. These courses can simultaleously satisfy skill requirements and
paduation requirements for the major or
;enera1 education perspectives.
All Writing Graduation Skill courses
lave the prerequisite of ENG 111, all
bantitative Reasoning Graduation Skill
:ourses have the prerequisite of Math
racement Group In, and all Critical
b & i n g Graduation Skill courses have the
>rerequisiteof passing the Entry Level
Zritical Thinking Assessment.
Lifetime Sports
Two different lifetime sports are
required. Students in the Day program who
are not Health and Physical Education
majors or in intercollegiate athletics may
test out of one lifetime sport. Weekend
College students may test out of two
lifetime sports. Lifetime Sports are nocredit courses, are not counted as meeting
Interim course requirements and are not
included in the 33 course requirement.
LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES
The General Education Liberal Arts
Perspectives have the primary goal of
providing the basis for beginning to
understand what it means to be a human
being. The goals of the Perspectives are
achieved through a variety of courses
which have been approved as meeting the
criteria established for each Perspective.
Students will choose from a list of
courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the
Registrar. These choices are controlled by
the following policies:
1. A student will choose a minimum
of one course from each required perspective category.
2. No single course can fulfill the
requirements in two or more categories.
3. No student will be permitted to
count more than three courses from
the same department in meeting perspective requirements.
4. No student may count more than one
course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single
perspective emphasis area except:
Up to three courses in religion may be
used to meet the perspective, "The Charac-
65
66 Academic Information
-
ter and Mission of Augsburg College: The
Christian Faith."
Up to two courses in a year-long
sequence of approved natural science
courses may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World."
Up to two courses of the same modem
language may be used to meet part of the
perspective, "Intercultural Awareness."
RATIONALE FOR PERSPECTIVES
Augsburg, in its Mission Statement,
declares the College exists "To nurture
future leaders of service in the world by
providing high quality educational
opportunities which are based in the liberal
arts and shaped by the faith and values of
the Christian church, by the context of a
vital metropolitan setting, and by an
intentionally diverse campus community."
One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through
its General Education curriculum.
The Augsburg faculty has designed a
cohesive academic program incorporating
general education, major courses, supporting courses and elective courses leading to
the bachelor's degree. The core of the
Augsburg curriculum is found in the
liberal arts as expressed in the General
Education component of the college curriculum which is divided under two headings: liberal arts perspectives and skills.
The term "perspective" assumes that
not only are we engaged in the search for
truth, but that this requires the searcher to
consider questions from a variety of
viewpoints, each of which has something
valuable to contribute to the whole. These
perspectives are not strictly identified with
traditional disciplines, but are understood
in ways which encourage multi-disciplin-
ary reflections on the questions at issue.
They combine concerns about content with
those of process and approach, directed
ultimately to making the student a more
effective learner and participant in society.
The following requirements reflect the
way in which Augsburg has chosen to view
the liberal arts. Two of the four features of
the Mission Statement are embodied in the
General Education Perspectives: "The
Character and Mission of Augsburg
College: The Christian Faith and the City."
These Perspectives emphasize that the
College's affiliation with the Lutheran
Church, its insistence on the value of
knowing the approach which derives from
the Christian roots of the College and its
location in the city, deserve special
consideration in Augsburg's educational
program.
The third feature - that Augsburg is a
liberal arts institution - is also emphasized in the other General Education
Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human
life - of what it is to be human -form thc
core of the required liberal arts experience.
These overall perspectives on what it is to
be human can themselves be studied from
the vantage points of the various academic
disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity.
But the person exists in both a social
community and a natural world. Hence,
the importance of the Perspectives on the
Social World and the Natural World.
Because the way in which we understand
ourselves derives largely from our Western
heritage, students need to learn about and
reflect on sipficant aspects of this
heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the
Western Heritage. At the same time, to
Academic Information
focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric. We live in a global society. Hence
the Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Attention to moral values is found not
only in the Perspective on the Character
and Mission of the College: the Christian
Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic
Values enables students to focus on
aesthetic works created by themselves or
others, which convey fundamental insights,
express beauty and enhance life.
Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic
excellence. Tlus has a number of features,
including the way we teach all the courses
in General Education. Beyond this,
academic excellence presupposes that
students have the requisite skills to do
college-level work. The General Education
Requirements are couched in a context
which pays attention to the skills of both
incoming and graduating students. Entrylevel skill requirements in a number of
critical areas, including reading, writing,
mathematics and critical thinking, will be
assessed and help given to students who
need it. Graduation-level skills are also
emphasized, so that students not only
maintain but develop their skills during
their Augsburg experience.
The General Education Requirements
provide a coherent way to address the
Mission of Augsburg College. They are not
the only way, neither do they guarantee
that students who graduate from Augsburg
possess the desired knowledge and
character traits. What they do is provide a
coherent description of the context in
which we liberally educate students, a
clear statement of expected outcomes and
an opportunity for students to see and
understand the complexity of what it is to
be human and Christian in an urban set tin^.
THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE
REQUIREMENTS
Perspective: The Character and Mission of
Augsburg College: The Christian Faith
This Perspective focuses on Augsburg
as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran
Church in America. As a college of the
Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its
educational program the doctrines of the
Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and
the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran
Church. It consciously affirms that all
students should reflect upon the Christian
Scriptures, theologcal concepts, ethical
values, their own faith and values, and
religious concepts outside of the Christian
faith as part of becoming educated.
Christian Faith (CF 1, 2 and 3)
Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers
Christian theology and area 3 includes the
study of values or religions outside the
Christian faith. Three course credits are
required to meet this Perspective except for
the following:
Transfer students entering with 14-23
course credits will be required to take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective
while registered at Augsburg.
Transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits will be required to take
one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
Perspective: The Character and Mission of
Augsburg College: The City
This Perspective focuses on the
College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective,
students should gain an understanding of
and critically reflect upon the city with its
diverse populations, cultural, govemmen-
67
-
Academic Information
tal and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students
should experience the community and
should explore opportunities for service in
the community.
This requirement must be covered
either by specific courses, by internship
and education experiences or by designated or college approved non-credit
experiences (such as volunteer service or
college programs). Experiences that satisfy
the requirement must be accompanied by
GST 209 seminar related to the perspective.
The City (C)
One course credit or experience is
required to meet h s Perspective.
Perspective: Western Heritage
This Perspective is intended to help
students critically examine themes (found,
for example, in literature, philosophy and
the arts) and events that have historically
shaped Western civilization. Attention
should be paid to the contributions of and
to critiques of Western thought by women
and ethnic minorities.
Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2)
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this
Perspective. One course is required to meet
this Perspective for transfer students
entering with 14 or more course credits.
Perspective: Human Identity
This Perspective is intended to help
students view themselves as persons, men
and women with unique abilities, values,
beliefs, experiences and behaviors.
Human ldentity (HI)
One course credit is required to meet
Perspective: Aesthetics
Aesthetic creations convey fundaments
insights and values, express beauty and
enhance life. This Perspective focuses on
aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by
oneself and others.
Aesthetics (A)
One course credit is required to meet
this Perspective.
Perspective: The Social World
This Perspective is intended to help
students learn to identify, examine and
critique social, economic or political
systems: to understand how and why such
systems develop, to see the connections
among these systems and to use this
knowledge as a participant in society.
Social World (SW 1 and 2)
One course must focus on current
theories and methods of a social science.
Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective. One course is required to meet this
Perspective for transfer students entering
with 14 or more course credits.
Perspective: intercultural Awareness
This Perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by
expanding students' awareness of other
cultures. One course is required in which
students critically reflect upon ways their
own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become
better able to communicate with persons of
other cultural backgrounds partially by
being introduced to a specific culture other
than European or mainstream North
American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry
Academic Information 69
md read a language other than their
native language. For this part of the
Perspective, students are required to have
jemonstrated proficiency in a modem
ianguage or American Sign Language for
nearing students.
The modem language requirement will
3e determined by assessing previous
2xperience and subsequent placement.
Intercultural Awareness (IA 1)
The study of a specific, non-Westem
:ulture and how that culture has shaped
the world. One course credit is required to
meet this part of the Intercultural Awareness Perspective.
(IA 2 and 3)
Study of a modem language other than
khe native tongue. Up to two course credits
~f a beginning language or one at your
placement level is required. Students with
previous language study should contact an
ldrnissions counselor or the Registrar's
3ffice for placement information. Students
whose native language is not Enghh should
:ontact the Academic Advising Center.
Modem Language
Course Placement
Experience
or Requirement
,-.
Lollegelevel -none
:0-2 semesters in High School)
111,112
Zollege level - 111
:3-4 semesters in High School)
112
Zollege level - 112
:4-6 semesters in High School)
211
Zollege level - 211
:7 semesters in High School)
212
Zollege level - 212
:8 or more semesters in High School) No
course
required
Students who are required to complete
two semesters of modem language must
complete the requirement with sequential
courses in the same language. Hearing
students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by
passing an approved course sequence will
have fulfilled IA-2 and IA-3 Perspectives.
Perspective: The Natural World
This Perspective is intended to help
students understand themselves in relation
to the physical world. Their active role as
observers, explorers and moral agents will
be emphasized. Sufficient technical training
in scientific knowledge, concepts and
methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues.
Natural World (NW 1 and 2)
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this
Perspective unless an approved one-year
sequence is taken. One course is required to
meet h s Perspective for transfer students
entering with 14 or more course credits.
EXPLANATION OF GRADES
Student achievement in courses is
measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports
and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading
options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system,
in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
PassINo Credit
Students who choose the P/N option
are cautioned:
2
Academic Information
In order to receive a grade of P, a
student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
1.0
Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank
each as a "C".
0.5
0.0
P-graded courses do not count
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
graduation with distinction. Transfer
students should be especially aware of
this requirement.
See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, page 63.
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(i.e., Lifetime Sports are graded only P/N).
In courses where there is a choice,
students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their
registration that they wish to use the
P/N grading option. Any changes in choice
of grading system must be made according
to dates published each term. A fee is
charged for any changes after the first five
days of classes. All changes in grading
option that are made after initial registration require the signature of an adviser or
the instructor.
Numeric Grades
Numeric grades are used with these
definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
Achieves above basic course
standards
Meets basic standards for the
course
Performance below basic course
standards
Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
not computed in the grade point average.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an incomplete grade, a student
must receive permission of the instructor oj
the course; must file a form stating the
reasons for the request, the work required
to complete the course, the plan and date
for completing the work with comments
from the instructor; and must file the form
with the Office of the Registrar. If permission is granted, the necessary work must be
completed in enough time to allow
evaluation of the work by the instructor
and filing of a grade before the final day of
the following semester. If the work is not
completed by that date, the grade for the
course becomes a 0.0.
Internships, Independent Studies and
Directed Studies may sometimes last
longer than one term. When this is the case,
they must be completed by the grading
deadlines within one year from the
beginning of the first term of registration.
A grade of X is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final
grade will be issued at the end of the term
in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactory progress is
not demonstrated. If the course is not
complete, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
Academic Information
A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,
1.5, or N has been received may be re2eated for credit. Courses in which higher
yades have been earned may not be
aepeated for credit and a grade, but may be
iudited. All courses taken and grades
2arned each term remain on the academic
.ecord. O n y the credits and grades earned
he second time, for legitimately repeated
:ourses, are counted toward graduation
md in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it
s dropped after the deadline for dropping
:lasses without a notation on the record.
Iuditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses
~ i t h o ucredit
t
or grade may do so by
.egistering for Audit (V). Full-time
itudents may audit a course without
:barge. The charge for part-time students is
isted under College Costs in the Financing
four Education section on page 22. The
jignature of the instructor is required to
.egister an audit. Students who audit a
:ourse should confer with the instructor
vithin two weeks of the beginning of the
, e m to determine expectations, attendance
md any other requirements. If expectations
lave been met, the course will be listed on
he transcript as having been audited. If
:xpectations have not been met, the
:ourse will be listed with a grade of W
Withdrawn).
kade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is
)ased on final grades for all work at
lugsburg. It does not include credit and
~ a d points
e
for work transferred from
)her colleges. Courses taken on the P/N
;rading option are recorded, but not
:omputed in the GPA. The formula for
:om~utinethe GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of courses taken.*
*Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Classification
Students are classified in August and at
the end of the Fall and Interim terms.
Sophomores - Seven courses
completed.
Juniors - 16 courses completed.
Seniors - 24 courses completed.
International Baccalaureate Program (IB)
Courses earned from the International
Baccalaureate Program will be considered
by the College for advanced placement and
appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the Registrar's Office.
ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes that
learning can and does take place in many
life situations. Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that compose the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The APL
program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another
accredited institution, may be presented for
examination for possible credit toward the
completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is
relevant to course work in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and 2) it can be objectively demon-
71
72 Academic Information
-
strated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students
may have their previous learning assessed
for credit recogrution. The following is a
brief description of each of these means of
assessment:
Advanced Placement Program
Test (AP) - Advanced placement in
courses beyond the beginning level is
granted to students with scores of 3,4
and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office
of the Registrar.
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) - This is a series of
standardized tests which have been
developed by the College Board and are
offered to students for a small fee at
regional testing centers. (The regional
testing center for this area is the University
of Minnesota.) Students who score at or
above the 65th percentile on a subject
examination may receive academic credit
for that subject at Augsburg College.
Additional information about CLEP tests is
available from the Office of the Registrar
and the Academic Advising Center.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams
- These are available for students to use in
obtaining credit for previous learning if the
following conditions are met:
There is a departmental instrument
available for the subject area in question.
There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
The Registrar approves the student's
request to take the exam. Credit for
departmental exams is available on a pass/
no credit basis only, and there is a charge
per exam of one-half of tuition for a full
course credit.
The Portfolio Assessment Program This is a credit assessment alternative in
which a faculty team completes a credit
evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty team is
composed of two faculty members from
fields of study directly related to the
student's previous learning. Students who
wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment should
consult the Office of the Registrar. In
completing the evaluation of a student's
previous learning, the faculty team applies
the following criteria:
There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed
and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts course work.
The learning has been objectively
verified by individuals in addition to the
presenting student.
The learning lends itself to both
qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the
student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved
are current and could be used at the
present time.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four courses/credits of academic
work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is
strongly recommended that the process no
be used when four or fewer courses remair
for graduation. There is an application
deposit to initiate the credit assessment
process, and a charge for each semester
Academic Information
credit applied to the student's transcript if
credit is approved. Credit is available on a
pass/no credit basis only.
Transcript credit will be granted on the
basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided
by four to determine the number of course
credits applied to graduation. These credits
will be recorded with the course number of
APL 2xx. Application of this credit toward
the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements,
Upper Division requirements and academic
majors and minors may be subsequently
addressed by the departments involved in
response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning -While Augsburg
College recogruzes the validity of
learning that takes place outside the
traditional classroom, this learning must be
placed in the context of formal study in
campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight
courses (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is
obtained through previous experiential
learning. In compiling the eight courses of
credit for previous experiential learning,
the student may use any combination of
the four assessment processes available
in the APL program: AP exams, CLEP
exams, departmental comprehensive
exams and credit granted through portfolio
assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program
Students who declare a language other
than English to be their primary language
or who are citizens of another c o w must
take the ESL placement test in conjunction
with the English writing placement test at
orientation. Students' placement in ESL,
ENG 101 Develoumental writ in^. or ENG
111 Effective Writing will be determined by
their scores on the Michigan test (80-100
range for exemption from ESL) and by a
writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English
as a Second Language course, an objective
test will be administered to all students in
the class. The score on this test and the
grade eamed in the class will determine
whether additional ESL course work is
required. Usually a score of 80 to 100 and a
course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the
student's ESL requirement.
All students whose native language is
not English must stay enrolled in ENG
217/218 until such time that they pass ESL
placement test at 80 percent or higher. The
ESL course can only be counted twice in
the total number of courses required for
graduation.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language
requirement for graduation.
1 ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION
AND DISMISSAL
The College requires that students
maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman -A student who has taken
fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore -A student who has
taken fewer than 16 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
Junior- A student who has taken
fewer than 24 courses with a cumulative
GPA of 1.9 or higher
Senior - A student who has taken 24
or more courses with a cumulative GPA of
9
n
-- L:-L--
73
2 Academic Information
It should be noted that a minimum
GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with
certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
decision within 10 days to the Committee
on Student Standing.
Students whose academic achievement
falls below these guidelines will either be
placed on scholastic probation at the end of
the term or will be continued on probation
or will be dismissed from the College. In
addition, a freshman who receives two zero
grades or a sophomore who receives three
zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from
the College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Committee on Student
Standing. Evidence of the student's
commitment to academic progress is the
major consideration in deciding whether or
not to dismiss a student. Students who
have a poor academic record may be
strongly advised to withdraw before the
end of a term. Those on probation who
voluntarily withdraw from the College, as
well as those who are dismissed, must have
special permission to re-enroll.
The Dean's List, compiled after
each semester, lists students whose grade
point average for a semester is 3.5 or
better. Students must be full-time students
(a minimum equivalent of three full
course credits for a weekday schedule
student or two equivalent full course
credits for a Weekend College student),
graded on the traditional grading system,
with no incompletes in courses offered for
credit. Courses taken outside of a program's calendar (i.e., crossover courses
taken in a Weekend College trimester term
by a day program student or in a semester
term by a Weekend program student) are
not calculated when determining the
Dean's List. If permission is given by the
student, an announcement is sent to the
hometown newspaper of each student on
the Dean's List.
Students may be removed from
probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels stated above.
Students placed on probation as freshmen
for having earned two zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not
earned additional zero grades, and if their
cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for
having earned three zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative
GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to
dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the
Dean's List
Qualification for Commencement
Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the
month of May. Undergraduate students
who will not have met degree requirement$
by the end of the Spring Term may quahfy
to participate in commencement if: 1) no
more than 3 course credits/requirements
will remain in their program at the end of
the Spring Term, and 2) the remaining
requirements will be completed in the
Summer or Fall Terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for
graduation who will complete Summer or
Fall Terms will be noted as such in the
commencement program.
Academic lnformation
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State
Approving Agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the Office of
the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration. Veterans will need to meet
the requirements of the Veterans Adrninistration regarding repayment of educational
assistance funds received.
I FOUR YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM
This program applies to students who
enter the Day School schedule as full-time
freshmen in the fall of 1996 and thereafter.
New freshmen are assured that they will be
able to graduate in four years - if they
maintain continuous full-time enrollment
for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA and
follow advising guidelines - or they will
receive the remaining required courses free
of additional tuition. A few professional
majors are excluded from this program.
Students must complete a formal advising
agreement with the College by the end of
their sophomore year (16 course credits are
completed) in order to qualify. Contact the
Academic Advising Center for details.
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND
PRIVACY ACT NOTICE
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (FERPA)
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg College is required to gyve notice
of the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with
FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to Inspect and Review Education
Records - You have the right to review
and inspect substantially all of your
education records maintained by or at
Augsburg College.
Right to Request Amendment of Education Records - You have the right to seek
to have corrected any parts of an education
record whch you believe to be inaccurate,
misleading or otherwise in violation of
your right to privacy. Tlus includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg
decides not to alter your education records
according to your request.
Right to Give Permission for Disclosure
of Personally Identifiable lnformation You have the right to be asked and to give
Augsburg your permission to disclose
personally identifiable information
contained in your education records, except
to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission.
Right to withhold Disclosure of
"Directory Information" -FERPA uses
the term "Directory Information" to refer to
those categories of personally identifiable
information that may be released for any
purpose at the discretion of Augsburg
College without notification of the request
or disclosure to the student.
Under FERPA you have the right to
withhold the disclosure of the "Directory
Information" listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any
decision by you to withhold "Directory
Information." Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release "Directory
Information," any future request for such
information from persons or organizations
outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
75
2
Academic Information
"Directory Information" includes
the following:
The student's name;
The student's address;
The student's telephone number;
The student's date and place of birth;
The student's major field of study;
The student's participation in
officially recognized activities and
sports;
The student's degrees and awards
received;
The weight and height of members of
athletic teams;
The student's dates of attendance;
The most recent previous educational
agency or institution attended by the
student; and
The student's photograph
Augsburg College will honor your
request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to
contact you for subsequent permission to
release it. Augsburg assumes no liability
for honoring your instructions that such
information be withheld. Forms for
withholding disclosure of "Directory
Information" are available from the
Registrar's Office. If the completed form is
not received by the Registrar prior to Sept.
15, it will be assumed that all "Directory
Information" may be disclosed for the
remainder of the current academic year. A
new form for withholding disclosure must
be completed each academic year.
Right to Complain to FERPA Office You have the right to file a complaint with
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act Office, Department of Education, 600
Independence Ave. S.W., Washington, D.C.
20202, concerning Augsburg's failure to
comply with FERPA.
Right to Obtain Policy: -You have the
right to obtain a copy of the written
Augsburg policy regarding FERPA. A copy
may be obtained in person from the
Registrar's Office.
A
\ s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge and truth
are interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses
which make it more accessible to students.
These courses can be arranged in various
ways to construct majors, to create the
substance of a broad general education and
to give students the opportunity to study
areas of particular individual interest.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a
program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach
and requirements for a particular course can
be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals
and its place in the College's program. A
listing of requirements for individual majors
and minors follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered Fall and/or
Spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The Schedule of Classes published by the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) each spring lists offerings and
locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Since some courses are offered alternate
years, it is important that the student review
with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedules for courses
offered in January Interim, Summer School,
Augsburg Weekend College and the Master
of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and the Master of
Social Work programs are published in
separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half
or one-quarter course credit, are offered in
the Division of Professional Studies. Unless
noted, all courses are one course credit. A
full course has the approximate value of
four semester credits or six quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute
periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in
addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are Lower
Division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as Upper Division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily
for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for
juniors, and 400s for seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
in the course description. A student may
enroll in a course when a prerequisite has
not been fulfilled if there is prior approval
by the professor teaching the course.
Every department offers opportunities
Departments and Programs 79
course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional
statements and that will be found in the
departmental course listing.
INTERNSHIPS
Registration for Internships consists of
the following steps:
1. Obtain the Internship Registration
Permission Form from the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office and secure
the signatures of the faculty supervisor and
director of Internships and Cooperative
Education.
199
399
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship
during the registration period. The signed
permission form must be turned in at the
time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement secured, but a
suitable internship must be found by the
end of the registration or drop/add period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available from the Internship and Cooperative Education Office) must be negotiated
with the faculty member responsible for
grading the experience and the work
supervisor. The completed original is
turned in to the Internshp and Cooperative
Education Office, with copies made for the
faculty, supervisor and student.
lnternship
A work or service-based learning experience at the sophomore level in whch a student,
faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas
and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is often expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/
registration, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register.
lnternship
A work or service-based learning experience at the junior-senior level in which a student,
faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas
and methods of the discipline with the opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is often expected. Prior to the b e p n i n g of the term/
registration, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register.
DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES
299
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the
direction of an Instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores and
juniors. Approval must be secured from the instructor and the department chairperson
in writing before the term in which the study is undertaken.
499
Independent StudyIResearch
An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to junior
and senior majors. Approval must be secured from the instructor and the department
8o
-
ACCOUNTING
See listing under Business Administration
and Management Information Systems.
AMERICAN
INDIAN
STUDIES
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
&
t is important as a field of study for
our time. Our survival as a culture may
very well depend on whether we are able
to create order and beauty in the design
and function of communities. Realizing
this, we have made design and sensitivity
to all aspects of visual experience central to
the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is
so much a part of everyday life that it is
often taken for granted. At the same time,
however, the interchange of visual ideas is
frequently misunderstood. The task of the
artist, art teacher and art historian is to
celebrate visual experience through a
variety of media and art examples. In short,
the visual arts teach us how to see.
Because of the College's commitment to
the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at
Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from
all disciplines. Art as a human activity does
involve manual skill, although to become
broadly significant it should interact with
the content available in other fields, such as
language, history, drama, music, literature,
philosophy, theology, business, physical
education and science.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is
an ideal setting for the study of art because
it provides a constant possibility for the
interaction of ideas, disciplines and
attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a sipficant
number of art galleries and museums in the
Twin Cities area.
Art Faculty
Kristin Anderson (Chair), Norman Holen,
Philip Thompson
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the Studio Arts Foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
Art
or ART 225 Communication Design I
or ART 360 Watercolor Painting
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
And two additional art history courses
Senior studio majors must participate in at
least one exhibit during their final year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
Licensure requirements.
Art History Major
Eight art history courses including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102 Design
or ART 107Drawing
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 221 Sculpture
Honors Majors
GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall,
portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or
research (art history majors) reflecting high
quality work, and special projects such as
senior exhibition and research. Application
should be made to the Department Chair
before the last tern of the senior year.
Studio Art Minor
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107 and three additional studio courses.
Art History Minor
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one
in art history. Up to four courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
I STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions.
9RT 102
Design
A study of design as the unify~ngfoundation for the visual arts. Two- and
three-dimensionalprojects demonstrating the use of the basic design
elements and principles.
9RT 107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimentalwork.
81
-
** Art
STUDIO ART
ART 100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the
Department.
ART 106
Calligraphy I
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with
emphasis on the broad-edged pen.
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression and communication with attention to black and white photographic processes. Students
need access to a 35 mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost
approximately $200-225.
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster,
welded steel and bronze, plaster, and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve,
cast, weld and assemble the respective media.
ART 223
ART 224
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimentalmedia and methods of
printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil and mono methods are explored.
Publication Design
An introduction to basic publication formats and production using
electronic layout software, emphasizing principles and tools of typography, layout and color.
ART 225
Communication Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design.
Students will use the computer to develop their visual communication
skills as they create designs using typography, symbols, logos and
illustrations.
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on
handbuilding and glazing.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual
arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry,
dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian
tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basketmaking, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints.
ART 306
Calligraphy II
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
Art 83
ART 330
ART 351
Communication Design II
An advanced study of graphic design using the computer to create visual
communications for the print medium. (Prereq.: ART 225)
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or
handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 360
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in
transparent watercolor.
ART 368
Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique.
(Prereq.: ART 223)
ART 478
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster,
welded steel and bronze, plaster, and plexiglass. (Prereq.: ART 221)
ART HISTORY
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Westem world from prehistoric to modem times.
Includes reading, research, viewing of slides and visits to museums.
Note: Thefollowing courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine
arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women.
(Prereq.:ENG 111)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D.
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting,
sculpture and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
- Art
ART 388
19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture and architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture and folk arts.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ART 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
ART 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
ART 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
ART 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
ASIANSTUDIES
See listing under East Asian Studies.
B
iolow is the study of life and it is
natural that we, as contemplative living
zreatures, seek a deeper understanding of
the living world that envelops us. This
search has led to the realization that the
tarth is filled with an enormous variety of
living organisms. Since humans are a part
3f the biological world, an understanding
~f the basic biologcal processes common to
311 organisms, as well as those features
which are unique to humans, is essential to
~ttainself-understanding
- and to provide a
basis for wise decisions.
-<
Even the simplest organisms are
incredibly complex and a complete
understanding of even one of these has, as
yet, eluded biologsts, even though some
~rganismshave been subjected to years of
intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus
zontinue to be a fertile field for research for
many years to come.
Still, in recent decades great strides
have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those
at the cellular, molecular, and ecosystem
levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to
humans, including advances in medicine,
3griculture and food science.
Because a complete understanding of
2iological systems depends on applications
~f the principles of physics and chemistry,
3 firm background in the physical sciences
is also important, to support the student's
xoad-based understanding of biology.
For many, an undergraduate major in
2iology serves primarily as a basis for
hrther study. Augsburg graduates have
3one on to further studies in the Life
;ciences, leading to careers in college or
miversity teaching, basic and applied
research, and public health. Others have
mtered professional programs in medicine,
veterinary medicine and dentistry. Other
graduates have gone directly into a variety
of careers, including secondary education
and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty
Esther McLaughlin (Chair),William
Capman, Mary K. Chelberg, Robert
Herforth, Dale Pederson
5
e n
Major
Nine courses including:
BIO 113 General Biology
BIO 114 General Biology
BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
and at least one from each of the five
following groups:
I.
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
BIO 352 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
BIO 473 Animal Physiology
11.
BIO 361 Plant Biology
BIO 440 Plant Physiology
111.
BIO 355 Genetics
BIO 481 Ecology
IV.
v.
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 474 Developmental Biology
BIO 367 Biochemistry
BIO 476 Microbiology
The ninth course may be any Upper
Division biology course, including an
Interim course.
BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is
required of all juniors and seniors.
86 Biology
-
Required Supporting Courses
CHM 1051106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 1151116 General Chemistry
CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry
or CHM 3511352 Organic Chemistry
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 1211122 General Physics
Math Placement Group IV
a two-semester sequence in organic
chemistry. Many medical schools also
require two semesters of calculus. Students
should consult the pre-medical adviser in
the department for information specific to
medical school application.
Graduate and Professional Training
GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall,
active participation in seminar, one course
of approved Independent Study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
Graduate programs in biological fields
require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require
undergraduate research experience. Health
care professions (physician assistant,
physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have
specific requirements which should be discussed with an adviser in the department.
Minor
Teaching Licensure Major
Five courses, including BIO 113,114
and three Upper Division courses; CHM
105/106 or CHM 115/116.
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
iden* current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Honors Major
In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely
with members of the Biology faculty.
Normally both General Biology and
Principles of Chemistry (or General
Chemistry) should be taken in the first
year, and Introductory Cellular Biology
and Organic Chemistry in the second year.
Pre-medical Biology Major
The same as the biology major, including a two-semester sequence in physics and
Cooperative Education
The Department works with the
Cooperative Education Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in
laboratories and other settings in the Twin
Cities. Students interested should consult
with the Biology Department Cooperative
Education Coordinator.
Biology 87
BIO 101
Human Biology
An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective.
Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics,
organ systems, and human impact on the environment. (Three hours
lecture. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does
not apply to the major or minor. Fall)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered.
(Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major
or minor. Spring)
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours
lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both
BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall)
BIO 105
Biology and Society
The biological basis for problems facing society, such as pollution, genetic
engineering, AIDS, extinction, global warming, hunger, cancer. (Three
hours lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring)
BIO 113
General Biology - lntroductory Organismal Biology
An introduction to organismal biology for science majors, including
diversity, physiology, and structure. BIO 113 and 114 must be taken in
sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours lecture, four
hours laboratory. Fall)
BIO 114
General Biology - lntroductory Genetics, Evolution & Ecology
An introduction to cellular functioning, metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO 113 and 114 must be taken in
sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours lecture, four
hours laboratory. Spring)
BIO 215
lntroductory Cellular Biology
An introduction to structure and function in tissues, cells, and subcellular
organelles. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113,
114, CHM 106 or 116, CHM 223 or 352, or concurrent registration in 223 or
351. Fall)
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology,
behavior, life history and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113,114. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
Vertebrate phylogeny approached by comparative study of structure and
function of the major organ systems. (Three hours lecture, three hours
..
---
.
88 Biology
-
BIO 355
Genetics
Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi and plants, including the
study of structure, physiology, life histories and phylogeny. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113,114. Fall '96, Spring
thereafter)
BIO 367
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their
components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration.
(Three hours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 223 or 352. Fall)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, growth,
development and water relations in plants including the relationship of
process to structure and life history. (Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA
technology, maintenance of cellular compartments, cell-signaling, cell
cycle, and cytoskeleton-extracellularmatrix interactions. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement and
sensory perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these
functions, emphasizing vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of the instructor.
Fall)
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which
occur during embryonic development of animals, including genetic
control of development. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, indus-
trial and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to
human pathogens. (Three hours lecture, three hour laboratory, one hour
tutorial. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 481
Ecology
A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic
environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient
cycling, a survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and
conservation. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday
field trips. Prereq.: BIO 215, MPG IV.Fall)
BIO 491
Biology 89
Seminar (.O course)
A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and
seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest
speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BIO 199
Internship
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: BIO 113,114)
BIO 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
BIO 399
Internship
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: BIO 215)
BIO 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: BIO 215)
INFORMATION
SYSTEMS- BUS, ACC,
0
ur mission is to prepare students
for professional careers in business or for
paduate studies. This preparation involves
a curriculum that stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community. The Department
fosters close ties with the corporate
community which provide a wealth of
practical expertise, a variety of internship
opportunities, and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best
serve both the student and the community
by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based, and
socially aware.
Faculty
MIS
major there are four specializations:
Marketing, Management, Finance, and
Jntemational Business. Within the Account
ing major there are three specializations:
General Accounting, Public Accounting,
and Managerial Accounting.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate without intentionally
taking courses in excess of the minimal
number required (see page 63), students
must avoid taking too many electives or
exceeding the 13-course limit per academic
department. Courses designated as ACC,
BUS, and MIS are considered as being in
the same academic department. Taking
extra electives, or choosing a particular
combination of major and minor may
require students to complete more than
the minimum number of credits required
for graduation.
Arnin Kader (Chair, International Business
Coordinator),John C. Cerrito (Management
Coordinator), Steven J. LaFave, Lori L.
Lohman, Fekri Meziou (Marketing CoordiTransfer Students
nator), Thomas Morgan, Milo A. Schield
(Finance Coordinator),Magdalena M.
Transfer students must complete at
Paleczny-Zapp, Kathy Schwalbe (MIS
least four of the Upper Division courses
Coordinator), and Stuart M. Stoller
required in the major at Augsburg or
(Accounting Coordinator).
obtain an exemption from the Department.
Transfer courses must be approved by the
Department. Courses taken more than 10
years ago will not be accepted.
Majors
Advisina
J
The Department of Business, Administration, Accounting and MIS offers three
majors: Business Administration (BUS),
Accounting (ACC), and Management
Mormation Systems (MIS).
Specializations
Within the Business Administration
Students who plan to major in Business
Administration, Accounting or MIS are
strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This
should be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to
advising, departmental faculty can counsel
mninrc nn their r n r ~ ~ rnccict
c
mainrc in
Business Administration
2btaining internships or jobs, and provide
letters of recommendation for prospective
2mployers or graduate programs.
Internships
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Cooperative Education and
Department faculty to obtain an Internship
:BUS/ACC/MIS 399) during their junior or
T
he major in Business Administration
xepares students for professional careers
n business administration or for graduate
studies. The four specializations within this
najor share a common business core. This
:ommon core provides students with a
>roadfoundation so they can readily adapt
:o internal changes in interests and goals
md to external changes in circumstances
md opportunities.
3usiness Core
LO courses including:
3CO 112 Principles of Macroeconamics J
ICO 113 Principles of Microeconomics v
VIIS 175 Principles of Computing f o r d
Business
2CC 221 Principles of Accounting I fl
4CC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
3US 242 Principles of Management
3US 252 Principles of Marketing
vIIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
3US 301 Business Law
3US 331 Financial Management
senior year. Although an Internship counts
as part of the 13 courses allowed in the
major, students may petition for an
exception. An Internship may satisfy the
perspective on the City. Internships can
provide students with experience that may
be valuable in competing for jobs after
graduation. Consult your adviser on this
matter.
Specialization in Marketing
Business core plus 3 courses:
BUS 352 Marketing Research and
Analysis
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
or BUS 357 Advertising
BUS 450 Marketing Management
Specialization in Management
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Operations Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project Management
or ECO 318 Management Science
Specialization in Finance
Business core plus 4 courses:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy
and Practice
BUS 438 Investment Theory
and one of the following:
ECO 311 Public Finance
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 315 Money and Banking
MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative
Methods for Business and
91
92 Business Administration
-
Specialization in International Business
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
BUS 466 International Marketing
and one additional in either BUS 362
International Business or ECO 360 International Economics.
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or
equivalent).The language requirement
may be waived for international students.
Contact the International Business Coordinator for details on language equivalents or
other configurations.
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
11courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other Upper Division Economics
course
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 242
or BUS 331 Financial Management
and one other Upper Division Business
Administration, Accounting or MIS course
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact
the Department Chair.
Minor in Business Administration
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221 and 222,
BUS 242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379.
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in Accounting or
MIS.
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
BUS 252, and three courses in International
Business (one may be in International
Economics).
Students should consult the area
coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives in International Economics.
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing,
planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager.
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
BUS 295
Topics
T
PC-IIITPC
dicrii~cinn<m e ~ t i n with
v ~ members nf the staff or visiting
-
Business Administration
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
IUS 301
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizationsunder the Uniform Commercial Code.
IUS 302
Business Ethics
Examines individual choices in business; analyzes and evaluates various
business practices; emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing
and speaking. (Prereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or jr/sr standing)
IUS 331
Financial Management
Topics related to theory of acquisition, fund allocation and management,
sources and uses of long and short-term funds, capital cost/budgeting,
leverage, dividend policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222)
IUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
IUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision-making; methodology; results;
evaluation of effectiveness. (Prereq.: BUS 252,357, ECO 113, or consent of
instructor)
IUS 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design,
evaluation, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.:
BUS 252) Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit but not
both.
IUS 368
IUS 433
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as
important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note:
Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit but not both.
International Business
Introduction to problems/possibilities and appreciation of perspective
required for successfully doing business in an international context.
(Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or 252, or consent of instructor.
Spring)
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural
perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor)
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and
case material. (Prerea.:BUS 331. ACC 322)
93
-
94 Business Administration
-
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities:
extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq
all core courses or consent of instructor)
BUS 439
Risk Management and Insurance
Analyzes exposure to accidental loss -its identification, measurement
and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control.
Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various
industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing
management and decision-making, planning marketing programs,
channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies.
(Prereq.: BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357)
BUS 465
International Management
Private sector manager's perspective of national/intemational institution
and strategies, structure, practices and effects of a national corporation in
the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended)
BUS 466
International Marketing
This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in a
international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.:
BUS 252,362)
BUS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
lnternships and Independent Study Courses:
BUS 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
BUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
BUS 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
BUS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
In.
he major in accounting prepares
tudents for professional careers in a wide
rariety of accounting-related positions.
'his major has three tracks: General
iccounting, Professional Accounting and
vlanagerial Accounting. The General
iccounting specialization is adequate for a
vide variety of positions. The Professional
iccounting track includes two specializaions: public accounting and managerial
:ccounting.The public accounting specialzation is recommended for positions with
:PA firms. The managerial accounting
pecialization is recommended for positions
vith large or rapidly-growing companies.
The two professional specializations
elate to two professional designations: the
3PA and the CMA. A Certified Public
iccountant (CPA) focuses on external
eporting; a Certified Management
iccountant (CMA) focuses on internal
eporting. The public accounting specialzation includes the materials emphasized
)n the CPA exam; the managerial specialzation includes the materials emphasized
In the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA
lesignation have an experience requirenent in addition to passing the national
!xam. Under the rules of the Minnesota
itate Board of Accountancy, Accounting
najors in the Public Accounting specializaion are qualified to sit for the CPA
:xamination during their last semester.
iccounting Core
4 courses are required for this major (an
lxception to the 13-course limitation)
ncluding:
T O 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
3C0 113 Principles of Microeconomics
dIS 175 Principles of Computing for
~usiness
BUS
BUS
ACC
ACC
MIS
242
252
221
222
379
BUS 301
BUS 331
ACC 322
ACC 323
ACC 324
ACC 425
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
Business Law
Financial Management
2
Accounting Theory and
Practice I
Accounting Theory and
Practice I1
Managerial Cost Accounting
Advanced Accounting
Students are encouraged to take the
courses in the sequence given above.
Specialization in General Accounting
No additional courses required.
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 326
Tax Accounting and 423 Auditing.
Specialization in Managerial Accounting
Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 424
Internal and Operational Audit and MIS
375 Management Information Systems in
the Organization.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
hterested juniors or seniors should contact
the Department Chair.
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322,323
and one of the following: MIS 175,379,
ECO 112 or 113.
This minor is recommended for majors
--
. .
-
2
Accounting
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations.Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
ACC 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory
pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
ACC 222)
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied
to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221,222, BUS
242,252, MIS 379, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of
instructor)
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to
form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC
323)
ACC 424
Internal and Operational Audit
Integrating the business arts of accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS to incorporate and learn the techniques of internal and
operation auditing using problem-solving. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221,
222, BUS 242,252,331, MIS 175,379)
ACC 425
ACC 495
-
Accounting 97
Advanced Accounting
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ACC 199
ACC 299
ACC 399
ACC 499
-
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
ACC 323)
Internship
See description on page 79.
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
Internship
See description on page 79.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
T
he major in Management Information
Systems prepares students for professional
careers in information systems. MIS studies
information systems as both a resource and
a tool for decision-making. Students learn
to analyze and evaluate existing systems
and to design and program new systems.
MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and
includes courses from Computer Science,
Mathematics, Economics, Business and
Accounting, as well as from MIS.
Management Information Systems Major
16 courses including:
A. Six courses in Economics, Business and
Accounting:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
B. Three courses in Mathematics and
Computer Science:
CSC 170 Structured Programming
MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
or any higher level math course
and one of the following:
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 270 FORTRAN
CSC 271 COBOL
CSC 272 UNIX and C
C. Seven courses in MIS:
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or CSC 160 Introduction to
Computer Science and
Communications
MIS 370 Advanced Computing for
Business
or CSC 352 Data Base Management
and Design
MIS 375 Management Information
Systems in the Organization
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476 Information Systems Projects
and one of the following:
MIS 376 Project Management
MIS 479 Advanced Quantitative
Methods for Business and
Economics
ECO 318 Management Science
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact
the Department Chair.
Minor in MIS
Seven courses including:
MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
BUS 252, MIS 370 or CSC 352, MIS 375,
ECO 113 and one of the following: MIS 376
475,479 or ECO 318
Mathematics Placement Croup (MPC)
Requirements
MIS 175,370,379,479, CSC 170,210 and
all 100 level Math courses have Placement
Group requirements. Since all majors in
Business, Economics and MIS must take
MIS 379, they all must have at least MPG III.
MIS
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for Business
An introductory course to develop understanding of basic computing
concepts and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows,
Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web).
Emphasis on solving business-related problems using software, especially
Excel. Students with a strong computer background are encouraged to
take MIS 370 instead of M E 175. (Prereq.:MPG 11)
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of
Management Information Systems.
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business
This course provides more in-depth use of business software like Excel,
Access, and the World Wide Web. Students will also learn to program
Windows applications using tools like Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG III,
MIS 175 or CSC 160 or strong computer background)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational objectives. Topics include strategic uses of information systems,
business process re-engineering, understanding the technology architecture and information systems resources. (Prereq.:ACC 221, BUS 242 or
252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, or CSC 160)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical
and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes.
(Prereq.:ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 175 or 370.)
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading
and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability,
sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing with emphasis
on applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 and
either Math Placement Group III or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and
Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used
include data and process modeling, file and database design, and user
interface design. A course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary
system design. (Prereq.: MIS 375 and 370 or CSC 352)
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in MIS 376 and 475, generate a complete and
99
loo
MIS
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Areas of interest
include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations.
(Prereq.: MIS 379) ,
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MIS 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
MIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
MIS 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
MIS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 79.
c
hemistry is the science of the changes
in matter, examining those changes and
working toward an understanding of them.
Correlating the results of physics and
opening the vistas of molecular biology,
chemistry has been described as the central
science because matter includes the entire
physical world such as the things we use,
the food we eat and even ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving
scientific problems, and also capable
of providing a public understanding of
their work including potential problems
as well as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as
offered in the General Education Curriculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both
truly human and truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of
Approved Schools of the American
chemical Society (ACS) and offers a
chemistry major which meets the chemistry
background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students
develop into mature scientists:
*To provide a course of study of
sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with
their peers of similar ability in graduate
school or research positions.
*To provide programs of study for
professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
*To provide an atmosphere of learning
so that students will want to remain
lifelong learners, thereby remaining
competent in their field however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
*To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to seriously
study areas outside of the sciences.
*To present the excitement of chemistry
to non-science majors as an example of the
methodology of the natural sciences in
examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world and
the reflection of the implications and
limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty
Joan C. Kunz (Chair), John J. Carroll, Arlin
E. Gyberg, Sandra L. Olmsted
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Graduation Major in Chemistry
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
and one additional course from:
CHM 364 Physical Chemistry
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry
lo*
-
Chemistry
BIO 367 Biochemistry
Also required:
PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus
I & I1
or one year of calculus
Because Upper Division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites,
students should plan to take MAT 145,146
in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in
the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The
state requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
idenfdy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major
The same as the Graduation Major. In
addition, medical schools expect at least
two courses (and usually more) in biology.
Students should consult members of the
Chemistry Department for assistance in
planning a course program early in their
college career.
E BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
12 courses including:
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus
I & I1
or one year of calculus
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures
or approved math course
PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1
(should be taken in sophomore
year)
Recommended: Modem Physics, additional mathematics, research experience,
reading ability in German and computer
proficiency.
Honors Major
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemis-
try, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall;
one course or summer of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Minor
Five courses which must include:
CHM 105,106 or CHM 115,116, CHM 353,
and two other Chemistry courses from:
CHM 223, CHM 351,352, CHM 361, or BIO
367
Note: credit will not be granted for both
CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106
and 116. Other restrictions are in the course
descriptions.
Chemistry lo3
A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count, otherwise, permission
of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using thefirst term of a
two-term course in registeringfor the second term.
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times I
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic
chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry.
Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 11)
CHM 101
Chemistry for Changing Times II
Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100
to environmental, organic and biochemical problems of societal interest. A
laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses.
(Prereq.: CHM 100, MPG III)
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105,106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background
in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and
major in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG II. Fall)
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon
equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG m.Spring)
CHM 115
General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists.
Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding
theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG III. Fall )
/'
CHM 116
CHM 223
General Chemistry
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour
lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 115. Spring)
Elementary Organic Chemistry
This one-semester course is designed for students whose professional
goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered include
synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic
compounds. This course will not count toward achemistry major, nor will
credit be given for this course if CHM 351,352 is taken, nor does it fulfill
the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352, nor does it meet biochemistry
'04 Chemistry
requirements for other programs. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Fall)
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated
by means of modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relations and
reaction mechanism. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; Spring: CHM 352)
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in
detail and gives an introduction to electrochemicaland spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of
a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture,
one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG III. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry; thermodynamics, kinetics and
quantum chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116;
MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122. Fall)
CHM 363
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(.5 course)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data
collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical
Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves
experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration.)
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry
Applications of concepts studied in CHM 361 to areas of solutions, phase
equilibria, electrolytes, molecular structure and electrochemistry. (Three
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments
relating to CHM 364. (One four and one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.:
CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring)
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifymg organic compounds in the
laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectracorrelations for IR,
UV, NMR and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including
Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. (Three hours of lecture,
six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,353,361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge of German recommended. Fall)
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and
electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and
electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one fourand-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353,361 or consent of
-
Chemistry 105
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular
orbital models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster and
organometallic compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 483
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger'swave equation and
uses the equation to solve molecular model problems. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for
molecules. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 364 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.O course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors
and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers.
Outside visitors are also invited to participate.
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before graduation which may be obtained by working on a summer
research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial
research projects. (Prereq.:junior or senior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CHM 199
lnternship
See description on page 79.
CHM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
CHM 399
lnternship
See description on page 79.
CHM 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. (Prereq.:junior or senior standing)
LOMMUNICATION
See listing under Speech/Comunication
and Theatre Arts.
T
he Augsburg Computer Science
Department strives to give students a
sound theoretical and practical foundation
in computer science. We offer both a B.A.
and a B.S. major. The computer science
curriculum places emphasis on networks,
communications and the use of computers
as an information access tool. The course
work provides students a strong base in
computer science, with emphasis on
concepts rather than on applications. We
encourage students to strengthen their
course work by electing an Internship or
Cooperative Education experience. Our
location in the Twin Cities provides us an
excellent resource of such experiences for
students, and allows them to add practical
applications to their education.
Computer Science Faculty
Larry Ragland (Chair), Larry Crockett,
Noel Petit, Charles Sheaffer
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Computer Science Major
11courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC
~ h e o r yof Computation
CSC
Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC
Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC
Advanced Topics in Computer
Science
Augment Calculus I
MAT
or
MAT 122 Calculus for the
Social and Behavioral Sciences
and two electives from CSC courses above
200, at least one of which is above 300.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Computer Science Major
15 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 330 Theory of Computation
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 4-40 Advanced Networking and
Communications
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer
Science
MAT 145 Augment Calculus I
MAT 146 Augment Calculus I1
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I1
or MAT 247 Introduction to
Applied Mathematics
or MAT 355 Numerical Analysis
and two electives from CSC courses above
200, at least one of which is above 300.
Computational Economics
The computational economics major ha!
been designed to serve a need for students
to have some basic understanding of
computer science and economics. The
major requires six courses from computer
science and six from economics with a
required capstone Independent Study.
Students interested in this major should
C o m ~ u t e rScience
2onsult with the faculty in computer
science, in economics, or one of the
:oordinators.
Coordinators: Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics. Larry Ragland,
Department of Computer Science.
Major in Computational Economics
K4T 145 Augment Calculus I
or MAT 122 Calculus for the
Social and Behavioral Sciences
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer
CSC 160
Science
112 Principles of Macroeconomics
113 Principles of Microeconomics
312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
313 Intermediate Microeconomics
318 Management Science
315 Money and Banking
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
CSC 499 Independent Study
or ECO 499 Independent Study
ECO
ECO
ECO
ECO
ECO
ECO
Computer Science Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in computer science and
mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an
independent study project.
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including CSC 160,170,210,
345, MAT 145, and one Upper Division
Computer Science course.
Introduction to Computer Science and Communications
Use of the computer as an information accessing tool through e-mail,
Internet, newsgroups, and remote access to the library; an introduction to
computer science topics in hardware, software, and theory. (Prereq.:MPG
m)
CSC 170
Structured Programming
An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using C. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or BUS 279 or MPG IV)
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks and queues; recursion; objects,
classes and methods. (Prereq.: CSC 170)
CSC 261
Electronics
See under PHY 261.
CSC 270
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
'07
lo8
-
Computer Science
CSC 271
COBOL
Study of the COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
CSC 272
UNlX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and
has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or
another course with a study of a programming language)
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching/sorting; mathematical algorithms, scheduling, and tree and graph
traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP,
NP-complete problems and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and
MAT 145)
CSC 330
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata and
computability. Topics include regular and context-free languages, finite
automata, Turing machines, the halting problem and unsolvability.
(Prereq.: CSC 170 or 345; MAT 145)
CSC 340
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory,
distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.:
csc 345)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems,
instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 160)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC
210)
CSC 440
Advanced Networking and Communications
Network management; client/se~erdatabases and workstations; TCP/IP,
IPX, Appletalk networks. (Prereq.: CSC 340)
CSC 445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management,
interactions among major components of computer systems, and a
detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating
systems. (Prereq.: CSC 345)
Com~uterScience
CSC 450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming
languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics,
parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the
run-time environment. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in
other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CSC 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
CSC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
CSC 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
CSC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
109
A
major in East Asian Studies is
offered through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which is available
as a result of the cooperation and crossregistration possibilities among Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, The College of St. Catherine and
the University of St. Thomas. The program
pools the resources and expertise within
the five institutions. This major enables
students to acquire a broad knowledge of
Japan, China and other East Asian nations
and to gain a functional knowledge of the
language of one country.
Career opportunities for those who
attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian
Studies include government service,
international business, journalism, language instruction, Asian arts and intercultural communication. The major provides a
foundation for graduate work in various
fields such as anthropology, economics,
history, international relations, business,
law, political science, sociology and theatre.
This major is also recommended for those
interested in education and work with
social and recreational agencies.
East Asian Studies Faculty
Martha Johnson, Director
Major in East Asian Studies
Nine courses are required for the major.
Courses in the major must be approved by
the campus adviser, and are distributed as
follows: four courses in an East Asian
language; four additional courses, two of
which must be Upper Division (strongly
recommended that one of these be a historj
course on China or Japan); and an East
Asiarl Studies Seminar. A term of study
abroad and the completion of a minor in
another discipline are strongly recommended.
Study abroad opportunities for the
semester or a year are available in Hong
Kong, Japan, Korea and the People's
Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by
offering a cross-cultural experience in the
country of specialization.
Language Courses
Hamliie University offers elementary
and intermediate courses in Chinese.
Macalester College and the University of
St. Thomas offer elementary and intermedi.
ate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University of
Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese
languages (without extra tuition charges);
see campus adviser. Non-majors may also
take the Chinese and Japanese language
courses.
-
East Asian Studies
Minor in East Asian Studies
Five courses, no more than two of
which may be in the language. A minor in
East Asian studies provides exposure to an
area of East Asia which would complement
other disciplines.
Note: Interim courses or new courses
related to the East Asian Studies Program
may be substituted when appropriate, with
the consent of the campus adviser. Faculty
advising is recommended at all stages of
the major to plan a coherent and effective
program.
Each campus has a member on the
ACTC East Asian Studies committee who
can assist students. The current advisers
are: Augsburg College - Martha Johnson
330-1715, Hamline University - Richard
Kagan 641-2433, Macalester -Yue-him
Tam 696-6262, St. Catherine -Martha
Hardesty 690-6189, St. Thomas - Robert
Foy 962-5603.
Approved Augsburg College courses
for the East Asian Studies Program (consult
program director for ACTC listing of
approved courses):
BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge
of Japan
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Westem
World
PHI 355 Asian Philosophy
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
REL 356 History of Religions
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
Students may also take Independent
Studies (299,499) or topics courses relating
to East Asian Studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and
approval of program director.
111
T
he Economics Department offers a
program which stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative analysis and an
emphasis on national and international
issues. Students who graduate with an
Economics major are well prepared to
continue their education in a variety of
fields or to work successfully in business
and government because of the strong
liberal arts emphasis within the major.
Currently, four majors are offered. The
Economics major is designed primarily for
students who are planning graduate or
advanced professional studies. The
Applied Economics major generally leads
to careers in the business world or govemment. Computational Economics meets the
challenge of the changing career opportunities in the fields of Economics and Computer Science. Finally, the combined
Economics/Business Administration major
is designed for those who want more flexibility in planning their program of study.
The study of Economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze
and to make choices. Some reasons for
studying Economics are: Economics deals
with current problems; Economics is a
successful and prestigious social science;
Economics employs theoretical models and
the scientific method; an Economics major
prepares students for community leadership; and an Economics major leads to a
great diversity of career opportunities.
These include careers in business, law,
teaching, journalism, politics, banking and
finance, service in government, educational
administration, private and public intemational service and industrial relations. A
degree in Economics may prove to be a
valuable credential.
Students are also able to combine an
Economics major with other disciplines
such as Business Administration, Intemational Relations, Mathematics, Computer
Science, Management Information Systems
(MIS), Political Science, History and Nordic
Area Studies.
Transfer students majoring in the Economics Department must take at least four
Upper Division Economics courses at Augsburg, one of these must be ECO 312 or 313.
Internships are recommended. Students
must consult with the Department chair
and the Internship office before registering
for academic credit.
Economics Faculty
Satya P. Gupta (Chair),Jeanne Boeh,
Edward Sabella
Maior in Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 414 Welfare Economics
and three other Upper Division courses:
MIS 175 Computers for Business,
Accounting, Economics and
MIS
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
or MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social
and Behavioral Sciences
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in Economics. Computer
courses are also stron~lvrecommended.
Economics 113
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 311 Public Finance
or ECO 312 Intermediate
Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 318 Management Science
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
ECO 413 Labor Economics
ECO 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499 Independent Study
MIS 175 Computers for Business,
Accounting, Economics and
MIS
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human
Identity
Major in Computational Economics
See Computer Science, page 106.
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
Five Economics courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
And one other Upper Division Economics
course
and six Accounting/Business Administration/MIS courses including:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
and one other Upper Division Business
course
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis
from the Augsburg major requirements.
The state requirements may also be
subject to change after publication of this
catalog. Students therefore should consult
with the Augsburg Education Department
to iden* current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0
overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Minor in Economics
ECO 112,113,312,313, and one
additional Economics Upper Division
course. Other configurations may be
permitted by consulting with the Department chair.
Note: Students who plan to major in the
Department are strongly encouraged to
select a Department adviser as soon as
possible in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed on the
following pages, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295,495 Topics:
Consumer Economics, Research Methods
for Economics and Business, Advanced
Economic Theory, Decision-Making with
Finite Markov Chains, Soviet Economy,
Economics of Mutual Funds and Health
Economics.
Economics
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental
microeconomic tools, e.g. crime prevention, education, discrimination.
(This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to
major in Economics or Business Administration or MIS).
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic
theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of
ECO 113or 110. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.:
MPG 11)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO
110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.:
MPG 11)
ECO 219
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political,
economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be
on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking. (Prereq.: ECO
112 or 113)
ECO 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economics problems and policies.
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.:ECO 113. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
Economics
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries
that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources,
including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are
examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113:
on demand)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and
economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation,
marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest
route, inventory models, etc. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG m. Fall)
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of
payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO
113. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 360
Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical
deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, global
warming, etc. that arise in the process of economic development to better
the standard of living of the developed and developing countries.
(Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand)
ECO 413
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets: labor as a factor of ~roduction:determination
of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society.
(Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 414
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business.
Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting,
estimation of demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic
problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313: on
demand)
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO
312,313, MAT 122)
-
- Economics
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ECO 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
ECO 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
ECO 399
Internship
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: 50 percent of major or consent of
instructor)
ECO 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
T
he Education Department maintains
teacher education programs which are fully
accredited by the Minnesota Board of
Teaclung and the National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(NCATE). These programs lead to endorsements or licensure for kindergarten,
elementary, a wide variety of secondary
subject areas, and K-12 licenses in art,
health, music, or physical education.
Students must apply for acceptance into
the Education Department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law
requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS
Exam prior to beginning 300400 level
courses. Students complete a semester of
full-time student teaching within the
Department's 45-mile service area.
The Education Department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education
and education studies.
All students are expected to obtain an
Education Department adviser at the outset
of coursework.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department
students may participate in an Interna-
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and
Licensure Requirements:
EDU 210 Learning and Development
in an Educational Setting
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDU 341 Media Technology
tional Student Teaching Abroad program.
Students have options for student teaching
in dozens of countries through the international and American School network. Those
interested in further information should
contact the Education Department.
Students who student teach abroad will do
part of their student teaching in the Metro
area under direct Augsburg faculty
supervision.
Education Faculty
Rich Germundsen (Chair), Mary Ann
Bayless, Linda Dyer, Joseph Erickson, Ann
Fleener, Gretchen Irvine, Susan O'Comor,
Vicki Olson, Jean Strait
Note:
Major changes in Minnesota teacher
licensure are expected to be implemented
prior to the year 2000. At the date of this
catalog printing those changes have yet to
be announced. All candidates for teacher
licensure will have to meet the standards
set by the State and meet the State's
timeline requirements. Teacher candidates
are strongly encouraged to maintain
frequent contact with an Education
Department faculty adviser.
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching
Reading
EDE 352 Creating Learning
Environments: Kindergarten Elementary and Field
Experience
EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Art, Music
l8 Elementary Education
-
EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Mathematics
EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Physical Education
EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Social Studies,
Thematic Studies
EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Children's
Literature
EDE 387 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Language Arts
EDE 388 Human Relations
EDE 481,482,483 Student Teaching K-6
EDE 484 Student Teaching K-6 (optional)
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
or MAT 131 Mathematics for the
Liberal Arts
and EDE 377 K-El Science Methods
PHY 103
Students must complete an academic
minor.
If students also desire kindergarten
endorsement, EDE 375 Discovery Learning
in the World of Kindergarten is required.
A GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in the major,
2.0 in the minor, and grades of P in student
teaching courses are required for licensure,
as well as minimum grades of 2.0 in all
Education courses. The equivalent of two
full courses graded P/N plus student
teaching is the maximum allowed for the
elementary education major. P/N grades
for EDU 388 Human Relations and student
teaching are counted in the eight P/N
graded course maximum allowed for
graduation for all elementary and secondary teacher education degree students. The
criteria for acceptance into the Department
Licensure Program are available in the
Education Department.
Conceptual Physics
(See Physics Department for course description.)
EDU 265
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing
and ENG 111)
EDU 282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
EDE 295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that arenot treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDU 341
Media Technology
(.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication
through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation,
production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course.
ID,,,,,
. DDCT\
Elementary Education 119
EDE 351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources
in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 352
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field
Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the
contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 375
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten
(.5 course)
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST, jr/sr standing, take as close to student
teaching as possible)
EDE 381
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 383
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education, Health
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 384
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's
literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265)
EDU 388
Human Relations
(.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
-
.
,.
- 0 . .
..
..
- Elementary Education
EDS 478
School and Society
(See Secondary Education for course description.)
EDE 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar
Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels under
the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: All
K-Elementary course work satisfactorily completed, admission into the
Education Department Licensure program, PPST, P/N grading only.)
EDU 491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education for course description)
EDE 495
Topics in Education
(.5 course)
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDE 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
EDE 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
EDE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
EDE 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
EDE 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. A projected program must be outlined and
approved by the Kindergarten-Elementary education faculty.
I
t is the responsibility of each student to
neet all specific requirements of the
iducation Department. Secondary Educaion students are expected to consult with
{ducationfaculty regarding state requirenents for teacher licensure, in addition to
:onferring with the student's major field
~dviser.
Licensure Requirements in the state of
vfinnesota for teaching in secondary
;chools are met through the Augsburg
Zollege Education Department Licensure
xogram: Baccalaureate degree; academic
najor in an approved teaching area; and
he following courses:
3DU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
!DU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
3DU 341 Media Technology
ZDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas
ZDS 354 Creating Learning
Environments: Secondary Field
Experience
EDU 388 Human Relations
EDS 478 School and Society
EDS 481,482,483 Student Teaching/
Seminar
EDS 484 Student Teaching/Seminar (for
Art, Health, Music, and Physical
Education teaching majors)
HPE 114 Health Safety Education (or
equivalent) (for Art, Health,
Music, and Physical Education
teaching majors)
Secondarv Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators
Methods course in major/minor areas
GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in Education, 2.5
in teaching major/minor and P in student
teaching required. All required EDU/EDS
courses must have a grade of 2.0 or higher.
Application for and acceptance into the
Augsburg Licensure Program required.
Criteria for admission to the program are
available in the Education Department.
Art, Health, Music, and Physical
Education Licensure
A person preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follows the secondary
education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school
level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take four courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching at both the secondary and
elementary levels. In addition to 354, the
art major will register for 361,362; the
music major for 355-359.
Art, health, and physical education
teacher education programs lead to
licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher
education programs lead to licensure in the
following areas: 1) Band (K-12) and
classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12)
and classroom music (5-12);3) Vocal and
classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and
classroom music (5-12).
121
'2 Secondary Education
Modern Language Licensure
minor fields providing the student has a 2.
For modem language teachers (French,
German, Spanish), see Modem Language
Department for information on the
required competency exams.
GPA inthat
has
the
methods course for that field,
has
student taught in the field. Students may
not student teach in a minor only.
Licensing in a Minor Field
(Also see Natural Science Licensure on
page 192 and Social Studies Licensure on
Page 230.)
Teacher licensure is available in several
EDU 210
Learning and Development i n an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and
learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. PSY 105
Principles of Psychology is strongly recommended.
EDU 265
Orientation t o Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opporhmity
for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing
and ENG 111)
EDS 282
Introduction t o Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
EDS 295
Topics i n Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDU 341
Media Technology
(.5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description) (Prereq.: PPST)
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas
(.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assisl
students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required
for Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Prereq.:PPST)
EDS 354
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning
settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDS 355
Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring)
EDS 356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings
(.5 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials and techniques.
Courses offered on two-year cycle. Even year: Woodwinds. Odd year:
R,-,,
A
,
D,rr..rr:,,
CC:,-.ID-,-,,
. DDCT\
Secondary Education '23
Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only.
(Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Fall)
Art Methods (Senior High School)
(.5 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
senior high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361. Prereq.: EDS 354
and PPST. Fall)
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools.
Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching
experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is
included. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
(See Health and Physical Education Department for course description.
Prereq.: PPST)
Modern Language Methods
(.5 course)
World language learning theory. The theory and practice of world
language teaching. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Consult with the Modem
Language Department. Joint Day School and WEC. Fall)
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
(.5 course)
(See Health and Physical Education Department for course description.
Prereq.: PPST)
Natural Science Methods
(-5 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and
PPST. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
Social Studies Methods
(.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum
development. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354
and PPST. Joint day school and WEC. Fall: WEC)
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods
(.5 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and
theatre, and directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities.
(Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring)
Mathematics Methods
(.5 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics
education. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and
PPST. Spring)
'24
Secondary Education
EDU 388
Human Relations
(.5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description.)(Open to all.)
EDS 478
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society an1
final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. (Prereq.: senio:
standing, EDU 265 and PPST)
EDS 481,482, 483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervisio:
of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses required of all 7
12 licensure majors and four courses required of K-12 Art, Music, and
Physical Education licensure majors. ~ o kor
r more courses required of
double majors. (Prereq.: completion of all education coursework and
admission to the Department, PPST, P/N grading only.)
EDS 495
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics wiU be announced.
EDS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
See Department listing for a description ofthefollowing approved elective:
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(See Health and Physical Education Department for course description.
Prereq.: PPST)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
EDS 199
Internship
See description on page 79. Student must consult with the departmental
Internship Coordinator before registering for academic credit.
EDS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
EDS 399
Internship
See description on page 79. Prior to the beginning of the term, interested
students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator
regarding requirements and permission to register.
EDS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 79. A projected program must be outlined which
meets the approval of education faculty.
Non-Licensure Education Majors -
on-Licensure Education Studies Major
3U 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
or EDU 264 Orientation to
Education (.5)
with EDS 252/EDE 263 Clinical
Experience
DU 210 Learning and Development
DU 353 Intemational Education
DE 352 or EDS 354 Creative Learning
Environments
DE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Children's
Literature
DU 388 Human Relations
DE or EDS 399 Internship
DS 478 School and Society
. Select one from the following:
NG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
DL 325 Public Administration
3C 349 Complex Organizations
3C 362 and 363 Statistical Analysis
and Research Methods
SY 357 Behavior Analysis
SY 230 and 330 Research Methods I & II
. Select one from the following:
SY
SY
SY
SY
PC
WK
367
369
361
371
345
361
Behavior Analysis
Psychological Assessment
Personality
Psychology of Gender
Organizational Communication
Social Responses to Human
Needs
Other A, B course options may be
ossible. Students must achieve a minilurn grade of 2.0 in each Education course.
.minimum GPA of 2.0 in the major is
Non-Licensure Elementary Education
Major
Complete the same coursework as listed
in the Elementary major but delete the
student teaching courses (EDE 481-484).
Complete two additional courses from the
following:
EDU 353 Intemational Education
EDE 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
POL 325 Public Administration
PSY 355 Brain and Behavior
PSY 356 Environmental Psychology
PSY 359 Psychologcal Assessment
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
Other course options may be possible.
Complete an academic minor or second
major. Minimum grade of 2.0 is required in
all Education courses. A cumulative, major,
and minor GPA of 2.0 is required for
graduation.
Minor
The Special Education minor offers 6
courses (5 plus 1prereq. for PSY course)
that encompass an interdisciplinary
perspective related to the field of disability.
The minor is designed to fit the needs of
students in various disciplines interested in
disability issues. This minor consists of a
minimum of six courses:
EDU 282 Introduction to Special
Education
EDE 491 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
SOC 231 Family Systems: A cross
cultural perspective
PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
or PSY 105 Principles of
Psychology
either course is a required prerequisite for
PSY 351,352,353, or 357.
EDU 282
Choose one from the following:
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
PSY 353 Developmental Psychology:
Middle and Older Adult
One course from the following:
SOC 265 Culture, Ethnicity, Gender,
and Race
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
EDU 495 Topic in Education: Only Topic
in Special Education
PSY 361 Psychological Assessment
PSY 357 Behavioral Analysis
Prerequisite: EDU 282, PSY 230
Students should contact the Director oj
Special Education at the outset of
coursework.
Introduction to Special Education
An introduction to issues facing people with disabilities. Critical issues
related to schools, family and society are examined, as well as existing
attitudinal barriers and current methods of support. (Fall)
EDU 491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar. (Students planning to take this course should
consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior
to registering for the course. Prereq.: completion of special courses for
Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Spring)
'NCINEERINC
I
A
ugsburg College has cooperative
rrange&ents kith three universities to
low-the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts
egree from Augsburg College and an
ngineering degree from either the
rniversity of Minnesota Institute of
echnology, Minneapolis; Washington
rniversity School of Engineering and
,pplied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or
Iichigan Technological University,
[oughton,Michigan. Because of the special
:quirements and opportunities of these
rograms, early consultation with the
,ugsburg Engineering Adviser is necesary. Applications for these programs
$quirethe recommendation of the
agsburg Enpeering Adviser.
ngineering Adviser
tuart Anderson
lniversity of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and
~ugsburgcooperative arrangement
rovides for two dual degree engineering
rograms:
achelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering
B.A. / B.E.) enables students to receive a
'achelor of Arts degree from Augsburg
Iollege and a Bachelor of Engineering
egree from the University of Minnesota.
he program typically involves three years
t Augsburg and two years at the Institute
f Technology.
Students may apply for the program
fter completing the sophomore year. At
hat time, they will be informed of their
tatus in the program and any further
onditions necessary for final acceptance
to the program. Formal application to the
nstitute of Technology may be completed
luring the second semester of the junior
,ear at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering
(B.A. / M.E.) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg
College and a Master of Engineering degree
from the University of Minnesota. This
program involves four years at Augsburg
and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A./
B.E. curriculum with the addition of several
extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to
minimize the number of undergraduate
courses, if any, that students must take at
the University before proceeding through
the graduate curriculum. The number of
such courses varies by IT department and
area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the
B.A./M.E. program should be initiated
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg. Formal application for
the program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
Washington University (Three Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University (Dual
Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering
degree from Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science or
Michigan Technological University in a
five-year period.
12*
-
Engineering
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted into
the program will be considered for
admission to the engineering school if they
will complete course requirements, have
the requisite cumulative grade point
average and are recommended by the
Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore
opportunities for graduate work at
Washington University and Michigan
Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs
is available from the Augsburg Engineering
Adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in these
dual degree programs will be encouraged
to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their
applications will be evaluated using need
and academic performance as criteria.
Minimum course requirements for
admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENG 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
Four Mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145 AUGMENT Calculus I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Calculus 11
MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I
MAT 247 Mathematical Structures and
Reasoning I1
Additional courses to meet general
education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,
125 or 145,146 and PHY 121,122 are taker
in the freshman year. Students interested i
Chemical Engineering also should take
CHM 351,352.
- ENG
T
hose who study. English
believe that
.
m intense concern for words, ideas, and
images helps people understand who they
Ire and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life's
complexity, experience life as others do,
and better understand the world in which
we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors.
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual
and group behavior. With philosophy,
English is interested in ideas and in the
relation between meaning and language.
With science, English is interested in
discovering order and determining
structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of
language. With history and the other social
sciences and humanities, English studies
the way people have acted and thought at
different times and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English Department
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films, and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opportunity to use and refine their
skills through working in Internships on
and off campus, tutoring English as a
Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring
in the Writing Lab, or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program.
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, joumal-
ism, government, law, the ministry, library
science, medicine, advertising, public
relations, publishing, writing and other
professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Kathryn Swanson (Chair),Candyce Clayton,
Robert Cow& Cathleen Dalglish, Pauline
Danforth, Douglas Green, Joan Grifh,
David Hudson, Susan Hyman, Diana
Kordas, Marilyn Kramer, Roseann Lloyd,
John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari, John S h t
Major
Nine courses above 111, including:
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
writing
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
One course in European literature:
ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to
Dante
or ENG 272 European Literature:
Renaissance to the Modem
Period
Two survey courses in British literature
from:
ENG 331 British Literature: Medieval to
Elizabethan
ENG 336 British Literature: 17th and
18th Centuries
ENG 337 British Literature: the
Romantics and the Victorians
One Upper Division course in American
literature:
ENG 350 American Literature to 1920
or ENG 351 American Literature
,
Since 1920
One 400 level course
Two additional electives
130
-
English
Majors are encouraged to consult their
adviser
A student
with a
Or
program
that involves considerable work in the
English Department should also work
closely with an adviser in the Department.
English-Language Arts Teaching Major
10 courses, including those listed under the
maior. and:
ENG '345 Introduction to the English
Language
ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing
EDS 364 English Methods
and one course with a component in nonWestern literature (for example, ENG 361).
In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom
and Teaching Mass Media, are required.
Courses in early American literature,
Shakespeare, and film are recommended.
Students are encouraged to take courses
toward their major during the freshman
and sophomore years, and apply for
teacher education no later than the spring
of their junior year.
Students in this program must work
with advisers in the English Department
and the Education Department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the Education Department as well as the
requirements for the major.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall;
submit proposal to Department Chair by
Oct. 15 in senior year for Department
approval. Submit and defend paper before
faculty committee. Honors project may be
an Independent Study program (refer to
Departmental guidelines).
Minor
Five courses above ENG 111, including
ENG 245; an Upper Division literature
course; and an additional writing course.
Concentration in Writing
Five courses in writing (above ENG
111).
Transfer Students
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg. Transfer students
who minor in English must take at least
two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Transfer English Education students
with a B.A. in English from another college
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg (preferably Upper
Division). These courses must be taken
before the Department can recommend a
student for student teaching.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of
students to determine their placement in
an appropriate writing class. Students who
do not show competence in composition
skills - such as stating and supporting a
thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing
paragraphs and sentences - are required
to enroll in ENG 101 Developmental
Writing where they receive more individual instruction than is possible in
ENG 111Effective Writing. These students
must pass ENG 101 Developmental
Writing before enrolling in ENG 111
Effective Writing.
Students in Effective Writing (ENG 111)
and Developmental Writing (ENG 101) can
-
English 131
elect the traditional grading system or P/N
grading in consultation withtheir instructor up through the last week of class
(without special permission/petition).
Students who choose to receive a traditional grade in either course will receive a
grade of N if their work is below a 2.0.
ENC 101
Prerequisites
Effective Writing is strongly
recommended but not a prerequisite for a
Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature course
is ENG 245
to Literature
or consent of the instructor.
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 111Effective Writing, this course is
required of students identified by the English Placement Test as needing
additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but
this course does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The
minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
ENC 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and
writing critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinking critically,
and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those
needing additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENC 216
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussion and analysis on ways in which literature
reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring)
ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses.
Testing determines placement in these courses, and testing, as well as
course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met.
Students continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. (Fall: ENG
217; Spring: ENG 218)
ENC 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and
proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from
their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing
ENG 111. Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process
of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading
and writing. (Prereq.:ENG 111)
ENC 226
lntroduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of
creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short
fiction, but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG
111. Fall)
ENC 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the
print media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verlfy
facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal and
ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 241
lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and
historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis
of both feature length and short films illustrating the international
development of film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring)
ENC 245
lntroduction to Literature
An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing
on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and
female writers. Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop
students' critical and analytical skills in reading literature and writing
about it as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature.
ENC 251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative works that yield an understanding of
the Westem heritage and American world views. Themes could include
the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humankind
and God, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the
development of American thought. (Fall)
ENC 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer,
Virgil, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference
to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their
influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
ENC 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to
the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes,
Rabelais, Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring)
ENC 282
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in
English 133
the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction.
ENC 327
Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is on interviewing, organizing and writing the story, editing the
work of others, and learning layout and design. Students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of others and laboratory sessions
devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: ENG 227. Alternate years)
ENC 331
British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan
A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development
of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 336
British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual
and social influences and the major Literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245
or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 337
British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting
contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve
creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule.
(Prereq.: ENG 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.)
ENC 345
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues
concerning the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are introduced to the primary components of linguistics, the
development of the English language, and the social impact of language.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 347
Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and Research
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational
investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of
expository essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons
wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research and those
preparing to enter the communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or
ENG 227 or consent of instructor. MPG 111.)
ENG 350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of selected American writers from colonial times to
WWI. Issues relating to race, class, and gender, conceptions of the
individual in relation to society, and regional differences are studied.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
'34 English
ENC 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to
represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity
of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary
works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestem, of the 20th century. (Prereq.:ENG 245 or consent of instructor.
Fall)
ENC 382
Topics
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in
the class schedule for that year. (Prereq.:ENG 245 or consent of instructor
All 400-level courses will involve some reading and study of literay criticism or, in the case of
writing classes, of what writers and/or composition theorists have to say about writing.
ENC 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th cen?
beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Steme, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Eliot, Joyce, and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 438
Shakespeare
Study of major plays -comedies, histories and tragedies. Additional
plays are assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
ENC 445
Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the
conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice,
subjects, and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and
consent of instructor. ~ l t e m a t years)
e
ENC 480
Criticism
The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches
with which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a
seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and
experiment with applications to a small group of literary and cinematic
texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 482
Topics in Language and Literature
Jhdividual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in
the class schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary
Poetry and Women and Fiction. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
English 135
lee Department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
'HR 325
Playwriting
nternships and Independent Study Courses:
.NC 199
lnternship
See description on page 79.
.NC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
.NC 399
lnternship
See description on page 79.
.NC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. Open to junior or senior English majors with
an overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of Department Chair.
lee listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
T
he initial months after entering
college as a first year student are a period
of transition. The faculty and staff wish to
assist students in making a successful
transition to being college students and to
help them become part of this academic
community. Students are introduced to the
character of the College, its heritage as an
urban liberal arts college of the church, the
process of learning in a community where
ideas are valued and treated seriously, and
the logistics of being college students.
The First Year Experience (ME)
is
composed of three parts: Summer Registra-
FYE 101
FYE Seminar
tion, Fall Orientation, and the FYE Seminars.
Participation in the Fall Orientation
program and in the FYE Seminars is
required of all students who begin
Augsburg College as freshmen in the day
schedule program. Students who meet the
requirement satisfactorily by attendance at
and participation in an FYE Seminar will
receive a notation of a passing (P) grade f o
FYE 101 on their official transcript and a
0.25 credit. Students without a P for FYE
101 will not be permitted to graduate with
an Augsburg degree.
(.25 course)
A series of Fall term meetings with an M E adviser to discuss issues
related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College comrnunity of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of
disciplines and sources collected in the Augsburg Anthology. (P/N grading
only; evaluation based on attendance and participation.)
FOREIGNLANGUAGES
See listing under Modem Languages.
FRENCH
See listing under Modem Languages.
s
ome courses help to integrate learning
around topics in ways which are different
from the more traditional disciplines. Gen-
CST 009
Cooperative Education
era1 Studies includes specialized academic
enrichment programs, an integrative proseminar created by cooperating faculty.
(.O course)
Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of
the evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by
Cooperative Education staff. No course credit.
CST 100
Critical Thinking
A course to enhance the ability of students to analyze, synthesize and
evaluate claims, this course is designed specifically to strengthen critical
thinking skills of entering students who are determined to need such skill
enhancementby the entry critical thinking assessment.
CST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and
improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary,
spelling, test-taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies.
CST 209
City Seminar: Experiential Education
(.O course)
Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of internship/service/
cooperative education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about
the Twin Cities as an urban community system. Students do a series of 5-6
reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a systematic way of
thinking about how their particular organization functions in the larger
community. The semhar enables the student to meet the objectives of the
City Perspective. Permission of Instructor. Non-credit.
GERMAN
See listing under Modem Languages.
v
irtually all students at Augsburg
College will interact at some point in their
college years with the Department of
Health and Physical Education. It is the
philosophy of the Department to provide
quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the
f l e d athlete as well as the occasional
participant will find ample opportunity for
athletic and develovmental activities.
The
Education
provides the organizational framework for
a wide range of educational experiences,
including several major and minor programs: general education in Physical
Education; men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural
programs for men and women; and athletic
facilities for developmental and recreational activities.
The Health Education Department
prepares students for careers in school
health education and wellness. This
program offers a comprehensive health
component in examining prevention and
promotion needs for individuals, schools
and the community.
All Health and Physical Education
majors must receive a grade of 2.0 in all
courses with an HPE prefix applying to the
major.
Health and Physical Education Faculty
Carol Enke (Chair), Brian Ammann,
Richard Borstad, Marilyn Florian, Paul
Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Patricia Murphy,
Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Jeff Swenson
HEALTH EDUCATION
Health Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness For Life
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 316 Human Sexuality
m E 320 School Health Curriculum
mE 390 Instructional Methods and
Materials
HPE 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 450 Current Health Issues
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
PSY 201 Health Psychology
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
-Child
or PSY 352 Developmental
Psychology: Adolescent and
Young Adult
BIO 220 Microbiology
(at St. Catherine's)
Must have instructor's certification for CPR
and first aid.
Recommended:
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
Health and Physical Education 139
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Minor
HPE 101,110,114,115,216,320,390,
450, BIO 103. Students interested in the
Teaching Minor should consult with the
Health Education Department Adviser.
1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Physical Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness for Life
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 210 Introduction to Physical
Education
HPE 220 Motor Learning
HPE 223 Team Sports
HPE 231 Individual and Dual Sports
HPE 232 Dance
HPE 254 Introduction to Development/
Adapted Physical Education
HPE 340 Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Minor
HPE 101,115,210 223,231,232,351.
There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota
Public Schools.
Coaching Endorsement (not a major)
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 310 Psychology of Sport
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
HPE 489 Practicum (arrange through
Department Chair)
One course from:
HPE 476 Coaching of Football
HPE 477 Coaching of Basketball
HPE 478 Coaching of Hockey
HPE 479 Coaching of Track and Field
W E 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball
HPE 483 Coaching of Volleyball
Internship in Athletic Training
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
W E 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
And advanced athletic training (ACTC
schools)
Also required: 1500 hours of practical
experience under the direction of a
Certified Athletic Trainer.
140
-
Health and Physical Education
HEALTH EDUCATION
HPE 101
Fitness For Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modlfy personal health and fitness. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individual and the community. (Fall)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
Includes information about school health education and services. (Fall and
Spring)
HPE 116
Health Concepts for Educators
(.5 course)
A course to prepare future teachers for their role in the school health
program. Includes common childhood health problems with an emphasis
on prevention. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human
sexuality. Open to all students. (Spring)
HPE 320
School Health Curriculum (.5 course)
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and
development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
(Prereq.: HPE 110. Interim - odd numbered years)
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement
(.5 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education.
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(.5 course)
Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. (Prereq.: HPE 110.
Interim - odd numbered years)
HPE 450
Current Health Issues
(.5 course)
This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues
in text and media from a sociological, political, economical and medical
perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall - even numbered years)
-
Health and Physical Education 141
I PHYSICAL EDUCATION
IPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports
(.O course)
Three hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education
requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chair.)
No course credit. (Fall and Spring)
IPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. (Fall and Spring)
IPE 210
Introduction to Physical Education
(.5 course)
History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport.
(Spring)
IPE 220
Motor Learning
(.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills
relative to physical activity. (Spring)
IPE 223
Team Sports
Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules and skill
development. (Spring)
IPE 231
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports including history, rules and skill development. (Fall)
IPE 232
Dance
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances.
(Interim)
IPE 254
Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from
early childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and
educationprograms for special needs and handicapped students.
(Fall)
IPE 310
Sport Psychology
(-5 course)
The application of psychology to athletes and athletic situations. Psychology of Sport deals with the effect of psychological factors on behavior in
sports, and the effect that participation in sport or physical activity has on
the performer. (Spring - even numbered years)
IPE 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership and decision making for Physical
Education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
IPE 350
Kinesiology
(.5 course)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prerea.:BIO 103. Fall)
'42 Health and Physical Education
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiolog
cal principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Spring)
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement
(.5 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health ant
physical education. (Fall)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in
grades K-6. An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementary aged children. (Consult with Department Chair
for prerequisites. Fall)
HPE 368
(.5 course)
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in
secondary schools. (Consult with Department Chair for prerequisites.
Spring)
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education with laboratory experience. (Prereq.:HPE 210. Fall)
HPE 475
(.5 course)
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
Preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in
taping and training room procedures. (Prereq.: BIO 103, HPE 350. Interin
HPE 476
Coaching of Football
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football.
(Fall - odd numbered years)
HPE 477
Coaching o f Basketball
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball.
(Interim - odd numbered years)
HPE 478
Coaching of Hockey
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.
(Interim - even numbered years)
HPE 479
(.5 course)
Coaching of Track and Field
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field
(Spring - even numbered years)
HPE 480
Coaching of Baseball/Softball
(-5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and
softball. (Spring - odd numbered years)
HPE 483
Coaching of Volleyball
(.5 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball.
(Interim - odd numbered years)
HPE 489
Health and Physical Education 143
[ternshipsand Independent Study Courses:
PE 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
PE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
PE 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
PE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 79. Open only to junior or senior majors.
H
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The
distinguished medievalist J.R. Strayer
expressed it this way: "No community can
survive and no institution can function
without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as
much as by laws, which is to say that we
are ruled by the collective memory of the
past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals
into a community."
The study of history enables us to deal
more knowledgeably with continuity and
change in society. The construction of an
informed sense of our past is a fundamental ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating
the future. History majors are prepared to
be active and contributing members of
their society. The study of history, which
has long held a major role in the liberal
arts, is an entry to elementary and secondary education, graduate study in several
fields, and a wide range of employment
opportunities which require abilities in
communication, conceptualization, and
processing of information.
History Faculty
Richard Nelson (Chair),Jacqueline deVries,
William Green, Donald Gustafson, Christopher Kimball
Major
Eight courses plus one seminar. At leas
four of these courses must be Upper
Division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modem Europe; U.S.; and nonWestem.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis fron
the Augsburg major requirements. The
state requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least t h e e of which
must be Upper Division.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall;
except in special instances, application
before the end of the first term of the junio
year; two years of a foreign language at thc
college level (or its equivalent); an honors
thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
History 145
Prerequisites
First year students should enroll in
me or more of the 101-104 courses. 200eve1 courses are normally reserved for
ophomore or Upper Division students.
Jpper Division courses are numbered
100and above.
llS 101
llS 102
llS 103
l l S 104
l l S 220
l l S 221
llS 222
Satisfactory completion of a Lower
Division course is normally required before
enrolling in an Upper Division course. See
instructor for permission.
Transfer Students
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
courses at Augsburg. A minor normally
requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical
world of Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th
century.
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
America to 1815
A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European
cultures and the political, religious, and racial diversity which formed
colonial life including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new republic.
19th Century U.S.
A survey emphasizing cultural, social, political, and economic changes
resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War,
and Reconstruction.
20th Century U.S.
A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and
urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a
strong federal government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic
diversity, and the impact of affluence.
146
-
History
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of
frontier urbanization, industrialization and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban politics and reform.
HIS 228
American Legal History
An examination of the social, economic and intellectual factors in American history which, combined with English and cclonial antecedents,
contributed to the emergence of our modem legal system.
HIS 241
Topics in African-American History
Selected topics in African-American history not regularly examined in
other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 242
History of African-American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of African-American civil rights focusing on
legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African-American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of History 242 with special emphasis on the contributions
of W.E.B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston,
Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
HIS 2461371
The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage
Key aspects of the cultural history of the United States and Scandinavia
from the 19th century to the present with emphasis on the Atlantic
migration and the similarities and differences between these cultures.
(Offered only in the Augsburg College/Ostfold, Norway program. See
International Studies)
HIS 31 1
Topics in Women's History
Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined
in other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 326
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian
period through European exploration and settlement to the present,
emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal
structure and inter-governmentalrelations.
HIS 331
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly
examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offerec
will be announced prior to registration.
HIS 332
History of U.S. Foreign Relations
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through
the Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace,
tensions between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the
. . A
. ...
History
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings
through the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics
of urban growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of
urban culture.
HIS 336
American Labor History
A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th
and 20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and
community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of
workers and union to the state.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of
indigenous peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for
independence, and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization.(For
offerings see International Studies)
HIS 347
MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror
Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's
historical development from pre-Colurnbian times to the present day.
(For offerings see International Studies)
HIS 352
Modern Germany
A survey of the social, political and cultural development of Gemany
after 1871 focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path)
and examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of National Socialism, and the Holocaust.
HIS 354
Britain and the Commonwealth Since 1688
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources
will include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of
dramatic change in British politics, society, culture and international
status.
HIS 360
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing,
achievement in the arts, religion and political institutions.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the
world's greatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's
contributions in law and the political process.
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state,
emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance
and the early years of the Reformation.
HIS 380
The History of Women in the West to 1870
A thematic and comparative examination with primary focus on Europe
L
A
.
.
.
.I
L
-
-
- -
-
..
147
- History
public roles, sexuality, life cycles and familial roles in the Renaissance,
early American, Edightment, and Victorian periods.
HIS 381
The History of Women in the West Since 1870
A continuation of HIS 380. Emphasizing class, racial and ethnic differences among women, this class examines the changing legal, political,
economic, social and sexual status of women in Europe and North
America since the Victorian period.
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included
in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 474
The World and the West
Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and
conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and
the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 495
Seminar
This course is required for the major and enrollment is normally restricted
to students who have nearly finished their course work. Selected topics
will be announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is
required. (Offered at least once each year, during the Fall term.)
lnternships and Independent Study Courses:
HIS 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
HIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79. A maximum of one course in Directed Study
may be applied to the major.
HIS 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
HIS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. A maximum of one course in Independent
Study may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in History)
I
nterdisciplinary Studies covers a
oad spectrum of experience and course
ork. Through Interdisciplinary courses,
udents gain greater insight and undermding of cultures and perspectives
fferent from their own. Through these
.periencesstudents are better prepared
become contributing members of the
obal community.
Augsburg also offers students the
)portunity to major and minor in
'omen's Studies, and to minor in Metrorban Studies and American Indian
udies.
For other Interdisciplinary course
itings, see International Studies.
American Indian Studies is a minor that
ves students the opportunity to learn
,out the original, indigenous cultures of
4s 105
North America. Courses are cross-disciplinary representing religion, language, art,
history, English and women's studies
departments. Interdisciplinary courses are
offered as well in cinema and contemporary issues. This integrated course of study
exposes students to the beauty and richness
of the diverse tribal cultures still existing in
our c o w today.
Coordinator
Virginia Allery
Minor
Students must take five courses in
American Indian Studies to get a minor.
The only requirements are INS 105 and at
least one Upper Division course. These
courses may also be taken as part of majors
or minors in other academic subjects or to
meet distribution/general education
requirements.
Introduction to American Indian Studies
This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian
Studies curriculum, including an overview of American Indian history,
American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation
and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music and language.
(Required for American Indian Studies minor.)
JB 111, OJB112 Beginning Ojibwe
NC 216
I S 233
(See Modem Languages for course description.)
American Indian Literature
(See English Department for course description.)
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues conceming the biological,
evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in society.
- Interdisciplinary Studies
Comparative roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across
various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native
American and African tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico
the Middle East and China. (Cross-listed with the Women's Studies
Department.)
INS 260
Contemporary American Indians
This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United
States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934).Emphasis is on such
current issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights and education. The
tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among
selected American Indian tribes today is highlighted.
INS 264
American Indians in the Cinema
Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood anc
television, are studied. Films are viewed from 1913 to the present in orde
to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed ir
film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century and is
reflective of Western cultural ideologies.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
(See Art Department for course description.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North
America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as
changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their
contributions to Indian community life today. (Prereq.: one course in
Women's Studies or American Indian Studies or consent of instructor.
This course also applies to Women's Studies.)
HIS 326
American Indian History
(See History Department for course description.)
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
(See Religion Department for course description.)
REL 231
Religion in African-American History
(See Religion Department for course description.)
INS 232
The African-American Experience in America
An o v e ~ e w
of the major issues related to the African-Americanexperience, focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal and psychological aspects of that experience.
HIS 241
Topics in African-American History
(See History Department for course description.)
Interdisciplinary Studies 151
Metro-Urban Stcldies is a transdisci)linary major and minor taught by faculty
n sociology, economics, history, political
icience, psychology and other related
iisciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies
wogram seeks to blend classroom and field
:xperience, theory and internships whch
ocus the content of liberal leanring on the
netropolitan community and the process
)f urbanization.
The Metro-Urban Studies major and
ninor are designed to provide underpaduate preparation for postgraduate
;tudies in planning, architecture, law,
sublic administration, environmental
;tudies, social welfare, government,
:omunity organization and theology.
t'he program and General Education City
>erspectiveintroduce students to the wide
rariety of developing careers related to
lrban and metropolitan affairs and equip
itudents with the analytical and theoretical
001s required to understand the metropolian community.
Internships, Community Service,earning and Cooperative Education are
ivailable as ways to enhance the quality of
he major and make fuller use of the
!xtensive metropolitan opportunities
ifforded by the College's location. The
ligher Education Consortium for Urban
4ffairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges
)f the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the
~verallprogram.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty
2arry Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew
4oki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO), Robert
Zlyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY), Chris
Gmball (HIS),Michael O'Neal (SOC)
Major
10 courses including:
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
SOC 211 Community and the
Modem Metropolis
HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities
HIS 335 Urban American History
PSY 356 Environmental Psychology
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
SOC 363 Research Methods
or POL 484 Political Analysis
Seminar
SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban
Planning
INS 399 Internship
Plus one additional approved urbanrelated course. (Courses fulfilling the City
Perspectives generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.)
HECUA off-campus programs are
highly recommended, especially the MUST
Twin Cities program. Students interested in
graduate school are encouraged to take
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics.
Minor
POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225 and two of
the following: PSY 356, HIS 335, SOC 381 or
INS 399.
The Internship, INS 399, is highly
recommended where appropriate. Other
combinations are feasible if approved by
the Director of the Program.
15*
-
Interdisciplinary Studies
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
INS 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79. (Prereq.:POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 79. Internships place students with sponsoring
organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of
24 hours a week.
INS 498
Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures,
symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation
with and evaluated by a Department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 oi
SOC 211 and consent of instructor)
INS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363)
INTRODUCTION TO URBAN STUDIES
OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a
leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through
HECUA, Augsburg students have access to
six interdisciplinaryfield learning programs of exceptional quality, located in
Scandinavia, South America, Central
America and the Twin Cities.
Also see International Studies listings.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
INS 358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinaryreadings connect experiences and direct observation
with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social
inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and
strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined in the
context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
INS 359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying - at times competing -views on the Twin Cities
Interdisciplinary Studies 153
and oral history provide data to idenhfy inequality and to assess theories
and strategies for explaining and overcoming it.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 79.
11. City Arts
Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and
urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers and
community organizers for understanding the differences between formal
institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
INS 331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and
culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions
integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social
change and activism.
INS 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
Major
(Formerly Scandinavian Area Studies)
Nordic Area Studies is an interdisciplinary program drawing on the combined
resources of the ACTC schools and the
Nordic Center at Augsburg College. The
curriculum treats Norden (Denmark,
Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden) not
only as a geographical area, but as an
integrated cultural region with a shared
history, common values, and a high degree
of political, social, and economic interdependency. Courses in Nordic Area Studies
postulate a Nordic regional identity as a
context in which to appreciate the differences between the five individual countries
and to understand the complexity of their
interactions among
. themselves and the
global community.
Coordinator
Eight Upper Division courses.
Minor
Four Upper Division courses.
Other Requirements
Note: At least four of the Upper
Division courses required for the major
must be Augsburg courses. The remainder
may be transfer credits included in the
major on approval of the program coordinator. Students graduating with a major or
minor must also present the equivalent of
intermediate level competence in a
Scandinavian language. See Norwegian
language course listings under the Modem
Language Department.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study in Denmark, Norway, Sweden,
Finland or Iceland (see International
- Interdisciplinary Studies
Metro-Urban Studies, SUST or Oslo Year
Program), and elective courses or a second
major such as Norwegian, History, Political
NAS 330
Science, Urban Studies, Business Administration, International Relations, Sociology
or Social Work.
Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian
language required. (Fall: alternate years)
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion
is based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic
countries. Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings
and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th
century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the
development of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate
readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
NAS 377
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Art Department.)
NAS 393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
NAS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NAS 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
NAS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
NAS 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
NAS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
I
nternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both
breadth and depth. The student may focus
on a discipline or geographic area of the
world. The program consists of a core of
seven courses and six electives chosen from
a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg
and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an
Interim or semester. Competency in one
language is required, and some students
study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give
students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their
studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double
majors in History, Political Science,
International Business or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors
and minors are possible with the Intemational Relations major.
Director
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four tenns of college
work in a modem language
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362,364,368,465,466
ECO 314,317,360,365
HIS 352,440,474
PHI 355
POL 350,351,359,382,459
REL 356,420
SOC 336
SPC 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331, SPA
332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.)
Interim courses, seminars, Independent
Study, topics courses and courses at other
colleges/universities can be considered
here with the approval of the Program
Director, as well as a fourth term or higher
of college work in a second language.
Norma Noonan
Honors Major
Required courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modem World
or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
POL 490 Seminar in International
GPA of 3.6 in the major; 3.0 overall.
In addition to fulfjlling the requirements
for the major, the student must complete
an Honors Thesis no later than March 1of
the senior year and must defend the thesis
before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to
complete an Honors Major by the end of
their junior year.
Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
'26
International Studies
POL 363 or 461. One year of modem
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
languages counts toward the major;
1
nternational Study at Augsburg College
is intended to motivate students to act
responsibly and effectively in society by
expanding their awareness of other
cultures, deepening their understanding
of the human condition on a global scale,
and helping them to understand the
connections between social justice and
global interdependence. The Center for
Global Education administers international study opportunities available
to Augsburg students.
Study abroad is an integral part of
several majors at Augsburg, but will add
an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in a
variety of disciplines, from the natural
sciences to mathematics, study abroad each
year. Students normally receive the same
number of course credits abroad as they
would if studying on-campus. Courses
abroad can fulfill major, distribution1
general education and graduation requirements when approved by the Director of
Academic Programs Abroad and appropriate faculty before departure.
prerequisite courses or competencies
cannot be credited toward the 13 required
courses. Students should confer with the
Program Director about regional and
disciplinary concentrations possible within
the major; for example, a concentration in a
geographic area or one of the major
disciplines in the program.
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off-campus
through the Center for Global Education.
Students must apply by Dec. 15 for study
off-campus for the next year. The cost for
many programs is equivalent to full room,
board and tuition for a semester on-campus
plus airfare. Financial aid is granted on the
same basis as on-campus study.
International study programs approved
through Augsburg are listed below. For
information on these or other programs,
contact the Director of Academic Programs
Abroad.
THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL
EDUCATION
The Center for Global Education
facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work
toward a more just and sustainable world.
The Center's programs explore a diversity
of viewpoints and are grounded in the
International Studies
?erspectives of the poor and of others
struggling for justice and human dignity.
The Center's study programs are
:onducted in Mexico, Central America,
Vamibia, and Norway. Students experience
three distinct types of living situations,
which include living with other participants in a community house, spending
several days in a rural setting and several
weeks living with host families. They also
travel together on two-week seminars: in
Mexico to Central America, and Namibia to
South Africa.
I WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO) - FALL
This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their
roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are
drawing among issues of gender, race, class, and global economics.
Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also
~pprovedfor credit in Women's Studies. Application deadline is April 1.
5PA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four
weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Mexican instructors.
(Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.)
INS 311
The Development Process
Students reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and
human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women.
Latin American development and educational theories and practices are
examined, as well as social change strategies.
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics -Women in Latin America
An examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the
impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade,
political ideologies, and revolution. (Required course.)
REL 366
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging "Theology of Liberation."
I GENDER AND THE ENVIRONMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO) SPRING
This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the
region with a focus on the impact of environmentalpolicies on the lives of women and men
from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America. Students
2xamine this complex web of issues and how the people of Mexico are responding to
pressures on family, society, and the natural environment. Application deadline is Oct. 15.
157
'58
International Studies
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four
weeks, taught by Mexican instructors. (Placementlevel determined by
Program Director.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature - 20th Century Voices
Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry,
and testimonials of indigenous peoples, Central American refugees.
SOC 286
Social Stratification
Students examine the key social, political and economic forces which have
shaped the experience of women and men in the region. Particular
attention is paid to the forms, causes and consequences of inequality
which exists in Latin American societies.
REL 311
Theology, Ethics, and The Environment
This course focuses on the ethical implications of policies which affect the
environment in Mexico and Central Ameria. Students examine different
religious and ethical perspectives and visit a variety of sites where
environmental devastation has taken place, as well as ecological reserves.
SOUTHERN AFRICA SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION (NAMIBIA)
- FALL
This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained
independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will
explore the complex political, social, and economic dynamics of building a new nation.
Application deadline is April 1.
INS 312
The Development Process - Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of
development, hunger, injustice and human rights and examines basic
theories of development as well as particular strategies of development
that are being implemented in Namibia and South Africa.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with
people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within
churches and religious organizations.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective
This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa,
including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation
by South Africa and the war for independence.
POL 353
Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the
legacy of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and
political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
International Studies
I AUGSBURG COLLEGE OSTFOLD, NORWAY - SEMESTER OR ACADEMIC YEAR
Augsburg, in cooperation with the University of North Dakota and the city of Moss,
~ffersthis semester or year-long exchange program in Moss, Norway. Twenty U.S.
itudents and 20 Norwegian students join to explore the cross-cultural dimensions of a
~arietyof fields. To be discontinued in Fall 1997.
UOR 1111112 Beginning Norwegian
This course aims to develop the four basic language skills of speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Special emphasis is placed on helping
students learn to use Norwegian in their daily lives. Television, movies,
newspapers, and visits by native Norwegians are utilized.
IlS 2461371
The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage
An exploration of key aspects of the cultural history of the United States
and Scandinavia from the 19th century to the present. Emphasis is on the
Atlantic migration and the similarities and differences between these
cultures, especially in their movement from agrarian to industrial society.
UAS 2501350 Comparative Social Structures in Scandinavia and the United States
This course examines concepts basic to the study of sociology, including
group interaction, social institutions and culture. It also explores the
development and current status of social structure in Scandinavia and the
United States.
iPC 332
Intercultural Communication
This course explores both the opportunities and the problems associated
with communication between people from different cultural backgrounds.
Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectation,
values, and non-verbal symbols are examined.
iPC 346
Theories of Communication and Media
This course explores the relationship between communication and media
by examining texts, ideas, media products, and technical facilities. Special
attention will be given to the social, psychological, ethical and demographic issues from U.S. and Scandinavian cultures.
'OL 250
Comparative Politics: Scandinavia and the U.S.
This course examines the political and administrative systems of the U.S.
and Scandinavian countries with an emphasis on Norway. Particular
attention is given to the common origins of political tradition and practices in the U.S. and Norway.
I SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA, EL SALVADOR,
NICARAGUA - FALL
This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For
wo decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced
imdamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and
:ivil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El
ialvador, and Nicaragua. Application deadline is April 1.
159
1
60
-
International Studies
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four
weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Guatemalan instructors.
(Placement level determined by Program Director)
SOC 267
Cultural Ecology
This course focuses on social movements in the region and their relationship to the environment. Students explore impact of ongoing colonization
and modernization on indigenous cultures.
ECO 325
Sustainable Development
This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth
in the "Third World." Students are introduced to the theories of economic
development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the
relationship between economic development and ecological damage.
REL 366
Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course explores the role of religion in Latin American societies, past
and present, given the factors of political oppression and social injustice.
Students examine the "theologies of liberation."
W WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT:A SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVE (NAMIBIA)
SPRING
-
This intensive travel and study program is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The
program introduces students to the struggle of women in Southern Africa, to the history
of their role in society and to the situation that exists for women in Africa. Application
deadline is Oct. 15.
SOC 236
Family Systems and Social Policy in Southern Africa
Using a cross-cultural approach, this course examines the family as a social
institution in Namibia and South Africa. A farnily stay will serve as a laboratory for students to observe various aspects of family life in Namibia.
INS 312
The Development Process - Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of
development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis
given to the experience of women. The course examines basic theories of
development.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people
representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches
and religious organizations.
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics - Southern Africa
This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of
women in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in newly independent Namibia.
International Studies
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different full
semester programs in Norway, Colombia
and Ecuador. All programs emphasize the
impact of social change and cross-cultural
factors on the human community. HECUA
programs include intense language
experience and field study. The cost is
equivalent to full tuition, room and board
for one semester on-campus plus airfare.
For non-international HECUA courses,
see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies.
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)
- FALL
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies
and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Local,
regional and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet
Union.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the Chair of the
Modem Language Department for language credit.
INS 377
Scandinavia in the World
Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world
of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and
arms control, East-West relations, European security, trade and the Third
World.
INS 393
Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as
reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for s w e y of Norwegian
history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a
variety of media.
INS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to other capitals for a comparative view.
161
16*
-
International Studies
SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (SAUS) - FALL
This semester in the city program is located in either Bogota, Colombia or Quito,
Ecuador. This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the relationships between Third
World development and the consequences of urbanization, especially inequality in Latin
America. Analyses of competing theories of development are integrated with field study
in the host city and outlying regions.
INS 261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language
emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS
program and field work.
INS 361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics,
culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is
on economic development issues, theories and models applicable to
Latin America.
INS 362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin
America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, governmental policies and urban elites.
Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared.
INS 363
Wealth, Poverty and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis
on field study in barrio communities and site visits to public and private
agencies dealing with urban problems.
COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (CILA)
- FALL OR SPRING
This interdisciplinaryprogram enables the student to combine intense involvement in
a community-based organization with the study of community development process and
the increase of language skills.
CULTURE AND SOCIETY IN LATIN AMERICA: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR - SPRING
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on developments and social change in Latin
America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts and the ways in
which ideologies shape social realities.
INS 360
Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Study of selected literary works that illustrate social realities and express
a variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change.
Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as
manifested in major artistic periods.
INS 364
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships
International Studies 163
among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by
theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America.
INS 367
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to
development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their
implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependence
and Marxism.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
Check with the spec$c International Studies program directorfor requirements in the program.
INS 199
INS 299
INS 399
INS 499
Internship
See description on page 79.
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
Internship
See description on page 79.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
See listing under Business Administration,
Accounting and Management Information
Systems.
A
t least since Socrates, scholars have
appreciated the value of mathematics in
developing the skills of critical thinking,
understanding abstract concepts, and
analyzing and solving problems. Coupled
with the more modem needs of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential
for any liberally educated person. Mathematics courses at Augsburg are intended
to help develop these skills in three ways.
Mathematical ideas have had a formative impact on the development of civilization. Since a liberal education should
include a variety of perspectives on our
culture and heritage, a study of mathematics and its influences is an important part
of a liberal arts education.
The Department aims to provide its
majors with skills necessary to serve the
larger community through a variety of
careers. Mathematics majors are prepared
for graduate school or work in industry or
service professions. Students may pursue a
concentration in applied mathematics or
the more traditional major. Internship and
Cooperative Education options help
students take advantage of Augsburg's
proximity to the many technically-oriented
enterprises in the city.
Additionally, an increasing number of
academic disciplines require a working
knowledge of the tools of mathematics.
This Department serves students majoring
in a wide variety of fields. Toward the goal
of serving students with a diversity of
needs, the Department uses a calculus
curriculum in which students leam
concepts in the context of learning skills of
mathematical investigation. A major
federal grant supported the development
of this AUGMENT curriculum.
Mathematics Faculty
Ken Kaminsky (Chair), Larry Copes,
Suzanne Doree, Rebekah Valdivia
Major
Eight courses including:
MAT 145 AUGMENT Calculus I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Calculus 11
MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus 111
MAT 246 AUGMENT Linear Algebra
MAT 314 Abstract Algebra
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium
(junior and senior years)
CSC 170 Structured Pronrarnminn
or CSC 270 FORT&
or CSC 272 Unix and C
And three electives from MAT courses
above 200, at least two of which are above
300.
.,
Note: At least two mathematics courses
above 300 must be taken at Augsburg.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements. For many years,
however, the mathematics requirements f o
licensure have been the same as for the
major, with the electives specified as MAT
351, MAT 373, and MAT 441.
Mathematics
Mathematics Major with concentration in
Applied Mathematics
Ten courses including:
MAT 145 AUGMENT Calculus I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Calculus I1
MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus JlI
MAT 246 AUGMENT Linear Algebra
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium
(junior and senior years)
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics 11
CSC 170 Structured Programming
or CSC 270 FORTRAN
or CSC 272 Unix and C
And three electives from:
bMT/PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
MAT 328 Complex Analysis
MAT 355 Numerical Analysis
MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
MAT 374 Probability and Statistics I1
MAT 481 Topics in Mathematics (must
be approved)
Note: At least two mathematics courses
above 300 must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major, 3.1 overall, and
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor
MAT 145 AUGMENT Calculus I
MAT 146 AUGMENT Calculus II
hlAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus m
MAT 246 AUGMENT Linear Algebra
or MAT 247 Modeling and
Differential Equations
And one elective above MAT 300.
Note: At least one mathematics course
above 200 must be taken at Augsburg.
Math Placement Group (MPG)
Before enrolling in any mathematics
course, the student must have appropriate
math placement. All students are required
to have their Math Placement Group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students
who have transferred in a college-level
mathematics course taken at another
college may have their Math Placement
Group determined by the Registrar's
Office. Students who have passed the
College Board Advanced Placement Exam
should consult with the Mathematics
Department. All other students must take
the Augsburg Math Placement Exam. The
exam is given during college registration
sessions and at other announced times
during the year. Students needing to
advance their Math Placement Group may
work with the Academic Enrichment
Center to take the appropriate MAT course
or study on their own and retest. Additional information about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Academic
Advising Center.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
165
-
166
Mathematics
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic and other models. Emphasis
on applicationsto the social and natural sciences, business and everyday
life. Successful completion advances students to MPG III. Students in
MPG 111or IV should consult the department, as should students preparing for MAT 114. (Prereq.:MPG I1 and either a year of high school algebra
or consent of instructor)
MAT 114
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric
functions. For students planning to take MAT 145. Students who have
completed MAT 145 or calculus may register for credit only with consent
of instructor. Successful completion advances student to MPG N.(Prereq.:
MPG m)
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Concepts from areas such as combinatorics, probability, matrices, linear
programming and graph theory. (Prereq.: MPG III. Fall, odd years)
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Concepts of differential and integral calculus with applications in the
social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed MAT 145
may not register for credit. (Prereq.:MPG 111. Offered occasionally)
MAT 131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interactionbetween the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not
register for credit. (Prereq.:MPG III. Offered occasionally)
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus 1 & 11
Concepts of calculus. Emphasis on skills of mathematical investigations.
(Prereq.:MPG IV for MAT 145; MAT 145 or consent of instructor for MAT
146. Fall: MAT 145; Spring: MAT 146)
MAT 153
The Beauty of Fractal Mathematics
Concepts of fractal geometry. Emphasis on using computer software to
experience mathematics as a form of artistic expression. (Prereq.: MPG III.
Offered occasionally)
MAT 245
AUGMENT Calculus Ill
Concepts of vectors and multivariable calculus. Emphasis on using logical
structures to read proofs. (Prereq.: MAT 146. Fall)
MAT 246
AUGMENT Linear Algebra
Concepts from linear algebra and other fields such as dynarnical systems,
analysis, number theory, and abstract algebra. Emphasis on using logical
structures to write proofs. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Spring)
MAT 247
Modeling and Differential Equations
A --l:--L.---
'2--
- -.-:A-
- L 2:--:-1:---
E--L--:-
-- --LL---L--I
Mathematics
modeling, differential equations and numerical methods. Part of AUGMENT program. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Spring)
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
Concepts such as groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.:
MAT 246. Fall)
MAT 324
Analysis
Concepts of calculus in a more abstract setting. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247.
Spring)
MAT 327
MAT 328
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
Complex Analysis
Concepts such as complex functions, limits, derivatives, integrals, series,
conformal mapping and applications. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247. Fall, even
years)
MAT 351
Modern Geometry
Concepts such as projective geometry, non-Euclidean geometries, transformations, and fractals. (Prereq.: MAT 246. Spring, even years)
MAT 355
Numerical Analysis
Concepts such as approximating solutions of nonlinear equations, linear
systems of equations and differential equations, curve fitting, and error
analysis. (Prereq.: MAT 245, computer programming course. Offered
occasionally)
MAT 363
Chaotic Dynamical Systems
Concepts such as periodicity, bifurcation and many aspects of fractals.
(Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247. Spring)
MAT 373
Probability and Statistics I
Concepts such as enumeration techniques, discrete and continuous
probability distributions, Chebyshev's inequality and the central limit
theorem. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Fall)
MAT 374
Probability and Statistics II
Concepts such as sampling distributions associated with the normal and
other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression,
analysis of variance and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373.
Spring)
MAT 441
Foundations of Mathematics
Concepts such as set theory, logic, axiomatics, and development of the
real number system. (Prereq.: MAT 314, Coreq.: MAT 324. Spring, odd
years)
MAT 481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or MAT 247 and consent of
instructor. Interim or Spring)
- Mathematics
MAT 491
Mathematics Colloquium
(.O course)
Information about contemporary developments, career opportunities, and
other interesting ideas in mathematics presented by students, faculty
members or outside visitors. Carries no course credit. (Fall, Spring)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
MAT 199
lnternship
See description on page 79.
MAT 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
MAT 399
lnternship
See description on page 79.
MAT 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
METRO
URBAN
STUDIES
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
T
he Modem Languages Department at
Augsburg College contributes many
ways to realizing the College's mission of
providing liberal arts education for service
in today's world. The Department is
committed to the view that education
should go beyond career preparation and
that familiarity with the language and
culture of another people is an essential
step in the development of a truly global
perspective.
The Modem Languages Department
offers language, literature, and culture
courses leading to majors in French,
German, Norwegian and Spanish. Introductory courses in Arabic, Ojibwe and
Russian are offered at Augsburg, and
courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and
Greek are available to Augsburg students
through the College's affiliation with
ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
In addition to courses in language and
culture, the Department offers linguistics
courses in which students may go beyond
the study of individual languages to
investigate the general principles that
operate in and shape all languages.
Knowledge of several languages,
perhaps combined with the study of
linguistics, is essential in preparing for
careers in second-language education and
translation, but also represents a valuable
special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in
international business, social work, the
diplomatic corps, the health professions, or
the ministry may wish to take a second
major or minor in modem languages. In
addition, a minor in languages or linguistics is a valuable research tool for those
intending to pursue graduate study in most
academic disciplines.
Modern Languages Faculty
Frankie Shackelford (Chair), Ruth Aaskov,
Mary Kingsley, Pary Pezeckian-Weinberg,
R o m h Soto, Donald Steinmetz
Major
Majors must take nine Upper Division
courses, five to seven of them at Augsburg
and two to four on an approved studyabroad program.
The major consists of 9 Upper Division
courses including: 350; two courses in
culture; two courses in language (311 or
above); two courses in literature; two
electives (from any of the three areas
above).
Minor
Minors must take at least two Upper
Division courses at Augsburg. 311 is a
prerequisite to all other Upper Division
courses.
The minor must include four courses
above 212, including one each in language,
literature and culture.
Honors Major
Majors seeking Departmental honors
must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA
overall and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in Independent Study for one course
credit. Consult Department Chair for
details.
'70
Modern Languages
Transfer Students
Teaching Licensure
Transfer students intending to major or
minor in languages must take a ininimum
of one Upper Division course per year at
Augsburg. See Department faculty for
limits on non-Augsburg courses.
Teacher candidates in French, German
and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information
and enrollment in the program as well as
for information on Special Methods
courses. All transfer teacher candidates,
including those who have completed a
college language major elsewhere, must
take at least two courses in language,
literature, or culture at Augsburg. A 3.0
average in Conversation and Composition
(311) is a Departmental requirement for
teaching majors. Licensure requires
successful completion of the Competency
Exam prior to student teaching. See
requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for Teaching in Secondary
Schools under Department of Education.
Study Abroad
Study abroad is required of all language
majors (minimum of one semester) and
highly recommended for minors. An
advanced-level Internship in the major
language (399) or an interdisciplinary
Internship (INS 199), linking language
skills with community service and career
exploration, is strongly encouraged.
W CHINESE (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
Department. See East Asian Studies Director for more information.
FRENCH (FRE)
FRE 111, 112 Beginning French
Aimed to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking,
reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and
readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and
way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral
part of the course. (Fall: 111;Spring 112)
FRE 211, 212
Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar.
Laboratory work. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212)
FRE 243
French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English
Modern Languages 171
translation. Through assigned readings, class discussion and written
reaction, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and culturalhistorical sigruficance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not
count toward a French major or minor. (On demand)
FRE 311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization
of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other Upper Division
courses. (Fall)
FRE 312
French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology
and speech group practice, study of spoken models from the media.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE
311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 355
20th Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I,
including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311
or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
'72
Modern Languages
FRE 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness,
characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization.
Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
FRE 450
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
In-depth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim Catalog. Prereq.:
FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
FRE 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
FRE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
FRE 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
FRE 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
GERMAN (GER)
GER 111,112 Beginning German
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read
extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. ( F a
111;Spring: 112)
GER 211, 212 Intermediate German
Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German.
Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials
representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall. 211; Spring:
212)
GER 244
German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing Medieval to modem
periods are read and discussed in English. Readings are considered in the
context of German cultural history as well as in context of the universal
human condition. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major
or minor. Sophomore standing. (On demand)
Modern Languages 173
GER 31 1
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German.
Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written
composition. (Fall)
GER 331
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to
the Thirty Years War (1643). In German (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria and
Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and
scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.:
GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to Literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
GER 351
German Literature through the 18th Century
Survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Enlightenment, Storm
and Stress, Classic and Romantic literature. Readings and discussion in
German supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in
its cultural and geopolitical context. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 352
German Literature: The 19th Century
Study of later Romanticism, Young-Germany, Poetic Realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. Lectures include the literary reaction to the decline of
idealistic philosophy and the rise of technology and science. Readings and
discussion in German. (Prereq.:GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
GER 353
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of
international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings
in German with class discussions designed to aid students' self-expression
in German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle
for expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition
including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as
classroom laneua~e.(Prerea.:GER 311 or consent of instructor.Fall)
74 Modern Languages
-
CER 451
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the
present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of
cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
CER 452
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are
discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: GER 311
or consent of instructor. On demand)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CER 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
CER 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
CER 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
CER 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
JAPANESE (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
Department. See East Asian Studies Director for more information.
LINGUISTICS (LIN)
LIN 289
Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles,
with focus on linguistic universals and psycholinguistics. Theoretical
questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages.
No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors.
(On demand)
LIN 311
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic research with the aim of distinguishing underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria and explanatory goals. The
theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines. (On demand)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
LIN 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
-
Modern Languages 175
LIN 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
NORWEGIAN (NOR)
Two courses in Norwegian are also offered as part of the 0stfold Program, listed
under International Studies.
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work expected. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112)
NOR 21 1
Intermediate Norwegian
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking,
listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and
integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used
as a basis for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar
review. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
NOR 31 1
Conversation and Composition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science
and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing
practice. (Prereq.: NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring)
NOR 331
NOR 350
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural
developments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community,
into an historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by
lectures, newspaper articles and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR
311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
(Prereq.:NOR 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a
basis for the study of major works from earlier periods, including several
in nynorsk. Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays and oral
reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.:NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall:
alternate years)
NOR 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary
and cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in
NOR 311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, written and oral
6
,
. :- \T --.--- :-- /lJ
. X T n D 911 -- ------ - K
.-.:
.
..
-----
L
:--L..-A--
P
-\
Modern Languages
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NOR 199
lnternship
See description on page 79.
NOR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
NOR 399
lnternship
See description on page 79.
NOR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
Two courses in Ojibwe (Cruppewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the
Modem Language Department and as part of the American Indian Studies minor.
OJB111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa),
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
RUSSIAN (RUS)
One year of Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian, Central and East European Studies Program, which requires
two years of language for the major (see page 227). See Russian, Central and East European Studies Program Campus Adviser for more information.
RUS 111, 112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, elementary readings, short compositions and a growing acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of
the language lab. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112)
SPANISH (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall:
111; Spring: 112)
SPA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding,
SPA 249
SPA 311
SPA 312
SPA 331
SPA 332
SPA 350
SPA 352,353
SPA 354
-
Modern Languages 177
students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. ( F a 211; Spring: 212)
Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the
readings. Credit for this course does not apply to a Spanish major or
minor. (On demand)
Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This
course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212
or equivalent. Fall)
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve
oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. (Spring: on
rotational basis)
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world
civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic movements. h Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on
rotational basis)
Latin American Ciiilization and Culture
A study of the d t u r a l heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the preColumbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA
311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of
literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA
311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-Americanliterature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of
instructor. Note: Students who have taken SPA 356 [taught in Mexico]
178
--
Modern Languages
SPA 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral
expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written
compositions and grammatical exercises. (Pre;eq.: SPA 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall)
SPA 456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in Spanish. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period.
(Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 457
Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the 19th and 20th century in Spain.
Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring:
on rotational basis)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SPA 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
SPA 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
SPA 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
SPA 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
MUS
M
usic has the power to move and
:hange us. Whether we experience music
is a listener, teacher or performer, it adds
i sigruficant and satisfying dimension to
Iur lives.
The Music Department at Augsburg
Zollege offers courses in music and music
2erformance to give students access to this
sential aspect of human history and
:ulture. In addition, all students of the
Zollege community have the opportunity
:o participate in choral and instrumental
membles which perform locally, nationilly and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional
nember of the National Association of
Schools of Music and the National Associaion for Music Therapy. The Music Departnent serves the general education needs of
itudents and offers professional training in
nusic. The Music major combines a broad
:ducation in the liberal arts with preparaion for graduate and professional opportuuties. Students may choose from among
our majors in three degree programs:
3achelor of Arts -Music Major; Bachelor of
vlusic - Performance Major; Bachelor of
vlusic - Music Education Major, and
3achelor of Science - Music Therapy Major.
Pauline Sateren, Robert Stacke, Sonja
Thompson
Music Performances Coordinator
Mary Ella Pratte
Bachelor of Arts
Freshmen will enroll in the regular
Bachelor of Arts program. Theory and
keyboard placement tests are required of
all incoming students and will be given
during the first week of classes. The
petition to be accepted as a B.A. candidate
will be submitted to the Department prior
to registration for Upper Division courses.
Bachelor of Music - Education
In addition to opportunities as profesiional musicians, teachers of music and
nusic therapists, graduates have access to a
vide variety of careers! Leaders in the
xofessions and business regard a liberal
lrts major as an excellent preparation for
,atisfyingand effective service in many
bccupational areas.
Theory and keyboard placement tests
are required of all incoming students and
will be given during the first week of
classes. Students wishing to become
Bachelor of Music - Education candidates
must perform (Level I1 repertoire) in their
major performance medium for a faculty
panel. They may then apply, with a copy of
their transcript, to the Department for
admission to the Bachelor of Education
program (by end of sophomore year).
Additionally, Music Education majors must
apply to the Education Department for
acceptance into the music education
licensure program. Departmental approval
and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music
courses is necessary for the education
licensure program.
vlusic Faculty
Bachelor of Music - Performance
vlerilee Klemp (Chair),Jill Dawe, Bridget
)oak, Stephen Gabrielsen, Nancy
h n d a h l , Peter Hendrickson, Robert
Carl&, Roberta Metzler, Paul Ousley,
Theory and keyboard placement tests
are required of all incoming students and
will be given during the first week of
classes. Students wishing to become
1
80
Music
Bachelor of Music - Performance candidates must perform (Level 11repertoire) in
their major performance medium for a
faculty panel. They must then apply to the
Department before the end of their second
semester of study. A cumulative GPA of 2.5
in music courses and a 3.0 in performance
studies must be maintained.
Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy
Theory and keyboard placement tests
are required of all incoming students and
will be given during the first week of
classes. The piano proficiency exam must
be completed. Students should consult
with the Director before applying to the
Music Therapy program. An equivalency
program is available for those who have a
four-year college degree.
Music Minor
Candidates must apply to the Department prior to registration for Upper
Division courses (see Student Handbook).
Freshman Performance Scholarships
May be available to freshmen taking
lessons for credit. Consult with individual
instructors or the Music Office.
in a major ensemble of their major instrument during their residency at Augsburg.
In certain circumstances, this may be
waived for equivalency students.
Ensembles
Auditions for membership in ensemble:
are scheduled, following application,
during summer orientation sessions,
during the first week of the school year, or
by arrangement with the individual
ensemble director.
Honors Major
Candidates for the honors program are
nominated each spring from among those
juniors who have attained a GPA of at leas
3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee
must approve the candidate's honors
project proposal and certify successful
completion. The following possibilities are
indicative of acceptable projects: a senior
thesis and its defense; an additional senior
recital of graduate quality; composition of
work for vocal and/or instrumental
ensemble; conducting an ensemble concert
or combinations of the above. Consult the
Music Department Student Handbook for
more information.
Transfer Students
Transfer/Equivalency/Certification
students will enter the music program on
probation, subject to Departmental
approval. A performance hearing that is
supported by a department application and
the student's transcript(s)will take place
the first semester in residence. All students
will be required to take the theory placement test the first week of class. Passing the
piano proficiency test the first semester of
residence is strongly recommended.
All students are required to participate
Core Curriculum (required of all majors):
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
101
102
111
112
201
202
211
212
231
232
Materials of Music I
Materials of Music I1
Aural Skills I
Aural Skills 11
Materials of Music IJI
Form and Analysis
Aural Skills IJI
Aural Skills IV
History and Literature of Music
History and Literature of Music I
lus ensemble participation, performance
tudies, and recital requirements as given
nder each specific degree and major.
ilso, French or German study as stated in
;enera1 Education Requirements and in
pecific degree requirements.
I BACHELOR OF ARTS
llusic Major
Offers the broadest education in liberal
rts and prepares the student for the
reatest range of graduate, business and
lrofessional opportunities. Students who
?tend to pursue non-performance gradute study, or desire to enter one of the
nany music-related business fields of
mployment, most often choose this course
f study.
Requirements: 12 course credits
:ore curriculum plus:
h e music credit elective
md two semesters chosen from:
hUS 311,312 Composition
AUS 341 Basic Conducting
hUS 342 Choral Conducting
AUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
/IUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era
LUS 332 Music of the Classical Era
LUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period
LUS 334 Music of the 20th Century
LUS 458 Senior Recital
'erformance Studies
iight quarter course credits in the major
instrument/voice
iight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
'our semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble
Ceyboard proficiency
'ass three Music Repertoire tests
Music
Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for more information on
individualized degree requirements.
Music Minor
Six course credits including:
MUS 101,102 Materials of Music I, I1
MUS 111,112 Aural Skills I, 11
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
or MUS 232 History and Literature of
Music 11
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
And one additional course in Music
History or Conducting
Plus four consecutive quarter courses
in a major ensemble concurrent with
four quarter courses of Performance
Studies in the student's major instrument.
Music minors also must pass one Music
Repertoire test.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Education Major
Offers students the preparation
necessary to become teachers of music in
the public schools. This preparation
includes course work which allows the
student to become certified to teach at the
elementary through the secondary levels.
Requirements: 16.5 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 311,312 Composition I, 11
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
or MUS 344 Instrumental
Conducting
Performance Studies
Two quarter course credits in the major
instrument/voice
Four half course credits in the major
instrument/voice
181
18*
-
Music
Two full course credits in the major
instrument/voice
Two quarter course credits in the minor
instrument/voice
MUS 358 Half junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble
Improvisation competency on major
instrument or voice
Keyboard proficiency
Pass three Music Repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all
music courses and in the major performance medium.
Choose one area of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253,
254,435
Instrumental emphasis - MUS 152,
155, and one course credit of music elective
Other Requirements
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Healthy Concepts for Educators
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDS 341 Media Technology
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas
EDS 354 Creating Learning
Environments: Secondary and
Field Experience
EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12)
Take three of the following four:
EDS 356,357,358,359 Music Methods:
Brass and Percussion,
Woodwinds, Strings, Vocal
rnc
900
..--- D-I-L---
u
EDS 478 School and Society
EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
and Seminar
Consult the Education Department and
Music Department Student Handbook anc
program adviser.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Performance Major
This degree emphasizes intensive work
in the major private study area. The
program is made available only to a few
students of exceptional performing ability
who are selected on the basis of an audition/application process.
The program prepares performers for
professional performing opportunities
and/or graduate school auditions.
Requirements: 19.5 course credits:
Core Curriculum plus:
MUS 311,312 Composition I, 11
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
or MUS 344 Instrumental
Conducting
Performance Studies
Two quarter course credits and six full
course credits in the major instrument/
voice
Two quarter course credits in the minor
instrument/voice
MUS 358 Full junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
Eight quarter courses in a major Augsburg
ensemble on the major instrument/voicc
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble
Keyboard proficiency test
Pass three Music Repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all
music courses and 3.0 in the major
Music
hoose one area of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253,
54,435, one course credit of music
ective. French or Geman to fulfill
inguage requirement.
Piano or Organ emphasis - MUS 301,
32,436,456, one-half course credit of
lusic elective.
Instrumental emphasis - MUS 301,302,
ne and one-half course credits of music
lectives.
Consult the Music Department Student
[andbook for more information.
I BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
lusic Therapy Major
Fulfills academic and clinical requireLents for registration with the National
ssociation for Music Therapy, Jnc., and
repares students for the professional
?rtificationexamination developed by the
ertification Board for Music Therapists.
his course of study is chosen by students
rhowish to become registered music
lerapists. Consult Department for
zcreditation details.
Requirements: 16.5 course credits
ore curriculum plus:
he of the following three:
MUS 152 Basics of Singing or
MUS 155 Class Piano or
MUS 158 Class Guitar
KJS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
Materials
IUS 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
IUS 311 or 312 Composition I, I1
KJS 341 Basic Conducting
IUS 372,373 Psychologcal Foundation of
Music I, I1
[US 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
IUS 472 Human Identity Through the
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
Internship
Performance Studies
Eight quarter course credits in the major
instrument/voice
MUS 458 Half senior recital
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
Two semesters in an Augsburg small
ensemble (no credit)
Keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency
Pass three Music Repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in each
music therapy course
Additional required courses:
EDS 282 Introduction to Special
Education
Two of the following three:
EDS 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass
and Percussion, Woodwinds,
Strings
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 362 Behavior Disorders
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or PSY 230 Research Methods:
Design, Procedure and Analysis I
APPLIED MUSIC
Ensembles (MUE)
One quarter course credit per semester
is granted to members of major ensembles
(MU! 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles
carry no credit. Traditional grading is
required for music majors and minors in
..
-
.
.
183
'84
Music
regster for credit with either traditional or
P/N grading, 'or may choose no credit
status with audit (V) designation. A
maximum of two course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation
requirements.
Performance Studies for Credit
Four elements are required of music
majors/minors - lessons, jury examination at end of each semester, mandatory
attendance at student performance recitals,
master classes, and attendance at off- and
on-campus performances. See Music
Department Student Handbook for details.
Areas of Concentration
The music major/minor student must
declare an area of concentration. A
secondary area, required of Music Education students, necessitates additional
lessons, jury examination and performance.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice,
piano, organ and any instrument is
available for all students in the following
categories:
No credit - one half-hour lesson and
three hours of practice per week.
One-quarter course credit - one halfhour lesson and four hours of practice per
week.
One-half course credit - two halfhour lessons and eight hours of practice
per week.
One course credit - two half-hour
lessons and 12 hours of practice per week.
Performances: All students registered
in Performance Studies for credit must
perform each year in a general student
recital, at the end of each semester for a
faculty panel (jury examination), and
additional performances as required by th
instructor.
Listening: All music majors/minors
registered in Performance Studies for
credit are required to attend designated
music events during each semester
(recommended: four on-campus and four
professional off-campus events for music
majors, and a total of four events for musi
minors during each semester). Failure to
attend the required number of recitals,
major ensemble concerts, other designatec
events, the Student Performance recitals
and master classes will be a factor in
determining the final grade received in
Performance Studies. Music majors must
pass a total of three Music Repertoire test:
music minors must pass one. Consult the
Music Department Student Handbook for
contents of Music Repertoire tests and
specific degree requirements.
Recitals: A committee composed of thc
student's teacher and two other music
faculty members will determine the final
grade for all recitals. A pre-recital hearing
may be requested for students performing
recitals that partially fulfill degree require
ments. The charge of the recital jury shall
be to determine if the recital is likely to be
adequately prepared by the recital date fo
the student to receive a grade of 3.0 (B.M.
Performance) or 2.5 (B.A., B.M.- Educatio
B.S.) as specified in Department guideline
Concurrent registration in Performance
Studies in the major performance medim
is required for recital performance.
Students should carefully read the
Music Department Student Handbook anc
consult regularly with their applied
teacher. The following guidelines provide
an outline of requirements and procedure
which must be followed by all recitalists.
Music 18s
Departmental Sponsorship
Level IV for Music Performance majors.
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A. or B.S. degree requirements
or Honors Major will be sponsored by the
Music Department. Other student recitals
may be departmentally sponsored.
2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration at repertoire
Level IV for Music Education majors and
one hour in duration at Level V for Music
Performance majors.
3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals
(MUS 458) will be one-half hour in duration at repertoire Level m.
Duration and Repertoire Level
All departmentally sponsored recitals
must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog and
Repertoire Lists available in the Music
Department.
Keyboard Proficiency
1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration, and will
be at repertoire Level 111 for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at
B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must
pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end
of their sophomore year. Consult the Music
Department Student Handbook for specific
requirements.
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class Schedule or
the Music Department for course offerings in each term.
THEORY
MUS 101
Materials of Music 1
(.5 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory
Placement Test. Fall)
MUS 102
Materials of Music 11
(.5 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. To be
taken concurrently with MLJS 112. (Spring)
MUS 111
Aural Skills 1
(.5 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight
singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. (Prereq.:
concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 101. Fall)
MUS 112
Aural Skills 11
(.5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS
102. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 102.
Spring)
- Music
MUS 201
Materials in Music 111
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation.
(Prereq.: MUS 102. Fall)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
(.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
century practice. (Prereq.: MUS 201. Spring)
MUS 21 1
Aural Skills 111
(.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. (Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of
MUS 201. Spring)
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
(.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202.
(Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS
202. Spring)
MUS 301
Counterpoint 1
(-5 course)
Sixteenth through 18th century contrapuntal techniques including double
counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.:MUS 201,211.
Alternate years: Fall 1997)
MUS 302
Counterpoint 11
(.5 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg,
Bartok, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Alternateyears: Spring 1998)
MUS 31 1
Composition 1
(.5 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple
forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Prereq.: MUS 202. Fall)
MUS 312
Composition 11
(.5 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger
forms are studied and used. (Prereq.: MUS 311 or permission of instructor.
Spring)
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
(.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature.
(Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test. Fall)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting
(.5 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass
piano proficiency test. Alternate years: Spring 1997)
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting
(.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of inskumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass
piano proficiency test. Alternate years: Spring 1998)
Music
I HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For
non-music majors.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS
112,201.Fall)
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 112,201.
Spring)
f i e following four half-courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music:
MUS 331
MUS 332
Music of the Baroque Era
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Altemate years: Fall 1996)
Music of the Classical Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1997)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall 1997)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1998)
WUS 432
MUS 435
WUS 436
WUS 498
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and
theology student.
Voice Repertoire
(.5 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
century to the present, with an emphasis on literature and source materials used for teaching voice. (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall
1996 and Spring 1997)
Piano Repertoire
(.5 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by
listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231 and 232. Alternate
years: Spring 1997)
lndependent Study
(.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
'nternships and Independent Study Courses:
WUS 199
Internship
See descri~tinnnn nape 79
187
'88
Music
MUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
MUS 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
MUS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. Open only to advanced students upon
approval of the faculty.
TECHNIQUE
MUS 152
Class Voice
( 2 5 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
MUS 155
Class Piano
(.25 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sightreading, and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary
to pass the Piano Proficiency Test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or consent of
instructor)
MUS 158
Class Guitar
(.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar. (Spring)
MUS 251
English Diction
(.25 course)
Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing.
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all
students registered for vocal instruction. (Alternate years: Fall 1997)
The following three quarter-courses are continuations of MUS 251 with application for the
Italian, German and French languages.
MUS 252
Italian Diction
(.25 course)
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet and its application to basic Italian song literature. (Prereq.: MUS 251. Alternate years:
Fall 1997)
MUS 253
German Diction
(.25 course)
Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic German
song and choral literature. (Prereq.:MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring
1998)
MUS 254
French Diction
(.25 course)
Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic French song
and choral literature. (Prereq.: MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring 1998)
MUS 358
Junior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111, Music Education
majors or full recital at Level IV, Music Performance majors. No course
credit. The private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 456
Piano Pedagogy
(.5 course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
Music
of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Alternate years: Spring 1998)
MUS 458
Senior Recital
(.O course)
Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level HI. No course
credit. The private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 459
Senior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and
Level V for Music Performance majors. No course credit. The private
instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
H THERAPY
MUS 271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of
recreational music activities to clinical settings. Includes on-campus
practicum with children.
MUS 272
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural and biological
aspects of musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the
creative therapies of art, music, drama and movement. (Alternateyears:
Fall 1997)
MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Pradicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
MUS 372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis
on acoustics and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding
of the research process and development of an experimental research
project. (Alternateyears: Fall 1996)
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talent and performance. (Alternate years: Spring 1997)
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
(Prereq.: Pass keyboard proficiency test)
MUS 472
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
(See course description for MUS 272.) Enrollment for Upper Division
credit required for music therapy majors, and will include an additional
course module. (Alternateyears: Fall 1997)
MUS 473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic
settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with music. (Alternate years: Spring 1998)
189
'90
Music
(.25 course each)
MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, twc
hours per week. (Prereq.:three of MUS 274,275,374,375, Pass keyboard
proficiency test)
MUS 479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship
(.5 course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT internhip setting for six months.
Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
I ENSEMBLES AND PERFORMANCE
Ensembles (MUE)
then made at the discretion of the appropri
ate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble members hi^
preference is given to Concert Band
members.
These musical organizations exist not
only for the benefit of the music student,
but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by
audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrangement with the ensemble
director. Assignment to an ensemble is
While the Department strongly encourages both formal
Informal ensemble
experience, onlymembership in ~
~
d
Orchestra, Choir or Riverside Singers will
satisfy the major, minor
or ~~~~~~l
~
d
~~ ~ ~ ~
tsome
~ i insku~~
~i
ments are available for use by students.
STUDIES
MUE 111
Augsburg Choir (.25 course)
MUE 112
Riverside Singers (.25 course)
MUE 113
Vocal Chamber (.O course)
MUE 114
Masterworks Chorale (.25 course)
MUE 121
Orchestra (-25 course)
MUE 122
String Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 131
W o o d w i n d Chamber Music (.O course)
MUE 141
Concert Band (.25 course)
MUE 142
Brass Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 143
Jazz Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 144
Percussion Ensemble (.O course)
Music
'erformance Studies (MUP)
Private instruction for credit is graded
raditionally. All areas of study are
vailable to the non-music major or minor.
U1lessons are adapted to the individual
leeds of the student and those bearing
redit are supplemented by accompanying,
nsemble participation and other perfor-
mances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to
indicate levels of achievement and the
following expectations: No-credit study has
no repertoire requirements; Music Minor
- Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - Enter I
and attain Ill; B.M. - Education Major Enter II and attain IV; B.M. -Performance
Major - Enter II and attain V.
I LESSONS:
AUP 111-411 Voice
MUP 137-437 Horn
AUP 121-421 Violin
MUP 141-441 Trumpet
AUP 122-422 Viola
MUP 142-442 Trombone
AUP 123-423 Cello
MUP 143-443 Baritone
A UP 124424 Bass
MUP 144-444 Tuba
AUP 131-431 Oboe
MUP 152-452 Piano
AUP 132-432 Bassoon
MUP 159a
AUP 133-433 Clarinet
MUP 161-461 Guitar
AUP 134-434 Saxophone
MUP 171-471 Percussion
AUP 135-435 Flute
MUP 181-481 Organ
Tote carefully the following provisions:
1. Performance study registration
c a r s the first week of classes.
2. A
of study is l4 weeks of
:ssons and coaching. Any lessons
uring the Interim or Summer are
rranged privately with the teacher.
Piano accompanying
MUP 191-491 Harp
3. A student who cannot attend a
scheduled lesson is required to notify the
teacher at least 24 hours in advance;
otherwise, except for illness immediately
prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit
the right to a make-up lesson.
4. Credit is granted only for study
with faculty members of the Augsburg
College Music Department.
191
T
he Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide
strong preparation for science teaching and
to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
The program of courses is designed to
provide a broad, basic background in
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the Distribution/
General Education Requirements of the
College, the requirements for appropriate
majors, the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical
sciences, have at least one year of calculus.
Consult with the Department of Education
for requirements in Education. Early
consultation with adviser is essential.
Coordinator
Arlin Gyberg
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis from
the Augsburg major requirements. The
state requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current licensure requirements.
Broad Base Requirements
Two Earth Science (PHY 101 Astronomy,
PHY 106 Meteorology or Geology)
BIO 113,114 General Biology
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
Biology Major
(for licensure in Life Science)
Broad Base Requirements, plus:
BIO 215 Introduction to Cellular Biology
BIO 491 Seminar
Six other Biology courses, including at least
one from each of the following groups:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
or BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 440 Plant Physiology
BIO 367 Biochemistry
or BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 476 Microbiology
or BIO 481 Ecology
And one course in Organic Chemistry
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Two courses: one in Earth Science (Astronomy, Meteorology or Geology), and
one in General Biology.
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in Physical Science)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Graduation Major in Chemistry:
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, I1
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 (WEC
only
One advanced Chemistry Course
One year of General Physics
Two Physics courses above General Physics
(Recommended:PHY 245 Modem
Natural Science
Physics Major (for licensure in Physical
Science)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Graduation Major in Physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 ElectromagneticFields II
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, I1
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, 11
(WEC only)
MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus 111
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations*
Two additional Physics courses above 122
One year of General Chemistry
One course of Organic Chemistry and
One course of Analytical Chemistry
*Note: PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics may substitute for
MAT 247
NORDIC
AREASTUDIES
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
NORWEGIAN
See listing under Modem Languages.
193
-
T-
he Augsburg Nursing Program is
designed exclusively for registered
nurses
who want to increase their opportunities in
the health-care field.
The scope of nursing practice is
changing and expanding. Nurses are being
called on to function in a variety of settings
that differ from those in the past. Today
nurses work in hospitals, clinics, corporations, government agencies, schools and
community organizations. Some are selfemployed, rurming their own businesses.
All of these nurses provide comprehensive
health assessment for individuals from all
cultures and socioeconomic levels. From
helping parents have safe deliveries of
healthy d a n t s to coordinating home care
for the dying, nurses assist people through
the entire life span.
The bachelor's degree equips the nurse
with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral and nursing
sciences. The nursing program at Augsburg
College also provides the educational
opportunities to increase skills in critical
thinking, clinical investigation and
decision-making that prepare nurses to
handle challenging new positions in
today's health-care field.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading
to a Bachelor of Science degree with a
major in Nursing, is accredited by the
National League for Nursing. Graduates of
the program are eligible to apply for public
health nurse registration in Minnesota.
With two additional courses, they are
eligible to apply for school nurse certification.
Nursing Department Faculty
Beverly Nilsson (Chair),Lucie Ferrell,
Sharon McDonald, Pamela Weiss
Major
Ten courses including:
NUR 305 contemporary Nursing I:
Communication
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11:
Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11:
Practicum
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing
Research
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:
Families
NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing
of the Family
NUR 431 Leadership and Management:
Theorv and Practice
PHI 380 ~thics'ofMedicine and Health
Care
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing
course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the
completion of Level I and Level I1 courses
of study are required. Students also must
complete Augsburg's residence and
General Education Requirements.
The program has been planned so that
the Nursing major can be completed within
two academic years; however, students
may pursue their studies at a slower pace.
Courses in the Nursing major are
offered on weekends with practicum
courses requiring additional weekday
time. While courses are designed so that
the major can be completed within two
years, more time may be required to
complete the total course of study depending on the number of credits transferred
from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may take non-nursing
courses in both Day School and Weekend
Nursina
College. Students interested in pursuing
the Nursing major should consult with an
adviser from the Nursing Department for
program planning.
Honors Major
GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3
overall; application to the Department
Chairperson by Nov. 1of the senior year;
recommendation by Nursing faculty;
honors thesis to be defended before a
faculty committee by April 15. Candidates
register for NUR 499 to complete the thesis.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the
Nursing major.
1. Admission to Augsburg College:
Before you can apply for the Nursing
Program, you must first be admitted to
Augsburg College. All applicants must
present a high school diploma or equivalent and a 2.2 GPA.
2. Graduation from an accredited
nursing program: Applicants must have
graduated from an NLN accredited
associate degree or diploma nursing
program with a 2.5 overall GPA.
3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The
applicant must be a registered nurse who is
licensed and currently registered to
practice in Minnesota prior to be-g
the nursing major.
4. Prerequisite course content: The
following content must have been com-
pleted with a minimum grade of 2.0 chemistry, anatomy and physiology,
microbiology, English composition,
introductory sociology and introductory
psychology. These courses may be taken at
Augsburg or at another accredited college
or university.
5. Current clinical practice: Applicants
must give evidence of current clinical
nursing practice (within the past five
years). This may include graduation from a
school of nursing, work experience, or
completion of a nursing refresher course or
an acceptable equivalent.
6. Applicants must carry their own
malpractice insurance and current CPR
certification.
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have
a variety of time schedules, personal
responsibilities and work demands that
must be taken into account in any decision
to work toward a college degree. For this
reason, Augsburg offers full and part-time
sequential alternatives for pursuing this
degree.
The entire Nursing major is available
only through Augsburg's Weekend
College. Classes usually meet on alternate
weekends for one 3 1/2 hour time block.
Clinical practice usually occurs on weekdays.
Students also can complete their
liberal arts General Education Requirements by taking courses in Day School and
Weekend College. It is recommended that
most liberal arts courses be taken before
starting the Nursing major.
195
- Nursing
NUR 305
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the
professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and
groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles and
practice.
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to the idea of theory-based nursing practice. Nursing
theory and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and then
utilized in a patient/client situation.
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or
improve the health of culturally diverse individuals, families and communities. Students will learn assessment and intervention skills which will be
utilized to deliver ethically appropriate health care within the diversity of
the city.
NUR 31 1
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum**
Provides a clinical experience in community-based health care delivery
systems. Students will apply nursing process, teaching/leaming theory
and basic public health principles with culturally diverse clients throughout the life span. (Prereq.: NUR 310)
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of
the professional nurse. Economic, social, political and professional trends
and issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing
practice. Students demonstrate formal presentation skills to prepare them
for their new roles as professionals.
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
Emphasis on research process and methods in nursing. Ethical issues in
nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its
value in nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq.: MPG
111)
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally
diverse families and explores theories related to family structure and
function throughout the life span. The role of the nurse in family health
care is examined. (Prereq.: NUR 311)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family**
Clinical practice offering the student an opportunity to provide complex
nursing care to culturally diverse families in selected practice settings.
(Prereq.:NUR 403)
NUR 431
LeadershipIManagement:Theory and Practice**
Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of
Nursina
change, conflict and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability
and advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of
theory occurs in selected practice settings.
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in
nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of
the faculty and students.
Independent Study:
NUR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
Note: If NUR 311 and NUR 423 are not taken immediately following their respective
theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who decelerate for more than five years
may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is a fee to audit courses.
** This course involves an addifional clinical fee.
197
T
he Philosophy Department assists
students to understand issues raised in the
traditional areas of plulosophy. We
consider questions about what knowledge
is and how we know, about the nature of
reality, about the basis for making moral
judgments, and about the rules for correct
reasoning. Our goals are to instill in
students a love of truth, to inspire a
curiosity about the sigruficance and
meaning of the world they experience, and
to develop the skills of critical analysis and
creative synthesis.
The department places a special
emphasis on the history of philosophy,
offering four courses covering the period
from the ancient Greeks to the end of the
20th century. In these courses students are
taught how to read, understand, and
criticize great texts of Western civilization,
and to see how ideas have developed and
matured through the centuries. The
department also offers other courses where
philosophy, its methods and ideas are
applied to other disciplines like relipon,
science and the arts.
The major has been carefully planned so
that students can easily graduate with two
majors. Though some majors continue on
to graduate school in philosophy, most use
the major to prepare for other professional
studies such as law, medicine or the
Christian ministry. Philosophy majors
generally outperform others on graduate
entrance in examinations in medicine and
law. Others enter the work place, confident
that the study of philosophy has pven
them the ability to think critically.
Philosophy Department Faculty
Mark Fuehrer (Chair),David Apolloni,
Paul Holmer (distinguished visiting
professor), Bruce Reichenbach
Major
Nine courses including:
PHI 230 Logic
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The
Classical Philosophers
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111:
Enlightenment and 19th
Century Philosophy
PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV: 20th
Century Philosophy
A 400 level course (other than PHI 499)
Three elective courses in Philosphy
Note: Five courses must be Upper Division.
Honors Major
Admission to the Philosophy Honors
program is by recommendation of the
Philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors
thesis on an approved topic of the student's
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the Department.
Minor
Five courses, including two from PHI
241,242,343 and 344.
-
Philosophy 199
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces students to typical philosophical problems (like
how we know, can we have certain knowledge, are there universal moral
principles), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical thinking.
PHI 120
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases
they use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical approaches to evaluating moral actions, and then applies them to
contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform our considerations.
Students taking PHI 120 may not take PHI 125.
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, feelings and
action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what
the end or purpose of human life is, we decide on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human
love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students taking PHI
125 may not take PHI 120.
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
We begin by trying to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and
how this differs from just being friends or sexually desiring them. We then
consider issues such as the ethics of sex, sexual attraction, marriage,
adultery and homosexuality.
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn
the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course
focuses on inductive reasoning.
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
The writings of Plato and M o t l e are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western cidization. In this course students read and analyze
some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle, as well as Stoic, Epicurean
and Neoplatonic writings.
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
Students will read writings by various Medieval and Renaissance philosophers in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation
involved in constructing a Christian philosophy. (Suggested prior course:
PHI 241. Spring)
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
What is artistic creativity? What is a work of art and what makes great
works of art great? What is it to appreciate works of art?Is one's appreciation of music or art simply a matter of taste? Does aestheticexperience
differ from oBtm kinds of experience?
*zPhilosophy
PHI 343
History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes,
Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th century
Idealism and the reaction to it (Man, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested
prior course: PHI 241 or 242. Fall)
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is
truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?
These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, and existentialism. (Suggested
prior courses: PHI 241,242, and 343)
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
We systematically investigate a series of questions about religion. What is
the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can
be said about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human
suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible? (Suggested one prior
course in philosophy)
PHI 355
Asian Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested:one prior course in
philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 360
Political Philosophy
The question, "What is just society?" is considered with the answers given
in the 20th century by Utilitarianism, liberalism, Marxism, Communitarianism, libertarianism and feminism. (Meets graduate skill component
of speaking)
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's
knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific
methods. Students will also research and develop philosophical responses
to issues in this area. (Suggested prior course: PHI 230 or one course in
natural science)
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings -both philosophical and Literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimem
tation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia.
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific
area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an
idea or specific problem, or inter-disciphary problems. Seminar format.
May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: any
from PHI 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor. Offered annually)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHI 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
PHI 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
PHI 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
PHI 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
See listing under Health and Physical
Education.
T
he Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is designed for students interested
in careers as health care providers.
The physician assistant concept
originated during the mid-1960s. Physicians and educators recofized there was a
shortage and uneven distribution of
primary care physicians. To combat these
problems, the physician assistant program
h a s developed. h physician assistits
must, by law or regulation, have a supervising physician. An important element of
the physician assistant education is the
emphasis on patient education.
-
The Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is a 27-month program of study
for students with at least 64 semester hours
of college credit. A new class of 24 students
begins each May. Students who intend to
enter the Physician Assistant Program must
apply by Dec. 31 of the previous year. The
program is very competitive and not all
students who apply are accepted. Physician
Assistant students who have not previously obtained a baccalaureate degree will
earn a Bachelor of Arts in Physician
Assistant Studies upon successful completion of the Program.
The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program is currently in the process of obtaining accreditation from CAAHEP (Cornrnission on Accreditation of Allied Health
Education Programs). At the time of printing of this catalog, the Program was six
months from the site visit for accreditation.
The mission statement of the Augsburg
Physician Assistant Program is to be
generalist Physician Assistant professionals, well educated in theory and practice,
dedicated to excellence in performance,
with the highest standards of ethics and
integrity, committed to lifelong personal
and wrofessional develowment. reswectful
and sensitive to persons of all cultures and
backgrounds, and oriented toward service
to underserved populations.
Physician Assistant Department Faculty
Dawn B. Ludwig (Chair),Lisa Howe,
David Johnson, Manuel Kaplan, Martha
Kelly, Terry Lewis
Major
First Year (Twelve Months)
Twelve courses including:
PA 311 Human Anatomy and
Neuroanatomy
PA 321 Human Physiology
PA 331 PA Seminar
PA 351 Pharmacology I
PA 361 Clinical Medicine I
PA 371 History & Physical Exam
Skills I
PA 341 Current Trends
PA 362 Clinical Medicine 11
PA 352 Pharmacology 11
PA 363 Clinical Medicine lTI
PA 372 History & Physical Exam
Skills II
PA 380 Emergency Medicine
and three supporting courses including:
PSY 368 Behavioral Health Care I
PSY 369 Behavioral Health Care 11
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
Second Year (Fifteen Months)
Clinical rotations in prearranged health
care facilities including:
Family Medicine .............................. 6 weeks
Internal Medicine ............................ 6 weeks
Emergency Medicine ......................6 weeks
6 weeks
OB/GYN ...........................................
Psychiatry ................... ,
.
,
................ 6 weeks
Surgery ...........................................
6 weeks
Phvsician Assistant 203
Pediatrics ..........................................6 weeks
Elective Rotations ............................6 weeks
Family Medicine Preceptorship ... Final 12
weeks of
program
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each
Physician Assistant and supporting
course of study is required. Students in the
degree program also must complete
Augsburg's residence and General Education requirements.
The program is planned so the major
will be completed in 27 months. The
courses are offered consecutively, with subsequent courses based on material taught
in previous courses; therefore students are
accepted for full-time study only.
The following steps must be completed
to apply for admission into the Physician
Assistant Program.
1. Prerequisite Course Content: The
following courses must have been completed at Augsburg (or an approved
equivalent course at another accredited
institution)with a GPA of 2.0 or better:
BIO 113 General Biology
BIO 114 General Biology
PA 311
BIO 367
BIO 476
CHM 105
CHM 106
CHM 223
PSY 105
MPG ILI
Biochemistry
Microbiology
or CHM 115 General Chemistry
or CHM 116 General Chemistry
Organic Chemistry
Principles of Psychology
2. Recommended courses include:
Genetics, Anatomy, Physiology. Also
recommended is a cumulative and science
GPA of 3.0 or better to remain competitive
with all potential applicants.
3. All General Education Perspectives
(except The City, one Writing Skill,
Speaking Skill, Critical Thinking and
Quantitative Reasoning), must have been
completed. The above perspectives and
skills are expected to be in the physician
assistant curriculum.
4. Submit a complete application to the
program prior to the deadline, usually the
end of December. Call the office for the
official deadline each year. A complete
application packet includes: the application, three or four letters of reference, an
application fee, and an official transcript
from each post-secondary school attended.
5. Application and admission to
Augsburg College prior to matriculation to
the Physician Assistant Program.
Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy
This course takes a regional approach to the study of human anatomy.
The course will involve dissection of human cadavers. This course is
offered only to students accepted into the Physician Assistant Program.
Human Physiology
A course involving lectures, demonstrations, discussions, and laboratory
exercises designed to present general physiological principles involving
the nervous, respiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, endocrine
systems and the special senses. (Prereq.:Admission to the P.A. Program)
*04
-
Physician Assistant
PA 331
PA Seminar
A seminar exploring the history and role of physician assistants, including
the laws and regulations governing their practice and education. (Prereq.:
Admission to the P.A. Program or consent of instructor)
Current Trends
This course will educate the student in understanding medical literature,
research of literature, and analysis of medical articles. (Prereq.: Admission
to the P.A. Program)
Pharmacology l
This course will cover drug metabolism, chemotherapy, toxicology and
prescriptive practice as related to disease processes of the autonomic,
cardiovascular, respiratory, and gastrointestinalsystems. (Prereq.: Admission to the P.A. Program and successful completion of summer semester)
Pharmacology ll
This course will cover drug metabolism, chemotherapy and prescriptive
practices as related to the pediatric, dermatologic, otolaryngologic, endocrine, and gynecologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 351)
Clinical Medicine I
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment
and the clinical skills associated with the cardiovascular, respiratory,
gastrointestinal,renal and endocrine systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the
P.A. Program and successful completion of summer semester)
Clinical Medicine II
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment
and the clinical skills associated with the otolaryngologic, ophthalmalogic
and neurologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 361)
Clinical Medicine Ill
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment
and the clinical skills associated with the rheumatologic, orthopedic,
gynecologic, obstetric, pediatric, geriatric, dermatologic and immunologic
systems. (Prereq.: PA 36
t?
History and Physical Exam Skills I
A lecture/discussion/laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure
designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to tlinterviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: Admission to
the P.A. Program)
History and Physical Exam Skills II
A lecture-discussion-laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure
designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to tlinterviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: PA 371)
Emergency Medicine
A lecture-lab course designed to educate the student in common emergenc
procedures. Topics covered will be adult and pediatric trauma, surgical
- PHY
P
hysicists are not only curious about
the world, but ambitious as well. Their aim
is to understand the fundamental prin:iples which describe and govern all
physical aspects of the universe. Called
"natural philosophers" in previous
centuries, physicists investigate natural
systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics
includes the study of systems ranging in
size from sub-atomic particles to the largest
of galaxies and from the relative stillness of
near absolute zero temperature to the fiery
activity of the stars. As a fascinating and
expanding area of study and as a basic
science, physics plays an important role in
many of the liberal arts disciplines and
contributes to society's understanding of
such areas as energy, weather, medical
science and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and realizing that
keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an
ever increasing challenge, the Department
intends to bring to the students not only
basic concepts but also insights into recent
developments. In this process, the faculty
expects challenges to arise, be met and
stimulate sound thinking, perceptive
judgment and an interest in experimental
techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides
students with the in-depth preparation
required for graduate study. More than
two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have
completed or are currently working toward
graduate degrees at a number of fine
universities across the nation. A major in
physics provides flexibility. It also serves as
a stepping stone for graduate work in
related areas such as computer science,
atmospheric science and meteorology,
astronomy, oceanography, biophysics,
environmental science, engineering and
medical and health related fields.
In addition, the Physics program at
Augsburg functions in a supportive role
for students majoring in mathematics,
chemistry, biology and computer science.
The Department also supervises the
Pre-Engineering program with degree programs avdable at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor's and the advanced
degree levels.
The Department maintains active
research programs through its Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several
students work each academic year and
summer as research assistants in these
efforts, which are supported by NASA, the
National Science Foundation and other
federal agencies.
The Department also administers
Augsburg College's portion of funds
designated for the Minnesota Space Grant
College Consortium, funded by NASA.
Cooperative Education, internshp and
undergraduate research programs provide
opportunities for students to apply their
physical science knowledge and problem
solving skills in practical situations in
industrial, governmental and academic
settings. Students may participate in
alternating term Cooperative Education
programs or work part-time during two or
more academic terms. Internship opportunities alone generally involve only one
semester.
The Department serves the liberal arts
tradition by offering courses for the nonscience students that will enable them to
attain a general understanding of a
particular area of science. These courses
seek to provide the basic starting point for
further study and the opportunity to enable
students to follow new developments with
some denree of comvrehension.
*"- Physics
Physics Department Faculty
Jeffrey Johnson (Chair),Stuart Anderson,
Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson,
William Monsma
Physics Research Staff
Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson,
David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences
Research Group, Augsburg College Center
for Atmospheric and Space Sciences
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major
13 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 ElectromagneticFields II
PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective Physics courses above PHY
122
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, II
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1
(WEC only)
MAT 245,247 AUGMENT Calculus III and
Modeling and Differential
Equations
or MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus I11
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
or MAT 224,226 Calculus III,
DifferentialEquations (WEC
only)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Major
17 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
p m 352 ~ ~ ~ h11 a n i ~ ~
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 ElectromagneticFields 11
PHY 395 comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 486 ~ u a t u m
Physics I
One Physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, 11
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1
P C only)
D and
MAT 245,247 AUGMENT Calculus J
Modeling and Differential
Equations
or MAT 245 AUGMENT Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
or MAT 224,226 Calculus 111,
Differential Equations (WEC
only)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
18 course credits. It is the same as the
B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320
and PHY 420, and the omission of the
elective Physics course.
Honors Major
A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.0 overall.
An independent investigation of a physics
topic with an oral defense of the written
Physics 207
esearch report. Application for the honors
najor should be made no later than the
irst term of the senior year.
In planning their courses of study,
tudents are encouraged to work closely
vith members of the Physics faculty.
dormally, students should have MAT 124
)r 145,125 or 146, and PHY 121,122 during
he freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245
nd 226 or 247 (or PHY 327) during the
ophomore year.
'eaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
icensing requirements for teachers which
nay differ slightly in emphasis from the
iugsburg major requirements. The state
equirements may also be subject to change
fter publication of this catalog. Students
herefore should consult with the
iugsburg Education Department to
dentify current Minnesota teacher
icensure requirements.
'HY 101
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics 11
Three elective Physics courses above
PHY 122
MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Calculus I, 11
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1
(WEC only)
Society of Physics Students
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of
Physics Students provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in the Society is open to all
students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of
this national physics honor society is open
to those students who have completed the
equivalent of a minor in physics, have a
GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank
in the upper third of their class.
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In
addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from
early civilization to the present day. Night viewing and laboratory
sessions are important components of the course. (Three one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall, Spring)
'HY 103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experi-
ments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles of physics. The
course stresses a hands-on intuitive approach to physics. (Two three-hour
lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG III. Fall, Spring)
'HY 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles involved in understanding the earth's
weather and climate. Topics include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and
precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and
*08
-
Physics
climate change, global warming and ozone depletion. (Three one-hour
lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG II. Fall)
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems
and experiments are selected to ilIustrate fundamental principles and
provide a broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hou
laboratory. Prereq.: MPG III. Fall)
PHY 121
General Physics I
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave
motion. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other
specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall)
PHY 122
General Physics II
A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Desiged for physics majors, pre-engineering
students and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 121, MAT 146 or concurrent registration.
Spring)
PHY 245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental
basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear
and solid statehhysics. This course indicates the need for, i d develops
the experimentalbasis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures,
one one-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall)
PHY 261
Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprise:
the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital
electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and
microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125 or 146. Spring.
Cross-listed with Computer Science Department.)
X PHY 320
Introduction to Space Science
A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary,
magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics (solar
dynamics, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet,
magnetic storms, substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and
aurora). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring)
PHYIMAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
An introduction to special functions in physics and engineering (complex
numbers, partial differentiation, Fourier series, series solution of selected
differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions,
and functions of a complex variable). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent. Spring.
Cross-listed with Mathematics Department.)
Physics 209
Mechanics I
Classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation
principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillatory systems, central
force motion, and two-particle kinematics. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 226 or 247 [or PHY 3271. Fall)
Mechanics II
Classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid
bodies, systems of particles, noninertial reference frames, thermodynamics
and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY
351, MAT 226 or 247 [or PHY 3271. Spring)
Electromagnetic Fields I
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations, and electric properties of materials. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247 [or PHY 327. Fall)
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties
of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on
Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT
226 or 247 [or PHY 327. Spring)
Comprehensive Laboratory 1
(.5 course)
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including
participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics,
thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism,
optics and modem physics. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar
hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor.
Fall)
Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (.5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar
hour per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of
instructor. Spring)
Plasma Physics
A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma
parameters, plasma drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields,
Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, plasma waves, instabilities,
transport processes and applications to laboratory and space plasmas.
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration)
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values,
angular momentum and approximation methods. Applications include
*lo
-
Physics
potential wells and barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen
atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245,351. Fall)
PHY 488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics
and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 486. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHY 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
PHY 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
PHY 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
PHY 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 79. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
I
Ipirmly grounded in the liberal arts
tradition, political science has roots in the
humanities, including philosophy and
history. Through its use of statistical
analysis, it relates not only to other
behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and
sigruficance of authority in human affairs
establish the focus of political science;
because politics is a central and enduring
reality in the world, it affects and is
affected by many other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political
science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to
suggest and test alternatives.The student
who majors in political science will explore
political ideas and values, investigate
political cooperation and conflict, analyze
md compare political systems and develop
perspectives on international relations. In
the process, the student will be encouraged
to relate insights from other liberal arts
disciplines such as philosophy, psychology,
?conomics,history and sociology to the
study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of
~oliticalscience, the major supplies the
xeadth appropriate for graduate work in
h e discipline, as well as in public adminisration, public policy analysis, law and
>herprofessions. It also serves as a
bundation on which to develop careers in
?ublic service, business, communications
md other fields. Legislative and other
hternships, as well as significant indepenlent research projects, are within easy
"eachof Augsburg Political Science
;tudents in the Twin Cities area. Combined
~ i t broad,
h
balanced and flexible course
~fferings,these special opportunities
mhance the student's potential for graduIte study and a successful career.
Augsburg Political Science students
have the benefit of an experienced faculty
that brings a balanced expertise to the
course offerings, as well as special
strengths in interpreting politics in the
contexts of the mass communications
media, communism and American public
law. The Departmental faculty is cornmitted to the view that the study of politics,
involving as it does an understanding of
the human heritage and the importance of
informed choice in human affairs, is an
important aspect of liberal learning.
Political Science Faculty
Milda Hedblom (Chair), Andrew Aoki,
Phlipp Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten,
William Morris, Norma Noonan
Major
Nine courses:
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective - one of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
And at least five other Upper Division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area. Only one
mternsxp may count for an Upper
Division area.
POL 483 Political Statistics/Methodology
H~~~~~~~i~~
The Honors Major in Political Science
includes the requirements listed above,
*?
Political Science
plus the following: The student's GPA
must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall.
The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must subni
an Honors Thesis to be defended before a
faculty committee. Students may work
with any member of the Department on
their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Department Chair.
Students should apply for the Honors
major no later than the junior year.
Minor
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three Upper
Division courses in three out of five
political science areas.
Political Science Areas
(I) American Government and Politics,
(LI) Comparative Politics and Analysis, (111
International Politics, (IV) Public Law, and
(V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a Political Science
major in combination with specified social
science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the Department Chair.
See the class schedule for precise listin!
of terms in which courses are offered.
POL 483 may not usually be used for a
minor.
I I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
POL 121
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political
ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional,
presidential and bureaucratic policy making; and current issues in
American society.
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and
focusing on actors, structures and other influences on urban public policy
Discussion-lecture,case studies of the Twin Cities metro area, and
meetings with public officials and activists.
POL 325
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in
the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in
Political Science or consent of instructor)
Political Science
OL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties
and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or
consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
OL 342
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and
control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study
of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. (Prereq.:junior or senior standing or consent of the instructor)
OL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
OL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
OL 421
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or consent
of instructor)
I II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
OL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporary issues.
OL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions and processes of European
states. The course will focus on either European Community Law and
Politics or Domestic Politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in
Political Science or consent of instructor)
OL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union and/or other communist/postcommunist states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions
and political processes. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or consent
of instructor)
OL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored.
Themes and countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or
consent of instructor)
213
-
*I4
- Political Science
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and
comparisons of political processes such as political participation, political
development, political change and revolution. Topic to be included in
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or consent of instructor)
H Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, includinl
the dynamics of the international system, theories of international
relations, and a focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreip policy process in Russia (and
the former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or
consent of instructor)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or consent
of instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysi
of some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major
trends; senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor.
(Prereq.:four courses in the International Relations sequence)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and
society; roles of courts, police, lawyers and juries; the United States
Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporaq
legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in sigruhcant decisions affecting the allocation of
powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.:
POL 170 or consent of inshctor)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutionallaw, especially civil rights. Content will
vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent
of instructor)
-
Political Science
'OL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and
regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about media
content, access, ethics and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in Political
Science, POL 342, or consent of instructor)
I V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
'OL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description.)
'OL 380
Western Political Thouqht
A study of influential
philosophers, emphasizing the values,
goals and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize
human governance. (Prereq.: one course in Political Science or consent
of instructor)
'OL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
A study of democratic theories. Topics vary and may include the emer-
gence of political democracy in comparative perspective or American
political thought. Topic to be included in the subtitle. (Prereq.: one course
in Political Science or consent of instructor)
OL 382
Marxist Theory
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on
the changing role of Marxist doctrines in society. (Prereq.: POL 158 or
consent of instructor)
OL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for
political study. Major research is required. (Prereq.:POL 158, POL 483,
and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
I VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
OL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult Department Chair concerning terms and subject
matter. (On demand)
OL 483
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
An introductory survey of the methods of political science with an
emphasis on quantitative reasoning and resear& design including
evaluation of existing research in the field.Discussion of experimental
designs, descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods and
issues in the construction and execution of political survey.
OL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult Department Chair concerning terms and subject
215
*I6
Political Science
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
POL 199
Internship
See description on page 79. P/N grading unless internship supemisor
grants exception.
POL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
POL 399
POL 499
Internship
See description on page 79.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
P
sychology, with its emphasis on
behavioral observation and data, provides
a perspective on human activities which is
an integral part of a liberal education. The
goal of the Psychology program is the
improved understanding of human
behavior by studying how people cope
with their environment and interact with
each other.
The Department's courses have three
basic goals: (1)to introduce the student to
the current information and methods in
psychology as well as earlier approaches to
psychological questions; (2) to develop the
abiity to analyze, interpret and evaluate
behavioral research, and (3) to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The Department program provides
an emphasis on both field experiences and
the theoretical foundation for graduate
study in psychology and related areas.
Internships are designed to provide
students with practical pre-professional
experience. On-the-job experience gives
students the opportunity to test career
fields and develop professional contacts.
Psychologists use a variety of methods
to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis.
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology at Augsburg have varied
professional specializations which include
areas such as counseling, physiological
psychology, human development, personality, social, cognitive and organizational
psychology and analysis of public policy.
The Psychology program's emphasis on
the use of a problem solving approach, the
acquisition of information about human
development and interaction, and the
development of human relations skills can
be beneficial in careers in business,
education and other social services, the
church and government, as well as in
careers such as research, law and medicine.
Psychology Facully
Nancy Steblay (Chair), Grace Dyrud,
Norman Ferguson, Emily Hause, Duane
Johnson, Victoria Littlefield, Bridget
Robinson-Riegler
Major
10 courses including:
PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
or PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure and Analysis I
PSY 330 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure and Analysis 11
PSY 399 Internship
PSY 381 Psychology in Historical
Perspective
or PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary
Issues
PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology
or PSY 355 Brain and Behavior
PSY 325 Social Behavior
or PSY 359 Psychological Assessment
Three additional Psychology courses.
Note: A minimum of five courses must
be from Augsburg. No more than two
courses from among PSY 299,399, and 499
may be counted. It is recommended that
Psychology majors take additional course
work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular
interests and skills in psychology. All
Psychology majors must have an adviser in
the Psychology Department.
*I8
-
Psychology
Teaching Licensure Major
Honors Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identdy current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall,
and completion of a high quality research
project culminating the major program.
Application for honors consideration must
be made during the junior year. Please
consult the Department Chair for more
detailed requirements.
Transfer course policy for psychology
majors and minors: Transfer credits must
be approved by the Department Chairperson. Only those psychology courses
successfully completed (2.0 or above)
within the last 10 years will be considered.
PSY 101
Minor
Five courses, including PSY 102 or 105,
and four electives. A minimum of two
courses must be from Augsburg. No more
than two courses from among PSY 299,399
and 499 may be counted.
Self-Identity and Values
A study of self-identity and values as related to personal life. This course
uses a psychological perspective to explore the role of the individual in
the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of self-identity and values and the influence of sex
roles. (This course does not substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to
Upper Division psychology courses.)
PSY 102
The Individual in a Social World
A scientific investigation of the behavior of the individual as it occurs in
social environments. Examples of human behavior, such as aggression,
prejudice and group processes, which are best understood through
analysis of both individual and social factors, will serve as the course
framework. (This course does substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to
Upper Division psychology courses.)
PSY 105
PSY 201
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological
concepts to everyday situations are emphasized.
Health Psychology
Impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological interactions on
health. Topics include: wellness, health promotion, and maintenance;
Psychology
prevention and treatment of illness; stress management; lifestyles; health
system policies; and cross-cultural perspectives. The course encourages
students to become more proactive in their own health and lifestyle
choices. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 230
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I
Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientific method as practiced in psychology. Emphasis on skills of bibliographic research, research design and
data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted
data analysis and MA-style presentation of research findings. PSY 230
must precede 330. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105; MPG III)
PSY 325
Social Behavior
Social factors which influence individual and group behavior in
naturalistic and laboratory settings. Topics include: social cognition,
group behavior, social influence, attitude formation and change. (Prereq.:
PSY 230)
PSY 330
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis II
Part 11of a two-term sequence. See PSY 230. PSY 330 should be taken in
the term immediately following PSY 230.230 may be taken for one course
credit without taking 330. (Prereq.: PSY 230 gith a grade of 2.0 or higher)
PSY 351
Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of
theoretical systems used for viewing development sequence and continuity. Inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory
with respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to development during the middle adult and older
adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.:
PSY 102 or 105)
'SY 354
Cognitive Psychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics:
attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery,
problem solving, decision-making and language. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
'SY 355
Brain and Behavior
Interactions between the brain, nervous system, and behavior. Topics
include the mind-brain relationship; sleep, wakefulness, and dreaming;
emotions; learning and memory; psychological disorders; biology of
personality; effects of drugs on behavior; and the biology of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
219
220
-
Psychology
PSY 356
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence
which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior.
Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as room,
buildings and cities. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learning. Behavior change principles and their application to
instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 359
Psychological Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of collecting data and information to assess
human aptitudes, achievement, personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability and validity, and legal and
ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
PSY 361
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study, including theory,
research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: PSY 102
or 105)
PSY 362
Behavior Disorders
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from social, organic
and psychological points of view. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 368
Behavioral Health Care I: Clinical Assessment
(Physician Assistant Program Requirement) Application of psychological
theory, research, and clinical principles to health care practice. Emphasis
on biopsychosocial health model, recognition of patient psychopathology,
developmental health issues, practitioner-patientinteraction. (Prereq.:
Junior standing in PA program or PSY 355 and instructor approval)
PSY 369
Behavioral Health Care II: Clinical Intervention
(Physician Assistant Program Requirement) Continuation of PSY 368.
Specific skills and knowledge for effective clinical interviewing, diagnosis, and development of appropriate behavioral health care plans.
(Prereq.: PSY 368)
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives
and behavior of individuals. Consideration of such topics as cognitive,
physical and social development, social relationships, and economic and
political power. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations and practical applications of behavior in
organizations. The study of the individual, groups, structure and change
and development in organizations. Consideration of topics such as
Psychology 221
performance appraisals, training, decision-making and teamwork.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
'SY 381
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical
positions. (Prereq.: two PSY courses)
'SY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process.
Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: three PSY courses and junior class standing)
'SY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be
published prior to registration. (Prereq.:PSY 230 and consent of instructor)
'SY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five PSY courses)
nternships and lndependent Study Courses:
'SY 199
'SY 299
'SY 399
'SY 499
Internship
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and one other
psychology course)
Directed Study
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Internship
See description on page 79. Participation in a concurrent seminar is
required. (Prereq.: PSY 330)
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: PSY 330)
A
ugsburg College understands itself
as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an
appropriate perspective from which to
undertake its educational task. The biblical
faith and tradition of the Christian church
have influenced the whole world and they
have affected and continue to influence
language, literature, history, values and
political structures.
While the fundamental orientation of
this College is to the Christian faith, it is
also true that the field of religion obviously
includes more than is represented by the
Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious
concepts and ideas which are different
from Christianity.The Department of
Religion seeks to introduce students to
some of these major religious traditions.
It is the hope and expectation of the
Department that students will become
better acquainted with the content and
character of the Christian faith, enabling
them to reflect theologcally on their own
religious commitment. Courses in religion
are not intended to be footnotes to courses
in other disciplines and departments. The
study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own.
The College offers both a major and a
minor in Religion and a major in Youth and
Family Ministry.
Religion Faculty
Lynne Lorenzen (Chair),John Benson,
Bradley Holt, Philip Quanbeck 11, Beverly J.
Stratton, Mark Tranvik
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 356 History of Religions
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
Three additional Religion courses, of whicl
2 must be Upper Division courses.
Note: Seminar, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior yea]
Before t a h g the seminar, each major mus
have written one formal research paper
and placed it on file with the Department
Chair. Only one Interim course may be
applied to the major. One New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall;
research project approved by the Department and colloquium with the Department
Application must be received by the
Department by Dec. 30 of the student's
senior year.
Minor
Five courses. Not more than one Interin
course may be counted for the minor.
Note: Not all courses that meet Christian Faith perspectives are REL courses anc
do not count toward the Religion major or
minor.
Youth and Family Ministry Major
The major in Youth and Family Ministry prepares persons for faithful work as
youth and family ministers in Christian
congregations and other ministrv settings.
Religion
'his major is interdisciplinary, combining a
ore study of theology and Bible with
upporting course work in the social
ciences. A distinctive part of the major is
he combination of practical and theologia1 training, using resources of the
iugsburg Youth and Family Institute.
hdents are accepted into the program
hrough a two-step candidacy process.
This major requires an approximately
00-hour intemshp administered by the
iugsburg Youth and Family Institute in
~artnershipwith a congregation. It may be
~ossiblefor the intem to receive a stipend
or this internship.
The two-step candidacy process begins
vhen the student applies for candidacy,
~ormallyin the fall of the sophomore or
mior year. Two of the theology core
ourses must be completed before making
pplication to the program. An essay, one
?tter of reference, an assessment instruaent called "Self Portrait" and an interiew is required for candidacy review. The
?achingstaff will conduct step one. The
econd step will be conducted by the Youth
nd Family Institute staff with help of
xperienced pastors, a member of the
eligon faculty and youth and family
zinisters. This usually follows the intemhip in the fall of the senior year. Retaking
le "Self Portrait," an essay, an assessment
f the internship and an interview are
:quired. This step is very important
)r recommending the students for
mployment.
Sajor
en courses including:
EL 111 Introduction to Theology
EL 221 Biblical Studies
.EL 362 Theology of the Reformers
EL 481 Contemporary Theology
EL 495 Seminar
Youth and Family Ministry core:
REL 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry (Interim)
REL 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership (Interim)
REL 399 Internshp
Theology elective: choose one of the
following:
REL 356 History of Religions
REL 353 Denominations and Religous
Groups in America
REL 373 Religions of China and Japan
Youth and Family Ministry elective: choose
one of the following:
REL 342 Theology of Youth and Family
Living
REL 343 Theology of Marriage (Interim)
REL 358 Life and Work of the Church
MUS 432 Church Music and Worship
and six supporting courses:
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross
Cultural Perspective
EDU 265 Orientation to Education
(w /field work)
or SWK 463 Community Development and Organizations
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a
Social World
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
or PSY 352 Developing
Psychology: Adolescent and
Young Adult
or SWK 260 Humans Developing
Note: A student with a YFM major may
not also major or minor in Religion.
223
224
Reliaion
Religion 111,221 or 331 is prerequisite
to all other courses. REL 111or 221 is
expected to be taken in either the freshman
or sophomore year at Augsburg. Junior or
senior transfer students who are required
REL 111
to take two CF courses may take REL 331
as the prerequisite for other courses.
Department approval is necessary
before courses taken in other colleges can
be accepted for Religion Department credii
All majors must have an adviser in the
Department.
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the
dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian
doctrine.
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence
of the church.
REL 231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g.,
African backgrounds, religion under slavery and evangelicalism.
REL 232
Peer Ministry
The student will be trained to train high school and junior high youth to
serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will
learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn
the role of^alistener/helper. Peer Ministry integrates theact of caring and
serving others with a Christian belief and values system. (Prereq.: REL
221 or REL 111)
REL 235
Basics in Youth and Family History
This course will provide students with the basic understanding and skills
for designing an effective youth and family ministry for a congregation.
Students will study the latest research on American youth and their
families from Search Institute. They will learn a conceptual model for
youth and family ministry. (Prereq.: REL 221 or REL 111)
REL 331
Foundations in Bible and Theology
An advanced introduction to the biblical and theological foundations of
the Christian faith, focusing on writing and advanced critical thinking
skills. Open only to advanced transfer students. Not accepted for credit
for students who have taken REL 111or REL 221.
REL 342
Theology of Youth and Family Living
Contemporary theories of youth and family living are examined within
the context of Christian teachings. Course focuses on family systems and
families in crisis.
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups.
Some controversial religious movements will also be considered.
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam.
REL 357
Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and
modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to
interpretations of the periods in question.
REL 358
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention to Christian
education and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
REL 361
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church, including persecution and martyrdom, councils and creeds, and conflict with Gnosticism and mystery
religions.
REL 362
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the 16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and
other representative figures.
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of
religion to the challenges of its environing culture.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. TribaI simiIarities and differences are explored as are
tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred
ritual ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife.
REL 420
The Russian Orthodox Church
Theology and history will be studied primarily from the perspective of
those Christians who live in Greece, Turkey and Eastem Europe, with
special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia.
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women
and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible and the impact of feminism
on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor.
REL 471
Jesusand His Interpreters
226
-
Religion
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus.
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his writings.
REL 475
Judaism
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed as well
as attention to current issues facing the Jewish community. The Jewish
Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial
support of this course in Judaism.
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task of the Christian Church.
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective
for critical reflection upon moral action.
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the
traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given
to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
REL 490
Topics in Religion
Individual study in selected religion courses not addressed in regular
course offerings.
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor. (Fall)
internships and lndependent Study Courses:
REL 199
REL 299
Internship
See description on page 79. Limited to special cases.
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
REL 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
REL 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
See Department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
RELIPHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
T
his major, offered through the
Associated Colleges of the T&I Cities
(ACTC), seeks to give the broadest possible
exposure to the history politics, economics,
literature and philosophy of central and
eastern Europe and Russia. This interdisciplinary major offers an opportunity to
become well-acquainted with societies in
socio-economical and political transition as
well as the rich literary and cultural
achievements of the area. Experience with
the Russian language or, through the
University of Minnesota, one of the
eastern European languages, is required.
Russia, Central and East European Studies
is a sound liberal arts major offering
considerable flexibility and career opportunities, especially when combined with
another major or minor in business, economics, history, language and literature or
political science.
Courses are offered at Augsburg
College, H a m h e University, Macalester
College, the College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas, thus drawing
on the faculty and resources of the five
ACTC institutions.
Adviser
Magda Paleczny-Zapp
B. Area Studies Courses:
Track #1: Concentration in Humanities
Five Courses: Four courses from the list
of approved courses in Track #1, plus one
course from Track #2, as approved by
adviser.
Track #2: Concentration in Social Sciences
Five Courses: Four courses from the list
of approved courses in Track #2, plus one
course from Track #1, as approved by
adviser.
C. Two other courses selected from
either Track #1 or Track #2.
D. Students are strongly recommended
to take a third year of Russian or any other
East European language. A program of
study abroad in Russia or one of the central
or East European countries, during a
semester, an interim or during the summer,
is strongly encouraged. All options should
be discussed with the student's adviser.
TRACK #I
HUMANITIES CONCENTRATION
HISTORY:
HIST 55
HIST 60
Major
Eleven courses, including language and
area studies courses:
A. Language Courses: Two years of
basic college Russian, Polish, SerboCroatian, Czech, Hungarian or equivalent
competencies.
History and Philosophy of
Socialism - M
State and Society in Tsarist
Russia - M
History of the Soviet Union and
its Successors - M
HIST 314 Social and Intellectual History
of Early Modem Europe - T
HIST 331 Eastern Europe, 1699-1914 - T
HIST 333 Eastern E
~1914 to~
~
Present -T
HIST 62
~
228
-
Russian, Central and East European Studies
GEOGRAPHY:
HIST 464 Seminar in European History
(Requires Permission of
Adviser) -T
HIST 337 Modem Russia from the Empire
to Revolution - H
HIST 373 Heart of Europe: Central and
Eastern Europe in the 20th
Century - H
HIST 348 Russia and Soviet Union in the
20th Century - A
HIST 350 Russia: Keivan State to the
Ctirnean War - C
HIST 351 Russia: Last of the Romanovs,
Bolshevik Interlude, and the
Russian Republic - C
HJST 352 The Eastern Church - C
ECON 35
ECON 317
RUSSIAN LITERATURE:
ECON 349
19th Century Literature in
Translation - M
RUSS 62 20th Century Literature in
Translation - M
ENGL230 Literature in Translation - C
RUSS 61
ADVANCED MNGUAGE:
RUSS 41A Russia in Russian - Speaking/
Listening - M
RUSS 41B Russia in Russian - Reading/
Writing - M
CULTURE:
RUS 50-01 Topics (Requires Permission of
Adviser) - M
RUS 55 Russian Culture - M
RUS 56 Soviet Mass Culture - M
THEOLOGY:
REL 420 The Russian Orthodox
Church - A
TRACK #2
SOCIAL SCIENCES CONCENTRATION
GEOG 45
Regonal Geography of the
Post-Soviet Union - M
ECONOMICS:
ECON 25
ECON 495
ECON 349
ECON 346
Comparative Economic
Systems - M
Economics of the Transition - M
Comparative Economic
Systems - A
Topics (Requires permission of
adviser) - A
Comparative Economic
Systems - T
Topics: Country and Area
Studies in Economics (Requires
permission of adviser) - T
Comparative Economic
Systems - C
POLITICAL SCIENCE:
POSC 220 Introduction to Comparative
Government - C
POSC 225 Introduction to World
Politics - C
POSC 376 Marxism - C
POL 350 Comparative Politics of the
New Europe - T
POL 424 Seminar in International Politics
(Requires permission of
adviser) - T
POL 454 Seminar in Comparative Politics
(Requires permission of
adviser) - T
POL 351 Topics in Communist/PostCommunist Systems (Requires
permission of adviser) - A
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy - A
POL 362 Politics of Change: Eastern
European Political Systems - H
BADM350 International Marketing and
Management - C
Russian, Central and East European Studies 229
RUSSIAN LANGUAGE COURSES:
RUSS 111,112 Elementary Russian - M
RUSS 11 Elementary Russian I - M
RUSS 12 Elementary Russian I1 - M
RUSS 15 Intensive Elementary
Russian - M
RUSS 111 Elementary Russian I - T
RUSS 112 Elementary Russian I . - T
RUSS 21 Intermediate Russian I - M
RUSS 22 Intermediate Russian I1 - M
RUSS 23 Russian Conversation - M
RUSS 25 Intensive Intermediate
Russian - M
RUSS 211 Intermediate Russian I - T
RUSS 212 Intermediate Russian I1 - T
RUSS 31 Advanced Russian I - M
RUSS 32 Advanced Russian 11- M
RUSS 33 Advanced Russian
Conversation - M
Students may take other Eastern
European language courses that are offered
at the University of Minnesota through
ACTC. See your adviser or contact the
ACTC office for further information.
Students may not receive credit for the
same course taken on different campuses.
The folIowing courses are considered to be
equivalent to one another:
HIST 60 M = HIST 337 H
HIST 333 T = HIST 373 H = MST 348 A =
HIST 351 C
ECON 25 M = ECO 317 A = ECON 349 T =
ECON 349 C
FACULTY ADVISING
Students should consult an adviser
regularly in order to secure a coherent and
effective program. Each ACTC institution
has a faculty member on the Russian,
Central and East European Studies
Committee. These advisers can help with
selection of courses, recommendations for
study abroad, and consideration of career
options.
The current advisers are: Augsburg,
Magda-Paleczny-Zapp, 330-1761; Hamline,
Karen Vogel, 641-2973 and Nick Hayes,
641-2314; Macalester, Gary Krueger, 6966222; St. Catherine, Sr. Margery Smith, 6906553; and St. Thomas, Sr. Mary Shambour,
962-5164.
Location: A = Augsburg; H = Hamline;
M = Macalester; C = St. Catherine; T = St.
Thomas.
See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies.
S
tudents preparing to teach social
studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based
program designed to provide a broad
foundation in the social sciences.
Coordinator
Jerry Gerasimo
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Seven courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 222 20th Century U.S.
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural
Anthropology
One course in geography (human or
cultural)
Plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science,
psychology or sociology. Geography and
anthropology are also acceptable fields,
although they are not offered as majors on
the Augsburg campus.
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult, as
soon as possible, the Augsburg Department
of Education and the Social Studies
Coordinator.
For students beginning in Fall 1994 or
later: New requirements for the Social
Studies Licensure were under consideration as this catalog went to press. Contact
Prof. Gerasirno and the Department of
Education for information on curriculum
and requirements.
T
he Social Work major prepares
graduates for entry-level generalist
professional practice in the field of human
services. The program is accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education and
leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The
program is based on a generalist model of
practice, enabling graduates to work with
individuals, families, groups, communities
and to develop and analyze social policy.
Courses within the program utilize a
student empowerment model for teaching
and learning.
Augsburg's social work major provides
a strong foundation for graduate studies in
a variety of fields. Since 1991 Augsburg has
offered a full-time Master of Social Work
degree on a weekend schedule.
The College's commitment to the liberal
arts is highly compatible with education for
professional social work practice. The
liberal arts foundation, with its emphasis
on breadth of understanding, cultural and
ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas,
analysis and synthesis, is ideal for social
work education. As Sir Richard Livingston
has said, "A technician is a person who
knows e v e r y k g there is to know about
his/her job except its ultimate purpose and
social consequence." Effective social
workers go beyond being technicians.
Augsburg social work graduates are entrylevel professionals.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education
for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of
the Social Work Department. Unique
learning opportunities for field work
placement and cultural enrichment are
hrovided by a metropolitan setting known
for a humane quality of life which is
enhanced by the arts, outstanding human
services and a highly-educated populace.
Social work opportunities abound. Minne.
.
.
.
of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the
hub for these services, provides both a
variety of field placements for social work
students and external experts for the
classroom. The ethnic and economic
diversity present in this metropolitan area
provides opportunities for social work
students to learn to understand, appreciate,
respect and work with people different
from themselves and to be enriched by this
opportunity to interact with diverse clients
and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to
contribute to its environment as well as to
gain from it. Appropriately, social work
students have been involved in a wide
variety of community service efforts
including helping to develop the LINK
program on campus, mobilizing students
to assist a social service agency in their
annual Christmas giving program, and
tutoring at a local neighborhood center.
The Social Welfare minor and electives
in the Department allow students to
support another major while gaining
knowledge about human needs and
growth, human services and the methods
of effective citizenship. Students taking
these courses have the opportunity to
become knowledgeable about public issues
and develop and nurture a perspective that
sees the central importance of diversity to
the social fabric of this country. But beyond
knowledge, students are encouraged to use
their talents and skills to address the needs
of society in the interest of the public good,
always emphasizing social justice.
Social Work Faculty
Rosemary Link (Chair), Anthony Bibus
(BSW Program Director), Vem Bloom
(Field Coordinator),Maria Brown, Francine
Chakolis, Blanca Rosa Egas, Hans Eriksson,
..
..
.
..< ..
-
-
-
232
Social Work
Paulsen, Glenda Dewberry Rooney,
Michael Schock, Edward Skarnulis, Clarice
Staff (MSW Director), Mary Lou Williams
Major
11core courses:
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social
Work
SWK 364 Field Work I
SWK 365 Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation
SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills
in Social Work
SWK 462 Field Work I1
SWK 463 Community Development and
Organization
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and
Development
SWK 466 Field Work I11
SWK 467 The Social Worker as
Professional
SWK 469 Field Work IV
and seven supporting courses:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
BIO 101 Human Biology
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and
Race
A minimum grade of 2 0 is required
for each course in the core program and a
2.0 average is required in the supporting
program.
Concentration
Concentrations in Aging, Chemical
Dependency, Crime and Corrections, Social
Ministries, and Youth are possible. A
concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and
programmatic aspects, plus field work
placement in the senior year in the special
area. For Social Ministries, a minor in
Religion with specific coursework is
required. Completion of a concentration is
noted on the transcript.
Candidacy
Social Work majors must be granted
candidacy status before the beginning of
the senior year. Certain 400 level courses
list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written
self-statement, reference letters, and the
completion of all core and supporting
program courses below the 400 level is
necessary for candidacy review.
Social Welfare Minor
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
SWK 463 Community Development and
Organization
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and
Race
and one course from:
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and
Development
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325 Public Administration
School Social Work Licensure
Requirements
State Department of Education-required
coursework includes EDU 255; HPE 115,
and 400 hours in a senior year field
Social Work
placement in a school setting. See adviser
for additional specifics.
Social Ministries
This concentration helps to focus social
workers on work in church congregations
or church sponsored social programs and
projects. The concentration was designed
by the Departments of Religion and Social
Work. The concentration is achieved by
completing the following course of study:
Major in Social Work Core Program
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human
Needs
SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social
Work
SWK 364 Field Work I (Social Work)
SOC 365 Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation
SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills
in Social Work
SWK 463 Community Development and
Organization
SWK 462 Field Work II (In Social
Ministries Setting)
SWK 466 Field Work I11 (Interim, Social
Ministries Setting continued
from SWK 462)
SWK 469 Field Work IV (In Social
Ministries Setting continued
from SWK 466 Interim)
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and
Development
SWK 467 The Social Worker as
Professional
Required Supporting Program for the
Social Work Major (includes a Sociology
Minor)
PSY
BIO
SOC
SOC
105
101
121
231
Principles of Psychology
Human Biology
Introduction to Human Society
Family Systems: A Cross
Cultural Perspective
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender
and Race
SOC 375 Social Psychology
Social Ministries Minor in Religion
Required course - choose one:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
or
REL 221 Biblical Studies
Suggested courses - choose four:
REL 231,263,342,343,353,360,363,366,
370,415,441,483.
ELECTIVE COURSES OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development in the global context. It also identifies the focus of social work in
addition to many other disciplines which are vital to fostering peace.
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
This course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation
to a possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange
233
-
2ySocial Work
to perform 80 hours of work in a human service agency and must attend
the weekly seminar.
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and
of the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors which influence
the growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus.
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service. The values and social movements which form charitable and
governmental responses to human needs will be explored. (Prereq.:junior
standing or consent of instructor)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
This course focuses on locality development and social change through
community organization, social planning and social action, with emphasis
on history, theories and issues relevant to social protest and change; the
role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community
organizations; and practice in the local community. (Prereq.: senior
standing or consent of instructor)
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
This course includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and
methods of analysis. Development and implementation will be viewed
firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official. (Prereq.:
SWK 361,463 and senior standing or consent of instructor.)
* Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work in field sites.
COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
This course covers the basic features of the helping process, theoretical
foundations, principles and techniques of social work with individuals
and small gr6ups, A d developmeit of relationship-buildingskills.
Includes video-taping laboratory sessions. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior
standing)
SWK 364
Field Work I*
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency
which focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A
total of 120 hours, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar
per week. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior standing, concurrent with SWK 363)
SWK 365
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
This is an overview of commonly-used research methods, especially
exverirnental desiens and avvlications to vroeram evaluations. vlus use of
-
Social Work
SWK 461
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
This course builds skills in the problem-solving model with diverse
populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work
focusing on generalist practice in social group and family work. (Prereq.:
candidacy status)
SWK 462
Field Work II*
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, communities in a social
service agency. A total of 120 hours, plus one seminar per week. (Prereq.:
candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 461)
SWK 466
Field Work 111
(.5 or 1.0 course*)
Continuation of field work, a total of 60 or 120 hours. (1/2 course option
during Interim.) (Prereq.: candidacy status)
SWK 467
The Social Worker as Professional
Professional ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, job attainment, and
strategies for agency change and empowering clients will be studied. The
field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.:
candidacy status)
SWK 469
Field Work IV*
Continuation of SWK 466. A total of 120 hours plus a weekly seminar.
(Prereq.: candidacy status. Concurrent with SWK 467)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
SWK 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
SWK 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
SWK 399
lnternship
See description on page 79.
SWK 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
* Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work in field sites.
235
S
ociology is the study of society as a
whole and of human social organization
and groups. The sociological perspective
provides a way to better understand the
social world and how individuals come to
think and act as they do.
The goal of the Department is to help
students develop their understanding of
the social order and how it affects them in
their daily lives. Sociology majors develop
an understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, learn to create and use
sociological tools of analysis, and learn
how to apply sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as internships, independent study, Interim courses
and field studies. The Department urges
students to use Augsburg's metropolitan
setting as a laboratory for learning.
Internships and Cooperative Education
enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they
explore career alternatives. Augsburg
alumni who have majored in sociology are
currently employed in the human resources
departments of both government and
private corporations, in industrial relations
work and in program evaluation. Others
have used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as law, the
ministry, social work, urban planning and
criminal justice.
Sociology Faculty
Diane Pike (Chair), Jerry Gerasimo, Garry
Hesser, Gordon Nelson, Michael O'Neal,
Rita Weisbrod
Major
10 courses including:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 485 Modem Sociological Theory
and four additional Sociology courses.
Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended.
Concentration in Crime and Community
Society is increasingly concerned about
crime. Not surprisingly, many of our
students are interested in the field of
criminal justice.
The concentration is not a traditional
criminal justice major. Rather, the focus is
on understanding crime in the community
with respect to the prevention and solution
of problems that lead to crime, as well as
understanding the criminal justice system
developed to respond to it. Students
interested in community crime prevention
as well as the traditional aspects of criminal
justice - courts, prisons, probation, and
law - will be served by this major. See
Department Chair for specific requirements.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers
which may differ slightly in emphasis
from the Augsburg major requirements.
The state requirements may also be subject
to change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
Sociology 237
Honors Major
To complete the Honors Major in
Sociology, the student must have a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and
overall. In addition, she or he must: 1)
successfully complete an internship,
independent study or cooperative education experience; 2) submit a portfolio of
completed papers and projects, including a
theory paper, a research methods project,
and two projects or papers of the student's
choosing; and 3) write an acceptable
reflective statement on the sociology major
and on the work included in the portfolio.
SOC 121
An application for the Honors Major
can be obtained from the Department
Chair. A letter of intent to apply for Honors
should be received by the Chair no later
than Nov. 1of the senior year. The application and portfolio must be submitted for
Department acceptance by March 1.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and
two Upper Division courses (i.e., SOC 300
and above), at least one of which must be
taken at Augsburg College.
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers
insights into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study
focuses on an understanding of culture, social structure, institutions and
our interactions with each other. (Fall, Spring)
SOC 21 1
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the face of multicultural, economic and
ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this
possibility. (Fall, Spring)
SOC 231
/ ~ a m i l ~ Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
The family system is explored among world cultures and within mainstream and sub-cultures in the United States. Students prepare and deliver
oral reports on world family patterns, American sub-cultures and family
processes. (Fall, Spring)
SOC 265
1--
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Why do we set people aside for negative special treatment? How are they
stigmatized? The people to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and "other" provides a way to
examine racism, sexism and other "-isms." Offered on P/N basis only.
(Fall, Spring)
SOC 277
Introduction to Criminology
How do we understand crime in American society? How can our community respond to crime? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime,
criminal justice and criminal policy. (Fall)
238
-
Sociology
SOC 300,301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests
which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture is examined in anthropology. An analysis of basic
assumptions underlying the ideas of "nature," "primitive," "c~vilizedand
"progress." The course will examine the person's relation to culture and
conduct an analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq.: SOC
121 or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring)
'
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so
much of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed
with respect to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as
corporate deviance. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements &d institutions in American society.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 recommended. Fall)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding
quantitative analysis -be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper.
(Prereq.: MPG III. Fall)
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good research - do you know it when you see it? Can you produce it
yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice
and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and
data analysis. (Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An examination of the ideas of group, role and self in the understanding of
the relationship between the individual and society. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life using interaction
theories. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring)
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
~ r n ~ h a scenters
is
on alternative theoEies and approaches to planning and
shaping metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers and
walking research field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211
or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology,
tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries.
(Prereq.: two courses in Sociology including SOC 121 or consent of
Sociology 239
SOC 498
Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, supplemented by
traditional college resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and/or consent of
instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SOC 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
SOC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
SOC 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
SOC 499
Independent StudyfResearch
See description on page 79. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and
Department Chair. Fall, Interim, Spring)
SPANISH
See listing under Modem Languages.
O
_
ur quality of life, both personally
and profes~ional~y,
depends in large part
>
m
e
quality
of
our communication. A
-communication major at Augsburg is
designed to enhance understanding of
communication in a variety of contexts and
to improve communication skills.
Since communication careers demand
a broad educationa1background, the
Department strongly encourages a second
major or two minors in fields such as
business, economics, English, history,
international relations, political science,
psychology, religon, social work or
sociology.
The Augsburg Communication major
focuses on competency in both speech and
writing, as well as effective use of media.
Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities
and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as
aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic,
literature, statistics and research methods
in their programs.
Prospective majors should meet with
a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts
Faculty
James Hayes (Chair),Deborah Bart, Julie
Bolton, Michael Burden, Anne Holmquest,
Martha Johnson, David Lapakko
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Communication Major
12 courses overall - seven required
core courses and five courses within one of
three emphases. For transfer students, at
least six of these 12 courses must be Upper
Division courses offered at Augsburg.
Required of all Communication majors:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 188 Forensics Practicum
(non-credit)
SPC 351 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
POL 342 Mass Communication in Socieg
One of the following: ENG 223,225,226,
227.
Rhetoric Emphasis
Five additional electives from the
following: SPC 329,343,345,347,399,495,
499; THR 350,360; LIN 311; PHI 230; PSY
325,371; SOC 362,375.
Organizational Communication
Emphasis
Five additional eIectives from the
following: SPC 329,345,399,495,499; ART
132,225,330; SPC 329,345; BUS 340,355 or
357,450; CSC 160; PSY 325,371,373; SOC
265,349,375.
Mass Communication Emphasis
Five electives from the following: SPC
343,347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,225,
330; ENG 226,241,327,347; POL 375; THR
232,325,350,360.
For All Three Emphases
Majors must participate in Augsburg's
Interscholastic Forensics Program by
attending at least two interscholastic
speech tournaments. Registering for and
completing SPC 188 (Forensics Practicum)
is required to document participation.
Students should be aware that the toumament season is essentially from October
through mid-March, and should plan
schedules accordingly.
All majors should plan to include at
least one Internship (SPC 399) as one of
their electives.
Students may petition the Department
to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the Departmental Adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the adviser or Department
chair.
Honors Major
The Honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific
project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in
the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their major program, complete a
substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499 registration).Honors
candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Minor
Six courses including:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
POL 342 Mass Communication In
Society
SPC 351 Argumentation
or SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
or SPC 355 Small Group
Communication
ENG 223,225,226 or 227
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be Upper
Division courses offered at Augsburg.
Prospective minors must obtain prior
approval from a Communication faculty
adviser.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers which
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to
identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
SPC 111
Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience
analysis, style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students
may take either SPC 111and 112 for credit, but not both. Fall, Spring)
SPC 112
Contest Public Speaking
Theory and practice of speaking in formal contest situations. Students
must attend three interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two of the
following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas
debate, speaking to entertain and/or communication analysis. (Note:
Students may take either SPC 111or 112 for credit, but not both. Fall)
SPC 188
Forensics Practicum
A non-credit experience in forensics. Students must attend two interscholastic forensics tournaments between October and March. (Fall, Spring)
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course explores cultural differences and their implications for
communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction,
and code systems. (Fall: alternate years)
SPC 343
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept
development, script-writing, directing and producing for video. (Fall)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on
topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles,
motivation of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings
and sources of communication problems. (Fall: alternate years)
SPC 347
Documentary Video
A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with
hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
SPC 348
Broadcast Production II
This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis
on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create
and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. (Prereq.: SPC
343 or 347)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of
argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and
analyze public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives.
SPC 352
Persuasion
Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts,
paying special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion.
(Spring)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communication barriers. (Fall, Spring)
SPC 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision
making, leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring)
SPC 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Internships and Independent Study Courses (see descriptions on page 79):
SPC 199
Internship
SPC 299
Directed Study
SPC 399
Internship
SPC 499
Independent Study/Research
See Department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
Photography
ENG 347
Quantitative Journalism
ART 225
Communication Design I
LIN 311
ART 330
Communication Design II
Theories o f Grammar
(see Modern Languages)
BUS 340
Human Resource
Management
PHI 230
Logic
POL 342
Marketing
Communications
Mass Communication i n
Society
POL 375
Media Law
BUS 357
Advertising
PSY 325
Social Behavior
BUS 450
Marketing Management
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
CSC 160
Introduction t o Computer
Science and Communications
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational
Psychology
SOC 265
ENG 226
Introduction t o Creative
Writing
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender
and Race
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
ENG 241
Introduction t o Cinema
Art
SOC 375
Social Psychology
BUS 355
T
he study of theatre is essential to a
liberal arts education in that theatre is a
way to experience, experiment and
integrate knowledge from many disciplines, such as: art, music, history, philosophy, religion and literature. For this reason
we offer liberal arts connections through
cross disciplinary and interdisciplinary
courses. As well, we offer a solid base in
classical, modem and contemporary
theatre while incorporating non-Western
and nontraditional theatre to support our
commitment to the multicultural experience.
At Augsburg we seek to create every
opportunity for students to grow as human
beings by encouraging connections
between theory and application through
course study, production work and the
Artist Series. Theatre productions are
created as unique learning laboratories in
creative collaboration with faculty and
artists-in-residence. Augsburg is an ideal
place to study theatre as it is located in a
major theatre center. Students expand their
knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but by working with numerous local
theatre artists and professional theatre
companies.
Augsburg theatre students participate
in all aspects of theatre production, while
learning skills such as creative problem
solving, critical thinking, collaboration,
public relations, leadership and articulation
of ideas both verbally and visually that
translate to a variety of careers. We help
prepare students to enter graduate school,
law school, semina~y,education, business
and various communication fields including professional theatre, television, film
and journalism.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Theatre Arts Major
10 courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Three of the following:
THR 116 Creative Drama
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian
American Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 350 Voice and Diction
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
THR 399 Internship
or THR 499 Independent Study in
Theatre
Ten production units in three or more
of the following areas: performance (3
required), artistic (1 required), and
production (4 required).
Unless you are a transfer student, all
core courses must be taken at Augsburg,
therefore, careful, early planning is
required.
Freshmen planning to major in theatre
arts should b e p with courses THR 116,
222,232; sophomores: THR 228,245,361,
362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361,
365; seniors THR 365,366.
Please Note: Several courses are offered
alternate years only. Thirteen theatre
courses are allowed toward graduation.
A capstone course, such as an internship, is encouraged,but not required. THR
226 Movement is recommended.
Majors must participate in two out of
hree dramatic productions every year.
itudents must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA
o have major participation in productions.
ionors Major
Designed to encourage overall excelence as well as outstanding achievement
)n a specific project of special interest to
he student. Honors majors must maintain
1 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA
werall and, as part of their major program,
momplete a substantial independent project
)f honors quality (THR 499). Honors
mandidates should meet with their Departnental Adviser prior to their senior year to
levelop a proposal for the honors project.
Transfers: Transfer students are
equired to take three Augsburg Upper
Iivision theatre arts courses.
rheatre Arts Minor
;ive courses including:
:HR 222 Introduction to Theatre
:HR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
:HR 232 Acting
:HR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
or THR 362 Theatre History
Criticism I1
X R 366 Stage Direction 1
;ive production units in the following
reas: performance (2 required), artistic (1
equired), and production (2 required).
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy
Minor
Five courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
Teaching Licensure Major
Students interested in the Theatre
Teaching Licensure major should consult
with the Theatre Department faculty for
course requirements. Students should also
consult with the Augsburg Education
Department to identify current Minnesota
teacher license requirements.
245
*fi
Theatre Arts
THR 116
THR 222
Creative Drama
A study of theatrical movement, mime, mask, acting with an emphasis on
active participation and reflective writing. (Fall)
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists;
dramatic structure, principles; basic concepts and techniques of the play
production process. Students attend and review stage productions. (Fall)
THR 228
Introduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and
theatre tours. Open to all students. Lab required. (Fall)
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and
emotional preparation and exploration of the creative approach to scene
and character study in American drama. Students attend and review live
productions. (Spring)
TH R 245
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories and plays
of traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes
lectures, films, videos and demonstrationsby visiting performers. (Fall:
alternate years)
THR 325lENG 325 Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script
analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to
finished product. (Prereq.:ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226
also recommended. Fall: alternate years)
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student
will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. Class
will take theatre tours, have visiting designers and practical involvement
with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, materials needed.
Prereq.: permission of instructor. Spring)
THR 350
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement,
relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics
and the vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral
projects, reports and papers, voice tapes and individual coaching. ( F a
alternate years)
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry and drama. Study,
discuss, practice and perfom readings in prose, poetry and drama before
Theatre Arts
-HR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
classical Greek through the Medieval period. Reading of several plays and
attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken
sequentiallywith THR 362. (Fall or Spring)
'HR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays
and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be
taken sequentiallywith THR 361. (Fall or Spring)
'HR 365
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensive scene, monologue study. Emphasis is on a variety
of roles from the classics (Shakespeare,French neoclassicism, restoration
comedy, realism and non-realism), culminating in public recital. (Prereq.:
THR 222 and THR 232. Spring or Fall)
'HR 366
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: play analysis, production organization,
technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and characterization.
Direction of two pieces required, the latter for public recital. Permission
from instructor required. (Prereq.; THR 361, THR 362, THR 328. Spring)
'HR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
rztemships and Independent Study Courses:
'HR 199
Internship
See description on page 79.
'HR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
'HR 399
Internship
See description on page 79.
'HR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 79.
247
See listing under Speech, Communications
and Theatre Arts.
See Metro-Urban Studies listing under
InterdisciplinaryStudies.
T
he program in Women's Studies
provides students with the opportunity to
examine critically women's contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. This is an inter-college
program with course offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, the College of
St. Catherine and the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical,
practical and research components that
focus not only on gender, but also acknowledge that race, class and sexual identity are
crucial aspects of women's experiences.
The Women's Studies Program offers
both a major and a minor, and provides
students with academic preparation for
careers in human services, education, and
social work as well as graduate study.
Women's Studies Faculty
Lynne Lorenzen (Coordinator),Kristin M.
Anderson, Maria Brown, Jacqueline
DeVries, Grace B. Dyrud, Milda Hedblom,
...
. - . . + . . . - .
. - . . . ..
Beverly J. Nilsson, Norma Noonan, Randi
Quanbeck, Nancy K. Steblay, Beverly J.
Stratton
Major
Ten courses which must include WST
201 Foundations in Women's Studies, WS'
495 (Seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399
(Internships).The remaining seven
electives are to be selected from approved
Women's Studies courses. At least three
courses must be Upper Division courses.
Students may take courses at any of the
colleges participating in the Women's
Studies Program. However, at least three
courses must be completed at Augsburg.
The writing component of the Graduation
Skills Requirements for the Women's
Studies major must also be completed at
Augsburg. Each student's program must
have the written approval of the Women':
Studies Program Coordinator.
Women's Studies
Minor
F~~~courses which must include WST
201; three electives, one of which must be
Upper Division; and WST 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
WST 201
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student's program must have the written
the
Studies
Coordinator.
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences and the arts,
and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when
seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of
women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientations and class.
INS 233
Women: A Cross Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women
in non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social
contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed
on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
WST 265
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, literature and other aesthetic creations, the
class analyzes the position of women in American culture. Emphasis will
be placed on the perspectives of women of minority groups.
WST 281
Topics in Women's Studies
INS 31 1
The Development Process
(See International Studies, Women and Development.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
WST 325
African American Women: Social, Historical and Creative Perspectives
This course examines the historical roots of African American women
from Africa to locations in the United States and other parts of the African
Diaspora. The effects of slavery and its resulting effect on African women
are examined, as well as past and current contributionsby African
American women.
WST 350
Quest for Identity: German-JewishWomen Writers in Exile
This course will explore and identify issues of personal and community
identity for German-Jewishwriters in exile during WWII. Each work
represents a strategy for survival and provides insight into the author's
muse.
249
*zWomen's Studies
WST 481
Topics i n Women's Studies
WST 495
Women's Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and
minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study (499). It is offered at
a different college each year.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
A n y must be approved in writing by Women Studies Program Coordinator.
WST 199
lnternship
See description on page 79.
WST 299
Directed Study
See description on page 79.
WST 399
lnternship
See description on page 79.
WST 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 79.
See department listingsfor descriptions of the following approved electives:
ART 352
Women and Art
ENC 282 or 482 Topics i n Literature: Women and Fiction
HIS 311
Topics i n Women's History
HIS 380
History of Women in the West t o 1870
HIS 381
History of Women in the West Since 1870
POL 421
Topics i n American Politics
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Chair
Barbara C. Gage
Vice Chair
Raymond A. Grinde
Secretary
Inez M. Schwarzkopf
Treasurer
David L. Swanson
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk before a
name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson
The Rev. Roger C. Eigenfeld (2000)
Ms. Barbara C. Gage (1998)
*Mr. Raymond A. Grinde (1996)
Ms. Carolyn T. Groves (1996)
Mr. Thomas K. Guelzow (1998)
Mr. Norman R. Hagfors (2001)
Mr. James E. Haglund (2000)
Ms. Beverly J. Thompson Hatlen (1999)
Mr. Allen A. Housh (2001)
President, Augsburg College, Minneapolis,
Minn.
Senior Pastor, St. Andrew's Lutheran Church,
Mahtomedi, Minn.
Vice President, Gage Marketing Group,
Plymouth, Minn.
Retired businessman, Roseville, Minn.
Administrator, S.J.Groves & Sons Company,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Guelzow & Senteney, Ltd., Eau Claire, Wis.
President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
President/Owner, Central Container
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
Homemaker, Apple Valley, Minn.
President, A.A. Housh and Associates, Edina,
h.
*Dr. George 0 . Johnson (1996)
Associate Professor and Division Head,
Health ServicesAdministration, University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
*Dr. Ruth E. Johnson (2000)
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Director of
Mayo Breast Clinic, Rochester, Minn.
T h e Hon. LaJune Thomas Lange, J.D. (2001) Judge, Hennepin County Government Center,
Minneapolis, Minn.
T h e Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1996)
Retired Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran
Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. Richard A. Norling (1998)
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Fairview Hospital and Healthcare Services,
Minneapolis, Minn.
*Mr. Glen E. Person (1999)
Retired businessman, Eden Prairie, Minn.
*Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1996)
President, Catco Company, St. Pad, Minn.
Mr. Wayne G. Popham (2000)
Senior Attorney, Popham, Haik, Schnobrich &
Kaufman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Board of Regents
Mr. Curtis A. Sampson (2001)
*Ms. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1998)
Mr. Glen J. Skovholt (2000)
*Ms.Gladys I. Strornmen (1996)
Mr. Leland N. Sundet (1998)
Mr. David L. Swanson (1996)
*Ms. Jean M. Taylor (2000)
Mr. Michael W. Thompson (2001)
Ms. Pamela L. Tibbetts (2000)
Ms. Kathryn H. Tunheim (1998)
*Mr. William A. Urseth (1998)
*Ms.Joan L. Volz (2000)
flo wiger, Ph.D. (2001)
Ms. May Ka-Yee Yue (2000)
President and Chief Executive Officer,
CommunicationSystems, Hector, Minn.
Assistant Vice President, Mission Investment
Fund - ELCA, St. Paul, Minn.
Vice President, Government and Community
Affairs, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Sundet
Companies, Eden Prairie, Minn.
Retired businessman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Vice President of Development, Taylor
Corporation, Eagan, Minn.
Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn.
Senior Vice President and Administrator,
Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn.
Principal and President, Tunheim Santrizos
Co., Minneapolis, Minn.
C h a i i a n and Chief Executive Officer,
Upland Global Corp., Minneapolis, Minn.
Attorney, U.S. West Communications, Vice
President and General Manager, Interconnect,
Denver, Colo.
Associate Professor of Ethnic Studies, Metro
State University, Minneapolis, Minn.
President, Financial Services Associates, Inc.,
Edina, Minn.
IN AMERICA
(ELCA)
Chair
Executive Director
Dr. Mary Ann Shealy
The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen
Secretary
Assistant Director for Finance
Kathryn A. Swanson
Sue Rothrneyer
Vice-Chair
Director for Colleges and Universities
Gladystine B. Hodge
Mr. James M. Unglaube
Asst. Dir. for Colleges and Universities
E3
Begnning year of service is indicated with parentheses.
Officers of the College
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New
York.
Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College,
Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Michael D. Ranum (1988). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.A., Concordia
College; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Gregory H. Ritter (1988). Vice President for Institutional Advancement. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.Div., United Theological Seminary.
William R. Rosser (1986). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Taylor University; M.S., University of Kentucky.
Richard J. Thoni (1972). Vice President for Enrollment Management. B.A., St. Olaf College;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
A
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Michael L. Agin (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Beloit College; M.A., Loyola
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Virginia P. Allery (1993). Associate Professor of Education. Director of American Indian
Studies Minor. Co-director of the Center for Global Education. B.S., Viterbo College;
M.S., Eastern Montana College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Earl R. Alton (1960).Associate Dean of Academic Affairs. Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. Men's Basketball
Coach. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University.
Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College;
M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984).Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Lisa Carney Anderson (1995). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; M.S., Wright State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Augsburg College Faculty 255
David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther-Northwestem Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Teri L. Aslakson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Mark Attridge (1991). B.A., University of Minnesota - Duluth; M.A., University of
Wisconsin - Milwaukee; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Salah Ayari (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. Maitrise Combinee de
Langues, Institut Bourguiba des Langues Vivantes, Tunis; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
Deborah L. Bart (1981). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Aroti G . Bayman (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Edinburgh.
Marilyn D. Bennett (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Pomona
College; Registered Physical Therapy, Children's Hospital of Los Angeles School of
Physical Therapy; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fohn E. Benson (1963).Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Anthony A. Bibus, I11 (1992). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Blinde (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Nebraska.
Vernon M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
leanne M. Boeh (1990).Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northem Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
lulie H. Bolton (1976). Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Maria L. Brown (1980). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time, Music. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1981).Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Michael R. Burden (1990).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
*2Augsburg College Faculty
Janelle M. Bussert (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale
University.
C
William C. Capman (1994). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., University of Illinois Chicago; Ph.D., University of Ilhois - Champaign-Urbana.
John J. Carroll (1995). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., William and Mary's; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin - Madison.
Jonathan P. Case (1995). Instructor, part-time, Religion. A.A., Central College; B.A., M.A.,
Southern Nazarene University; M.Div., Nazarene Theological Seminary; Th.D., Luther
Seminary.
John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Margaret M. (Peggy) Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/
Accounting/MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Hamline University.
Mary Knop Chelberg (1992). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Illinois,
Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael G . Chovanec (1995). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., M.S.W., University
of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Tara Christopherson (1992). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Candyce L. Clayton (1990). Instructor, part-time, English.
Elaine R. Cline (1990). Library Director. B.A., College of William and Mary; M.L.S.,
University of Michigan.
Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John's University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor, part-time, Sociology, Institutional Research
Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Joan L. Conners (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., M.A., Marquette
University; A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Larry J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran
University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty
D
Cathleen A. (Cass) Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of
St. Catherine; M.F.A., Vermont College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Pauline Brunette Danforth (1996). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Bernidji State
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Linda M. Davis (1996). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., Michigan State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Assistant Professor. B.Mus., Memorial University of Newfoundland;
M.M. and D.M.A., Eastman School of Music.
Mary E. Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accomting/MIS.
B.A., University of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown
University.
Mark E. Deming (1996). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
Jacqueline R. DeVries (1994). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., CaIvin College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Steven G . Dixon (1994). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., Utah State University; M.L.S.,
University of Arizona.
Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A.,
Saint Mary's University.
Suzanne I. Dorke (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware;
M.A., University of Wisconsin.
Susan Sacquifne Druck (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State
University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Francoise M. duRivage (1993). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Universite
de Bordeaux 1.1;M.A., Universite de Paris IV (Sorbonne); M.A., Ph.D., Duke University.
Linda D. Dyer (1995). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Bridgewater State College;
M.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
E
Blanca-Rosa Egas (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. M.P.H., University of Minnesota; Lic.Ed., M.D., University of Guayaquil, Ecuador.
Mary G . Endorf (1986). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., Hamline University;
M.S., SUNY - Cortland; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
*zAugsburg College Faculty
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964).Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Lynn M. Erickson (1991).Studio htist/Tnunpet, part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.F.A., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
F
Heidi M. Farrell(1995).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Thomas J. Feldstein (1995).Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.S., University of Minnesota; Phm.D., University of Minnesota.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972).Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lucie K. Ferrell(1992).Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S., College of St. Catherine; M.N.,
University of California-Los Angeles, Ph.D., Adelphi University.
Anita L. Fisher (1991).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
Phillip F. Fishman (1988).Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University
of Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washgton University; M.S.W., St. Louis University.
Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980).Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Karen B. Franzmeier (1993).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert P. Friederichsen (1971).Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969).Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
C
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963).Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, D.M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
George M. Gaetano (1993).Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jeny Gerasimo (1971).Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Richard A. Germundsen (1987).Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.A., American University; Cand. Mag.,Universitet i Bergen, Norway;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Geroux (1996).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Gonzaga University;
Augsburg College Faculty 259
Jennifer L. Gerth (Loubriel) (1994).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf
College; M.M., Northwestern University.
Patricia K. Gladchild (1995). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., M.A., A.B.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Joseph Michael Gonzalez-Campoy (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant
Studies. B.A., Macalester College; M.D., Ph.D., Mayo Medical School and Mayo
Graduate School.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Instructor, Health & Physical Education. Men's Athletic Director.
B.S., Concordia of Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Karen M. Graves (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Nansee L. Greeley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Amherst College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Brown University.
William D. Green (1991). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Gresczyk (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A.,
Ph.D., Harvard University.
Nancy J. Grundahl(1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Nancy G. Guilbeault (1988). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education, Director
of Counseling. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Konrad E. Gunderson (1994). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., Luther College; MS., University of Wisconsin-Madison; Ph.D., University of
Nebraska-Lincoln.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., MS., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961).Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Abo El-Yazeed T. Habib (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. Master of Accounting, Cairo University, Egypt; M.A., Mankato State
University; Ph.D., University of North Texas.
Panduleni S. Hailonga (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Namibia.
B.S., Windhoek College of Nurses; M.S., Leeds Metropolitan University, United
Kingdom.
260
-
Augsburg College Faculty
Roxanne Hale (1991). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., University of the
Paclfic; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; MS., Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Daniel S. Hanson (1988).Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dolores V. Hanson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
B.S., Moorhead State University.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Eau
Claire; MS., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh;
Ph.D., University of Toledo.
M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi, India; M.B.A, Ball
State University; D.B.A., Kent State University.
Emily L. Hause (1995). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
James T. Hayes (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Robert G. Hazen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; B.S.,
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971).Professor of Political Science, Director of Canadian Studies
Program. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1994).Assistant Professor and Director of Choral Activities. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A. Columbia University; D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music.
Robert S. Herforth (1967). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Alice L. Hermann (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Central America.
B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A., Kent State University.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Experiential Education, Director
of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
Paul L. Holmer (1986).Distinguished Visiting Professor, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University.
Anne M. Holmquest (1991).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Marilyn N. Horowitz (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988).Studio Artist/Violin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M.,
TnAiana T T n i x r n r c i h r
Augsburg College Faculty 261
Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., Indiana
University.
David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Susan A. Hyman (1994). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A.W., University of Iowa;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
I
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
J
Lisa E. Jack (1994). Instructor. B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern
California.
W. Pearl Jackson(1995). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Fort Valley State
College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
William H. Jasperson(1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David A. Johnson (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.S., University
of Wisconsin-Madison; PA Certification, University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JeffreyE. Johnson(1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson(1988). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theater.
Director, East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of WisconsinMadison.
David R. Jones (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.S., University of St. Thomas.
JeffreyF. Judge (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College,
M.A., Middlebury College.
K
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Gerald T. Kaminski (1994). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.S., M.S., Case Western Reserve; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State
University.
JaneA. Kammeman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Manuel E. Kaplan (1995). Medical Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.S., University of Arizona; M.D., Harvard Medical School.
262
-
Augsburg College Faculty
Robert A. KarlCn (1959). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Tish Keahna (1996). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. J.D., University of
Minnesota.
Martha H. Kelly (1995). Academic Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.A., Michigan State University; PA Certification, Bowman Gray School of
Medicine.
John W. Kenny (1992). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., John Carroll University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Christopher W. Kimball(1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., McGill University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
Vivian L. Klauber (1996). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
George Washington University; M.A., SUNY - Albany.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Diana I. Kordas (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., SUNY - Buffalo; M.A.,
California State University - Dominguez Hills.
Marilyn A. (Lynn) Kramer (1994). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of
Wisconsin - Madison; M.A., University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee.
Carol F. Kuechler (1994). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Marquette University;
M.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Madison; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Thomas L. Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University;
M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Diane 0.Kuhlmann (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accomting/
MS. B.A., M.B.T., M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Scott E. Kuster (1994). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Namibia. B.A.,
School of International Affairs at George Washington University; M.A., School of
Education at the American University.
L
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accomting/MIS.
B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of
Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A.. Macalester College: M.A.. Ph.D.. Universitv of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 263
Andrew P. Lawson (1992). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Portland State University;
M.Ed., Penn State University.
Patrick R. Leacock (1995). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artist/French Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University.
Mark Lester (1995). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Nicaragua. B.A., St. Pius
X Seminary; M.A., Mount St. Mary's Seminary.
Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.A., Augustana College; M.S.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Utah.
Terry L. Lewis (1995). Clinical Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.S., Sienna Heights College; PA Certification, Baylor University.
Lynn E. Lindow (1985). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University;
M.S. North Dakota State University.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Southampton; M.Sc., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Victoria M. Littlefield (1992).Assistant Professor of Psychology. Director of Faculty
Development. A.B., University of Michigan-Flint; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University.
Roseann Lloyd (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lori L. Lohman (1990). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988).Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Luther Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., The Claremont Graduate School.
Kristen Melum Lowe (1996). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art
and Design; M.F.A., School of the Museum of Fine Arts/Tufts University.
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Colorado, Denver; M.S., University of Colorado Health Science Center;
PA Certification, University of Colorado Health Science Center.
Steven P. Lund (1982). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ann Lutterman (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Mexico. B.A.,
Earlham College; M. Div., Yale Divinity School.
M
Karen M. Mateer (1984).Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota;
M.A., University of Iowa.
John B. McAllister, 111(1991). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Bates College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Elena McCollim-Medina (1991). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., University of Califor-
264
-
Augsburg College Faculty
Esther G. McLaughlin (1989).Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of
California-Berkeley.
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Patrick Mendis (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., University of Sri Lanka, Ceylon; M.A., Hubert H. Humphrey Institute of Public
Affairs; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roberta K. Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B.Music Ed.,
M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Cynthia J. Meyer (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ernest Miel (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.A.,
M.Ed., Macalester College.
Jeannette H. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social,
Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
David M. Miller (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. A.S.S., Nassau Community
College; B.A., M.S., and C.A.S., SUNY - Albany; A.B.D., Temple University.
Kinney G . Misterek (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div.,
Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas F. Morgan (1983). Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
William D. Moms (1987). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Camegie-Mellon University.
Garth M. Momsette (1996). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Oregon;
M.S., University of Wyoming.
Joseph E. Myss (1994). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., St. Joseph's College; M.B.A., Indiana University.
Patricia A. Murphy (1995). Assistant Professor of Health & Physical Education. B.S., M.S.,
Mankato State University.
N
Sharol A. Nau (1993). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Carleton College; M.F:A., Michigan
State University.
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990).Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 265
Gordon L. Nelson (1967).Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer (1984).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary.
Catherine C. Nicholl(1973).Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977).Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966).Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania;
M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
0
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.A., Hamline University.
Susan E. O'Connor (1994).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.S., Ph.,D., Syracuse University.
Michael E. O'Neal(1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William H. Ojala (1995).Instructor, part-time, Chemistry. B.S., College of Great Falls,
Montana; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Wayne Olhoft (1993).Instructor, Business Administration/Accomting/MIS. B.A., Metropolitan State University, St. Paul, Minnesota; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979).Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen T. Olsen (1992).Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A., St. Olaf College; MA., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
Bettye Olson (1992). Director, College of the Third Age. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Lila J. Olson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.M.,
University of Nebraska.
Vicki B. Olson (1987).Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jack W. Osberg (1991). Instructor, Health and Physical Education. Head Football Coach.
B.A., Augsburg College.
Paul H. Ousley (1993).Orchestra Director. B.M., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.M.,
Eastman School of Music.
Magdalena M. Paleany-Zapp (1986).Associate Professor of Business Administration/
Accounting/MIS. B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw,
Poland; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow, Poland.
266
-
Augsburg College Faculty
Ronald G . Palosaari (1965).Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine L. Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Lone Mountain College.
Curtis Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Fielding Institute.
Richard W. Pearl (1992).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of St.
Thomas.
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Thomas J. Pederson (1995). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., Georgia State University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul E. Pender (1985).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accomting/MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin.
Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
William S. Perkins (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accomting/
MIS. B.A., University of Detroit.
Curtis C. Peter (1983). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College; M.Div.,
Wartburg Theological Seminary.
Noel J. Petit (1984).Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A.,
National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., UCLA.
Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Sandra L. Powers (1990). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.M., Eastman School of
Music; M.M., Northwestern University.
T. Peter Przytula (1993). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. M.A., University of Lo&,
Poland; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Poznan, Poland.
Q
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg
Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
P=..A:
n..=..LanL
/laan\
T,.C~-.~+~,.
--~-e;...,,
~A,-.A,,-
T
-,m.-n-n
R A
P-..~-..A:..
P-II---.
Augsburg College Faculty 267
R
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State
College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Minnesota.
Margaret A. Reed (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Mary K. Roberts (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Marty College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler(1994). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Indiana
University; Ph.D., Purdue University.
Carlos Robles-Cruz (1993). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theater
Arts. Diploma in Theater Arts, Institute Arte Escenico, Mexico City.
Steven W. Roecklein (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Wisconsin State
University; M.S., M.S.W., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Glenda D. Rooney (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of North
Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Patricia L. Rustad (1996). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.S., Colorado
State University; MS., University of Colorado.
s
Edward M. Sabella (1967). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Pauline T. Sateren (1974). Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado.
Merlyn E. Satrom (1995). Insb-uctor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; D.Th., Philipps-Universitat, Marburg/Lahn, Germany.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Adrninistration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., Iowa State University; MS., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English, part-time. B.S., St. John's University;
M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Janet L. Vatsaas Schubert (1994). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., Augsburg
College; Diplomprme i norsk sprdk og litteratur, University of Oslo.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Costume Designer, part-time, Speech, Communication, and
Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M.F.A, University of Minnesota.
- Augsburg College Faculty
David G . Schwain (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard Graduate School of Business.
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Laura Sewell (1991). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard School;
M.M., The Cleveland Institute of Music.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas
Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary's
College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan
State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ryan Rae Sheppard (1994).Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Southern California.
Judith E. Shevelev (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Mexico. B.A.,
University of California at Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
Deep Shikha (1991). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Delhi University, India; M.A.,
M.Ph., Delhi School of Economics; Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Edward R. Skarnulis (1990).Professor of Social Work. B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Gail S. Smogard (1993). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., St. Cloud State College; M.F.A., Southern Methodist University.
Paul M. Sotkiewicz (1995). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., University of Florida;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Roman Soto-Feliu (1993). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A.,
Universidad de Concepcion, Chile; Ph.D., The Catholic University of America.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music, Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Clarice A. Staff (1995). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
D.S.W., Columbia University.
John J. Stangl(1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Montana.
John P. Stein (1992). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
Jean R. Strait (1994).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.S.,
Moorhead State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 269
Dianne L. Strandberg (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University;
M.A., D.Th., Luther Seminary.
Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., University of Minnesota. (NOTE: one M.A. in English
Literature; one M.A. in Library Science)
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Gabriela Sweet (1992).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., State University of
New York, Oneonta.
William Swenson (1989). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
T
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Minnesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale
University; Th.D., Luther Seminary.
James G . Trelstad-Porter (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Mexico.
B.A., Augustana College; M.A., American University.
Cynthia K. Troy (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of California,
Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
U-v
Rebekah Valdivia (1995).Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University.
David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Iowa State University.
Joseph M. Volker (1993).Instructor, part-time, M.A.L. Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
W-X-Y-z
Anthony R. Wagner (1993). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Ronald F. Walter (1988).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Donald M. Warren (1980). Instructor, part-time, Introduction to Liberal Arts, Director of
Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Catherine M. Warrick (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Pasadena College;
M.A., University of Southern California; Ph.D., Indiana University - Bloomington.
270
-
Augsburg College Faculty
Charee M. Watters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounfing/MIS
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Org.L., College of St. Catherine; M.B.A., University of
St. Thomas.
Rita R. Weisbrod (1991). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; Ph.D., Comell University.
Pamela J.Weiss (1983). Associate Professor, Nursing. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.P.H.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia F. Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part-time, Education, Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill.
JeanH. Whalen (1995).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary Louise Williams (1984). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Thearhice Williams (1993). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., University of Illinois;
M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Marcus A. Wing (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Moorhead State University;
M.S., Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria K. Woroby (1990). Assistant Professor, Librarian, Director of Women's Studies. B.S.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College,
Certificate, L'Academie Intemationale, Nice, France.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accomfing/
MIS. B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Westem Michigan University.
Fidel Xinico (1995).Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Guatemala. B.A.,
Francisco Marroquin in Guatemala; M.Div., St. Paul Seminary at the University of St.
Thomas, Minnesota.
William C. Youngblood (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., Indiana University; M.Div., Bethel Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Beth L. Zemsky (1995). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Comell University; M.Ed.,
M.S.W., Washington University.
Stephen Y. Zheng (1990). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., Sichuan University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lyla M. Anderegg, Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Barbara L. Andersen, Professor Emerita of English, B.A., Northwestern College, M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Margaret J. Anderson, Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina, Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
Dr. Richard A. Borstad, Professor Emeritus of Health & Physical Ed., B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe
College.
Dr. Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Beverly C. Durkee, Professor Emerita of Mathematics, B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Dr. Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Carleton College, M.M.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., MS., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Orloue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Dr. Theodore J. Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., M.S., Polytechnic Institute
of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hemig, Artist-in-Residence Emerita, Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Edwina L. Hertzberg, Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dr. JohnR. Holum, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry, B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Irene Khin Khin Jensen,Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University,
Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
*?
Faculty Emeriti
Dr. Einar 0.Johnson,Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Washington.
Dr. James D. Johnson,Professor Emeritus of Music. M.S., Julliard School of Music; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Mary E. "Mimi" Johnson,Professor Emerita of Modem Languages, B.A., Smith College;
M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edwin D. Mickelberg, Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Dr. Mildred K. Mueller, Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan
University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Patricia A. Parker, Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lauretta E. Pelton, Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Marianne B. Sander, Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dr. Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus,
Lakeland College.
Marjorie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Dr. Eugene M. Skibbe, Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dr. Myles C. Stenshoel, Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Dr. Ralph L. Sulemd, Professor Emeritus of Biology, B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Dr. Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Dr. Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Interstate 94 East
College Map Information
1. Admissions Weekday Program Office
2. Air Structure Enhance
November through March
3. American Indian Support and Black Student Affairs
4. Anderson-Nelson Athlefc Field and Seasonal Air Structure
5. Center for Global Educationand InternationalPrograms
6. Christensen Center
7. College Relations
8. East Hall
9. Foos, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication
10. Husby-SirommenTennis Couds
11. Ice Arena
12. Jeroy C. Carlwn Alumni Center
13. Maintenanceand Grounds Shop
14. MortensenTower
+
15. Murphy Place
Weekend College Admissions and
Graduate Programs Offices
16. Murphy Square
17. Music Hall
18. Nordic Center
19. Old Main
20. Oscar Anderson Hall
21. Quad
22. Science Hall
23. Securily DispatchCenter
24. Shipping and Receiving
25. Si Melby Hall
26. Sverdrup library
27. Sverdrup-Onedal Memorial Hall
Master of Social Work Admissions
28. Urness Tower
29. Youth and Family lnstiie
Parking Lots
A. Admissions Parking
for prospective students and their parents
B. Faculty/StM/Commuter/Resident Parking
C. Faculty/Staff Parking
D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parltmg
E. Commuter Sheet Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Riverside Professional BuildingRamp
b~isability
access
-
=
\
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
Directions to Campus
Public Parking
From Minneapolis on 1-94 East Take the Riverside/25th Avenue exit and
turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left on
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue
South.
AU posted Augsburg College faculty/staff/
From St. Paul on 1-94 West Take the Riverside Avenue exit, turn right
at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
From the south on 35W Follow 1-94 signs, take the Riverside/25th
Avenue exit, turn left on 25th Avenue, turn
left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue
South.
From the north on 35W Take the Washington Avenue exit, turn left
on Washington (turns to the right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn right at 21st Avenue South.
commuter lots are free and open for use
from 430 p.m. Friday through Sunday
evening. Lots are located on Seventh Street
between 21st and 22nd Avenues and north
of Eighth Street between 24th and 25th
Avenues. Most street parking is four hour
parking, seven days a week. Additional
parking is available in the Riverside Medical
Center ramp, or University of Minnesota
parking lots on the north side of Riverside
Avenue.
.
-
-
.-
-
-
-
I-'
.
'.'I
--
About Augsburg 9,251
Academic Advising Center 48
Academic Affairs 6,59
Academic Calendar 4,5,46
Academic Information 46
Academic Internships 56
Academic Policies and Procedures 59
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 73
Academic Skills Enrichment 38
Accessibility 16
Accounting 90,95-97
Accreditation and Memberships 10,14,16
Activities 36
Admissions 18-20
Administrative Officers of the College 254
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP)72
Afrikana Support Program 40
Air Structure 37
Alumni Center 12
American Lndian Studies 39,149-150
American Lndian Support Program 39
Anderson Hall 12,43
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 12
Anishinabe Library Project 39
Annex Houses 13
Application Procedures 18,26
Art 80-84
Art History 81,83
Asian American Support Program 40
Asian Studies 110-111
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 71
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 52
Associated Support Organizations 13
Athletic Affiliation 16
Athletics 37
Audio-Visual Services 47
Audit Fee 22
Auditing Courses 71
Augsburg Echo 37
Augsburg Youth and Family Institute 14
Augsburgian, The 37
Biology 85-89
Board of Regents 252-253
Books and Supplies 23
Business Administration 90-94
Business Administration and
Economics 92
Calendar 4,5,46
Campus Location 11,16,273-274
Campus Map 273-274
Campus Ministry 36
Campus Tours 18
Canadian Program 58
Career Services 40
Center for Global Education 12,54,156
Center for Global Education Courses 157160
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 38
Chemistry 101-105
Chinese 170
Choir 37,190
Christensen Center 12
Class Confirmation 59
Class Schedule 78
Classification (Class Year) 71
Coaching Endorsement 139
College Costs 1996-'97 22
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 72
College of the Third Age 59
College Relations 6,12
Commencement 74
Commons 43
Communication 240-243
Community and Public Service
Scholarships 28
Community Internships in Latin America
55-56,162-163
Community Service-Leaming 56,57
Computational Economics 106-107
Computer Resources 47
Computer Science 106-109
Concert Band 37,190
Continuing Education Program 58
:ooperative Education 56,57
:ounseling 41
:ounseling and Health Promotion 41
:ourse Descriptions 78-250
:redits 78
1
lean's List 74
legrees Offered 8,46,49-50
lepartmental Comprehensive Exams 72
Iepartments and Programs 48,78-250
leposits 19,23,42
)evelopment 6
lirectory 6
lisabled Student Program 38
lismissal 73
Iivisions and Departments 48
lormitories 12,42
Iual Degree Programs 8,50,127
:arly Admission of Freshmen 19
:ast Asian Studies 110-111
:ast European Studies 49,50,227-229
last Hall 12
:cho 37
lconomics 92,112-116
:ducation 117-126
;ducationfor Service 10
:lderhostel 59
ilementary Education 117-120
:mployrnent 29,40
lngineering 127-128
:nglish 129-135
Inglish as a Second Language (ESL)
Program 73
:nglishPlacement Test 130
:nglish-LanguageArts Teaching Major 130
.nrollment 16
: n r o h e n t Deposit 23
Insembles 180,183,190-191
Intry-level Skills 64
,thnicStudies 150
:valuationand Grading 69
.vangelicalLutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 16,253
,xperientialEducation Programs 56-57
xplanation of Grades 69
Index
Facilities and Housing 12,42
Facts and Figures 16
Faculty 46,254-270
Faculty Emeriti 271-272
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) 43,75-76
Federal Work Study Program 30
Fees 22-23
Finance Specialization (Business
Administration) 91
Financial Aid 16,25-30
Financial Policies 24-25
Fine Arts 37
First Year Experience 48,63,136
Fitness Center 41
Food Service 43
Foreign Languages 69,136,169-178
Former Students 20
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication 12
Four Year Assurance Program 75
French 170-172
Freshman Performance Scholarships 180
Freshmen 18
Full-time Students 22
C
Gage Family Academic Enrichment
Center 38
General Education Curriculum 60-65
General Education Requirements 60-65
General Studies 137
German 169,172-174
Gift Assistance 28
Global Education Center 12,54,156
Global Education Program
Courses 157-160
Grade Point Average 71
Grading 69
Graduate Program Office 59
Graduate Programs 58
Graduation Level Skills 65
Graduation Requirements 60-65
Grants 28
Gymnasium (Si Melby Hall) 13
277
278
-
Index
Health and Physical Education 138-143
Health Promotion 41
Health Service 41
HECUA Courses 161-163
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 53,55,161-163
Hispanic/Latino Support Program 40
History 144-148
History of Augsburg College 9
Honors Program 52
Housing 12,22,42
Hoversten Peace Scholarships 27
Language Courses 169-178
Learning Disabilities Program 38
Learning Laboratory 38
Leave of Absence 60
Liberal Arts Perspectives 65-69
Library and Information Technology
Center 13,16,47,52
Lifetime Sports 65
Linguistics 174-175
Loan Assistance 28-29
Location 11,273-274
Lutheran Leader Scholarships 28
Ice Arena 12
Incomplete Grade 70
Independent Studies 79
Information Technology Center 13,16
Inter-InstitutionalPrograms 52
Inter-Race 13
Intercollegiate Athletics 37
InterdisciplinaryStudies 149-154
Interim 46
Interim Abroad 56
Interim Office 59
International Baccalaureate Program (IB)
71
International Business Minor 92
International Business Specialization
(Business Administration) 92
International Programs 42
International Relations 155-156
International Student Services 20
International Students 42
International Studies 156-163
Internships 55,56-57,78-79
Intertribal Student Union 39
Intramural Athletics 37
Majors and Minors 8,49-50,78-250
Management Information Systems 98-100
Management Specialization (Business
Administration) 91
Maps 273,274
Marketing Specialization (Business
Administration) 91
Master's Degrees 46,58
Math Placement Group (MPG) 64-65
Mathematics 164-168
Mathematics Placement Group (MPG)
Requirements 64-65
Media Center 52
Melby Hall 13
Memberships 14,16
Memorial Hall 13
Merit Scholarships 27
Metro Urban Studies 151-153
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership (MNITTP) 39
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership
(MMEP) 14
Minnesota Work Study Program 30
Minority Studies 149-154
Minors 49-50,78-250
MIS Courses 98-100
Mission Statement 9
Modem Languages 169-178
Mortensen Tower 13,43
Murphy Place 13
Murphy's 43
Music 179-191
Japanese 174
KCMR Radio 37
Music Education 181-182
Music Ensembles 180,183,190
Music Hall 13
Music Performance Major 179-180,182-183
Music Therapy Major 179,180,183,189-190
Vatural Science 192-193
Yo-Credit Grades 69-70
Vordic Area Studies 153-154
Vordic Center 14
Norwegian 175-176
Votification of Admissions Decision 18
Vumber Grades 70
Vumbering of Courses 78
Vursing 194-197
3ff-Campus Programs 16
3fficers of the College 254
3jibwe 169,176
31d Main 13
3rchestra 37
Xentation (FYE) 48,63,136
astfold, Norway Exchange
Program 54,159
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME)Awards 28
?art-Time Students 22
?ass/No Credit 69-70
?astor 36
?ayments 23
?erformance Studies 184
?erformingArts Scholarships 27
?erspective Requirements 65,67-69
?erspectives (Rationale) 66-69
?hilosophy 198-201
?hi Theta Kappa Scholarships 27
?hysical Disabilities Program 38
?hysical Education 138-143
?hysician Assistant Program 202-204
?hysics 205-210
'iano Proficiency Test 185
Index
Policies 14,16,43,75
Political Science 211-216
Portfolio Assessment Program 72,73
Pre-ProfessionalPrograms 50-52
Pre-Registration 59
Prerequisites 78
President's Greeting 2
President's Scholarships 27
Probation 73-74
Psychology 217-221
Refunds 24-25
Regents 252-253
Regents' Scholarships 27
Registration 59-60
Religion 222-226
Religious Affiliation 16
~esidenceLife Program 42-43 (Also See
Housing)
Residence Requirements 63
Room and Board 22
ROTC 53
Russian 176,227-229
Russian, Central and East European
Studies 227-229
Scandinavian Studies 153-154
Scandinavian Urban Studies 55,161
Scholarships 27-28,30-34
School Year 4,5,16
Science Hall 13
Secondary Education 121-125
Service-Learning 57
Sigma Pi Sigma 207
SkiUs Requirements 64-65
Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 37
Social Studies 230
Social Welfare Minor 232
Social Work 231-235
Society of Physics Students 207
Sociology 236-239
Space Physics 206
Spanish 176-178
279
Index
Special Education 126
Special Interest Housing 43
Special Students (Non-Degree) 20
Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts
240-247
Sponsored Scholarships 30-34
Sports 37
Student Activities 36-37
Student Affairs 38-39
Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 29
Student/Faculty Ratio 16
Student Government 36
Student Life 36-44
Student Newspaper 37
Student Project for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN) 16
Student Publications 37
Student Rights 36,43,44,78
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints,
Records 43
Student Teaching Abroad 56,117
Studio Art 80-83
Study Abroad 53-56,156-163
Summer School Office 59
Support Programs 39-40
Sverdrup Library 13
Sverdrup-OftedalMemorial Hall 13
Teaching Licensure 50,117 (Also See
Majors)
Test Scores 18
Theatre Arts 244-247
Transcripts 18
Transfer Scholarships 27
Transfer Students 19-20,61-62,64
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 22-23
Tutor Center 38
Upper hhdwest Association of Intercultural
Education 16
Urban Studies 151-153
Urness Tower 13,43
Veterans 75
Weekend College 57-58
Withdrawal from College 60
Women's Hockey 37
Women's Studies 248-250
Work Study Program 30
Yearbook 37
Youth and Family Institute 14
Youth and Family Ministry Major 222-226
Show less
..
Y. W W W . .
.
3
from the President
I hope you are looking at this catalog
because you've enrolled at Augsburg College.
If so, welcome to the College! All of us hope you
find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of
the profession an... Show more
..
Y. W W W . .
.
3
from the President
I hope you are looking at this catalog
because you've enrolled at Augsburg College.
If so, welcome to the College! All of us hope you
find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of
the profession and role to which you feel called,
and a confident sureness that you have rightly
chosen Augsburg as the community in which to
spend the next several years of your life.
If you're dipping into this volume to
figure out who and what Augsburg College is
and what education it offers, welcome to these
pages! May they convey the fundamental
character of our mission: to provide an education
especially serviceable in the contemporary world
because it has been designed in the midst of and
in full contact with the critical social, economic,
religious, and political phenomena of the modern
city. This education, however practical and professional, will be serviceable over the long haul only
to the degree that it respects and pursues certain
of what Martin Luther called "the fine liberal arts," and it will be exciting to the degree it is
offered for the sake of improving both its students and the world itself.
The study you are undertaking at Augsburg-r
thinking of undertaking-will occur on a
small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare
and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans.
As you join the enterprise, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await
you here find the College an exciting setting, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community
dedicated to higher learning and good living, in which you can set off in new directions and in
which new destinations are reachable.
Bon voyage!
Sincerely yours,
William V. h a k e
President
I
Fall Term 1998
Summer..................................... Freshman registration
Sept. 6-81Sun.-Tues. .................... New student orientation
Sept. 9Ned. ................... ..........a..Upper-class validation
Sept. 91Wed. ................................ Classes begin
Sept. 15Dues. .............................. Last day to register
Sept. 15lTues. ..............................Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on
record
Oct. 30/Fri. ..................................Mid-term break
Last day to designate grading option
Nov. 6/Fri. ...............................
Last day to withdraw from class
Nov. 13/Fri. ................................
Nov. 16-Dec. 4IMon.-Fri. ............ Interim registration
Nov. 16-Dec. 4IMon.-Fri. ............ Spring term registration
Nov. 26Ehurs. ............................ Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 30IMon. .............................. Classes resume
Dec. 1l/Fri. .................................. Classes end
Dec. 14-17IMon.-Thurs............... Final exams
Interim Term 1999
Jan. 4Mon .................................... Interim classes begin
Jan. 5lTues. ...................................Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without
notation on record
Jan. 15/Fri. ................................. Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from
a class
Jan. 27AVed.................................. Classes end
Spring Term 1999
Feb. 1IMon...................................
Classes begin
Last day to register
Feb. 5/Fri. ..................................
Feb. 5/Fri. .................................... Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation
on record
Mar. 29IMon. ............................... Mid-tendEaster break begins
Apr. 6Eues. ..................................
Classes resume
Last day to designate grading option
Apr. 9Rri......................................
Apr. 16/Fri................................... Last day to withdraw from a class
Apr. 19-3OIMon.-Fri. ...................Early registration for fall
May 14/Fri....................................Classes end
May 17-2OIMon.-Thurs. .............. Final exams
May 23ISun. ................................ .BaccalaureatdCommencement
TENTATIVE-CONSULT THE 1999-2000 ACTC CLASS SCHEDULE OR AUCSBURC
REGISTRAR'S OFFICE FOR CHANCES
Fall Term 1999
Summer ...................................... ..Freshman registration
Sept. 5-7/Sun.-Tues. ..................... New student orientation
Sept. 8/Wed. ................................. Upper-class validation
Sept. 8fWed. ................................. Classes begin
Sept. 14flues. ............................... Last day to register
Sept. 14Kues. ............................... Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on
record
Oct. 29/Fri................................... .Mid-term break
Nov. 5/Fri. ....................................
Last day to designate grading option
Nov. 12Eri. .................................. Last day to withdraw from class
Nov. 15-Dec. 3Mon.-Fri. .............Interim registration
Nov. 15-Dec. 3Mon.-Fri. .............Spring term registration
Nov. 25flhurs. ............................. Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 29flLIon. .............................. .Classes resume
Dec. 10/Fri. .................................. Classe end
Dec. 13-16Mon.-Thurs. .............. Final exams
Interim Term 2000
Jan. 3Mon ....................................Interim classes begin
Jan. 4flues. .................................. Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without
notation on record
Jan. 14/Fri. ................................... Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from
a class
Classes end
Jan. 26/Wed. ................................
Spring Term 2000
Jan. 3 l/Mon. ................................Classes begin
Feb. 4/Fri. ................................... Last day to register
Feb. 4/Fri. .................................... Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation
on record
Mar. 2O/Mon. ............................... Mid-term break begins
Mar. 27/Mon. ...............................Classes resume
Apr. 7/Fri......................................Last day to designate grading option
Apr. 14/Fri................................... s t day to withdraw from a class
Apr. 17-28 Mon.-Fri. ................... Early registration for fall
Apr. 21/Fri. ................................... Easter break begins
Apr. 251Tues. ................................ Classes resume
May 1UFri.................................... Classes end
May 15-18Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
May 21/Sun. .................................BaccalaureatdCommencement
Area Code
612
Academic Advising......................................................................................................
330-1025
.......................................................................................................
Academic Affairs
..330-1024
Undergraduate Admissions .........................................................................................330-1001
Toll-free number ........................................................................................(800) 788-5678
AlumniRarent Relations .............................................................................................
330-1178
Athletics ......................................................................................................................
330-1243
Business Office (fees and accounts) ........................................................................
330-1029
Career Services.................................. ................. .................................................. 3 3 0 - 1162
College PastorICampus Ministry ............................................................................... .330-1732
........................................330-1180
Public Relations 6r Communication .......................
................................................................................
ConferenceEvents Coordinator
.330-1107
Development (financial gifts to the College) ...........................................................
330-1613
........................................................................................
Toll-free number
(800) 273-0617
Facilities Management ................................................................................................ 330-1104
Financial Aid (scholarships) .......................................................................................
330-1046
General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ...........................330-1000
Master of Arts in Leadership Program ........................................................................330-1786
Master of Social Work Program ..................................................................................330-1307
Human Resources .......................................................................................................
330-1058
Interim Office .............................................................................................................
330-1150
Lost and Found ...........................................................................................................330-1000
President......................................................................................................................
330-1212
.........................................................................
..................*...................
Registrar
.-.
.330-1036
............................................................
Residence Life (Housing) ....................
3 3 0 1109
Student Activities ........................................................................................................ 330-1111
Academic and Learning Services ............................................................................... -330-1160
Student Government ..................................................................................................
330-1110
Summer School ...........................................................................................................
330-1787
Weekend College ........................................................................................................330-1782
Mailing Address:
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis. MN 55454
Web Site:
www.augsburg.edu
c;
E
2.
T..
$:
>-,
-,
?+
xt
:2="
7.
I
7
MAJOR
FIELDS OF STUDY AND
AREASOF EMPHASIS
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Adrninistrat~on
Business AdministrationIFinance
Business Administration/lnteinational
Business
Busmess AdministrationIManagement
Business AdrninistrationlMarketing
Chem~stry(B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
General Communication Studies
Mass Communication
Organizational Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics @.A)
East Asian Studies '
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Education
Education Studles (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies (nonlicensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary (licensure)
Secondary (non-majOr, licensure
Engineering
English
Health Education
History
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Applied Mathematics
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modern Languages '
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Yitrstrq :R.S -!?Peekend Cnllcqc onlv!
Phr!i?snnl~~
. I. :. TJ?
rh\rslcal Cdurafton
,;.
c;?
P5ysrchsn,b~i<,tai?~
P i ~ y ~ l (cBs A. or E.S.!
Y
.
-< rvbL
.J
Space Physics (B.S.)
Polit~calScience
Psychology
Religlon
Youth and Family Ministry
Russian, Central, and East European Area
Studies
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Women's Studies '
It is possible for students to complete
other majors through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Students who wish to do so must apply
through the Augsburg Office of the
Registrar. Some majors may have a competitive application process with acceptance
determined by the major department.
I Cooperallvc program r,l t h A\,o~ialed
~
College5
[he Jwln C111esand agret me~ltsw ~ l hf l l Un~vcrstLy
~
o[M~nnetola 11 1s p o s s ~ b l ~ f o\tudolts
r
to take
heg~t~nlngllntc
rmrd~~il~ladvanced
cour\cs not avatloble nl
~onsortluincolleges tn Arabic, Ch~nr\c.Hebrav, \apanc>c,
Ru\s~an,and other ~njrcqumtlyLaugkL Iunguug~, S l u d ~ n u
r e g ~ d e d~reclly
r
with file ACTC oJ$cc
'Dual rlgrcc programs w~Lkthe Unlver$tly ofM~nnarita
111~1ilule
of Technology, Washlnglon IJnlve~s~ty
School of
Englne~rlngand Appl~edScience, and M~cInganTcchnologi~al
Un~vtrsily
A
t Augsburg College, we believe that
the college experience should be a time of
exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also
believe that a liberal arts education is your
best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of
today and tomorrow. Upon graduation, you
will be able to demonstrate not only the
mastery of a major field of study, but also
the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively
Emphasis on values, perspectives,
experience, and skills
The heart of an Augsburg education is
the Augsburg curriculum-the College's
general education program, which structures your liberal arts studies through challenging and thought-provoking courses
requiring students to consider important
issues and examine values questions. These
Liberal Arts Perspectives include Western
Heritage, Intercultural Awareness, Human
Identity, the Social World, Christian Faith,
The City, Aesthetics, and the Natural World.
At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve you
for a lifetime-writing, speaking, critical
thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to
name a few.
Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in
the heart of a thriving metropolitan area,
many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense,
the resources of the Twin Cities are an
extended campus for Augsburg students.
Selection from over 50 majors
Augsburg offers more than 50 majorsor you can create your own major either
on campus or through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See
page 53 for a complete list of majors and
minors.) This five-college consortium
allows students to take courses on other
campuses without charge while a full-time
student at Augsburg. The ACTC includes
Augsburg College, College of St. Catherine,
Hamline University, Macalester College,
and the University of St. Thomas.
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, "Education for Service,"
and to the mission of the College:
To nurture future leaders in service to
the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in
the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by
an intentionally diverse campus community.
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confessibn of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Gennany, in
1530. Augsburg opened in September
1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved
to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first
graduation was in 1879.
10 About Augsburg
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The Focus Changed
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first
president (1869-1876).
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,Jr.
became president. He worked to develop
college departments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She
spent the next 42 years at the College as a
teacher and administrator.
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg
Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate
Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part
plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students;
and third, educate the farmer, worker, and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg's theme
for over 125 years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist"
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second
president (1876-1907), required students
to get pre-ministerial experience in city
congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the
concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education
for Service."
In the 1890s, Apgsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and
personal Christianity. This change made
Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still important
primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and improve
academic offerings. Now the College was a
larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modem
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With cumculum change came a long effort
to become accredited.
The College reached accreditation in
1954, although many alumni had entered
graduate schools and teaching positions
long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the
Lutheran Free Church merged with the
American Lutheran Church.
About Augsburg
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for
all people. During his years of leadership
the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg
added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower,
Urness Tower, the Christensen Center, Ice
Arena, and Murphy Place.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders
who believed:
Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College
from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg's
commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs, and a cumculum that draws on the resources of the city
as extensions of campus and classroom.
Some of the accomplishments during his
tenure include instituting two graduate
degree programs, hosting national and
international figures at College-sponsored
forums and events, increasing accessibility,
and the addition of the Foss Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication; the
Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the
James G. Lindell Family Library.
The city-with all its excitement,
challenges, and diversity-is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Dr. William V Frame became president
in August 1997. He has initiated a strategic
planning process intended to iden* the
distinguishing marks of the Augsburg education-in both pedagogy and substance-and
a restructuring effort intended to improve
operating efficiencies and open access for the
College to new sources of capital.
An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative, and
successful citizens;
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution
set in the heart of a great metropolitan center.
There are now almost 14,000 Augsburg
alumni. In a world that has changed much
since those first days of the College,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who
make a difference where they live and work.
In addition to a traditional undergraduate liberal arts and sciences "day"
program, Augsburg offers a Weekend
College program for nontraditional
students and master's degree programs
in social work and leadership.
CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg's campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in
Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The
University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical
complexes-Fai~ew-University Medical
Center-are adjacent to Augsburg, with
the Mississippi River and the Seven
Corners theatre district just a few blocks
away Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul,
11
-
l2 About Augsburg
home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreation opportunities, are just
minutes west and east via Interstate 94,
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (See map in back.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Anderson-Nelson Athletic FieldThe athletic field, located at 725 23rd
Avenue South, is the playing and practice
field of many of the Augsburg teams.
An air-supported dome covers the field
during the winter months, allowing yearround use.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to the
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport,
and bus or train connections can be made
from all areas of the United States.
Christensen Center (1967)-The
College center, with spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore,
and offices for student government and
student publications.
FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunneVramp/skyway system
connects the two tower dormitories, the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music
Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck,
Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and
Communication.
Office of Undergraduate
Admissions-The central Office of
Undergraduate Admissions is located at
628 21st Avenue South and provides
offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their
parents.
Offices of t h e American Indian
Student Services Program and PanAfrikan Student Services ProgramLocated at 620 2lst Avenue South, these
programs provide support s e ~ c e and
s
information to American Indian and
African American students.
Anderson Hall (1993)-Named in
honor of Oscar Anderson, president of
Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this
residence hall is located at 2016 S. Eighth
Street. Anderson Hall contains four types
of living units and houses 192 students
and the Physician Assistant Program.
East Hall-Houses the Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership (MMEP)
and the Center for Atmospheric Space
Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center f o r
Worship, Drama and Communication
(1988)-The Foss Center is named in
recognition of the gifts of Julian and June
Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the
College. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre,
Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium
are also housed in this complex, which
provides space for campus ministry and
the drama and communication offices. The
Foss Center's lower level is home to the
Gage Family Academic Enrichment Center,
which includes the Learning Skills Office,
the Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS) Program, the
Groves Computer Lab, the Karen Housh
Tutor Center, and the John Evans Learning
Laboratory.
The Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni
Center-Named in 1991 to honor
Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development
officer and former alumni director,
upon his retirement from Augsburg.
The center houses the Office of Alumni
and Parent Relations and is located at 624
2lst Avenue South.
About Augsburg
Ice Arena (1974)-Two large skating
areas provide practice for hockey and figure
skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
The JamesC. Lindell Family Library
(1 997)-This new four-level brick structure opened during the 1997-98 academic
year. As the library and information technology center, it houses all library functions and brings together the computer
technology resources of the College. It is
located on the block of campus bordered
by 22nd and 2lst Avenues, and by
Riverside Avenue and Seventh St.
Melby Hall (1961)-Named in honor
of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education
program, intercollegiate and intramural
athletics, the fitness center, and general
auditorium purposes.
Mortensen Tower (1973)-Named
in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of
women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104
one- and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
2222 Murphy Place (1964)-This
facility provides offices for the Center for
Global Education and a resource room for
those interested in global issues. The
Office of Academic Programs Abroad is
also located here.
Music Hall (1978)-Contains Sateren
Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices for
the music faculty.
13
Old Main (1900)-Home for the
modem languages and art departments,
with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old
Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is
included on the National Register of
Historic Places.
Public Relations & Communication
House-The public relations and publications offices for the College are located at
709 23rd Avenue South.
Science Hall (1949)-Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, the
registrar's office, student financial services,
and the business offices. In 1960 the
Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof
was completed.
Sverdrup Hall (1 955)-Named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it
contains the Academic Advising Center,
Weekend College, and the Office of
Continuing Education as well as classrooms and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
(1 938)-Built as a dormitory and named
in honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Tower (1 967)-Named in
honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, t h ~ ~
tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study, and utility areas.
l4 About Augsburg
ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and to programs that
increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. In addition to
the programs listed below, the College is
also home to Elderhostel and College of
the Third Age.
Inter-Race: The International
Institute for Interracial InteradionInter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of
work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in
five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600
2lst Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (M M EP)-The Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a
nonprofit membership organization that
works closely with students, the communities of color, and representatives from education, business, government, and nonprofit organizations to develop programs
that help students of color succeed academically. By drawing on the talents and
resources of others concerned with the
success of students of color, MMEP creates
collaborative, workable approaches to
complex problems. MMEP believes that
concentrating on the needs of students of
color helps them move from thinking to
doing, from wanting to having, and from
dreaming to achieving. The MMEP office is
located in East Hall.
Nordic Center-The Nordic Center
promotes interest in contemporary
Norway, encourages the pursuit of Nordic
studies, and nurtures intercultural relations
between the United States and the five
Nordic nations of Denmark, Finland,
Iceland, Norway, and Sweden. The Nordic
Center is located at 2400 Butler Place.
Youth a n d Family Institute of
Augsburg College-The institute is
designed to help churches better serve the
changing needs of youth and families. The
institute offers an undergraduate academic
program, as well as seminar/workshops, a
resource center, and counseling services.
POLICIES
Augsburg College does not discriminate
on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation,
marital status or handicap, as required by
Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in
its admissions policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may
be directed to the coordinators listed on
page 48 or to the director of the Minnesota
Department of Human Rights, Bremer
Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota Street,
St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
About Augsburg
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools* and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the
American Chemical Society
Council on Social Work Education
(B.S.W. and M.S.W.)
National Association for Music
Therapy, Inc.
National League for Nursing
Committee for Accreditation of Allied
Health Programs (Physician Assistant
Program)
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the:
National Association of Schools of
Music (NASM)
Council of Independent Colleges
(CIC)
American Association of Colleges and
Universities (AACU)
American Association of Higher
Education (AAHE)
Association of Physician Assistant
Programs
We are members of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America, and Minnesota Private College
Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office. Registration is not an endorsement
of the institution. Registration does not
mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions
or that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of
every student, educational institution,
or employer.
*North Central Association of College and
Schools Commission on Institutions of Higher
Education, 30 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 2400,
Chicago, Illinois 60602-2504; (800) 621-7440
15
Location-Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Religious Affiliation-The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 20 percent represent other
Protestant denominations, and 21 percent represent the Roman Catholic
Church.
Accreditation-North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education. Approved by the
American Chemical Society, Council on
Social Work Education, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schools of
Music, the National League for Nursing,
and the Committee for Accreditation of
Allied Health Programs.
Member-Associated Colleges of the
Tivin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE
Registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Services Office, as described
on page 15.
Enrollment (Fall 1997-98)-2,866 s ~ u dents from 36 states and 38 nations.
Graduates-13,975 undergraduates
from 1870 through August 1997.
StudentIFaculty Ratio-14 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 20-25.
Campus-16 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-80 with special
emphasis on accessibility
Accessibility-Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway/tunneVelevator system
provides access to 10 major buildings
without going outside.
Degrees Granted-B.A.,
M.A., M.S.W.
B.S., B.M.,
W
Financial Aid-Over 85 percent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
Library-Over 175,000 items, direct
access to over 1,300,000 through CLIC,
the Twin Cities private college library consortium. The new James G . Lindell Family
Library opened in September 1997.
School Year-Semesters from
September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with
January Interim. Two summer school
sessions. Augsburg Weekend Collegetrimesters, September to June. Augsburg
Graduate Program-trimesters,
September to June.
Majors-More
departments.
than 50 majors in 23
Off-Campus Programs-Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA), International Business
Program, Upper Midwest Association of
Intercultural Education (UMAIE), and
extensive cooperative education and
internship programs.
Athletic Affiliation-Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division 111.
Policy-Augsburg College does not
discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
gender, sexual orientation, marital status or handicap, as required by Title IX
of the 1972 Educational Amendments or
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admissions
policies, educational programs, activities,
and employment practices.
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intellinence
- and character. We
want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community, the College
community, and the community at large.
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment,
and potential for development as a student
and as a graduate of Augsburg College.
The College selects students on individual
merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, gender, sexual
affectional orientation, or age.
Visit t h e Campus
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere
is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an admissions counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready
to help students and parents with college
planning. Call any weekday between
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.-(612) 330-1001
or toll-free (800) 788-5678. We'll answer
your questions and arrange a tour for you
(including Saturday mornings during the
school year). The Office of Undergraduate
Admissions is located on the comer of
Seventh Street and 2lst Avenue South in
Minneapolis. (Please call first.)
FRESHMEN
Application for AdmissionApplicants should complete the application
for admission and the essay and return
them to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions together with the non-refundable $25 application fee.
Transcripts-An official transcript
from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final, official
transcript upon graduation. General
Education Development (G.E.D.) scores
may be presented instead of the high
school transcript.
Test Scores--Freshman applicants are
required to submit results from the college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results
from SAT are also accepted. It will suffice if
test scores are recorded on the official high
school transcript.
Additional Information-If
there
is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
-
Undergraduate Admissions 19
On occasion, the Admissions Committee
may also defer a decision on a candidate's
admission until other information has been
received. For example, more recent test
scores, results of the present semester's
coursework, additional letters of recomrnendation, or writing samples may be requested
by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decisiow
Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Students are notified
of the admissions decision usually within
two weeks after the application file is
complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of AdmissionAccepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $loo*
tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may
be requested in writing to the director of
financial aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$100" tuition deposit. Those students who
wish to live in College housing must also
submit a $200 housing deposit.
*Non-refundable after May 1.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who
wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to
begin full-time work toward a degree after
completion of their junior year or first
semester of their senior year of high
school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants,
submit two academic recommendations
from their high school faculty, and arrange
a personal interview with the director of
undergraduate admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at
Augsburg under the auspices of the
Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
Options Act should contact the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions for specific
information.
TRANSFER STUDENTS
Augsburg College welcomes students
who wish to transfer from other accredited
colleges or universities. College credit is
granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily
completed at accredited institutions. The
College reserves the right not to grant
credit for courses where it considers the
work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional
credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
20 Undergraduate Admissions
Augsburg College limits transfer
coursework from two-year colleges once a
student has reached junior status. Students
may transfer a maximum of 64 semester
credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year
colleges. Once a student reaches junior
status, no additional credits will transfer
from two-year institutions toward the
minimum of 33 credits required for a
baccalaureate degree. These courses can,
however, be used to meet liberal arts and
major requirements.
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of 2.2 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work for
admission to the College.
Acceptance of courses submitted for
transfer is done by the registrar's office
based upon the official student
transcript(s). Acceptance of courses presented for a major or minor also requires
approval of the department. The major or
minor department may require certain
courses or a minimum number of courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Students transferring from the
Minnesota State University and College
System who have completed the Minnesota
Transfer Cumculum, have earned the
Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU, and
have a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA
or higher will be given transfer status as
outlined below.
The following applies only to the
MNSCU A.A. graduate:
1.Admission will be with junior standing.
A maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent
courses (64 semester credits or 96 quarter
credits from a community college) will be
accepted once junior status is reached. No
additional courses may be transferred from
a community college.
2. All Augsburg general education requirements will be waived except:
The City Perspective
Two courses in Christian Faith (any
two areas)
The language requirement as stated
One course that meets the Quantitative
Reasoning Graduation Skill requirement
One graduation skill writing course in
the major
College algebra or Math Placement
Group 3
3. Courses with D grades will not be
accepted as prerequisites or for application
to majors. Some Augsburg majors require
additional prerequisite coursework beyond
the A.A. degree. Also, the physician assistant major requires a cumulative GPA
higher than 2.5. Students are advised to
consult major departments for major
requirements upon transfer.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions and consult the
departmental section of this catalog.
-
Undergraduate Admissions 21
Note: No student who falls below the
standards for automatic admission to the
College will be considered for admission
by the Admissions Committee after August
15 for entry in fall semester or January 15
for entry in spring semester.
FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College for one semester or more without requesting a leave of
absence and who wish to return must
apply for re-admission through the registrar's office. Students who have attended
other institution(s) during their absence
from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the
Office of the Registrar. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
(NON-DECREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Students may request a
change in their degree status by submitting
a petition to the registrar's office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take coursework at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
An application form for special-student
status is available from the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for
admission as a special student, submit the
completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
(SECOND DECREE)
Students who have completed a
four-year degree at an accredited college
or university may complete a second
degree at Augsburg College. Second degree
requirements include: a minimum of eight
course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any
liberal arts requirements not covered by
a previous degree.
Depending on the student's previous
degree, completion of a second major
(non-degree) may also be an option.
22 Undergraduate Admissions
-
Augsburg welcomes students from
countries around the world. (See
International Programs on page 46.)
International students should contact
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions
for an international student application
and information on the application procedure. Applications must be completed two
months prior to the start of the semester:
July 1 for fall, Dec. 15 for spring.
For more information, call
(612) 330-1001 or (800) 788-5678
(toll free), or write to:
International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
22 11 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA
A,
1 students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover.
The College raises that difference in giftsfrom alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
churches, friends, foundations, and
endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 1998-99 academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
TUITION, FEES, ROOM, AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment)
............$14,470
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September 1998. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more courses during the semester. The
charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts, and lectures.
The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course..............$ 1,564
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for
that course.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course................................$
590
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. Part-time students taking
lifetime sports are charged the audit rate
for that course.
Room Rent
(includes telephone
and basic service)
....................$
2,624
(Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week)
..................$
2,510
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week)
..................$
2,440
....................$
Student Activity Fee ................$
2,220
Flex 5 point plan
130
-
Financial Information 25
W OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NON-REFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Student Activity Fee (part-time
students) .......................................$ 65
ACTC Bus (full-time
students only) ...............................$ 16
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ........................$ 35
Registration Change after first five
days (canceVadd/changdgrade
option, or combination
at one time) ....................,.....+..... $ 10
Music Therapy Internship
(one-half course credit) ................$590
Private Music Lessons, per
semester (14 lessons) ................... $301
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) .................. $ 61
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) .................$121
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) .............$235
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Application (new and/or
$ 25
special students) ........................
Nursing Comprehensive Exam ...........$ 16
Locker Rental (commuters) ................$ 40
Student Parking Lot Permit
$108
- c a r .............................................
.$ 50
-motorcycle ...............................
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) ...............$ 3
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file
in registrar's office)
BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to be $675
per year.
DEPOSITS
Enrollment Deposit
(non-refundable) ....................$
100
Required of all new students after
acceptance. The enrollment deposit is credited to the students' account only when
their enrollment is terminated. Any net
credit balance (after all charges and/or
fines) will be refunded upon request of the
student. For more information, contact the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions.
Housing Damage Deposit
......$
200
Required of all resident students at the
time of signing a contract to reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is
retained against damages and/or fines and
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by
the contract. New contracts may be terminated for fall or spring term by following
the conditions delineated in the housing
contract. The resident will be responsible
for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the
new contract is cancelled prior to June 1
for fall semester or December 1 for spring
semester, the $200 damage deposit will be
forfeited. After these dates, the student
shall forfeit the full amount of the damage
deposit and shall be assessed an additional
$450 for termination.
26 Financial Information
PAYMENTS
Semester Fees-Prior to the start of
each semester a statement of estimated
charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Office of
Student Financial Services is sent to the
student from the Business Office.
Payment Options-(1) Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2)
Semester payments, due August 15 and
January 15 as billed; (3) Payment PlanUpon application and after College
approval, a three-month plan is available
each semester. Details are included with
the estimate of charges letter; (4) 10month Payment Plan-Upon application,
College approval, and payment of a $50
administrative fee, the annual charges may
be paid in 10 equal installments beginning
July 15 and ending April 15. No finance
charge will be assessed on accounts that
are current. An application will be sent
upon request.
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of one percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days
or more or on a 10-month payment plan
where payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis,
payable in two equal installments at the
beginning of each semester.
Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all.student
accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
student loan funds administered by the
College (Federal Perkins Student Loan
including the National Defense and
National Direct Student Loans and the
Nursing Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment
schedules and the loan entrance and
exit interviews have been completed.
REFUNDS
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of a
portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid
may be adjusted for those students who
withdraw from the College or drop
course(s) and receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from
Augsburg should complete the Leave of
AbsencdWithdrawal from College form
available in the Academic Advising Center
or the registrar's office. It must be filled out
completely, signed and turned in to the
registrar's office. Students who properly
withdraw or change to part-time, who are
dismissed, or who are released from a
housing contract will have their accounts
adjusted for tuition andlor room (except
for the minimum deduction of $100 to
cover administrative costs).
- - -
-
Financial Information 27
Augsburg College Refund Policy:
Applies to Augsburg students who withdraw from all courses in a term and are not
receiving Federal Title IV financial aid
(Federal Title IV financial aid includes the
Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan). This policy
also applies to all students who drop
courses during a term.
Rehnd
Amount
Refund
Period
100%
Through the first five days of
classes (less $100 administrative
fee)
90%
From the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes
80%
From the 1l t h day through the
15th day of classes
70%
From the 16th day through the
20th day of classes
60%
From the 21st day through the
25th day of classes
50%
From the 26th day of classes
through the midpoint of the
term.
Pro-Rata Refund Policy: Applies to
Augsburg students who withdraw from all
courses during their first term at Augsburg
and receive Federal Title IV financial aid
(Federal Title IV financial aid includes the
Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan).
Tuition, fees, and room costs will be
calculated based on the pro-rated portion
of the term completed. The student may be
eligible for a pro-rata refund up to the 60
percent point in time of the term. The student account will be credited for that portion of tuition and room for which the student was not enrolled. This calculation will
use federal government guidelines.
Federal Refund Policy: Applies to
returning Augsburg students who withdraw from all courses for the current term,
and receive Federal Title IV financial aid
(Federal Title IV financial aid includes the
Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan).
Augsburg College is required by federal
regulations to complete two refund calculations for students who have completed at
least one full term at Augsburg and receive
Title IV funds. Refunds will be based on the
calculation that provides for the greatest
refund of tuition, fees, and room charges to
the student's account and the greatest
refund of financial aid dollars to the fund
from which they were awarded. The refund
calculations used are the Augsburg College
Refund Policy as stated above and the
Federal Refund Policy as stipulated by federal guidelines stated below.
28 Financial Information
Refund
Amount
from college. If there are extenuating
circumstances, a petition to have the cost
of tuition refunded can be made. Petition
forms are available in the Office of Student
Life in Christensen Center.
Refund
Period
100%
Through the first day of classes
(less $100 administrative fee)
90%
After the first day of classes
through the 10 percent point in
time of the term
50%
After the 10 percent point in
time through the 25 percent
point in time of the term
25%
After the 25 percent point in
time through the 50 percent
point in time of the term
Students may appeal refund decisions
through the Petition Committee.
MEDICAL REFUND
If a student is forced to withdraw from
all courses in a term due to illness or an
accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of
documentation from the attending doctor
stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL
Federal regulations require that records
of financial aid recipients who earn failing
grades in their classes be reviewed. If
courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial
withdrawal, stopped attending), the
College is required to refund financial aid
to the appropriate sources according to
federal or Augsburg refund policies based
on the last recorded date of attendance.
Students are responsible for the entire cost of
the term including the portion previously
covered by financial aid should they stop
attending. Students are strongly urged to
follow guidelines for complete withdrawal
.
All students who wish to be considered
for financial assistance must establish
financial aid eligibility on an annual basis.
This includes completing the application
process as outlined below and meeting the
academic progress standards outlined in the
brochure "Academic Progress Standards for
Financial Aid." This brochure is available
from the Office of Student Financial
Services and is distributed to students on
an annual basis.
Financing higher education could be
the most significant investment a person
or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not
only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg
College, through its Office of Student
Financial Services, will help students and
their families protect access to a quality
Augsburg education in a time of increasing
financial challenge.
Financial assistance awarded through
Augsburg may be a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time
work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private
agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 1998-99 academic year,
nearly eight out of ten students at
Augsburg received financial assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid supplements
student and family resources.
-
Financial Information 29
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (KFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application help determine
the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into
account such family financial factors as
current income, assets, number of dependent familv members. other educational
expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
HOW TO APPLY
The following are required to process
your financial aid application:
1.Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular
student or be a returning student in good
academic standing with the College.
2. Complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the
Renewal FAFSA. FAFSA forms are available
from the Office of Student Financial
Services at Augsburg College or from high
school guidance counselors. Renewal
FAFSAs will be mailed to those students
who applied for assistance during the prior
school year. Be sure to include
the Augsburg College Code, 002334, on
your application. Mail your application to
the processing agency after Jan. 1.
Applications must be mailed by April 15
for priority consideration.
3. Complete the Augsburg Financial
Aid Application and submit it to Student
Financial Services.
WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?
Once all documents are received, we
review the financial aid application to
determine financial aid eligibility for all
available programs. A financial aid package
will be sent to the student. This package
includes:
Letter detailing the financial aid
award
Information regarding financial aid
programs and requirements for continued eligibility
Subsidized~UnsubsidizedStafford
loan application promissory note
Students are encouraged to complete
and return one copy of their award letter
to student financial services. In addition,
the student must complete and return the
Stafford Loan application promissory note
to receive Stafford Loan funds.
Applications for the SELF Loan and the
Parent PLUS Loan are sent upon request.
KINDS OF AID
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships,
grants and loans that might be available in
their own communities. It is worthwhile to
check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to
30 Financial Information
students who meet their requirements. In
addition to these sources, some students
are eligible for aid through Vocational
Rehabilitation, Educational Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children, and other sources.
Merit Scholarships
President's ScholarshipPresident's
Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must be in the top
15 percent of high school rank or top 20
percent ACTEAT score. Separate applications are required. The application deadline is February 15.
Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p T h e Regents'
Scholarships are awarded to all qualified
new freshmen in the top 30 percent of
either high school rank or test score who
apply and are accepted before May 1.
Regents' Transfer S c h o l a r s h i p
Regents' Transfer Scholarships are awarded
to qualified transfer students with a minimum 3.0 GPA and 84 quarter ( 56 semester) credits in transfer from a Minnesota
community college or Lutheran junior college who apply and are accepted for admission by May 1.
Transfer Merit S c h o l a r s h i p
Transfer Merit Scholarships are awarded to
selected transfer students with a minimum
3.0 GPA and 84 quarter (or 56 semester)
credits in transfer from a Minnesota community college or Lutheran junior college,
who apply for and are accepted for admission by May 1. A separate application is
required by May 1.
Legacy ScholarshipThese scholarships provide tuition benefits to full-time
day students who are children, grandchildren, or spouses of Augsburg graduates;
siblings of current Augsburg students; children or spouses of current ELCA pastors;
or children, grandchildren, or spouses of
long-term Augsburg employees.
Phi Theta Kappa S c h o l a r s h i p
These scholarships are awarded to selected
transfer students with a 3.5 GPA and 84
minimum quarter (56 semester) credits
from a community college. A separate
application is required by May 1.
Science Scholarship--These scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen
who are in the top 30 percent of their high
school class or ACTISAT test score, majoring in chemistry or physics at Augsburg.
Youth and Family Ministry Partner
ScholarshipThese scholarships are
awarded by the partner congregation to a
full-time Augsburg student who is majoring in Youth and Family Ministry.
Augsburg AmeriCorps
ScholarshipThese scholarships are
awarded to qualified AmeriCorps members
who are currently serving or have served
for at least one year. Must be certified as
eligible by the director of the AmeriCorps
site, be accepted for admission, be a fulltime day student, and complete the finacial
aid application.
PRIME S c h o l a r s h i p T h i s is a cooperative program in which Augsburg matches
scholarships with Lutheran congregations.
Separate application is required and church
funds must arrive at Augsburg by October 1.
-
-
Financial Information 3 1
Leadership Scholarships
M. Anita Hawthorne Leadership
Scholarship-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer African American students with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students.
Bonnie Wallace Leadership
Scholarship-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer American Indian students
with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students.
ASIA-Recognizes incoming freshmen
and transfer Asian American students with
a demonstrated record of and/or potential
for leadership. Limited to full-time day students.
HispanicILatino Leadership
ScholarshipRecognizes incoming freshmen and transfer Hispanickatino students
with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students.
Faculty Leadership S c h o l a r s h i p
Awarded to selected incoming freshmen
who participate in the President's
Scholarship competition.
Performing Arts S c h o l a r s h i p
Awarded to selected incoming students
who demonstrate active participation in
the performing arts. Separate application
and audition are required. The deadline is
February 15.
Hoversten Peace S c h o l a r s h i p
Awarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have demonstrated interest in peace and whose personal outlook
and career plans show promise of contributing to the cause of peace. Separate
application is required by March 15.
Community and Public Service
ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have a
demonstrated commitment to public and
community service. Separate application is
required by March 15.
Lutheran Leader ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen in the top
30 percent of their high school rank or ACT/
SAT test score who have demonstrated
leadership within their Lutheran congregation and have the recommendation of their
pastor. A separate application is required
by February 15.
NASA Scholarship-Awarded to
freshmen (only) who have excelled in the
areas of science, mathematics, and technology and who have demonstrated a high
potential in careers related to aerospace
science, technology, and allied fields.
Lutheran Brotherhood and Aid
Association for Lutherans-Awarded on
financial need, participation in the
Lutheran church and available funds. The
AAL scholarship recipients must also have
an AAL policy.
Gift Assistance (Need Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grant-These
awards are based on financial eligibility,
academic record, and participation in
extracurricular activities in school,
community, and church.
Minnesota State Scholarship and
Grant-Eligibility requires Minnesota
residency and enrollment of less than four
years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. Consult the Office of
Student Financial Aid for accepted enrollment patterns.
32 Financial Information
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant-Whenever law and
funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students
eligible for the Federal Pell grant.
Federal Pell Grant-Federal Pell
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education
and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines maximum grant for
1998-99 is $3,000.
Bureau of Indian Affairsnribal and
State Indian ScholarshipBureau of
Indian Affairflribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
Affairflribal and State Indian
Scholarships, students must be a quarter
degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled
with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary. Contact the director of
the American Indian Student Services
Support Program. American Indian grants
supplement all other forms of financial aid.
Questions may be directed to the director
of the American Indian Student Services
Program or to your local BIA, Tribal, or
State Indian Education Office.
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan-A
federally-funded program administered
through Augsburg College for students
who demonstrate financial eligibility. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to
be made on the principal at any time you
are enrolled at least half time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal
(at the minimum of $40 a month) begin
nine months after you leave school.
Repayment may extend up to 10 years.
The loan offers a teacher cancellation
clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $15,000
($30,000 including graduate school).
Federal Stafford Student Loan
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
lender or state agency in states that provide
such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans
are need-based loans that the federal
government subsidizes by paying the
interest while the student is in school
and during the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,
interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible
for all interest. The borrower may choose
to make payments while in school or may
defer payments and allow interest to
accrue and be capitalized (added to the
balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan is variable and changes
annually on July 1, based on the 91-day
Treasury Bill.
I
Financial Information
The following borrowing limits apply to
the Stafford Loan program after July 1,
1994:
Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
Sophomores: $7,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Juniorsheniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Aggregate maximum: $46,000
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized)
Federal Nursing Student Loan-A
federal program with provisions similar to
the Federal Perkins Student Loan program,
but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients
must have financial need and be registered
at least half time. The maximum loan is
$4,000 per year.
Federal Parent Loan Program
(PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help
parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
the cost of attendance (minus other aid).
Repayment begins within 60 days of check
disbursement at a variable interest rate not
to exceed 9 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms
are available at Augsburg College or the
lending institution.
The Student Educational Loan
Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered
through the Minnesota Higher Education
Services Office. Applications are available
from the Office of Student Financial
Services.
Undergraduate freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $4,500 per year
minus any other student loan indebtedness; juniors and seniors up to $6,000 year.
Maximum undergraduate borrowing is
$25,000. The minimum loan amount per
year is $500. The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begin 90 days after the
loan is disbursed and continue quarterly
thereafter, while the student is enrolled.
Principal payments begin the 13th
month after you leave school. There are
no deferments.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students. Assignment is
based on need and potential competence
in performing the duties assigned. Parttime work provided by the College is
considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15
hours of on-campus employment per week
is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee.
Federal College Work Study
Program a n d Minnesota State Work
Study Program-Under these programs
the federal or state government supplies
funds on a matching basis with the College
to provide part-time work opportunities.
3
34 Financial Information
-
.-
Augsburg College, through generous
gifts from alumni, faculty, staff, and friends
of the College, offers more than 400 sponsored scholarships.
All returning students are encouraged
to apply for these funds by completing the
Sponsored Scholarship Application. This
form is available each February for the
upcoming school year. Selection is based
on academic achievement, financial need,
and selection criteria established by the
donor. A list of scholarships follows.
Note: For a complete description of
Augsburg scholarships, request a copy of
the Scholarship Catalog Supplement from
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions.
*Indicates endowed scholarships
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ADC Telecommunications Inc.
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational
Foundation Scholarships
American Express Company
Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship*
Class of 1931 Scholarship*
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial
Scholarship*
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson
Memorial Scholarship*
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship*
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*
E. W. Hallet Scholarship
Reuben I. and Marion Hovland
Scholarship*
Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson,
and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*
The Jostens Foundation, Inc.
Kopp Investment Advisors Presidential
Scholarship
Memorial Scholarship Foundation
Scholarships*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Liberal Arts Scholarships
Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship
Northern States Power Company
Scholarship
Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarship*
Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*
Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson
Scholarship
Casey Albert T. O'Neil Foundation
Scholarship
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund*
Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*
Rahr Foundation Scholarship
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship*
Russel and Virginia Smith Scholarship*
St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial
Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*
Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial
Scholarship*
Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment
Fund*
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship*
H SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
John Andrew Adam Memorial
Scholarship*
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarship
Alne-Swensen Scholarship*
Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity
Scholarship*
Charles and Kate Anderson Endowment
Fund*
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*
Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson
Scholarship*
Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson
Scholarship*
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship*
-
Financial Information 35
Dain Rauscher Scholarship*
Laura Ann Erickson Memorial
Scholarship*
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*
Julian F! Foss Scholarship*
The Grace Scholarship*
Kay Halverson Scholarship*
Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*
Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed
Scholarship Fund*
Hormel Foods Company Scholarship
Hoversten Peace Scholarship*
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*
King Harald Scholarship
Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial
Scholarship*
Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*
Mary E. Larsen International Studies
Scholarship*
Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship*
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior
College Scholarship
Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity
Scholarship
Minnesota Power Company Scholarship
Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)
Monson Scholarship*
Karen Neitge Scholarship*
Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship*
Norwest Foundation Scholarship
Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship*
Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*
Timothy 0 . Olson Memorial Scholarship*
Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation
Scholarship
ReliaStar Foundation Scholarship
Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial
Scholarship*
John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*
Student Government Alumni Scholarship
Dr. James L. Tuohy Scholarship
MULTICULTURAL/INTERNATlONAL
STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Kent Anderson American Indian
Scholarship*
Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian
Scholarship*
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial
Scholarship*
Cargill Foundation American Indian
Scholarship
CBS Foundation Scholarship
General Mills Foundation Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan American Indian
Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan Food Sector
Foundation Scholarship*
Hearst American Indian Scholarship*
Honeywell Corporation Scholarship
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial
Scholarship*
Kemdgehlueller American Indian
Scholarship
Little Six, Inc. Scholarship*
McKnight Foundation Scholarship
Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship*
Prairie Island Indian Community
Scholarship*
Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota
Community Scholarship*
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial
Scholarship*
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Teaching
Assistants Scholarship
James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship
Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th
Anniversary Scholarship*
UPS Foundation Scholarship
U.S. Bancorp Foundation Scholarship
West Group Scholarship
Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile
Mission Scholarship*
36 Financial Information
PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Margaret E. Andrews Public Service
Scholarship Fund
Kleven Public Service Scholarship Fund
Person Public Service Scholarship Fund
Adeline Marie (Rasmussen)Johnson
Memorial Scholarship
Martin 0. and Sylvia A. Sabo Scholarship
for Leadership in Public and Community
Service
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in
Urban Affairs*
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Art
Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*
Queen Sonja Art Scholarship
Biology
Biology Scholarships
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Biology Scholarship*
Business Administration/Accounting/
Economics
Allianz Life Insurance Company
Scholarship
Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial
Scholarship*
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship
Fund*
Cargill Foundation Scholarship
Farmers Insurance Group of Companies
Scholarship
Forss-Herr Scholarship*
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*
Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*
Minnesota Mutual Foundation Scholarship
David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship*
Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen
Scholarship
Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship*
Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*
Chemistry
Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship*
Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni
Scholarship*
Department of Chemistry Scholarships
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship*
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Chemistry Scholarship
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry
Scholarships*
Education
James and Shelby Andress Education
Scholarship*
5. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*
Elva B. Love11 Life Scholarship*
David Mathre Scholarship*
Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial
Scholarship*
John L. and Joan H. Ohlin Memorial
Scholarship*
Barbara Tjomhom and Richard K. Nelson
Scholarship*
English
Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship*
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*
Foreign Language
Emil M. Fossan Modem Language
Scholarship*
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language
Scholarship*
Theodore and Virginia Menzel
Scholarship*
-
Financial Information 37
Health-Education
Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Robert D. and Carolyn W Odegard
Scholarship*
Health-Related
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association
Scholarship*
Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Minnesota
Scholarship
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial
Scholarship*
Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship*
Fairview Nursing Alumnae Association
Scholarship*
Dr. Kristofer and Mrs. Bertha E. Hagen
Memorial Scholarship*
History
Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History
Award
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship*
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*
Dr. Bemhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*
Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History
Scholarship*
Mathematics and Computer Science
Allianz Life Insurance Company
Scholarship
Beverly Durkee Mathematics Scholarship*
Mathematics Scholarship
Music
Centennial Singers Scholarship*
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music
Scholarship*
Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music
Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*
Majorie and James R. Gronseth, Jr.
Memorial Music Scholarship*
Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship*
0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship*
Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial
Choral Scholarship*
Professor Roberta Stewart Kagin
Scholarship*
Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music
Scholarship*
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*
Nicholas Lenz Memorial Scholarship*
Kenneth 0 . Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus
Music Scholarship*
Arthur Carl Mammen Music Scholarship*
Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*
Music Education Scholarship
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg
Scholarship*
Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial
Scholarship*
Henry F! Opseth Music Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Music)
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental
Music Scholarship*
St. John's Lutheran Church -John Norris
Memorial Scholarship*
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music
Scholarship*
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*
String Scholarships
John and Vera Thut Scholarship*
Nordic Area Studies
Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship*
Walter G. and Ruth 1. Johnson
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship*
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*
38 Financial Information
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey
Scholarship*
Physical Education
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*
Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship*
James F! Pederson Memorial Scholarship*
Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*
Physics
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*
Alfred A. Iverson Scholarship
NASA Space Grant Scholarship
Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship*
Political Science
Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*
Psychology
Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*
Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship
Religion and Christian Service
Scholarships
C. A. L. and Esther J. E. Anderson
Scholarship*
Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson
Scholarship
Augsburg College Associates Scholarship*
Norman and Louise Bockbrader
Scholarship*
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance
Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial
Scholarship Fund
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship*
'
Luthard 0. Gjerde Scholarship*
Rev. Dr. Harald D. and Jonette T. Grindal
Scholarship*
Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship*
Elias P Harbo Memorial Scholarship*
Arnold and Neola Hardel Memorial
Scholarship*
Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial
Scholarship*
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*
Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial
Scholarship
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*
Onesimus Scholarship*
Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship*
Johan H. 0 . Rodvik Memorial
Scholarship*
Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren
Scholarship*
Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack
Scholarship*
Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship
Moms G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship Fund*
Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*
Social Work
Blanca-Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship*
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship*
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for
Minority Social Work Students*
Bodo E Suemnig Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship*
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*
Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama)
Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre
Artsmeligion Scholarship*
ZP - (SSVI~) -!gl!qes!a
Y~!M
sluapnis 104 W P J ~ O J ~
ZP - Juauq3!Jugs l l ! ~3!uapey
~
ZV - sayhlag 6u!u~eal
pue >!wape>v
E
xperiences in the classroom are an
important part of college life, but learning
and development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide
for students to explore their own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to
give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gifts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The college pastor and campus ministry
staff have offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles
Center for Worship, Drama, and
Communication and are available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support, or
information.
Through Student Government, students
secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and
faculty and provide input into the decisionmaking process at Augsburg. Student
Government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and
provides the means for discussions and
action on all issues pertaining to student
life at Augsburg.
Student Government is organized into
the executive branch, the legislative
branch, and the judicial branch. Elections
are held in the spring for the next year.
Freshmen elect their representatives in the
fall of their first year. Many kinds of
involvement are possible-program planning, writing, editing, or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact
the president or vice president of the student body in their offices in the lower level
of the Christensen Center.
The Student Activities Program creates
opportunities for students to enhance their
leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities, and
organizations that serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming
efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through
these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic
and enjoyable interactive environment.
-
Student Life 41
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, films, theme
events, name entertainment, and visiting
personalities in various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of
leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's
Attic (the gameroom and student lounge)
is a popular hangout located in the lower
level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests
meet here. Student offices in this area
include the College newspaper, the Echo;
the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student
Government; and the Augsburg Student
Activities Council. KCMR, a student-operated nonprofit radio station serving the
needs of Augsburg and the surrounding
Cedar-Riverside community, is located in
Umess Tower.
Students have many opportunities to
participate in music and drama. In addition
to appearing on campus and in the city, the
Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience.
Students stage several plays on campus
each year under the direction of the
Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
workshops with visiting arts professionals.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is affiliated with the
Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference (MIAC) and is a member of
the National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men
annually compete in football, soccer, cross
country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling,
baseball, track and field, and golf. Women
annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball,
track and field, and golf.
When Augsburg announced in
February 1995 that it was adding women's
ice hockey as a varsity sport, it became the
first college or university in Minnesota to
do so.
H INTRAMURALS
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
SPORTS AND RECREATION
At Augsburg, sports are for the average
student as well as the intercollegiate
athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena,
gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center
with workout machines and weight room,
and an air supported dome over the athletic
field for winter fitness use by walkers and
runners. (See Fitness Center on page 45.)
42 Student Life
-
Augsburg's mission focuses on student
learning in the broadest sense. As an indication of the emphasis placed on student
learning, the student and academic affairs
offices work to bring together the student
learning found in the classroom with the
activities of experiential education and
work, residence life, and the learning
resources of the library and information
technology. The following sections elaborate on facets of student life. The formal
academic programs and requirements are
described on page 52.
GAGE FAMILY ACADEMIC
ENRICHMENT CENTER
The Gage Family Academic Enrichment
Center, located in Rooms 17 and 18 of
Foss Center, is designed to offer students
study-skill assistance so that they may
achieve academic success. The center has
four offices: the Learning Skills Office, the
Tutor Center, the Learning Laboratory and
the Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS).
The Learning Skills Office, located in
Foss Center, Room 17, assists students in
improving their skills in such areas as time
management, notetaking, textbook reading
and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement.
Diagnostic testing is also available to assess
skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling,
study strategies, and learning styles. The
staff will assist students in developing
effective and efficient studv skills.
The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges
for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman- and
sophomore-level courses. The center also
notifies students of tutoring labs available
and coordinates supplementary instruction
sessions, in which tutors attend the classes
and lead discussions after class on major
concepts of the course.
The John Evans Learning Laboratory,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers
students the opportunity to improve skills
in reading, writing, and mathematics
through the use of computer software, as
well as to review and prepare software for
tests such as PPST, MCAT, GAT, and GRE.
Tutors are available to demonstrate the
uses of the software, and students are able
to monitor their progress.
PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH
DISABILITIES (CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS) Program serves
nearly 200 students and is recognized as a
leader in educating college students with
disabilities. The CLASS Program exemplifies the College's commitment to provide a
high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences, and preparation. Augsburg is committed to recruiting, retaining, and graduating students with diagnosed learning,
physical, and psychiatric disabilities who
demonstrate the ability and willingness to
participate in college-level learning.
The CUSS staff includes four licensed
learning disabilities specialists and a physical disabilities specialist who meet individually with students to assist them with
advising and registration, academic support services, learning strategies, self-advocacy skills, organization and time management, and selecting appropriate accommodations. The accommodations specialist
coordinates testing accommodations, notetaking services, taped textbooks, adaptive
technology, such as dictation and voice
recognition software, a scanner, CCTY
Braille printer, adaptive keyboards, and
computer assistance.
Student Life
The Groves Computer Lab is designed
for students with disabilities and contains
computers and adaptive equipment to
assist them in their academic progress.
The campus is accessible to students
with physical disabilities and includes a
skyway tunnel elevator system that connects 10 major buildings. Modified and
accessible rooms are available in all residence halls.
For more information, please contact
the CLASS Program at (612) 330-1053 to
request a copy of the CLASS brochure and
video andlor to schedule an appointment
with a specialist.
Components of the program are:
American Indian Student Services:
Assistance in admissions procedures, financial aid procedures including BIA, Tribal
and Minnesota Indian State Scholarship
applications, orientation and registration,
coursework selection, individual education
plans, academic advising, career counseling, employment, community and professional referrals, internships, student housing, and crisis intervention. It advises and
supports the Intertribal Student Union.
1 STEPUP PROGRAM
Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves
as a peer support group for incoming and
currently-enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and co-sponsors
cultural events.
The mission of the StepUP Program at
Augsburg College is threefold: (1) it strives
to affirm the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education
for students with diverse backgrounds,
experiences and preparation; (2) it provides students in recovery who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning with ongoing
study and living skills that support them in
their academic progress toward a degree;
and (3) it supports students in their commitment to sobriety.
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis Public School District, intended
to increase the number of American Indian
teachers in the Minneapolis public schools.
Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature
in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness program.
Students who are awarded state teaching
licensure may then apply for loan forgiveness for each year the student teaches;
one fifth of the loan will be forgiven.
AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT
SERVICES
The American Indian Student Services
Program, located at 620 2lst Avenue
South, is a multifaceted office established
in 1978 to recruit and retain American
Indian students. It is a national model of
success and continues to have one of the
highest retention and graduation rates of
American Indian students in the state of
Minnesota.
American Indian Studies Minor: An
academic component encompassing the
range of American Indian contributions to
North American culture. Courses offered
include art, religion, history, literature,
Ojibwe language, and women's issues. For
more information, contact the director of
American Indian studies at (612) 3301385, or see course listings under
Interdisciplinary Studies in the Departments and Programs section of the catalog.
Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000
books, a variety of journals and scholarly
publications, research materials, American
2
- Student Life
Indian magazines and newspapers, and
over 125 VHS videos are housed in the
Lindell Library and at the American Indian
Student Services office. The library project
offers both a historical and contemporary
perspective on the cultures of various tribal
nations in the United States.
PAN ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES
The Pan Asian Student Services
Program was created in 1992 to recruit and
retain Asian American students and to
enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where
Asian American students can be involved
in and contribute to all aspects of academic
and student life.
The program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and
coursework selection, career development,
academic and non-academic difficulties,
and employment and placement referrals.
The Asian American Association is
affiliated with the program. The association
cames out various activities during the
academic year to increase the network of
friendship and support for Asian American
and other students at Augsburg.
PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES
The program is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent, and to
promote cultural and historical awareness,
academic achievement, and social interaction. It sponsors events and activities such
as celebrating Martin Luther King's birthday, Afrikana History Month, the Each One
Reach One mentoring program, and
Augsburg African American Alumni
Council gatherings.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
provides support to students, including a
schedule of social and cultural activities.
The headquarters is in the Pan-Afrikan
Student Services office, as is the PanAfrikan Center.
HISPANIC/LATINO STUDENT
SERVICES
The HispanicLatino Student Services
Program offers students individualized
attention in many areas, including academic
support, counseling, and advocacy.
Students find assistance in admissions
and financial aid procedures, orientation
and registration, academic planning, career
counseling, housing, internships and
employment, and placement referrals.
The program advises the Latino
Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as
other activities that improve the academic
and personal development of Hispanic1
Latino students and provide awareness of
the unique aspects of Hispanic culture.
stubent Life
CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Counseling
Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunities to gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of
trained, experienced counselors.
Counselors serve as advocates providing
support and assistance with direction.
Services include individual counseling,
group counseling, psychological testing,
assessment and referral, workshops, and
consultation and outreach.
Through the relationship with a skilled
counselor, a student may discuss personal
issues such as stress, depression, roommate
problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use,
family problems, motivation, transitions,
breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc.
Counseling is an educational process in
which students learn to think objectively
about themselves and learn methods of
understanding themselves and others.
Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational
experiences of the student by providing the
opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth.
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a wide
spectrum of activities and events that
increase awareness of health issues and
assist students in adapting new behaviors
for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion
also works with various campus agencies
to foster positive change within the
campus environment.
Professional staff offer private consultations, individual assessments, and group
workshops to accommodate the needs of
all students. Topics include varied health
issues such as fitness, nutrition, weight
management, stress reduction, alcohol and
other drug use, sexuality, etc. Students
interested in health issues can combine
learning and practice through involvement with Health Promotion services.
Academic and practicum opportunities are
also available to students from a variety of
academic disciplines.
HEALTH SERVICE
Riverside University Family Practice
Clinic serves as the Augsburg College
health service and is a family practice residency clinic affiliated with the University
of Minnesota. The clinic is located five
blocks from campus at 2615 Franklin
Avenue South. Many services are available
for all Augsburg students. Please refer to
the Student Guide for details.
Students must check family health
insurance coverage to determine if they are
included. If not, contact the health service
coordinator for information regarding student health insurance and other services
available through RUFPC.
FITNESS CENTER
Located on the lower level of Melby
Hall, the Fitness Center was built in 1993
and equipped with stationary bicycles, stair
steppers, treadmills, and other aerobic
workout machines. It includes a weight
room with universal and free weight systems. All staff, students, and faculty may
use the center.
2
46 Student Life
-
The Office of International Student
Services in the undergraduate admissions
house focuses on the needs of international
students. It also serves as a resource for
those interested in international events and
global issues.
International StudentsInternational students receive assistance in
meeting their educational objectives
through advising on academic concerns,
immigration and visa problems, financial
matters, practical matters, and personal
concerns.
New international students participate
in an orientation program before the beginning of the term that provides practical
information on housing, banking, using
local transportation, and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S.
educational system and how to adjust to
life at Augsburg.
(Also see English as a Second Language
on page 79.)
Augsburg Community-Study
abroad works to utilize the cross-cultural
perspectives of its international students
and students with experience overseas to
educate the college community on world
issues. This is done through faculty, staff,
and student development programs that
include activities sponsored by the CrossCultural Club, forums on world issues
sponsored by the Global Community and
Amnesty International student groups, and
seminars focusing on issues of cross-cultural communication for faculty and staff.
(Also see Study Opportunities Abroad
on page 57 and Student Teaching Abroad
on page 60.)
Augsburg recognizes the importance
of the residence experience during the
college years. Research indicates that
students who live on campus will be more
likely to complete their college degree
successfully. Augsburg provides a diverse
and dynamic residence program that
fosters the development of community,
and supports and enhances the academic
experience. Live-in staff assist students by
providing social and educational programming, facilitating conflict resolutions, and
assisting in emergencies.
Each complex contains 24-hour study
rooms, computer services, laundry and
vending services, and access to security staff.
Augsburg expects all freshmen and
sophomores not living at home to live in
college-operated housing. Housing for
mamed students and students with families is available.
Students rent a room at the beginning
of the fall term for the entire academic
year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they amve at
Augsburg. Upper-class students make
housing arrangements in the spring. All
resident students must sign room and
board contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are
urged to make the tuition deposit by June
1 in order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus must pay
a $200 deposit when they sign the housing
contract. The fee is credited to students'
accounts when they move out.
-
Student Life 47
The College houses approximately 700
students in residence hall rooms, apartments, floor houses, and townhouses. A
wide variety of options is available, including single rooms.
Urness Tower-All new students and
some upper-class students live in Urness
Tower. This 11-story high-rise houses 324
students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room)
with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair.
Linens are not provided.
Mortensen Tower-This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Tower is
carpeted, air conditioned, and contains
kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished.
Anderson Hall--Open in fall 1993,
this is the newest residence hall. It contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor
houses, and townhouses. This residence
houses 192 students. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers, and desks. It is
equipped with telephones, cable T\! and
computer hook-ups.
Special Interest Housing-Students
may submit proposals in the spring for a
program that allows them to live as a group
with a special educational contract.
Examples of programs include Campus
Ministry, healthy living options, and international floors.
FOOD SERVICE
Commons-Situated on the top floor
of Christensen Center, this is the main
food service facility for students, faculty,
and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle
and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan who live in residence halls eat
their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's-Located on the ground
floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's
features grill items, pizza, soups, sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
STUDENT STANDARDS OF
BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS, RECORDS
The College has adopted a statement
of standards for student behavior and has
provided for due process in matters of
academic honesty, disciplinary action,
grievances, and grade appeal. These are
in the Student Guide.
The College operates in compliance
with the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act. Students have the right to
inspect certain official records, files, and
data that pertain to them and that are
maintained in the registrar's office and the
placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Information on these policies are found
in the Student Guide available from the
Office of Academic and Learning Services.
48 Student Life
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg is required to give notice of
the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's
policy is published in this catalog on page
81 and in the Student Guide distributed
annually to students.
Augsburg College understands that no
information other than "directory information" can be released without the written
permission of the student. Students must
give permission in writing for educational
information to be released to anyone outside of the official personnel (faculty and
administration) at Augsburg. This means
that faculty or others cannot write letters
of support/recommendation or nominate
students for awards unless explicit written
permission is given by the student to
release non-"directory information." It
is not sufficient to ask for letters of
recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg's
procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the registrar's office.
DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS
The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievances:
Affirmative Action Coordinator (for
matters based on race, creed, national, or
ethnic origin)-Contact Lora Steil, manager of human resources, Ground Floor,
Memorial Hall, (612) 330-1023.
504 Coordinator (for matters based
on physical or mental handicap)-Contact
Vern M. Bloom, assistant professor of social
work, Memorial Hall 332, (612) 330-1133.
Title IX Coordinator (for matters
based on sex or marital status)-Contact
the associate dean for student affairs, First
Floor, Christensen Center, (612) 330-1160.
Employment-Contact Human
Resources, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall,
(612) 330-1058.
All correspondence should be
addressed to the designated office at
Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue,
Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal grievance
procedures are described in the Student
Guide. Copies are available from the Office
of Academic and Learning Services.
/"
,/
General Information - 50
Degrees Offered - 50
Academic Calendar - 50
Faculty - 50
Library and Information
Technology Services - 51
Computer Resources - 51
Academic Adv~s~ng
Center - 52
Augsburg Sem~nar- 52
Academic Organization
and Proqrams
- 52
Divisions and Departments - 52
Majors and Minors - 53
Teaching Licensure - 54
Pre-Professional Programs - 55
Honors Program - 56
Inter-Institutional Programs - 56
Study Abroad - 57
Center for Service, Work, and
Learning - 60
Weekend College - 62
Graduate Programs - 62
Other Programs - 63
Academic Policies and
Procedures - 64
Registration - 64
Withdrawal from College - 65
Leave of Absence - 65
General Education
Curriculum - 68
Quick Check Surnmanl
- ,ofGraduation Requirements - 66
Graduation Requirements - 68
Skills Components and
Requirements - 69
Liberal Arts Perspectives - 71
Rationale for Perspectives - 71
Evaluation and Grading - 75
Assessment of Previous Learning
Program - 77
Academic Progress, Probation ar
Dismissal - 80
Commencement - 81
Four-Year Assurance Program - 81
FERPA - 81
A
ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the
that students
must be educated intellectually, spiritually,
and physically. To act effectively, human
beings must have a broad grasp of the
world from which they have come as well
as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to
the breadth and complexity of knowledge
and culture.
Required courses in Christian Faith are
designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition and encourage them to
reflect upon the importance and meaning
of spirituality in their lives. Recreation
courses offer students opportunities to
develop skills for participation in exercise
and sporting activities.
Students choose from over 50 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a
career or further study. Thus, through a
balance of curricular activities supported
by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strives to educate its students in a real
world for the real world.
DECREES OFFERED
Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts,
the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of
science degrees. Augsburg also offers the
master of arts in leadership and the master
of social work degrees.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
The Augsburg day program follows the
4-1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks, separated
by a four-week January Interim. Full-time
students normally take four course credits
each semester and one course during
Interim. Day school freshmen are required
to take an Interim course their first year.
The calendar is coordinated with those
of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students
can take a course on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration on
page 64 and Calendars on pages 4 and 5.)
January Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to
employ different styles of teaching and
learning, and to investigate questions and
topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog,
published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to
classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers
a variety of travel opportunities within the
United States and abroad.
Augsburg offers two summer school
sessions. A maximum of three course credits
can be earned in the two annual summer
sessions, one of four weeks and one of six
weeks. The Summer Session Catalog, published in the winter of each year, is distributed to all students, and is available by contacting the Office of Summer School.
Augsburg Weekend College and graduate programs follow a trimester calendar
(see Augsburg Weekend College and
Graduate Programs on page 62.)
FACULTY
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a
doctorate or other terminal degree, and all
consider teaching to be the focus of their
activity. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activi-
-
Academic lnformation 51
ties, but see these activities as supporting
their teaching. They are actively involved
in an exciting faculty development program that introduces them to current
thought in many fields, but especially in
teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every freshman is assigned an Augsburg
Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major
adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act
as both mentors and models for students.
LIBRARY AND INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY SERVICES
The James G. Lindell Family Library
opened at the start of the 1997-98 academic year. The new, four-level, 77,000-squarefoot facility houses all library and information technology functions of the College.
In addition to the 175,000 volume main
collection, the Lindell Library includes the
Gage Family Art Gallery, special collections
and archives, a curriculum library and
instructional technology lab, library
instruction classroom, and facilities for
media viewing and listening. A bridge will
link the new building to Sverdrup Hall (the
former library), which will be renovated to
house additional computer labs and multimedia classrooms as well as a lounge and
vending area.
Library Resources
A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty alike with assistance to
meet diverse information needs including
instruction in the use of the library, reference service, and guidance in pursuing
research. Arrangements are made for access
by students with physical limitation and
special needs. Students can search a wide
variety of local, regional, national, and
international databases. Electronic access
to the world of scholarship is also available
through the Internet, and a computerized
on-line catalog and daily courier service
provide access to the library holdings of
the seven private liberal arts colleges in the
Twin Cities. Appropriately equipped laptop
computers can be connected to any of several hundred data ports throughout the
building to access these resources.
lnformation Technology Resources
Augsburg College has been a member
of the National Science Foundation's
Internet since 1990 and has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with the best access to information technology and training. In
Newsweek magazine's Cyberscope section
on Aug. 1, 1994, for example, Augsburg
was cited as one of two first-rate sources
for information about the Internet. Visit
Augsburg's Web site <www.augsburg.edu>
for more on IT at Augsburg.
Computing
Students have access to over 180 oncampus personal computer systems. There
are desktop machines in three computer
labs and four computer classrooms, as well
as a suite of laptops that can be checked
out at the IT Service Center. Other
machines ar'i: available for student use
within academic departments. A campuswide network offers a full range of network
services including printing, e-mail, newsgroups, the World Wide Web, and access
to resources available via Gopher, Telnet,
and FTF! Appropriately equipped studentowned machines can also be connected to
the network to provide access from dormitory rooms. (Also see Honors Computing
and Communications Lab under Honors
Program on page 56.)
52 Academic Information
Media
The Media Center provides a large collection of sound recordings, video tapes
and films, as well as equipment for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law
is available. The center supplies TV sets,
VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape
recorders, microphones, slide-, overhead-,
filmstrip-, and movie projectors as well as
screens and carts. Facilities for classes in
broadcasting are located near the communications department in Foss Center.
Telecommunications
A campus-wide telecommunications
system enables easy and convenient voice
communication between students, faculty,
and staff. Students can leave voice mail
messages with any member of the faculty,
administration or the staff; voice mail
or call waiting are available to resident
students at a modest cost. Long-distance
service, billed to individual students,
can be arranged for any on-campus
residence phone.
ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER
(AAC)
The Academic Advising Center advises
all incoming students with undeclared
majors, provides information on matters of
general education, administers and tracks
all entry level skills assessments, interprets
catalog and graduation skills requirements,
and advises students who have been placed
on academic probation and re-entering suspended students regarding GPA requirements. The AAC also provides materials
for organizing and recording student academic progress. The center also coordinates
summer advising for the orientation program and provides in-service training and
development for faculty advisers.
AUCSBURG SEMINAR (AUG)
The Augsburg Seminar assists students
in their first Augsburg registration, provides orientation events before classes
begin, and includes a seminar series.
The Augsburg Seminar reflects the
College's commitment to a meaningful
introduction to college for our s t u d e n t s
an enriching beginning for a college career.
To provide focus for this introduction, the
Augsburg Seminar is centered on a series
of themes. These themes are reflected in
and expanded upon in readings, discussions, and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing, and what it
means to be an educated person are all
themes associated with the program. (Also
see page 92.)
DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
The College cuniculum is offered by 23
departments that are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities-Catherine Nicholl
(Chair). Art, English, modem languages,
philosophy, religion, speech/communicationltheatre arts, College librarians.
Natural Science a n d
Mathematics--Larry Ragland (Chair).
Biology, chemistry, mathematics, computer
science, physics, physician assistant studies.
Social and Behavioral S c i e n c e s
Garry Hesser (Chair). Business administration/accounting/MIS, economics, history,
political science, psychology, sociology.
Professional Studies-Anne Jensen
(Chair). Education, health and physical
education, music, nursing, social work.
-
Academic Information 53
MAJORS A N D MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines.
Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others test a
variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by the
end of the fourth semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Details of majors and
minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors
are part of the bachelor of arts degree.
Students may contact the registrar
about creating a student-designed major.
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Administration/Finance
Business
Administration/International
Business
Business Administrationhlanagement
Business Administrationhlarketing
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
General Communication Studies
Mass Communication
Organizational Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics (B.A.)
East Asian Studies 1
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies
(non-licensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary (licensure)
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering 2
English
Health Education
History
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Applied Mathematics
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S.-Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physician Assistant
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies 1
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Women's Studies1
s4 Academic Information
Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
Economics
English
Health Education
History
International Business
International Relations
Linguistics
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Nordic Area Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Sociology
Social Welfare
Russian, Central, and East European Area
Studies 1
Special Education
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for students to complete
other majors through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Students who wish to complete a major
offered at one of the other ACTC colleges
must apply through the Augsburg registrar's office. Some majors may have a competitive application process with acceptance determined by the major department.
1 Cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning/intermediate/advanced
courses not available at consortium colleges in
Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and
other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office.
2 Dual-degree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science, and Michigan Technological University.
OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
Teaching Licensure
Teaching licensure programs are offered
at Augsburg in kindergarten-elementary
education and the following fields in secondary education: English-language arts,
French, German, life science, mathematics,
physical science (chemistry or physics),
science (grades 5-9), social studies,
Spanish, speech, theatre arts, and in the
special areas of art (K-12), band (K-12)
and classroom music (grades 5-12),
orchestra (K-12) and classroom music
(grades 5-12), vocal and classroom music
(K-9), vocal and classroom music (grades
5-12), health (K-12), and physical education (K-12). (See Department of Education
on pages 127-137.)
Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the
Department of Education and the area of
their academic major(s) .
Academic Information
The State of Minnesota intends to have
new teacher licensure rules in effect by
August 1, 2000. Students who enter the
programs in the fall of 1998 and beyond
will be under the new rules. It is expected
that license areas after that date will be
similar to the list printed above. It is the
student's responsibility to work closely
with an education department adviser and
to stay informed about changing requirements in their teaching field.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, denti~try,~ministry,
veterinary
science, pharmacy, or erigineering can profit
from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements
for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study
at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty
adviser is available in each field to assist
students in their planning. Students who
want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the Academic Advising
Center early in their freshman year to
arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry--These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the
University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses;
BIO 113, 114,215; PHY 121, 122; CHM
115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT
124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering-See engineering
degree and major requirements on pages
138-139.
Pre-Law-Students considering a
career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of
American Law Schools. Students may wish
to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students
should major in a discipline of their own
choosing; most law school entrance
requirements will be satisfied with a record
of solid achievement coupled with an
acceptable LSAT score.
Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools
are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. While a
major in chemistry and biology is not
required to apply to medical schools, many
students with an interest in the sciences
choose to major in these fields.
Coursework that is required by most medical schools includes: two composition
courses, including ENG 111; CHM 115,
116 (or 105, 106); CHM 351,352; BIO
113, 114,215,367; MAT 145,146; PHY
121, 122. Courses recommended in preparation for MCATs: BIO 355, 473, 476;
CHM 361. Students must consult with faculty in biology and chemistry as well as the
pre-medical adviser in the Academic
Advising Center early in their studies.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician Assistant, and Pre-Physical
Therapy-Coursework in preparation for
these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the
Department of Biology.
Pre-Pharmacy-Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy
at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,
114, 215,476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105,
106), 351,352; ECO 113; ENG 111, and
a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121,
122; electives from human anatomy
(ACTC); and humanities, literature, and
the arts to fulfill the semester hour
2
56 Academic Information
requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary-A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes
REL 111, 221; at least two semesters of
history (Western civilization); one or more
courses in the history of philosophy, and
Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine-To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 145, 146; public speaking, one course; CHM 115, 116
(or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; BIO 113,
114, 215; PHY 121, 122; economics, one
course; two courses in art, literature,
music, humanities, theatre, or upper division modem languages; and anthropology,
economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, or sociology courses to
fulfill the rest of the curriculum requirements. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
HONORS PROGRAM
The Honors Program is designed to
challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg.
The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities.
Members of the program normally enter as
freshmen, but students may enter the program as late as the beginning of the junior
year. Students graduate from the Honors
Program upon successful completion of the
program, which is noted on the transcript.
That notation provides an advantage for
both employment and graduate school
application.
The Honors Program at Augsburg was
awarded a National Science Foundation
Grant in 1995 to establish an Honors
Computing and Communications Lab in
Foss 20, and to put the program on a computational footing. Students entering the
program as freshmen are required to take
an honors version of CSC 160 Introduction
to Computer Science and Communications,
which establishes crisp computing and
communications skills at the outset of
their collegiate careers. Other courses in
the program make use of these computing
skills in lab-oriented sequences exploring
literature, writing, history, religion, philosophy, and social and natural science.
During the junior and senior years, students take four mini-seminars (one full
course credit upon completion), one each
semester, and participate in a six-week
Monday Forum Program each term.
Seniors take a senior seminar during
Interim, which satisfies a perspective
requirement, and are obliged to complete
an approved honors project. Some seniors
satisfy this requirement by serving on the
Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal
that publishes outstanding student papers.
Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance
of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a
3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last
two years. Please direct inquiries to Dr.
Joan Griffin, associate director of the
Honors Program, 330-1045, or Dr. Lany
Crockett, director of the Honors Program,
330-1060.
INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media CenterThrough CLIC, the Twin Cities private
-
Academic Information 57
colleges library consortium, the Augsburg
community has direct access to over
1,300,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of t h e Twin
Cities (ACTC)-Full-time weekday students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges
and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at one of the other
campuses. No additional fee is required for
such an exchange, except for private
instruction in music or approved independent studies. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain
new perspectives, to get better acquainted
with the other schools, or to undertake a
specific course or major not offered on the
home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also
be taken on another campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students between
the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)-Augsburg, in
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities, offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central
America, and the Twin Cities. (See HECUA
programs on page 59.)
Air Force ROTC-Augsburg students
may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under
the ACTC consortium agreement. Students
are eligible to compete for two- and threeyear AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the registrar's office.
Army ROTC-Augsburg students may
participate in the Army ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an
agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the
program. For more information, contact
the registrar's office.
Naval ROTC-Augsburg students may
participate in the Naval ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an
agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the registrar's office.
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies
may apply toward the total credits required
for graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as non-degree credits.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR
STUDY ABROAD
An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas
experience. Through study abroad students
may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine
Scandinavian perspectives on world peace
in Norway or thrill to the sounds of The
Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera
house. Study abroad provides opportunities
to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen
language competencies, further career
paths, experience different cultures, and
gain knowledge about the increasingly
interdependent world.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as if
studying on campus. Courses abroad can
58 Academic Information
fulfill major, general education, and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs
before departure.
Students receive advice on selecting
programs that best fit their academic,
career, and personal objectives. Assistance
is provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements.
Orientation and re-entry programs assist
students in integrating the experience
abroad into their coursework and
personal lives.
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off campus.
Although foreign language skills are an
asset, they are not required. Since it takes
some time to prepare for studying abroad,
students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years.
The deadline for application is Sept. 30
for off-campus study during spring term
and March 1 for off-campus study during
fall term.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for a
semester on campus. Financial aid is granted
on the same basis as on-campus study.
Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the
financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying overseas.
The Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences
that prepare people to think more critically
about global issues and to work toward a
more just and sustainable world. The tenter's programs explore a diversity of view-
points and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling
for justice and human dignity.
The center's study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and
Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with
other participants in a community house,
spending several days in a rural setting,
and several weeks living with host families.
They also travel together on two-week
seminars-from Mexico to Central
America, and from Namibia to South
Africa. The cost of these programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for
one semester on campus, plus airfare.
Women and Development: Latin
American Perspectives (Mexico)-Fall
This program explores the experiences
of women in Latin America, focusing on
their roles in economic development,
social change strategies, and the connections women are drawing among issues of
gender, race, class, and global economics.
The program offers credit in religion, interdisciplinary studies, political science, and
Spanish. Application deadline: April 1.
\\
Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador,
Nicaragua)-Fall and Spring
This program introduces students to the
key issues facing the Central Americans.
For two decades the people of Central
America have been in upheaval and have
experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of
revolution and civil war on the lives and
culture of the people and the environment
of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua.
Course credit may be earned in Spanish,
religion, interdisciplinary studies, and eco-
Academic Information
nomics. Application deadline: April 1for
fall, October 15 for spring.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA)
Multicultural Societies in Transition:
Southern African Perspectives
(Namibia)-Fall
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different full
semester programs in Norway, Ecuador, or
Colombia. All programs emphasize the
impact of the social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community.
HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field
trips.
This intensive program of travel and
study is designed to introduce participants
to the central issues facing southern Africa.
Namibia is a nation that has recently
gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence.
Credit is available in history, political
science, and interdisciplinary studies.
Application deadline: April 1.
Gender and Environment: Latin
America Perspectives (Mexico)Spring
This program introduces students to
the socio-economic and political issues of
the region with a focus on the impact of
environmental policies on the lives of
women and men from varying economic
classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and
Central America. Credit is available in
Spanish, sociology, and religion.
Application deadline: October 15.
Women and Development: Southern
African Perspectives (Namibia)Spring
This intensive travel and study program
is designed to introduce students to the
central issues facing southern Africa, with
emphasis on the experiences of women.
The program introduces students to the
struggle of women in southern Africa, to
the history of their role in society, and to
the situation that exists for women in
Africa. Credit is available in sociology, religion, political science, and interdisciplinary
studies. Application deadline: Oct. 15.
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies; and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Norway-Fall
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, and language and the development of
cities, urban problem solving, and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
study and site visits in other countries,
including the former Soviet Union, will
provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application
deadline: March 15.
South American Urban Semester:
Colombia-Fall
This semester-in-the-city program,
located in Bogota, Colombia, is an interdisciplinary program that focuses on the relationships between third world development and the consequences of urbanization
and social inequality. Analysis of competing theories of development are integrated
with field study in the host city and outlying regions.
9
60 Academic Information
Community Internships in Latin
America: Colombia-Spring
This interdisciplinary program enables
the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization
with study of the community development
process and increase language skills.
Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community
agencies or groups working with or for
low-income and other disenfranchised
populations in Latin America. Application
deadlines: Nov. 1.
Culture and Society in Latin America:
Colombia or Ecuador-Spring
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on development and social change in Latin
America through the study of ideology, as
reflected in literature, the arts, and the
ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application deadline: Nov. 1.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University
or the University of Minnesota-Morris.
Students have options for student teaching
in dozens of countries through the
International Independent School
Network. Students who teach abroad will
also do part of their student teaching
under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
For additional information, contact the
Department of Education.
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25 to 30 courses are
offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education
(UWIE). Course registration is held dur-
ing the spring and fall terms for the following January. Application deadline: Oct. 25.
THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK,
AND LEARNING
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning is a comprehensive center incorporating an educational focus emphasizing
the importance and value for all students
to engage in service and work-based learning experiences and design of a four-year
career plan integrating their education
with a vocation and life plan.
The center helps students take advantage of Augsburg's metropolitan location
through the highly successful experiential
programs that link the College's academic
programs to Twin Cities employers and
organizations. Through internships, cooperative education, and community servicelearning, Augsburg students integrate and
expand their liberal arts education by
embracing the worlds of work and service
and integrating this learning with their
career and vocation plan.
The center helps link employers, community organizations, and the academic
program in ways that enrich and expand a
student's educational experience and personal development. Experiential education
opportunities are closely related to a student's major, coursework, or career interest. Placements may be in small and midsize companies, large corporations, nonprofit organizations, schools, government
agencies, and community-based organizations.
The underlying assumption is that a
liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds
breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making
more informed academic, personal, and
career decisions.
-
Academic Information 61
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully
planned, work-based learning experience
where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A
learning agreement plan that is negotiated
with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives,
strategies, and evaluation methods, is
required.
An academic internship is approved,
supervised, and evaluated by a faculty
member in the department in which the
student wishes to earn the internship credit.
Upper division internships are numbered
399 and lower division internships are
numbered 199 (see page 85).
Internships are available in all majors
and can be taken during a semester (or
Weekend College trimester), Interim, or
summer session. Interdisciplinary internships are also available. For extension of an
internship beyond one term see Evaluation
and Grading on page 75.
A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the total courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative education is a college-supported, paid, work-learning experience that
is closely related to a student's major or
career objective. The goal is to combine
theory with practice in work or servicebased settings.
Students also earn money to help defray
educational costs while gaining important
on-the-job experience. Job placements typically are part-time during the academic
year andlor full-time in the summer. Co-op
jobs are flexible and can begin and end
anytime. Co-op ed is not accredited in and
of itself, but a non-credit cooperative education transcript notation is highly recommended during the academic terms the
student is employed. Co-op ed students are
encouraged to register for at least one
internship for credit in conjunction with
their cooperative education participation.
Co-op ed is available to Augsburg students
who have completed their freshman year
and are in good academic standing.
Community Service-Learning
Augsburg's Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with
opportunities to respond to human needs
in the city through service experiences,
which include reflection on and analysis of
community issues in order to promote personal and educational growth. Augsburg
students learn from the community in
which they live by participating in service
activities combined with learning components such as orientation sessions, seminars, and class discussions. This dynamic
and interactive educational approach
employs reciprocal learning between the
students and the community. Community
service examples include tutoring at
schools and community centers close to
campus, volunteering at homeless shelters,
building housing for low-income people,
or working with environmental groups.
Service-learning experiences include
course-embedded community service,
internships, cooperative education, and a
wide range of extracurricular volunteer
options.
The service-learning program works
closely with the student-directed Augsburg
LINK, residence hall directors, and campus
ministry.
62 Academic Information
CAREER SERVICES
Career Services is committed to assisting all students with their career planning.
This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career
Services offers students the opportunity to
actively participate in career seminars,
career assessments, one-on-one counseling,
self-paced computer career planning modules, and use of the Alumni Resource
Network for informational interviews.
Services are available to all students,
but some programs are sponsored especially
for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to
attend one of three annual job fairs with
recruiters representing business, education,
or nonprofit and government sectors.
There is also an annual graduate and professional school fair for seniors to explore
educational options after graduation.
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg Weekend College provides an
educational alternative for adult students
who work or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means to earn a
college degree, complete a second major,
or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three trimester
terms during the academic year, from early
September through June. Students may
take from one to four classes each term.
Although Augsburg Weekend College
involves the same courses as the day pro:
gram, the cumculum is limited to selected
liberal arts courses and the following
majors: accounting, business administra-
tion (specializations in finance, international business, management, and marketing), communication (concentrations in
general communication, organizational
communication and mass communication), computer science, economics, elementary and secondary education, English,
history, management information systems,
nursing, psychology, religion, social work,
and studio art. A separate Weekend
College catalog is available from the Office
of Weekend College, (612) 330-1782.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Augsburg College offers two graduate
degree programs: the Master of Arts in
Leadership (MAL) and the Master of
Social Work (MSW). Catalogs for each
degree program should be consulted for
complete information.
The Master of Arts in Leadership is
based on the subject matter and approaches
of the traditional liberal arts. This crossdisciplinary program directs its academic
content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues, and problems relevant to
organizational leaders. Augsburg's program
recognizes that today's leaders need a broad
spectrum of abilities to provide them with
a more comprehensive understanding of
their world. Designed for working adults,
the program operates on alternate
Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings.
The Master of Social Work (MSW) prepares students for entering advanced social
work practice. The program builds on the
liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission to nurture
future leaders in service to the world.
Academic lnformatsn
There are two concentrations: family
practice or program development, policy,
and administration. Students choose one of
the two concentrations for their program
focus. The curriculum emphasizes work
with diverse and oppressed groups, social
justice, leadership for social change and a
holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving
framework. Graduate social work classes
meet in four-hour blocks on Friday
evenings, Saturday mornings, and
Saturday afternoons.
The program development, policy, and
administration concentration has been
developed in response to the growing
demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that
respond to human need.
OTHER PROGRAMS
Continuing Education Program
The mission of the Augsburg College
continuing education program is to provide working adults with lifelong learning
opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally,
and spiritually in their homes, workplaces,
and communities. The program strives to
meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission and values of the
College. Adult students who wish to earn
traditional course credit should contact the
Office of Weekend College.
The Office of Continuing Education is
currently developing a series of non-credit
programs to offer through the Center for
Professional Development. These seminars
will focus primarily on leadership, management, communications, and information
technology for businesses and nonprofit
organizations. Call the office for information on current course offerings.
Canadian Program
The Canadian program was inaugurated
in 1985 with endowment from the Mildred
Joel bequest for Canadian studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as student internships and
faculty activity in Canadian studies. The
goals of the program include community
involvement, increased awareness of the
importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and
provision of opportunities to learn directly
from Canadians through visits and
exchanges. For more information contact
Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian program
coordinator.
Elderhostel and College of the
Third Age
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and is host to both
Elderhostel and College of the Third Age.
For more information, contact the Office of
Continuing Education.
2
b4 Academic Information
-
1
--=
1
REGISTRATION
A student must be registered for a
course to receive credit for it.
Full-time students normally register for
four course credits per semester and one
course during Interim. Students registered
for three or more course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students. To
register for more than 4.5 course credits,
students must contact the registrar's office
to petition the Committee on Student
Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to
five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late
registration. Special fees are also charged
for cancelling or adding courses or changing the grading option after the first five
days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each
spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their locations at the five colleges for the following
academic year. As some courses are offered
only in alternate years, students should
also consult with departmental advisers
when planning their academic program.
Interim, summer school, Weekend
College, and graduate program courses are
published in separate catalogs.
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on other campuses
are available from these offices:
Office of the RegistrarScience Hall 114
Interim OfficeMemorial Hall 226
Office of Summer SchoolMemorial Hall 226A
Office of Weekend College-Sverdrup Hall
MAL Graduate Program OfficeMemorial Hall 226A
MSW Graduate Program OfficeMemorial Hall 12
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may
pre-register during summer for courses in
the fall. All currently enrolled students
may pre-register during the fall for the
spring term and during the spring for the
fall term.
Class Confirmation (payment of fees)
All students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment
arrangements prior to the start of classes.
Students who do not confirm their registration before the first day of classes
(unless special arrangements have been
made) will lose all classes. They may register and confirm during the first five days,
but special late fees are assessed and added
to their account.
-
Academic Information 65
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
because this may result in a failing grade
on their official academic record.
Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from
the College must be completed in the registrar's office. A Leave of
AbsencdWithdrawal from the College form
may be obtained in the Academic Advising
Center or in the registrar's office.
Withdrawal from College cannot occur
during final examination week unless a
petition is approved by the Committee on
Student Standing. Withdrawal from
College and any consequential adjustments
in accounts are effective as of the date the
Withdrawal from College form is returned
to the registrar's office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a leave of absence
for academic or personal reasons. A Leave
of AbsencdWithdrawal from the College
form must be picked up in the Academic
Advising Center or the registrar's office.
It must be signed by advising center staff
or an authorized representative. The completed form must be submitted to the
registrar's office.
A leave of absence may be granted for
one term or one academic year. If an extension is needed, an updated leave of absence
form must be submitted to the registrar's
office prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence period, or an application for re-admission will be required.
Students are responsible for keeping the
registrar's office informed of their mailing
addresses. All deadlines for financial aid
and housing must be observed by the
returning student. A leave of absence does
not defer payment of loans or extend
incomplete course deadlines.
Former Students
Former Augsburg students, re-admitted
to complete a degree after being away from
the College for at least one calendar year,
have a choice between using the catalog in
effect when they first enrolled, if possible,
or using the catalog in effect at the point of
re-admission. Students must meet all of the
requirements in effect under the catalog
they choose. Choosing to complete under
the current catalog will require re-evaluation of prior coursework, including transfer credit, to determine applicability to current academic requirements.
66 Academic Information
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . . .19.5
This quick-reference checklist is an
abbreviated version of the general education curriculum requirements for graduation. As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the
complete degree requirements that begin
on page 68. Students are advised to read
carefully the full graduation requirements
and to consult frequently with their advisers to ensure that all requirements for
graduation are met.
All new freshmen and all freshman
and sophomore transfer students
must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer
credit may apply to these requirements):
Li Complete the AUG fall orientation and
seminar (see page 92). (Sophomore
transfer students are exempt.)
D Satisfy entry level skill requirements in:
Mathematics
Writing
Critical Thinking
D Demonstrate proficiency in two different lifetime sports.
Li Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of three.
D Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
11 must be upper division
(numbered 300 or above)
Other maximums are described on
page 68.
Li Complete a major.
D Maintain minimum grade point average.
Li Complete courses that fulfill the
following perspective requirements.
No students will be permitted to count
more than three courses from the same
department in meeting perspective
requirements.
One City Perspective
Two Western Heritage Perspectives
from different departments
One Human Identity Perspective
One Aesthetic Perspective
Two Social Work Perspectives, from
different departments
One Intercultural Awareness
Perspective
Two Intercultural Awareness
(language) Perspectives, other
than your native language
Two Natural World Perspectives, from
different departments unless a yearlong sequence is taken
Q Complete courses designated to fulfill
the following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or I? (These
requirements may be met with courses
in the major or perspectives.)
Two courses with Writing
components (one within the major)
Two must be Interim courses
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the
following exceptions:
One course with a Critical
Thinking component
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . .
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
.20
One course with a Speaking
component
One course with a Quantitative
Reasoning component
Academic Information 67
All transfer students (entering with
14 or more credits) must complete
the following requirements prior to
graduation (transfer credit may apply
to these requirements):
tl Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
writing
CS Demonslrate proficiency in two different lifetime sports
CS Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of three.
U Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
Cl Complete a major.
CI Maintain minimum grade point average
CI Complete courses that fulfill the
following perspective requirements:
Two Christian Faith Perspectives
(one Christian Faith Perspective for
transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits)
One City Perspective
One Western Heritage Perspective
One Human Identity Perspective
11 must be upper division (numbered
300 or above)
One Aesthetic Perspective
No students will be permitted to
count more than three courses from
the same department in meeting perspective requirements.
One Intercultural Awareness
Perspective
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.)
....
.
.
. . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . .20
Music Therapy (B.S.) .
......
.
...
.17
Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . . .19.5
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on
page 68.
One Social World Perspective
Two Intercultural Awareness
(language) Perspectives, other
than your native language
One Natural World Perspective
Complete courses that fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P (These
requirements may be met with
courses in the major or perspectives.)
One course with a Writing
component within the major
One course with a Critical Thinking
component
One course in Speaking
One course in Quantitative Reasoning
68 Academic Information
Requirements For Undergraduate
Graduation:
W GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student.
Academic advisers, the Academic
Advising Center staff, department chairs,
and the registrar are available for counsel
and assistance in program planning.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the registrar's office about
specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a
major. See page 21 in Undergraduate
Admissions-Special Students (Second
Degree).
Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of
their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application
forms are available in the registrar's office.
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and verified in the registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of
graduation (there may be no incompletes or
open courses on the academic record).
Degree requirements include completion
of a minimum number of credits, a major,
the Augsburg Seminar (AUG), a minimum
GPA, residence, and general education
courses, including lifetime sports.
1. Completion of 33 course
credits-At least 11 course credits must
be upper division, numbered in the 300s
and 400s. Not more than 13 course credits
may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: accounting (B.A.) 14; music education (B.M.) - 17; music
performance (B.M.) - 20; music therapy
(B.S.) - 17; physician assistant (B.A.) 19.5; and social work (B.S.) - 15.
This course total must include two
Interims for students who enter with fewer
than 14 courses. Students transferring with
14 or more courses are not required to take
the Interim courses. Freshmen are required
to take an Interim course their first year.
A maximum of four Interim course credits
may be counted toward the 33 course
credits required for graduation.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 33 total course credits
required: four Interim courses; two courses
by independentldirected study; four courses
of internship; and eight course credits with
a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading
(P) also has these limits: two in the major
except elementary education (two in the
major plus student teaching), social work
(two in the major plus field work
practicums).
2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed
under the departmental headings.
3. Augsburg Seminar (AUC)-A11
students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program
must satisfactorily complete fall orientation
and the Augsburg Seminar. See the program section on the Augsburg Seminar for
a full description.
4. Grade Point Average-2.0 for
most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required for all courses taken
and specifically for all courses that apply
toward a major or special program. Some
majors, licensure, and certification require
higher grades in each course or a higher
grade point average. (For example, see
licensure in education, music education,
music performance, music therapy, nursing, and social work.) See the departmental
section for details.
5. Residence-The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 credits) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
exchange program. No less than a total of
9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg
College. Contact the registrar if an official
interpretation is needed. Some departments
have a minimum number of courses that
are required to be taken in residence within the major. Consult the catalog description of the major or the chairperson of the
department
Academic Information 69
SKILLS COMPONENT
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory
assessments in:
Writing
Mathematics
Critical thinking
Placement in writing courses, math
courses, and critical thinking courses is
determined by the assessments.
Freshmen (all students entering
Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and sophomore
transfer students with fewer than 14
courses:
Take entry-level skills assessments
and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students
will be enrolled in the appropriate course
or advised on preparation for retaking the
math placement assessment. Students are
required to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have
demonstrated removal of deficiencies by
the end of their first year at Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is
required. Students who do not satisfy the
entry level skill in writing will be required
to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing
before ENG 111 Effective Writing.
Freshmen should complete the writing
requirement before the beginning of their
sophomore year.
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking inventory.
Freshman and sophomore transfer
students will be required to satisfy all of
the Graduation Skill course requirements.
70 Academic Information
Advanced Transfer Students
Transfer students who enter with 14
credits or more are exempt from critical
thinking assessments.
Those who have not passed the
equivalent of ENG 111 Effective Writing
course must take the entry level test in
writing. Augsburg's entry level test in writing will determine placement in an appropriate writing course.
Advanced transfer students are
required to satisfy all the Graduation Skill
course requirements, except only one of
the writing courses (the one within the
major) is required.
Math Requirement
In order to graduate, students must
take the Math Placement Exam and
achieve a score placing them in Group 3
(college algebra skills).
Students with an acceptable transfer
mathematics course will have their placement level determined by the registrar's
office. Students who have passed the
College Board Advanced Placement Exam
should consult the mathematics department. Math placement is indicated on the
Evaluation of Transfer Credit form for students who have transfer courses in collegelevel math. All students are required to
have their Math Placement Group (MPG)
determined. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. Students
in MPG 2 needing to advance to MPG 3
may take MAT 105. Students in MPG 3
needing to advance to MPG 4 may take
MAT 114. No other MAT courses change a
student's Math Placement Group. Students
in MPG 1needing to advance to MPG 2
should consult the registrar's office or
Academic Advising Center for advice on
transferable equivalent courses available off
campus. Students are also permitted to
retake the Math Placement Exam until
September of the following academic year.
Review help is available from the Academic
Enrichment Center.
Please note that all students must attain
at least Math Placement Group 3 . In addition, many courses have Math Placement
Group requirements. In particular, MIS
379,479; CSC 170,210; SOC 362; PHY
103; all MAT courses; and all courses with
a Graduation Skill component in
Quantitative Reasoning have at least Math
Placement Group 3 as a prerequisite. In
addition, MIS 175 and introductory
physics courses have at least Math
Placement Group 2 as a prerequisite.
Students should refer to the course
descriptions to check the Math Placement
Group prerequisites for courses that they
are interested in taking.
Graduation Level Skills
General education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in
college. Skills related to writing, critical
thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Completion of the requisite
courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P
is required for graduation. Students are
required to have two courses with Writing
Skill components (at least one within the
major) and one course each with Critical
Thinking, Speaking, and Quantitative
Reasoning Skill components. These courses
can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the
major or general education perspectives.
Academic Information 71
All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENG 111,all Quantitative
Reasoning Skill courses have the prerequisite of Math Placement Group 3, and all
Critical Thinking Skill courses have the
prerequisite of passing the entry level
Critical Thinking Assessment.
Lifetime Sports
Two different lifetime sports are
required. Students in the day program who
are not health and physical education
majors or in intercollegiate athletics may
test out of one lifetime sport. Weekend
College students may test out of two lifetime sports. Lifetime sports are non-credit
courses, are not counted as meeting
Interim course requirements, and are not
included in the 33-course requirement.
3. No student will be permitted to
count more than three courses from the
same department in meeting perspective
requirements.
4. No student may count more than
one course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single
perspective emphasis area except:
Up to three courses in religion may
be used to meet the perspective, The
Character and Mission of Augsburg
College: The Christian Faith.
Up to two courses in a year-long
sequence of approved natural science
courses may be used to meet the perspective, The Natural World.
Up to two courses of the same mode m language may be used to meet part of
the perspective, Intercultural Awareness.
LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES
The general education Liberal Arts
Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be a human. The
goals of the perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses that have been
approved as meeting the criteria established for each perspective.
Students will choose from a list of
courses meeting the Liberal Arts
Perspectives, available from the registrar's
office. These choices are controlled by the
following policies:
1. A student will choose a minimum of
one course from each required perspective
category.
2. No single course can fulfill the
requirements in two or more categories.
RATIONALE FOR PERSPECTIVES
Augsburg, in its mission statement,
declares the College exists "to nurture
future leaders in service to the world by
providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts
and shaped by the faith and values of the
Christian Church, by the context of a vital
metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way
that the College seeks consciously to realize this mission is through its general education curriculum.
The Augsburg faculty has designed a
cohesive academic program incorporating
general education, major courses, supporting courses, and elective courses leading to
the bachelor's degree. The core of the
Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal
arts as expressed in the general education
component of the College cuniculum that
is divided under two headings: Liberal Arts
Perspectives and Skills.
72 Academic Information
The term "perspective" assumes that
not only are we engaged in the search for
truth, but that this requires the searcher to
consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with
traditional disciplines, but are understood
in ways that encourage multi-disciplinary
reflections on the questions at issue. They
combine concerns about content with
those of process and approach, directed
ultimately to making the student a more
effective learner and participant in society.
The following requirements reflect the
way in which Augsburg has chosen to view
the liberal arts. Two of the four features of
the mission statement are embodied in the
general education perspectives: The
Character and Mission of Augsburg
College: The Christian Faith and The City.
These perspectives emphasize that the
College's affiliation with the Lutheran
Church, its insistence on the value of
knowing the approach that derives from
the Christian roots of the College, and its
location in the city deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational program.
The third feature-that Augsburg is a
liberal arts institution-is also emphasized
in the other general education perspective
requirements. Certain dimensions of
human life-of what it is to be humanform the core of the required liberal arts
experience. These overall perspectives on
what it is to be human can themselves be
studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the perspective on Human Identity
But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the
importance of the perspectives on the
Social World and the Natural World.
Because the way in which we understand
ourselves derives largely from our Western
heritage, students need to learn about and
reflect on significant aspects of this heritage. Thus, the perspective on the Western
Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the
West alone would be ethnocentric. We live
in a global society. Hence the perspective
on Intercultural Awareness. Attention to
moral values is found not only in the perspective on the character and mission of
the College, the Christian Faith, but
throughout the other perspectives as well.
The perspective on Aesthetics enables students to focus on aesthetic works created
by themselves or others, which convey
fundamental insights, express beauty, and
enhance life.
Finally, the mission statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic
excellence. This has a number of features,
including the way we teach all the courses
in general education. Beyond this, academic
excellence presupposes that students have
the requisite skills to do college-level
work. The general education requirements
are couched in a context that pays attention to the skills of both incoming and
graduating students. Entry level skill
requirements in a number of critical areas,
including writing, mathematics, and critical thinking, will be assessed and help will
be given to students who need it.
Graduation level skills are also emphasized
so that students not only maintain but
develop their skills during their Augsburg
experience.
Academic Information
The general education requirements
provide a coherent way to address the mission of Augsburg College. They are not the
only way, and do not they guarantee that
students who graduate from Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character
traits. What they do is provide a coherent
description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of
expected outcomes, and an opportunity for
students to see and understand the complexity of what it is to be human and
Christian in an urban setting.
THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE
REQUIREMENTS
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith
This perspective focuses on Augsburg
as a college of the Evangelical Lutheran
Church in America. As a college of the
Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its
educational program the doctrines of the
Christian faith as revealed in scripture and
the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran
Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian
Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical
values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian
faith as part of becoming educated.
Christian Faith (CF 1, 2, and 3)
Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers
Christian theology, and Area 3 includes the
study of values or religions outside the
Christian faith. Three course credits are
required to meet this perspective except for
the following:
Transfer students entering with 14-23
course credits will be required to take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective
while registered at Augsburg.
Transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits will be required to take
one course in the Christian Faith
Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The City
This perspective focuses on the
College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and
critically reflect upon the city with its
diverse populations, cultural, governmental
and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students
should experience the community and
should explore opportunities for service in
the community.
This requirement must be covered
either by specific courses, by internship
and education experiences, or by designated
or college-approved non-credit experiences
(such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by a GST 209
seminar related to the perspective.
The City (C)
One course credit or experience is
required to meet this perspective.
Perspective: Western Heritage
This perspective is intended to help
students critically examine themes (found,
for example, in literature, philosophy, and
the arts) and events that have historically
shaped Western civilization. Attention
should be paid to the contributions of and
to critiques of Western thought by women
and ethnic minorities.
3
74 Academic Information
Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2)
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet
this perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits.
Perspective: Human Identity
This perspective is intended to help
students view themselves as people with
unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences, and behaviors.
Human ldentity (HI)
One course credit is required to meet
this perspective.
Perspective: Aesthetics
Aesthetic creations convey fundamental
insights and values, express beauty, and
enhance life. This perspective focuses on
aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by
oneself and others.
Aesthetics (A)
One course credit is required to meet
this perspective.
Perspective: The Social World
This perspective is intended to help
students learn to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems:
to understand how and why such systems
develop, to see the connections among
these systems, and to use this knowledge
as a participant in society.
Social World (SW 1 and 2)
One course must focus on current theories and methods of a social science. Two
course credits from different departments
are required to meet this perspective. One
course is required to meet this perspective
for transfer students entering with 14 or
more course credits.
Perspective: Intercultural Awareness
This perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by
expanding students' awareness of other
cultures. One course is required in which
students critically reflect upon ways their
own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should
become better able to communicate with
persons of other cultural backgrounds, partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream
North American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry
into another culture by learning to speak
and read a language other than their
native language. For this part of the
perspective, students are required to have
demonstrated proficiency in a modem
language, or American Sign Language
for hearing students.
The modem language requirement will
be determined by assessing previous experience and subsequent placement.
Intercultural Awareness (IA 1)
The study of a specific, non-Western
culture and how that culture has shaped
the world. One course credit is required to
meet this part of the Intercultural
Awareness Perspective.
Academic Information
Intercultural Awareness (IA 2 and 3)
Perspective: The Natural World
Study of a modem language other than
the native tongue. For a language previously studied, consult the table below for the
requirement. For a language not previously
studied, successful completion of 111, 112
is required. Students with previous language study should contact the modem
languages department if there are questions. There is a seven-year time limit on
courses presented for transfer and automatic
waiver. Students whose native language is
not English should contact the Academic
Advising Center.
This perspective is intended to help
students understand themselves in relation
to the physical world. Their active role as
observers, explorers, and moral agents will
be emphasized. Sufficient technical training
in scientific knowledge, concepts, and
methods will be provided to equip students
for critical and intelligent participation in
public debates on technical issues.
H.S.
Semesters
Augsburg
Required
Placement
Courses
Natural World (NW 1 and 2)
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this
perspective unless an approved one-year
sequence is taken. One course is required
to meet this perspective for transfer
students entering with 14 or more
course credits.
EXPLANATION OF GRADES
Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation.
8
311
exempt
Students who are required to complete
two semesters of modem language must
complete the requirement with sequential
courses in the same language. Hearing students who have demonstrated competence
in American Sign Language by passing an
approved course sequence will have fulfilled IA 2 and IA 3 Perspectives.
Most courses are offered with grading
options-traditional grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in
which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
PassINo Credit
Students who choose the PIN option
are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank each
as a C.
5
76 Academic Information
P-graded courses do not count
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
graduation with distinction. Transfer
students should be especially aware of
this requirement.
See P/N limitations under Graduation
Requirements, page 68.
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(e.g., lifetime sports are graded only PIN).
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice of grading
system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for
any changes after the first five days of
classes. All changes in grading option that
are made after initial registration require the
signature of an adviser or the instructor.
Numeric Grades
Numeric grades are used with these
definitions:
4.0
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
3.5
3.0
Achieves above basic course
standards
2.5
2.0
Meets basic standards for the
course
Internships, independent studies, and
directed studies may sometimes last longer
than one term. When this is the case, they
must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade of X
(extension) is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A
final grade will be issued at the end of the
term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactory progress is
not demonstrated. If the course is not
complete, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
Performance below basic course
standards
Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5,
1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be
repeated for credit. Courses in which higher
0.5
0.0
An incomplete grade (I) may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an incomplete grade, a student
must receive permission from the course
instructor, stating the reasons for the
request, the work required to complete the
course, the plan and date for completing
the work with comments from the instructor; and must file the form with the registrar's office. If permission is granted, the
necessary work must be completed in
enough time to allow evaluation of the
work by the instructor and filing of a grade
before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that
date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0.
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record.
1.5
1.0
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
not computed in the grade point average.
Academic Information 77
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit and a grade, but may be
audited. All courses taken each term and
grades earned, including W and N, will be
recorded on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time,
for legitimately repeated courses, are
counted toward graduation and in the
grade point average.
Classification
Auditing Courses
Courses earned from the International
Baccalaureate program will be considered
by the College for advanced placement and
appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines
are available at the registrar's office.
Students who wish to take courses
without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students
may audit a course without charge. The
charge for part-time students is listed
under College Costs in the Financing Your
Education section on page 24. The signature of the instructor is required to register
an audit. Students who audit a course
should confer with the instructor within
two weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance, and
any other requirements. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on
the transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W.
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based
on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for
work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of courses taken.*
"Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Students are classified in August and at
the end of the fall and Interim terms.
Sophomores-7
courses completed.
Juniors-16 courses completed.
Seniors-24 courses completed.
International Baccalaureate Program (IB)
ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that comprise the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The APL
program (Assessment of Previous
Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another
accredited institution, may be presented for
examination for possible credit toward the
completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: (1)it is
relevant to coursework in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
78 Academic Information
The APL program at Augsburg provides
several means by which students may have
their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition. The following is a brief
description of each of these means of
assessment:
Advanced Placement Program Test
(AP)-The Advanced Placement program
may allow students who have scores of 3,
4, or 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Test to receive college credit for selected
courses. A score of 4 or 5 is required on
the AP Language and Composition examination for credit for ENG 111 Effective
Writing. Additional credit or placement is
at the discretion of the department.
Inquiries should be addressed to the registrar's office.
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by
the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing
centers. (The regional testing center for
this area is the University of Minnesota.)
Students who score at or above the 65th
percentile on a subject examination may
receive academic credit for that subject at
Augsburg College. Additional information
about CLEP tests is available from the
registrar's office and the Academic
Advising Center.
Departmental Comprehensive
Exams-These are available for students
to use in obtaining credit for previous
learning if the following conditions
are met:
There is a departmental instrument
available for the subject area in question.
There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
The registrar approves the student's
request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis
only, and there is a charge per exam of
$400 for a full course credit.
The Portfolio Assessment
Program-This is a credit assessment
alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning
portfolio submitted by the student. The
faculty team is composed of two faculty
members from fields of study directly related
to the student's previous learning. Students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment should consult the registrar's office. In completing the
evaluation of a student's previous learning,
the faculty team applies the following criteria:
There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed
andlor systematic study of content material
found within liberal arts coursework.
The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
The learning lends itself to. both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved are
current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four courses/credits of academic work
at Augsburg College with a cumulative
Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly
recommended that the process not be used
-
Academic Information 79
when four or fewer courses remain for
graduation. There is a non-refundable
application deposit of $200 to initiate the
credit assessment process for each course
presented in a portfolio. An additional
$200 is charged upon approval of each
course. Credit is available on a PIN credit
basis only.
Transcript credit will be granted on the
basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided
by four to determine the number of course
credits applied to graduation. These credits
will be recorded with the course number of
APL 2xx. Application of this credit toward
the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements,
upper division requirements, and academic
majors and minors may be subsequently
addressed by the depaments involved in
response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning-While Augsburg
College recognizes the validity of leaming
that takes place outside the traditional
classroom, this learning must be placed in
the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore,
Augsburg places a maximum of eight
courses (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is
obtained through previous experiential
learning. In compiling the eight courses of
credit for previous experiential learning, the
student may use any combination of the
four assessment processes available in the
APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams,
departmental comprehensive exams, and
credit granted through portfolio assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Students who declare a language other
than English to be their primary language
or who are citizens of another country
must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101 Developmental
Writing, or ENG 111 Effective Writing will
be determined by their scores on the
Michigan test (80-100 range for exemption
from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the
English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all
students in the class. The score on this test
and the grade earned in the class will
determine whether additional ESL coursework is required. Usually a score of 80 to
100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will
fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
All students whose native language is
not English must stay enrolled in ENG
217/218 until such time that they pass the
ESL placement test at 80 percent or higher.
The ESL course can be counted only twice
in the total number of courses required for
graduation.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language requirement for graduation.
- Academic Information
ACADEMIC PROGRESS,
PROBATION, A N D DISMISSAL
The College requires that students
maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman-A student who has taken
fewer than 7 courses with a cumulative
GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore--A student who has
taken fewer than 16 courses with a cumulative GPA o m r higher
junior-A?t'u%nt
who has taken fewer
than 24 courses with a cumulative GPA of
$or
higher 2
0
Senior-A student who has taken 24
or more courses with a cumulative GPA of
2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a minimum GPA
of 2.0 is required for graduation, with certain
majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic achievement
falls below these guidelines will either be
placed on scholastic probation at the end of
the term or will be continued on probation
or will be dismissed from the College. In
addition, a freshman who receives two zero
grades or a sophomore, junior, or senior
who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However,
dismissal from the College is not automatic.
Each case is reviewed by the Committee on
Student Standing. Evidence of the student's
commitment to academic progress is the
major consideration in deciding whether or
not to dismiss a student. Students who have
a poor academic record may be smongly
advised to withdraw before the end of a
term. Those on probation who voluntarily
withdraw from the College, as well as those
who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the
minimum levels stated above. Students
placed on probation as freshmen for having
earned two zero grades may be removed
from probation if their classification
changes to sophomore, if they have not
earned additional zero grades, and if their
cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for
having earned three zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative
GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on
Student Standing.
Dean's List
The Dean's List, compiled after each
semester, lists students whose grade point
average for a semester is 3.5 or better.
Students must be full-time students (a
minimum equivalent of three full course
credits for a weekday schedule student or
two equivalent full course credits for a
Weekend College student), graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incomplete~in courses offered for credit. Courses
taken outside of a program's calendar (e.g.,
crossover courses taken in a Weekend
College trimester term by a day student or
in a semester term by a weekend student)
are not calculated when determining the
Dean's List. If permission is given by the
student, an announcement is sent to the
hometown newspaper of each student on
the Dean's List.
-
Academic Information 81
Graduation with Distinction
Augsburg recognizes those students
who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement as graduates of distinction. This designation will begin with the
year 2000 commencement and will apply
to all students who complete degree
requirements after Jan. 1, 2000. Students
achieving Graduation with Distinction will
have an overall GPA of 3.5 and will have
completed an outstanding project as determined by the student's major department.
Students wishing to be considered for
Graduation with Distinction should consult with their major department no later
than the fall semester of their junior year.
Qualification for Commencement
Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the
month of May. Undergraduate students
who will not have met degree requirements
by the end of the spring term may qualify
to participate in commencement i t (1) no
more than three course creditslrequirements will remain in their program at the
end of the spring term, and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the
summer or fall terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for
graduation who will complete summer or
fall terms will be noted as such in the commencement program.
FOUR-YEAR ASSURANCE
PROGRAM
This program applies to students who
enter the day school schedule as full-time
freshmen in the fall of 1996 and thereafter.
New freshmen are assured that they will be
able to graduate in four years-if they
maintain continuous full-time enrollment
for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA, and follow advising guidelines-or they will
receive the remaining required courses free
of additional tuition. A few professional
majors are excluded from this program.
Students must complete a formal advising
agreement with the College by the end of
their sophomore year (16 course credits
are completed) in order to qualify. Contact
the Academic Advising Center for details.
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg College is required to give notice
of the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with
FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Veterans of Military Service
Right to inspect and review education records-You have the right to
review and inspect substantially all of your
education records maintained by or at
Augsburg College.
Augsburg is approved by the state
approving agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the registrar's
office about completion of the enrollment
certificate and the forwarding of other
information to the Veterans
Administration. Veterans will need to meet
the requirements of the Veterans
Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
Right to request amendment of
education records-You have the right to
seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation
of your right to privacy. This includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg
decides not to alter your education records
according to your request.
a2 Academic lnformation
7
Right t o give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information -You have the right to be asked
and to give Augsburg your permission to
disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records,
except to the extent that FERPA and the
regulations regarding FERPA authorize
disclosure without your permission.
Right t o withhold disclosure of
"directory information"-FERPA uses
the term "Directory Information" to refer
to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for
any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg
College without notification of the request
or disclosure to the student.
Under FERPA you have the right to
withhold the disclosure of the directory
information listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any
decision by you to withhold directory
information. Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release Directory
Information, any future request for such
information from persons or organizations
outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
"Directory information" includes
t h e following:
The student's name;
The student's address;
The student's telephone number;
The student's date and place of birth;
The student's major field of study;
The student's participation in
officially recognized activities and
sports;
The student's degrees and awards
received;
The weight and height of members of
athletic teams;
The student's dates of attendance;
The most recent previous educational
agency or institution attended by the
student; and
The student's photograph.
Augsburg College will honor your
request to withhold all Directory
Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no
liability for honoring your instructions that
such information be withheld. Forms for
withholding disclosure of Directory
Information are available from the registrar's office. If the completed form is not
received by the registrar prior to Sept. 15,
it will be assumed that all Directory
Information may be disclosed for the
remainder of the current academic year. A
new form for withholding disclosure must
be completed each academic year.
Right to complain t o FERPA
Office-You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act Office, Department of
Education, 600 Independence Ave. S.W.,
Washington, D.C., 20202, concerning
Augsburg's failure to comply with FERPA.
Right to obtain policy-You have the
right to obtain a copy of the written
Augsburg policy regarding FERPA. A copy
may be obtained in person from the registrar's office.
Reporting Educational lnformation
No additional educational information
will be reported, except to Augsburg faculty
and administration for their official use,
without the explicit written consent of
the student.
Letters of reference must be requested
in writing and explicitly indicate what
information may be reported in the letter.
I
C
r
I
Course Descriptions with Major
and Minor Requirements 84
Department majors and
programs are Qsted
-
1
alphabetically.
Also see index.
134 DEPARTMENTS
AND PROGRAMS
A.
a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge andtruthare interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses that
make it more accessible to students. These
courses can be arranged in various ways to
construct majors, to create the substance
of a broad general education, and to give
students the opportunity to study areas of
particular individual interest.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach,
requirements, and evaluations for a
particular course can be obtained from
the instructor.
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals,
and its place in the College's program. A
listing of requirements for individual
majors and minors follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered fall and/or
spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The Schedule of Classes published each
spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) lists offerings and
locations for fall and spring terms.
Since some courses are offered alternate
years, it is important that the student
review major requirements and course
offerings with an adviser to ensure that all
requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedules for Interim ,
Summer Session, Weekend College, the
Master of Arts in Leadership, and the
Master of Social Work courses are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are
offered in the Division of Professional
Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one
course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six
quarter hours. Most courses meet for three
60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods
per week with additional time required for
laboratory work.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s
for juniors, and 400s for seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
in the course description as prerequisites.
A student may enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is
prior approval by the professor teaching
the course.
-
Departments and Programs 85
director of internships and cooperative
education.
Every department offers opportunities
for internships and independent study. The
course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional
statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary
internships are also available.
W INTERNSHIPS
Registration for internships consists of
the following steps:
1. Obtain the internship registration
permission form from the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning and secure the
signatures of the faculty supervisor and
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship
during the registration period. The signed
permission form must be turned in at the
time of registration. (Students may pre-register without a placement secured, but a
suitable internship must be found by the
end of the registration or drop/add period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available in the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning) must be completed with
the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning, with
copies made for the faculty, supervisor,
and student.
199
lnternship
A work or service-based learning experience at the sophomore level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the
ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior to the beginning
of the termlregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental
internship coordinator and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding
requirements and permission to register.
399
lnternship
A work or service-based learning experience at the juniodsenior level in which a
student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links
the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is often expected. Prior to the beginning
of the term/registration, interested students must consult with the departmental
internship coordinator and the internship office regarding requirements and permission to register.
86 Departments and Programs
DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES
299
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the
direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores
and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the
department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
499
Independent StudyIResearch
An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to
junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor
and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
ACCOUNTING
See listing under Business Administration,
Accounting, and Management Information Systems.
AMERICAN
INDIAN
STUDIES
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
A.
t is important as a field of study
for our time. Our survival as a culture may
very well depend on whether we are able
to create order and beauty in the design
and function of communities. Realizing
this, we have made design and sensitivity
to all aspects of visual experience central to
the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is
so much a part of everyday life that it is
often taken for granted. At the same time,
however, the interchange of visual ideas is
frequently misunderstood. The task of the
artist, art teacher, and art historian is to
celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short,
the visual arts teach us how to see.
Because of the College's commitment to
the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at
Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from
all disciplines. Art as a human activity does
involve manual skill, although to become
broadly significant it should interact with
the content available in other fields, such
as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is
an ideal setting for the study of art because
it provides a constant possibility for the
interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a significant
number of art galleries and museums in
the Twin Cities area.
Art Faculty
Kristin Anderson (Chair), Tara
Christopherson, Norman Holen, Philip
Thompson
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
or ART 225 Communication Design
or ART 360 Watercolor Painting
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
Two additional art history courses
Senior studio majors must participate in at
least one exhibit during their final year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify
current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements.
Art History Major
Eight art history courses including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 19th- and 20th-Century Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102 Design
or ART 107 Drawing
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 221 Sculpture
88 Art
Honors Major
Art History Minor
GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall,
portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or
research (art history majors) reflecting
high quality work, and special projects
such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the
senior year.
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one
in art history. up to four courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
Studio Art Minor
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107, and three additional studio courses.
STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions.
ART 102
Design
A study of design as the unifylng foundation for the visual arts. Two- and
three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements
and principles.
ART 107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen, and pastel pencils. Subjects include still-life,
figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
STUDIO ART
ART 100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
ART 106
Calligraphy I
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis
on the broad-edged pen.
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication
with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need
access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$200-225.
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded
steel and bronze, plaster, or Plexiglas. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld, or
assemble the respective media.
ART 223
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil, and mono methods are explored.
ART 224
Publication Design
An introduction to design concepts and procedures for publication design.
Theory and practice of coordinating visual images and typography with content in publications using traditional and electronic tools.
ART 225
ART 250
Communication Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design. Students
will use the computer to develop their visual communication skills as they
create designs using typography, symbols, logos, and illustrations.
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding
and glazing.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts,
particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance,
mythology, ritual, religion, and drama of many American Indian tribes.
Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket-making, pottery,
jewelry, sculpture, or prints.
ART 306
ART 330
Calligraphy II
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
Communication Design II
An advanced study of graphic design using traditional and electronic tools.
(Prereq.: ART 225)
ART 351
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 360
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent
watercolor.
ART 368
Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, e.g., silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: ART 223)
90 Art
ART 478
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded
steel and bronze, plaster, and Plexiglas. (Prereq.: ART 221)
ART HISTORY
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modem times.
Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the
"traditional" arts, and the work of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 388
19th- and 20th-Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through
the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture,
and folk arts.
Art
Internships and Independent Shdy Courses:
ART 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
ART 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
ART 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
ART 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
ASIANSTUDIES
See listing under East Asian Studies.
2
T
he Augsburg Experience: Arriving
at Augsburg ...
The initial months after entering college as a first-year student are an exciting
period of change. The faculty and staff
wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students
and to help them become part of this academic community. Through the summer orientation program, the fall orientation
weekend, and the Augsburg Seminar, students are introduced to the character of the
College, its heritage as an urban, liberal
arts college of the Church, the process of
learning in a community where ideas are
valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being students.
Augsburg Seminar
At registration, all first-year students in
the day program enroll in a selected content course, such as Effective Writing and a
parallel Augsburg Seminar. These 'paired'
courses integrate disciplinary content with
AUC 101
various learning strategies and communitybuilding opportunities beneficial to all
beginning students.
The content course usually meets three
hours per week for the entire semester and
is valued at 1.0 course credit, and the
Augsburg Seminar meets once a week for
12 weeks for .25 course credit. The
Augsburg Seminar offers the opportunity
for further discussion of topics from the
paired content course, along with presentations on campus life, academic resources
and study skills, and a hands-on introduction to the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood.
While the content course is graded on a
traditional point basis, the Augsburg
Seminar is graded Pass/No credit (P/N).
However, performance in the course is
linked to performance in the seminar.
Students must successfully complete
the entire 12-week Augsburg Seminar in
order to fulfill the requirement, even if
they drop the paired content course.
Permission to complete the seminar after
withdrawal from the content course is at
the discretion of the instructor.
Augsburg Seminar (.25 course)
A series of fall-term meetings with an Augsburg seminar adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon topics and readings from the
connected content course and other disciplines and sources. (P/N grading only)
B
iology is the study of life, and it's
natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of
the living world that envelops us. This
search has led to the realization that the
Earth is filled with an enormous variety of
living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanding
of the basic biological processes common
to all organisms is essential to attain selfunderstanding and to provide a basis for
wise decisions.
Biology Faculty
Dale Pederson (Chair), William
Capman, Mary K. Chelberg, Robert
Herforth, Esther McLaughlin
Major
Nine courses includii:
B10 113 Introductory Organismal Biology
B10 114 Introductory Genetics, Evolution,
and Ecology
B10 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
In recent decades great strides have
been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the
cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels.
Biological research has also provided some
extremely important benefits to humans,
including advances in memcine, agriculture, and food science.
and at least one from each of the five
following groups:
Because a complete understanding of
biological systems depends on applications
of the principles of physics and chemistry,
a firm background in the physical sciences
is also important to support the student's
broad-based understanding of biology.
2.
For many, an undergraduate major in
biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. Augsburg graduates have gone
on to further studies in the life sciences,
leading to careers in college or university
teaching, basic and applied research, and
public health. Many have entered professional programs in medicine, veterinary
medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates
have gone directly into secondary education, biomedical industries, laboratory
research, natural resources, and environmental education.
1.
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
B10 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Morphology
BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
BIO 440 Plant Physiology
3.
B10 355 Genetics
BIO 481 Ecology
4.
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 474 Developmental Biology
5.
BIO 367 Biochemistry
BIO 476 Microbiology
The ninth course may be any of the
upper division biology courses listed above
or BIO 340 Marine Biology of the Florida
Keys.
BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is
required of all juniors and seniors.
94 Biology
Required Supporting Courses
Biology for Pre-Medical Students
CHM 105/106 Principles of Chemistry
Pre-medical students should include a
two-semester sequence in physics and a
two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require
two semesters of calculus.
or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry
One semester in organic chemistry
or CHM 3511352 Organic Chemistry
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121/122 General Physics
MAT 114 Precalculus
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social
and Behavioral Sciences
or MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall,
active participation in seminar, one course
of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report.
Application should be made no later than
the start of the first term of the senior year.
Minor
A course in general chemistry and five
biology courses including BIO 113, 114,
215, and two upper division courses.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the biology faculty. Biology
majors must have an adviser in the biology
department. Normally BIO 113 and 114
and Principles of Chemistry (or General
Chemistry) should be taken in the first
year, and Introductory Cellular Biology and
Organic Chemistry in the second year.
Students normally complete their math
requirements early in their college careers.
Students should consult members of
the biology faculty and the pre-medical
adviser in the Academic Advising Center
for information specific to medical
school application.
Graduate and Professional Training
Graduate programs in biological fields
require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require
undergraduate research experience. Health
care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have specific requirements that should be discussed
with an adviser in the department and the
pre-medical adviser in the Academic
Advising Center.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that may
differ in emphasis from the Augsburg major
requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication
of this catalog. Students therefore should
consult with the Augsburg Department of
Education to identlfy current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements.
Cooperative Education
The department works with the Office
of Cooperative Education in identifying
and defining co-op ed experiences in
laboratories and other settings in the
Tivin Cities.
-
Biology 95
A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using
the first term of a sequenced course in registering for the second term.
BIO 101
Human Biology
An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective.
Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics, organ
systems, and human impact on the environment. (Three-hour lectures. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor. Fall)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Threehour lectures, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor)
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the human body (Three-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall)
BIO 105
Biology and Society
The biological basis for problems facing society, such as pollution, genetic
engineering, AIDS, extinction, global warming, hunger, cancer. (Three-hour
lectures. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring)
BIO 113
lntroductory Organismal Biology
First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to organismal biology for
science majors, including diversity, physiology, and structure. B10 113, 114,
and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Threehour lectures, four hours laboratory. Fall)
BIO 114
lntroductory Genetics, Evolution and Ecology
Second of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to cellular functioning,
metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO
113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Spring)
lntroductory Cellular Biology
Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function
in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three-hour lectures, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114, CHM 106 or 116, CHM 223 or 352, or concurrent registration in CHM 223 or CHM 351. Fall)
96 Biology
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Morphology
Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology
of the vertebrate. (Three-hour lectures, three hours laboratory, one hour tutorial. Prereq.: B10 113, 114. Spring)
BIO 355
Genetics
Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three-hour
lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study
of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny (Three-hour lectures,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Spring)
BIO 367
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration. (Threehour lectures. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 223 or 352. Fall)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to
structure and life history. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 215 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity.
(Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory
perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these functions, emphasizing vertebrates. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO
215; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of the instructor. Fall)
Biology
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial,
and medical issues a?e discussed, with particular attention paid to human
pathogens. (Three-hour lectures, three hours laboratory, one hour tutorial.
Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 481
Ecology
A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environ-
ment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation. (Threehour lectures, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO
215, MPG 4. Fall)
BIO 491
Seminar (0.0 course)
A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and
seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers
are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
BIO 199
Internship
See description on page 85. (Prereq.: BIO 113, 114)
610 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
BIO 399
Internship
See description on page 85. (Prereq.: BIO 215)
BIO 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: BIO 215)
2
0
ur mission is to prepare
- students
for professional careers in business or for
graduate studies. This preparation involves
a curriculum that stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community. The department
fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical
expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best serve
both the student and the community by
providing an education that is technically
competent, ethically based, and socially
aware.
Faculty
Milo Schield (Chair), Nora Braun, John
C. Cerrito (Management Coordinator),
Amin Kader (Finance Coordinator and
International Business Coordinator), Fekri
Meziou, Steven J. LaFave, Lori L. Lohrnan
(Marketing Coordinator), Thomas Morgan,
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp, Kathy
Schwalbe (MIS Coordinator), and Stuart
M. Stoller (Accounting Coordinator).
Specializations
Within the business administration
major there are four specializations: marketing, management, finance, and international business. Within the accounting
major there are three specializations: general accounting, public accounting, and
managerial accounting.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate without intentionally
taking courses in excess of the minimal
number required (see page 68), students
must avoid taking too many electives or
exceeding the 13-course limit per academic
department. Courses designated as ACC,
BUS, and MIS are considered as being in
the same academic department. Taking
extra electives, or choosing a
particular combination of major and
minor may require students to complete
more than the minimum number of
credits required for graduation.
Transfer Students
Transfer students must complete at
least four of the upper division courses
required in the major at Augsburg or
obtain an exemption from the department.
Transfer courses must be approved by the
department. Courses taken more than 10
years ago will not be accepted.
Majors
Advising
The Department of Business
Administration, Accounting, and MIS
offers three majors: business administration (BUS), accounting (ACC), and management information systems (MIS).
Students who plan to major in business
administration, accounting, or MIS are
strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This
should be done by the end of the sopho-
-
Business Administration 99
Internships
dents may petition for an exception. An
internship may satisfy the The City
Perspective if taken in conjunction with
GST 209. Internships can provide students
with experience that may be valuable in
competing for jobs after graduation.
Advisers should be consulted about internships.
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Office of Cooperative
Education and department faculty to
obtain an internship (BUS/ACC/MIS 399)
during their junior or senior year.
Although an internship counts as part of
the 13 courses allowed in the major, stu-
The international business department
actively supports international study.
For additional details, see the section on
International Partners under International
Studies in this catalog, or consult the
departmental coordinator for international
business.
more year at the latest. In addition to
advising, departmental faculty can counsel
majors on their careers, assist majors in
obtaining internships or jobs, and provide
letters of recommendation for prospective
employers or graduate programs.
7r
he major in business administration
prepares students for professional careers
in business administration or for graduate
studies. The four specializations within
this major share a common business core.
This common core provides students with
a broad foundation so they can readily
adapt to internal changes in interests and
goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities.
Business Core
10 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or MIS 370 Advanced Computing
for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting 11
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 331 Financial Management
100 Business Administration
Specialization in Marketing
Business core plus 3 courses:
BUS 352 Marketing Research and
Analysis
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
or BUS 357 Advertising
BUS 450 Marketing Management
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be
waived for international students. Contact
the international business coordinator for
details on language equivalents or other
configurations.
Specialization in Management
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Operations Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project Management
or ECO 318
Management Science
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
Specialization in Finance
Business core plus 4 courses:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy
and Practice
BUS 438 Investment Theory
and one of
EC0 311
ECO 312
ECO 313
ECO 3 15
MIS 479
the following:
Public Finance
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Money and Banking
Intermediate Quantitative
Methods for Business and
Economics
Specialization in International
Business
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
BUS 466 International Marketing
and one additional upper division course in
either international business (BUS 368 or
468) or international economics.
11 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division
economics course
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or BUS 331 Financial Management
and one other upper division business
administration, accounting, or MIS course
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact
the department chair.
-
Business Administration lo1
Minor in Business Administration
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS
242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379.
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
252, and three courses in international
business (one may be in international economics).
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in accounting
or MIS.
BUS 242
Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives
in international economics.
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning,
and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager.
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product,
promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions.
BUS 254
Entrepreneurship
The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this
idea successfully. Examines the construction of a viable business plan with
attention to the resources needed for success.
BUS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 301
BUS 302
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Business Ethics
Examines individual choices in business; analyzes and evaluates various business practices; emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing, and
speaking. (Prereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or junior/senior standing)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Topics related to theory of acquisition, fund allocation and management,
sources and uses of long and short-term funds, capital costhudgeting, leverage, and dividend policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222, MIS 379, and MPG 3)
102 Business Administration
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision-making; methodology; results; evaluation of effectiveness. (Prereq.: BUS 252, MIS 379, ECO 113, or consent of
instructor)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation,
and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: BUS 252) Note:
Either BUS 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
BUS 357
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note: Either BUS
355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
BUS 362
International Business
Introduction to problems/possibilities and appreciation of perspective required
for successfully doing business in an international context. (Prereq.: ECO 112
or 113, and BUS 242 or 252, or consent of instructor. Spring)
BUS 368
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
BUS 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113; ACC 221, 222; BUS 242,252,
331; MIS 175,379)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decisionmaking, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material.
(Prereq.: BUS 331, ACC 322)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities and
extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: all
core courses or consent of instructor)
-
Business Administration 1 0 3
BUS 439
Risk Management and Insurance
Analyzes exposure to accidental loss-its identification, measurement, and
evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions.
Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries
and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day, strategic, and long-term planning issues; development and implementation of market plans. (Prereq.: BUS
352 and either BUS 355 or 357)
BUS 465
lnternational Management
Private sector manager's perspective of nationaL'internationa1 institutions and
strategies, structure, practices, and effects of a national corporation in the
world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended)
BUS 466
lnternational Marketing
This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing
mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS 252,
362)
BUS 468
Contemporary Issues in lnternational Business and Trade
Conditions and motivations for world trade, business, and industrial cooperation. Practical applications of the commercial policies of the major trading
nations. Examine the impact of contemporary issues on the volume and structure of world trade. (Prereq.: BUS 465, BUS 466)
BUS 495
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BUS 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
BUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
BUS 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
BUS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
T
he major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of accounting-related positions.
This major has three tracks: general
accounting, professional accounting, and
managerial accounting. The general
accounting specialization is adequate for a
wide variety of positions. The professional
accounting track includes two specializations: public accounting and managerial
accounting. The public accounting specialization is recommended for positions with
CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions
with large or rapidly-growing companies.
The two professional specializations
relate to two professional designations: the
CPA and the CMA. A certified public
accountant (CPA) focuses on external
reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting.
The public accounting specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CPA exam; the managerial specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in
addition to passing the national exam.
Under the rules of the Minnesota State
Board of Accountancy, accounting majors
in the public accounting specialization are
qualified to sit for the CPA examination
during their last semester.
Accounting Core
14 courses are required for this major (an
exception to the 13-course limitation)
including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
BUS 242
BUS 252
ACC 221
ACC 222
MIS 379
BUS 301
BUS 331
ACC 322
ACC 323
ACC 324
ACC 425
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting 11
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
Business Law
Financial Management
Accounting Theory and
Practice I
Accounting Theory and
Practice I1
Managerial Cost Accounting
Advanced Accounting
Students are encouraged to take the
courses in the sequence given above.
Specialization in General Accounting
No additional courses required.
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting core (14 courses) plus: ACC
326 Tax Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing.
Specialization in Managerial
Accounting
Accounting core (14 courses) plus ACC
424 Internal Audit and Management
Consulting and MIS 375 Management
Information Systems in the Organization.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should eontact the department chair.
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322,323
and one of the following: MIS 175, 379,
ECO 112, or 113.
This minor is recommended for majors
in MIS and finance.
--
-
Accounting 105
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to business activities and accounting
for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
< -Topics
62
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
6%regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business adminir
ACC 295
0 , /,.
ACC 322
tration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB
statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial
decision-making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 252, MIS
379, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent
of instructor)
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the C P k role to form
the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 252,
331, MIS 175 or 320,379)
'06 Accounting
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ACC 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
ACC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
ACC 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
ACC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 86.
T
he major in management information systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS
studies information systems as both a
resource and a tool for decision-making.
Students learn to analyze and evaluate
existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive
major (16 courses) and includes courses
from computer science, mathematics, economics, business, and accounting as well
as from MIS.
C. Seven courses in MIS:
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
MIS 370 Advanced Computing for
Business
MIS 375 Management Information
Systems in the Organization
MIS 376 Project Management
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476 Information Systems Projects
Minor in MIS
Seven courses including:
Management Information Systems
Major
16 courses including:
A. Six courses in economics, business, and
accounting:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
B. Two courses in computer science and
one in mathematics
CSC 170 Structured Programming
(requires MPG 4)
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
MAT 114 Precalculus, if students are not
at MPG 4. For students at
MPG 4, MAT 121, or any higher level numbered math course
is required.
Note: Additional programming courses are
strongly recommended.
MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 221, BUS 242
or BUS 252, MIS 370, MIS 375, ECO 113,
and one of the following: MIS 376,475, or
ECO 318
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall, a senior thesis, and a comprehensive
oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should
contact the department chair.
108 MIS
-
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for Business
An introductory course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts
and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel,
Access, Powerpoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving
business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with a
strong computer background are encouraged to take MIS 370 instead of MIS
175. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems.
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business
This course provides more in-depth use of business software like Excel,
Access, and the World Wide Web. Students will also learn to program
Windows applications using tools like Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG 3, MIS 175
or CSC 160, or strong computer background. Completion of MIS 370 satisfies
any requirement for MIS 175)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational
objectives. Topics include strategic uses of information systems, business
process re-engineering, understanding the technology architecture, and information systems resources. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, or CSC 160)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and
complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242,
and either MIS 175 or 370)
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and
interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, estimation, and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied
problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 or 370 and either
MPG 3 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer
Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and
process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A
course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.:
MIS 375 and either MIS 370 or CSC 352)
-
MIS 109
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Skills developed in previous courses are used to generate a complete and
extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 370,375, 376,
and 475)
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include
multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: MIS 379. Fall: evening)
MIS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MIS 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
MIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
MIS 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
MIS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
c
hemistry is the science of the
changes in matter, examining those
changes, and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of
physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described
as the central science because matter
includes the entire physical world such as
the things we use, the food we eat, and
even ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their
work, including potential problems as well
as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as
offered in the general education curriculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both
truly human and truly scientific.
The department is on the list of
approved schools of the American
Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students
develop into mature scientists:
*To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry
major to compete successfully with their
peers of similar ability in graduate school
or research positions.
*To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional
positions as chemists.
*To provide an atmosphere of learning
so that students will want to remain life-
long learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
*To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to seriously
study areas outside of the sciences.
*To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example
of the methodology of the natural sciences
in examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world, and
the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty
Joan C. Kunz (Chair), Ron L. Fedie,
Arlin E. Gyberg, Sandra L. Olmsted
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Graduation Major in Chemistry
CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361, 364
Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 49 1 Chemistry Seminar
and two additional courses from:
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 48 1 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 495 Topics
BIO 367 Biochemistry
Chemistry
Also required:
PHY 121, 122
MAT 145, 146
General Physics I, I1
Calculus I, 11
Because upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145,146 in
the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Chemistry for Pre-Medical Students
Pre-medical students should plan to
take at least two courses (and usually
more) in biology. Students should consult
members of the chemistry department for
assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
12 courses including:
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
One course from:
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry
CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry
Also required are:
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I & I1
MAT 245 Calculus 111
PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1
(should be taken in sophomore
year)
Recommended: Modem Physics, additional
mathematics, research experience, reading
ability in German, and computer proficiency.
Honors Major
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall;
one course or summer of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Minor
Five courses that must include:
CHM 105,106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM
351,352, and CHM 353.
Note: credit will not be granted for
both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM
106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the
course descriptions.
111
112 Chemistry
-
A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count; otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the
first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term.
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times I
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does not
count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other
chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall)
CHM 101
Chemistry for Changing Times II
Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to
environmental, organic, and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major
or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: CHM
100, MPG 3. Spring)
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in
chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major in
chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2.
Fall)
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium
and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring)
CHM 115
General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with
examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 116
General Chemistry
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring)
Chemistry
CHM 223
Elementary Organic Chemistry
This one-semester course is designed for students whose professional goals
require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic, and aromatic compounds. This
course will not count toward a chemistry major or minor, nor will credit be
given for this course if CHM 351, 352 is taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352, nor does it meet requirements for other programs (such as pre-medicine, pre-dentistry, and pre-pharmacy). (Prereq.: CHM
106 or 116. Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. On demand)
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of
modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relations, and reaction mechanism.
(Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116.
Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352)
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of
samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry
Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics,
quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall)
CHM 363
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(.5 course)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments
related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
361 or concurrent registration and ENG 111)
Physical Chemistry
Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
-
114 Chemistry
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364
or concurrent registration. Spring)
CHM 367
Properties of Polymers
Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistry relying on the
organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details
of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring)
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in organic synthesis. (Three hours of lecture, six hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 352,353, 361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge
of German is helpful. Fall)
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half
hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353,361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital
models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic
compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of
techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 483
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve molecular model problems. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. (Three
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 364 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.O course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are also invited to participate.
Chemistry
CHM 495
Topics in Chemistry
Study of a specific area, such as medicinal chemistry, building upon analytical,
physical, and organic chemistry. (Prereq.: CHM 352, BIO 367, or equiv. Spring)
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project
(not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent
opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or
senior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CHM 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
CHM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
CHM 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
CHM 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
COMMUNICATION
See listing under SpeechlCommunication and Theatre Arts.
CSC 345
T
he Augsburg Department of
Computer Science strives to give students
a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a
B.A. and a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places eniphasis on networks, communications, and the use of
computers as an information access tool.
The coursework provides students a strong
base in computer science, with emphasis
on concepts rather than on applications.
We encourage students to strengthen their
coursework by electing an internship or
cooperative education experience. Our
location in the Twin Cities makes us an
excellent resource of such experiences for
students, and allows them to add practical
applications to their education.
Computer Science Faculty
Charles Sheaffer (Chair), Larry
Crockett, Noel Petit, Lany Ragland.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Computer Science Major
11 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and
Compilers I1
MAT 145 Calculus I
Calculus for the Social
or MAT 122
and Behavioral Sciences
and two electives from CSC courses above
200, at least one of which is above 300.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Computer Science Major
15 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and
Compilers I1
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
or MAT 247
Modeling and
Differential Equations
or MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical
Structures
and three electives from CSC courses above
200, at least two of which are above 300.
-
Computer Science 11;
Computational Economics
The computational economics major
has been designed to serve students who
have a need for some basic understanding
of computer science and economics. The
major requires six courses from computer
science and six from economics with a
required capstone independent study
Students interested in this major should
consult with the faculty in computer science, in economics, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics,
Lany Ragland, Department of Computer
Science.
CSC 345
Principles of Computer
Organization
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
ECO 315 Money and Banking
Managerial Economics
or ECO 415
CSC 499 Independent Study
or ECO 499 Independent Study
Computer Science Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in computer science and
mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an
independent study project.
Computer Science Minor
Major in Computational Economics
13 courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
Calculus for the Social
or MAT 122
and Behavioral Sciences
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
Six courses including CSC 160, 170,
210, 345; MAT 145; and one upper division computer science course.
Prerequisites: A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to
count as a prerequisite for a computer
science course.
CSC 160
Introduction to Computer Science and Communications
An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and
computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, finite automata,
context-free languages, Turing machines, network concepts, and the Internet.
(Prereq.: MPG 3 )
CSC 170
Structured Programming
An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, oneand-one-half hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 160 or MIS 370 and one of MAT 114
or 122 or MIS 379 or MPG 4)
118 Computer Science
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Prereq.:
CSC 170)
CSC 270
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student
has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in
some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a
programming language)
CSC 272
UNlX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has
done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another
course with a study of a programming language)
CSC 273
Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme I
Study of an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of
computer science including problem-solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Intended especially for non-majors. Offered concurrently
with CSC 373.
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching
and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and
tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, Turing
machines, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MAT 122 or 124 or 145)
CSC 340
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network
management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 170; MAT 122
or 124 or 145)
csc 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and
assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization
and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
csc 373
Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme II
Continuation of CSC 273, and offered concurrently with CSC 273. Majors who
have taken CSC 210 should register for CSC 373. (Prereq.: CSC 210 or 273)
P
-
Computer Science 115
CSC 440
Advanced Networking and Operating Systems
Network management; clientlserver databases and workstations; TCPAP and
other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of computer systems,
and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC 340 and 345)
CSC 450
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and
semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.:
CSC 320)
CSC 451
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and
the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC
345 and 450)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other
courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than
twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CSC 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
CSC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
CSC 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
CSC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 86.
A
major in East Asian studies is
offered through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program that is available as a
result of the cooperation and cross-registration possibilities among Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, The College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas. The program
pools the resources and expertise within
the five institutions. This major enables
students to acquire a broad knowledge of
Japan, China, and other East Asian
nations, and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country.
Career opportunities for those who
attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian
studies include government service, international business, journalism, language
instruction, Asian arts, and intercultural
communication. The major provides a
foundation for graduate work in various
fields such as anthropology, economics,
history, international relations, business,
law, political science, sociology, and theatre. This major is also recommended for
those interested in education and work
with social and recreational agencies.
East Asian Studies Faculty
Martha Johnson, Director
Major in East Asian Studies
Nine courses are required for the
major. Courses in the major must be
approved by the campus adviser and are
distributed as follows: four courses in an
East Asian language; four additional courses,
two of which must be upper division
(strongly recommended that one of these
be a history course on China or Japan);
and an East Asian studies seminar. A term
of study abroad and the completion of a
minor in another discipline are strongly
recommended.
Study abroad opportunities for the
semester or a year are available in Hong
Kong, Japan, Korea, and the People's
Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the
country of specialization.
Language Courses
Hamline University offers elementary
and intermediate courses in Chinese.
Macalester College and the University of
St. Thomas offer elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University
of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese
languages (without extra tuition charges);
see campus adviser. Non-majors may also
take the Chinese and Japanese language
courses.
-
East Asian Studies
Minor in East Asian Studies
Five courses, no more than two of
which may be in the language. A minor in
East Asian studies provides exposure to an
area of East Asia that would complement
other discivlines.
Note: Interim courses or new courses
related to the East Asian Studies Program
may be substituted when appropriate,
with the consent of the campus adviser.
Faculty advising is recommended at all
stages of the major to plan a coherent and
effective program.
Each campus has a member on the
ACTC East Asian studies committee who
can assist students. The current advisers
are: Augsburg-Martha Johnson, 330-1715;
Hamline-Richard Kagan, 641-2433;
Macalester-Yue-him Tam, 696-6262;
St. Catherine-Martha Hardesty, 690-6189;
St. Thomas-Robert Foy, 962-5603.
Approved Augsburg College courses for
the East Asian studies Program (consult
program director for ACTC listing of
approved courses):
BUS 368
Responding to the Challenge
of lapan
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
PHI 355 Asian Philosophy
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
REL 356 History of Religions
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
Students may also take independent
studies (299,499) or topics courses relating to East Asian studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and
approval of program director.
2
T
he Department of Economics offers a
program that stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative analysis, and an
emphasis on national and international
issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue
their education in a variety of fields or to
work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts
emphasis within the major.
Currently four majors are offered. The
economics major is designed primarily for
students who are planning graduate or
advanced professional studies. The applied
economics major generally leads to careers
in the business world or government.
Computational economics meets the challenge of the changing career opportunities
in the fields of economics and computer
science. Finally, the combined
economics/business administration major
is designed for those who want more flexibility in planning their program of study.
The study of economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze
and to make choices. Some reasons for
studying economics are: economics deals
with current problems, economics is a successful and prestigious social science, economics employs theoretical models and
the scientific method, an economics major
prepares students for community leadership, and an economics major leads to a
great diversity of career opportunities.
These include careers in business, law,
teaching, journalism, politics, banking and
Einance, service in government, educational administration, private and public international senrice, and industrial relations. A
degree in economics may prove to be a
valuable credential.
Students are also able to combine an
economics major with other disciplines
such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, computer
science, management information systems
(MIS), political science, history, and
Nordic area studies.
Transfer students majoring in the economics department must take at least four
upper division economics courses at
Augsburg, one of which must be ECO 312
or 313.
Internships are recommended. Students
must consult with the department chair
and the internship office before registering
for academic credit.
Economics Faculty
Jeanne Boeh, Satya F! Gupta, Edward Sabella
Major in Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 414 Welfare Economics
and three other upper division courses:
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
or MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Calculus for the Social
or MAT 122
and Behavioral Sciences
Students planning to attend graduate
school in quantitative areas are strongly recommended to at least minor in math and
take some computer science courses. Consult
an adviser for specific course suggestions.
Economics
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 311 Public Finance
or ECO 312
Intermediate
Macroeconomics
Money and Banking
or ECO 315
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 360 International Economics
EC03 18 Management Science
or ECO 415
Managerial Economics
ECO 413 Labor Economics
EC0 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499
Independent Study
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI120
Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity
Teaching Licensure Major
Major in Computational Economics
Note: Students who plan to major in
the department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study.
See Computer Science, page 117
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
Five economics courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics
course, and six accountinghusiness administration/MIS courses including:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
Quantitative Methods for
or MIS 379
Business and Economics
and one other upper division business course
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current
Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0
overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Minor in Economics
ECO 112, 113,312,313, and one additional economics upper division course.
Other configurations may be permitted by
consulting with the department chair.
In addition to the courses listed on the
following pages, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295 or 495 Topics:
Consumer Economics, Research Methods
for Economics and Business, Advanced
Economic Theory, Decision-Making With
Finite Markov Chains, Soviet Economy,
Economics of Mutual Funds, and Health
Economics.
2
124 Economics
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic
tools, e.g., crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, or MIS.)
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112
and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 219
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
ECO 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies.
ECO 31 1
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of
fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 312
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and
the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall)
ECO 313
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction
to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring)
-
Economics 12'
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that
rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including
systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and
compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare
students to make better business and economic
.
decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory
models. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall)
-
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments,
exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring:
alternate years)
ECO 365
Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, and global warming that
arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living
of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113. On
demand)
ECO 41 3
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of
wage collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.:
ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 414
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
126 Economics
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313. On demand)
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical
tools to the areas of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,
313, MAT 122)
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ECO 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
ECO 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
ECO 399
lnternship
See description on page 85. (Prereq.: Completion of 50 percent of major or
consent of instructor)
ECO 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 86.
T
he Department of Education maintains liberal-arts based teacher education
programs that are accredited by the
Minnesota Board of Teaching and the
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education (NCATE). These programs lead to recommendations for
endorsements or licensure by the State of
Minnesota for kindergarten, elementary, a
wide variety of secondary subject areas,
and K-12 licenses in art, health, music, or
physical education.
Students must apply for acceptance into
the education department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law
requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS
Exam prior to beginning 300-400 level
courses. Students complete a semester of
full-time student teaching within the
department's 45-mile service area.
The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education
and education studies.
All students are expected to obtain an
education department adviser at the outset
of coursework. All students are expected to
become knowledgeable of student programs and hand books, and follow through
with department policies.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in an international student
teaching abroad program. Students have
options for student teaching in dozens of
countries through the international and
American School network. Those interested
in further information should contact
the education department. Students who
student teach abroad will do part of their
student teaching in the Twin Cities area
under direct Augsburg faculty supenision.
Education Faculty
Rich Germundsen (Chair), Mary Ann
Bayless, Linda Dyer, Joseph Erickson,
Jeanine Gregoire, Gretchen Irvine, Anne
Jensen, Susan O'Connor, Vicki Olson, Jean
Strait, Barbara West
Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher
licensure will be implemented in the fall of
1998 and beyond. At the date of this catalog printing those changes have yet to be
announced. All candidates for teacher
licensure will have to meet the standards
set by the state and meet the state's timeline requirements. Teacher candidates are
expected to maintain frequent contact with
an education department faculty adviser
and to stay informed about their license
program requirements.
Elementary Major and Licensure
Requirements:
EDU 210 Learning and Dwelopmmr
in an Educational Setting
0
Urban Setting and Fi
Experience
EDU 341 Media Technology
Reading
Beginning August 1, 2000, the State of
Minnesota will begin requiring specific
supporting concentrations of study as a
part of all elementary teacher licenses.
Students must select and complete a
coursework program in one of the following concentration areas: English, mathematics, science, social studies, or world
language. Please consult with an education
department adviser to determine how
many courses your concentration area will
require.
Students wl
EDE 383
34
.
EDE 386
Curriculum: Physical
Education
Kindergarten-Elementary@
Curriculum: Social Studi
Thematic Studies
Curriculum:
EDU 388 Human
Student Teaching K
(optional)
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
EDE 484
Students who entered the College
under a previous catalog and who will
complete their licensure program after
August 1, 2000, must complete the new
concentration requirement and meet any
other new state policies for licensure.
Kindergm-Elmm
Kindqpten-a-ta
Curriculum: Children's
Literature
---
If students also desire kindergarten
endorsement, EDE 375 Discovery Learning
in the World of Kindergarten is required.
,-
-
A GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in the major,
,--,=.RZEff8-a)grades
.
of P in stu/dent
teaching courser are required for
licensure, as well as minimum grades of
2.0 in all education courses. The equivalent of two full courses graded PM, plus
student teaching is the maximum allowed
for the elementary education major. P/N
es for EDU 388 Human Relations and
teaching are counted in the eight
course maximum allowed for
graduation for all elementary and secondary teacher education degree students.
The criteria for acceptance into the department licensure program are available in the
Department of Education,
'G
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
or MAT 131
Mathematics for
Liberal Arts
and EDE 377 K-E1Science Methods
(WEC only)
-
Elementary Education 129
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
(See Department of Physics for course description.)
EDU 265
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and
ENG 111)
EDU 282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
EDE 295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDU 341
Media Technology
(.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingearning situations.
Computer training will be included in this course. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDE 351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in
reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EDE 352
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand
Field Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts
of educational, psychological, and sociological theories.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDE 375
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course)
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST, junior/senior standing, enrollment as close to
student teaching as possible, and admission to department)
EDE 381
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
130 Elementary Education
EDE 383
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDE 384
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic
Studies (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and
thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at
the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
PPST, EDU 265, and admission to department)
EDU 388
Human Relations (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to
all. (P/N grading only)
EDS 478
School and Society
(See Secondary Education for course description.)
EDE 481, 482, 483, 484 Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar
Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the
supervision of College and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: All KElementary coursework satisfactorily completed, admission into the education
department licensure program, PPST. P/N grading only)
EDU 491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
EDE 495
Topics in Education
(.5 course)
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDE 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
-
Elementary Education 131
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
EDE 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
EDE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
EDE 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
EDE 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. A projected program must be outlined and
approved by the Kindergarten-Elementary education faculty.
I
t is the responsibility of each student to
meet all speclfic requirements of the education department. Secondary education students are expected to consult with education faculty regarding state requirements
for teacher licensure: in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Licensure requirements in the state
of Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg
College education department licensure
program: baccalaureate degree, academic
major in an approved teaching area, and
the following courses:
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDU 341 Media Technology
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas
EDS 354
Creating Learning
Environments: Secondary Field
Experience
EDU 388 Human Relations
EDS 478 School and Society
EDS 481,482,483 Student Teaching/
Seminar
EDS 484 Student Teachingseminar (for
art, health, music, and physical
education teaching majors)
HPE 114 Health and ~afet~kducation
(or equivalent) (for art, health,
music, and physical education
teaching majors)
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators
Methods course in major/minor areas
GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in education,
2.5 in teaching major/minor and P in student teaching required. All required
EDUEDS courses must have a grade of 2.0
or higher. PPST and acceptance into the
Augsburg licensure program required.
Criteria for admission to the program are
available in the education department.
'32 Secondary Education
Art, Health, Music, and Physical
Education Licensure
Students preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follow the secondary education program even though they plan to
teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special
areas will take four courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching at
both the secondary and elementary levels.
In addition to EDS 354, the art major will
register for EDS 361, 362; the music major
for EDS 355-359. Note: Recommendation
for teacher licensure in music is granted
only to students who successfully complete
the requirements for the bachelor of music
education major.
Art, health, and physical education
teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: (1) Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); (2) Orchestra (K-12)
and classroom music (5-12); (3) Vocal and
classroom music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and
classroom music (5-12).
Modern Language Licensure
Modem Languages for information on the
required competency exams.
Licensing in a Minor Field
At the time of printing this catalog, the
State of Minnesota has not announced a
plan by which students will be able to
license in minor areas beyond August 1,
2000. Students should consult with an
education department adviser to determine
if this option continues.
Teacher licensure is available (prior to
August 1, 2000) in several minor fields
providing the student has a 2.5 GPA in that
field, has completed the methods course
for that field, and has student taught in the
field. Students may not student teach in a
minor only.
Students who entered the College
under a previous catalog and who will
complete their licensure after August 1,
2000, must complete the new state policies
for licensure.
(Also see natural science licensure
on page 206 and social studies licensure
on page 245.) Completion of some license
programs may require use of ACTC courses.
For modem language teachers (French,
German, and Spanish), see Department of
EDU 210
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning.
Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. PSY 105 Principles of
Psychology is strongly recommended.
EDU 265
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field
Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing
and ENG 111)
-
Secondary Education 133
EDU 282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education for course description.)
EDS 295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDU 341
Media Technology
(.5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description. Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas
(.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: required for secondary education. Upper division. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDS 354
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDS 355
Music Methods (K-12)
%ends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and
teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Spring)
EDS 356, 357, 358, 359 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds,
Strings, Vocal
(.5 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques.
Courses offered on two-year cycle. Even year: woodwinds, vocals. Odd year:
brass and percussion, strings. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDS 361
Art Methods (Elementary and JuniorHigh School)
Procedures, materials, and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Prereq.:
EDS 354, PPST and admission to department. Fall)
EDS 362
Art Methods (Senior High School)
(.5 course)
Procedures, materials, and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior
high school. (To be taken concurrently with EDS 361. Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST,
and admission to department. Fall)
EDS 364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis
on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a
local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq.: EDS
354, PPST, and admission to department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
34 Secondary Education
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
(See Department of Health and Physical Education for course description.
Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDS 366
Modern Language Methods
(.5 course)
World language learning theory. The theory and practice of world language
teaching. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Consult with
the modem languages department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
HPE 368
EDS 374
(.5 course)
(See Department of Health and Physical Education for course description.
Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Physical Education Methods (7-1 2)
Natural Science Methods
(.5 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration
of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and
materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult
with the education department. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission
department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods
(.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school
classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Consult with the education department. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and admission to department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall: WEC)
EDS 376
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods
(.5 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and theatre,
and directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Prereq.: EDS 354,
PPST, and admission to department. Spring)
EDS 377
Mathematics Methods
(.5 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the education department. (Prereq.: EDS 354, PPST, and
admission to department. Spring)
EDU 388
Human Relations
(.5 course)
(See Elementary Education for course description. Open to all.)
EDS 478
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society and
final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. (Prereq.: senior
standing, EDU 265, PPST, and admission to department)
-
Secondary Education 135
EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel. Three courses required of all 7-12
licensure majors and four courses required of K-12 art, music, and physical
education licensure majors. Four or more courses required of double majors.
(Prereq.: completion of all education coursework and admission to the department, PPST. P/N grading only)
EDS 495
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
EDS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure
in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
See department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(See Department of Health and Physical Education for course description.
Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
EDS 199
lnternship
See description on page 85. Student must consult with the departmental
internship coordinator before registering for academic credit.
EDS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
EDS 399
lnternship
See description on page 85. Prior to the beginning of the term, interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register.
EDS 499
lndependent Study/Research
See description on page 86. A projected program must be outlined that meets
the approval of education faculty.
136 Secondary Education
-
Non-Licensure Education Studies Major
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
or EDU 264
Orientation to
Education (.5 credit)
with EDS 25UEDE 263 Clinical
Experience
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
EDU 353 International Education
EDE 352 or EDS 354 Creative Learning
Environments
EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Children's
Literature
EDU 388 Human Relations
EDE or EDS 399 Internship
EDS 478 School and Society
A. Select one from the following:
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
POL 325 Public Administration
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 230 and 330 Research Methods 1 65 I1
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SOC 362 and 363 Statistical Analysis
and Research Methods
B. Select one from the following:
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 359 Psychological Assessment
PSY 361 Personality
PSY 371 Psychology of Gender
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SWK 30 1 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
Other A, B course options may be possible. Students must achieve a minimum
grade of 2.0 in each education course. A
minimum GPA of 2.0 in the major is
required for graduation.
Non-Licensure Elementary Education
Major
Complete the same coursework as listed in the elementary major but delete the
student teaching courses (EDE 481-484).
Complete two additional courses from the
following:
EDU 353 International Education
EDE 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
POL 325 Public Administration
PSY 355 Biopsychology
PSY 356 Environmental Psychology
PSY 359 Psychological Assessment
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policv
Other course options may be possible.
Complete a n academic minor or second
major. Minimum grade of 2.0 B required in all
education courses. A cumulative major and
minor GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation.
Minor
The special education minor offers six
courses (five plus one prereq. for PSY
course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective related to the field of disability. The minor is designed to fit the
needs of students in various disciplines
interested in disability issues. This minor
consists of a minimum of six courses:
EDU 282 Introduction to Special
Education
EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
or PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
(either course is a required prerequisite
for PSY 351,352,353, or 357)
Choose one from the following:
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
PSY 353 Developmental Psychology:
Middle and Older Adult
One course from the following:
SOC 265 Culture, Ethnicity, Gender,
and Race
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
EDU 495 Topics in Education: (Topics in
Special Education Only)
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 359 Psychological Assessment
Students should contact the director
of special education at the outset of
coursework.
EDU 282
Introduction to Special Education
An introduction to issues facing people with disabilities. Critical issues related
to schools, family, and society are examined, as well as existing attitudinal barriers and current methods of support. (Open to all. Fall)
EDU 491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus
on-campus seminar. (Students planning to take this course should consult
with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering
for the course. Prereq.: completion of special courses for special education
minor or consent of instructor. Open to all. Spring)
A
ugsburg College has cooperative
arrangements
with three universities to
allow students to earn a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University
of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
Minneapolis; Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied
Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan
Technological University, Houghton,
Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the
Augsburg engineering adviser is necessary.
Applications for these programs require the
recommendation of the Augsburg engineering adviser.
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and
Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides
for two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of Art~IBachelorof
Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) enables students
to receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg College and a bachelor of engineering degree from the University of
Minnesota. The program typically involves
three years at Augsburg and two years at
the Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program
after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their
status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into
the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of
Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) enables
students to receive a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and a
master of engineering degree from the
University of Minnesota. This program
involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The cumculum is the same as the
B.A.B.E. cumculum with the addition of
several extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses,
if any, that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate cumculum. The number of such
courses varies by IT department and area
of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the
B.A.M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year
at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
Washington University
(Three-Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University
(Dual-Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to
receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering
degree from Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science or
Michigan Technological University in a
five-year period.
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted into
the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they com-
-
Engineering 1 3
plete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and
are recommended by the engineering
adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore
opportunities for graduate work at
Washington University and Michigan
Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs
is available from the Augsburg engineering
adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in these
dual degree programs will be encouraged
to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
Minimum course requirements for
admission to the dual-degree or three-two
programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENG 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics 11
Four mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses
at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and
PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman
year. Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351,352.
7r
hose who study English believe that
an intense concern for words, ideas, and
images helps people understand who they
are and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life's
complexity, experience life as others do,
and better understand the world in which
we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors.
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concerned with individual and
group behavior. With philosophy, English
is interested in ideas and in the relation
between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering
order and determining structures. With
speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and
humanities, English studies the way people
have acted and thought at different times
and in various cultures.
The Augsburg Department of English
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films, and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opportunity to use and refine
their skills through working in internships
on and off campus, tutoring English as a
Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring
in the writing lab, or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program.
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism,
government, law, the ministry, library sci-
ence, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Candyce
Clayton, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish,
Suzanne Donksy, Douglas Green, Joan
Griffin, David Hudson, Marilyn Kramer,
Roseann Lloyd, Carter Meland, John
Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari,John Schmit
Major
Nine courses above ENG 111,including:
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
One course in European literature:
ENG 271 European Literature:
Homer to Dante
or ENG 272
European Literature:
Renaissance to the
Modem Period
Two survey courses in British literature
from:
ENG 331 British Literature:
Medieval to Elizabethan
ENG 336 British Literature:
17th and 18th Centuries
ENG 337 British Literature: The
Romantics and the Victorians
One upper division course in
American literature:
ENG 350 American Literature Before
1920
or ENG 351
American Literature
Since 1920
One 400 level course
Two additional electives
-
English 14.
Majors are encouraged to consult their
departmental adviser regularly A student
with a double major or special program
that involves considerable work in the
English department should also work
closely with an adviser in the department.
English-Language Arts Teaching Major
10 courses, including those listed under
the major, and:
ENG 345 Introduction to the
English Language
ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing
EDS 364 English Methods
and one course with a component in
non-Western literature (for example,
ENG 361).
In addition, the ACTC courses,
Communication Skills in the English
Classroom and Teaching Mass Media,
are required. Courses in early American
literature, Shakespeare, and film are
recommended.
Students are encouraged to take courses
toward their major during the freshman
and sophomore years, and apply for
teacher education no later than the spring
of their junior year.
Students in this program must work
with advisers in the English department
and the education department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the education department as well as the
requirements for the major.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to department chair by
Oct. 15 in senior year for department
approval. Submit and defend paper before
faculty committee. Honors project may be
an independent study program (refer to
departmental guidelines).
Minor
Five courses above ENG 111, including
ENG 245; an upper division literature
course; and an additional writing course.
Concentration in Writing
Five courses in writing (above ENG 111).
Transfer Students
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg. Transfer students
who minor in English must take at least
two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Transfer English education students
with a B.A. in English from another college
must take at,least three of their English
courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken
before the department can recommend a
student for student teaching.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of students
to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not
show competence in composition skillssuch as stating and supporting a thesis,
organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences--are required to
enroll in ENG 101 Developmental Writing
where they receive more individual instruction than is possible in ENG 111 Effective
Writing. These students must pass ENG
101 Developmental Writing before
enrolling in ENG 111 Effective Writing.
Students in Effective Writing (ENG
111)and Developmental Writing (ENG
101) can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with
their instructor up through the last week
142 English
of class (without special permission.
petition). Students who choose to receive
a traditional grade in either course will
receive a grade of N if their work is
below a 2.0.
ENC 101
Prerequisites
ENG 111 Effective Writing is strongly
recommended but not a prerequisite for a
lower division literature course.
Prerequisite for an upper division literature
course is ENG 245 Introduction to
Literature and/or consent of the instructor.
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of
students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not
fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for
,$his course k 2.0
ENG lJ
a-
kv,
Effective Writing
*
s C e b @I? in wyMuOt
d&-
.
Ernphsis is on r spusi~ion, including learning research techniques and writing
cnrical reriews. . h e n t i o n i s given to increasing students' effectiveness in
chuosing, u~ganizing, nd developing topics; thinking critically; and revising
)lor clariry and sylc. A rcriring lab is provided for those needing additional
., ,
h ~ 1 pThe m i n ~ m u mp a w I I graded-&Q!
~
Fxpc-
ENG 218
);;'i..~.-
*
Li;p.,-,
American Indian literature
A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected American
Indian writers. Discussion and analysis on ways in which literature reflects
and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring)
ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing
determines placement in these courses, and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met. Students continue in
ESL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two
courses (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218)
ENC 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for
business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals
is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas
of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing (ENG
111). Its workshop format-stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
-
English 141
ENC 226
lntroduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but
including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall)
ENC 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print
and broadcast media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and
verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal
and ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 236
Women and Fiction
A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions
that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of
women's unique experiences in their writing, and the ways in which women
writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
ENC 241
lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both
feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of
film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring)
ENC 245
lntroduction to Literature
An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on
works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female
writers. This course aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature.
ENC 251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to selected texts of literary and historical importance that
yield an understanding of our Western heritage and contemporary American
world views. Themes could include the emergence of a national identity, the
shaping of a collective American memory, and the contributions to American
thought by women and people of color.
ENC 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer, Virgil,
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference to their
mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later
literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
ENC 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the
modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais,
Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring)
'44 English
ENC 282
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year.
ENC 327
Advanced journalism: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is on interviewing, organizing, and writing the story, and editing the
work of others. Students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills
of others. They edit their own work and that of other writers. A brief introduction to layout and design is included. (Prereq.: ENG 227. Alternate years)
ENC 331
British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan
A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of
English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 336
British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to pre-Romantics, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 337
British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
ENC 341
Advanted Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative
writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG
226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.)
ENC 345
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning
the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are
introduced to the primary components of linguistics, and the development of
the English language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 347
Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and
Research
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository
essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons wishing to
explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the
communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of
instructor. MPG 3.)
-
English 14:
ENC 350
American Literature Before 1920
Reading of selected writers from colonial times to the beginning of the 20th
century. Attention given to the intellectual, social, and literary movements that
stimulated the writers. The writers' continuing influence on our modem sensibility will be discussed. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 351
American Literature Since 1920
Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic,
and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly
in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.:
ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 382
Topics
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
All 400-level courses will involve some reading and study of literary criticism 01; in the case of
writing classes, ofwhat writers andlor composition theorists have to say about writing.
ENC 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th-century
beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the works of
such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte,
Eliot, Joyce, and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
ENC 436
Women and Fiction
A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions
that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of
women's unique experience in their writing, and the ways in which women
writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
Reading of theoretical essays. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ENC 438
Shakespeare
Study of major plays-comedies, histories, and tragedies. Additional plays are
assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 445
Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivatedwriter, the course emphasizes the conventions of
professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for
gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of insmctor. Alternate years)
'4English
ENC 480
Criticism
The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with
which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with
applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 482
Topics in Language and Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
See department listingfor a description of thefollowing approved elective:
THR 325
Playwriting
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ENC 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
ENC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
ENC 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
ENC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. Open to junior or senior English majors with an
overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of department chair.
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
See listing under Modem Languages.
See listing under Modem Languages.
G ENERAL STUDIES-GST
S
ome courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways that are different
from the more traditional disciplines.
General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, and an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating
faculty.
CST 009
Cooperative Education
(.O course)
A non-credit notation recognizes the academic learning inherent in an
approved co-op education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in reflection activities conducted by the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning. No course credit.
CST 100
Critical Thinking
A course to enhance the ability of students to analyze, synthesize, and evaluate
claims, this course is designed specifically to strengthen critical thinking skills
of entering students who are determined to need such skill enhancement by
the entry critical thinking assessment.
CST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies.
CST 200
Quantitative Reasoning
Critical thinking about statistics as evidenced in arguments involving predictions and explanations. Topics include reading and evaluating tables, graphs,
and statistical models as well as generalizations, traditional confidence intervals, and hypothesis tests. Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and communication. (Prereq.: MPG 3 )
CST 209
City Seminar: Experiential Education
(.O course)
Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of internship/se~ce/cooperative
education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities
as an urban community system. Students participate in a required seminar,
completing five reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a
systematic, ecological way to understand how cities function. The seminar
enables the student to meet the objectives of The City Perspective.
Permission of instructor. No course credit.
See listing under Modem Languages.
v
irmally all students at Augsburg
College will interact at some point in their
college years with the Department of
Health and Physical Education. It is the
philosophy of the department to provide
quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the
gifted athlete as well as the occasional participant will find ample opportunity for
athletic and developmental activities.
The physical education department
provides the organizational framework for
a wide range of educational experiences,
including several major and minor programs: general education in physical education; men's and women's intercollegiate
athletic programs; intramural programs for
men and women; and athletic facilities for
developmental and recreational activities.
The health education department prepares students for careers in school health
education and wellness. This program
offers a comprehensive health component
in examining prevention and promotion
needs for individuals, schools, and the
community.
All health and physical education
majors seeking licensure must receive a
grade of 2.0 in all courses with an HPE
prefix applying to the major.
HEALTH EDUCATION
Health Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness For Life
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 316 Human Sexuality
HPE 320 School Health Curriculum
(Interim: odd years)
HPE 390 Insmctional Methods and
Materials (Interim: even years)
HPE 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
(Interim: odd years)
HPE 450 Current Health Issues
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
PSY 201 Health Psychology
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
\
BIO 220 Microbiology- w 1 L h =
(at St. Catherine's)
Must have instructor's certification for CPR
and first aid.
Recommended:
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
Teaching Licensure Major
Health and Physical Education Faculty
Carol Enke (Chair), Brian Ammann,
Marilyn Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin
Kloppen, Lauri Ludeman, Patricia Murphy,
Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Paul Kriegler
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
...... .....
-
Health and Physical Education 1 4
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
HPE 101, 110,114, 115,316,320,390,
450, BIO 103. Students interested in the
teaching minor should consult with the
health education department adviser.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Physical Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness for Life
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 210 Introduction to Physical
Education
HPE 220 Motor Learning
HPE 223 Team Sports
HPE 23 1 Individual and Dual Sports
HPE 232 Dance (Interim)
HPE 254 Introduction to Development1
Adapted Physical Education
HPE 275 prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries (Interim)
HPE 340 Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
HPE 473 Physical Education Cuniculum
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
HPE 101,115,210,223,231,232,351.
There is no PE teaching minor in
Minnesota public schools.
Coaching (not a major)
Minnesota Board of Teaching Statute
3512.3100 Employment of Head Varsity
Coaches of Interscholastic Sports in Senior
High Schools requires:
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries
HPE 280 Coaching Theory
(Interim, odd years)
Internship in Athletic Training
requires:
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
And advanced athletic training (ACTC
schools)
Also required: 1,500 hours of practical
experience under the direction of a
Certified Athletic Trainer.
'So Health and Physical Education
HEALTH EDUCATION
HPE 101
Fitness For Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Modem concepts and practices of health and healthfur living applied to the
individual and the community. (Fall)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes
information about school health education and s e ~ c e s(Fall,
.
Spring)
HPE 116
Health Concepts for Educators
(.5 course)
A course to prepare future teachers for their role in the school health program.
Includes common childhood health problems with an emphasis on prevention. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 299
Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality. (Open to all students. Spring)
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement (.5 course)
Sunrey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Fall)
HPE 450
Current Health Issues (.5 course)
This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues in
text and media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall: even years)
Health and Phvsical Education 15'
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports (.O course)
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirements. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 210
Introduction to Physical Education
(.5 course)
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education and sport. (Spring)
HPE 220
Motor Learning (.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to
physical activity. (Spring)
HPE 254
Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmentaVadapted physical education from early
childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall)
HPE 323
Team Sports
Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Spring)
HPE 331
Individual and Dual Sports (a
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Fall)
HPE 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership, and decision-making for physical education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
HPE 350
Kinesiology
(.5 course)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and
analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall)
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Spring)
51
'52 Health and Physical Education
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement
(.5 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Fall)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6.
An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementaryaged children. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Fall)
HPE 368
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
(-5 course)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in secondary
schools. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Spring)
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HPE 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
HPE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
HPE 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
HPE 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. Open only to junior or senior majors.
H
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed
it this way: "No community can survive
and no institution can function without
constant reference to past experience. We
are ruled by precedents fully as much as by
laws, which is to say that we are ruled by
the collective memory of the past. It is the
memory of common experiences that
makes scattered individuals into a community."
The study of history enables us to deal
more knowledgeably with continuity and
change in society The construction of an
informed sense of our past is a fundamental
ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the
future. History majors are prepared to be
active and contributing members of their
society. The study of history, which has
long held a major role in the liberal arts,
is an entry to elementary and secondary
education, graduate study in several fields,
and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing
of information.
History Faculty
Christopher Kimball (Chair), Jacqueline
deVries, William Green, Donald Gustafson,
Richard Nelson
(either survey or upper level) from each of
the four areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, U.S., and non-Western.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Department of Education to
idennfy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall;
except in special instances, application
before the end of the first term of the
junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit)
to be defended before a faculty committee.
First-year students should enroll in
one or more of the 101-104 courses.
200-level courses are normally reserved
for sophomore or upper division students.
Upper division courses are numbered
300 and above.
Prerequisites
Major
Eight courses plus the seminar. At least
four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course
Satisfactory completion of a lower division course is normally required before
enrolling in an upper division course. See
instructor for permission.
- History
154
Transfer Students
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
courses at Augsburg. A minor normally
requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
HIS 101
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century.
HIS 102
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the
Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years.
HIS 195
Topics in History
An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower
division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to
registration.
HIS 220
America to 1815
A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European cultures
and the political, religious, and racial diversity that formed colonial life,
including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new
republic.
HIS 221
19th-Century U.S.
A survey emphasging cultural, social, political, and economic changes resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War, and
Reconstruction.
HIS 222
20th-Century U.S.
A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal
government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the
impact of affluence.
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation,
immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform.
-
History 1%
HIS 228
American Legal History
An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American
history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to
the emergence of our modem legal system.
HIS 231
Scandinavian History: Prehistoric to 1750
An introduction to the settlement and development of Scandinavian countries.
Emphasis on topics such as the Vikings and Scandinavia's impact on and contributions to the development of European society.
HIS 232
Scandinavian History: 1750 to the Present
An introduction to the history of Scandinavian countries from the early modem period to the present with an emphasis on the place of Scandinavian society in European and world history.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other
departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 242
History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of African American civil rights focusing on
legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing
emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of
W. E. B. DuBois, Marcus Gamey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston,
Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
HIS 311
Topics in Women's History
Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined in
other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 323
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the
erosion of China's isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
HIS 326
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
HIS 331
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined
in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
' 5 6 History
HIS 332
History of U.S. Foreign Relations
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the
Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace, tensions
between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the U.S. as an
economic and military power.
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through
the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban
growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture.
HIS 336
American Labor History
A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and
20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and
union to the state.
@A5
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous
peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence,
and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (See page 170 in
International Studies.)
HIS 347
MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror
Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical
development from pre-Columbian times to the present day
HIS 352
Modern Germany
A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modem
Germany, focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path) and
examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust.
HIS 354
Britain and the Commonwealth Since 1688
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will
include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic
change in British politics, society, culture, and international status.
HIS 360
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion, and political institutions.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the rise of Rome as the
world's fleatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
-
History 15;
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560s
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state,
emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and
the early years of the Reformation.
HIS 380
The History of Women in the West to 1870
A thematic and comparative examination with primary focus on Europe and
North America, emphasizing changing conceptions of women's work, public
roles, sexuality, life cycles, and familial roles in the Renaissance, early
American, Enlightenment, and Victorian periods.
HIS 381
The History of Women in the West Since 1870
With attention to class, racial, and ethnic differences among women, this class
examines the changing legal, political, economic, social, and sexual status of
women in Europe and North America since the Victorian period.
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in
regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 474
The World and the West
Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict,
the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 495
Seminar
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be
announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required.
(Offered at least once each year, during the fall term.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HIS 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
HIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86. A maximum of one course in directed study may
be applied to the major.
HIS 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
HIS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. A maximum of one course in independent study
may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in history)
I
nterdisciplinary studies covers a broad
spectrum of experience and coursework.
Through interdisciplinary courses, students
gain greater insight and understanding of
cultures and perspectives different from
their own. Through these experiences students are better prepared to become contributing members of the global community
Augsburg also offers students the
opportunity to major and minor in
Women's Studies, and to minor in metrourban studies and American Indian studies.
For other interdisciplinary course
listings, see International Studies.
American Indian studies is a minor that
gives students the opportunity to learn
about the original, indigenous cultures of
INS 105
North America. Courses are cross-disciplinary, representing the religion, modem
language, art, history, English, and
women's studies departments. Interdisciplinary courses are offered as well in
cinema and contemporary issues. This
integrated course of study exposes students
to the beauty and richness of the diverse
tribal cultures still existing in our
country today.
Coordinator
Virginia Allery
Minor
Students must take five courses in
American Indian studies to get a minor.
The only
are INS 105 and at
. requirements
least one upper division course. These
courses may also be taken as part of majors
or minorsin other academic subjects or to
meet distribution/general education
requirements.
Introduction to American Indian Studies
This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian
studies curriculum, including an o v e ~ e w
of American Indian history,
American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and
urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music, and language. (Required for
American Indian studies minor.)
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe
(See Department of Modem Languages for course description.)
ENC 216
American Indian Literature
(See Department of English for course description.)
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women's roles and status in society. Comparative
roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African
tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and
China. (Cross-listedwith the Women's Studies Program.)
-
Interdisciplinary Studies 155
INS 260
Contemporary American Indians
This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States
since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such current
issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. The tension of cultural
change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American Indian
tribes today is highlighted.
INS 264
American Indians in the Cinema
Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, are studied. Films from 1913 to the present are viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
(See Department of Art for course description.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North
America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as
changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It
examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to
Indian community life today (Prereq.: one course in women's studies or
American Indian studies or consent of instructor. This course also applies to
women's studies.)
HIS 326
American Indian History
(See Department of History for course description.)
REL 370
American lndian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
(See Department of Religion for course description.)
REL 231
Religion in African American History
(See Department of Religion for course description.)
INS 225
Introduction to Islam
The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and
Islamic patterns of life.
INS 232
The African American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience,
focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects
of that experience.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
(See Department of History for course description.)
.me~%old
aq13o 1013ai!p
ayl Xq pa~olddep aIq!seaj ale suogeu~q
-mo3 ray10 .aleudoldde araqM p a p u a m o
-331 k1q%ms! d!q=alu166E SNI aq1
.m&old 81101-~a~sauras
pue
ayl
saslnos l-euogrppe yl* ur&old 11ma~o
'66C SNI lo '18E
r13-a (313v) )S
' am3 1 ayl3o sa83no3
30s 'Sf f SIH '9EC ASd :%~IMOIIOJ
aV 30
PalWoW' Pue (VfD3H) sxlefftr u~q1fllOJ
OM1 Pue 'EZZ SIH '112 30s '221 IOd
mnglosuo3 uogampg lag%= aqL 'uogmol
s,a%ano3ayl Xq paplop sap!umoddo u a
JOU!yy
-qodonaur aAFsua1xa ayl jo asn lany a y m
.s3!mouo3aoixm JO sa~dpuud pue l o r m ay, jo hqenb ayl a m q u a 01 SXEM
sz a1qqeAe am uoga3npa a~ueladoo3pue
033 a y a 01 paSa~no3uaale ~ o o q ~ s
alenped3 uy palsala~u~
nuapnls .urel%oid '8ugutzq-a~puash ~ n m o r' s, d q m a m ~
sagr3 ~ I M L
( ~ s f l m uual
)
sa!pnls u v n
.Boloayl pus 'uogeque%io
-ollam ay, X11e'~adsa 'papuaurmo3ai
&unururo3 '1uaurwaao%'alejpM lepos
d~q%!qale med3old sndmm-jjo v n 3 g ~
!
'saypms Iemaumolpua 'uopellsN!urpe 31
(.luaura~!nba~pale~ai
-qnd 'MEI 'alrusaJ!q3le ' B ~ u u ~ul! dsa~pnls
a1anped31sod lo3 uogeiedald alanpafi
-ueqin aq1 laam k~lelaua%
a~g3adslad
&3 a y l %uq~glnj
saslno3) .asin03
-lapun appold osp 1ou1m pue 1oCm sa!
palqal-ueq~npa~olddeIauog!ppe auo snld
-pnls u~qln-onama q l . h p n m m o ~ue~qod
-onam aqlo1 alnquluor, pue puaslapun
d?qma1u1 66E SNI
%U!UUEI~
01 pa~!nbai s~oolpgaloay, pua ~ e ~ g X ~ e u e
aq1 q1pi nuapnls d!nba pue sqege uaqod
uEq~fl-oJlJMPue h!3 aq1 18E 30s
-onam pue ueqln 01 palela1 slaale2 %!do
leuymas srsX1m~pg!lod t g t Z O lo
~
- p a p jo h a u e a~ p aqlol
~ suaptus amp
ToVal4 VleaSJX E9E 30s
- 0 4 h~!3~ aq1 uo a~gsadsladuogmnpa
Bo1opoqlayy
1a~aua8aq1 pue sa!ptus u~qxn-onam
1 ~ 9 s ~ ~ S A ~ 3 FC8t
I I o?Od
d lo
s!sXle~@39WaS Z9E 30s
Bo1oq3Xsd pmmmuoipua ~ S AS^
E
XIols!~umuamv ueqin s f f SIH
9 9 I 3 UIM. J V 30 ~ O W H 522 SIH
srlodonam
wapom ayl pue h r u n m o 3 IIZ 30s
xaIduro3 uaqodonam 221 I O ~
:%u~pnl~u!
saslno3 01
JO!PW
-
Interdisciplinary Studies 161
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
INS 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
Internship
See description on page 85. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week.
INS 498
Independent Study-Metropolitan
Resources
An independently-designedcourse developed by a student (or group of students),
utilizing the memopolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances,
hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of insmctor)
INS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363)
URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS
THROUGH HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through
HECUA, Augsburg students have access to
six interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in
Scandinavia, South America, Central
America, and the Twin Cities.
Also see International Studies listings.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
INS 358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct observation with
theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for
urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
INS 359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods
provide varying-at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history
provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for
explaining and overcoming it.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 85.
162 Interdisciplinary Studies
II. City Arts
Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and
urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and
community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
INS 331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture
in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the
politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic
theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 85.
Ill. See HECUA under International Studies (SUST, SAUS, CILA, and CUSLA)
Nordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program drawing on the combined
resources of the ACTC schools and the
Nordic Center at Augsburg College. The
curriculum treats Norden (Denmark,
Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden) not
only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural region with a shared history,
common values, and a high degree of political, social, and economic interdependency.
Courses in Nordic area studies postulate a
Nordic regional identity as a context in
which to appreciate the differences
between the five individual countries and
to understand the complexity of their
interactions among themselves and the
global community.
Coordinator
Frankie Shackelford
Major
Eight upper division courses.
Minor
Four upper division courses.
Other Requirements
At least four of the upper division
courses required for the major must be
Augsburg courses. The remainder may be
transfer credits included in the major on
approval of the program coordinator.
Students graduating with a major or minor
must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a
Scandinavian language. See Norwegian Ianguage course listings under the
Department of Modem Languages.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study abroad through International
Partners, or SUST (See International
Studies, International Partners, and
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway,
Sweden, Finland or Iceland; elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian,
history, political science, urban studies,
business administration, international relations, sociology or social work.
-
Interdisciplinary Studies 163
HIS 231
Scandinavian History: Prehistoric to 1750
An inmoduction to the settlement and development of Scandinavian countries.
Emphasis on topics such as the Vikings and Scandinavia's impact on and contributions to the development of European society
HIS 232
Scandinavian History: 1750 to the Present
An introduction to the history of Scandinavian countries from the early
modem period to the present with an emphasis on the place of Scandinavian
society in European and world history.
NAS 330
Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language
required.
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is
based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries.
Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development
of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 377
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art)
NAS 393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
'64 Interdisciplinary Studies
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NAS 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
NAS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
NAS 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
NAS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
For degree and major requirements see page 263.
I
ntemational Relations is an interdisciplinary major that offers the student both
breadth and depth. The student may focus
on a discipline or geographic area of the
world. The program consists of a core of
seven courses and six electives chosen
from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are
encouraged to consider foreign study for
an Interim or semester. Competency in one
language is required, and some students
study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double
majors in history, political science, international business or a foreign language.
Numerous combinations of majors and
minors are possible with the international
relations major.
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four terms of
college work in a modem language.
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362,364,368,465,466
ECO 314,317,360,365
HIS 346,352,354,440,474
PHI 355
POL 350,351,359,382,459
REL 356,420
SOC 336
SPC 329
FRE 332. GER 332. NOR 331. SPA 331.
SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.)
Director
Interim courses, seminars, independent
study, topics courses, and courses at other
colleges/universitiescan be considered here
with the approval of the program director,
as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second language.
Norma Noonan
Honors Major
Required courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113
Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modem World
or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
POL 490 Seminar in International
Relations
GPA of 3.6 in the major; 3.0 overall. In
addition to fulfilling the requirements for
the major, the student mus; complete an
honors thesis no later than March 1 of the
senior year and must defend the thesis
before a faculty committee. Students
should declare their intention to complete
an honors major by the end of their
junior year.
166 International Studies
Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS
332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modem
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
I
nternational study at Augsburg aims to
increase intercultural competency and
reflects the College's strong commitment to
internationalism. Programs administered
by the Center for Global Education, by
International Partners, and by the Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) offer excellent opportunities for
rigorous academic work, greater understanding of cross-cultural issues, and
exploration of the benefits of global
citizenshiv.
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
I
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as
they would if studying on campus.
Courses abroad can fulfill major, distributiodgeneral education, and graduation
requirements when approved by the
appropriate program directors and
faculty before departure.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be
credited toward the 13 required courses.
Students should confer with the program
director about regional and disciplinary
concentrations possible within the major;
for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines
in the program.
Students in good academic standing (a
minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off campus
through the Center for Global Education
or through International Partners.
Applications are due December 15 for
study off campus for the next year. The
cost for many programs is equivalent to
full room, board, and tuition for on-campus study, plus airfare. Financial aid
is granted on the same basis as oncampus study.
THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL
EDUCATION
The Center for Global Education facilitates sound academic experiences that prepare people to think more critically about
global issues and to work toward a more
just and sus,tainable world. The center's
cross-cultural programs explore a diversity
of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspective of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity.
International Studies 167
The center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Central America, and
Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations, which
include living with other participants in a
community house, spending several days
in a rural setting and several weeks living
with host families. They also travel together
on two-week seminars: from Mexico to
Central America, and Namibia to
South Africa.
International study programs administered by the Center for Global Education
and approved through Augsburg are
listed below. For information on these
programs, contact the academic programs
abroad office.
INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS
The International Partners Program
combines rigorous academic work with
daily immersion in another culture. It
offers students an opportunity to study
abroad with outstanding faculty and to
gain practical experience overseas in their
major fields.
The program is founded on reciprocal
agreements with selected institutions of
higher learning in Europe and Japan.
Under these agreements International
Partner students from abroad receive part
of their academic training at Augsburg, and
qualified Augsburg students are guaranteed
admission to partner institutions, where
courses are pre-approved for credit toward
graduation requirements at Augsburg.
Study abroad through International
Partners emphasizes business, education,
and social work, but is not limited to these
fields. The study program may be for one
year, one semester, a one-month Interim,
or a summer session. Participation may be
on an individual basis or as part of a student group accompanied by Augsburg faculty. For further information, contact the
International Partners office.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION
CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN
AFFAIRS (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different fullsemester programs in Norway, Colombia,
and Ecuador. All programs emphasize the
impact of social change and cross-cultural
factors on the human community. HECUA
programs include intense language experience and field study. The cost is equivalent
to full tuition, room, and board for one
semester on campus, plus airfare.
For non-international HECUA courses,
see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies.
International study programs administered by HECUA and approved through
Augsburg are listed below. For information
on these programs, contact the academic
programs abroad office at the Center for
Global Education.
168 International Studies
-
WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO)FALL
This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their
roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are
drawing among issues of gender, race, class, and global economics.
Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also
approved for credit in women's studies. Application deadline is April 1.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at
the beginning of the semester, taught by Mexican instructors. (Required
course. Placement level determined by program director.)
SPA 356
20th-Century Voices
Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary
Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees.
INS 311
The Development Process
Students reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and
human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin
American development and educational theories and practices are examined,
as well as social change strategies.
POL 359
Women in Comparative Politics-Women
in Latin America
An examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the impact
these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade, political ideologies,
and revolution. (Required course.)
REL 366
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin
America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology
and sociaVpolitical transformation.
-
International Studies 169
GENDER AND THE ENVIRONMENT LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES
(MEXICO)-SPRING
This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the
region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and
men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America.
Students examine this complex web of issues and how the people of Mexico are responding to pressures on family, society, and the natural environment. Application deadline
is Oct. 15.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks,
taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.)
SPA 356
SOC 286
20th-Century Voices
Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary
Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees.
Social Stratification
A study of social stratification theory, focusing on its application in the Latin
American context. Special attention will be given to the forms, causes, and
consequences of gender, class, and raciallethnic stratification in Mexico.
REL 31 1
Theology, Ethics, and the Environmerrt
An o v e ~ e w
of contemporary environmental theology and theologically-based
approaches to environmental ethics using case studies of environmental problems in Mexico and Central America.
MULTICULTURAL SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION: SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVES (NAM IBIA)-FALL
This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will explore
the complex political, social, and economic dynamics of building a new nation.
Application deadline is April 1.
INS 312
The Development Process-Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights and examines basic theories of
development as well as particular strategies of development that are being
implemented in Namibia and South Africa.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people
representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and
religious organizations.
170 International Studies
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa, including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation by South
Africa, and the war for independence.
POL 353
Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative
Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy
of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
INS 499
Internships
W SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA,
EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA-FALL
This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For
two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced
fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and
civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El
Salvador, and Nicaragua. Application deadline is April 1.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at
the beginning of the semester, taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement
level determined by program director.)
INS 267
Contemporary Social Movement in Central America
This course focuses on social movements in the region and their relationship
to the environment. Students explore impact of ongoing colonization and
modernization on indigenous cultures.
ECO 325
Topics: Sustainable Economic Development
This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth in
the "third world." Students are introduced to the theories of economic development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the relationship between economic development and ecological damage.
REL 366
Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course explores the role of religion in Latin American societies, past and
present, given the factors of political oppression and social injustice. Students
examine the "theologies of liberation."
-
lnternatiozl Studies 171
WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES
(NAMIBIA)-SPRING
This intensive navel and study program is desigmd to introduce parddpants to the
central issues facing %them Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The program introduces studenrs re the struggle of women in Buthem Ahim, to the history of
&& role in society, and to the situation that exists for women in Afnca. Application deadline is Q c t 15.
SOC 236
Family Systems and Social Policy in Southern Africa
Using a cross-cultural approach, this course examines the family as a social
institution in Namibia and South Africa. A family stay will serve as a
laboratory for students to observe various aspects of family life in Namibia.
INS 312
The Development Process-Southern Africa
Thii course provides the opportunity tr, reflect critically on issues of development, hunger. injustice, and h m n rights. with special emphasis given to the
experience of women. The cobrse examines beic hearies of development.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations.
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics-Southern Africa
This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of women
in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in
newly-independent Namibia.
INS 499
Internships
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)-FALL
This interdisciplinary program focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies and
issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving, and urban life. Local, regional,
and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet Union.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the chair of the modem
languages department for language credit.
l7* International Studies
INS 377
Scandinavia in the World
Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of
superpowers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms
control, East-West relations, European security, trade, and the Third World.
INS 393
Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in
its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with
emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theatres, museums, galleries), and discussions with artists active in a variety of media.
INS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social, and cultural policies and practices as
a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies.
Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures
to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with
field travel to other capitals for a comparative view.
INS 499
Internships (Students may choose either INS 373 or 499)
SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (SAM)-FALL
This semester-in-the-city program is located in either Bogota, Colombia, or Quito,
Ecuador. This interdisciplinary program focuses on the relationships between Third World
development and the consequences of urbanization, especially inequality in Latin America.
Analyses of competing theories of development are integrated with field study in the host
city and outlying regions.
INS 261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an independent
study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work.
INS 361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture, and
arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is on economic
development issues, theories, and models applicable to Latin America.
INS 362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin America.
Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, governmental policies, and urban elites. Models and theories
of urbanization and development are compared.
INS 363
Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on
field study in banio communities and site visits to public and private agencies
dealing with urban problems.
INS 499
Internships
International Studies 173
COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA (CILA)
CILA combines a n internship, independent study and seminars on community participation, and development in the Latin American urban setting. Based in Bogota, Colombia,
students live with local families, work in an agency three days a week, and meet as a group
twice a week.
INS 366
COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION FOR SOCIAL CHANCE
Examines pressing social realities and policy initiatives in Colombia in recent
decades. Explores concepts of community, democracy, participation, and community organization, and their meaning for community work. Provides tools
to evaluate strategies for social, political, and economic development.
Integrates readings, guest lectures, faculty and student presentations, discussions, and field work.
INS 499
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Students define topic of interest related to program themes and use analytical
tools gained in CILA to study a particular issue or case. A faculty member
advises the student throughout to assure adequate focus and incorporation of
primary field research in the project design.
INS 399
INTERNSHIP PLACEMENT AND SEMINAR (2 course credits)
Placement matches student-defined goals and interests with one of a wide
range of agencies working toward community development and social change.
Students work 20 hours per week, assisting with special projects and a program operations. A learning contract outlines expectations of student, agency,
and program for the term. The internship seminar provides for structured
reflection, analysis, and integration of the experience.
CULTURE AND SOCIETY I N LATIN AMERICA: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR
(CUSLA)-SPRING
This interdisciplinary program focuses on developments and social change in Latin
America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts, and the ways in
which ideologies shape social realities.
INS 360
Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Study of selected literary works that illustrate social realities and express a
variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change.
Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as manifested in major artistic periods.
INS 364
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among
art, ideology, and society Intensive readings include works by theorists from
Europe, the U.S., and Latin America.
74 International Studies
INS 367
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to
development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependence, and
Manrism.
INS 499
Internships
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
INS 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
INS 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
INS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
Check with the specific international studies program directorfor requirements in the program.
See listing under Business Administration, Accounting, and Management
Information Systems.
M
Mathematics Faculty
Ken Kaminsky (Chair), Larry Copes,
Suzanne Doree, Rebekah Valdivia
athematics is the study of structure and relationships, providing tools for
solving a wide variety of problems.
Mathematical language describes our world
from the perspectives of the natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging in mathematical thought processes helps strengthen
the problem solving and quantitative reasoning skills that are increasingly expected
of every member of contemporary society.
Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal arts
education. Students majoring in many disciplines that involve structure or relationships find it helpful to acquire a minor or a
second major in mathematics.
MAT 145
MAT 146
MAT 245
MAT 246
MAT 314
MAT 324
CSC 160
Mathematics is also a discipline in its
own right. Students majoring in mathematics acquire the skills necessary to serve
society through a variety of careers. In addition to acquiring computational and problem solving skills, mathematics majors at
Augsburg develop their abilities to reason
abstractly, to conjecture critique and justify
their assertions, to formulate questions, to
investigate open-ended problems, to read
and comprehend precise mathematical writings, to speak and write about mathematical ideas, and to experience working in
teams on mathematical projects. These students can prepare for graduate school, for
work in industry or service professions, or
for teaching mathematics in grades 7-12.
Teaching Licensure Major
The department's programs support work
toward those goals. Students may choose
either a standard mathematics major, a
mathematics major with concenaation in
applied mathematics, or a mathematics
major toward secondary education licensure.
Augsburg's urban location allows students to
gain experience working with mathematics
through internships, cooperative education,
and the practicum and colloquium courses.
Major
Calculus I
Calculus I1
Calculus 111
Linear Algebra
Abstract Algebra
Analysis
Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
or CSC 170 Structured Programming
or one other computing course with
departmental approval
Three electives from MAT courses above
200, at least one of which is above 300
Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics
Colloquium, junior and senior years (noncredit)
Note: At least two MAT courses above 300
must be taken at Augsburg.
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers. The
state requirements are subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements. At the time of publication,
the mathematics requirements for licensure
are the same as the major, with the electives specified as MAT 271 Discrete
Mathematical Structures, MAT 351 Modem
Geometry, and MAT 373 Probability and
Statistics I.
76 Mathematics
Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics
Twelve courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
MAT 324 Analysis
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
or CSC 170 Structured Programming
or one other computing course with
departmental approval
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
or one course in a mathematics-related
area with departmental approval
Three electives from:
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures
MAT 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
MAT 374 Probability and Statistics I1
MAT 385 Mathematics Practicum
or other MAT courses with
departmental approval
Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics
Colloquium, junior and senior years (noncredit)
Note: At least two MAT courses above 300
must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in major, 3.1 overall, and independent study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor
Five courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
Three electives from MAT courses above
200, at least one of which is above 300.
Note: At least one MAT course above 200
must be taken at Augsburg.
Math Placement Group (MPG)
Before enrolling in any mathematics
course, students must have the required
math placement. All students are required
to have their Math Placement Group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have mansferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may
have their Math Placement Group determined by the registrar's office. Students
who have passed the College Board
Advanced Placement Exam in calculus
should consult with the mathematics
department. All other students must take
the Augsburg Math Placement Exam,
which is administered by the Academic
Advising Center. The exam is given during
college registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. Practice
questions and other information are available from the Academic Advising Center.
Students needing to advance their Math
Placement Group may work with the
Academic Enrichment Center to take the
appropriate MAT course or study on their
own and retest. Additional information
about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Academic Advising Center.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
-
Mathematics 17;
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models. Emphasis on
applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and everyday life.
Successful completion advances students to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 or 4
should consult the department, as should students preparing for MAT 114
(Prereq.: MPG 2 and either a year of high school algebra or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
MAT 114
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions.
For students planning to take MAT 145. Students who have completed MAT
145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of
instructor. Successful completion advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.: MPG
3. Spring)
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Concepts from areas such as combinatorics, probability, matrices, linear programming, and graph theory. Emphasis on quantitative reasoning. Students
who have completed MAT 271 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3.
Varies)
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Concepts of differential and integral calculus with applications in the social
and behavioral sciences. Emphasis on quantitative reasoning. Students who
have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies)
MAT 131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics
and that of Western civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies)
MAT 132
Numeracy for Contemporary Society
An examination of mathematics in an interdisciplinary and applied setting
with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning and connections to students' life,
work, and interests. Primarily for students not intending further study in
mathematics. Students who have completed another Quantitative Reasoning
Graduation Skill course may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies)
MAT 145,146 Calculus I, II
Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions, including derivatives, integrals,
differential equations, and series. Emphasis on skills of mathematical investigation and quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 or
consent of instructor for MAT 146. Fall: 145. Spring: 146)
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of
counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis
testing, analysis-of-variance, and regression. Emphasis on quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies)
78 Mathematics
MAT 173
Math of Interest
Concepts from elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments and mortgages, and life insurance. Emphasis on quantitative reasoning.
(Prereq.: MPG 3. Varies)
MAT 245
Calculus Ill
Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables,
partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric
representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146. Fall)
MAT 246
Linear Algebra
Concepts from linear algebra such as systems of linear equations, linear programming, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, eigenvalues, orthogonality, and linear regression. Emphasis on oral presentations of mathematical ideas and applications. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT
271. Spring)
MAT 247
Modeling and Differential Equations
Concepts from differential equations such as methods of solving first and second order equations, modeling using difference equations and differential
equations, and applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT 146. Spring)
MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Concepts from areas such as combinatorics, number theory, graph theory,
recursions, set theory, countability, and formal logic. Emphasis on algorithmic
thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and reading and writing
proofs. (Prereq.: MAT 146. Fall)
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
Concepts of algebra within abstract structures of groups, rings, integral
domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246. Also recommended: MAT 271. Fall)
MAT 324
Analysis
Concepts of calculus such as functions, derivatives, integrals, and series in a
theoretical setting. Emphasis on written communication of mathematical
ideas. (Prereq.: ENG 111, at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271. Spring)
MAT 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHI 327.)
MAT 351
Modern Geometry
Concepts of geometry such as projective geometry, non-Euclidean geometries,
transformations, and fractals. (Prereq.: MAT 245 and 246. Spring)
MAT 373
Probability and Statistics I
Concepts of probability such as methods of enumeration, random variables
and probability distributions, expectation, the central limit theorem, and
important ideas and problems of statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Fall)
Mathematics 17!
MAT 374
Probability and Statistics II
Concepts of statistics such as sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373.
Spring)
MAT 385
Mathematics Practicum
The application of mathematical problem solving to real-world projects sought
from off-campus nonprofit organizations. Contains service-learning component. (Prereq.: at least two of MAT 245,246, 247, or 271 and consent of
instructor. Fall)
MAT 481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic such as complex analysis, numerical analysis,
mathematical biology, operations research, chaotic dynamical systems, fractal
mathematics, knot theory, topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq.:
at least two of h4AT 245, 246, 247, or 271 and consent of instructor. Interim)
MAT 491
MAT 199
Mathematics Colloquium (.O course)
Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other
interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Carries no course credit. (Fall, spring)
lnternship
See description on page 85.
MAT 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
MAT 399
lnternship
See description on page 85. (Prereq.: At least one upper division MAT course
and consent of instructor)
MAT 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
METRO-URBAN
STUDIES
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
18* Modern Languages
FRE 21 1, 212 Intermediate French I, II
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading
and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work.
(Fall: 21 1; spring: 212)
FRE 243
French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation.
Through assigned readings, class discussion, and written reaction, students
become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of
these works. (On demand)
FRE 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
FRE 311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas.
Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall)
FRE 312
French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and
writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase, and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech
group practice, study of spoken models from the media. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to
the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French
intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials,
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
FRE 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
-
Modern Languages 18:
FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, I1
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through
the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral
and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 355
20th-Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and
written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent
of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an
advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of
expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
FRE 450
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
In-depth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations
in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim catalog. Prereq.: FRE 311
or consent of instructor. On demand)
FRE 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
FRE 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
FRE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
FRE 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
FRE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 86.
GERMAN (CER)
CER 111, 112 Beginning German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in
short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (Fall: 111;spring: 112 )
'84 Modern Languages
CER 21 1, 212 Intermediate Cerman I, II
Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of
basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212)
CER 244
Cerman Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing Medieval to modem periods
are read and discussed in English. Readings are considered in the context of
Gennan cultural history as well as in context of the universal human condition. (On demand)
CER 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
CER 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary,
and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
CER 331
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples
from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
CER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
CER 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
CER 351
Cerman Literature Through the 18th Century
Survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Enlightenment, Storm and
Stress, Classic, and Romantic literature. Readings and discussion in Gennan
supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural
and geopolitical context. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
-
Modern Languages 185
CER 352
German Literature: The 19th Century
Study of later Romanticism, Young-Germany, Poetic Realism, Naturalism, and
Impressionism. Lectures include the literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the rise of technology and science. Readings and discussion
in German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational
basis)
GER 353
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German
with class discussions designed to aid students' self-expression in German.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including
control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CER 451
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural
and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
CER 452
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat
the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
CER 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CER 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
GER 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
CER 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
GER 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
-Modern Languages
JAPANESE(JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
LINGUISTICS (LIN)
LIN 289
Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with
focus on linguistic universals and psycholinguistics. Theoretical questions will
be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite.
Recommended for all language majors and minors. (On demand)
LIN 311
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of distinguishing underlying philosophical
assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals. The theories will
be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines. (On demand)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
LIN 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
LIN 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
NORWEGIAN (NOR)
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and
writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work
expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112)
NOR 21 1
Intermediate Norwegian I, II
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis
for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. Laboratory
work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
NOR 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
NOR 311
Conversation and Composition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative
contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.:
NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring)
-
Modern Languages 187
NOR 331
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural devel-
opments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper
articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the
study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk.
Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and
cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR
311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written, and oral reports
in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring)
NOR 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NOR 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
NOR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
NOR 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
NOR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
' 8 8 Modern Languages
OJIBWE(OJB)
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the modem
languages department and as part of the American Indian studies minor.
OJB111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
RUSSIAN (RUS)
One year of Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued
in the ACTC Russian, Cenmal, and East European Studies Program, which requires two
years of language for the major (see page 243). See the Russian, Central, and East
European Studies Program campus adviser for more information.
RUS 111, 112 Elementary Russian I, II
Aims to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills
through oral classroom practice, elementary readings, short compositions, and
a growing acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language
lab. (Fall: 111; spring: 112)
SPANISH (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
SPA 105,106 Living Spanish I, II
Modified introductory level Spanish courses designed to accommodate students with recognized learning disabilities in the area of language learning.
Emphasis is placed on listening comprehension and vocabulary building
toward conversational goals. (Prereq.: Permission of the CLASS director)
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111; spring:
112)
SPA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. (Fall: 211; spring: 212)
SPA 248
Spanish and Latin American Culture Through Film
An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin
American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with
English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand)
-
Modern Languages 189
SPA 249
Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature. Through background
reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the
salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. (On
demand)
SPA 295
SPA 31 1
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a
prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
SPA 312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral
and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility stressing
idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. (Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 331
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In
Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational
basis)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
SPA 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written, and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 354
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, and
written and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor.
Note: Students who have taken SPA 356 taught in Mexico may not take 354.
Spring: on rotational basis)
190 Modern Languages
SPA 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SPA 456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in Spanish. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period.
(Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 457
Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the 19th and 20th centuries in Spain.
Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on
rotational basis)
SPA 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SPA 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
SPA 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
SPA 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SPA 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
M
usic has the power to strengthen
the mind, heal the body, and unlock the
creative spirit. Whether we experience
music as a listener, performer, or teacher, it
adds a significant dimension to our lives.
The Department of Music at Augsburg
College offers music training within the
context of a liberal arts education, and is
an institutional member of the National
Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
and the American Music Therapy
Association (AMTA). Music majors may
choose from four majors in three degree
programs: bachelor of arts (music major);
bachelor of music (music education
major); bachelor of music (performance
major); and bachelor of science (music
therapy major). Music minors and nonmusic majors may also participate in a
variety of music experiences including
music ensembles, private lessons, some
music courses, and additional Interim
courses or special performances.
Full-time Faculty
Merilee Klemp (Chair), Jill Dawe, Stephen
Gabrielsen, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta
Kagin, Robert Karlkn, Robert Stacke
immediately after enrolling at Augsburg to
establish an appropriate course of music
study and application/evaluation process.
All students interested in pursuing a
music degree at Augsburg are strongly
encouraged to contact a music faculty
adviser in their degree area as soon as
possible to ensure a smooth program of
study and timely completion of music
degree requirements.
Bachelor of Arts-Music Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of arts-music
major degree program, students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to spring juries of the sophomore
year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor
recommendation form for the major
instrument or voice with the application
(found in Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency
requirement
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury.
Bachelor of Music-Education Major
Part-time Teaching Faculty
Bridget Doak, Nancy Grundahl, Lila
Olson, Paul Ousley, Nicholas Raths,
Sonja Thompson
Music Performance Coordinator
Carley Miller
--
Augsburg students who enroll as freshmen must apply to the Department of
Music for acceptance to a degree program
by the end of the sophomore year. Transfer
students should meet with a music adviser
For acceptance to the bachelor of
music-education major degree program,
students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to spring juries of the sophomore
year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency requirement
lg2 Music
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore
jury. In addition to applying to the music
department, bachelor of music-education
major candidates must also apply to the
Department of Education for acceptance
into the music education licensure program. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the
bachelor of music-education major. A
cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses
is necessary for the music education licensure program.
Bachelor of Music-Performance Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of
music-performance major program,
students must:
submit an application for admission prior
to spring juries of the sophomore year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency requirement
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above as well as on the successful outcome of the audition and interview (see
Music Student Handbook).
Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy
Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of
science-music therapy major program,
students must:
submit an application for admission prior
to spring juries of the sophomore year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument
or voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano and guitar proficiency
requirements
Acceptance to the degree program will
based on the successful completion of the
above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury.
A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music
courses and a 2.5 in all music therapy
courses is necessary for the music therapy
degree. Bachelor of science-music therapy
candidates should consult with the director
of music therapy before applying for acceptance into the program.
Transfer Students
For acceptance to a music degree
program, transfer students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to the end of the sophomore year,
or as soon as possible after enrolling
at Augsburg
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and transferred credits with
the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency requirement
Music 193
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury if enrolled
as a junior or senior, or spring semester
sophomore jury if enrolled as a freshman
or sophomore. For bachelor of musicperformance major candidates, acceptance
will be based on the completion of the
above as well as on the successful outcome
of the audition and interview (see Music
Student Handbook).
Equivalency/Certification Students
The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already
have a bachelor's degree and wish to meet
the requirements set by the American
Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency
program prepares students for eligibility
to take the Music Therapy Board
Certification Examination. Depending
upon the student's degree and skill level,
individual requirements will be outlined by
the director of music therapy. There is a
minimum two-year residency requirement,
which includes participation in a major
ensemble for four terms and successful
completion of a two-year music theory
equivalency test.
For acceptance to the degree program,
equivalency/certification students must:
submit an application for admission during
the first semester of residency at Augsburg
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and transferred credits with
the application
submit the studio instructor recornrnendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency and
guitar proficiency requirements during
the first semester of residence
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury.
Candidates must submit an application
for admission prior to spring juries of the
sophomore year.
Students may qualify for participation
in the music honors program if they:
have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in
music courses
apply by petition for the honors program
before the senior year
provide leadership in one or more of the
following areas:
- promotion of high music
performance standards within
the music department
- breadth of music interests by
attendance at concerts on and
off campus
- major ensembles
Honors may be achieved in one of the
following ways:
writing a senior thesis and defending it
before a faculty committee
presenting an additional senior recital of
graduate quality
composing a work for vocal andlor
instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration
conducting an ensemble concert
a combination of the above
lg4 Music
-
Core cumculum (required of all music
majors):
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 102 Materials of Music I1
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 112 Aural Skills 11
MUS 201 Materials of Music I11
MUS 202 Form and Analysis
MUS 211 Aural Skills 111
MUS 212 Aural Skills IV
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
Large and Small Ensemble Participation
Performance Studies
Music Repertoire Tests
Piano Proficiency
Plus fulfillment of recital requirements
as given under each specific degree and
major, and French or German study as
stated in the general education requirements or in specific degree requirements.
Checklists for specific degree programs are
available in the music department.
Requirements: 12 course credits
Core cumculum plus one music credit
elective plus MUS 458 (Senior Recital)
plus two semesters chosen from:
MUS 311,312 Composition
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era
MUS 332 Music of the Classical Era
MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period
MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century
Eight quarter course credits of
performance studies in the major
instrumentlvoice
Eight quarter course credits in a
major Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Education Major
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Music Major
Offers the broadest education in liberal
arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend
to pursue non-performance graduate study
or desire to enter one of the many musicrelated business fields most often choose
this course of study.
Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public
schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become
certified to teach at the elementary through
the secondary level. Recommendation for
teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete the
requirements for the bachelor of music
education major.
-
Music 195
Requirements: 16.5 course credits
Core cuniculum plus:
MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1
MUS 358 Half junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 116 Healthy Concepts for Educators
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting and Field
Experience
EDS 341 Media Technology
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas
EDS 354 Creative Learning
Environments: Secondary and
Field Experience
EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12)
EDU 388 Human Relations
EDS 478 School and Society
EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
and Seminar
One of the following two:
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
Three of the following four:
EDS 356 Music Methods: Brass and
Percussion
EDS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
EDS 358 Music Methods: Strings
EDS 359 Music Methods: Vocal
One of the following two areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis--MUS 251,252,253,
254,435
Instrumental emphasis-MUS 152,155,
one course credit of music elective
Two quarter course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumenVvoice
Four half course credits of performance
studies in the major instrument/voice
Two full course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumenthoice
Two quarter course credits of performance
studies in the minor instrument/voice
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble
Improvisation competency on major
instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and in the major
instrument/voice
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Performance Major
Emphasizes intensive work in performance, supplemented by other courses in
music and the liberal arts. The program is
made available only to students of exceptional performing ability who are selected on
the basis of an auditiodinterview application
process. The bachelor of music performance
program prepares d t e d performers to compete for professional performing opportunities andlor graduate school auditions.
Requirements: 19.5 course credits
Core cuniculum plus:
MUS 311,312
Composition I, I1
MUS 358
Full junior recital
MUS 459
Full senior recital
lg6 Music
One of the following two:
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
One of the following three areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis-MUS 251, 252, 253, 254,
435, one course credit of music elective,
French or German to fulfill
language requirement
Piano or organ emphasisMUS 301,302,
436, 456, one half course credit of music
elective
lnsmmental emphasisMUS 301,302, one
and one half course credits of music electives
Two quarter course credits and six full
course credits of performance studies in
the major instrumentlvoice
Two quarter course credits of performance
studies in the minor instrumentlvoice
Eight quarter course credits in a
major Augsburg ensemble on the
major instrumentlvoice
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and 3.0 in the major
instrurnentlvoice
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Music Therapy Major
Fulfills the academic and clinical
requirements for eligibility to take the
Music Therapy Board Certification
Examination. The B. S. in music therapy is
minimally a 4 112 year degree program,
which includes a full-time (six months or
1,040 hours) internship in a clinical facility
approved by the American Association for
Music Therapy (AAMT). This course of
study is chosen by students who wish to
become professional music therapists.
Requirements: 23 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
MateriaLs
MUS 274,275
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 3 11 or 3 12 Composition I or I1
MUS 372,373
Psychological
Foundation of Music I, I1
MUS 374,375
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 472 Human Identity Through the
Creative Arts
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
MUS 474,475
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
Internship
MUS 458 Half senior recital
EDS 282 Introduction to Special
Education
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 362 Behavior Disorders
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
One of the following three:
MUS 152 Class Voice
MUS 155 Class Piano
MUS 158 Class Guitar
Two of the following three:
EDS 356 Music Methods: Brass and
Percussion
EDS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
EDS 358 Music Methods: Strings
One of the following two:
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
Eight quarter course credits of
performance studies in the major
instrumentlvoice
-
Music 197
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrumendvoice
Two semesters in an Augsburg small
ensemble (no credit)
Pass piano proficiency and guitar
proficiency tests
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all
music therapy courses
Requirements: 6 course credits
MUS 101,102 Materials of Music I, 11
MUS 111, 112 Aural Skills I, I1
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
One of the following two:
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1
While the music department strongly
encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in
the Augsburg Concert Band, the Augsburg
Orchestra, the Augsburg Choir, or
Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy
the major, minor, or general education
requirements. Ensemble requirements are
fulfilled by participation for the entire year.
One quarter course credit per semester is
granted to members of major ensembles
(MUE 111,112,121,141);other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is
required for music majors and minors in
ensemble courses. The general student
may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no
credit with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in an ensemble
may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies (Private Lessons)
One additional course in music history or
conducting
Four consecutive quarter courses in a
major ensemble concurrent with four
quarter courses of performance studies
on the major instrumendvoice
Pass one music repertoire test
Ensembles (MUE)
These musical organizations are open
to music majors, music minors, and nonmusic majors. All music students are
required to participate in a major ensemble
on their major instrument (where possible)
during their time at Augsburg College.
Auditions for membership in ensembles
are scheduled during the first week of the
school year or by arrangement with the
individual ensemble director.
Private instruction in voice, piano,
organ, or any instrument is available for all
students in the following categories:
No credit l/2hour lesson, 3 hours of
practice per week
1/4course credit, 1/2hour lesson,
4 hours of practice per week
lL2 course credit, 1 hour lesson,
8 hours of practice per week
One course credit, 1 hour lesson,
12 hours of practice per week
Lessons for credit require:
Private lessons
Jury examination at the end of each
semester
Attendance at departmental student
recitals and master classes
Attendance at concerts and recitals
lg8 Music
Lessons for non-credit:
Students may take private lessons for
no credit and are not required to fulfill the
performance and listening requirements.
A semester of study consists of 14
weeks of lessons, coaching, and a jury
examination. Music majors and minors are
required to register for music lessons for
credit (quarter, half, or full credit depending on year of study and degree being
sought). Credit is granted only for study
with faculty members of the Augsburg
College Department of Music, and private
instruction for credit is graded traditionally.
Music majors and minors must declare an
area of concentration. Students seeking a
bachelor of music-performance major
degree are also required to have a minor
instrument that necessitates additional
lessons, jury examinations, and performances. Freshmen may be awarded free
lessons, if taken for credit, in their major
instrument/voice and with the recommendation of their private lesson instructor.
Any lessons during Interim or summer are
arranged privately with the instructor. A
student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the instructor at
least 24 hours in advance. Otherwise,
except for illness immediately prior to a
lesson, the student will forfeit the right to
a make-up lesson. Limited school instruments are available for student use.
Music majors are required to attend
departmental student recitals and will perform if requested by their instructor. All
students registered in performance studies
for credit are required to attend eight designated music events during each semester.
Four of these events will be made up of
major ensemble concerts, senior student
recitals, faculty recitals, or designated campus music events. Four events should be
professional, off-campus concerts that have
the prior approval of the student's major
instrument/voice instructor. Off-campus
concerts will require that a program and a
one-sheet review be submitted to the
instructor. Music minors are required to
attend four events (on or off campus) that
meet the approval of their private instructor.
Note: Final grades for private lessons are
affected by attendance requirements.
Student Recitals
Students planning a recital should
carefully read the Music Student Handbook
and consult regularly with their applied
instructor. Concurrent registration in
performance studies in the major instrumenthoice is required for recital
performance. At least two full-time music
faculty members and the student's private
instructor must be present to evaluate
junior and senior recitals. Recitals are
given a padfail grade.
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements
or honors program will be sponsored by
the music department. Other student
recitals may be considered for departmental sponsorship. All music degree recitals
must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog and
repertoire lists.
B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration for
music education majors, and one hour in
duration for music performance majors.
B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration for music
education majors and music performance
majors.
B. A. and B. S. degree senior recitals (MUS
458) will be one-half hour in duration.
-
Music 199
EXAMINATIONS
Piano Proficiency
All music majors enrolled in a music
degree program must complete the piano
proficiency requirement by the end of the
sophomore year. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for piano major and non-piano
major requirements and test dates.
Music Repertoire Tests
Music majors are required to pass three
music repertoire tests, transfer students
must pass two, and music minors must
pass one. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for contents of music repertoire
tests and test dates.
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Joint Class Schedule
or the music department for course offerings in each term.
THEORY
MUS 101
(.5 course)
Materials of Music I
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement Test)
MUS 102
Materials of Music II
(.5 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a minimal grade
of 2.0)
MUS 111
Aural Skills I
MUS 112
Aural Skills 11
(.5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102.
To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111)
MUS 201
Materials of Music 111
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a
minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
(.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century
practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 201
and 211with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 211
Aural Skills 111
(.5 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing,
and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101.
(.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112)
200 Music
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
(.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211)
MUS 301
Counterpoint 1
(.5 course)
16th- through 18th-century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue, and canon. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 302
Counterpoint 11 (.5 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Barber,
Copland, Hindemith, and Shostakovitch. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 311
Composition 1
(.5 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound,
ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and
tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 312
Composition 11
(.5 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied
and used. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 311 with a minimal grade of 2.0 or permission from instructor)
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
(.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis
and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
111,231)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting
(.5 course)
Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection,
advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano
proficiency test and MUS 341)
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting
(.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting
techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341)
HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
102,201)
Music 20"
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101,102,201)
MUS 241
History of Jazz
This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the
historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including
early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and
progressive jazz.
MUS 320
Worlds of Music
A survey of non-Western musical cultures.
Thefollowingfour half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the histoly of music:
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 332
Music of the Classical Period
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology
student.
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire
A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western
Europe, Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing,
and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS
251-254 or permission from instructor)
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire
(.5 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening,
analyzing, and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department
curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES
MUS 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
MUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
202 Music
MUS 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
MUS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. Open only to advanced students upon approval of
the faculty.
TECHNIQUE
MUS 152
Class Voice
(.25 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
MUS 155
Class Piano
(.25 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sight-reading,
and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to pass the
piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor)
MUS 158
Class Guitar
(.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252), German Diction (253),
French Diction (254)
(each .25 course)
Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian,
German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes
regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International
Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music
education majors.
MUS 358
Junior Recital
(-0 course)
B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for music
education majors, one hour recital at Level IV for music performance majors.
No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 456
Piano Pedagogy (.5 course)
Principles, methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of
various pedagogical schools of thought.
MUS 458
Senior Recital
(.O course)
One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 459
Senior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire Level IV for music education majors, one hour recital at Level V for music performance majors. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
-
Music 20
W THERAPY
MUS 271
MUS 272
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children.
Human ldentity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of
musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama, and movement.
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 372
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy Theories of learning music, musical
talent, and performance.
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 472
Human ldentity through the Creative Arts
See course description for MUS 272. Enrollment for upper division credit
required for music therapy majors; will include an additional course module.
MUS 473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings,
including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy
with music.
Music
(.25 course each)
MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two
hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274,275,374,375,and pass piano and
guitar proficiency test)
MUS 479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship
(.5 course)
Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months.
(1040 hours) Application for internship must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: completion of all other graduation
requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire tests)
ENSEMBLES (MUE)
These musical organizations exist not
only for the benefit of the music student,
but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester
or by arrangement with the ensemble
director. Assignment to an ensemble is
then made at the discretion of the
appropriate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble
membership, preference is given to concert
band members.
While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble
experience, only membership in band,
orchestra, choir or Riverside Singers will
satisfy the major, minor, or general education requirements. Some instruments are
available for use by students.
MUE 111
Augsburg Choir (-25 course)
MUE 112
Riverside Singers of Augsburg (.25 course)
MUE 113
Vocal Chamber (.O course)
MUE 114
Masterworks Chorale (.25 course)
MUE 121
Orchestra (.25 course)
MUE 122
String Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 131
Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course)
MUE 141
Concert Band (.25 course)
MUE 142
Brass Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 143
Jazz Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 144
Percussion Ensemble (.O course)
-
Music 20!
PERFORMANCE STUDIES (MUP)
Private instruction for credit is graded
traditionally All areas of study are available
to the non-music major or minor. All
lessons are adapted to the individual needs
of the student and those bearing credit are
supplemented by accompanying, ensemble
participation, and other performances.
Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate
levels of achievement and the following
expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; music minor-Level I;
B.A. and B.S. majors-Enter I and attain
111; B.M. -Education major-Enter I1
attain IV; B.M.-Performance majorEnter I1 and attain V
LESSONS
MUP 111-411 Voice
MUP137-437
Horn
MUP 121-421 Violin
MUP 141-441
Trumpet
MUP 122-422 Viola
MUP 142-442
Trombone
MUP 123-423 Cello
MUP 143-443
Baritone
M UP 124-424 Bass
MUP144-444
Tuba
MUP 131-431 Oboe
MUP 152-452
Piano
MUP 132-432 Bassoon
MUP 159a
Piano accompanying
MUP 133-433 Clarinet
MUP 161-461
Guitar
MUP 1 3 4 4 3 4 Saxophone
MUP 171-471
Percussion
MUP 135-435 Flute
MUP 181-481
Organ
MUP 191-491
Harp
Note carefully the following provisions:
A semester of study is 14 weeks of
lessons and coaching. Any lesson during
the Interim or summer are arranged
privately with the teacher.
A student who cannot attend a scheduled
lesson is required to notify the teacher at
least 24 hoursin advance; otherwise
except for illness immediately prior to
the lesson, the student will forfeit the
right to a make-up lesson.
Credit is granted only for study with
faculty members of the Augsburg
Department of Music.
T
he natural science licensure program
- for teachers is designed to provide strong
preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
Courses are designed to provide a
broad, basic background in science and
allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student
will meet the distributionlgeneral education requirements of the College, the
requirements for appropriate majors, the
courses required in the Department of
Education and, in the physical sciences,
have at least one year of calculus. Consult
with the Department of Education for
requirements in education. Early consultation with adviser is essential.
Coordinator
Arlin Gyberg
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current licensure requirements.
Broad Base Requirements
Two earth science (PHY 101 Astronomy,
PHY 106 Meteorology, or geology)
BIO 113 Introductory Organism1 Biology
BIO 114 Introductory Genetics,
Evolution, and Ecology
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General
Physics I, I1
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
~
-
Biology Major
(for licensure in life science)
Broad base requirements, plus:
BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
BIO 491 Seminar
Six other biology courses, including at
least one from each of the following
groups:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
or BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 440 Plant Physiology
BIO 367 Biochemistry
or BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 476 Microbiology
or BI0 481 Ecology
And one course in Organic Chemistry
Physical Science Broad Base
Requirement
Two courses: one in earth science (astronomy, meteorology, or geology), and one in
general biology.
Natural Science 20;
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in physical science)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Graduation major in chemistry:
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, 11
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, 11 (WEC only)
One advanced chemistry course
One year of General Physics
Two physics courses above General Physics
(Recommended: PHY 245 Modem
Physics and PHY 261 Electronics)
Physics Major (for licensure in physical science)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement
Graduation major in physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 (WEC only)
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations*
Two additional physics courses above 122
One year of General Chemistry
One course of Organic Chemistry and
One course of Analytical Chemistry
*Note: PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics may substitute for
MAT 247
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
See listing under Modem Languages.
I I he Augsburg Department of Nursing
is designed exclusively for registered nurses
who want to increase their opportunities in
the health care field.
The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called
on to function in a variety of settings that
differ from those in the past. Today nurses
work in hospitals, clinics, corporations,
government agencies, schools, and community organizations, or in their own practices. Wherever they practice, nurses provide comprehensive health care through
the entire life span for people of all cultures and socioeconomic levels.
The bachelor's degree equips nurses
with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral, and nursing sciences. The nursing program at
Augsburg also provides educational opportunities to increase their skills in critical
thinking, clinical investigation, and decision-making that prepares them to handle
challenging new positions in today's health
care field.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading to
a bachelor of science degree with a major
in nursing, is accredited by the National
League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for public health
nurse registration in Minnesota. With two
additional courses, they are eligible to
apply for school nurse certification.
Nursing Faculty
Beverly Nilsson (Chair), Lucie Ferrell,
Pamela Weiss
Major
Ten courses including:
NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I:
Communication
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11:
Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 3 11 Community Health Nursing 11:
Practicum
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing
Research
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:
Families
NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing
of the Family
NUR 431 Leadership and Management:
Theory and Practice
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at
the completion of Level I and Level I1
courses of study are required. Students also
must complete Augsburg's residence and
general education requirements.
The program has been planned so that
the major can be completed within two
academic years; however, students may
pursue their studies at a slower pace.
Courses in the nursing major are
offered on weekends with practicum courses
requiring additional weekday time. More
time may be required to complete the total
course of study depending on the number
of credits transferred from other colleges or
universities. Students in nursing may take
non-nursing courses in both day school
and Weekend College. Students interested
in pursuing the nursing major should consult with an adviser from the Department
of Nursing for program planning.
-
Nursing 205
Honors Major
Admission to the honors major requires:
a GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3
overall, application to the department chair
by Nov. 1 of the senior year, recommendation by nursing faculty, and honors thesis
to be presented before a faculty committee
by April 15. Candidates register for NUR
499 to complete the honors requirement.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the nursing major.
1.Admission to Augsburg College:
Before you can apply for the nursing program, you must first be admitted to
Augsburg College. All applicants must present a high school diploma or equivalent
and a 2.2 GPA.
2. Graduation from an accredited nursing program: Applicants must have graduated from an NLN-accredited associate
degree or diploma nursing program with a
2.5 overall GPA.
3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The
applicant must be a registered nurse who is
licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the
nursing major.
4. Prerequisite course content: The following content must have been completed
with a minimum grade of Z.O-chemistry,
anatomy and physiology, microbiology,
English composition, introductory sociology, and introductory psychology. These
courses may be taken at Augsburg or at
another accredited college or university.
5. Current clinical practice: Applicants
must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years).
This may include graduation from a school
of nursing, work experience, or completion
of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent.
6. Applicants must have their own malpractice insurance, current CPR certification, and an updated immunization record.
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a
variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be
taken into account in any decision to work
toward a college degree. For this reason,
Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing this degree.
Nursing courses at Augsburg are
available only through Weekend College.
Classes usually meet on alternate weekends
for one 3 1/2 hour time block. Clinical
practice usually occurs on weekdays.
However, students also can complete
their liberal arts general education requirements by taking courses in day school and
Weekend College. It is recommended that
most liberal arts courses be taken before
starting the nursing major.
210 Nursing
-
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles.
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to the idea of theory-based nursing practice. Nursing theory
and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and then utilized in a
patientlclient situation.
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve
the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, and communities.
NUR 31 1
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum**
Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delivery systems.
Students will apply nursing process, teaching/learning theory, and basic public
health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq.: NUR 310)
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice.
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
Emphasis on research process and methods in nursing. Ethical issues in nursing research are examined. Students critique nursing research for its value in
nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq.: MPG 3 )
.
.. .. ...-. .........-
-
Nursing 211
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally diverse
families and explores theories related to family structure and function
throughout the life span. The role of the nurse in family health care is
examined. (Prereq.: NUR 311)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family**
Clinical practice offering the student an opportunity to provide complex nursing care to culturally diverse families in selected practice settings. (Prereq.:
NUR 403)
NUR 431
LeadershipIManagement:Theory and Practice**
Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of
change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability, and
advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs
in selected practice settings with a professional nurse preceptor.
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing.
The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and
students.
Independent Study:
NUR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
Note: I f NUR 31 1 and NUR 423 are not taken immediately following their respective theoly
courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of
the theoretical content. Students who decelerate for more thanfive years may be asked to audit
courses already taken. There is a fee to audit courses.
** This course involves an additional clinicalfee.
T
he Department of Philosophy assists
students to understand issues raised in the
traditional areas of philosophy. We consider questions about what knowledge is and
how we know about the nature of reality,
about the basis for making moral judgments, and about the rules for correct reasoning. Our goals are to instill in students
a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about
the significance and meaning of the world
they experience, and to develop the skills
of critical analysis and creative synthesis.
The department places a special emphasis on the history of philosophy, offering
four courses covering the period from the
ancient Greeks to the end of the 20th century. In these courses students are taught
how to read, understand, and criticize
great texts of Western civilization and to
see how ideas have developed and matured
through the centuries. The department also
offers courses where philosophy and its
methods and ideas are applied to other disciplines such as religion, science, and the
arts.
The major has been carefully planned
so that students can easily graduate with a
major in philosophy and one in another
discipline. Though some students continue
on to graduate school in philosophy, most
use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine, or the
Christian ministry. Philosophy majors generally perform better than others on graduate entrance examinations in medicine and
law. Others enter the work place confident
that the study of philosophy has given
them the ability to think critically.
Philosophy Faculty
David Apolloni (Chair), Mark Fuehrer,
Bruce Reichenbach
Major
Nine courses including:
PHI 230 Logic
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The
Classical Philosophers
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111:
Enlightenment and 19thCentury Philosophy
PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV 20thCentury Philosophy
A 400-level course (other than PHI 499)
Three elective courses in philosophy
Five courses must be upper division.
Honors Major
Admission to the philosophy honors
program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
Minor
Five courses, including two from PHI
241,242,343, and 344.
-
Philosophy 213
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces students to typical philosophical problems (like how
we know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world philosophically.
PHI 120
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they
use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125.
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and
action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the
end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual
virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI
125 may not receive credit for PHI 120.
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
Issues such as the ethics of sex in relation to marriage, pornography, and
homosexuality are considered. Then consideration is given to the nature and
history of romantic love and its relationship to sex.
PHI 215
Philosophy of the Emotions and Passions
An examination of several classical and contemporary philosophical essays on
the nature of human emotion and passion with the intention of discovering
the nature and role on this aspect of human nature. The impact of emotions
upon language, music, art, interpersonal relations, and even religion are
explored.
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the
rules that govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and
construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on inductive
reasoning.
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western civilization. In this course students read and analyze some
of the key works by Plato and Aristotle, as well as Stoic, Epicurean, and
Neoplatonic writings.
2'4 Philosophy
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
students will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers
in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in
constructing a Christian philosophy. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring)
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
Attempt is made to ask and answer some of the following questions: What is
a work of art? Is there such a thing as good and bad taste? What is aesthetic
experience?
PHI 343
History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and l%h-Century
Philosophy
This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes,
Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley,
Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th-century idealism and the
reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested prior course: PHI
241 or 242. Fall)
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th-Century Philosophy
An overview of the major schools of philosophical thought in the 20th century:
analysis, phenomenology, existentialism, pragmatism, structuralism, and
deconstructionism. (Suggested prior courses: PHI 241, 242, and 343)
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
We systematically investigate a series of questions about religion. What is the
relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said
about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible? (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy)
PHI 355
Asian Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 360
Political Philosophy
The question, What is just society? is considered with the answers given in the
20th century by utilitarianism, liberalism, Marxism, communitarianism, libertarianism, and feminism.
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's
knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods.
(Suggested prior course: PHI 230 or one course in natural science)
-
Philosophy 215
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings-both philosophical and literary-f
prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems that arise in the areas of health
care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation,
genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia.
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific area
of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242,343,344, or consent
of instructor. Offered annually)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHI 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
PHI 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
PHI 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
PHI 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
See listing under Health and Physical Education.
T
he Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is designed for students interested
in careers as health care providers.
The physician assistant concept originated during the mid-1960s. Physicians
and educators recognized that there was a
shortage and uneven distribution of primary
care physicians. To combat these problems,
the Physician Assistant Program was developed. All PAs must, by law or regulation,
have a supervising physician. An important
element of the physician assistant education is the emphasis on patient education.
The Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is a 27-month program of study
for students with at least 64 semester
hours of college credit. A new class of 28
students begins each May. Students who
intend to enter the Physician Assistant
Program must apply by December of the
previous year. The program is very competitive and not all students who apply are
accepted. Physician assistant students who
have not previously obtained a baccalaureate degree will earn a bachelor of arts in
physician assistant studies upon successful
completion of the program.
The Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is currently accreditated from
CAAHEP (Commission on Accreditation of
Allied Health Education Programs).
In order for someone to practice as a
physician assistant, one must graduate from
an accredited PA program and pass the PA
National Certification Examination. Practice
regulations differ from state to state.
The mission of the Augsburg College
Physician Assistant Program is to educate
students in a manner consistent with the
College's mission. It is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity to persons of
all cultures and backgrounds and oriented
toward providing care to undersewed
populations. Students are well educated in
current medical theory and practice, and
graduates are encouraged to work in primary care settings. The program promotes
dedication to excellence in performance,
with the highest standards of ethics and
integrity, and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development.
Physician Assistant Faculty
Dawn B. Ludwig (Chair), David Johnson,
Manuel Kaplan, Martha Kelly, Teny Lewis,
LuAnn Shay
Major
First Year (Twelve Months)
Twelve courses including:
Human Anatomy and
PA 3 11
Neuroanatomy
PA 321
Human Physiology
PA 331
PA Seminar
Phannacology I
PA 35 1
PA 361
Clinical Medicine I
History & Physical Exam
PA 371
Skills I
PA 341
Current Trends
PA 362
Clinical Medicine I1
PA 352
Pharmacology I1
PA 363
Clinical Medicine 111
History & Physical Exam
PA 372
Skills I1
PA 380
Emergency Medicine
and three supporting courses including:
PSY 368 Behavioral Health Care I
PSY 369 Behavioral Health Care I1
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
-
Physician Assistant 21;
Second Year (Fifteen Months)
Prerequisite: successful completion of the
first year of the PA Program and all courses
must be taken as traditional grading.
Clinical rotations in prearranged health
care facilities including:
PA 400 Family Medicine .............6 weeks
PA 410 Internal Medicine............6 weeks
PA 420 General Surgery ..............6 weeks
PA 430 Pediatrics.........................6 weeks
PA 440 OBlGynecology ...............6 weeks
PA 450 Emergency Medicine ...... 6 weeks
PA 460 Psychiatry........................6 weeks
PA 470 Electives ..........................6 weeks
PA 480 Family Medicine
Preceptorship ..................Final 11
weeks of
program
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each physician assistant and supporting course of
study is required. Students in the degree
program also must complete Augsburg's residence and general education requirements.
The program is planned so that the
major will be completed in 27 months.
The courses are offered consecutively, with
subsequent courses based on material
taught in previous courses; therefore, students are accepted for full-time study only.
The following steps must be completed
to apply for admission into the Physician
Assistant Program.
1. Prerequisite course content: The following courses must have been completed
at Augsburg (or an approved equivalent
course at another accredited institution)
with a GPA of 2.0 or better:
One year biological sciences for majors
Recommended courses include:
BIO 113 Introductory Organismal Biology
BIO 114 Introductory Genetics,
Evolution, and Ecology
BIO 355 Genetics
BIO 473 Animal Behavior
BIO 367 Biochemistry
BIO 476 Microbiology
CHM 223 Organic Chemistry
or CHM 3511352
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
2. It is recommended students maintain
a cumulative and science GPA of 3.0 or
better to remain competitive with all
potential applicants.
3. All general education
perspectiveslskills (except The City, one
Writing Skill, Speaking Skill, and Critical
Thinking) must have been completed. The
above perspectives and skills are included
in the physician assistant curriculum.
4. Submit a complete application to the
program prior to the deadline, usually the
end of December. Call the office for the
official deadline each year. A comp!ete
application packet includes: the application, three or four letters of reference, an,
application fee, and an official transcript
from each post-secondary school attended.
5. Application and admission to
Augsburg College prior to matriculation to
the Physician Assistant Program.
Physician Assistant
PA 31 1
PA 321
Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy
This course takes a regional approach to the study of human anatomy. The
course will involve dissection of human cadavers. This course is offered only
to students accepted into the PA Program.
Human Physiology
A course involving lectures, demonstrations, discussions, and laboratory exercises designed to present general physiological principles involving the nervous, respiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, and endocrine systems, and
the special senses. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program)
PA 331
PA Seminar
A seminar exploring the history and role of physician assistants, including the
laws and regulations governing their practice and education. (Prereq.:
Admission to the PA Program or consent of instructor)
PA 341
Current Trends
This course educates the student in understanding medical literature, research
of literature, and analysis of medical articles. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA
Program)
PA 351
Pharmacology l
This course covers drug metabolism, chemotherapy, toxicology, and prescriptive practice as related to disease processes of the autonomic, cardiovascular,
respiratory, and gastrointestinal systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA
Program and successful completion of summer semester)
PA 352
Pharmacology II
This course covers drug metabolism, chemotherapy, and prescriptive practices
as related to the pediatric, dermatologic, otolaryngologic, endocrine, and gynecologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 351)
PA 361
Clinical Medicine I
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and
the clinical skills associated with the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal, and endocrine systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program and
successful completion of summer semester)
PA 362
Clinical Medicine II
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and
the clinical skills associated with the otolaryngologic, ophthalmalogic, and
neurologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 361)
Phvsician Assistant 21!
Clinical Medicine Ill
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and
the clinical skills associated with the rheumatologic, orthopedic, gynecologic,
obstetric, pediatric, geriatric, dermatologic, and immunologic systems.
(Prereq.: PA 363)
History and Physical Exam Skills I
A lecturddiscussion/laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure
designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to the
interviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: Admission to the
PA Program)
History and Physical Exam Skills II
A lecture/discussion/laboratorycourse with extensive clinical exposure
designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to the
interviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: PA 371)
Emergency Medicine
A lecture/laboratory course designed to educate the student in common emergency procedures. Topics covered will be adult and pediatric trauma, surgical
procedures, and cardiac arrest protocol. (Prereq.: PA 371 and 362)
Family Medicine
A six-week required rotation that emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation,
diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases, and conditions unique to the
clinical practice of family medicine.
Internal Medicine
A six-week required rotation during which the indication, limitation, and
methods of performing the necessary diagnostic procedure and therapeutic
measures used in the treatment of general medicine disorders are reviewed.
General Surgery
A six-week required rotation providing an orientation to patients of various
ages with surgically manageable diseases, emphasizing preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative periods.
Pediatrics
A six-week required rotation designed to emphasize care of the child from
birth through adolescence, emphasizing common childhood illnesses, normal
growth and development, and abnormal variations.
-
220 Physician Assistant
PA 440
OB/CYN
A six-week required rotation that provides an exposure to the spectrum of
problems and issues associated with women's health care, including pregnancy,
common gynecological diseases, and preventive care.
PA 450
Emergency Medicine
A six-week required rotation designed to provide an in-depth exposure to the
illnesses and injuries sustained by all ages that necessitate emergency care.
PA 460
Psychiatry
. A six-week required rotation designed to provide an understanding of the
behavioral components of health, disease, and disability with exposure to
patients with a variety of psychiatric diagnoses.
PA 470
Electives
A total of six weeks spent by the student in a department-approved rotation of
the student's choice, such as, but not limited to, cardiology, orthopedics, radiology, dermatology, and neurology.
PA 480
Family Medicine Preceptorship
An 11-week required rotation providing the student an opportunity to utilize
all skills and knowledge gained in the program, emphasizing complete patient
care in a family medicine setting. (Prereq: completion of the clinical year of
PA studies)
P
hysicists are a curious and ambitious
lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe.
Historically called "natural philosophers,"
physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical
analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to
the largest galaxies and from the relative
stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery
activity of stars. Physics plays an important
role in many of the liberal arts disciplines
and contributes to society's understanding
of such areas as energy, weatker, medical
science, and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and the need to keep
abreast of rapid technological advances,
the department strives to give students not
only an understanding of basic concepts,
but also insights into recent developments.
A rigorous major provides students with
the preparation required for graduate study
in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work
in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, computer science, atmospheric
science and meteorology, oceanography,
biophysics, environmental science, and the
medical and health-related fields. The
department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that
enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science.
These courses provide the basis for
further study and enable students to
follow new developments with some
degree of comprehension.
The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor's and advanced degree
levels, and administers Augsburg College's
portion of funds designated for the
Minnesota Space Grant College
Consortium, funded by NASA. It also
maintains active research programs (supported by NASA, the National Science
Foundation, and other federal agencies)
through its Center for Atmospheric and
Space Sciences. Several students work as
research assistants in these efforts during
the academic year and in the summer.
Cooperative education, internship, and
undergraduate research programs provide
opportunities for students to apply their
knowledge and problem-solgng skills in
practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings.
Physics Faculty
Jeffrey Johnson, Mark Engebretson,
Kenneth Erickson, William Monsma
Physics Research Staff
Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, David
Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research
Group, Augsburg College Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences
222 Physics
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major
13 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
MAT 245,247 Calculus 111 and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
H BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Major
17 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 352 Mechanics I1
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory I1
PHY 486 Quantum Physics I
One physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
MAT 245, 247 Calculus 111 and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
18 course credits. It is the same as the
B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320
and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective physics course.
Honors Major
A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.0 overall.
An independent investigation of a physics
topic with an oral defense of the written
research report. Application for the honors
major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have MAT 145, 146, and
PHY 121, 122 during the freshman year,
and MAT 245 and 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
-
Physics 22:
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in the society is open to all
students interested in physics.
Three elective physics courses
above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, I1
Sigma Pi Sigma
Society of Physics Students
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of
Physics Students provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of
this national physics honor society is open
to those students who have completed the
equivalent of a minor in physics,
have a
,
GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and
rank i n the upper third of their class.
PHY 101
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system. stars. and galaxies and tracing
development scimtific thoughr from earlv civilization to the present. Night
viewing and laboratory sessions are required, (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall, spring)
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
Applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental
principles of physics and explore hands-on intuitive approach. (Two threehour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall, spring)
PHY 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles of the Earth's weather and climate. Topics
include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming, and ozone
depletion. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2.
Fall)
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems,
and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a
broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall)
PHY 121
General Physics I
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave motion.
Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall)
2"
Physics
PHY 122
General Physics II
A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY
121, MAT 146 or concurrent registration. Spring)
PHY 245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental
perspective. Relativity, atomic, molecular, nuclear, and solid state physics.
This course develops the experimental foundations and need for quantum
mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one one-and-one-half hour laboratory.
Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall)
PHY 261
Electronics
AC and DC circuits, analog electronics, digital electronics, and the analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lecl
tures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 146.
Spring: cross-listed with computer science)
PHY 320
Introduction to Space Science
A survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic
storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring)
PHYIMAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
Special functions encountered in physics. Partial differentiation, Fourier series,
series solution of differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal
functions, and functions of a complex variable. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 245 or equivalent. Spring:
cross-listed with mathematics)
PHY 351
Mechanics I
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillations, central forces, and two-particle kinematics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall)
PHY 352
Mechanics II
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, noninertial reference frames, thermodynamics, and statistical mechanics. (Three
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY 351, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, and
electric properties of materials. (Three one- hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 247 or
PHY 327. Fall)
-
Physics 225
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory 1 (.5 course)
An emphasis on independent laboratory work and participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modem physics. (One three-hour
laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing
or consent of instructor. Fall)
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (-5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour
per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of instructor.
Spring)
PHY 420
Plasma Physics
Y u n d a m e n t a l s of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma
drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration)
PHY 486
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedinger
equation,
operators, wave functions, expectation values, and
.
approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 245,351. Fall)
PHY 488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas
of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 486. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHY 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
PHY 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
PHY 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
PHY 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
F
irmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in the
humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis,
it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally The role and significance
of authority in human affairs establish the
focus of political science; because politics
is a central and enduring reality in the
world, it affects and is affected by many
other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis
to examine political reality and to suggest
and test alternatives. The student who
majors in political science will explore
political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and
compare political systems, and develop
perspectives on international relations. In
the process, the student will be encouraged
to relate insights from other liberal arts
disciplines such as philosophy, psychology,
economics, history, and sociology to the
study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of
political science, the major supplies the
breadth appropriate for graduate work in
the discipline, as well as in public administration, public policy analysis, law, and
other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications, and
other fields. Legislative and other intemships, as well as significant independent
research projects, are within easy reach of
Augsburg political science students in the
Twin Cities area. Combined with broad,
balanced, and flexible course offerings,
these special opportunities enhance the
student's potential for graduate study and a
successful career.
Augsburg political science students
have the benefit of an experienced faculty
that offers courses in all major areas of
political science, and also possesses special
expertise in the areas of campaigns and
elections, comparative and international
politics, mass communication and other
information technology, racial and ethnic
politics, and American public law.
Political Science Faculty
Andrew Aoki (Chair), Milda Hedblom,
Philipp Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten,
William Moms, Norma Noonan
Major
Ten courses:
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 483 Political/Statistics/Methodology
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective-ne
of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
Also at least five other upper division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area. Only one
internship may count for an upper division
area. Also one other political science course
in any area, upper or lower division.
Honors Major
The honors major in political science
includes the requirements listed above,
plus the following: The student's GPA must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; the
student must take an honors independent
study and a seminar, and must submit an
-
Political Science 227
honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with
any member of the department on their
honors thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the department chair. Students
should apply for the honors major no later
than the junior year.
Minor
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas.
POL 483 may not usually be used
for a minor.
Political Science Areas
(I) American Government and Politics,
(11) Comparative Politics and Analysis,
(111) International Politics, (IV) Public Law,
and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a political science
major in combination with specified social
science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the department chair.
See the class schedule for precise listing
of terms in which courses are offered.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
POL 121
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas;
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential, and
bureaucratic policy-making; and current issues in American society
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on actors, structures, and other influences on urban public policy
Discussiodecture, case studies of the Tivin Cities metro area, and meetings
with public officials and activists.
POL 124
American Women and Politics
Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic,
and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives.
POL 325
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the
United States; governmental regulation, promotion, and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential
election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
228 Political Science
POL 342
Mass Communication in Society
A study of the effects of new information technology, of new communications
networks such as the Internet, and of the traditional electronic media. Covers
uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and
public affairs. Includes issues such as ethics, censorship, and internationalism~.(Prereq.: Sophomore standing.)
POL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive, or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of
contemporary issues.
POL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states.
The course will focus on either European community law and politics or
domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science
or consent of instructor)
POL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union andlor other communist~post-communist
states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political
processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes
and countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons
of political processes such as political participation, political development,
political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
-
Political Science 229
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the
former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of
some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends;
senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: four
courses in the international relations sequence)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American
political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in
the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of insuuctor)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutional law, especially civil rights. Content will vary,
defined by the subtitle of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor)
POL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation,
including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, access, ethics,
and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent
of instructor)
230 Political Science
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description.)
POL 380
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals,
and assumptions that continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative
perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 382
Marxist Theory
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism
as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and
economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the changing role of
Marxist doctrines in society (Prereq.: POL 158 or consent of instructor)
POL 383
Political and Social Change
Examines cultural, social, and political change, focusing largely but not exclusively on the United States. Also emphasizes understanding the process of
political change, and how individuals can participate effectively in that political process. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor.)
POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political
study. Major research is required. (Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper
division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS
POL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
POL 483
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
An introductory survey of the methods of political science with an emphasis
on quantitative reasoning and research design including evaluation of existing
research in the field. Discussion of experimental designs, descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the construction and execution of political survey.
POL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
-
Political Science 231
nternships and Independent Study Courses:
POL 199
POL 299
POL 399
POL 499
lnternship
See description on page 85. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants
exception.
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
lnternship
See description on page 85.
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 86.
P
sychology is an exploration of
behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding
of individual and group behavior.
Psychology's scientific method also equips
students to understand and use scientific
research and to make more informed judgments about claims in the popular media.
To prepare students for graduate study
and work in psychology, the major emphasizes the complementary components of a
strong foundation in research and theoretical work with application of knowledge and
skills in coursework, research experience,
and internships within the community The
curriculum's emphasis on problem-solving
skills and current information about human
development and interaction is also relevant to careers in many related setting*
business, education, social services,
research, law, government, church,
and medicine.
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology have varied professional spec i a l i z a t i o ~ l i n i c a lcounseling,
,
physiological, developmental, social, cognitive,
environmental, and industriallorganizational psychology-as well as expertise in
psychological applications to health, law,
and public policy. Students may tap this
expertise through a variety of learning
experiences-within and outside the classroom, with group and individual projects,
and through association with Augsburg's
active Psychology Club, Psi Chi Honor
Society, and faculty-student research teams.
Psychology Faculty
Nancy Steblay (Chair), Grace Dyrud,
Norman Ferguson, Emily Hause, Duane
Johnson, Victoria Littlefield, Bridget
Robinson-Riegler
Major
Ten courses including:
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
PSY 200 Psychological Science
Laboratory
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
PSY 330 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis 11
PSY 399 Internship
At least one course from the following:
PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology
PSY 355 Biopsychology
PSY 359 Assessment
At least one course from the following:
PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar
PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
At least three additional psychology courses.
(Majors are strongly encouraged to take
more than 10 psychology courses; no more
than 13 count for graduation. )
Note: A minimum of five courses must be
from Augsburg. No more than two courses
from among PSY 299,399, and 499 may be
counted.
Transfer-course policy for majors
and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in
writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the
transfer guidelines may only be applied to
elective or PSY 105 credit for the major.
WEC psychology courses are offered
only on an alternating year basis.
All psychology majors must have an
adviser in the psychology department.
-
Psychology 233
Teaching Licensure Major
Honors Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall,
and completion of a high-quality research
project culminating the major program.
Formal application must be made during
the junior year. Please consult the department chair for more detailed requirements.
Minor
Five courses, including PSY 102 or 105,
and four electives. A minimum of two
courses must be from Augsburg. No more
than two courses from among PSY 299,
399, and 499 may be counted.
PSY 101
Self-Identity and Values
A study of personal life and the role of the individual in the larger social context. Topics include development of identity and gender roles. (This course
does not substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to upper division psychology
courses.)
PSY 102
The Individual in a Social World
A scientific investigation of social issues, with analysis of both individual and
group factors. Topics include media, prejudice, conformity, legal processes,
and consumer issues. Research participation is required. (This course does
substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to upper division psychology courses.)
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications
of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research
participation is required.
PSY 200
Psychological Science Laboratory
An introduction to the science of psychology through problem-solving. The
focus is application of psychological principles to real-world issues. Emphasis
on data collection, summary, and communication. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 201
Health Psychology
Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological
interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 230
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientific method as practiced in psychology.
Emphasis on skills of bibliographic research, research design and data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted data analysis,
and APA-style presentation of research findings. PSY 230 must precede
PSY 330. (Prereq.: PSY 200)
234 Psychology
PSY 325
Social Behavior
Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence,
attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 200 or consent of insmctor)
PSY 330
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis II
Part I1 of a two-term sequence. See PSY 230. PSY 330 should be taken in the
term immediately following PSY 230. PSY 230 may be taken for one course
credit without taking 330. (Prereq.: PSY 230 with a grade of 2.0 or higher)
PSY 351
Child Development
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Practical implications of data
and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 352
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 353
Aging and Adulthood
Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive
and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who
study and work with the largest growing segment of our population-the
elderly (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 354
Cognitive Psychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
PSY 355
Biopsychology
Relationship between brain and behavior. Considers biological bases of learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psycholo& personality, normal and
altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
PSY 356
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence of the
physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.:
PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learninghehavior change and their application to self-management, family, work, school, and clinic settings. Individualized projects.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
-
Psychology 23:
PSY 359
Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement,
personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability
and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
PSY 361
Personality
Theory, research, and assessment of behavior patterns of individuals. Historical
and current views of personality with attention to cultural factors. (Prereq.:
PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 362
Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to psychological disorders. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 368
Behavioral Health Care I
(Physician Assistant Program requirement) Application of psychological theory, research, and clinical principles to health care practice. Emphasis on developmental health issues and a biopsychosocial health model. (Prereq.: Junior
standing in PA Program or PSY 355 and instructor approval)
PSY 369
Behavioral Health Care II
(Physician Assistant Program requirement) Continuation of PSY 368. Specific
skills and knowledge for effective clinical interviewing, diagnosis, and development of health care plans. Emphasis on psychopathology. (Prereq.: PSY 368)
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and
behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
The theoretical and applied study of organizations: group processes and organizational change, member characteristics and appraisal. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 381
Historical Perspectives
Consideration of psychological questions and theoretical positions as they
developed historically Changes from philosophical roots to scientific method
and postmodernism. (Prereq.: Two psychology courses)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of
goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: Three
PSY courses and junior class standing)
PSY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 230 and
consent of instructor)
-
236 Psychology
PSY 491
Advanced Research Seminar
Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students'
knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary research issues. Recommended for students headed for graduate
school and those electing an honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 330 or comparable
course approved by instructor)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion and exploration of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research. (Prereq.: PSY 230
and junior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
PSY 199
lnternship
See description on page 85. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and one other
psychology course).
PSY 299
Directed study
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 399
Internship
See description on page 85. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required.
(Prereq.: PSY 330)
PSY 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: PSY 330)
R
eligion asks fundamental questions
of life and meaning: Who are we as human
beings? Where did we come from? Where
did the world come from? What do good
and evil mean in this time and
place? Students will wrestle with these
questions and with responses from the
Christian traditions and from the perspectives of the other major world religions.
Through this study of religion, students
will learn to understand, appreciate, and
articulate the Christian faith, as based in
the Bible, as lived in the Christian fellowship, as embodied in the Christian Church
and its history, and as interactive in the
contemporary world and with other world
religions. Students will also develop the
ability to read and interpret the Bible,
other religious texts, and various expressions and practices of faith, so that their
meaning for human life in relation to God
becomes evident. In addition students will
develop skills for becoming leaders in the
religious communities to which they
belong and for living as responsible citizens with others whose religious views and
practices differ from their own.
A religion major encourages students to
seek their future in the world andlor
church through a sense of vocation, serving as pastors, associates in minisq, nurses,
youth and family ministry lay professionals
in congregations, and as social service and
human resource professionals in a wide
variety of settings.
Religion Faculty
Lynne Lorenzen (Chair), John Benson,
Bradley Holt, Philip Quanbeck 11, Beverly
J. Stratton, Mark Tranvik
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Stuclles
REL 356 History of Religions
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
Three additional religion courses, of which
two must be upper division courses.
Note: Seminar, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior year.
Before taking the seminar, each major must
have written one formal research paper and
placed it on file with the department chair.
Only one Interim course may be applied to
the major. One New Testament Greek
course may be applied to the major.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall,
research project approved by the department, and colloquium with the department. Application must be received by the
department by Dec. 30 of the student's
senior year.
Minor
Five religion courses. Not more than
one Interim course may be counted for the
minor.
Note: Not all courses that meet
Christian Faith Perspectives are REL courses and do not count toward the religion
major or minor.
Youth and Family Ministry Major
The major in youth and family ministry
prepares persons for faithful work as youth
and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This
238 Religion
major is interdisciplinary, combining a core
study of theology and Bible with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A
distinctive part of the major is the combination of practical and theological training,
using resources of the Youth and Family
Institute of Augsburg College. Students are
accepted into the program through a twostep candidacy process.
This major requires an approximately
100-hour internship administered by the
Youth and Family Institute in partnership
with a congregation. It may be possible for
the intern to receive a stipend for this
internship.
The candidacy process begins with
application, normally in the fall of the
student's sophomore or junior year. Two
of the theology core courses must be completed before making application to the
program. An essay, one letter of reference,
an assessment instrument called "Self
Portrait," and an interview are required for
candidacy review. The teaching staff will
conduct step one. The second step will be
conducted by the Youth and Family
Institute staff with help from experienced
pastors, a member of the religion faculty,
and youth and family ministers. This usually follows the internship in the fall of the
senior year. Retaking the "Self Portrait," an
essay, an assessment of the internship, and
an interview are required. This step is very
important for recommending the students
for employment.
Major
Ten courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
Youth and family ministry core:
REL 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry (Interim)
REL 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership (Interim)
REL 358 Life and Work of the Church
REL 399 Internship
Theology elective: choose one of the
following:
REL 356 History of Religions
REL 353 DenoIltkmtions and Religious
Groups in America
REL 343 Theology of Marriage (Interim)
and six supporting courses:
EDU 210 Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
EDU 265 Orientation to Education
(with field work)
or SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and
Policies
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
PSY 351 Child Development
or PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult
Development
or SWK 260 Humans Developing
Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major may not also major or
minor in religion.
-
Religion 23s
"" "" Or 331 isprmequisite to all other courses. REL 111 or 221
is expected to be taken in either the freshman or sophomore year at Augsburg.
Junior or senior transfer students who are
required to take two Christian Faith
Perspective courses may take REL 331 as
the prerequisite for other courses.
Department approval is necessary
before courses taken in other colleges can
be accepted for aligion department credit.
All majors must have an adviser in the
department.
REL 111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world that concerns Christian doctrine.
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents; the
task of biblical interpretation; and the history of Israel and the emergence of
the church.
REL 231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African
backgrounds, religion under slavery, and evangelicalism.
REL 331
Foundations in Bible and Theology
An advanced introduction to the biblical and theological foundations of the
Christian faith, focusing on writing and advanced critical thinking skills. Open
only to advanced transfer students. Not accepted for credit for students who
have taken REL 111or REL 221.
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Croups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian
denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups.
Some controversial religious movements will also be considered.
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
240 Religion
REL 357
Giants of Christian Faith
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation, and modem
periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of
the periods in question.
REL 358
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention to Christian education and curriculum, youth work, and parish work.
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on
religious movements in American society
,REL 361
The Church in the Fi'rst Four Centuries
A study ofthe early Christian Church, including persecution and martyrdom,
councils and creeds, and conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions.
REL 362
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the
16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures.
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to
the challenges of its environing culture.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife.
REL 386
Speaking of Genesis
An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretaton
through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related
biblical texts.
REL 390
Theology of Death and Dying
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and
ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modem medical technology.
-
Religion 24'
REL 420
The Russian Orthodox Church
Theology and history will be studied primarily from the perspective of those
Christians who live in Greece, Turkey, and Eastern Europe, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia.
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and
men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on
Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor.
REL 471
Jews and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus.
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings.
REL 475
Judaism
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as
attention to current issues facing the Jewish community The Jewish
Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism.
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action.
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the
classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian
theologians who have been influenced by them.
242 Religion
REL 490
Topics in Religion
Individual study in selected religion courses not addressed in regular course
offerings.
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year; others
by permission of instructor. (Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
REL 199
Internship
See description on page 85. Limited to special cases.
REL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
REL 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
REL 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
See department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
RELIPHI 350 Philosophy of Religion
(See PHI 350)
T
his major, offered through the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC), seeks to give the broadest possible exposure to the history, politics, economics, literature, and philosophy of
Central and Eastern Europe and Russia.
This interdisciplinary major offers an
opportunity to become well acquainted
with societies in socio-economical and
political transition as well as the rich literary and cultural achievements of the area.
Experience with the Russian language or,
through the University of Minnesota one of
the Eastern European languages, is
required. Russian, Central, and East
European studies is a sound liberal arts
major offering considerable flexibility and
career opportunities, especially when combined with another major or minor in business, economics, history language, and literature or political science.
Courses are offered at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, the College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas, thus drawing
on the faculty and resources of the five
ACTC institutions.
Adviser
Magda PalecznyZapp
Major
Eleven courses, including language and
area studies courses:
A. Language Courses: Two years of
basic college Russian, Polish, SerboCroatian, Czech, Hungarian, or
equivalent competencies.
B. Area Studies Courses:
Track 1: Concentration in humanities
Five courses: Four courses from the list of
approved courses in Track 1,plus one
course from Track 2, as approved by adviser.
Track 2: Concentration in social sciences
Five courses: Four courses from the list of
approved courses in Track 2, plus one
course from Track 1, as approved by adviser.
C. Two other courses selected from either
Track 1 or Track 2.
D. Students are smongly recommended to
take a third year of Russian or any other
East European language. A program of
study abroad in Russia or one of the
Central or East European countries during
a semester, Interim, or during the summer
is strongly encouraged. All options should
be discussed with the student's adviser.
-
244 Russian, Central, and East European Studies
TRACK 1
HUMANITIES CONCENTRATION
HIS 348 Russia and Soviet Union in the
20th Century
E L 420 The Russian Orthodox
Church
TRACK 2
SOCIAL SCIENCES CONCENTRATION
E L 420 The Russian Orthodox Church
ECO 317 Comparative Economic
Systems
EC0 495 Topics (Requires permission
of adviser)
POL 351 Topics in Communisflost
Communist Systems (Requires
permission of adviser)
POL 363 Russian and Chinese
Foreign Policy
Students may take other Eastern
European language courses that are offered
at the University of Minnesota through
ACTC. See the adviser or contact the
ACTC office for further information.
Students may not receive credit for the
same course taken on different campuses.
The following courses are considered to be
equivalent to-one another:
(Location: A = Augsburg; H = Hamline;
M = Macalester; C = St. Catherine; T = St.
Thomas.)
HIS 60 M = HIS 337 H
HIST 333 T = HIST 373 H =
HIST 348 A = HIST 351 C
*ECO25M=ECO317A=
ECO 349 T = ECO 349 C
Faculty Advising
Students should consult an adviser regularly in order to secure a coherent and
effective program. Each ACTC institution
has a faculty member on the Russian,
Central, and East European Studies
Committee. These advisers can help with
selection of courses, recommendations for
study abroad, and consideration of career
options.
The current advisers are: Augsburg,
Magda Paleczny-Zapp, 330-1761; Hamline,
Karen Vogel,
- 641-2973 and Nick Hayes,
641-2314; Macalester, Gary Krueger, 6966222; St. Catherine, Sr. Margery Smith,
690-6553; and St. Thomas, Sr. Mary
Shambour, 962-5164.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary
Studies.
s
tudents preparing to teach social
studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the
Department of Education, a competencybased program designed to provide a broad
foundation in the social sciences.
Coordinator
Christopher Kimball
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Seven courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113
Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 222 20th-Century U.S.
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 336 Introduction to Cbltural
Anthropology
One course in geography
(human or cultural)
Plus a major in one of five fields-economics, history, political science, psychology or
sociology. Geography and anthropology are
also acceptable fields, although they are
not offered as majors on the Augsburg
campus.
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult,
as soon as possible, the Augsburg
Department of Education and the social
studies coordinator.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
T
he social work major prepares graduates for entry-level generalist, professional
practice in the field of social work. The
program is accredited by the Council on
Social Work Education and leads to a
bachelor of science degree. The program is
based on a generalist model of practice,
enabling graduates to work with individuals,
families, groups, and communities and
to develop and analyze social policy.
Courses within the program utilize a
student empowerment model for teaching
and learning.
Augsburg's social work major provides
a strong foundation for graduate studies in
a variety of fields. Since 1991 Augsburg has
offered a full-time master of social work
degree on a weekend schedule.
The College's commitment to the liberal
arts is highly compatible with education
for professional social work practice. The
liberal arts foundation, with its emphasis
on breadth of understanding, cultural and
ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas,
and analysis and synthesis, is ideal for
social work education.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education
for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of
the Department of Social Work. Unique
learning opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided
by a metropolitan setting known for a
humane quality of life that is enhanced by
the arts, outstanding human services, and a
highly-educated populace. The Twin Cities,
as the hub for these services, provides both
a variety of field placements for social
work students and external experts for the
classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate,
respect, and work with people different
from themselves and to be enriched by this
opportunity to interact with diverse clients
and professionals.
The social welfare minor and electives
in the department allow students from
other majors to gain knowledge about
human needs and growth, human s e ~ c e s ,
and the methods of effective citizenship.
Students taking these courses have the
opportunity to learn about public issues
and develop and nurture a perspective that
sees the central importance of diversity to
the social fabric of this country Using this
knowledge, students are encouraged to use
their talents and skills to address the needs
of society in the interest of the public
good, always emphasizing social justice.
Social Work Faculty
Glenda Dewberry Rooney (Chair),
Anthony Bibus (BSW Program director),
Vern Bloom, Laura Boisen (MSW field
coordinator), Lois Bosch, Maria Brown,
Francine Chakolis, Maria Dinis, Annette
Gerten, Rosemary Link, Sharon Patten,
Curt Paulsen, Michael Schock (BSW field
coordinator), Edward Skarnulis, Clarice
Staff, Mary Lou Williams
-
Social Work 24;
Concentration
Major
Ten core courses:
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11:
With Families and Groups
SWK 3 17 Field Work 11:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of Practice
and Programs
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work 111:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 419 The Social Worker as
Professional
and seven supporting courses:
BIO 101 Human Biology
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems:
A Cross-Cultural Perspective
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender,
and Race
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for
each course in the core program and a 2.0
GPA is required in the supporting program.
'
Concentrations in aging, chemical
dependency, crime and corrections, social
ministries, and youth are possible. A concentration consists of courses descriptive
of functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in
the senior year in the special area. For
social ministries, a minor in religion
with specific coursework is required.
Completion of a concentration is noted
on the transcript.
Candidacy
Social work majors must be granted
candidacy status before the beginning of
the senior year. Certain 400-level courses
list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written
self-statement, reference letters, and the
completion of all core and supporting program courses below the 400 level are necessary for candidacy review.
Social Welfare Minor (for other
majors)
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
Communities and Polices
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity Gender,
and Race
and one course from:
SWK 465 Social Policy:
Analysis and Development
POL 121 American Government
and Politics
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325 Public Administration
-Social Work
248
School Social Work Licensure
Requirements
State Department of Education required
coursework includes EDU 265, HPE 115,
and 400 hours in school social work settings. See adviser for additional specifics.
Social Ministries
This concentration helps to focus social
workers on work in church congregations
or church-sponsored social programs and
projects. The concentration was designed
by the Departments of Religion and Social
Work. The concentration is achieved by
completing the f0110~ingCourse of study:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With
Families and Groups .
SWK 317 Field Work 11:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of
Practice and Programs
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work 111:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 419 The Social Worker as
Professional
Social Ministries Minor in Religion
Required course--choose one:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology or
REL 221 Biblical Studies
Suggested course-hoose
four:
REL 231,263,342,343,353,360,363,
366,370,415,441, and 483.
H ELECTIVE COURSES ARE OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS.
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development
in the global context. It also identifies the focus of social work in addition to
many other disciplines that are vital to fostering peace.
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
This course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to
a possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange to
perform 60 hours of work in a human service agency and must attend the
weekly seminar.
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of
the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors that influence the
growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and
groups or special stresses is also a focus.
Social Work *4!
SWK 301
History and the Analysis of Social Policy
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The values and social movements that form charitable and governmental
responses to human needs will be explored. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
SWK 406
Social Work Practice Ill: With Communities and Policies
This course focuses on social change through community organization; community development and social action; with emphasis on history, theories, and
issues relevant to social change; the understanding of communities, human
service agencies, and practice in the local community. (Prereq.: senior standing
or consent of instructor)
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
This course includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and
methods of analysis. Development and implementation will be viewed first
hand through work with a public policy agency or official. (Prereq.: SWK 301,
406, and senior standing or consent of instructor)
COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY
SWK 306
Social Work Practice I: With Individuals
This course covers the basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles, and techniques of social work with individuals and small
groups, and development of relationship building skills. Includes video-taping
laboratory sessions. (Prereq.: Integrative Seminar with SWK 301, junior standing)
SWK 307
Field Work I: lntegrative Seminar*
Beginning supervised professional practicum experience in a social work
agency that focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A
total of 120 hours, plus a small-group integrative seminar. (Prereq.: SWK 301,
junior standing, concurrent with SWK 306. P/N grading only)
SWK 316
Social Work Practice [I: With Families and Croups
This course builds skills in the problem-solving model with diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise, and regular class work focusing on
generalist practice in social group and family work. (Prereq.: candidacy status)
SWK 317
Field Work II: lntegrative Seminar*
Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social
service agency. A total of 120 hours, plus an integrative seminar. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 316. P/N grading only)
*Can be taken in coordination with cooperative education, which may provide payment for
work infield sites.
-
250 Social Work
SWK 401
Research: Evaluation of Practice and Programs
This is an overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program and practice evaluations, plus use
of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. (Prereq.: MPG 3 )
SWK 407
Field Work Ill: lntegrative Seminar*
Field work practicum, a total of 60 or 120 hours plus integrative seminar.
(Prereq.: candidacy status. P/N grading only)
SWK 417
Field Work IV: lntegrative Seminar*
Continuation of SWK 407; a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar.
(Prereq.: candidacy status. P/N grading only)
SWK 419
The Social Worker as Professional
This course reviews professional ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, job
attainment, and strategies for agency change and empowering clients. (Prereq.:
candidacy status.)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
SWK 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SWK 295
Topics:
Special themes in social work specified in subtitle.
SWK 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
SWK 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SWK 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
*Can be taken in coordination with cooperative education, which may provide payment for
work infield sites.
s
ociology is the study of society as a
whole and of human social organization in
groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social
world and how human beings come to
think and act as they do.
The goal of the department is to guide
students in gaining knowledge of the social
order, how it affects them in their daily
lives, and how it can be applied to their
vocation. Sociology majors develop an
understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, learn to create and use
scientific tools of analysis, and practice the
application of sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships,
independent study, Interim courses, and
field studies. The department urges students to use Augsburg's metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning.
Internships and cooperative education
enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they
explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the human resources
departments of both government and private corporations, in the criminal justice
field, and as professors of sociology. Others
have used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as l a y the
ministry, social work, urban planning, and
human services.
Sociology Faculty
Diane Pike (Chair), Gany Hesser, James
Vela-McConnell, Gordon Nelson, Michael
O'Neal, Rita Weisbrod
Major
Ten courses including:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 485 Modem Sociological Theory
and four additional sociology courses.
Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended.
Concentration in Crime and Community
Many of our students are interested in
the field of criminal justice. This concentration, however, is not a traditional criminal justice program. Rather, the focus is on
understanding crime in the community
with respect to prevention, to solution of
problems that lead to crime. Students
interested in community crime prevention
as well as the traditional aspects of criminal justice+ourts, prisons, probation, and
law-will be served by this major. See
department chair for specific requirements.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
-
252 Sociology
Honors Maior
To complete the honors major in sociology, the student must have a minimum
GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall. In .
addition, students must: (1) successfully
complete an internship, independent study,
or cooperative education experience; (2)
submit a portfolio of completed papers and
projects. See department chair for specific
requirements.
Lo
0 0
An application for the honors major
can be obtained from the department chair.
A letter of intent to apply for honors
should be received by the chair no later
than Nov. 1 of the senior year. The application and portfolio must be submitted for
department acceptance by March 1.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and
two upper division courses, at least two of
which must be &ken at Augsburg College.
o w
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does i t make us who we are? socidlogy offers insights
into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions
with each other. (Fall, spring)
SOC 21 1
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the face of multicultural, economic, and
ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this possibility
(Fall, spring)
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
Diversity in family systems is explored among world cultures and within
mainstream and sub-cultures in the United States. Students prepare and
deliver oral reports on world and American family topics. (Fall, spring)
SOC 265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender, and Race
Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse
backgrounds-race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality-receive unequal
portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses
on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality.
(Fall, spring)
-
Sociology 253
SOC 277
Introduction to Criminology
What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain
crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police
courts, corrections, and criminal policy. (Fall)
SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology .
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that
are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so much
of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect
to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on
religious movements and institutions in American society (Prereq.: SOC 121
recommended. Fall)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative a n a l y s k b e it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.:
MPG 3. Fall)
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good researchdo you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis.
(Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
How does soceity construct the individual? How does the individual construct
society? This course analyzes the dynamic tension between the self and
society, as well as the major questions, issues, perspectives, and methods of
the field. (Prereq.: Soc 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to planning and
shaping metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and walking research field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring)
254 Sociology
SOC 485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing
the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.:
Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SOC 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SOC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
SOC 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SOC 498
lndependent Study-Metropolitan
Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available
in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College
resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 andlor consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and
department chair. Fall, spring)
SPANISH
See listing under Modem Languages.
O
ur quality
. of life, both personally
and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality
. of our communication. A
communication major at Augsburg is
designed to enhance understanding of
communication in a variety of contexts
and to improve communication skills.
Since communication careers demand a
broad educational background, the department strongly encourages a second major
or two minors in fields such as business,
economics, English, history, international
relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work, sociology, or theatre arts.
The Augsburg communication major
focuses on competency in both speech and
writing, as well as effective use of media.
Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities
and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as
aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statistics, and research methods in
their programs.
Prospective majors should meet with a
departmental adviser as early as possible to
design an approved major Program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech/Communication and Theatre
Arts Faculty
Martha Johnson (Chair), Deborah
Redmond, Julie Bolton, Michael Burden,
David Lapakko, George Gaetano
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Communication Major
12 courses overall-six required core
courses and six courses within one of three
emphases. For transfer students, at least
six of these 12 courses must be upper division courses offered at Augsburg.
Required of all communication majors:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 188 Forensics Practicum
(non-credit)
SPC 351 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
One of the following: ENG 223, 225,
226. 227.
Rhetoric Emphasis
Six additional electives from the following: SPC 329,343,345,347,399,495,
499; THR 350,360; LIN 311; PHI 230; PSY
325,371; SOC 362,375.
Organizational Communication
Emphasis
Six additional electives from the following: SPC 329,345,399,495,499; ART
132,225,330; SPC 345; BUS 340,355 or
450; CSC 160; PSY 325,371,373; SOC
265, 349, 375.
Mass Communication Emphasis
Six electives from the follo&ng: SPC
343,347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,
225,330; ENG 226,241,327,347; POL
342,375; THR 232,325,350,360.
substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors
candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
For All Three Emphases
Communication Minor
Six courses including:
SPC 111, Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speakipg
POL 342 Mass Communication in
Society
or SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
SPC 351 Argumentation
or SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
or SPC 355 Small Group
Communication
ENG 223,225,226 or 227
Majors must participate in Augsburg's
Interscholastic Forensics Program by
attending at least tw6 interscholastic
speech tournaments. Registering for and
completing SPC 188 (Forensics Practicum)
is required to document participation.
Students should be aware that the tournament season is essentially from October
through mid-March, and should plan
schedules accordingly
All majors should plan to include at
least one internship (SPC 399) as one of
their electives.
Students may petition the department
to include is part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the departmental adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the adviser or department chair.
Honors Major
The honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in
the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their major program, complete a
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be upper
division courses offered at Augsburg.
Prospective minors must obtain prior
approval from a c o ~ u n i c a t i o n
faculty
adviser.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
SPC 111
Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis,
style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students may take either
SPC 111and 112 for credit, but not both. Fall, spring)
SPC 112
Contest Public Speaking
Theory and practice of speaking in formal contest situations. Students must
attend three interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate,
speaking to entertain, andlor communication analysis. (Note: Students may
take either SPC 111 or 112 for credit, but not both. Fall)
SPC 188
Forensics Practicum
A non-credit experience in forensics. Students must attend two interscholastic
forensics tournaments between October and March. (Fall, spring)
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. (Fall: alternate years)
SPC 343
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. (Fall)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation
of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of
communication problems. (Fall: alternate years)
SPC 347
Documentary Video
A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on
experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
SPC 348
Broadcast Production I1
This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.:
SPC 343 or 347)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives.
SPC 352
Persuasion
Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying
special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Spring)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. (Fall, spring)
SPC 355
Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making,
leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring)
SPC 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
SPC 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SPC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
SPC 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
SPC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
See department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
Photography
PHI 230
ART 225
Communication Design I
POL 342
Communication Design II
ART 330
POL 375
Human Resource
BUS 340
PSY 325
Management
PSY 371
Marketing
BUS 355
Communications
PSY 373
Marketing Management
BUS 450
SOC 265
lntroduction t o
CSC 160
Computer Science and
Communications
SOC 362
lntroduction t o Creative
ENC 226
SOC 375
Writing
THR 232
lntroduction t o Cinema Art
ENC 241
THR 325
Advanced Journalism
ENC 327
THR 350
Quantitative Journalism
ENC 347
THR 360
Theories o f Grammar
LIN 311
(see Modem Languages)
Logic
Mass Communication
in Society
Media Law
Social Behavior
Psychology of Cender
Industrial/Organizational
Psychology
Culture: Ethnicity,
Gender, and Race
Statistical Analysis
Social Psychology
Acting
Playwriting
Voice and Diction
Interpretative Reading
T
he study of theatre is firmly grounded
in the liberal arts, integrating knowledege
and principles from many academic and
artistic disciplines, including speechkommunication, art, music, history English,
literature, business, philosophy, and religion. Both the curriculum and dramatic
productions by the Theatre Arts Program
offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the campus while also providing
a solid base in classical, modern, contemporary, and multicultural theatre.
Augsburg's location in the heart of a
major theatre center makes it an ideal
place to study theatre. At Augsburg we
seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and
scholars, by encouraging connections
between our campus and the greater arts
community while also exploring connections between theory and application.
Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist
Series (an annual series of events featuring
visiting theatre professionals from the Twin
Cities community who work closely with
students,) and attendance at numerous
professional productions in the Twin
Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are
treated as unique learning laboratories
where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional
artists-in-residence.
In addition to learning skills specific to
theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions:
collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking,
leadership, creativity, and self-expression.
Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for such careers as law, edu-
cation, business, communication, and journalism, as well as prepare theatre students
for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the
workplace, the department strongly
encourages a second major or minor in
such fields as speech/communication, art,
English, education, music, or religion.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Theatre Arts Major
Ten courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism 1
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Three of the following:
THR 116 Creative Drama
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 350 Voice and Diction
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
THR 399 Internship
or THR 499 Independent Study in Theatre
Ten production units in three or more
of the following areas: performance (three
required), artistic (one required), and production (four required).
Unless you are a transfer student. all
six core courses must be taken at
Augsburg; therefore, careful, early planning
is required.
260 Theatre Arts
Freshmen planning to major in theatre
arts should begin with courses THR 116,
222,232; sophomores: THR 228,245,361,
362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361,
365; seniors THR 365,366.
Note: Several courses are offered alternate years only Thirteen theatre courses
are allowed toward graduation. '
A capstone course, such as an internship, is encouraged, but not required. THR
002,003,004, or 005 is recommended to
fulfill lifetime sports requirements.'
Majors must participate in two out of
three dramatic productions every year.
Students must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA
to have major participation in productions.
Honors Major
.
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement
on a specific project of special interest to
the student. Honors majors must maintain.
a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA
overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent proj'ect of
honors quality (THR 499). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental
adviser prior to their senior year to develop
a proposal for the honors project.
Transfers: Transfer students are
required to take three Augsburg upper
division theatre arts'courses.
'
Theatre Arts Minor
Five courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 232 Acting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
or THR 362 Theatre History
Criticism I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Five production units in the following
areas: performance (two required), artistic
(one required), and production (two
.
required).
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy Minor
Five courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
~eachingLicensure Major
Students interested in the theatre
teaching licensure major should consult
with the theatre arts faculty for course
requirements. Students should also consult
with the Augsburg Department of
Education to identify current Minnesota
teacher license requirements.
-
Theatre Arts 261
THRIHPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports-Introduction to Dance
(.O course)
This course offers an overview of various forms of dance from modem and
ballet to Asian and Latin forms. Each class will begin with a rigorous, physical
warm-up, mixing yoga, breathing exercises, and modem dance technique.
THRIHPE 004, 005 Lifetime Sports-Modern Dance and Improvisation
(.O course)
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises
and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern.
Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short
improvisational pieces. (Prereq.: THR/HPE 002, 00, or instructor's permission.
NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THR/HPE 002,003,004, or
005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.)
THR 116
Creative Drama
A study of theatrical movement, mime, mask, actipg with an emphasis on
active participation and reflective writing. (Fall)
THR 222
Introduction to Theatre
An introduction to survey of dramatic art including major historical periods,
plays, artists; dramatic structure; basic concepts and techniques of the play
production process. Students attend and review stage productions. (Fall)
THR 228
lntroduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre
tours. Open40 all students. Lab required. (Fall)
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional
preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to,scene and character
study in American drama. Students attend and review live productions. (Spring)
THR 245
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories,,and plays of
traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures,
films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. (Fall: alternate years)
THR 325lENC 325 Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television, and film. Students
will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the developmGt of playscripts from idea to finished product.
(Prereq.: ENG 111 and one literature course. ENG 226 also recommended.
Fall: alternate years)
262 Theatre Arts
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will
execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. Class will take
theatre tours, have visiting designers, and practical involvement with the
Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, materials needed. (Prereq.: THR
228 or permission of instructor. Spring)
THR 333
Acting for Camera
An exploration of acting principles and techniques as applied to video and
film. Since the art of acting enhances skills for on-camera effectiveness, actual
TV drama scripts, commercials, and others will be used for video performance.
THR 350
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the
vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports
and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Fall: alternate years)
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry, and drama. Study, discuss, practice, and perform readings in prose, poetry, and drama before small
and large groups. (Spring)
THR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially
with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Fall or Spring
THR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
r
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and
attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken
sequentially with THR 361. (Fall or Spring)
THR 365
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene, monologue study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles
from the classics (Shakespeare, French neoclassicism,Restorationcomedy, realism, and non-realism), culminating in public recital. (Prereq.: THR 222 and
THR 232. Fall or Spring)
-
Theatre Arts 263
THR 366
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: play analysis, production organization, technical
collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of
two pieces required, the latter for public recital. Permission from instructor
required. (Prereq.: THR 361, THR 362, THR 328. Spring)
THR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
THR 199
Internship
See description on page 85.
THR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
THR 399
Internship
See description on page 85.
THR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 86.
See Metro-Urban Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
T
he Women's Studies Program provides students with the opportunityto
examine critically women's contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. This is an inter-college
program with course offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, the College of
St. Catherine, and the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus
not only on gender, but also acknowledge
that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women's experiences.
The Women's Studies Program offers
both a major and a minor, and provides
students with academic preparation for
careers in human services, education, and
social work as well as graduate study.
Major
Ten courses that must include WST 201
Foundations in Women's Studies, WST 495
(Seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399
(internships). The remaining seven electives are to be selected from approved
women's studies courses. At least three
courses must be upper division courses.
Students may take courses at any of the
colleges participating in the women's studies department. However, at least three
courses must be completed at Augsburg.
The writing component of the graduation
skills requirements for the women's studies
major must also be completed at Augsburg.
Each student's program must have the
written approval of the women's studies
program coordinator.
Minor
Women's Studies Faculty
Jacqueline deVries (Coordinator), Kristin
M. Anderson, Maria Brown, Grace B.
Dyrud, Doug Green, Milda Hedblom,
Victoria Littlefield, Lynne Lorenzen,
Catherine Nicholl, Beverly J. Nilsson,
Norma Noonan, Nancy K. Steblay,
Beverly J. Stratton, James Vela-McConnell
Five courses that must include WST
201; three electives, one of which must be
upper division; and WST 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student's program must have the written
approval of the women's studies programcoordinator.
-
Women's Studies 265
WST 201
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and
how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen
from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women's
experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class.
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in
non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
WST 265
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, literature, and other aesthetic creations, the class
analyzes the position of women in American culture. Emphasis will be placed
on the perspectives of women of minority groups.
WST 281
Topics in Women's Studies
INS 311
The Development Process
(See International Studies, Women and Development.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
WST 325
African American Women: Social, Historical, and Creative
Perspectives
This course examines the historical roots of African American women from
Africa to locations in the United States and other parts of the African
Diaspora. The effects of slavery and its resulting effect on African women are
examined, as well as past and current contributions by African American
women.
WST 481
Topics in Women's Studies
WST 495
Women's Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and minors
who do not elect to do an independent study (499). It is offered at a different
college each year.
266 Women's Studies
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
WST 199
lnternship
See description on page 85.
WST 299
Directed Study
See description on page 86.
WST 399
lnternship
See description on page 85.
WST 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 86.
Any must be approved in writing by the women's studies coordinator
See department listingsfor descriptions of thefollowing approved electives:
ART 352
Women and Art
ENG 236 or
436
Women and Fiction
ENG 480
Criticism
HIS 311
Topics in Women's History
HIS 380
History o f Women in the West t o 1870
HIS 381
History of Women in the West Since 1870
POL 124
American Women and Politics
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371
Psychology o f Gender
SOC 265
Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Chair
Barbara C. Gage
Secretary
Inez Schwarzkopf
Vice Chair
Norman Hagfors
Treasurer
Glen Person
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk
before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate.
*Rev. Gary E. Benson '70 (2002)
Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran
Church, Rochester, Minn.
*Dr. Ruth E. Johnson, '74 (2000)
Director, Mayo Breast Clinic, Mayo Clinic,
Rochester, Minn.
Rev. Roger C. Eigenfeld (2000)
Senior Pastor, St. Andrew's Lutheran
Church, Mahtomedi, Minn.
*The Hon. LaJune Thomas Lange '68 (2001)
Judge, Hennepin County Government
Center, Minneapolis, Minn.
*Ms. Tracy Lynn Elftmann '81 (2002)
Attorney, Mackall Crounse & Moore,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. David J. Larson (2002)
Sr. Vice President, Secretary and General
Counsel, Lutheran Brotherhood,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Ms. Barbara C. Gage (1998-11)
Vice President, Gage Marketing Group,
Plymouth, Minn.
*Mr. H. Theodore Grindal'76 (2002)
AttomeyRartner, Lockridge Grindal
Nouen, Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. Thomas K. Guelzow (1998)
Guelzow & Senteney, Ltd., Eau Claire, Wis.
Mr. Norman R. Hagfors (2001)
President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. James E. Haglund (2000)
President/Owner, Central Container
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
Ms. Beverly Thompson Hatlen (1999)
Board Chair, Minnesota Life College;
President, Hatlen Foundation, Apple
Valley, Minn.
Mr. Allen A. Housh (2001)
Business Consultant, A.A. Housh and
Associates, Edina, Minn.
*Ms. Julie R. Nelson '83 (2002)
Executive Director, The Dwight D.
Opperman Foundation, Minneapolis, Minn.
*Mr. Ronald G. Nelson, '68 (2002)
Vice President and Controller, 3M Center,
St. Paul, Minn.
*Mr. Glen E. Person '47 (1999)
Retired Businessman, Eden Prairie, Minn.
Mr. Wayne G . Popham (2000)
Senior Attorney, Popham, Haik, Schnobrich
& Kaufman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. Curtis A. Sampson (2001)
President and CEO, Communications
Systems, Hector, Minn.
*Ms. Inez M. Schwarzkopf '59 (1998)
Assistant Vice President of the Mission,
Investment Fund-ELCA, St. Paul, Minn.
-
Board of Regents 269
Mr. Glen J. Skovholt (2000)
Vice President, Government and
Community Affairs, Honeywell, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Mr. Leland N. Sundet (1998)
Chairman and CEO, Sundet Companies,
Eden Prairie, Minn.
*Ms. E! Dawn Taylor, '78 (2002)
President, The Iowa Group,
Des Moines, Iowa
*Ms. Jean M. Taylor, '85 (2000)
Vice President of Development, Travel
Tags, Eagan, Minn.
Mr. Michael W. Thompson (2001)
Realtor, Edina Realty Inc., Edina, Minn.
Ms. Pamela L. Tibbetts (2000)
Chief Operating Officer, Fairview Health
System, Minneapolis, Minn.
Ms. Kathryn H. Tunheim (1998)
Principal and President, Tunheim Sanuizos
Company, Minneapolis, Minn.
*Mr. William A. Urseth, '71 (1998)
Chairman and CEO, Upland Global
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
*Ms. Joan L. Volz, '68 (2000)
Afton, Minn.
Ms. May Ka-Yee Yue (2000)
President and CEO, Norris Education
Innovations, Inc., Edina, Minn.
DIVISION
FOR HIGHER
EDUCATIONAND SCHOOLS
THEEVANGELICALLUTHERANCHURCH
IN AMERICA
(ELCA)
Chair
The Rev. John G. Andreasen
Director for Administration and Finance
Sue Rothmeyer
Secretary
The Rev. S. Philip Froiland
Director for Colleges and Universities
(vacant)
Vice-Chair
Mary Hull Mohr
Asst. Dir. for Colleges and Universities
Cheryl Chatrnan
Executive Director
The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen
270
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
FACULTYAND
Beginning year of service is indicated with parentheses.
Officers
William V. Frame (1997). President. B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of
Washington.
Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Vice President for Academic and Learning Services and Dean of
the College. Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Paul R. Carlson (1998). Vice President for Finance and Administration. B.S., University of
Nebraska; M.B.A., University of Montana.
Ida B. Simon (1998). Vice President for Institutional Advancement and Community
Relations. B.A., Lincoln University; M.Ed., University of Illinois-Urbana; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary.
Richard J. Thoni (1972). Vice President for Institutional Research and Program
Development. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Administration
Richard Adamson (1989). Controller and Director, Business Office. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; Certified Public Accountant.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Professor of Chemistry. B.A.,
St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Dean for Library and Information Technology.
Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jose R. Bourget-Tactuk (1997). Director, Center for Global Education. Associate Professor.
B.A., Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., Andrews University.
Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., St. Cloud State University.
Paul Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director. B.S.Ed., Concordia College-Nebraska, M.Ed.,
University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Herald Johnson (1968). Director, Student Services Center. B.A., Augsburg College.
Benjamin Kent (1996). Academic Advising Coordinator, Academic Advising Center. B.A.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.S., University of Oregon.
William Kuehl (1996). Director, Weekend College Admissions. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Ann Klamer (1993). Director, Residence Life. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point;
M.S., Ohio University.
Gaye Lindfors (1993). Assistant to the President. Director, Human Resources. B.S.,
Mankato State University.
Donna McLean (1985). Director, Alumni and Parent Relations. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Art Meadowcroft (1985). Director, Facilities Management Services. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 271
Barbara R. Nagle (1998). Director, Public Relations and Communication. B.S., Ohio
University.
Norma C . Noonan (1966). Director, Master of Arts in Leadership Program. Professor of
Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University.
Julie Olson (1991). Program Coordinator, Weekend College. B.A., Augsburg College.
Lois Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of
Minnesota; MS., Mankato State University.
Paul Simmons (1992). Registrar. B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
Lora Steil (1994). Human Resources Manager. B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Interim Associate Dean for Student Affairs. Professor of
English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Don Warren (1978). Director, Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministry. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Faculty
A
Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University
Sandra J. Agustin (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Virginia P. Allery (1993). Associate Professor of Education. Coordinator, American Indian
Studies Minor. B.S., Viterbo College; M.S., Eastern Montana College; Ph.D.,
Unive~sityof Minnesota.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. Men's Basketball
Coach. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Seminary.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Dean for Library and Information Technology.
Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio ArtistElute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestem University.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther-Northwestem Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Salah Ayari (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. Maitrise Combinee de
Langues, Institut Bourguiba des Langues Vivantes, Tunis; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
272 Augsburg College Faculty
-
B
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio ArtistE'ercussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Mimiesota.
Aroti G. Bayrnan (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Edinburgh.
Marilyn D. Bennett (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
Pomona College; Registered Physical Therapy, Children's Hospital of Los Angeles
School of Physical Therapy; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Michael D. Berndt (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.A., Southern Illinois University-Carbondale.
Anthony A. Bibus, I11 (1992). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William F! Bierden (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University
Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Laura S. Boisen (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado;-MIA., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1975). Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.EA.,
University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch (1997). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College;
M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Jose R. Bourget-Tactuk (1997). Associate Professor. Co-Director of The Center for Global
Education. B.A., Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., Andrews University.
Nora M. Braun (1997). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/ Accounting1 MIS.
B.S.B.A., University of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Lisa A. Broek (1993). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central
College; M.A., University of Iowa.
Maria L. Brown (1980). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American
University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed.,
Boston College.
Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27!
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
W. Roger Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A.,
Oklahoma State University; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of SpeecWCommunication and Theatre
Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University
of Minnesota.
Janelle M. Bussert (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div.,
Yale University.
C
William C. Capman (1994). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Margaret M. Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accountingl
MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Daniel J. Challou (1997). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.S., State University of
New York-Albany; M.S., University of Illinois at Urbana; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Hamline University.
Susannah G. Chapman (1997). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time, Music. B.M., Mannes
College of Music; M.M., D.M.A., State University of New York-Stony Brook.
Mary Knop Chelberg (1992). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David T. Chollar (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., University of Houston;
M.S.W., Fordham University.
Tara K. Christopherson (1992). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Stout; MIA., Minneapolis College of Art and Design.
Kurt N. Claussen (1997). Studio ArtistISaxophone, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., University of Minnesota.
Candyce L. Clayton (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph R. Clubb (1994). lnsmctor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John's University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Larry J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacfic Lutheran
University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
274 Augsburg College Faculty
-
D
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St.
Catherine; M.EA., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of
Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music.
Jacqueline R. deVries (1994). Assistant Professor of History Coordinator; Women's
Studies. B.A., Calvin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Maria C. Dinis (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., California State
University; Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley.
Steven G . Dixon (1994). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., Utah State University; M.L.S.,
University of Arizona.
Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A.,
Saint Mary's University.
Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College.
Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State
University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Fran~oiseM. duRivage (1993). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Universite
de Bordeaux 111; M.A., Universite de Paris IV (Sorbonne); M.A., Ph.D., Duke
University.
Linda D. Dyer (1995). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Bridgewater State College;
M.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
E
Nancy Edwards (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Indiana University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Darcey Engen (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University
of Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio Artist/Trumpet, part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.EA., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
Rene Escoto (1997). Academic Coordinator. Center for Global Education. M.A., The
Institute for Social Studies, The Hague, Holland.
Susan E. Everson (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 275
Heidi M. Farrell (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lucie K. Ferrell (1992). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S., College of St. Catherine;
M.N., University of California-Los Angeles; Ph.D., Adelphi University.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
Phillip E Fishman (1988). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University
of Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Eloise I. Fredrickson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Southwest State
University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
C
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
George M. Gaetano (1993). Assistant Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre
Arts. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Germundsen (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.A., American University; Cand. Mag., Universitet i Bergen, Norway;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Annette M. Gerten (1997). Instructor of Social Work. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio ArtistIClarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Sandra E Gilbert (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., St. Olaf College; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Janet L. Goldstein (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Hebrew University,
Jerusalem; M.S.W., Yeshiva University.
J. Michael Gonzalez-Campoy (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies.
B.A., Macalester College; M.D., Ph.D., Mayo Medical School and Mayo Graduate
School.
Karen M. Graves (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Nansee L. Greeley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
276 Augsburg College Faculty
Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Brown University.
William D. Green (1991). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University.
Robert C . Groven (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communicationand Theatre Arts.
B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy J. Grundahl (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
H
Abo-el-Yazeed T. Habib (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/
Accounting/MIS. B.B.A., Tanta University, Egypt; B.A., M.A., Cairo University,
Egypt; M.B.A., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of North Texas.
Panduleni S. Hailonga (1993). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Namibia,
Center for Global Education. B.S., Windhoek College of Nurses; M.S., Leeds
Metropolitan University, United Kingdom.
Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Dolores V. Hanson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
B.S., Moorhead State University.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of
Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo.
M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ Accounting/
MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering and Technology, Karachi; M.B.A, Ball
State University; D.B.A., Kent State University.
Kathryn M. Hathaway (1997). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College;
M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois University.
Emily L. Hause (1995). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Robert G. Hazen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; B.S.,
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Maurice Healy (1996). Academic Coordinator of Guatemala Programs, Center for
Global Education. B.A., Maryknoll College; M.Div., M.Rel.Ed., State University
of New York-Maryknoll.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27:
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. Director of Canadian Studies
Program. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University;
D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A.,
Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Notre Dame.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.EA.,
University of Iowa.
Bradley I! Holt (1981). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., Bemidji State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn B. N. Horowitz (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/
Accounting MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio ArtistNiolin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M.,
Indiana University.
Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio ArtistRiano, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., Indiana
University.
David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
I
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Elena Izaksonas (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Michigan.
J
Lisa E. Jack (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Southern California.
William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of
Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Anne C . Jensen (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Ross A. Jilk (1997). Instructor of Biology. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University
of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
278 Augsburg College Faculty
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Associate Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre
Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David R. Jones (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.S., University of St. Thomas.
Jeffrey E Judge (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
K
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration/ Accounting/ MIS.
B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park
College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers
University.
Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., University of California;J.D., University of Minnesota.
Manuel E. Kaplan (1995). Consulting Medical Director, Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.S., University of Arizona; M.D., Harvard Medical School.
Robert A. Karlen (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ten L. Kaslow (1993). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Patricia A. Keahna (1996). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., University
of Maryland; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Martha H. Kelly (1995). Academic Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.A., Michigan State University; PA. Certification, Bowman Gray School
of Medicine.
John W. Kenny (1992). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., John Carroll University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Christopher W. Kimball (1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., McGill University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
Elizabeth E! Klages (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science and Nordic Area Studies.
B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International
Studies.
Vivian L. Klauber (1996). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
George Washington University; M.A., State University of New York-Albany.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27!
Marilyn A. Kramer (1994). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
Paul S. Kriegler (1993). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Mankato State University; M.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.
Thomas L. Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University;
M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Diane 0. Kuhlmann (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., M.B.T., M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Scott E. Kuster (1994). Academic Coordinator, Academic Programs in Namibia. Center for
Global Education. B.A., George Washington University; M.A., American
University.
L
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University
of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistalit Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William W. Latimer (1996). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Hobart College; M.A.,
Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Rhode Island.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio ArtistFrench Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University.
Lynn Lindow (1985). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton;
M.Sc., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Victoria M. Littlefield (1992). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., University of
Michigan-Flint; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University.
Roseann Lloyd (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lejeune Yolande Lockett (1997). Academic Coordinator, Mexico, Center for Global
Education. B.A., University of California-Davis; M.S., University of California.
Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Christoffel Lombard (1996). Academic Coordinator, Namibia, Center for Global
Education. B.A., B.Th., University of Stellenbosch; M.Th., D.Th., University of
Western Cape.
J. Lynne E Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., The
Claremont Graduate School.
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Colorado-Denver; M.S., PA. Certification, University of Colorado
Health Science Center.
280 Augsburg College Faculty
Steven P. Lund 1982). Studio Artist~Trombone,part-time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ann Lutterrnan (1993). Academic Coordinator, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
Earlham College; M.Div., Yale Divinity School.
Beth M. Mackey (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Indiana University.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota;
M.A., University of Iowa.
Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of
California-Berkeley
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Carter T. Meland (1998). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia J. Meyer (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., University of Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Monem Meziou (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A., Northern Arizona University.
Ernest Miel (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.A.,
M.Ed., Macalester College.
Diane M. Mikkelson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., California
State University; M.A., California State University-Northridge.
Jeannette H. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social
Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div.,
Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas E Morgan (1983). Professor of Business Administration/ Accounting /MIS. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
William D. Morris (1987). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Patricia A. (Patty) Murphy (1991). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.S., M.S., Mankato State University.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 281
Patricia E (Trish) Murphy (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Mary
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
N
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968). Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer (1984). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Union Theological Seminary,
Catherine C. Nicholl(1973). Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norbert Nielubowski (1997). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time, Music. Lane Technical High
School (music concentration); private study
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norma C . Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania;
M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
0
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.A., Hamline University.
Susan E. O'Connor (1994). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Wayne L. Olhoft (1993). Assistant Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen T. Olsen (1992). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Lila J. Olson (1990). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Kansas;
M.M., University of Nebraska.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Michael E. O'Neal (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jack Osberg (1991). Head Football Coach. Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
Paul H. Ousley (1993). Orchestra Director, Instructor of Music. B.M., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.M., Eastrnan School of Music.
282 Augsburg College Faculty
-
P
'
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration/
AccountingfMIS. B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw;
Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Curtis Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul E. Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin.
Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
William A. Perkins (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., University of Detroit.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
P a r - Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A.,
National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A.
Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University;
M.S.W., Barry University.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Michael D. Powers (1997). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., University of Minnesota.
Q
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
R
Lany C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri
State College; Ph.D., University of Texas-Austin.
0. Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio ArtistIGuitar, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., University of
Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 283
Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre
Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Susan E. Riley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley.
Mary K. Roberts (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Marty College;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
John L. Rohwer (1997). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Concordia College-River Forest, IL; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ed.D.,
University of Northern Colorado.
Glenda D. Rooney (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of North
Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth A. Root (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.S.W., University of Wisconsin; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Dan Eagle Boy Rowe (1997). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A.,
Montana State University-Billings; M.A., Purdue University.
S
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia Hume Santa Coloma (1997). Academic Coordinator, Center for Global Education.
M.A., Instituto Norteamericano de Relaciones Culturales.
Mark L. Sateren (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Merlyn E. Satrom (1995). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; D.Th., Philipps-Universitat, Marburghhn,
Germany.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English. Paideia Program Director. B.S., St.
John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Costume Designer, part-time, Speech/Communication and
Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M.EA, University of Minnesota.
David G. Schwain (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Haward University.
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accountingl
MIS. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas
Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
284 Augsburg College Faculty
Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary's
College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan
State University; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ryan Rae Sheppard (1994). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Southern California.
Deep Shikha (1991). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Delhi University, India; M.A.,
M.Ph., Delhi School of Economics; Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Edward R. Skarnulis (1990). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Roman Soto-Feliu (1993). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. Profesorado en
Espafiol, Universidad de Concepcion, Chile; Ph.D., The Catholic University of
America.
Robert Spector (1997). Instructor, part-time, Chemistry. B.S., City College of New York;
PbD., University of Pennsylvania.
Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Clarice A. Staff (1995). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
D.S.W., Columbia University.
John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Montana.
John F! Stein (1992). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting MIS.
B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
Jean R. Strait (1994). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.S.,
Moorhead State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University;
M.A., D.Th., Luther Seminary.
Grace K Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. Interim Associate Dean for Student
Affairs. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William Swenson (1989). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Jeffrey T. Symstad (1997). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. John's University; M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 28s
T
Rose M. Theisen (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
A.A., Anoka-Rarnsey Community College; B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Karen Brown Thompson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., Georgetown
University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; MIA.,
University of Iowa.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Minnesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
James V. Tolar (1997). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., University of Texas-Pan
American; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Assistant Prof-or
of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale
University; Th.D., Luther Seminary.
Cynthia K. Troy (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of CaliforniaSanta Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael E Troy (1997). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Lawrence University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
U-v
Rebekah N. Valdivia (1995). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University.
John W. Van Cleve (1996). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Carleton
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Boston College.
David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Iowa State University.
Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
W
Anthony R. ~ a g n e (1993).
r
Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Donald M. Warren (1980). Instructor, part-time. Director, Academic Enrichment. B.A.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
David B. Washington (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., B.L., J.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Charee M. Watters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/
MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Org.L., College of St. Catherine; M.B.A.,
College of St. Thomas.
Rita R. Weisbrod (1991). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; Ph.D., Cornell University.
286 Augsburg College Faculty
Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Associate Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of
Nebraska; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia E Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part-time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North CarolinaChapel Hill.
Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher
Placement Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University.
Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Gary S. Whitford (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., University of WisconsinPlatteville; M.Div., Wartburg Theological Seminary; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Louise Williams (1984). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W.,
University of Pennsylvania.
Michael S. Wilson (1996). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Marcus A. Wing (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Moorhead State University;
M.S., Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio ArtistISaxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St.
Olaf College.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University.
Fidel Xinico (1995). Academic Coordinator, Guatemala, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Francisco Marroquin in Guatemala; M.Div., St. Paul Seminary, University of
St. Thomas.
Ruth Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary.
Ernest W. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College-Moorhead.
Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carl H. Chrislock. Professor Emeritus of History, B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., PbD.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe
College.
Robert W. Clyde. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford
College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., M.S., Polytechnic Institute of
Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig. Artist-in-Residence Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
288 Faculty Emeriti
Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma;
M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Einar 0.Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James D. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Music. M.S., Juilliard School of Music; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Mary E. "Mimi" Johnson. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., smith College;
M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mildred "Mike" Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Cenmal Michigan
University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. BA., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A., Eastern Michigan University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus.,
Lakeland College.
Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Marjorie H. Sibley. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany
Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ith Avenue
S.
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS
PUBLIC PARKING
I-35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (curves right to become
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at Zlst Avenue South.
Street parking on campus is posted for
one-, two-, or four-hour limits. Pay
parking is available at the FairviewUniversity Medical Center across
Riverside Avenue. For major events on
campus during evenings and weekends,
parking is also available in the facultylstaff
and commuter lots.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue South.
I-35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). Take
25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue. turn left at Zlst Avenue South.
A
C
About Augsburg 9, 267
Academic Advising Center 52
Academic Affairs 6, 64
Academic Calendar 4, 5, 50
Academic Information 50
Academic Internships 61
Academic Policies and Procedures 64
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 80
Academic and Learning Services 42
Academic Skills Enrichment 42
Accessibility 16
Accounting 98, 104-106
Accreditation and Memberships 10, 15, 16
Activities 40
Admissions 12, 18-22
Administrative Officers of the College 270
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 78
African American Student Services (see
Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 44
Air Structure 41
Alumni Center 12
American Indian Studies 43, 158-159
American Indian Student Services 43
American Sign Language 181
Anderson Hall 12, 47
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 12
Anishinabe Library Project 44
Application Procedures 18, 29
Arabic 180-181
Art 87-91
Art History 87, 90
Asian American Student Services (see Pan
Asian Student Services) 44
Asian Studies (see East Asian Studies) 120-121
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 77
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 57
Associated Support Organizations 14
Athletic Affiliation 16
Athletics 41
Audit Fee 24
Auditing Courses 77
Augsburg Echo 41
Augsburg Seminar 52, 69, 92
Augsburgian, The 41
Calendar 4, 5, 50
Campus Location 11, 16, 289-290
Campus Map 289-290
Campus Ministry 40
Campus Tours 18
Canadian Program 63
Career Services 62
Center for Global Education 12, 58, 166-167
Center for Global Education Courses 58-60,
166, 168-171
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 42
Center for Service, Work, and Learning 60
Chemistry 110-115
Chinese 180-181
Choir 41, 197, 204
Christensen Center 12
Class Confirmation 64
Class Schedule 84
Classification (Class Year) 77
Coaching Endorsement 149
College Costs 1998-99 24
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 78
College of the Third Age 63
Commencement 81
Commons 47
Communication 255-258
Community and Public Service
Scholarships 31
Community Internships in Latin
America 60, 173
Community Service-Learning 61
Computational Economics 117
Computer Resources 51
Computer Science 116-119
Concert Band 41, 197, 204
Continuing Education Program 63
Cooperative Education 61
Counseling 45
Counseling and Health Promotion 45
Course Descriptions 84-266
Credits 84
Crime and Community Concentration
(Sociology) 251
B
Biology 93-97
Board of Regents 268-269
Books and Supplies 25
Business Administration 98-103
Business Administration and
Economics Major 100, 123
D
Dean's List 80
Degrees Offered 8, 15, 50
Departmental Comprehensive Exams 78
Departments and Programs 48, 84-266
Deposits 25,46
Development 6
Directory 6
Disabled Student Program 42
Index 293
Dismissal 80
Discrimination Complaints 48
Divisions and Departments 52
Dormitories 12, 46
Dual Degree Programs 54, 138-1 39
E
Early Admission of Freshmen 19
East Asian Studies 120-121
East European Studies 53, 54, 243-244
East Hall 12
Echo 41
Economics 92, 100, 122-126
Education 127-137
Education for Service 10
Elderhostel 63
Elementary Education 128-131
Employment 33, 60
Engineering 138-139
English 140-146
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program 79
English Placement Test 141
English-Language Arts Teaching Major 141
Enrollment 16
Enrollment Deposit 25
Ensembles 197, 204
Entry-level Skills 69
Ethnic Studies 159
Evaluation and Grading 75
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 16, 269
Experiential Education Programs 60-61
Explanation of Grades 75
F
Facilities and Housing 12, 46
Facts and Figures 16
Faculty 16, 50, 271-286
Faculty Emeriti 287-288
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) 48, 81-82
Federal Work Study Program 33
Fees 24-25
Finance Specialization (Business
Administration) 100
Financial Aid 16, 28-33
Financial Policies 26-28
Fine Arts 41
Fitness Center 45
Food Service 47
Foreign Languages 75, 180-190
Former Students 21, 65
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication 12
Four-Year Assurance Program 81
French 180, 181-183
Freshmen 18
C
Gage Family Academic Enrichment
Center 42
General Education Curriculum 66-71
General Education Requirements 66-71
General Studies 147
German 180,183-1 85
Gift Assistance 31-32
Global Education Center 12, 58, 166-167
Global Education Program
Courses 58-60, 166, 168-171
Grade Point Average 69, 77
Grading 75-77
Graduate Programs Office 64
Graduate Programs 62
Graduation Level Skills 70
Graduation Requirements 66-71
Graduation With Distinction 81
Grants 32
Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 13
H
Health and Physical Education 148-152
Health Promotion 45
Health Service 45
HECUA Courses 59-60, 171-174
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 57, 167
~is~anic/Latino
student Services Program
44
History 153-157
History of Augsburg College 9
Honors Program 56
Housing 12, 25, 46
Hoversten Peace Scholarships 31
I
Ice Arena 13
Incomplete Grade 76
Independent Studies 86
Information Technology Resources 51
Inter-Institutional Programs 56-57
Inter-Race 14
Intercollegiate Athletics 41
Interdisciplinary Studies 158-164
lnterim 50
lnterim Abroad 60
lnterim Office 64
lnternational Baccalaureate Program (IB) 77
lnternational Business Minor 101
lnternational Business Specialization
(Business Administration) 100
lnternational Partners 167
294 Index
lnternational Programs 46
lnternational Relations 165-166
lnternational Student Services 22
lnternational Students 46
lnternational Studies 166-174
Internships 61, 85
Intertribal Student Union 43
Intramural Athletics 41
J
Japanese 180, 186
K
MIS Courses 107-109
Mission Statement 9
Modern Languages 180-190
Mortensen Tower 13,43
Murphy Place 13
Murphy's 47
Music 191-205
Music Education Major 191, 194
Music Ensembles 197, 204
Music Hall 13
Music Performance Major 192, 195
Music Repertoire Tests 199
Music Therapy Major 192, 196, 203-204
KCMR Radio 41
L
Language Courses 180-190
Leadership Scholarships 31
Learning Disabilities Program 42
Learning Laboratory 42
Leave of Absence 65
Liberal Arts Perspectives 71-75
Library and Information Technology
Center 12, 16, 51, 56
Licensure Veaching) 54
Lifetime Sports 71
Lindell Library 12, 51
Linguistics 186
Loan Assistance 32-33
Location 11-12, 289-290
Lutheran Leader Scholarships 31
M
Majors and Minors 8, 53-54, 84-266
Management Information Systems 107-109
Management Specialization (Business
Administration) 100
Maps 289,290
Marketing Specialization (Business
Administration) 100
Mastefs Degrees 50, 62
Math Placement Group (MPG) 70
Mathematics 175-179
Medical Refund 28
Melby Hall 13
Memberships 15, 16
Memorial Hall 13
Merit Scholarships 30
Metro-Urban Studies 160-161
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership (MNITTP) 43
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership
(MMEP) 14
Minnesota Work Study Program 33
Minority Studies 158-164
Minors 54, 84-266
N
Natural Science 206-207
No-Credit Grades 75
Nordic Area Studies 162-164
Nordic Center 14
Norwegian 180, 186-187
Notification of Admissions Decision 18
Number Grades 76
Numbering of Courses 78
Nursing 208-21 1
0
Off-Campus Programs 16
Officers of the College 270
Ojibwe 180, 188
Old Main 13
Orchestra 41, 197, 204
Orientation (AUG) 52, 69, 92
p,
Q
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME) Awards 30
Pan-Afrikan Student Services 44
Pan Asian Student Services 44
Part-Time Students 24
PassINo Credit 75-76
Pastor 40
Payments 26
Performance Studies 197, 205
Performing Arts Scholarships 31
Perspective Requirements 66, 71-75
Perspectives (Rationale) 71-73
Philosophy 212-215
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships 30
Physical Disabilities Program 42
Physical Education 148-152
Physical Science Teaching Licensure 111
Physician Assistant Program 216-220
Physics 221-225
Piano Proficiency Test 199
Policies 14, 16, 47, 81, 291
-
Index 295
Political Science 226-231
Portfolio Assessment Program 78-79
Pre-Professional Programs 55-56
Pre-Registration 64
Prerequisites 84
President's Greeting 2
President's Scholarships 30
Probation 80
P~ychology232-236
Public Relations and Communication 13
R
Refunds 26-28
Regents 268-269
Regents' Scholarships 30
Registration 64
Religion 237-242
Religious Affiliation 16
Residence Life Program (see also
Housing) 46-47
Residence Requirements 69
Room and Board 24
ROTC 57
Russian 180, 188
Russian, Central, and East European Studies
243-244
5
Scandinavian Studies 162-164
Scandinavian Urban Studies 59, 171-1 72
Scholarships 30-31, 34-38
School Year 4, 5, 16
Science Hall 13
Secondary Education 131-1 35
Service-Learning 61
Sigma Pi Sigma 223
Skills Requirements 69-70
Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 40
Social Studies 245
Social Welfare Minor 247
Social Work 246-250
Society of Physics Students 223
Sociology 251-254
Space Physics 222
Spanish 188-190
Special Education 137
Special Interest Housing 47
Special Students (Non-Degree) 21
Speech/Communication and
Theatre Arts 255-262
Sponsored Scholarships 34-38
Sports 41
StepUP Program 43
Student Activities 40
Student Affairs (see Academic
and Learning Services) 42
Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 33
Student/Faculty Ratio 16
Student Government 40
Student Life 40-48
Student Newspaper 41
Student Project for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN) 16
Student Publications 41
Student Rights 47, 48
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints,
Records 47
Student Teaching Abroad 60, 127
Studio Art 87-90
Study Abroad 57-60, 166-174
Summer School Office 64
Support Programs 4 3 4 4
Sverdrup Hall 13
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 13
T
Teaching Licensure (see also Majors)
54, 127, 128, 131,132
Test Scores 18
Theatre Arts 259-262
Transcripts 18
Transfer Scholarships 30
Transfer Students 19-21, 66-67, 70
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 24-25
Tutor Center 42
u
Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural
Education (UMAIE) 16
Urban Studies 161-162
Urness Tower 13, 47
v
Veterans 81
W
Weekend College 62
Withdrawal From College 28, 65
Women's Hockey 41
Women's Studies 263-266
Work Study Program 33
x, y, z
Yearbook 41
Youth and Family Institute 14
Youth and Family Ministry Major 237-238
Show less
2010-2011 Undergraduate Catalog
www.augsburg.edu
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog
2010-2011
Official Publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College undergraduat... Show more
2010-2011 Undergraduate Catalog
www.augsburg.edu
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog
2010-2011
Official Publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College undergraduate education and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. The written policies
in the catalog are the College policies in force at the time of publication. It is the responsibility of each student to know the
requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in this catalog, consult Academic
Advising, a faculty adviser, the dean of the College, or the registrar. Key offices are listed on page 8 for correspondence or
telephone inquiries.
Published 2010
www.augsburg.edu
A college catalog is a wonderful text, full of detail and data that offer all
of us a map to our lives together as a college community.
What has prompted you to study this map of Augsburg College? If
you’re already enrolled at Augsburg, I trust that you will continue to find
here the awe and wonder of an educational experience that is meaningful and challenging. I hope that you will be reminded of the relationships and commitments you have formed at Augsburg — they will last a
lifetime. I also hope that you find in this map signposts of the progress
you have made in your vocational journey and that you will continue
to believe that you have rightly chosen Augsburg as the community in
which you will spend time for the next several years.
If you are studying this map to find out more about Augsburg
College and an Augsburg education, welcome. I believe you will find
it not only tells you about the character and essence of our institution,
A Greeting from the President
but also about our mission of service, particularly about those whom
we serve in a modern, vibrant city. Augsburg is located in the heart of
the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, and it is in the city that our
College both serves and thrives. As you study here, you will find a setting that not only provides remarkable learning opportunities, but one in
which you will be able to share your own talents and skills. Augsburg’s
challenging academic environment is enhanced by both education and
service experiences that transform theory into action and unite the
liberal arts with the practical in preparing students as faithful citizens in
a global society.
The experience you are undertaking at Augsburg — or thinking of
undertaking — will occur on a small campus in the core of a great city; it
will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare and the emergence
and refinement of your vocational plans.
As you join Augsburg College, or consider doing so, please know
that those of us who await you here find the College an exciting place,
full of diversity and yet possessed of a community dedicated to higher
learning and good living. Here you can find your way in the world.
May this map be your faithful guide!
Sincerely yours,
Paul C. Pribbenow
President
4
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Table of Contents
Academic Calendar – 6
Directory – 8
Introducing Augsburg – 10
Facts and Figures – 15
Undergraduate Admissions – 17
Weekend College – 17
Financing Your Education – 20
Student Life – 26
Academic Information – 36
Graduate Programs – 47
Departments and Programs (majors, minors, and course descriptions) – 64
Board of Regents – 245
ELCA Program Unit for Vocation and Education – 246
Faculty and Administration – 247
Maps – 263
Index – 264
Augsburg College 2010-2011
I5
2010-2011 Academic Calendar
Day Program (and PA program)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s webpage for updated calendar and registration information
at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Fall Term 2010
Summer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
September 5-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
September 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
October 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
November 8-24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
November 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
November 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 13-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First-year registration
New student orientation
Classes begin
Mid-term break (one day only)
Registration for spring
Thanksgiving recess begins
Classes resume
Classes end
Final exams
Spring Term 2011
January 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
March 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mid-term break begins
March 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
April 4-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration for fall
April 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter break begins
April 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes end
May 2-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final exams
May 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Baccalaureate/Commencement
The multi-year calendar for planning purposes can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Please note that future years are subject to change.
6
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
2010-2011 Academic Calendar
Weekend College and Graduate Programs (not including the PA program and MBA)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s webpage for updated calendar and registration information
at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Fall Term 2010
Class Weekends:
September 10-12
September 24-26
October 8-10
October 22-24
November 5-7
November 19-21
December 3-5
December 10-12
Winter Term 2011
Class Weekends:
January 7-9
January 21-23
January 28-30
February 11-13
February 25-27
March 4-5 (MSW only)
March 11-13 (no MSW)
March 18-20 (MSW only)
March 25-27
Spring Term 2011
Class Weekends:
April 8-10
April 15-17
April 29-May 1
May 13-15
May 20-22
June 3-5,
June 17-19
June 24-26 (MSW only)
NOTE: For Rochester programs, reference the registrar’s webpage at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Augsburg College 2010-2011
I7
Directory
Area Code
612
Access Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1749
Academic Advising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1025
Academic Enrichment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1165
Academic Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1024
Admissions Offices
Office of Undergraduate Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1001
Toll-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-800-788-5678
Office of Graduate Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1101
Augsburg for Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1782
Alumni and Constituent Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1178
Toll-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-800-260-6590
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1249
Campus Activities and Orientation / SOAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1111
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1053
Classroom Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1219
College Pastor/Campus Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1732
Counseling and Health Promotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1707
Development (financial gifts to the College) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1613
Toll-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-800-273-0617
Enrollment Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1046
Toll-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-800-458-1721
Event and Conference Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1107
Facilities Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1041
Financial Aid (scholarships and other aid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1046
General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1000
Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1649
Graduate Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1101
Human Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1058
Lindell Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1017
Lost and Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1000
Parent and Family Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1525
President’s Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1212
Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1036
Residence Life (housing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1488
Rochester Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507-288-2886
StepUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1405
Strommen Career and Internship Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1148
Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1160
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1110
Summer Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1046
TRIO/Student Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1311
Weekend College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1101
8
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Introducing Augsburg College
About Augsburg
About Augsburg
History
At Augsburg College, we believe that the college experience
should be a time of exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also believe that a liberal
arts education is the best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow.
Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the
mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to think
critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith
presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530.
Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wis., and
moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were
enrolled in 1874, and the first graduation was in 1879.
Discovering Your Gifts and Talents
The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg Core
Curriculum—designed to prepare students to become effective, informed, and ethical citizens. Through “Search for
Meaning” courses, students explore their own unique gifts
and interests and find where their own talents intersect with
the needs of our global society.
At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the
skills that will serve for a lifetime: writing, speaking, critical
thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to name a few.
Thanks to Augsburg’s prime location in the heart of a
thriving metropolitan area, many courses are able to offer
rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations
through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense,
the resources of the Twin Cities are an extended campus for
Augsburg students.
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
August Weenaas was Augsburg’s first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway—
Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly
articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian
Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such
“college” studies that would prepare students for theological
study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part plan: first, train
ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological
students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is
also practical.
Augsburg’s next two presidents also emphatically
rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment
to church and community has been Augsburg’s theme for
more than 130 years.
Education for Service
Augsburg offers more than 50 majors—or you can create
your own major, either on campus or through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See page 40 for a complete list of majors and minors.) This five-college consortium
allows day program students to take courses on other campuses without charge while a full-time student at Augsburg.
The ACTC includes Augsburg College, St. Catherine
University, Hamline University, Macalester College, and the
University of St. Thomas.
Weekend College offers 17 majors and a number of
certificate programs.
Keeping the vision of the democratic college, Georg
Sverdrup, Augsburg’s second president (1876-1907), required
students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early
expression to the concept of Augsburg’s motto, “Education
for Service.”
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of
Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church
was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change
made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the
small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still
important primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
Mission Statement
The Focus Changed
Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to
make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to
the College motto, “Education for Service,” and mission:
This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911,
George Sverdrup, Jr., became president. He worked to
develop college departments with an appeal to a broader
range of students than just those intending to be ministers.
Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
longtime dean of women, Gerda Mortensen.
The College’s mission assumed a double character:
ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard
Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president
(1938-1962). His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles
Selection from over 50 Majors
“Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by
an engaged community that is committed to intentional
diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is
defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional
studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran
church, and shaped by its urban and global settings.”
10
A College of the Church
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
About Augsburg
made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life.
After World War II, Augsburg leaders made vigorous
efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the
College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary
and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general
education requirements and elective majors. Full accreditation of the College was achieved in 1954.
A study in 1962 defined the College’s mission as serving
the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The seminary moved to Luther Theological
Seminary (now Luther Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when
the Lutheran Free Church merged with the American
Lutheran Church. Subsequently, the American Lutheran
Church merged with two other Lutheran bodies in 1988 to
form the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
A College in the City
Under the leadership of President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) Augsburg became a vital and integral part of the city.
The College began to reach out to nontraditional student
populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all students. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall,
Mortensen Hall, Urness Hall, Christensen Center, Ice Arena,
and Murphy Place.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College from 1980 to
1997. He guided Augsburg’s commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment
and programs, and a curriculum that draws on the resources
of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Some of
the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting
two graduate degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsored forums and events,
increasing accessibility, and the addition of the Foss, Lobeck,
Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication; the
Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the James G. Lindell
Family Library.
Dr. William V. Frame became president in August 1997
and retired in 2006. Under his leadership, the College sharpened its identity as a college of the city, providing an education grounded in vocational calling that provides students
both the theoretical learning and the practical experience to
succeed in a global, diverse world.
Dr. Paul C. Pribbenow became president in July 2006.
Under his leadership, the College aims to educate students
of all ages — in the midst of a great city — to be faithful
citizens of the world.
• An Augsburg education should be preparation for service
in community and church;
• Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative,
and successful citizens;
• The city—with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg
students.
The vision of the College’s work today is lived out in the
phrase, “We believe we are called to serve our neighbor.”
Through common commitments to living faith, active citizenship, meaningful work, and global perspective, Augsburg
prepares its students to become effective, ethical citizens in a
complex global society.
In addition to Augsburg’s undergraduate program of
liberal arts and sciences, Augsburg offers master’s degree programs in business, education, leadership, nursing, physician
assistant studies, and social work. The College’s first doctoral
program, in nursing practice, has been approved. For information on graduate programs, go to www.augsburg.edu/grad.
Undergraduate education is offered both on weekday
semester programs, and alternate weekend trimester programs. The graduate programs generally follow the trimester
schedule.
In addition to its Minneapolis campus, Augsburg
has a branch campus in Rochester, Minn. and a center in
Bloomington, Minn.
Weekend College
Augsburg’s Weekend College (WEC) provides an educational
opportunity for adults who want to earn a baccalaureate
degree and work or have other commitments during the
week. It is a means by which men and women can gain skills
for professional advancement, prepare for a career change, or
pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal
arts.
Weekend College began in 1982 with 69 students taking
courses in three majors. Eight courses were offered in the
first term. Today, with approximately 1,000 students enrolled
each term and a variety of majors in the liberal arts and professional studies, WEC is one of the largest programs of its
type among Minnesota private colleges.
The Adult Learner
Augsburg’s Weekend College is based on the assumption that
adult students are mature, self-disciplined, and motivated
learners who seek a combination of classroom experience
and individual study. Each course includes periods of concentrated, on-campus study as well as time for independent
study and class preparation.
Augsburg Today
Alternate Weekends
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed:
To meet the needs of nontraditional students, classes generally meet on alternate weekends for three-and-a-half to four
Augsburg College 2010-2011
I 11
About Augsburg
hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday
afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Laboratory sections or
additional class hours may be scheduled during the week.
WEC students may take from one to four courses each term.
The WEC academic year is divided into three trimesters (fall,
winter, and spring), so that students may complete three
terms in the traditional nine-month academic year.
A Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s Weekend College is
participation in a community of adult learners. This community is enriched by the presence of men and women with a
variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of
community interaction, Augsburg encourages WEC students
to make use of College facilities, such as Lindell Library, and
to participate in academic and co-curricular activities, such
as the student newspaper, travel seminars, student organizations, fine arts, networking events, workshops, and convocations. The WEC student body elects its own leaders through
the WEC Student Senate.
Augsburg for Adults
Through the Augsburg for Adults program office, Augsburg
continues its tradition of innovation to meet the needs of
adult students by creating new programs, providing faculty
and staff development in adult learning, and serving adult
and non-traditional students.
Students are recognized as adult learners from age 25 to
60-plus whether they take courses in the traditional day program, the Weekend College program, or any of the graduate
programs. To learn more about graduate studies at Augsburg,
go to www.augsburg.edu/grad.
Weekend College Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and
the WEC faculty are full-time Augsburg professors as well as
adjunct faculty who bring professional experience to their
teaching. Most faculty hold a doctorate or other terminal
degree, and all consider teaching to be the focus of their
activities at the College. Professors are involved in social,
professional, and a variety of research activities, but these
support and are secondary to their teaching. Faculty are
actively involved in a dynamic faculty development program
that introduces them to best practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories.
Weekend College’s small classes facilitate the College’s
tradition of close involvement between professors and
students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate
regularly in campus activities.
Rochester campus
Augsburg’s branch campus in Rochester was established in
1998 as a natural extension of the College’s mission and
its expertise in teaching working adults. In Rochester, six
undergraduate majors, plus a certificate program in business
management, are offered.
12
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
The Rochester campus classrooms and offices are located
at Bethel Lutheran Church (ELCA), a few blocks south of the
heart of the city. Rochester, a city of about 100,000 residents,
enjoys a rich ethnic diversity and superior technological
resources.
Augsburg classes in Rochester meet on a trimester
schedule, on weekday evenings and on occasional Saturdays,
making them accessible to working adults. Several complete
degree programs are available through the Rochester campus.
In addition, students may work on a variety of other majors
through a combination of Rochester-based courses and
courses taken in the Day or WEC program in Minneapolis.
Students at the Rochester campus are Augsburg College
students. They are supported through an array of e-learning
resources ranging from access to Lindell Library databases to
the use of online course management software. Information
about the Rochester campus is available at www.augsburg.edu/
Rochester or by calling the Rochester office at 507-288-2886.
Partner Hospitals Program
Also within Weekend College, Augsburg offers a bachelor’s
completion degree in nursing for registered nurses at three
area hospitals, making their education convenient to their
workplace. Classes are taught at United Hospital in St. Paul,
with video conferencing of these classes to classrooms in
Mercy Hospital in Coon Rapids and Unity Hospital in Fridley.
College of the Third Age
Augsburg demonstrates its commitment to lifelong learning
in part through its College of the Third Age. College of the
Third Age is a teaching-learning service founded more than
30 years ago to serve older adults by encouraging lifelong
learning, fostering interactive discussion, and to introducing
new topics and subjects related to an ever-changing world.
A roster of more than 40 retired, semi-retired, and working
professors teach non-credit seminars for the program, based
upon their areas of expertise.
College of the Third Age partners with organizations
and facilities that serve older adults in the Twin Cities metropolitan area, including churches, synagogues, community
centers, and senior residences. The current catalog lists more
than 200 classes available for group study at partner organizations and facilities. To obtain further information about the
program or to request a catalog, call 612-330-1139 or visit
www.augsburg.edu/thirdage.
Campus Location
Augsburg’s campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities,
surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 170 parks in
Minneapolis. The University of Minnesota West Bank campus
and one of the city’s largest medical complexes—University
of Minnesota Medical Center, Fairview—are adjacent
to Augsburg, with the Mississippi River and the Seven
Corners theater district just a few blocks away. Downtown
Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports,
entertainment, and recreational opportunities, are just min-
About Augsburg
utes west and east of campus via Interstate 94, which forms
the southern border of the campus. (See map on Page 263.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout the city and connect with the suburbs. Augsburg is located just blocks away
from two Hiawatha Line light rail stations.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to the Minneapolis-St. Paul International
Airport, and bus or train connections can be made from all
areas of the United States.
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are
conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway
system connects the two tower dormitories, the five buildings
on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Murphy Place, Lindell
Library, Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles
Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication.
Admissions Offices—The Office of Undergraduate Admissions
is located on the first floor of Christensen Center. The Office
of Graduate Admissions is located on the second floor of
Christensen Center.
Anderson Hall (1993)—Named in honor of Oscar Anderson,
president of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is located at 2016 8th Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students, as
well as the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies;
the Strommen Career and Internship Center; and the Office
of Marketing and Communication.
College of the Third Age and Inter-Race—This house, located at
620 21st Avenue, provides office space for these two programs.
Counseling and Health Promotion—The Center for Counseling
and Health Promotion (CCHP) offers programs and services that enhance student learning by promoting personal
development and well-being. The center occupies the house
located at 628 21st Avenue.
Christensen Center (1967)—The College center, with admission offices, student lounge and recreational areas, the
Commons dining facility and A-Club Grille, two art galleries,
copy center, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Edor Nelson Field—The athletic field, located at 725 23rd
Avenue, is the playing and practice field of many of the
Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during winter months, allowing year-round use.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and
Communication (1988)—The Foss Center is named in recognition of the Julian and June Foss family. The TjornhomNelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium
are also housed in this complex, which provides space for
campus ministry, the drama and communication offices,
and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services
(CLASS).
Ice Arena (1974)—Two skating areas provide practice space
for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Kennedy Center—Completed in 2007 as a three-story addition
to Melby Hall and named for Dean (’75) and Terry Kennedy,
it features a state-of-the-art wrestling training center, new
fitness center, classrooms for health and physical education,
and hospitality facilities.
The James G. Lindell Family Library (1997)—This library and
information technology center houses all library functions
and brings together the computer technology resources of the
College. The library is located on the corner of 22nd Avenue
and 7th Street.
Luther Hall (1999)—Named for theologian Martin Luther,
Luther Hall is a three-story apartment complex along 20th
Avenue, between 7th and 8th Streets that houses juniors and
seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites.
Melby Hall (1961)—Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of
men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health
and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center, and general
auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center Court was
dedicated in 2001.
Mortensen Hall (1973)—Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen
(dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and
two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
Murphy Place (1964)—Located at 2222 7 1/2 Street, Murphy
Place is the home of the Office of International Programs:
Augsburg Abroad, Center for Global Education, International
Partners and International Student Advising. It is also home
to the four ethnic student support programs: American
Indian Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Center, Pan-Asian
Student Services, and Hispanic/Latino Student Services.
Music Hall (1978)—Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat
recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty.
Old Main (1900)—Home for the Department of Art and the
Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, with
classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is included on the
National Register of Historic Places.
Oren Gateway Center (2007)—Named for lead donors and
alumni Don and Beverly Oren, it is home for the StepUP
program, Institutional Advancement offices, the Alumni and
Parent and Family Relations Offices, Augsburg for Adults
Office, and substance-free student housing. It also houses
the Barnes & Noble Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Café, Gage
Family Art Gallery, and the Johnson Conference Center.
Augsburg College 2010-2011
I 13
About Augsburg
Science Hall (1949)—Houses classrooms; laboratories for biology, chemistry, and physics; mathematics; a medium-sized
auditorium; faculty offices, administrative offices, and various other program offices.
Sverdrup Hall (1955)—Named in honor of Augsburg’s fourth
president, it contains the Enrollment Center and Academic
Advising, as well as classrooms and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1938)—Built as a dormitory
and named in honor of Augsburg’s second and third presidents, it contains the President’s Office, Human Resources,
and other administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Hall (1967)—Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew
Urness, this tower provides living quarters for 324 first-year
students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing 36 residents,
housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and
utility areas.
Associated Support Organizations
Augsburg College has a commitment to programs that
increase both individual and group understanding and
achievement.
Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial
Interaction—Inter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in
families, schools, places of work, communities, and society.
The institute provides training and consultation, research,
education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and
legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 620 21st
Avenue.
Policies
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national
or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital
status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in
its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and
loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide
occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to
providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and
its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg’s compliance with
federal or state regulations implementing equal access and
opportunity can be directed to the affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College,
2211 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, 612-330-1058.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement
of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by
the American Association of University Professors and the
Association of American Colleges.
14
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Accreditation and Memberships
Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges
and Schools and the National Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the
• American Chemical Society
• American Music Therapy Association
• Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education
• Council on Social Work Education (B.S. and MSW)
• National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory
Sciences (NAACLS)
• National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education
• Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the
Physician Assistant (ARC-PA)
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the:
• American Association of Colleges and Universities
(AACU)
• Association of Physician Assistant Programs
• Council of Independent Colleges (CIC)
• National Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
We are members of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America,
Minnesota Private College Council, National Society for
Experiential Education, and Campus Compact.
Augsburg College is registered as a private institution
with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education pursuant to
sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may
not transfer to all other institutions.
Facts and Figures
Augsburg College
Facts and Figures
Location—Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in
Marshall, Wis. The College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Religious Affiliation—The Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America (ELCA). Although the highest percentage of students are Lutheran, 16 percent represent the Roman Catholic
Church, and 25 percent represent other denominations and
religions.
Accreditation—The Higher Learning Commission of
the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education,
Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the
Physician Assistant (ARC-PA). Approved by the American
Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education,
American Music Therapy Association, National Association
of Schools of Music, and the Commission on Collegiate
Nursing Education.
Member—Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran
Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE. Registered with the
Minnesota Office of Higher Education, as described on
page 14.
Enrollment (Fall 2009)—4,054 students from 40 countries.
Graduates—More than 20,000 graduates from 1870 through
present.
Student/Faculty Ratio—14 to 1. Undergraduate class size
averages 13 (WEC)-17 (Day).
Campus—18 major buildings with special emphasis on campus accessibility.
Accessibility—Augsburg is now one of the most accessible
campuses in the region. A skyway/tunnel/elevator system
provides access to 12 major buildings without going outside.
Degrees Granted—BA, BS, BM, MA, MBA, MS, MSW, DNP
Financial Aid—Over 90 percent of the students receive some
form of financial aid from the College and many other
sources.
Library—Over 190,000 items, direct access to over 2,500,000
through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium. The James G. Lindell Family Library opened in
September 1997.
School Year—Two semesters from September to May, and
summer school sessions. For Weekend College, Rochester
campus, Bloomington Center, and most graduate programs:
three trimesters, September to June.
Majors—More than 50 majors in 35 departments and programs.
Off-Campus Programs—The Office of International Programs
offers study abroad programs throughout the world, including Augsburg’s own Center for Global Education and
International Partners programs. Augsburg is also a member of the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA).
Athletic Affiliation—Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division III.
Non-Discrimination Policy—Augsburg College, as affirmed in
its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color,
creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual
orientation, gender identity, gender expression, marital
status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability
in its educational policies, admissions policies, employment,
scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where there is a
bona fide occupational qualification or to comply with state
or federal law. Augsburg College is committed to providing
reasonable accommodations to its employees and students.
Augsburg College 2010-2011
I 15
Undergraduate Admissions
Undergraduate Admissions
Undergraduate Admissions
Augsburg College strives to create a strong, rich, and vibrant
campus community with students representing a large number of backgrounds, viewpoints, experiences, talents, and
cultures.
Selection of students for Augsburg College is based
upon careful consideration of each candidate’s academic
achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in
activities and employment, and potential for development as
a student and as a graduate of Augsburg College.
Visit the Campus
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable, first-year and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an
admissions counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet
with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when
school is in session.
Augsburg’s undergraduate admissions staff is ready to
help students and families with college planning. Call any
weekday between 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.—612-330-1001
or toll-free 1-800-788-5678. We’ll answer your questions
and arrange a tour for you (including most Saturday mornings during the school year). The Office of Undergraduate
Admissions is located on the first floor of the Christensen
Center and serves traditional and non-traditional students.
Application Procedures
Day College First-years
Application for Admission—Applicants should complete the
application for admission and the essay and return them to
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions together with the
non-refundable $25 application fee. Students may apply
online for free at www.augsburg.edu/day/apply.html.
Transcripts—An official transcript from the high school is
required of first-year applicants. First-year applicants who are
still high school students at the time of application should
have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final,
official transcript upon graduation. If the student has taken
college courses, an official transcript from the institutions
should also be sent. General Education Development (GED)
scores may be presented instead of the high school transcript.
Test Scores—First-year applicants are required to submit
results from a college entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred; results from SAT are also
accepted. Test scores recorded on the official high school
transcript are sufficient. Augsburg strongly recommends
completing the writing portion of either the ACT or SAT.
Recommendations—Two letters of academic recommendation are required. If the applicant has been out of school
for several years, a letter may be submitted by a supervisor,
employer, pastor, or co-worker.
Additional Information—If there is personal information that
may have affected the applicant’s previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed
personally with an admissions counselor.
On occasion, the Admissions Committee may defer a
decision on a candidate’s admission until other information
has been received. For example, more recent test scores,
results of the present semester’s coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested
by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed,
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions will inform the
candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision—Augsburg College uses a
“rolling” admissions plan. The first offers of admission are
made in mid-September. After that, students are notified of
the admissions decision usually within two weeks after the
application file is complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission—Accepted students are asked to
make a $150* enrollment deposit to the Office of Under
graduate Admissions. Those students who wish to live in
College housing must also submit a $200 nonrefundable
housing deposit along with the housing contract to the
Residence Life Office.
*Nonrefundable after May 1.
Weekend College
Applicants should complete the application form and return
it along with the $25 nonrefundable application fee to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Students may apply
online for free at www.augsburg.edu/weekend/admissions/.
Transcripts—Official transcripts from all previous postsecondary institutions should be sent directly to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. Applicants with less than one
year of previous transferable college work should also have
their official high school transcript sent. The GED test certificate may be presented instead of the high school transcript.
Test Scores—First-year applicants are required to submit
results from a college entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred; results from SAT are also
accepted. Test scores recorded on the official high school
transcript are sufficient. Augsburg strongly recommends
completing the writing portion of either the ACT or SAT.
First-year applicants who have been out of high school
for more than five years do not need to submit an official
test score.
Additional Information—If there is personal information that
may have affected the applicant’s previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed
personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee
Augsburg College 2010-2011
I 17
Undergraduate Admissions
before an admission decision is made. On occasion, the
Admissions Committee may also defer a candidate’s admission until other information has been received. For example,
test scores, results of current coursework, additional letters
of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by
the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the
Admissions Office will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision—Augsburg College uses a
“rolling” admissions plan. Students are notified of the admission decision, usually within two weeks after the application
file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions
Committee.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the
College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with an admissions counselor and department sections of this catalog to see
if admission to the major is required.
Transfer Students
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of at least 2.50 (on
a 4.0 scale) in previous college work is recommended for
admission to the College. No student who falls below the
standards for automatic admission to the College will be considered for admission by the Admissions Committee after the
month prior to the start of the term. Information regarding
transfer credit policies is found in the Academic Information
section of the catalog, beginning on page 36.
Former Students
Day students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg
College for one semester or more, and WEC/United/
Rochester students who have interrupted attendance at
Augsburg College for three trimesters or more, must apply
for re-admission through the registrar’s office to resume
attendance. Students who have attended other institutions
during their absence from Augsburg must have an official
transcript sent from each institution to the Office of the
Registrar. Returning students do not pay the application fee.
Special Students (Non-Degree)
In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special
students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling
in courses for credit. Students may request a change in their
degree status by submitting a petition to the registrar’s office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take
coursework at Augsburg College as a special student (nondegree). An application form for special-student status is
available from the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. To
apply for admission as a special student, submit the completed admission application and academic transcripts to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions.
Students who have graduated from Augsburg who are
returning to complete a second major will not be awarded
a second degree unless it is a different degree from the first
awarded. Minors are not noted on the transcript if they are
completed after a baccalaureate degree has been awarded.
18
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Special Students (Second Degree)
Students who have completed a four-year degree at an
accredited college or university may complete a second
degree at Augsburg College. Second degree requirements include: a minimum of eight course credits taken at
Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any
liberal arts requirements not covered by a previous degree.
Depending on the student’s previous degree, completion of a
second major (non-degree) may also be an option.
International Students
International students are a vital part of the Augsburg community. (See International Student Advising on page 32.)
International students should contact the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions for an international student
application and financial requirements. All applicants must
provide proof of financial solvency. Applications must be
completed two months prior to the start of the semester:
June 1 for fall, December 1 for spring.
For more information, call 612-330-1001 or 1-800-7885678 (toll-free); e-mail admissions@augsburg.edu; or write to:
International Student Admissions
Campus Box 143
Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA
Students who have attended a college or university outside
of the United States will need to obtain a foreign credential
evaluation by contacting World Education Services (WES).
WES is a nonprofit organization with more than 30 years
experience evaluating international credentials. WES will
examine your transcript(s) and prepare a report that will help
Augsburg College understand how your international course
work compares to courses and grades in the United States.
Augsburg College will use this information in its admissions
review and will grant transfer credit where appropriate.
World Education Services, Inc.
Bowling Green Station
PO Box 5087
New York, NY 10274-5087
www.wes.org
Phone: 212-966-6311
Fax: 212-966-6395
Financing Your Education
Financing Your Education
Financing Your Education
Other Special Fees (Nonrefundable)
All students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality
liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover.
The College raises that difference in gifts—from alumni,
faculty, staff, parents, churches, friends, foundations, and
endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial
aid is intended to supplement those resources.
Student Activity Fee (part-time students) . . . . . . . $90
Late Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $200
Petition fee for waiver of registration
deadlines (non-refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $50
Lifetime Sport (part-time students) . . . . . . . . . . $220
Newspaper Readership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $20
Technology Fee (per credit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $50
Overload Fee (per course credit over 4.5, Day and WEC/
Rochester/United combined) . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,460
Private Music Lessons, per semester
(14 lessons—.0 cr. or .25 cr.) . . . . . . . . . . . $390
(14 lessons—.5 cr.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $780
Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) $155
Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) $215
Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) $425
Zero-credit seminar (part-time students) . . . . . . . $1000
College Costs 2010-2011 Day College
The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed below for
the 2010-2011 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the
right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Day College Tuition, Fees, Room, and Board
Tuition (full-time enrollment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $28,240
This rate applies to all full-time students attending in
September 2010. Students are considered full-time when
they take three or more course credits during the semester.
The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, and
admission to most College-supported events, concerts, and
lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at
the beginning of each semester.
Tuition (part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,460
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses
in a semester. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are
charged $180 for that course.
Audit Fee (for part-time students)
per course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1000
Full-time students—see audit policy on page 59.
Room Rent (average starting price) . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,010
(Detailed room rates and housing options are available
through the Office of Residence Life.)
Meal Plans
15 Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,840
(15 meals a week; 100 points a semester)
10 Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,740
(10 meals a week; 150 points a semester)
5 Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,420
(5 meals a week; 345 points a semester)
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing
contract booklet available from the Office of Residence Life.
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $651
(ACTC bus, student activity, technology, newspaper readership, wind energy fee, MPIRG)
20
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Fees Billed on Student Account
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Application (new and/or special students) . . . . . . . $25
Locker Rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $40
Student Parking Lot Permit
car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $220
motorcycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $110
Transcript Fee
Regular service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $6
Next day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10
On demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $16
Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file in registrar’s office)
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to average $125 per course.
Deposits
Enrollment Deposit (nonrefundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . $150
Required of all new students after acceptance. If the student
attends Augsburg College, the deposit is considered initial
payment toward their first term tuition and fees. Should the
student not attend, the enrollment deposit may be forfeited.
For more information, contact the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions.
Housing Damage Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $200
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained
against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student
account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end
of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated in writing for fall or spring term by
following the conditions delineated in the housing contract.
The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to
late cancellation or lack of proper notification as specified in
the housing contract.
Financing Your Education
College Costs 2010-2011
Weekend College
Application Fee (payable once,
non-refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $25
Tuition (per course credit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,725
Tuition (per summer course 2010) . . . . . . . . . $1,675
Activity Fee (per trimester) . . . . . . . . . . . . . $11.50
Facilities Fee
(includes parking permit; per trimester) . . . . . . . . $35
Audit Fee (per course) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1000
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Weekend
College Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $220
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment
of Previous Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $150
Nursing Clinical Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $250
Supplementary Student Teaching
Fee (per course credit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $215
Late Registration Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $200
Transcript Fee
Regular service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $6
Next day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10
On demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $16
Petition Fee for waiver of registration
deadlines (non-refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $50
Zero-credit seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1000
Payments
Day college
Semester Fees—Prior to the start of each semester a statement of estimated charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial Services
Office is sent to the student.
Payment Options—Augburg College offers payment plan
options for Day Program students. Information about payment plan options is mailed annually to each student’s
permanent address.
Weekend College
A statement of tuition and fee charges and estimated financial
aid will be mailed to each registered student prior to the start
of each term. For tuition and fee information, please refer to
the financial aid website.
Payment Options—(1) Payment in full at the start of each
term. (2) Employer Reimbursement: Students on this plan
must file an employer reimbursement application form
each academic year, prior to the start of the first class. Once
enrolled in the employer reimbursement payment plan,
students have until 60 days after the end of each term to pay
their term costs in full. There is a $20 per term fee associated
with this payment option. The student is responsible for payment of the balance should the employer not reimburse for
any reason. If the employer offers partial reimbursement, the
non-reimbursed portion of tuition and fees must be paid in
full at the start of the term. (3) Students may also defer payment by enrolling in the College’s third party payment plan
or in a military payment plan if their term costs are to be covered by a third party or through V.A. education benefits, such
as the G.I. Bill. (more details can be found at www.augsburg.
edu/enroll/accounts.html)
Financial Policies
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of .67 percent per
month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or
more.
Registration is permitted only if the student’s account
for a previous term is paid in full or if the student is making
scheduled payments in accordance with an approved payment plan.
Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts or graduation diplomas/certificates until all student
accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds
administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan),
are current according to established repayment schedules and
the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed.
Refunds
Students who withdraw from Augsburg College may be
eligible for a refund of a portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid may be adjusted
for those students who withdraw from the College or drop
course(s) and receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from Augsburg should
complete the Withdrawal from College form available
online through the registrar’s website. It must be filled out
completely, signed and turned in to the Enrollment Center.
Students who properly withdraw or change to part-time, who
are dismissed, or who are released from a housing contract
will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and/or room
(except for the minimum deduction of $100 to cover administrative costs) in accordance with the terms of their housing
contract and/or the appropriate tuition refund schedule.
Students are responsible for canceling courses through
the Enrollment Center (or online) in order to be eligible for
any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible
for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the
student’s last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed.
The Augsburg College Refund Policy for Day, Weekend, Rochester,
Bloomington, and Graduate Studies.
The refund schedule is based on the percentage of class time
remaining on the date of the student’s official withdrawal
from class. This applies to all students who drop one or more
courses during each term.
Augsburg College 2010-2011
I 21
Financing Your Education
Percentage of class time remaining
after official drop or withdrawal:
Amount of refund:
100% to 90% remaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full refund
(minus $100 administrative fee)
89% to 80% remaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80%
79% to 70% remaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70%
69% to 60% remaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60%
59% or less remaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No refund
This refund schedule is effective whether or not a student
has attended classes. Please allow two weeks for tuition and
possible financial aid adjustments to be finalized. If a credit
balance remains on the student’s account, a credit refund will
be issued at that time.
The refund of charges calculation used is the Augsburg
College Refund Policy stated above.
Students may appeal refund decisions through the
Financial Petition Committee. Petition forms are available
online through the registrar’s website.
Medical refund
If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses
in a term due to illness or an accident, the refund will
include the normal refund percentage (based on the regular
refund schedule), plus one-half of the remaining tuition
and fees. This extra medical refund will be considered upon
submission of documentation from the attending doctor, on
letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances. Requests
for medical refunds should be made through the Financial
Petition Committee.
Unofficial Withdrawal
Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be reviewed.
If courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial withdrawal,
stopped attending), the College is required to refund financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or
Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date of
attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the
term including the portion previously covered by financial
aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged
to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal from college.
If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have
the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition forms are
available online through the registrar’s website.
A student who registers, does not attend any classes, and
does not withdraw may petition to withdraw retroactively.
The student must petition within six months of the end of
term and provide proof of non-attendance. Proof can include,
but is not limited to, statements from each instructor that the
student never attended, or documentation of attendance for
the term at another college or university. If approved, grades
of W will be recorded and charges for the term dropped. The
administrative cancellation fee is $300.
22
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Financial Aid
All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance
must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This
includes completing the application process as outlined below
and making satisfactory academic progress. In order to maintain eligibility in financial aid programs, students must make
satisfactory academic progress toward the attainment of their
degree or certificate as stipulated in the College catalog and as
published on the Academic Progress Standards for Financial
Aid Recipients webpage www.augsburg.edu/finaid/sap.html.
Financing higher education could be the most significant
investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. Proper
planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing
a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg
College, through its Enrollment Center, will help students and
their families protect access to a quality Augsburg education
in a time of increasing financial challenge.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be
a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time
work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal,
state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid
programs. During the 2009-2010 academic year, more than
eight out of ten students at Augsburg received financial
assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid supplements student and family resources.
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA),
current tax documents, and the Augsburg Aid form help
determine the amount of assistance for which a student is
eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial
factors as current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational expenses, debts, retirement
needs, and special considerations.
How to Apply
The following are required to process your financial aid
application:
1. Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular student or be a
returning student in good academic standing with the
College.
2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) or the Renewal FAFSA. Students are encouraged
to file the FAFSA electronically online at www.fafsa.ed.gov.
Students and their parents may sign the FAFSA electronically
using a PIN issued by the U.S. Department of Education.
Instructions for requesting a PIN can be found at www.fafsa.
ed.gov. Be sure to include the Augsburg College code, 002334,
on your application. Submit your application to the processing agency after January 1. Applications must be filed by
March 1 for priority consideration.
3. Complete the current year Augsburg Aid form, available
at www.augsburg.edu/finaid, and submit it to the Enrollment
Center.
Financing Your Education
4. Submit copies of federal 1040 tax forms for the preceding year (e.g. tax year 2009 to be considered for financial aid
for 2010-2011). Tax forms are required for the student and
parents of dependent students, or spouse of student if filing
separately.
What Happens Next?
December 1 for spring. Selection is based on high school
GPA and national test scores.
Transfer Regents’ Scholarship—Transfer Regents’ Scholarships
are awarded to all qualified transfer students with a minimum 3.00 GPA who apply and are accepted for admission by
May 1 for fall or December 1 for spring.
Once all documents are received, we review the financial
aid application to determine financial aid eligibility for all
available programs. A financial aid award letter will be sent
to the student. This letter details the financial aid award and
includes information regarding:
Augsburg Legacy Award—These scholarships provide tuition
• institutional financial aid programs and requirements for
continued eligibility,
• federal and private loan programs (students must complete a loan application to receive loan funds), and
• payment plans/options for the current school year.
Science Scholarship—The Courtland Agre and Theodore
Hanwick Science Scholarships recognize incoming first-year
students of high academic science achievement. The renewable award of $10,000 per year is awarded to all eligible proposed chemistry or physics majors. Students must be in the
top 30 percent of their high school class or on national tests
(ACT or SAT), have a grade point average of 3.0 or above in
the proposed science major, have completed intermediate
algebra or pre-calculus, and be a full-time student in the day
program. No scholarship application is required. Students
who receive a science scholarship will not receive a Regents’
award. Deadline: Accepted for admission by May 1 for fall
enrollment.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant
(except as noted). The various forms of aid available are
listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College,
students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships and grants that might be available in their own communities. It is worthwhile to check with churches, the company
or business employing parents or spouses, high schools,
service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on
aid available to students who meet their requirements. In
addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid
through Rehabilitation Services, Educational Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans’ Children, and
other sources.
Academic Excellence Scholarships
President’s Scholarship—Awarded to incoming first-year
students, the President’s Scholarships are awarded based
upon competition. The applicant must have a minimum of
3.50 GPA in core academic courses or a 27 or greater ACT
composite (or a combined SAT score of 1210 or greater).
Separate applications are required. The application must be
postmarked by January 30.
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship—These scholarships are awarded
to selected transfer students with a 3.50 GPA. The application
deadline is August 1 for fall enrollment and December 15
for spring. Call Undergraduate Admissions for information,
612-330-1001.
Achievement Scholarships
Regents’ Scholarship—The Regents’ Scholarships are awarded
to all qualified new first-years of high academic achievement who apply and are accepted before May 1 for fall or
awards to full-time day students working toward their first
bachelor’s degree who are children of Augsburg graduates or siblings of current Augsburg students or children or
spouses of current ELCA pastors. Deadline: May 1 for fall or
December 1 for spring.
ACAP Scholarship—Awarded to incoming first-year students
who have participated in a college preparatory program such
as Admission Possible, TRiO, MMEP. Deadline: Accepted for
admission by May 1.
Leadership, Service, and Performance Scholarships
Ethnic Leadership Scholarships—Ethnic Leadership
Scholarships recognize returning Day program students with
demonstrated scholarship and a record of, and/or potential
for, leadership. Eligible students must be full time in the
day program and have the recommendation of the appropriate Augsburg Ethnic Student Services program director and
another individual knowledgeable about the student’s extracurricular activities. The application deadline is March 1. For
more information and an application, contact:
• American Indian Student Services 612-330-1144
• Hispanic-Latino Student Services 612-330-1309
• Pan-Afrikan Student Center 612-330-1022
• Pan-Asian Student Services 612-330-1530
Fine Arts Scholarship—Awarded to selected incoming students who demonstrate active participation in the fine arts.
Separate application and portfolio or audition are required.
The application deadline requires a postmark of January 25
for fall or November 1 for spring.
Lutheran Congregational Scholarship Program
Augsburg Corporation Scholarship—Recognizes students
who are members of an ELCA congregation within
Augsburg College 2010-2011
I 23
Financing Your Education
the Minneapolis Area Synod, Saint Paul Area Synod,
Southeastern Minnesota Synod, or Northwest Synod of
Wisconsin. These four synods constitute the Augsburg
Corporation. The scholarship is awarded at point of admission for $1,000 per year.
PRIME Scholarship—Students who receive a scholarship from
their Lutheran congregation will receive a matching scholarship from Augsburg, up to $750 per year. Application and
payment from the sponsoring organization should be submitted to the Enrollment Center.
Gift Assistance (Need-Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grant—This grant is based on financial eligibility, and academic record.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant—Eligibility requires
Minnesota residency and enrollment of less than four years
(or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. This grant is
also based on financial eligibility.
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant—Whenever
law and funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who
demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given
to students eligible for the Federal Pell grant.
Federal Pell Grant—Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and
are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines.
Maximum grant for 2009-10 is $5,350.
Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarship—
Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships
and Augsburg American Indian Scholarships are available to
Indian students (both full and part-time) who meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State
Indian Scholarships, students must be a quarter degree
Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally-recognized
tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary. Contact the director of the American
Indian Student Services Program. American Indian grants
supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questions may
be directed to the director of the American Indian Student
Services Program or to your local BIA, Tribal, or State Indian
Education Office.
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan—A federally-funded program
administered through Augsburg College for students who
demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do
payments have to be made on the principal at any time you
are enrolled at least half time in school. Simple interest of 5
percent and repayment of principal (at the minimum of $40 a
month) begin nine months after you leave school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The loan offers a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for
undergraduate study is $20,000.
24
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Federal Stafford Student Loan—Subsidized Stafford Loans are
need-based loans that the federal government subsidizes by
paying the interest while the student is in school and during
the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, interest begins
accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is
responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to
make payments while in school or may defer payments and
allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers through the
Subsidized Stafford Loan and the Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan, as of July 1, 2009, is a fixed rate of 5.6% and 6.8%,
respectively.
The following borrowing limits apply to the Stafford
Loan program after July 1, 2009:
• First-years: $5,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
• Sophomores: $6,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
• Juniors/Seniors: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized
and Unsubsidized Stafford)
• Aggregate maximum: $31,000 (Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized)
Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS)—PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent
children. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance
(minus all other student financial aid). Repayment begins
within 60 days of final disbursement; the interest rate is
a fixed rate of 7.9% and a minimum payment of $50 per
month.
Further information about all student and parent loan
programs can be found online at the Financial Aid website.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students.
Assignment is based on financial eligibility and potential
competence in performing the duties assigned. Part-time
work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just
like scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours
of on-campus employment per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated
in the work contract issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student
employee.
Federal College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work
Study Program—Under these programs the federal or state
government supplies funds on a matching basis with the
College to provide part-time work opportunities.
Student Life
Student Life
Student Life
Augsburg’s mission focuses on student learning in the broadest sense. Experiences in the classroom are an important part
of college life, but learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
Campus Ministry
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual
as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and
provide for students to explore their own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of individuals from
many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness
of tradition. Bible studies, growth groups, outreach teams
and community outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are examples of the
wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel
worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day
to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number
of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. Weekend College Chapel is
held each Saturday morning when classes meet. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with
many other churches within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where
people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts and sense
of call and vocation that God has given them. As a college
of the church, we encourage students to form values guided
by our Christian heritage, which will be the basis for the
kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at
Augsburg.
The college pastor, associate college pastor, and campus
ministry staff have offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama, and Communication and are available
for spiritual guidance, counseling, support, or information.
Vocation
Augsburg College has a deep and long-standing commitment to the theological concept of vocation—the idea that all
people can use their individual gifts to serve God’s purposes
in the world and that each person’s contribution is uniquely
valuable.
In the spring of 2002, with the generous support of
the Lilly Endowment, Augsburg created a program called
Exploring Our Gifts that was designed to help students,
staff, and faculty explore the connections between faith,
learning, service, and work. Over the years, the program has
26
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
helped embed vocational themes into the curriculum and
has sponsored a wide variety of short-term projects that offer
rich opportunities for reflection on how to live with purpose
and meaning. These ongoing projects include internships at
nonprofit organizations, off-campus service projects, international seminars, vocation-themed chapel presentations, interfaith forums, vocation retreats, and scholarships for students
interested in exploring service to the community, ministry, or
church leadership.
Because Exploring Our Gifts will end in the summer
2010, the College recently created a permanent center—the
Augsburg Center for Faith and Learning—that will keep
vocation at the core of Augsburg’s vision well into the future.
This new center will continue many of the current initiatives
and will carry on the work of promoting discovery of gifts
and discernment of calling among the students, faculty, and
staff at Augsburg as well as members of the larger community.
For further information on how to participate in
Augsburg’s vocation programming, visit the Lilly Resource
Center, Memorial Hall, room 231, or the Augsburg Center for
Faith and Learning, Oren Gateway Center, room 106.
Student Government
The Augsburg Day Student Government and the Augsburg
for Adults/Weekend and Evening College Student Senate
organizations support and advocate for student concerns,
needs, and activities. These student government groups serve
as the primary voice and liaison between students and the
administration, faculty, and staff of Augsburg College.
Campus Activities and Orientation
Campus Activities and Orientation (CAO) strives to create
innovative programming that fosters individual and community development and creates an environment where students
can connect, engage, and invest in the Augsburg community.
CAO programming works to enhance and supplement the
liberal arts instruction at Augsburg College through quality
transitional programs for new students as well as through
leadership education. CAO is made up of five program areas.
These include:
Campus Activities—CAO offers several programs and activities throughout the academic year designed to connect and
engage students with the Augsburg community, as well as
with the broader Twin Cities community.
LBGTQIA Services—LBGTQIA Services works to improve
the campus environment for all students, staff, faculty, and
visitors at Augsburg College by developing and supporting
inclusive understandings of gender and sexuality, as well as
fostering a community that honors and affirms the wholeness
of all identities.
Student Life
Student and Group Leadership Development—
Emerging Leaders Program (ELP)—ELP is an initiative designed to develop new leadership at Augsburg.
Emerging leaders learn skills necessary to be effective in
leadership roles through intentional learning opportunities and relationships with upper class mentors.
Student Group Development—CAO provides student
groups with advising and skill-building workshops
focusing on recruitment, event planning, meeting facilitation, conflict resolution, and other pertinent areas of
development.
Orientation Programs—
SOAR—SOAR is a required two-day, overnight orientation experience for incoming first-year day students which is designed to help with the transition to
Augsburg College. Students will meet fellow classmates,
faculty, and staff; learn about college resources and
services; obtain fall semester schedules; and get a taste of
life on campus.
Parent SOAR—Parent SOAR is an optional two-day
orientation experience for the parents and guardians of
first-year day students that runs concurrently with the
students’ SOAR session. Parents will obtain important
information about the campus, meet fellow parents, faculty, and staff; learn about college resources and services;
and get a taste of what life will be like for their students
on campus.
TRANSFER-mation—TRANSFER-mation is a required halfday orientation experience for transfer students designed
to help with the transition to Augsburg College. Students
will learn about college resources and services, hear
about academic programs, and discover why being a part
of the Augsburg community is so rewarding.
Auggie Days—Auggie Days is a required on-campus
orientation experience for incoming first-year day students that is designed to complement SOAR. It provides
opportunities to enhance academic and personal success
and offers a helpful advantage in starting at Augsburg
College.
Student Center
The Christensen Center, the Augsburg student union, serves
students, faculty, staff, alumni, and guests. Traditionally considered the “living room” of the campus, the student union
provides a central gathering place for the diverse populations
of residential, commuter, Weekend College, and graduate
students at Augsburg through the merging of curricular and
co-curricular programs and activities.
The Christensen Center also houses several student
services, such as Undergraduate and Graduate Admissions,
Campus Activities and Orientation, Event and Conference
Planning, the Copy Center, Shipping and Receiving, the
Information Desk, A’viands Food Services, Mail Services, the
A-Club Grille, and Cooper’s Coffee Shop.
The Auggies Nest, located on the ground floor of the
Christensen Center, serves as the student group office area
and houses the Augsburg Day Student Government and
Augsburg for Adults/Weekend and Evenings College office,
the ECHO (campus newspaper) office, the Augsburgian
(student yearbook) office, and the KAUG (campus radio)
office. Cubicles, lockers, and additional work spaces are also
available in this area for student group use.
Fine Arts
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and
drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city,
the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform
on national and international tours. Many other ensembles
are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and
previous musical experience. Students stage several plays
on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts
Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of oncampus workshops with visiting arts professionals.
Anne Pederson Women’s Resource Center
The Anne Pederson Women’s Resource Center at Augsburg
College offers a variety of programming for Augsburg students (women and men) and is a meeting place for students,
faculty, and staff alike. It houses a women’s studies library
(including current magazines), a seminar room for films and
discussions, and a lounge space for studying, relaxing, and
just hanging out. The Women’s Resource Center sponsors
numerous programs and activities (including regular social
times, Feminist Film Fridays, spa days at the end of each
semester, and the Koryne Horbal Convocation Lecture), and
provides a safe place on campus for discussions, explorations, and women’s advocacy. The resource center is located
in Sverdrup Hall 207.
Athletics and Sports
Intercollegiate Athletics—Augsburg is affiliated with the
Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and
is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association
(NCAA) Division III. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling, baseball,
track and field, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball,
swimming, track and field, and golf.
Intramurals—Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program
provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Broomball has been an
especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
Augsburg College 2010-2011
I 27
Student Life
Sports and recreation—At Augsburg, sports are for all students
as well as the intercollegiate athlete. The campus offers on
a space-available basis a double-rink ice arena, gymnasium,
tennis courts, a fitness center with workout machines and
weight room, and an air-supported dome over the athletic
field for winter fitness use by walkers and runners. (See
Fitness Centers on page 32.)
Gage Center for Academic Achievement
The Gage Center assists all Augsburg students in setting and
achieving optimal academic goals here at the College and
beyond. The center consists of five collaborating units:
Academic Advising—Academic Advising orients new Day and
Weekend College undergraduate students to the academic
policies and procedures of the College and assists students
on initial course selection. This office also provides interpretation of core curriculum requirements, administers entrylevel skill assessments, interprets graduation requirements,
provides degree-planning materials, and answers questions
on student academic progress. Academic Advising functions
as a supplement to the faculty advising system at Augsburg
College, and is located in the Enrollment Center.
All current students are assigned to a faculty adviser.
Prior to the end of their sophomore year, when they have
completed 12 or more credits, students are required to
declare their major and select a faculty adviser. Majors and
minors are declared online through Augnet Records and
Registration. Students select a faculty adviser from their
major area of study using the declaration form. All Day students are required to meet with their assigned faculty adviser
each term prior to registration. Both Day and weekend
college students are encouraged to meet with their faculty
adviser as often as is necessary.
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS)—The
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS)
provides individualized accommodations and academic
support for students with documented learning, attentional,
psychiatric, and other cognitive disabilities. CLASS has been
recognized as a leader in its field, helping these students gain
full access to the College curriculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a rigorous and
challenging, yet supportive, liberal arts education to students
with diverse backgrounds, preparations, and experiences.
Each term disability specialists work directly with
students to discuss their disabilities and determine a plan
for academic access. Typically, meetings are held weekly and
discussions may include:
• Accommodations for testing and coursework (e.g.,
extended time, note-taking)
• Referrals to other campus resources (e.g., tutoring, general
technology assistance, academic advising, counseling,
financial aid)
• Training and use of assistive technology through the
Groves Computer Laboratory
28
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
• Assistance with academic, organizational, and time management skills
CLASS specialists may also consult with instructors, academic advisers, and other members of the College faculty,
staff, or administration to support each student as they work
toward success. Taking advantage of those opportunities,
however, remains the student’s responsibility.
These services are available to any Augsburg student
who establishes eligibility by submitting appropriate documentation to the CLASS office. A copy of the Guidelines for
Documentation of a Disability can be obtained by contacting
the CLASS Office. CLASS also provides informal screenings
for students who suspect they may have a learning-related
disability. These screenings are meant only to help students
determine whether they should seek a thorough evaluation
by a qualified professional.
These services are made possible in part through endowment support provided by the Gage family and the Groves
Foundation.
Academic Skills Office (ASO)—
The Academic Skills Office provides comprehensive academic
support (e.g. time management, note-taking, reading, testing, motivation/procrastination) for all Augsburg students
through individual and group appointments. In addition, the
academic skills coaches address affective needs and aid in
the transition to college life. Coaches also refer students to
campus resources.
The Academic Skills Office coordinates several programs
to support students:
• Tutoring/Supplemental Instruction Services: ASO coordinates free tutoring for most classes and supplemental
instruction in specific courses.
• Conditional Admit Program (CAP): A limited number
of students are admitted conditionally through the CAP
program. Students must fulfill CAP requirements or they
will be continued in the CAP program or dismissed. See
the “Academic Progress, Probation, and Dismissal” section
of the catalog for a description of dismissal procedures.
• Probation Advising: Students placed or continued on
probation are required to meet with an approved academic
advocate. Registration is prevented until the student
completes the probation requirements as specified by their
academic advocate. Students who do not meet with their
academic advocate and/or do not fulfill the probation
requirements will be continued on probation or dismissed.
See the “Academic Progress, Probation, and Dismissal”
section of the catalog for a description of dismissal procedures.
• Augsburg Advantage at St. Kates (AASK): The Augsburg
College Admissions Committee selects students for the
AASK program, based on their application for admission
to Augsburg. The AASK program is a collaborative effort
between St. Catherine University (St. Kate’s) and Augsburg
to assist students in the transition from high school to
Student Life
college with specific courses and supportive programming.
The program provides participants with the opportunity to
complete similar coursework that first year students complete
at Augsburg. Students attend courses on the Minneapolis
campus of St. Catherine University and have access to both
campuses for support, resources, and activities.
Upon successful completion, students are guaranteed sophomore status (minimum of 7 course credits) and will have
fulfilled many of the first-year Augsburg requirements.
In order to complete the program, students are
required to:
• Complete all required courses (30 semester credits)
including Foundations in Fitness (at Augsburg) with a
minimum 2.5 GPA and no course grade below a 2.0 or P.
• Satisfactory completion on Critical Competencies
• Attend all seminars and transition events at Augsburg and
St. Kates
• Complete transition application and recommendation
process with adviser at St. Kate’s by March 15.
• Completen the Summer Transition Program (one course
and all programming) in Summer I at Augsburg after year
at St. Kate’s.
TRIO Programs—TRIO programs are federal grant programs
funded by the U.S. Department of Education, which seek to
help students overcome class, social, academic and cultural
barriers to higher education. TRIO programs are designed
to help students prepare for college, adjust to college life,
and attain good academic standing. They also help students
improve their likelihood of transfer and graduation from
a four-year degree program in addition to preparation for
graduate school.
TRIO/Student Support Services—Student Support Services
(SSS) is a TRIO program designed to help students persist
in college and graduate in a timely manner. The program
serves students who are low-income, first-generation college
students (neither parent has a four-year degree) and students
with disabilities to develop the skills and motivation necessary to successfully pursue and earn a bachelor’s degree.
Participants in TRIO/SSS must also be U.S. citizens, permanent residents or refugees, must demonstrate academic need
for program services, and be committed to succeed in college.
Augsburg TRIO/Student Support Services serves 160
students from the point of admission through graduation,
including transfer students. TRIO/SSS typically admits 40
new students to the program each year.
Major components of the Augsburg College TRIO/SSS
program include:
• Individual academic advising and support, including
appropriate goal attainment strategies and self-advocacy
skill-building
• Academic program planning, including pre-registration for
each term, major and career decision-making, and longterm course planning
• Preemptive tutoring during the first seven weeks of the
semester.
• Financial aid counseling and education, financial aid
literacy education
• Academic progress monitoring, weekly progress meetings
for students on academic probation
• Academic success workshops, group academic skill development
• Graduate and professional school information and application assistance
• Social and cultural activities and student-led events
• Five-week residential Summer Bridge program including
free summer-term college coursework, academic seminars,
adjustment-to-college workshops, and advising for 25
incoming first-year students
• Need-based scholarships for students actively participating
in TRIO/SSS
Students may apply for TRIO/SSS anytime after admission to
Augsburg College; however, preference is given to students
who apply within their first term of enrollment. For more
information, an application, or to make an appointment with
a TRIO/SSS adviser, contact TRIO/SSS program staff at 612330-1311, or Science 152.
TRIO/McNair Scholars Program—The McNair Scholars
Program, a federal TRIO program funded by the U.S.
Department of Education, is designed to prepare participants
for doctoral studies through involvement in research and
other scholarly activities. The goal of McNair is to increase
graduate degree attainment of students from underrepresented segments of society and to encourage these students
to consider becoming college professors.
McNair Scholars enroll in the program during their
sophomore or junior year. Students must be enrolled full
time (or will be enrolled full time) at Augsburg College,
demonstrate strong academic potential, and have an interest in pursuing doctoral studies. To qualify as eligible for the
program, the student must be low-income AND first generation OR a member of a group underrepresented in graduate
study—African American, American Indian, Alaskan Native,
or Hispanic/Latino. The Augsburg McNair program serves 25
students per year.
A major component of the Augsburg McNair Scholars
Program is a summer research experience in collaboration
with a faculty mentor. For research, scholars receive a $2,800
stipend plus $1,500 for room and board and research supplies. Stipends are also available for attending and presenting their work at a professional conference (up to $1,000).
Students will also participate in:
• Social and cultural activities to enrich participants’ academic lives and perspectives
• Conference travel and professional presentation of participants’ original research
• Graduate program exploration and application assistance
• Financial aid exploration, as well as application and GRE
fee waivers and other financial incentives, such as McNair
designated fellowships
Augsburg College 2010-2011
I 29
Student Life
• Intensive preparation for the Graduate Records
Examination (GRE), the test required for admittance into
most graduate programs
• Tuition-free academic credit courses, Discourse in the
Disciplines and Introduction to Research
• Sharpened writing, library, technology, and oral presentation skills
• A motivated, diverse, and supportive learning community
Office of Undergraduate Research and Graduate Opportunity
(URGO)—The Office of Undergraduate Research and Graduate
Opportunity is a resource for Augsburg students seeking
research, scholarship, and graduate and professional school
opportunities. URGO also supports faculty and staff in their
work to engage students in these areas. Services include help
securing national fellowships and research opportunities on
and off campus, graduate and professional school advising,
GRE and LSAT preparation, application assistance, and monetary support for selected research projects and conference
travel. In addition, URGO awards special research funding
and support for low-income and first-generation college students and their mentors.
Services for Students with Disabilities
Access Center—The Access Center provides support and
specialized services to students with documented physical
disabilities. These may include TBI, chronic illness, mobility
impairments, and vision, hearing, or speech impairments.
The Access Center is committed to providing equal
and integrated access for students with disabilities to the
academic, social, cultural, and residential programs that
Augsburg College offers with the goal of promoting independence and assisting students in reaching their individual
potential. Areas of assistance include but are not limited to:
• individual meetings with the physical disabilities specialist
on a regularly scheduled basis
• Determination of academic accommodations
• Assistance with time management issues
• Academic advising and assistance
• Advocacy with faculty and staff
• Use of assistive technology
• Assistance with community support services and other
non-academic issues
Housing accommodations are provided on an individual basis
for students with physical disabilities based on the review of
appropriate documentation. The nature of the disability and
the amount of equipment and personal care needed are also
considered in housing placement.
Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access
to educational opportunities for students with disabilities.
The mandate to provide accommodations does not, however,
extend to adjustments that would “fundamentally alter” the
basic nature or essential curricular components of an institution’s courses or programs.
Weekend College and graduate students with docu-
30
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
mented physical disabilities are encouraged to contact the
Access Center for assistance. Every effort will be made to
schedule a meeting time that works for all involved.
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services—(Supports
students with learning, attentional, psychiatric, and other
cognitive disabilities. See page 28.)
TRIO/Student Support Services—(Students with disabilities may
be eligible to apply for TRIO/SSS. See page 29.)
StepUP® Program
The StepUP program at Augsburg College strives to help students champion lives of recovery, achieve academic success,
and thrive in a residential community of accountability and
support. The culture of StepUP is shaped by its values: recovery based on spirituality and the 12-step model; personal
responsibility, integrity, and living a balanced life; educational
success; giving back through servant leadership; thriving in
a community that is an alcohol- and drug-free environment;
and developing healthy minds, bodies, spirits and emotions.
Students live in on-campus recovery housing, have
individual support meetings with licensed alcohol and
drug counseling staff, and participate in team and community building activities. Students have access to academic
skills specialists and other support services on campus.
Participation in the program offers students leadership
opportunities within the program, on campus, and in the
greater Twin Cities community. In StepUP, students join
together to form a community in which recovery is celebrated as a normal part of personal growth. Many of the
friendships and bonds students form while participating in
the StepUP program last a lifetime.
In order to qualify for the program students must be
committed to a 12-step abstinence-based recovery program,
have a minimum of six months of continuous sobriety, agree
to abide by the StepUP contract, and live in StepUP housing.
Ethnic Student Services
American Indian Student Services—The American Indian
Student Services program has been assisting American
Indian students to further their academic careers at Augsburg
College since 1978. The program’s mission is to recruit,
retain, and graduate Native students by providing academic,
financial, emotional, and cultural support and advocacy in a
comfortable and friendly environment. Some of the services
provided include:
• Assists students with the admission process and financial
aid application
• Nurtures students’ identification as an American Indian
and provides opportunities for students to learn about
their heritage
• Provides opportunities for the campus community to learn
about the variety of American Indian people and cultures
Student Life
• Provides academic advising and course plans
• Provides opportunities to network with other American
Indian students, faculty, staff, and alumni
• Provides a number of different scholarships including
the Bonnie Wallace Leadership Award, Minnesota Indian
Teacher Training Partnership Grant, and additional
assistance in seeking and applying for other outside/tribal
scholarships
• Offers community and professional referrals, networking
opportunities within the Native community and information about jobs and internships
Hispanic/Latino Student Services—The Hispanic/Latino Student
Services program offers students individualized attention in
many areas, including academic support, counseling, and
advocacy.
Day, WEC, and graduate students find assistance in
admissions and financial aid procedures, scholarships, orientation and registration, academic planning, career counseling, housing, internships and employment, and placement
referrals.
The program advises Latino student organizations
(such as the Spanish Club and the Allied Latino/a Augsburg
Students) and supports academic, social, and cultural events/
activities that improve the academic and personal development of Hispanic/ Latino students and provide awareness of
the unique aspects of Hispanic culture.
Pan-Asian Student Services—The Pan-Asian Student Services
program was created in 1992 to recruit and retain AsianAmerican students and to enhance the quality of their total
experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to
create opportunities where Asian students can be involved in
and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life.
The program provides assistance in the admissions and
financial aid application process, orientation, registration
and coursework selection, career development, academic
and non-academic pursuits, and employment and placement
referrals.
The Augsburg Asian Student Association is affiliated
with the program. The association organizes various activities
during the academic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asians, other students at Augsburg, and
the surrounding community.
Pan-Afrikan Student Services—The Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC)
traces its roots to an event held in 1968 called “One Day in
May” when Augsburg hosted a series of interactive programs
with the community. As a result, Black Student Affairs was
born. It has evolved, over the years, into the PAC.
PAC serves the Augsburg College community by providing culturally conscious personal, academic, financial, preprofessional and transitional support for students of Afrikan
descent. This service enhances the recruitment, retention,
and graduation of Pan-Afrikan students and enables their
learning experience to be interactive. PAC brings the knowledge and experience of Afrikan people in the Diaspora to the
community through a variety of programming and advises
the Pan-Afrikan Student Union.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU) is a commissioned organization whose purpose is to enable students
of Afrikan descent to share their diversity and collectively
express their fellowship with the Augsburg community. PASU
sponsors a variety of social and cultural activities. The offices
of PAC and PASU are located in Murphy Place 208 and 209.
Scholastic Connections—Scholastic Connections is a scholarship and mentorship program for achievement-oriented
students of color who are continuing Augsburg undergraduate students. The goal of the program is to form a mentoring
community that provides a network of belonging that recognizes, supports, challenges, and inspires scholars to ensure
their success at Augsburg and beyond.
Each year five new scholars are selected as program
participants via an application process. Scholars receive a
$5,000 scholarship for the academic year and are paired with
a mentor who is an alum of color and is successful within
their chosen profession. Working with the Ethnic Services
directors, scholar/mentor pairings are formed that, ideally,
match ethnic group and field of interest.
Eligible scholars have:
• A GPA of 2.5 or higher
• Demonstrated financial need
• Demonstrated leadership ability or potential
• Demonstrated community involvement both on and off
campus
Program objectives are to:
• Support scholars as they continue at Augsburg
• Frame the questions: Who am I? Where do I belong?
What are my gifts? How can I best serve the world?
• Assist in discerning vocation
• Prepare for life after Augsburg: career planning and implementation
Scholars who successfully complete program requirements
are eligible to continue with the program each successive
year until graduation.
LGBTQIA Services
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Questioning, Intersex,
and Asexual (LGBTQIA) Services works to improve the
campus climate for all students, staff, faculty and visitors at
Augsburg College by developing and supporting inclusive
understandings of gender and sexuality, as well as fostering
a community that honors and affirms the wholeness of all
identities.
LGBTQIA Services provides student advocacy and
educational opportunities for the entire campus through a
variety of programs and ongoing initiatives. Ally Trainings;
the Soup, Gender, and Sexuality series; and the LGBTQIA
Newsletter offer learning and networking opportunities for
the entire campus on issues around gender and sexuality.
In addition, the department honors LGBTQIA and allied
Augsburg College 2010-2011
I 31
Student Life
students each year during Lavender Graduation, where the
recipients of the LGBTQIA Student Leadership Award and
Karen Neitge Scholarship are honored.
For more information, visit www.augsburg.edu/cao/
lgbtqia.html.
Health and Fitness
Center for Counseling and Health Promotion
Counseling—Personal counseling offers a confidential and
supportive place for students to discuss personal life challenges with professional mental health counselors. Through
counseling, students can name personal strengths and challenges, identify self-care and support resources, learn new
relationship and coping skills, and increase awareness of
values and choices. Counseling services to students include
individual counseling, group counseling, assessment and
referral to campus and mental health resources, educational
workshops, and consultations in the case of concern for
another student.
Students bring many concerns to counseling, including stress, anxiety, depression, mood swings, relationship
concerns, grief and loss, roommate issues, intimacy and
sexuality, alcohol and other drug concerns, family issues, eating concerns, coming out and other sexual identity concerns,
cultural identity, self-esteem, sleep difficulties, and other
concerns. Professional counseling can help increase student
academic success both by increasing the opportunity for
increased self-understanding and personal growth, and by
directly addressing potential barriers to academic success.
Health Promotion—Health Promotion offers activities and
events that increase awareness of health issues and assists
students in adapting new behaviors for a healthier lifestyle,
such as weekly pilates and yoga classes. Health promotion
also includes an active group of student peer health educators (EP!C) who are available to present an interactive
alcohol education program to groups requesting the program.
Health promotion also works with various campus organizations and student groups to foster positive change within the
campus environment.
Health Insurance
Augsburg College does not require that students have health
insurance, with the exception of international students and
student athletes. If a student is not covered by a health insurance plan, they may contact the Center for Counseling and
Health Promotion for more information on student health
insurance plans.
Health Clinic Services
The College offers basic health care services to students
through a contract with UFP – Smiley’s Clinic. These services
are limited. For students without health insurance, Smiley’s
32
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Clinic provides certain clinic health services with a minimal
co-pay at the time of the visit. Emergency services of any
kind are not covered through the contract between Augsburg
and Smiley’s Clinic. Students with health insurance can also
access Smiley’s Clinic for a variety of clinic or other health
services. A student’s health insurance provider will be billed
for medical services and the student will be responsible for
any co-pays or deductibles associated with their insurance.
For more information regarding counseling, health
promotion, health insurance, or health clinic services, call
612-330-1707 or visit www.augsburg.edu/cchp.
Fitness Centers
Located on the lower level of Kennedy Center and Melby
Hall the fitness centers are equipped with stationary bicycles, stair steppers, treadmills, and other aerobic workout
machines. They include a weight room with universal and
free weight systems. All staff, students, and faculty may use
the centers; some hours are reserved for classes.
International Student Advising (ISA)
ISA’s mission is to serve the educational and personal development needs of the international student body in a way that
embraces our common humanity and cultural diversity.
The director of International Student Advising is responsible for:
• Fulfilling duties of Principal Designated School Official
(PDSO) for F-1 student visa program and Responsible
Officer (RO) for J-1 student/scholar exchange program
• General advocacy for international students
• Advising the International Student Organization
• Facilitating intercultural skill-building sessions for students, faculty, and staff
• Celebrating diversity of cultures by increasing awareness
of international/intercultural issues
New international students participate in an orientation program that provides practical information on housing, health
insurance, taxes, banking, local transportation, and applying
for a social security card. Students use intercultural communication theory to explore their adjustment to a new culture
and education system.
The International Student Organization (ISO) provides a
forum for the interests and concerns of international students and fosters productive interaction among them, the
college administration, and U.S. students. This mission is
accomplished through yearly programming of events such
as International Education Week, sponsorship of forums on
international issues, and outings to sites of interest in the
community. Information on how to get involved is available
through ISA.
(Also see Study Opportunities Abroad on page 42 and
Student Teaching Abroad on page 42.)
Student Life
Residence Life Program
Students who choose to make Augsburg their home find a
friendly, 23-acre village in the midst of a major metropolitan
area. They make many new friends among roommates and
classmates. They are just steps away from Lindell Library,
classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the ice arena, fitness center,
and Christensen Center. With just over 1,000 students living
on campus, most students and faculty greet each other by
name.
Augsburg recognizes the importance of the residential
experience during the college years. Studies show that students who live on campus are more likely to persist academically, to be involved on campus, and tend to have a slightly
higher grade point average. Department of Residence Life
staff are professional and student team members available to
support students in their academic and co-curricular experiences. Through their efforts residential community members
become acquainted with life at Augsburg through educational
and social opportunities.
Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, leadership, and fun. Numerous events are planned to
welcome students to the community, including dances, movie
nights, open mic nights, and weeks devoted to special themes
or issues.
Resident students have access to a 24-hour computer
lounge, wireless internet, study lounges, 24-hour security,
laundry facilities, and vending. All rooms and apartments are
equipped with hook-ups for telephone, cable television, computers, and internet access. A skyway connecting the lobby of
Urness Hall and Mortensen Hall to Christensen Center and
Oren Gateway Center to the Lindell Library keeps students
out of the weather on the way to class.
To secure housing on campus, students need to submit
the following items by May 1:
• Enrollment deposit
• Housing deposit
• Housing contract
Students submitting deposits and the housing contract after
May 1 will be placed in housing as space is available. During
spring semester, current Augsburg students are provided with
information on the process to secure housing for the next
academic year.
Urness Hall—One home to new Auggies and upper-class
resident advisers, this nine-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a house-unit providing 36
students (two to a room) with their own lounge, study, and
utility areas. In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished with a bed,
dresser, desk, and chair. Linens are not provided.
Mortensen Hall—This building is a 13-story high-rise apartment building. It contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upper-class students.
Mortensen Hall is carpeted and contains kitchenette units. It
is furnished with beds and dressers.
Anderson Hall—Contains four types of living units: twobedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor houses, and
townhouses. This residence houses 192 students, including
new Auggies, upper-class students, and the special interest
housing program. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers, desks, and chairs.
Luther Hall—Opened in 1999, this apartment residence
includes studios and two- and four-bedroom apartments with
full kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and chairs are provided.
Underground parking is available at an additional cost. Meal
plans are optional. This building is designed to provide an
environment for upper-class students.
Oren Gateway Center— The new “front door” to the Augsburg
campus, Oren Gateway Center offers substance-free living
connected to a dining area, underground parking, and classrooms. Opened in 2007, Oren Gateway Center houses the
StepUP first-year and upperclass community and upper-class
students committed to an alcohol- and drug-free environment. Flats, apartments, and studios are furnished with bed,
desk, and dressers. Meal plans are optional.
Special Interest Housing—Special interest housing is available
to students who are interested in creating a living/learning
environment by designing their own house system. All house
members meet to determine their program focus, educational
goals, and community agreement guidelines. Examples of
programs of past special interest housing include PASU,
Fellowship of Christian Athletes, Youth and Family Ministry,
Urban Studies House, Hawthorne House, Pre-Professional
Health Association, and the Cross-Cultural House.
Food Service
A-Club Grille—Located on the ground floor of Christensen
Center, the A-Club Grille provides a sports flair and features
grill items, pizza, soups, sandwiches, salads, desserts, and
beverage.
Commons—Situated on the top floor of Christensen Center,
this is the main food service facility for students, faculty,
and staff. This spacious room features small-table units for
easy conversation overlooking the College quadrangle and
Murphy Square. Students on board plans who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Cooper’s Coffee Shop—On the main level of Christensen
Center, Cooper’s Coffee Shop sells coffee, smoothies, sandwiches, and snacks.
Nabo — This eatery is located in the Oren Gateway Center.
Pronounced ‘náh-bu’, with the accent on the first syllable,
featured food options include salads, cold and hot sandwiches, a pasta bar, pastries and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for
those living in College houses or nearby apartments.
Augsburg College 2010-2011
I 33
Student Life
College Policies
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints, Records
The College has adopted a statement of standards for student
behavior and has provided for due process in matters of academic honesty, disciplinary action, and grievances. These are
in the Student Guide.
The College operates in compliance with the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act. Students have the right
to inspect certain official records, files, and data that pertain
to them and that are maintained in the registrar’s office and
the placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Information on these policies is found in the Student
Guide available on the website at www.augsburg.edu/
studentguide.
Official Notices
Students will receive official notices via the student campus
mail system (student campus box), the A-Mail publication,
and the student’s Augsburg e-mail account. Students should
check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail account
regularly. The A-Mail is a daily online publication on Inside
Augsburg.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of
1974, as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg is required
to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg’s policy is published in
this catalog on page 62 and in the Student Guide distributed
annually to students.
Augsburg College understands that no information other
than “directory information” can be released without the
written permission of the student, except in limited circumstances. Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the
official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg.
This means that faculty or others cannot write letters of
support/recommendation or nominate students for awards
unless explicit written permission is given by the student to
release non-“directory information.” It is not sufficient to ask
for letters of recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg’s procedures with
regard to FERPA are available from the Office of the Registrar.
34
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Discrimination Complaints
For inquiries or grievances in any of the following areas,
contact the director of human resources, ground floor,
Memorial Hall 19, 612-330-1023.
Affirmative Action—for matters based on race, creed, national,
or ethnic origin
Section 504—for matters based on physical or mental
handicap
Title IX—for matters based on gender or marital status
Employment—All correspondence should be addressed to
the Office of Human Resources at Augsburg College, 2211
Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454.
Academic Information
Academic Information
Academic Information
Augsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students must be educated intellectually, spiritually,
and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a
broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well
as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the
humanities, fine arts, natural sciences, and social sciences,
the general education curriculum introduces students to the
breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture.
Required Search for Meaning courses are designed to
acquaint students with the Christian tradition, introduce
them to other faith traditions, and encourage them to
reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in
their lives. Recreation courses offer students opportunities
to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting
activities.
Students choose from more than 50 major areas of study
to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare
for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life
and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to
educate its students in a real world for the real world.
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts, the bachelor of music,
and the bachelor of science degrees. Augsburg also offers the
master of arts (in leadership, nursing, and education), the
master of business administration, the master of science (in
physician assistant studies), the master of social work, and
the doctor of nursing practice degrees.
Academic Calendar
The Augsburg day program follows the semester calendar,
with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks.
Full-time students normally take four course credits each
semester.
The day program calendar is coordinated with those of
the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin
Cities, so students can take a course on another campus during the regular term.**
Weekend College classes typically meet on alternate
weekends and the program follows a trimester calendar.
Some classes may meet on weekday evenings. The fall trimester is held from early September through mid-December.
Winter trimester meets from January through early April.
Spring classes are held from mid-April through the end of
June. There are 7-8 class sessions each trimester, and classes
meet on weekends for 3.5 to 4 hours. (Refer to the program
schedule for weekday evening meeting times.) Students may
take from one to four classes each term.**
The Rochester campus operates on a trimester calendar.
Classes are held on weekday evenings and meet alternate
36
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
weeks. Similar to Weekend College, Rochester’s fall trimester
begins in September, winter trimester begins in January, and
spring trimester begins in April. There are 7-8 class sessions
each trimester with each class meeting for 3-1/2 to 4 hours.
Students may take one to four classes each term.**
**See Registration on page 48 and Calendars on page 6
Courses and majors offered through Weekend College
and the Rochester campus are the same as their Day College
counterparts. However, the curriculum is limited to selected
liberal arts courses and majors.
Augsburg offers two summer school sessions, plus two
summer online options. Select graduate-level courses may be
made available in a separate summer term. The summer session schedule is available in March of each year.
Augsburg graduate programs follow a trimester calendar, except for physician assistant studies. (See Graduate
Programs on page 47.)
Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty.
Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and
commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a doctorate
or the highest degree in their field, and all consider teaching
to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are also involved in
a variety of professional and research activities that support
their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting
faculty development program that introduces them to current
thought in many fields, but especially in teaching techniques
and theories.
Augsburg’s size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in
campus activities. Every first-year is assigned an Augsburg
Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major adviser. In this
close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for
students.
Library and Information Technology
Services
The James G. Lindell Family Library opened in 1997. The
four-level, 73,000-square-foot facility houses all library and
information technology functions of the College. In addition
to the 190,000 volume main collection, the Lindell Library
includes special collections and archives, curriculum library,
a computer lab and student computing help desk, library
instruction classroom, and facilities for media viewing and
listening. Skyways link the library to Oren Gateway Center
and Sverdrup Hall.
Learning Commons
Within Lindell Library, a Learning Commons provides
Academic Information
science, economics, mathematics, physics, political science,
psychology, sociology.
assistance in research and the use of technology as well as
spaces for collaborative learning. In the Learning Commons
multimedia lab, students can create digital audio and visual
projects.
Professional Studies—Business administration, education,
health and physical education, nursing, social work.
Library Resources
Majors and Minors
Students can search a wide variety of local, regional, national,
and international databases. They have access to 190,000 volumes within Lindell Library and, through a daily courier service, to the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts
colleges in the Twin Cities. Lindell Library has a large collection of media resources. A service-oriented staff provides
students and faculty with research assistance and instruction
in the use of information resources. Arrangements are made
for access by students with physical limitation and special
needs.
Information Technology Resources
Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its
commitment to provide students with the best access to
information technology and training. Visit the Student
Technology website, www.augsburg.edu/techdesk, for more
on Information Technology at Augsburg.
Computing
Students have access to more than 250 on-campus computers. There are both PC and Macintosh desktop computers
available in the Lindell Library Learning Commons and
computer lab and in the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The
College has six computer classrooms and 41 technologyenhanced classrooms. The circulation desk in the Lindell
Library has 40 wireless laptops available for use in the
Library.
Several computer clusters are available for more specific
student use within academic departments. A high-speed
fiber optic campus network provides access to AugNet
online services, printing, and to the Internet and Internet2.
Network-ready student machines can connect to the campus
network from dormitory rooms or any building on campus
using WiFi. All of the AugNet online services and several of
the registrar’s student services are available securely on and
off-campus.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The College curriculum is offered by 26 departments that are
grouped into three divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Fine Arts and Humanities—American Indian studies, art, communication studies, English, history, languages and crosscultural studies, music, philosophy, religion, theatre arts,
College librarians.
Natural and Social Sciences—Biology, chemistry, computer
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines.
Some students decide on a major or majors before they
enter college. Others explore a variety of disciplines before
deciding.
A major at Augsburg shall require no more than 13.0
credits from any one academic department. The Academic
Affairs Committee may amend this credit maximum in
support of industry or professional accreditation standards.
Students may complete non-required electives within the
department beyond the 13.0 credit limit.
The College requires students to declare a major by the
end of the sophomore year, and earlier in some disciplines.
Details of majors and minors are in the course description
section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the
bachelor of arts degree.
Students are not required to complete a minor for graduation; however, minors completed prior to graduation will be
listed on the transcript. Minors are not noted on the transcript if they are completed after a bachelor’s degree has been
awarded.
Student-Designed Major
Students may design their own major with the assistance and
approval of three advisers from relevant fields and subsequent final approval by the Augsburg College Academic
Affairs Committee (AAC). A student-designed major allows
flexibility in selecting major courses. Any student wishing
to design a major must complete a proposal, submit it with
approval and supporting letters from three faculty advisers,
and obtain AAC approval of the program. Students should
seek AAC approval as early as possible so that any changes
suggested by AAC may be incorporated into the design without affecting the student’s proposed completion date. The
deadline for initial submission of the program design to AAC
is the first term in which the student has achieved junior
status; the final version must be approved the term before the
student achieves senior status.
Students wishing to design majors must:
1. Develop the student-designed major in concert with three
faculty advisers from relevant fields, who together constitute
the Review Team. All advisers must sign the proposal cover
sheet and submit supporting letters of approval to AAC.
Supporting letters should assess both the student’s ability to
complete the proposed major and the validity and value of
the proposed major, including (in at least one of the letters)
the proposed capstone course. The advisers’ signatures and
supporting letters represent their approval of the program,
including the capstone course, and their commitment to
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 37
Academic Information
oversee the student’s progress.
2. Develop a student-designed major program proposal that
includes:
a. A statement of learning goals and objectives.
b. A list of proposed courses (minimum of nine, no more
than one of which is a lower-level language course and at
least five of which are upper division) and a discussion of
how the courses are related to the program goals. Indicate
how the proposed courses collectively support a specialized
and cohesive plan usually associated with a college major.
Proposals must include research describing comparable
programs of study at a minimum of three other academic
institutions. In addition, students should consult with the
Strommen Career and Internship Center for additional
information regarding career objectives. The proposal should
provide information showing how the Augsburg Core
Curriculum requirements (including graduation skills) are to
be fulfilled.
c. A description of the student-designed major capstone to be
taken sometime during the senior year. The student should
devise the capstone in consultation with advisers. It should
require an integrative project/paper that draws together the
coursework up to that point and/or prepares one for further
study. In addition, at least one of the advisers must specifically address the rationale for the proposed capstone in his
or her supporting letter, though approval of the studentdesigned major program by all advisers presumes their
approval of the capstone course.
3. Submit the completed proposal and supporting documentation to the dean’s office.
If AAC approves the proposed major program, the student will be expected to complete the program designed and
still meet all of the other Augsburg degree requirements as
stated in the college catalog.
Students who design their own majors will meet with
their advisers regularly throughout the design and subsequent evaluation of their program. Changes in the approved
student-designed major may be made through the normal
petition process to the Student Standing Committee with
adviser approval.
ACTC Majors—It is possible for full-time day students to
complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a major
or minor offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must submit a completed ACTC Major or Minor Declaration Form to
the Augsburg registrar’s office. This form must list all ACTC
courses required and be signed by the ACTC school adviser.
Some majors may not be available or may have a competitive
application process with acceptance determined by the major
department.
Weekend College is not part of the ACTC consortium,
and weekend students may not register for ACTC courses
or complete ACTC majors under the terms of the ACTC
consortium agreements.
38
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Other Study Programs
Teaching Licensure
Several teaching licensure programs are offered at Augsburg.
Licensure is available in kindergarten-elementary or K-6
license. A middle school endorsement is available in one of
the following: mathematics, science, communication arts/
literature, social studies. A preprimary endorsement (3- to
5-year-olds) is also available. Licensure is also available in
the following middle school/high school fields: life sciences,
chemistry, communication arts/literature, health, mathematics, physics, and social studies. This license prepares people
to teach in grades 5-12. Students seeking licensure in one
of these areas obtain an appropriate subject area major and
complete secondary licensure coursework. Specialist licenses
are available in art (K-12), vocal music and instrumental
music (K-12), and physical education (K-12). The licenses
prepare people to teach in grades K-12. Students seeking
licensure in one of these areas also obtain the appropriate
subject area major and complete the secondary licensure
coursework. (See Department of Education on page 117 and
subject area departments for more information.)
K-12 special education majors and licenses in
Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities and in Learning Disabilities
are also available. These majors and licenses are offered only
through Weekend College.
Students seeking elementary licensure and special
education licensure have education department advisers.
Students seeking 5-12 and K-12 licensure have advisers in
their subject area major and in the education department. It
is very important that students work closely with their advisers throughout their programs.
Certificate Programs
Augsburg offers undergraduate certificates through the
departments of Art and Business Administration (see departments and programs section on page 64). Certificates are
available to non-degree seeking students or students who are
completing a degree from a different academic department.
A student may declare degree seeking status after earning a
certificate.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering
can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to
graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course
of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser
is available in each field to assist students in their planning.
Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should
contact Academic Advising prior to or early in their first year
to arrange for faculty advising.
Pre-Dentistry—These courses are recommended to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the
Academic Information
University of Minnesota: ENL 111, 220; BIO 151, 152, 253,
369; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 114 or
163; PHY 121, 122; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering—See engineering degree and major requirements on page 126.
Pre-Law—Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of American
Law Schools. Students may wish to take law-related courses
to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students
should major in a discipline of their own choosing; most law
school entrance requirements will be satisfied with a record
of solid achievement coupled with an acceptable LSAT score.
Pre-Medicine—A major in chemistry and biology is not
required in order to apply to medical schools, but many
students with an interest in the health sciences choose to
major in these fields. The competitive candidate typically
has substantially more training than the minimal course
requirements. Students should review requirements and
recommended courses of each program being considered
for application and consult early and frequently with a prehealth science adviser. Coursework that is required by most
medical schools includes: one to two semesters of English
composition such as ENL 111, 220; CHM 115, 116 (or 105,
106); CHM 351, 352; BIO 151, 152, 253, 369; MAT 145, 146,
163; PHY 121, 122. Courses recommended in preparation for
MCATs: BIO 355, 473, 476; CHM 361.
universities may vary.
Honors Program
The Augsburg Honors Program offers an adventurous education where students with a passion for ideas can be their best.
We offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere for students
committed to an exceptional higher education.
Augsburg’s Honors Program is unlike any other honors
program in the nation because it gives students the resources
and freedom to build their own ideal higher education.
Students have the opportunity to create their own courses,
edit and write for the Augsburg Review of Undergraduate
Scholarship, participate in an intramural debate league,
belong to an Honors House, and learn through small reading
groups, research projects, and travel around the world.
Each Honors course has been specifically created for
Honors students, and includes a challenging “signature experience” such as writing a play, putting great books on trial,
or attending music, theatre, and art performances. Honors
courses bring in professors from several different departments so you can learn from talented professors teaching
their specialties.
For information, contact Robert C. Groven, Honors
Program director, at honors@augsburg.edu. Also see the
Honors Program in the departments and programs section on
page 148.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, Pre-Physician Assistant, and PrePhysical Therapy—Coursework in preparation for these
programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the
Department of Biology.
Pre-Pharmacy—Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill
minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the
University of Minnesota: BIO 151, 353, 476; CHM 115,
116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; COM 111 or 115; ECO 112
or 113; ENL 111, 220; MAT 145; PHY 121, 122; and two
courses in Behavioral Sciences such as PSY 105 and SOC 121.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary—A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history,
philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion.
Recommended preparation includes REL 100, 200; at least
two semesters of history (Western civilization); one or
more courses in the history of philosophy, and Greek in the
junior and/or senior year. The Center for Faith and Learning
(Memorial 231) provides resources and support, including
scholarship opportunities, for students considering seminary.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine—To meet minimum requirements
of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, the following courses are required: ENL 111, 220;
MAT 114 or 145; BIO 151, 152, 253, 355, 369, 476; CHM
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; PHY 121, 122. Additional
liberal arts courses are required. Requirements at other
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 39
Academic Information
Majors and Minors
Listings that are in bold type are offered through both the day
program and Weekend College. Listings indicated by asterisks
are also offered through both the day program and Weekend
College, but may include completion of weekly evening
courses for some requirements. Students are encouraged to
discuss scheduling rotation of major courses with their faculty
adviser. Weekend/Rochester/Partner Hospitals students may
choose a major offered in the day program if they wish, but
must adhere to crossover registration policies and limitations. They may also take as many courses as possible through
Weekend College, then finish the major as a day program
student. A change of program is allowed once each academic
year, and will take effect the following term.
Majors and Areas of Emphasis
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
American Indian Studies*
Art*
Art History
Studio Art*
Biology (B.A. or B.S.)
Life Sciences (B.A.)
Biopsychology
Business Administration
Economics/Business Administration
Marketing (WEC only)
Music Business
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Clinical Laboratory Science (B.S.)
Communication Studies
Communication Arts/Literature
(Teacher Licensure Major)
Human Relations
Marketing Communications
Mass Communication
Organizational Communication
Professional Communication
Public Relations and Advertising
Supervisory Management
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics (B.A.)
Computational Philosophy (B.A.)
Economics
Applied Economics
Computational Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Economics/Political Science (Teacher Licensure Major)
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
40
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Elementary Education Studies
(non-licensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary (B.A. or B.S.—
licensure)
Special Education: Emotional/Behavioral
Disabilities (WEC only)
Special Education: Learning Disabilities
(WEC only)
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering 2
English*
Creative Writing*
Literature, Language, and Theory*
Media Writing*
Environmental Studies
Film
Finance
Health Education (B.A. or B.S.)
Health Fitness
History*
International Business
International Relations
International Business Concentration
Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies 1
Cross-Cultural Studies
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Management
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Mathematics (B.A. or B.S.)
Medieval Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Business (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S.—Evening program offered through
Weekend College only)*
Philosophy
Computational Philosophy
Physical Education (B.A. or B.S.)
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Political Science
Political Science/Economics (Teacher Licensure Major)
Psychology
Psychology and Law
Social Psychology
Religion*
Academic Information
Youth and Family Ministry
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Student-Designed
Theatre Arts
Directing/Dramaturgy Concentrations
Performance Concentration
Technical Design/Technology Concentration
Women’s Studies 1
Minors
Accounting
American Indian Studies*
Art
Architecture
Art History
Studio Art*
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication Studies
Computer Science
Economics
English*
English Literature, Language, and Theory
Writing
Writing–Creative Emphasis
Writing–Media Emphasis
Environmental Studies
Film
Health Education
History*
International Business
International Relations
Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Leadership Studies
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Mathematics
Medieval Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Middle East Studies 1
Music
Music Business
Nordic Area Studies
Peace and Global Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion*
Youth and Family Ministry
Sociology
Social Welfare
Special Education
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy
Women’s Studies
1 Cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and
agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to
take beginning/intermediate/advanced language courses not available at
consortium colleges. Consult with the ACTC office for specific program
options. Students register directly with the ACTC office.
2 Dual-degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of
Technology and Michigan Technological University.
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 41
Academic Information
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in
the Twin Cities area on several programs.
Cooperating Libraries in Consortium (CLIC)—Through CLIC, the
Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, the Augsburg
community has direct access to over 2,500,000 volumes and
media resources.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC)—Full-time day
students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine, and St. Thomas
may elect to take one course each semester (fall and spring)
at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required
for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music
or approved independent studies. Exchange courses are not
transfer courses, and thus courses taken through ACTC are
considered Augsburg College courses and do not impact the
residency requirement. The permanent record of courses for
which a student has cross-registered is kept in the Office of
the Registrar at Augsburg College, not the host ACTC institution. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative
program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted
with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or
major not offered on the home campus. A regularly scheduled
bus shuttles students between the campuses.
Weekend College is not part of the ACTC consortium,
and weekend students may not register for ACTC courses or
complete ACTC majors under the terms of the ACTC consortium agreements.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)—
Augsburg, in cooperation with 17 other colleges and universities, offers off-campus study semesters in Norway, Northern
Ireland, Latin America, and the Twin Cities. (See HECUA
programs on page 163.)
McNally Smith College of Music—Augsburg College fulltime students may elect to take one course each semester at
McNally Smith College of Music providing that they meet all
McNally Smith College of Music requirements. This program
is open to sophomores through seniors. There is no additional fee for this program. Students should consult with their
advisor to confirm if the classes will count toward graduation
requirements. In no instance may a McNally Smith course be
used as a substitute for any Augsburg course specifically listed
within a degree program.
Exchange courses are not transfer courses. Courses taken
through the Augsburg–McNally Smith exchange are considered Augsburg College courses and do not impact the residency requirement. The permanent record of courses which
a student has registered for through the exchange is kept in
the Office of the Registrar at Augsburg College, not McNally
Smith.
Air Force ROTC—Augsburg day students may participate in
the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas
under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible
42
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
to compete for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships.
ROTC credits serve as electives at Augsburg. For more
information, contact the Office of the Registrar, or call the
University of St. Thomas at 651-962-6320 or 1-800-328-6819,
x6320.
Army ROTC—Augsburg day students may participate in the
Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an
agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota,
and the program. ROTC credits serve as electives at Augsburg.
For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar.
Augsburg Abroad
Augsburg Abroad is the front door for students and faculty
interested in study abroad. Services include:
• Study abroad program selection advising
• Financial and academic advising for study abroad
• Registration and billing for study abroad
• Pre-departure and re-entry support (application, orientation, etc.)
• Faculty-led, short-term program coordination
About half of Augsburg undergraduate students are studying
abroad. Graduate students also find short-term programs as
part of their curriculum. Students abroad will find themselves
in a variety of locales and studying a variety of disciplines:
studying gender issues in Central America; acting with masks
in Norway; interning with community organizations in
Northern Ireland; studying political science in Namibia; learning about ecology in Tanzania; taking organic chemistry in
New Zealand; and learning a language where it is spoken.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Students fulfill the Augsburg Experience requirement on
approved programs. Courses taken abroad can also fulfill
graduation requirements including major, minor, language,
liberal arts foundation, lifetime activity, and internship
requirements. This is determined prior to departure when
students fill out the required Credit Agreement form that is
signed by academic advisers and appropriate staff and faculty
approving courses.
Students should be aware of the following policies related
to study abroad:
• Students can study abroad more than once.
• Students can study abroad at any point in their academic
career.
Semester and Summer Programs
• Courses taken on off-campus programs during the senior
year will meet the Augsburg residency requirement.
• You must take a full load of credits while abroad on semester programs.
• You must take courses A-F while abroad.
• Grades received on affiliated and non-Augsburg programs
are reported as transfer credit on your transcript, and thus
are not figured into your GPA.
Academic Information
• A “C” equivalent or higher must be received for the credit
to transfer to Augsburg.
Faculty-led Short-term Programs
• Students must register for all courses required by the shortterm program. Credit values may vary, so confirm the specific program credit load with the Augsburg Abroad Office.
Any courses removed by the student without Augsburg
Abroad permission prior to the start of the program will be
re-added to the student’s schedule. If no work was completed in these reinstated courses, a grade of zero will be
awarded.
• Overload Fee Exemption for faculty-led January and Spring
Weekend College (WEC) programs: January and spring
WEC faculty-led programs are placed within the spring
semester. However, full-time Day students will not be
billed an overload fee if an additional 4.0 or 4.5 credits are
taken in the regular spring term. A student taking minimal
credits in the spring can use the January or Spring WEC
faculty-led short-term program as a spring term course in
order to be considered part-time or full-time.
• Crossover Policy Exemption: The crossover policy does
not apply to study abroad students. WEC students who
do a study abroad program placed in the Day program do
not count that as their crossover course. The same policy
exemption is valid for Day students doing a study abroad
program scheduled in a WEC term.
Eligibility and Application
The following are Augsburg College’s requirements for study
abroad:
• Minimum 2.5 GPA at the time of application. Individual
programs may require a higher average. Students with
lower averages should consult with Augsburg Abroad.
• Be a sophomore, junior, or senior standing by the time you
study abroad. Short-term, faculty-led programs will allow
participation as a first-year if the student receives approval
from the faculty-leader.
• Transfer students must complete one semester at Augsburg
before they may study off campus.
• Not be on academic or disciplinary probation. Students
placed on academic or disciplinary probation after admittance to study abroad may be withdrawn from the program.
The student is responsible for all non-recoverable program
costs incurred.
• Not have an outstanding balance on your student account.
• Be aware that students applying to faculty-led programs,
who meet the above criteria, are accepted on a rolling basis;
space is limited on these programs so applying early is
important.
Application deadlines for semester programs are:
October 1: Spring semester study abroad and January
faculty-led programs
February 1: Spring WEC term and Summer Session
faculty-led programs
March 1: Fall semester and non-faculty led summer study
abroad programs
Program provider deadlines vary; students need to meet all
deadlines and eligibility requirements set by program providers. Students should start planning in their first year for study
abroad to be sure to do appropriate research and meet all
deadlines.
Students are accepted to study on faculty-led programs
on a first applied, first accepted basis.
ACCESS/CLASS Abroad
Students should be prepared for the fact that disability may
be culturally defined. Attitudes toward disability and levels
of accessibility can vary greatly from country to country.
The Americans with Disabilities Act mandates equal access
to university-sponsored programs and services to students
with disabilities. However, providing access by US standards
can present unique challenges in international settings. The
expectation on the part of US students and institutions is that
reasonable accommodations will be made. Depending on the
country and culture, there may be different ways to define
accessibility and different expectations in terms of accommodations that can or should be made. Students are encouraged
work closely with Augsburg Abroad/CLASS/ACCESS.
Students are responsible for requesting accommodations
abroad within a reasonable time frame prior to departure, ideally as early as program selection. Augsburg Abroad will work
closely with the student, CLASS, and /or ACCESS offices to
determine needs and make appropriate and possible accommodations abroad.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of study abroad is comprised of program fees that
generally include tuition, housing, international health insurance, some meals, excursions, and study abroad fees. These
costs vary from program to program. Augsburg College pays
the program provider on the student’s behalf and then bills
the Augsburg student account. This allows students to access
their financial aid for study abroad. Students will always pay a
minimum of Augsburg tuition when studying abroad.
Students who receive financial aid, scholarships, and/
or grants to study at Augsburg can use that entire package
to cover their study abroad program costs. Students receiving Augsburg institutionally-funded aid (e.g., Presidential,
Regents, Legacy, Promise and other Augsburg scholarships,
and tuition remission benefit) may use their scholarships
to study abroad multiple times on Augsburg Programs (see
below in Study Abroad Program section). However, institutionally-funded aid may be used only once toward study
abroad costs on an affiliate or non-Augsburg program. Cost
estimates for the time abroad are drawn up to assist the student in planning and the financial aid office in awarding aid to
students studying abroad.
Students are required to notify Augsburg Abroad immediately if they choose not to continue with their study abroad
experience. At the moment of notification non-recoverable
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 43
Academic Information
costs will be assessed and charged to the student account.
Depending on the time of notification of withdrawal students
may owe nothing, the study abroad fee, the deposit, or some,
or all, of the program fee. Students are also subject to the cancellation and refund policies of their program provider.
Study Abroad Programs
Students have over 200 programs in over 90 countries from
which to choose. In addition to the below Augsburg College
programs, students can choose from affiliated program providers. These programs have been reviewed to meet the Augsburg
experience requirement, diverse needs of students, and provide quality student service. The programs are reviewed each
year.
If students cannot find a program that meets their needs
from the Augsburg College or Augsburg-affiliated options
then they can apply to do a non-Augsburg program. Students
with a strong academic or financial reason, faculty support
(as shown on the Credit Agreement form), and who choose a
good quality program, may be approved.
The Center for Global Education
The mission of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg
College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities
in order to foster critical analysis of local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading
to a more just and sustainable world.
The center’s study programs are conducted in Central
America, Mexico, and Namibia. Students experience three
distinct types of living situations: living with other students
in a community house, spending several days in a rural
setting, and several weeks living with host families. In the
Mexico and Namibia programs, students travel together on
two-week seminars — from Mexico to Central America, and
from Namibia to South Africa. The cost of these programs is
equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for one semester
on campus, plus airfare. (Some travel scholarships are available for Augsburg students.)
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica
(Mexico)—Fall
Learn about the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with
emphasis on the experience and empowerment of women.
Students will engage in gender analysis of key social, economic, political, and cultural issues in Mexico and El
Salvador; explore the interconnectedness of race, class, and
gender; and learn first-hand from both women and men who
are involved in struggles for sustainable development and
social change. The program offers credit in religion, political
science, women’s studies, and Spanish. Internships and independent studies are also available in nine different disciplines.
The program includes a two-week educational seminar in El
Salvador, as well as rural travel within Mexico and four-day
seminar in Mexico City. Students stay in guest houses while
traveling, in Augsburg approximately six weeks, and with
Mexican host families for four to six weeks. Prerequisite: one
44
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
college-level Spanish course or its equivalent.
International Business and Global Citizenship (Mexico)—Fall
The largest immigrant group in the United States is composed
of people born in Mexico, and Mexico is front and center
in debates about globalization and U.S. immigration policy.
This program, designed for international business majors,
will study the important role that Mexico plays in the U.S.
in relation to trade issues, how to conduct business in and
with Mexico, and use it as a lens to learn about international
business topics that are relevant in many different countries.
Students will have the opportunity to study Spanish at levels
from beginning to advanced, live with a host family for four
weeks, and develop closer relationships in the community and
improve their international business background by completing an internship in a local business or government office.
Prerequisites: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or MKT 252, or
consent of instructor.
Nation-Building, Globalization, and Decolonizing the Mind: Southern
African Perspectives (Namibia)—Fall or Spring
This program examines the crucial issues of nation-building,
globalization, and decolonizing the mind, from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won
its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid under
South African colonization. South Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build
nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism, they are faced with the challenges posed by today’s
world: rapid globalization and under and unequal development. Decolonizing the mind is a long-term project. Credit is
available in history, religion, political science, and interdisciplinary studies. Internships are also available.
Sustainable Development and Social Change (Guatemala, El
Salvador, Nicaragua)—Fall or Spring
This is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to
introduce students to the key issues facing Central Americans.
Students will explore the history, culture, and struggles of
the people of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua, as well
as study approaches towards social and economic development. Course credit may be earned in Spanish, religion,
history, women’s studies, and political science. Students spend
the first five weeks in Guatemala, the next four weeks in El
Salvador, and the final six weeks in Nicaragua. Prerequisites:
one college-level Spanish course or its equivalent is required.
Migration and Globalization: Engaging Our Communities
(Mexico)—Spring
This is an intensive program that explores issues of migration,
immigration, and globalization. It is ideal for students who
are interested in working with Spanish-speaking populations
in the United States, as it includes intensive Spanish language
classes, an internship or independent research opportunity,
and courses that help students understand the connections
between globalization and migration while learning from
diverse communities that are organizing for positive social
change around issues of race, ethnicity, socio-economic class,
Academic Information
gender, sexuality, economics, and the environment. Credit is
available in Spanish, history, women’s studies, political science, and religion. Students spend most of the semester living
in Augsburg housing and approximately six weeks living with
Mexican host families.
Social Work in a Latin American Context (Mexico)—Spring
This program was created to satisfy the curriculum requirements for a Bachelor in Social Work degree program. Its goal
is to develop cross-culturally competent, ethical social work
professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformative, experiential learning focused on social
and economic justice. It includes Spanish language study and
social work courses. Social work field placement is also available for qualified students. Students live with Mexican host
families for six weeks.
International Partners and Exchanges
The Office of International Programs offers a broad range
of semester and academic year programs in China, Finland,
Germany, Norway, and Slovenia. Students can choose from
several options in diverse disciplines: liberal arts programs,
group programs, “tailor-made” individual study programs,
and practical professional experiences. All coursework is in
English. Travel scholarships are available for some locations.
For further information on programs in Finland, Germany,
and Norway, contact the International Partners office. For
exchange programs in China and Slovenia, contact Augsburg
Abroad.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities,
offers full semester programs in Norway, East and Central
Europe, Ecuador, Northern Ireland, and the Twin Cities. All
HECUA programs explore civic engagement, community, and
social change, and emphasize internships and field study. For
more information on international HECUA programs, see the
listings under International Studies; and for HECUA programs
in the Twin Cities, see Interdisciplinary Studies.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway—Fall
A quarter of Oslo’s residents are not ethnic Norwegians.
Students investigate changing Northern Europe using
Norway’s welfare state and Scandinavian national identity as
case studies. Coursework and an internship provide unique
perspectives on how the Norwegian social democracy and
Scandinavian welfare states are working to address the challenges posed by immigration and cultural and ethnic diversity.
Students choose an independent study project or Norwegian
language courses.
Divided States of Europe—Spring
Ten former communist nation-states have recently joined the
European Union. From three different locations – Norway,
Romania, and Hungary – students examine the complex
dynamics of European integration via issues such as labor
migration, minority politics, right-wing populism, prostitution, and human trafficking. Together, Hungary and Romania
encompass some of Europe’s most pressing social justice
issues and constitute its primary geographic and cultural
bridge between East and West.
Community Internships in Latin America: Ecuador—Fall and Spring
This interdisciplinary program, based in Quito, Ecuador,
enables the student to combine intense involvement in a
community-based organization with study of the community
development process. A home-stay and a hands-on internship develop Spanish and other skills. The program addresses
globalization, the environment, oil politics, and other local
and international issues.
Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change—Spring
The Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change program examines the historical, political, and religious roots of
conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace, and the
progress being made. Through a seven-week internship, students get hands-on experience with organizations working for
social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict
transformation, and education for democracy. The program is
located at the UNESCO Centre at the University of Ulster in
Coleraine.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students may participate in the
International Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated
through the University of Minnesota-Morris. Students who
teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under
direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Department of Education student teacher
director.
May/Summer Abroad
May and summer courses to many parts of the world enable
students to earn credit through short-term travel. Contact
Augsburg Abroad for the most current list of programs.
Clair and Gladys Strommen Career and
Internship Center
The Strommen Career and Internship Center is a comprehensive resource center emphasizing the importance and value
for all students to engage in internships, career development
and the exploration of vocation throughout their college
years. The integration of “knowing and doing” adds breadth
and depth to the curriculum and assists students in making
more informed academic and career decisions. The underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective
preparation for life, meaningful work, and active citizenship.
Career Services
Career Services provides opportunities, programs, and career
counseling to help students discover their unique gifts, talents, skills, and interests, explore career paths, and grapple
with questions of vocation and purpose in a changing world.
This process is viewed as an important part of a student’s
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 45
Academic Information
development while attending college. To aid in this process,
professional career staff provide career assessments and individualized career planning and coaching. Staff assist students
with choosing majors, locating internships, preparing for
internship and job searches, graduate school applications,
and making connections to community, business, and alumni
resources.
Internships
Academic Credit
An internship for credit is a carefully planned, work- or
service-based learning experience where a student focuses
on specific learning objectives that connect concepts of the
major to the experience. An academic internship is approved,
supervised, and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the internship
credit. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with the faculty
supervisor and work supervisor, outlines the academic related
objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods for receiving
credit. Students often do internships in nonprofits, small and
large businesses, government agencies, museums, schools,
and churches.
Internships for credit are available in all majors and can
be taken during a semester, Weekend College trimester or
summer sessions. Inter-disciplinary (INS) internships are also
available. For extension of an internship beyond one term
see Evaluation and Grading on page 58. Internships can be
registered for 1 course credit or .5 credit. One course credit
involves a minimum time commitment of, on average, 10
hours per week or 140 total hours. Internships for .5 credit
require a minimum of 80 total hours. A maximum of four
courses of internship may count toward the total courses
required for the degree.
Internships completed off-campus for credit will
automatically fulfill the Augsburg Experience graduation
requirement.
Non-Credit and Transcript Notation
Non-credit internships related to a student’s major or career
interests can be registered for a zero-credit transcript notation.
The goal is for students to apply theory to practice in a work
setting and reflect on the experience. Work opportunities
typically are part-time during the academic year and/or full
time during summer and can begin and end anytime. Students
must set learning goals and evaluate their experience. The
director of the Strommen Career and Internship Center supervises non-credit internships and transcript notation work
experiences. Internships not for credit and transcript notations may be used to fulfill the Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.
46
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Sabo Center for Citizenship and Learning
Service-Learning and Community Engagement/
Community Service-Learning
Augsburg’s Community Service-learning Program provides
students with opportunities to understand and respond to
needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences and civic engagement activities. A key component of
community-service-learning is reflection on and analysis of
community issues in order to promote personal and educational growth and civic responsibility. By connecting classroom content with service-learning experiences in the City,
Augsburg students deepen their understanding of abstract
course concepts while learning about pertinent and related
community issues. This dynamic and interactive educational
approach employs reciprocal learning between students and
their community. Service-learning components are embedded
in most academic disciplines.
Examples of community service-learning sites include:
homeless shelters, cultural and environmental organizations,
tutoring programs and literacy centers.
Campus Kitchen Project and Community Garden
The Campus Kitchen Project connects the campus community with the larger community by using food as a tool
to nourish bodies, develop leadership, and educate students
through service-learning. To accomplish these goals, three
separate programs exist:
1) FOOD TO SHARE—Surplus food from the Augsburg Dining
Service is donated, reheated and served by student volunteers
to neighborhood partners including: homeless shelters, youth
and senior programs, and others.
2) FOOD TO GROW—On the corner of campus, Augsburg staff
and students manage a community garden composed of 70
individual plots where community and campus members can
grow their own food. The garden staff also hosts classes on
healthy living in which neighborhood youth learn to grow
and cook healthy food.
3) FOOD TO BUY—A farmer’s market and CSA delivery is
available weekly at Augsburg College and the Brian Coyle
Community Center in order to increase access to healthy
foods. Surplus produce from the market and CSA shares are
donated to the Campus Kitchen meal delivery program.
Bonner Leader Program
In November of 2008-2009, Augsburg College launched its
first year of the Bonner Leaders program, funded through the
National Bonner Foundation. Through the Bonner program
at Augsburg, students develop deep community relationships
and engage in long-term policy advocacy throughout their
four years at Augsburg College. Those selected to be a part of
the Augsburg College Bonner Leaders program were largely
first-year students, with diverse ethnic and geographical backgrounds, and unique experience with community-leadership
Academic Information
roles. Through service placements with partner nonprofit
community organizations, students worked an average of 200
hours over the course of the academic year in placements
supporting ELL classrooms, running an employment education computer lab, helping coordinate a low-income housing
program, providing community health outreach, and working
with a financial literacy program. Beyond their work-study
service internships, students participated in at least 100 hours
of volunteer hours with various community initiatives and
civic engagement projects on campus.
Through their participation with the Bonner Leaders
program, students engaged in monthly guided reflections
and leadership development training. The Augsburg Bonner
Community Leaders program is a successful campus model
to build on the college’s culture of community and civic
engagement and bring together existing community service
programs to take us to the next level of deepening knowledge, reflection, and authenticity of civic engagement in the
community.
Augsburg Reads
The Augsburg Read Program is a federally funded literacy
and tutoring program focused on elementary student achievement. Augsburg Reads pairs college students with community
organizations in the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood focused
on student achievement through after school programs.
Graduate Programs
Augsburg College offers seven graduate degree programs:
Master of Arts in Education, Master of Arts in Leadership,
Master of Arts in Nursing, Master of Business Administration,
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies, and Master
of Social Work. Consult the Augsburg Graduate Studies catalog for complete information.
The Master of Arts in Education offers initial licensure
coursework at the graduate level in elementary education,
secondary education, and special education: E/BD and LD.
The MAE also offers the pre-primary specialty and the K-12
Reading Teacher endorsement. Students are able to take up
to six licensure courses at the graduate level and complete
their licensure programs with a combination of graduate
and undergraduate coursework. Students can then apply
their graduate level licensure courses to complete a master’s
degree program. Students will complete their master’s degrees
through a combination of Master of Arts in Leadership coursework and graduate level education coursework. Licensed
teachers also can pursue special education: E/BD and/or LD,
as well as the K-12 Reading Licensure Endorsement and the
pre-primary endorsement at the graduate level. The program
is available through the Weekend College schedule, and the
admissions process begins with the Graduate Admissions
office. For further information about the programs, contact
the Education Department or the Graduate Admissions office.
The Master of Arts in Leadership is based on a liberal arts
approach to leadership studies. This cross-disciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches
to situations, issues, and problems relevant to organizational
leaders. Augsburg’s program recognizes that today’s leaders
need a broad spectrum of abilities to provide them with a
more comprehensive understanding of their world. Designed
for working adults, the program offers courses primarily on
alternate Saturdays. There is also a Monday evening cohort
offering of the program at Augsburg’s Bloomington site.
(Note: A five-year program is available to Augsburg undergraduate accounting majors that would qualify them for CPA
certification and fulfill requirements for a BA in accounting
and an MA in leadership. See the Department of Business
Administration, accounting major section of the catalog for
further information.)
The Master of Arts in Nursing prepares nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural community health nursing practice across care settings, with emphasis on addressing
health inequities among diverse populations. The program is
offered within the context of a Christian liberal arts education. Graduates are eligible to apply for national certification in Advanced Community Health Nursing, or Advanced
Nursing Administration through the American Nurses
Credentialing Center (ANCC), and/or Advanced Certification
in Transcultural Nursing through the Transcultural Nursing
Society (TCNS). Classes meet on a flexible schedule (every
other week or once per month) that includes weekdays, weekday evenings, and Saturdays. Web-enhanced teaching is used
for all classes. Practicums include optional short-term study
abroad experiences. Students may choose to study in Mexico,
Guatemala; Namibia; Pine Ridge; S.Dak.; and/or Europe.
The Master of Arts in Nursing program is accredited by the
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education in accordance
with its accreditation standards and procedures.
Streamlined entry into the Master of Arts in Nursing—Students
with an ADN and a bachelor’s degree in a field other than
nursing can enter the Master of Arts in Nursing program as a
“bridge student.” This process requires acceptance to the MA
program and completion of three courses in the Augsburg
undergraduate nursing program.
Students in good standing in the Augsburg undergraduate nursing program can enter the MA in nursing through an
“expedited” process. After successful application to the MA
program while still a student in the undergraduate program,
students can take three designated courses in the Master
of Arts in Nursing, which will be applied to the M.A. at
Augsburg upon successful completion of the undergraduate
nursing degree.
The Doctor of Nursing Practice is a post-master’s program
for registered nurses (RNs) who currently hold a master’s
degree in nursing. The DNP at Augsburg will prepare nurses
to guide system level changes that improve health outcomes
of persons underserved by the current health system. The
program emphasizes transcultural nursing leadership to
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 47
Academic Information
maximize health through peaceful, just, and collaborative
actions that uphold and improve human potential across
care settings with emphasis on health inequities in a global
context. In addition to emphasizing transcultural nursing, the
DNP curriculum also focuses on advanced community/public
health nursing and holistic health.
The Master of Business Administration is designed to give
students mastery of the skills and knowledge necessary to
advance in their careers and accept roles of greater responsibility in an organization. Meeting primarily on one evening
per week, this challenging program is designed to be completed in 23 months. Organized in cohort format, the program
encourages learning in a collaborative small-group environment and features a high level of interaction and attention
from the faculty. The program focuses on giving students the
ability to think critically and effectively manage in complex
environments. An intensive management consulting course
allows students to apply theory and classroom learning to an
actual business or organizational environment. Local businesses and organizations provide a laboratory for students as
they complete comprehensive projects in various disciplines
and functions.
The core program can be enhanced through participation
in a number of concentrations including finance, healthcare
management, human resource management, international
business, and marketing management.
The Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies is
designed for students interested in careers as healthcare providers. The mission of the program is based on a foundation
of respect and sensitivity for the cultures and backgrounds of,
and is oriented toward providing care to, underserved populations. Students are well educated in current medical theory
and practice in primary care medicine. All physician assistants
must have a supervising physician to practice. The program
is three years long with classes held Monday through Friday
during the day.
The Master of Social Work, accredited by the Council
on Social Work Education, prepares students for entering
advanced social work practice. The program builds on the
liberal arts base of the College and supports the College’s mission to nurture future leaders in service to the world.
There are two concentrations: multicultural clinical practice (MCCP) or program development, policy, and administration (PDPA). Students choose one of the two concentrations
for their program focus. The curriculum emphasizes work
with diverse and oppressed groups, social justice, leadership
for social change, and a holistic, strengths-based, problemsolving framework. Graduate social work classes meet in
four-hour blocks on Friday evenings, Saturday mornings, and
Saturday afternoons.
The multicultural clinical practice concentration prepares
students to work with diverse peoples across the full range
of contemporary clinical social work practice settings. The
program development, policy, and administration concentration prepares students to actively seek equality and justice for
48
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
clients within agencies, institutions, and society, while directing energy toward changing policies that obscure and oppress
people.
Two dual degrees are also available: a Master of Social
Work/Master of Theology or Divinity degree (MSW/MA/
MDiv) and a Master of Social Work/Master of Business
Administration degree (MSW/MBA). The MSW/MA/MDiv
dual degree is offered in collaboration with Luther Seminary.
It is designed to meet the educational interests of people
planning to serve the spiritual and social needs of families,
individuals, and communities. The MSW/MBA dual degree
is offered in collaboration with the Augsburg MBA program.
It provides students with the skills and expertise necessary
to build well managed and financially sound service organizations that serve diverse communities, both locally and
globally.
Other Programs
Continuing Education Program
The mission of Augsburg College continuing education
program is to provide working adults with lifelong learning opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow
personally, professionally, and spiritually in their homes,
workplaces, and communities. The program strives to meet
the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit
programs consistent with the mission of Augsburg College.
Programs are developed through collaborations between
academic and administrative departments of the College and
community organizations. These collaborations have included
the Departments of Business, Biology, Education, Nursing,
Religion, Social Work, the Center for Leadership Studies,
Institutional Advancement, and organizations including
Minneapolis and St. Paul public school districts, Minnesota
Department of Education, and the Midwest Regional Office
of the College Board. Augsburg College is a Lifelong Learning
Partner with the ELCA.
Canadian Program
The Canadian program was inaugurated in 1985 with endowment from the Mildred Joel bequest for Canadian studies. The
program supports special events and conferences as well as
student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies.
The goals of the program include community involvement,
increased awareness of the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from
Canadians through visits and exchanges.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in order to earn
credit, and all registered courses will be reflected on a student’s AugNet page. Students are responsible for verifying the
Academic Information
accuracy of their registrations. Additionally, day students are
required to meet with their academic advisers prior to registration for the fall and spring terms.
Web registration through AugNet is the primary method
of registration, though the Enrollment Center is available
to process registration forms. Please reference the academic
calendar for the schedule of open registration dates.
Students who encounter a prerequisite issue when trying
to register for a course through AugNet should come to the
Enrollment Center for assistance.
The following registrations cannot be completed online
and must be processed at the Enrollment Center:
• Pass/No Credit (P/N) grade options
• THP courses (theatre practicum courses)
• MUP courses (variable credit music lessons)
• Student Teaching (Education department approval
required)
• Independent Study and Directed Study (separate form
available at the Enrollment Center; instructor and department chair signatures required)
• Internships
Full-time day students normally register for four course
credits per semester. Students registered for three or more
course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students.
Students registered for two course credits are classified as
half-time students.
To register for more than 4.5 course credits, students must contact the Enrollment Center to petition the
Committee on Student Standing unless the following apply:
students with a cumulative GPA at Augsburg of 3.00 to 3.49
may take a total of 5.0 course credits or with a cumulative
GPA at Augsburg of 3.50 or greater may take a total of 5.5
course credits without petitioning. All overload registrations
must be done in person at the Enrollment Center. (Note:
There is an additional tuition charge for course loads over
4.5 course credits. This includes combining the credit load
from both the day and WEC programs. Spring day term will
include winter WEC and spring WEC.) auditing classes over
the 4.5 overload limit will also incur a tuition charge.
Official academic calendars for all programs are
available through the registrar’s webpage.
The last day to initially register for courses in the Day
program (semesters) is the Friday before the term begins.
After initial registration, Day students may add individual
classes to their current schedule or withdraw without notation through day 10 of the term. The signature of the instructor is required to add a class after the fifth day. From day 11
through day 20, students may still petition the Committee on
Student Standing for permission to add a class. There is a fee
for this petition. Day 20 is the last day to petition for adding
a class.
Students registered for day program Time 1/Time 2 (T1/
T2) courses that meet only part of the term may add or withdraw without notation through the fifth school day after the
start of the course. Changing grade option or withdrawing
with a W is allowed through the fourth week of T1/T2 classes.
Specific dates for each term are listed under “Academic
Calendars” at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Weekend College, Rochester, and Partner Hospitals program students typically register for one or two course credits
each trimester. Maximum credit load is 4.0 credits. Students
registered for at least two course credits in one term are
considered full time for that term. Students registered for one
course credit are considered half-time for the term.
The last day to initially register for courses in the
Weekend College and the Partner Hospitals program
(Weekend College) is the last business day before the term
begins. After initial registration, Weekend College students
may add individual classes to their current schedule or
withdraw without notation through Friday after the first
class weekend. The signature of the instructor is required to
add a class after the class meets. Students may petition the
Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a class
through the Thursday prior to the second class weekend.
There is a fee for this petition. The last day to petition to add
a class is the Thursday prior to the second class weekend.
Students registered for Weekend College T1/T2 courses
may add or withdraw without notation through the Friday
after the first weekend class meeting. Changing grade option
or withdrawing with a W is allowed through the Tuesday after
the second weekend class meeting.
The last day to initially register for courses on the
Rochester campus is the last business day before the term
begins. After initial registration, Rochester students may add
individual classes to their current schedule and/or withdraw
without notation through Monday after the first week of
classes. The signature of the instructor is required to add a
class after a class meets and it must be processed through the
Enrollment Center. Students may petition the Committee on
Student Standing for permission to add a class through the
Friday prior to the second week of classes. There is a fee for
this petition. The last date to petition to add a class is the
Friday before the second week of classes.
Students registered for Rochester T1/T2 courses may add
or withdraw without notation through the Monday after the
first week of the class. Changing grade option or withdrawing with a W is allowed through the Monday after the second
week of the class.
Separate rules apply to Summer School. Late course registrations may be subject to additional late fees.
ACTC school course listings are also available online and
should be checked to verify the correct meeting times and
room assignment. As some courses are offered only in alternate years, students should also consult with departmental
advisers when planning their academic program.
Summer session and graduate program courses are published in separate schedules.
Specific information on registration and help with registration on other campuses are available from these offices:
Enrollment Center—612-330-1046
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 49
Academic Information
Academic Advising—612-330-1025
Augsburg for Adults—612-330-1782
Rochester Program—507-288-2886
Crossover Registration Policy
Every Augsburg undergraduate student is admitted to
a “home program,” either day, Weekend College, or the
Rochester Program. It is expected that students will complete
most of their degree requirements through their home program. However, full-time students may register for up to 1.0
credits per term outside their home program. Enrollment will
be based on class availability.
Students will be charged the rate of their home program
for courses in which they enroll outside their home program.
The rate will be based on the maximum credit load they are
carrying on any calendar date over the span of the two terms.
For example, a day program student taking 2.0 credits in the
day program, and 1.0 credits in the WEC program, will be
considered full-time and will be charged the full-time day
program tuition rate. A WEC student taking 2.0 credits in the
WEC program, and 1.0 credits in the day program, will pay
the WEC tuition rate x 3.0 credits.
Day students taking over 4.5 credits will pay the day
part-time rate for any credits over 4.5 in their combined day/
WEC load (Spring day term will include both winter WEC
and spring WEC). The maximum number of credits that may
be included in the day full-time tuition rate for students who
cross-register is 4.5.
Students have registration priority in their home program. Crossover registration dates are published on the registrar’s office webpage. There is a special crossover registration
form that must be processed at the Enrollment Center. This
registration option is not available by Web.
The WEC, Rochester, and Partner Hospitals programs
are not part of the ACTC (Associated Colleges of the Twin
Cities) tuition exchange program. WEC/Rochester/hospital
students may NOT cross over to attend ACTC courses.
Students must have completed their undergraduate
degree and be admitted to a graduate program before taking graduate level courses from that program. (An exception
is made for approved courses in the Department of Nursing
and the joint BA Accounting/MAL.) Undergraduate students
enrolled in graduate courses will pay the graduate rate for
those courses. Any student enrolled in an Augsburg graduate
level program wishing to take an undergraduate course will
pay the rate of the program in which the course is offered
(Day, WEC, or Rochester).
Change of Program
Students may apply to change their “home program” by filling
out a Change of Program form available at the Enrollment
Center. The change will take effect the following term.
Changes are limited to one each academic year. A Change
of Program form must be submitted before the term begins.
Students registered in spring Day may not do a change of
program into spring WEC.
50
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are
registered because this will result in a failing grade on their
official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal
from College must be completed in the Enrollment Center.
A Withdrawal from the College form may be obtained at the
Enrollment Center or downloaded from the registrar’s webpage. The last day to file for a Withdrawal from College is
the last day of classes prior to finals week. Withdrawal from
college and any consequential adjustments in accounts are
effective as of the date the Withdrawal from College form is
returned to the registrar’s office. Students must be re-admitted
to the College when they are ready to resume their studies.
The Application for Readmission form is available from the
Enrollment Center or can be downloaded from the registrar’s
webpage.
Students are responsible for keeping the registrar’s office
informed of their current mailing address.
Military Called to Active Duty
Augsburg College will allow students to withdraw from
courses without penalty if they are called to active duty as
military reservists, National Guard, or for other military
service. This shall include a 100 percent refund of tuition and
fees upon verification of call to active duty. The student must
provide a copy of their orders to the registrar.
If the student is called to duty after the deadline to drop
a course, the registrar will place a W for the course(s) along
with a notation on the transcript that the student was called
to active duty. This is to assist the student with any financial
aid complications that may arise and also indicate that the
withdrawal was outside of the student’s control.
Alternatively, the College supports faculty in enabling
students who are called to active duty and have substantially
completed a course, to assign a grade based upon the coursework completed, or work out an “incomplete” agreement.
Students who are able to complete some of their courses
would have their refund adjusted to reflect this.
Students who are being placed on active duty should contact the registrar and/or the dean’s office as soon as possible so
the College can notify all parties and aid in this process.
Student Standing Committee
The Student Standing Committee reviews requests for exceptions to academic policies. Typically, the committee considers
requests for:
• Minor exceptions to academic requirements and/or
approval of transfer course substitutions
• Extending time for an incomplete
• Permission to take a course overload
• Student schedule changes after registration deadlines (adding, withdrawing, or grade option changes)
Note: Petitions for an exception to published registration
deadlines will require a $50 petition fee attached to the petition. This fee is non-refundable regardless of the outcome of
Academic Information
the petition. Petitions involving adding or dropping courses/
withdrawing from college after the deadline must be submitted within six months of the published registration deadlines
for the term involved.
For petitions requesting a late registration, any student
account holds must be cleared before submitting the petition.
Students who are allowed to add a course by petition after the
published petition deadline will incur a $150 late registration
fee per course.
In addition, the committee reviews students’ transcripts
in determining academic probation or dismissal from the
College on academic grounds. The committee also hears
appeals from students who have been dismissed for academic
reasons.
The committee reviews student requests for readmission
to the College after dismissal or returning after leaving while
on probation, or students readmitting to the College immediately after a term from which they withdrew from College.
The committee typically meets every other week throughout the school year (September-April), and once a month
during summer.
Petition Process
Step 1: Pick up a petition form at the Enrollment Center or
download from the registrar’s webpage, www.augsburg.edu/
registrar/.
Step 2: Fill out the petition form completely. Include documentation for illness or family emergency. Have your adviser,
instructor, or department chairs sign and add comments
concerning your request. Petitions without comments from
faculty will be returned for completion. Note: If petitioning
for a change in registration, please submit a drop/add form
signed by both the instructor and student.
Step 3: Return the completed petition form to the Office of the
Registrar/Enrollment Center; include signed drop/add form
and $50 check if applicable.
Step 4: After the committee meets, a copy of the petition
with the committee’s decision is returned to the student. Day
students will receive this notice in their campus box. WEC
and Rochester student petitions will be mailed to their home
address.
Catalog Applicability
Students must fulfill the general education requirements that
were in effect when they matriculated at Augsburg. Students
may elect to satisfy the departmental major requirements of
any of the catalogs in effect during their years of enrollment.
However, students who are readmitted after more than six
years away from the College must complete the departmental
major requirements of the most current catalog at the time of
readmission or any one of the catalogs in effect during their
subsequent years of continuous enrollment at Augsburg.
Second Majors and Degrees
Students who graduated from Augsburg and are returning to
complete a second major will not be awarded a second degree
unless it is different from the original degree awarded. (BA,
BM, BS) Students cannot earn multiple degrees for the same
major, though it is possible to earn multiple degrees from
the same academic department if the majors are distinct. For
example, a student cannot earn both a BA in computer science
and a BS in computer science, but may earn a BS in computer
science and a BA in computational philosophy.
Evaluation of Transfer Credit
The evaluation of transfer credits is completed by the Office
of the Registrar and is based on a student’s official transcript.
College credit is granted for liberal arts courses completed
at regionally accredited institutions with a grade of 2.0/C
or better. Liberal arts courses are defined as courses similar
in nature, content, and level to those offered at Augsburg.
Augsburg does not grant transfer credit for developmentalremedial courses, vocational-technical courses, or continuing education units (CEUs). Courses with grades of C-, CD,
or below do not transfer to Augsburg College. Competency
credits and exam credits issued by another institution may
and will be evaluated on a individual basis. The registrar’s
office evaluates coursework for credit and for applicability
toward Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements. Academic
departments are responsible for evaluating the applicability of coursework toward a student’s major or minor. The
College requires that certain courses and a minimum number of courses be taken at Augsburg. (Refer to the Residence
Requirements section of the catalog.)
Augsburg operates on a course credit system rather than
semester or quarter hours. Augsburg course credits are equivalent to four semester hours or six quarter hours. Transfer
credits that have been reported to Augsburg as semester or
quarter hours are converted to Augsburg course credits by
dividing by four or six respectively.
Augsburg College limits transfer credit from two-year
colleges. Students may transfer a maximum of 64 semester
credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year colleges. Once a
student reaches this credit limit, no additional credits will
transfer from two-year institutions toward the minimum
number of course credits required for a bachelor’s degree.
However, courses taken beyond the credit limit can be used to
meet liberal arts and major requirements.
Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are
reported on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points
from other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are
not included in the student’s cumulative grade point average.
Students should consult with their faculty adviser and the
Office of the Registrar before taking courses at other institutions to ensure compliance with transfer credit policy and
residency requirements. (Refer to the Residence Requirements
section of the catalog.)
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 51
Academic Information
MnSCU Transfer Students
Completion of the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum (MnTC)
with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or higher will
satisfy Augsburg’s Liberal Arts Foundation requirements
and will reduce the Search for Meaning requirement to one
course (REL 300). Students will be granted credit for transferable courses graded C or better. To qualify for this transfer
program, the MnTC must be completed prior to enrollment at
Augsburg.
Completion of the Associate of Arts degree with the
MnTC and a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or higher
will satisfy Augsburg’s Liberal Arts Foundation requirements, will reduce the Search for Meaning requirement to one
course (REL 300), and will waive one of two Lifetime Fitness
requirements. Students will be granted credit for transferable
courses graded C – or better. Transfer courses that equate
to Augsburg’s requirements of Effective Writing, entry level
math, and modern language must have a grade of C or better
in order for credit to be granted. To qualify for this transfer
program, the A.A. degree and MnTC must be completed prior
to enrollment at Augsburg.
Note: Additional prerequisite coursework beyond the AA
degree may be required in some Augsburg majors. Students
are advised to consult an academic adviser in the major
department to discuss major requirements. Courses with
C–grades or below will not be accepted as prerequisites or for
application to majors.
Admission to a major—a separate process from admission
to the College—is sometimes required. Please check with the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions and consult the departmental section of this catalog.
Advanced Transfer Students
Students who enter Augsburg with 13 or more course credits accepted in transfer are considered Advanced Transfer
Students. The Augsburg Core Curriculum will be adjusted for
advanced transfer students as outlined below:
• Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation
instead of REL 100 and REL 200
• Waiver of Augsburg Seminar requirement
• Waiver of Engaging Minneapolis
• Waiver of the Entry-level Critical Thinking Assessment
• Waiver of one Lifetime Fitness requirement (depending on
transfer evaluation)
All Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements not mentioned
above remain unchanged for Advanced Transfer Students.
*Waivers for Advanced Transfer are determined at the
time of initial entry into Augsburg and will not be granted for
courses completed after initial enrollment.
Transfer Credit for Military Experience
Students are welcome to submit their military transcripts to
the Office of the Registrar for transfer credit evaluation. A
military transcript will contain credit recommendations from
the American Council on Education (ACE) for training and
courses completed in the U.S. Armed Services. Augsburg will
52
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
review a military transcript to determine if any of the credit
recommendations contained within it meet transfer credit
guidelines.
Army records maintained by AARTS:
http://aarts.army.mil
Navy and Marine Corps records maintained by SMART:
https://smart.navy.mil
Coast Guard records maintained by U.S. Coast Guard Institute:
www.uscg.mil/hq/cgi/ve/official_transcript.asp
Air Force Records:
Air University and Community College of the Air Force are
regionally accredited institutions. Students should submit
official transcripts from these schools during the admission
process.
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for ensuring that all degree requirements
are satisfied rests with the student. All students are required to
file a graduation application with the registrar’s office one year
prior to graduation.
Faculty advisers, the Academic Advising staff, department
chairs, and the registrar staff are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning.
Students who enter an academic program with a bachelor’s or higher degree should contact the Office of the
Registrar about specific requirements for a second bachelor’s
degree or for the equivalent of a major. See page 18 — Special
Students (Second Degree).
Each student is required to apply for graduation at
the end of his or her junior year to confirm remaining
graduation requirements.
Application forms are available at the Enrollment Center
or on the registrar’s webpage.
All degree and course requirements must be completed
and verified in the Office of the Registrar in order for the
degree to be conferred. (There may be no incompletes or open
courses on the academic record.)
Requirements for Undergraduate Graduation
Degree requirements include completion of a minimum
number of credits, a major, the Augsburg Core Curriculum, a
minimum GPA in major(s)/minor(s) and in total coursework,
and residence.
1. Completion of 32 course credits—No more than these
maximums may be applied toward the 32 total course credits
required: two course credits by independent/directed study;
four course credits of internship; and six course credits with
a grade of Pass (P). To graduate with Latin honors, students
may take no more than two elective P/N graded course credits. Each department sets its own limitations on the number of
P/N graded courses that may be applied toward the major and
minor programs, but normally students may apply no more
than two course credits with P grades toward a major and no
Academic Information
more than one course credit with a P grade toward a minor.
The Department of Education is an example of a department
that allows students to apply more than two course credits
with P grades within the major program (two in major field
courses plus student teaching).
2. Completion of a Major—Requirements for each major are
listed under the departmental headings.
3. Completion of the Augsburg Core Curriculum —Requirements
for the Augsburg Core Curriculum are listed in the next
section.
4. Grade Point Average —Students must earn a minimum
overall grade point average of 2.00. Additionally, all majors
and minors require at least a 2.00 grade point average in
coursework for the major or minor. Some majors, licensure,
and certification programs require a higher grade point average or a minimum grade in each course. See the departmental
section for details about the grade and grade point average for
individual majors and minors.
5. Residence —A minimum of 8.0 course credits must be
completed through Augsburg College. Additionally, no fewer
than 6.0 of the last 8.0 course credits must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved exchange program (ACTC,
McNally Smith, or Augsburg Abroad). Transfer courses and
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) credits are counted
against the residency requirement. Therefore, students are
encouraged to complete transfer work and APL credits
prior to reaching senior standing. Some departments have a
minimum number of courses that are required in residence
within the major or minor. Consult the catalog description
of the major/minor or the chair of the department for further
information.
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 53
Academic Information
The Augsburg Curriculum
The Augsburg Curriculum is comprised of three main components: the core curriculum (or general education requirements), major requirements, and electives. Some students
may need to complete entry-level skill courses before enrolling in college-level classes. The general education requirements, known as the Augsburg Core Curriculum, include
signature courses and experiences, a liberal arts foundation,
and skills development.
Entry Level Skills
Critical Thinking, Math, Writing (Assessments and
Placements)
Core Skills
Effective Writing
Modern Language
Lifetime Fitness
The Augsburg Core Curriculum
The Augsburg Signature Curriculum
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I and II
The Augsburg First Year
Augsburg Seminar
Engaging Minneapolis
Many Voices Project
54
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
Augsburg Experience
Senior Keystone
The Liberal Arts Foundation
Natural Sciences and Math
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Humanities
Fine Arts
Electives
Majors
Graduation Skills
Critical Thinking
Quantitative Reasoning
Speaking
Writing
The Augsburg Core Curriculum
The Augsburg Core Curriculum is designed to prepare
students to become effective, informed, and ethical citizens
through their engagement in a curriculum that:
• Provides a liberal arts foundation and promotes the acquisition of intellectual and professional skills;
• Calls for common inquiry into questions of Christian faith
and the search for meaning; and
Academic Information
• Cultivates the transformative discovery of, and appreciation for, the student’s place of leadership and service in a
diverse world — vocatio and caritas.
The curriculum has three major components:
• The Augsburg Signature Curriculum
• The Liberal Arts Foundation
• Skills Requirements
Skills Requirements
Entry Level Skills Assessments
There are entry level skills assessments in:
• Critical Thinking
• Mathematics
• Writing
Placement in writing, math, and critical thinking courses is
determined by assessments. These assessments are a prerequisite for (not completion of) core and graduation skills course
requirements.
Critical Thinking Assessment and Requirement
Students identified as needing the entry level critical thinking
skill component, based on review of their past academic work,
are required to complete GST 100 with a minimum grade of
2.0 or better.
Mathematics Assessment and Requirement
All students are required to have their math placement group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred a mathematics course taken at another college may
have their MPG determined by the registrar’s office. All other
students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam,
which is administered by Academic Advising. The exam
is given during College registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. Practice questions and
other information are available from Academic Advising.
Based on the math assessment result, students will be
enrolled in the appropriate courses or advised on preparation
for retaking the math placement exam. Students may retake
the Math Placement Exam once during their first term of
enrollment. Students are required to take the Math Placement
Exam before registering for the first term and should achieve
MPG 3 by the end of their first year at Augsburg.
Students in MPG 1 must take MAT 103 to advance to
MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 must take MAT 105 to advance
to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 must take MAT 114 to advance
to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a student’s MPG.
A grade of Pass or 2.0 or higher is required to advance to the
next math level.
Students are encouraged to advance their MPG as soon
as possible. Students must achieve Math Placement Group
(MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In addition, many courses
require MPG 2, 3, or 4 as a prerequisite.
Writing Assessment and Requirement
A writing sample is required of students to determine their
placement in an appropriate writing class. Students having
completed AP (Advanced Placement) courses in composition must have a score of 4 or 5. Students who need to
develop competence in composition skills—such as stating
and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences—are required to enroll in
Developmental Writing (ENL 101) where they receive more
individual instruction than is possible in Effective Writing
(ENL 111). These students must pass Developmental Writing
(ENL 101) with a grade of P, 2.0, or higher before enrolling in
Effective Writing (ENL 111).
Unless they have received formal approval of a course
equivalent to ENL 111 on their transfer evaluation, transfer
students must also take the writing placement exam. Students
entering Weekend College or the Rochester program do not
take the Writing Assessment.
Core Skills Requirements
Effective Writing
ENL 111 Effective Writing or ENL 112 Advanced Effective
Writing or the equivalent with a grade of 2.0, P, or higher, is
required. Attendance the first day of class is required.
Students should complete Effective Writing by the middle
of the sophomore year.
Modern Language
For students who have not previously studied a modern
language, completion of a two-course sequence in the same
language with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P in both courses is
required. For a language previously studied, placement into
the 211 level or successful completion (minimum grade of 2.0
or P) of 112 satisfies the graduation requirement. Placement
into French, German and Spanish courses is based on assessment results from an online Brigham Young University evaluation tool. Students proficient in other modern languages
may seek a placement evaluation through faculty fluent in
the specified language at Augsburg or other ACTC schools.
Availability of assessment in all languages is not guaranteed.
Assessment is used for placement only and does not grant
course credit. Students may audit, but will not receive course
credit for any course taken below their placement level. The
Department of Languages and Cross-cultural Studies may
override assessment results as deemed appropriate.
Modern language courses accepted in transfer may be
applicable to this skills area for partial or full completion of
the requirement.
Students who have demonstrated competence in
American Sign Language by passing an approved course
sequence will have fulfilled the Modern Language Core Skill.
Students whose first language is not English and whose
score is below the minimum on the English Language
Learners (ELL) placement test must fulfill the ELL requirement. The requirement is satisfied by successfully completing
the ELL course(s) and achieving a score above the minimum
on the ELL placement exam. Students who complete the
ELL requirement fulfill the Modern Language Core Skill
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 55
Academic Information
requirement. Contact Academic Advising or the English
Department for additional information. More information
about English Language Learners is found on page 92.
Lifetime Fitness
Two lifetime fitness courses are required. HPE 001
Foundations of Fitness is required of all students. The second
course may be chosen from a variety of different Lifetime
Activity courses (HPE 002, 003). Students may test out of the
activity course by demonstrating proficiency from a selected
lifetime activity. Proficiency exams are offered through the
Health and Physical Education Department each semester.
There is a fee to take the lifetime activity proficiency test.
Intercollegiate athletes and Health and Physical Education
majors may not test out of this requirement.
Foundations of Fitness and Lifetime Activity courses
are non-credit courses and are not included in the 32-course
credit graduation requirement.
The Augsburg Signature Curriculum
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning
Augsburg’s Signature Curriculum takes seriously the College’s
identity as a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. Two required courses (REL 100 and REL 200) highlight Augsburg’s commitment to this identity and the College’s
related interest in asking students to think critically about the
concept of vocation.
Faculty who teach these courses make the following commitments to their students:
• You are welcome—whether you are Jewish or atheist,
Buddhist or seeker, Catholic or Muslim, Baptist, Lutheran,
uncertain, disinterested, or someone who is “spiritual but
not religious.” Our Christian understanding is rooted in a
generous spirit of hospitality.
• We will treat each other with respect as we learn how to
engage in conversation with one another about our different values, commitments, convictions, and faith traditions.
• We will challenge and support one another to develop a
mature faith for our time—open to doubts and eager to
explore our questions and the realities of our world and
culture.
• We will equip you with basic knowledge about vocation, religion, the Bible, and Christianity as well as about
Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, and Buddhism—their stories,
claims, and key concepts.
• We will deepen our study of Christianity, explore
Augsburg’s claim that “what we believe matters,” and invite
you to continue the process of developing your own lived
theology.
• We will explore the concept of vocation and our understanding that we are beloved and called to live and serve as
neighbors. We will explore the idea that vocation is a model
and lens for viewing the connections between our basic
beliefs and the commitments and actions we make in life.
56
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
The Augsburg First Year
In order to help them make the transition to college and
their new community, first-year weekday program students are required to take courses containing the following
components:
Augsburg Seminar
All students who enter the College as first-year students in
the weekday schedule program must satisfactorily complete
fall orientation and Augsburg Seminar (AugSem), a first-year
learning community in their major or related area of academic interest. AugSem’s purpose is to help first-year students
embrace the expectations and benefits of being a member of a
learning community at Augsburg College by:
• Encountering the community
• Engaging the learning process
• Exploring the self as scholar
AugSem equips students to become intentional learners, connects them to the larger Augsburg community, and helps them
succeed in future college work.
Engaging Minneapolis
The Engaging Minneapolis requirement builds on Augsburg’s
national leadership in experiential education as well as its
commitment to its urban location. The course linked with
their AugSem introduces students to the city as a resource
for intentional learning, typically through civic engagement,
cultural engagement, or service learning.
Many Voices Project
Embedded in ENL 111, 112, and HON 111 (see core skills
requirements), the Many Voices Project engages first-year
students in discussion of a common text addressing themes
of cultural diversity and global awareness. Emphasizing ways
in which written communication can promote understanding and productive engagement among different cultures and
points of view, the Many Voices Project is intended to teach
skills and methods that promote successful communication
between diverse writers and readers.
Augsburg Experience
All students must complete at least one approved Augsburg
Experience as a requirement for graduation. Augsburg
Experiences highlight the College’s commitment to experiential education and active participation in the broader
community, both locally and globally. Five categories of
approved experiential learning opportunities are recognized
as Augsburg Experiences: internships (including fieldwork,
practicums, and student teaching), faculty-student research,
service learning/community service, study abroad, and offcampus immersion experiences.
An Augsburg Experience integrates experiential learning
with academic learning. It demonstrates enhanced learning
and reflects research and best practices in experiential education. Approved Augsburg Experiences meet two criteria: (1)
integrate experiential learning with academic learning and (2)
link on-campus learning to the goals, mission, needs, or ideas
Academic Information
of off-campus people, organizations, and/or communities,
either through community partners, professional activities,
and/or travel. Augsburg Experiences may be embedded in
designated courses that are part of the regular class schedule
or may be completed for zero credit outside the regular class
schedule. The length of time required, credit/no-credit status,
and grading options for approved Augsburg Experiences vary.
Senior Keystone
The Senior Keystone course provides a final opportunity
for exploring the central themes of an Augsburg education—vocation and the search for meaning in a diverse and
challenging world. Students reflect on the meaning of their
educational experiences and consider issues of transition as
they prepare for their lives after Augsburg. Most Keystone
courses also meet major requirements.
The Senior Keystone course in each department connects
the broad liberal arts foundation with the professional skills
and in-depth study of the major. It asks graduating students
to think critically, reflectively, and ethically about their place
in the world as leaders and servants.
The official list of approved keystone courses is found
on the registrar’s webpage—under the heading General
Education Requirements, click on Senior Keystone.
The Liberal Arts Foundation
The Liberal Arts Foundation courses introduce students to
knowledge and modes of inquiry across a wide range of disciplines and subjects. The course offerings in the traditional
liberal arts provide the opportunity for students to acquire
a broad and solid foundation for their specialized study and
professional preparation.
Students choose two approved LAF courses from two
different departments in each domain: Natural Sciences and
Mathematics; Social and Behavioral Sciences; Humanities; and
Fine Arts.
The official list of approved LAF courses is found on the
registrar’s webpage—under the heading General Education
Requirements, click on Liberal Arts Foundation.
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Two approved courses from two different departments:
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics.
One must be a lab science course.
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Two approved courses from two different departments:
Anthropology, Economics, Environmental Studies, Political
Science, Psychology, Sociology
Humanities
Two approved courses from two different departments/
programs:
American Indian Studies, Communication Studies, English,
History, Philosophy, Religion, Languages and Cross-Cultural
Studies (literature and culture courses), Women’s Studies
Note: The signature Search for Meaning (REL 100, 200,
or 300) courses do not count as humanities Liberal Arts
Foundation requirements.
Fine Arts
Two approved courses or approved activities from two different departments:
Art, Film, Music, Theatre Arts.
One fine arts LAF requirement can be met by participating in one of the following:
• Four semesters in any combination of the major choral
ensembles listed (MUE 111, 112, 114, 115)
• Four semesters of orchestra (MUE 121)
• Four semesters of concert band (MUE 141)
Graduation Skills Requirements
An Augsburg education includes enhancement of certain
skills during the years in college. Critical thinking, quantitative reasoning, speaking, and writing skills are deliberate
components of certain courses. Graduation skill requirements
typically are embedded in required courses in the major. Some
departments, however, designate courses outside the major or
elective courses in the major that fulfill these requirements.
The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) skill has two components: foundational skills and the application of those skills.
Courses in which foundational quantitative reasoning skills
are taught have a QF designation. Courses that contain an
embedded project in which students apply and practice those
foundational skills have a QA designation. Courses that provide both foundational skills and an application project have a
QFA designation. MPG 3 (Math Placement Group 3) is a prerequisite for all quantitative reasoning QF and QFA courses.
Departments may designate one required course with a QF
designation and one required course with a QA designation
(departments may also designate a list of QF or QA courses
from which students can choose); OR, departments may designate a QFA course that fulfills the Quantitative Reasoning
skill (departments may also designate a list of QFA courses
from which students can choose); OR, departments may list
this skill as embedded.
See department and program pages in this catalog, consult the graduation skills catalog supplement found online on
the registrar’s webpage, or consult the department chair for
more information.
Core Curriculum Modifications
Some majors that result in a Bachelor of Science degree give
students the ability to modify their Core Curriculum requirements in one of the following ways.
Bachelor of Science/Liberal Arts Foundation (LAF) Waiver—
Students who elect the Bachelor of Science/LAF Waiver must
complete at least six of the eight LAF requirements, provided
at least one course is taken in each of the four domains. (e.g.,
two Natural Science and Mathematics courses, two Social and
Behavioral Science courses, one Fine Arts course, and one
Humanities course) The following majors are approved for
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 57
Academic Information
the Bachelor of Science/LAF Waiver:
• Biology
• Chemistry
• Clinical Laboratory Science
• Elementary Education
• Health Education (teaching licensure only)
• Mathematics
• Music Therapy
• Nursing
• Physical Education (teaching licensure only)
• Physics
Bachelor of Science/Modern Language Waiver—Students who
elect the Bachelor of Science/Modern Language Waiver are not
required to complete modern language courses as part of their
degree. The following majors are approved for the Bachelor of
Science/Modern Language Waiver:
• Biology
• Chemistry
• Clinical Laboratory Science
• Mathematics
• Music Therapy
• Nursing
• Physics
• See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements,
page 52.
Certain courses have restrictions and are offered on one
grading system only (e.g., lifetime activities are graded only
P/N). In courses where there is a choice, students will be
graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their
registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any
changes in choice of grading system must be made according
to dates published each term.
Numeric Grades
Numeric grades are used with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards
0.5
0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or S (Satisfactory) or N (No credit) are not
computed in the grade point average.
Incomplete (I) Grades
Evaluation and Grading
Explanation of Grades
The official delivery of end-of-term grades to students is
online via the AugNet Records and Registration website.
Student achievement in courses is measured by final
examinations, shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and
other types of evaluation.
Most courses are offered with grading options—traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means
no credit and a grade of less than 2.0.
Pass/No Credit
Students who choose the P/N option are cautioned:
• In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at
least a grade of 2.0.
• Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as
a C.
• Maximum number of course credits taken P/N that may be
applied to graduation is six course credits with a grade of
Pass (P).
• P-graded courses do not count toward the requirement
that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for Latin Honors.
Transfer students should be especially aware of this
requirement.
• To be eligible for graduation with Latin Honors, students
may elect only two P/N credits.
58
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor
grants permission after determining that a student emergency
may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive
an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course
if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an
Application for Incomplete Grade form by the end of the term
with the Office of the Registrar that states the reasons for the
request, outlines the work required to complete the course,
and includes the course instructor’s signature. The instructor
may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course
completion; however, students may not attend the same
course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term
with an incomplete grade. The student must complete the
outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the
work by the instructor and filing of a grade before the final
day of the following academic term in the student’s program.
If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0.
Extension (X) Grades
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may
sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case,
they must be completed by the grading deadlines within
one year from the beginning of the first term of registration.
A grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students
given X extensions will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being
maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term
in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer
Academic Information
than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant an
extension where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If
the course is not completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
Withdrawal Grade
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is
dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without
notation on the record and before the last day to withdraw
deadline.
Repeated Courses
A course in which a grade of 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, or N has been
received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and
a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken each term
and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on
the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the
second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted
toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses
completed at Augsburg College must be repeated at Augsburg
to be included in the repeat policy.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade
may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time day students
will be charged an audit fee if their total credit load is over 4.5
credits. The charge for part-time and Weekend College students is listed under Weekend College costs in the Financing
Your Education section on page 21. The signature of the
instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit
a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks
of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been
audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be
listed with a grade of W. Audited courses do not count toward
graduation and do not fulfill general education requirements.
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all
work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points
for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on
the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the
GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits
attempted.*
*Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Classification
Students are classified when grades are posted at the end of
each term. Classification is based on the number of course
credits completed.
• Sophomores—7 completed course credits
• Juniors—15 completed course credits
• Seniors—23 completed course credits
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take
place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that
comprise the academic program of a liberal arts college. The
Assessment of Previous Learning program (APL) at Augsburg
provides a means by which a student’s previous learning,
other than that which is transferred from another accredited
institution, may be presented for examination for possible
credit toward the completion of a bachelor’s degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such
learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to
coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts
curriculum, and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either
by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by
which students may have their previous learning assessed for
credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each
of these means of assessment:
International Baccalaureate Program (IB)—Courses earned from
the International Baccalaureate program will be considered by
the College for advanced placement and appropriate credit.
IB exams may fulfill general education and/or major requirements. Credit granting guidelines are available in the registrar’s office and on the Academic Advising website.
Advanced Placement Program (AP)—Augsburg allows students
to earn credit for scores of 3, 4, or 5 on selected Advanced
Placement tests. For some exams, a minimum score of 4
is required. AP exams may fulfill general education and/or
major requirements. Additional information is available on
the Academic Advising webpage and from the Office of the
Registrar.
The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)—This is a series
of standardized tests that have been developed by the College
Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional
testing centers. Students who score at or above the American
Council on Education’s recommended score on an approved
examination may receive academic credit for that subject at
Augsburg College. CLEP exams may fulfill general education
and/or major requirements. Information about CLEP tests is
available from the Office of the Registrar and the Academic
Advising webpage.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams—These are available for
students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the
following conditions are met:
• There is a departmental exam available for the subject area
in question.
• There is a faculty member designated by the department to
administer the exam.
• The registrar approves the student’s request to take the
exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 59
Academic Information
basis only, and there is a charge per exam of $400 for a full
course credit.
The Portfolio Assessment Program—This is a credit assessment
alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The
faculty team is composed of two faculty members from fields
of study directly related to the student’s previous learning.
Students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment should consult the Office of the
Registrar. In completing the evaluation of a student’s previous
learning, the faculty team applies the following criteria:
• There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved
prescribed or systematic study of content material found
within liberal arts coursework.
• The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in
addition to the presenting student.
• The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
• The learning relates well to the student’s educational goals.
• The learning and skills involved are current and could be
used at the present time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after
completing at least one term of academic work at Augsburg
College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.50. It
is strongly recommended that the process not be used when
four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is a nonrefundable application deposit of $200 to initiate the credit
assessment process for each course presented in a portfolio.
An additional $200 is charged upon approval of each course.
Credit is available on a P/N credit basis only.
Transcript credit will be recorded with the equivalent
Augsburg course numbers as determined by faculty reviewers.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning—While
Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes
place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be
placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal
arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg allows a maximum of eight
credits (one-fourth of a bachelor’s degree) to be obtained
through previous experiential learning. In compiling the eight
credits for previous experiential learning, the student may use
any combination of the five assessment processes available in
the APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams, IB exams, departmental comprehensive exams, and credit granted through
portfolio assessment.
English Language Learners (ELL)
Students whose primary language spoken at home is not
English must take the ELL placement test in conjunction
with the English writing placement test prior to registering
for their first term at Augsburg. Students’ placement in ELL,
ENL 101 Developmental Writing, or ENL 111, HON 111, or
ENL 112 Effective Writing will be determined by their scores
on the Michigan test (85-100 range for exemption from ELL
60
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
courses) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English Language
Learner’s course, an objective test will be administered to all
students in the class. The score on this test and the grade
earned in the class will determine whether additional ELL
coursework is required. Usually a score of 85 to 100 and
a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student’s ELL
requirement.
All students whose native language is not English must
stay enrolled in ENL 217/218 until such time that they pass
the ELL placement test at 85 percent or higher. The ELL
course can be counted only twice in the total number of
courses required for graduation.
Students who fulfill the ELL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the Modern
Language Core Skill requirement for graduation.
Academic Progress, Probation, and
Dismissal
The College requires that all students maintain a 2.00 cumulative grade point average (GPA). A minimum GPA of 2.00 is
required for graduation; however, certain majors require a
higher minimum GPA.
A student will be placed on probation and considered for
continuation or dismissal if:
• His/her cumulative GPA is below 2.00
• He/she is a first-year student who receives two (2) zero or
No Pass grades
• He/she is a sophomore, junior, or senior who receives three
(3) zero or No Pass grades
• At the end of their first term, he/she has not fulfilled the
requirements established through the Conditional Admit
Program (refer to the Academic Skills Office Conditional
Admit Program (CAP) section of the catalog).
Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Student Standing Committee. Evidence of
a student’s commitment to academic progress is the primary
consideration used when deciding whether to dismiss a
student.
Students who have a poor academic record may be
strongly advised to withdraw before the end of a term.
Students on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the
College must receive permission from the Student Standing
Committee to re-enroll.
Students who have been dismissed may apply for readmission after one year. At that time, the Student Standing
Committee will review the application for readmission accompanied by any statements and evidence attesting to his/her
commitment to academic success.
A student will be removed from probation if:
• His/her cumulative GPA reaches 2.00; or
• He/ she was placed on probation because of unfulfilled
Conditional Admit Requirements and he/she subsequently
satisfies those requirements.
Academic Information
The Dean’s List, compiled after each semester, lists undergraduate students whose grade point average for a semester is
3.50 or better. Students must be full-time students (a minimum equivalent of three full course credits for a weekday
schedule student or two equivalent full course credits for a
Weekend College student), graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit.
Courses taken outside of a program’s calendar (e.g., crossover
courses taken in a Weekend College trimester term by a day
student or in a semester term by a weekend student) are not
calculated when determining the Dean’s List. If permission
has been given by the student, an announcement is sent to the
hometown newspaper for those students on the Dean’s List.
fulfilled, meaning that one can graduate at any point during the academic year provided that all requirements are
complete.
Commencement is a ceremony. It is an opportunity for
students, family, friends, and the Augsburg College community to celebrate academic accomplishment. Participation
in commencement, however, does not mean that a student
has graduated. A student will not graduate and a degree will
not be conferred until all requirements are met, regardless of
participation in commencement.
Augsburg College holds two commencement ceremonies
in the spring to accommodate the College’s different student populations. The May commencement ceremony is for
students in the Day undergraduate program and for students
in the Physician Assistant Studies graduate program. The
June commencement ceremony is for students in the other
five graduate programs as well as undergraduate students
in Weekend College, Rochester campus, and the Partner
Hospitals program.
Undergraduate students who have not completed all
degree requirements may participate in commencement if: (1)
no more than three requirements will remain in their program at the conclusion of spring term; and (2) the remaining
requirements will be completed in the summer or fall terms
immediately following commencement.
Latin Honors
Enrollment/Degree Verification
Augsburg recognizes those students who have demonstrated
exemplary academic achievement by conferring Latin honors
upon completion of a baccalaureate degree.
This designation and the standards set are in effect for all
students who complete degree requirements in May 2004 or
later. Students may also receive honors recognition for departmental honors and for participation in the Honors program.
(See individual department and program descriptions for
details.)
Augsburg College has authorized the National Student
Clearinghouse to act as its agent for verification of student
enrollment and degree status.
Contact information is as follows:
National Student Clearinghouse
13454 Sunrise Valley Road, Suite 300
Herndon, VA 20171
Web: www.degreeverify.org
Phone: 703-742-4200
Fax: 703-742-4239
E-mail: degreeverify@studentclearinghouse.org
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who
does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student
is dismissed, he/she may appeal the decision to the Student
Standing Committee within 10 school days. Specific appeal
instructions are included in the letter of dismissal.
Students may also be dismissed from professional
programs, such as Social Work, Education and Nursing. A
student dismissed from a program may appeal the decision
through the Program Dismissal Appeal Process. The process is
available at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide/.
Dean’s List
Qualification for Latin honors is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude: 3.90-4.00 GPA plus successful
completion of the summa oral examination
Magna cum laude: 3.80-3.89 GPA
Cum laude: 3.60-3.79 GPA
To be eligible, a student must complete a minimum of 14 traditionally graded credits at Augsburg and have no more than
two elective pass/no pass graded credits at Augsburg (classes
offered only as P/N by the department will not be counted).
For additional information, including the guidelines for
the Summa Cum Laude oral examination, go to the Latin
Honors section at www.augsburg.edu/registrar/.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the state approving agency for veterans education. Veterans should consult with the
V.A. certifying official in the Office of the Registrar about
completion of enrollment verification and the forwarding
of other information to the Department of Veterans Affairs.
Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans
Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance
funds received.
Additional information about veterans education benefits
can be found at www.gibill.va.gov.
Graduation and Commencement
Though the terms are often confused, the words “graduation”
and “commencement” carry different meanings. Graduation
refers to the completion of all degree requirements. Students
graduate when all requirements for the degree have been
Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act Notice
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974
Augsburg College 2010-2011 I 61
Academic Information
(FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students
regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg
College is required to give notice of the various rights
accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with
FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review education records—You have the
right to review and inspect substantially all of your education
records maintained by or at Augsburg College. The student
must request to review their education records in writing with
their signature. The College will respond in a reasonable time,
but no later than 45 days after receiving the request.
Right to request amendment of education records—You have
the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education
record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. This includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should
be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education
records according to your request.
Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information —You have the right to be asked and to give
Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable
information contained in your education records, except to
the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA
authorize disclosure without your permission. One exception
which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to
school officials with legitimate education interests. A school
official is a person employed by the College in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff
position (including law enforcement unit personnel and
health staff); person or company with whom the College has
contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent);
a person serving on the Board of Trustees, or a student serving
on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance
committee, or assisting another school official performing
his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational
interest if the official needs to review an education record in
order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.
Right to withhold disclosure of “directory information”—FERPA
uses the term “Directory Information” to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released
for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without
notification of the request or disclosure to the student.
Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to
withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any
future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
62
I Augsburg College 2010-2011
“Directory information” includes the following:
• The student’s name;
• The student’s address;
• The student’s telephone number;
• The student’s e-mail address;
• The student’s date and place of birth;
• The student’s major and minor field of study;
• The student’s academic class level;
• The student’s enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT);
• The student’s participation in officially recognized activities
and sports;
• The student’s degrees and awards received (including
dates);
• The weight and height of members of athletic teams;
• The student’s dates of attendance;
• Previous educational agencies or institutions attended by
the student; and
• The student’s photograph.
Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all
Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to
contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg
assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such
information be withheld. The Office of the Registrar must be
notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory
Information. If the notice is not received by the registrar
prior to Sept. 15 (or within 10 school days of the start of a
subsequent term for a new student), it will be assumed that
all Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder
of the current academic year. A new notice for withholding
disclosure must be completed each academic year.
Right to complain to FERPA Office—You have the right to file a
complaint with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave.
S.W., Washington, D.C., 20202-4605, concerning Augsburg’s
failure to comply with FERPA.
Reporting Educational Information
Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter.
Clery Act
The Clery Act Annual Report for Augsburg College contains
statistics on reported crimes on and near Augsburg property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning
campus security and crime. The report is available online at
www.augsburg.edu/dps/security/report.html. For a printed
copy, contact Augsburg’s Department of Public Safety at
612-330-1717.
Departments and Programs
Departments and Programs
Departments and Programs
As a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College believes that
knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides
this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses that make it more accessible to students.
These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct
majors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of
particular individual interest.
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus
containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach,
requirements, and evaluations for a particular course can be
obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of
the educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and
its place in the College’s program. A listing of requirements
for individual majors and minors follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In general, day classes
are offered fall and/or spring terms unless otherwise indicated. The schedule of classes offered through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) for fall and spring terms
is only available online.
Since some courses are offered alternate years, it is
important that the student review major requirements and
course offerings with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedules for Summer Session, the
Master of Arts in Education, Master of Arts in Leadership,
Master of Arts in Nursing, Master of Business Administration,
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies, Master of
Social Work, and Doctor of Nursing Practice courses are
published in a separate Graduate Studies catalog.
Credits
A full course is offered for one course credit. A few fractional
courses, for one-half or one-quarter course credit, are offered.
Unless noted, all courses are one course credit. A full course
is valued as four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most
day program courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two
90-minute periods per week with additional time required
for laboratory work. All full credit Weekend College courses
meet for eight three-and-one-half-hour sessions during fall
and for seven four-hour sessions during winter and spring
term.
64
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses.
Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper
division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for
first-years, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400s
for seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level
course are listed in the course description as prerequisites. A
student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not
been fulfilled if there is prior approval by the professor teaching the course. Some prerequisites (such as ENL 111, math
placement, and critical thinking) cannot be waived by the
instructor. NOTE: Not all courses are offered in all schedules.
Refer to Augnet Records and Registration for information on
when specific courses are offered.
Internships and Independent Studies
Every department offers opportunities for internships and
independent study. The course description and process for
registering is normally the same for each department. Some
departments have additional statements that can be found in
the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary internships
are also available.
Internships
Registration for internships consists of the following steps:
1. Obtain the internship registration permission form
and secure the signatures of the faculty supervisor and director of the Strommen Career and Internship Center.
2. Register: Turn in the completed internship registration form (with all signatures) to the Enrollment Center.
You must register the internship for the academic term that
coincides with the internship experience.
3. A learning agreement (forms are available in the
Strommen Career and Internship Center) must be completed
with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the
Strommen Career and Internship Center, with copies made
for the faculty supervisor and student.
196
197
198
199
Internship/On-campus
Internship/Off-campus (.5)
Internship/On-campus (.5)
Internship/Off-campus
A work or service-based learning experience
typically at the sophomore level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design
a learning agreement that links the ideas and
methods of the discipline with the opportunities
inherent in the placement. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students
must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and the
Departments and Programs
Strommen Career and Internship Center regarding requirements and permission to register.
396
397
398
399
Internship/On-campus
Internship/Off-campus (.5)
Internship/On-campus (.5)
Internship/Off-campus
A work or service-based learning experience at
the junior/senior level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the ideas and methods
of the discipline with the opportunities inherent
in the placement. For some majors, participation
in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior
to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member
and the Strommen Career and Internship Center
regarding requirements and permission to register. (Off-campus 397/399 internships are one
option for the Augsburg Experience graduation
requirement.)
Directed and Independent Studies
299
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in
the scheduled offerings under the direction of
an instructor. Open to all students, but normally
taken by sophomores and juniors. Approval
must be secured in writing from the instructor
and the department chairperson before the term
in which the study is undertaken.
499
Independent Study/Research
An opportunity for advanced and specialized
research projects. Normally open to junior and
senior majors. Approval must be secured in
writing from the instructor and the department
chairperson before the term in which the study
is undertaken.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 65
Accounting
Accounting
See listing under Business Administration.
66
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
American Indian Studies
American Indian Studies
American Indian studies is a major that gives students the
opportunity to learn about the original, indigenous cultures
of North America. Students will be provided with a multidisciplinary understanding of the history and present situation
of American Indians. The program emphasizes the interrelations among history, culture, language, literature, the arts,
philosophy, religion, political and social forces, and the legal
status and sovereignty of American Indians. This course of
study exposes students to the richness and beauty of North
American Indian cultures.
influences, and American Indian literature, art,
music, and language.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
ANT 141
Cultural Anthropology
This course serves as an introduction to cultural
anthropology. Course objectives include providing students with an understanding of anthropological methods and theories, the concepts of
race and culture, an appreciation and awareness
of differing cultures, and an awareness of the
role cultural anthropology has in understanding
contemporary human problems. (This course
does not count toward the American Indian
studies major or minor; it is recommended as a
supporting area of study)
American Indian Studies Faculty
Eric Buffalohead (Chair), Elise Marubbio
Adjunct Faculty
Sophia Jacobson, Richard Gresczyk, Dale Weston
Degree and Major Requirements
American Indian Studies Major
Ten courses including;
AIS 105
Introduction to American Indian Studies
AIS 205
Contemporary American Indians
ENL 255
American Indian Literature
or AIS 264 American Indians in the Cinema
HIS 236
American Indian History
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and
Philosophical Thought
AIS 499
Senior Research Project
In addition, students must complete four electives. At least
four of the courses toward the major must be upper division.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking
(S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered
courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by GST 200
or PHI 230. Transfer students must consult an adviser about
potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill
each of these skills.
AIS 205
Contemporary American Indians
In this topics-oriented course, students focus on
issues that face contemporary American Indians,
including tribal sovereignty and identity politics,
treaty rights, language retention and education,
religious freedom, and Indian activism.
AIS 208
Native American Women and Film
Beginning with issues of representation and
a history of Hollywood’s portrayal of Native
American woman as princess figures, sexualized maidens, or squaws, we will expand our
conceptualization of Native American women
by putting into conversation a variety of voices
that talk back to or address mainstream stereotypes of Native American women. Our goal
is to expand our conceptualizations of Native
American women and their important roles in
society by examining a variety of cultural issues
as they are presented through documentary
and fiction films made by and about Native
American women.
Minor
Five courses including AIS 105. At least two must be upper
division.
Course Offerings at Augsburg College
AIS 105
Introduction to American Indian Studies
Designed to introduce students to the content
areas of the American Indian studies curriculum,
this course includes an overview of American
Indian history, federal Indian policy, land issues,
reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural
An introduction to the language and culture
of the Ojibwe (Chippewa). Emphasis is on
vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational
skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic
patterns and oral interaction.
AIS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues
concerning the biological, evolutionary, and
historical origins of women’s roles and status in
society. Comparative roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous
cultures. Studies include the role of women in
Native American and African tribes, peasant
societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle
East, and China.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 67
American Indian Studies
68
HIS 236
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America
from the pre-Columbian period through
European exploration and settlement to the
present, emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and
intergovernmental relations.
ENL 255
American Indian Literature
American Indian Literature offers a survey of
contemporary American Indian writing, including non-fiction, fiction, poetry, and drama.
The course explores the richness and diversity
of American Indian literature, and the ways
in which literature reflects and illuminates
American Indian culture and traditions. The
course emphasizes close readings of literature
and public speaking skills through in-class presentation and small group discussion.
AIS 264
American Indians in the Cinema
Indians in the Cinema surveys various images
of American Indians created by Hollywood and
television. Focusing on films from the 1910s to
the present, the course provides an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed
in film historically, how this image has evolved
over the past century, and how it is reflective of
Western cultural and racial ideologies.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is
explored through the visual arts, particularly
within the United States.
AIS 305
Indigenous Issues of Central America
This travel seminar explores issues faced by
Indigenous peoples of Guatemala, Nicaragua, or
Mexico. Each group faces similar challenges that
manifest differently due to the political, social,
and cultural influences of the dominant culture in each country. Students will learn about
sovereignty, land rights, economy, religion,
cultural survival, women’s issues, and political
movements through site visits and interaction
with Indigenous organizations. This course is
cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
AIS 320
American Indian Women
Through life histories of Indian women, the
course examines the vital roles and contributions of women in past and present tribal
cultures. It explores the continuity of women’s
roles over times and the changes in these roles,
precipitated by the influences of Western colonialism. The course also assesses how American
Indian women have crossed cultural boundaries
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
and influenced non-tribal communities through
their activism and traditionalism. This course is
cross-listed with women’s studies.
AIS 332
Native American Storytelling
The objective of this course is to study Native
American storytelling from a cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions will be
emphasized and studied within the broader
context of world mythologies. Students will be
expected to perform storytelling and to research
the various tribal storytelling traditions.
AIS/ENL 355 Themes in American Indian Literature
The course is structured around a number of
writers working within a particular theme such
as Native Voices of Minnesota, Voices from
the Southwest, Poetics and Politics of Native
Writing, Women and Power in Native Literature,
Urban-Reservation: Homing, and American
Indian film-literature adaptation. Students focus
on primary texts, comparing and contrasting
theme, voice, aesthetic, or cultural emphasis
as it shifts or arises across the group of texts.
Course cross-lists with English. (Prereq.: ENL
220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or
consent of instructor.)
AIS 364
Indigenous Filmmakers
Indigenous Filmmakers introduces students at
the junior and senior level to the exciting and
expanding field of indigenous media—specifically films made by Native Americans. We will
explore the political and social forces at work
behind the American indigenous film movement, which responds to mainstream film’s
portrayal of Native Americans and provides an
extraordinary range in perspectives and views
that inform Native American cultures.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical
Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American Indians are studied.
Tribal similarities and differences are explored
as are tribal relationships with nature, religious
oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies,
and beliefs in an afterlife.
AIS 408
Native American Women and Film
Beginning with issues of representation and
a history of Hollywood’s portrayal of Native
American woman as princess figures, sexualized maidens, or squaws, we will expand our
conceptualization of Native American women
by putting into conversation a variety of voices
that talk back to or address mainstream ste-
American Indian Studies
reotypes of Native American women. Our goal
is to expand our conceptualizations of Native
American women and their important roles in
society by examining a variety of cultural issues
as they are presented through documentary
and fiction films made by and about Native
American women. (Prereq.: WST 201 or any
2XX women’s studies course; or AIS 105 or any
2XX American Indian studies course; or consent
of instructor.)
AIS 490
Keystone Indigenous Issues of Central America
This travel seminar explores issues faced by
Indigenous peoples of Guatemala, Nicaragua, or
Mexico. Each group faces similar challenges that
manifest differently due to the political, social,
and cultural influences of the dominant culture
in each country. Students will learn about sovereignty, land rights, economy, religion, cultural
survival, women’s issues, and political movements through site visits and interaction with
Indigenous organizations.
AIS 495
Topics in American Indian Studies
Individual courses designed to investigate
specific topics such as Minnesota Indians,
Contemporary Indigenous Issues of North and
South America, and American Indian Literature
Seminar.
AIS 499
Independent Research
An independently designed research project.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 69
Art
Art—ART
Art is essential. It teaches us to see, claim beauty, make sense
of pain, explore the world, and express ourselves.
At Augsburg College, inspiration and creativity grow
from the diversity of ideas experienced on a small campus
in the heart of a major metropolitan area. We balance a solid
foundation of drawing, design, and history with technical
skills, critical thinking, and creative exploration in a range of
media. On-campus galleries showcase the work of students
as well as established artists. An innovative faculty pairs
creative curriculum for traditional disciplines in drawing,
painting, ceramics, sculpture, and photography with emerging disciplines in hand papermaking, book arts, architecture,
and digital media. Class sizes are small; we will get to know
each other.
Galleries and museums surround us; art club, studio visits, and guest artists provide art in real time; service learning,
internships, and study abroad are integral to our program.
We reach an average of 700 students a year from all disciplines, graduating 25-30 majors annually with BA degrees in
art history, studio art, art education; and certificates in studio
art and graphic design.
For over 40 years, students have been earning degrees in
art and art history at Augsburg College. We’re excited to be
here in the center of the city. We think you will be, too.
robert k. tom (Chair), Kristin Anderson, Susan Boecher, Lynn
Bollman, Tara Sweeney
Degree and Major Requirements
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts
foundations:
Design
Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART118
ART 223
ART 225
ART 257
Painting I
Printmaking I
Graphic Design I
Watercolor Painting I
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221
Sculpture I
ART 250
Ceramics I
ART 280
Hand Papermaking and Book Arts I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240
Art History Survey
Two additional art history courses
ART 405 Senior Exhibition and Faculty Review (.0 course)
Studio majors must participate in a junior review, a solo or
two-person show with a senior review, and the annual senior
70
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements.
Art History Major
Eight art or architectural history courses including:
Art Faculty
ART 102
ART 107
group exhibition.
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded
throughout the offered courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S), Writing (W),
and Quantitative Reasoning (QR) are met by completing the
following courses:
S: Studio art majors may choose from ART 102, 225, 382
and 389 to satisfy the speaking skill.
W: Studio art majors may choose two of the following
courses to satisfy the writing skill: ART 388, 349, 352, 386,
and 387.
QR: PHY 119, MAT 145, MAT 146, GST 200, or PHI
230.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
ART 240
ART 388
Art History Survey
Modern Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102
Design or ART 107 Drawing
ART 118
Painting I or ART 221 Sculpture I
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded
throughout the offered courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S), Writing (W),
and Quantitative Reasoning (QR) are met by completing the
following courses:
S: Art history majors may choose from ART 102, 225,
382 and 389 to satisfy the speaking skill.
W: Art history majors may choose two of the following
courses to satisfy the writing skill: ART 388, 349, 352, 386,
and 387.
QR: PHY 119, MAT 145, MAT 146, GST 200, or PHI
230.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Note: Students planning a double major in studio art and
art history or a major/minor combination should meet with a
department adviser to plan appropriately.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall, portfolio of artwork
(studio majors) or research (art history majors) reflecting
Art
high quality work, and art department approved special
projects and/or research. Application should be made to the
department chair before the last term of the senior year.
ART 106
Chinese Calligraphy and Painting I
Introduction and practice of Chinese calligraphic painting and writing.
Studio Art Minor
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique
in acrylic or oil. Emphasis is placed on color,
perception, and expression.
Five courses including ART 240, ART 107, and three additional studio courses.
Architecture Minor
Five courses including ART 105, ART 210, ART 243, ART
244, and ART 249 or 349.
ART 122
Plein Air Sketching I
This foundational course in plein air sketching
introduces observational skills and sketching
onsite in the midst of daily life as a meditative
way of seeing deeply and responding to place.
Students explore media, technique, and subject
matter, visit sites and museums to understand
context and meaning, and respond creatively.
Art History Minor
Five art history courses including ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one in art history. Up to
four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Certificate in Digital Design
ART 132
Photography I
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity,
expression, and communication with attention
to analog black-and-white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $200-225.
Eight art courses, including four in digital design (chosen
from ART 215, ART 225, ART 315, ART 320, ART 330, ART
340), one in art history, and three studio electives.
Art Courses
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. Some studio courses have lab fees.
ART 180
Introduction to Community Based Photography
Introduction to Community Based Photography
will combine art and social research concepts to
help students understand how the arts can affect
social change and foster community building by
engaging in the creative, theoretical, and technical process of black-and-white photography.
Studio Art Foundations
ART 102
Design
A study of design is the unifying foundation
for the visual arts. Two- and some three-dimensional projects demonstrate theory and application of basic design elements and principles.
ART 107
Drawing
Students use traditional media to develop technical skills and explore descriptive and experimental ideas for perceptual and conceptual
drawing. Emphasis is placed on foundational
drawing concepts.
ART 210
Drawing for Design in Architecture
Introduction to and exploration of the conceptual function of drawing in architecture.
Exploration of the history of drawing in
architecture, critical review of drawing conventions and systems, and examination of drawing
processes as modes of perception and cognition.
(Prereq.: ART 105 or instructor permission)
ART 215
Web Design I
This course explores the theory and practice of
web design. Focus is placed on effective design
and usability. Students will become familiar with
Dreamweaver, Photoshop, and Illustrator.
Studio Art
ART 100, 300 Topics
Selected courses dealing with special topics,
offered occasionally in the department.
ART 105
Introduction to Architectural Drawing
This course develops basic skills involved in
perceiving and representing the material environment through the study of sketching and
drawing skills.
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture and three-dimensional design through the exploration of the
inherent properties of various materials and
processes.
ART 223
Printmaking I
An introduction to traditional and experimental
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 71
Art
media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief,
and mono/unique methods are explored.
72
ART 280
Hand Papermaking and Book Arts I
Introduction to hand papermaking, box building, and contemporary bookmaking; emphasizes
the interplay of text and image in the handmade
book.
ART 224
Publication Design
An introduction to design concepts and production for publication design. Theory and practice
of coordinating visual imagery and typography
for print publications using page layout software.
ART 306
Chinese Calligraphy and Painting II
Advanced practice of Chinese calligraphic painting and writing. (Prereq.: ART 106)
ART 225
Graphic Design I
ART 315
Web Design II
Graphic Design I is an introduction to the principles and practices of visual communications
focusing on text and image using grid layouts.
Exploration of the latest technologies used in
the theories and practice of animation, interactive programming, and advanced digital design.
(Prereq.: ART 215 or instructor permission)
ART 231
Mexican Art
This course aims to develop an understanding
and appreciation of Mexican art from the PreColumbian, colonial, and contemporary periods,
with emphasis on Frida Kahlo and the muralist movement of Diego Rivera, David Alfredo
Siqueiros, and José Clemente Orozco. Students
will participate in numerous excursions to many
museums as well as archaeological and historical
sites. (Prereq.: SPA 212. Taught in Mexico, see
program listings in International Studies)
ART 320
Typography
Study of the history, development, structures,
and application of traditional and contemporary typography; exploration of letterforms
using digital, hand-set type, and hand lettering.
(Prereq.: Any ART course)
ART 322
Plein Air Sketching II
This advanced course in plein air sketching is
a continuation of ART 122. Advanced students
develop mastery of technique and expression of
personal subject matter and style through significant, experiential engagement with artistic,
cultural, and historical resources. (Prereq.: ART
122 or permission of instructor)
ART 233
Collaborative Printmaking: A Press-Free Approach
This online course is designed to engage creative, imaginative, and technical processes to
produce prints without a press and to interpret works of art. Students learn water-based
printmaking techniques while exploring several
kinds of collaboration. Students critically analyze works of art produced by themselves and
their peers, and through this analysis they will
articulate different theories of aesthetics.
ART 330
Graphic Design II
Graphic Design II explores visual communications in the retail environment — developing
advertising materials, sales promotions, packaging, and displays.
ART 247
Life Drawing
ART 332
Photography II
An introduction to the methods and techniques
of drawing the human form through the use of
live models. Emphasis will be placed on perceptual drawing skills and the accurate rendering of
the human form in a spatial environment.
Advanced study in black-and-white film photography. Projects will encourage the refinement of
technical and formal skills and the development
of a personal approach to subject matter and
content. Students will be introduced to archival
print methods, expanded film exposure and
development styles, portfolio presentation; and
will develop the vocabulary to write an artist’s
statement and research contemporary photographers. (Prereq.: ART 132)
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and throwing
techniques combined with theory, concept, and
form.
ART 257
Watercolor Painting I
Introduction to transparent watercolor; emphasizes perceptual observation to explore color
theory, media, and technique. Class sessions
often include painting outside on location
(weather permitting).
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
ART 340
Digital Imaging
Exploration of visual communications in the
electronic environments using various software
programs to create digital images, animation,
and digital games.
Art
ART 351
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics explores clay, glaze,
and firing technology with a continued emphasis
on throwing and handbuilding techniques combined with theory, concept, and form. (Prereq.:
ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study in acrylic or oil paint media,
emphasizing individual expression. (Prereq.:
ART 118)
ART 357
Watercolor Painting II
Advanced exploration in transparent watercolor;
emphasizes individual expression. (Prereq.: ART
257)
ART 368
Printmaking II
Continued exploration of intaglio, relief, and
mono/unique methods. Use of larger formats,
multiple plates, and an emphasis on color are
encouraged. (Prereq.: ART 223)
ART 380
Hand Papermaking and Book Arts II
Advanced exploration in hand papermaking and
book arts, emphasizing individual research and
expression. (Prereq.: ART 280)
History of architecture and city planning since
1750, as illustrated by Western and non-Western
examples.
ART 249/349 The Designed Environment
This course addresses the designed environment, investigating architecture, landscape
architecture, and urban design. Class sessions
consist almost exclusively of extensive walking
tours and site visits to prominent examples of
design excellence. (Prereq.: None for ART 249;
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and an ART, HIS,
or urban studies course for ART 349)
ART/THR 265 Computer Drafting for the Stage and Architecture
(See Theatre Arts section for course description.)
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
An exploration of the rich heritage of visual
arts from Indigenous communities of North
America, surveying the dynamic nature of
Native American art spanning from pre-European contact into the present while exploring the political nature of that trajectory as it
encounters cultural change, Western aesthetics,
and Western concepts of art. Students will meet
Native artists, visit a variety of Native American
art galleries and exhibitions, and learn about the
cultural, social, and political context surrounding a Native American art.
ART 405
Senior Exhibition and Faculty Review (.0 course)
Senior Exhibition and Faculty Review is a
practical approach to application of a senior art
major’s portfolio of works through a solo or twoperson exhibit, exemplifying their best visual
arts practice. Two art department faculty and
one outside department faculty/staff of choice
will be formed as a review committee of the
exhibition.
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the
visual arts, including the fine arts, the traditional
arts, and the arts of Native American women.
(Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ART 478
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture and three-dimensional design. (Prereq.: ART 221)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone
Age to the present, including architecture, folk
arts, painting, sculpture, and design.
Art and Architectural History
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modern times.
(Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period
to the fourth century A.D.
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and protoRenaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111)
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections per year.
ART 243
History of Architecture to 1750
History of architecture and city planning from
antiquity to 1750, as illustrated by Western and
non-Western examples.
ART 244
History of Architecture after 1750
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries.
(Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 73
Art
ART 388
Modern Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
74
ART 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
ART 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
ART 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
ART 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Augsburg Core Curriculum
Augsburg Core
Curriculum—AUG/KEY/GST
by providing opportunities to reflect upon and
write about the integration of one’s classes, life,
and future. Readings and critical discussions
with others in the same and in different majors
will add dimension to each student’s reflective
writing. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112)
This section does not include all courses in the core curriculum, but only those not located in a disciplinary department.
The Signature Curriculum
Liberal Arts Foundation
Augsburg Seminar
Connections Courses
AUG 101
Augsburg Seminar (.0 course)
A weekly seminar linked to a course or course
pair that integrates course content with learning strategies and community-building opportunities beneficial to beginning college students. While the content course is graded on
a traditional point basis, Augsburg Seminar is
graded Pass/No Credit. Permission to complete
the seminar if the student withdraws from the
linked content course(s) is at the discretion of
the instructor(s). (P/N grading only)
Students may fulfill Liberal Arts Foundation requirements
through disciplinary courses (listed under academic departments) or through interdisciplinary Connections courses.
ENV 100
Environmental Connections
An interdisciplinary introduction to current
environmental issues. The course depends on
ecological visions of the world and examines the
connections we share as people living simultaneously in human community and in physical
environments. In examining these connections,
we depend on the insights offered by political
science, biology, economics, literature, sociology, chemistry, and history as well as experiential education and service-learning. The issues
examined in this class — neither remote nor
abstract — exist in our everyday lives, and a
central feature of the course is the application of
knowledge gained in the class to a campus project. (Social and Behavioral Sciences LAF, fall)
Senior Keystone
KEY 470
Creating Life in the Arts: Exploration and Reflection
on Vocation
From personal reflection on vocation to realworld insights and hands-on experiences, this
course will delve deeply into the skill sets and
mind sets important for arts professionals in
all fine arts majors. While exploring vocation
concepts, this course balances entrepreneurial
awareness, attitudes, and skills with intrapreneurial insights, skills, and reflection.
KEY 480
Topics in Global Interdependence
This cross-cultural keystone seminar prepares
students to “act globally” by challenging them
to apply the diverse perspectives acquired while
studying abroad and to analyze issues that
transcend national boundaries. In English with
readings in a language other than English. Open
to international students and to upper-division
students who have advanced knowledge of a
language other than English or have studied
abroad for a full semester (including in Englishspeaking countries with consent of instructor).
KEY 490
Vocation and the Meaning of Success
This course is the keystone course for business majors and other majors where the major
program does not include a keystone element. It
draws together all facets of a student’s education
FIA 130
Arts and the City
Using the arts resources of the city, this course
will explore how to understand and appreciate
various art forms: theatre, music, opera, visual
arts, dance, and film. Class sessions consist
almost entirely of attendance at off-campus performances and sites. (Fine Arts LAF)
HUM 120
Medieval Connections: Medieval Life in 12th-Century
Europe
This is the introductory course for Medieval
Studies. It uses an interdisciplinary approach to
study European culture during a period known
as the High Middle Ages, roughly AD 1100 to
1300. It attempts to examine medieval culture as
a complex system of thought and feeling, which
includes history, religion, philosophy, literature, art, theatre, music, and food. It also takes
an experiential approach to this material, for
example, by having students and faculty attend
class in academic regalia, just as they did in
medieval universities. (Humanities LAF, spring)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 75
Augsburg Core Curriculum
SCI 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles of Earth’s
weather and climate. Topics include winds,
fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate
and climate change, global warming, and ozone
depletion. (Three one-hour lectures, one twohour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2 and pass CT
assessment or GST 100. Fall, spring.)
S CI 110
GST 200
Quantitative Reasoning/Statistical Literacy
This course focuses on critical thinking about
statistics and its use as evidence in arguments,
with an emphasis on interpretation, evaluation,
communication, and analysis of statisticallybased arguments. Topics include association,
causation, observational studies, experiments,
risk, confounding, bias and chance. Common
techniques involving statistical opportunism,
conditional reasoning using English to describe
and compare rates and percentages presented in
tables and graphs, and the use of standardization
to take into account the influence of confounders are reviewed. Emphasis is on interpretation,
evaluation, communication, and analysis of
statistically-based arguments. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey
of natural science. This course focuses on the
nature of science and major concepts of physics
and chemistry. Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three
one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Natural Sciences LAF. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course focuses on
major concepts of earth science and biology.
Laboratory work will complement lectures and
will include the use of computers and electronic
sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Natural Sciences LAF. Prereq.:
SCI 110 and pass CT assessment or GST 100)
Skills
Entry Skills
76
Graduation Skills
GST 100
Critical Thinking
Designed to develop critical thinking skills, this
course strengthens the ability of students to
comprehend, analyze, synthesize, and evaluate
ideas and arguments. Students identified by the
Critical Thinking Assessment are required to
complete GST 100 with a minimum grade of 2.0
or better. Students who have passed the Critical
Thinking Assessment may take the class only
with the permission of the instructor.
GST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal
arts curriculum and improving those skills
important to academic success: reading, comprehension, note-taking and textbook reading, time
management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning
style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Other General Studies Courses
GST 009
Internship Transcript Notation (.0 course)
A transcript notation is given for the academic
learning inherent in an approved not-for-credit/
internship/work experience. Reflection activities and work-learning evaluations are conducted by the Strommen Career and Internship
Center. With approval, a non-credit/internship
completed by juniors or seniors will fulfill the
Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.
Biology
Biology—BIO
We are in the midst of a revolution in biology. From the
unraveling of information locked within the human and
other genomes to the complexities of interactions between
organisms in diverse ecosystems in changing environments,
biologists and members of the public are grappling with an
almost overwhelming flood of new information. By focusing
on the core principles of biology, students are given the tools
with which to interpret results coming out of the revolution, and by early exposure to original independent research
projects, given the opportunity to themselves contribute to
our understanding of the natural world. Integration across
biological sub-disciplines is emphasized, paralleling the integration taking place in the maturing field of systems biology.
As biological phenomena become amenable to the analytical tools of chemistry, physics, mathematics and computer
science, biology is increasingly a multidisciplinary venture,
Thus, a firm background in these sciences is also important
for the successful study of biology. Biological forces have
many profound effects on society, and in turn humanity
has strongly affected our biosphere. Thus, service-learning
opportunities are tightly integrated within the curricula.
For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves as a
springboard for further study. Augsburg graduates have gone
on to graduate studies in the life sciences, leading to careers
in college or university teaching, basic and applied research,
and public health. Many have entered professional programs
in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates have gone directly into secondary education, biomedical
and biotechnology industries, laboratory research, natural
resources, and environmental education.
Five upper division biology electives chosen from the following
list:
BIO 351
BIO 353
BIO 355
BIO 361
BIO 369
BIO 440
BIO 471
BIO 473
BIO 474
BIO 475
BIO 476
BIO 481
BIO 486
BIO 495
Invertebrate Zoology
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
Genetics
Plant Biology
Biochemistry
Plant Physiology
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
Animal Physiology
Developmental Biology
Neurobiology
Microbiology
Ecology
Immunology
Special Topics in Biology
Required Supporting Courses for Bachelor of Science
CHM 105/106
Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry
CHM 351/352
Organic Chemistry
PHY 121/122
General Physics
MAT 145/146
Calculus
General Education Accomodation
BS biology majors may reduce their general education program by one or two courses. See Bachelor of Science/Liberal
Arts Foundation (LAF) Waiver in the Academic Information
section of the catalog.
Bachelor of Arts in Biology
The same biology course requirements as for the Bachelor of
Science degree, but with the following supporting courses:
Biology Faculty
Required Supporting Courses for Bachelor of Arts
Dale Pederson (Chair), Jennifer Bankers-Fulbright, Matthew
Beckman, Ralph Butkowski, William Capman, David Crowe,
Ann Impulliti
CHM 105/106
Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121/122 General Physics
MAT 114
Precalculus
or MAT 145
Calculus I
or MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
or MAT 164
Biostatistics
or PSY 215
Research Methods: Design, Procedure,
and Analysis I
Degree and Major Requirements
Students may choose one of the following degree options:
Bachelor of Science in biology, Bachelor of Arts in biology, or
Bachelor of Arts in life sciences.
Bachelor of Science in Biology
Nine-and-a-half courses including:
BIO 151
Introductory Biology
BIO 152
Evolution, Ecology, and Diversity
BIO 253
Introductory Cellular Biology
BIO 361
Plant Biology
or BIO 481 Ecology
BIO 490
Biology Keystone (.5)
or SCI 490 Integrated Keystone (.5)
or another keystone with departmental approval
Bachelor of Arts in Life Sciences
This major is appropriate for students also seeking secondary
teaching licensure in biology.
Requirements are the same as for the Bachelor of Arts in
biology degree, but with the following differences:
Only four (rather than five) upper division biology electives are required, along with:
Two additional science courses, chosen from the following list:
PHY 101
Astronomy
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 77
Biology
SCI 106
Introductory Meteorology
An introductory geology course
Bachelor of Science in Clinical Laboratory Sciences
See the Clinical Laboratory Sciences section of the catalog for
details of the CLS major.
Graduation Skills
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout
the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The
graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing COM
111 or COM 115.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Biology for Health Sciences
All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be
approved in writing by the department, subject to review by
the chair. Only those biology courses successfully completed
(2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. No
more than two upper division courses from other institutions
may be applied toward the major.
Prerequisite requirements for health sciences vary with
the program and the institution. Care should be taken to
study the requirements for every program well in advance
of making application. In general, medical schools require
a two-semester sequences in calculus, physics and organic
chemistry. Biochemistry is also commonly required and in
some instances statistics and literature. Programs in physician assistant training, veterinary medicine, physical therapy
and such typically have a more extensive list of prerequisites.
Students considering a post-baccalaureate program in these
areas should consult early and often with health science
advisers Dixie Shafer and Dale Pederson.
Custom Biology Programs
Graduate Training in Biology
Transfer course policy for majors and minors
Students who have completed BIO 151, 152, 153 and at
least two upper division electives may, in consultation with
their adviser, seek approval from the department to complete
major requirements with as many as four upper division
courses from other institutions.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in biology and 3.0 overall and one of the following: a) one course of approved independent study (BIO
499), b) a research internship combined with BIO 497, or c)
participation in the Mayo Innovation Scholars Program. BIO
497and BIO 499 projects should be submitted to the department for approval by Sept. 30 of the senior year or Feb. 28
in the case of students planning to graduate in the following December. BIO 497 and BIO 499 projects must include
public presentation and a written report approved by the
department.
Minor
A course in general chemistry and five biology courses
including BIO 151, 152, 253, and two upper division courses.
The majority of courses in biology must be taken at Augsburg
College.
Other Requirements
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged
to work closely with members of the biology faculty. Biology
majors must have an adviser in the biology department.
BIO 151 and 152 and Principles of Chemistry (or General
78
Chemistry) should be taken in the first year, and BIO 253
and Organic Chemistry (when appropriate) in the second
year. Students should complete their math requirements early
in their college careers. A GPA of 2.0 for BIO 151, 152, and
253 is a prerequisite for enrollment in upper division biology
courses. A grade of 2.0 or above is required for all supporting courses and upper division biology courses applied to
the major. Upper division biology requirements must be
traditionally graded. A GPA of 2.5 in upper division biology
courses is required for the life sciences major.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Graduate programs in biological fields typically require two
semesters of general chemistry, organic chemistry, calculus and physics. Also required is extensive involvement in
research through Augsburg Experience, internships and/
or independent study. Careful consultation with a biology
adviser is recommended to select among coursework and
research options.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements
for biology teachers, the science portions of which are satisfied by the Augsburg life sciences major. The state requirements may be subject to change after publication of this
catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements. All upper division biology
requirements for secondary licensure must be completed
before beginning student teaching.
Post-Baccalaureate Teaching Licensure
Students who have earned a bachelor’s degree elsewhere and
seek life science teaching licensure at Augsburg are required
to complete a minimum of two upper division biology
courses at Augsburg with grades of 2.5 or higher. Required or
elective courses are determined by the department following
review of transcripts and prior to matriculation.
Beta Beta Beta
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national biology
honor society is open to those students who have completed
Biology
of science and the approach used by scientists
to gather and analyze data and propose and test
hypotheses are considered. (Prereq.: MPG 2 and
pass CT assessment or GST 100. Three hours
lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply
to the major or minor)
at least one upper division biology course and have a GPA of
3.0 in biology.
Cooperative Education and Service-Learning
The department works with the Strommen Career and
Internship Center in identifying and defining cooperative
education experiences in laboratories and other settings in
the Twin Cities.
Augsburg Student Association for Health Sciences
The Augsburg Student Association for Health Sciences exists
to serve all students preparing for post-baccalaureate study
and/or careers in medicine and allied health professions. It
facilitates volunteer and work opportunities, provides contact
with admissions representatives from several professional
schools, and arranges visits with alumni in several health
fields.
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the
human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours
laboratory. A student may not receive credit for
both BIO 121 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor. Prereq.: CHM 100 or another
chemistry course strongly recommended.
Spring)
BIO 121
Human Biology and Lab
An introduction to basic biological principles
with a human perspective and application.
Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics and genetic disease,
selected organ systems and disease, and the sustainability of life on earth. (Three hours lecture,
one three-hour lab. A student may not receive
credit for both BIO 121 and 103. Does not apply
to the major or minor in biology. Students are
strongly encouraged to take CHM 100 before
taking this class. Fall and spring)
Biology Courses
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey
of natural science. This course focuses on the
nature of science and major concepts of physics
and chemistry. Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three
one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 3)
BIO 151
Introductory Biology
First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to biology for science majors, including
cell and molecular biology, energy metabolism,
genetics. BIO 151, 152, and 253 must be taken
in sequence except by permission of instructor.
(Three hours of lecture, three hours laboratory,
some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: MPG 3 or
concurrent registration in MAT 105, concurrent
registration in CHM 105/115. Fall)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course focuses on
major concepts of earth science and biology.
Laboratory work will complement lectures and
will include the use of computers and electronic
sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
SCI 280
Introduction to Research
BIO 152
Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity
This is a topics course for discovery-based
research introducing concepts and skills based
on instructor-generated research projects. It
is offered through a selection-process based
on student interest, invitation, and interview
selection. It is recommended for students in the
Honors program and can also fulfill an Augsburg
Experience as an experiential course in research
if the student project results in presentation of
the work in subsequent semesters. All are welcome to apply. (Prereq.: Invitation to participate
in course; 0.5 course)
Second of a three-semester introductory
sequence. An introduction to evolution, ecology,
and biological diversity for science majors. BIO
151, 152, and 253 must be taken in sequence
except by permission of instructor. (Three hours
of lecture, four hours laboratory. Spring)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both
plants and animals are emphasized. The nature
BIO 253
Introductory Cellular Biology
Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function in tissues,
cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151,
152, CHM 106 or 116. Fall)
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 79
Biology
classification, morphology, behavior, life history,
and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. Fall: alternate
years)
80
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
Comparative anatomy, functional morphology,
and evolutionary morphology of vertebrates.
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. Spring)
BIO 355
Genetics
Principles of heredity, integrating classical and
molecular analysis. (Three hours lecture, four
hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253 and MAT 114
or 145 or 163 or 164 or PSY 215.)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and
plants, including the study of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151,
152, and ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112.
Fall)
BIO 369
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics,
and intermediary metabolism and its integration. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 253, CHM 352 and MAT 114 or
145 or 163 or 164 or PSY 215. Fall)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the processes involved in
photosynthesis, growth, development, and water
relations in plants including the relationship
of process to structure and life history. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 253, and ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL
112. Spring)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular
genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, the cytoskeleton and
select additional topics. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 369.)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation,
excretion, movement, and sensory perception
as well as neural and hormonal control of these
functions, emphasizing vertebrates. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 253 and MAT 114 or 145 or 163 or 164 or
PSY 215.)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur during embryonic
development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three hours lecture, four
hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253.)
BIO 475
Neurobiology
An introduction to the nervous system. Topics
to be studied include the electrical activity of
neurons, sensory and motor systems, mechanisms of learning and memory, animal behavior,
and human cognition. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253)
BIO 476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms.
Environmental, industrial, and medical issues
are discussed, with particular attention paid to
human pathogens. (Three hours lecture, four
hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253.)
BIO 481
Ecology
A study of interactions between organisms
and the biotic and abiotic environment. Topics
include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a survey of biomes, population and
community ecology, and conservation. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO 253 and MAT
114 or 145 or 163 or 164 or PSY 215. Fall)
BIO 486
Immunology
This course is a study of the body’s immune
defense. The course investigates the structure
and mechanisms of human body’s three lines of
immune defense. Protection from microorganisms and parasites, and cancer surveillance are
considered. The role of immunity in vaccination and transplantation, and mechanisms of
immune malfunction in allergy, autoimmunity,
and immunodeficiency are included. (Three
hours of lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 369. Spring)
BIO 490
Biology Keystone (.5 course)
A seminar course that fulfills the AugCore keystone requirement. Several important biological
issues that have ethical and societal implication
and ramifications are explored; including, the
topics of the vocation of a scientist, connections
between faith and science, and moral, ethical, and societal challenges faced by scientists.
(Prereq.: senior biology major. Fall and Spring)
SCI 490
Integrated Keystone (.5 course)
The Natural Science Keystone explores the
Biology
connections of science with the world at large,
including faith, vocation, ethics, and professional accountability. Students will reflect on science as a vocation and the philosophy of science
in a global context of the interconnectedness of
faith, reason, ethics, sustainability, and sociopolitical-economic situation. (Prereq.: senior
biology, chemistry, or physics major; P/N for 0.5
course)
BIO 495
Special Topics in Biology
Courses covering special topics not otherwise
covered by our other course offerings. Topics
may vary.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
BIO 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64. (Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. P/N only)
BIO 299
Directed Study
BIO 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64. (Prereq.: BIO 253. P/N only)
BIO 497
Independent Study/Research (.5 course)
(Prereq.: BIO 253. P/N only)
BIO 499
Independent Study/Research
(Prereq.: BIO 253. P/N only)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 81
Biopsychology
Biopsychology
The biopsychology major is designed to offer students an
integrative perspective on the biological basis of behavior.
Towards this end, students will take courses in both psychology and biology to gain exposure to a broad range of theories
and research covering a variety of topics such as cognition,
motor control, sensation/perception, emotion, and psychopathology. These topics will be studied at multiple levels of
analysis including genetic, neural, and environmental.
The biopsychology major will provide students with a
strong foundation of courses in neuroscience, statistics, and
chemistry. This broad training can help prepare students for
careers in research, medicine, public health, education, and
pharmaceutical or biotechnology industries.
Biopsychology Faculty
Matthew Beckman (Biology), Ralph Butkowski (Biology),
David Crowe (Biology), Stacy Freiheit (Psychology), David
Matz (Psychology), Dale Pederson (Biology), Bridget
Robinson-Riegler (Psychology), Nancy Steblay (Psychology),
Henry Yoon (Psychology).
Major
13 Courses
Psychology Courses:
PSY 105
PSY 215
PSY 315
PSY 355
Principles of Psychology
Research Methods and Statistics I
Research Methods and Statistics II
Biopsychology
Biology Courses:
BIO 151
BIO 152
BIO 253
BIO 495
Introductory Biology
Ecology, Evolution and Diversity
Introductory Cell Biology
Neurobiology
Psychology Electives (two required):
PSY 299
or PSY 360
PSY 354
PSY 410
PSY 491
PSYC 322
PSYC 407
PSYC 378
PYSC 486
82
Directed Study (Research in Biopsychology
Psychology Lab (two semesters)
Cognitive Psychology
Clinical Neuropsychology
Advanced Research Seminar
Sensation and Perception (StT)
Seminar in Behavioral Neuroscience (St.
Thomas)
Psychology of Language (Macalester)
Seminar in Neuropharmacology
(Macalester)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Biology Electives (two required):
BIO 355
BIO 369
BIO 471
BIO 473
Biol 356
Genetics
Biochemistry
Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology
Animal Physiology
Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience
(Macalester)
Keystone (one required):
BIO 490
Biology Keystone
PSY 396/399
Internship
SCI 490
Integrated Science
Note: Students will need to take the CHM 105/106 or
115/116 sequence to complete the biology courses. A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) and Writing (W) are embedded throughout
the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The
graduation skill in speaking (S) is met by completing COM
111 or 115. Transfer students must consult an adviser about
potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill
these skills.
Transfer course policy for majors
All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be
approved in writing by the department chair(s). Only those
biology and psychology courses successfully completed (2.0
or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer guidelines may only be
applied to introductory or elective credit for the major.
Business Administration
Department of Business
Administration—BUS, ACC,
FIN, MIS, MKT
Our mission is to prepare students for professional careers in
business or for graduate studies. This preparation involves
a curriculum that stresses analysis and communication,
emphasizes both theory and practice, and is shaped by the
needs of the business community. The department fosters
close ties with the corporate community that provide a
wealth of practical expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best serve both the student
and the community by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based, and socially aware.
Faculty
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (Chair), William M. Arden,
Nora M. Braun, John C. Cerrito, Peggy M. Cerrito, C. Lee
Clarke, David A. Conrad, John A. Furia, Marc D. Isaacson,
Amin E. Kader, Ashok K. Kapoor, Steven J. LaFave, Laura
K. Lazar, Lori L. Lohman, Rosanne E. Malevich, Marc C.
McIntosh, Fekri Meziou, Milo A. Schield, David G. Schwain,
Kathryn A. Schwalbe, Peter J. Stark, Stuart M. Stoller,
Jennifer Grant
General Requirements
Majors
The Department of Business Administration offers seven
majors: business administration (BUS), accounting (ACC),
finance (FIN), international business (BUS), management
(BUS), management information systems (MIS), and marketing (MKT—day program only).
Specializations
Specializations provide students majoring in a field of study
the opportunity to deepen their knowledge of a particular
aspect of this major area. Within the business administration
major there are two specializations: marketing (WEC only)
and music business. Within the accounting major there are
three specializations: general accounting, public accounting,
and managerial accounting.
Minors
Minors provide students the opportunity to study and obtain
a professional credential in an area of study that is in addition
to their major. Minors are available to students majoring in
fields outside the Department of Business Administration,
in addition to students majoring in other areas in the
Department of Business Administration. The Department of
Business Administration offers six minors: business administration, international business, music business, accounting,
management information systems, and marketing.
Certificate Programs
Certificate programs in the Department of Business
Administration are designed to meet the needs of working
people looking for specific skills to help them in their job, or
to pursue a new career. The department offers certificates in
information technology, business management, and business
finance through the Weekend College program. Certificate
requirements are listed in management, finance, and management information system sections of the catalog.
Transfer Students
Transfer students must complete at least four of the upper
division courses required in the major at Augsburg, or at
least three courses in the minor, or obtain an exemption from
the department. Transfer courses must be approved by the
department. Courses taken more than 10 years ago will not
be accepted.
Advising
Students who plan to major in business administration,
accounting, finance, international business, management,
MIS, or marketing are strongly encouraged to select a
departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This should
be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In
addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel majors
on their careers, assist majors in obtaining internships or
jobs, and provide letters of recommendation for prospective
employers or graduate programs.
Internships
Students are strongly encouraged to work with the Strommen
Career and Internship Center and department faculty to
obtain an internship (BUS/ACC/FIN/INS/MIS/MKT 399)
during their junior or senior year. Internships can provide
students with experience that may be valuable in competing
for jobs after graduation. Advisers should be consulted about
internships.
Study Abroad
The Department of Business Administration faculty actively
support international study.
For additional details, see the section on International
Partners under International Studies in this catalog, or
consult the departmental coordinator and/or the department
administrator, for international business or other overseas
opportunities.
Entrepreneurship
Non-business majors are encouraged to take BUS 254
Entrepreneurship.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 83
Business Administration
Business Administration—
BUS
The major in business administration prepares students for
professional careers in business administration or for graduate studies. The two specializations within this major share a
common business core. This common core provides students
with a broad foundation so they can readily adapt to internal
changes in interests and goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities.
Degree and Major Requirements
Business Core
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
Introduction to Financial Accounting
ACC 222
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
BUS 242
Principles of Management
or BUS 200
Exploring Business as a Vocation
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
FIN 331
Financial Management
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490
Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone Requirement. (See course
description under Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Specialization in Music Business
Business Core* plus eight courses:
MUS 105
The Music Business
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management and Concert Promotion
MUS/BUS 399 Internship
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
One additional music business elective (1.0 credit taken at
Augsburg or MSCM)
3 MUS credits
or 2 MUS credits and 1 MUE credit, selected from:
(2 credits must be in residence at Augsburg)
MUS 101
Materials of Music I
MUS 111
Aural Skills I
MUS 102
Materials of Music II
MUS 112
Aural Skills II
MUS 130
Intro to Music and the Fine Arts
MUS 220
Worlds of Music
MUS 241
History of Jazz
(other MUS courses as approved by adviser)
*Music business majors may substitute BUS 254 in place of
BUS 242 or 200.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the
84
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
business administration major, music business specialization.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Specialization in Marketing (Weekend College students
only)
Business core plus five courses:
ECO 112
BUS 264
or BUS 379
Principles of Macroeconomics
Statistical Literacy for Managers
Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics
MKT 352
Marketing Research
MKT 355
Marketing Communications
or MKT 357 Advertising
MKT 450
Marketing Management
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the
business administration major, marketing specialization.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Combined Major in Business Administration and
Economics
Eleven courses including:
ACC 221
ACC 222
BUS 242
or BUS 200
MKT 252
BUS 379
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
Principles of Management
Exploring Business as a Vocation
Principles of Marketing
Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics
or FIN 331 Financial Management
and one other upper division business administration,
accounting, finance, MIS or marketing course.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics course
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the
combined major in business administration and economics.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Minor in Business Administration
Six courses including:
ACC 221 and 222, BUS 242 or 200, ECO 112 or 113, FIN 331
or BUS 264 or 379, MKT 252. Other configurations may be
Business Administration
permitted with the approval of the department chair.
Minor in Music Business
BUS 264
Statistical Literacy for Managers
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence for
management decisions. Analysis of business cases
involving non-financial data. Focus on predicting,
understanding, and managing variation: modeling, sampling, optimizing, etc. Reviews descriptive and inferential statistics. Uses spreadsheets
for statistical analysis (trends and confidence
intervals). Includes the generation and analysis
of survey data. Uses Monte Carlo simulation
in business forecasting. Focus on communicating results in a form that facilitates decisions by
non-quantitative managers. Attention to alternate
choices, sub-optimization, and unanticipated
consequences. Optional topics include process
control, six-sigma, data mining, and dashboard
metrics. (Prereq.: MPG 3 and MIS 260 or equivalent. WEC and evening schedule: Additional
evening sessions are required.)
Eight courses including:
MUS/BUS 105, ECO 113, MIS 260, ACC 221, MUS/BUS 399,
and one of the following: MUS/BUS 245, BUS 254, plus two
additional music course credits beyond MUS 105 and MUS
399 (maximum of 1 credit in MUE and/or MUP courses).
This minor is a collaborative program between the music
and business departments. The minor is a course of study
designed both for the music major desiring additional preparation in business and for the non-music major interested in
pursuing a career in the music industry.
Departmental Honors
To complete departmental honors in Business Administration,
students whould consult with the department chair.
Business Administration Courses
BUS 200
Exploring Business as a Vocation
This course is intended to introduce you, the
student, to the possibility of pursuing a career
in business as a vocational calling. In this course
you will be exposed to the key areas of business
operations including: management, marketing,
management information systems/technology,
finance, accounting, and international business.
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning, and control. The
nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional
manager.
BUS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and readings in the areas of business
administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 301
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
(Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:
BUS 242 or BUS 200)
BUS/MUS 245 Arts Management and Concert Promotion
A study of the role of the artist manager in career
development and the role of the arts administrator in the management of performing arts projects
and organizations. Factors affecting trends and
earnings, challenges within the industry, and differentiation between the for-profit and non-profit
sectors are discussed. Emphasis is placed on
developing a working vocabulary of industry topics and in benefiting from practical field experience. (Prereq.: BUS/MUS 105)
BUS 254
Entrepreneurship
The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this idea successfully.
Examines the construction of a viable business
plan with attention to the resources needed for
success.
BUS 362
International Business
This course views international business from a
global perspective, including views of the U.S.
government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each topic is supported with real-life case
studies (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242
or BUS 200 or MKT 252 and ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111)
BUS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
How to read and interpret data to make better
business decisions. Topics include descriptive statistics (emphasis on confounding and conditional
reasoning) and statistical inference (confidence
intervals and statistical significance). Software
used is either Minitab or Excel. (Prereq.: MIS 260
and either MPG 3 or completion of MAT 171.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 85
Business Administration
WEC and evening schedule: Additional sessions
are required, usually on a weekday evening.)
BUS 440
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to long-range
planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint
with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or BUS 200)
BUS 465
International Management
This course analyzes several factors influencing
behavior in the workplace and the board room,
including skills needed to manage across national
borders. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111
and BUS 242 or 200; BUS 362 recommended.)
BUS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics
Advanced modeling using computer software.
Specific topics may include multivariate modeling
PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq.: BUS 379. On
demand)
BUS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
86
BUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
BUS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
BUS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Accounting
Accounting—ACC
The major in accounting prepares students for professional
careers in a wide variety of accounting-related positions.
This major has two tracks: general accounting and professional accounting. The general accounting specialization
is adequate for a wide variety of positions. The professional accounting track includes two specializations: public
accounting and managerial accounting. The public accounting specialization is recommended for positions with CPA
firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions with large or rapidly-growing companies.
The two professional specializations relate to two
professional designations: the CPA and the CMA. A certified
public accountant (CPA) focuses on external reporting; a
certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting. The public accounting specialization includes
the materials emphasized on the CPA exam; the managerial
specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CMA
exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in addition to passing the national exam.
Under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy,
accounting majors in the public accounting specialization are
qualified to sit for the CPA examination after graduation.
Effective May 2006, students will need to complete the
equivalent of 150 semester hours of education to be licensed
as Certified Public Accountants (CPAs). This can be completed in four years through accelerated undergraduate work.
Another option is to complete a four-year bachelor’s degree
plus a master’s degree.
Degree and Major Requirements
Accounting Major
Business Core Requirements
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
ACC 222
BUS 242
or BUS 200
ECO 113
FIN 331
MIS 260
MKT 252
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
Principles of Management
Exploring Business as a Vocation
Principles of Microeconomics
Financial Management
Problem Solving for Business
Principles of Marketing
Required Accounting Courses
Seven courses including:
ECO 112
BUS 301
BUS 379
ACC 322
Principles of Macroeconomics
Business Law
Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics
Accounting Theory and Practice I
ACC 323 Accounting Theory and Practice II
ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
ACC 425 Advanced Accounting
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY
490 Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the
Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement.
(See course description under Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Specialization in General Accounting
No additional courses required.
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting core plus: ACC 326 Tax Accounting; ACC 423
Auditing.
Specialization in Managerial Accounting
Accounting core plus ACC 424 Internal Audit and
Management Consulting or ECO 318 Management Science
and MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the
Organization.
Joint B.A. in Accounting and Master of Arts in
Leadership
A BA in accounting and an MA in leadership (MAL) can be
earned in this five-year program designed for students who
wish to qualify for CPA certification and obtain a master’s
degree. By the end of the fifth year and successful completion of all requirements, the student receives both a BA in
accounting and an MA in leadership and will have fulfilled
the 150-hour requirement to qualify for the CPA certification. The MAL program offers a large number of courses on a
weekend schedule. Please refer to the MAL program catalog
for a complete list of course offerings.
It is recommended that the students meet with an
accounting adviser to create an effective plan for successful
completion of the five-year program.
Requirements:
1. Students must apply for admission to the MAL program at the end of their junior year. The application process
includes: submission of a completed application form, three
letters of recommendation (two from professors and one
from an employer), a personal statement, an example of
writing in an academic paper, a GPA of at least 3.30, and an
interview with a three-person panel from the MAL program.
2. Students must also have faculty endorsement from the
accounting program.
3. Students must complete at least one year of accounting work experience (either a job or internship) by the time
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 87
Accounting
BUS 379 or MAT 163 or 373, MKT 252, or consent of instructor)
they graduate from the MAL program.
Program Coordinator: Stu Stoller
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221, 222; FIN 331 or ACC 324; ACC 322, 323
and one of the following: MIS 260, BUS 379, ECO 112, or
113.
This minor is recommended for majors in MIS and
finance.
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions
of planning and compliance for income taxes.
(Prereq.: ACC 221, FIN 331, ECO 112, 113, or
consent of instructor)
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on the CPA’s role to form the basis
of opinion on a set of financial statements.
(Prereq.: ACC 323 and ENL 111 or 112, or HON
111)
Accounting Courses
88
ACC 221
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle, and preparation of financial
statements.
ACC 222
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost
accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts
and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.:
ACC 221)
ACC 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology, and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with
emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, valuation
concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant
issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of
financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB
statements, and other relevant issues as applied
to liabilities and stockholders’ equity. (Prereq.:
ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making.
Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as
well as other quantitative and behavioral topics.
(Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242 or BUS 200,
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
ACC 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective management environment. Students work with companies to help
solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.:
ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242 or BUS 200,
BUS 379 or MAT 163 or 373, FIN 331, MIS 260
or 270, MKT 252, and ENL 111 or 112, or HON
111)
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership
accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC
323)
ACC 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ACC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
ACC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
ACC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
ACC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
Finance
Finance—FIN
The finance major prepares students for professional careers
in corporate finance and the financial services industry.
Besides careers in the finance/accounting area in all businesses large and small, this major leads to careers in banking,
brokerages, insurance, and investment banking.
Courses focus on financial theory and practice, investments, accounting theory, money and banking, and international finance.
Students are encouraged to complete an internship prior
to graduation.
Proficiency in the use of spreadsheets such as Excel is
expected.
Coursework provides a foundation for graduate school
and professional career examinations such as the Chartered
Financial Analyst (CFA), conducted by the CFA Institute.
Degree and Major Requirements
Finance Major
description under Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Business Finance Certificate Program
The Business Finance Certificate provides students with the
knowledge needed to pursue positions in the banking or
brokerage industry, provides basic background for Series 6,
7, 63 examinations and will partially meet requirements for
the Level I CFA examination. It is designed for students who
want to supplement a previously obtained bachelor’s degree
or who are looking to enhance skills in their current job or
to pursue a new career. The Business Finance Certificate is
available to non-finance majors and is available through the
Weekend College program. The certificate consists of six
courses: ECO 112, ACC 221, FIN 331, 433, 438, and ECO
315.
Students are required to be in math placement group
3. They must also have a background in computer skills
(especially spreadsheets), or take MIS 260 before admission
to the certificate program. Students must achieve a minimum
2.00 grade point average in all Business Finance Certificate
courses.
Finance Core Requirements
Finance Courses
Seven courses including:
FIN 240
Personal Finance
Introduction to personal financial planning and
budgeting, credit management, income taxes,
insurance, real estate, investments, retirement,
and estate planning. (This course is typically
offered online in the summer.)
ACC 221
ACC 222
BUS 242
or BUS 200
ECO 113
FIN 331
MIS 260
MKT 252
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
Principles of Management
Exploring Business as a Vocation
Principles of Microeconomics
Financial Management
Problem Solving for Business
Principles of Marketing
FIN 331
Financial Management
This course includes financial statement analysis, risk and return, security valuation, capital budgeting, capital structure, and working
capital management. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or ECO
113, ACC 221, and MPG 3. This course is also
offered as an online option in summer.)
Required Finance Courses
Eight courses including:
ECO 112
BUS 301
BUS 379
ACC 322
FIN 433
FIN 438
FIN 460
ECO 315
Principles of Macroeconomics
Business Law
Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Investment Theory
International Finance
Money and Banking
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Note: Finance majors are encouraged to take KEY 490
Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement. (See course
FIN 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
This course includes readings and case discussions on markets, financial strategy, capital
structure and payout policies, raising capital,
risk management, corporate restructuring, and
corporate governance. (Prereq.: FIN 331)
FIN 438
Investment Theory
This is an introduction to investment decisionmaking and portfolio management-theory and
practice. Other topics include valuation principles and practices, risk and return analysis,
and derivatives. (Prereq.: FIN 331 and ENL 111
or 112 or HON 111)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 89
Finance
90
FIN 460
International Finance
This course develops tools for practicing
multinational financial management including currency exchange rates, risk, forecasting,
spot and forward rates, hedging, international
monetary and trade flows as represented in the
accounting and macroeconomic identities for
current account and trade deficits. This course
extends the framework of financial management
to include international transactions as well as
ethical considerations. (Prereq.: FIN 331)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
International Business—
BUS
The objective of the international business major is to prepare students for the increasingly competitive and interdependent international business world with which they must
cope. There is great and growing need for American graduates to be better informed about how to compete and do
business outside the U.S. as well as in the U.S. market where
much of their competition is from foreign firms.
Students will learn about business transactions between
and within countries, the laws and logistics of international
trade, and investments made in foreign markets. Knowledge
of other cultures is crucial to being a successful international
business person. Besides your studies in business, finance,
banking, and the like, you will also learn about different
cultures and societies.
A major in international business will lead you to exciting careers in a global context.
ded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the international business major.
Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113; ACC 221; BUS 242 or 200 or MKT 252,
and three courses in international business (one may be in
international economics).
Students should consult the area coordinator concerning
acceptable alternatives in international economics.
International Business Courses
BUS 362
This course views international business from a
global perspective, including views of the U.S.
government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each topic is supported with real-life
case studies (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS
242 or BUS 200 or MKT 252 and ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
BUS 465
This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and the board
room, including skills needed to manage across
national borders. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111 and BUS 242 or 200. BUS 362 recommended).
MKT 466
Examination of issues and activities unique to
marketing in an international setting. Emphasis
on adaptation of a marketing mix according
to the international marketing environment.
(Prereq.: MKT 252).
Degree and Major Requirements
International Business Major
Business Core Requirements
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
ACC 222
BUS 242
or BUS 200
ECO 113
FIN 331
MIS 260
MKT 252
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
Principles of Management
Exploring Business as a Vocation
Principles of Microeconomics
Financial Management
Problem Solving for Business
Principles of Marketing
Required International Business Courses
Six courses including:
ECO 112
BUS 264
or BUS 379
Principles of Macroeconomics
Statistical Literacy for Managers
Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics
BUS 362
International Business
BUS 465
International Management
MKT 466
International Marketing
And one additional upper division course in either international business or international economics.
Students must also complete three semesters of a foreign
language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be
waived for international students. Contact the international
business coordinator for details on language equivalents or
other configurations.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embed-
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 91
Management—BUS
The major in management prepares the student for a wide
variety of careers in supervision and senior management.
Peter Drucker once commented that effective management is
probably the main resource of developed countries and the
most needed resource of developing ones.
The role of a manager is to guide the organization and
its employees toward the accomplishment of goals. The skills
developed in the study of this major are applicable in businesses of any size and in both the for-profit and non-profit
sectors.
In addition to the general business core courses, students take courses in human resources, strategy, international
management, project management and/or quantitative methods of management.
Degree and Major Requirements
Management Major
previously learned skills, change or explore a new career, or
increase their value in the job market. It is available through
the Weekend College program. Students may begin by completing the Business Management Certificate Program and
continue on to complete a bachelor’s degree in management.
The certificate consists of five courses: BUS 242, 340, 440,
465, and one of the following: BUS 254, MIS 376, or ECO
318.
Management Courses
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the firm and society.
(Prereq.: BUS 242 or 200).
BUS 440
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to long-range
planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint
with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or BUS 200).
Business Core Requirements
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
ACC 222
BUS 242
or BUS 200
ECO 113
FIN 331
MKT 252
MIS 260
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
Principles of Management
Exploring Business as a Vocation
Principles of Microeconomics
Financial Management
Principles of Marketing
Problem Solving for Business
Required Management Courses:
Six courses including:
ECO 112
BUS 264
or BUS 379
BUS 340
BUS 440
BUS 465
MIS 376
or ECO 318
Principles of Macroeconomics
Statistical Literacy for Managers
Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics
Human Resource Management
Strategic Management
International Management
Project Management
Management Science
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the management major.
Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Business Management Certificate Program
The Business Management Certificate Program is designed
for students who want to add to a current degree, update
92
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
BUS 465
International Management
This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and the board
room, including skills needed to manage across
national borders. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111 and BUS 242 or 200. BUS 362 recommended).
Management Information Systems
Management Information
Systems—MIS
The major in management information systems prepares
students for professional careers in information systems such
as application developer, business systems analyst, IT consultant, or project manager. MIS studies information systems
as both a resource and a tool for decision-making. Students
learn to analyze and evaluate existing systems and to design
and develop new systems. MIS is an extensive major (16
courses) and includes courses from computer science,
mathematics, economics, business, accounting, finance, and
marketing as well as from MIS.
Degree and Major Requirements
Management Information Systems Major
Business Core Requirements
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
ACC 222
BUS 242
or BUS 200
ECO 113
FIN 331
MIS 260
MKT 252
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
Principles of Management
Exploring Business as a Vocation
Principles of Microeconomics
Financial Management
Problem Solving for Business
Principles of Marketing
Required MIS Courses
these skills.
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY
490 Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the
Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone Requirement.
(See course description under Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Minor in MIS
Six courses including:
MIS 260, ACC 221, MIS 375, ECO 113, BUS 242 or 200 or
MKT 252, and MIS 376 or ECO 318.
Information Technology Certificate
The Information Technology (IT) Certificate program is
comprised of six courses, which are part of the Management
Information Systems (MIS) degree program. Non-degree
seeking students can complete these six courses to earn the
certificate. The certificate is available through the Weekend
College program. Students who do not have a degree are
eligible to go on with their studies to complete the bachelor’s
degree in MIS. The six certificate courses are: MIS 260, 270,
375, 376, CSC 160 and CSC 240.
Students can vary the order of courses taken. However,
MIS 260 should be the first MIS course, and CSC 160 should
be the first CSC course taken. Students are required to meet
a math proficiency level of MPG 3 prior to entering this
program.
MIS Courses
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
This course applies advanced software capabilities like macros, Solver, and Scenario Manager
in Microsoft Excel as well as other simulation
and decision support tools for problem solving
in business through the use of realistic business
cases. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Six courses including:
BUS 264
Statistical Literacy for Managers
or BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics
MIS 270
Data Management for Business
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the
Organization
MIS 376
Project Management
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
MIS 270
Data Management for Business
Introduces the concepts of data modeling,
database structures, and relational databases.
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
Three required supporting courses:
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and readings in the area of management information systems.
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the
Organization
Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational objectives. Topics
include strategic planning and uses of information systems, business process analysis, and
understanding of the components in a technol-
CSC 160
CSC 170
or CSC 240
MAT 171
Introduction to Computer Science
Structured Programming
Introduction to Networking and
Communications
Discrete Math for Computing
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 93
Management Information Systems
ogy architecture. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or BUS 200
or MKT 252, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and
pass CT assessment or GST 100)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed
to initiate, plan, execute, control, and close
projects. Combines theories, techniques, group
activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft
Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable
changes. (Prereq.: MIS 260)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Develops skills in using systems development
methodologies and Computer Aided Software
Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used
include data and process modeling, file and
database design, and user interface design. A
course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.: MIS 260, 270,
and 375)
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Skills developed in previous courses are used to
complete an actual project of systems analysis
and design. (Prereq.: MIS 260, 270, 375, 376,
and 475)
MIS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current problems and
policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
94
MIS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
MIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
MIS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
MIS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Marketing
Marketing—MKT
Minor in Marketing
The marketing major prepares students for professional
careers in a wide variety of marketing functions within both
business and not-for-profit organizations. Career avenues
include marketing research, product management, marketing
communications (e.g., advertising, public relations, sales promotion), and sales. Marketing courses focus on integrating
both theory and practical applications, with an emphasis on
hands-on projects. Augsburg’s metropolitan location makes
it easy for marketing students to complete marketing plans,
research studies, and other projects for leading Twin Cities
companies and not-for-profit organizations.
MKT 252, MKT 355 or MKT 357, MKT 352, and two additional marketing courses.
This minor is recommended for anyone who wishes to
further their knowledge of the marketing field.
Five courses including:
Marketing Courses
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as
they affect product, promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions.
Degree and Major Requirements
Marketing Major
Business Core Requirements
MKT 350
Consumer Behavior
Consumer behavior theories and principles as
they apply to the consumer decision-making
process. Impact of attitudes, values, personality,
and motivation on individual decision processes.
Analysis of cultural, ethnic, social class, family,
and purchase situation influences. Application
to everyday purchasing situations. (Prereq.:
MKT 252 or consent of instructor)
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
ACC 222
BUS 242
or BUS 200
ECO 113
FIN 331
MIS 260
MKT 252
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
Principles of Management
Exploring Business as a Vocation
Principles of Microeconomics
Financial Management
Problem Solving for Business
Principles of Marketing
MKT 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making.
Emphasis on development of research proposal,
methodology, and collection and analysis of
data. (Prereq.: MKT 252, BUS 379 or 264, or
consent of instructor. For non-business majors:
An alternative to BUS 379 is another introductory statistics course with consent of instructor.
Augsburg statistics courses that will automatically fulfill the BUS 264 or 379 prerequisite for
non-business majors are MAT 163, SOC 362, or
PSY 215.)
Required Marketing Courses
Eight courses including:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
BUS 264
Statistical Literacy for Managers
or BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics
BUS 301
Business Law
MKT 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
MKT 450
Marketing Management
MKT 466
International Marketing
MKT 350
Consumer Behavior
or MKT 354 Sales Management
MKT 355
Marketing Communications
or MKT 357 Advertising
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY
490 Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the
Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement.
(See course description under Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
MKT 354
Sales Management
Formulation, implementation, evaluation, and
control of sales force programs designed to carry
out marketing objectives. Management of sales
force recruitment, departmental structure, training, motivation, territory allocation, quotas, and
compensation. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of
instructor)
MKT 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales
promotion design, evaluation, and personal
selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.:
MKT 252) Note: Either MKT 355 or 357 can be
taken for graduation credit, but not both.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 95
Marketing
MKT 357
Advertising
Introduction to print, broadcast, and Webbased advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and communications. Note: Either MKT 355 or 357 can be
taken for graduation credit, but not both.
MKT 450
Marketing Management
Application of marketing concepts to day-today strategies and long-term planning issues;
development and implementation of marketing
plans. (Prereq.: MKT 252, MKT 352, MKT 355 or
357, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and pass CT
assessment or GST 100, or consent of instructor)
MKT 466
International Marketing
Examination of issues and activities unique to
marketing in an international setting. Emphasis
on adaptation of a marketing mix according
to the international marketing environment.
(Prereq.: MKT 252)
MKT 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
96
MKT 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
MKT 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
MKT 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
MKT 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Chemistry
Chemistry—CHM
Chemistry is the science that examines and works toward
understanding changes in matter. Chemistry has been
described as the central science because matter includes the
entire physical world, such as the things we use, the food we
eat, and even ourselves. Correlating the insights of chemistry with physics, mathematics, and molecular biology opens
vistas that excite and offer opportunities to benefit the entire
world.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact
and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable
of providing a public understanding of their work, including
potential problems as well as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to
understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as
offered in the general education curriculum is imperative if a
chemist is to be both truly human and truly scientific.
Augsburg’s chemistry department is approved by the
American Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry
major that meets the chemistry background required by
many fields.
Consonant with these ideals, the Department of
Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its
students develop into mature scientists:
• To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth
to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry
major to compete successfully with their peers of similar
ability in graduate school or research positions, as well
as professional goals other than traditional positions as
chemists.
• To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will
want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities
arise.
• To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to integrate outside study areas with the sciences.
• To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science
majors as an example of the methodology of the natural
sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter,
the opportunity to examine change in the physical world,
and the reflection of the implications and limitations of
science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty
Joan C. Kunz (Chair), Ron L. Fedie, Vivian Feng, Arlin E.
Gyberg, David R. Hanson, John L. Lewin, Sandra L. Olmsted
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Major in Chemistry
CHM 115, 116
or CHM 105, 106
CHM 351, 352
CHM 353
CHM 361
CHM 363
CHM 491
General Chemistry I, II
Principles of Chemistry I, II
Organic Chemistry I, II
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Physical Chemistry I
Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
Chemistry Seminar (four semesters)
One course in biochemistry and one additional course from:
CHM 364
CHM 367
CHM 464
CHM 481
CHM 482
CHM 470
Physical Chemistry II
Properties of Polymers
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry
Also required:
PHY 121, 122
MAT 145, 146
General Physics I, II
Calculus I, II
Because upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146
in the first year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements
for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements.
Chemistry for Pre-Professional Students
Pre-medical students should plan to take at least three
courses (and usually more) in biology. Other pre-health and
pre-professional students (physician assistant, pharmacy,
engineering, etc.—see pre-professional program listings in
the Academic Information section) should consult the chemistry department for assistance in course planning early in
their college careers.
Bachelor of Science
American Chemical Society Approved Major
CHM 115, 116
or CHM 105, 106
CHM 351, 352
CHM 353
CHM 361, 363
CHM 364, 365
CHM 464
General Chemistry I, II
Principles of Chemistry I, II
Organic Chemistry I, II
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Physical Chemistry and Laboratory I
Physical Chemistry and Laboratory II
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 97
Chemistry
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three
one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
QF course. Prereq.: MPG 3)
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
One course in biochemistry
One course from:
CHM 367
CHM 470
CHM 495
Properties of Polymers
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry
Topics in Chemistry
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course focuses on
major concepts of earth science and biology.
Laboratory work will complement lectures and
will include the use of computers and electronic
sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
Also required are:
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar (four semesters)
MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, II, III
PHY 121, 122
General Physics I, II (should be taken
in sophomore year)
Recommended: Modern Physics, additional mathematics,
research experience, and computer proficiency.
CHM 102
Chemistry for Changing Times
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis
is upon developing basic chemistry concepts
using examples primarily from inorganic
chemistry. Does not count toward a chemistry
major or minor. CHM 102 includes a laboratory
experience. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
General Education Accommodation
BS chemistry majors are allowed a two-course reduction in
the general education program. See Graduation Requirements
modification section of this catalog.
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR),
and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout
the chemistry major for both BA and BS degrees. ENL 111
should be taken in the first year. The Speaking (S) skill is met
through COM 115 (or COM 111) and further developed in
upper division chemistry courses.
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry I
Topics in this course include an introduction
to matter, chemical change, chemical reactions,
chemical bonding and energetics. The sequence,
CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who
have not studied chemistry in high school or
who are less confident about their background
in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351
or 353 from CHM 106 and major in chemistry.
(Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2. and concurrent registration
with MAT 105, or MPG 3. Fall)
Departmental Honors
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics and 3.0 over-all; one course or summer of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Minor
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry II
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with
emphasis upon equilibrium, kinetics, and the
chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of
lecture, one three-hour laboratory. QF course.
Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring)
Five courses that must include:
CHM 105, 106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM 353, and any two
other chemisty courses above 300. At least one of the 300level courses must be taken at Augsburg.
Note: Credit will not be granted for both CHM 105 and
115, or for both CHM 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in
the course descriptions.
CHM 115
General Chemistry I
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding
theory with examples from inorganic chemistry.
(Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. QF course. Prereq.: high school chemistry,
MPG 4. Fall)
Chemistry Courses
Any course taken as a prerequisite for another course, including the first course in a two-term sequence, must be completed with a grade of P, or 2.0 or higher.
98
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey
of natural science. This course focuses on the
nature of science and major concepts of physics
and chemistry. Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
CHM 116
General Chemistry II
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on
equilibrium and solution chemistry including
kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour
lectures, one three-hour laboratory. QF course.
Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring)
Chemistry
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
352, 361. Spring, alternate years)
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step
synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by
means of modern theories of chemical bonds,
energy relationships, and reaction mechanisms.
(Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351;
spring: CHM 352)
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis
and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory
involves quantitative analysis of a variety of
samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three
hours of lecture, one four-hour laboratory. QA
course. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry I
Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of
chemistry: thermodynamics, quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145,
146; PHY 121, 122; pass CT assessment or GST
100. Fall)
CHM 363
Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces
students to techniques of data collection and
experimental application of concepts presented
in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to
be taken in the fall and involves experiments
related to CHM 361. (Two two-hour lab periods.
Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration,
and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall)
(.5 course)
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry II
Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361
applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture
topics include theory and structure-spectra
correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics
in organic synthesis. (Three hours of lecture, six
hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352, 353, 361
or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 470
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry
Medicinal chemistry examines the organic
chemistry of drug design and drug action.
Students study the mechanisms of drug transport across biological membranes, absorption,
distribution, and drug excretion; the relationship between structure and activity; molecular
recognition process in drug-receptor interactions; enzyme mechanisms; and the metabolic
pathways by which drugs are detoxified. Also
studied are the concepts used in the design of
therapeutic substances. (Prereq.: CHM 352. A
course in biochemistry is recommended. Spring,
alternate years)
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis.
Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy,
radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and
electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three
hours of lecture, one four-and-one-half hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353, 361 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using electrostatic and molecular orbital models. Reactivity
and bonding in coordination, cluster, and
organometallic compounds are considered. The
laboratory consists of preparations using a variety of techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one
three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352, 361 or
consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (.5 course)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester
and involves experiments relating to CHM 364.
(One four-hour lab period. Prereq.: CHM 364 or
concurrent registration. Spring)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors
are also invited to participate.
CHM 367
Properties of Polymers
Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistry relying on the organic, analytical,
and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold
the details of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM
(.0 course)
CHM 495
Topics in Chemistry
Study of a specific area building upon inorganic,
analytical, physical, and organic chemistry.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 99
Chemistry
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation
that may be obtained by working on a summer
research project (not counted as a course) or by
research participation during the academic year
(that may be counted as a course). Cooperative
education is an excellent opportunity to be
involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.:
junior or senior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
100
CHM 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
CHM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
CHM 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
CHM 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65. (Prereq.: junior or
senior standing).
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Clinical Laboratory Science
Clinical Laboratory
Science—CLS
Clinical laboratory scientists perform complex biological,
microbiological, and chemical tests on patient samples. They
also use, maintain, and troubleshoot sophisticated laboratory equipment in the performance of diagnostic tests. The
clinical laboratory scientist analyzes these test results and
discusses them with the medical staff. He/she also possesses
the skills required for molecular diagnostic tests based on
DNA and RNA technologies. In addition, the clinical laboratory scientist will find opportunities in test development,
experimental design, administration, and education.
The curriculum requires a minimum of six semesters on
campus to complete the prerequisite curriculum. Students
spend an additional 12 months of clinical education in a
hospital-sponsored, accredited program during their senior
year. A Bachelor of Science degree is awarded at the satisfactory completion of all required course work.
Admission to the clinical laboratory science major is
on a competitive basis. Students apply for admission to the
clinical laboratory science program early in the fall semester of the academic year just prior to the beginning of their
professional studies, typically in the junior year. Formal
acceptance into the hospital-sponsored program is based on
the submission of an application for admission to the major,
personal recommendations, review of academic performance,
and interview with the Program Admission Committee. A
minimum grade point average of 2.75 overall as well as in
science and mathematics courses is strongly recommended.
Acceptance into the hospital program is not guaranteed by
the College. The hospital program affiliated with Augsburg
is the Fairview Health Services. The program is accredited
by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory
Sciences (NAACLS), 8410 W. Bryn Mawr, Suite 670, Chicago,
IL 60631; 773-714-8880.
During the clinical component in an accredited hospital
program, students will register for 12.25 credits. The clinical
phase routinely begins in June with anticipated graduation
the following spring. Graduates of the program are eligible to
sit for certification examinations offered by national certification agencies.
Hospital affiliates of Augsburg College:
Fairview Health Services
Fairview Lakes Medical Center
Fairview Northland Regional Medical Center
Fairview Red Wing Medical Center
Fairview-Ridges Hospital
Fairview-Southdale Hospital
UMMC, Fairview-Riverside
UMMC, Fairview-University
Generalized four-year academic plan for clinical laboratory science (CLS) majors
To complete the program in four years, students must:
• achieve MPG 3 or 4
• qualify for ENL 111
• score above 45 on the critical thinking exam
• not require ENL 217/218
• meet graduation skills requirements within the major and
supporting courses
• satisfy the Engaging Minneapolis requirement with BIO
151/152
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W)
are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by
completing the major. The graduation skill in Speaking (S)
is met by completing COM 111 or COM 115. Consult your
department chair or academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Bachelor of Science in Clinical Laboratory Science–CLS
Required Courses
BIO 151
Introductory Biology
BIO 152
Evolution, Ecology, and Diversity
BIO 253
Introductory Cellular Biology
BIO 355
Genetics
BIO 369
Biochemistry
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
BIO 476
Microbiology
BIO 486
Immunology
CLS 400
Introduction to CLS
CLS 405
Body Fluids
CLS 410
Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
CLS 415
Clinical Immunology
CLS 420
Immunohematology
CLS 425
Clinical Chemistry
CLS 430
Clinical Microbiology
CLS 433
Virology/Mycology/Parsitology
CLS 435
Molecular Diagnostics
CLS 440
Laboratory Management and Education
CLS 445
Research Design and Methods
CLS 450
Applied Clinical Chemistry
CLS 455
Applied Hematology/Hemostasis
CLS 460
Applied Immunology
CLS 465
Applied Immunohematology
CLS 470
Applied Clinical Microbiology
CLS 475
Advanced Applications in CLS
CLS 480
Advanced Topics in CLS
CLS 485
Advanced Studies in CLS
Clinical Rotations
SCI 490 Keystone course
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 101
Clinical Laboratory Science
Required Supporting Courses for Bachelor of Science
CHM 105/106
or CHM 115/116
CHM 351/352
MAT 163
or MAT 164
COM 115
or COM 111
Principles of Chemistry
General Chemistry
Organic Chemistry
Introductory Statistics
Biostatistics
Scientific and Technical Public
Speaking
Public Speaking
Special core requirement courses and professional courses
must be completed with a grade of C (2.0) or above. Students
must meet all College graduation requirements including
general education, grade point, College residency, and total
credits.
diagnosis of immunodeficiency diseases, malignancies of the immune system, autoimmune
disorders, hypersensitivity states, and infection
by specific microbial pathogens. Laboratory
sessions offer exercises in methods for detection
of antigens and antibodies in patient specimens.
(Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 476 and 486; and
admission to the CLS program)
CLS 420
Immunohematology
Course covers aspects of the Blood Group
Systems, antibody screening, compatibility testing, blood donor service, selection of donors,
blood drawing, storage, preservation, components, records, and regulations for blood banks.
The laboratory section includes performance
of blood bank procedures, donor processing,
compatibility testing, antibody screening and
identification. (Prereq.: BIO 355, 369, and 486;
and admission to the CLS program)
Clinical Laboratory Science Courses
102
CLS 400
Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Science
Course is designed to provide the CLS student
with the basic laboratory skills required for the
laboratory component of the curriculum. This
course will also provide teamwork, leadership,
and interpersonal skills needed by healthcare
professionals. Current issues in CLS will also be
covered including ethics, government regulations, and concepts of total testing process.
(Prereq.: CHM 353; BIO 355 and 476; and
admission to the CLS program)
CLS 405
Body Fluids
Covers concepts related to the formation, distribution, and function of body fluids and their
chemical, physical, and cellular composition
in health and disease. Laboratory focus is on
performance, interpretation, and correlation of
results. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 355 and 473;
and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 410
Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
Course is designed to provide the CLS student
with the basic knowledge of hematology/hemostasis. Cellular components of the blood in
normal and diseased states, hemostasis principles, laboratory testing, interpretation, and the
correlation of results will be covered. Laboratory
component will focus on specimen preparation
red cell, white cell, and platelet identification
and enumeration, both microscopically and
electronically. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 355, 476,
and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 415
Clinical Immunology
Course in the application of immunologic
and serologic techniques used for the specific
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
CLS 425
Clinical Chemistry
The focus of the course is on the physiology of
body analytes and the organ systems, with an
emphasis on the corresponding clinical laboratory procedures and human disease states.
Discussion will include the clinical correlations of the analytical procedures data with the
diseases. The laboratory section covers skills
necessary to the performance of clinical chemistry test procedures. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 369
and 476; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 430
Clinical Microbiology
Course includes the study of bacteria, rickettsiae, chlamydia, and mycoplasma as they relate
to diseases in humans. Topics include clinical
signs and symptoms of the disease process,
specimen collection and processing, modes of
transmission, and methods of identification.
In the laboratory component, students will
process specimens from various body locations. Emphasis will be placed on isolation with
identification, selection of appropriate antibiotic
therapy, quality assurance, and safety. (Prereq.:
CHM 353; BIO 369, 476 and Immunology; and
admission to the CLS program)
CLS 433
Virology, Mycology, and Parasitology
Study of viruses, fungi, and parasites as they
relate to diseases in humans. Topics include
clinical signs and symptoms of the disease process, specimen collection and processing, modes
of transmission, and methods of identification.
Laboratory emphasis focuses on isolation and
identification, quality assurance, and safety.
Clinical Laboratory Science
(Prereq.: CHM 353; BIO 369, 479 and 486; and
admission to the CLS program)
CLS 435
Molecular Diagnostics
A course on the composition, structure, function and characteristics of DNA. Emphasis will
be placed on clinical laboratory methods used to
isolate, amplify, manipulate, and analyze DNA
sequences in order to integrate theory and practice. (Prereq.: CHM 353; BIO 336, 473, 476 and
486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 440
Laboratory Management and Education
Course is designed to introduce the clinical
laboratory science student to the principles of
laboratory administration. The seminar-format
course will focus on human resource management, operations management, and educational
methodologies appropriate for the supervisor
and laboratory manager (Prereq.: admission to
the CLS program)
CLS 445
Research Design and Methods
The course applies scientific method to clinical laboratory research problems, systematic
applications of hypothesis formation and decision making through research design principles.
Research proposal writing and the process
of institutional review board approval and
informed consent will also be covered. (Prereq.:
MAT 163 and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 450
Applied Clinical Chemistry
Rotation with daily lecture which applies the
principles of clinical chemistry in the clinical
laboratory. The course is designed to utilize and
build upon theoretical and applied knowledge
acquired in the previous didactic courses (CLS
400, 425) and apply it to the performance of
analytical procedures and management of the
clinical chemistry laboratory. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS 400 and 425)
CLS 455
Applied Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
Rotation with daily lecture which extends the
learning to the clinical hematology, hemostasis,
and body fluids laboratories. Students will gain
experience processing and analyzing patient
specimens with a wide variety of complex
procedures and instruments. Students will also
expand their identification and diagnostic skills
on microscopic analysis of hematology and body
fluid specimens. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS
program and CLS 400, 405, and 410)
CLS 460
Applied Immunology
Rotation with daily lecture which applies concepts and techniques learned in CLS 415. Using
patient specimens, students will gain experience
in the clinical immunological techniques, methods, and management of antigen-antibody reactions and identify the relationship to diseased
states. The rotation also includes the fundamentals of HLA testing and Flow Cytometry techniques with interpretation of results. (Prereq.:
admission to the CLS program and CLS 400 and
415)
CLS 465
Applied Immunohematology
Rotation with daily lecture which extends
the concepts and skills learned in CLS 420 to
the blood bank setting for the performance of
antibody identification techniques, hemolytic
disease problems, quality assurance management, solving of patients’ blood compatibility
problems, apheresis, and cell therapy. (Prereq.:
admission to the CLS program and CLS 420)
CLS 470
Applied Clinical Microbiology
Rotation with daily lecture which applies the
principles of CLS 430. Student will process a
variety of patient specimens in the microbiology
laboratory and gain experience with a wide variety of state-of-the-art procedures and equipment
for the isolation and identification of pathogenic bacteria, fungi protozoa, helminthes, and
viruses. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program
and CLS 430 and 433)
CLS 475
Advanced Applications in CLS
Selected study in one aspect of the practice of
clinical laboratory science, such as ancillary
biology, cytogenetics, outreach clinics, or industry. Rotation and lecture included. (Prereq.:
admission to the CLS program and enrollment
in applied courses)
CLS 480
Advanced Topics in CLS
This course will cover, at an advanced level, the
major areas of the clinical laboratory. Topics will
also include information on new directions in
laboratory testing with an emphasis placed on
its impact on current laboratory practice and
outcomes assessment. (Prereq.: admission to the
CLS program and CLS 405, 410, 415, 420, 425,
430, 433, 435, and 440)
CLS 485
Advanced Studies in CLS
A capstone research project required for satisfactory completion of the CLS program. Student
will complete a research project under the
supervision of a mentor. Course culminates in a
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 103
Clinical Laboratory Science
major paper and presentation. Area of emphasis
will be in one of the specialty or subspecialty
areas included in the clinical laboratory practice.
(Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and
senior standing)
104
CLS 499
Independent Study in CLS
Individual reading or research under the guidance of a CLS instructor. (Prereq.: admission to
the CLS program; repeatable for maximum of
one credit)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Communication Studies
Communication Studies—
COM
Our discipline is grounded in rhetorical and scientific principles and is guided by the need to make communicative
choices that are artful, ethical, and effective. Students who
major in communication studies are concerned with interpersonal relationships, mass media, public advocacy and social
influence, group and organizational dynamics, and intercultural dimensions of communication.
Prospective majors should meet with a departmental
adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Organizational Communication Emphasis
Appropriate for: business-related careers such as professional
manager, sales, management consulting, technical consulting,
internal communications, organizational or industrial consulting, human systems analyst or designer, and also graduate
programs in organizational studies.
Four additional electives from the following: COM 345
(required), COM 321, 326, 329, 356, 399, 480, 499; BUS
242, 340; PSY 271, 325, 373; SOC 265, 349, 375
Supervisory Management Emphasis
Appropriate for students seeking management careers.
Four additional electives from: BUS 242 or 440
(required); COM 321, 326, 329, 356, 399, 480, 499; BUS
340; ENL 223; MIS 260; PSY 373; SOC 349
Communication Studies Faculty
Human Relations Emphasis
Deborah Redmond (Chair), Kristen Chamberlain, Wes
Ellenwood, Robert Groven, Daniel Hanson, David Lapakko,
Emanuelle Wessels
Appropriate for students pursuing the study of how organizations manage their internal structure and personnel. People
who work in this area deal with such issues as discrimination, work rules, employee relations, etc.
Four additional electives from: BUS 340 (required);
COM 321, 326, 329, 345, 356, 399; PSY 373, 385; SOC 265,
349, 375
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Communication Studies Major
Twelve courses overall—eight required core courses and four
courses within one of eight emphases. For transfer students,
at least six of these courses must be taken at Augsburg.
Required of all communication studies majors:
COM 111
COM 254
COM 280
COM 351
COM 352
COM 355
COM 321
or COM 329
COM 490
Public Speaking
Interpersonal Communication
Introduction to Communication Studies
Argumentation
Persuasion
Small Group Communication
Business and Professional Speaking
Intercultural Communication
Senior Keystone
Professional Communication Emphasis
This emphasis is intended for students interested in studying
communication from an artistic and humanities perspective.
It is appropriate for career interests such as communication
graduate school, other professional graduate programs (e.g.
law school), rhetorical criticism, political communication
and being a professional trainer, communication consultant,
professional speaker, or speechwriter.
Four additional electives from the following: COM 321
(required), COM 329, 345, 356, 399, 499; THR 350, 360;
BUS 242, 301; ENL 220; POL 326, 342, 370; PSY 271, 325;
REL 383; SOC 362, 363
Marketing Communication Emphasis
Courses in this emphasis focus on the communication
aspects of the marketing-communication mix. This emphasis
is particularly helpful for students interested in an organizational role in marketing communication.
Four additional electives from: MKT 252 (required);
COM 120, 321, 326, 329, 356, 399, 480; MKT 352, 355, 357,
450; POL 342
Public Relations and Advertising Emphasis
Courses are designed to prepare students for the growing
fields of public relations and crisis management, as well as
advertising and promotional communication. An internship
in public relations, advertising, or a related field is required.
Four additional electives from: ENL 227 (required);
COM 120, 321, 326, 329, 345, 356, 399, 480; ART 132, 224,
225; BUS 242, 379; MKT 252, 355, 357; PSY 373; SOC 349,
POL 342
Mass Communication and Journalism Emphasis
Courses are designed to prepare students for entry into
television, film, journalism, e-media (both performance and
production), media criticism and policy, or graduate school
in mass communication or journalism.
Four electives from the following: ENL 227 (required);
COM 120, 243, 247, 321, 329, 348, 399, 499: ART 132, 215,
224, 225, 315, 330, 340; ENL 226, 228, 241, 324, 327, 427;
POL 342; THR 232, 233, 325, 350, 360; BUS 254, ENL 328
Graduate Study Emphasis
Courses in this emphasis would be especially helpful for
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 105
Communication Studies
students planning to do graduate work in such fields as communication studies, education, or law.
Four electives from the following: SOC 362 or ENL 420
(required); COM 120, 321, 329, 356, 499; PHI 230; POL 483;
PSY 215, 315; SOC 363, 375
For All Eight Emphases
We encourage all majors to participate in Augsburg’s interscholastic forensics program. Students should be aware that
the tournament season is essentially from October through
mid-March, and should plan schedules accordingly.
All Day majors should plan to include at least one
internship (COM 399) as one of their electives.
Students may petition the department to include as part
of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not
listed above. Such requests must be submitted in writing to
the departmental adviser for prior approval. Also, students
may petition to include up to three courses from other ACTC
schools as electives, with prior approval of the adviser or
department chair.
The Critical Thinking (CT) and Speaking (S) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses
and is met by completing the major. The graduation skills
in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) and Writing (W) are met by
completing the following courses:
QR/QFA: GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146, or PHI 230; OR
a QF: PSY 215, MAT 129, 163, or 173; AND a: QA: COM
352 (NOTE for Mass Communication only, COM 352 or ENL
327)
W: COM 351 and any 200 level writing course in
English
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure
Major
This major, which includes secondary education coursework
and student teaching requirements in the education department, offers students the preparation necessary to become
teachers of communication arts and literature in public
schools and allows them to become licensed to teach at the
middle school through the secondary level. Recommendation
for teacher licensure is granted only to students who complete the requirements for this program with a minimum
grade of 2.0 in major courses and with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50 in the major. All requirements in the major
must be completed prior to student teaching. The course
requirements for this program are listed in the Department of
English section of the catalog.
Departmental Honors
The honors major is designed to encourage overall excellence
as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of
special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain
106
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
a 3.50 GPA in the major and a 3.00 GPA overall, and, as part
of their major program, complete a substantial independent
project of honors quality (COM 499 registration). Honors
candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior
to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors
project.
Communication Studies Minor
Six courses including:
COM 111
or COM 115
COM 254
COM 280
POL 342
or COM 120
or COM 243
COM 351
or COM 352
COM 345
or COM 355
Public Speaking
Scientific and Technical Speaking
Interpersonal Communication
Introduction to Communication Studies
Mass Communication in Society
Mass Media and Popular Culture
Studio Production
Argumentation
Persuasion
Organizational Communication
Small Group Communication
Film Major
The Augsburg film major reflects our belief that students are
transformed through a well-rounded curriculum that encourages creativity, critical analysis and inquiry, ethical considerations, and an understanding of the synergy between theory
and practice. The major explores the tension between art and
commerce through dialogues with film industry members,
internship and mentorship opportunities, film symposia, and
our Film Artist series. Students will gain experience in scripting, directing, editing, and acting for both 16mm film and
digital. Students will be introduced to the study of film theory, criticism, and culture. Students are encouraged to double
major or to seek minors in related fields such as art, English,
theatre, philosophy, communication studies, women’s studies,
and American Indian studies, to name a few.
Film Faculty
Deb Redmond (Program Director), Michael Burden, Robert
Cowgill, Cass Dalglish, Wesley Ellenwood, Darcey Engen,
Doug Green, Martha Johnson, Elise Marubbio
Required of all Film Majors:
Six Core Courses
FLM 216
Film Production I
ENL 241
Intro to Cinema Arts
ENL 371
History of Cinema
FLM 420
Issues in Contemporary Cinema
COM 247
Documentary
THR 232
Acting
or THR 233 Acting for Camera
Five electives (three must be upper division) must be chosen
from the three defined tracks below in consultation with your
adviser who is designated by the program director. Note that
not all elective courses are offered every year, so alternatives
Communication Studies
within the track may have to be chosen.
Film majors should fulfill the Senior Keystone requirement in either the English Department or Art Department.
Track #1 Production: This track is designed for students interested in producing films/videos. Electives include: FLM 312
Film Production II, COM 243 Studio Production, COM 348
Digital Video Production, FLM 499 Independent Study, Art
132 Photography, ART 215 Design for New Media I, ART 315
Design for New Media II, ART 340 Digital Imaging, ENL 228
Broadcast and Online Journalism, MUS 130 Intro to Music
and the Fine Arts, PHY 119 Physics for the Fine Arts, THR
328 Stage Design, THR/FLM 230 Scenic Painting for State
and Film
Track #2 Performance: This track is designed for students
interested in acting and directing. Electives include: THR
233 Acting for the Camera, THR/ENL 325 Playwriting,
THR 366 Stage Direction, THR 328 Theatrical Design,
THR 360 Interpretive Reading, THR 350 Voice for Stage
and Screen,THR 499 Independent Study, ENL/FLM 328
Screenwriting, PHY 119 Physics for the Fine Arts
Track #3 Theory and Culture: This track is designed for students interested in analysis of film, film genres, and cultural context. Electives include: COM 120 Mass Media and
Popular Culture, ENL 221 Expository Writing about the
Arts and Popular Culture, ENL 228 Broadcast and Online
Journalism, ENL 240 Introduction to Literary Study, ENL
430 Advanced Studies in Theory and Method, FLM 499, AIS
364 Indigenous Filmmakers, AIS 264 American Indians in
Cinema, AIS 208/408 Native American Women and Film,
ART 240 Art History, PHI 260 Philosophy and the Arts, PHI
120 Ethics, PHY 119 Physics for the Fine Arts, SPA 248
Spanish and Latin American Culture through Film, REL 309
Religion at the Movies
COM 348
Digital Video Production
THR/ENL 325
Playwriting
or ENL/FLM 328 Screenwriting
THR/FLM 230
Scenic Painting for Stage and Film
THR 328
Stage Design
THR 366
Stage Direction
Note: For transfer students, at least three of these six courses
must be courses offered at Augsburg. Prospective minors
must obtain prior approval from a film faculty adviser.
Communication Courses
COM 111
Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and
overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students may
take only one of either COM 111, COM 112, or
COM 115 for credit. Fall, spring)
COM 112
Contest Public Speaking
Theory and practice of preparing speeches
for delivery in formal and contest situations.
Students are expected to attend three interscholastic speech tournaments and compete in at
least two of the following: informative speaking,
persuasive speaking, speaking to entertain, and/
or communication analysis. (Note: Students may
take only one of either COM 111, COM 112, or
COM 115 for credit. Fall)
COM 115
Scientific and Technical Public Speaking
An introduction to public speaking for students majoring in scientific or technical fields.
Includes the same foundational material as
introduction to public speaking, including delivery, argumentation, persuasion, and audience
analysis. This material is then applied to specific
contexts common in technical fields, with
special attention to distinguishing expert or lay
audiences and the use of technical vocabulary
and notation systems. (Note: Students may take
only one of either COM 111, COM 112, or COM
115 for credit.)
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing
(W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered
courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation
skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by completing
the following courses:
QR/QFA is satisfied by GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146,
PHI 230, or PHY 119
Film Minor
COM 120 Mass Media and Popular Culture
Six courses including:
ENL 241
FLM/THR 216
THR 232
or THR 233
COM 243
FLM/THR 420
Introduction to Cinema Art
Film Production I
Acting
Acting for Camera
Studio Production
Issues in Contemporary Cinema
Plus one of the following:
AIS 364
COM 247
This course is a survey of the mass media in
popular culture. Students will examine the
different types of mass media and will gain an
understanding of what popular culture is and
why it is important. The course examines the
importance of media criticism and the impact
that media have had on culture and society.
Students are encouraged to think critically about
media and media consumption.
Indigenous Filmmakers
Documentary
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 107
Communication Studies
FLM 216
Film Production I
This course demonstrates the basics of 16mm
filmmaking. The student will make short films
that demonstrate the art and process of shooting
in B/W.
hone students’ speaking skills. (Prereq.: COM
111 or 115)
COM 326
Building Working Relationships
This course explores working relationships in
a changing world. Self-assessment tools and
applied papers help participants gain a better
understanding of the role the individual plays
within the context of workplace relationships.
Emphasis is placed on interpersonal, group, and
organizational relationships. (Prereq.: Junior or
senior standing and at least one of the following
courses — SOC 121, SWK 260, BUS 242, BUS
252, PSY 102, PSY 105)
FLM/THR 230 Scenic Painting for Stage and Film
108
Scenic Painting is an introductory study of the
art of scenic painting for the stage, film, and
faux application. Through a series of foundational painting projects, reading assignments,
informal lecture, discussion, and a final cumulative painting project students will develop
the required skills and understanding of what
it means to be a scenic artist and what role the
scenic artist plays in artistry of theatre and film.
COM 243
Studio Production
Introduction to video production with an
emphasis on creative concept development,
script-writing, directing, and producing for
video. (Fall)
COM 247
Documentary
A video production course that integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on experience dealing
with nonfiction subjects.
COM 254
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships
and help to overcome communication barriers.
(Spring)
COM 280
Introduction to Communication Studies
An introductory survey course designed to
acquaint students with the world of ideas that
serves as the foundation for the field of communication studies. (Fall)
FLM 312
Film Production II
The focus of this course builds on the lessons
learned in FLM/THR 216 and adds the study of
color photography and sound design. Through
exercises and assignments the student will
develop skills in scripting, shooting, and editing
short films. (Prereq.: FLM 216)
COM 321
Business and Professional Speaking
This course explores advanced issues in public
address including delivery and performance,
vocal control, persuasion, audience adaptation,
argument construction, and speaker credibility. The class uses a series of speeches, ranging
from impromptu speaking and persuasion to job
interviewing and sales presentations, in order to
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
COM 329
Intercultural Communication
This course explores cultural differences and
their implications for communication, including
differences in values, norms, social interaction,
and code systems. (Spring: alternate years)
COM 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as
superior-subordinate relationships, management
styles, motivation of employees, organizational
culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of
communication problems.
COM 348
Digital Video Production
This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production
editing. Students work in production teams to
create and produce a one-hour magazine format
news program and music video. (Prereq.: COM
243 or 247)
COM 351
Argumentation
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the
theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and
analyze public arguments that confront students
in their everyday lives. (Prereq.: COM 111 or
115 or consent of instructor; ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111; and pass CT assessment or GST 100.
Fall)
COM 352
Persuasion
Examination of the process of influence in a
variety of social contexts, paying special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Prereq.: MPG 3; COM 111, 112, or 115
or consent of instructor; and a Quantitative
Foundations course. Please see full list of prerequisites in Records and Registration. Spring)
Communication Studies
COM 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on decision making, leadership styles,
and conflict management. (Spring)
COM 356
Advanced Interpersonal Communication
This course explores theories and concepts from
communication studies related to our understanding of self, other, relationships, and what it
means to lead a compassionate life. As such, it
provides students with an opportunity to probe
deeper into theories and concepts introduced
in COM 254 Interpersonal Communication.
(Prereq.: COM 254 or consent of instructor)
FLM 420
Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in
world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both contextualize the cinema they see in
appropriate and insightful ways, and to provide
a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them
read films as texts and to interpret the cinema’s
larger societal value and impact. (Prereq.: ENL
371)
COM 480
Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Public relations in the modern world of communication, marketing, and business. An overview
of public relations as a career and a survey of
basic promotional communication in profit and
nonprofit organizations. (Evenings)
COM 490
Communication Studies Keystone: Critical
Conversations about Communication and Vocation
A synthesis of communication theories and
application of those theories to each student’s
sense of vocation. This course satisfies the keystone requirement.
COM 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis
on the use of primary sources and methodology
of research.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
COM 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
COM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
COM 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
COM 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
FLM 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
FLM 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
Electives
See department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
ART 224
ART 225
ART 330
BUS 242
BUS 340
BUS 379
BUS 440
CSC 160
ENL 226
ENL 227
ENL 228
ENL 241
ENL 327
ENL 430
MKT 252
MKT 352
MKT 355
MKT 450
PHI 230
POL 342
POL 375
PSY 215
PSY 315
PSY 325
PSY 371
PSY 373
PSY 385
SOC 231
SOC 265
SOC 349
SOC 362
SOC 363
SOC 375
THR 232
THR/ENL 325
THR 350
THR 360
THR/FLM 230
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 109
Computer Science
Computer Science—CSC
The Department of Computer Science at Augsburg strives
to give students a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a BA and a BS major.
The coursework provides students a strong foundation in
computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than
on applications. We encourage students to strengthen their
coursework by electing an internship or cooperative education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us
with an excellent resource of such experiences for students,
and allows them to add practical applications to their education.
Computer Science Faculty
Noel Petit (Chair), Larry Crockett, Charles Sheaffer, Erik
Steinmetz, Shana Watters
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Computer Science Major
Twelve courses including:
CSC 160
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communication
CSC 170
Introduction to Programming
CSC 210
Data Structures
CSC 240
Introduction to Networking and
Communications
CSC 320
Algorithms
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
CSC 385
Introduction to Formal Logic and
Computation Theory
CSC 450
Programming Languages and Compilers I
CSC 451
Programming Languages and Compilers II
MAT 114
Precalculus (or MPG 4)
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics for Computing (recommended)
or MAT 145 Calculus I
And two electives from:
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261
Electronics
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
MAT 355
Numerical Mathematics
At least one elective must be an upper division course.
The Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) graduation
skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are
met by completing the major. Consult your academic adviser
for requirements for meeting the Quantitative Reasoning
(QR) graduation skill. The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is
met by:
a) COM 111 or 115 (115 recommended), or
110
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
b) A sequence of courses and presentations approved in
consultation with the computer science department. Consult
your academic adviser for details.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Bachelor of Science
Computer Science Major
Sixteen courses including:
CSC 160
CSC 170
CSC 210
CSC 240
CSC 320
CSC 345
CSC 385
CSC 450
CSC 451
MAT 145
MAT 146
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communication
Introduction to Programming
Data Structures
Introduction to Networking and
Communications
Algorithms
Principles of Computer Organization
Introduction to Formal Logic and
Computation Theory
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Calculus I
Calculus II
Two courses from:
MAT 245
MAT 246
MAT 247
MAT 271
Calculus III
Linear Algebra
Modeling and Differential Equations
Discrete Mathematical Structures (recommended)
And three electives from:
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261
Electronics
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
MAT 355
Numerical Mathematics
At least two electives must be upper division courses.
The Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) graduation
skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are
met by completing the major. Consult your academic adviser
for requirements for meeting the Quantitative Reasoning
(QR) graduation skill. The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is
met by:
a) COM 111 or 115 (COM 115 recommended), or
b) A sequence of courses and presentations approved in
consultation with the computer science department. Consult
your academic adviser for details.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Computational Economics
The computational economics major has been designed to
serve students with need for some basic understanding of
computer science and economics. The major requires six
Computer Science
courses from computer science, six from economics, and a
required capstone independent study. Students interested in
this major should consult with the faculty in computer science, in economics, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics, and Charles
Sheaffer, Department of Computer Science
Major in Computational Economics
Thirteen courses including:
MAT 145
CSC 160
Calculus I
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communication
CSC 170
Introduction to Programming
CSC 210
Data Structures
CSC 240
Introduction to Networking and
Communications
or CSC 320 Algorithms
or CSC 352 Database Management and Design
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 318
Management Science
ECO 315
Money and Banking
or EC0 415 Managerial Economics
CSC 499
Independent Study
or ECO 499 Independent Study
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S),
and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered
courses and are met by completing the major. Consult your
department chair or academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Computational Philosophy
Computational philosophy emphasizes areas of interest in
which philosophy and computer science overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and
philosophy of language. The major requires seven courses
from computer science, six from philosophy, and a required
capstone topics course. Students interested in this major
should consult with the faculty in computer science, in philosophy, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
David Apolloni, Department of Philosophy, and Charles
Sheaffer, Department of Computer Science
Major in Computational Philosophy
Fourteen courses including:
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics for Computing
or MAT 145
CSC 160
Calculus I
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communication
CSC 170
Introduction to Programming
CSC 210
Data Structures
CSC 320
Algorithms
CSC 373
Symbolic Programming and Artificial
Intelligence
CSC 385
Introduction to Formal Logic and
Computation Theory
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek
Philosophy
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and
Renaissance Philosophy
PHI 343
History of Philosophy III: Early Modern and
19th Century Philosophy
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century
Philosophy
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
or CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science
One upper division elective in philosophy
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S),
and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered
courses and are met by completing the major. Consult your
department chair or academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in computer science major courses, GPA of 3.10
overall, and an independent study project.
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including CSC 160, 170, 210, 345, one additional
upper division computer science course, and one of MAT 171
or MAT 145.
A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or
higher to be counted as completing a major requirement. A
course must also be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher
to count as a prerequisite for a subsequent computer science
course.
Computer Science Courses
CSC 160
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communication
An introduction to computer science topics in
hardware, software, theory, and computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits,
network concepts, the Internet, and programming. (Prereq.: MPG 3, recommend concurrent
registration with MAT 171 or complete CSC 160
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 111
Computer Science
transaction processing with a focus on the relation database. Advanced topics include security, other types of databases (e.g., distributed
databases, client-server architectures, object-oriented), emerging technologies, and applications.
(Prereq.: CSC 210; CSC 352 recommended)
prior to taking MAT 171)
CSC 170
Introduction to Programming
A study of problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a high-level
programming language. (Three hours of lecture,
one-and-one-half hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 160
and MPG 3, pass CT assessment or GST 100;
MAT 171 recommended)
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and
queues; recursion. (Three hours of lecture, oneand-one-half hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 170,
MPG 4, and one of MAT 145 or MAT 171; pass
CT assessment or GST 100)
CSC 240
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications,
information theory, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards,
network management, and general computer
interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3)
Symbolic Programming and Artificial Intelligence
An introduction to programming in functional,
symbolic languages, such as Lisp or Scheme.
A study of the foundation algorithms used in
the field of artifical intelligence. Applications
to selected problems from artificial intelligence.
(Prereq.: CSC 210 and pass CT assessment or
GST 100)
CSC 385
Formal Logic and Computation Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order
logic including logical connectives, proof theory,
and quantification. Formal models of computation including finite state automata, pushdown
automata, and Turing machines. Incompleteness
and uncomputability. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and one
of MAT 145 or MAT 171)
CSC 272
UNIX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C
programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other
language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
CSC 431
Introduction to AI Robotics
Robot components, robotic paradigms, mobile
robots, task planning, sensing, sensor fusion,
basic control concepts. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
CSC 320
Algorithms
CSC 440
Advanced Networking and Operating Systems
A systematic study of algorithms and their
complexity, including searching and sorting
algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and graph traversal
algorithms. The classes P and NP, NP-complete
problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.:
CSC 210, MPG 4, and one of MAT 145 or MAT
171; pass CT assessment or GST 100)
Network management; client/server databases
and workstations; TCP/IP and other network
examples. Elements of operating systems,
memory and process management, interactions
among major components of computer systems,
and a detailed study of the effects of computer
architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC
240 and 345)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and assembly language
programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MPG 4)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems,
query facilities, file organization and security,
and the development of database systems.
(Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 353 Database Architecture and Design
112
CSC 373
An introduction to the physical design and
tuning of database systems. Topics include
data storage, indexing, query processing, and
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
CSC 450
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include
formal languages, programming language syntax
and semantics, parsing, and interpretation.
Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.: CSC 345 or
concurrent registration, CSC 385 or concurrent
registration, CSC 320, and ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111)
CSC 451
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues.
(Prereq.: CSC 345, CSC 450, and CSC 385)
Computer Science
CSC 457
Computer Graphics
A study of the foundational algorithms required
for computer graphics. Topics include geometric algorithms, geometric modeling, graphics
techniques, graphical user interfaces, humancentered software development, computer animation, virtual environments and 3D immersive
rendering. (Prereq.: CSC 210, MPG 4)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer
science not included in other courses. This
course may be repeated, but may not be counted
more than twice as part of the requirements for
the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CSC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64. P/N grading only.
CSC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
CSC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64. P/N grading only.
CSC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 113
Economics
Economics—ECO
The Department of Economics offers a program that stresses
a strong theoretical background, quantitative analysis, and
an emphasis on national and international issues. Students
who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to
continue their education in a variety of fields or to work successfully in business and government because of the strong
liberal arts emphasis within the major.
The department offers five majors. The economics
major and the applied economics majors lead to careers in
the business world or government. Computational economics provides a liberal arts entry into the field of computer
science. The combined economics/business administration
major allows students great flexibility in order to explore
both fields. Finally, the teaching major in political science/
economics allows secondary education licensure students to
obtain a solid background for teaching economics.
The study of economics provides a firm foundation for
confronting change because it presents a disciplined way to
analyze and make choices. An economics major prepares students for community leadership and leads to a great diversity
of career opportunities including law, teaching, journalism,
private and public international service. Pre-law and potential Master of Business Administration students are especially
encouraged to consider economics as a major or a minor.
Students are able to combine an economics major with
other disciplines such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, management information
systems, political science, history, and area study programs.
Students who are interested in any type of quantitatively
oriented graduate program in economics or in business are
encouraged to either major or minor in mathematics. These
students should also take courses in computer science.
Consult an adviser for specific course suggestions.
Augsburg offers degrees in economics, applied economics, business and economics, computational economics, and economics and political science (education majors
only.) For the economics and applied economics majors, the
capstone experience is Economics 490 Research Methods in
Econometrics. Students in other majors should consult their
adviser for other alternatives.
Internships are recommended. Students must consult
with the department chair and the internship office before
registering for academic credit.
Note: Transfer students must complete at least three
upper division economics courses for a major and two for a
minor. Transfer classes must have been completed in the last
10 years with at least a 2.0 grade.
Economics Faculty
Jeanne Boeh (Chair), Kevin Bowman, Keith Gilsdorf, Stella
Hofrenning, Edward Lotterman
114
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Degree and Major Requirements
Major in Economics
Economics Core:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 490
Research Methods in Econometrics
and three other upper division economics courses
Supporting Classes
Statistics Class:
BUS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
Mathematics Class:
MAT 114
Precalculus
or MAT 145, 146 Calculus I and II
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112
ECO 113
ECO 312
or ECO 315
ECO 313
ECO 490
ECO 360
ECO 318
or ECO 415
ECO 350
ECO 399
or ECO 499
BUS 379
or MAT 163
ENL 223
PHI 120
or PHI 125
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Money and Banking
Intermediate Microeconomics
Research Methods in Econometrics
International Economics
Management Science
Managerial Economics
Labor Economics
Internship Program
Independent Study
Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics
Introductory Statistics
Writing for Business and the Professions
Ethics
Ethics and Human Identity
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Economics
Major in Computational Economics
See Computer Science.
Combined Major in Economics and Business
Administration
Economics Courses
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
This course studies the economic implications
of many problems facing a metro-urban environment especially in the areas of education, housing, and transportation and is designed for those
students who do not plan to major in economics,
business administration, or MIS.
Five economics courses:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics course.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade. Application of elementary
economic theory to current economic problems.
May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order.
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
Six accounting/business administration/MIS courses:
ACC 221
ACC 222
BUS 242
MKT 252
FIN 331
or BUS 379
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics
and one other upper division business course.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S),
and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered
courses and are met by completing the major. Consult your
department chair or academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory
of the household, firm, market structures, and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken
independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and
113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
expenditures, the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Teacher Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements
for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication of this catalog.
Students, therefore, should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Major in Political Science and Economics
See Political Science.
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via macromodels.
Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth, and the role of expectations. (Prereq.:
ECO 112 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of
factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.:
ECO 113 and pass CT assessment or GST 100.
Spring semester and winter trimester)
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Minor in Economics
ECO 112, 113, 312, 313, and one additional economics
upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted by consulting with the department chair. Note: Students
who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged
to select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to
carefully plan their program of study.
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, and the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to
aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on
monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112.
Fall/Spring semesters and winter trimester)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 115
Economics
116
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of
resources, including systemic changes in Eastern
Europe. Theoretical models are examined and
compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO
112 or 113: Every three years)
Integrates economic theory and corresponding
practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting,
estimation of demand and cost functions, and an
analysis of economic problems of relevance to
management. (Prereq.: BUS 379, ECO 313. On
demand)
ECO 318
Management Science
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of
the modern techniques of management science
to prepare students to make better business and
economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications
such as transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest
route, and inventory models. (Prereq.: ECO 113,
MPG 3. Fall semester and winter trimester)
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the
application of mathematical tools to the areas
of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Prereq.:
ECO 312, 313, MAT 122. On demand)
ECO 350
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of
production, determination of collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society.
(Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the
economic relations among nations. Development
of the basis for international trade, balance of
payments, exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring: alternate
years)
ECO 365
Environmental Economics
This course applies economic principles to the
management and utilization of society’s environmental resources. It analyzes the role of
externalities and the public policy approaches
designed to address those market failures,
including command/control and incentive-based
strategies. Policy issues examined include air
and water pollution, global environmental issues
like ozone depletion and global warming, and
environmental policy for developing countries.
(Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 370
International Economic Development
This course studies the major factors that affect
the economic standard of living in the developing world. It examines such issues as poverty
and income inequality, population growth,
education and health of society, agricultural
production, environmental externalities, and the
role of international trade and foreign assistance.
(Prereq.: ECO 112 or ECO 113. Spring: alternate
years)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
ECO 490
Research Methods in Econometrics
This course provides an introduction to the
application of statistical models and methods
to economic problems. Emphasis is on use of
econometric software to analyze data and to test
hypotheses. This course satisfies the keystone
requirement. (Prereq.: ECO 112 and ECO 113,
and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
ECO 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64. (P/N Grading only.)
ECO 299
Directed Study
ECO 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64. (Prereq.: 50% of the major or consent
of instructor. P/N grading only.)
ECO 499
Independent Study/Research
Education
Education—ECE, EED, ESE,
EDU, SPE
The Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based
teacher education programs that are accredited by the
Minnesota Board of Teaching and National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). These programs lead to recommendation for licensure to the State of
Minnesota for elementary (grades K-6); secondary (grades
5-12) in communication arts/literature, health, mathematics,
and social studies; grades 9-12 in life science, chemistry, and
physics; grades 5-8 in general science; and K-12 specialist
licenses in visual arts, physical education, music, and special
education: EBD and LD. (Note: special education: EBD and
LD are available in WEC only.) Optional endorsements for
an elementary license include preprimary, middle school
mathematics, middle school science, middle school social
studies, or middle school communication arts/literature. The
K-12 Reading Licensure endorsement is also available at the
graduate level to already licensed teachers.
Degree and/or licensure programs are available in both
weekday and weekend/evening formats. Weekend College
degree and licensure programs are limited to elementary,
secondary communication arts/literature and social studies, and K-12 visual arts and special education. Additional
teaching majors are available through the weekday program
and open to weekday and weekend students who can take
courses on a weekday schedule. All prerequisite, elementary
core, and professional education courses except fieldwork
and student teaching are available on a weekend or weekday late afternoon/evening schedule. Fieldwork and student
teaching must be completed during regular weekday hours.
All students must have some time available each term for
field experiences.
A graduate level licensure option is available in weekend/evening format to those already holding a BA degree.
Graduate courses taken for licensure can be applied to a
Master of Arts degree in education. Contact the Education
Department or the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office for
information.
Students in all degree and/or licensure programs must
apply for acceptance into the education department prior to
beginning 300-400 level courses. All students are required to
take the Minnesota Teacher License Exam (MTLE) in Basic
Skills—Reading, Writing, and Math—prior to beginning
300-400 level courses. Additional criteria for acceptance into
the education department are available in the department.
Students complete a semester of full-time student teaching
at the conclusion of their degree and/or licensure programs.
State law requires passing appropriate exams prior to recommendation for licensure: MTLE, Principles of Learning and
Teaching Test, and one or more subject matter tests.
The education department offers non-licensure majors
in elementary education and education studies. Contact the
department for details. The department also offers a special
education minor which is described at the end of this section
after course listings.
All students are assigned an education department
adviser at the outset of coursework. All students are expected
to become knowledgeable of programs and follow through
with department policies. Handbooks outlining programs
and policies are available through the education department.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students may participate in
an international student teaching program. Those interested
in further information should contact the education department at least one year prior to student teaching. Students
who teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the
Twin Cities area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
Note: Major changes in Minnesota elementary teacher
licensure will be implemented in fall 2010. No one may be
licensed under programs described in catalogs prior to 2010.
Students who entered the College under earlier catalogs
must comply with the requirements of the new licensure
programs.
Education Faculty
Lynn Lindow (Chair), Elizabeth Ankeny, Chris Brown,
Joseph Erickson, Jeanine Gregoire, Ann Grugel, Gretchen
Irvine, Anne Kaufman, Gregory Krueger, Susan O’Connor,
Vicki Olson, Donna Patterson, Ron Petrich, Linda Stevens,
Diane Vodicka, Dana Wagner, Barbara West
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 117
Elementary Education
Elementary Education—
EED/EDC
Elementary Major and Licensure
Requirements
Elementary education majors are required to complete the
following non-major and major courses. To be licensed they
must also complete a student teaching experience. Degreeseeking students follow the Bachelor of Science Liberal Arts
Foundation requirements.
Non-departmental core courses (requirements subject to
change—see Education Department for most current list):
ENL 111
HPE 115
Effective Writing
Chemical Dependency (.5)
Math sequence for non-math specialty students
MPG 3:
MAT 137 Math for Elementary Teachers I
(required)
MAT 138 Math for Elementary Teachers II
(required)
Science sequence for non-science specialty students
Option A is for weekday students who do not have collegelevel science courses in their background.
SCI 110
Natural Science I
SCI 111
Natural Science II
Option B is for weekday, weekend, and/or transfer students
with at least one college level science course accepted in
transfer or for weekday students who have already started
this sequence.
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
or EED 203 Elementary Education Physical Science
(summer school only; does not fulfill general education requirement)
EED 200
Elementary Education Earth Science (summer school only; does not fulfill general
education requirement)
BIO 102
The Biological World
Major Courses
Foundations Block I
EDC 200
Orientation to Education in an Urban
Setting
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools (.5)
and EDC 211 Minnesota American Indians (.5)
or EDC 206 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5)
Foundations Block II (courses from this point and on require
admissions to the department)
EDC 310
EED 386
118
Learning and Development
Children’s Literature (.5)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Methods Block I
EED 311
EED 312
EED 225
EED 325
EED 326
K-6 Methods: Health (.25)
K-6 Methods: Physical Education (.25)
Foundations of Literacy
K-6 Literacy Methods
Supervised Field Experience (.25)–Day
program only
Methods Block II
EED 341
EED 342
EED 350
EED 360
EED 370
EED 380
EED 336
K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25)
K-6 Methods: Music (.25)
K-6 Methods: Mathematics
K-6 Methods: Science
K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic
Studies (.5)
Kindergarten Methods (.5)
Advanced Literacy Methods (.5)
Capstone Block
EDC 410
EDC 490
Learners with Special Needs
School and Society
Student Teaching Block
EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.0-3.0). Student
teaching is required for licensure. Students with an elementary major who do not complete student teaching can graduate through the elementary education non-licensure major.
Middle School Specialty Area (endorsements optional
for elementary license)
Communication Arts Specialty
ENL 220
Intermediate Expository Writing
ENL 240
Introduction to Literary Study
COM 254, 329 or 351 or 355
EED 331
Middle School Writing Methods (.5)
ESE 300
Reading and Writing in the Student
Teaching Content Area
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Adolescent Literature/Media
Literacy
Student Teaching
Social Studies Specialty
POL 121
American Government and Politics
HIS 120, 121 or 122 US History
ECO 113
Microeconomics
Choose 1:
HIS 103: HIS 104; PSY 105; SOC 121; ANT
141
ESE 220
Human Geography
ESE 300
Reading and Writing in the Student
Teaching Content Area
ESE 311
Middle School Methods: Social Studies (.5)
Student Teaching
Math Specialty
MPG 4
or MAT 114 Precalculus
MAT 145
Calculus I
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
Elementary Education
or MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
MAT 252
Exploring Geometry
MAT 271
Discrete Mathematics
MAT 287
History of Mathematics
ESE 300
Reading and Writing in the Content Area
ESE 331
Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5)
Student Teaching
Science Specialty
CHM 105
or CHM 115
CHM 106
or CHM 116
BIO 121
BIO 102
PHY 116
SCI 106
Geology
ESE 300
ESE 341
Student Teaching
Principles of Chemistry I
General Chemistry I
Principles of Chemistry II
General Chemistry II
Human Biology
Biological World
Introduction to Physics
Meteorology
(take elsewhere — see Education
Department for suggestions)
Reading and Writing in the Content Area
Middle School Methods: Science (.5)
Preprimary Teaching License (3-, 4-, and 5-year-olds)
Requirement: Must have elementary teaching license
PSY 250
Child Development (Prereq.: PSY 105)
SOC 231
Family Systems (Day) or SPE 440 Parent
and Professional Planning (WEC)
ECE 345/545 Foundations of Preprimary Education
ECE 346/546 Learning Environments for Preprimary-aged
Children
ECE 347/547 Immersion and teaching competence
ECE 488, 489 Student Teaching for seven weeks in preprimary or Kindergarten, then 7 weeks in a
grade (1-6)
A minimum GPA of 2.50 overall, 2.50 in the major, 2.00
in the specialty area, and grades of P in student teaching
courses are required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in
all required core, specialty, and education major courses. The
equivalent of two full courses graded P/N, plus student teaching, is the maximum allowed within the elementary education major requirements.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
A graduate-level elementary licensure option is available
through Weekend College. Licensure is obtained through
a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. The
graduate credits can be used toward the MAE degree. Contact
the Education Department or the Adult and Graduate
Admissions Office for information.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 119
Secondary Education
Secondary Education—
ESE/EDC
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific
requirements of the education department and the subject area major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are
expected to have advisers in both their subject area major
and in the education department. Secondary or K-12 licensure is available in art, life science, chemistry, communication
arts/literature, health, mathematics, music, physical education, physics, social studies, and grades 5-8 general science.
Licensure requirements in the state of Minnesota for
teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg
College education department licensure program. These
requirements are: bachelor’s degree, academic major in an
approved teaching area, and completion of an approved
licensure program.
Consult with your subject matter adviser for Graduation
Skills requirements in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W).
Non-departmental requirements
ENL 111
HPE 115
Effective Writing
Chemical Dependency (.5)
Art, Music, and Physical Education Licensure (K-12)
Students preparing for licensure in one of these areas follow the secondary education program even though they
may plan to teach at the elementary school level. A person
with a major in one of these special areas will take three
to four courses in student teaching and do some student
teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. Note:
Recommendation for teacher licensure in music is granted
only to students who successfully complete the requirements
for the Bachelor of Music education major.
Art, music, and physical education teacher education
programs lead to licensure for grades K-12.
Students may no longer license in a minor field of study.
A graduate level licensure option is available through
Weekend College. Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. Contact the
Education Department or the Undergraduate and Graduate
Admissions Offices for information.
Education Core Courses—EDC
EDC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
Program Requirements
EDC 200
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Foundations Block I
Career exploration and overview of the teaching
profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school
system. Urban fieldwork experience required.
This course meets Engaging Minneapolis
requirements. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111, sophomore standing)
EDC 200
Orientation to Education in an Urban
Setting
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools (.5)
and EDC 211 MN American Indians (.5)
or EDC 206 Diversity/MN American Indians
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5)
Foundations Block II (Courses from this point and on require
admission to the education department.)
EDC 310
Learning and Development
EDC 206
Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
This course will examine human diversity and
human relations. It will provide an awareness
and critical analysis of how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us personally, as
well as how these elements impact our schools
and communities. Also addressed in this course
is the Minnesota Standard of Effective Practice
3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that comprise Minnesotabased American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture. (WEC and summer
only)
Methods Block I
ESE 300
ESE 325
Reading/Writing in the Content Area
Creating Learning Environments
Methods Block II
ESE 3XX
K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods in Licensure
Area
Capstone Block
EDC 410
EDC 490
Learners with Special Needs
School and Society
Student Teaching Block
ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.0-3.0)
A minimum GPA of 2.50 overall, 2.50 in education, 2.50 in
the teaching major, and P in student teaching are required
for licensure. All required major, non-departmental requirements, and education program courses must have a grade of
2.0 or better.
120
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of
interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Secondary Education
EDC 211
Minnesota American Indians (.5 course)
An overview of cultural content, worldview,
and concepts that comprise Minnesota-based
American Indian tribal government, history,
language, and culture.
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation of effective audio-visual and
computer-based materials for teaching/learning
situations. Computer training will be included
in this course.
EDC 310
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics
as applied to teaching and learning. Special
emphasis is placed on classroom applications.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: MTLE and
admission to department)
ing and teaching strategies. It meets the basic
earth science subject matter standards for initial
licensure. This is a content intensive course.
Plan to spend much time outside of class reading and completing assignments.
EED 203
Elementary Education Physical Science (Summer
only)
Students will participate in hands-on experiments to explore properties of and changes in
matter; position, motion, and force; light, heat,
electricity, and magnetism; and kinds of ways
to transfer energy. Taking the physical concepts
learned, students will develop demonstrations
and lessons for K-5 classrooms. Assessment
is based on written assignments, a technology
project, lessons/demonstrations, and classroom
participation. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to
department; students must be elementary education majors — this course does NOT meet the
Science Lab graduation requirement. Summer
only)
EDC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
EED 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
EDC 410
Learners with Special Needs
EED 311
K-6 Methods: Health (.25 course)
The study of students with disability, special
needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques
and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes, and special focus on needs of
urban students. Fieldwork experience required.
(Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department or
special permission of instructor)
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for health at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
EDC 490
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of
school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership, and professional development. Serves
as final theoretical preparation for student
teaching. This course meets the senior keystone
requirement. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to
department)
Elementary Education—EED
EED 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
EED 200
Elementary Education Earth Science (summer, only)
This course is designed to provide hands-on
investigations that model modern inquiry learn-
EED 312
K-6 Methods: Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for physical education at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: MTLE
and admission to department)
EED 225
EED 325
Foundations of Literacy
An initiation into the study of K-6 elementary
literacy instruction, which focuses on the fundamentals of linguistics and literacy development
in children with special attention to English
language learners. This course aims in particular
to develop students’ base knowledge as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literacy.
K-6 Literacy Methods
Continued instruction in and discussion of
literacy K-6 instruction, development, and
assessment. This course aims to investigate
research and practices involved in K-6 literacy
instruction by examining the competing theories
regarding literacy, the research findings that give
support to these theories, and a range of practical approaches to teach literacy in an elementary setting. (Prereq.: MTLE, admission to the
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 121
Secondary Education
department, and successful completion of EED
225. Day students must be registered concurrently for EED 326.)
EED 326
122
Observation, analysis, and preparation of
assessment tools and literacy materials for K-6
students in an elementary classroom setting.
(Prereq.: MTLE, admission to the department,
and successful completion of EED 225. Day students only. Students must be registered concurrently for EED 325.)
Middle School Writing Methods (.5)
This course will focus on writing strategies and
processes appropriate to middle level students.
Emphasis will include the writing process, types
of writing, and integrated writing across the
curriculum. This course is required for students
seeking elementary licensure with a communication arts/literature specialty. (Prereq.: MTLE and
admission to department)
K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic Studies
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
(Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department.
Day students register concurrently with EED
380)
Supervised Field Experience (.25)
EED 331
EED 336
EED 370
EED 380
Kindergarten Methods (.5 course)
Study and use of a variety of techniques and
resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork
experience required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
EED 386
Children’s Literature (.5 course)
This course focuses on the study of literature
for children and young adolescents. It includes
wide reading across the genres represented in
children’s literature, to evaluate the quality of
the literature read, exploring children’s response
to literature, and using children’s literature in
teaching and learning.
Advanced Literacy Methods (.5)
The focus of this course is on formal and informal assessment tools, response to intervention,
and differentiated instruction in a K-6 literacy
setting. (Prereq.: MTLE, admission to the
department, and successful completion of EED
225 and EED 325.)
EED 341
K-6: Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for visual arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
EED 342
K-6: Methods: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for music at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
EED 350
K-6 Methods: Mathematics
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics at the kindergarten
and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience
required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to
department. MPG3. MAT 137 recommended)
EED 360
K-6 Methods: Science
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience required.
(Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
EED 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
EED 481,
483, 485
Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised
classroom experience. Required for licensure.
Successful completion of student teaching
occurs upon satisfactory completion of degree
program and program portfolio. Meets Augsburg
Experience requirement. (Prereq.: MTLE and
admission to department)
Secondary Education—ESE
ESE 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
ESE 220
Introduction to Human Geography
This course is designed as an introduction to the
principal concepts, approaches, and perspectives
of the study of geography through the examination of world geographic patterns and processes.
Major topics include population distribution;
cultural characteristics and cultural landscapes;
political integration and disintegration; economic land use; settlements and urbanization.
This course will meet the Minnesota Standards
of Effective Practice in Geography for middle
Secondary Education
school and high school social studies license.
ESE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
ESE 300
Reading/Writing in the Content Areas
The study and use of a variety of middle school
and secondary techniques and resources to teach
reading and writing through the content areas.
(Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department.
Note: Students seeking the 5-12 communication
arts/literature license do not need to take this
course.)
ESE 310
5-12 Methods: Social Studies
Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis
on instructional strategies and curriculum
development. Middle school portion required
for elementary concentration in social studies
taught concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School
Methods: Social Studies (.5 course). Fieldwork
experience required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
ESE 325
Creating Learning Environments
An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization based in
the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing,
and national standards. Emphasis on creating
environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork
experience required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department. Note: Students seeking 5-12
Health and K-12 PE licenses do not need to take
this course.)
ESE 330
5-12 Methods: Mathematics
Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in
middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Middle school portion required for elementary
concentration in mathematics taught concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods:
Mathematics (.5 course). Fieldwork experience
required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to
department)
ESE 340
5-12 Methods: Science
Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis
on instructional strategies and curriculum
development. Middle school portion required
for elementary concentration in science
taught concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School
Methods: Science (.5 course). Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to
department)
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
Introduction to the teaching of literature
and reading in the middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Also required for elementary
concentration in communication arts/literature.
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: MTLE
and admission to department)
ESE 351
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of speaking and
listening in middle and high schools. Emphasis
on instructional strategies and curriculum
development. Required for communication arts/
literature license. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission
to department)
ESE 352
5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of media literacy
in middle school and high school. Emphasis on
instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to
department)
ESE 360
K-12 Methods: Visual Arts
Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies
and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to
department)
ESE 370
K-12 Methods: Music
Introduction to the teaching of music in the
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies
and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to
department)
ESE 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
ESE 481,
483, 485
Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for licensure. Secondary
licenses require two courses. K-12 licenses
require two to three. Successful completion
of student teaching occurs upon satisfactory
completion of licensure program and program
portfolio. Meets Augsburg Experience requirement. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 123
Special Education
Special Education:
Emotional/Behavioral
Disabilities and/or Special
Education: Learning
Disabilities—SPE
The special education EBD and LD majors are available only
through Weekend College; ideally, to people who are currently in schools working with students with these labels.
These majors lead to Minnesota teaching licensure in special
education with a specialty in emotional/behavioral disabilities and/or learning disabilities. Courses labeled SPE are to be
taken during the final year of coursework while students are
working in an EBD or LD setting. Variations on this ideal are
possible; see the Education Department for more information.
A graduate level licensure option is available through
Weekend College. Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits.
tial adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Required Education Courses for LD:
All courses for the EBD major, with the exception of SPE
430, plus:
SPE 424
Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities
SPE 434
Teaching Content Areas to Students with Learning
Disabilities
SPE 315
Critical Issues Seminar (.5 course)
The purpose of this course is to discuss critical
issues in the field, create a final portfolio synthesizing your coursework and experience, and
prepare for student teaching. (Prereq.: MTLE
and admission to department)
SPE 400
Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral
Disabilities
This course presents an overview of learners
with emotional and behavioral disabilities and
learning disabilities. It addresses the historical
and philosophical aspects of the EBD category,
examines origins of student behavior and
student learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives and conceptual models as they
relate to this category of disability. (Prereq.:
MTLE and admission to the department)
Required Non-major Courses:
HPE 115
ENL 111
Chemical Dependency (.5)
Effective Writing
Required Education Courses for EBD:
EDC 200
Orientation to Education in an Urban
Setting
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools (.5)
and EDC 211 Minnesota American Indians (.5)
or EDC 206 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 310
Learning and Development
EDC 410
Learners with Special Needs
EED 225
Foundations of Literacy
EED 325
K-6 Literacy Methods
EED 350
K-6 Methods: Math
EED 360
K-6 Methods: Science
SPE 315
Critical Issues Seminar (.5)
SPE 400
Teaching Students with Emotional and
Behavior Disabilities
SPE 410
Implementing Assessment Strategies
SPE 420
Planning, Design, and Delivery
SPE 430
Instructional and Behavioral Practices
SPE 490
Parent and Professional Planning
SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
Graduation Skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about poten-
124
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
SPE 410
Implementing Assessment Strategies
This course examines the assessment process
from the pre-referral to the recommendation
stage. Students gain understanding of key
assessment tools and how they influence student
placement and programming. A qualitative and
person-centered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to the
department)
SPE 420
Planning, Design, and Delivery
This course provides students with skills to
write and implement individual program plans
and to create effective learning environments
for students labeled EBD. Particular attention
is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student
need, and forming partnerships with key school
personnel. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to the
department)
SPE 424
Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities
This course will focus on the history and context of learning disabilities (LD). This includes
an in-depth look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as various theoretical models
(sociological, biological, psychological, cogni-
Special Education
tive, and behavioral) applied to understanding
learning disabilities. The course will also provide
a critique of current philosophical positions in
the field. Students will also acquire knowledge
related to accessing information relevant to the
field of learning disabilities. (Prereq.: MTLE and
admission to department)
Special Education Minor
SPE 430
Instructional and Behavioral Practices
Required courses:
This course examines behavioral support
options used with students who are labeled
EBD. It emphasizes the use of reflective, proactive and non-aversive approaches drawn from
current best practices and including positive
behavioral supports, person-centered planning
and functional assessment. (Prereq.: MTLE and
admission to the department)
PSY 105
SPE 434
Teaching Content Areas to Students with Learning
Disabilities
The special education minor requires six courses (five plus
one prerequisite psychology course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability. The minor
is designed to fit the needs of students in various disciplines
interested in disability issues. This minor is available through
the weekday program.
EDC 410
EDU 491
SOC 231
Learners with Special Needs
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural
Perspective
Principles of Psychology
Choose one from the following:
PSY 250
PSY 251
PSY 252
Child Development
Adolescent and Young Adult
Aging and Adulthood
Choose one from the following:
This course will teach students to identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
instruction that support the learning of students
identified as having learning disabilities. The
course will specifically focus on the areas of
reading, writing, listening comprehension, math,
reasoning, and problem-solving skills. There will
be a strong focus on the modifications involved
in these areas and the planning process involved.
(Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
SOC 265
SWK 260
SWK 301
PSY 357
PSY 359
Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
Humans Developing
History and Analysis of Social Policy
Behavior Analysis
Assessment
SPE 490
Parent and Professional Planning
EDU 491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
This course examines the role of families of
students with special needs, specifically those
families of students labeled EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and applied. The
need to form strong connections with community agencies is emphasized. This course along
with SPE 315 meets the senior keystone requirement in the core curriculum. (Prereq.: MTLE,
admission to department, and ENL 111 or 112
or HON 111)
A supervised field placement in a facility for an
exceptional population plus on-campus seminar.
Students planning to take this course should
consult with the special education director
about a placement prior to registering for the
course. (Prereq.: completion of all other courses
in special education minor or consent of instructor. Open to all.)
Interested students should contact the director of special
education at the outset of coursework.
EDC 410
Learners with Special Needs
(see EDC course descriptions)
SPE 481, 483, Student Teaching
485, 487
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised
student teaching required for licensure. Student
teaching occurs during the last year of coursework within an internship context. Meets
Augsburg Experience requirement. (Prereq.:
MTLE and admission to department)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 125
Engineering
Engineering
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with
two universities to allow students to earn a Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering
degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute
of Technology, Minneapolis, or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special
requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg engineering adviser is necessary.
Applications for these programs require the recommendation
of the Augsburg engineering adviser. Contact Jeff Johnson,
Physics Department, 612-330-1070.
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative
arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering (BA/BE)
enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from
the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves
three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of
Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the
sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their
status in the program and any further conditions necessary
for final acceptance into the program. Formal application
to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the
second semester of the junior year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Arts/Master of Engineering (BA/ME)
enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from
the University of Minnesota. This program involves four
years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the BA/BE curriculum
with the addition of several extra courses that are completed
at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number
of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at
the university before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the BA/ME program
should be initiated during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may
be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will
receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology
staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior
year at Augsburg. Participants in the BA/ME program are not
guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology.
126
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Michigan Technological University
This program enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts
degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree
from Michigan Technological University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by
two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into
the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they complete course requirements, have
the requisite cumulative grade point average, and are recommended by the engineering adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities
for graduate work at Michigan Technological University.
Further information on these and other graduate programs is
available from the Augsburg engineering adviser.
Financial Aid
Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these
dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for continuing support.
Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria.
Degree and Major Requirements
Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual-degree or
three-two programs:
CHM 115
CHM 116
CSC 170
ENL 111
PHY 121
PHY 122
General Chemistry
General Chemistry
Structured Programming
Effective Writing
General Physics I
General Physics II
Four mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145
MAT 146
MAT 245
MAT 369
or PHY 327
Calculus I
Calculus II
Calculus III
Modeling and Differential Equations
Special Functions of Mathematical
Physics
Additional courses to meet general education requirements
and a total of 24 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145,
146 and PHY 121, 122 are taken in the first year. Students
interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM
351, 352.
English
English—ENL
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for
words, ideas, and images helps people understand who they
are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify
and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the
pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of
English we see life’s complexity, experience life as others do,
and better understand the world in which we live and work.
Students majoring in English have the opportunity to choose
one of four concentrations: Literature, Language and Theory;
Media Writing; Creative Writing; and Secondary Licensure in
Communication Arts/Literature.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other
arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from
artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art.
With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with
individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and
language. With science, English is interested in discovering
order and determining structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With
history and the other social sciences and humanities, English
studies the way people have acted and thought at different
times and in various cultures.
The Augsburg Department of English integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended
plays, films, and readings available near the campus. English
majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills
through working in internships on and off campus, tutoring
English Language Learners (ELL) students, or tutoring in the
writing lab.
Students with an Augsburg English major pursue careers
in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism,
government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine,
advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other
professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Doug Green (Chair), Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish, Suzanne
Donsky, John Harkness, Colin Irvine, Dan Jorgensen,
Dallas Liddle, Scannell (James) McCormick, John Schmit,
Kathryn Swanson, Mzenga Wanyama, Cary Waterman, Susan
Williams
Degree and Major Requirements
Choosing a Concentration
The English Literature, Language, and Theory concentration
provides students various approaches to the life-enhancing
study of the written word and visual text. Spotlight courses
focus on specific authors, genres, or themes, and provoke
discovery of new literary experiences. Courses in African
American, Native American, Asian American, and post colonial literatures reconfigure the nature of traditional literary
studies. Survey courses in English, American, and world
literatures are organized by historical periods and provide a
classically structured framework of study. Courses in literary
theory demand the intense and intellectually challenging
engagement of text, culture, and self.
While some of our courses foreground theoretical
approaches to literature and deeply examine race, class, and
gender in the consideration of their subject matter, all of our
courses infuse these concerns into their engagement with
primary works of fiction, poetry, creative non-fiction, film,
and drama.
All literature classes involve students in dynamic and
enjoyable literary examination, and are taught by professors who love teaching and who love literature. Our classes
develop and demand the skills of aesthetic receptivity,
perceptive and critical reading, open and clear speaking, and
analytical and engaging writing — skills of the educated and
employable citizen.
The literature, language, and theory concentration
offers courses of study cross-listed with American Indian
Studies, Art, Communication Studies, Film, Theatre Arts, and
Women’s Studies.
The English Writing concentration is for students who
intend to develop professional skills in either creative or
media writing. Over the course of their study, students will
master terminology; understand historical, legal, and ethical
issues relevant to the field; and study the works of established writers and professionals. The writing major emphasizes expanding competencies in observation, research, and
analysis that enable writers to gather material from a variety
of sources and perspectives for their work. Writing majors
will understand the interdisciplinary demands inherent in
creative and media writing (including issues of design) and
will enhance their appreciation of the aesthetic possibilities
inherent in the writing life.
Writing courses are taught by dedicated professors who
are practicing writers themselves. The writing concentration
offers courses of study cross-listed with Art, Communication
Studies, and Theatre Arts.
The Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure
major is for students who seek to be licensed to teach in
Minnesota in communication arts/literature. Students are
encouraged to take courses toward their major during the
first and sophomore years, and to apply for the education
licensure program no later than the spring of their junior
year.
Students in both programs must work with advisers in
the English department and the education department in order
to meet the professional requirements within the education
department as well as the requirements for the major. Should
licensure not be possible, graduation can be achieved through
an English major, which requires at least two additional, specific courses, or through a communication studies major.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 127
English
Graduation Skills
Graduation Skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking
(S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the
offered courses and are met by completing the major. The
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill is met by completing the following courses:
Concentrations in English Literature, Language, and Theory;
English Writing; Creative Writing:
QR/QFA: GST 200 or PHY 119; OR a
QF: one of CHM 106, CHM 115, CHM 116, HON 220, MAT
114, MAT 129, MAT 137, MAT 138, MAT 145, MAT 146,
MAT 163, MAT 173, PHY 103, PHY 106, or SCI 110; AND
completion of either a:QA: ENL 327
Concentration in Media Writing:
QR:--QF: one of CHM 106, CHM 115, CHM 116, HON 220,
MAT 114, MAT 129, MAT 137, MAT 138, MAT 145, MAT
146, MAT 163, MAT 173, PHY 103, PHY 106, or SCI 110;
AND completion of:
QA: ENL 327
Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure:
QR:--QF: one of CHM 106, CHM 115, CHM 116, HON 220,
MAT 114, MAT 129, MAT 137, MAT 138, MAT 145, MAT
146, MAT 163, MAT 173, PHY 103, PHY 106, or SCI 110;
AND completion of:
QA: COM 352
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential
adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Major Requirements
English Literature, Language, and Theory Concentration
The concentration requires nine courses above ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112.
Students must take at least two 200-level literature
courses as prerequisites for upper division courses in English,
as well as either ENL 220 or ENL 221. No more than two
200-level literature courses may count for the major.
Students must take at least five 300-level courses, with
one each in British literature, American literature, and world
literature.
Majors must take at least one 400-level course with
concurrent enrollment in ENL 490 English Keystone. Any
300-level course serves as a prerequisite for the 400-level.
Minor in English Literature, Language, and Theory
Five courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 are
required. One course must be ENL 220 or ENL 221; the
remaining four must be literature, language, and theory
courses, three of which must be upper division courses.
English Writing Concentration
Students must take 10 or 11 courses above ENL 111, or HON
128
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
111, or ENL 112, including three literature, language, and
theory courses. At least one of these must be at the 300-level
or higher.
Creative Writing Emphasis
Two introductory writing courses at the 200-level: ENL
226 (required) and either ENL 220 or 221. And a 300 level
writing sequence: Either Fiction I and Fiction II (ENL 320
and 321), or Poetry I and Poetry II (ENL 322 and 323). And
one elective from the following: ENL 227; ENL 228; ENL
320 or ENL 322; ENL 324; ENL/FLM 328; ENL/THR 325;
an approved ACTC creative writing course; or an internship.
And ENL 420, the keystone writing course. An additional art
class is required, either Web Design I (ART 215) or Graphic
Design (ART 225).
Media Writing Emphasis
Two introductory courses are required: Either ENL 227 or
228; and Either ENL 220 or 221. Also required, ENL 327
Quantitative Journalism; and two additional courses from
the following: ENL 226, 227, 228, ENL 324; ENL/FLM 328;
ENL/THR 325; an approved ACTC writing/reporting course;
or an internship.
And ENL 427, the Keystone Advanced Studies in Media
Ethics and Theory.
Additional art classes are required: Web Design I (ART
215) and Graphic Design (ART 225).
Minor in Writing
A minor with an open emphasis requires five writing courses
above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112, including at least
one course from the 200-level and two from the 300-level.
A minor with a creative emphasis requires five writing
courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 and must
include ENL 226, and at least three upper division creative
writing courses, two of which must be a 300 two-course writing sequence.
A minor with a media emphasis requires six courses
above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112, and must include
ENL 227 or 228, ENL 427, one design course, and three
upper division media writing courses.
Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure
Major
Prerequisite: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112
Major Requirements (eight courses in English):
ENL 220
Intermediate Expository Writing
ENL 240
Introduction to Literary Study
ENL 365
Contemporary Post-Colonial Fiction
ENL 380
Introduction to the English Language
ENL 396
Internship in Teaching Writing
And three upper-division ENL Literature courses, one each in
British, American, and world literature.
Experiential Requirement (no credit)
One college-level experience required in forensics, debate,
English
newspaper, literary journal, or related activity (subject to
departmental approval).
Additional Courses (outside the English Department):
COM 112
Contest Public Speaking
COM 243
Studio Production
COM 254
Interpersonal Communication
COM 352
Persuasion
Special Methods (two courses)
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
ESE 351
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5
course)
ESE 352
5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course)
Additional ESE and EDC courses are required for licensure.
They include EDC 200, 210, 211, 220, 310; ESE 325, 350,
351, 352; EDC 410, 490; student teaching. In addition to
consulting your designated ENL adviser, contact an education department adviser for information about education
courses.
Departmental Honors
Students in Developmental Writing (ENL 101), Effective
Writing (ENL 111), HON 111, or ENL 112 can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with
their instructor up through the last week of class (without
special permission/petition). Students who choose to receive
a traditional grade in either course will receive a grade of N
(one time only) if their work is below a 2.0. A student who
repeats ENL 101 or 111 and does not receive a grade of 2.0
or higher, will receive a grade of 0.0.
English Courses
Service Courses: The department offers these service
courses for students as required by a placement test. Note:
First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a
student to hold his/her place in the course.
ENL 101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENL 111 Effective
Writing, this course is required of students identified by the English Placement Test as needing
additional preparation in composition. Students
receive course credit, but this course does not
fulfill the graduation requirement in writing.
The minimum passing grade for this course is
2.0.
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall; submit proposal
to department chair by early October in senior year for
department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty
committee. Honors project may receive independent study
credit (refer to departmental guidelines).
Other Requirements
Transfer Students
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors must take at least three
of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer students who
minor in English must take at least two of their English
courses at Augsburg.
Transfer English education students with a BA in English
from another college must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses).
These courses must be taken before the department can recommend a student for student teaching.
ENL 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning
research techniques, and writing critical reviews.
Attention is given to increasing students’ effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and developing
topics; thinking critically; and revising for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those
needing additional help. The minimum passing
grade is 2.0.
HON 111
Effective Writing for Liberating Letters
This course takes a problem-based, process-oriented approach to expository writing. Attention
is given to choosing, organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically; reading closely;
and revising carefully for clarity and style. The
minimum passing grade is 2.0.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of students to determine their
placement in an appropriate writing class. Students having
completed AP (Advanced Placement) courses in composition must have a score of 4 or 5. Students who need to
develop competence in composition skills—such as stating
and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences—are required to enroll in
Developmental Writing (ENL 101) where they receive more
individual instruction than is possible in Effective Writing
(ENL 111). These students must pass Developmental Writing
(ENL 101) with a grade of P, 2.0, or higher before enrolling
in Effective Writing (ENL 111).
Note: Students should register for ENL 101 during the
first semester of attendance if possible. ENL 111, 112, or HON
111 should be completed, if possible, during the first year.
ENL 112
Advanced Effective Writing
Advanced Effective Writing follows the same
purposes and procedures as ENL 111; placement
is determined by a writing sample submitted by
students upon entry to the College. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENL 217/218 English for Language Learners
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials, and writing
are the skills emphasized in these two courses.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 129
English
Testing determines placement in these courses;
and testing, as well as course performance,
determines whether the ELL requirement is met.
Students continue in ELL until the requirement
is completed but can receive credit for only two
courses.
or co-req.: ENL 111, or Hon 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 255
American Indian Literature
American Indian literature offers a survey of
contemporary American Indian writing, including non-fiction, fiction, poetry, and drama.
The course explores the richness and diversity
of American Indian literature and the ways
in which literature reflects and illuminates
American Indian culture and traditions. The
course emphasizes close readings of literature
and public speaking skills through in-class
presentation and small group discussion. Course
cross-lists with American Indian Studies. (Prereq
or co-req.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
Literature, Language, and Theory Courses: The 200-level
courses in the literature, language, and theory track of the
English major develop foundational competencies in reading
and interpreting literary texts, and provide opportunities for
diverse literary discovery. These courses require ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112 as a prerequisite or co-requisite.
ENL 240
Introduction to Literary Study
This course develops students’ critical and
analytical skills in reading and appreciating all
kinds of literary texts and genres, including
poetry, fiction, and drama. Emphasis is placed
on learning fundamental terms and concepts
that serve future literary inquiry and enjoyment.
Required for communication arts/literature
teacher licensure major. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL
111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 241
Introduction to Cinema Arts
An investigation of the cinematic qualities,
theoretical principles, and technical and aesthetic evolution of the film medium. Includes
the viewing and analysis of both feature length
and short films, illustrating the international
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 250
American Voices
American Literature is made up of many voices
that are distinct from one another in any
number of ways. This course foregrounds those
voices that are usually identified by dint of
ethnic rubrics. In each iteration, a specific ethnic
literature such as Hispanic, Asian American, or
Jewish Literature will be emphasized. Check the
departmental web page for further information
or contact the instructor. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 251
each will vary by term—check online course descriptions)
ENL 260
Authors
A chance to investigate closely an author of significant influence in various cultural contexts.
Course subjects may include “Shakespeare on
Page, Stage, and Screen,” “Tolkien’s Life, Times,
and Works,” “The Cinema of Orson Welles,”
“Mark Twain in the 20th Century,” and others.
Check the departmental Web page for the title of
a given section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 270
Themes
This course traces a specific theme through
changing historical, literary, and cultural contexts. Course subjects may include “The Heroic
Journey,” “Literature and Landscape,” “Utopian
Visions,” and others. Check the departmental
webpage for the title of a given section. (Prereq
or co-req: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 280
Genres
Students will consider literary and cultural
developments that fix generic conventions and
ways authors subvert or challenge those conventions. Course subjects may include “History of
Mystery Fiction,” “The Short Story,” “Sports and
Literature,” “Victorian Thrillers,” “The Musical
on Stage and Screen,” and others. Check the
departmental webpage for the title of a given
section. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or HON
111, or ENL 112)
Introduction to African-American Literature
This course introduces students to the foundations, development, and production of modern
African-American literature from its origins
in the 18th century to the present. It explores
various literary genres, representative authors,
epochal texts, and literary and ideological movements that have contributed to the shaping of
the African American literary tradition. (Prereq
130
Spotlight Courses: Offered Alternating Terms (Content for
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
ENL 290
Explorations in Language and Theory
An introductory course in applied literary or
language theory. Course subjects may include
“Cinema and Sexuality,” “Strategies in Reading
the Novel,” “Challenging the Gaze,” “Language
and Society,” and others. Check the depart-
English
Wordsworth, Byron, Shelley, Keats) will be
studied in the context of poetic predecessors and
influences (Burns, Cowper, Smith) and contemporary talents in other genres, including Austen,
Wollstonecraft, and Scott. (Prereq.: ENL 220
or 221, or one 200-level literature, language, or
theory course, or consent of instructor.)
mental webpage for the title of a given section.
(Prereq or co-req: ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112)
The 300-level courses in the literature track in English concentrate on primary texts in historical and cultural contexts.
These courses ask students to practice interpreting literary
texts by employing techniques, terminology, and research
methods of the discipline, resulting in effective and substantive expository writing about the subject. Unless otherwise
indicated, students must take ENL 220 or 221 (see writing
courses), or one 200-level literature, language, or theory
course, or gain consent of the instructor as a prerequisite.
ENL 336
British literature: The Age of Victoria
If America was the world’s cultural and political
leader in the 20th century, Britain was the leader
of the 19th century. Students will study the literature and culture of Queen Victoria’s England
and her empire from the 1830s through 1914 in
all four major genres of poetry, fiction, drama,
and essay. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200level literature, language, or theory course, or
consent of instructor.)
British Literature
ENL 330
Shakespeare
Study of the bard’s major plays — comedies,
histories, tragedies, and romances — for their
literary, dramatic, and cultural significance.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature, language, or theory course or THR 250, or
consent of instructor.)
ENL 332
Renaissance and Reformation
A survey of 14th- to 17th-century British literature, with attention to its European contexts.
Begins with the Reformation of the 14th century
and Canterbury Tales and ends with the Puritan
Revolution and Paradise Lost. Themes include
“the enchantment of evil”; the hero as lover and
courtier; utopian dreams and the literature of
conquest; the writer as politician; and the challenges to religious certainty in a post-Ptolemaic
universe. Major writers include Marlowe,
Spenser, Shakespeare, More, and Donne.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 333
British and American Literature of the 17th and 18th
Centuries: Strange Shores
British and American writers of this period
are surveyed, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences of the major
literary movements on both sides of the Atlantic.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 334
British Literature: Reason and Romanticism
This class investigates the literary texts now
called Romanticism within the history and culture of late 18th- and early 19th-century Britain.
The famous “big six” poets (Blake, Coleridge,
ENL 337
The British Novel: Love and Learn
This course traces two great structuring ideas—
the love-plot and the education-plot—in the rise
and development of the British novel in the 18th
and 19th centuries. The course spans 150 years
of literary history, while studying and critiquing
the ways literary theorists and historians have
explained and theorized British fiction. Authors
surveyed include Defoe, Richardson, Austen,
Trollope, Bronte, Eliot, and others. (Prereq.: ENL
220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language,
or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 338
Readings in British and Commonwealth Drama
A variable survey of drama in English by British
and Commonwealth playwrights, organized
historically and/or thematically. Sample topics
include “Mysteries and Moralities,” “London
Onstage,” “The Empire Strikes Back,” and
“What Is My Nation?” Readings range from the
Middle Ages to the present. THR 250 satisfies
the prerequisite for this course. (Prereq.: ENL
220 or 221 or one 200-level literature course or
THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 339
Modern British and Irish Writers
Writers of the first half of the 20th century are
surveyed, with attention paid to their contribution to modernism, experimentation, and literary form. Virginia Woolf, William Butler Yeats,
James Joyce, Henry Green, D.H. Lawrence,
Samuel Becket, and Muriel Spark are among
the authors surveyed. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221
or one 200-level literature, language, or theory
course, or consent of instructor.)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 131
English
American Literature
132
ENL 350
Readings in African-American Literature
This advanced course in African-American
Literature foregrounds representative moments
in the development and production of AfricanAmerican Literature. The course offers students
a chance to look in-depth at authors, themes,
historical, and literary influences, and theoretical and ideological issues surrounding both classical and modern African American Literature.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level
literature, language, or theory course, or consent
of instructor)
ENL 351
19th Century American Literature
Covers the intellectual and social environment
that affected the writers of the period. Many
different genres—slave narratives, romances,
tall tales, epic poetry—are considered. Douglass,
Jacobs, Thoreau, Melville, Hawthorne, Twain,
Emerson, Dickinson, James, and Wharton are
among the authors surveyed. (Prereq.: ENL 220
or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or
theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 352
American Literature from 1900 to 1945
Naturalism, the rise of modernism, the development of social protest literature, significant
movements such as the Harlem Renaissance,
and other major developments of the period
are charted. Cather, Dreiser, Elliot, Fitzgerald,
Faulkner, Hemingway, Hughes, and Hurston are
among the writers considered. (Prereq.: ENL
220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language,
or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 353
American Literature from 1945 to the Present
Writers surveyed include O’Connor, Bellow,
Baraka, Baldwin, Ellison, Erdrich, Roth,
Pynchon, Oates, Kingston, Mailer, Williams,
Wideman, Morrison, as well as contemporary
fiction writers represented by the Best American
Short Stories anthologies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or
221 or one 200-level literature, language, or
theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 354
Contemporary American Poetry
A survey of the work of poets who have come
into prominence since mid-20th century as
represented in the anthology Contemporary
American Poetry. Attention will be given to
younger and/or less prominent poets represented
in the Best American Poetry series. (Prereq.: ENL
220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language,
or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
ENL/AIS 355 Themes in American Indian Literature
The course is structured around a number
of writers working within a particular theme
such as “Native Voices of Minnesota,” “Voices
from the Southwest,” “Poetics and Politics of
Native Writing,” “Women and Power in Native
Literature, ““Urban-Reservation: Homing,” and
“American Indian Film-Literature Adaptation.”
Students focus on primary texts, comparing and
contrasting theme, voice, aesthetic, or cultural
emphasis as it shifts or arises across the group of
texts. Course cross-lists with American Indian
studies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200level literature, language, or theory course, or
consent of instructor.)
ENL 358
Readings in American Drama
A variable survey of American drama from the
early 20th century to the present, organized
historically and/or thematically. Sample topics include “American Families,” “Blacks and
Whites,” and “Sex and Self on the American
Stage.” Readings range from O’Neill and
Treadwell to Shanley and Parks. (Prereq.: ENL
220 or 221 or one 200-level literature course or
THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
World Literature in Translation
ENL 360
The Classical Tradition
A study of the major works of Greek and
Roman literature, including Homer, Aeschylus,
Sophocles, Virgil, through Dante. Works are
studied with reference to their mythological
foundations, their cultural background, their
influence on later literature, and their enduring
relevance. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200level literature, language, or theory course, or
consent of instructor.)
ENL 361
The Medieval World
A survey of medieval literature from the collapse
of the Roman Empire to the 14th century, this
course emphasizes themes of cultural collision and synthesis: pagans — both classical
and “barbarian” — and Christians; Islam and
Christendom. Attention is paid to heroic traditions (myth, epic, saga, romance, hagiography);
the literature of courtly and profane love; and
visions of heaven and hell. (Prereq.: ENL 220
or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or
theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 362
Renaissance to Modern Literature
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the Renaissance to the mod-
on technological advancements that altered
the medium and influenced both narrative and
documentary filmmakers. (Prereq.: ENL 220
or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or
theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ern period, including such authors as Moliere,
Cervantes, Rabelais, Voltaire, and Ibsen.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 365
Contemporary Post-Colonial Fiction
ENL 380
Introduction to the English Language
This examination of contemporary world fiction
includes work by authors from Latin America,
Africa, Asia, and the Middle East, and fiction
written by indigenous authors worldwide. The
course explores novels in relation to language,
culture, and gender in an age of globalization and fragmented nationalisms, considering
fictions in their literary, cultural, and social
contexts. Cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
Required for communication arts/literature
teacher licensure major. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or
221 or one 200-level literature, language, or
theory course, or consent of instructor.)
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning the English
language, including theories of language acquisition. Required for the communication arts/literature licensure major. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221
or one 200-level literature, language, or theory
course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 367
Women and Fiction
The course studies novels and short stories by
women across cultures. Emphasis on the conditions that have affected women’s writing (including race and class), the reflection of women’s
unique experience in their writing, and the ways
in which women writers have contributed to
and modified the Western literary heritage. This
course is cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 368
Readings in World Drama
A variable survey of drama in translation from
around the world, organized historically and/
or thematically. Sample topics include “Classical
Theaters,” “Spanish and Latin American Drama
from the Renaissance to the Present,” “Social
Issues in Contemporary World Drama.” (Prereq.:
ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature course
or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
Language, Media, and Theory
ENL 371
History of Cinema
A chronological survey of the development of
cinema from the inception of the moving image
in the late 19th century through the emergence
of film as one of the most important popular
art forms of the 20th century. Emphasis will be
placed on important international cinematic
artistic movements, such as Italian neo-realism
and the French New Wave, on cultural contexts
that influenced the reception of film art, and
ENL 385
Language and Power
Students will consider both spoken and written
examples of language as a means of establishing,
maintaining, or revoking power. They will also
pay attention to gender differences in the use of
language and analyze ways in which speakers
and writers can both create and revise reality via
the language they use. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221
or one 200-level literature, language, or theory
course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 394
Composition Theory and Practice
Students will examine composition as a relatively new field of study, one in which research
in such areas as cognition, language acquisition,
gender differences in language, and code switching are relevant. Using both spoken and written
language, students will apply various theoretical positions to the language they and others
use to communicate in a range of linguistic
tasks. Recommended for licensure and potential
graduate students. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221
or one 200-level literature, language, or theory
course, or consent of instructor.)
The 400-level literature, language, and theory courses
emphasize scholarship, criticism, and theory, and ask students to write and speak professionally about literary texts.
Any 300-level literature course or consent of the instructor
serve as a prerequisite for the 400-level. One 400-level course
must fulfill the keystone requirement.
ENL 410
Advanced Studies in Literature
Potential course subjects include “The Beats,”
“American Indian Writers Speak,” “The
Unteachable Novel,” “Studies in the American
Romance,” “Black and White and Red All Over:
Film Noir, Communism, and Race,” and others.
Check the departmental webpage for the subject
of a specific term, and get a complete course
description in the English Department. (Prereq.:
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 133
English
an emphasis on writing for the print media.
Students consider how to recognize news, gather
and verify facts, and write those facts into a
news story. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112)
Any 300-level literature course or consent of
instructor)
ENL 430
Advanced Studies in Language, Theory, and Method
Through a focus on particular issues and problems in literary studies, this course engages students in a variety of past and current critical theories. Possible course topics include “Is There
a Gay Literature?” “Realism Reconsidered,”
“Cognition, Meaning, and Interpretation,” “Ecocriticism and the Nature of Reading,” “Readings
in Theory,” and others. Check the departmental
webpage for the subject of a specific term, and
get a complete course description in the English
Department. (Prereq.: Any 300-level literature
course or consent of instructor)
ENL 228
Broadcast and Online Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course
with an emphasis on writing for broadcast and
online media. Students use an intensive practice
model to learn the basics of newsgathering, writing, and production for radio and the internet.
(Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 320
Fiction One
Students draft a collection of short stories and
critique others’ work in the writing workshop
environment. Throughout the term, students
will also read classic and contemporary short
fiction, analyzing and examining the work of
established writers as they learn to identify successful short fiction while creating their own
work. (Prereq.: ENL 226)
Writing Courses
Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory
for a student to hold his/her place in the course.
134
ENL 220
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing. Its workshop format
stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. Required
for the communication arts/literature teacher
licensure major. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON
111, or ENL 112)
ENL 221
Expository Writing about the Arts and Popular
Culture
A variant of English 220, this course also builds
on the methods of Effective Writing, but in
this version students work on content related
to subjects in the world of art and literature.
Particularly aimed at art, theatre arts, and film
majors. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL
112)
ENL 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
This practical course is designed to improve
writing skills for those entering business and
professional careers. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON
111, or ENL 112)
ENL 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to
various genres, emphasizing poetry and short
fiction, but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112)
ENL 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
ENL 321
Fiction Two
A writing workshop in which students will
revise a body of short fiction, redrafting and
polishing at least four short stories of varying
lengths for inclusion in a portfolio of work.
Students will also be expected to create at
least one new work of short fiction during this
workshop term. (Prereq.: ENL 320 or review
and acceptance by instructor of four story drafts
written by the student and offered as work the
student will refine in Fiction Two.)
ENL 322
Poetry One
Students draft a collection of poems and critique
others’ work in the writing workshop environment. Students will learn to identify successful
poetry as they create their own poems; they
will read published poetry and listen to new
and established poets reading their own work.
(Prereq.: ENL 226)
ENL 323
Poetry Two
In this writing workshop, students write and
revise a collection of poems to be produced as
a chapbook. Some of the poems written during
this semester will be experiments with formal
verse, such as villanelles and sestinas. (Prereq.:
ENL 322 or review and acceptance by instructor
of a collection of poetry written by the student.)
ENL 324
Creative Nonfiction
In this writing workshop, students develop a
portfolio of creative works in the “fourth genre,”
the past and situations that arise now in a digitized information world. Students will study the
special position given the media in the United
States and will consider First Amendment
protections and the media’s responsibilities to
inform the public in a free and democratic society. (Prereq.: ENL 220, or 221, or 226, or 227,
or 228; and any 300-level media writing course.)
which may include memoir; personal essays;
flash nonfiction; researched feature stories;
mixed media, hypertext, and fragmented nonfiction; and lyric essays. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221
or 226)
ENL/THR 325 Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for theatre.
Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis, and techniques
for the development of playscripts from idea
to finished product. (Prereq.: ENL 111 and
junior or senior standing, or consent of theatre
department chair. THR 250 or ENL 226 recommended.)
ENL 327
Quantitative Journalism: Computer-Assisted
Reporting and Research
This course introduces students to computerassisted informational investigation and the
interpretation of quantitative data in the writing
of news reports and news features. This course
is designed for persons wishing to explore
the use of computer-assisted research and for
those preparing to enter the communication
professions. (Prereq.: ENL 227 or 228, MPG
3, and a Quantitative Foundations course. See
full list of prerequisites in Augnet Records and
Registration.)
ENL/FLM 328 Screenwriting
An introductory course in writing for film, this
course will take students from story outline to
the creation of a screenplay draft. In addition to
writing their own scripts, students will review
feature films and analyze work written by each
member of the class, giving detailed critical
analysis and engaging in discussion of aesthetics, craft, and form. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or
226, or 228)
ENL 420
Advanced Studies in Writing
The writing keystone is a final, summative
seminar emphasizing collaboration, professional
standards, and the creation of a publishable
or performable completed product. The topic
changes; check the departmental webpage.
(Prereq.: Any 300-level writing course)
ENL 427
Advanced Studies in Media Ethics and Theory
This course acquaints students with the concepts and functions of the news media in global
society, exploring the interaction of ethical and
legal principles of American journalism and considering the role of the news media in historical, economic, and technological contexts. The
course will analyze situations that have arisen in
ENL 490
English Keystone (.0 course)
Students seeking keystone credit must register
for this no credit, P/N course, along with ENL
410, 420, or 430.
Directed Studies, Internships, and Independent Studies
ENL 291/391 Experiences in Thai Education and Culture
In this course, offered alternate years, students
will spend approximately three weeks in May in
Thailand. During this time, students will visit
temples and sites in Bangkok, Chiangmai, and
Prachuab Kirikhan. They will learn about Thai
Buddhism, government, traditional customs,
and culture. Students will also spend several
days teaching English to Thai students in a Thai
secondary school.
ENL 299
Directed Study
ENL 396
On-Campus Internships
This course is required for all communication
arts/literature licensure students. It is normally
taken with students enrolled in English 101
Developmental Writing. Interns prepare class
presentations, assess student writing, and learn
methods useful in teaching composition.
ENL 399
Off-Campus Internships
ENL 499
Independent Study and Honors Projects
Honors studies must be directed by a professor chosen by the student and approved by the
department. Independent study projects not
designated for honors must be approved by the
chair of the department.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 135
Environmental Studies
Environmental studies is the interdisciplinary investigation of
human relations with the natural environment. The program
pursues a multifaceted examination — across the natural
sciences, social sciences, humanities, and professional studies — of the interdependence shared by people and nature.
It provides an understanding of the material world as well as
the ecological, social, and cultural processes and problems
that bind that world together. Through the study of politics,
biology, literature, chemistry, social work, economics, and
history, environmental studies students focus on the most
pressing local, regional, national, and global issues of our day.
Augsburg College’s location in the city offers a particular
opportunity for the close study of complex urban environments. Although many equate environmental issues with
rural areas, most people live in cities. Urban residents shape
nature in innumerable ways, including through energy,
food, and water consumption; transportation; and industrial production. In turn, cities often serve as the settings in
which environmental injustice flourishes. With that in mind,
Augsburg’s environmental studies program fosters the simultaneous study of ecological quality and social justice.
The program provides undergraduate training leading
to a BA or a minor in environmental studies. Upon completion of the program, students will be able to comprehend
ecological processes, recognize the many and varied forms
of nature in the city, distinguish stakeholders’ interests in
policy debates, decipher the context and variety of human
experiences in nature, identify inequities in the access to and
use of natural resources, and articulate responses grounded
in multiple disciplinary insights to current urban environmental challenges. Drawing on their experiences in settings
as diverse as the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood, the upper
Mississippi River Valley, and Mexico, graduates of the program pursue vocations in nonprofit organizations, government policy and planning positions, law, education, ministry,
and corporate settings.
Environmental Studies Faculty
Michael Lansing (History, Director), Kristen Chamberlain
(Communication Studies), Christina Erickson (Social Work),
Keith Gilsdorf (Economics), John Harkness (English), Colin
Irvine (English), Joan Kunz (Chemistry), Joe Underhill
(Political Science), John Zobitz (Mathematics).
Major
Fourteen Courses (standard track or HECUA track)
Standard Track Requirements (14 course credits):
Core courses:
ENV 100
SCI 106
SWK 210
136
Environmental Connections
Introductory Meteorology
Environmental Justice and Social Change
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
POL 241
or INS 342
or POL 325
or POL 341/
WST 341
or SOC 381
ENL 270
or REL 313/
WST 313
HIS 316
ECO 365
ENV 399
ENV 490
Environmental and River Politics
River Politics Field Seminar
Politics and Public Policy
Environmental Politics (CGE)
The City and Metro Urban Planning
Rites of Thematic Passage (Literature and
Landscape)
Environmental Theology and Ethics (CGE)
U.S. Urban Environmental History
Environmental Economics and Sustainable
Development
Internship
Environmental Studies Independent Project
(Keystone)
Biology requirements:
BIO 151
BIO 152
BIO 481
Introductory Biology
Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity
Ecology
Chemistry requirements:
CHM 105
CHM 106
or CHM 115
CHM 116
Principles of Chemistry I
Principles of Chemistry II
General Chemistry I
General Chemistry II (depends on MPG
score)
HECUA Track Requirements (14 course credits):
ENV 100
SWK 210
ENL 270
Environmental Connections
Environmental Justice and Social Change
Rites of Thematic Passage (Literature and
Landscape)
Environmental Theology and Ethics (CGE)
or REL 313/
WST 313
HIS 316
U.S. Urban Environmental History
INS 345, INS 346, INS 399 (HECUA Environmental
Sustainability Semester, four course credits:
Adaptive Ecosystem Management; Social
Dimensions of Environmental Change,
Field/Research Methods and Investigation,
Internship and Integration Seminar)
SBS 499
Environmental Studies Independent Project
(Keystone)
Biology requirements:
BIO 151
BIO 152
BIO 481
Introductory Biology
Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity
Ecology
Chemistry requirements:
CHM 105
CHM 106
or CHM 115
CHM 116
Principles of Chemistry I
Principles of Chemistry II
General Chemistry I
General Chemistry II (depends on MPG
score)
Environmental Studies
Minor
(Seven courses)
ENV 100
CHM 105
or CHM 115
BIO 151
BIO 152
SWK 210
HIS 316
or ENL 270
or REL 313/
WST 313
POL 241
or INS 342
or POL 325
or POL 341/
WST 341
or ECO 365
Environmental Connections
Principles of Chemistry I
General Chemistry I
Introductory Biology
Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity
Environmental Justice and Social Change
U.S. Urban Environmental History
Rites of Thematic Passage
Environmental Theology and Ethics (CGE)
and examine vocational issues through the study
of an environmental problem. Vocational questions will also be formally explored. (Prereq.:
ENV 100, BIO 152, CHM 106 or 116, SWK 210,
HIS 316, and ENV 399)
Environmental and River Politics
River Politics Field Seminar
Politics and Public Policy
Environmental Politics (CGE)
Environmental Economics and Sustainable
Development
or SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Environmental Studies Courses
ENV 100 Environmental Connections
An interdisciplinary introduction to current
environmental issues. The course depends on
ecological visions of the world and examines the
connections we share as people living simultaneously in human community and in physical
environments. In examining these connections,
we depend on the insights offered by political
science, biology, economics, literature, sociology, chemistry, and history as well as experiential education and service-learning. The
issues examined in this class—neither remote
nor abstract—exist in our everyday lives, and a
central feature of the course is the application of
knowledge gained in the class to a campus project. (Social and Behavioral Sciences LAF, fall)
ENV 490
Environmental Studies Independent Project
An independently-designed project (approved
by the program director and a committee of
three environmental studies faculty representing
at least two academic divisions) that displays a
student’s ability to synthesize interdisciplinary
approaches, demonstrate higher-level learning,
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 137
Film, Finance, Foreign Languages, French, German
Film
See listing under Communication Studies.
Finance
See listing under Business Administration.
Foreign Languages
See listing under Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies.
French
See listing under Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies.
German
See listing under Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies.
138
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science
Health, Physical Education,
and Exercise Science—
HPE
All students at Augsburg College will interact at some point
during their college experience with the Department of
Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science. The philosophy of the department is to provide quality experiences,
preparation for the professions, and an education that leads
to lifelong participation in physical activity. Both recreational
participants as well as athletes will find ample opportunity
for developmental activities.
The physical education program prepares students for
careers in physical education endeavors in the schools and in
allied professions. It also provides general education in physical activity for all Augsburg students.
The health education program prepares students for
careers in school health education and wellness. This program offers a comprehensive view that examines prevention
and promotion needs for individuals, schools, and the community.
The health fitness program prepares students with practical application of the knowledge needed to become a health
fitness or community health professional. Interested students
will also be prepared to move on to graduate or professional
school in any of the allied health fitness professions.
All students seeking teaching licensure must receive a
minimum grade of 2.0 in all required courses with an HPE
prefix.
Health and Physical Education Faculty
HPE 410
HPE 450
BIO 103
PSY 250
or PSY 252
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Health Education Minor
HPE 104, 110, 114, 115, 316, 320, 390, 450, BIO 103. (There
is no teaching minor in Minnesota public schools.)
Teaching Licensure
The Minnesota Board of Teaching has specific licensing
requirements for teachers that may be subject to change
after the publication of this catalog. It is the responsibility
of the student to consult with the Augsburg Department of
Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements.
A Bachelor of Science degree is available for students
seeking teacher licensure. Students must consult with a
faculty adviser concerning the Augsburg Core Curriculum
requirements under the Bachelor of Science option.
Physical Education
Physical Education Major
Eileen Kaese Uzarek (Chair), Jennifer Britz, Chris Brown,
Anthony Clapp, Carol Enke, Marilyn Florian, Aaron Griess,
Melissa Lee, Mike Navarre, Missy Strauch
HPE 104
HPE 114
HPE 115
HPE 205
Degree and Major Requirements
HPE 220
HPE 254
Health Education
Health Education Major
HPE 104
HPE 110
HPE 114
HPE 115
HPE 215
HPE 316
HPE 320
HPE 357
HPE 358
HPE 390
Components of Fitness Training
Personal and Community Health
Health and Safety Education
Chemical Dependency Education
Health and Exercise Psychology
Human Sexuality
School Health Curriculum
Measurement in Health, Physical Education,
and Fitness
Assessment in Health and Physical
Education
Instructional Methods and Materials in
Health Education
Administration and Supervision of the
School Health Program
Current Health Issues
Human Anatomy and Physiology
Child Development
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
HPE 275
HPE 324
HPE 334
HPE 335
HPE 340
HPE 350
HPE 351
HPE 357
HPE 358
HPE 473
BIO 103
Components of Fitness Training
Health and Safety Education
Chemical Dependency Education
Introduction to Health, Physical Education,
and Health Fitness
Motor Learning
Introduction to Developmental and Adapted
Physical Education
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
K-6 PE Games and Activities
7-12 Sport Skills and Activities
Outdoor Education
Organization and Administration of
Physical Education Programs
Kinesiology
Physiology of Exercise
Measurement in Health, Physical Education,
and Fitness
Assessment in Health and Physical
Education
Physical Education Curriculum
Human Anatomy and Physiology
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 139
Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S),
and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered
courses and are met by completing the major. Consult your
department chair or academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Physical Education Minor
HPE 104, 115, 205, 324, 334, 351. (There is no teaching
minor in Minnesota public schools)
Coaching Certification
The Minnesota Board of Teaching does not require coaching
certification. The following courses are recommended for
those interested in coaching in Minnesota public schools:
HPE 114
Safety Education
HPE 275
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE 280
Coaching Theory
The MSHSL requires all head varsity coaches of interscholastic sports to complete a coaching effectiveness program
offered through the MSHSL.
HPE 490
Health Fitness Seminar and Keystone
HPE 450
Current Health Issues
HPE 497 or 499 Internship in Health Fitness
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
Select and complete one (1) of the following two (2) courses:
HPE 315
Exercise Testing and Prescription
or HPE 330 Community Health Methods
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Health and Physical Education
HPE 001
Foundations of Fitness
This course is required of all Augsburg students
outside the HPE major. It seeks to improve
the student’s knowledge and understanding of
the components of physical fitness and how
they contribute to personal lifelong health and
well being. This course is designed to not only
provide knowledge but the skills an individual
can use to assess, monitor, and discipline him/
herself to maintain a lifestyle of fitness and wellness. (Fall, spring)
Teaching Licensure
The Minnesota Board of Teaching has specific licensing
requirements for teachers that may be subject to change
after the publication of this catalog. It is the responsibility
of the student to consult with the Augsburg Department of
Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements.
A Bachelor of Science degree is available for students
seeking teacher licensure. Students must consult with a
faculty advisor concerning the Augsburg Core Curriculum
requirements under the Bachelor of Science option.
Exercise Science
Exercise Science Major
HPE 104
HPE 110
HPE 114
HPE 115
HPE 205
HPE 215
HPE 275
HPE 300
HPE 305
HPE 350
HPE 351
HPE 357
HPE 430
140
Components of Fitness Training
Personal and Community Health
Health and Safety Education
Chemical Dependency Education
Introduction to Health, Physical Education
and Fitness
Health and Exercise Psychology
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
Nutrition (HLTH 345 Nutrition at Univ. of
St. Thomas)
Stress Management
Kinesiology
Physiology of Exercise
Measurement in Health, Physical Education,
and Fitness
Epidemiology (HLTH 400 Epidemiology at
Univ. of St. Thomas)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Activity
(.0 course)
(.0 course)
Lifetime activity courses are designed to improve
proficiency in a selected physical activity.
Students will be able to understand and demonstrate basic skills, strategy, and rules of the
activity. (Fall, spring)
HPE 104
Components of Fitness Training
This course implements a performance-based
approach designed to enable the student to
become well educated in strength and cardiovascular training. The proficiencies will address
the specifics of knowledge and performance
in fitness training. This course will implement
optimal research based theories for improving
aerobic and muscular strength for the purpose of
designing an individualized strength and aerobic
conditioning program. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Concepts and practices of health and healthful
living applied to the individual and the community. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111.
Fall)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science
Principles and practices of safety education in
school and community life. National Safety
Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall,
Spring)
HPE 115
Chemical Dependency Education
An analysis of chemical use and abuse and what
can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services.
(Fall, spring)
HPE 205
Introduction to Health, Physical Education, and
Health Fitness (.5 course)
An introduction to the professional field of
health, physical education, and fitness. Includes
history, current trends and professional opportunities related to health, human performance,
and wellness. Students also will examine the
components of a healthy lifestyle found on the
wellness continuum. (Spring)
HPE 315
Exercise Testing and Prescription
This is a course in exercise testing and prescription relative to the cardiopulmonary system.
The course is designed to provide the student
with an understanding of the physiological
and pathophysiological responses of the body
to clinical exercise testing and to develop a
basis for the exercise prescription in health and
disease. The content of this course is focused
toward the knowledge and skills required for
taking the ACSM Health Fitness Instructor
(HFI) certification exam. (Prereq.: MPG III, HPE
357. Fall)
(.5 course)
HPE 215
Health and Exercise Psychology
Study of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological interactions on
exercise and health. Specific physiological and
psychological benefits associated with exercise
are addressed along with health promotion,
intervention, and adherence. Examples of topics covered include: anxiety, depression, stress,
ADHD, perceived exertion, and self-efficacy.
(Spring)
HPE 220
Motor Learning
The study of the processes associated with
developing motor skills and performance, and
how this relates to motor development. (Spring)
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality (Prereq.:
HPE 110. Spring)
HPE 320
School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study in
school health based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Examination of National
Standards and pedagogy for health education,
curriculum, and assessment included. (Prereq.:
HPE 110. Fall even years)
Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical
Education (.5 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted
physical education from early childhood
through grade 12. The role of school based
health and physical education programs for students with disabilities will be addressed. (Fall)
(.5 course)
HPE 324
K-6 PE Games and Activities
This course integrates theory and practice in
teaching age and skill appropriate activities to
elementary students. Fieldwork experience is a
requirement in this course. (Prereq.: HPE 104
and 205. Spring)
(.5 course)
HPE 254
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
HPE 334
7-12 Sport Skills and Activities
Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiating selected games and activities. Fieldwork
experience is a requirement in this course.
(Prereq.: HPE 104 and 205. Fall)
(.5 course)
HPE 335
Outdoor Education
A course designed to provide knowledge and
develop skills in a variety of outdoor educational
activities and to study the natural environment
in which these activities occur. The course
will include a three-day camping/hiking trip.
Fieldwork experience is a requirement in this
course. (Prereq.: HPE 104, HPE 114, HPE 205.
fall, even years; spring, even years)
(.5 course)
HPE 275
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating
common athletic injuries. Practical experience
in taping and training room procedures. A lab
accompanies this course. (Prereq.: HPE 114.
Spring)
HPE 340
HPE 280
Coaching Theory (.5 course)
Organization and Administration of Physical
Education Programs (.5 course)
Theory, philosophy, organization, and supervision of coaching. Includes psychology of sport
and how psychological factors affect participation in sport.
A survey of management, leadership, and decision making for physical education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 205 and pass CT
assessment or GST 100. Fall)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 141
Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science
142
HPE 350
Kinesiology
A study of the mechanics of movement with an
emphasis on the use of the muscular system. An
analytic approach to the study of movement and
how it relates within the physical education and
health fitness fields. A lab accompanies this course.
(Prereq.: BIO 103. Co-req.: HPE 357. Fall)
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise on the systems of
the body and physiological principles applied
to exercise programs and motor training. A lab
accompanies this course. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111, BIO 103. Spring)
HPE 357
Measurement of Health, Physical Education, and
Health Fitness (.5 course)
Concepts of statistics and the use of statistical procedures in health, fitness, and physical
education programs. Topics include descriptive
statistics, probability, estimation, ANOVA, correlation, and linear regression. (Prereq.: MPG 3,
HPE 104, and either HPE 110 or HPE 205. Fall)
HPE 358
Assessment of Health and Physical Education
(.5 course)
Standards, assessment, and evaluation of tests
in health and physical education. (Prereq.: HPE
104, 357 and either HPE 110 or HPE 205. Fall)
school health programs and resources. (Prereq.:
HPE 110. Fall, even years)
HPE 450
Current Health Issues (.5 course)
This course uses critical thinking skills to examine current health issues in text and media from
a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110 and pass CT
assessment or GST 100. Fall, odd years)
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course)
Techniques for developing a course of study
in physical education based upon growth and
development for grades K-12. Examination of
National Standards and pedagogy for physical education, curriculum, and assessment
included. (Prereq.: HPE 205. Fall)
HPE 490
Health Fitness Seminar and Keystone
This course will provide the student with the
pinnacle component of the Health Fitness
degree plan. The keystone will provide an
understanding of human responses to exercise
and its relevance to a diverse and challenging world, as well as help develop a basis for
research as this relates to the major. The student
will choose a research topic in the field of kinesiology or exercise physiology, design a research
study, recruit subjects, conduct testing, evaluate
data, and present their research to the Health
and Physical Education Department at the end
of the semester. The student will also choose
from a number of options to advance their
career and improve their marketability in the
field. (Prereq.: HPE 350 and HPE 351)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching
physical education in grades K-6. An in-depth
view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementary-aged children. Fieldwork
experience is a requirement in this course.
(Prereq.: HPE 104, HPE 324. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
HPE 368
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
HPE 199
Internship
Procedures, materials, and issues involved in
teaching physical education in secondary schools.
Fieldwork experience is a requirement in this
course. (Prereq.: HPE 104, HPE 334. Spring)
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off campus, credit options)
on page 64.
HPE 390
Instructional Methods and Materials in Health
Education
HPE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
Principles and methods of instruction applied
to health education grades K-12. Emphasis on
teaching/learning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation and development of materials
included. Fieldwork experience is a requirement
in this course. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Spring)
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health
Program (.5 course)
Historical background, legal basis, and school
health services relationship to community and
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
HPE 397/399 Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off campus, credit options)
on page 64.
HPE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65. Open only to junior
or senior majors.
History
History—HIS
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements.
History is to society what memory is to an individual; it
brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The
distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed it this way:
“No community can survive and no institution can function
without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled
by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that
we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the
memory of common experiences that makes scattered individuals into a community.”
The study of history enables us to deal more knowledgeably with continuity and change in society. The construction
of an informed sense of our past is a fundamental ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well
as anticipating the future. History majors are prepared to be
active and contributing members of their society. The study
of history, which has long held a major role in the liberal arts,
is an entry to elementary and secondary education, graduate
study in many fields, and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing of information.
Minor
History Faculty
Prerequisites
Phillip C. Adamo (Chair), Jacqueline deVries, Bill Green,
Don Gustafson, Michael Lansing
Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200level) is normally required before enrolling in an upper division
course (300- and 400-level). See instructor for permission.
Degree and Major Requirements
Transfer Students
Major
Nine courses (including HIS 280 and 480). At least four of
these courses must be upper division. A major must have at
least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of
the four areas: ancient and medieval, modern Europe, United
States, and non-Western.
Five courses, at least three of which must be upper division.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.60 in the major and 3.00 overall; except in special
instances, application before the end of the first term of the
junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college
level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Medieval Studies
The History Department also hosts the major in medieval
studies. For more information, please refer to “Medieval
Studies” in this catalog.
Other Requirements
First-year students should enroll in one or more of the
100-level courses. 200-level courses are normally reserved
for sophomore or upper division students. Upper division
courses are numbered 300 and above.
Transfer students planning a major must normally take at
least three of their courses at Augsburg including HIS 280
and 480. A minor normally requires two courses taken at
Augsburg.
History Courses
Graduation Skills
HIS 101
The Beginning of Western Culture
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded
throughout the offered courses and is met by completing
the major. Speaking and Writing skills are also developed
throughout the major, but are given special emphasis in the
following courses (both required for majors):
S: HIS 480
W: HIS 280 and HIS 480
The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill may
be fulfilled by taking HIS 369, GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146,
MAT 163, or PHI 230.
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the
13th century.
HIS 102
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the Middle Ages
through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
HIS 103
The Modern World
Teaching Licensure
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present.
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements
for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the last
200 years.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 143
History
HIS 120
America to 1815
A survey of the relations between Native,
European, and African peoples from first contacts to the War of 1812, drawing on social,
cultural, and environmental history as well
as political and economic history. The course
will move topically as well as chronologically
through the colonial and early national period.
Themes include the legacies of massive ecological and demographic change, the colonial
competition for North America, Indian-white
conflict and collusion, enslavement of African
peoples, the creation of the United States, and
internal as well as foreign conflicts in that
nation’s early years. (Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
HIS 121
19th-Century United States
A survey of United States history from 18151900, drawing on social, cultural, and environmental history as well as political and economic
history. The course will move topically as well
as chronologically through the years in which
the United States came to prominence despite
internal dissent and violence. Themes include
the emergence of a national identity, political
system, and economy, slavery, expansion, and
empire-building, regional differences, the Civil
War and its aftermath, and industrialization.
(Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
HIS 122
20th-Century United States
A survey of United States history from 1900
to the present, drawing on social, cultural,
and environmental history as well as political
and economic history. The course will move
topically as well as chronologically through
the modern era. Themes include industrialization and urbanization, the significance of
gender, race, and ethnicity in American culture,
the growth of a strong federal government,
the emergence of the United States as a world
power, the creation of a consumer society, the
rise of identity politics, and the passing of
American hegemony. (Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
HIS 150/350 Latin American History
144
This course examines the histories of Mexico,
Central America, and the Caribbean from the
1790s to the 1990s. Centering our analysis in
the Latin American experience, we will examine
cultural trends, social interactions, and economic development as well as the relations that
each of these regions shared with the United
States. Special attention will be paid to indepen-
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
dence movements, neocolonialism, dependency
and underdevelopment, ecological transformations, the Latino/a diaspora, and the struggles of
indigenous communities. (Prereq.: Consent of
instructor required for HIS 350)
HIS/WST
155/355
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
Center for Global Education course. See
International Studies, Sustainable, Development
and Social Change (Guatemala, El Salvador,
Nicaragua)
HIS 162/462 20th-Century South Asia
This course explores the processes of colonialism, nationalism, de-colonization, and independence in the area now politically known as
India, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka. Upper division
students will have additional assignments and
different exams from lower division. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor required for HIS 462)
HIS 195
Topics in History
An introduction to selected historical topics not
regularly offered in lower division classes. The
specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serves as a
case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change;
transportation, immigration, and ethnicity; and
urban politics and reform.
HIS 234
Minnesota History
This course examines the racial, ethnic, political, and economic history of Minnesota, from
the earliest inhabitants (Ojibwe and Dakota),
through the period of British and French exploration, and to the development of statehood.
HIS 236
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America
from the pre-Columbian period through
European exploration and settlement to the
present, emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and
inter-governmental relations.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
Selected topics in African American history not
regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 242
History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of African
History
American civil rights focusing on legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race
and class, emphasizing emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis
on the contributions of W.E.B. DuBois, Marcus
Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston,
Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King Jr.
HIS 316
U.S. Urban Environmental History
A chronological exploration of the interactions between Americans and the nonhuman
world, with particular attention to urban and
suburban areas. Topics include the commodification of nature, the death of the organic city,
political movements organized around nature,
ways of knowing nature, environmental justice,
and relationships between culture and nature.
Additionally, students will use both primary
sources and fieldwork to explore the specific
environmental history of a Minneapolis neighborhood.
HIS 249/349 The Designed Environment
This course addresses the designed environment, investigating architecture, landscape
architecture, and urban design. Class sessions
consist almost exclusively of extensive walking
tours and site visits to prominent examples of
design excellence. (Prereq.: None for HIS 249;
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and an ART, HIS,
or urban studies course for HIS 349)
HIS 280
The History Workshop
This course introduces history majors and
minors to the historian’s craft. Students will
examine the development of the discipline of
history, the methods of analysis used by professional historians today, and the varieties of
applications for history in professional careers
and public life. Students will also gain and
sharpen the research and writing skills critical
to their success in upper-level history courses.
Guest speakers and off-campus site visits will
enhance course content. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
HIS 282
The History of Women Since 1848
This course examines in comparative perspective women’s changing political, economic,
social, and sexual status since the 19th century,
with attention given to social, racial, ethnic, and
sexual differences among women.
HIS 323
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium War of 1839; the erosion of China’s
isolation and collapse of the imperial system;
and the Nationalist and Communist revolutions
of the 20th century.
HIS 327
Racism and Resistance in Southern Africa and the
U.S.
Center for Global Education course. See
International Studies section, Nation Building,
Globalization, and Decolonizing the Mind
(Namibia)
HIS 331
Topics in United States History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in United
States history not regularly examined in other
departmental offerings. The specific topics to be
offered will be announced prior to registration.
HIS 332
History of United States Foreign Relations
A survey of United States foreign relations from
the American Revolution through the Cold War,
emphasizing changing definitions of war and
peace, tensions between internationalism and
isolationism, and the emergence of the United
States as an economic and military power.
HIS 300
Public History
HIS 335
American Urban History
Public history is the practice of historical methods with a non-academic audience in mind.
This survey explores the components of public
history, many of its venues, and pressing issues
in the field through examination of a range of
topics (including, but not limited to): local history, historical memory, archives, exhibits, oral
histories, documentaries, publishing, museums,
historic sites, and historic preservation.
A study of urban development from colonial and
frontier beginnings through the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban growth and planning, politics and
reform, and the growth of urban culture.
HIS 311
Topics in Women’s History
Exploration of selected topics in women’s history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will
be announced prior to registration.
HIS 336
American Labor History
A survey of the history of work and the worker,
primarily in the late 19th and 20th centuries,
emphasizing the nature of work, working class
life and community, evaluation of organized
labor, and the relationship of workers and union
to the state.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 145
History
146
HIS 338
American Legal History
HIS 355
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An examination of the social, economic, and
intellectual factors in American history that,
combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to the emergence of our modern legal system. (Prereq.: Pass CT assessment
or GST 100)
A version of HIS 350 taught on-site in
Mexico through Augsburg’s Center for Global
Education. Cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
HIS 343
The North American West
This course reckons with the contest of colonial powers in North America, the American
conquest of the region, the role of the federal
government in shaping the West, the rise of the
most urban part of the United States, and the
important role that the West plays in modern
American culture. Themes include the persistence of Native peoples, ethnicity, race, and
gender in Western daily and political life, the
creation of an international borderlands, and the
ecological transformation of Western landscapes.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous peoples, the
impact of South African occupation, the war for
independence, and the roots of apartheid and
its institutionalization. (International Studies—
Namibia)
HIS 348
Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century
An introductory historical survey of the Soviet
Union, beginning with a brief examination of
Russian history before turning to the Russian
Revolutions of 1917, the rise of Stalin, the Cold
War, and the emergence of Gorbachev. The
course will emphasize political, diplomatic,
economic, and cultural history.
HIS 350
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
For course description, see HIS 150.
HIS 360
Ancient Egypt and Classical Greece
This course examines the history of ancient
Egypt and classical Greece from c. 3200 to 323
BC, and uses a variety of written and visual
sources in an attempt to understand these societies. In addition to the “traditional” political
narrative, it also looks at social, economic, and
cultural aspects of life in antiquity.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome
This course examines the history of Hellenistic
Greece and Rome from c. 800 BC to 476 AD,
and uses a variety of written and visual sources
in an attempt to understand these societies. In
addition to the “traditional” political narrative,
it also looks at social, economic, and cultural
aspects of life in antiquity.
HIS 369
The Early and High Middle Ages
This course examines the history of Europe and
the Mediterranean from c. 300 to 1350 AD, and
uses a variety of written and visual sources in
an attempt to understand medieval society. In
addition to the “traditional” political narrative,
it also looks at social, economic, and cultural
aspects of medieval life. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1648
This course examines the history of Europe
from c. 1300 BC to 1648 AD, and uses a variety
of written and visual sources in an attempt to
understand late medieval society. In addition to
the “traditional” political narrative, it also looks
at social, economic, and cultural aspects of life
in this period.
HIS 352
Modern Germany
HIS 374
Medieval Crusades
A survey of the social, political, and cultural
development of modern Germany, focusing on
the question of Germany’s sonderweg (special
path) and examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism,
and the Holocaust.
This course examines Western Europe’s crusading era (1095-1291 AD), a time when warriors
from the Christian West attempted to “take
back” the Holy Land from its Muslim occupiers. Through a close reading of primary sources,
we will examine such issues as pilgrimage, holy
war, and the complex relationships between East
and West, between Muslims and Christians. We
will pay particular attention to the question of
historical representation.
HIS 354
Modern Britain and Ireland
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will include literature,
film, music, and artwork) to explore a period
of dramatic change in British politics, society,
culture, and international status.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
HIS 378
Medieval Church
This course examines the history of the medieval church from Constantine the Great to
Martin Luther (c. 300 to c. 1517 AD). It uses
History
a variety of written and visual sources in an
attempt to understand the medieval church and
its influence, not only in religious matters, but
also in the social and political spheres. Crosslisted with REL 378.
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world
history that are not included in regular course
offerings. The specific topics to be offered will
be announced prior to registration.
HIS 462
20th-Century South Asia
For course description, see HIS 162.
HIS 474
The World and the West
Europe’s discovery of the rest of the world,
cultural interaction and conflict, the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas, and
the breakdown of these imperial systems at the
end of the 18th century.
HIS 480
Seminar
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to students who
have nearly finished their coursework. Selected
topics will be announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required.
This course fulfills the keystone requirement.
(Prereq.: HIS 280 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111. Generally offered fall and spring terms.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
HIS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
HIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65. A maximum of one
course in directed study may be applied to the
major.
HIS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
HIS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 64. A maximum of one
course in independent study may be applied to
the major. (Prereq.: 3.50 GPA in history)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 147
Honors Program
Honors Program—HON
The Augsburg Honors Program offers an adventurous education where students with a passion for ideas can be their best.
We offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere for students
committed to an exceptional higher education.
Augsburg’s Honors Program is unlike any other honors program in the nation because it gives students the
resources and freedom to build their own ideal higher
education. Students have the opportunity to create their
own courses, edit and write for the Augsburg Honors Review
of Undergraduate Scholarship, participate in an intramural
debate league, belong to an Honors House, and learn through
small reading groups, research projects, and travel around the
world.
Each Honors course has been specifically created for
Honors students and includes a challenging “signature experience” such as writing a play, putting great books on trial,
or attending music, theatre, and art perfomances. Honors
courses bring in professors from several different departments so students can learn from talented professors teaching
their specialties.
For information, contact Robert C. Groven, Honors
Program Director, at honors@augsburg.edu.
Honors Program Recognition
Students who finish the Honors Program requirements satisfy
all general education requirements, except those for physical
education and modern language.
Honors students also receive special transcript notation,
special graduation recognition, résumé-building positions,
and special access to academic advising and career options.
Honors Admission Requirements and Academic
Scholarships
Students with a demonstrated record of achievement are
eligible to enter the Augsburg Honors Program. Prospective
students may demonstrate achievement in a variety of ways.
Most students who are admitted have a composite ACT score
of 27 or higher (or a combined SAT score of 1250 or higher),
and a high school G.P.A. of 3.50 or higher. However, students
without these numeric requirements may be eligible if they
have exceptional records of extracurricular activity or other
exceptional experiences. All students are encouraged to
apply. To apply, students should fill out the online application
at www.augsburg/honors.edu.
Students applying for the Honors Program also automatically apply for the College’s highest academic scholarships:
the President’s, Honors Regents’, International President’s,
and Harwick/Agre Scholarships.
Qualifying Advanced Placement, International
Baccalaureate, College in the Schools, and Postsecondary
Option courses may satisfy Honors Program requirements,
and/or be granted college credit. Contact Academic Advising
or the Honors program director for further information.
148
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Students may enter the Honors Program at three points:
first semester of first year, second semester of first year, or
first semester of sophomore year. Students who enter during
the second semester of the first year must fulfill all remaining
Honors requirements, may substitute REL 100 for HON 100,
and may be excused from taking HON 120. Students who
enter the first semester of the sophomore year must fulfill
remaining Honors requirements, and may substitute REL 100
for HON 100, may substitute two non-Honors humanities
liberal arts foundation courses for HON 130, may substitute
ENL 111 for HON 111, and may be excused from taking
HON 120.
Scholars Program for Advanced Transfer Students
Students with more than 16 credits in transfer work may
enter the Scholars Program but may not enter the Honors
Program. The Scholars Program allows students to enroll in
Honors courses, join an Honors House, and participate in
all Honors Program activities. In order to graduate with the
Scholars Program transcript designation, students must join
an Honors House and participate in required meetings, maintain an overall GPA of 3.50 or higher, and take HON 340,
HON 490, and two other full-credit Honors courses.
Honors Co-Curricular Activities
Honors Houses: All Honors students must belong to an
Honors House for the purpose of receiving academic advising
and program information. All Honors students are required
to attend mandatory meetings of the Honors Program or
of their Houses. These meetings are necessary for advising,
information, and governance. When students enter the Honors
Program they choose to join one of the four Honors Houses:
The Crockett Scholars House coordinates scholarship,
research, fellowship, major award or prize opportunities, and
graduate school placement for all Honors students. Crockett
House also organizes events related to scholarship such as
College scholarship events.
The Pike Stewards House coordinates public relations,
job placement, and fundraising opportunities for all Honors
students. Pike House also organizes events for alumni and
fundraising.
The Griffin Citizens House coordinates recruiting, social
activities, admission and scholarship applications, and the
Honors website opportunities for all Honors students. Griffin
House also organizes events for recruiting and socializing,
such as banquets, parties, and high school recruiting trips.
The Hesser Servants House coordinates service-learning,
social justice, experiential learning, and political activity
opportunities for all Honors students. Hesser House also
organizes related events, such as honors service days and
Augsburg experiences.
Augsburg Honors Review: Students manage, edit, write, and publish an interdisciplinary journal of undergraduate scholarship.
The Review accepts submissions from students at Augsburg
and other colleges and universities around the nation.
Honors Program
Honors Disputation League: Students organize, coach, research,
write, and rehearse as teams which then compete in intramural debate tournaments held four times each year.
• HON 220: Scholar Scientist (satisfies non-lab natural sciences and mathematics LAF and quantitative reasoning
skill requirements)
Student Leadership Opportunities: Students elected to leadership
Second Year: Spring
within their Honors House may serve as House Presidents
or serve in other program leadership positions. The House
Presidents sit on the Honors Student Presidents Council and
make critical decisions about program courses and resources.
• HON 240: Science, Technology, and Citizenship (satisfies
natural sciences and mathematics lab LAF)
Student-Created Learning Experiences (SCLE)
Honors students may learn through established courses or
through student-created learning experiences. These student
created experiences may substitute for Honors curricular
requirements, or may simply enrich a student’s education.
Such student-created experiences may count toward requirements in majors and satisfy Honors requirements, or simply
be an elective course.
Student-created learning experiences may take almost
any form. Some possible forms include:
• Student-created courses (created in collaboration with
faculty)
• Full course (10-20 students)
• Reading Groups (2-9 students)
• Individual Reading and Examination (individual study)
• Student/Faculty Research (may be one or many students)
Process: A student-created learning experience may be proposed by any Honors student or by any Augsburg faculty or
staff person. The interested student should speak with either
an Honors Council Member or the Honors Program Director.
Next, a proposal should be drafted in accord with the Honors
student-created learning experience form. Finally, the
proposal should be submitted by the student to the Honors
Program Director who will carry the proposal to the Honors
Council for review.
Honors Established Curriculum
These requirements are normally taken in the order listed
below, but can be taken out of order if schedule conflicts
require it.
First Year: Fall
• First-year students select Honors House membership.
• First-year students not permitted to join Augsburg Honors
Review or Honors Disputation League.
• HON 100 Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
• HON 120 Scholar Citizen (includes theatre lab, satisfies
speech skill and critical thinking skill requirements)
First Year: Spring
• HON 130 Liberating Letters (humanities LAF and speaking skill)
• HON 111 Effective Writing for Liberating Letters (satisfies
effective writing requirement)
Second Year: Fall
• Students invited to join HON 450 Augsburg Honors Review
or HON 460 Honors Disputation League
Third Year: Fall
• Students invited to join HON 450 Augsburg Honors
Review and HON 460 Honors Disputation League
• HON 250: Social Scientist (satisfies social and behavioral
sciences LAF)
• HON 340: Junior Colloquium (taught by the President or
Dean of the College. P/N, zero credit)
Third Year: Spring
• HON 230: Arts and the City (satisfies fine arts LAF)
• HON 340: Junior Colloquium (continues from Fall semester, P/N, zero credit)
Fourth Year: Fall
• Students may join HON 450 Augsburg Honors Review and
HON 460: Honors Disputation League in their fourth year
• HON 200: Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning
II
• HON 490: Honors Senior Seminar (offered Fall and
Spring)
Fourth Year: Spring
• HON 490: Honors Senior Seminar (offered Fall and Spring)
Research Requirement: At some point before graduating,
students must satisfy the Honors Research Requirement as
detailed in the Research Requirement document available in
the Honors Suite or online. In addition, students must register for at least two semesters of the following to document
the research experience on their transcript:
• HON 450 Augsburg Honors Review
• HON 470 Student/Faculty Research Collaboration
Summary Notes:
• The Honors recommended sequence satisfies all general
education requirements except foreign language and
physical education.
• Students past first year may take courses out of the recommended sequence without prior permission.
• Residency: All Honors students must complete seven fullcredit courses in the Augsburg Honors Program to meet
the Honors residency requirement for graduation.
Honors Courses
HON 100
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
Honors section of REL 100. Some students (e.g.
some science majors) may need to defer the
course and take HON 100 in another term.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 149
Honors Program
150
HON 120
The Scholar Citizen
HON 250
The Social Scientist
An introduction to the Honors Program. Course
content focuses on great primary texts focusing
on the connections between learning and citizenship, or the public uses of knowledge (e.g.
Plato’s cave). (Includes theatre lab)
Problem-based/question-based course in social
sciences involving at least two social science
disciplines and several faculty. (satisfies social
and behavioral sciences LAF)
HON 130
The Liberating Letters: The Trial of Letters
Interdisciplinary humanities survey course that
explores the Western tradition of letters through
significant texts and modern context. Students
stage courtroom trials where great authors, characters or ideas are challenged and tested. Based
on the medieval liberal arts trivium of grammar,
rhetoric, and logic. This course is linked with
HON 111 and both courses share texts, assignments, and some class sessions. Students are
strongly encouraged to register for both courses
in the same term. (satisfies humanities LAF and
speaking skill requirements)
HON 340
Junior Colloquium: The Scholar as Leader
Taught by the Dean and/or President of the
College, this seminar explores themes of leadership and service in the public context. (P/N; 0.0
credit)
HON 380
Student-Created Learning Experience (SCLE)
HON 111
Effective Writing for Liberating Letters
Linked with HON 130, this effective writing
course employs a rhetoric-based and argumentfocused approach to college level writing.
Students are strongly encourged to register
for HON 130 and this course during the same
semester. (Satisfies introduction effective writing
requirement).
Following the guidelines set forth above, SCLEs
may take many forms as determined by the
student and faculty creating the learning experience (may be 0.0, .5 or 1.0 credit, and may use
traditional or P/N grading options).
HON 450
Augsburg Honors Review: Research Thesis
Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above,
students register for this course to gain course
credit for serving on the Augsburg Honors Review.
(0.0 credit, P/N only)
HON 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
Honors version of REL 200–see REL 200 for
content and requirements.
HON 220
The Scholar Scientist
Inspired by the medieval quadrivium (arithmetic, geometry, astronomy, music), this course
addresses systems of quantitative thought,
including logic, computing, formal systems.
(Satisfies graduation QR requirement)
HON 230
Arts and the City
Interdisciplinary fine arts course where students
attend museums, galleries, concerts, plays, and
other significant arts events while researching
and writing critical and historical critiques of
central theories and approaches to the fine arts.
(Satisfies fine arts LAF)
HON 240
Science, Technology, and Citizenship
Multidisciplinary/interdisciplinary lab science
course. Physics, biology, and chemistry are used
to critically examine a key national or global
issue. (Satisfies lab natural sciences and mathematics LAF)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Travel Seminar
Honor students are encouraged to study abroad
at some point during their four-year degree.
This may include a Center for Global Education
10-day seminar, international travel seminar, or
domestic immersion trip.
HON 460
Honors Disputation: Research Thesis Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above,
students register for this course to gain course
credit for serving in the Disputation League. (0.0
credit, P/N only)
HON 470
Student/Faculty Collaboration: Research Thesis
Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above,
students register for this course to gain course
credit for a student/faculty research collaboration. (0.0 credit, P/N only)
HON 490
Honors Senior Seminar
This course integrates and synthesizes themes
from all four years of the Honors Program. It
also expands upon the themes of HON 120 by
studying primary texts related to philosophy,
rhetoric, vocation, and meaning.
Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary Studies—
INS
Interdisciplinary studies programs draw upon and combine
coursework from multiple academic disciplines to provide
both broad perspective and in-depth focus on an area of
study. Through interdisciplinary programs and courses, students can gain greater insight and understanding of cultures
and perspectives different from their own. Augsburg offers a
number of majors that are interdisciplinary in nature. They
include:
American Indian Studies
Environmental Studies
International Relations
Metro-Urban Studies
Nordic Area Studies
Women’s Studies (ACTC)
These majors, their descriptions and requirements are listed
alphabetically within the Departments and Programs section
of the catalog. Other interdisciplinary course offerings are
listed under International Studies.
Leadership Studies Minor
Coordinator: Norma Noonan
The world of the 21st century demands complex skills.
It is not enough to have an area of expertise or be a good
manager. One needs leadership skills. The Augsburg curriculum offers a minor in leadership studies, drawing on a
wide variety of courses across disciplinary lines. A minor in
leadership studies can enhance your major in a wide variety
of disciplines including business, sociology, political science,
communication, computer science, economics, and psychology.
Required courses: (4)
BUS 242
SOC 349
COM 345
POL 421
Principles of Management
Organizational Theory (prereq. SOC 121 or
permission of instructor)
Organizational Communication
Topics: This topic only) Becoming a Leader
(prereq. one POL course or permission of
instructor) This course is the only integrative course in the minor.
Required electives: (2)
Select two courses from the following list. (No more than one
per department.)
BUS 340
Human Resource Management (prereq. BUS
200 or 242)
BUS 440
Strategic Management (prereq. BUS 242 or
200)
HIS 122
20th-Century United States (prereq. Pass
CT assessment or GST 100)
INS 325
Building Working Relationships (WEC/
Day)
Industrial Organizational Psychology (prereq. PSY 105)
Business and Professional Speaking
Small Group Communication
The Self and the Organization (WEC)
PSY 373
COM 321
COM 355
COM 410
Middle East Studies Minor
The Middle East studies minor offers students the opportunity to learn about the religions, economic situation, historical and political developments, literature, philosophy, and
culture of Middle Eastern people and countries.
Requirements
Six courses, including language and area studies courses
(consult the program director for ACTC listing of approved
courses):
1. Language courses: one year (two courses) of elementary Arabic, Hebrew, or another Middle Eastern language (or
equivalent competency)
2. Required foundational course: POL 358 (Hamline)
Politics and Society of the Middle East.
3. Area courses: three courses distributed among the
humanities and social sciences, with at least one course to be
selected in each area.
Students are encouraged to continue more advanced language study through the ACTC language contract with the
University of Minnesota. A program of study abroad or an
internship in the Middle East is recommended strongly and
will receive credit toward the minor.
Peace and Global Studies Minor
See International Relations, page 153.
Interdisciplinary Courses
INS 225
Introduction to Islam
The course covers the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic
law (Shari’ah), Islamic economic and policial
systems, and Islamic patterns of life.
INS 232
The African American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to
the African American experience, focusing on
historical, sociological, economic, legal, and
psychological aspects of that experience.
INS 298
Meaningful Work: Linking Education, Vocation &
Career Exploration
This course will introduce students to the nature
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 151
Interdisciplinary Studies
of work and its role and value to the individual
and to society and provide the strategies and
skills necessary for a lifetime of career-related
decision making, meaningful work and active
citizenship. The course is geared to both students who are undecided and students who are
seeking an in-depth look at a chosen personal
life and career path.
152
INS 342
River Politics Field Seminar
In this two-week intensive field experience,
students will travel by boat down the Mississippi
River exploring elements of the politics and policies relating to the river. Students will engage in
service projects, field observations, and interviews with residents, legislators, activists, and
government employees. (Prereq.: POL 241 or
equivalent and passing a water safety test)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
International Relations
International Relations
International relations is an interdisciplinary major which
provides students with the basis for informed global citizenship, preparing them for graduate study or careers in foreign
service, nonprofit, or international business. The student may
focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The
program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives
chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and
other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign
study opportunities throughout the year. Competency in one
language is required, and some students study two languages.
All majors complete a significant senior research project and
thesis on a topic of their own choosing.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad
exposure to international studies with considerable freedom
to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent
past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle
East, Western Europe, Russia and East Central Europe, the
Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double majors in history, political science, international business, or a foreign language.
Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible
with the international relations major.
Director
Joseph Underhill
Degree and Major Requirements
Required core courses:
ECO 112
or ECO 113
HIS 103
or HIS 104
POL 158
or POL 160
POL 490
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
The Modern World
The Modern Non-Western World
Political Patterns and Processes
World Politics
Seminar in International Relations
One of the following:
INS 225
POL 241
SOC 121
SWK 230
Introduction to Islam
Environmental and River Politics
Introduction to Human Society
Global Peace and Social Development
Two of the following:
HIS 332
POL 368
POL 459
POL 461
History of U.S. Foreign Relations
Model United Nations
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four terms of college work in a modern language.
Required electives
Five of the following (not more than three from any one
discipline may be counted toward the major):
BUS 362, 465
ECO 360, 365, 370
ENV 310
FIN 460
HIS 323, 346, 352, 354, 440, 474
MKT 466
PHI 355
POL 350, 351, 359, 459, 483
REL 356
COM 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331, SPA 332, NAS 330
(See Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies)
Seminars, independent study, topics courses, and courses at
other colleges/universities can be considered here with the
approval of the program director, as well as a fourth term or
higher of college work in a second foreign language.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of language counts
toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies
cannot be credited toward the 13 required courses. Students
should confer with the program director about regional and
disciplinary concentrations possible within the major; for
example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the
major disciplines in the program.
The Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered courses and is met
by completing the major. The graduation skill in Speaking
(S) is met by completing:
S: one of the following IR electives: ECO 365, HIS 350,
or PHI 355
The graduation skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR)
may be met by completing the IR elective POL 483.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
International Relations Major with International
Business Concentration
Required core courses of the international relations major, three
of the following courses:
BUS 362
BUS 465
FIN 460
MKT 466
International Business
International Management
International Finance
International Marketing
One of the following:
ECO 360
ECO 365
ECO 370
International Economics
Environmental Economics and Sustainable
Development
International Economic Development
One elective from the list of international relations major
electives, excluding other business, economics, and marketing courses.
Note: Several of the business courses have prerequisites.
Please consult the catalog and your academic adviser before
registering for one of the advanced courses.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 153
International Relations
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major; 3.00 overall. In addition to fulfilling the requirements for the major, the student must complete an honors thesis no later than March 1 of the senior
year and must defend the thesis before a faculty committee.
Students should declare their intention to complete an honors major by the end of their junior year.
International Relations Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158 or 160. One
course from HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modern
language. Three courses from the list of required electives for
the major. Not more than two courses from any department
can count toward the minor.
Peace and Global Studies Minor
The peace and global studies minor focuses on the centrality of justice, tolerance, and intercultural understanding in
moving toward a less violent world; it takes advantage of
the campus resources of the Peace Prize Forum (co-hosted
each year by Augsburg College) and the Center for Global
Education. The minor is structured as a learning community
that involves students, faculty, staff, and community members; it focuses on experiential learning that emphasizes the
interconnections between peace, justice, and environmental
sustainability. Students will draw on study abroad in taking
local actions to address global issues.
The minor consists of two required courses (POL 160
and SWK 230), two upper division electives (chosen from
ECO 365, REL 366, HIS 332, HIS 350, INS/WST 311, POL/
WST 341, REL 313, POL/WST 359, INS 312, REL 346, HIS
346, POL 353, ECO 495, SOC 240, ENL 365, and other
topics or study abroad courses, with approval of program
director), a senior keystone seminar, a study abroad requirement, and participation in local peace-related activities. See
International Relations program director for full program
description.
154
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
International Studies
International Studies
International study at Augsburg aims to provide students the
skills needed to be successful in today’s highly interconnected
world. The College’s strong commitment to a global perspective and its mission to “... nurture future leaders in service to
the world,” provide the foundation to include international
study in every student’s degree program.
In addition to the following courses, students have more
than 200 programs in nearly 90 countries from which to
choose the best opportunity for their discipline and personal needs. Contact Augsburg Abroad for advising on study
abroad programs, finances, and academics. Augsburg Abroad
is the front door for students and faculty interested in study
abroad. More information about study abroad is located in
the Augsburg Abroad section of this catalog.
Center for Global Education Courses
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in
Mesoamerica (Mexico)—Fall
This program is an intensive semester of study and travel
designed to introduce students to the central issues facing
Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key
social, economic, political, and cultural issues in Mexico and
El Salvador, explore the interconnectedness of race, class, and
gender, and learn first-hand from both women and men who
are involved in struggles for sustainable development and
social change. The program includes a two-week educational
seminar in El Salvador, as well as rural travel within Mexico
and 4-day seminar in Mexico City. Students stay in guest
houses while traveling, in Augsburg approximately six weeks,
and with Mexican host families for four to six weeks.
All students will be expected to take POL/WST 359 as a
core seminar. Other course offerings include REL/WST 366,
REL 200, an internship, independent study, and the choice
of 1-2 Spanish courses from 17 different options (including
ART/SPA 231 that meets the LAF in Fine Arts). A Lifetime
Activity course (Latin Dance) is also available for no credit.
Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or its
equivalent.
and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual
growth and promote cultural understanding
students review all of the basic structures of
Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by placement
test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211
and 211 for 212.)
SPA 231/
ART 231
SPA 295
Topics: Spanish for Healthcare Professionals
This course aims satisfy the needs of students in
nursing, pre-med students, and others in healthcare fields who seek to develop strong speaking
and oral comprehension skills. The main focus
will be on developing specialized vocabulary and
learning grammar within the context of daily
situations relevant to different aspects of health
care. (Prereq.: SPA 112 or instructor’s permission. Taught in Mexico.)
SPA 295 and 495 Topics: Spanish for Heritage Speakers
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
the Spanish-speaking world. Taught by Mexican
instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or
completion of prerequisite for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American
This course is for you if you grew up hearing
Spanish and can communicate your ideas but
are lacking a basic knowledge of Spanish grammar and thus feel insecure about writing and/or
speaking it. The goal is to help you gain fluency
and confidence in your native language. (No
prerequisites. 295 or 495 level available according to proficiency)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency
and facility thorough oral and written practice in
correct expression. This course is a prerequisite
for all upper division courses except for SPA
316. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.:
SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Mexican Art
This course aims to develop an understanding
and appreciation of Mexican art from in the PreColumbian, colonial, and contemporary periods,
with emphasis on Frida Kahlo and the muralist movement of Diego Rivera, David Alfredo
Siqueiros, and José Clemente Orozco. Students
will participate in numerous excursions to many
museum as well as archaeological and historical
sites. (Prereq.: SPA 212. Taught in Mexico)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive,
individualized instruction, discussions, debates, and
oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico
and Central America and is taught by local instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 155
International Studies
156
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
HPE 002
Lifetime Activity: Latin Dance
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the pre-Columbian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.:
SPA 311 or equivalent)
This Lifetime Activity course is designed to
help you develop proficiency in diverse forms
of Latin Dance. There is no academic credit
for this course, but it fulfils the physical fitness
graduation requirement. The course meets for a
total of 21 hours over the course of the semester.
There is additional cost of US $50/student to
cover expenses.
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the
voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one
novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples,
women, and Central American refugees. Taught
by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of
written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and grammatical exercises. Taught
by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111.)
SPA 495
Contemporary Latin American Women–Texts and
Voices
This course examines the social construction
of gender in Latin American countries and
addresses key issues faced by Latin American
women today. Includes analysis of poems,
excerpts of novels, essays, testimonies, and
interviews by and about Latin American
women. Aims to help students develop an
appreciation for the complexity of diversity of
Latin American women’s experiences. (Prereq.:
SPA 311. Taught in Mexico.)
SPA 495
Topics in Business Spanish
Aims to enable intermediate and advanced
Spanish language students develop proficiency
in the vocabulary, grammar, and cultural competencies necessary to successfully conduct
business in Spanish-speaking countries, with an
emphasis on Latin America. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent or instructor’s consent.)
SPA 495
Topics: Contemporary Mexican Literature (SPA 495)
This course examines short stories by the most
important contemporary Mexican authors,
focusing particularly on the second half of the
20th and the first few years of the 21st century. You will learn about the distinctive traits
of Mexican literature as you learn about the
historical, cultural, and literary contexts of this
period. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or instructor’s consent.
Taught in Mexico.)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
(.0 course)
POL/WST 359 Women, Gender, and Social Change in Latin America
An exploration of gender politics in Latin
America. Particular attention is given to women’s organizing efforts around issues of domestic
and political violence, ecology, human rights,
democracy, political participation, and revolutionary social change.
REL 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
This course focuses on articulating students’
own theological questions and positions and
on recognizing and evaluating religious claims
in the areas of biblical interpretation and the
historical, cultural, and global contexts of
Christianity and other world religions. The
version taught in Mexico will include particular
emphasis on religion in Mexico. (Prereq.: REL
100)
REL/WST 366 Latin American Liberation Theologies
An exploration of Latin American theologies of
liberation and their relationship to social/political transformation. Examines key theological
concepts, critiques, and practical implications.
BUS/HIS/INS/MKT/POL/REL/SPA/WST/YFM 399 Internship
Students gain 80-100 hours of hands-on work
experience in a Mexican organization and participate in an ongoing seminar which explores
cultural issues, organizational analysis, and personal and professional development. Students
seeking Spanish credit must receive approval
from the department chair prior to enrollment.
(Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent, internship
application, and Spanish reference forms)
BUS/HIS/INS/MKT/POL/REL/SPA/WST/YFM 499 Independent Study
Students conduct independent, field-based
research and participate in an ongoing seminar
which explores fieldwork methods and cultural
and ethical issues. Students seeking Spanish
credit must receive approval from the department chair prior to enrollment.
International Studies
International Business and Global Citizenship
(Mexico)—Fall
This program, designed for international business majors,
will study the important role that Mexico plays in the U.S. in
relation to trade issues, how to conduct business in and with
Mexico, and use it as a lens to learn about international business topics that are relevant in many different countries. The
program includes intensive Spanish language instruction, a
four-week family stay, a week-long seminar on international
business in Mexico City, and short trips to other nearby
regions in order to develop a broader perspective on globalization and international business issues.
All students will take two Spanish language courses
and BUS 495. For their fourth course, they may take Topics
in Business Spanish, REL 200, or complete an internship or
independent study. A Lifetime Activity course (Latin Dance)
is also available for no credit.
SPA 231/
ART 231
SPA 295
Topics: Spanish for Healthcare Professionals
This course aims satisfy the needs of nursing
and pre-med students, and others in healthcare
fields who seek to develop strong speaking and
oral comprehension skills. The main focus will
be on developing specialized vocabulary and
learning grammar within the context of daily
situations relevant to different aspects of health
care. (Prerequisite: SPA 112 or instructor’s permission. Taught in Mexico.)
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
the Spanish-speaking world. Taught by Mexican
instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or
completion of prerequisite for SPA 112.)
SPA 295
and 495
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selections of Latin
American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote culture understanding, students review all the basic structures of
Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by placement
test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211
and 211 for 212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency
and facility through oral and written practice
in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses except
for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversations in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive,
individualized instruction, discussions, debates,
and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to
stimulate discussion. This course is only offered
in Mexico and Central America and is taught
by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or
equivalent or score at minimum of 311 level on
placement exam.)
Mexican Art
This course aims to develop an understanding
and appreciation of Mexican art from in the PreColumbian, colonial, and contemporary periods,
with emphasis on Frida Kahlo and the muralist movement of Diego Rivera, David Alfredo
Siqueiros, and José Clemente Orozco. Students
will participate in numerous excursions to many
museums as well as archaeological and historical
sites. (Prereq.: SPA 212. Taught in Mexico)
Topics: Spanish for Heritage Speakers
This course is for you if you grew up hearing
Spanish and can communicate your ideas but
are lacking a basic knowledge of Spanish grammar and thus feel insecure about writing and/or
speaking it. The goal is to help you gain fluency
and confidence in your native language. (No
prerequisites. 295 or 495 level available according to proficiency)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the pre-Columbian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. Taught
by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the
voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays,
novels, and testimonials of indigenous peoples,
women, and Central American refugees. Taught
by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of
written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and grammatical exercises. Taught
by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311
or the equivalent and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111.)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 157
International Studies
158
SPA 495
Contemporary Latin American Women - Texts and
Voices
This course examines the social construction
of gender in Latin American countries and
addresses key issues faced by Latin American
women today. Includes analysis of poems,
excerpts of novels, essays, testimonies, and
interviews by and about Latin American
women. Aims to help students develop an
appreciation for the complexity of diversity of
Latin American women’s experiences. (Prereq.:
SPA 311. Taught in Mexico.)
SPA 495
Topics in Business Spanish
Aims to enable intermediate and advanced
Spanish language students develop proficiency
in the vocabulary, grammar, and cultural competencies necessary to successfully conduct
business in Spanish-speaking countries, with an
emphasis on Latin America. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or equivalent or instructor’s consent.)
SPA 495
Topics: Contemporary Mexican Literature
This course examines short stories by the most
important contemporary Mexican authors,
focusing particularly on the second half of the
20th and the first few years of the 21st century. You will learn about the distinctive traits
of Mexican literature as you learn about the
historical, cultural, and literary contexts of this
period. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or instructor’s consent. Taught in Mexico.)
BUS 495
Global Business Issues and Developing Countries:
Mexico and Beyond
This course examines global economic conditions today and explores vital issues, such as
exchange rates, trade balances, international
joint ventures, resources, tariffs, trade barriers,
government regulations shipping options, etc.
Emphasis is on understanding issues from the
perspectives of both developed and developing
countries, using Mexico as a case study. (Prereq.:
ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or MKT 252, or
consent of instructor).
HPE 002
Lifetime Activity: Latin Dance
This Lifetime Activity course is designed to
help you develop proficiency in diverse forms of
Latin dance. There is no academic credit for this
course, but it fulfills the physical fitness graduation requirement. The course meets for a total of
21 hours over the course of the semester. There
is additional cost of US $50/student to cover
expenses.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
(.0 course)
MKT 466 International Marketing
Examination of issues and activities unique to
marketing in an international setting. Emphasis
on adaptation of a marketing mix according
to the international marketing environment.
(Prereq.: MKT 252)
REL 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
This course focuses on articulating students’
own theological questions and positions and on
recognizing and evaluating religious claims in the
areas of biblical interpretation and the historical, cultural, and global contexts of Christianity
and other world religions. The version taught
in Mexico will include particular emphasis on
religion in Mexico. (Prereq.: REL 100)
BUS/HIS/INS/MKT/POL/REL/SPA/WST/YFM 399 Internship
The internship seminar is a rigorous academic
course that involves not only approximately 100
hours of work experience and/or participant
observation in a Mexican business, government
agency, school, or other organization, but also
participation in a seminar that explores cultural
issues, organizational analysis, and personal and
professional development through class discussions and written and oral assignments. Students
seeking Spanish credit must receive approval
from department chair to enrollment.
BUS/HIS/INS/MKT/POL/REL/WST/YFM 499 Independent Study
Students who are highly independent and selfmotivated may conduct independent, field-based
research during the last third of the semester and
participate in a seminar that explores fieldwork
methods and cultural and ethical issues. This
course option is intended for serious students
who want to begin research related to a senior
thesis or capstone project.
Migration and Globalization: Engaging Our Communities
(Mexico)—Spring
This is an intensive program that explores issues of migration, immigration, and globalization. It is ideal for students
who are interested in working with Spanish-speaking populations in the United States, as it includes intensive Spanish
language classes, an internship or independent research opportunity, and courses that help students understand the connections between globalization and migration while learning from
diverse communities that are organizing for positive social
change around issues of race, ethnicity, socio-economic class,
gender, sexuality, economics, and the environment.
Credit is available in Spanish, history, women’s studies,
political science, and religion. Students spend most of the
semester living in Augsburg housing and approximately six
weeks living with Mexican host families.
International Studies
All students will be expected to take HIS/WST 357 as a
core seminar. Other course offerings include POL/WST 341,
REL 200, an internship, independent study, and the choice
of 1-2 Spanish courses from 17 different options (including
ART/SPA 231 which meets the LAF in Fine Arts). A Lifetime
Activity course (Latin Dance) is also available for no credit.
Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or its
equivalent.
and confidence in your native language. (No
prerequisites. 295 or 495 level available according to proficiency)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency
and facility thorough oral and written practice in
correct expression. This course is a prerequisite
for all upper division courses except for SPA 316.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
the Spanish-speaking world. Taught by Mexican
instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or
completion of prerequisite for SPA 112.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive,
individualized instruction, discussions, debates,
and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to
stimulate discussion. This course is only offered
in Mexico and Central America and is taught
by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or
equivalent or score at minimum of 311 level on
placement exam.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
SPA 231/
ART 231
Through the reading of selected Latin American
and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual
growth and promote cultural understanding,
students review all of the basic structures of
Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by placement
test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211
and 211 for 212.)
Mexican Art
This course aims to develop an understanding
and appreciation of Mexican art from in the PreColumbian, colonial, and contemporary periods,
with emphasis on Frida Kahlo and the muralist movement of Diego Rivera, David Alfredo
Siqueiros, and José Clemente Orozco. Students
will participate in numerous excursions to many
museum as well as archaeological and historical
sites. (Prereq.: SPA 212. Taught in Mexico)
SPA 295
Topics: Spanish for Healthcare Professionals
This course aims satisfy the needs of students in
nursing, pre-med students, and others in healthcare fields who seek to develop strong speaking
and oral comprehension skills. The main focus
will be on developing specialized vocabulary and
learning grammar within the context of daily
situations relevant to different aspects of health
care. (Prereq.: SPA 112 or instructor’s permission. Taught in Mexico.)
SPA 295
and 495
Topics: Spanish for Heritage Speakers
This course is for you if you grew up hearing
Spanish and can communicate your ideas but
are lacking a basic knowledge of Spanish grammar and thus feel insecure about writing and/or
speaking it. The goal is to help you gain fluency
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the pre-Columbian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.:
SPA 311 or equivalent)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the
voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one
novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples,
women, and Central American refugees. Taught
by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311
or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of
written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and grammatical exercises. Taught by
Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or
equivalent and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111.)
SPA 495/
Contemporary Latin American Women-Texts and
Voices
WST 481
This course examines the social construction
of gender in Latin American countries and
addresses key issues faced by Latin American
women today. Includes analysis of poems,
excerpts of novels, essays, testimonies, and
interviews by and about Latin American
women. Aims to help students develop an
appreciation for the complexity of diversity of
Latin American women’s experiences. (Prereq.:
SPA 311. Taught in Mexico.)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 159
International Studies
SPA 495
Topics in Business Spanish
BUS/HIS/INS/MKT/POL/REL/SPA/WST/YFM 399 Internship
Aims to enable intermediate and advanced
Spanish language students develop proficiency
in the vocabulary, grammar, and cultural competencies necessary to successfully conduct
business in Spanish-speaking countries, with an
emphasis on Latin America. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or equivalent or instructor’s consent.)
SPA 495
Topics: Contemporary Mexican Literature
This course examines short stories by the most
important contemporary Mexican authors,
focusing particularly on the second half of the
20th and the first few years of the 21st century. You will learn about the distinctive traits
of Mexican literature as you learn about the
historical, cultural, and literary contexts of this
period. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or instructor’s consent. Taught in Mexico.)
HIS/WST 357 Mexican History, Culture, and Cosmovision
This course traces the historical development of
gender, class-based, and racial/ethnic oppression
in Latin America from the Conquest to the present day, and explores the history of resistance
and social change in Latin America.
HPE 003
Lifetime Activity: Latin Dance
This Lifetime Activity course is designed to
help you develop proficiency in diverse forms of
Latin dance. There is no academic credit for this
course, but it fulfills the physical fitness graduation requirement. The course meets for a total of
21 hours over the course of the semester. There
is additional cost of US $50/student to cover
expenses.
(.0 course)
BUS/HIS/INS/MKT/POL/REL/SPA/WST/YFM 499 Independent Study
160
Explores issues of globalization and social
change in Mexico and analyzes political, social
and economic policies that promote and/or hinder sustainable development from a gender perspective. Particular emphasis will be placed on
environmental issues and the causes of migration/emigration and social unrest in Mexico.
REL 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
This course focuses on articulating students’
own theological questions and positions and
on recognizing and evaluating religious claims
in the areas of biblical interpretation and the
historical, cultural, and global contexts of
Christianity and other world religions. The
version taught in Mexico will include particular
emphasis on religion in Mexico. (Prereq.: REL
100)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Students conduct independent, field-based
research and participate in an ongoing seminar
which explores fieldwork methods and cultural
and ethical issues. Students seeking Spanish
credit must receive approval from the department chair prior to enrollment.
Social Work in a Latin American Context (Mexico)—
Spring
This program was created to satisfy the curriculum requirements for a Bachelor in Social Work degree program. Its goal
is to develop cross-culturally competent, ethical social work
professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformative, experiential learning focused on social
and economic justice.
Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 15. Prerequisites:
approval of the Social Work Department, and one collegelevel Spanish course or the equivalent (students may choose
to study Spanish in Mexico during the month of January
prior to the start of the semester).
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
POL 341/WST 341 Globalization, Social Struggles, and the
Environment
Students gain 80-100 hours of hands-on work
experience in a Mexican organization and participate in an ongoing seminar which explores
cultural issues, organizational analysis, and personal and professional development. Students
seeking Spanish credit must receive approval
from the department chair prior to enrollment.
(Prerequisites: SPA 212 or equivalent, internship
application, and Spanish reference forms)
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
the Spanish-speaking world. Taught by Mexican
instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or
completion of prerequisite for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American
and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual
growth and promote cultural understanding,
students review all of the basic structures of
Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by placement
test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211
and 211 for 212.)
SPA 231/
ART 231
Mexican Art
This course aims to develop an understanding
International Studies
and appreciation of Mexican art from in the PreColumbian, colonial, and contemporary periods,
with emphasis on Frida Kahlo and the muralist movement of Diego Rivera, David Alfredo
Siqueiros, and José Clemente Orozco. Students
will participate in numerous excursions to many
museums as well as archaeological and historical
sites. (Prereq.: SPA 212. Taught in Mexico)
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Topics: Spanish for Healthcare Professionals
SPA 411
SPA 295
This course aims satisfy the needs of students in
nursing, pre-med students, and others in healthcare fields who seek to develop strong speaking
and oral comprehension skills. The main focus
will be on developing specialized vocabulary
and learning grammar within the context of
daily situations relevant to different aspects of
health care. (Prerequisite: SPA 112 or instructor’s permission. Taught in Mexico.)
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of
written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and grammatical exercises. Taught by
Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or
equivalent and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111.)
SPA 495
Contemporary Latin American Women - Texts and
Voices
This course examines the social construction
of gender in Latin American countries and
addresses key issues faced by Latin American
women today. Includes analysis of poems,
excerpts of novels, essays, testimonies, and
interviews by and about Latin American
women. Aims to help students develop an
appreciation for the complexity of diversity of
Latin American women’s experiences. (Prereq.:
SPA 311. Taught in Mexico.)
SPA 295 and 495 Topics: Spanish for Heritage Speakers
This course is for you if you grew up hearing
Spanish and can communicate your ideas but
are lacking a basic knowledge of Spanish grammar and thus feel insecure about writing and/or
speaking it. The goal is to help you gain fluency
and confidence in your native language. (No
prerequisites. 295 or 495level available according to proficiency)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and written
practice in correct expression. This course is a
prerequisite for all upper division courses except
for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive,
individualized instruction, discussions, debates,
and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to
stimulate discussion. This course is only offered
in Mexico and Central America and is taught
by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or
equivalent or score at minimum of 311 level on
placement exam.)
Examines issues of social change through the
voices on contemporary Latin American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one
novel and testimonials of indigenous peoples,
women, and Central American refugees. Taught
by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent.)
SPA 495
Topics in Business Spanish
Aims to enable intermediate and advanced
Spanish language students develop proficiency
in the vocabulary, grammar, and cultural competencies necessary to successfully conduct
business in Spanish-speaking countries, with an
emphasis on Latin America. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or equivalent or instructor’s consent.)
SPA 495
Topics: Contemporary Mexican Literature
This course examines short stories by the most
important contemporary Mexican authors,
focusing particularly on the second half of the
20th and the first few years of the 21st century. You will learn about the distinctive traits
of Mexican literature as you learn about the
historical, cultural, and literary contexts of this
period. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or instructor’s consent. Taught in Mexico.)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
SWK 294
International Social Welfare: The Mexican Context
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the pre-Columbian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. Taught
by Mexican instructors.s (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Develops students’ understanding of current
social, economic, political, and cultural realities
in Mexico through an exploration of Mexican
culture and history. Emphasis on intercultural
communication and the role of U.S. foreign policy in Mexico. Aims to frame students’ knowledge of contemporary social welfare and social
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 161
International Studies
SPA 316. Taught by Guatemalan instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
work practice with migrants and immigrants in
the Minnesota and the United States at large.
162
SWK 316
Social Work Practice II: With Families and Groups
Develops student understanding and working
knowledge of human behavior in families and
in groups. The Mexican context of family and
group work will be examined and uniquely
Mexican models will be explored and discussed
in relation to current family and group theory.
Groups can be used to accomplish individual,
family, organizational, and/or community goals.
Students will practice skills needed to be an
effective group member and facilitator in class. A
six-week home stay with a Mexican family will
provide an opportunity to learn about Mexican
family structure through personal experience.
SWK 295
Comparative Social Policy
Aims to prepare social work students to function as informed and competent participants in
efforts to achieve change in social policies and
programs. This course in comparative social
policy uses Mexico and the United States as a
context for studying policy formation, implementation, analysis, and the influence of values
on these processes. Central to this course is a
service-learning component. Those enrolled in
Social Work Field Experience may use the same
field setting for both courses. Roles and responsibilities of generalist social workers and citizens
in formulating, implementing, and evaluating
policy responsive to social needs are addressed.
United States and Mexican immigration and
migration policies will be used a primary vehicle
for this critical analysis.
SWK 317
Field Work II: Integrative Seminar
Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience including work
with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service agency. A total of 120
hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative
seminar. Contributes approximately 100 hours
to the practicum hours required for the BSW
degree for those students with Spanish-language
oral competency. Involves sharing of experiences
with other students in a small group seminar.
(Prereq.: intermediate Spanish, candidacy status;
concurrent with SWK 316. P/N grading only).
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency
and facility thorough oral and written practice
in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses except for
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive,
individualized instruction, discussions, debates,
and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to
stimulate discussion. This course is only offered
in Mexico and Central America and is taught
by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or
equivalent or score at minimum of 311 level on
placement exam.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the
voices of contemporary Latin American writers.
Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, novels,
and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women,
and Central American refugees. Taught by
Guatemalan instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311
or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of
written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and grammatical exercises. Taught by
Guatemalan instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311
or equivalent.)
HIS/WST/ISS 355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An exploration of selected topics and case studies from Latin American history with special
emphasis on the role of women in history.
Focuses on the development of gender, classbased, and racial/ethnic oppression and the
history of resistance and social change in Latin
America from the Conquest to the present day.
Examines the Pre-Columbian period, the conquest and colonial periods, and concludes with
the post-war period in Central America.
POL 310
Topics in Comparative Politics: Citizen Participation
in Policy Formulation within a Globalized Economy
— A Nicaraguan Case Study
This course exposes students to key debates
shaping the contemporary political economy
of development in Nicaragua and the rest of
Central America. The course aims to help students understand the interplay between global
processes and political and economic factors
that define development policy formulation and
implementation at the national level today.
REL 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
An exploration of Latin American theologies of
to provide students with the opportunity to gain
hands-on work experience in a development
agency.
liberation and their relationship to social/political transformation. Examines key theological
concepts, critiques, and practical implications.
HIS/INS/POL 499 Independent Study
Nation Building, Globalization, and Decolonizing the
Mind: Southern African Perspectives (Namibia)—Fall
or Spring
This program examines the crucial issues of nation building,
globalization, and decolonizing the mind from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia
won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid
South African colonization. South Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build
nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and
colonialism, they are faced with the challenges posed by the
rapid process of globalization in today’s world; the challenges
posed by under and unequal development; and the long-term
project of decolonizing the mind.
INS 312
The Development Process — Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect
critically on issues of development, hunger,
injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. The
course examines basic theories of development.
REL 346
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of
the church in the midst of the political transformations of southern Africa. Students meet
with people representing a variety of religious
perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations.
POL 353
Political and Social Change in Namibia: A
Comparative Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the
semester and examines the legacy of apartheid
in Namibia with particular focus on the social
and political movements that have evolved in
the struggle for independence.
HIS 327
Racism and Resistance in Southern Africa and
the United States: Struggles Against Colonialism,
Apartheid, and Segregation
This course explores historical parallels of the
development in southern Africa and in the
United States, strategies of resistance, the successes and limitations of political victories over
apartheid and racism, and the lingering economic, social, political, and psychological effects
of racism.
HIS/INS/POL 399 Internship
A limited number of internships will be available
Students may design a proposal to conduct an
independent study of a topic related to their
major or minor.
HECUA Courses
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway (SUST)—Fall
In less than 50 years, Norway has become one of the richest
nations in the world and increasingly multicultural. Twentyfive percent of Oslo residents, for example, are not ethnic
Norwegian. The program investigates dramatic changes
in Northern Europe by analyzing the development of the
Norwegian welfare state through a wide range of topics
such as globalization theories, nation-building and national
identity, governance and political party systems, European
integration, racial thinking, histories of racialization, international aid politics, sexuality, and environmentalism. Students
study Norwegian language or do an independent research
project, and also intern with a leading NGO.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
INS 377
Challenges of Globalization to the Scandinavian
Welfare State
INS 393
Scandinavian Art, Film, and Literature
INS 394
Urbanization and Immigration
INS 499
Independent Study (Students may choose either INS
372 or 499)
Community Internships in Latin America: Ecuador
(CILA)—Fall and spring
The Community Internships in Latin America program offers
a semester of study experience with a focus on community
participation and social change. A hands-on internship
designed to meet the learning goals of the student is combined with a seminar, independent project, and a home stay
for an intensive immersion into Latin American daily life and
culture. Models of community participation, organization,
development, and social change are compared and contrasted. Students learn first-hand about the social problems in
Ecuadorian communities and explore ways in which communities are addressing these challenges. All lectures, internships, and field projects are in Spanish, with discussions in
Spanish and English. Readings are mostly in Spanish. Papers
may be written in English or Spanish.
INS 366
Community Participation and Social Change
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 163
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
INS 499
Independent Study
Democracy and Social Change: Northern Ireland—
Spring
The Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change program examines the historical, political, and religious roots
of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace, and
the progress being made. Through a seven-week internship,
students get hands-on experience with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights,
conflict transformation, and education for democracy. The
program is located at the UNESCO Centre at the University
of Ulster in Coleraine.
INS 316
Northern Ireland: Building a Sustainable Democracy
INS 317
Politics of Conflict and Transformation
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
Divided States of Europe: Globalization and Inequalities
in the New Europe—Spring
Ten former communist nation-states have recently joined the
European Union. From three different locations – Norway,
Romania, and Hungary – students examine the complex
dynamics of European integration via issues such as labor
migration, minority politics, right-wing populism, prostitution, and human trafficking. Together, Hungary and Romania
encompass some of Europe’s most pressing social justice
issues and constitute its primary geographic and cultural
bridge between East and West.
164
INS 371
Disjuncture and Difference in Europe
INS 376
Challenges and Opportunities of European
Integration
INS 399
Internship
INS 499
Independent Study
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies
Languages and
Cross-Cultural Studies
The Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies
at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing
the College’s mission of providing liberal arts education for
service in today’s world. The department is committed to the
view that education should go beyond career preparation
and that familiarity with the language and culture of another
people is an essential step in the development of a truly
global perspective.
The department offers language, literature, and culture
courses leading to majors in French, German, Norwegian,
and Spanish, as well as an interdisciplinary major in CrossCultural studies. Introductory courses in Ojibwe, Farsi,
and American Sign Language are offered at Augsburg, and
courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available
to Augsburg students through the College’s affiliation with
ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges.
Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with
the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in
second-language education and translation, but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in international business,
law, social work, the diplomatic corps, the health professions,
or the ministry may wish to take a second major or minor
in languages. In addition, a minor in languages is a valuable
research tool for those intending to pursue graduate study in
most academic disciplines.
Languages and Cross-Cultural Faculty
Frankie Shackelford (Chair), Anita Fisher, Michael
Kidd, Diane Mikkelson, Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg, Kate
Reinhardt, Susana Sandmann, Dann Trainer, John vanCleve
Degree and Major Requirements
Major
The language major consists of ten courses above 211
(Norwegian only: 211 and above), including two courses in
culture, two courses in language, two courses in literature,
KEY 480, and three electives (from any of the three areas
above). At least seven of these courses must be taught in the
target language of the major and at least four of them must be
taken on the Augsburg campus.
The Cross-Cultural Studies major consists of three core
courses, a language requirement, a study-abroad requirement
and three electives:
Core: LCS 100, LCS 399, and KEY 480.
Language requirement: Minor in French, German,
Norwegian or Spanish or completion of the 212 level in two
different languages (in Norwegian only: 211).
Study-abroad requirement: one semester on an approved
study-abroad program or two travel seminars (consult
Augsburg Abroad for offerings).
Required electives: Three upperdivision courses in
related areas. Courses must be chosen in consultation with
the student’s academic advisor and must include comparative
study of a non-English speaking culture. Seminars, independent study, topics courses, and courses at other colleges
and universities can be considered here. No more than two
courses may be counted from a single department.
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded
throughout the offered courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S) and Writing (W)
are met by completing 411 in French, German, Norwegian,
or Spanish (W) and KEY 480 (W and S).
The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill is met
with one of the following courses: GST 200, MAT 145 or 146,
or PHI 230.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Minor
The minor consists of four courses above 211 (Norwegian
only: 211 and above), including one in language and one
in literature or culture. All of these courses must be taught
in the target language, and at least two of them must be
taken on the Augsburg campus. There is no minor in CrossCultural studies.
Other Requirements
Departmental Honors
Majors seeking graduation with departmental honors must
apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.50 GPA in the
major, 3.50 GPA overall, and honors thesis.
Prerequisite
A prerequiste must be completed with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P.
Transfer Students
Transfer students intending to major or minor in languages
must take a minimum of one upper division course per year
at Augsburg. See major/minor above for limits on non-Augsburg courses. Courses accepted for transfer must have been
taken within the past seven years.
Study Abroad
A semester of study abroad is required for language majors
and some study abroad is strongly recommended for minors.
Majors in Cross-Cultural studies must complete a semester
abroad or two short-term international study experiences
approved by the department. An advanced-level internship in
the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship
(INS 199), linking language skills with community service
and career exploration, is strongly encouraged.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 165
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies
Teaching Licensure
French (FRE)
Augsburg College no longer offers a licensure program in
modern languages.
FRE 111, 112 Beginning French I, II
Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies
Courses
LCS 100
Introduction to Cultural Studies
This course is an introduction to the critical
study of cultures and Cross-Cultural difference.
It examines the connections between social relations and the production of meaning. It sets the
stage for global citizenship by revealing how our
“position” in the world affects the way we view,
interpret, and interact with other cultures.
FRE 211, 212 Intermediate French I, II
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication,
vocabulary building, and developing greater ease
in reading and writing French. Review of basic
structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall:
211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
FRE 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
LCS 295/495 Topics in Cross-Cultural Studies
LSC 399
Internship in Cross-Cultural Studies
KEY 480
Topics in Global Interdependence
This Cross-Cultural keystone seminar prepares
students to “act globally” by challenging them
to apply the diverse perspectives acquired while
studying abroad and to analyze issues that
transcend national boundaries. In English with
readings in a language other than English. Open
to international students and to upper-division
students who have advanced knowledge of a
language other than English or have studied
abroad for a full semester (including in Englishspeaking countries with consent of instructor).
FRE 311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral
and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and
facility of expression in French. Emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall,
Prereq.: 212)
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social, and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
American Sign Language (ASL)
ASL 101, 102 Beginning American Sign Language I, II
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs
and syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and
learn the facial expressions and body language
needed to communicate clearly with deaf and
hard-of-hearing people. (Fall: 101; spring: 102,
Prereq.: 101)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural
manifestations that promote understanding of
French-speaking people and their contributions
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials, and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent
of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
Farsi (FAR)
FAR 111/112 Beginning Farsi I, II
166
An introductory sequence in Basic Modern
Persian (Farsi). Aims to develop communicative
skills in understanding, speaking, translating
into English, and reading phonetic transcriptions, while exploring the culture of Iran
and other Farsi-speaking countries such as
Afghanistan and Tadjikstan. (Alternating years)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Aims to develop communication skills of
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing.
Through conversations, classroom practice,
and readings, these courses work toward the
discovery of French culture and way of life.
Four class meetings per week. (Fall: 111; spring
112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional sessions
required)
FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II
The study of major French authors and literary
movements in France through the reading of
whole literary works where possible. Lectures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies
FRE 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
GER 331
German Civilization and Culture I
By means of reading, speaking, and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest,
the student acquires extensive training in key
modalities at an advanced level. Attention to
accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels
of expression, refinements in style and organization. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor
and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall)
Follows the cultural and social development of
the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.)
to the Thirty Years War (1648). In German.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
GER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped
Germany, Austria, and Switzerland since the Age
of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the intellectual,
geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the
German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.:
GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on
rotational basis)
GER 351
Survey of Literature: German Literature from
Chivalry to Romanticism
The prose, epic, and poetry readings in this
course chronicle the German experience from
Charlemagne to Napoleon; from Luther to Kant;
from Hildegard of Bingen to Goethe, Schiller,
and the Romantics; and offer a way to relive
the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the
Enlightenment.
GER 354
Survey of Literature: German Literature in the 19th
and 20th Centuries
The literary, cultural, and scientific background
of the new millennium has many Germanspeaking roots in the works of figures like Marx,
Freud, Nietzsche, Einstein, Kafka, Rilke, Hesse,
and Brecht. Selected readings of prose, poetry,
and plays bring alive the drama and conflicts
that characterized the birth of the modern age.
(Prereq.: 311)
GER 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student’s
use of German as a vehicle for expressing ideas
and opinions. Emphasis on written composition
including control of style. Oral practice through
use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.:
GER 311 or consent of instructor and ENL 111
or 112 or HON 111. Fall)
GER 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses
FRE 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
FRE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
FRE 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
FRE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
German (GER)
GER 111, 112 Beginning German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom
practice in speaking, understanding, and reading
and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read
extended narratives in simple German, insights
into German culture, and participation in short
conversations. (Fall: 111; spring: 112, Prereq.:
111. WEC—additional sessions required)
GER 211, 212 Intermediate German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills into working
knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through
reading and discussion of materials representing
contemporary German life and literature. (Fall:
211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
GER 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
GER 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary, and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial
German. Intensive practice in speaking is
supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall, Prereq.: 212)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
GER 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 167
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies
GER 299
Directed Study
NOR 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
See description on page 65.
Extensive practice in spoken and written
Norwegian, based on literary and cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR 311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written and oral reports
in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent
of instructor and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111.
Spring)
NOR 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
GER 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
GER 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
Norwegian (NOR)
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II
NOR 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
NOR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
NOR 211
Intermediate Norwegian I
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural
contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters.
Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a
basis for class activities and writing exercises.
Includes grammar review. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or
equivalent. Fall)
NOR 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered at Augsburg,
both as part of the Lanuages and Cross-Cultural Studies
Department and as part of the American Indian studies
major.
NOR 295
168
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress
is on communication and its cultural context.
Additional sessions required when taken in the
Weekend College schedule. (Fall: 111; spring:
112, Prereq.: 111)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
NOR 311
Conversation and Composition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian
with emphasis on communicative contexts and
integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social
science, and literature form a basis for class
activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.:
NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring)
NOR 331
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place
contemporary cultural developments, such as
Norway’s changing role in the global community,
into a historical context. Readings in history are
supplemented by lectures, newspaper articles,
and video materials. In Norwegian. (Prereq.:
NOR 311 or consent of instructor.)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian
literature provide a basis for the study of major
works from earlier periods, including several
in Nynorsk. Readings, lectures, discussion,
journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor.)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
NOR 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
Ojibwe (OJB)
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture
of the Ojibwe (Chippewa). Emphasis is on
vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational
skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic
patterns and oral interaction. (Fall: 111; spring:
112, prereq.: 111)
Spanish (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under International Studies.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
the Spanish-speaking world. (Fall: 111 and 112;
spring: 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional sessions required.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies
and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual
growth and promote cultural understanding,
students review all of the basic structures of
Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. (Fall: 211; spring: 212,
Prereq.: 211)
SPA 248
Spanish and Latin American Culture through Film
An introduction to contemporary cultural issues
of Spanish and Latin American societies as
portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with
attention to the aesthetic variations across their
works. Films in Spanish with English subtitles;
language of instruction is English. (On demand)
SPA 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility.
Enrichment of vocabulary. This course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.:
SPA 212 or equivalent. Fall)
SPA 312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish
and seek to expand them. Intensive practice
aimed at refining grammar skills. Highly recommended as a continuation of SPA 311. (Prereq.:
SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SPA 331
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contributions to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent
of instructor)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the pre-Columbian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.:
SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: odd
years)
tor. Note: Students who have taken SPA 356
taught in Mexico may not take 354. Spring: even
years)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness
of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.:
SPA 311 or consent of instructor and ENL 111
or 112 or HON 111. Fall)
SPA 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses
SPA 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
SPA 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
SPA 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
SPA 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 64.
SPA 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
SPA 354
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of Spanish
literature. Lectures, discussion, written, and oral
reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent
of instructor). Fall on a rotational basis.)
Representative Hispanic Authors
An introduction to Hispanic literature. Lectures,
discussions, and written and oral reports in
Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instruc-
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 169
Management Information Systems, Marketing
Management Information Systems
See listing under Department of Business Administration.
Marketing
See listing under Department of Business Administration.
170
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Mathematics
Mathematics—MAT
Mathematics is the study of structure and relationships
and provides tools for solving a wide variety of problems.
Mathematical language describes our world from the perspectives of the natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging
in mathematical thinking helps strengthen the problem
solving and quantitative reasoning skills that are increasingly expected of every member of contemporary society.
Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the
development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal
arts education.
Students majoring in mathematics acquire the skills
necessary to serve society through a variety of careers. In
addition to acquiring computational and problem solving
skills, mathematics majors at Augsburg develop their abilities
to reason abstractly; to conjecture, critique, and justify their
assertions; to formulate questions; to investigate open-ended
problems; to read and comprehend precise mathematical
writing; to speak and write about mathematical ideas; and
to experience working in teams on mathematical projects.
Students can prepare for graduate school, for work in business, industry, or non-profit organizations, or for teaching
mathematics in grades K-12. Students majoring in many disciplines find it helpful to acquire a minor or a second major
in mathematics.
Students may choose coursework supporting the study
of mathematics as a liberal art, its applications to science and
engineering, its applications to actuarial science, computing,
or economics, or in preparation to teach. Augsburg’s urban
location allows students to gain experience working with
mathematics through internships, cooperative education, and
the colloquium course.
Mathematics Faculty
Matthew Haines (Chair), Pavel Beˇlík, Tracy Bibelnieks,
Suzanne Dorée, Kenneth Kaminsky,
Jody Sorensen, John
Zobitz, Catherine Micek
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Mathematics Major
Nine courses including:
MAT 145
MAT 146
MAT 245
MAT 246
MAT 271
Calculus I
Calculus II
Calculus III
Linear Algebra
Discrete Mathematical Structures
A “theoretical structures” course: MAT 304, MAT 314, MAT
324, or other courses approved by the department.
Three additional electives chosen from MAT courses
numbered above 250, at least two of which are numbered
above 300.
Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium during junior and senior years.
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better in each
course that applies toward the major.
At least two MAT courses numbered above 250 must be
taken at Augsburg.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QF and QA), Writing (W) are embedded in
the MAT courses and are met by completing the major. An
additional course in Speaking (S) is also required and may be
met by either MAT 201 together with the major, COM 111,
COM 115, student teaching, another speaking skill course
approved by the department, or completion of another major
that includes the speaking skill. Students transferring in
mathematics course(s) must consult their MAT advisor about
potential additional skills courses needed.
Bachelor of Science
Mathematics Major
Twelve courses including:
MAT 145
MAT 146
MAT 245
MAT 246
MAT 271
Calculus I
Calculus II
Calculus III
Linear Algebra
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Four electives chosen from MAT courses numbered above
250, at least three of which are numbered above 300.
Three additional electives chosen from MAT courses numbered above 250, or the following list of supporting courses
(or substitutes with departmental approval); BIO 355, BIO
473, BIO 481, BUS 379, CHM 353, CHM 361, CHM 364,
CSC 160 (recommended), CSC 170, CSC 210, CSC 320, CSC
385, CSC 457, ECO 112 or ECO 113 (cannot count both),
ECO 318, ECO 416, ECO 490, ESE 330, FIN 331, MAT 163,
MAT 164, MAT 173, MKT 352, PHY 121, PHY 122, PSY 215,
PSY 315, SOC 362, SOC 363. (Not more than one of MAT
163, MAT 164, BUS 379, PSY 215, SOC 362 may count).
These seven electives must include a(n):
• “Theoretical Structures” course: MAT 304, MAT 314, MAT
324, or other courses approved by the department.
• “Applied Project” course: MAT 355, MAT 369, MAT 374,
MAT 377, or other courses approved by the department.
• “Statistical Perspectives’’ course: MAT 373, MAT 163,
MAT 164, BUS 379, PSY 215, SOC 362, or other courses
approved by the department.
At least five of the seven electives must be chosen from a
focus area approved by the department.
Sample focus areas:
• Biological Sciences: one of MAT 163, MAT 164, PSY 215;
two of BIO 355, BIO 473, BIO 481; two of MAT 363, MAT
369, MAT 373
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 171
Mathematics
• Business, Economics, or Actuarial Science: ECO 112 or
ECO 113; two of CSC 160, BUS 379, ECO 318, ECO 416,
ECO 490, FIN 331, MAT 163, MAT 164, MAT 173, MKT
352; MAT 373; MAT 374 or MAT 377. (Only one of BUS
379, MAT 163 and MAT 164 may count).
• Computational Mathematics: CSC 170; CSC 210; one of
CSC 320, CSC 385, CSC 457; two of MAT 304, MAT 355,
MAT 363, MAT 377.
• Physical Sciences: Two of PHY 121, PHY 122, CHM 353,
CHM 361, CHM 364; two of MAT 324, MAT 327, MAT
355, MAT 369; a fifth course from this list.
• Statistics: One of MAT 164, BUS 379, PSY 215, SOC 362;
MAT 324; MAT 373; MAT 374; one of ECO 490, MKT 352,
PSY 315, SOC 363, or another applied statistics course
approved by the department.
• Teaching Mathematics: ESE 330; MAT 252; MAT 287;
MAT 314; MAT 324
• Theoretical mathematics: MAT 314; MAT 324; at least
three of MAT 252, MAT 287, MAT 304, MAT 363, MAT
373, or regularly offered courses at other ACTC colleges
in Complex Variables, Topology, Measure Theory/Real
Analysis II, Abstract Algebra II, Combinatorics.
Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium during
junior and senior years.
In addition, an experiential component in the focus area
is required, such as an internship, volunteer or paid work
experience, undergraduate research project, or other experiences approved by the department. Such experiences may
also fulfill the Augsburg Experience requirement if approved.
For an undergraduate research project, the work may build
upon a course-based project, but significant work beyond the
course is expected.
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better in each
course that applies toward the major.
At least two MAT courses numbered above 250 must be
taken at Augsburg.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QF and QA), Writing (W) are embedded in
the MAT courses and are met by completing the major. An
additional course in Speaking (S) is also required and may be
met by either MAT 201 together with the major, COM 111,
COM 115, student teaching, another speaking skill course
approved by the department, or completion of another major
that includes the speaking skill. Students transferring in
mathematics course(s) must consult their MAT advisor about
potential additional skills courses needed.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements
for teachers. The state requirements are subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should
consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify
current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
At the time of publication, the mathematics requirements for secondary education licensure to teach math-
172
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
ematics in grades 5-12 are the same as the B.S. major
but the electives must include ESE 330 5-12 Methods:
Mathematics; MAT 252; Exploring Geometry; MAT 287
History of Mathematics; MAT 314 Abstract Algebra; MAT
324 Analysis; one of MAT 163 Introductory Statistics, MAT
164 Introductory Biostatistics or MAT 373 Probability and
Statistics I; and an “Applied Project” course.
At the time of publication, the mathematics requirements for a concentration in mathematics to teach in grades
5-8 under elementary education licensure are MPG 4 or
MAT 114 Precalculus; MAT 145 Calculus I; one of MAT 163
Introductory Statistics, MAT 164 Introductory Biostatistics
or MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I; MAT 252 Exploring
Geometry; MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures; and
MAT 287 History of Mathematics. ESE 331 Middle School
Methods in Mathematics is also required. Elementary
Education majors seeking middle school mathematics licensure are strongly encouraged to consult with a mathematics
department adviser before enrolling in the 200 level MAT
courses.
Departmental Honors in Mathematics
GPA of 3.50 in MAT courses numbered above 200, 3.00
overall GPA, an undergraduate research project in mathematics (usually beginning before senior year), and approval of
the Mathematics Department. The project may build upon a
course-based project, but significant work beyond the course
is expected. A proposal to complete departmental honors
in mathematics should be submitted to the Mathematics
Department chair at least one year prior to graduation.
Specific requirements are available from the department.
Pi Mu Epsilon
Membership in the Augsburg Chapter of this national mathematics honor society is open to those students with declared
mathematics major, junior or senior status, and a GPA of 3.00
in their major and overall.
Mathematics Minor
Five courses including:
MAT 145
Calculus I
MAT 146
Calculus II
Three MAT electives numbered above 200, at least one of
which is numbered above 300. Alternatively students may
complete a minor by taking the six courses: MAT 145, MAT
146, MAT 163 or MAT 164, MAT 252, MAT 271, and MAT
287.
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better in each
course that applies toward the minor.
At least one MAT course numbered above 250 must be
taken at Augsburg.
Mathematics
Other Requirements
MAT 129
Practical Applications of Mathematics
An examination of applications of mathematics
in contemporary society, with an emphasis on
quantitative reasoning including an introduction
to probability and statistics and topics such as
the mathematics of finance, graph theory, game
theory, voting theory, linear programming, or
cryptography. Note: Students who have successfully completed MAT 138, MAT 163, MAT 164,
BUS 379, PSY 215, or SOC 362 may not register
for credit without consent of instructor. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
Math Placement Group (MPG)
Before enrolling in any mathematics course, students must
have the required Math Placement. All students are required to
have their Math Placement Group (MPG) determined. In some
cases, students who have transferred in a mathematics course
taken at another college may have their MPG determined by the
registrar’s office. Students who have passed the College Board
Advanced Placement Exam in calculus should consult with
the Mathematics Department. All other students must take the
Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which is administered by
Academic Advising. The exam is given during College registration sessions and at other announced times during the year.
Practice questions and other information are available from
Academic Advising. Students in MPG 1 may take MAT 103 to
advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 may take MAT 105 to
advance to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a student’s
MPG. Students are also permitted to retake the Math Placement
Exam during their first term of enrollment at Augsburg College.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to
count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
MAT 137-8
Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I and II
Concepts of number, operations, algebra, geometry, measurement, data analysis, and probability
with an emphasis on the processes of problem
solving, reasoning, connections, communication, and representation. These courses are
designed for prospective K-6 elementary school
teachers. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 140
Calculus Workshop (.25 course)
An elective workshop for students concurrently enrolled in Calculus I or Calculus II.
Calculus related problems and activities that
require significant collaborative and creative
effort. Emphasis on strategies for succeeding
in college-level mathematics courses. MAT 140
does not satisfy NSM-LAF requirement. P/N
grading only. (Coreq.: MAT 145 or MAT 146
and consent of instructor).
Mathematics Courses
MAT 103
Everyday Math
Concepts of integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, order of operations,
exponents, and an introduction to algebraic
expressions and equations with an emphasis on
applications to everyday life. P/N grading only.
Grade of P advances student to MPG 2. MAT
103 does not count as a credit toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 1)
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and
other models with an emphasis on applications
to the social and natural sciences, business, and
everyday life. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances
student to MPG 3. Students preparing for MAT
114 should consult the department. (Prereq.:
MPG 2 and a year of high school algebra)
MAT 114
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic,
and trigonometric functions for students planning to study calculus. Students who have completed MAT 145 or other calculus courses may
register for credit only with consent of department. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student
to MPG 4. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 145-6
Calculus I & II
Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions
including derivatives, integrals, differential
equations, and series. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT
145; MAT 145 for MAT 146)
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
Concepts of elementary statistics such as
descriptive statistics, methods of counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation,
hypothesis testing, analysis-of-variance, and
regression. Note: Students who have successfully
completed BUS 379, MAT 164, PSY 215, or SOC
362 may not register for credit without consent
of instructor. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 164
Introductory Biostatistics
Concepts and techniques of statistical inference
applied to scientific studies in medicine and
biology. Material is centered on real studies from
the biomedical sciences. Topics include counting techniques, probability, descriptive methods,
point and interval estimation, experimental
design, and nonparametric methods. Credit
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 173
Mathematics
mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and
proof. (Prereq.: MAT 146 or MAT 145 and one of
MAT 163, MAT 164, MAT 252, or MAT 287; and
pass CT assessment or GST 100.)
may not be received for both MAT 163 and MAT
164. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MPG 4)
174
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics for Computing
Concepts of discrete mathematics including
binary representations, sequences, recursion,
induction, formal logic, and combinatorics,
with an emphasis on connections to computer
science. Students who have completed MAT 271
may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3.
Also recommended: CSC 160)
MAT 173
Mathematics of Finance
Concepts of elementary financial mathematics
such as annuities, loan payments, mortgages,
life annuities, and life insurance. Provides an
introduction to actuarial mathematics. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
(.5 course)
MAT 287
History of Mathematics
Concepts of historical importance from the areas
of geometry, number theory, algebra, calculus,
and modern mathematics. (Prereq.: MAT 145)
MAT 304
Graph Theory
Concepts of graph theory including standard
graphs, classic questions, and topics such as
degree sequences, isomorphism, connectivity,
traversability, matching, planarity, coloring, and
graph metrics. (Prereq,: MAT 271, ENL 111,
and a speaking course. Also recommended MAT
246.)
MAT 201
Communicating Mathematics
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
An introduction to mathematical speaking, typesetting, presentation technology, reading, and
bibliographic resources. This half-credit course
does not count as an elective in the mathematics major or minor. Completion of this course
plus one of MAT 304, MAT 314, MAT 324, MAT
355, MAT 369, MAT 374, or MAT 377 taken
at Augsburg satisfies the major’s speaking skill
requirement. Students with majors other than
mathematics should consult their major department before taking this course. (Prereq.: MAT
146)
Concepts of algebra including the abstract structures of groups, rings, integral domains, and
fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246, MAT 271, ENL 111,
and a speaking course)
MAT 245
Calculus III
MAT 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
Concepts of multivariable calculus including
functions of several variables, partial derivatives,
vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and
parametric representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146)
(See PHY 327)
MAT 355
Numerical Mathematics and Computation
Concepts such as polynomial interpolation,
numerical differentiation and integration,
numerical solution of differential equations,
error propagation, practical implementation
of numerical methods on modern computers,
and applications. Includes an applied project.
(Prereq.: MAT 146, CSC 160, ENL 111, and a
speaking course)
MAT 246
Linear Algebra
Concepts of linear algebra including systems of
linear equations, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, and
eigenvalues. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT 271)
MAT 252
Exploring Geometry
Concepts of geometry including Euclidean
and non-Euclidean geometries and geometric
transformations with an emphasis on geometric
reasoning, conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.:
MAT 145)
MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Concepts of discrete mathematics including
number theory, combinatorics, graph theory,
recursion theory, set theory, and formal logic,
with an emphasis on algorithmic thinking,
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
MAT 324
Analysis
Concepts of real analysis including limits,
boundedness, continuity, functions, derivatives,
and series in a theoretical setting. (Prereq.: MAT
146, MAT 271, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111,
and a speaking course. Also recommended:
additional MAT course numbered 200 or higher)
MAT 363
Dynamical Systems
Concepts of dynamical systems including iteration, stability, orbit diagrams, symbolic dynamics, chaos, and fractals, along with topics such
as applications of dynamical systems and/or
complex dynamics including the Mandelbrot set
and Julia sets. (Prereq.: MAT 146 and MAT 246,
MAT 269, or MAT 271)
Mathematics
MAT 369
Modeling and Differential Equations in the Biological
and Natural Sciences
Concepts of differential equations including
quantitative and qualitative methods of linear
and non-linear systems; the application, modeling, and analysis of differential equations to
model biological phenomena. (Prereq.: MAT
245, ENL 111, and a speaking course)
MAT 373-4
Probability and Statistics I & II
Concepts of probability and statistics including methods of enumeration, random variables,
probability distributions, expectation, the
Central Limit Theorem, sampling distributions,
methods of estimation, hypothesis testing,
regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics.MAT 374 includes an applied
project. (Prereq.: MAT 245 for MAT 373. Also
recommended MAT 271. MAT 373, ENL 111,
and a speaking course for MAT 374)
MAT 377
Operations Research
Concepts of linear programming and its applications to optimization problems from industrial
settings including the simplex method, sensitivity analysis, duality theory, alternate optima,
and unboundedness with an emphasis on both
the mathematical theory and the application to
current business practice. Includes an applied
project. (Prereq.: MAT 246, ENL 111, and a
speaking course)
is required. (Prerequisite for upper division: at
least one upper division MAT course, junior or
senior standing) See also description on page 64.
MAT 499
Independent Study/Research
Selection and study of an advanced topic outside
of the offered curriculum with the guidance of a
faculty member. Presentation at a departmental
colloquium is required. (Prereq.: at least one
upper division MAT course, junior or senior
standing, and consent of instructor.) See also
description on page 65.
MAT 395/495 Topics/Advanced Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic such as actuarial
mathematics, combinatrics, complex analysis,
mathematical biology, topology, or foundations
of mathematics. (Prereq.: at least two MAT
courses numbered above 200 and consent of
instructor. For 495, an additional upper division
MAT course depending on the particular topic
may also be required)
MAT 491
Mathematics Colloquium
Information about contemporary applications,
career opportunities, and other interesting ideas
in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors,
faculty members, or students. Carries no course
credit.
Internship and Independent Study Courses
MAT 199/399 Internship
Work-based learning experience that links
the ideas and methods of mathematics to the
opportunities found in the internship. For upper
division credit, significant mathematical content
and presentation at a departmental colloquium
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 175
Medieval Studies
Medieval Studies
The objective of Medieval Studies is to introduce students
to the culture of the Middle Ages—its diverse history and
beliefs, its arts and literature—and to the disciplinary and
interdisciplinary skills necessary for its serious study.
The major in Medieval Studies fulfills the original
(medieval) ideal of a liberal arts education. Since the study of
the liberal arts was developed in the Middle Ages, students
majoring in Medieval Studies find a model context for the
pursuit of a liberal arts degree in the modern world.
As was the case in medieval universities, Augsburg’s
major in Medieval Studies prepares students for life beyond
college. Because of its emphasis on precise reading and analysis of texts, careful writing, and spirited discussion, the major
in Medieval Studies offers a solid foundation for graduate
or professional study, as well as employment opportunities
that require abilities in communication, critical and abstract
thinking, and processing information.
Medieval Studies Faculty
Phillip C. Adamo (History, Program Director), Kristin M.
Anderson (Art), Mark L. Fuehrer (Philosophy), Douglas
E. Green (English), John Harkness (English), Martha B.
Johnson (Theatre Arts), Merilee I. Klemp (Music), Philip A.
Quanbeck II (Religion), Bruce R. Reichenbach (Philosophy),
Mark D. Tranvik (Religion)
Degree and Major Requirements
Two (2) electives from the following courses:
HIS 374
Medieval Crusades
HIS 440
Monks and Heretics
POL 380
Western Political Thought
Any literature, religion/philosophy, or history of arts courses
not already taken may be taken as electives.
Graduation Skills
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S),
and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered
courses and are met by completing the major. HIS 369 meets
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Minor
Five courses including HUM 120. The remaining four
courses must be in different disciplines, as grouped above
(history, literature, religion/philosophy, and history of arts).
Other Requirements
Language Requirement
Students must take one year of college-level Latin or other
medieval language approved by their adviser, which will fulfill the Modern Languages Graduation Skills requirement.
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) Skills
Fulfilled by HIS 369.
Major
Augsburg Experience
Nine courses, including:
As with all majors, an Augsburg Experience is required
for graduation. For the Medieval Studies major this might
include study abroad, or internships at the University
of Minnesota’s Rare Books Collection, the Hill Monastic
Manuscript Library, or the Minnesota Renaissance Festival.
Prior approval of adviser is required for all Augsburg
Experiences related to Medieval Studies.
Four (4) core requirements:
HUM 120
HIS 369
HIS 370
HUM 499
Medieval Connections
Early and Middle Ages
Late Middle Ages
Keystone, Medieval Studies Project
One (1) of the following literature courses:
ENL 330
ENL 332
ENL 360
ENL 361
Shakespeare
Renaissance and Reformation
The Medieval World
The Classical Tradition
One (1) of the following religion or philosophy courses:
HIS 378
PHI 242
REL 361
REL 362
Medieval Church
Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
Church in the First Four Centuries
Theology of the Reformers
One (1) of the following history of arts courses:
ART 386
ART 387
MUS 231
THR 361
176
Medieval Art
Renaissance and Baroque Art
History and Literature of Music I
Theatre History and Criticism I
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Courses
HUM 120
Medieval Life in 12th-Century Europe (Medieval
Connections)
This is the introductory course for Medieval
Studies. It uses an interdisciplinary approach to
study European culture during a period known
as the High Middle Ages, roughly AD 1100 to
1300. It attempts to examine medieval culture as
a complex system of thought and feeling, which
includes history, religion, philosophy, literature, art, theatre, music, and food. It also takes
an experiential approach to this material, for
example, by having students and faculty attend
Medieval Studies
class in academic regalia, just as they did in
medieval universities. (Humanities LAF, Spring)
For other course descriptions, refer to the specific departments elsewhere in the catalog.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 177
Metro-Urban Studies
Metro-Urban Studies—INS
Metro-Urban Studies is the study of cities as social, political,
economic and cultural entities. Metro-Urban Studies brings
many different perspectives to the study of urban life. It is an
interdisciplinary major where students use the tools of sociology, political science, history, environmental studies and art
and architecture to understand metropolitan areas in terms of
complex relationships that contribute to both opportunities
and potential problems. The major is designed to blend ideas
learned in the class room with real world experiences from
field study. For example, all students participate in internships that reflect their career interests as part of the keystone
experience.
Metro-Urban Studies helps prepare students for careers
and graduate work in urban planning, architecture, public
administration, environmental studies, government, community organizing and social welfare.
Internships, community service-learning, and cooperative education are available as ways to enhance the quality of
the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan
opportunities afforded by the College’s location. The Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the
overall program with additional courses and semester-long
programs.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty
Nancy Fischer (Director, SOC), Andrew Aoki (POL), Jeanne
Boeh, Keith Gilsdorf, Stella Hofrenning (ECO), Michael
Lansing (HIS), Lars Christiansen, Garry Hesser (SOC),
Kristin Anderson (ART)
Degree and Major Requirements
Major
SOC 381, taken in conjunction with INS 399, fulfills the
Keystone requirement.
Students who are thinking of careers in urban planning are highly encouraged to take courses in Geographic
Information Systems (GIS) at Macalester College (Geography
225, 364 and 365) or at the University of St. Thomas
(Geography 221, 321 and 322). HECUA off-campus programs are highly recommended, especially the Metro-Urban
Studies Term (MUST) Twin Cities program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics instead of ECO 110.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking
(S), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by
completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Minor
POL 122, SOC 111, HIS 316/249/349, SOC 381 and one of
the following: ECO 110, HIS 335, or INS 399.
The INS 399 Internship is highly recommended where
appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by
the director of the program.
Metro-Urban Studies Courses
Internships and Independent Study Courses
INS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65. (Prereq.: POL 122 or
SOC 211)
Ten courses including:
ECO 113
POL 122
SOC 111
Principles of Microeconomics
Metropolitan Complex
Community and the Modern
Metropolis
U.S. Urban Environmental History
The Designed Environment
HIS 316
or ART 249/349
HIS 249/349
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
or POL 483
Political/Statistics/Methodology
SOC 363
Research Methods
or POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
INS 399
Internship
Plus two additional approved urban-related courses. Please
discuss the selection of these two courses with your faculty
adviser.
178
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
INS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit).
Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week.
INS 498
Independent Study—Metropolitan Resources
An independently-designed course developed
by a student (or group of students), utilizing the
metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures,
symposia, performances, hearings. The course is
designed in consultation with and evaluated by
a department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122
or SOC 211 and consent of instructor)
Metro-Urban Studies
INS 499
Independent Study/Research
INS 330
Field Seminar: Arts Praxis
See description on page 65. (Prereq.: POL 484 or
SOC 363)
Exploration of the work of artists, activists, and
community organizers in order to better understand the intrinsic value of art in social, cultural,
economic, and political contexts. Visits to performances, installations, museums, studios, etc.
Examination of the differences between community-based art, public art, and more formal forms.
INS 331
Creating Social Change: Art and Culture in Political,
Social and Historical Context
Study of the social and cultural history of art, the
role of art and the artist in everyday life, and the
relationship between intellectual discourse and
the politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and
discussions integrate theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism.
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through
HECUA, Augsburg students have access to interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality located in
Scandinavia, Latin America, Northern Ireland, and the Twin
Cities. The following programs can be counted towards the
Metro-Urban Studies major and minor. Ask the director of
Metro-Urban Studies for more detail.
Also see International Studies listings.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)—Fall or Spring
This Semester in the Cities program focuses upon the Twin
Cities metro area.
INS 358
Theories of Poverty, Inequality and Social Change
(Reading Seminar)
Theoretical foundations necessary for understanding the roots, dynamics, and reproduction
of urban economic, political, and social inequality, and theoretical tools for evaluating alternative policies and strategies for addressing various
forms of poverty and inequality. Integrated with
field and internship work, the seminar examines
interrelated social systems relevant to the study
of poverty and inequality: the economy and
labor markets, geographic systems, education,
and housing and welfare systems.
INS 359
Social Policy and Anti-Poverty Strategies in Theory
and Practice (Field Seminar)
This seminar illuminates, grounds, and tests theoretical perspectives and insights gained in INS
358. Students will observe and evaluate a variety
of policy alternatives and strategies for social
change used to address poverty and inequality
by conversing with policy makers, community
activists, and public and private organizations
and by participating in a number of structured
field exercises and legislative lobbying.
INS 399
Internship
See description on page 64.
(2 course credits)
II. City Arts—Spring
An interdisciplinary study of the role of art and the artist in
working for social justice, and an exploration of the relationship between art, culture, and identity. Students meet Twin
Cities artists, activists, private and public arts funders, and
politicians, and engage in a thorough examination of the role
of art in advocating for social change.
INS 399
Internship
See description on page 64.
(2 course credits)
III. Environmental Sustainability: Science, Politics, and
Public Policy—Fall
Ecosystem degradation and rehabilitation, the social and economic underpinnings of conflict over environmental change,
and public policy and community-based strategies to achieve
sustainability. Uses social, economic, and environmental sustainability to address themes like the links between rural and
urban concerns and the way local decisions relate to regional
and global trends. Students gain first-hand experience learning from community organizers, government planners and
business leaders who are rising to the challenges of creating a
more sustainable world.
INS 346 Adaptive Ecosystem Management
INS 345 Social Dimensions of Environmental Change
INS 399 Field/Research Methods and Investigation
INS 399 Internship and Integration Seminar
IV. Writing for Social Change
Seminars and field study addressing the social, cultural, and
ideological contexts of creative writing and literary production, and the ways this work links to community building.
The goal is the growth of students as writers, as readers, and
as actors in our democracy by examining the role of literature
and literary production in creating social transformation.
INS 354 Reading for Social Change: Writing in Context
Interdisciplinary, reflective critique of a wide
variety of assigned texts (fiction, poetry, creative
nonfiction). Exploration of the ways in which
creative writers and literature impact communities and address pressing social issues. Examines
literature as a tool for social critique, a means of
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 179
Metro-Urban Studies
calling for social change and justice, and a tool
for transformation.
INS 355 Writing for Social Change: Creative Writing Workshop
The writing and revision of creative work (fiction, poetry, creative nonfiction): in-class writing
exercises, weekly writing assignments, and
drafts of mock grant applications. Opportunities
for hands-on learning and interaction with
Twin Cities literary arts communities, including
readings and performances, meeting with local
authors, and exploring independent bookstores
and literary arts organizations.
INS 399 Internship and Integration Seminar (2 course credits)
IV. See HECUA under International Studies
180
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Music
Music—MUS
Bachelor of Science
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers professional music training in the context of a liberal arts curriculum through three music degree programs and five majors. It
also offers a variety of music courses and ensemble experiences that are available to non-music majors and courses that
meet Augsburg’s Liberal Arts Foundation requirements.
Augsburg’s location in the heart of a major artistic center
makes it an ideal place to study music, and the music faculty
seek and encourage opportunities that connect the campus
and the greater arts communities. These opportunities allow
students to explore the links between theory and applied
knowledge and may take many forms, including internships; community performances; music therapy practica;
community-based learning projects; required off-campus
performance and concert attendance assignments; or travel
and study within and outside the United States.
The music department is an institutional member of the
National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) and the
American Music Therapy Association (AMTA).
Music Therapy Equivalency Certificate
Full-time Faculty
MUS 101
Materials of Music I
MUS 111
Aural Skills I
MUS 102
Materials of Music II
MUS 112
Aural Skills II
MUS 201
Materials of Music III
MUS 211
Aural Skills III
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era (0.5 credit)
or MUS 332 Music of the Classical Period (0.5 credit)
or MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period (0.5 credit)
or MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century (0.5 credit)
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or 143 or 144 or 145:
Chamber Music
One to four semester(s) on the major instrument in accordance with degree requirement (0.0 credit)
MUS 358
Junior Recital and/or
MUS 458 or MUS 459 Senior Recital
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 121: Large Augsburg Ensemble
Robert Stacke (Chair), Jill Dawe, Douglas Diamond, Stephen
Gabrielsen, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta Kagin, Ned Kantar,
Merilee Klemp, Michael Buck
Part-time Faculty
Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Carol Barnett, Fred Bretschger,
Garrick Comeaux, Marv Dahlgren, Bridget Doak, Susan
Druck, Lynn Erickson, Janet Fried, Jennifer Gerth, Bradley
Greenwald, Nancy Grundahl, Megan Holroyd, Mary
Horozaniecki, Joan Hutton, Jim Jacobson, Kathy Kienzle,
Rena Kraut, Erick Lichte, Steve Lund, K. Christian McGuire,
Laurie Merz, Peter Meyer, Vladan Milenkovic, Rick Penning,
O. Nicholas Raths, Shannon Sadler, Andrea Stern, Sonja
Thompson, William Webb, Matthew Wilson, Yolanda
Williams
Fine Arts Coordinator
Cathy Knutson
Fine Arts Facilities Manager
Karen Mulhausen
Music therapy major
Offers students with an undergraduate degree the preparation
necessary to meet the AMTA requirements for becoming a
Board Certified Music Therapist.
Music Minor
Music
Music Business
**All music majors and music minors** must choose and
apply to a degree program by the end of their fourth semester of study. Degree and GPA requirements and applications
are in the Music Department Student Handbook. Transfer
students should meet with a music degree adviser as soon as
possible after enrolling at Augsburg.
Degree and Major Requirements
Music Core
Four to eight semesters in accordance with degree requirement
Degrees/Majors
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major
Music Major/Music Business Concentration
Bachelor of Music
Music performance major
Music education major
Piano Proficiency Test (see Music Department Handbook)
Music Repertoire Tests (see Music Department Handbook)
Graduation Skills for Bachelor of Arts in Music, Bachelor
of Music Education, Bachelor of Music Performance:
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W)
are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by
completing the major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S)
and Quantitative Reasoning (QR) are met by completing the
following courses:
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 181
Music
S: MUS 341
QR fulfilled with QFA: PHY 119, GST 200, MAT 145, or
MAT 146
Graduation Skills for Bachelor of Science in Music
Therapy: Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT) and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major. The graduation skills
in Speaking (S) and Quantitative Reasoning (QR) are met by
completing the following courses:
S: MUS 363
QR fulfilled with QF: PSY 215 or SOC 362 (choose one)
and QA: MUS 372
Graduation Skills for Bachelor of Arts in Music with
Music Business Concentration: Graduation skills in Critical
Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing
the major. The graduation skill in Quantitative Reasoning
(QR) is met by completing the following courses:
QR fulfilled with QFA: PHY 119, GST 200, MAT 145, or
MAT 146
Transfer Students and Graduation Skills: Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
music industry and to pursue career opportunity where the
arts and commerce intersect. Courses in music, performing arts, and business combine with field observations and
internships. These experiences prepare students for careers in
fields such as arts management, promotion, the record industry, and general music business. The program affords both the
performing artist and the business student the opportunity
to pursue music business studies. The music business major
has two tracks: the Bachelor of Arts in Music with Music
Business Concentration (designed with a music emphasis)
and the Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration with
Specialization in Music Business (designed with business
emphasis).
Augsburg College full-time students may elect to take
one course each semester at McNally Smith College of Music
providing that they meet all McNally Smith College of Music
requirements. A list of approved electives from MSCM for
the music business major is available in the Augsburg music
office. In no instance may a McNally Smith course be used as
a substitute for any Augsburg course specifically listed within
a degree program. This program is open to sophomores
through seniors. There is no additional fee for this program.
Faculty Adviser: Ned Kantar
Bachelor of Arts
B.A. in Music with Music Business Concentration
Music Major
Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares
the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and
professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue
non-performance graduate study or desire to enter one of the
many music related business fields most often choose this
course of study.
Faculty Adviser: Douglas Diamond
Requirements
Music core and:
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
MUS 458
Senior Recital
Minimum of two music course electives
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies (.25 credit) Eight
semesters of half hour lessons in the major
instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or121
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
MUE 113 or 122 or 131 or 142or 143 or 144 or 145 (0.0
credit)
Two semesters of chamber music/small ensemble courses on
the major instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Music Business Major
The music business major prepares students to enter today’s
182
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Requirements:
Music core and:
ECO 113
MIS 260
ACC 221
BUS 242
or BUS 254
or BUS 200
MUS 105
MUS/BUS 245
MUS/BUS 399
MUS/BUS
Principles of Microeconomics
Problem Solving
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Principles of Management
Entrepreneurship
Exploring Business as Vocation
Music Business
Arts Management
Internship
Elective (Augsburg or MSCM course, 1.0
Augsburg credit)
MUS 458
Senior Recital
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies (.25 credit) Eight
semesters of half hour lessons in the major
instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 121
Eight semesters in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
MUE 113 or 122 or 131 or 142 or 143 or 144 or 145 (0.0
credit)
Two semesters of chamber music/small ensemble courses on
the major instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
B.A. in Business Administration with Specialization in Music
Business
Music
Requirements:
ECO 112
ECO 113
MIS 260
ACC 221
ACC 222
BUS 242
or BUS 254
or BUS 200
MKT 252
FIN 331
MUS/BUS 105
MUS/BUS 245
MUS/BUS 399
MUS/BUS
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Problem Solving for Business
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
Principles of Management
Entrepreneurship
Exploring Business as Vocation
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Music Business
Arts Management
Internship
Elective (Augsburg or MSCM course, 1.0
Augsburg credit)
3 MUS credits — OR — 2 MUS credits and 1 MUE/MUP
credit, selected from:
MUS 101
Materials of Music I
MUS 111
Aural Skills I
MUS 102
Materials of Music II
MUS 112
Aural Skills II
MUS 130
Intro to Music and the Fine Arts
MUS 220
Worlds of Music
MUS 241
History of Jazz
(Other MUS courses as approved by adviser)
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490
Vocation and the Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone Requirement.
Music Minor
Requirements: 6 credits
MUS 101, 102 Materials of Music I, II
MUS 111, 112 Aural Skills I, II
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
One of the following two:
MUS 231
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music I
History and Literature of Music II
career in the music industry. With the music business minor,
students are given the opportunity to enroll in coursework
and participate in on-site field experiences that address
specific professional skills necessary to enter today’s music
industry. The minor is a collaborative program between the
music and business departments.
Requirements: 8 credits
MUS 105
ECO 113
MIS 260
ACC 221
MUS/BUS 399
One of the following:
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management and Concert Promotion
BUS 301
Business Law
BUS 254
Entrepreneurship
All of the above courses plus two additional music course
credits beyond MUS 105 and MUS 245 (maximum of 1 credit
in MUE and/or MUP courses)
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major
Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public schools. This preparation includes
coursework that allows the student to become certified to
teach at the elementary through the secondary level. Students
select either vocal/general or instrumental/general emphasis.
In addition to applying to the Music Department, Bachelor
of Music education major candidates must also apply to the
Department of Education for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete
the requirements for the Bachelor of Music education major.
All music requirements must be completed prior to student
teaching. A cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all music courses is
necessary for the music education licensure program.
One additional course (.5 or above) in music history or
conducting. Other courses may be approved by departmental
petition.
Faculty Advisers:
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or121 &
Requirements
MUP 1xx-2xx Performance Studies (.25 credit) Four semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble and four (.25 credit) semesters of performance studies in the major instrument/voice
Music core and:
Pass one music repertoire test
Candidates must submit an application for admission prior to
spring juries of the sophomore year
Music Business Minor
The music business minor is a course of study designed both
for the music major desiring additional preparation in business and for the non-music major interested in pursuing a
The Music Business
Principles of Microeconomics
Problem Solving for Business
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Internship (approved for the Music Business
Minor)
Robert Stacke—Instrumental
Peter Hendrickson—Vocal
MUS 311
MUS 341
MUS 358
MUS 459
HPE 115
EDC 200
EDC 210
EDC 211
EDC 220
EDC 310
Composition I
Basic Conducting (.5)
Half Junior Recital
Full Senior Recital
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
Orientation to Education
Diversity in the Schools
Minnesota American Indians
Educational Technology
Learning and Development
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 183
Music
ESE 300
Reading/Writing in Content Area
ESE 325
Creative Learning Environments
ESE 370
Music K-12 Methods
EDC 410
Special Needs Learner
EDC 480
School and Society
EED 481c, 483c, ESE 485, 487 Student Teaching
MUS 359
Music Methods: Choral/Vocal (.5)
MUS 356
Music Methods: Brass/Percussion (.5)
MUS 357
Music Methods: Woodwinds (.5)
MUS 355
Music Methods: Strings (.5)
One of the following two areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis:
MUS 251-254 Diction (.25 credit each=1.0)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting (.5 credit)
MUS/THR 235 Music Theatre (.5 credit)
Instrumental emphasis:
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting (.5 credit)
Music elective or approved course (1.0 credit)
MUP 1xx
Performance Studies (.25credit)
Two semesters of half hour lessons in the major instrument/
voice (first year)
MUP 2xx-4xx
Performance Studies (.5 credit)
Six semesters of hour lessons in the major instrument/voice
(second, third, fourth year)
A Music Education major whose major instrument is piano,
organ, or guitar is required to take a minimum of four additional semesters of lessons on an instrument/voice that corresponds with their large ensemble requirement.
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 121 (.25 credit)
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice (winds and percussion, Band; strings,
Orchestra; voice, Choir). You must participate in the ensemble
for which you want to teach. (total= 2.0 credits)
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or 144 or 145 (0.0
credit)
Two semesters in a chamber music course on the major
instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Faculty Adviser
Jill Dawe
Requirements
Music Core and:
MUS 341
MUP 1xx
Basic Conducting (0.5 credit)
Performance Studies
Two semesters of half hour lessons (0.25 credit) in major
instrument
MUP 2xx-4xx Performance Studies
Six semesters of one hour lessons (0.5 credit) in major instrument
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or 144 or 145 (0.0
credit)
At least four semesters Chamber Music playing on major
instrument (see Handbook)
MUS 358
Junior Recital (.0 credit)
MUS 459
Senior Recital (.0 credit)
(see Handbook)
MUE 111 or 114 or 121or 141
Large Augsburg Ensembles: eight semesters OR for guitarists,
harpists and pianists: four semesters of large ensemble and
four additional semesters of chamber music or other assignment in consultation with adviser.
Additional coursework as follows:
Voice Majors:
MUS 251-254
MUS 435
MUS359
MUS Elective
Diction (0.25 credit each)
Voice Repertoire (0.5 credit)
Music Methods: Voice/Choral
(0.5 credit)
Voice students are also strongly encouraged to take MUS/THR
235 Skills of Music Theater and/or MUE 294 or 494 Opera
Workshop.
Keyboard Majors:
MUS 436
MUS 456
MUS Elective
Piano Repertoire
Piano Pedagogy
(0.5 credit)
Instrumentalists:
Bachelor of Music
MusicMethods: Brass/Percussion (0.5
credit);
or MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds (0.5 credit); or
MUS 355
Music Methods: Strings (0.5 credit)
MUS
Elective (1.0 credit)
Music Performance Major
Bachelor of Science
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all music courses and in
the major instrument/voice
A focused classical training program designed to develop the
skills and challenge the performing ability of the individual
musician, this degree best prepares students who are interested in private and studio teaching, professional performance
opportunities, auditions, and graduate school. Acceptance
184
to the program is by application and audition (see the Music
Department Student Handbook).
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
MUS356
Music Therapy Major
Fulfills the academic and clinical requirements for eligibility
to take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination.
The B.S. in music therapy is a four-and-one-half-year degree
Music
program, which includes a six month full-time internship in
a clinical facility approved by the American Music Therapy
Association (AMTA). This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become professional music therapists.
Faculty Adviser:
Roberta Kagin
Requirements
Music core and:
MUS 271
MUS 274, 275
MUS 363
MUS 372, 373
MUS 374, 375
MUS 480
MUS 474, 475
MUS 481
MUS 458
EDC 410
PSY 105
PSY 262
BIO 103
MUS 340
MUS 345
Introduction to Music Therapy
Music Therapy Practicums
Expressive and Creative Arts in Healing
Psychological Foundation of Music I, II
Music Therapy Practicums
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Music Therapy Practicums
Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Half Senior Recital
The Learner with Special Needs
Principles of Psychology
Abnormal Psychology
Human Anatomy and Physiology
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials I
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials II
One of the following two:
SOC 362
PSY 215
Statistical Analysis
Research Methods: Design Procedure, and
Analysis I
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies (.25 credit) Eight semesters of half hour lessons in the major instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or121
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice and residency at Augsburg
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or 143 or 144 or 145
(0.0 credit)
Two semesters of chamber music/small ensemble courses on
the major instrument/voice
Pass piano and guitar proficiency tests
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all music therapy courses
Music Therapy Equivalency/Certification Program
The music therapy equivalency program is available to
students who already have a bachelor’s degree and wish to
meet the requirements set by the American Music Therapy
Association to become professional music therapists. This
equivalency program prepares students for eligibility to
take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination.
Depending upon the student’s degree and skill level, individual requirements will be outlined by the director of music
therapy. There is a minimum two-year residency requirement,
which includes participation in a major ensemble for four
terms and successful completion of a two-year music theory
equivalency test.
For acceptance to the degree program, equivalency/certification students must:
• submit an application for admission during the first
semester of residency at Augsburg
• submit a copy of a current academic transcript and transferred credits with the application
• submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the
major instrument or voice with the application (found in
Music Department Student Handbook)
• complete the piano and guitar proficiency requirements
during the first semester of residence
Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student’s
performance at his or her first jury.
Departmental Honors
Students may apply for departmental honors by submitting
an honors project proposal to the music faculty during the
first semester of the senior year.
Students submitting a proposal should include a transcript showing a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or higher in music
courses, and a brief resume outlining their experience, performances, work, research, leadership roles, and study.
The honors proposal should clearly outline a project that
goes well beyond required coursework, and could include
but is not limited to one of the following: defending a senior
thesis, presenting an additional recital, composing a substantial piece(s), conducting a program, presenting a research
paper, or some combination of any of the above.
Student Recitals
Students planning a recital should carefully read the Music
Student Handbook and consult regularly with their applied
instructor. Registration in performance studies in the major
instrument/voice is required during the semester in which
a degree recital is given. At least two full-time music faculty
members and the student’s private instructor will evaluate
junior and senior recitals. Recitals are graded on a pass/fail
basis.
Recitals required for the fulfillment of the B.M., B.A., or
B.S. degree requirements or Honors program will be sponsored by the music department. Other non-degree student
recitals may be considered for departmental sponsorship. All
music degree recitals must meet the academic guidelines set
forth in this catalog.
• B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358) will be one-half
hour in duration for music education majors, and one
hour in duration for music performance majors.
• B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in
duration for music education majors and music performance majors.
• B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS 458) will be onehalf hour in duration.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 185
Music
Examinations
Piano Proficiency: All music majors enrolled in a music degree
program must complete the piano proficiency requirement
by the end of the sophomore year. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for piano major and non-piano major requirements and test dates.
with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and
102 with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
Musical structures of common practice period
and introduction to 20th-century practice. To
be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.:
Passing MUS 201 and 211 with a minimal grade
of 2.0 and pass CT assessment or GST 100.)
Music Repertoire Tests: Music majors are required to pass three
music repertoire tests, transfer students must pass two, and
music minors must pass one. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for contents of music repertoire tests and test
dates.
Music Courses
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the
registrar’s website <www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar> or
the Music Department for course offerings in each term.
MUS 211
Aural Skills III (.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing
to parallel progress in MUS 201. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112)
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211 and
pass CT assessment or GST 100.)
Theory and Musicianship
186
MUS 101
Materials of Music I
(.5 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part writing. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory
Placement Test)
MUS 102
Materials of Music II
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and
simple modulations. To be taken concurrently
with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with
a minimal grade of 2.0)
(.5 course)
MUS 111
Aural Skills I (.5 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and
triad recognition, sight singing, and harmonic
dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 101.
MUS 112
Aural Skills II (.5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to
parallel progress in MUS 102. To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111)
MUS 160
Fundamentals of Music
Introduction to the basic elements of Western
musical notation (pitch, rhythm, meter, intervals, major and minor scales, key signatures and
chords). Students will develop basic aural and
keyboard skills, identify typical compositional
forms in popular and classical music. Students
write their own composition for the final project.
MUS 201
Materials of Music III
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be taken concurrently
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
MUS 311
Composition I
Ranges and characteristics of voices and orchestral instruments, standard notation and score
layout; related 20th-century literature. (Prereq.:
Passing MUS 202 and 212 with a minimal grade
of 2.0 and pass CT assessment or GST 100.)
(.5 course)
MUS 312
Composition II
Contemporary approaches to melody, harmony,
tonality, rhythm, and form. Atonality, serialism,
indeterminacy, electronic music, minimalism, decategorization. Related literature (Prereq.: Passing MUS
202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0)
(.5 course)
History and Literature
MUS 130
Introduction to Music and the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and
the other fine arts. Live performance will be a
feature of this course. The ability to read music
is not required.
MUS 220
Worlds of Music
A survey of non-Western music, this course
explores diverse musical styles and instruments
from many cultures.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
An intensive survey of the evolution of music
from antiquity to 1750, studying music in its
historical and cultural contexts as well as basic
knowledge of repertory. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102,
201)
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the
present. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102, 201)
MUS 241
History of Jazz
MUS 272
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
This course is a study of the musical elements,
cultural perspectives, and the historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined
including early New Orleans Dixieland, swing,
cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and progressive jazz.
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human identity, with an
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies
of art, music, drama, and movement.
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232 and ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111)
(.5 course)
MUS 332
Music of the Classical Period
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232 and ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111)
(.5 course)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232 and ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111)
(.5 course)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century (.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232 and ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111)
Each course in the MUS 331-334 sequence offers a detailed
investigation of Western European classical music from a
specific era: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, or 20th Century.
Significant repertoire is studied within cultural and historical
contexts; listening is emphasized; and each course fulfills the
LAF required skill in writing.
MUS 432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as
evidenced in contemporary worship practices.
Designed for the general as well as the music
and theology student.
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire
A survey of standard art song repertoire
from Eastern and Western Europe, Russia,
Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing, and performance. Required for
vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS 251,
252, 253, 254, or permission from instructor)
MUS 340
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials I
This course will introduce students to primary
instruments used in MT sessions, i.e. guitar, keyboards and drums/percussion. Classes will focus
on skill development in accordance with AMTA
standards. The course will emphasize functional
playing skills as well as song composition and
group leading. The class is open for freshmen,
sophomores and transfer students.
MUS 345
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials II
This experiential course includes an introduction to musical improvisation, making use of the
skills acquired in Techniques and Materials Pt.
I. These include the use of modes, various song
forms, harmonic relationships and rhythm based
exercises. The course will explore the student’s
own personal relationship to music while introducing them to clinical improvisation methods.
MUS 363
Expressive and Creative Arts in Healing
An experiential approach to healing through
music, art, drama, dance, and movement.
Consultants will describe and demonstrate specific specialties in expressive and creative arts, as
used in therapy.
(.5 course)
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire
A study of piano literature from the 17th century to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and
response, with an emphasis on acoustics and
sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
(.5 course)
Music Therapy
MUS 271
Introduction to Music Therapy (.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, OrffShulwerk, applications of recreational music
activities to clinical settings, and acquisition
of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus
practicum with children.
(.0 course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring
clinical skills in leadership, observation, and
functional music skills including improvisation.
Two hours per week. No course credit.
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of
learning music, musical talent, and performance.
(Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.0 course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 187
clinical skills in leadership, observation, and
functional music skills including improvisation.
Two hours per week. No course credit.
MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums (.25 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a
Board Certified Music Therapist, requiring more
advanced clinical and musical skills, including
improvisation. Two hours per week. (Prereq.:
Three of MUS 274, 275, 374, 375, and pass
piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency test)
MUS 481
Music Therapy Clinical Internship (.0 course)
Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved
internship site for six months (minimuym 1,020
hours toward the AMTA required total of 1,200
hours). Application for internship must be made
nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are
limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements, including all proficiency
exams and music repertoire tests)
MUS 359
(.5 course)
MUS 456
Piano Pedagogy
Explores methods, materials, and techniques for
teaching piano. This course has a community
service-learning requirement that fulfills the
LAF Augsburg Experience requirement.
(.5 course)
Applied Skills and Group Lessons
MUS 152
Class Voice
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
MUS 155A/B Class Piano
(.25 course)
(.25 course)
This class teaches basic piano skills including
scales, chord progressions, harmonization, sightreading, and improvisation. It will help music
majors prepare for the piano proficiency test.
(Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor)
MUS 158
Class Guitar (.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
MUS 480
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as
they apply to therapeutic settings, including
discussion of professional ethics. A holistic
approach to therapy with music. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement.
MUS 235
Skills of Music Theatre
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using
music and theatre techniques to develop the
student’s basic skills of Music Theatre. Concepts
of diverse music-theatre forms are introduced.
Course includes reading, writing, research, class
discussion, exercises, small and large group
participation, memorization, and public performance. Students will attend and review live
productions.
Music Business
MUS 105
The Music Business
An introduction to the music industry. Topics
include copyright, licensing, contracts, publicity and marketing. Other topics include the
record industry, agents and managers. Musical
genres and historical periods are compared and
analyzed.
MUS 245
Arts Management and Concert Promotion
The role of the artist manager in career development and the role of the arts administrator
in the management of performing arts projects
and organizations. Factors affecting trends and
earnings, challenges within the industry, and
differentiation between the for-profit and nonprofit sectors are discussed. Emphasis is placed
on developing a working vocabulary of industry topics and in benefiting from practical field
experience. (Prereq.: MUS/BUS 105)
Methods and Pedagogy
188
Music Methods: Vocal
MUS 355
Music Methods: Strings (.5 course)
MUS 356
Music Methods: Brass/Percussion
MUS 357
Music Methods: Woodwinds
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252), German
Diction (253), French Diction (254) (each .25 course)
Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian, German, and French
through the study of the art song repertoire.
Includes regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International
Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music education majors.
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and
baton technique, score analysis and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature.
(Prereq.: MUS 101, 111, 231)
(.5 course)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting
Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection, advanced conducting
techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass
piano proficiency test and MUS 341)
(.5 course)
Music
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting (.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.:
Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341)
Performance/Study/Chamber Music/Recitals/
Accompanying/
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies
Performance Studies provide a unique opportunity
for Augsburg students to study on an individual basis with
artist/teachers who are active performers in this region.
Performance Studies courses are available to music majors
and non-majors and are individualized to meet the experience, ability, background, and goals of the student.
Music majors may register for 0.25 credits (half-hour
weekly lessons); or 0.5 credits (one hour weekly lessons), in
accordance with their specific degree requirements. Nonmajors may register for credit or for 0.0 credit (half hour
weekly lessons). First-years may qualify to have their lesson fee waived (one instrument per semester for half-hour
weekly lessons, 0.0 or 0.25 credits), if concurrently registered
for and playing that instrument for a large ensemble (MUE
111, 112, 114, 121, 141). Other ensembles may qualify upon
petition to the music department.
Lessons are numbered sequentially to reflect each year
of performance study (i.e. 1xx is two semesters, first year of
study; 2xx is second year of study, etc.) and lessons for credit
must be registered by ADD/DROP form, signed, and delivered to registrar’s office by the student. Check with the music
office or use the search option on AUGNET Records and
Registration to get the correct course section for instruments
with more than one teacher.
MUP 111-211-311-411
Voice
MUP 116-216-316-416
Electric Bass
MUP 121-221-321-421
Violin
MUP 122-222-322-422
Viola
MUP 123-223-323-423
Cello
MUP 124-224-324-424
Bass
MUP 131-231-331-431
Oboe
MUP 132-232-332-432
Bassoon
MUP 133-233-333-433
Clarinet
MUP 134-234-334-434
Saxophone
MUP 135-235-335-435
Flute
MUP 137-237-337-437
Horn
MUP 141-241-341-441
Trumpet
MUP 142-242-342-442
Trombone
MUP 143-243-343-443
Baritone
MUP 144-244-344-444
Tuba
MUP 152-252-352-452
Piano
MUP 161-261-361-461
Guitar
MUP 171-271-371-471
Percussion
MUP 181-281-381-481
Organ
MUP 191-291-391-491
Harp
MUP 192-292-392-492
Improvisation
MUP 193-293-393-493
Composition
The following Chamber Music courses are offered for 0.0
credit and fulfill the chamber music/small ensemble requirement for music majors. The courses are also open to nonmajors by permission of the instructor.
MUE 113
Vocal Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 122
String Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 125
Guitar Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 129A/B Improvisation (.0 course)
Basic improvisational skills within a jazz combo format.
Open to instrumentalists and vocalists.
MUE 131
Woodwind Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 142
Brass Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 144
Percussion Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 145
Piano Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 143
Jazz Ensemble (0.0/.25 course)
The Augsburg Jazz Ensemble is a group that performs extensively in a wide variety of venues. The literature performed
reflects the cultural diversity and historical context of jazz.
Placement is by audition or by arrangement with the director.
Preference is given to Concert Band members.
MUE 294
Opera Workshop
Experience the process of preparation, rehearsal,
and performance of operatic repertoire.
(1.0 course)
MUE 494
Opera Workshop
Experience the process of preparation, rehearsal,
and performance of operatic repertoire.
(.25 course)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 189
Music
MUP 159
Piano accompanying
Professional accompanying/weekly coaching for
singers and instrumentalists. Recommended for
students preparing recitals, auditions, or special
performance projects who would benefit from
individualized collaboration and coaching with
a professional pianist. MUP fee schedule applies.
(see the Music Department Student Handbook)
MUS 358
Junior Recital (.0 course)
B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at
repertoire level III for music education majors,
one hour recital at level IV for music performance majors. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 458
Senior Recital (.0 course)
One-half hour recital at repertoire level III for
B.A. or B.S. candidates. No course credit. Private
instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 459
Senior Recital (.0 course)
B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire level IV for Music Education majors, one
hour recital at level V for Music Performance
majors. No course credit. Private instructor may
request a pre-recital hearing.
Large Ensembles
Please note that only large ensemble participation (Augsburg
Concert Band, Augsburg Chamber Orchestra, Augsburg
Choir, Masterworks Chorale, Riverside Singers, or Cedar
Singers) for credit will satisfy the Liberal Arts Foundation
requirements. Large ensemble LAF requirements are fulfilled
by participation with 0.25 credit granted each semester for
four semesters, to equal 1.0 credit. (A maximum of two
credits for large ensemble participation may be used towards
graduation requirements.) Transfer students must participate
in an Augsburg ensemble during their entire residency. Music
majors may choose to take large ensembles for 0.0 or .25
credit, depending on course load/need.
Auditions for membership in a large ensemble are scheduled during the first week of each semester or by contacting
the ensemble director.
190
MUE 111
Augsburg Choir
(0.0/.25 course)
MUE 112
Riverside Singers of Augsburg
(0.0/.25 course)
MUE 114
Masterworks Chorale
(0.0/.25 course)
MUE 115
Cedar Singers
(0.0/.25 course)
MUE 121
Orchestra
(0.0/.25 course)
MUE 141
Concert Band
(0.0/.25 course)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Internships and Independent Study Courses
MUS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
MUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
MUS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64. (MUS/BUS 245 is the prerequisite for
MUS/BUS 399 Internship)
MUS 498
Independent Study
Advanced research and projects not otherwise
provided for in the department curriculum.
Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
(.5 course)
MUS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65. Open only to
advanced students upon approval of the faculty.
Natural Science Teaching Licensures
Natural Science Teaching
Licensures
The natural science licensure program for teachers is
designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching
and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
Courses are designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The
following programs assume that the student will meet the
distribution/general education requirements of the College,
the requirements for appropriate majors, the courses required
in the Department of Education and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the
Department of Education for requirements in education.
Early consultation with the major area coordinator is essential.
Coordinators
Dale Pederson (Biology), Sandra Olmsted (Chemistry), Jeff
Johnson (Physics)
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements
for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current licensure
requirements. All upper division courses required for the
biology major must be completed before student teaching.
Licensure Requirements
Broad Base Requirements (also for 5-8 general science licensure)
GEO XXX
Introductory Geology (taken off-campus)
SCI 106
Introductory Meteorology
BIO 121
Human Biology and Lab
BIO 102
Biological World
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II
CHM 105, 106
Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
Biology Major—B.A. in Life Sciences
(for licensure in biology 5-12)
Requirements are the same as for the Bachelor of Arts in
Biology degree, but with the following differences:
Only four (rather than five) upper division biology courses are
required, along with:
Additional science courses required for 5-12 include:
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
CHM 105, 106
Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
SCI 106
Meteorology
An introductory geology course
A grade of 2.0 or above is required for all supporting courses
and upper division biology courses applied to the major.
Upper division biology requirements must be traditionally
graded. A GPA of 2.50 in upper division biology courses is
required for all life sciences majors.
Post-baccalaureate Teaching Licensure
Students who have earned a bachelor’s degree elsewhere and
seek life science teaching licensure at Augsburg are required
to complete a minimum of two upper division biology
courses at Augsburg with grades of 2.5 or higher. Required
or elective courses are determined by the department following review of transcripts and prior to matriculation.
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in chemistry 9-12)
Broad Base Requirements, plus Graduation major in chemistry:
CHM 105, 106
Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
CHM 351
Organic Chemistry I
CHM 352
Organic Chemistry II
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry
CHM 363
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters)
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, II
Two courses from:
CHM 364, 367, 464, 470, 481, 482 or BIO 367
One year of general physics — PHY 121, 122
General Science
(for licensure for grades 5-8)
If added to life science Chemistry or Physics, will expand
license to 5-12
CHM 105, 106
Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II
BIO 102
Biological World
BIO 121
Human Biology
SCI 106
Introduction to Meteorology
GEO XXX
Introductory Geology (taken off-campus)
Physics Major (for licensure in physics 9-12)
Broad Base Requirements, plus Graduation major in physics:
PHY 121
General Physics
PHY 122
General Physics
PHY 245
Modern Physics
PHY 351
Mechanics I
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 191
Natural Science Teaching License
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory
Two additional physics courses above 122; PHY 261 recommended
MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, II, and III
PHY 327
Special Functions of Mathematical
Physics (Prereq.: MAT 245 or equivalent)
CHM 105, 106
Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
192
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Nordic Area Studies
Nordic Area Studies—NAS
Nordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program. The
curriculum treats Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland,
Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as
an integrated cultural region with a shared history, common
values, and a high degree of political, social, and economic
interdependency. Courses in Nordic area studies postulate a
Nordic regional identity as a context in which to appreciate
the differences between the five individual countries and to
understand the complexity of their interactions among themselves and the global community.
NAS 121
Fire and Ice: Introduction to Nordic Literature
This course provides an introduction to Nordic
culture via the medium of literature. Readings
foreground issues of personal, ethnic, and
national identity against the broad backdrop of
Scandinavian history, social democratic values,
and globalization.
NAS 230
Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special
emphasis on conditions and developments in
the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian
language required.
Coordinator
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Frankie Shackelford
Lectures illustrate the development of the
Nordic novel. Class discussion is based on
reading selected works in translation from all
five Nordic countries. Norwegian majors will be
required to do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
Major
Eight courses, six of which must be upper division.
Minor
Four upper division courses.
Other Requirements
At least four of the courses required for the major must be
Augsburg courses. The remainder may be transfer credits
included in the major on approval of the program coordinator. Students graduating with a major or minor must also
present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a
Scandinavian language. See Norwegian language course listings under the Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural
Studies.
Recommended supporting preparation: Study abroad
through International Partners, or SUST (See International
Studies, International Partners, and Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway,
Sweden, Finland, or Iceland; elective courses or a second
major such as Norwegian, history, political science, urban
studies, business administration, international relations,
sociology, or social work.
The Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing
(W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered
courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation
skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by completing
one of the following courses:
QR: GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146, or PHI 230.
Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Strindberg, and selected 20th-century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development of Nordic drama.
Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings
and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
NAS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
NAS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
NAS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
NAS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
Nordic Area Studies Courses
Additional course offerings are available through the
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term. (See International Studies)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 193
Norwegian
Norwegian
See listing under Languages and Cross-cultural Studies.
194
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Nursing
Nursing—NUR
The Augsburg Department of Nursing is designed exclusively
for registered nurses who want to expand their career opportunities in the healthcare field.
The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding; nurses practice in hospitals, clinics, corporations,
parishes, government agencies, schools, and community
organizations, or in their own private practices. Wherever
they work, nurses provide comprehensive health care for persons, groups, and communities comprised of diverse cultures
and socioeconomic levels throughout the life span.
The bachelor’s degree equips nurses to synthesize knowledge from the liberal arts with the art and science of nursing.
The nursing program at Augsburg also provides educational
opportunities to increase skills in critical thinking, clinical
investigation, and decision-making in preparation for challenging new nursing positions in emerging care systems.
Augsburg’s nursing program, which leads to a bachelor
of science degree with a major in nursing, is fully accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education
(CCNE). Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for
a public health nurse registration certificate through the
Minnesota State Board of Nursing.
ing courses from another institution to meet requirements in
the nursing major at Augsburg must consult an adviser about
potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill
each of these graduation skills.
The program has been planned so that courses in the
nursing major can be completed over 15 months (full-time
study, two courses per term) with a summer break; however,
students may pursue their studies at a slower and more flexible pace.
Courses in the nursing major are offered on weekday
evenings with a practicum course (NUR 411) requiring additional weekday time. More time may be required to complete
the total course of study depending on the number of liberal
arts (general education) courses needed to complete the BSN
degree, and the number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities. Students in nursing may take nonnursing courses in both day school and Weekend College.
Students interested in pursuing the nursing major should
consult with BSN admissions staff in the Adult and Graduate
Admissions Office for program planning.
Departmental Honors
Degree and Major Requirements
Admission to the honors major requires: a GPA of at least
3.60 in the major and 3.30 overall, application to the department chair by November 1 of the senior year, recommendation by nursing faculty, and honors thesis to be presented
before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register
for NUR 499 to complete the honors requirement.
Note regarding Latin honors: To be eligible for Latin
honors, a student must meet minimum GPA standards as
well as complete a minimum of fourteen traditionally graded
credits at Augsburg and have no more than two elective pass/
no pass graded credits at Augsburg (classes offered only as
P/N by the department will not be counted, nor will “N”
grades). For further information, see the Latin honors section
on page 61.
Major
Admission to the Nursing Major
Nursing Faculty
Cheryl Leuning (Chair), Magdeline Aagard, Marty Aleman,
Katherine Baumgartner (Coordinator BSN program in the
Minneapolis/St. Paul), Joan Brandt, Ruth Enestvedt, Joyce
Miller, Sue Nash (Coordinator BSN program in Rochester),
Joyce Perkins, Pauline Utesch, Kathleen Welle (Coordinator
of Augsburg Central Nursing Center)
Seven courses including:
NUR 300
NUR 305
NUR 306
NUR 403
NUR 410
NUR 411
NUR 490
Trends and Issues in Nursing
Communication
Paradigms in Nursing
Families and the Life Cycle
Community Health Nursing I
Community Health Nursing II
Leadership/Management
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a
cumulative major GPA of 2.50 are required. Students also
must complete Augsburg’s residence and general education
requirements.
The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning
(QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) graduation skills are
embedded throughout the required courses in the nursing
major and are met by completing the major.
Students petitioning to transfer in upper division nurs-
In addition to meeting admission requirements for Augsburg
College, admission to the nursing major requires the following:
• Completed application
• Cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher in the basic nursing
program
• Unencumbered RN license – must be a registered nurse
who is licensed and currently registered to practice in
Minnesota prior to beginning the nursing major
• Evidence of HIPAA training
• Up-to-date immunization records
• Federal criminal background check
Special conditions:
• Students may be provisionally admitted to the bachelor of
science in nursing program at Augsburg due to a cumulative GPA of less than 2.50 in their basic nursing program.
Full admission to the program requires students to achieve
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 195
Nursing
a GPA of 3.00 or better in two liberal arts courses at
Augsburg.
• Students may apply to Augsburg College prior to completion of their degree program provided all admission
requirements are met prior to enrolling to Augsburg.
Credit for Previous Nursing Courses
Registered Nurses (RNs) transferring into Augsburg College’s
BSN Completion program will be granted six (6) course credits (24 semester credit hours) in recognition of their previous
lower division nursing coursework if the following standards
are met:
• Prior nursing education in the United States is taken in an
Associate Degree in Nursing (ADN) program or a Diploma
in Nursing program. Both must be a state board-approved
program.
• Nursing coursework taken outside of the United States is
submitted for evaluation to the World Education Service
(WES), an agency approved by Augsburg College to evaluate foreign transcripts. Reports should be sent directly
to Augsburg College. In addition, nursing coursework
must be verified for authenticity by the Commission
on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS).
Applicants must request CGFNS (www.cgfns.org) to forward the educational credentials report to the Minnesota
State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are verified, applicants must apply for licensure and demonstrate
successful passing of the National Council Licensure
Examination (NCLEX). Nurses who have previously
submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other
than Minnesota, who have passed the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency
requirements expected of all students.
Students who change their major and transfer out of the B.S.
in Nursing completion program will lose the six-credit block
grant and their transfer credit evaluation will be reassessed.
The six credit block grant will be applied toward a Bachelor
of Science degree in Nursing only.
campus; at United, Mercy, Unity, and Children’s Hospitals in
St. Paul, Coon Rapids, and Fridley, Minn.; and in Rochester,
Minn.
Nursing Courses
NUR 300
Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate
the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and issues are explored in relation
to their implications for a changing practice.
NUR 305
Communication
Explores the components of the professional
role and continues the professional socialization
process. Theories about how individuals and
groups communicate are applied to changing
professional roles. (Prereq.: NUR 300 or concurrent enrollment, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111.)
NUR 306
Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theory-based nursing practice and research. Nursing theory and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and
applied to practice and research. (Prereq.: NUR
300 or concurrent enrollment.)
NUR 403
Families and the Life Cycle
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with diverse families and explores theories
related to family structure and function throughout the life span. (Prereq.: NUR 305 and 306, or
consent of instructor.)
NUR 410
Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are
essential to maintain or improve the health of
culturally diverse individuals, families, groups,
and communities. (Prereq.: Math Placement
3 or MAT 105, completion of NUR 300-level
courses.)
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must
be taken into account in any decision to work toward a college degree. For this reason, Augsburg offers full- and parttime sequential alternatives for pursuing a nursing degree.
Nursing courses at Augsburg are available evenings and
weekends. Nursing classes usually meet on alternate weekday evenings for three-to-four-hour time blocks. Clinical
practicum requirements usually occur on weekdays. Optional
immersion practicums abroad are scheduled throughout the
year. Check with the Department of Nursing for details.
It is recommended that most liberal arts courses be taken
before starting the nursing major. Nursing majors can complete courses toward the baccalaureate at the Minneapolis
196
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
NUR 411
Community Health Nursing II
Provides clinical experience in communitybased health care delivery systems. Students will
apply nursing process, teaching/learning theory,
and public health principles with culturally
diverse clients. (Prereq.: NUR 410)
NUR 490
Leadership/Management
The capstone course for the nursing major.
Integrates concepts from nursing and the liberal
arts. Examines the professional nurse roles of
leader and manager. Concepts of change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics,
Nursing
accountability, and advocacy in the leadermanager role are studied. Application of theory
occurs in selected practice settings with a professional nurse preceptor. This course satisfies the
Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: Senior status
and completion of 300 level nursing courses and
REL 300.)
NUR 495
Topics in Nursing (optional)
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration
of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the
faculty and students.
NUR 499
Independent Study/Research (optional)
See description on page 65.
Note: If NUR 411 is not taken immediately following NUR
410, students are required to consult with faculty prior to
registration regarding review of the theoretical content.
Students who decelerate for more than five years may be
asked to audit courses already taken. There is a fee to audit
courses.
* This course involves an additional clinical tuition and 48
clinical practicum hours.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 197
Philosophy
Philosophy—PHI
Philosophy is in an important sense the most fundamental of
the disciplines. All of the sciences and most other disciplines
arose out of it. Moreover, it is concerned with asking and
answering the “big” questions that are the most basic. For
example, Is there a God? Is there life after death? Are there
absolute moral standards? What kind of life is the best? What
is knowledge and what are its sources?
Students learn to ask and answer these and other similar
questions for themselves through the development and use of
critical reasoning, assisted by the study of philosophers from
the past and present.
The philosophy major has been carefully planned so that
students can easily graduate with two majors. Some majors
continue on to graduate school in philosophy, while others
use the major to prepare for other professional studies such
as law, medicine, religious ministry, or journalism.
Philosophy Faculty
Markus Fuehrer (Chair), David Apolloni, Bruce Reichenbach
Degree and Major Requirements
Philosophy Major
overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose
of the major is to augment the technical skills of a computer
scientist with the creativity and liberal arts perspective of a
philosopher. The result is a degree that is very marketable in
industry and that provides an excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate
study in philosophy. See Computer Science for course listing.
Departmental Honors
Admission to the philosophy honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year. The program
will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the
student’s choice that involves research above the course level,
and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department.
Philosophy Minor
Five courses, including two from PHI 241, 242, 343, and
344.
Philosophy Courses
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces students to typical philosophical questions (how we know, if we can
have certain knowledge, if there are universal
moral principles, whether God exists, the nature
of the mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary,
and to critical thinking and what it means to
view the world philosophically.
PHI 120
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they use to make moral
judgments. The course explores major philosophical approaches to evaluating moral actions
and then applies them to contemporary issues.
The Christian tradition will inform the considerations. Students who receive credit for PHI
120 may not receive credit for PHI 125. (Prereq.:
Pass CT assessment of GST 100)
Eight courses including:
PHI 230
or PHI 385
Logic
Intro. to Formal Logic and Computation
Theory
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek
Philosophy
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and
Renaissance Philosophy
PHI 343
History of Philosophy III: Early Modern and
19th Century Philosophy
PHI 344
20th-21st Century Philosophy
A 400-level course (other than PHI 499)
Two elective courses in philosophy
Four courses must be upper division.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking
(S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the
offered courses and are met by completing the major. The
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill can be met by
taking PHI 230.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Major in Computational Philosophy
In addition to a major and minor in philosophy, the philosophy department also offers a cross-disciplinary major in conjunction with the computer science department emphasizing
areas of interest in which philosophy and computer science
198
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
A philosophical study of the role of human
understanding, emotions, and action with
respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning
by asking what the end or purpose of human life
is, students learn about the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. Topics
of friendship and human love are followed by
an analysis of human happiness. Students who
receive credit for PHI 125 may not receive credit
for PHI 120.
Philosophy
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
The nature and history of romantic love. The
ethics of sex in relation to love, marriage, the
institution of monogamy, and homosexuality are
considered.
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from
exposition. Then they learn the rules that govern valid arguments and develop their ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. The
last part of the course focuses on informal logic
and inductive reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG3 and
pass CT assessment or GST 100)
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy
Central philosophical questions that concerned
the Greek philosophers from Thales to Plotinus
and still concern us today: the nature of reality
and its relationship to language and reason, the
immortality of the soul, the nature of truth and
human knowledge, and the nature of the good
life.
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
Students will read writings by various medieval
and Renaissance philosophers in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation
involved in constructing a Christian philosophy.
Topics include: the nature of being, human
understanding in relation to faith, and the
place of the image of God in the human condition. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111.
Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring)
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th-21st Century
Philosophy
The course surveys the major philosophical
schools in the 20th and 21st centuries: analytic
philosophy, phenomenology, existentialism,
pragmatism, and post-modern philosophy.
Focus of study is on major texts of these movements. Students are strongly encouraged to take
PHI 343 before taking PHI 344.
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
We systematically investigate a series of philosophical questions about religion. What is the
relation between faith and reason? Does God
exist, and if so, what can be said about God?
Can God’s goodness be reconciled with human
suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible? (Prereq.: Pass CT assessement or GST
100)
PHI 355
Asian Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism, and Taoism. We focus on analyzing diverse views of reality, the self, ways of
knowing, and recommendations on how to live.
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge
is, whether the scientist’s knowledge of the
world is profoundly different and better than
that of the non-scientist, and what degrees of
certainty are yielded by scientific methods.
(Suggested prior course: one course in natural
science)
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
PHI 370
Existentialism
Philosophical issues raised and illustrated by
painting, sculpture, literature, music, architecture, and film: the truth and falsehood of
aesthetic judgment, the definition of art; the
nature of aesthetic experience, the evaluation
of art, creativity, the relation between the artist’s
intention, the work of art, and its relation to the
rest of the artistic tradition. For arts majors and
students with a strong background in the arts.
(Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
Studies in the writings—both philosophical and
literary—of prominent existentialist authors.
The course examines what it means to be a
being-in-the-world and explores such themes as
absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox.
(Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.
Alternate years)
PHI 343
History of Philosophy III: Early Modern and 19thCentury Philosophy
We study the major rationalists of the 17th
century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the major
empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley,
Hume), Kant’s synthesis of rationalism and
empiricism, and 19th-century Idealism and the
reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche and
Mill). (Suggested prior course: PHI 241)
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
The course discusses some fundamental ethical
theories, which it then carefully applies to problems that arise in the areas of health care and
delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human
experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion,
care for the dying, and euthanasia.
PHI 385
Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation
Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order
logic including logical connectives, proof theory,
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 199
Philosophy
and quantification. Formal models of computation including finite state automata, pushdown
automata, and Turing machines. Incompleteness
and uncomputability. (1.5-hour lab for PHI 385.
Prereq. for PHI 285: None. Prereq. for PHI 385:
CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or MAT 145 or
MAT 171)
PHI 388
Seminar in Philosophy
This course focuses on one philosopher, one
philosophical writing, and/or on one topic in
philosophy. Students work on preparing an indepth thesis paper on some aspect of the course
through discussion of the course material. Short
lectures are used to introduce students to the
material followed by discussion and debate to
move students into the depths of the material.
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual
philosopher or a specific topic in philosophy,
such as philosophical movements, the history
of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI
241, 242, 343, 344, or consent of instructor, and
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Offered annually)
PHI 490
Keystone
This course integrates the student’s general education experience with an overview of specific
philosophical ideas.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
200
PHI 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
PHI 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
PHI 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
PHI 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Physical Education
Physical Education
See listing under Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 201
Physics
Physics—PHY
Physicists are a curious and ambitious lot. Their aim is to
understand the fundamental principles that describe and
govern all physical aspects of the universe. Historically called
“natural philosophers,” physicists investigate by means
of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis.
Physics includes the study of systems ranging from subatomic particles to the largest galaxies and from the relative
stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery activity of stars.
Physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts
disciplines and contributes to society’s understanding of such
areas as energy, weather, medical science, and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and the need to keep abreast of rapid technological
advances, the department strives to give students not only an
understanding of basic concepts, but also insights into recent
developments. A rigorous major provides students with the
preparation required for graduate study in physics. It also
provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced
work in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, materials science, atmospheric science and meteorology, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, and the medical
and health-related fields. The department serves the liberal
arts by offering courses for non-science students that enable
them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of
science. These courses provide the basis for further study and
enable students to follow new developments in science with
heightened awareness and comprehension.
The department supervises the pre-engineering program,
with degree programs available at cooperating universities at
both the bachelor’s and advanced degree levels, and administers Augsburg College’s portion of funds designated for
the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, funded by
NASA. It also maintains active research programs through
its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences and the
Sverdrup Laboratory for Biophysics, with support from the
National Science Foundation, NASA, and other private and
public sources. Several students work as research assistants
in these efforts during the academic year and in the summer. Cooperative education, internship, and undergraduate
research programs provide opportunities for students to
apply their knowledge and problem-solving skills in practical
situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings.
Physics Faculty
Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson, Jeffrey Johnson, David
Murr, Ben Stottrup, David Venne, Kevin Landmark
Physics Research Staff
Jennifer Posch
202
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Major
Thirteen courses including:
PHY 121
General Physics I
PHY 122
General Physics II
PHY 245
Modern Physics
PHY 351
Mechanics I
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395, 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, II
MAT 245, 369 Calculus III and Modeling and Differential
Equations in Biological and Natural
Sciences
or MAT 245 Calculus III
and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout
the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing the following course:
S: COM 111, COM 115, or MAT 201
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Bachelor of Science
Major
Seventeen courses including:
PHY 121
General Physics I
PHY 122
General Physics II
PHY 245
Modern Physics
PHY 261
Electronics
PHY 351
Mechanics I
PHY 352
Mechanics II
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory I
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory II
PHY 486
Quantum Physics
One physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105, 106
Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, II
MAT 245, 369
Calculus III and Modeling and
Differential Equations in Biological
and Natural Sciences
or MAT 245
Calculus III
PHY 327
Special Functions of Mathematical
Physics
Physics
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W)
are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by
completing the major. Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing the following course:
S: COM 115
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Sigma Pi Sigma
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open to those students who have completed
the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.00 in
physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class.
Physics Courses
PHY 101
Introductory Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars, and galaxies. In addition the course traces
the development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. Night viewing
is required. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
MPG 2. Fall, spring)
Bachelor of Science
Physics Major With Concentration in Space Physics
Eighteen course credits. It is the same as the B.S. major, with
the addition of PHY 320 and PHY 420, and the omission of
the elective physics course.
Departmental Honors
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course (with a hands-on
intuitive approach) in which the applications,
problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles of physics. (Two
three-hour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG 3.
Spring)
A GPA of 3.50 in physics and 3.30 overall. An original
research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral
presentation and written report. Project proposals should be
made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year.
Other Requirements
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to
work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have MAT 145, 146, and PHY 121, 122 during the first year, and MAT 245 and 369 (or PHY 327) during
the sophomore year.
SCI 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles of Earth’s
weather and climate. Topics include winds,
fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation,
thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming, and
ozone depletion. (Three one-hour lectures, one
two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2 and pass
CT assessment or GST 100. Fall, spring)
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements
for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements.
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey
of natural science. This course focuses on the
nature of science and major concepts of physics
and chemistry. Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three
one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 3)
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121
General Physics I
PHY 122
General Physics II
Three elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, II
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course focuses on
major concepts of earth science and biology.
Laboratory work will complement lectures and
will include the use of computers and electronic
sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
Society of Physics Students
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in the society is
open to all students interested in physics.
PHY 114
Earth Science for Elementary Education Teachers
A practical and hands-on approach to earth
and space science for students admitted to the
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 203
Physics
elementary education program. Topics covered
include the solar system and the origin of Earth;
the structure of Earth including plate tectonics,
earthquakes, volcanoes, and minerals and rocks;
the hydrologic cycle and the effect of water on
the planet; and the changing climate of Earth.
(Two three-hour laboratory/lecture periods.
Prereq.: elementary education major and MPG
3. Fall, spring)
204
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
An algebra-based introductory course in which
the applications, problems, and experiments
are selected to illustrate fundamental principles
and provide a broad survey of physics. (Three
one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall)
PHY 119
Physics for the Fine Arts
A scientific study of sound, light, and the
mechanics of structures and the human body
relating to music, the visual arts, and theatre.
Explores the physics of phenomena and perception fundamental to these disciplines. (Three
one hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall)
PHY 121
General Physics I
A rigorous study of classical physics including
mechanics and wave motion. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors.
(Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall)
PHY 122
General Physics II
A rigorous study of classical physics including
thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and
optics. Designed for physics, pre-engineering,
and other specified majors. (Three one-hour
lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY
121, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, MAT 146 or
concurrent registration. Spring)
PHY 245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental perspective. Relativity,
atomic, molecular, nuclear, and solid state
physics. This course develops the experimental
foundations and need for quantum mechanics.
(Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall)
PHY 261
Electronics
AC and DC circuits, analog electronics, digital
electronics, and the analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 146. Spring:
cross-listed with computer science)
PHY 320
Introduction to Space Science
A survey of Earth’s space environment including
solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric,
and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics,
magnetic storms, particle precipitation, aurora,
and related topics). (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring)
PHY/MAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
Special functions encountered in physics. Partial
differentiation, partial differential equations,
Fourier series, series solution of differential
equations, Legendre, Bessel, and other orthogonal functions, vector calculus, applied linear
algebra (e.g., matrix multiplication, eigenvalues
and eigenvectors, special matrices, determinants), and functions of a complex variable.
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122 or
consent of instructor, MAT 245 or equivalent.
Spring: cross-listed with mathematics)
PHY 351
Mechanics I
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian,
Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics
include conservation principles, single particle
motion, gravitation, oscillations, central forces,
and two-particle kinematics. (Three one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 369 or PHY
327, and pass CT assessment or GST 100. Fall)
PHY 352
Mechanics II
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian,
Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics
include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, and noninertial reference frames. (Three
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY 351,
MAT 369 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using vector calculus. Topics include
electrostatics, solution of Laplace’s and Poisson’s
equations, and electric properties of materials.
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122,
MAT 369 or PHY 327. Fall)
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using vector calculus. Topics include
magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on
Maxwell’s equations. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 369 or PHY 327. Spring)
Physics
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory I
Students work in small groups on advanced
experiments from various physics subfields
(including modern physics, electronic instrumentation, magnetism, and optics) with a
focus on the role of experiments, interpretation of data, and scientific communication.
Incorporates an introduction to LabVIEW
software for computerized data acquisition and
experiment control. (One three-hour laboratory
and an occasional one-hour seminar per week.
Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of
instructor and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111.
Fall)
(.5 course)
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory II (.5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. A thorough exploration of interface hardware and software design
(LabVIEW) for computer-controlled experiments followed by application of these techniques to advanced experiments in high vacuum
physics and technology, modern optics, biophysics, and other areas. (One three-hour laboratory
and an occasional one-hour seminar per week.
Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior standing or
consent of instructor, and ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111. Spring)
PHY 420
Plasma Physics
Fundamentals of plasma physics including
waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma drifts, particle
motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann
equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport,
and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY
362, 363 or concurrent registration)
PHY 430
Introduction to Solid State Physics
Topics in solid state physics including various
theories of metals, crystal lattices, band structure and Fermi surfaces, phonons, semiconductors and magnetism. The conditions and
consequences of the solid state of materials will
be explored at a very detailed level, taking realistic parameters of materials into account. (Three
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 351, PHY 362;
PHY 486 strongly recommended. Fall)
PHY 486
Quantum Physics
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie’s postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation
values, and approximation methods. Applications
include potential wells and barriers, the harmonic
oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245, 351. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
PHY 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
PHY 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
PHY 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
PHY 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65. Open to juniors and
seniors with departmental approval.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 205
Poltical Science
Political Science—POL
Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science
shares concerns with the humanities, other behavioral sciences,
and mathematics and the sciences. The role and significance
of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political
science. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of
an experienced faculty that offers courses in all major areas of
political science, and also possesses special expertise in the areas
of campaigns and elections, comparative and international politics, mass communications and other information technolgoy,
racial and ethnic politics, and American public law.
Political scientists use systematic inquiry and analysis to
examine political reality. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigate
political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare
political systems, and develop perspectives on international
relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged
to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as
philosophy, psychology, economics, history, and sociology to
the study of politics.
Providing work in several subfields of political sciene,
the major supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate
work in political science, public administration, public
policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as
a foundation on which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and
other internships, as well as significant independent research
projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science
students in the Twin Cities area. Combined with broad, balanced, and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student’s potential for graduate study and a
successful career.
Political Science Faculty
Joseph Underhill (Chair), Andrew Aoki, Sarah CombellickBidney, Milda Hedblom, Elizabeth Klages, Norma Noonan
Degree and Major Requirements
Political Science Major
Ten courses:
POL 158
POL 483
POL 484
Political Patterns and Processes
Political/Statistics/Methodology
Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective—one of the following:
POL 121
POL 122
POL 160
POL 170
American Government and Politics
Metropolitan Complex
World Politics
Law in the United States
Also at least five other upper division courses in four out of
five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area. Only one internship may count
206
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
for an upper division area. Also one other political science
course in any area, upper or lower division.
The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning
(QR), and Writing (W) graduation skill is embedded
throughout the offered courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing one of the following courses:
S: POL 325, POL 326, or POL 380
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Pre-Law Concentration in Political Science
Major: 11 courses required
Specific Required Courses — six total
POL 121
POL170
POL 483
POL 484
Two of the following three courses:
ENL 223 or 220 (cannot use both ENL 223 and ENL 220)
PHI 230
COM 111
Electives—five total
Three courses from the choices below:
POL 350
POL 370
POL 371
POL 380
POL 381
Plus two additional upper level courses in Political Science
(can come from the list above, or be any other upper level
Political Science course).
Public Policy and Political Change Concentration in
Political Science
Major: 11 courses required.
Six Specific Courses:
ECO 112 or 113
POL 121 or 122
POL 325 OR 326
POL 399 (internship must be approved by political science
adviser)
ECO 490, POL 483, or SOC 362 (only one can be used for
this requirement)
POL 484
One Course from the Following:
POL 121
POL 122
POL 124
POL 140
POL 158
POL 160
POL 170
Political Science
Four Courses from the Following:
POL 241
POL 325
POL 326
POL 342
POL 370
POL 371
POL 381
POL 421
POL 461
ECO 312, 313, 413 (only one of these can be used for this
requirement)
SOC 381
Notes
1. POL 140 can be substituted for POL 122, with adviser
approval.
2. If both POL 121 and 122 are completed, one can
count for section I and one for section II. The same course
cannot fulfill requirements in both sections.
3. If both POL 325 and 325 are completed, one can
count for section I and one for section III. The same course
cannot fulfill requirements in both sections.
4. Only one economics course (either 312, 313, or 413)
can be counted toward the four courses required in Section III.
Departmental Honors
The honors major in political science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student’s GPA
must be 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall; the student must
take an honors independent study and a seminar, and must
submit an honors thesis to be defended before a faculty
committee. Students may work with any member of the
department on their honors thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the department chair. Students should apply for the
honors major no later than the junior year.
Minor
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122 or 170; POL 158;
and at least three upper-division courses in three out of five
political science areas. POL 483 may not usually be used for
a minor.
POL 371
POL 380
When necessary, substitutions can be approved by the chair
(e.g. if a required course has to be canceled).
Public Policy and Political Change Minor: Six courses
required
Three Specific Courses:
POL 121 or 122.
POL 325 OR 326
POL 399 (internship must be approved by adviser)
Three Courses from the Following:
POL 241
POL 325
POL 326
POL 342
POL 381
POL 421
POL 461
ECO 312, 313, or 413
SOC 381
Notes
1. POL 140 can be substituted for POL 122, with adviser
approval.
2. If both POL 325 and 325 are completed, one can
count for section I and one for section II. The same course
cannot fulfill requirements in both sections.
3. Only one economics course (either 312, 313, or 413)
can be counted toward the three courses required in Section II.
Teaching Major in Political Science and Economics
Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five
courses in political science, and two courses in education.
ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill requirements for
the social studies core; education courses also fulfill licensure
requirements for secondary education.
Economics Courses:
POL 121
POL170
Principles of Macroeconomics (elective for
social science core)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics (elective for
social science core)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
One other upper division economics course
Two of the following three courses:
Education Courses:
ENL 223 or 220 (cannot use both ENL 223 and ENL 220)
PHI 230
COM 111
ESE 310
Pre-Law Minor: six courses required
Four Required Courses:
Two Electives:
Two courses from the choices below:
POL 350
POL 370
ECO 112
EDC 200
Orientation to Education (required for
licensure)
5-12 Methods: Social Studies — Capstone
course (required for licensure)
Political Science Courses:
POL 121
American Government (social science core
course)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 207
Poltical Science
Two upper-level political science courses (must be in two
different areas)
Two other political science courses
In addition, in order to graduate with this major, a student
must have been admitted into the Department of Education.
To be licensed in social studies, additional education courses
and the social studies core are required.
Political Science Areas
(I) American Government and Politics, (II) Comparative
Politics and Analysis, (III) International Politics, (IV) Public
Law, and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course
listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area
toward major or minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary education may
take a political science major or the teaching major in economics and political science. Either option requires that the
student also take courses required for the social studies core.
For more information, see the department chair.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in
which courses are offered.
POL 323
Social and Political Change
Examines interaction between cultural, social,
and political change, looking primarily, but
not exclusively, at the United States. Also looks
at how individuals can try to effect political
change. (Prereq.: one previous course in political science, or junior or senior status or consent
of instructor)
POL 325
Politics and Public Policy
The domestic policy making process, emphasizing how elected officials, bureaucrats, and
interest groups shape government policies in
various areas, including taxes, the environment,
and social welfare policy. How public policies
are formulated and implemented.
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
Emphasizes study of public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work
with political parties, interest groups, and media
in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor. Fall
term of election years)
Political science Courses
I. American Government and Politics
208
POL 342
Mass Communication in Society
Studies effects of new information technology
(such as the Internet) and of the traditional
electronic media. Covers uses of technology and
media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment,
and public affairs. (Prereq.: Sophomore, junior,
or senior standing)
POL 121
American Government and Politics
Surveys major parts of American national government—including Congress, the presidency,
and the courts—as well as campaigns and elections, federalism, interest groups, and political
parties.
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
POL 370
Constitutional Law
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on influences
on urban public policy. Includes case studies of
the Twin Cities metro area.
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 124
American Women and Politics
Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic, and social issues
will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives.
POL 241
Environmental and River Politics
This course explores the politics of the communities and ecosystems of the Upper Mississippi
River watershed, including controversies about
river pollution, the lock and dam system,
regional water supply, flood control, and farming
practices. Includes site visits to see how local
policy-makers and stakeholders are trying to
achieve sustainability in the watershed.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
Topics include legislative, executive, or judicial politics, public policy, and leadership. Can
include focus on national, state, or local level.
(Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
II. Comparative Politics and Analysis
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
POL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions, and
Political Science
processes of European states. The course will
focus on either European community law and
politics or domestic politics in European states.
(Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union and/or other
communist/post-communist states in terms of
political behavior, evolution, institutions, and
political processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative
politics will be explored. Themes and countries
vary. (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor)
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of
political systems and comparisons of political
processes such as political participation, political
development, political change, and revolution.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in
international relations; analysis of some methods for studying international relations; analysis
of major trends; senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement for International
Relations majors. (Prereq.: four courses in the
international relations sequence and ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
IV. Public Law
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process.
Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts,
police, lawyers, and juries; the United States
Constitution as “supreme” law; law as politics;
historic and contemporary legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
Supreme Court in the American political system
in significant decisions affecting the allocation
of powers in the national government and in
the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or at least
junior status and one previous course in political science)
III. International Politics
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the
international system, theories of international
relations, and a focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policies
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign
policy process in Russia (and the former USSR)
and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 368
Model United Nations
This course provides students with in-depth
understanding of the United Nations and
international diplomacy through the process of
preparation for attending the National Model
United Nations Conference which is held each
spring in New York City. Students research a
country and set of issues for the committee on
which they will serve. (Prereq.: POL 160 or
equivalent and consent of instructor.)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making,
simulations of international problems. Topic to be
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutional law. Content
will vary, defined by the subtitle of the course.
(Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor)
POL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts
in media law and regulation, including the uses
of law to settle disputes about media content,
access, ethics, and ownership. (Prereq.: one
course in political science, POL 342, or consent
of instructor)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
POL 140
Social Justice in America
Examines social justice in urban policies such
as housing and education (issues may vary).
Students develop their own arguments about
social justice. Emphasis on class discussion; substantial participation required.
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section II for description.)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 209
Political Science
POL 282
Understanding Asian America
POL 299
Directed Study
Asian Americans and their place in American
politics and society. Includes some coverage of
Asian American history and looks at the struggle
to define Asian Americans.
See description on page 65.
POL 380
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers,
emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions that continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor and
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
POL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative perspective and
American political thought. Topic to be included
in the subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political
science or consent of instructor, ENL 111 or 112
or HON 111, and pass CT assessment or GST
100)
POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories
in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model
for political study. Major research is required.
This course satisfies the Keystone requirement.
(Prereq.: POL 158 and two upper division
courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study, and Internships
POL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand)
POL 483
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
Introductory survey of political science methods. Covers experimental design, descriptive
and inferential statistics, computer methods,
and issues in the construction and execution of
political surveys. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
POL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
210
POL 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants exception.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
POL 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
POL 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
Psychology
Psychology—PSY
Psychology is an exploration of behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding of individual and
group behavior. The study of psychology equips students to
understand and use the scientific method to think creatively
and critically beyond the classroom. To prepare students for
graduate study and work in psychology, the major emphasizes the complementary components of a strong foundation in research and theoretical work with the application of
knowledge and skills in coursework, research experiences,
and internships within the community. The curriculum’s
emphasis on the experiential dimensions of learning and the
integration of liberal arts and professional domains prepares
students for careers in many settings including business,
education, social services, research, law, government, church,
and medicine.
Faculty members in the Department of Psychology have
varied professional specializations including clinical, counseling, physiological, developmental, social, cognitive, and
industrial/organizational psychology as well as expertise in
psychological applications to health, law, and public policy.
Students may tap this expertise through a variety of learning
experiences including group and individual projects, Psi Chi
Honor Society, and faculty-student research teams.
Psychology Faculty
David Matz (Chair), Grace Dyrud, Stacy Freiheit, Lisa Jack,
Bridget Robinson-Riegler, Nancy Steblay, Henry Yoon, Paloma
Hesemeyer
Degree and Major Requirements
Major
The major is 10 courses
Foundations of Psychology
PSY 105
PSY 215
PSY 315
Principles of Psychology
Research Methods and Statistics I
Research Methods and Statistics II
At least one course from the following:
PSY 325
PSY 354
PSY 355
Social Behavior
Cognitive Psychology
Biopsychology
At least one course from the following:
PSY 491
PSY 493
Advanced Research Seminar
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Professional Perspectives (two courses)
PSY 399/396 Internship
At least one course from the following:
PSY 201
PSY 263
Health Psychology
Sports Psychology
PSY 357
PSY 359
PSY 373
PSY 385
PSY 410
Behavioral Analysis
Assessment
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
Counseling Psychology
Clinical Neuropsychology
Electives (three courses in psychology)
Majors are encouraged to take more than the minimum 10
required psychology courses; no more than 13 course credits
can count for graduation.
Note: A minimum of five courses must be from
Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 199,
299, 399/396, and 499 may be counted.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative
Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Transfer-course policy for majors and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in
writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years
will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer
guidelines may only be applied to elective or PSY 105 credit
for the major.
All psychology majors must have an adviser in the psychology department.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements
for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements.
Concentration in Psychology and Law
The field of psychology and law involves the application of
scientific and professional aspects of psychology to questions
and issues relating to law and the legal system. This field
encompasses contributions made in a number of different
areas — research, clinical practice, public policy, and teaching/training among them — from a variety of orientations
within the field of psychology, such as developmental, social,
cognitive, neuropsychology, and clinical. Students in this
concentration will participate in at least three experiential
learning venues: laboratory research, a community-based
internship, and study tours to Hennepin County Courts.
See department chair for specific requirements.
Concentration in Social Psychology
Both the sociology and psychology departments offer courses
relevant to students with interests in social psychology. The
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 211
Psychology
intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide
students with a solid disciplinary foundation along with
specific coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social
psychological perspective. Students will participate in internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology interest. Coursework will emphasize research skills,
theoretical analysis, and applied work in areas intended to
prepare students for careers in law, consulting, research, and
social policy, as well as many other areas. In addition, the
social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate school
preparation. See department chair for specific requirements.
PSY 250
Child Development
Theory and scientific methods of examining
development and behavior. Practical implications of data and theory are stressed. (Prereq.:
PSY 105)
PSY 253
Aging and Adulthood
Departmental Honors
Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive and negative
aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant
to those who study and work with the largest
growing segment of our population—the elderly.
(Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 252
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Consideration of research and theory related to
development during the adolescent and young
adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
GPA of 3.00 in the major and 3.50 overall, and completion of
a high-quality research project. Formal application must be
made during the junior year. Consult the department chair
for more detailed requirements.
Minor
Five courses, including PSY 105, and four electives. A minimum of two courses must be from Augsburg. No more than
two courses from among PSY 299, 399/396, and 499 may be
counted.
Psychology Courses
212
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and principles
of psychology. Applications of psychological
concepts to everyday situations are emphasized.
Research participation is required.
PSY 201
Health Psychology
Consideration of the impact of psychological,
behavioral, social, and biological interactions on
health. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 215
Research Methods and Statistics I
Part I of a two-term sequence. See PSY 315. PSY
215 may be taken for one course credit without
taking PSY 315. Scientific method as practiced
in psychology. This sequence emphasizes skills
of bibliographic research, research design and
data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, and APA-style presentation of research
findings. (Prereq.: PSY 105, MPG 3, and sophomore status; pass CT assessment or GST 100)
PSY 235
Psychology and Law
Application of psychological principles and
research to legal processes, policy, and problems.
Emphasis on three content areas: eyewitness
memory, courtroom procedures, and forensic
clinical practice. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
PSY 256
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint
to study the influence of both the natural and
built physical environment on human behavior.
(Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 261
Personality/Cultural Context
Current scientifically-based approaches to
description, dynamics, and development of
personality. Includes study of gender, social
position, and cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.:
PSY 105)
PSY 262
Abnormal Psychology
Applying psychological science to understanding the causes and treatments for psychological
disorders. Topics include depression, anxiety,
schizophrenia, substance use, and eating disorders. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 263
Sports Psychology
Foundations of sports psychology. Psychological
concepts applied to sports and enhancement of
athletic performance. Topics include motivation,
team development, leadership, psychological
skills training, and goal setting. (Prereq.: PSY
105)
PSY 271
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender
and its impact on the lives and behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 295
Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration; e.g., Positive Psychology, Close
Relationships, Psychology and Religion.
(Prereq.: PSY 105)
Psychology
PSY 315
Research Methods and Statistics II
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
Part II of a two-term sequence. See PSY 215.
Ideally PSY 315 should be taken in the term
immediately following PSY 215. (Prereq.: PSY
215 with a grade of 2.0 or higher and ENL 111
or 112 or HON 111)
The theoretical and applied study of organizations. Topics include: the individual, group and
organizational structure/process and change.
(Prereq.: PSY 105)
Historical Perspectives
Social Behavior
PSY 381
PSY 325
Social factors that influence individual and
group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group
behavior, social influence, attitudes formation,
and change. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with
consent of instructor)
Focus on the people in psychology’s history,
their questions and positions, from the early
Greek period to the present. Emphasis on the
20th century, inclusions of women and minorities, and contextual history. (Prereq.: PSY 215 or
PSY 105 with junior standing)
PSY 354
Cognitive Psychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant
to the following topics: attention, perception,
pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and
language. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with
consent of instructor)
PSY 385
Counseling Psychology
Discuss therapeutic approaches and interventions in counseling (e.g., psychoanalysis,
person-centered therapy, cognitive behavioral
therapy, and post-modern approaches). Topics
include counseling diverse clients, evidence
based practice, and ethical guidelines for the
counseling relationship. (Prereq.: PSY 215 or
PSY 105 with consent of instructor)
PSY 355
Biopsychology
Relationship between biology and behavior.
Considers biological bases of learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psychology, personality, normal and altered states of consciousness.
(Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with consent of
instructor)
PSY 390
Special Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration; e.g., Individual Differences, Evolutionary
Psychology. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with
consent of instructor)
Clinical Neuropsychology
Behavior Analysis
PSY 410
PSY 357
Principles of learning/behavior change and their
application to self-management, family, work,
school, and clinic settings. Individualized projects. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with consent
of instructor, and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
The exploration of human behavior when the
brain is altered by traumatic brain injury and
diseases such as stroke, epilepsy, and dementia.
Learn human neuroanatomy in order to relate
brain systems to attention, perception, memory,
language, personality, and awareness. Address
clinical issues, including neuropsychological
assessment and interviewing. (Prereq.: PSY 315
or consent of instructor)
PSY 359
Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of assessing
human aptitudes, achievement, personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests,
and impacts of the environment on behavior.
Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of
reliability and validity, and legal and ethical
issues. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with consent of instructor)
PSY 360
Psychology Laboratory (.5 credit)
Laboratory research experience under the
supervision of a faculty member. Concurrent or
previous enrollment in a full credit course in the
faculty member’s area of expertise and approval
by that faculty member are required. (Prereq.:
Psy 215)
PSY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of instructor)
PSY 491
Advanced Research Seminar
Research team experience in a seminar format.
Designed to extend students’ knowledge of
statistical and methodological techniques and to
explore contemporary professional issues and
implications for social policy. Recommended for
students headed for graduate school and those
electing an honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or
consent of instructor)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion and exploration of contemporary,
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 213
Psychology
theoretical, professional, and social policy issues
from a psychological viewpoint. (Prereq.: PSY
315 or consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
PSY 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit)
on page 64. (Prereq.: PSY 105 and one other
psychology course).
PSY 299
Directed study
See description on page 65. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 399/396 Internship
214
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit)
on page 64. Weekly class meetings are required
for this course. PSY 399 involves an off-campus
internship; PSY 396 involves an on-campus
internship. The internship satisfies the Keystone
requirement. (Prereq.: PSY 315 and ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
PSY 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65. (Prereq.: PSY 315)
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Religion, Youth and Family Ministry
Religion, Youth and Family
Ministry—REL, YFM
In today’s complex world, issues and conflicts are increasingly influenced by deeply-held religious beliefs and values.
The study of religion at Augsburg College invites students on
a search for meaning, challenging them to explore their own
religious beliefs and those of their neighbors, gain a broader
view of the role of faith in public life, and better understand
our global context.
As an academic discipline, religion probes many of life’s
critical questions:
• Who are we as human beings and where did we come
from?
• Why do bad things happen?
• How can we live meaningful lives?
• What happens after we die?
• How do our values shape our choices?
• What is our responsibility to others?
• What texts are sacred and how should we read them?
• How can we encourage cooperation and respect among
people of different faiths?
Students begin their search for meaning in the AugCore
courses REL 100, 200, or 300. Here they learn to articulate
their own beliefs and understand that what they believe
really matters. Students engage in a close reading of the Bible
and other sacred texts, study their historical contexts, and
apply these insights to contemporary social issues. They
also explore their own gifts and how they might be used in
service of the broader community as they pursue a life of
vocation. Students are invited to deepen their pursuit of these
questions by choosing a major or minor in religion, which
offers a wide range of courses in theology, biblical studies,
and world religions.
As a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America (ELCA), Augsburg faculty and staff are eager to
engage in dialog with Christians from all denominations,
with people who practice other faith traditions, and with
those who claim no particular beliefs. Faculty in the Religion
Department represent several Christian denominations and
model respectful dialogue with students from a variety of
faith perspectives. We challenge all of our students to respect
and learn from one another and to think critically about matters of faith and reason in our lives together.
General Requirements
Majors
The Religion Department offers two majors: Religion (REL)
and Youth and Family Ministry (YFM).
Prerequisites
Religion 100 (or 300 for advanced transfer students) is prerequisite to all other courses.
Graduation Requirements
Courses designated REL and YFM are offered by the religion
department. A maximum of 13 total REL and YFM courses
may be applied toward the 32-course requirement for graduation. Taking extra electives in REL or YFM may require
students to complete more than the minimum 32 courses
required for graduation.
Transfer Courses
All transfer courses for majors and minors, including ACTC
courses, must be approved in writing by the chair. Only
courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last
10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the
transfer guidelines may only be applied to elective credit for
the major. Students who have taken an approved introductory course in Bible and/or Christian theology at another college may take REL 300 in place of the College REL 100 and
200 requirement; consult the registrar’s office.
Advising
All majors must have an adviser in the department.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall, research project approved by the department, and colloquium with the
department. Application must be received by the department
by Dec. 30 of the student’s senior year.
Religion Faculty
Philip Quanbeck II (Chair), Lori Brandt Hale, Bradley Holt,
Russell Kleckley, Lynne Lorenzen, Mary Lowe, Beverly
Stratton, Mark Tranvik, Hans Wiersma, Karl Jacobson,
Matthew Maruggi, Jeremy Myers
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 215
Religion
Religion—REL
A religion major provides a strong foundation in the liberal
arts and prepares students for professional work and graduate studies in a wide range of fields. Since the major requires
only eight courses, students are encouraged to double-major
in a related field. Students considering seminary should
attend two Bible courses, and one course in theology or
church history. Students planning on graduate studies
in Religion ought to complete one Bible course, a world
religions course, and the Philosophy of Religion course. A
religion major also provides strong preparation for graduate
studies in theology, religious studies, sacred scripture, church
history, and related fields. The major prepares students to
think critically, read analytically, write clearly, and speak confidently, skills that make our graduates attractive to graduate
schools.
Religion Courses
REL 100
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
This introductory course will explore some of
the biblical and theological resources that the
Christian tradition, seen through the lens of
vocation, brings to the search for meaning. Not
accepted for credit for students who have taken
REL 300 or 331. REL 100 or 300 is a prerequisite for all religion and youth and family ministry courses.
REL 120
Religion and Science in Popular Culture
This course explores the relationship between
religion and science through issues that emerge
in public discussion through news and popular
media. Examples of topics include evolution
and intelligent design, genetic engineering and
stem cell research, and the social role of science
and science as vocation, along with historical
and philosophical development of science in its
relationship to religion.
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
Christian Vocation and the Search for
Meaning II
or REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation
REL 210
Research Methods in Religion
REL 495
Religion Keystone
Five additional electives
Note: Keystone, especially for majors, should be taken in the
junior or senior year. One New Testament Greek course may
be applied to the major.
REL 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
This course focuses on articulating students’
own theological questions and positions and
on recognizing and evaluating religious claims
in the areas of biblical interpretation and the
historical, cultural, and global contexts of
Christianity and other world religions. (Prereq.:
REL 100)
REL 200
REL 205
Exploring Topics in Religion
This course introduces students to various
topics within the field of religion. Students will
explore primary texts on topics such as gender,
economics, and politics and investigate and analyze the contemporary debates involving these
complex issues. Students will develop their own
perspectives on the topic under investigation.
(Prereq.: REL 100, 111, 221, 300, or 331; also
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded
throughout the offered courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S) and Writing (W)
are met by completing the following courses:
QR: GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146, or PHI 230
S: REL 302, 386 or consult with your adviser for an
approved course outside the major
W: REL 495 and one of the following: REL 362, 370, or 481
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
REL 206
Apostles of Hope
This course will explore how Israel adapted,
resisted, fractured into sects, and was crushed
in revolt (70-73 AD/CE) in the crucible of the
Greek and Roman empires. Why was Jesus of
Nazareth seen both as a sign of Israel’s hope and
a threat in Roman Judea? How did the apostolic
movement bring its irrepressible hope in God
into the nations, religions, philosophies, and
languages of the Roman order?
Religion Minor
Five religion courses including REL 100 and 200. (Advanced
transfer students take REL 300 and four electives.)
Note for majors and minors: Students are required to have at
least a 2.00 GPA in courses counted toward the major or
minor. One or two courses in youth and family ministry
(YFM) may count toward the religion major or minor.
216
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
REL 210
Research Methods in Religion
An introduction to the study of the main disci-
Religion
plines within the academic study of Christianity
(Bible, theology, and church history), including
methods and research skills. (Prereq.: REL 100
or 300 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
REL 300
Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation
This foundational course for advanced transfer
students explores the Bible, Christian tradition,
and vocation. Students will articulate their own
theological questions and positions and begin
to recognize and evaluate religious claims in a
world of many religions. Open only to advanced
transfer students. Not accepted for credit for
students who have taken REL 100, 111, 221, or
331.
REL 301
Interpreting the Old Testament
An investigation of the Torah, Prophets, and
Writings, including forms, genres, historical
contexts, portrayal of God, and interpretation of
these texts by ancient and modern Jewish and
Christian communities. (Prereq.: REL 100 or
300 and pass CT assessment or GST 100)
REL 302
Interpreting the New Testament
Historical, literary, and theological interpretation of Paul’s letters, the gospels, and other New
Testament writings as persuasive literature for
ancient and modern communities.
REL 306
Non-Western Christianity
A study of Christian belief and practice in a
variety of cultural settings different from those
of Western Europe and North America. In addition to introductions to forms of this faith on
other continents, the course will explore the
deep questions of the relationship of culture and
religion, and the ethnic and cultural location of
Christianity.
REL 309
Religion at the Movies
Religious themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics, human nature, holiness, faith and
belief, salvation and redemption, and forgiveness
and mercy will be explored through the medium
of popular film.
REL 313
Environmental Theology and Ethics
An overview of contemporary theology and
theologically-based approaches to environmental
ethics using studies of environmental problems
in South, Central, and North America. Taught in
Mexico during spring semester program.
REL 320
Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand
An examination of Buddhism and the interface
of Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand, with
attention to the plurality of religions, the role
of Christian mission, and religious responses to
some of Thailand’s contemporary problems such
as AIDS and the sex industry. Short-term travel
seminar.
REL 343
Theology of Marriage and Family
An examination of the nature of modern marriage and family relationships within the context
of the faith and practice of the Christian church.
REL 346
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the
church in the midst of political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet
with people representing a variety of religious
perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. Taught in Namibia.
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of
the major Christian denominations and of the
world religions as practised in America. Some
controversial religious movements will also be
considered.
REL 356
World Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and
Islam.
REL 357
Giants of Christian Faith
Christian history is examined through the
lives and theology of notable figures. Thinkers
who may be studied include Augustine, Martin
Luther, Dorothy Day, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
REL 362
Martin Luther and the Reformation
An introduction to the theological thought of
the Protestant reformers of the 16th century.
Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Prereq.:
REL 100 or 300 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America.
Special attention to the rise of religious liberty,
revivalism, denominations, and the responses
of religion to the challenges of its environing
culture.
REL 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
A study of the dominant theological perspectives
that have shaped Latin American culture and
politics. Focuses on the relationship between
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 217
Religion
theology and social/political transformation.
(Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
218
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical
Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American Indians are studied.
Tribal similarities and differences are explored
as are tribal relationships with nature, religious
oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies,
and beliefs in an afterlife. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111, junior standing, and REL 100
or 300)
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences
on societal roles for women and men, feminist
interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of
feminism on Christian theology, especially in
terms of language and metaphor.
REL 471
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents,
particularly the Gospels, dealing with their
context, literary structure, and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given
the person of Jesus.
REL 378
Medieval Church
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
(See description under HIS 378)
A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early
church, and some of the themes found in his
writings. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and pass CT
assessment or GST 100)
REL 383
Process Theology
Influences of the relational world view of
process philosophy on Christian faith and ethical deliberations (including killing, abortion,
human sexuality, and euthanasia).
REL 386
Speaking of Genesis
An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and
the role of interpretation through study of the
characters and values portrayed in Genesis and
related biblical texts.
REL 390
Theology of Death and Dying
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint
of Christian theology and ethics, taking into
account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have
had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on
medical ethics brought on by modern medical
technology.
REL 405
Christensen Scholar Seminar I
This course will study the Bible and Christian tradition in order to help participants discern a call in
Christian ministry. This course is open to participants in the Christensen Scholar program only.
Judaism
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as attention to current issues facing the Jewish community.
REL 480
Vocation and the Christian Faith
This course will examine vocation in the Bible,
the Christian tradition, and contemporary
culture. Students will be challenged to make
vocation the lens through which they view their
lives and communities. This course satisfies the
Keystone requirement.
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian
church. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL 111
or 112 or HON 111)
(.5 course)
REL 406
Christensen Scholar Seminar II
This course will study the Bible and Christian tradition in order to help participants discern a call in
Christian ministry. This course is open to participants in the Christensen Scholar program only.
(.5 course)
REL 425
Christian Spiritual Practices
A practical forum on “habits of the heart” that
sustain Christian service. Students explore and
critically reflect on the value and practice of
spiritual disciplines such as prayer, meditation,
journaling, and service to the poor.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
REL 475
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action.
REL 490
Topics in Religion
Selected topics in religion.
REL 495
Religion Keystone
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to students who have
nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics
vary by instructor. Students will improve writing
abilities through writing a major research paper.
Religion
(Prereq.: REL 210 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
REL 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64. Limited to special cases.
REL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
REL 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
REL 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65. For religion majors
only.
See department listing for a description of the following
approved electives:
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
SOC 260
Religion and Society
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 219
Youth and Family Ministry
Youth and Family
Ministry—YFM
Youth and Family Ministry Major
In keeping with Augsburg’s mission to nurture future leaders
in service to the world, the major in youth and family ministry prepares persons for faithful work as youth and family
ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This major is interdisciplinary, combining a core study
of theology, Bible, and ministry with supporting coursework
in the social sciences. A distinctive element of the major is
the combination of practical and theological training: students will have many opportunities to apply their knowledge
and discernment skills in specific ministry contexts, including a supervised internship. Students must declare the YFM
major and receive faculty approval before participating in
off-site field work. A youth and family ministry minor is also
offered.
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR),
Speaking (S), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Course Maximums
A student majoring in YFM may take apply up to 15 courses
from the religion department toward graduation if they
are required to take REL 100 and 200, and the 15th course
is a REL or YFM study abroad course or the Lilly Scholar
Seminar. If the student is required to take REL 300, they may
apply up to 14 courses if the 14th course is a REL or YFM
study abroad course or the Christensen Scholar Seminar.
Contemporary Theology
Religion Keystone
Youth and family ministry core (4 courses):
YFM 208
YFM 209
YFM 235
YFM 305
YFM 358
YFM 399
Vocational Formation I [required non-credit
experience]
Vocational Formation II [required noncredit experience]
Foundations for Ministry with Youth and
Families
Ministry Practices
Life and Work of the Church
Internship
Youth and family ministry electives (2 courses):
YFM 205
Exploring Topics in Youth and Family
Ministry (students will choose two topics
courses from a list of 0.5 credit courses)
One REL or YFM course from the following list:
YFM 232
YFM 316
REL 343
REL 345
REL 353
REL 356
REL 357
REL 425
Peer Ministry
Church and Culture in Context
Theology of Marriage and Family
The Lutheran Heritage (required for A.I.M.
certification)
Denominations and Religious Groups in
America
World Religions
Giants of Christian Faith
Christian Spiritual Practices
And three supporting courses:
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural
Perspective
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
PSY 250
Child Development
or PSY 252 Adolescent and Young Adult Development
or SWK 260 Humans Developing
Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major or
minor may not also major or minor in religion.
Youth and Family Ministry Minor
Associate in Ministry (A.I.M.)
The minor consists of the following five courses:
Course work completed with the major fulfills part of the
requirements for Associate in Ministry (A.I.M.) status within
the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Students interested in A.I.M. certification should consult with their home
synod and with a YFM adviser no later than their second year.
YFM 235
Youth and Family Ministry Major
Fourteen courses including:
Theology core (6 courses):
REL 210
REL 301
REL 302
REL 362
220
REL 481
REL 495
Research Methods in Religion
Interpreting the Old Testament
Interpreting the New Testament
Martin Luther and the Reformation
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Foundations for Ministry with Youth and
Families
One youth and family ministry course from:
YFM 305
YFM 358
Ministry Practices
Life and Work of the Church
One Bible survey course from:
REL 301
REL 302
Interpreting the Old Testament
Interpreting the New Testament
One theology course from:
REL 362
Theology of the Reformers
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
and one course from the theology core, YFM core, or YFM
electives as listed in the major.
Youth and Family Ministry
Youth and Family Ministry Courses
REL 100 or 300 is a prerequisite for all religion and youth
and family ministry courses.
YFM 205
Exploring Topics in Youth and Family Ministry
(0.5 course)
Exploring Topics in Youth and Family Ministry
features a selection of half-credit courses
in which students may further focus upon
ministry topics introduced in YFM 235 and
elsewhere. Special ministry topics will vary
from year to year and include such subjects as
Outdoor Ministry, Service Learning, Program
Administration and Planning, Youth Culture
and Religion, Communications, Media, Music
and Ministry, and Ministry with Youth on the
Margins.
YFM 208
Vocational Formation I
A non-credit requirement for all students majoring in youth and family ministry that is to be
completed by the end of the student’s second
year. Students will complete an entrance process
into the major, participate in monthly cohort
groups, monthly roundtables, attend multiple
spiritual direction sessions, and attend a vocational formation retreat.
faithful ministry might look like in a specific
location.
YFM 305
Ministry Practices
This course emphasizes the day-to-day sensibilities, skills, and practices needed for the grounding and guiding of ministry professionals. An
exploration of the history and development of
the spiritual practices of the Christian tradition,
combined with modern practices used for effective ministry, make up the major themes of this
course. (Prereq.: YFM 235)
YFM 316
Church and Culture in Context
A study of culture, church life, and the contemporary religious situation in another country. An
exploration of the roles of households, congregations, and other ministry organizations in
shaping and nurturing faith as compared to the
United States. Short-term travel seminar, available as offered.
(.0 course)
YFM 209
Vocational Formation II
A non-credit requirement for all students majoring in youth and family ministry that is to be
completed by the end of the student’s final year.
Students will complete a professional portfolio,
participate in monthly cohort groups, monthly
roundtables, have multiple meetings with an
assigned mentor from the field, and attend one
approved professional conference or workshop.
(Prereq.: YFM 208)
YFM 358
Life and Work of the Church
This course features an overview of the manner
in which Christianity has carried out its mission
throughout the centuries, as well as an exploration of the issues and challenges facing modern
and “post-modern” churches. A central element
of this course will be a research project that
studies the methods and strategies of congregations and other ministry organizations in their
efforts to introduce, nurture, and shape the
Christian faith. (Prereq.: YFM 235)
(.0 course)
YFM 232
Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership
Students learn to train college, high school, and
junior high youth to serve as peer ministers
in their congregations and communities. They
will learn and practice communication skills,
facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listener/helper. Peer ministry integrates the act
of caring and serving others within a Christian
belief system.
YFM 235
Foundations for Ministry with Youth and Families
An introductory level study in which the biblical, theological, and historical foundations of
ministry with youth and families are explored.
Students will also be introduced to the principles of practical theology and learn the skills
and sensibilities necessary for discerning what
YFM 399
Internship
The internship centers around 150 hours of
supervised leadership practice focused on youth
and families, fulfilled in partnership with a congregation or other approved ministry setting. A
formal learning agreement as well as the development of a professional portfolio round out the
internship experience. (Prereq.: YFM 235 and
YFM 305 or 358)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 221
Scandinavian Studies
Scandinavian Studies
See Nordic Area Studies.
222
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Social Studies Teaching
Licensure
Students preparing to teach social studies at the secondary
level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a
program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social
sciences.
Coordinators
Don Gustafson, degree-seeking students.
Anne Kaufman, licensure only and MAE graduate students.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Broad base requirements:
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ESE 220
Introduction to Human Geography
HIS 120
America to 1815
or HIS 121 19th-Century United States
or HIS 122 20th-Century United States
POL 121
American Government and Politics
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
ANT 141
Cultural Anthropology
Plus a major in one of six fields—economics, history, political economics, political science, psychology, or sociology.
Geography and anthropology are also acceptable fields,
although they are not offered as majors on the Augsburg
campus.
An interdisciplinary social studies major is available for
persons holding a bachelor’s degree and seeking licensure
only. Consult with Anne Kaufman for details.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg
Department of Education and the social studies coordinator.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements
for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. Students should consult with
the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current
Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 223
Social Work
Social Work—SWK
Students in social work are preparing to engage in professional practice with individuals, families, groups, communities, and organizations. Students learn to become skilled at
designing change strategies with clients that promote individual change, social justice, and empowerment. The curriculum includes classroom instruction, agency practicum, social
work skills development, history of social work and social
welfare in the United States, analysis of social welfare policy,
and social science research. In and out of the classroom,
students study privilege and oppression and engage with
diverse communities. In the end, our students are prepared
to practice in multi-cultural settings.
Those graduating with a social work major receive a
Bachelor of Science degree in social work and are eligible to
apply for licensure as a generalist social worker. Students
interested in a graduate degree in social work (MSW) are
encouraged to apply to our Master of Social Work program.
The undergraduate degree provides transferable credits
toward the foundation year of an MSW program, reducing
the number of credits needed. Both the baccalaureate and
graduate social work programs are accredited by the Council
on Social Work Education.
Social work graduates embody the Augsburg College
motto, “Education for Service.” One example of this motto in
action is the extensive service learning and practica assignments embedded in the social work curriculum. Students
begin service learning early in their major and engage in over
400 hours of agency based training, supervised by licensed
social workers. The Twin Cities offers a variety of innovative
and professional programs and agencies. Students are encouraged to train with and learn from these local, regional, and
national leaders in social work.
Social Work Faculty
Nancy Rodenberg (Chair), Anthony Bibus, Laura Boisen
(MSW Field Coordinator), Lois Bosch (MSW Program
Director), Francine Chakolis, Ankita Deka, Christina
Erickson (Fields Education Coordinator), Annette Gerten
(BSW Field Coordinator), Barbara Lehmann (BSW Program
Director), Glenda Dewberry Rooney, Michael Schock,
Maryann Syers, Kelly Knochel
Degree and Major Requirements
The B.S. degree consists of ten upper level courses and a total
of seven supporting courses.
Social work courses that are also open to non-majors are
designated with an asterisk.
Global Peace and Social Development*
Select one of these four courses:
ECO 112
POL 121
POL 122
POL 325
Principles of Macroeconomics
American Government and Politics
Metropolitan Complex
Politics and Public Policy
Take these four courses:
BIO 121
PSY 105
SOC 121
SWK 280
Human Biology and Lab
Principles of Psychology
Introduction to Human Society
Diversity and Inequality in Professional
Practice*
Select one of these two courses:
SOC 362
MAT 163
Statistical Analysis
Introductory Statistics
GPA Requirements for degree completion
After admission to the program a minimum grade of 2.0 is
required for each upper level course and a 2.00 cumulative
GPA is required in the supporting program.
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing
(W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the
offered courses and are met by completing the major. The
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill is met by taking SWK 401 and ECO 112, MAT 163, or SOC 362.
Pass/No Credit Maximums for Majors
All social work majors must take their upper level courses
with traditional grading. Social work majors are allowed
to apply up to six credits with a grade of Pass (P) toward
graduation, as are other majors. Students seeking Latin and
Department Honors may only take two P/N credits. (See
Latin Honors for additional details.)
Major Courses
Ten upper level courses:
SWK 301
SWK 303
SWK 306
SWK 307
SWK 316
SWK 317
SWK 401
SWK 406
History and Analysis of Social Policy*
Human Development and the Social
Environment*
Social Work Practice 1: With Individuals
Field Work 1: Integrative Seminar
Social Work Practice 2: With Families and
Groups
Field Work 2: Integrative Seminar
Social Work Research and Evaluation
Social Work Practice 3: With Communities
and Policies*
Field Work 3: Integrative Seminar
Field Work 4: Integrative Seminar
The Supporting Courses
SWK 407
SWK 417
Select one of these three courses:
Social Welfare Minor
SWK 100
SWK 210
224
SWK 230
Introduction to Professional Social Work*
Environmental Justice and Social Change*
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
(for other majors)
Social Work
The goal of the social welfare minor is to give non-majors a
sense of the impact of social work on society and a means to
incorporate some social welfare perspectives to their chosen
career.
Six courses including:
SWK 100
SWK 303
SWK 301
SWK 406
SOC 265
Introduction to Professional Social Work
Human Development and the Social
Environment
History and Analysis of Social Policy
Social Work Practice 3: With Communities
and Polices
Race, Class, and Gender
And one course from:
POL 121
American Government and Politics
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325
Politics and Public Policy
No credit for non-academic work
In accordance with accreditation standards, the Social
Work Department does not grant social work course credit
for life experience or previous work experience.
Social Work Courses
Social Work Entry Level Courses
The social work major offers three ways to begin the B.S.
degree: SWK 100 is for those students interested in the
profession, SWK 210 is for students more interested in policy
and advocacy, and SWK 230 is for students interested in
international social work and global issues. All three courses
are equal as introductions to the major.
All three courses feature an experiential learning component. Students volunteer 40 hours in a human service agency,
program or institution. The placement is selected by the
student, approved by the course instructor, and supervised
by agency staff. These courses are also open to non-majors.
SWK 100
Introduction to Professional Social Work
This course provides an opportunity for students to explore a possible social work major
or future career in human services. Students
will receive an overview of social welfare as an
institution and social work as a profession. The
course examines service needs associated with
the unequal impact of social, economic and
political structures on diverse groups in society.
Admission to the Major
Students must apply to be admitted to the degree program
in social work. This application process, called candidacy,
is subsequent to and separate from admission to Augsburg
College. The candidacy application is completed in the
spring term of the sophomore year or in the summer months
for junior transfer students. Each social work major must
complete the application materials and be officially admitted to the social work program before beginning the first
field practicum in the junior year. Social work majors must
have a cumulative 2.20 GPA to enter the program. Students
who do not meet this minimum GPA standard will be given
an opportunity to explain their GPA and may subsequently
be considered for conditional admission. Admission to the
program is required as a pre-requisite for those 300 and 400
level courses restricted to social work majors only. Contact
the Social Work Department for details.
SWK 210
Environmental Justice and Social Change
This course examines the relationship between
environmental justice issues and principles
and methods of social change. It explores the
relationship between environmental damage
and damage to human populations, the differential effect of environmental damage on specific
populations, and the ways social change agents
can mobilize action to correct these injustices.
(Elective credit)
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework for understanding sustainable social and economic development and non-violent social change. Case
studies present examples of how social work and
human services function in a global context and
are vital to fostering peace, human rights, and
well-being. (Elective credit)
Departmental Honors
The social work department offers students the opportunity to earn Departmental Honors through the completion
of an applied or scholarly project. Students may apply for
Departmental Honors if they have earned and maintain an
overall GPA of 3.30 and maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.60
in all social work classes at the 300 level and above. Honors
applicants may take up to two courses as P/N (pass/no credit)
and must complete a minimum of 14 traditionally graded
Augsburg courses. Other requirements include the successful completion of a paper or project designed to demonstrate
critical understanding of one area in the field of social work
or social welfare. A faculty mentor will guide and supervise
work on this paper or project. Please consult with your
adviser or program director for complete details and deadlines.
SWK 280
Diversity and Inequality in Professional Practice
This course explores diversity and social
inequality as they relate to professional practice
in social work and other helping professions.
Building cultural competence in work with
diverse populations, students learn through
dialogue, reading, experiential exercises, and
community observation.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 225
Social Work
Course Sequence and Concurrency
Social work upper level courses are taught in a two-year
sequence. Courses are taught once a year. The courses in the
chart below must be taken together during the same term:
226
SWK 301
History and the Analysis of Social Policy
The history of social workers, social movements, and changing social norms in Europe,
North America, and globally profoundly affects
social welfare policy today and tomorrow. In this
course, students learn how historical events,
policies, and programs influenced today’s social
responses to human needs. (Prereq.: junior
standing and pass CT assessment or GST 100)
SWK 303
Human Development and the Social Environment
Students will focus on the theories and knowledge of human bio-psycho-social spiritual
development throughout the life span. Students
will study how people develop, with attention
to the interaction between individuals, families, and the changing social environment. The
course takes a life span perspective of human
development, from birth to death in the context
of the person in the environment. Traditional
approaches to life “stages” are also explored,
along with less traditional issues, such as human
behavior and development as a result of different
cultures, sexual orientation, poverty, and differing physical or mental abilities, and the relationship between diverse statuses and the social
environment.
SWK 306
Social Work Practice 1: With Individuals
Students develop foundational social work
practice knowledge, skills, and values while
learning to interview, assess, set goals, and
work with individual clients. Course readings,
class participation, simulations, and role-plays
provide learning opportunities for students to
build skills necessary for generalist social work
practice with individuals, families, and groups.
Emphasis is on holistic practice applying the
strength-based problem solving approach and
working with diverse populations. (Coreq.: SWK
307)
SWK 307
Field Work 1: Integrative Seminar
Students begin applying practice knowledge
and skills in their first social work practicum.
Social work professionals in regional human
service agencies supervise students in a full-year
field placement. Students also synthesize their
course-based learning with their supervised
training through participation in weekly integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
120 hours of supervised practice in the fall term.
(Coreq.: SWK 306)
SWK 316
Social Work Practice 2: With Families and Groups
Students continue to develop generalist social
work practice knowledge, skills, and values
while learning to interview families and facilitate
groups. Emphasis is on holistic practice applying the strength-based problem solving approach
and working with diverse groups and families.
(Prereq.: SWK 306, 307, and ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111. Coreq.: SWK 317)
SWK 317
Field Work 2: Integrative Seminar
This course is a continuation of SWK 307.
Students apply practice knowledge and skills
in their first social work practicum. Students
synthesize their course-based learning with their
supervised training through participation in
weekly integrative seminars. Students complete
a minimum of 120 hours of supervised practice
in the spring term. (Coreq.: SWK 316)
SWK 401
Social Work Research and Evaluation
This course will provide students with an introduction to positivist and constructivist theories
and related methods commonly used in both
social science research and social work evaluation. Students will learn to integrate social work
values and ethical principles with social science
research and evaluation. Methods of program
and practice evaluation will be examined.
Various approaches to organizing information
and interpreting data will also be examined.
(Prereq.: MAT 163 or SOC 362, MPG 3)
SWK 406
Social Work Practice 3: With Communities and
Policies
Students learn how community organizations,
human service agencies, and social policies
emerge in Western society. Students study how
to organize communities for empowerment, how
to assist human service agencies to adapt, and
how to influence local, regional, and national
policies. (Coreq.: SWK 407)
SWK 407
Field Work 3: Integrative Seminar
Social work professionals in regional human
service agencies supervise students in a senior
year field placement. Students synthesize their
advanced course learning with their supervised
training through participation in weekly integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of
120 hours of supervised practice in the fall term.
(Coreq.: SWK 406)
Social Work
SWK 417
Field Work 4: Integrative Seminar
This course is the Social Work major keystone
course and a continuation of SWK 407. Social
work students synthesize their advanced course
learning with their supervised training through
participation in weekly integrative seminars.
Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of
supervised practice in the spring term.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
SWK 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
SWK 295
Topics:
Special themes in social work specified in
subtitle.
SWK 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
SWK 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
SWK 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 227
Sociology
Sociology—SOC
Sociology is the scientific study of society as a whole and of
human social organization in groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social world
and how human beings come to think and act as they do.
The goal of the department is to guide students in gaining knowledge of the social order, an understanding of how it
affects them in their daily lives, and how it can be applied to
their vocation. Sociology majors develop an understanding of
the theories of society and social groups, learn to create and
use scientific tools of analysis, and practice the application of
sociological concepts to the solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select study abroad, internships, independent study, and field studies as electives. The
department urges students to use Augsburg’s metropolitan
setting as a laboratory for learning. Internships and service
learning enable majors to apply the theories and research
skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives.
Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in research, law, management, and human
resources departments of both government and private
corporations, in the criminal justice field, and as professors
of sociology. Others have used the major as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as the ministry, social work,
urban planning, and human services.
Sociology Faculty
Tim Pippert (Chair), Lars Christiansen, Nancy Fischer, Garry
Hesser, Diane Pike, James Vela-McConnell
Degree and Major Requirements
Major
Sociology has a long-standing tradition as an excellent undergraduate major that applies to a number of fields from human
services to criminal justice to business to public service.
The foundation of the major at Augsburg is that it provides
a clearly organized curriculum that is challenging, develops
over the course of the major, and integrates and reinforces
a challenging set of important skills; those skills include
abstract thinking, writing, critical analysis, basic research,
integration of theory and data, and the connection of the
individual and collective perspectives in the unique way of
the sociological imagination. The five core courses intentionally develop those skills in our students. The remaining electives allow students to choose courses that add other skills
related to areas of career interest.
The major includes a total of 10 courses: five required
core courses and five electives, at least three of which are
upper division courses from the specified list below:
Core major:
SOC 121
SOC 362
228
Introduction to Human Society
Statistical Analysis
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
SOC 363
SOC 485
SOC 490
Research Methods
Sociological Theory
Senior Seminar
At least three of the following upper-division courses (Prereq.:
SOC 121):
SOC 320
SOC 349
SOC 375
SOC 377
SOC 381
SOC 387
SOC 390
SOC 399
Sociology of Law
Sociology of Organizations
Social Psychology
Organizational Crime and Deviance
City and Metro-Urban Planning
Juvenile Delinquency
Social Problems Analysis
Internship
Two additional sociology electives
Note: Majors must have a 2.0 or better in each required
course (SOC 121, 362, 363, 485, and 490) to receive credit in
the major.
The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning
(QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) graduation skills are
embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by
completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements.
Interest Tracks
In order to focus preparation for careers and further study,
the Department offers Interest Tracks within the major.
These interest tracks are: City and Community; Crime and
Deviance; Law; Organizations; and Social Psychology. The
Interest Tracks guide majors in selecting elective courses in
a way that tailors their sociological training, experiences and
skills. Working with an advisor and following the guidelines
and recommendations provided at the links below, sociology
majors can design a pathway through the major that directs
them toward careers or graduate work in criminal justice,
law, organizational development, public relations, social services, and urban studies.
Students who are interested in pursuing an Interest
Track should discuss this with their adviser or the Sociology
Department Chair. A full description of each Interest Track
may be found at the Sociology Department website http://
www.augsburg.edu/home/sociology/Sociology/Overview.html.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements
for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements.
Departmental Honors
To complete departmental honors in sociology, the student
must have a minimum GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall.
Sociology
See department chair and website for specific requirements.
An application for departmental honors/graduation with distinction must be completed by spring of the junior year.
Minor
20th century U.S. history recommended, but not
required. Fall, Spring)
SOC 260
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion
and society with attention to secularization,
race, gender, and the public role of religion
utilizing sociological research on the role of
religion and religious organizations in American
society. (Fall)
Five courses including SOC 121 and at least two upper
division courses taken at Augsburg College. Students are
required to have a 2.0 or better in SOC 121 and at least a
2.00 GPA in courses counting toward the minor.
Sociology courses
SOC 111
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the context of
multicultural, social, and ideological forces that
are characteristic of urban life? The cultural
and structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a
basis for exploring this theme. (Fall, spring)
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who
we are? Sociology offers insights into discovering the world and one’s place in it. Course study
focuses on an understanding of culture, social
structure, institutions, and our interactions with
each other. (Fall, spring)
SOC 222
Office Space: The Sociology of Work
Why does a doctor get paid handsomely, and a
burger-flipper get paid poorly? Can workplaces
be functional, or are they inherently conflictual?
How does the current expansion of global capital (globalization) shape our work experiences
in the U.S.? This course explores these and other
questions through various sociological theories
of work and labor in modern society. (Fall)
SOC 231
Family Systems
The term family is a universal concept, yet its
membership, rituals, and functions vary dramatically across world cultures and sub-cultures in
the United States. Family systems are explored
with respect to cultural and historical settings,
variations among families, and modern cultural
and social patterns. (Fall, spring)
SOC 240
Protest and Social Change: The Sociology of Social
Movements
Why do people engage in protests and join
social movements? What impacts do social
movements have on social institutions, the state,
culture, and even personal identity? This course
explores these and other questions through
studying social movement theory and several
social movements occurring over the last two
centuries. (SOC 121 and courses on 19th or
SOC 265
Race, Class, and Gender
Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals
and groups from diverse backgrounds—race,
ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality—receive
unequal portions of wealth, power, and prestige
in our society. This course focuses on both the
collective and individual processes involved in
social inequality. (Fall, spring)
SOC 266
Sociology of Sexualities
What we mean by “sex” changes over time.
During different historical time periods it’s been
a sin, a means of forging ties between powerful
families, a source of psychological perversion,
a means to pleasure, a symbol of love, as well
as a personal identity. This class explores how
sexuality and its components (desire, pleasure,
love, the body) are socially constructed. (Spring)
SOC 277
Introduction to Criminology
What do we know about crime in American
society? How can we explain crime sociologically? Topics include: Patterns of crime, theories
to explain crime, analysis of the police, the
courts, and the correctional system.
SOC 290
Cultures of Violence
Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and
genocide. Domestic abuse and riots. What are
the dynamics underlying different forms of
violence? This course takes violence in its many
forms as a topic for sociological analysis. (Fall)
SOC 295, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 495 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq. for
300 level courses only: SOC 121 or consent of
instructor)
SOC 320
Sociology of Law
How does law in practice differ from law as it
is written in the Constitution/Bill of Rights?
Despite the pretense that legal language is
neutral, in practice, the law constructs people in
different, unequal ways based on their class, age,
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 229
Sociology
race, gender, and sexuality. We will explore the
different ways that law is practiced and theorized. Coursework will involve observing law
in practice in local courts. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
230
SOC 349
Sociology of Organizations
What is the nature of these modern organizations in which we spend so much of our daily
lives? Organizations as corporate actors are
analyzed with respect to their goals, culture,
technology and structure. We will explore the
consequences of living in a society dominated by
organizations. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of
instructor, pass CT assessment or GST 100, and
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Spring)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive
and inferential statistics in the social sciences; as
such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis—be it in an academic
journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.: MPG 3.
Fall/Spring)
of metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations,
outside speakers, and field study in a seminar
format. (Prereq.: SOC 111 or 121 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
SOC 387
Juvenile Delinquency
Why is the delinquency of juveniles seen differently from the deviance of adults? In addressing
this question the social construction of deviance
and delinquency as well as the historical precedents for treating juveniles differently will be
examined. Topics include: sociological theories,
patterns of delinquency, and the social and legal
reactions to juvenile delinquency. (Spring of
alternate years)
SOC 390
Social Problems Analysis
How do social problems develop? What can
be done about them? This course engages the
sociological imagination in an attempt to draw
connections between micro-level analysis and
macro-level analysis, linking our own private
troubles with public issues. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or
consent of instructor. Spring of alternate years)
SOC 363
Research Methods
SOC 485
Sociological Theory
Good research—do you know it when you see
it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science
research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid
and reliable research design and data analysis.
(Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor and
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall/Spring)
An examination of the classical theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: Two upper division courses in
sociology, SOC 121 or consent of instructor, and
pass CT assessment or GST 100. Fall)
Senior Seminar and Keystone
Social Psychology
SOC 490
SOC 375
How does society construct the individual?
How does the individual construct society? This
course examines individual identity within the
social context of symbolic interaction. (Prereq.:
SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
This Keystone experience provides the opportunity for majors to integrate the sociology
program and general education, develop an
understanding of the value of sociology beyond
college, and articulate a sense of vocation and
professional identity. Pass/No Pass grading.
Senior sociology majors only. (Prereq.: SOC 485.
Spring)
SOC 377
Organizational Crime and Deviance
The benefits of contemporary organizational
life come with costs: space shuttle explosions,
insider trading, chemicals dumped in lakes;
nuclear accidents; corporate scandals. What are
the causes and consequences of organizational
crime and deviance? Case study analysis and the
application of sociological models of explanation will be examined in depth. (Prereq.: SOC
121 or consent of instructor; Recommended but
not required: SOC 222 and/or SOC 349. Spring
of alternate years.)
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Emphasis centers on alternative theories and
approaches to urban planning and the shaping
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Internships and Independent Study Courses
SOC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
SOC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
SOC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
Sociology
SOC 498
Independent Study—Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or
group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College
resources. (Prereq.: SOC 111 or 121 and/or
consent of instructor. Fall and Spring)
SOC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65. (Prereq.: SOC 121,
consent of instructor and department chair. Fall
and Spring)
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 231
Spanish
Spanish
See listing under Languages and Cross-cultural Studies.
232
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts—THR
The study of theatre is firmly grounded in the liberal arts,
integrating knowledge and principles from many academic
and artistic disciplines, including communication, art,
music, history, English, literature, business, philosophy, and
religion. Both the curriculum and dramatic productions by
the Theatre Arts Department offer valuable cross-disciplinary
connections for the campus while also providing a solid
base in classical, modern, contemporary, and multicultural
theatre.
Augsburg’s location in the heart of a major theatre center
makes it an ideal place to study theatre. At Augsburg we
seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both
as theatre artists and scholars by encouraging connections
between our campus and the greater arts community, while
also exploring connections between theory and application.
Students have the opportunity to make these connections
through course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist Series (an annual series of events featuring
visiting theatre professionals from the Twin Cities community who work closely with students), and attendance
at numerous professional productions in the Twin Cities.
Augsburg theatre productions are treated as unique learning
laboratories where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional artists-in-residence.
In addition to theatre training, students in theatre arts
learn valuable skills applicable to other professions: collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization,
critical thinking, leadership, creativity, and self-expression.
Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for successful careers in law, education, business, communication,
and journalism, as well as prepare theatre students for careers
in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In
order to prepare students for graduate school or the workplace, the department encourages a second major or minor
in such fields as art, English, education, film, music, history,
sociology, or religion.
Theatre Arts Faculty
Darcey Engen (Chair), Michael Burden (Production Program
Director), Martha Johnson, Sarah Myers, David DeBlieck,
Karen Mulhausen, Sandy Schulte, Warren C. Bowles, Adriene
Heflin, Randy Winkler
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
The Theatre Arts Department currently has three concentrations within the major: performance, directing/dramaturgy,
and theatre design/technical theatre. Each concentration
consists of the Theatre Core Curriculum supplemented by
electives specific to each concentration.
Graduation Skills for Each Concentration
The theatre arts department addresses the graduation skills
using the embedded model. Every course within the core
curriculum and most electives as part of a specific concentration require various projects that address Critical Thinking,
Writing, and Speaking. The Quantitative Reasoning (QR)
graduation skill can be met by completing GST 200, MAT
145, MAT 146, or PHY 119.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Theatre Arts Major
Eight core courses for each concentration:
THR 228
THR 232
THR 245
THR 250
THR 328
THR 361
THR 362
THR 366
Introduction to Stagecraft
Acting
Introduction to Asian and Asian American
Theatre
Script Analysis: Foundations of Theatre
Theatrical Design
Theatre History and Criticism I
Theatre History and Criticism II
Stage Direction
Performance Concentration
This concentration within the Theatre curriculum is
designed to serve students hoping to pursue graduate studies in Theatre (M.A./Ph.D. and M.F.A.) and/or professional
work as performers. Students choosing this concentration
will enroll in the eight core theatre major courses taken by
all theatre majors and will supplement the core with courses
identified as concentration specific electives. Students in the
performance concentration are encouraged to consult with
their adviser when selecting electives. Advisers will assist students in identifying the year and semester elective courses are
offered. Students are strongly encouraged to also complete a
professional Internship at a local Twin Cities theatre.
To fulfill this concentration:
Ten THR courses — eight required core courses and two
courses chosen from THR Performance Concentration electives, plus 10 theatre practicum units taken as THP courses.
Two electives from:
THR 226
Movement for the Theatre
THR 350
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
THR 365
Advanced Acting
Ten production practicum units (THP)— See Practicum Units
Directing/Dramaturgy Concentration
This concentration within the theatre curriculum is designed
to serve students hoping to pursue graduate studies in
theatre (MA/PhD and MFA) and/or professional work as a
director or dramaturg. Students choosing this concentration
will enroll in the eight core theatre major courses taken by
all theatre majors and will supplement the core with courses
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 233
Theatre Arts
identified as concentration specific electives. Students in the
Directing/Dramaturgy concentration are encouraged to consult with their adviser when selecting electives. Advisors will
assist students in identifying the year and semester elective
courses are offered.
To fulfill this concentration:
Ten THR courses--eight required core courses and two electives chosen from two categories of courses Plus 10 theatre
practicum units taken as THP.
Electives:
Select and complete one (1) of the following courses:
ENL 330
ENL 338
ENL 358
ENL 368
NAS 352
Shakespeare
Readings in British and Commonwealth
Drama
Readings in American Drama
Readings in World Drama
Modern Nordic Drama
Select and complete one (1) of the following courses:
THR/ENL 325 Playwriting
ENL 221
Expository Writing about the Arts and
Popular Culture
Specific practicum requirements:
Serve as stage manager on main-stage show
Dramaturg one Main-Stage Show
Technical Design/Technology Concentration
This concentration within the theatre curriculum is designed
to serve students hoping to pursue graduate studies in theatre
(MA/PhD and MFA) and/or professional work as a theatre
designer or technician. Students choosing this concentration
will enroll in the eight core theatre major classes taken by all
theatre majors and will supplement the core with at least two
electives from the Art Department. Students in the emphasis
are strongly encouraged to also take an Independent Study
in their area of focus and to do a professional internship at a
local Twin Cities theatre.
To fulfill this concentration:
Ten THR courses--eight required core courses and two electives chosen from ART electives, plus 10 theatre practicum
units taken as THP.
One Elective from:
ART 107
THR/ART 265
Drawing
Computer Drafting for Theatre and
Architecture
THR/FLM 230 Scene Painting
One Elective from:
ART 240
Art History Survey
ART 243 or 244 History of Architecture
Optional Supporting Courses
THR 299
Directed Study
THR 399
Internship
THR 499 Independent Study in Theatre
234
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Curricular Planning Information
First-years planning to major in theatre arts should begin
with courses THR 228, 232, or 250; sophomores: THR 226,
228, 245, 361, 362; juniors: THR 325, 328, 350, 360, 361, or
365; seniors THR 365, 366.
Note: Some courses are offered alternate years only.
Incoming students should meet in the fall of the first year
with a theatre adviser to ensure proper sequence of classes to
be taken based on odd or even year of entry.
Departmental Honors
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to
the student. Honors majors must maintain a 3.75 GPA in
the major and a 3.50 GPA overall and, as part of their major,
complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (THR 499). Honors candidates should meet with their
departmental adviser early spring semester of their junior
year to develop a proposal for the honors project.
Transfer Students
Transfer students should meet with a transfer adviser upon
acceptance to determine what credits taken at another
institution will transfer into the major. The majority of
theatre core classes should however be taken at Augsburg.
Additionally, transfers are required to take a minimum of
three upper division theatre arts courses. Ten practicum units
are also required, five of which need to be completed within
the department. Transfers must also complete a minimum of
five THP credits within the department. No more than five
units can be credits from other schools.
Theatre Arts Minor
Five courses including:
THR 250
Script Analysis: Foundations of Theatre
THR 228
Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 232
Acting
THR 362
Theatre History Criticism II
THR 366
Stage Direction
The theatre arts minors also must complete five practicum
units. Students must take a minimum of one performance
unit and a minimum of three production units. Refer to the
practicum categories listed below the curriculum concentrations.
Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy Minor
Five courses:
THR 250
THR 325
THR 361
THR 362
THR 299
or THR 299
Script Analysis: Foundations of Theatre
Playwriting
Theatre History Criticism I
Theatre History Criticism II
Directed Study in Dramaturgy
Directed Study in Theatre History and
Critcism
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts Courses
and techniques in neutral mask, Asian martial
arts, and physical and vocal characterization
exercises. Students will examine various performance paradigms and see professional productions.
THR/HPE 002 Lifetime Sports—Introduction to Dance and
Composition (.0 course)
This course offers an overview of various
exercises and gives an introduction to a variety of movement styles, cultures of dance, and
composition. Each class includes a rigorous,
physical warm-up, mixing yoga, conditioning,
and modern dance.
THR 228
Introduction to Stagecraft
An introduction to the backstage world of the
theatre; its organization, crafts, and creative processes. Students will execute practical projects,
attend theatre tours, see professional productions, and participate on the theatre department’s fall production. Open to all students.
Forty-hour lab requirement.
THR/HPE 005 Lifetime Sports—Modern Dance and Improvisation
(.0 course)
Students will learn various phrases of movement
incorporating floor exercises and will learn to
travel through space using level, volume, and
floor pattern. Improvisational techniques will be
introduced and students will create short improvisational pieces. (NOTE: Students are allowed
to use only one of THR/HPE 002, 003, 004, or
005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.)
THR 116
Creative Drama: Acting and Improvisation
A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime,
mask, improvisation, acting and storytelling
with an emphasis on active participation, creation of an original performance, and reflective
writing. This course is primarily designed for
non-majors and does not fulfill credit toward the
theatre arts major. Attendance at theatre productions required. Students will be required to pay
for theatre production tickets.
FLM 216
Film Production I
This course demonstrates the basics of 16 mm
filmmaking. The student will make short films
that demonstrate the art and process of shooting
in B/W.
THR 222
Introduction to Theatre
Introduction to Theatre is an examination of
theatre as an artistic form and focuses on the
appreciation and value of theatre in society.
Focus on historical periods, plays, artists, basic
concepts, and techniques of the play production process. Students attend and review stage
productions. This course is primarily designed
for non-majors and does not fulfill credit toward
the theatre major.
THR 226
Movement for the Theatre
A study of the principles of movement used in
the art of acting. Students will improve their
use of energy, concentration, balance, control,
clarity, timing and spontaneity through practical
exercises. This course uses established theory
THR/FLM 230 Scenic Painting for Stage and Film
Scenic Painting is an introductory study of the
art of scenic painting for the stage, film, and
faux application. Through a series of foundational painting projects, reading assignments,
informal lecture, discussion, and a final cumulative painting project students will develop the
required skills and understanding of what it
means to be a Scenic Artist and what role the
Scenic Artist plays in artistry of theatre and film.
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on
physical, mental, and emotional preparation,
and exploration of the creative approach to
scene and character study in American drama,
culminating in a final performance. Students
attend and review local professional productions.
THR 233
Acting for Camera
An exploration of acting principles and techniques as it enhances and applies to on-camera
effectiveness. This co-taught studio course also
includes technology elements which support
acting on camera. (Alternate years)
THR/MUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using
music and theatre techniques to develop the
student’s basic skills of music theatre. Concepts
of diverse music-theatre forms are introduced.
Course includes reading, writing, research, class
discussion, exercises, small and large group
participation, memorization, and public performance. Students will attend and review live
productions. (Alternate years)
THR 245
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
A survey of the theatrical performance styles,
aesthetic theories, and plays of traditional
Asia and Asian American cultures. The course
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 235
Theatre Arts
includes lectures, films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. Attendance at local
theatre productions required. Students will be
required to pay for theatre production tickets.
THR 250
Script Analysis: Foundations of Theatre
This foundations class focuses on major principles and fundamentals of theatre literary analysis
and research and uses performance, discussion,
writing, and projects as ways to interpret a dramatic script for academic and artistic applications. Close readings of plays from various
genres and in-depth research projects will enable
students to learn and apply basic terminology
for literary and artistic purposes.
Each student will execute four design projects
using a research based design process. Class will
take theatre tours, host visiting artists, and have
a practical involvement in two Augsburg College
productions. Forty-hour lab required, materials needed. (Prereq.: THR 228, junior or senior
status)
THR 350
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the vocal mechanism. This course
will use established exercises and theories in
several methodologies of vocal training. Theory
and practice are combined in oral projects,
reports and papers, voice tapes, and individual
coaching. (Alternate years)
THR/ART 265 Computer Drafting for the Stage and Architecture
Computer Drafting for the Stage and
Architecture is an introduction to using
AutoCAD LT for drafting on the computer.
Students will learn how to use basic AutoCAD
commands to input information, organize,
layout and print 2-D drafting plates, with an
emphasis on drafting for the theater and architecture.
THR 270
Black Theatre
Introduction to Black Theatre is an examination of the principles, major movements, and
fundamentals of theatre by and about Black
Americans. It examines the historical, political, and cultural context of Black Theater. This
course will focus on and provide an overview of
Black Theatre utilizing plays written by Black
American playwrights.
FLM 312
Film Production II
The focus of this course builds on the lessons
learned in COM 216 and adds the study of color
photography and sound design. Though exercises and assignments the student will develop
skills in scripting, shooting, and editing short
films. (Prereq.: FLM 216)
THR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek
through the French Neoclassical period. Reading
of plays, writing a research paper, and attendance at local theatre productions are required.
Need not be taken sequentially with THR 362.
(Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall:
alternate years)
THR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the English Restoration
through contemporary performance. Readings
of plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially with THR 361. (Fall: alternate years)
THR 365
Advanced Acting
This course provides students with performance
skills and the ability to recognize differentiating
clues that identify the style of a play. Through
class exercises, scene study, and character analysis, students will gain insight into the performance demands of a specific style. Emphasis
is on a variety of roles from the classics
(Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, restoration
comedy, realism, and non-realism), culminating
in a public recital. (Prereq.: THR 250, THR 232,
THR 362 or consent of instructor, and pass CT
assessment or GST 100. Fall/Spring)
THR/ENL 325 Playwriting
236
An introductory course in writing for theatre
and performance. Students will learn the basics
of dramatic structure, character development,
and theatrical languages as well as techniques
for the development of playscripts from idea
to finished product. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112
or HON 111, and junior or senior standing, or
consent of theatre department chair. THR 250 or
ENL 226 recommended. Alternate years)
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to the design process for the stage.
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
THR 366
Stage Direction
A study of the basic principles and skills of stage
direction: directing concepts and methodologies,
stage techniques, terminologies, script analysis;
rehearsal planning and techniques; blocking,
stage dynamics, working with actors, and the
Theatre Arts
overall staging of a play. Theories of directing are
also examined. (Prereq.: THR 362, or consent of
instructor)
FLM 420
Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in
world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both contextualize the cinema they see in
appropriate and insightful ways, and to provide
a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them
read films as texts and to interpret the cinema’s
larger societal value and impact. (Prereq.: ENL
241 and junior/senior standing)
THR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
THR 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
THR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
THR 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
THR 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
registrar’s office
Please note:
• All majors will complete at least one THP 123 unit in
costumes.
• All majors will complete one THP 113 in lighting.
• THP courses may be repeated.
• Crew work required for classes/coursework does not count
towards practicum.
• Work-study hours do not count towards practicum.
• Completion of THP 115 and 116 count as two and three
practicum units respectively because of the extraordinary
amount of time required of the student. All other THP
courses count as one practicum unit each.
• Transfer students are still responsible for the full unit
requirements (10 major/5 minor.) Five practicum units
(major) or three units (minor) must be completed while at
Augsburg, and units to be credited from previous schools
should have program verification or a letter from a previous theatre adviser.
Theatre Practicum Courses–Areas
All theatre arts majors in all concentrations are required to
complete 10 practicum units (THP) from the three established units.
Area One: Performance
THP 111/121/131/141/151 Theatre Practicum: Acting/Performance
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Theatre Practicum Courses
THP courses involve practicum teaching and learning in the
context of play productions and are required for the theatre
arts major/minor. All THP theatre practicum courses are
taken for non-credit with Pass/No Pass grading. Evaluation
by the faculty mentor will be based on: 1. successful and
timely completion of practicum area for which student is
registered; 2. positive and professional attitude and work
ethic demonstrated by the student; and 3. demonstrated competency in practicum area. The positive evaluation of each
of the areas must be sufficient enough to lead to a minimum
grade of 2.0 in order to receive a P grade.
THP courses require:
• Consent and signature of instructor
• Supervision by theatre faculty
• A minimum of 30 hours of assessed participation by the
student
• Registration for THP course for semester when practicum
is completed
• Registration for practicum before deadline dates set by the
Participation as performer (or as orchestra
member) in a main stage theatrical production;
in a main stage dance performance or recital
(for dance/licensure majors only); or substantial
participation as an actor in a senior directing
project, in final scenes for Stage Direction (THR
366), or in interpretive presentations at two
Forensics tournaments (at least 30 hours coaching and competition).
Area 1 Performance
Each major will complete between one and five THPs from
the performance area.
The Performance Area THPs are:
THP 111
THP 121
THP 131
THP 141
THP 151
Fall Acting/Performance
Winter Acting/Performance
Spring Acting/Performance
Studio Acting/Performance
Misc. Performance
Area Two: Production
THP 113/123/133 Theatre Practicum: Set, Costumes, Lights
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Set or costume building, light hanging, for main
stage production.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 237
Theatre Arts
THP 114/124/134 Theatre Practicum: Running Crew
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Work on running crew for main stage production: light or sound board operation, dresser/
costume crew; stage and production manager for
final scenes from Stage Direction class.
THP 115/125/135 Theatre Practicum: Stage Management–small
project
2 Practicum units (.0 course)
Assistant stage management for main stage production.
THP 116/126/136 Theatre Practicum: Stage Management–large
project
3 Practicum units (.0 course)
Stage management for main stage production.
Area 2 Production
Each major will complete between four and eight THPs from
the performance area.
The Production Area THPs are:
THP 112, 122 or 132
House Management
THP 113, 123 or 133
Set, Lights, Costumes Crew
THP 114, 124 or 134
Running Crew
THP 115, 125 or 135
Assistant Stage Manager
THP 116, 126 or 136
Stage Manager
THP 115, THP 125 and THP 135 Stage Manager–small
project counts as two units
THP 116 ,THP 126 and THP 136 Stage Manager–large
project counts as three units.
Area Three: Artistic/Production Management
THP 117/127/137 Theatre Practicum: Artistic Assistance
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Assistant to the designer (scenery, lights, costumes, sound),
assistant to the director (dramaturgy, choreography/assistant
choreography for main stage production), or a substantial
arts management project.
Area 3 Artistic/Production Management
Each major will complete one THP from this area.
The Artistic/Production Management Area THPs are:
THP 117
Fall Artistic/Production Assistance
THP 127
Winter Artistic/Production Assistance
THP 137
Spring Artistic/Production Assistance
Please note that all theatre practicum courses count as one
theatre practicum unit except for the following because of
exceptional time requirements:
238
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Urban Studies
Urban Studies
See Metro-Urban Studies.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 239
Women’s Studies
Women’s Studies—WST
The women’s studies program provides students with the
opportunity to examine critically women’s contributions and
experiences in various historical and cultural contexts. This
is an inter-college program with course offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, the College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research
components that focus not only on gender, but also acknowledge that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects
of women’s experiences. The women’s studies program offers
both a major and a minor, and provides students with academic preparation for careers in human services, education,
and social work as well as graduate study.
Women’s Studies Faculty
Jessica Nathanson (Coordinator), Kristin M. Anderson,
Stephanie Barnes, Janelle Bussert, Sarah Combellick-Bidney,
Cass Dalglish, Jacqueline deVries, Grace B. Dyrud, Darcey
Engen, Nancy Fischer, Doug Green, Milda Hedblom,
Sophia Jacobsen, Michael Lansing, Barbara Lehmann,
Lynne Lorenzen, Mary Lowe, Anita Lutterman-Aguilar, M.
Elise Marubbio, Kathleen McBride, Norma Noonan, Pary
Pezechkian-Weinberg, Timothy Pippert, Beverly J. Stratton,
Kathryn Swanson, James Vela-McConnell, Mzenga Wanyama
Degree and Major Requirements
met by completing GST 200.
Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Minor
Five courses that must include WST 201; three electives,
one of which must be upper division; and WST 485 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well
as Augsburg. Each student’s program must have the written
approval of the Women’s Studies program coordinator.
Transfer Students
Students who transfer to Augsburg College and wish to
complete a major or minor in women’s studies are urged to
consult with the director of Women’s Studies immediately
upon transfer.
The Women’s Studies program has an articulation agreement with Century College that governs Century College
students with a Women’s Studies certificate who transfer
to Augsburg. Transfers from other colleges and universities must consult with the director of Women’s Studies for
approval of courses for the major or minor.
Women’s Studies Courses
WST 201
Foundations in Women’s Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of women in history,
religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and
the arts, and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen from
women’s perspectives. Students will also study
the diversity of women’s experiences in terms of
race, sexual orientation, and class.
WST 281
Topics in Women’s Studies
Major
Ten courses that must include WST 201 Foundations in
Women’s Studies, a mid-level course in feminist theory or
feminist philosophy selected from an approved list, WST 485
(seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399 (internships).
The remaining six electives are to be selected from
approved women’s studies courses, and should include at least
two courses in the social sciences, two in the humanities, and
one with a racial, ethnic, or global emphasis. At least three
courses must be upper division courses. Students may take
courses at any of the colleges participating in the Women’s
Studies program. However, at least three courses must be
completed at Augsburg. Each student’s program must have the
written approval of the Women’s Studies program coordinator. Both majors and minors are encouraged to participate in
one of the gender-focused semester study abroad programs
offered through Augsburg’s Center for Global Education. Two
programs have been pre-approved for Women’s Studies credit:
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica
(offered fall semester) and Migration and Globalization:
Engaging Our Communities (offered spring semester).
The Critical Thinking graduation skill is embedded at all
levels and is met by completing the major. The Speaking and
Writing graduation skills are also embedded at all levels.
The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill can be
240
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
WST 305
Issues in Gay and Lesbian Studies
A study of basic issues surrounding sexual
orientation in the contemporary U.S. culture
including various disciplinary perspectives and
theory. The course may include guest speakers,
a service-learning component at local glbt/supporting agencies, and some travel and experiences in the Twin Cities, as well as an immersion experience outside of class time. Required
experiential education fee. Prerequisites: WST
201 or prior coursework in related fields (history, sociology, psychology) or consent of the
instructor(s).
WST 313
Environmental Issues in Latin America:
Environmental Theology and Ethics
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Social
Justice, Gender and the Environment)
Women’s Studies
WST 315
Mid-Level Feminist Theory: Margins as Center
This multidisciplinary and multicultural feminist theory course focuses on the global voices
often marginalized by the feminist canon. A
variety of texts — including personal narratives,
political statements, origin stories, and empirical
studies — will be analyzed to highlight different
theoretical approaches and multiple feminisms.
WST 341
Globalization, Social Struggles and the Environment
(CGE Course. See International Studies,
Migration and Globalization: Engaging Our
Communities)
WST 357
Mexican History, Culture and Cosmovision
(CGE course. See International Studies,
Migration and Globalization: Engaging Our
Communities)
concerning the lives of women in non-Western
societies, including their economic, political and
social contributions, familial roles, and status in
society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
AIS 305
Indigenous Issues of Central America
(See American Indian Studies for course description. May be taken in conjunction with WST
490 or AIS 490.)
AIS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
AIS 490
Keystone Indigenous Issues of Central America
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
WST 359
Women, Gender and Social Change in Latin America
Internships and Independent Study Courses
(CGE Course. See International Studies,
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in
Mesoamerica.)
(Must be approved in writing by the women’s studies coordinator):
WST 199
Internship
WST 362
Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender and HIV/AIDS in
Sub-Saharan Africa
This broad-based course explores the influence of culture and gender on the HIV/AIDS
pandemic in Sub-Saharan Africa. The natural
history, biology, and epidemiology of AIDS in
Africa, as well as socio-cultural, ethical, theological and political responses to the disease are
examined. (Augsburg Abroad course, Summer)
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
WST 299
Directed Study
See description on page 65.
WST 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship
options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on
page 64.
WST 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
(CGE Course. See International Studies,
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in
Mesoamerica.)
WST 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 65.
Topics in Women’s Studies
See department listings for descriptions of the following approved
electives:
WST 481
WST 485
Women’s Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student
research and presentations that incorporate
feminist theory. The seminar is required of all
majors and satisfies the Keystone requirement.
It is also required of minors who do not elect to
do an independent study (499). It is offered at a
different college each semester and may be taken
in conjunction with WST 490.
WST 490
Women’s Studies--Keystone (0.0 course)
This course provides a Keystone component for
all WST majors. (Prereq.: WST 201 and permission of insturctor)
AIS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues
AIS 208/408
ART 352
ENL 365
ENL 367
ENL 385
HIS 195/INS 233
HIS 282
HPE 316
POL 124
POL 359
REL 441
Native American Women and Film
Women and Art
Contemporary Post Colonial Fiction
Women and Fiction
Language and Power
Promoting Justice and Seeking
Equality: Globalization and Women’s
Grassroots Movements in Latin
America/Women in Cross-Cultural
Perspective
History of Women Since 1848
Human Sexuality
American Women and Politics
Topics: Women in Comparative
Politics
Feminism and Christianity
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 241
Women’s Studies
SOC 231
SOC 265
SOC 266
242
Family Systems
Race, Class, and Gender
Sociology of Sexualities
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Youth and Family Ministry
Youth and Family Ministry
See listing under Religion.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 243
College Information
Board of Regents
For additional biographical detail, go to www.augsburg.edu/regents.
Andra Adolfson
Dan W. Anderson ’65
Ann Ashton-Piper
Jackie Cherryhomes ’76
Mark Eustis
Anthony Genia ’85, M.D.
Alex Gonzalez ’90
Michael R. Good ’71
Norman R. Hagfors
Jodi Harpstead
Richard J. Hartnack
The Rev. Rolf Jacobson, Ph.D.
Bishop Craig Johnson
Ruth E. Johnson ’74, M.D.
Eric Jolly, Ph.D.
Dean Kennedy ’75
André J. Lewis ’73, Ph.D.
Jennifer H. Martin, Ed.D.
Marie O. McNeff, Ed.D
Paul S. Mueller ’84, M.D.
Lisa Novotny ’80
Bishop Duane Pederson, D.Min.
Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D.
Stephen C. Sheppard
Marshall S. Stanton, M.D.
Philip Styrlund ’79
Joan L. Volz ’68, J.D.
The Rev. Norman W. Wahl, ’76, D.Min.
Bonnie Wallace
The Rev. Mark Wilhelm, Ph.D.
ELCA Program Unit for
Vocation and Education
Executive Director
The Rev. Dr. Stanley N. Olson
Associate Executive Director for Educational Partnerships
The Rev. Dr. Mark Wilhelm
Assistant Director for Educational Partnerships
Ms. Marilyn Olson
246
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Augsburg College Faculty
and Administration
Beginning year of service of faculty and staff is indicated with
parenthesis.
College Leadership
Paul C. Pribbenow (2006). President. B.A., Luther College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Leif Anderson (1996). Vice President and Chief Information
Officer. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Barbara A. Farley (2000). Vice President of Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College. B.A., College of Saint Benedict,
M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ann L. Garvey (1998). Vice President of Student Affairs. B.A.,
College of St. Catherine; M.A., Loyola University; J.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Tammy McGee (2010). Vice President of Finance and
Administration, Chief Financial Officer. B.S., St. Cloud
State University; M.B.A., St. Thomas University.
Julie A. Edstrom (1991). Vice President of Enrollment
Management. B.A., M.A., Augsburg College.
Christine M. Szaj (2008). Vice President and Chief of Staff.
B.S., University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee; M.S.W.,
Washington University; J.D., Saint Louis University.
Andrea L. Turner (2008). Assistant Vice President of Human
Resources and Chief Diversity Officer, B.A. Swathmore
College, J.D. Case Western Reserve University School of
Law.
Jeremy R. Wells (2007). Vice President of Institutional
Advancement. B.A., Jamestown College; M.A., Saint
Mary’s University.
Administration
Sheila Anderson (1991). Director, Academic Advising. B.S.,
Minnesota State University – Moorhead; M.A., Augsburg
College.
David Benson (2005). Director of Leadership Gifts,
Development. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., North
Dakota State University.
Carrie Carroll (1997). Assistant Vice President, Admissions.
B.A., Hamline University.
Emiliano Chagil (2000). Director, Hispanic/Latino Student
Services. M.A., St. Paul Seminary School of DivinityUniversity of St. Thomas.
Bradley Christ (1998). Director IT Systems, Information
Technology. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Nadia M. Christensen (1991). Director, International Partners.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A. University of Minnesota;
Ph.D.; University of Washington.
Jodi Collen (2007). Director, Events and Conference Planning.
B.A., Wartburg College; M.T.A., George Washington
University.
Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Parent and Family Relations.
B.A., Augsburg College.
David Draus (2000). Director, Facilities and Risk Management.
James Erchul (1997). Director, Enrollment Planning. B.A.,
Marquette Unversity, M.S.W., University of Minnesota –
Duluth.
Amanda Erdman (2007). Director, Residence Life. B.A., Coe
College; M.A.E., University of Northern Iowa.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Athletic Director. Assistant
Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Carol Forbes (1990). Director, Sponsored Programs. B.A.,
Morningside College; M.A., Hamline University.
Orval J. Gingerich (2001). Assistant Vice President for
International Programs. B.A., University of Iowa; M.Ed.,
University of Colorado; Ed.D., University of Virginia.
Amy Gort (2009). Assistant Vice President and Dean of
Arts and Sciences and Associate Professor of Biology,
B.S.,.University of Wisconsin; M.S., University of Illinois
at Champaign-Urbana; Ph.D., University of Illinois at
Champaign-Urbana.
Sarah Griesse (2006). Dean of Students, Student Affairs. B.A.,
Wittenberg University; M.A., Ohio State University;
A.B.D., Loyola University-Chicago.
Nancy Guilbeault (1980). Director, Counseling and Health
Promotion. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., L.P., University of
Minnesota.
Thomas Haglund (2007). Finance Director, Administrative
Accounting. B.S., Minnesota State University, Moorhead;
M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Nathan J. Hallanger (2008). Special Assistant to the Vice
President of Academic Affairs and Dean of the College.
B.A., Augustana College; M.T.S., Harvard Divinity
School, Harvard University; Ph.D., Graduate Theological
Union and Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary.
Kevin Healy (2004). Director, Advancement Services. B.S.,
Carroll College.
Sherry Jennings-King (2002). Director of Leadership Giving,
Development. B.S., University of Tennessee.
Rebecca John (2010). Assistant Vice President of Marketing
and Communication. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
M.A., University of Phoenix.
Karena Jones (1999). Director, CLASS Program. A.A.
Normandale Community College; B.S., Winona State
University; M.Ed., Hamline University.
Wayne Kallestad (2000). Registrar. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., University of Southern California.
Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Center for Academic
Achievement. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison;
M.S., University of Oregon.
Scott Krajewski (2000). Director of IT Services, Information
Technology. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S., Iowa State
University.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 247
Mark Lester (1987). Co-site director, Central America, Center
for Global Education. B.A., St. Pius X Seminary; M.A.,
Mt. St. Mary Seminary.
Penh Lo (2008). Director, Pan-Asian Student Services. B.S.,
Minnesota State University-Mankato.
Ann Lutterman-Aguilar (1993). Co-site director, Mexico, Center
for Global Education. B.A., Earlham College; M.Div.,
Yale University.
Kathleen McBride (1988). Co-site director, Central America,
Center for Global Education. B.A., George Mason
University; Ed.M., Harvard University.
Regina McGoff (1992). Associate Director, Center for Global
Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.B.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Thomas. F. Morgan (1983). Executive Director of Center
for Faith and Learning. Professor of Business
Administration. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University
of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Jessica Nathanson (2007). Director, Women’s Resource Center.
B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., State University of
New York-Buffalo; Ph.D., State University of New YorkBuffalo.
Jane Ann Nelson (1999). Director of Library Services. B.A.,
University of Sioux Falls; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Aly C. Olson (2001). Director, Student Support Services/TRIO.
B.A. Grinnell College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Olson (1985). Director, Strommen Career and
Internship Center. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S.,
Mankato State University.
John Pack (2003). Director, Department of Public Safety. B.A.,
Excelsior College.
Lori A. Peterson (2004). Assistant Vice President and Dean
of Professional Studies. Assistant Professor of Business
Administration. B.S.B., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Mohamed Sallam (2006). Director, Pan-Afrikan Center. B.A.,
M.A., Minnesota State University, Mankato.
Patrice M. Salmeri (2002). Director, StepUP® Program. B.S.,
Kent State University; M.A. Saint Mary’s University.
Doug H. Scott (2007). Director of Leadership Gifts. B.A.,
Eastern University St. Davids; M.Div., Eastern Baptist
Theological Seminary.
Dixie Shafer (2000). Director, Undergrad Research and
Graduate Opportunity. B.A., Moorhead State University;
Ed.M., Rutgers University.
David St. Aubin (2008). Director, Athletic Facilities. B.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Kim Stone (2008) Director of Alumni and Constituent
Relations. B.A., Minnesota State University-Mankato;
M.B.A., Nova Southeastern University.
Jennifer R. Simon (2007). Director, American Indian Student
Services. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Minnesota
State University, Mankato.
248
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Jeffrey F. Swenson (1986). Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul L. Terrio (1990). Director, Student Financial Services.
B.A., Augsburg College.
Jim Trelstad-Porter (1990). Director of International Student
Advising. M.A., The American University.
David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministries. College
Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Karl Wolfe (2007). Director Rochester Program. B.A., Azusa
Pacific University; M.Div., Asbury Theological Seminary;
Ed.D., Pepperdine University.
Faculty
A
Magdeline C. Aagard (2007). Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.A.,
R.N., Augustana College; M.B.A., Ed.D., University of St.
Thomas.
John A. Abraham (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., North
Dakota State University.
Justin Abraham (2007). Instructor, part-time, Economics.
B.A., All India Institute for Teachers Training; B.A., Kerala
University; M.A., Aligarh University; M.A., Missouri State
University – Warrensburg; Ph.D. Saugor University, India.
Phillip C. Adamo (2001). Associate Professor of History. B.A.,
SUNY-Albany; M.A. and Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part time, Religion.
B.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Beth J. Alexander (2000). Associate Professor of Physician
Assistant Studies. B.S. and D.Pharm., University of
Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin
College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., LutherNorthwestern Seminary.
Lisa P. Anderson (2005). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; B.S., M.S., Winona State
University.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Professor of Physics.
B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio Artist/Flute, part time, Music.
B.M., Augsburg College; M.M., Northwestern University.
Elizabeth Ankeny (2008). Associate Professor of Education.
B.A., Augustana College; M.A., Morningside College;
Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Professor of Political Science. B.A.,
University of Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Associate Professor of Philosophy.
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Div., LutherNorthwestern Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William M. Arden (2005). Assistant Professor of Business
Administration. B.S., New York University; M.S.,
Northeastern University; M.B.A., Boston University.
Shelli A. Arneson (2004). Instructor, part-time, Health and
Physical Education. B.A., Simpson College; M.S.,
Mankato State University.
Juan C. Avendaño (2003). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. Civil Engineering degree, Andres Bello
Catholic University, Caracas Venezuela; M..S., M.B.A.,
Northwestern University.
Antonio Ortega Ayala (2003). Program Coordinator and
Instructor, Center for Global Education. M.A., LaSalle
University, Mexico City. C.P.A. Teaching Certificate
degree, Colegio Angloamericano.
B
Ramona C. Back (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Green Bay; M.S., Winona State
University.
Andrew M. Baldwin (2004). Instructor, part-time, Education.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Jennifer Bankers-Fulbright (2008). Assistant Professor of
Biology. B.A., College of Saint Benedict; Ph.D., Mayo
Clinic College of Medicine.
Xenia Barahona (2002). Program Coordinator and Instructor,
Center for Global Education. B.A., Universidad
Centroamericana; M.A., Tufts University.
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part time,
Music. B.M., University of Michigan.
R. Samuel Barber (2002). Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Upper Iowa University; M.S., Minnesota
State University, Mankato.
David A. Barlow (2005). Assistant Professor of Physician
Assistant Studies. B.A., University of Minnesota; P.A.
Certificate, Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Nebraska, Omaha.
Carol E. Barnett (2000). Studio Artist/Composition, part time,
Music. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Eric Barth (2008). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.A., University of Saint Thomas; B.S., Trevecca
Nazarene University; MPAS, University of Nebraska.
David L. Bartlett (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., University of California-San Diego;
M.A., University of Chicago; M.A., Ph.D., University of
California-San Diego.
Bruce Batten (2008). Assistant Professory of Business, MBA.
B.S., Davidson College; Ph.D., Medical College of
Virginia.
Katherine A. Baumgartner (2005). Assistant Professor of
Nursing. B.S., Minnesota State University-Mankato;
M.A., Augsburg College.
Aroti G. Bayman (1996). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., University of Edinburgh.
Matthew Beckman (2008). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A.,
Brandels University; Ph.D., University of Alabama.
Pavel Belik (2008). Associate Professor of Mathematics. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Thomas H. Berkas (2006). Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts
in Leadership Program. B.C.E., M.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Allen J. Berning (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.S., M.B.A., St. Cloud State University.
Tracy A. Bibelnieks (2002). Associate Professor of
Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
Clemson University.
Anthony A. Bibus, III (1992). Professor of Social Work. B.A.,
University of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 249
Heather K. T. Bidinger (2003). Clinical Coordinator, Assistant
Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., University
of St. Thomas; M.Med.S., St. Louis University.
William P. Bierden (1997). Instructor, part time, Education.
B.S., M.S., Mankato State University.
Susan N. Boecher (2007). Assistant Professor, full-time, Art.
B.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Laura S. Boisen (1996). Associate Professor of Social Work.
B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., University of WisconsinMadison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1983). Instructor, part time, Art. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern
Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Anna M. Bonderson (2004). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics.
B.S., University of Minnesota; B.S., South Dakota State
University.
Laura L. Borstad (2008). Instructor, part-time, Physician
Assistant Studies. D.Pharm., University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch (1997). Associate Professor of Social Work.
B.A., Northwestern College; M.S.W., University of Iowa;
Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
D. Kimberly Bowden (2006). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art.
B.L.A., B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Kevin Bowman (2008). Assistant Professor of Economics, B.A.,
Indiana University-Bloomington; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Illinois.
Katherine C. Bradley (2007). Assistant Professor of Biology.
B.A., St. Mary’s University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Purdue
University.
Joan Brandt (2009). Associate Professor of Nursing. MPH,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael T. Brands (2007). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A.,
Dordt College; M.Div., Fuller Theological Seminary;
Ph.D., Luther Seminary.
Mark A. Bransford (2005). Instructor, part-time, Physics.
B.S., Florida International University; Ph.D., Iowa State
University.
Nora M. Braun (1997). Associate Professor of Business
Administration. B.S.B.A., University of MissouriColumbia; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Frederick Bretschger (2005). Studio Artist/Double Bass,
part time, Music. North Carolina School of the Arts;
Cleveland Institute of Music; The Juilliard School.
Jacquylynn Brickman (2003). Instructor, part time, Education.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., St. Mary’s University.
Christopher Rhys Brown (2003). Field Experience Coordinator/
Charter School Liaison, Instructor of Education. B.S.,
Bemidji State University; M.Ed., University of Sydney,
Australia.
Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part time, Education.
B.A., Iona College; M.Ed., Boston College.
250
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Eileen M. Bruns (2000). Instructor, part time, Modern
Languages. B.S., M.S., Florida State University.
Michael Buck (2010). Assistant Professor of Music. BME,
Saint Olaf College; MME, Vandercook College of Music;
Ph.D., University of Southern Mississippi.
Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Associate Professor of American
Indian Studies. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of Theatre
Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.A., Augsburg
College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Shelley L. Burkhardt (2005). Instructor, part time, Education.
B.A., Valparaiso University; M.S., Mankato State
University.
Thomas L. Burns (2005). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., Iona College; M.B.A., University of
St. Thomas.
Janelle M. Bussert (1994). Instructor, part time, Religion and
Women’s Studies. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale
University.
Ralph J. Butkowski (2001). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S.,
St. Cloud State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
C
William C. Capman (1994). Associate Professor of Biology.
B.A., University of Illinois-Chicago; Ph.D., University of
Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Tami M. Carpenter (2001). Instructor, part time, Mathematics.
Two B.S. degrees, University of Minnesota.
Maria S. Ceplecha (2003). Instructor, part time, Modern
Languages. B.A., University of Dallas; M.A., New York
University Graduate School in Spain.
John C. Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor of Business
Administration. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Stout; Ed.D., University of
Minnesota
Peggy M. Cerrito (1991). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. Academic Skills Adviser. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work.
B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Kristen A. Chamberlain (2007). Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies. B.S., Ph.D., North Dakota State
University.
Nina N. Chenault (2000). Instructor, part time, Health and
Physical Education. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Lars D. Christiansen (2001). Associate Professor of Sociology.
B.A., Clark University; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State
University.
Anthony J. Clapp (2001). Assistant Professor of Health and
Physical Education. A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran
College; B.A., Texas Lutheran College; M.A., Southwest
Texas State University; Ph.D., University of Alabama.
C. Lee Clarke (2000). Assistant Professor of Business
David M. DeBlieck (2005). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts.
Administration. B.A., Capital University; M.Div., Trinity
Lutheran Seminary; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part time, Social Work.
B.S.W., St. John’s University; M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Sarah Combellick-Bidney (2009). Assistant Professor
of Political Science. Ph.D., Indiana UniversityBloomington.
Susan M. Conlin (2007). Instructor, part-time, Social Work.
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of
Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.W., University of WisconsinMadison.
David A. Conrad (2000). Assistant Professor of Business
Administration. Assistant Director, MBA Program in
Rochester. B.A., Winona State University; M.A., Ed.D.,
St. Mary’s University of Minnesota.
David L. Cooper (2004). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.B.A., University
of St. Thomas.
Brian E. Corner (2005). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.Sc.,
Ph.D., University of Otago, New Zealand.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Associate Professor of English. B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Larry J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science.
B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota
David Crowe (2008). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Barbara C. Curchack (2005). Assistant Professor of Psychology.
B.A., University of Maryland Baltimore County; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Arizona, Tucson.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of HawaiiManoa.
Donna R. DeGracia (1998). Instructor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.A., Ohio State University; P.A., Bowman Gray
School of Medicine; M.P.A.S., University of Nebraska.
Ankita Deka (2008). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A.,
Delhi University; M.A., Tata Institute of Social Sciences;
Ph.D., Indiana University School of Social Work.
Jacqueline R. deVries Jones (1994). Associate Professor of
History. B.A., Calvin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois-Urbana.
R. David Dexter (2003). Adjunct Faculty, Clinical Laboratory
Science Program, Biology. B.S., M.D., University of
Minnesota.
Douglas J. Diamond (2005). Orchestra Director, Assistant
Professor of Music. B.M., M.M., The Mannes College
of Music; A.B.D., University of Missouri – Kansas City
Conservatory.
Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part time, Music. B.M.,
University of Dayton; M.A., Saint Mary’s University.
Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part time, English.
B.A., Macalester College; M.A. coursework completed,
University of Minnesota.
Suzanne I. Dorée (1989). Professor of Mathematics. B.A.,
University of Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Linda A. Dorschner (2000). Instructor, part time, Health and
Physical Education. B.S., Mankato State College; M.A.,
Mankato State University.
Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Instructor of Music. B.A., Iowa
State University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
D
David Dahl (2000). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of WisconsinMadison.
Marvin D. Dahlgren (2002). Studio Artist/Percussion, part time,
Music. B.A., MacPhail School of Music.
Louise M. Daley (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.Ed., The College of
St. Scholastica.
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Professor of English. B.A., Saint
Catherine University; M.F.A., Vermont College; Ph.D.,
The Union Institute and University.
Kim Davidson (2003). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center
for Global Education. B.F.A., Washington University;
M.A., School for International Training.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Associate Professor of Music. B.M.,
Memorial University of Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A.,
Eastman School of Music.
Urbanus B. Dax (2002). Program Coordinator, Instructor,
Center for Global Education. B.A., University of the
North, South Africa; M.S., Mankato State University.
E
Deborah A. Eckberg (2007). Instructor, part-time, Sociology.
B.A., Dartmouth College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jerry K. Eddy (2006). Assistant Professor, part-time, Physics.
A.B., West Liberty State College; M.S., Ph.D., West
Virginia University.
Gary T. Egbert (2004). Assistant Professor, full-time, Physics.
B.S., Western Illinois University; M.S., University
of South Dakota – Vermillion; Ph.D., University of
Nebraska – Lincoln.
Catherine A. Egenberger (2000). Instructor, part time, Art.
B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of
Massachusetts-Amherst.
Wesley B. Ellenwood (2002). Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.F.A., Syracuse University.
R. Wendell Ellis (2004). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. A.B., Columbia University; J.D.,
University of Iowa; M.B.A., University of Missouri.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 251
Ruth C. Enestvedt (1999). Assistant Professor of Nursing.
B.S.N., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther
College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Darcey K. Engen (1997). Associate Professor of Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of WisconsinMadison.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Christina L. Erickson (2004). Associate Professor of Social
Work. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S.W., University
of Minnesota – Duluth; Ph.D., University of Illinois –
Chicago.
Debra M. Erickson (2006). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics.
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Professor of Education. B.A., M.A.,
College of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestern
Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio Artist/Trumpet, part time,
Music. B.A., Bethel College; M.F.A., D.M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Marilyn L. Erickson (1999). Instructor, part time, Education.
B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.S., St. Cloud State
University.
Mindy S. Eschedor (1999). Studio Artist/Piano, part time,
Music. B.F.A., B.A., Central Michigan University; M.M.,
University of Minnesota.
F
Barbara Edwards Farley (2000). Vice President of Academic
Affairs and Dean of the College. Associate Professor of
Business Administration. B.A., College of St. Benedict;
M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Troy F. Faulkner (2007). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics.
B.S., University of Minnesota-Duluth; M.S., Winona
State University.
Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Associate Professor of Chemistry.
B.A., University of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Steven J. Felton (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education.
B.A., St. John’s University; B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University.
Zengqi Vivian Feng (2008). Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
B.S., Linfield College; Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Edith E. Ferber (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A.,
M.A.T., Indiana University.
Nancy L. Fischer (2005). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A.,
Hamline University; M.A., The American University;
Ph.D., State University of New York – Albany.
Andrew J. Fish (2005). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
State University of New York at Stony Brook.
252
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor of Modern Languages. B.A.,
M.A., University of Montana.
Richard M. Flint (1999). Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Iowa State University.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and
Physical Education. Women’s Athletic Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part time, Religion.
B.A., Morningside College; M.Th., Perkins School of
Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Stacy R. Freiheit (2005). Assistant Professor of Psychology.
B.A., University of Central Florida; M.A., Ph.D., Case
Western Reserve University.
Janet Gottschall Fried (1998). Studio Artist/Voice, part time,
Music. B.M., Aquinas College.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College
of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John A. Furia (2004). Assistant Professor of Business
Administration. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.P.A.,
University of Rhode Island.
G
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A.,
Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. P. Gardner (2006). Instructor, part-time, Music. M.A.,
University of Montana.
R. Brooks Gekler (2006). Assistant Professor of Business
Administration. B.A., Vassar College; M.B.A., New York
University.
Annette M. Gerten (1997). Associate Professor of Social Work.
B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.S.W., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part time,
Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Northwestern
University.
Sarah J. Gervais (2008). Assistant Professor, part-time,
Psychology. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.S., Ph.D.,
The Pennsylvania State University.
Alexandra E. Giesler (2008). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., M.B.A., Augsburg College.
Keith F. Gilsdorf (2001). Associate Professor of Economics.
B.S., Moorhead State University; M.A., North Dakota
State University; Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Julie A. Gloss (2007). Instructor, part-time, Modern
Languages. B.S., B.A., Northern Michigan University;
M.A., Middlebury College; M.A., Hamline University.
Amy Gort (2009). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S.,
University of Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Illinois–Champaign-Urbana
Jennifer Grant (2010). Assistant Professor of Business. B.A.,
Saint Olaf College; M.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Northcentral University.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men’s Athletic Director, Instructor of
Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia CollegeSeward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carrie Gray (2009). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.A., Central College; MPAS, University of Iowa.
Rodney R. Greder (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of IllinoisChampaign-Urbana.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst
College; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University.
Leslie E. Green (2008). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A.,
College of St. Benedict; three M.A.s, University of St.
Thomas; M.S.W., Augsburg College.
William D. Green (1991). Associate Professor of History.
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., J.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Bradley L. Greenwald (1998). Studio Artist/Voice, part time,
Music. Music studies at The University of Minnesota.
Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Associate Professor of Education.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cheryl J.E. Gresczyk (2004). Instructor, part time, Education.
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part time,
Education and Modern Languages. B.S., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Dennis P. Greseth (2004). Instructor of Education. Education
Coordinator, Rochester Program. B.S., M.S., Winona
State University.
Lyle M. Griner (1996). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A.,
University of Northern Iowa; M.A., Luther Seminary.
Robert C. Groven (1997). Associate Professor of
Communication Studies. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Ann Grugel (2009). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A.,
Saint Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin–
Madison.
Nancy J. Grundahl (1993). Instructor, part time, Music. B.M.,
St. Olaf College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato
State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
H
Matthew J. Haines (2001). Associate Professor of Mathematics.
B.A., St. John’s University; M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh
University.
Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A.,
University of Iowa; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D.,
University of Virginia.
Alyssa N. Hanson (2003). Instructor, part time, Mathematics.
B.A., Augsburg College.
Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
David R. Hanson (2006). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part time, Psychology. B.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.S., University
of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of WisconsinOshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo.
Tabitha K. Hanson (2003). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.P.H., M.S., University
of Minnesota.
John U. Harkness (2001). Assistant Professor of English. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A.,
Macalester College; M.A., J.D., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Adriane M. L. Heflin (2008). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts.
B.A., Washington University; M.F.A., Yale University.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Associate Professor of Music.
Director of Choral Activities. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University;
D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music.
Melissa Hensley (2010). Assistant Professor of Social Work.
A.B., M.S.W., Washington University–St. Louis; M.H.A.,
University of Missouri–Columbia; Ph.D., Washington
University–St. Louis.
Paloma Hesemeyer (2010). Assistant Professor of Psychology.
B.A., Mills College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of
Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Notre Dame.
Carl C. Hixson (2008). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Jody Hofer Van Ness (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education.
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Stella K. Hofrenning (2000). Associate Professor of Economics.
B.S., University of Maryland; Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Kristoffer P. Holmgren (2007). Instructor, part-time, Art.
B.F.A., St. Cloud State University; M.F.A., Illinois State
University.
Megan J. C. Holroyd (2005). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A.,
St. Olaf College; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Bradley P. Holt (1978). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg
College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.Phil.,
Ph.D., Yale University.
Linda M. Holt (2000). Instructor, part time, Nursing.
B.S.N., University of Minnesota; M.N., University of
Washington-Seattle.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 253
James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. B.S., Bemidji State University; M.B.T.,
University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artist/Violin and
Viola, part time, Music. B.M., Indiana University.
Erica L. Huls (2004). Instructor, part-time, Honors Program.
B.A., Augsburg College.
Joan E. Hutton (2007). Studio Artist/Saxophone, part-time, Music.
B.M., Ithaca College; M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Lisa L. Hyland (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S.,
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls.
I
Ann Impullitti (2010). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S.,
Northern Michigan University; M.S., University of
Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Colin C. Irvine (2003). Asssociate Professor of English. B.A.,
Carroll College; M.A., University of Notre Dame; Ph.D.,
Marquette University.
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of
Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa; M.S., University of
Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark D. Isaacson (1998). Assistant Professor of Business
Administration. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute.
Chad A. Israelson (2002). Instructor, part time, History. B.A.,
University of Wisconsin, LaCrosse; M.A., University of
Nebraska.
J
James A. Jacobson (2002). Studio Artist/Cello, part time,
Music. B.M., New England Conservatory of Music;
M.M., University of Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Jacobson (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration.
Karl N. Jacobson (2007). Assistant Professor, full-time,
Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Seminary;
A.B.D. Union-PSCE.
Ronald L. Jacobson (2002). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. B.S., North Dakota State University;
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University;
M.S., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Sophia J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor, full-time,
American Indian Studies. B.A., Metropolitan State
University; M.A., Ed.D., University of St. Thomas.
Gary C. Jader (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota-Duluth;
B.S., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., University of St.
Thomas.
Sarah Johansen (2005). Instructor, Social Work. B.A.,
Kalamazoo College; M.S.W., University of Michigan.
William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. M.B.A., University of Minnesota. B.S.,
M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
254
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S.,
M.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Professor of Theatre Arts. B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Daniel F. Jorgensen (2002). Instructor, part time, English. B.A.,
M.S., South Dakota State University.
K
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business
Administration. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt;
M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music
Therapy). B.A., Park College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed.,
University of Kansas; Ph.D., Temple University.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B.,
M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers University.
Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. B.A., University of California; J.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ned D. Kantar (1999). Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ashok K. Kapoor (1998). Associate Professor of Business
Administration. B.A., M.A., University of Delhi;
M.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Temple
University.
Deborah D. Katz (2001). Instructor, part time, Education. A.B.,
Stanford University; Ed.M., Harvard Graduate School of
Education; Ed.D., National-Louis University.
Anne M. Kaufman (1987). Associate Professor of Education.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mary Beth Kelley (2004). Instructor, part time, Education.
B.S., University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire; M.Ed., Bethel
College.
Michael Kidd (2008). Associate Professor of Languages and
Cross-Cultural Studies. B.A., Pomona College; Ph.D.,
Cornell University.
Hazel K. (Kathy) Kienzle (1999). Studio Artist/Harp, part time,
Music. B.M., The Juilliard School; M.M., University of
Arizona.
Michael King (2008). Instructor, part-time, Communication
Studies. Two B.S., M.S., South Dakota State University.
Donna R. Kirscht (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.S., Mankato State University; M.B.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Elizabeth P. Klages (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political
Science. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., The Paul H.
Nitze School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Russell C. Kleckley (2002). Associate Professor of Religion.
B.A., Newberry College; M.Div., Lutheran Theological
Southern Seminary; D.Th., University of Munich.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Associate Professor of Music. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Eastman School of Music.
Kelly Knochel (2010). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A.,
Albright College; M.S.W., Spalding University of Social
Work; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Debra S. Knudson (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education.
B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.Ed., College of St.
Catherine.
Barbara K. Knudtson (2005). Instructor, part-time, Nursing.
A.D.N., Rochester Community College; B.S.N., Augsburg
College; M.A., College of St. Catherine.
Paul A. Knutson (2007). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., A.B.D., University
of Minnesota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A.,
Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dean C. Kopperud (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Richard J. Kramer (2003). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Neil J. Kraus (2003). Instructor, part-time, Political Science.
B.A., LeMoyne College; M.A., Ph.D., State University of
New York-Albany.
Heidi M. Kreutzer (1995). Instructor, part time, Modern
Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury
College; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Gregory P. Krueger (2000). Assistant Professor of Education.
B.A., Southwest Minnesota State University; M.A.,
Hamline University.
Deborah J. Kuhlmann (2006). Instructor, part-time. English.
B.A., Texas Christian University; M.A., University of
Arkansas; Ph.D., Texas Christian University.
James J. Kulzer (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S.,
two M.S. degrees, Winona State University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S.,
University of Missouri-St. Louis; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
L
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Professor of Business Administration.
B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of
Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Suzanne W. Lagerwaard (2005). Instructor, part-time,
Education. B.A., University of Florida; M.Ed., University
of Minnesota.
Kevin Landmark (2010). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S.,
Michigan Technological University; Ph.D., University of
Michigan.
Michael J. Lansing (2005). Assistant Professor of History.
A.B., College of William and Mary; M.A., Utah State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Associate Professor of
Communication Studies. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Velma J. Lashbrook (2000). Assistant Professor, full-time, Master
of Arts in Leadership. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S.,
Illinois State University; Ed.D., West Virginia University.
Martha J. Laskar-Aleman (2002). Assistant Professor of
Nursing, full-time. B.S.N., University of Minnesota.
Laura K. Lazar (2005). Assistant Professor of Business
Administration. B.A., M.L.S., Valparaiso University;
M.B.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Edward Lee (2002). Instructor, part time, Communication
Studies. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.F.A., Brown
University.
Melissa C. Lee (2007). Instructor, part-time, Health and
Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College.
Barbara A. Lehmann (2001). Associate Professor of Social
Work. B.A., Knox College; M.S.W., Tulane University;
Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artist/French Horn, part
time, Music. B.A., Potsdam College of Arts and Science,
SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University.
Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Professor of Nursing. B.A.,
Augustana College; M.S., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D., University of Utah.
Holly Levine (2009). Instructor, Physician Assistant Studies.
B.A., Northwestern University; M.D., Loyola University
Chicago Stritch School of Medicine.
Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Associate Professor of English. B.A.,
Grinnell College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Lynn E. Lindow (1985). Associate Professor of Education. B.S.,
Mankato State University; M.S., North Dakota State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sarah P. Lockwood (2002). Studio Artist/Piano
Accompaniment, part time, Music. B.M., DePauw
University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business
Administration. B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion.
B.A., University of Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate
School.
Edward D. Lotterman (2005). Assistant Professor of Economics.
B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Michael S. Lotti (2003). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration/Philosophy. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.Phil., Ph.D., University of Swansea, Wales.
Mary E. Lowe (2003). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A.,
Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div, Luther Northwestern
Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Graduate Theological
Union.
Carol A. Lucido (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A.,
Luther College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of
Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., University of Colorado,
Denver; M.S., P.A. Certification, University of Colorado
Health Science Center; Ph.D., Capella University.
Steven M. Lukas (2005). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. B.S., M.A., University of Nebraska; E.D.,
University of St. Thomas.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 255
Steven P. Lund (1982). Studio Artist/Trombone, part time,
James Scannell McCormick (2004). Instructor, part-time,
Music. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Paul E. Lutter (2005). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.S.,
University of Wisconsin, Superior; M.Div, Luther
Seminary.
Ann L. Lutterman-Aguilar (1993). Interim Academic Director,
Instructor, Center for Global Education. B.A., Earlham
College; M.Div., Yale University.
English. B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison;
Ph.D., Western Michigan University.
Carol T. McCoy (2003). Adjunct Faculty, Clinical Laboratory
Science Program, Biology. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of
Oklahoma.
Diane M. McDonagh (1997). Instructor, part-time, Modern
Languages. B.A., California State University; M.A.,
California State University-Northridge.
K. Christian McGuire (2007). Instructor and Studio Artist/
Electric Bass, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Michael J. McIlhon (2000). Instructor, part time, Economics.
B.B.A., M.A., University of Iowa.
Marc C. McIntosh (2007). Assistant Professor of Business
Administration. B.S., DePaul University; M.B.A., Harvard
University; D.B.A., Argosy University.
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian.
B.A., Western Michigan University; A.M.L.S., University
of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Kirsten A. S. Mebust (2004). Instructor, part time, Religion.
B.S., University of Minnesota; M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Ashok K. Mehrotra (2007). Instructor, part-time, Economics.
B.Tech., M.Tech., Indian Institute of Technology; M.B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Chicago.
Jane C. Melton (1999). Instructor, part time, Modern
Languages. B.A., Lindenwood College; M.A., Tulane
University.
Laurie H. Merz (2001). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part time, Music.
B.M., Eastman School of Music; M.M., University of
Minnesota.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business
Administration. B.A., University of Tunis; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Catherine Micek (2010). Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.A., University of Saint Thomas; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Vladan M. Milenkovic (2005). Instructor, part-time, Music.
B.M., Berklee College of Music; M.M., University of
Northern Iowa.
Joyce P. Miller (2004). Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.A.,
Rochester State Junior College; B.S., M.A., Augsburg
College.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. B.S., M.B.A., University of South
Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John W. Molloy (2003). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. B.B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin,
Madison.
Peter M. Morales (2007). Instructor, part-time, Modern
Languages. B.A., Ripon College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
April D. Morehouse (2006). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.,
College of St. Catherine.
M
Carolyn A. Mack (2006). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A.,
Concordia University, River Forest, IL; M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Rosanne E. Malevich (2006). Assistant Professor of Business
Administration. B.S., M.B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; ABD, University of Minnesota.
Steven V. Manderscheid (2007). Instructor, part-time, Master
of Arts in Leadership Program. B.S., St. Cloud State
University; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ed.D.,
University of St. Thomas.
Christina M. Manning (2007). Instructor, part-time, Psychology.
B.Sc., Tufts University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia Z. Marincic (2005). Associate Professor of Physician
Assistant Studies. B.S., Purdue University; M.S.,
Colorado State University; Ph.D., Utah State University.
Dan S. Marsh (2005). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Susan W. Martino (2006). Instructor, part-time, Education.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Cleveland Institute of Music
Conservatory.
M. Elise Marubbio (2003). Associate Professor of American
Indian Studies. B.F.A., Cleveland Institute of Art; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Arizona.
Matthew Maruggi (2008). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A.,
M.A., University of Dayton; Ph.D., University of Saint
Thomas.
C. Jean Marvin (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
John W. Matthews (2003). Instructor, part-time, Religion.
B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.Div., LutherNorthwestern Seminary.
Paul R. Mattson (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., Luther College; M.A., University of
Minesota; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
David C. Matz (2001). Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.A., Bemidji State University; M.S., North Dakota State
University; Ph.D., Texas A & M University.
Molly A. Maxwell (2007). Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Kathleen A. McBride (1994). Regional Co-Director, Instructor,
Center for Global Education. B.A., George Mason
University; Ed.M., Harvard University.
256
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Sheila M. Moriarty (2002). Instructor, part time, Social Work.
B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S.W., Augsburg College.
Karen L. Mulhausen (2006). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts.
B.A., St. Olaf College; B.A., University of Minnesota.
David Murr (2008). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S.,
Augsburg College; Ph.D., Boston University.
Jeremy P. Myers (2006). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern
Seminary.
Sarah Myers (2009). Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts. B.S.,
Northwestern University; M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Texas.
N
Susan K. Nash (1998). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S.N.,
M.S.N., Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Paulus Nanghambe Ndamanomhata (2002). Instructor,
Center for Global Education. B.A. degrees, Ogongo
Agricultural College and United Lutheran Theological
Seminary; M.A., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; Ph.D., Natal
University.
Jessica A. Nathanson (2007). Assistant Professor and Director
of Women’s Studies. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A.,
Ph.D., State University of New York-Buffalo.
Brita L. Nellermoe (2008). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S.,
University of Iowa; M.S., University of North Dakota.
Steven J. Nerheim (2004). Medical Director, Assistant
Professor, part time, Physician Assistant Studies.
B.A., Northwest College; M.Div., Luther Theological
Seminary; M.D., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science
and Director of MAL Program. B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Daniel R. Noyes (2000). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A.,
Macalester College; M.Arch., University of WisconsinMilwaukee.
O
James O’Brien (2008). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.F.A.,
Minneapolis College of Art and Design; M.A., Syracuse
University; M.F.A., Hartford University.
Michael W. O’Brien (2007). Instructor, part-time, Social Work.
Two B.A.s, M.S.W., University of Iowa.
Mary F. O’Connell (2004). Instructor, part time, Nursing. A.A.,
Minneapolis Community College; B.S., Bethel College;
M.A., Augsburg College.
Susan E. O’Connor (1994). Associate Professor of Education.
B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse
University.
Melissa A. Oliver (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S.,
M.S., Winona State University.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Associate Professor of Chemistry.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael G. Olson (2001). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.B.A.,
Minnesota State University.
Vicki L. Olson (1987). Professor of Education. B.S., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David H. Oxley (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., M.B.A., Augsburg College.
P
Stephen A. Pacholl (2001). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. B.A., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Sally Bruyneel Padgett (2003). Instructor, part time, Religion.
A.A., San Jacinto College; B.A., University of California,
Riverside; M.A., Azusa Pacific University; Ph.D.,
University of Durham, England.
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of
Business Administration. B.A., M.A., Central School
for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia
Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Bonnie Jean Palmen (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., San
Francisco State University; J.D., University of California.
Donna R. Patterson (2006). Assistant Professor, full-time,
Education. B.A., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Michael F. Pattison (2003). Instructor, part time, Social Work.
B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Catherine L. Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part time, Master
of Arts in Leadership. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Lone Mountain College [now part of University of San
Francisco.
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A.,
Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Meredith A. Pederson (2003). Instructor, part time, Education.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., St. Mary’s University.
Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part time, Music.
B.A., Luther College; M.M., University of Cincinnati.
Christine R. Peper (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education.
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Ed., Southeastern
Louisiana University.
Joyce B. Perkins (2006). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.,
University of New Hampshire; M.A., St. Mary’s College;
M.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of
Colorado.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Assistant Professor of Education.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., United Theological
Seminary.
Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Associate Professor of
Modern Languages. B.A., National University, Tehran;
M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A.
Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part time, Social Work.
B.S., Claflin University; M.S.W., Barry University.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut
College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Associate Professor of Sociology.
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 257
Jennifer K. McCarty Plucker (2007). Instructor, part-time,
Education. B.S., Moorhead State University; M.Ed., St.
Mary’s University.
Q
Philip A. Quanbeck II (1987). Associate Professor of Religion.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Ph.D., Luther Theological
Seminary.
R
O. Nicholas Raths (1988). Studio Artist/Guitar, part time,
Music. B.M., M.M., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A.,
Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
John S. Reimringer (2006). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S.,
University of Kansas; M.F.A., University of Arkansas.
Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Modern Languages.
M.A., Middlebury College.
Steven E. Restad (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau
Claire; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Charles E. Rietkerk (2006). Instructor, part-time, Education.
B.A., University of California-Irvine; M.Ed., University
of Minnesota.
Catherine L. Roach (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., University
of Minnesota.
M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Assistant Dean of
Academic Affairs. Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.S., Indiana University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University.
Nancy A. Rodenborg (2000). Associate Professor of Social
Work. B.S., Indiana University; M.S.W., University of
Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Glenda Dewberry Rooney (1992). Professor of Social Work.
B.S., University of North Texas; M.S.W., University of
Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Regula Russelle (2007). Instructor, part-time, Art. M.A.,
Hamline University.
Barry D. Rutman (2000). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. M.A., Montclair State University.
S
Larry E. Sallee (2005). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Superior;
M.B.T., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., University
of Wisconsin-LaCrosse; D.B.A., U.S. International
University.
Susana M. Sandmann (2006). Associate Professor of Modern
Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Professor of Business Administration.
B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois;
Ph.D., Rice University.
258
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
John S. Schmit (1990). Professor of English. B.S., St. John’s
University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The
University of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Associate Professor of Social Work.
B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W., University of
Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Designer-in-Residence and
Instructor, part time, Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M.F.A,
University of Minnesota.
David G. Schwain (1995). Assistant Professor, full-time,
Business Administration. B.B.A., University of
Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard University.
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Professor of Business
Administration. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A.,
Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dean J. Seal (2006). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.Div., M.A., United Theological Seminary
of the Twin Cities.
Steven A. Seay (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.S., University of San Francisco;
M.B.A., City/Stanford University; Ph.D., Walden
University.
Carrie B. Senske (2000). Instructor, part time, Education.
B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Professor of Modern
Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D.,
University of Texas.
N. Kay Shager (2000). Instructor, part time, Education and
Mathematics. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-River Falls.
Debra L. Shapiro (2006). Instructor, part-time, General
Studies. B.A., J.D., The University of Iowa.
Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part time, Physician
Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary’s College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Associate Professor of Computer
Science. B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Judith E. Shevelev (1991). Program Coordinator, Instructor,
Center for Global Education. B.A., University of
California, Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
John S. Shockley (2002). Professor, part time, Political Science.
B.A., University of Texas; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin.
Anthony T. Sinkiewicz (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. A.A.S., Wright College; B.S., University
of the State of New York-Albany; M.A., Webster
University; D.B.A., U.S. International University.
Katharine E. Skibbe (2001). Instructor, part time, Education.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Saint Mary’s College.
Lawrence J. Sklaney, Jr. (2007). Instructor, part-time, English.
B.A., Bucknell University; M.A., University of Illinois.
Joanne Z. Smith (2005). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., Smith College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Sheilah P. Smith (1999). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S.,
M.Ed., Wayne State University.
Dorothy J. Smyth (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
Alyssa E. Snyder (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Jody M. Sorensen (2005). Associate Professor of Mathematics.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern
University.
Lisa K. Sperling (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Mankato State University.
Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part time, Social Work.
B.S.W., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Associate Professor of Music. Band
and Jazz Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.C.I.,
College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Peter J. Stark (2007). Assistant Professor of Business
Administration. B.S., Northwestern University; M.B.A.,
Pepperdine University
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji
State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Montana.
Carla Steen (2007). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.F.A., Columbia University.
John P. Stein (1992). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S.,
University of Detroit; M.A., University of Illinois.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Professor of Business Administration.
B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
Lisa J. Storey (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A.,
St. Mary’s University; M.S., Winona State University.
Martha E. Stortz (2010). Bernard Christensen Professor of
Vocation and Religion. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
The Divinity School, The University of Chicago; Ph.D.,
The Divinity School, The University of Chicago.
Benjamin L. Stottrup (2005). Assistant Professor of Physics.
B.A., University of Minnesota, Morris; Ph.D., University
of Washington.
Christopher K. Strand (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.S., Southwest Missouri State
University; M.B.A., Metropolitan State University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A.,
Boston University; M.A., D.Th., Luther Seminary.
Michelle J. Strauch (2000). Instructor, part time, Health and
Physical Education. B.S., North Dakota State University;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-LaCrosse.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Tara K. Sweeney (1992). Assistant Professor of Art. B.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.F.A., Minneapolis
College of Art and Design.
Maryann Syers (1998). Associate Professor of Social Work.
B.A., Arizona State University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
T
Brenda J. J. Talarico (2003). Assistant Professor of Physician
Assistant Studies, clinical site director. B.S., University of
Minnesota; P.A. Certificate, Augsburg College; M.P.A.S.,
University of Nebraska Medical Center.
Ngoh Tiong Tan (1987, 2006). Professor of Social Work.
B.A., University of Singapore; M.S.W., University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Susan E. Taylor (2007). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A.,
California State University; M.F.A., University of
Minnesota.
Mary M. Thissen-Milder (2005). Instructor, part-time, Health
and Physical Education. B.A., Iowa State University;
M.A., Northeast Missouri State; Ph.D., University of
Iowa.
Michael D. Thompson (2002). Instructor, part time, Psychology.
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.W., Fordham
University; Ph.D., Pacific University.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M.,
University of Minnesota; M.M., The Juilliard School.
W. Lex Thompson (2007). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., New
College of Florida; M.A., Yale University; M.F.A., San
Francisco Art Institute.
Robert K. Tom (2002). Associate Professor of Art. B.F.A.,
University of Hawaii; M.F.A., Temple University.
Beth M. Torstenson (2003). Instructor, part time, Education.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Daniel O. Trainer, IV (1999). Instructor, part time, Modern
Languages. B.A., Rochester Institute of Technology;
M.A., Gallaudet University.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Lilly Program Director and Professor
of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale University;
Th.D., Luther Seminary.
Cynthia K. Troy (1990). Instructor, part time, Psychology. B.A.,
University of California, Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Fidel Xinico Tum (1993). Program Coordinator, Instructor,
Center for Global Education. B.A., Francisco Marroquin
University; M.Div., St. Paul Seminary.
Leon M. Tyler (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.S., Northwestern University; M.B.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
U-V
Jeannine M. Uhlenkamp (2004). Instructor, part-time,
Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.E.,
University of Wisconsin-River Falls.
Joseph Underhill (1998). Associate Professor of Political
Science. B.A., University of California-Berkeley; M.A.,
San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of
Michigan.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 259
Pauline J. Utesch (2005). Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.D.,
Patricia F. Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part time,
Rochester Community College; B.S.N., Winona State
University; M.A., Augsburg College.
Eileen Kaese Uzarek (2001). Assistant Professor of Health and
Physical Education. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.S., Mankato State University.
John W. Van Cleve (1996). Instructor, Modern Languages. B.A.,
Carleton College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Associate Professor of
Sociology. B.A., Loyola University; Ph.D., Boston College.
David E. Venne (1990). Atmospheric Science. Assistant
Professor of Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Iowa State University.
Diane Vodicka (2008). Assistant Professor of Education.
B.A., North Park College; M.Ed., Georgia Southwestern
College;.
Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part time, MAL Program.
B.A., University of California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Education. Paideia Associate-in-Residence. B.A., Boston
College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill.
Kathleen Welle (2009). Instructor and coordinator, Nursing.
B.S.N., University of Wisconsin; M.N., Augsburg College.
Janis F. Weller (2006). Instructor, part-time, General Studies/
Art. B.A., Luther College; M.A., St. Mary’s UniversityMinneapolis, Ed.D., University of St. Thomas.
Emanuelle Wessels (2010). Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies. B.A., University of Iowa; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty
Coordinator of Teacher Placement /Licensing. B.S., St.
Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University.
Dale A. Weston (2001). Instructor, part time, American Indian
Studies. B.A., Hamline University.
Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Trent Whitcomb (2010). Assistant Professor of Physician
Assistant Studies. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S.,
Finch University of Health Sciences.
Hans H. Wiersma (2004). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A.,
University of California, San Diego; M.Div., Ph.D., Luther
Seminary.
Susan L. Williams (2002). Instructor, part time, English. B.A.,
M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Heather O. Willman (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education.
B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.A., University of
North Dakota.
Joel R. Wilson (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Roger W. Wiltgen (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire;
M.B.A., Winona State University.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone and
Clarinet, part time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M.,
Northwestern University.
W
Todd R. Wadsworth (2002). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics.
B.A., Middlebury College; M.A., Pepperdine University.
David O’Brien Wagner (2005). Instructor, part time, Art. B.S.,
B.A., Washington State University.
Dana Wagner (2008). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A.,
Saint Olaf College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Mzenga A. Wanyama (2006). Assistant Professor of English.
B.A., M.A., University of Nairobi, Kenya; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Andrew Ward (2001). Instructor, part time, Business
Administration/Philosophy. B.A., Luther College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Kansas.
David B. Washington (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., J.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Martha A. (Cary) Waterman (1991). Assistant Professor of
English. B.A., University of Denver; B.S., M.A., Minnesota
State University-Mankato.
Colleen K. Watson (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.L.,
Augsburg College.
Shana K. Watters (2007). Assistant Professor of Computer
Science. A.A., Northern Virginia Community College;
B.S., South Dakota School of Mines and Technology;
M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Paula A. Watts (2008). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.,
St. Cloud State University; M.S.W., Augsburg College.
Valerie J. Webb (2001). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.Sc.
Honors, B.A., University of Queensland, Australia; Ph.D.,
Luther Seminary.
Andrew T. Webster (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.B.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
260
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
X-Y-Z
John W. Yaeger (2007). Instructor, part-time, Social Work.
B.B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.S.W., Loyola
University.
Steven M. Zitnick (2000). Assistant Professor of Business
Administration; Interim Director, M.B.A. Program. B.A.,
Shimer College; M.S., University of Utah.
John M. Zobitz (2007). Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.A., St. John’s University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Utah.
Henry Yoon (2009). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A.,
University of California; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Faculty Emeriti
Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Earl R. Alton. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry/Dean Emeritus.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Michigan.
Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A.,
Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological
Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New
York.
Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech,
Communication and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg
College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University.
Vern M. Bloom. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. B.A.,
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton Professor Emeritus of Theatre Arts. B.S., M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical
Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., M.A.,
American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A.,
Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe College.
Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication
and Theatre Arts. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A.,
B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Arizona State University.
Kenneth N. Erickson. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University;
Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Norman B. Ferguson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A.,
Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin.
Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics.
B.E.E., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake
Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Satya P. Gupta. Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S., M.S.,
Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University.
Robert S. Herforth. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A.,
Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A.,
Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Norman D. Holen. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. Concordia
College-Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf
College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A.,
Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A.,
Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E.,
South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Robert A. Karlén. Professor Emeritus of Music. B.M., New
England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
Alvin L. Kloppen. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of
South Dakota.
Esther G. McLaughlin. Professor Emerita of Biology. B.A., Ph.D.,
University of California-Berkeley.
Marie O. McNeff. Professor Emerita of Education/Dean
Emerita. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell. Professor Emeritus (granted posthumously 2010) of English. B.A. Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
Mildred “Mike” Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A.,
M.A., Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of
Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical
Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A.,
University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Catherine C. Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hope
College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson. Professor Emerita of Nursing. B.S., M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari. Professor Emeritus of English. B.A.,
Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A.,
Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Michigan.
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 261
Curtis M. Paulsen Professor Emeritus of Social Work. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
The Fielding Institute.
Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed.,
Marquette University.
Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part time, Health
and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A.,
Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary;
M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Larry C. Ragland. Professor Emeritus of Computer Science.
B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D.,
University of Texas at Austin.
Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages.
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical
Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St.
Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D.,
University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Clarice A. Staff. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.S., D.S.W., Columbia University.
Don Steinmetz Professor Emeritus (granted posthumously
2010) of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies. B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Grace K. Sulerud. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Nebraska.
Karen T. Sutherland. Professor Emerita of Computer Science.
A.B., Augustana College; two M.S. degrees; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A., Concordia
College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
David L. Tiede (2005). Bernhard M. Christensen Professor
of Vocation and Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Rita R. Weisbrod. Professor Emerita of Sociology. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Cornell University.
Mary Louise Williams. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.F.A.,
M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
262
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Campus Location
Linde
Libra
Driving
I-35W Fr
Take the
onto Was
Cedar Av
The Augs
6th Street S.
Oren
G
Center I
Ri
Lindell
Library
F
B
C
e.
S.
J
Murphy
Square
I-94 Wes
Take Rive
Avenue. T
your left.
L
Athletic Field
Interstate 94 West
Interstate 94 East
Parking Information
7th Street S.
Kennedy
Center
Butler Place
I-94 Eas
Take 25t
Avenue, t
Augsburg
25th Ave. S.
A
M
K
7 1/2 Street S.
Urness Hall
D
Av
23rd Ave. S.
E
C
22nd Ave. S.
8th Street S.
Old Christensen
Main
Center
ide
Music
Building
Sverdrup Hall
C
rs
Foss
Center
7th Street S.
Anderson
Hall
ve
24th Ave. S.
21st Ave. S.
20th Ave. S.
H Gateway
ce
tran
t En
Wes
4
9
I-
Metro
Riv
ers
ide
/25
th A
ve.
Ex
Disability access
it
F. Resident Parking Street parking on campus is posted for one-, two-, or fourhour limits. For certain major events on campus during
G. Faculty/Staff Parking
Resident
I-35W fromB.the
North Parking
evenings and weekends, parking is also available in the comTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington
muter and visitor lots.
J. Faculty/Staff Parking
C. Commuter Parking
(curves right to become Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right
at 22nd Avenue South.
K. Commuter Parking
D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/
Public Transportation
Resident
Parking
Augsburg CollegeParking
is located near two Metro Transit Light Rail
I-94 East from Minneapolis
L. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/Resident
stations: the Cedar-Riverside station and the Franklin Avenue
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at
E. Resident Parking
M. Fairview-University
Parking
Ramp to light rail, four Metro Transit bus lines
station.
In addition
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 22nd Avenue South.
keep Augsburg easily accessible to the greater metropolitan
I-94 West from St. Paul
area: routes 2, 7, 19, and 24. For more information about
Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left
Metro Transit schedules and routes, call 612-373-3333 or go
at 22nd Avenue South.
online to www.metrotransit.org.
I-35W from the South
Follow the I-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each
of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 22nd Avenue South.
Public Parking
A. to
Visitor
Parking
Directions
Campus
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I-35W fr
Follow th
right lane
25th Ave
turn left a
campus w
Hiawatha
From the
block eas
Avenue/2
blocks (o
and follow
Visit met
and from
I 263
Index
A
About Augsburg 10, 15
Academic Advising 28
Academic Calendar 6, 36
Academic Divisions 37
Academic Excellence Scholarships 23
Academic Information 36
Academic Internships 46, 64
Academic Policies and Procedures 48
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 60
Academic Skills Office 28
Access Center 30
Accessibility 15
Accounting 66
Accreditation and Memberships 11, 14, 15
Achievement Scholarships 23
Admissions 13, 17
Administrative Officers of the College 247
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 59
Advanced Transfer Students 52
African American Student Services (see
Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 15
American Indian Studies 67
American Indian Student Services 30
American Sign Language 166
Anderson Hall 13, 33
Anne Pederson Women’s Resource Center 27
Application Procedures 17, 22
Applied Economics 114
Architecture Minor 71
Art 70
Art and Architectural History 73
Art History 70
Asian American Student Services (see Pan Asian Student
Services) 31
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program 59
Associate in Ministry 220
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 10, 38, 42
Associated Support Organizations 14
Athletic Affiliation 15
Athletics and Sports 27
Audit Fee 20, 21
Auditing Courses 59
Augsburg Abroad 42
Augsburg Core Curriculum 54-57, 75
Augsburg Experience 56
Augsburg First Year 56
Augsburg for Adults 12
Augsburg Seminar 56, 75
Augsburg Signature Curriculum 54, 75
264
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
B
Bachelor of Science (Liberal Arts requirement
modifications) 57
Beta Beta Beta 78
Biology 77
Board of Regents 245
Business (Master of Business
Administration) 48
Business Administration 84
Business Administration and
Economics Major 84, 115
Business Administration (Music Business
Specialization) 84, 182
Business Management Certificate 92
C
Calendar 6, 36
Campus Kitchen 46
Campus Location 12, 15, 263
Campus Map 263
Campus Ministry 26
Campus Tours 17
Canadian Program 48
Career Services 45
Center for Global Education 44, 155
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services
(CLASS) 28
Certificates 48 (MBA), 71, 83, 181, 185
Change of Program 50
Chemistry 97
Chinese 165
Chapel 13, 26
Choir 190
Christensen Center 13, 27
Class Schedule 64
Classification (Class Year) 59
Clinical Laboratory Science 101
Coaching Certification 140
College Costs 20 (Day), 21 (Weekend)
College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 59
College of the Third Age 12, 13
Commencement 61
Commons 33
Communication Studies 105
Communication Arts/Literature Teacher
Licensure 38, 106, 128
Community Service-Learning 46
Community Studies Concentration (Sociology) 228
Computational Economics 111
Computational Philosophy 111, 198
Computer Science 110
Concert Band 190
Connections Courses 75
Continuing Education Program 48
Cooper’s Coffee Shop 27
Core Curriculum 54-57
Costs 20-21
Counseling 32
Counseling and Health Promotion 13, 32
Course Descriptions 64-243
Course Numbers 64
Credits 64
Crime and Deviance Concentration (Sociology) 228
Crossover Registration 50
F
Dean’s List 61
Degree Verification 61
Degrees Offered 15, 36, 51
Departmental Comprehensive Exams 59
Departmental Honors (see each major)
Departments and Programs 64-243
Deposits 20
Development 8
Directed Study 65
Directory 8
Directory Information 34, 62
Disability Services 30
Dismissal 60
Discrimination Complaints 34
Divisions and Departments 37
Dormitories 13, 33
Dual Degree Programs 41, 126
Facilities and Housing 13, 33
Facts and Figures 15
Faculty 12, 15, 36, 247
Faculty Emeriti 261
FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student Aid 22
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) 34, 62
Farsi 165
Federal Work Study Program 24
Fees 20
Film 138
Finance 89
Finance Certificate 83
Financial Aid 15, 22
Financial Policies 21
Fine Arts 27
Fitness Centers 32
Food Service 33
Foreign Languages (See Languages and Cross-cultural
Studies) 165
Forensics 106
Former Students 18, 50
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and
Communication 13
Foundations of Fitness 56, 140
French 138
First-years 17
E
G
D
Economics 114
Economics/Business Admin. Major 84, 115
Economics/Political Science Teaching Major 207
Edor Nelson Field 13
Education 117
Education for Service 10
Education (Master of Arts) 47
Elementary Education 118
Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities 124
Employment 24
Engaging Minneapolis 56
Engineering 126
English 127
English Language Learners (ELL) 55, 60
English Placement Test 129
Enrollment 15
Enrollment Center 8, 49
Enrollment/Degree Verification 61
Enrollment Deposit 20
Ensembles 190
Entry-level Skills 55, 76
Environmental Studies 136
Ethnic Student Services 30
Evaluation and Grading 58
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA) 11, 15, 246
Experiential Education Programs 46
Explanation of Grades 58
Exploring Our Gifts (Vocation) 26
Gage Center for Academic Achievement 28
German 138
Gift Assistance 24
Global Education Center 13, 44, 155
Global Education Program
Courses 44, 155
Grade Point Average 53, 59
Grading 58
Graduate Programs 47
Graduation (Applying for) 52, 61
Graduation Skills Requirements 57
Graduation Requirements 51 (catalog), 52
Grants 24
Graphic Design Certificate 71
Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 13
H
Health and Physical Education 139
Health Clinic Services 32
Health Education 139
Health Fitness 139
Health Insurance 32
Health Promotion 32
HECUA Courses 45, 163
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)
45, 163
Hispanic/Latino Student Services Program 31
History 143
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 265
History of Augsburg College 10
Honors (Departmental—see each major)
Honors (Latin) 61
Honors Program 39, 148
Housing 13, 20, 33
Human Relations (Communication Studies) 105
I
Ice Arena 13
Incomplete Grade 58
Independent Studies 65
Information Technology Certificate 83
Information Technology Services 36
Inter-Institutional Programs 42
Inter-Race 14
Intercollegiate Athletics 27
Interdisciplinary Studies 151
International Baccalaureate Program (IB) 59
International Business Minor 83
International Business Specialization (Business
Administration) 84
International Business Concentration (International
Relations) 153
International Partners 45
International Relations 153
International Student Advising 32
International Students 18, 32
International Studies 155
Internships 46, 64
Intramural Athletics 27
J
Japanese 165
K
Kennedy Center 13, 32
Keystone (Senior Keystone) 57, 75
L
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies 165
Latin Honors 61
Law and Society Concentration (Sociology) 228
Leadership (Master of Arts) 47, 87
Leadership Studies Minor 151
Leadership, Service, and Performance Scholarships 23
Learning Disabilities (Special Education) 124
Learning Disabilities Program 28
LGBTQIA Support Services 31
Liberal Arts (Bachelor of Science Waiver) 57
Liberal Arts Foundation 54, 57
Library and Information Technology 13, 15, 36
Licensure (Teaching; see also individual majors)
38, 117, 191, 223
Life Sciences 77
Lifetime Fitness 56
Lindell Library 13, 15, 36
Loan Assistance 24
266
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Location 13, 15, 263
Luther Hall 13, 33
Lutheran Congregational Scholarships 23
M
Majors and Minors 10, 37, 51, 64
Management Information Systems 170
Management Specialization (Business Administration) 93
Managerial Accounting 87
Many Voices Project 56
Map 263
Marketing 84 (WEC), 95
Marketing Emphasis (Communication Studies) 105
Mass Communication and Journalism (Communication
Studies) 105
Master’s Degrees 36, 47, 87
Math Placement Group (MPG) 55, 173
Mathematics 171
McNair Scholars Program 29
Medical Refund 22
Medieval Studies 176
Melby Hall 13
Memberships 14, 15
Memorial Hall (Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall) 13
Metro-Urban Studies 178
Middle East Studies Minor 151
Military Called to Active Duty 50
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership (MNITTP) 30
Minnesota Work Study Program 24
Minors (see individual departments and programs 64)
MIS Courses 93
Mission Statement 10
Modern Language Skill 55
Mortensen Hall 13, 33
Murphy Place (2222 Murphy Place) 13
Music 181
Music Business 84, 182
Music Education Major 183
Music Ensembles 190
Music Hall 13
Music Performance Major 184
Music Repertoire Tests 186
Music Therapy Equivalency/Certification 181, 185
Music Therapy Major 184
N
Nabo 33
National Student Clearinghouse 61
Natural Science Teaching Licensures 191
Nordic Area Studies 193
Norwegian 168, 193
Notification of Admissions Decision 17
Numeric Grades 58
Numbering of Courses 64
Nursing 195
Nursing (Master of Arts and Doctor of Nursing Practice) 47
O
Officers of the College 247
Official Notices 34
Ojibwe 168
Old Main 13
Orchestra 190
Oren Gateway Center 13, 33
Organizational Communication (Communication Studies)
105
Orientation 26
P, Q
Pan-Afrikan Student Services 31
Pan-Asian Student Services 31
Partner Hospitals Program 12, 48
Part-Time Students 20
Pass/No Credit 52, 58, 59
Pastor 26
Payments 21
Peace and Global Studies Minor 154
Performance Studies 184
Petition Process (Student Standing Committee) 50
Philosophy 198
Physical Disabilities Program (Access Center) 30
Physical Education 139
Physical Science Teaching Licensure 38, 97, 191, 203
Physician Assistant Studies (Master of Science) 48
Physics 202
Piano Proficiency Test 181
Policies 14, 15, 21, 34, 48, 58, 60
Political Science 206
Political Science/Economics teaching major 207
Portfolio Assessment Program 60
Pre-Law Concentration (Political Science) 206
Pre-Professional Programs 38
Prerequisites 64
Probation 60
Psychology 211
Psychology and Law Concentration 211
Public Accounting 87
Public Policy and Political Change in Political Science 206
Public Relations and Advertising (Communication Studies)
105
R
Re-Admitted Students (Catalog applicability/Second majors
and Degrees) 18, 51
Recitals 185
Refunds 21
Regents 245
Registration 48
Religion 216
Religious Affiliation 10, 15, 54, 246
Repeated Courses 59
Research Opportunities 30
Residence Life Program (see also Housing) 13, 20, 33
Residence Requirements 53
Retaking courses 59
Rochester Program 12, 48
Room and Board 20
ROTC 42
S
Scandinavian Studies (See Nordic Area Studies)
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term 45, 193
Scholarships 22
Scholastic Connections 31
School Year 6, 15
Science Hall 13
Secondary Education 120
Senior Keystone 57, 75
Service-Learning 46
Sigma Pi Sigma 203
Skills Requirements 52, 55, 75
Social Psychology Concentration (Sociology) 228
Social Studies 223
Social Welfare Minor 224
Social Work 224
Social Work (Master of Social Work) 48
Society of Physics Students 203
Sociology 228
Space Physics 203
Spanish 232
Special Education 124
Special Interest Housing 33
Special Students (Non-Degree or Second Degree) 18
Sports 27
StepUP Program 30
Student Center 27
Student-Designed Major 37
Student Employment 24
Student/Faculty Ratio 15
Student Government 26
Student Life 26
Student Rights 34, 61
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints, Records 34
Student Standing Committee 50
Student Support Services (TRIO) 29
Student Teaching Abroad 45, 117
Studio Art 70
Study Abroad 42, 155
Summer Session 6, 42
Supervisory Management (Communication Studies) 105
Support Programs 28-32
Sverdrup Hall 13
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 13
T
Teaching Licensure (see also individual majors)
38, 118, 191, 223
Test Scores 17
Theatre Arts 233
Transcripts 17
Transfer Students 18, 27, 51
Augsburg College 2010-2012
I 267
TRIO Program 29
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 20
U
Undergraduate Research and Graduate Opportunity
(URGO) 30
Unofficial Withdrawal 22
Urban Studies 239
Urness Hall 13, 33
V
Veterans 61
Vocation 26, 54
W
Weekend College 12, 17, 21, 48
Withdrawal From College 21, 50
Women’s Resource Center 27
Women’s Studies 240
Work Study Program 24
Writing Concentration 127
X, Y, Z
Youth and Family Ministry Major 215, 243
268
I Augsburg College 2010-2012
Show less